From 83decd22b44019b0fe369224fb19e1ef21263ab6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan McDonald Date: Tue, 15 Mar 2022 12:07:15 -0400 Subject: OS-8361 IPD 4 (man page renumbering) tracking issue Reviewed by: Brian Bennett Approved by: Brian Bennett --- usr/src/Makefile | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/README | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/ftpusers | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/Adm/ttysrch | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/Adm/zones-index | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/Makefile.cmd | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/acct/wtmpfix.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/acctadm/aconf.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/acctadm/extended-accounting.xml | 28 +- usr/src/cmd/acctadm/main.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/acpihpd/acpihpd.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/allocate/disk_clean.sh | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/ast/Makefile.ast | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/audit/audit.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.c | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.xml | 30 +- usr/src/cmd/auditd/svc-auditd | 20 +- usr/src/cmd/auditrecord/audit_record_attr.txt | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/auditset/svc-auditset.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/backup/dump/dumpoptr.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/bart/rules.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/bnu/uucp.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/boot/bootadm/bootadm.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/boot/bootadm/bootadm_upgrade.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/boot/scripts/create_ramdisk.ksh | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/boot/scripts/extract_boot_filelist.ksh | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/cdrw/mmc.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cfgadm/cfgadm.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-crypto/cryptoadm/adm_kef.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-crypto/etc/kcf.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-crypto/etc/kmf.conf | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-crypto/etc/pkcs11.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-crypto/scripts/cryptosvc.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/common/store_forw_creds.c | 9 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/dhcp/inittab | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/dhcp/inittab6 | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/ike/config.sample | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/inetd.conf | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/ipaddrsel.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/ipsecalgs | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/ipsecinit.sample | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/nca/ncaport.conf | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/secret/ike.preshared | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/etc/secret/ipseckeys.sample | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/ipmgmtd/ipadm.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/ipmgmtd/ipmgmt_main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/ipmgmtd/net-ipmgmt | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/lib/ipmgmtd/network-ipmgmt.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/nwamd/main.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/nwamd/ncu_ip.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/lib/nwamd/ncu_phys.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/sbin/dhcpagent/README | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/sbin/dhcpagent/README.v6 | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/sbin/dhcpagent/class_id.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/sbin/dhcpagent/dhcpagent.dfl | 24 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/sbin/dhcpagent/util.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.bin/tftp/tftp-udp6.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/bridged/bridge.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ilbd/ilbd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.mpathd/mpd_main.c | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.mpathd/mpd_tables.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.mpathd/net-ipmp | 2 +- .../cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.mpathd/network-ipmp.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ndpd/ndp.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ripngd/ripng.xml | 12 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.sh | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.c | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.xml | 16 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/mdnsd/multicast.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ncaconfd/ncaconfd.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/slpd/slp.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.xml | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.xcl | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa_supplicant.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/comsat.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/finger.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm.c | 12 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_rules.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_sg.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.rdisc/rdisc.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.routed/route.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.talkd/talk.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.telnetd.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/inetconv/inetconv.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipmpstat/ipmpstat.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ikeadm.c | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecalgs.xml | 6 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecconf.c | 4 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipseckey.c | 10 +- .../cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/manual-key.xml | 14 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/policy.xml | 10 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/kssl/kssladm/kssladm.c | 6 +- .../cmd-inet/usr.sbin/kssl/ksslcfg/kssl-proxy.xml | 4 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/kssl/ksslcfg/ksslcfg.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/login.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndd.c | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndp.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rarp.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rexec.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/route.c | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/forwarding.xml | 10 +- .../cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/legacy-routing.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/routeadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/shell.xml | 12 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/snoop/snoop_capture.c | 2 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/socket-filter-kssl.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnet.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnetd.dfl | 5 +- .../cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/coreadm/coreadm.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cpc/common/cputrack.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cron/at.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.h | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/devfsadm.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/port_link.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/dfs.cmds/sharemgr/group.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/dispadmin.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/scheduler.xml | 7 +- usr/src/cmd/dladm/dladm.c | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/dladm/secobj.conf | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/datalink.conf | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt_main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/drd/drd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/dtrace/demo/spec/specopen.d | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dtrace/dtrace.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/jdtrace/JDTrace.java | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/scripts/dtest.pl | 6 +- .../tst/common/cpc/err.cputrackfailtostart.ksh | 2 +- .../dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv4remote.pl | 2 +- .../dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv6remote.pl | 2 +- .../dtrace/test/tst/common/pid/tst.killonerror.ksh | 2 +- .../dtrace/test/tst/common/proc/tst.exitcore.ksh | 5 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithBreakPoint.d | 4 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithChill.d | 4 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOut.d | 4 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOutStr.d | 4 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithPanic.d | 4 +- .../err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithRaise.d | 4 +- .../speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithStop.d | 4 +- .../dtrace/test/tst/sparc/ustack/tst.trapstat.ksh | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dconf.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dumpadm.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/svc-dumpadm | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/swap.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/expr/compile.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fcinfo/fcinfo.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fcoesvc/fcoe_initiator.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fcoesvc/fcoe_target.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fdisk/fdisk.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/file/magic | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/flowadm/flowadm.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/flowadm/flowprop.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/dicts/FMD.po | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/dicts/SCA1000.po | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/dicts/SCA500.po | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/dicts/SUN4U.po | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/dicts/SUNOS.po | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/eversholt/files/common/disk.esc | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_ctl.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_eventq.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_log.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_module.h | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_rpc_adm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_scheme.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmd/common/fmd_sysevent.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/fmstat/common/fmstat.c | 2 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,Netra-CP3060/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,Netra-CP3260/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,Netra-T5220/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,Netra-T5440/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise-T5120/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../fm/modules/SUNW,Sun-Blade-T6300/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../fm/modules/SUNW,Sun-Blade-T6320/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,Sun-Fire-T200/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,T5140/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../cmd/fm/modules/SUNW,USBRDT-5240/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- .../fm/modules/common/syslog-msgs/syslog-msgs.conf | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/modules/common/syslog-msgs/syslog.c | 18 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/modules/sun4v/etm/etm.c | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/modules/sun4v/etm/etm.conf | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/notify/notify-params.xml | 8 +- .../fm/notify/smtp-notify/common/smtp-notify.xml | 8 +- .../fm/notify/snmp-notify/common/snmp-notify.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/schemes/fmd/scheme.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fm/scripts/fmsim.ksh | 11 +- usr/src/cmd/fmthard/fmthard.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/format/label.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/autofs/auto_subr.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/autofs/autofs.dfl | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/autofs/autofs.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/etc/nfs.dfl | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/nfsmapid/nfsmapid_server.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/cbd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/client.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/mapid.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/nfslogd.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/nlockmgr.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/rquota.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/server.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/nfs/svc/status.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/pcfs/mount/mount.c | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/reparsed/reparsed.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/smbclnt/svc/client.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/udfs/mkfs/mkfs.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/ufs/fsck/inode.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/ufs/fsck/setup.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/ufs/fsdb/fsdb.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/ufs/mkfs/mkfs.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/fs.d/ufs/mount/mount.c | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/fwflash/common/fwflash.h | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/fwflash/plugins/transport/common/ufm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/fwflash/plugins/vendor/sd-GENERIC.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/getfacl/getfacl.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/growfs/growfs.sh | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/gss/gssd/gss.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/gss/gssd/gssd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/hal/hald/solaris/hal.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/hal/probing/printer/probe-printer.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/hal/tools/hal-fdi-validate.sh | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/halt/halt.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/halt/smf.i386/boot-config.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/halt/smf.sparc/boot-config.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/hotplug/hotplug.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/hotplugd/hotplug.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/hotplugd/svc-hotplug | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ibd_upgrade/ibd-post-upgrade.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/idmap/idmap/idmap.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/idmap/idmapd/idmap.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/idmap/idmapd/idmap_config.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/idmap/idmapd/idmapd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/init/init.c | 58 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/dfstab.sh | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/init.d/README | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/init.d/README.rc2 | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/init.d/README.rc3 | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/init.d/README.rcS | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/init.d/sysetup | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/inittab | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/rc0.sh | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/rc1.sh | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/rc2.sh | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/rc3.sh | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/rcS.sh | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/initpkg/shutdown.sh | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/intrd/intrd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ipf/etc/ipf.conf | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ipf/svc/ipfilter.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ipf/tools/ipfzone.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/iscsiadm/iscsiadm_main.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/iscsid/iscsi-initiator.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/iscsitsvc/iscsi-target.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/isns/isnsadm/isnsadm_msg.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/isns/isnsd/isns_server.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/kbd/keymap.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keylogin.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.dfl | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/keyserv/setkey.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/cli/kadmin.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kclient/kclient.sh | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kdcmgr/klookup.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ipropd_svc.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/kadmin.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ovsec_kadmd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/krb5kdc/krb5kdc.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/ktkt_warn.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/kwarnd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/krb5/slave/krb5_prop.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/idsconfig.sh | 22 +- usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/ldapaddent.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/ldapclient.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ldapcachemgr/client.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ldmad/ldoms-agents.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/lofiadm/main.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/logadm/conf.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm-upgrade | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm.conf | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/logadm/tester | 20 +- usr/src/cmd/login/login.dfl | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/login/logindevperm.sh | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/cmd/lpsched/server.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/crontab/lp | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/filter/postscript/postio/parallel.c | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/include/lp.h | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/lib/oam/msg.source | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/lp/model/lp.cat.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mailwrapper/mailer.conf | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/mailx/hdr/rcv.h | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/man/man.c | 110 +- usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mandoc_msg.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mdoc_validate.c | 7 +- usr/src/cmd/mandoc/msec.in | 21 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_cmds.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_io.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_target.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_termio.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_typedef.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/dtrace/dtrace.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/genunix.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/kmem.c | 4 +- .../cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/leaky_subr.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/typegraph.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/misc.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/umem.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/sockfs/sockfs.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86pc/modules/uppc/uppc.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86xpv/modules/xpv_uppc/xpv_uppc.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/modload/extra_privs | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/modload/rem_drv.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/mpathadm/mpathadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ndmpd/ndmp.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.ad | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.dns | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/nsadmin/system | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/nscd/name-service-cache.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/nscd/nscd_switch.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/nvmeadm/nvmeadm.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.h | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/useradd.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/usermod.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/oplhpd/oplhpd.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/passwd/passwd.dfl | 9 +- usr/src/cmd/pcidr/pcidr_common.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/pcieadm/pcieadm.h | 2 +- .../cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Lgrp/pod/Lgrp.pod | 6 +- .../perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/Project.pm | 6 +- .../cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/README | 2 +- .../contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/pod/Project.pod | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/README | 2 +- .../cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/pod/Task.pod | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/pfexecd/pfexecd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/picl/picld/picl.xml | 6 +- .../cmd/picl/plugins/common/devtree/picldevtree.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.properties | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/pools/pools.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/power/power.dfl | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/power/power.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/power/sys-suspend.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/print/bsd-sysv-commands/rfc1179.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/print/ppdmgr/ppd-cache-update.xml | 4 +- .../sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccess.rawhlp | 2 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/AddAccessFailed.rawhlp | 3 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/AddPrinterFailed.rawhlp | 3 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/DeletePrinterFailed.rawhlp | 3 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocal.rawhlp | 4 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocalPPD.rawhlp | 4 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetwork.rawhlp | 2 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetworkPPD.rawhlp | 2 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/LDAPAuthentication.rawhlp | 8 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/LoginFailed.rawhlp | 2 +- .../com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/Modify.rawhlp | 4 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyFailed.rawhlp | 3 +- .../sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyPPD.rawhlp | 4 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/NISAuthentication.rawhlp | 2 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/NameService.rawhlp | 8 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/PrinterType.rawhlp | 3 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToAddAccess.rawhlp | 6 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallLocal.rawhlp | 2 +- .../pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallNetwork.rawhlp | 2 +- .../admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToSelectName.rawhlp | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/print/scripts/printers.conf | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/prtdiag/i386/smbios.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/psrinfo/psrinfo.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ptools/pargs/pargs.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ramdiskadm/main.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcap.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_collection.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_main.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/SUNW,vdevices.pl | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/dump_rcm.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/ip_rcm.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/swap_rcm.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/rctladm/rctladm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/rmvolmgr.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/vold.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcbind/bind.xml | 22 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rstat.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rusers.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/spray.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/wall.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/sa/sar.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/saf/sac.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/sasinfo/sasinfo.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/savecore/savecore.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/sckmd/sckmd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/sendmail/include/sm/conf.h | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/sendmail-client.xml | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/smtp-sendmail | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/smtp-sendmail.xml | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/sendmail/src/conf.c | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/setfacl/setfacl.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sf880drd/sf880drd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/elfdump/common/corenote.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/include/libld.h | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/include/rtc.h | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/include/rtld.h | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/libconv/common/corenote.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/libcrle/common/audit.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/prof/common/symintErr.c | 7 +- usr/src/cmd/sgs/tsort/common/zfopen.c | 5 +- usr/src/cmd/smbsrv/smbadm/smbadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/smbsrv/smbd/server.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/smserverd/smediad.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/smserverd/smserver.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/srptsvc/target.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/stmfsvc/stmf.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/stmfsvc/stmfsvc.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/stmsboot/mpxio-upgrade.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/common/i.manifest | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/common/r.manifest | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/backend.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/restore_repository.sh | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/dtd/service_bundle.dtd.1 | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/lsvcrun/lsvcrun.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/README.share | 40 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/console-login | 2 +- .../cmd/svc/milestone/early-manifest-import.xml | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/global.xml | 16 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/identity.xml | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/make-console-login-xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user-server.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-loc | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-nwam | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-routing-setup | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-svc | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-initial.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-install.xml | 26 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-ipqos.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-iptun.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-location.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-loopback.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netcfg.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netmask.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-physical.xml | 2 +- .../cmd/svc/milestone/network-routing-setup.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-service.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/process-security.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/restarter.xml | 36 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/rmtmpfiles | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/single-user.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/vtdaemon.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/README | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_limited_net.xml | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_open.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/inetd_generic.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/fs_include.sh | 7 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/smf_include.sh | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/fork.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/graph.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/log.c | 20 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/protocol.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/restarter.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/specials.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/startd.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/utmpx.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/wait.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svcadm/svcadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_engine.c | 10 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_libscf.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_tmpl.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_xml.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/svc/svcs/svcs.c | 6 +- .../cmd/svr4pkg/libinst/open_package_datastream.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgadd/main.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgcond/main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkginstall/main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgscripts/pkgserv.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/swap/swap.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/sysdef/sdevinfo.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/syseventd/etc/README | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/syseventd/sysevent.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/syslogd/newsyslog | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/syslogd/syslogd.dfl | 7 +- usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log.xml | 20 +- usr/src/cmd/th_tools/th_define.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/tnf/prex/help.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/troff/troff.d/tmac.d/an | 52 +- usr/src/cmd/troff/troff.d/tmac.d/ansun | 67 +- usr/src/cmd/troff/troff.d/tmac.d/tz.map | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/truss/main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/tsol/labeld/svc-labeld | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnctl/tnctl.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnd/tnd.xml | 3 +- usr/src/cmd/tsol/tsol-zones/tsol-zones.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/tsol/zones/SUNWtsoldef.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/uadmin/uadmin.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmp.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmpd.c | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/varpd/varpd.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/vntsd/auth.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/vntsd/svc-vntsd | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/vntsd/vntsd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vs_main.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vscan.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/vt/vtdaemon.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/xargs/xargs.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/xvm/ipagent/ipagent.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/client.xml | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/net_files/publickey | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/server.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/xfr.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yp2lscripts/inityp2l.sh | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yppasswd/passwd.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/ypupdated/update.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c | 14 +- usr/src/cmd/zlogin/zlogin.c | 12 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/resource-mgmt.xml | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/svc-zones | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zoneadm.c | 30 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zones.xml | 4 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/vplat.c | 13 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zcons.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zoneadmd.c | 17 +- usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg.c | 8 +- usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg_grammar.y | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestat/zonestat.c | 2 +- usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestatd/zonestat.xml | 40 +- usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_main.c | 6 +- usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_vdev.c | 2 +- usr/src/common/smbios/mktables.sh | 2 +- usr/src/common/svc/repcache_protocol.h | 4 +- usr/src/common/util/string.c | 2 +- usr/src/common/zfs/zfs_prop.c | 4 +- usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/Makefile | 2 +- usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/sh/path.c | 2 +- usr/src/contrib/ast/src/lib/libcmd/expr.c | 2 +- usr/src/data/terminfo/termcap.src | 2 +- usr/src/data/terminfo/terminfo.src | 2 +- usr/src/data/zoneinfo/README | 6 +- usr/src/grub/grub-0.97/stage2/tparm.c | 2 +- usr/src/grub/menu.lst | 4 +- usr/src/head/arpa/inet.h | 2 +- usr/src/head/dlfcn.h | 2 +- usr/src/head/libzonecfg.h | 2 +- usr/src/head/listen.h | 2 +- usr/src/head/nss_common.h | 4 +- usr/src/head/rpcsvc/ypclnt.h | 2 +- usr/src/head/tzfile.h | 4 +- usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/binfile/binfile.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/brand/ipkg/zone/SUNWblank.xml | 2 +- usr/src/lib/brand/joyent/zone/SUNWdefault.xml | 2 +- usr/src/lib/brand/shared/zone/common.ksh | 4 +- usr/src/lib/brand/sn1/zone/SUNWsn1.xml | 2 +- .../brand/solaris10/s10_brand/common/s10_brand.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/SUNWsolaris10.xml | 2 +- usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/image_install.ksh | 2 +- usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/s10_boot.ksh | 4 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_fp.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_rep.c | 4 +- .../cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/devices-fc-fabric.xml | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/ib/common/cfga_ib.c | 26 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sata/common/cfga_sata.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sbd/common/ap_sbd.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/scsi/common/cfga_scsi.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/shp/common/shp.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/usb/common/cfga_usb.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon.xml | 4 +- usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon_sun4v.xml | 4 +- usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_adm/common/fmd_adm.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_log/common/fmd_log.h | 10 +- usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_msg/common/fmd_msg.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib | 26 +- usr/src/lib/fm/libfmevent/common/libfmevent.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/libtopo.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/topo_fmri.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/fm/topo/modules/common/ses/ses.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_dh/backend/mech/name.c | 6 +- .../lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/ccache/cc_file.c | 2 +- .../gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/keytab/kt_solaris.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/krb/getuid.c | 8 +- .../lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/os/locate_kdc.c | 12 +- usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/mech/store_cred.c | 6 +- .../lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/profile/prof_solaris.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libbrand/dtd/brand.dtd.1 | 12 +- usr/src/lib/libbsm/audit_event.txt | 50 +- usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/adt.xml | 200 +- usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.h | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/crypt.c | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/getusershell.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/isaexec.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/localtime.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/locale/gb18030.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/regex/regex.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio/README.design | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/sys/epoll.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/port/threads/door_calls.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc/sparc/sys/ptrace.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libc_db/common/thread_db.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/README | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/common/debug.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_devlink.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_dim.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdhcputil/README.inittab | 15 +- usr/src/lib/libdiskmgt/common/entry.c | 16 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdladm.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlaggr.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlbridge.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdliptun.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdllink.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlvlan.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/linkprop.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi_impl.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.ppp.options | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.xml | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_audit.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_common.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_init.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_buf.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_dof.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_grammar.y | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_impl.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_open.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_parser.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_proc.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_provider.c | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_subr.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dtrace.h | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/procfs.d.in | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/docs/html/fast.html | 2 +- .../src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Aggregate.java | 2 +- .../opensolaris/os/dtrace/AggregationRecord.java | 4 +- .../src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Consumer.java | 2 +- .../opensolaris/os/dtrace/InterfaceAttributes.java | 4 +- .../java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Option.java | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libelfsign/README | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regcmp.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regex.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/ty_regexp.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libexacct/demo/README | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libfakekernel/common/sys/mutex.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libgen/common/p2open.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libhotplug/common/libhotplug_impl.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_addr.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_if.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/libipadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libipmp/common/ipmp_mpathd.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/algs.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.c | 22 +- usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.h | 10 +- usr/src/lib/libmapid/common/mapid.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libnisdb/db_dictionary.cc | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libnisdb/ldap_parse.h | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libnisdb/nis_parse_ldap_yp_util.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libnsl/nss/getipnodeby.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libnsl/rpc/auth_des.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/libnwam/README | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libnwam/common/libnwam_loc.c | 14 +- usr/src/lib/libpam/pam.conf | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libpcsc/common/winscard.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libpkg/common/isdir.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcontrol.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcore.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libresolv2/install.xml | 6 +- usr/src/lib/librestart/common/librestart.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsec/common/acl_lex.l | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/auth_attr.txt | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/common/i.rbac | 12 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/exec_attr.txt | 2 +- .../libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfRead.html | 2 +- .../libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfSelect.html | 4 +- .../libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWlan.html | 2 +- .../libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWrite.html | 2 +- .../lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBconf.html | 4 +- .../lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBenable.html | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkVRRP.html | 6 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiConfig.html | 5 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiWep.html | 5 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtConsUser.html | 4 +- .../libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfAdmin.html | 6 +- .../libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfUser.html | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetILB.html | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetVRRP.html | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/policy.conf | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/prof_attr.txt | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsecdb/user_attr.txt | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libshare/common/libsharecore.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_internal.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_sldap.h | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_standalone.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_writes.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libslp/clib/slp_auth.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libslp/etc/slp.conf.example | 5 +- usr/src/lib/libstmf/common/store.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libevchannel.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libsysevent.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/libxcurses/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c | 26 +- usr/src/lib/libxcurses2/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libzfs/Makefile.com | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs.h | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_pool.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_util.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/libzfs_core/Makefile.com | 2 +- usr/src/lib/libzonecfg/common/libzonecfg.c | 8 +- usr/src/lib/libzutil/Makefile.com | 2 +- usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getgrent.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getpwnam.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getspent.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/nsswitch/files/common/getpwnam.c | 2 +- .../lib/pam_modules/authtok_check/authtok_check.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5/krb5_setcred.c | 4 +- .../krb5_migrate/krb5_migrate_authenticate.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/pam_modules/unix_cred/unix_cred.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/passwdutil/files_attr.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/passwdutil/ldap_attr.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/pkcs11/libpkcs11/common/pkcs11Conf.c | 6 +- usr/src/lib/print/libpapi-dynamic/common/nss.c | 4 +- usr/src/lib/print/libprint/common/nss_write.c | 2 +- usr/src/lib/smbsrv/libmlsvc/common/smb_autohome.c | 2 +- .../lib/varpd/libvarpd/common/libvarpd_provider.h | 2 +- usr/src/man/Makefile | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/Intro.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/acctcom.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/adb.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/addbib.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/alias.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/allocate.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/amt.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/appcert.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/apptrace.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/apropos.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ar.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/arch.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/asa.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/at.1 | 31 +- usr/src/man/man1/atq.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/atrm.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/audioconvert.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/audioctl.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/audioplay.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/audiorecord.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/audiotest.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/auths.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/awk.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/banner.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/basename.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/bc.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/bdiff.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/break.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/builtin.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/cal.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/cancel.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/cat.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/cd.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/cdrw.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/checknr.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/chgrp.1 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man1/chkey.1 | 23 +- usr/src/man/man1/chmod.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/chown.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckdate.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckgid.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckint.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckitem.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckkeywd.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckpath.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckrange.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckstr.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/cksum.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/cktime.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckuid.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ckyorn.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/clear.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/cmp.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/col.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/comm.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/command.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/compress.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/cp.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/cpio.1 | 28 +- usr/src/man/man1/cputrack.1 | 35 +- usr/src/man/man1/crle.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/crontab.1 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man1/crypt.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/csh.1 | 48 +- usr/src/man/man1/csplit.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/ctfdiff.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/ctfdump.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/ctrun.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/ctstat.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/ctwatch.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/cut.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/date.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/dc.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/deallocate.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/deroff.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/dhcpinfo.1 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man1/diff.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/diff3.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/diffmk.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/digest.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/dircmp.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/dis.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/disown.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/dispgid.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/dispuid.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/dos2unix.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/download.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/dpost.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/du.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/dump.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/dumpcs.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/echo.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/ed.1 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man1/eject.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/elfdump.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/elfedit.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/elfsign.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/elfwrap.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/enable.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/encrypt.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/enhance.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/env.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/eqn.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/exec.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/exit.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/expand.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/expr.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/exstr.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/factor.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/fdformat.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/file.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/filesync.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/find.1 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man1/finger.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/fmt.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/fmtmsg.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/fold.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/ftp.1 | 27 +- usr/src/man/man1/gcore.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/gencat.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/genmsg.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/getconf.1 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man1/getfacl.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/getlabel.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/getopt.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/getoptcvt.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/getopts.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/gettext.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/gettxt.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/getzonepath.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/glob.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/gprof.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/grep.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/groups.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/hash.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/head.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/history.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/hostid.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/hostname.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/iconv.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/indxbib.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/ipcrm.1 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man1/ipcs.1 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man1/isainfo.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/isalist.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/jobs.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/join.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/kbd.1 | 42 +- usr/src/man/man1/kdestroy.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/keylogin.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/keylogout.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/kill.1 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man1/kinit.1 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man1/klist.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/kmdb.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/kmfcfg.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/kpasswd.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/krb5-config.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/ksh93.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/ktutil.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/kvmstat.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/lari.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/last.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/lastcomm.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/ld.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/ld.so.1.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldap.1 | 59 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldapdelete.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldaplist.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodify.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodrdn.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldapsearch.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/ldd.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/let.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/lex.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/lgrpinfo.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/limit.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/line.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/list_devices.1 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man1/listusers.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/ln.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/loadkeys.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/locale.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/localedef.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/logger.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/login.1 | 115 +- usr/src/man/man1/logname.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/logout.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/look.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/lookbib.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/lorder.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/lp.1 | 56 +- usr/src/man/man1/lpstat.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/ls.1 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man1/m4.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/mac.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/mach.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/madv.so.1.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/mail.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/mailcompat.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/mailstats.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/mailx.1 | 44 +- usr/src/man/man1/make.1 | 28 +- usr/src/man/man1/makekey.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/man.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/mandoc.1 | 160 +- usr/src/man/man1/mconnect.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/mcs.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/mdb.1 | 48 +- usr/src/man/man1/mesg.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/mkdir.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/mkmsgs.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/mktemp.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/moe.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/more.1 | 28 +- usr/src/man/man1/mpss.so.1.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/msgcc.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/msgcpp.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/msgcvt.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/msgfmt.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/msggen.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/msgget.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/mt.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/mv.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/nc.1 | 35 +- usr/src/man/man1/nca.1 | 38 +- usr/src/man/man1/ncab2clf.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/ncakmod.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/newform.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/newgrp.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/news.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/newtask.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/nice.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/nl.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/nm.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/nohup.1 | 23 +- usr/src/man/man1/nroff.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/oawk.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/od.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/optisa.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/pack.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/pagesize.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/pargs.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/passwd.1 | 82 +- usr/src/man/man1/paste.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/pathchk.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/pax.1 | 39 +- usr/src/man/man1/pfexec.1 | 27 +- usr/src/man/man1/pg.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/pgrep.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/pkginfo.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/pkgmk.1 | 54 +- usr/src/man/man1/pkgparam.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/pkgproto.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/pkgtrans.1 | 37 +- usr/src/man/man1/pktool.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/plabel.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/plgrp.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/plimit.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/pmadvise.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/pmap.1 | 31 +- usr/src/man/man1/postio.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/postprint.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/postreverse.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/ppgsz.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/ppriv.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/pr.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/praliases.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/prctl.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/preap.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/prex.1 | 31 +- usr/src/man/man1/print.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/printf.1 | 28 +- usr/src/man/man1/priocntl.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/proc.1 | 42 +- usr/src/man/man1/prof.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/profiles.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/projects.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/ps.1 | 31 +- usr/src/man/man1/psecflags.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/ptree.1 | 38 +- usr/src/man/man1/pvs.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/pwd.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/ranlib.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/rcapstat.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/rcp.1 | 44 +- usr/src/man/man1/rdist.1 | 32 +- usr/src/man/man1/read.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/readonly.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/refer.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/regcmp.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/renice.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/rev.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/rlogin.1 | 27 +- usr/src/man/man1/rm.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/rmformat.1 | 33 +- usr/src/man/man1/rmmount.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/roffbib.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/roles.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/rpcgen.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/rsh.1 | 36 +- usr/src/man/man1/runat.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/rup.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/ruptime.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/rusers.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/rwho.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/sar.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/script.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/sdiff.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/sed.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/sendmail-mailq.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/set.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/setfacl.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/setlabel.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/setpgrp.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/shcomp.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/shell_builtins.1 | 65 +- usr/src/man/man1/shift.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/size.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/sleep.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/smbutil.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/soelim.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/sort.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/sortbib.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/sotruss.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/spell.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/split.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/srchtxt.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/strchg.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/strings.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/strip.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/stty.1 | 43 +- usr/src/man/man1/sum.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/suspend.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/svcprop.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/svcs.1 | 44 +- usr/src/man/man1/symorder.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/sys-suspend.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/sysV-make.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/tabs.1 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man1/tail.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/talk.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/tar.1 | 37 +- usr/src/man/man1/tbl.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/tcopy.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/tee.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/telnet.1 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man1/test.1 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1/tftp.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/time.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/times.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/timex.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/tip.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/tnfdump.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/tnfxtract.1 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1/touch.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/tput.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1/tr.1 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1/trap.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/troff.1 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1/true.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/truss.1 | 33 +- usr/src/man/man1/tsort.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/tty.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/type.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/typeset.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/ul.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/umask.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/uname.1 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1/unifdef.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/uniq.1 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1/units.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/unix2dos.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/uptime.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/vacation.1 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1/vgrind.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/volcheck.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/volrmmount.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/vtfontcvt.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/w.1 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1/wait.1 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1/wc.1 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1/which.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/who.1 | 27 +- usr/src/man/man1/whocalls.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/write.1 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man1/xargs.1 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1/xgettext.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/xstr.1 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1/yacc.1 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man1/yes.1 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1/ypcat.1 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1/ypmatch.1 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1/yppasswd.1 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1/ypwhich.1 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1/zlogin.1 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1/zonename.1 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1/zonestat.1 | 26 +- usr/src/man/man1b/basename.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/biff.1b | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1b/chown.1b | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1b/df.1b | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1b/du.1b | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1b/echo.1b | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1b/exportfs.1b | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1b/expr.1b | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1b/fastboot.1b | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1b/file.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/from.1b | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1b/groups.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/grpck.1b | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1b/ln.1b | 15 +- usr/src/man/man1b/logger.1b | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1b/lpc.1b | 38 +- usr/src/man/man1b/lpq.1b | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1b/lpr.1b | 34 +- usr/src/man/man1b/lprm.1b | 24 +- usr/src/man/man1b/lptest.1b | 2 +- usr/src/man/man1b/mail.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/mkstr.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/printenv.1b | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1b/ps.1b | 13 +- usr/src/man/man1b/rusage.1b | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1b/shutdown.1b | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1b/stty.1b | 25 +- usr/src/man/man1b/sum.1b | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1b/test.1b | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1b/touch.1b | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1b/tset.1b | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1b/users.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/vipw.1b | 5 +- usr/src/man/man1b/whereis.1b | 3 +- usr/src/man/man1b/whoami.1b | 7 +- usr/src/man/man1c/ct.1c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1c/cu.1c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man1c/rup.1c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uucp.1c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uuencode.1c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uuglist.1c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uustat.1c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uuto.1c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man1c/uux.1c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man1has/ctags.1has | 12 +- usr/src/man/man1has/edit.1has | 8 +- usr/src/man/man1has/ex.1has | 21 +- usr/src/man/man1has/sh.1has | 60 +- usr/src/man/man1has/vi.1has | 17 +- usr/src/man/man1m/6to4relay.1m | 349 -- usr/src/man/man1m/Intro.1m | 142 - usr/src/man/man1m/Makefile | 752 --- usr/src/man/man1m/Uutry.1m | 133 - usr/src/man/man1m/accept.1m | 160 - usr/src/man/man1m/acct.1m | 209 - usr/src/man/man1m/acctadm.1m | 425 -- usr/src/man/man1m/acctcms.1m | 141 - usr/src/man/man1m/acctcon.1m | 174 - usr/src/man/man1m/acctmerg.1m | 116 - usr/src/man/man1m/acctprc.1m | 134 - usr/src/man/man1m/acctsh.1m | 323 - usr/src/man/man1m/acpidump.1m | 83 - usr/src/man/man1m/acpixtract.1m | 113 - usr/src/man/man1m/adbgen.1m | 362 -- usr/src/man/man1m/add_allocatable.1m | 248 - usr/src/man/man1m/add_drv.1m | 636 -- usr/src/man/man1m/addbadsec.1m | 100 - usr/src/man/man1m/arcstat.1m | 540 -- usr/src/man/man1m/arp.1m | 247 - usr/src/man/man1m/atohexlabel.1m | 117 - usr/src/man/man1m/audit.1m | 94 - usr/src/man/man1m/audit_warn.1m | 231 - usr/src/man/man1m/auditconfig.1m | 1085 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/auditd.1m | 186 - usr/src/man/man1m/auditrecord.1m | 330 -- usr/src/man/man1m/auditreduce.1m | 911 --- usr/src/man/man1m/auditstat.1m | 206 - usr/src/man/man1m/automount.1m | 728 --- usr/src/man/man1m/automountd.1m | 121 - usr/src/man/man1m/autopush.1m | 195 - usr/src/man/man1m/bart.1m | 639 -- usr/src/man/man1m/beadm.1m | 932 --- usr/src/man/man1m/bhyve.1m | 837 --- usr/src/man/man1m/bhyvectl.1m | 85 - usr/src/man/man1m/boot.1m | 1142 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/bootadm.1m | 543 -- usr/src/man/man1m/busstat.1m | 321 - usr/src/man/man1m/captoinfo.1m | 102 - usr/src/man/man1m/catman.1m | 72 - usr/src/man/man1m/ccidadm.1m | 190 - usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm.1m | 939 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_cardbus.1m | 58 - usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_fp.1m | 744 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_ib.1m | 861 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_pci.1m | 944 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sata.1m | 833 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sbd.1m | 1324 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_scsi.1m | 744 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_usb.1m | 987 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/chat.1m | 745 --- usr/src/man/man1m/check-hostname.1m | 72 - usr/src/man/man1m/check-permissions.1m | 99 - usr/src/man/man1m/chroot.1m | 133 - usr/src/man/man1m/clear_locks.1m | 94 - usr/src/man/man1m/clinfo.1m | 83 - usr/src/man/man1m/clri.1m | 99 - usr/src/man/man1m/connstat.1m | 399 -- usr/src/man/man1m/consadm.1m | 225 - usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lp.1m | 114 - usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lpd.1m | 155 - usr/src/man/man1m/coreadm.1m | 721 --- usr/src/man/man1m/cpustat.1m | 346 -- usr/src/man/man1m/cron.1m | 184 - usr/src/man/man1m/cryptoadm.1m | 815 --- usr/src/man/man1m/datadm.1m | 195 - usr/src/man/man1m/dcs.1m | 118 - usr/src/man/man1m/dd.1m | 774 --- usr/src/man/man1m/devattr.1m | 121 - usr/src/man/man1m/devfree.1m | 122 - usr/src/man/man1m/devfsadm.1m | 273 - usr/src/man/man1m/device_remap.1m | 155 - usr/src/man/man1m/devinfo.1m | 153 - usr/src/man/man1m/devlinks.1m | 307 - usr/src/man/man1m/devnm.1m | 71 - usr/src/man/man1m/devprop.1m | 167 - usr/src/man/man1m/devreserv.1m | 181 - usr/src/man/man1m/df.1m | 541 -- usr/src/man/man1m/df_ufs.1m | 100 - usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts.1m | 137 - usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts_nfs.1m | 120 - usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares.1m | 127 - usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares_nfs.1m | 126 - usr/src/man/man1m/dhcpagent.1m | 895 --- usr/src/man/man1m/diskinfo.1m | 191 - usr/src/man/man1m/disks.1m | 316 - usr/src/man/man1m/diskscan.1m | 106 - usr/src/man/man1m/dispadmin.1m | 242 - usr/src/man/man1m/dladm.1m | 6175 ------------------- usr/src/man/man1m/dlmgmtd.1m | 62 - usr/src/man/man1m/dmesg.1m | 30 - usr/src/man/man1m/dminfo.1m | 152 - usr/src/man/man1m/dns-sd.1m | 275 - usr/src/man/man1m/domainname.1m | 112 - usr/src/man/man1m/drd.1m | 72 - usr/src/man/man1m/drvconfig.1m | 168 - usr/src/man/man1m/dtrace.1m | 765 --- usr/src/man/man1m/dumpadm.1m | 524 -- usr/src/man/man1m/editmap.1m | 209 - usr/src/man/man1m/edquota.1m | 132 - usr/src/man/man1m/eeprom.1m | 1305 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/efdaemon.1m | 104 - usr/src/man/man1m/embedded_su.1m | 326 -- usr/src/man/man1m/etrn.1m | 183 - usr/src/man/man1m/fcinfo.1m | 1258 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/fdetach.1m | 49 - usr/src/man/man1m/fdisk.1m | 856 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ff.1m | 236 - usr/src/man/man1m/ff_ufs.1m | 69 - usr/src/man/man1m/fiocompress.1m | 127 - usr/src/man/man1m/flowadm.1m | 847 --- usr/src/man/man1m/fmadm.1m | 468 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fmd.1m | 175 - usr/src/man/man1m/fmdump.1m | 644 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fmstat.1m | 308 - usr/src/man/man1m/fmthard.1m | 227 - usr/src/man/man1m/format.1m | 441 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fruadm.1m | 214 - usr/src/man/man1m/fsck.1m | 394 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_pcfs.1m | 207 - usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_udfs.1m | 329 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_ufs.1m | 320 - usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb.1m | 101 - usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb_udfs.1m | 1006 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb_ufs.1m | 1226 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/fsirand.1m | 47 - usr/src/man/man1m/fssnap.1m | 169 - usr/src/man/man1m/fssnap_ufs.1m | 537 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fsstat.1m | 850 --- usr/src/man/man1m/fstyp.1m | 161 - usr/src/man/man1m/fuser.1m | 284 - usr/src/man/man1m/fwflash.1m | 428 -- usr/src/man/man1m/fwtmp.1m | 82 - usr/src/man/man1m/getdev.1m | 171 - usr/src/man/man1m/getdevpolicy.1m | 70 - usr/src/man/man1m/getdgrp.1m | 197 - usr/src/man/man1m/getent.1m | 322 - usr/src/man/man1m/getty.1m | 132 - usr/src/man/man1m/getvol.1m | 167 - usr/src/man/man1m/groupadd.1m | 151 - usr/src/man/man1m/groupdel.1m | 91 - usr/src/man/man1m/groupmod.1m | 164 - usr/src/man/man1m/growfs.1m | 118 - usr/src/man/man1m/gsscred.1m | 246 - usr/src/man/man1m/gssd.1m | 110 - usr/src/man/man1m/hal-device.1m | 75 - usr/src/man/man1m/hal-fdi-validate.1m | 66 - usr/src/man/man1m/hal-find.1m | 110 - usr/src/man/man1m/hal-get-property.1m | 200 - usr/src/man/man1m/hald.1m | 136 - usr/src/man/man1m/halt.1m | 106 - usr/src/man/man1m/hextoalabel.1m | 116 - usr/src/man/man1m/hostconfig.1m | 149 - usr/src/man/man1m/hotplug.1m | 330 -- usr/src/man/man1m/id.1m | 416 -- usr/src/man/man1m/idmap.1m | 1307 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/idmapd.1m | 116 - usr/src/man/man1m/idsconfig.1m | 180 - usr/src/man/man1m/if_mpadm.1m | 133 - usr/src/man/man1m/ifconfig.1m | 2527 -------- usr/src/man/man1m/ifparse.1m | 180 - usr/src/man/man1m/ikeadm.1m | 835 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ikecert.1m | 1027 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/in.chargend.1m | 86 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.comsat.1m | 76 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.daytimed.1m | 81 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.discardd.1m | 81 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.echod.1m | 79 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.fingerd.1m | 118 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.iked.1m | 460 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.lpd.1m | 122 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.mpathd.1m | 358 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.ndpd.1m | 265 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.rarpd.1m | 171 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.rdisc.1m | 190 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.rexecd.1m | 179 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.ripngd.1m | 226 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.rlogind.1m | 378 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.routed.1m | 498 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.rshd.1m | 437 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.rwhod.1m | 133 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.talkd.1m | 51 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.telnetd.1m | 395 -- usr/src/man/man1m/in.tftpd.1m | 116 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.timed.1m | 79 - usr/src/man/man1m/in.uucpd.1m | 177 - usr/src/man/man1m/inetadm.1m | 335 -- usr/src/man/man1m/inetconv.1m | 252 - usr/src/man/man1m/inetd.1m | 852 --- usr/src/man/man1m/infocmp.1m | 335 -- usr/src/man/man1m/init.1m | 575 -- usr/src/man/man1m/inityp2l.1m | 130 - usr/src/man/man1m/install.1m | 223 - usr/src/man/man1m/installboot.1m | 246 - usr/src/man/man1m/installf.1m | 439 -- usr/src/man/man1m/installgrub.1m | 148 - usr/src/man/man1m/intrd.1m | 68 - usr/src/man/man1m/intrstat.1m | 208 - usr/src/man/man1m/iostat.1m | 682 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ipaddrsel.1m | 322 - usr/src/man/man1m/ipadm.1m | 1061 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/ipdadm.1m | 223 - usr/src/man/man1m/ipf.1m | 545 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ipfs.1m | 246 - usr/src/man/man1m/ipfstat.1m | 423 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ipmon.1m | 416 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ipmpstat.1m | 856 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ipnat.1m | 224 - usr/src/man/man1m/ippool.1m | 349 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ipqosconf.1m | 1053 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/ipsecalgs.1m | 601 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ipsecconf.1m | 1859 ------ usr/src/man/man1m/ipseckey.1m | 1628 ------ usr/src/man/man1m/iscsiadm.1m | 1377 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/isns.1m | 279 - usr/src/man/man1m/isnsadm.1m | 763 --- usr/src/man/man1m/itadm.1m | 986 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/k5srvutil.1m | 123 - usr/src/man/man1m/kadb.1m | 124 - usr/src/man/man1m/kadmin.1m | 1509 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/kadmind.1m | 400 -- usr/src/man/man1m/kclient.1m | 589 -- usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_ldap_util.1m | 1177 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_util.1m | 519 -- usr/src/man/man1m/kdcmgr.1m | 411 -- usr/src/man/man1m/kernel.1m | 392 -- usr/src/man/man1m/keyserv.1m | 169 - usr/src/man/man1m/killall.1m | 36 - usr/src/man/man1m/kprop.1m | 166 - usr/src/man/man1m/kpropd.1m | 249 - usr/src/man/man1m/kproplog.1m | 126 - usr/src/man/man1m/krb5kdc.1m | 242 - usr/src/man/man1m/ksslcfg.1m | 409 -- usr/src/man/man1m/kstat.1m | 382 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ktkt_warnd.1m | 78 - usr/src/man/man1m/labelit.1m | 152 - usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_hsfs.1m | 133 - usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_udfs.1m | 145 - usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_ufs.1m | 99 - usr/src/man/man1m/latencytop.1m | 303 - usr/src/man/man1m/ldap_cachemgr.1m | 158 - usr/src/man/man1m/ldapaddent.1m | 575 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ldapclient.1m | 1179 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/ldmad.1m | 74 - usr/src/man/man1m/link.1m | 112 - usr/src/man/man1m/listdgrp.1m | 92 - usr/src/man/man1m/listen.1m | 105 - usr/src/man/man1m/locator.1m | 120 - usr/src/man/man1m/lockfs.1m | 345 -- usr/src/man/man1m/lockstat.1m | 863 --- usr/src/man/man1m/lofiadm.1m | 640 -- usr/src/man/man1m/logadm.1m | 913 --- usr/src/man/man1m/logins.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpadmin.1m | 1354 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/lpfilter.1m | 496 -- usr/src/man/man1m/lpforms.1m | 668 --- usr/src/man/man1m/lpget.1m | 180 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpmove.1m | 172 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpsched.1m | 136 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpset.1m | 231 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpshut.1m | 62 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpsystem.1m | 39 - usr/src/man/man1m/lpusers.1m | 198 - usr/src/man/man1m/luxadm.1m | 1265 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/mail.local.1m | 209 - usr/src/man/man1m/mailwrapper.1m | 130 - usr/src/man/man1m/makedbm.1m | 178 - usr/src/man/man1m/makemap.1m | 245 - usr/src/man/man1m/mdnsd.1m | 108 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevalloc.1m | 82 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevmaps.1m | 61 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkfifo.1m | 167 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkfile.1m | 92 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs.1m | 138 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_pcfs.1m | 375 -- usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_udfs.1m | 187 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_ufs.1m | 407 -- usr/src/man/man1m/mknod.1m | 106 - usr/src/man/man1m/mkpwdict.1m | 97 - usr/src/man/man1m/modinfo.1m | 159 - usr/src/man/man1m/modload.1m | 96 - usr/src/man/man1m/modunload.1m | 66 - usr/src/man/man1m/monitor.1m | 1774 ------ usr/src/man/man1m/mount.1m | 444 -- usr/src/man/man1m/mount_hsfs.1m | 282 - usr/src/man/man1m/mount_nfs.1m | 838 --- usr/src/man/man1m/mount_pcfs.1m | 195 - usr/src/man/man1m/mount_smbfs.1m | 513 -- usr/src/man/man1m/mount_tmpfs.1m | 129 - usr/src/man/man1m/mount_udfs.1m | 219 - usr/src/man/man1m/mount_ufs.1m | 375 -- usr/src/man/man1m/mountall.1m | 209 - usr/src/man/man1m/mountd.1m | 113 - usr/src/man/man1m/mpathadm.1m | 711 --- usr/src/man/man1m/mpstat.1m | 355 -- usr/src/man/man1m/msgid.1m | 73 - usr/src/man/man1m/mvdir.1m | 84 - usr/src/man/man1m/ncaconfd.1m | 81 - usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck.1m | 122 - usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck_ufs.1m | 52 - usr/src/man/man1m/ndd.1m | 113 - usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpadm.1m | 461 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpd.1m | 149 - usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpstat.1m | 370 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ndp.1m | 221 - usr/src/man/man1m/netstat.1m | 1093 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/netstrategy.1m | 110 - usr/src/man/man1m/newaliases.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/newfs.1m | 507 -- usr/src/man/man1m/newkey.1m | 93 - usr/src/man/man1m/nfs4cbd.1m | 55 - usr/src/man/man1m/nfsd.1m | 235 - usr/src/man/man1m/nfslogd.1m | 251 - usr/src/man/man1m/nfsmapid.1m | 136 - usr/src/man/man1m/nfsstat.1m | 887 --- usr/src/man/man1m/nlsadmin.1m | 386 -- usr/src/man/man1m/nscd.1m | 173 - usr/src/man/man1m/nvmeadm.1m | 595 -- usr/src/man/man1m/nwamd.1m | 247 - usr/src/man/man1m/obpsym.1m | 143 - usr/src/man/man1m/oplhpd.1m | 68 - usr/src/man/man1m/passmgmt.1m | 314 - usr/src/man/man1m/pbind.1m | 356 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pcitool.1m | 224 - usr/src/man/man1m/picld.1m | 126 - usr/src/man/man1m/ping.1m | 473 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadd.1m | 470 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadm.1m | 187 - usr/src/man/man1m/pkgask.1m | 131 - usr/src/man/man1m/pkgchk.1m | 414 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pkgrm.1m | 309 - usr/src/man/man1m/plockstat.1m | 228 - usr/src/man/man1m/pmadm.1m | 586 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pmconfig.1m | 188 - usr/src/man/man1m/polkit-is-privileged.1m | 111 - usr/src/man/man1m/pooladm.1m | 262 - usr/src/man/man1m/poolbind.1m | 256 - usr/src/man/man1m/poolcfg.1m | 479 -- usr/src/man/man1m/poold.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/poolstat.1m | 395 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ports.1m | 294 - usr/src/man/man1m/powerd.1m | 70 - usr/src/man/man1m/powertop.1m | 233 - usr/src/man/man1m/ppdmgr.1m | 317 - usr/src/man/man1m/pppd.1m | 2722 --------- usr/src/man/man1m/pppdump.1m | 64 - usr/src/man/man1m/pppoec.1m | 272 - usr/src/man/man1m/pppoed.1m | 436 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pppstats.1m | 399 -- usr/src/man/man1m/pptadm.1m | 74 - usr/src/man/man1m/praudit.1m | 186 - usr/src/man/man1m/print-service.1m | 181 - usr/src/man/man1m/printmgr.1m | 123 - usr/src/man/man1m/projadd.1m | 305 - usr/src/man/man1m/projdel.1m | 162 - usr/src/man/man1m/projmod.1m | 594 -- usr/src/man/man1m/prstat.1m | 883 --- usr/src/man/man1m/prtconf.1m | 227 - usr/src/man/man1m/prtdiag.1m | 109 - usr/src/man/man1m/prtdscp.1m | 148 - usr/src/man/man1m/prtfru.1m | 109 - usr/src/man/man1m/prtpicl.1m | 69 - usr/src/man/man1m/prtvtoc.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/psradm.1m | 358 -- usr/src/man/man1m/psrinfo.1m | 248 - usr/src/man/man1m/psrset.1m | 544 -- usr/src/man/man1m/putdev.1m | 415 -- usr/src/man/man1m/putdgrp.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/pwck.1m | 91 - usr/src/man/man1m/pwconv.1m | 183 - usr/src/man/man1m/quot.1m | 160 - usr/src/man/man1m/quota.1m | 82 - usr/src/man/man1m/quotacheck.1m | 115 - usr/src/man/man1m/quotaon.1m | 128 - usr/src/man/man1m/raidctl.1m | 1074 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/ramdiskadm.1m | 163 - usr/src/man/man1m/rcapadm.1m | 261 - usr/src/man/man1m/rcapd.1m | 181 - usr/src/man/man1m/rctladm.1m | 188 - usr/src/man/man1m/rdate.1m | 42 - usr/src/man/man1m/rdmsr.1m | 43 - usr/src/man/man1m/reboot.1m | 359 -- usr/src/man/man1m/rem_drv.1m | 104 - usr/src/man/man1m/remove_allocatable.1m | 142 - usr/src/man/man1m/removef.1m | 198 - usr/src/man/man1m/repquota.1m | 65 - usr/src/man/man1m/rmmount.1m | 288 - usr/src/man/man1m/rmt.1m | 155 - usr/src/man/man1m/rmvolmgr.1m | 146 - usr/src/man/man1m/roleadd.1m | 530 -- usr/src/man/man1m/roledel.1m | 168 - usr/src/man/man1m/rolemod.1m | 439 -- usr/src/man/man1m/root_archive.1m | 97 - usr/src/man/man1m/route.1m | 769 --- usr/src/man/man1m/routeadm.1m | 547 -- usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.bootparamd.1m | 92 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rstatd.1m | 49 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rusersd.1m | 46 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rwalld.1m | 48 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.smserverd.1m | 53 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.sprayd.1m | 54 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.yppasswdd.1m | 167 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.ypupdated.1m | 104 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpcbind.1m | 262 - usr/src/man/man1m/rpcinfo.1m | 351 -- usr/src/man/man1m/rquotad.1m | 72 - usr/src/man/man1m/rsh.1m | 114 - usr/src/man/man1m/rtc.1m | 124 - usr/src/man/man1m/rtquery.1m | 189 - usr/src/man/man1m/runacct.1m | 322 - usr/src/man/man1m/rwall.1m | 73 - usr/src/man/man1m/sac.1m | 247 - usr/src/man/man1m/sacadm.1m | 549 -- usr/src/man/man1m/saf.1m | 1508 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/sar.1m | 158 - usr/src/man/man1m/sasinfo.1m | 733 --- usr/src/man/man1m/savecore.1m | 214 - usr/src/man/man1m/sbdadm.1m | 266 - usr/src/man/man1m/scadm.1m | 1074 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/sckmd.1m | 79 - usr/src/man/man1m/sdpadm.1m | 85 - usr/src/man/man1m/sendmail.1m | 3489 ----------- usr/src/man/man1m/setuname.1m | 74 - usr/src/man/man1m/sf880drd.1m | 59 - usr/src/man/man1m/share.1m | 204 - usr/src/man/man1m/share_nfs.1m | 818 --- usr/src/man/man1m/shareall.1m | 60 - usr/src/man/man1m/sharectl.1m | 231 - usr/src/man/man1m/sharemgr.1m | 1334 ----- usr/src/man/man1m/showmount.1m | 80 - usr/src/man/man1m/shutdown.1m | 183 - usr/src/man/man1m/slpd.1m | 199 - usr/src/man/man1m/smbadm.1m | 461 -- usr/src/man/man1m/smbd.1m | 123 - usr/src/man/man1m/smbiod.1m | 116 - usr/src/man/man1m/smbios.1m | 223 - usr/src/man/man1m/smbstat.1m | 178 - usr/src/man/man1m/smrsh.1m | 85 - usr/src/man/man1m/snoop.1m | 1200 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/soconfig.1m | 203 - usr/src/man/man1m/sppptun.1m | 236 - usr/src/man/man1m/spray.1m | 81 - usr/src/man/man1m/statd.1m | 112 - usr/src/man/man1m/stmfadm.1m | 668 --- usr/src/man/man1m/stmsboot.1m | 397 -- usr/src/man/man1m/strace.1m | 176 - usr/src/man/man1m/strclean.1m | 75 - usr/src/man/man1m/strerr.1m | 137 - usr/src/man/man1m/sttydefs.1m | 192 - usr/src/man/man1m/su.1m | 299 - usr/src/man/man1m/sulogin.1m | 91 - usr/src/man/man1m/svc.configd.1m | 30 - usr/src/man/man1m/svc.ipfd.1m | 619 -- usr/src/man/man1m/svc.startd.1m | 578 -- usr/src/man/man1m/svcadm.1m | 545 -- usr/src/man/man1m/svccfg.1m | 859 --- usr/src/man/man1m/swap.1m | 309 - usr/src/man/man1m/sync.1m | 27 - usr/src/man/man1m/syncinit.1m | 190 - usr/src/man/man1m/syncloop.1m | 228 - usr/src/man/man1m/syncstat.1m | 192 - usr/src/man/man1m/sysdef.1m | 160 - usr/src/man/man1m/syseventadm.1m | 468 -- usr/src/man/man1m/syseventconfd.1m | 78 - usr/src/man/man1m/syseventd.1m | 154 - usr/src/man/man1m/syslogd.1m | 366 -- usr/src/man/man1m/tapes.1m | 272 - usr/src/man/man1m/tcpd.1m | 115 - usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdchk.1m | 88 - usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdmatch.1m | 115 - usr/src/man/man1m/th_define.1m | 950 --- usr/src/man/man1m/th_manage.1m | 157 - usr/src/man/man1m/tic.1m | 114 - usr/src/man/man1m/tnchkdb.1m | 182 - usr/src/man/man1m/tnctl.1m | 263 - usr/src/man/man1m/tnd.1m | 220 - usr/src/man/man1m/tninfo.1m | 175 - usr/src/man/man1m/tpmadm.1m | 226 - usr/src/man/man1m/traceroute.1m | 669 --- usr/src/man/man1m/trapstat.1m | 651 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ttyadm.1m | 223 - usr/src/man/man1m/ttymon.1m | 327 -- usr/src/man/man1m/tunefs.1m | 128 - usr/src/man/man1m/txzonemgr.1m | 62 - usr/src/man/man1m/tzreload.1m | 78 - usr/src/man/man1m/tzselect.1m | 79 - usr/src/man/man1m/uadmin.1m | 75 - usr/src/man/man1m/ucodeadm.1m | 175 - usr/src/man/man1m/ufsdump.1m | 661 --- usr/src/man/man1m/ufsrestore.1m | 750 --- usr/src/man/man1m/unshare.1m | 90 - usr/src/man/man1m/unshare_nfs.1m | 87 - usr/src/man/man1m/update_drv.1m | 325 - usr/src/man/man1m/updatehome.1m | 179 - usr/src/man/man1m/useradd.1m | 562 -- usr/src/man/man1m/userdel.1m | 168 - usr/src/man/man1m/usermod.1m | 587 -- usr/src/man/man1m/utmpd.1m | 167 - usr/src/man/man1m/uucheck.1m | 123 - usr/src/man/man1m/uucico.1m | 193 - usr/src/man/man1m/uucleanup.1m | 161 - usr/src/man/man1m/uusched.1m | 111 - usr/src/man/man1m/uuxqt.1m | 109 - usr/src/man/man1m/vfsstat.1m | 213 - usr/src/man/man1m/vmstat.1m | 519 -- usr/src/man/man1m/vndadm.1m | 651 --- usr/src/man/man1m/vndstat.1m | 163 - usr/src/man/man1m/vntsd.1m | 454 -- usr/src/man/man1m/volcopy.1m | 159 - usr/src/man/man1m/volcopy_ufs.1m | 123 - usr/src/man/man1m/vscanadm.1m | 680 --- usr/src/man/man1m/vscand.1m | 124 - usr/src/man/man1m/wall.1m | 122 - usr/src/man/man1m/whodo.1m | 208 - usr/src/man/man1m/wificonfig.1m | 1055 ---- usr/src/man/man1m/wpad.1m | 168 - usr/src/man/man1m/wracct.1m | 178 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypbind.1m | 161 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypinit.1m | 124 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypmake.1m | 106 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypmap2src.1m | 146 - usr/src/man/man1m/yppoll.1m | 44 - usr/src/man/man1m/yppush.1m | 125 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypserv.1m | 340 -- usr/src/man/man1m/ypset.1m | 92 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypstart.1m | 46 - usr/src/man/man1m/ypxfr.1m | 184 - usr/src/man/man1m/zdb.1m | 425 -- usr/src/man/man1m/zdump.1m | 120 - usr/src/man/man1m/zfs-program.1m | 602 -- usr/src/man/man1m/zfs.1m | 4855 --------------- usr/src/man/man1m/zic.1m | 584 -- usr/src/man/man1m/zoneadm.1m | 698 --- usr/src/man/man1m/zoneadmd.1m | 67 - usr/src/man/man1m/zonecfg.1m | 2025 ------- usr/src/man/man1m/zonestatd.1m | 90 - usr/src/man/man1m/zpool.1m | 2547 -------- usr/src/man/man1m/zstreamdump.1m | 64 - usr/src/man/man1m/ztest.1m | 169 - usr/src/man/man2/Intro.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/__sparc_utrap_install.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_cond_signal.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_cond_wait.2 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_info.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_kill.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_mutex_lock.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_self.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_sema_wait.2 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man2/_lwp_suspend.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/access.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/acct.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/acl.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/adjtime.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/alarm.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/audit.2 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man2/auditon.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/brk.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/chdir.2 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man2/chmod.2 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man2/chown.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/chroot.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/close.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/creat.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/dup.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/exec.2 | 64 +- usr/src/man/man2/exit.2 | 35 +- usr/src/man/man2/fcntl.2 | 43 +- usr/src/man/man2/fork.2 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man2/fpathconf.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/getacct.2 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man2/getaudit.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/getauid.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/getcontext.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/getdents.2 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man2/getgroups.2 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man2/getisax.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/getitimer.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/getmsg.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/getpflags.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/getpid.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/getppriv.2 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man2/getrandom.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/getrlimit.2 | 27 +- usr/src/man/man2/getsid.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/getuid.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/getustack.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/ioctl.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/issetugid.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/kill.2 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man2/link.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/llseek.2 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man2/lseek.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/memcntl.2 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man2/meminfo.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/mincore.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/mkdir.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/mknod.2 | 24 +- usr/src/man/man2/mmap.2 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man2/mmapobj.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/mount.2 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man2/mprotect.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgctl.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgget.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgids.2 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgrcv.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgsnap.2 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man2/msgsnd.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/munmap.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/nice.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/ntp_adjtime.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/ntp_gettime.2 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man2/open.2 | 21 +- usr/src/man/man2/p_online.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/pause.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/pcsample.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/pipe.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/poll.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/priocntl.2 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man2/priocntlset.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/processor_bind.2 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man2/processor_info.2 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man2/profil.2 | 8 +- usr/src/man/man2/pset_bind.2 | 28 +- usr/src/man/man2/pset_create.2 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man2/pset_info.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/pset_list.2 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man2/pset_setattr.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/putmsg.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/read.2 | 29 +- usr/src/man/man2/readlink.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/rename.2 | 14 +- usr/src/man/man2/resolvepath.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/rmdir.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/semctl.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/semget.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/semids.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/semop.2 | 19 +- usr/src/man/man2/setpgid.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/setpgrp.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/setrctl.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/setregid.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/setreuid.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/setsid.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/settaskid.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/setuid.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/shmctl.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/shmget.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/shmids.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/shmop.2 | 16 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigaction.2 | 39 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigaltstack.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigpending.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigprocmask.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigsend.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigsuspend.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/sigwait.2 | 20 +- usr/src/man/man2/stat.2 | 30 +- usr/src/man/man2/statvfs.2 | 25 +- usr/src/man/man2/stime.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/swapctl.2 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man2/symlink.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/sync.2 | 11 +- usr/src/man/man2/sysinfo.2 | 22 +- usr/src/man/man2/time.2 | 7 +- usr/src/man/man2/times.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/uadmin.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/ulimit.2 | 10 +- usr/src/man/man2/umask.2 | 15 +- usr/src/man/man2/umount.2 | 3 +- usr/src/man/man2/uname.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/unlink.2 | 17 +- usr/src/man/man2/upanic.2 | 9 +- usr/src/man/man2/ustat.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/utime.2 | 12 +- usr/src/man/man2/utimes.2 | 13 +- usr/src/man/man2/uucopy.2 | 5 +- usr/src/man/man2/vfork.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/vhangup.2 | 4 +- usr/src/man/man2/waitid.2 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man2/write.2 | 35 +- usr/src/man/man2/yield.2 | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3/Intro.3 | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3/hosts_access.3 | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/au_open.3bsm | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/au_preselect.3bsm | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/au_to.3bsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/au_user_mask.3bsm | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/getauclassent.3bsm | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/getauditflags.3bsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/getauevent.3bsm | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3bsm/getfauditflags.3bsm | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/__fbufsize.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/_longjmp.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/_stack_grow.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/a64l.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/abort.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/abs.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/addsev.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/addseverity.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_cancel.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_error.3c | 28 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_fsync.3c | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_read.3c | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_return.3c | 28 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_suspend.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_waitn.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aio_write.3c | 25 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aiocancel.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aioread.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aiowait.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/aligned_alloc.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/arc4random.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/assert.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atexit.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_add.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_and.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_bits.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_cas.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_dec.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_inc.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_ops.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_or.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/atomic_swap.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/attropen.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/basename.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/bsd_signal.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/bsearch.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/bstring.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/btowc.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/byteorder.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/c16rtomb.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/call_once.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/catgets.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/catopen.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cfgetispeed.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cfsetispeed.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/clearenv.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/clock.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/clock_nanosleep.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/clock_settime.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/closedir.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/closefrom.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cnd.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cond_init.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/confstr.3c | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3c/crypt.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/crypt_genhash_impl.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/crypt_gensalt.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/crypt_gensalt_impl.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cset.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ctermid.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ctime.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ctype.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/cuserid.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/daemon.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/decimal_to_floating.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/difftime.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/directio.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dirfd.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dirname.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/div.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dladdr.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dlclose.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dldump.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dlerror.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dlinfo.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dlopen.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dlsym.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_bind.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_call.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_create.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_cred.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_getparam.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_info.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_return.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_revoke.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_server_create.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/door_ucred.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/drand48.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/dup2.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/econvert.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ecvt.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/enable_extended_FILE_stdio.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/encrypt.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/end.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/endian.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/epoll_create.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/epoll_ctl.3c | 25 +- usr/src/man/man3c/epoll_wait.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/err.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/euclen.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/eventfd.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/exit.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fattach.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fclose.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fcloseall.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fdatasync.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fdetach.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fdopen.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fflush.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ffs.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fgetattr.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fgetc.3c | 30 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fgetpos.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fgetwc.3c | 29 +- usr/src/man/man3c/floating_to_decimal.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/flock.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/flockfile.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fmtmsg.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fnmatch.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fopen.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fpgetround.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fputc.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fputwc.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fputws.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fread.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/freopen.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fseek.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fsetpos.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fsync.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ftell.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ftime.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ftok.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fts.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ftw.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fwide.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fwprintf.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fwrite.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/fwscanf.3c | 31 +- usr/src/man/man3c/get_nprocs.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getcpuid.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getcwd.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getdate.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getdtablesize.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getentropy.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getenv.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getexecname.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getgrnam.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gethostid.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gethostname.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gethrtime.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getline.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getloadavg.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getlogin.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getmntent.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getnetgrent.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getopt.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getopt_long.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpagesize.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpagesizes.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpass.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpeerucred.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpriority.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getprogname.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpw.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getpwnam.3c | 31 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getrusage.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gets.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getspnam.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getsubopt.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gettext.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gettimeofday.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/gettxt.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getutent.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getutxent.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getvfsent.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getwc.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getwchar.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getwd.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getwidth.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getws.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/getzoneid.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/glob.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/grantpt.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/hsearch.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/iconv.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/iconv_close.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/iconv_open.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/imaxabs.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/imaxdiv.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/index.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/inet.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/initgroups.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/insque.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/is_system_labeled.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/isaexec.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/isastream.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/isatty.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/isnand.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/iswalpha.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/iswctype.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/killpg.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/lckpwdf.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/lfmt.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/lio_listio.3c | 32 +- usr/src/man/man3c/localeconv.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/lockf.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/lsearch.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/madvise.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/makecontext.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/makedev.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/malloc.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mblen.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbrlen.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbrtoc16.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbsinit.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbsrtowcs.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbstowcs.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mbtowc.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/membar_ops.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/memory.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mkfifo.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mkstemp.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mktemp.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mktime.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mlock.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mlockall.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/monitor.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_close.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_getattr.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_notify.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_open.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_receive.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_send.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_setattr.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mq_unlink.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/msync.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mtx.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/mutex_init.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/nanosleep.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ndbm.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/newlocale.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/nl_langinfo.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/offsetof.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/opendir.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/perror.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pfmt.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/plock.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/popen.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/port_alert.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/port_associate.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/port_create.3c | 27 +- usr/src/man/man3c/port_get.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/port_send.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_fadvise.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_fallocate.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_madvise.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_memalign.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_openpt.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawn.3c | 72 +- .../man/man3c/posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose.3c | 16 +- .../posix_spawn_file_actions_addclosefrom_np.3c | 9 +- .../man/man3c/posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2.3c | 12 +- .../man/man3c/posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawn_pipe_np.3c | 54 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_destroy.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getflags.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getpgroup.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getschedparam.3c | 16 +- .../man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault.3c | 16 +- .../man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getsigignore_np.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/posix_spawnattr_getsigmask.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/printf.3c | 38 +- usr/src/man/man3c/priv_addset.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/priv_set.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/priv_str_to_set.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pset_getloadavg.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/psignal.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_atfork.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_get_np.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getscope.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getstack.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_attr_init.3c | 36 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_barrier_destroy.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_barrier_wait.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_barrierattr_destroy.3c | 7 +- .../man/man3c/pthread_barrierattr_getpshared.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cancel.3c | 28 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cleanup_pop.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cleanup_push.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cond_init.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cond_signal.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_cond_wait.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_condattr_getclock.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_condattr_getpshared.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_condattr_init.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_create.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_detach.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_equal.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_exit.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_getconcurrency.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_getschedparam.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_getspecific.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_join.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_key_create.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_key_delete.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_kill.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutex_consistent.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutex_getprioceiling.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutex_init.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutex_lock.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutex_timedlock.3c | 10 +- .../man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_mutexattr_init.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_once.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_init.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_rdlock.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_unlock.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlock_wrlock.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_rwlockattr_init.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_self.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_setcancelstate.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_setcanceltype.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_setschedprio.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_sigmask.3c | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_spin_destroy.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_spin_lock.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_spin_unlock.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/pthread_testcancel.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ptrace.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ptsname.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/putenv.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/putpwent.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/puts.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/putspent.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/putws.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/qsort.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/quick_exit.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/raise.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rand.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/random.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rctl_walk.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rctlblk_set_value.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/re_comp.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/readdir.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/realpath.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/reboot.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/regcmp.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/regcomp.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/remove.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rewind.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rewinddir.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/rwlock.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/scandir.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/scanf.3c | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_get_priority_max.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_getparam.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_getscheduler.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_rr_get_interval.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_setparam.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_setscheduler.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sched_yield.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/schedctl_init.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/seekdir.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/select.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_close.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_destroy.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_getvalue.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_init.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_open.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_post.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_timedwait.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_unlink.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sem_wait.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/semaphore.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setbuf.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setbuffer.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setcat.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setenv.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setjmp.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setkey.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setlabel.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/setlocale.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/shm_open.3c | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3c/shm_unlink.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sigfpe.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/siginterrupt.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/signal.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/signalfd.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sigqueue.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sigsetops.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sigstack.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sigwaitinfo.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sleep.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/smt_pause.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ssignal.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/stack_getbounds.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/stack_inbounds.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/stack_setbounds.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/stack_violation.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/stdio.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/str2sig.3c | 3 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strcoll.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strerror.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strfmon.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strftime.3c | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3c/string.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/string_to_decimal.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strptime.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strsignal.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strtod.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strtoimax.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strtol.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strtoul.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strtows.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/strxfrm.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/swab.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sync_instruction_memory.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/sysconf.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/syslog.3c | 39 +- usr/src/man/man3c/system.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcdrain.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcflow.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcflush.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcgetattr.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcgetpgrp.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcgetsid.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcsendbreak.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcsetattr.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tcsetpgrp.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tell.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/telldir.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/termios.3c | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_create.3c | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_exit.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_getconcurrency.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_getprio.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_join.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_keycreate.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_kill.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_main.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_min_stack.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_self.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_sigsetmask.3c | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_stksegment.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_suspend.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thr_yield.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_create.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_current.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_detach.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_equal.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_exit.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_join.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/thrd_yield.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timer_create.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timer_delete.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timer_settime.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timeradd.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timerfd_create.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/timespec_get.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tmpfile.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tmpnam.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/toascii.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tolower.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/toupper.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/towlower.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/towupper.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/truncate.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tsearch.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/tss.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ttyname.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ttyslot.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/u8_strcmp.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/u8_textprep_str.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/u8_validate.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ualarm.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/uconv_u16tou32.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ucred.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ungetc.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/ungetwc.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/unlockpt.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/unsetenv.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/uselocale.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/usleep.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/vfwprintf.3c | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c/vlfmt.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/vpfmt.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/vprintf.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/vsyslog.3c | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wait.3c | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wait3.3c | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3c/waitpid.3c | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3c/walkcontext.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcpcpy.3c | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcscasecmp.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcscoll.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcsdup.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcsftime.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcslen.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcsrtombs.3c | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcsstr.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstod.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstoimax.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstol.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstombs.3c | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstoul.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcstring.3c | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcsxfrm.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wctob.3c | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wctomb.3c | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wctrans.3c | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wctype.3c | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wcwidth.3c | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wmemchr.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wmemcmp.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wmemcpy.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wmemmove.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wmemset.3c | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wordexp.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wsprintf.3c | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wsscanf.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c/wstring.3c | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_init.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_log.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_sync_get_info.3c_db | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_enable_stats.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_event_addr.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_get_nthreads.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_map_addr2sync.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_map_id2thr.3c_db | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_new.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_setconcurrency.3c_db | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_ta_sync_iter.3c_db | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_dbsuspend.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_get_info.3c_db | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_getgregs.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_lockowner.3c_db | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_setprio.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_setsigpending.3c_db | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_sleepinfo.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_tsd.3c_db | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3c_db/td_thr_validate.3c_db | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3cfgadm/config_admin.3cfgadm | 20 +- .../man/man3commputil/sdp_add_origin.3commputil | 10 +- .../man/man3commputil/sdp_clone_session.3commputil | 7 +- .../man3commputil/sdp_delete_all_field.3commputil | 5 +- .../man/man3commputil/sdp_delete_media.3commputil | 10 +- .../man3commputil/sdp_find_attribute.3commputil | 6 +- .../man/man3commputil/sdp_find_media.3commputil | 6 +- .../man3commputil/sdp_find_media_rtpmap.3commputil | 6 +- .../man/man3commputil/sdp_new_session.3commputil | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3commputil/sdp_parse.3commputil | 7 +- .../man3commputil/sdp_session_to_str.3commputil | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3contract/ct_ctl_adopt.3contract | 10 +- .../ct_dev_status_get_dev_state.3contract | 12 +- .../man3contract/ct_dev_tmpl_set_aset.3contract | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3contract/ct_event_read.3contract | 12 +- .../man/man3contract/ct_pr_event_get_pid.3contract | 13 +- .../man3contract/ct_pr_status_get_param.3contract | 16 +- .../man3contract/ct_pr_tmpl_set_transfer.3contract | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3contract/ct_status_read.3contract | 10 +- .../man/man3contract/ct_tmpl_activate.3contract | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc.3cpc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_access.3cpc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_bind_curlwp.3cpc | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_bind_event.3cpc | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_buf_create.3cpc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_count_usr_events.3cpc | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_enable.3cpc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_event.3cpc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_event_diff.3cpc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_getcpuver.3cpc | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_npic.3cpc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_open.3cpc | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_pctx_bind_event.3cpc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_set_create.3cpc | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_seterrfn.3cpc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_seterrhndlr.3cpc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_shared_open.3cpc | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_strtoevent.3cpc | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/cpc_version.3cpc | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/generic_events.3cpc | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/pctx_capture.3cpc | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3cpc/pctx_set_events.3cpc | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addch.3curses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addchstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addwch.3curses | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addwchstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_addwstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_alecompat.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_attr.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_beep.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_bkgd.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_border.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_clear.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_color.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_delch.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_deleteln.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_getch.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_getstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_getwch.3curses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_getwstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_getyx.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inch.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inchstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_initscr.3curses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inopts.3curses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_insch.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_insstr.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_instr.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inswch.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inswstr.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inwch.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inwchstr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_inwstr.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_kernel.3curses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_move.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_outopts.3curses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_overlay.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_pad.3curses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_printw.3curses | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_refresh.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_scanw.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_scr_dump.3curses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_scroll.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_slk.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_termattrs.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_termcap.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_terminfo.3curses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_touch.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_util.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curs_window.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/curses.3curses | 665 +-- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_cursor.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_data.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_driver.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field.3curses | 6 +- .../man/man3curses/form_field_attributes.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_buffer.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_info.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_just.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_new.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_opts.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_field_userptr.3curses | 6 +- .../man/man3curses/form_field_validation.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_fieldtype.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_hook.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_new.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_new_page.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_opts.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_page.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_post.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_userptr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/form_win.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/forms.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_attributes.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_cursor.3curses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_driver.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_format.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_hook.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_current.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_name.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_new.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_opts.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_userptr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_value.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_item_visible.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_items.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_mark.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_new.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_opts.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_pattern.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_post.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_userptr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menu_win.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/menus.3curses | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_above.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_move.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_new.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_show.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_top.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_update.3curses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_userptr.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panel_window.3curses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3curses/panels.3curses | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cno_create.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cno_free.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cno_modify_agent.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cno_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cno_wait.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cr_accept.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cr_handoff.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cr_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_cr_reject.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_connect.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_create.3dat | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_create_with_srq.3dat | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_disconnect.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_dup_connect.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_get_status.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_modify.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_post_rdma_read.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_post_rdma_write.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_post_recv.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_post_send.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_recv_query.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_reset.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ep_set_watermark.3dat | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_clear_unwaitable.3dat | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_dequeue.3dat | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_disable.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_enable.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_modify_cno.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_post_se.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_resize.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_set_unwaitable.3dat | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_evd_wait.3dat | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_get_consumer_context.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_get_handle_type.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ia_close.3dat | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ia_open.3dat | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_ia_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_lmr_create.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_lmr_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_lmr_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_lmr_sync_rdma_read.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_lmr_sync_rdma_write.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_provider_fini.3dat | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_provider_init.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_psp_create.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_psp_create_any.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_psp_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_psp_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_pz_create.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_pz_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_pz_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_registry_add_provider.3dat | 6 +- .../man/man3dat/dat_registry_list_providers.3dat | 5 +- .../man/man3dat/dat_registry_remove_provider.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rmr_bind.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rmr_create.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rmr_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rmr_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rsp_create.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rsp_free.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_rsp_query.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_set_consumer_context.3dat | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_create.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_free.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_post_recv.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_query.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_resize.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_srq_set_lw.3dat | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dat/dat_strerror.3dat | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3devid/devid_get.3devid | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_binding_name.3devinfo | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_child_node.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_devfs_path.3devinfo | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_devlink_dup.3devinfo | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_devlink_init.3devinfo | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_devlink_path.3devinfo | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_devlink_walk.3devinfo | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_init.3devinfo | 11 +- .../man/man3devinfo/di_link_next_by_node.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_link_spectype.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_lnode_name.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_lnode_next.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_minor_devt.3devinfo | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_minor_next.3devinfo | 5 +- .../man/man3devinfo/di_node_private_set.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_path_bus_addr.3devinfo | 20 +- .../man3devinfo/di_path_client_next_path.3devinfo | 10 +- .../man/man3devinfo/di_path_prop_bytes.3devinfo | 8 +- .../man3devinfo/di_path_prop_lookup_bytes.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_path_prop_next.3devinfo | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_prom_init.3devinfo | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_prom_prop_data.3devinfo | 7 +- .../man3devinfo/di_prom_prop_lookup_bytes.3devinfo | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_prop_bytes.3devinfo | 8 +- .../man/man3devinfo/di_prop_lookup_bytes.3devinfo | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_prop_next.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_walk_link.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_walk_lnode.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_walk_minor.3devinfo | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3devinfo/di_walk_node.3devinfo | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_arptype.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_bind.3dlpi | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_close.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_disabnotify.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_enabmulti.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_enabnotify.3dlpi | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_fd.3dlpi | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_get_physaddr.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_iftype.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_info.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_linkname.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_mactype.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_open.3dlpi | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_promiscon.3dlpi | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_recv.3dlpi | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_send.3dlpi | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_set_physaddr.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_set_timeout.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_strerror.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_unbind.3dlpi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3dlpi/dlpi_walk.3dlpi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceBrowse.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man3dns_sd/DNSServiceConstructFullName.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man3dns_sd/DNSServiceCreateConnection.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man3dns_sd/DNSServiceEnumerateDomains.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceProcessResult.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceQueryRecord.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man3dns_sd/DNSServiceReconfirmRecord.3dns_sd | 4 +- .../man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceRefDeallocate.3dns_sd | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceRefSockFD.3dns_sd | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceRegister.3dns_sd | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3dns_sd/DNSServiceResolve.3dns_sd | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3dns_sd/TXTRecordCreate.3dns_sd | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf.3elf | 39 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_checksum.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_fsize.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_getehdr.3elf | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_getphdr.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_getshdr.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf32_xlatetof.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_begin.3elf | 27 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_cntl.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_errmsg.3elf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_fill.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_flagdata.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getarhdr.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getarsym.3elf | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getbase.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getdata.3elf | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getident.3elf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_getscn.3elf | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_hash.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_kind.3elf | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_rawfile.3elf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_strptr.3elf | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_update.3elf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/elf_version.3elf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/gelf.3elf | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3elf/nlist.3elf | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3exacct/ea_error.3exacct | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3exacct/ea_open.3exacct | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3exacct/ea_pack_object.3exacct | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3exacct/ea_set_item.3exacct | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/NOTE.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/SUNW_C_GetMechSession.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/crypt.3ext | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/ecb_crypt.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/efi_alloc_and_init.3ext | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/ld_support.3ext | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/md4.3ext | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/md5.3ext | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/read_vtoc.3ext | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/rtld_audit.3ext | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/rtld_db.3ext | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/sendfile.3ext | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/sendfilev.3ext | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/sha1.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/sha2.3ext | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/stdarg.3ext | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/tsalarm_get.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ext/varargs.3ext | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3fcoe/FCOE_CreatePort.3fcoe | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3fcoe/FCOE_DeletePort.3fcoe | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3fcoe/FCOE_GetPortList.3fcoe | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3fstyp/fstyp_get_attr.3fstyp | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3fstyp/fstyp_ident.3fstyp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3fstyp/fstyp_init.3fstyp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3fstyp/fstyp_mod_init.3fstyp | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3fstyp/fstyp_strerror.3fstyp | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/bgets.3gen | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/bufsplit.3gen | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/copylist.3gen | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/gmatch.3gen | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/isencrypt.3gen | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/mkdirp.3gen | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/p2open.3gen | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/pathfind.3gen | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/regexpr.3gen | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/strccpy.3gen | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3gen/strfind.3gen | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_accept_sec_context.3gss | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_acquire_cred.3gss | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_add_cred.3gss | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_add_oid_set_member.3gss | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_canonicalize_name.3gss | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_compare_name.3gss | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_context_time.3gss | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_create_empty_oid_set.3gss | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_delete_sec_context.3gss | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_display_name.3gss | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_display_status.3gss | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_duplicate_name.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_export_name.3gss | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_export_sec_context.3gss | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_get_mic.3gss | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_import_name.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_import_sec_context.3gss | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_indicate_mechs.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_init_sec_context.3gss | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_inquire_context.3gss | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_inquire_cred.3gss | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_inquire_cred_by_mech.3gss | 5 +- .../man/man3gss/gss_inquire_mechs_for_name.3gss | 11 +- .../man/man3gss/gss_inquire_names_for_mech.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_oid_to_str.3gss | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_process_context_token.3gss | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_release_buffer.3gss | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_release_cred.3gss | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_release_name.3gss | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_release_oid.3gss | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_release_oid_set.3gss | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_store_cred.3gss | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_str_to_oid.3gss | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_test_oid_set_member.3gss | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_unwrap.3gss | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_verify_mic.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_wrap.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3gss/gss_wrap_size_limit.3gss | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3head/acct.h.3head | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3head/aio.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ar.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/assert.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/complex.h.3head | 32 +- usr/src/man/man3head/cpio.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/dirent.h.3head | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3head/endian.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/errno.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/fcntl.h.3head | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3head/fenv.h.3head | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3head/float.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/floatingpoint.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/fmtmsg.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/fnmatch.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ftw.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/glob.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/grp.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/iconv.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/if.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/in.h.3head | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3head/inet.h.3head | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3head/inttypes.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ipc.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/iso646.h.3head | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3head/langinfo.h.3head | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3head/libgen.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/libintl.h.3head | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3head/limits.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/locale.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/math.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/mman.h.3head | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3head/monetary.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/mqueue.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/msg.h.3head | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ndbm.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/netdb.h.3head | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3head/nl_types.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/poll.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/pthread.h.3head | 62 +- usr/src/man/man3head/pwd.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/regex.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/resource.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/sched.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/search.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/select.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/sem.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/semaphore.h.3head | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3head/setjmp.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/shm.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/siginfo.h.3head | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3head/signal.h.3head | 56 +- usr/src/man/man3head/socket.h.3head | 57 +- usr/src/man/man3head/spawn.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stat.h.3head | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3head/statvfs.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stdbool.h.3head | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stddef.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stdint.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stdio.h.3head | 47 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stdlib.h.3head | 46 +- usr/src/man/man3head/string.h.3head | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3head/strings.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/stropts.h.3head | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3head/syslog.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/tar.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/tcp.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/termios.h.3head | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3head/tgmath.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/time.h.3head | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3head/timeb.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3head/times.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/types.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ucontext.h.3head | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3head/uio.h.3head | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3head/ulimit.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/un.h.3head | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3head/unistd.h.3head | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3head/upanic.h.3head | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3head/utime.h.3head | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3head/utmpx.h.3head | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3head/utsname.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/wait.h.3head | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3head/wchar.h.3head | 76 +- usr/src/man/man3head/wctype.h.3head | 25 +- usr/src/man/man3head/wordexp.h.3head | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3head/xlocale.h.3head | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3iscsit/it_config_load.3iscsit | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3iscsit/it_ini_create.3iscsit | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3iscsit/it_portal_create.3iscsit | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3iscsit/it_tgt_create.3iscsit | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3iscsit/it_tpg_create.3iscsit | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3kstat/kstat.3kstat | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3kstat/kstat_chain_update.3kstat | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3kstat/kstat_lookup.3kstat | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3kstat/kstat_open.3kstat | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3kstat/kstat_read.3kstat | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_getu.3kvm | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_kread.3kvm | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_nextproc.3kvm | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_nlist.3kvm | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_open.3kvm | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3kvm/kvm_read.3kvm | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ber_decode.3ldap | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ber_encode.3ldap | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/cldap_close.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/cldap_open.3ldap | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/cldap_search_s.3ldap | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/cldap_setretryinfo.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap.3ldap | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_abandon.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_add.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_ber_free.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_bind.3ldap | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_charset.3ldap | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_compare.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_control_free.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_delete.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_disptmpl.3ldap | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_entry2text.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_error.3ldap | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_first_attribute.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_first_entry.3ldap | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_first_message.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_friendly.3ldap | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_get_dn.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_get_entry_controls.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_get_lang_values.3ldap | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_get_option.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_get_values.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_getfilter.3ldap | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_memcache.3ldap | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_memfree.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_modify.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_modrdn.3ldap | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_open.3ldap | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_parse_result.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_result.3ldap | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_search.3ldap | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_searchprefs.3ldap | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_sort.3ldap | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_ufn.3ldap | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_url.3ldap | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ldap/ldap_version.3ldap | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_affinity_get.3lgrp | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_children.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_cookie_stale.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_cpus.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_fini.3lgrp | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_home.3lgrp | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_init.3lgrp | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_latency.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_mem_size.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_nlgrps.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_parents.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_resources.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_root.3lgrp | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_version.3lgrp | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lgrp/lgrp_view.3lgrp | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libMPAPI.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libSMHBAAPI.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libadm.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libaio.3lib | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libbsdmalloc.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libbsm.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libc.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libc_db.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcfgadm.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcommputil.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcontract.3lib | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcpc.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcrypt.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libcurses.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdat.3lib | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdevid.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdevinfo.3lib | 36 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdl.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdlpi.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdns_sd.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdoor.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libdtrace.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libefi.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libelf.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libexacct.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libfcoe.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libform.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libfstyp.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libgen.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libgss.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libintl.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libiscsit.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libkmf.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libkrb5.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libkstat.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libkvm.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libl.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/liblgrp.3lib | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libm.3lib | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmail.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmalloc.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmapmalloc.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmd5.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmenu.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmp.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmtmalloc.3lib | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libmvec.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libnls.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libnsl.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libnvpair.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpam.3lib | 31 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpanel.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpapi.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpctx.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpicl.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpicltree.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpkcs11.3lib | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpool.3lib | 34 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libproc.3lib | 50 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libproject.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libpthread.3lib | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libresolv.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/librpcsvc.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/librsm.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/librt.3lib | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/librtld_db.3lib | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsasl.3lib | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libscf.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsctp.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsec.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsecdb.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsendfile.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsip.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libslp.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsocket.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libstmf.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libsysevent.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libtecla.3lib | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libthread.3lib | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libtnfctl.3lib | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libtsalarm.3lib | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libtsnet.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libtsol.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libumem.3lib | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libuuid.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libvolmgt.3lib | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libw.3lib | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/libxnet.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3lib/liby.3lib | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/acos.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/acosh.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/asin.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/asinh.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/atan.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/atan2.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/atanh.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cabs.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cacos.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cacosh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/carg.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/casin.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/casinh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/catan.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/catanh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cbrt.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ccos.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ccosh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ceil.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cexp.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cimag.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/clog.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/conj.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/copysign.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cos.3m | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cosh.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cpow.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/cproj.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/creal.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/csin.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/csinh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/csqrt.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ctan.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ctanh.3m | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3m/erf.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/erfc.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/exp.3m | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3m/exp2.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/expm1.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fabs.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fdim.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/feclearexcept.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fegetenv.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fegetexceptflag.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fegetround.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/feholdexcept.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/feraiseexcept.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fesetprec.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fetestexcept.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/feupdateenv.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fex_merge_flags.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fex_set_handling.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fex_set_log.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/floor.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fma.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fmax.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fmin.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fmod.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/fpclassify.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/frexp.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/hypot.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ilogb.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isfinite.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isgreater.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isgreaterequal.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isinf.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isless.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/islessequal.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/islessgreater.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isnan.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isnormal.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3m/isunordered.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/j0.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/ldexp.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/lgamma.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/llrint.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/llround.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/log.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/log10.3m | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3m/log1p.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/log2.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/logb.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/lrint.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/lround.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/matherr.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/modf.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/nan.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/nearbyint.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/nextafter.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/pow.3m | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3m/remainder.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/remquo.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/rint.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/round.3m | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3m/scalb.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/scalbln.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/signbit.3m | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3m/significand.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/sin.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/sincos.3m | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3m/sinh.3m | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3m/sqrt.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/tan.3m | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3m/tanh.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/tgamma.3m | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3m/trunc.3m | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3m/y0.3m | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3mail/maillock.3mail | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/bsdmalloc.3malloc | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/malloc.3malloc | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/mapmalloc.3malloc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/mtmalloc.3malloc | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/umem_alloc.3malloc | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/umem_cache_create.3malloc | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/umem_debug.3malloc | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3malloc/watchmalloc.3malloc | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3mp/mp.3mp | 7 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_AssignLogicalUnitToTPG.3mpapi | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_CancelOverridePath.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_CompareOIDs.3mpapi | 5 +- .../MP_DeregisterForObjectPropertyChanges.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_DeregisterForObjectVisibilityChanges.3mpapi | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_DeregisterPlugin.3mpapi | 8 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_DisableAutoFailback.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_DisableAutoProbing.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_DisablePath.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_EnableAutoFailback.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_EnableAutoProbing.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_EnablePath.3mpapi | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_FreeOidList.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetAssociatedPathOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_GetAssociatedPluginOid.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetAssociatedTPGOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetDeviceProductOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetDeviceProductProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetInitiatorPortOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetInitiatorPortProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_GetLibraryProperties.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetMPLogicalUnitProperties.3mpapi | 8 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_GetMPLuOidListFromTPG.3mpapi | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_GetMultipathLus.3mpapi | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_GetObjectType.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_GetPathLogicalUnitProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_GetPluginOidList.3mpapi | 8 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_GetPluginProperties.3mpapi | 8 +- .../MP_GetProprietaryLoadBalanceOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_GetProprietaryLoadBalanceProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_GetTargetPortGroupProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_GetTargetPortOidList.3mpapi | 7 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_GetTargetPortProperties.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_RegisterForObjectPropertyChanges.3mpapi | 7 +- .../MP_RegisterForObjectVisibilityChanges.3mpapi | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_RegisterPlugin.3mpapi | 8 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_SetFailbackPollingRate.3mpapi | 5 +- .../MP_SetLogicalUnitLoadBalanceType.3mpapi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_SetOverridePath.3mpapi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_SetPathWeight.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_SetPluginLoadBalanceType.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man/man3mpapi/MP_SetProbingPollingRate.3mpapi | 5 +- .../man3mpapi/MP_SetProprietaryProperties.3mpapi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/MP_SetTPGAccess.3mpapi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mpapi/Sun_MP_SendScsiCmd.3mpapi | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vatan2_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vatan_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vcos_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vcospi_.3mvec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vexp_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vhypot_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vlog_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vpow_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vrhypot_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vrsqrt_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vsin_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vsincos_.3mvec | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vsincospi_.3mvec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vsinpi_.3mvec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vsqrt_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vz_abs_.3mvec | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vz_exp_.3mvec | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vz_log_.3mvec | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3mvec/vz_pow_.3mvec | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/dial.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/doconfig.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/gethostbyname.3nsl | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getipsecalgbyname.3nsl | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getipsecprotobyname.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getnetconfig.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getnetpath.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getpublickey.3nsl | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/getrpcbyname.3nsl | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/netdir.3nsl | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/nlsgetcall.3nsl | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/nlsprovider.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/nlsrequest.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc.3nsl | 220 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_clnt_auth.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_clnt_calls.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_clnt_create.3nsl | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_control.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_get_error.3nsl | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_get_mechanisms.3nsl | 9 +- .../man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_get_principal_name.3nsl | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_getcred.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_max_data_length.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_mech_to_oid.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_seccreate.3nsl | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_set_callback.3nsl | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_set_defaults.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_gss_set_svc_name.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_soc.3nsl | 31 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_svc_calls.3nsl | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_svc_create.3nsl | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_svc_err.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_svc_input.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_svc_reg.3nsl | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpc_xdr.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpcbind.3nsl | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/rpcsec_gss.3nsl | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/secure_rpc.3nsl | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_accept.3nsl | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_alloc.3nsl | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_bind.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_close.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_connect.3nsl | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_errno.3nsl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_error.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_free.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_getinfo.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_getprotaddr.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_getstate.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_listen.3nsl | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_look.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_open.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_optmgmt.3nsl | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcv.3nsl | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvconnect.3nsl | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvdis.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvrel.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvreldata.3nsl | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvudata.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvuderr.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvv.3nsl | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_rcvvudata.3nsl | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_snd.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_snddis.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sndrel.3nsl | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sndreldata.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sndudata.3nsl | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sndv.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sndvudata.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_strerror.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sync.3nsl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_sysconf.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/t_unbind.3nsl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/xdr.3nsl | 92 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/xdr_admin.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/xdr_complex.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/xdr_create.3nsl | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/xdr_simple.3nsl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/yp_update.3nsl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nsl/ypclnt.3nsl | 21 +- usr/src/man/man3nvpair/nvlist_add_boolean.3nvpair | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nvpair/nvlist_alloc.3nvpair | 6 +- .../man/man3nvpair/nvlist_lookup_boolean.3nvpair | 8 +- .../man/man3nvpair/nvlist_lookup_nvpair.3nvpair | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3nvpair/nvlist_next_nvpair.3nvpair | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3nvpair/nvlist_remove.3nvpair | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3nvpair/nvpair_value_byte.3nvpair | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3ofmt/ofmt.3ofmt | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam.3pam | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_acct_mgmt.3pam | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_authenticate.3pam | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_chauthtok.3pam | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_get_user.3pam | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_getenv.3pam | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_getenvlist.3pam | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_open_session.3pam | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_putenv.3pam | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_set_data.3pam | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_set_item.3pam | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_setcred.3pam | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm.3pam | 36 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm_acct_mgmt.3pam | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm_authenticate.3pam | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm_chauthtok.3pam | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm_open_session.3pam | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_sm_setcred.3pam | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_start.3pam | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3pam/pam_strerror.3pam | 6 +- .../man/man3papi/papiAttributeListAddValue.3papi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3papi/papiJobSubmit.3papi | 7 +- .../man/man3papi/papiLibrarySupportedCall.3papi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3papi/papiPrintersList.3papi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3papi/papiServiceCreate.3papi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3papi/papiStatusString.3papi | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3perl/Kstat.3perl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3perl/Lgrp.3perl | 29 +- usr/src/man/man3perl/Project.3perl | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3perl/Task.3perl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/libpicl.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_find_node.3picl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_first_prop.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_frutree_parent.3picl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_next_by_row.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_node_by_path.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_prop_by_name.3picl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_propinfo.3picl | 8 +- .../man/man3picl/picl_get_propinfo_by_name.3picl | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_propval.3picl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_get_root.3picl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_initialize.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_set_propval.3picl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_shutdown.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_strerror.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_wait.3picl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3picl/picl_walk_tree_by_class.3picl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/libpicltree.3picltree | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/picld_log.3picltree | 5 +- .../man3picltree/picld_plugin_register.3picltree | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/ptree_add_node.3picltree | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/ptree_add_prop.3picltree | 5 +- .../ptree_create_and_add_node.3picltree | 7 +- .../ptree_create_and_add_prop.3picltree | 7 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_create_node.3picltree | 5 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_create_prop.3picltree | 7 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_create_table.3picltree | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/ptree_find_node.3picltree | 10 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_get_first_prop.3picltree | 5 +- .../ptree_get_frutree_parent.3picltree | 10 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_get_next_by_row.3picltree | 5 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_get_node_by_path.3picltree | 5 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_get_prop_by_name.3picltree | 7 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_get_propinfo.3picltree | 7 +- .../ptree_get_propinfo_by_name.3picltree | 7 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_get_propval.3picltree | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3picltree/ptree_get_root.3picltree | 7 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_init_propinfo.3picltree | 5 +- .../man/man3picltree/ptree_post_event.3picltree | 7 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_register_handler.3picltree | 5 +- .../ptree_unregister_handler.3picltree | 5 +- .../man3picltree/ptree_update_propval.3picltree | 5 +- .../ptree_walk_tree_by_class.3picltree | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_associate.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_component_info.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_component_to_elem.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_conf_alloc.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_dynamic_location.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_error.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_get_binding.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_get_pool.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_get_property.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_resource_create.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_value_alloc.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3pool/pool_walk_components.3pool | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Lctlfd.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Lgrab.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Lpsinfo.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Lstatus.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Paddr_to_ctf.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Paddr_to_map.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pasfd.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pclearfault.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pclearsig.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pcontent.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pcreate.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pcreate_agent.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pcred.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pctlfd.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pdelbkpt.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pdelwapt.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pfault.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgcore.3proc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgetareg.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgetauxval.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgetauxvec.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgetenv.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgrab.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pgrab_core.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pisprocdir.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pldt.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plmid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plookup_by_addr.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getasrs.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getgwindows.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getname.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getpsinfo.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getregs.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getspymaster.3proc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_getxregs.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Plwp_stack.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pmapping_iter.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pobjname.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pplatform.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Ppriv.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Ppsinfo.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Prd_agent.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pread.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Prelease.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Preopen.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Preset_maps.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psecflags.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetbkpt.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetcred.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetfault.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetflags.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetpriv.3proc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetrun.3proc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetsignal.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetsysentry.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetwapt.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psetzoneid.3proc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psignal.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pstack_iter.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pstatus.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pstopstatus.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psymbol_iter.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psync.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Psysentry.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pupanic.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pwrite.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pxecbkpt.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/Pzonename.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_access.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_close.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_creat.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_door_info.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_exit.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_fcntl.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_fstatvfs.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getitimer.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getpeername.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getpeerucred.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getprojid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getrctl.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getrlimit.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getsockname.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getsockopt.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_gettaskid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_getzoneid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_ioctl.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_link.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_llseek.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_lseek.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_memcntl.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_meminfo.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_mmap.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_munmap.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_open.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_processor_bind.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_rename.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_setitimer.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_setrctl.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_setrlimit.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_settaskid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_sigaction.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_stat.3proc | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_statvfs.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_unlink.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/pr_waitid.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_arg_grab.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_arg_psinfo.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_content2str.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_fdinfo_misc.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_fdinfowalk.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_fdwalk.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_fltname.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_fltset2str.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_auxv.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_cred.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_fdinfo.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_lwpsinfo.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_priv.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_psinfo.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_get_status.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_lwp_in_set.3proc | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_service.3proc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_str2flt.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_str2fltset.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_unctrl_psinfo.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/proc_walk.3proc | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/ps_lgetregs.3proc | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/ps_pglobal_lookup.3proc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/ps_pread.3proc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3proc/ps_pstop.3proc | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3project/getprojent.3project | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3project/project_walk.3project | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3project/setproject.3project | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3resolv/resolver.3resolv | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3rpc/rstat.3rpc | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3rpc/rusers.3rpc | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3rpc/rwall.3rpc | 12 +- .../man/man3rsm/rsm_create_localmemory_handle.3rsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_get_controller.3rsm | 7 +- .../man/man3rsm/rsm_get_interconnect_topology.3rsm | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_get_segmentid_range.3rsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_intr_signal_post.3rsm | 5 +- .../man/man3rsm/rsm_intr_signal_wait_pollfd.3rsm | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_export_create.3rsm | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_export_publish.3rsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_get_pollfd.3rsm | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_connect.3rsm | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_get.3rsm | 9 +- .../man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_init_barrier.3rsm | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_map.3rsm | 10 +- .../man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_open_barrier.3rsm | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_put.3rsm | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_putv.3rsm | 7 +- .../man/man3rsm/rsm_memseg_import_set_mode.3rsm | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_authorize_t.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_auxprop.3sasl | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_auxprop_add_plugin.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_auxprop_getctx.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_auxprop_request.3sasl | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_canon_user_t.3sasl | 6 +- .../man/man3sasl/sasl_canonuser_add_plugin.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_chalprompt_t.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_checkapop.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_checkpass.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_add_plugin.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_init.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_new.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_plug_init_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_start.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_client_step.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_decode.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_decode64.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_dispose.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_done.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_encode.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_encode64.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_erasebuffer.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_errdetail.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_errors.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_errstring.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getcallback_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getopt_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getpath_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getprop.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getrealm_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getsecret_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_getsimple_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_global_listmech.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_idle.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_listmech.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_log_t.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_add_plugin.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_init.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_new.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_plug_init_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_start.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_server_step.3sasl | 5 +- .../man3sasl/sasl_server_userdb_checkpass_t.3sasl | 5 +- .../man3sasl/sasl_server_userdb_setpass_t.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_set_alloc.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_set_mutex.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_seterror.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_setpass.3sasl | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_setprop.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_utf8verify.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_verifyfile_t.3sasl | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sasl/sasl_version.3sasl | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_entry_create.3scf | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_error.3scf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_handle_create.3scf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_handle_decode_fmri.3scf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_instance_create.3scf | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_iter_create.3scf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_limit.3scf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_pg_create.3scf | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_property_create.3scf | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_scope_create.3scf | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_service_create.3scf | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_simple_prop_get.3scf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_simple_walk_instances.3scf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_snaplevel_create.3scf | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_snapshot_create.3scf | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_tmpl_pg_create.3scf | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_tmpl_pg_name.3scf | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_tmpl_prop_create.3scf | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_tmpl_prop_name.3scf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_tmpl_validate_fmri.3scf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_transaction_create.3scf | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/scf_value_create.3scf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3scf/smf_enable_instance.3scf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_check.3sec | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_free.3sec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_get.3sec | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_strip.3sec | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_totext.3sec | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acl_trivial.3sec | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/aclcheck.3sec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/aclsort.3sec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acltomode.3sec | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sec/acltotext.3sec | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3secdb/getauthattr.3secdb | 25 +- usr/src/man/man3secdb/getexecattr.3secdb | 28 +- usr/src/man/man3secdb/getprofattr.3secdb | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3secdb/getuserattr.3secdb | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3secdb/kva_match.3secdb | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_add_branchid_to_via.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_add_from.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_add_header.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_add_param.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_add_request_line.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_branchid.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_clone_msg.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_copy_start_line.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_create_OKack.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_create_dialog_req.3sip | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_create_response.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_delete_dialog.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_delete_start_line.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_enable_counters.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_enable_trans_logging.3sip | 5 +- .../man/man3sip/sip_get_contact_display_name.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_cseq.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_dialog_state.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_header.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_header_value.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_msg_len.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_num_via.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_param_value.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_request_method.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_request_uri_str.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_resp_desc.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_trans.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_trans_method.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_get_uri_parsed.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_guid.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_hold_dialog.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_hold_msg.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_hold_trans.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_init_conn_object.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_is_sip_uri.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_msg_is_request.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_msg_to_str.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_new_msg.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_parse_uri.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_process_new_packet.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_register_sent_by.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_sendmsg.3sip | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3sip/sip_stack_init.3sip | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPClose.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPDelAttrs.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPDereg.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPEscape.3slp | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPFindAttrs.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPFindScopes.3slp | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPFindSrvTypes.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPFindSrvs.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPFree.3slp | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPGetProperty.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPGetRefreshInterval.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPOpen.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPParseSrvURL.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPReg.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPSetProperty.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/SLPUnescape.3slp | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/slp_api.3slp | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3slp/slp_strerror.3slp | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/accept.3socket | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/bind.3socket | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/connect.3socket | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/ethers.3socket | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getaddrinfo.3socket | 29 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getifaddrs.3socket | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getipnodebyname.3socket | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getnetbyname.3socket | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getpeername.3socket | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getprotobyname.3socket | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getservbyname.3socket | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getsockname.3socket | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getsockopt.3socket | 28 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/getsourcefilter.3socket | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/icmp6_filter.3socket | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/if_nametoindex.3socket | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/inet6_opt.3socket | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/inet6_rth.3socket | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/listen.3socket | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/rcmd.3socket | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/recv.3socket | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/rexec.3socket | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_bindx.3socket | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_getladdrs.3socket | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_getpaddrs.3socket | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_opt_info.3socket | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_peeloff.3socket | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_recvmsg.3socket | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_send.3socket | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sctp_sendmsg.3socket | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/send.3socket | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/shutdown.3socket | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/sockaddr.3socket | 26 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/socket.3socket | 32 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/socketpair.3socket | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3socket/spray.3socket | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfAddToHostGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfAddToTargetGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfAddViewEntry.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfClearProviderData.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfCreateHostGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfCreateLu.3stmf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfCreateLuResource.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfCreateTargetGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfDeleteHostGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfDeleteLu.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfDeleteTargetGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfDevidFromIscsiName.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfDevidFromWwn.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfFreeLuResource.3stmf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfFreeMemory.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetHostGroupList.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetHostGroupMembers.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetLogicalUnitList.3stmf | 6 +- .../man3stmf/stmfGetLogicalUnitProperties.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetLuResource.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetPersistMethod.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetProviderData.3stmf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetProviderDataProt.3stmf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetState.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetTargetGroupList.3stmf | 6 +- .../man/man3stmf/stmfGetTargetGroupMembers.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetTargetList.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetTargetProperties.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfGetViewEntryList.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfModifyLu.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfOfflineLogicalUnit.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfOfflineTarget.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfOnlineLogicalUnit.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfOnlineTarget.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfRemoveFromHostGroup.3stmf | 5 +- .../man/man3stmf/stmfRemoveFromTargetGroup.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfRemoveViewEntry.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfSetLuProp.3stmf | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfSetPersistMethod.3stmf | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfSetProviderData.3stmf | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3stmf/stmfSetProviderDataProt.3stmf | 10 +- .../man3sysevent/sysevent_bind_handle.3sysevent | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3sysevent/sysevent_free.3sysevent | 4 +- .../man3sysevent/sysevent_get_attr_list.3sysevent | 8 +- .../man3sysevent/sysevent_get_class_name.3sysevent | 4 +- .../sysevent_get_vendor_name.3sysevent | 5 +- .../man/man3sysevent/sysevent_post_event.3sysevent | 13 +- .../sysevent_subscribe_event.3sysevent | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3sysevent/sysevents.3sysevent | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/cpl_complete_word.3tecla | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/ef_expand_file.3tecla | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/gl_get_line.3tecla | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/gl_io_mode.3tecla | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/libtecla_version.3tecla | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3tecla/pca_lookup_file.3tecla | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/TNF_DECLARE_RECORD.3tnf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/TNF_PROBE.3tnf | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/libtnfctl.3tnf | 56 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnf_process_disable.3tnf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_buffer_alloc.3tnf | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_close.3tnf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_indirect_open.3tnf | 18 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_internal_open.3tnf | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_kernel_open.3tnf | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_pid_open.3tnf | 4 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_probe_apply.3tnf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_probe_state_get.3tnf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_register_funcs.3tnf | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_strerror.3tnf | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_trace_attrs_get.3tnf | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tnfctl_trace_state_set.3tnf | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3tnf/tracing.3tnf | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/blcompare.3tsol | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/blminmax.3tsol | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/bltocolor.3tsol | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/bltos.3tsol | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/btohex.3tsol | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getdevicerange.3tsol | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getlabel.3tsol | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getpathbylabel.3tsol | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getplabel.3tsol | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getuserrange.3tsol | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getzonelabelbyid.3tsol | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/getzonerootbyid.3tsol | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/hextob.3tsol | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/label_to_str.3tsol | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/m_label.3tsol | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/sbltos.3tsol | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/setflabel.3tsol | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/stobl.3tsol | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/str_to_label.3tsol | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3tsol/tsol_getrhtype.3tsol | 5 +- .../man/man3utempter/utempter_add_record.3utempter | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3uuid/uuid_clear.3uuid | 2 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/media_findname.3volmgt | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/media_getattr.3volmgt | 23 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/media_getid.3volmgt | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_acquire.3volmgt | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_check.3volmgt | 13 +- .../man/man3volmgt/volmgt_feature_enabled.3volmgt | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_inuse.3volmgt | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_ownspath.3volmgt | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_release.3volmgt | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_root.3volmgt | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_running.3volmgt | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3volmgt/volmgt_symname.3volmgt | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/COLS.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/LINES.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/add_wch.3xcurses | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/add_wchnstr.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/addch.3xcurses | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/addchstr.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/addnstr.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/addnwstr.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/attr_get.3xcurses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/attroff.3xcurses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/baudrate.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/beep.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/bkgd.3xcurses | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/bkgrnd.3xcurses | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/border.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/border_set.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/can_change_color.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/cbreak.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/chgat.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/clear.3xcurses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/clearok.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/clrtobot.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/clrtoeol.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/copywin.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/cur_term.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/curs_set.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/curscr.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/curses.3xcurses | 65 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/def_prog_mode.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/del_curterm.3xcurses | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/delay_output.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/delch.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/deleteln.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/delscreen.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/delwin.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/derwin.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/doupdate.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/dupwin.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/echo.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/echo_wchar.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/echochar.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/endwin.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/erasechar.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/filter.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/flushinp.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/get_wch.3xcurses | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getbegyx.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getcchar.3xcurses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getch.3xcurses | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getn_wstr.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getnstr.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/getwin.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/halfdelay.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/has_ic.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/hline.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/hline_set.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/idcok.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/immedok.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/in_wch.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/in_wchnstr.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/inch.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/inchnstr.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/initscr.3xcurses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/innstr.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/innwstr.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/ins_nwstr.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/ins_wch.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/insch.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/insdelln.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/insertln.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/insnstr.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/intrflush.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/is_linetouched.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/keyname.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/keypad.3xcurses | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/libcurses.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/longname.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/meta.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/move.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/mvcur.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/mvderwin.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/mvprintw.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/mvscanw.3xcurses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/mvwin.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/napms.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/newpad.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/nl.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/nodelay.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/noqiflush.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/notimeout.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/overlay.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/pechochar.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/putp.3xcurses | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/redrawwin.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/resetty.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/ripoffline.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/scr_dump.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/scrl.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/set_term.3xcurses | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/setcchar.3xcurses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/slk_attroff.3xcurses | 15 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/standend.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/stdscr.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/syncok.3xcurses | 11 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/termattrs.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/termname.3xcurses | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/tgetent.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/tigetflag.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/typeahead.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/unctrl.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/ungetch.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/use_env.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/vidattr.3xcurses | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/vw_printw.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/vw_scanw.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/vwprintw.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/vwscanw.3xcurses | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xcurses/wunctrl.3xcurses | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/accept.3xnet | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/bind.3xnet | 14 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/connect.3xnet | 19 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/endhostent.3xnet | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/endnetent.3xnet | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/endprotoent.3xnet | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/endservent.3xnet | 10 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/freeaddrinfo.3xnet | 16 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/gai_strerror.3xnet | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/gethostname.3xnet | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/getnameinfo.3xnet | 13 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/getpeername.3xnet | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/getsockname.3xnet | 7 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/getsockopt.3xnet | 6 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/htonl.3xnet | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/if_nametoindex.3xnet | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/inet_addr.3xnet | 8 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/inet_ntop.3xnet | 5 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/listen.3xnet | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/recv.3xnet | 20 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/recvfrom.3xnet | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/recvmsg.3xnet | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/send.3xnet | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/sendmsg.3xnet | 22 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/sendto.3xnet | 25 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/setsockopt.3xnet | 12 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/shutdown.3xnet | 17 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/sockatmark.3xnet | 9 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/socket.3xnet | 24 +- usr/src/man/man3xnet/socketpair.3xnet | 6 +- usr/src/man/man4/FSS.4 | 231 + usr/src/man/man4/Intro.4 | 215 +- usr/src/man/man4/Makefile | 281 +- usr/src/man/man4/NISLDAPmapping.4 | 1492 ----- usr/src/man/man4/a.out.4 | 108 - usr/src/man/man4/admin.4 | 481 -- usr/src/man/man4/alias.4 | 53 - usr/src/man/man4/aliases.4 | 450 -- usr/src/man/man4/au.4 | 213 - usr/src/man/man4/audit.log.4 | 795 --- usr/src/man/man4/audit_class.4 | 173 - usr/src/man/man4/audit_event.4 | 171 - usr/src/man/man4/auth_attr.4 | 275 - usr/src/man/man4/autofs.4 | 113 - usr/src/man/man4/bart_manifest.4 | 306 - usr/src/man/man4/bart_rules.4 | 426 -- usr/src/man/man4/bhyve_config.4 | 524 -- usr/src/man/man4/bootparams.4 | 227 - usr/src/man/man4/cardbus.4 | 237 - usr/src/man/man4/compver.4 | 60 - usr/src/man/man4/contents.4 | 245 - usr/src/man/man4/contract.4 | 616 -- usr/src/man/man4/copyright.4 | 19 - usr/src/man/man4/core.4 | 583 -- usr/src/man/man4/cpr.4 | 114 + usr/src/man/man4/crypt.conf.4 | 101 - usr/src/man/man4/crypto_certs.4 | 69 - usr/src/man/man4/ctf.4 | 1215 ---- usr/src/man/man4/d_passwd.4 | 196 - usr/src/man/man4/dacf.conf.4 | 37 - usr/src/man/man4/dat.conf.4 | 192 - usr/src/man/man4/default_fs.4 | 69 - usr/src/man/man4/defaultdomain.4 | 36 - usr/src/man/man4/defaultrouter.4 | 65 - usr/src/man/man4/depend.4 | 136 - usr/src/man/man4/device_allocate.4 | 268 - usr/src/man/man4/device_contract.4 | 374 -- usr/src/man/man4/device_maps.4 | 140 - usr/src/man/man4/devices.4 | 64 - usr/src/man/man4/dfstab.4 | 44 - usr/src/man/man4/dhcp_inittab.4 | 623 -- usr/src/man/man4/dialups.4 | 92 - usr/src/man/man4/dir_ufs.4 | 74 - usr/src/man/man4/driver.conf.4 | 221 - usr/src/man/man4/ethers.4 | 47 - usr/src/man/man4/exec_attr.4 | 229 - usr/src/man/man4/fdi.4 | 448 -- usr/src/man/man4/format.dat.4 | 480 -- usr/src/man/man4/fspec.4 | 116 - usr/src/man/man4/fstypes.4 | 31 - usr/src/man/man4/ftp.4 | 45 - usr/src/man/man4/ftpusers.4 | 153 - usr/src/man/man4/fx_dptbl.4 | 398 -- usr/src/man/man4/gateways.4 | 501 -- usr/src/man/man4/group.4 | 161 - usr/src/man/man4/gsscred.conf.4 | 64 - usr/src/man/man4/hba.conf.4 | 104 - usr/src/man/man4/holidays.4 | 94 - usr/src/man/man4/hosts.4 | 177 - usr/src/man/man4/hosts.equiv.4 | 331 -- usr/src/man/man4/hosts_access.4 | 399 -- usr/src/man/man4/hosts_options.4 | 183 - usr/src/man/man4/ib.4 | 86 - usr/src/man/man4/ibmf.4 | 47 + usr/src/man/man4/ike.config.4 | 1194 ---- usr/src/man/man4/ike.preshared.4 | 95 - usr/src/man/man4/inet_type.4 | 101 - usr/src/man/man4/inetd.conf.4 | 250 - usr/src/man/man4/init.4 | 141 - usr/src/man/man4/init.d.4 | 107 - usr/src/man/man4/inittab.4 | 250 - usr/src/man/man4/ipaddrsel.conf.4 | 67 - usr/src/man/man4/ipf.4 | 550 -- usr/src/man/man4/ipmon.4 | 72 - usr/src/man/man4/ipnat.4 | 295 - usr/src/man/man4/ipnodes.4 | 25 - usr/src/man/man4/ippool.4 | 156 - usr/src/man/man4/issue.4 | 29 - usr/src/man/man4/kadm5.acl.4 | 395 -- usr/src/man/man4/kdc.conf.4 | 1079 ---- usr/src/man/man4/keytables.4 | 964 --- usr/src/man/man4/krb5.conf.4 | 1873 ------ usr/src/man/man4/ldapfilter.conf.4 | 182 - usr/src/man/man4/ldapsearchprefs.conf.4 | 279 - usr/src/man/man4/ldaptemplates.conf.4 | 431 -- usr/src/man/man4/loader.conf.4 | 249 - usr/src/man/man4/logadm.conf.4 | 70 - usr/src/man/man4/logindevperm.4 | 137 - usr/src/man/man4/loginlog.4 | 37 - usr/src/man/man4/magic.4 | 357 -- usr/src/man/man4/mailer.conf.4 | 107 - usr/src/man/man4/mech.4 | 155 - usr/src/man/man4/mnttab.4 | 241 - usr/src/man/man4/mpapi.conf.4 | 98 - usr/src/man/man4/nca.if.4 | 137 - usr/src/man/man4/ncad_addr.4 | 75 - usr/src/man/man4/ncakmod.conf.4 | 104 - usr/src/man/man4/ncalogd.conf.4 | 113 - usr/src/man/man4/ncaport.conf.4 | 66 - usr/src/man/man4/ndmp.4 | 174 - usr/src/man/man4/ndpd.conf.4 | 552 -- usr/src/man/man4/netconfig.4 | 584 -- usr/src/man/man4/netgroup.4 | 158 - usr/src/man/man4/netid.4 | 171 - usr/src/man/man4/netmasks.4 | 133 - usr/src/man/man4/netrc.4 | 148 - usr/src/man/man4/networks.4 | 71 - usr/src/man/man4/nfs.4 | 319 - usr/src/man/man4/nfslog.conf.4 | 178 - usr/src/man/man4/nfssec.conf.4 | 26 - usr/src/man/man4/nodename.4 | 64 - usr/src/man/man4/nologin.4 | 40 - usr/src/man/man4/note.4 | 79 - usr/src/man/man4/notrouter.4 | 24 - usr/src/man/man4/nscd.conf.4 | 202 - usr/src/man/man4/nsmbrc.4 | 415 -- usr/src/man/man4/nss.4 | 80 - usr/src/man/man4/nsswitch.conf.4 | 800 --- usr/src/man/man4/overlay_files.4 | 187 - usr/src/man/man4/packingrules.4 | 182 - usr/src/man/man4/pam.conf.4 | 462 -- usr/src/man/man4/passwd.4 | 347 -- usr/src/man/man4/path_to_inst.4 | 140 - usr/src/man/man4/pci.4 | 271 - usr/src/man/man4/phones.4 | 59 - usr/src/man/man4/pkginfo.4 | 748 --- usr/src/man/man4/pkgmap.4 | 364 -- usr/src/man/man4/policy.conf.4 | 251 - usr/src/man/man4/power.conf.4 | 815 --- usr/src/man/man4/printers.4 | 306 - usr/src/man/man4/printers.conf.4 | 442 -- usr/src/man/man4/priv_names.4 | 54 - usr/src/man/man4/proc.4 | 3248 ---------- usr/src/man/man4/process.4 | 565 -- usr/src/man/man4/prof_attr.4 | 169 - usr/src/man/man4/profile.4 | 101 - usr/src/man/man4/project.4 | 230 - usr/src/man/man4/protocols.4 | 99 - usr/src/man/man4/prototype.4 | 426 -- usr/src/man/man4/pseudo.4 | 58 - usr/src/man/man4/publickey.4 | 30 - usr/src/man/man4/queuedefs.4 | 121 - usr/src/man/man4/rcmscript.4 | 984 ---- usr/src/man/man4/remote.4 | 526 -- usr/src/man/man4/resolv.conf.4 | 257 - usr/src/man/man4/rmtab.4 | 57 - usr/src/man/man4/rpc.4 | 77 - usr/src/man/man4/rt_dptbl.4 | 345 -- usr/src/man/man4/sasl_appname.conf.4 | 170 - usr/src/man/man4/sbus.4 | 185 - usr/src/man/man4/scsi.4 | 344 -- usr/src/man/man4/securenets.4 | 174 - usr/src/man/man4/sendmail.4 | 295 - usr/src/man/man4/service_bundle.4 | 147 - usr/src/man/man4/service_provider.conf.4 | 183 - usr/src/man/man4/services.4 | 93 - usr/src/man/man4/shadow.4 | 219 - usr/src/man/man4/sharetab.4 | 73 - usr/src/man/man4/shells.4 | 57 - usr/src/man/man4/slp.conf.4 | 1149 ---- usr/src/man/man4/slpd.reg.4 | 148 - usr/src/man/man4/smb.4 | 617 -- usr/src/man/man4/smbautohome.4 | 201 - usr/src/man/man4/smhba.conf.4 | 95 - usr/src/man/man4/sock2path.d.4 | 58 - usr/src/man/man4/space.4 | 77 - usr/src/man/man4/sulog.4 | 139 - usr/src/man/man4/swap.4 | 92 + usr/src/man/man4/sysbus.4 | 126 - usr/src/man/man4/syslog.conf.4 | 424 -- usr/src/man/man4/system.4 | 366 -- usr/src/man/man4/term.4 | 218 - usr/src/man/man4/terminfo.4 | 2917 --------- usr/src/man/man4/timezone.4 | 65 - usr/src/man/man4/tnf_kernel_probes.4 | 942 --- usr/src/man/man4/ts_dptbl.4 | 452 -- usr/src/man/man4/ttydefs.4 | 85 - usr/src/man/man4/ttysrch.4 | 95 - usr/src/man/man4/ufsdump.4 | 740 --- usr/src/man/man4/updaters.4 | 114 - usr/src/man/man4/user_attr.4 | 351 -- usr/src/man/man4/utmp.4 | 34 - usr/src/man/man4/utmpx.4 | 54 - usr/src/man/man4/vfstab.4 | 196 - usr/src/man/man4/warn.conf.4 | 233 - usr/src/man/man4/ypfiles.4 | 154 - usr/src/man/man4/yppasswdd.4 | 61 - usr/src/man/man4/ypserv.4 | 714 --- usr/src/man/man4/zoneinfo.4 | 13 - usr/src/man/man4d/Makefile | 300 + usr/src/man/man4d/aac.4d | 94 + usr/src/man/man4d/afe.4d | 67 + usr/src/man/man4d/ahci.4d | 95 + usr/src/man/man4d/amd8111s.4d | 115 + usr/src/man/man4d/amdnbtemp.4d | 78 + usr/src/man/man4d/amdzen.4d | 80 + usr/src/man/man4d/amr.4d | 81 + usr/src/man/man4d/arcmsr.4d | 119 + usr/src/man/man4d/arn.4d | 78 + usr/src/man/man4d/asy.4d | 286 + usr/src/man/man4d/ata.4d | 385 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/atge.4d | 114 + usr/src/man/man4d/ath.4d | 95 + usr/src/man/man4d/atu.4d | 85 + usr/src/man/man4d/audio.4d | 180 + usr/src/man/man4d/audio1575.4d | 102 + usr/src/man/man4d/audio810.4d | 107 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiocmi.4d | 79 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiocmihd.4d | 66 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiocs.4d | 107 + usr/src/man/man4d/audioemu10k.4d | 69 + usr/src/man/man4d/audioens.4d | 70 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiohd.4d | 108 + usr/src/man/man4d/audioixp.4d | 109 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiols.4d | 63 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiop16x.4d | 76 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiopci.4d | 74 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiosolo.4d | 59 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiots.4d | 102 + usr/src/man/man4d/audiovia823x.4d | 60 + usr/src/man/man4d/av1394.4d | 88 + usr/src/man/man4d/bbc_beep.4d | 65 + usr/src/man/man4d/bcm_sata.4d | 77 + usr/src/man/man4d/bfe.4d | 96 + usr/src/man/man4d/bge.4d | 315 + usr/src/man/man4d/blkdev.4d | 82 + usr/src/man/man4d/bnxe.4d | 153 + usr/src/man/man4d/ccid.4d | 558 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/chxge.4d | 134 + usr/src/man/man4d/cmdk.4d | 150 + usr/src/man/man4d/console.4d | 56 + usr/src/man/man4d/coretemp.4d | 49 + usr/src/man/man4d/cpqary3.4d | 84 + usr/src/man/man4d/cpuid.4d | 163 + usr/src/man/man4d/dad.4d | 361 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/dca.4d | 241 + usr/src/man/man4d/dcam1394.4d | 947 +++ usr/src/man/man4d/devinfo.4d | 42 + usr/src/man/man4d/dm2s.4d | 40 + usr/src/man/man4d/dmfe.4d | 200 + usr/src/man/man4d/dnet.4d | 191 + usr/src/man/man4d/dr.4d | 35 + usr/src/man/man4d/dtrace.4d | 43 + usr/src/man/man4d/e1000g.4d | 213 + usr/src/man/man4d/ecpp.4d | 473 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/ehci.4d | 320 + usr/src/man/man4d/elxl.4d | 103 + usr/src/man/man4d/ena.4d | 135 + usr/src/man/man4d/eri.4d | 355 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/fas.4d | 1016 ++++ usr/src/man/man4d/fasttrap.4d | 58 + usr/src/man/man4d/fbt.4d | 55 + usr/src/man/man4d/fcip.4d | 249 + usr/src/man/man4d/fcoe.4d | 59 + usr/src/man/man4d/fcoei.4d | 67 + usr/src/man/man4d/fcoet.4d | 59 + usr/src/man/man4d/fcp.4d | 91 + usr/src/man/man4d/fctl.4d | 64 + usr/src/man/man4d/fd.4d | 805 +++ usr/src/man/man4d/fp.4d | 198 + usr/src/man/man4d/full.4d | 46 + usr/src/man/man4d/gld.4d | 1031 ++++ usr/src/man/man4d/gpio_87317.4d | 38 + usr/src/man/man4d/grbeep.4d | 64 + usr/src/man/man4d/hci1394.4d | 65 + usr/src/man/man4d/hermon.4d | 173 + usr/src/man/man4d/hid.4d | 243 + usr/src/man/man4d/hme.4d | 401 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/hubd.4d | 316 + usr/src/man/man4d/hxge.4d | 208 + usr/src/man/man4d/i40e.4d | 335 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/ib.4d | 289 + usr/src/man/man4d/ibcm.4d | 75 + usr/src/man/man4d/ibd.4d | 260 + usr/src/man/man4d/ibdm.4d | 76 + usr/src/man/man4d/ibdma.4d | 63 + usr/src/man/man4d/ibtl.4d | 86 + usr/src/man/man4d/ieee1394.4d | 109 + usr/src/man/man4d/igb.4d | 126 + usr/src/man/man4d/imc.4d | 103 + usr/src/man/man4d/imcstub.4d | 46 + usr/src/man/man4d/ipmi.4d | 172 + usr/src/man/man4d/ipnet.4d | 191 + usr/src/man/man4d/iprb.4d | 66 + usr/src/man/man4d/ipw.4d | 88 + usr/src/man/man4d/iscsi.4d | 104 + usr/src/man/man4d/iser.4d | 76 + usr/src/man/man4d/iwh.4d | 81 + usr/src/man/man4d/iwi.4d | 97 + usr/src/man/man4d/iwn.4d | 59 + usr/src/man/man4d/ixgbe.4d | 197 + usr/src/man/man4d/kmdb.4d | 43 + usr/src/man/man4d/ksensor.4d | 41 + usr/src/man/man4d/kstat.4d | 28 + usr/src/man/man4d/ksyms.4d | 117 + usr/src/man/man4d/llc1.4d | 234 + usr/src/man/man4d/lockstat.4d | 53 + usr/src/man/man4d/lofi.4d | 143 + usr/src/man/man4d/log.4d | 297 + usr/src/man/man4d/mc-opl.4d | 34 + usr/src/man/man4d/mega_sas.4d | 107 + usr/src/man/man4d/mem.4d | 132 + usr/src/man/man4d/mlxcx.4d | 367 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/mpt_sas.4d | 132 + usr/src/man/man4d/mr_sas.4d | 181 + usr/src/man/man4d/msglog.4d | 55 + usr/src/man/man4d/mt.4d | 32 + usr/src/man/man4d/mxfe.4d | 62 + usr/src/man/man4d/myri10ge.4d | 192 + usr/src/man/man4d/n2rng.4d | 173 + usr/src/man/man4d/npe.4d | 74 + usr/src/man/man4d/ntwdt.4d | 100 + usr/src/man/man4d/ntxn.4d | 158 + usr/src/man/man4d/null.4d | 45 + usr/src/man/man4d/nulldriver.4d | 25 + usr/src/man/man4d/nv_sata.4d | 74 + usr/src/man/man4d/nvme.4d | 141 + usr/src/man/man4d/nxge.4d | 243 + usr/src/man/man4d/ohci.4d | 157 + usr/src/man/man4d/openprom.4d | 412 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/oplkmdrv.4d | 43 + usr/src/man/man4d/oplmsu.4d | 42 + usr/src/man/man4d/oplpanel.4d | 34 + usr/src/man/man4d/pchtemp.4d | 76 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcic.4d | 114 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcicmu.4d | 33 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcipsy.4d | 26 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcisch.4d | 29 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcmcia.4d | 27 + usr/src/man/man4d/pcn.4d | 163 + usr/src/man/man4d/physmem.4d | 45 + usr/src/man/man4d/pm.4d | 413 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/poll.4d | 382 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/profile.4d | 56 + usr/src/man/man4d/ptm.4d | 258 + usr/src/man/man4d/pty.4d | 265 + usr/src/man/man4d/qede.4d | 100 + usr/src/man/man4d/qlc.4d | 127 + usr/src/man/man4d/ral.4d | 84 + usr/src/man/man4d/ramdisk.4d | 200 + usr/src/man/man4d/random.4d | 160 + usr/src/man/man4d/rge.4d | 234 + usr/src/man/man4d/rtls.4d | 62 + usr/src/man/man4d/rtw.4d | 86 + usr/src/man/man4d/rum.4d | 84 + usr/src/man/man4d/rwd.4d | 80 + usr/src/man/man4d/rwn.4d | 79 + usr/src/man/man4d/sad.4d | 325 + usr/src/man/man4d/sata.4d | 339 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/scsa1394.4d | 208 + usr/src/man/man4d/scsa2usb.4d | 482 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/sd.4d | 856 +++ usr/src/man/man4d/sda.4d | 60 + usr/src/man/man4d/sdhost.4d | 60 + usr/src/man/man4d/sdp.4d | 231 + usr/src/man/man4d/sdt.4d | 52 + usr/src/man/man4d/ses.4d | 166 + usr/src/man/man4d/sf.4d | 265 + usr/src/man/man4d/sfe.4d | 204 + usr/src/man/man4d/sfxge.4d | 52 + usr/src/man/man4d/sgen.4d | 420 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/si3124.4d | 73 + usr/src/man/man4d/skd.4d | 25 + usr/src/man/man4d/smbios.4d | 68 + usr/src/man/man4d/smbus.4d | 61 + usr/src/man/man4d/smntemp.4d | 56 + usr/src/man/man4d/socal.4d | 227 + usr/src/man/man4d/srpt.4d | 91 + usr/src/man/man4d/ssd.4d | 600 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/st.4d | 1409 +++++ usr/src/man/man4d/su.4d | 243 + usr/src/man/man4d/sysmsg.4d | 45 + usr/src/man/man4d/systrace.4d | 47 + usr/src/man/man4d/ticlts.4d | 216 + usr/src/man/man4d/todopl.4d | 33 + usr/src/man/man4d/tsalarm.4d | 294 + usr/src/man/man4d/tty.4d | 30 + usr/src/man/man4d/tzmon.4d | 57 + usr/src/man/man4d/uath.4d | 99 + usr/src/man/man4d/ufm.4d | 312 + usr/src/man/man4d/ugen.4d | 1725 ++++++ usr/src/man/man4d/uhci.4d | 119 + usr/src/man/man4d/ural.4d | 84 + usr/src/man/man4d/urtw.4d | 81 + usr/src/man/man4d/usb_ac.4d | 146 + usr/src/man/man4d/usb_as.4d | 160 + usr/src/man/man4d/usb_ia.4d | 117 + usr/src/man/man4d/usb_mid.4d | 194 + usr/src/man/man4d/usba.4d | 144 + usr/src/man/man4d/usbftdi.4d | 322 + usr/src/man/man4d/usbprn.4d | 458 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/usbsacm.4d | 301 + usr/src/man/man4d/usbsksp.4d | 308 + usr/src/man/man4d/usbsprl.4d | 295 + usr/src/man/man4d/usbvc.4d | 462 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/usmn.4d | 42 + usr/src/man/man4d/vioblk.4d | 92 + usr/src/man/man4d/vioif.4d | 91 + usr/src/man/man4d/virtio.4d | 47 + usr/src/man/man4d/virtualkm.4d | 286 + usr/src/man/man4d/vnd.4d | 118 + usr/src/man/man4d/vni.4d | 64 + usr/src/man/man4d/vr.4d | 142 + usr/src/man/man4d/wpi.4d | 85 + usr/src/man/man4d/wscons.4d | 1044 ++++ usr/src/man/man4d/xge.4d | 166 + usr/src/man/man4d/xhci.4d | 108 + usr/src/man/man4d/yge.4d | 174 + usr/src/man/man4d/zcons.4d | 64 + usr/src/man/man4d/zen_udf.4d | 36 + usr/src/man/man4d/zero.4d | 43 + usr/src/man/man4d/zfd.4d | 81 + usr/src/man/man4d/zs.4d | 290 + usr/src/man/man4d/zsh.4d | 367 ++ usr/src/man/man4d/zyd.4d | 82 + usr/src/man/man4fs/Makefile | 52 + usr/src/man/man4fs/bootfs.4fs | 84 + usr/src/man/man4fs/ctfs.4fs | 46 + usr/src/man/man4fs/dcfs.4fs | 49 + usr/src/man/man4fs/dev.4fs | 83 + usr/src/man/man4fs/devfs.4fs | 110 + usr/src/man/man4fs/fd.4fs | 84 + usr/src/man/man4fs/hsfs.4fs | 253 + usr/src/man/man4fs/hyprlofs.4fs | 62 + usr/src/man/man4fs/lofs.4fs | 137 + usr/src/man/man4fs/lxproc.4fs | 115 + usr/src/man/man4fs/objfs.4fs | 62 + usr/src/man/man4fs/pcfs.4fs | 540 ++ usr/src/man/man4fs/sharefs.4fs | 61 + usr/src/man/man4fs/smbfs.4fs | 151 + usr/src/man/man4fs/tmpfs.4fs | 190 + usr/src/man/man4fs/udfs.4fs | 102 + usr/src/man/man4fs/ufs.4fs | 269 + usr/src/man/man4i/Makefile | 52 + usr/src/man/man4i/audio.4i | 999 ++++ usr/src/man/man4i/cdio.4i | 692 +++ usr/src/man/man4i/dkio.4i | 867 +++ usr/src/man/man4i/dsp.4i | 602 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/fbio.4i | 160 + usr/src/man/man4i/fdio.4i | 277 + usr/src/man/man4i/hdio.4i | 112 + usr/src/man/man4i/iec61883.4i | 674 +++ usr/src/man/man4i/ipnat.4i | 436 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/mhd.4i | 386 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/mixer.4i | 767 +++ usr/src/man/man4i/mtio.4i | 1190 ++++ usr/src/man/man4i/prnio.4i | 370 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/quotactl.4i | 227 + usr/src/man/man4i/sesio.4i | 95 + usr/src/man/man4i/sockio.4i | 97 + usr/src/man/man4i/streamio.4i | 1550 +++++ usr/src/man/man4i/termio.4i | 2193 +++++++ usr/src/man/man4i/termiox.4i | 413 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/uscsi.4i | 395 ++ usr/src/man/man4i/visual_io.4i | 738 +++ usr/src/man/man4i/vt.4i | 329 ++ usr/src/man/man4ipp/Makefile | 33 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp | 63 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/dscpmk.4ipp | 69 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/flowacct.4ipp | 71 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/ipgpc.4ipp | 96 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/ipqos.4ipp | 175 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/tokenmt.4ipp | 171 + usr/src/man/man4ipp/tswtclmt.4ipp | 80 + usr/src/man/man4m/Makefile | 59 + usr/src/man/man4m/bufmod.4m | 322 + usr/src/man/man4m/connld.4m | 122 + usr/src/man/man4m/datafilt.4m | 48 + usr/src/man/man4m/ldterm.4m | 282 + usr/src/man/man4m/pckt.4m | 52 + usr/src/man/man4m/pfmod.4m | 255 + usr/src/man/man4m/pipemod.4m | 56 + usr/src/man/man4m/ptem.4m | 130 + usr/src/man/man4m/sppptun.4m | 41 + usr/src/man/man4m/timod.4m | 171 + usr/src/man/man4m/tirdwr.4m | 168 + usr/src/man/man4m/ttcompat.4m | 680 +++ usr/src/man/man4m/usb_ah.4m | 91 + usr/src/man/man4m/usbkbm.4m | 193 + usr/src/man/man4m/usbms.4m | 332 ++ usr/src/man/man4m/vuidmice.4m | 297 + usr/src/man/man4p/Makefile | 86 + usr/src/man/man4p/arp.4p | 426 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/dlpi.4p | 410 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/icmp.4p | 114 + usr/src/man/man4p/icmp6.4p | 167 + usr/src/man/man4p/if_tcp.4p | 879 +++ usr/src/man/man4p/inet.4p | 181 + usr/src/man/man4p/inet6.4p | 413 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/ip.4p | 951 +++ usr/src/man/man4p/ip6.4p | 795 +++ usr/src/man/man4p/ipsec.4p | 371 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/ipsecah.4p | 77 + usr/src/man/man4p/ipsecesp.4p | 87 + usr/src/man/man4p/ndp.4p | 355 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/pf_key.4p | 951 +++ usr/src/man/man4p/rarp.4p | 58 + usr/src/man/man4p/route.4p | 333 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/routing.4p | 165 + usr/src/man/man4p/sctp.4p | 433 ++ usr/src/man/man4p/sip.4p | 27 + usr/src/man/man4p/slp.4p | 130 + usr/src/man/man4p/tcp.4p | 898 +++ usr/src/man/man4p/udp.4p | 259 + usr/src/man/man4p/vxlan.4p | 137 + usr/src/man/man5/Intro.5 | 135 +- usr/src/man/man5/Makefile | 477 +- usr/src/man/man5/NISLDAPmapping.5 | 1497 +++++ usr/src/man/man5/a.out.5 | 111 + usr/src/man/man5/acl.5 | 833 --- usr/src/man/man5/ad.5 | 72 - usr/src/man/man5/admin.5 | 484 ++ usr/src/man/man5/alias.5 | 55 + usr/src/man/man5/aliases.5 | 457 ++ usr/src/man/man5/ascii.5 | 107 - usr/src/man/man5/attributes.5 | 720 --- usr/src/man/man5/au.5 | 213 + usr/src/man/man5/audit.log.5 | 800 +++ usr/src/man/man5/audit_binfile.5 | 77 - usr/src/man/man5/audit_class.5 | 175 + usr/src/man/man5/audit_event.5 | 172 + usr/src/man/man5/audit_remote.5 | 342 -- usr/src/man/man5/audit_syslog.5 | 265 - usr/src/man/man5/auth_attr.5 | 279 + usr/src/man/man5/autofs.5 | 113 + usr/src/man/man5/bart_manifest.5 | 309 + usr/src/man/man5/bart_rules.5 | 428 ++ usr/src/man/man5/beastie.4th.5 | 146 - usr/src/man/man5/bhyve_config.5 | 524 ++ usr/src/man/man5/bootparams.5 | 228 + usr/src/man/man5/brand.4th.5 | 115 - usr/src/man/man5/brands.5 | 74 - usr/src/man/man5/byteorder.5 | 270 - usr/src/man/man5/cancellation.5 | 429 -- usr/src/man/man5/cardbus.5 | 240 + usr/src/man/man5/charmap.5 | 359 -- usr/src/man/man5/check-password.4th.5 | 130 - usr/src/man/man5/color.4th.5 | 103 - usr/src/man/man5/compver.5 | 60 + usr/src/man/man5/condition.5 | 141 - usr/src/man/man5/contents.5 | 248 + usr/src/man/man5/contract.5 | 636 ++ usr/src/man/man5/copyright.5 | 19 + usr/src/man/man5/core.5 | 584 ++ usr/src/man/man5/crypt.conf.5 | 107 + usr/src/man/man5/crypt_bsdbf.5 | 45 - usr/src/man/man5/crypt_bsdmd5.5 | 46 - usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sha256.5 | 83 - usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sha512.5 | 83 - usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sunmd5.5 | 80 - usr/src/man/man5/crypt_unix.5 | 64 - usr/src/man/man5/crypto_certs.5 | 71 + usr/src/man/man5/ctf.5 | 1215 ++++ usr/src/man/man5/d_passwd.5 | 199 + usr/src/man/man5/dacf.conf.5 | 37 + usr/src/man/man5/dat.conf.5 | 195 + usr/src/man/man5/default_fs.5 | 71 + usr/src/man/man5/defaultdomain.5 | 39 + usr/src/man/man5/defaultrouter.5 | 68 + usr/src/man/man5/delay.4th.5 | 113 - usr/src/man/man5/depend.5 | 136 + usr/src/man/man5/device_allocate.5 | 272 + usr/src/man/man5/device_clean.5 | 306 - usr/src/man/man5/device_contract.5 | 382 ++ usr/src/man/man5/device_maps.5 | 143 + usr/src/man/man5/devices.5 | 66 + usr/src/man/man5/dfstab.5 | 47 + usr/src/man/man5/dhcp.5 | 64 - usr/src/man/man5/dhcp_inittab.5 | 628 ++ usr/src/man/man5/dialups.5 | 92 + usr/src/man/man5/dir_ufs.5 | 75 + usr/src/man/man5/driver.conf.5 | 229 + usr/src/man/man5/environ.5 | 533 -- usr/src/man/man5/epoll.5 | 103 - usr/src/man/man5/eqn.5 | 507 -- usr/src/man/man5/eqnchar.5 | 39 - usr/src/man/man5/ethers.5 | 49 + usr/src/man/man5/eventfd.5 | 32 - usr/src/man/man5/exec_attr.5 | 238 + usr/src/man/man5/extendedFILE.5 | 188 - usr/src/man/man5/fdi.5 | 451 ++ usr/src/man/man5/filesystem.5 | 2950 ---------- usr/src/man/man5/fnmatch.5 | 338 -- usr/src/man/man5/format.dat.5 | 480 ++ usr/src/man/man5/formats.5 | 478 -- usr/src/man/man5/fsattr.5 | 797 --- usr/src/man/man5/fspec.5 | 118 + usr/src/man/man5/fstypes.5 | 34 + usr/src/man/man5/ftp.5 | 46 + usr/src/man/man5/ftpusers.5 | 157 + usr/src/man/man5/fx_dptbl.5 | 401 ++ usr/src/man/man5/gateways.5 | 501 ++ usr/src/man/man5/gptzfsboot.5 | 191 - usr/src/man/man5/group.5 | 168 + usr/src/man/man5/grub.5 | 85 - usr/src/man/man5/gss_auth_rules.5 | 76 - usr/src/man/man5/gsscred.conf.5 | 68 + usr/src/man/man5/hal.5 | 38 - usr/src/man/man5/hba.conf.5 | 106 + usr/src/man/man5/holidays.5 | 94 + usr/src/man/man5/hosts.5 | 180 + usr/src/man/man5/hosts.equiv.5 | 336 ++ usr/src/man/man5/hosts_access.5 | 399 ++ usr/src/man/man5/hosts_options.5 | 183 + usr/src/man/man5/ib.5 | 89 + usr/src/man/man5/iconv.5 | 312 - usr/src/man/man5/iconv_unicode.5 | 323 - usr/src/man/man5/ieee802.11.5 | 140 - usr/src/man/man5/ieee802.3.5 | 555 -- usr/src/man/man5/ike.config.5 | 1202 ++++ usr/src/man/man5/ike.preshared.5 | 99 + usr/src/man/man5/inet_type.5 | 102 + usr/src/man/man5/inetd.conf.5 | 256 + usr/src/man/man5/init.5 | 141 + usr/src/man/man5/init.d.5 | 110 + usr/src/man/man5/inittab.5 | 257 + usr/src/man/man5/inotify.5 | 305 - usr/src/man/man5/ipaddrsel.conf.5 | 68 + usr/src/man/man5/ipf.5 | 553 ++ usr/src/man/man5/ipfilter.5 | 335 -- usr/src/man/man5/ipmon.5 | 73 + usr/src/man/man5/ipnat.5 | 299 + usr/src/man/man5/ipnodes.5 | 25 + usr/src/man/man5/ippool.5 | 160 + usr/src/man/man5/isalist.5 | 225 - usr/src/man/man5/isoboot.5 | 66 - usr/src/man/man5/issue.5 | 30 + usr/src/man/man5/kadm5.acl.5 | 400 ++ usr/src/man/man5/kdc.conf.5 | 1087 ++++ usr/src/man/man5/kerberos.5 | 158 - usr/src/man/man5/keytables.5 | 964 +++ usr/src/man/man5/krb5.conf.5 | 1880 ++++++ usr/src/man/man5/krb5_auth_rules.5 | 121 - usr/src/man/man5/krb5envvar.5 | 228 - usr/src/man/man5/largefile.5 | 229 - usr/src/man/man5/ldapfilter.conf.5 | 184 + usr/src/man/man5/ldapsearchprefs.conf.5 | 280 + usr/src/man/man5/ldaptemplates.conf.5 | 433 ++ usr/src/man/man5/lf64.5 | 347 -- usr/src/man/man5/lfcompile.5 | 216 - usr/src/man/man5/lfcompile64.5 | 134 - usr/src/man/man5/loader.4th.5 | 206 - usr/src/man/man5/loader.5 | 909 --- usr/src/man/man5/loader.conf.5 | 249 + usr/src/man/man5/locale.5 | 2448 -------- usr/src/man/man5/logadm.conf.5 | 71 + usr/src/man/man5/logindevperm.5 | 142 + usr/src/man/man5/loginlog.5 | 38 + usr/src/man/man5/lx.5 | 113 - usr/src/man/man5/magic.5 | 359 ++ usr/src/man/man5/mailer.conf.5 | 107 + usr/src/man/man5/man.5 | 265 - usr/src/man/man5/mandoc_char.5 | 829 --- usr/src/man/man5/mandoc_roff.5 | 2342 -------- usr/src/man/man5/mansun.5 | 314 - usr/src/man/man5/mdoc.5 | 3337 ----------- usr/src/man/man5/me.5 | 242 - usr/src/man/man5/mech.5 | 157 + usr/src/man/man5/mech_spnego.5 | 119 - usr/src/man/man5/menu.4th.5 | 307 - usr/src/man/man5/menusets.4th.5 | 359 -- usr/src/man/man5/mm.5 | 441 -- usr/src/man/man5/mnttab.5 | 248 + usr/src/man/man5/mpapi.conf.5 | 100 + usr/src/man/man5/ms.5 | 432 -- usr/src/man/man5/mutex.5 | 177 - usr/src/man/man5/nca.if.5 | 142 + usr/src/man/man5/ncad_addr.5 | 76 + usr/src/man/man5/ncakmod.conf.5 | 110 + usr/src/man/man5/ncalogd.conf.5 | 118 + usr/src/man/man5/ncaport.conf.5 | 69 + usr/src/man/man5/ndmp.5 | 178 + usr/src/man/man5/ndpd.conf.5 | 557 ++ usr/src/man/man5/netconfig.5 | 586 ++ usr/src/man/man5/netgroup.5 | 164 + usr/src/man/man5/netid.5 | 176 + usr/src/man/man5/netmasks.5 | 134 + usr/src/man/man5/netrc.5 | 149 + usr/src/man/man5/networks.5 | 74 + usr/src/man/man5/nfs.5 | 319 + usr/src/man/man5/nfslog.conf.5 | 180 + usr/src/man/man5/nfssec.5 | 141 - usr/src/man/man5/nfssec.conf.5 | 26 + usr/src/man/man5/nodename.5 | 66 + usr/src/man/man5/nologin.5 | 43 + usr/src/man/man5/note.5 | 79 + usr/src/man/man5/notrouter.5 | 24 + usr/src/man/man5/nscd.conf.5 | 215 + usr/src/man/man5/nsmbrc.5 | 420 ++ usr/src/man/man5/nss.5 | 84 + usr/src/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 | 842 +++ usr/src/man/man5/overlay.5 | 521 -- usr/src/man/man5/overlay_files.5 | 187 + usr/src/man/man5/packingrules.5 | 183 + usr/src/man/man5/pam.conf.5 | 478 ++ usr/src/man/man5/pam_allow.5 | 110 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_check.5 | 191 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_get.5 | 140 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_store.5 | 121 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_deny.5 | 146 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_dhkeys.5 | 204 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_dial_auth.5 | 122 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_krb5.5 | 701 --- usr/src/man/man5/pam_krb5_migrate.5 | 194 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_ldap.5 | 412 -- usr/src/man/man5/pam_list.5 | 303 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_passwd_auth.5 | 145 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_rhosts_auth.5 | 67 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_roles.5 | 185 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_sample.5 | 202 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_smb_passwd.5 | 184 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_smbfs_login.5 | 224 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_timestamp.5 | 113 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_tsol_account.5 | 138 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_account.5 | 173 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_auth.5 | 226 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_cred.5 | 211 - usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_session.5 | 113 - usr/src/man/man5/passwd.5 | 368 ++ usr/src/man/man5/path_to_inst.5 | 143 + usr/src/man/man5/pci.5 | 274 + usr/src/man/man5/phones.5 | 60 + usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_kernel.5 | 111 - usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_softtoken.5 | 280 - usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_tpm.5 | 273 - usr/src/man/man5/pkginfo.5 | 754 +++ usr/src/man/man5/pkgmap.5 | 367 ++ usr/src/man/man5/policy.conf.5 | 257 + usr/src/man/man5/power.conf.5 | 822 +++ usr/src/man/man5/printers.5 | 315 + usr/src/man/man5/printers.conf.5 | 456 ++ usr/src/man/man5/priv_names.5 | 56 + usr/src/man/man5/privileges.5 | 1376 ----- usr/src/man/man5/proc.5 | 3248 ++++++++++ usr/src/man/man5/process.5 | 577 ++ usr/src/man/man5/prof.5 | 72 - usr/src/man/man5/prof_attr.5 | 176 + usr/src/man/man5/profile.5 | 109 + usr/src/man/man5/project.5 | 235 + usr/src/man/man5/protocols.5 | 100 + usr/src/man/man5/prototype.5 | 427 ++ usr/src/man/man5/pseudo.5 | 59 + usr/src/man/man5/publickey.5 | 32 + usr/src/man/man5/pxeboot.5 | 148 - usr/src/man/man5/queuedefs.5 | 124 + usr/src/man/man5/rbac.5 | 238 - usr/src/man/man5/rcmscript.5 | 990 ++++ usr/src/man/man5/regex.5 | 1040 ---- usr/src/man/man5/regexp.5 | 750 --- usr/src/man/man5/remote.5 | 527 ++ usr/src/man/man5/resolv.conf.5 | 262 + usr/src/man/man5/resource_controls.5 | 1103 ---- usr/src/man/man5/rmtab.5 | 58 + usr/src/man/man5/rpc.5 | 77 + usr/src/man/man5/rt_dptbl.5 | 348 ++ usr/src/man/man5/sasl_appname.conf.5 | 170 + usr/src/man/man5/sbus.5 | 188 + usr/src/man/man5/scsi.5 | 355 ++ usr/src/man/man5/securenets.5 | 177 + usr/src/man/man5/security-flags.5 | 115 - usr/src/man/man5/sendmail.5 | 298 + usr/src/man/man5/service_bundle.5 | 155 + usr/src/man/man5/service_provider.conf.5 | 185 + usr/src/man/man5/services.5 | 95 + usr/src/man/man5/shadow.5 | 229 + usr/src/man/man5/sharetab.5 | 73 + usr/src/man/man5/shells.5 | 60 + usr/src/man/man5/slp.conf.5 | 1152 ++++ usr/src/man/man5/slpd.reg.5 | 151 + usr/src/man/man5/smb.5 | 621 ++ usr/src/man/man5/smbautohome.5 | 206 + usr/src/man/man5/smf.5 | 499 -- usr/src/man/man5/smf_bootstrap.5 | 124 - usr/src/man/man5/smf_method.5 | 589 -- usr/src/man/man5/smf_restarter.5 | 106 - usr/src/man/man5/smf_security.5 | 230 - usr/src/man/man5/smf_template.5 | 803 --- usr/src/man/man5/smhba.conf.5 | 97 + usr/src/man/man5/sock2path.d.5 | 60 + usr/src/man/man5/space.5 | 78 + usr/src/man/man5/standards.5 | 487 -- usr/src/man/man5/sticky.5 | 40 - usr/src/man/man5/sulog.5 | 139 + usr/src/man/man5/sysbus.5 | 131 + usr/src/man/man5/syslog.conf.5 | 436 ++ usr/src/man/man5/system.5 | 368 ++ usr/src/man/man5/tbl.5 | 455 -- usr/src/man/man5/tecla.5 | 3661 ------------ usr/src/man/man5/term.5 | 361 +- usr/src/man/man5/terminfo.5 | 2925 +++++++++ usr/src/man/man5/threads.5 | 495 -- usr/src/man/man5/timerfd.5 | 47 - usr/src/man/man5/timezone.5 | 65 + usr/src/man/man5/tnf_kernel_probes.5 | 949 +++ usr/src/man/man5/trusted_extensions.5 | 40 - usr/src/man/man5/ts_dptbl.5 | 455 ++ usr/src/man/man5/ttydefs.5 | 87 + usr/src/man/man5/ttysrch.5 | 95 + usr/src/man/man5/ufsdump.5 | 740 +++ usr/src/man/man5/updaters.5 | 116 + usr/src/man/man5/user_attr.5 | 367 ++ usr/src/man/man5/utmp.5 | 34 + usr/src/man/man5/utmpx.5 | 56 + usr/src/man/man5/version.4th.5 | 115 - usr/src/man/man5/vfstab.5 | 196 + usr/src/man/man5/vgrindefs.5 | 252 - usr/src/man/man5/warn.conf.5 | 239 + usr/src/man/man5/ypfiles.5 | 161 + usr/src/man/man5/yppasswdd.5 | 61 + usr/src/man/man5/ypserv.5 | 719 +++ usr/src/man/man5/zoneinfo.5 | 13 + usr/src/man/man5/zones.5 | 242 - usr/src/man/man5/zpool-features.5 | 834 --- usr/src/man/man7/FSS.7 | 231 - usr/src/man/man7/Intro.7 | 294 +- usr/src/man/man7/Makefile | 214 +- usr/src/man/man7/acl.7 | 847 +++ usr/src/man/man7/ad.7 | 79 + usr/src/man/man7/ascii.7 | 107 + usr/src/man/man7/attributes.7 | 722 +++ usr/src/man/man7/audit_binfile.7 | 80 + usr/src/man/man7/audit_remote.7 | 353 ++ usr/src/man/man7/audit_syslog.7 | 268 + usr/src/man/man7/beastie.4th.7 | 146 + usr/src/man/man7/brand.4th.7 | 115 + usr/src/man/man7/brands.7 | 77 + usr/src/man/man7/byteorder.7 | 270 + usr/src/man/man7/cancellation.7 | 438 ++ usr/src/man/man7/charmap.7 | 362 ++ usr/src/man/man7/check-password.4th.7 | 130 + usr/src/man/man7/color.4th.7 | 103 + usr/src/man/man7/condition.7 | 154 + usr/src/man/man7/cpr.7 | 114 - usr/src/man/man7/crypt_bsdbf.7 | 52 + usr/src/man/man7/crypt_bsdmd5.7 | 53 + usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sha256.7 | 90 + usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sha512.7 | 90 + usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sunmd5.7 | 87 + usr/src/man/man7/crypt_unix.7 | 73 + usr/src/man/man7/delay.4th.7 | 113 + usr/src/man/man7/device_clean.7 | 308 + usr/src/man/man7/dhcp.7 | 67 + usr/src/man/man7/environ.7 | 562 ++ usr/src/man/man7/epoll.7 | 108 + usr/src/man/man7/eqn.7 | 507 ++ usr/src/man/man7/eqnchar.7 | 42 + usr/src/man/man7/eventfd.7 | 32 + usr/src/man/man7/extendedFILE.7 | 194 + usr/src/man/man7/filesystem.7 | 2982 ++++++++++ usr/src/man/man7/fnmatch.7 | 341 ++ usr/src/man/man7/formats.7 | 481 ++ usr/src/man/man7/fsattr.7 | 812 +++ usr/src/man/man7/gptzfsboot.7 | 191 + usr/src/man/man7/grub.7 | 87 + usr/src/man/man7/gss_auth_rules.7 | 81 + usr/src/man/man7/hal.7 | 39 + usr/src/man/man7/ibmf.7 | 47 - usr/src/man/man7/iconv.7 | 322 + usr/src/man/man7/iconv_unicode.7 | 325 + usr/src/man/man7/ieee802.11.7 | 140 + usr/src/man/man7/ieee802.3.7 | 555 ++ usr/src/man/man7/inotify.7 | 305 + usr/src/man/man7/ipfilter.7 | 341 ++ usr/src/man/man7/isalist.7 | 227 + usr/src/man/man7/isoboot.7 | 66 + usr/src/man/man7/kerberos.7 | 162 + usr/src/man/man7/krb5_auth_rules.7 | 129 + usr/src/man/man7/krb5envvar.7 | 235 + usr/src/man/man7/largefile.7 | 231 + usr/src/man/man7/lf64.7 | 348 ++ usr/src/man/man7/lfcompile.7 | 223 + usr/src/man/man7/lfcompile64.7 | 137 + usr/src/man/man7/loader.4th.7 | 206 + usr/src/man/man7/loader.7 | 909 +++ usr/src/man/man7/locale.7 | 2463 ++++++++ usr/src/man/man7/lx.7 | 113 + usr/src/man/man7/man.7 | 265 + usr/src/man/man7/mandoc_char.7 | 829 +++ usr/src/man/man7/mandoc_roff.7 | 2342 ++++++++ usr/src/man/man7/mansun.7 | 316 + usr/src/man/man7/mdoc.7 | 3337 +++++++++++ usr/src/man/man7/me.7 | 246 + usr/src/man/man7/mech_spnego.7 | 122 + usr/src/man/man7/menu.4th.7 | 307 + usr/src/man/man7/menusets.4th.7 | 359 ++ usr/src/man/man7/mm.7 | 446 ++ usr/src/man/man7/ms.7 | 436 ++ usr/src/man/man7/mutex.7 | 187 + usr/src/man/man7/nfssec.7 | 147 + usr/src/man/man7/overlay.7 | 521 ++ usr/src/man/man7/pam_allow.7 | 115 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 | 202 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_get.7 | 143 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_store.7 | 130 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_deny.7 | 157 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 | 217 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_dial_auth.7 | 133 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_krb5.7 | 714 +++ usr/src/man/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 | 200 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_ldap.7 | 425 ++ usr/src/man/man7/pam_list.7 | 308 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 | 155 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_rhosts_auth.7 | 72 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_roles.7 | 199 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_sample.7 | 207 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_smb_passwd.7 | 190 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_smbfs_login.7 | 232 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_timestamp.7 | 113 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_tsol_account.7 | 144 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_account.7 | 177 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_auth.7 | 244 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_cred.7 | 226 + usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_session.7 | 122 + usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_kernel.7 | 114 + usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_softtoken.7 | 283 + usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 | 275 + usr/src/man/man7/privileges.7 | 1449 +++++ usr/src/man/man7/prof.7 | 73 + usr/src/man/man7/pxeboot.7 | 148 + usr/src/man/man7/rbac.7 | 242 + usr/src/man/man7/regex.7 | 1040 ++++ usr/src/man/man7/regexp.7 | 750 +++ usr/src/man/man7/resource_controls.7 | 1113 ++++ usr/src/man/man7/security-flags.7 | 115 + usr/src/man/man7/smf.7 | 510 ++ usr/src/man/man7/smf_bootstrap.7 | 131 + usr/src/man/man7/smf_method.7 | 601 ++ usr/src/man/man7/smf_restarter.7 | 109 + usr/src/man/man7/smf_security.7 | 234 + usr/src/man/man7/smf_template.7 | 806 +++ usr/src/man/man7/standards.7 | 493 ++ usr/src/man/man7/sticky.7 | 44 + usr/src/man/man7/swap.7 | 92 - usr/src/man/man7/tbl.7 | 455 ++ usr/src/man/man7/tecla.7 | 3666 ++++++++++++ usr/src/man/man7/term.7 | 215 + usr/src/man/man7/threads.7 | 502 ++ usr/src/man/man7/timerfd.7 | 47 + usr/src/man/man7/trusted_extensions.7 | 42 + usr/src/man/man7/version.4th.7 | 115 + usr/src/man/man7/vgrindefs.7 | 255 + usr/src/man/man7/zones.7 | 257 + usr/src/man/man7/zpool-features.7 | 835 +++ usr/src/man/man7d/Makefile | 300 - usr/src/man/man7d/aac.7d | 89 - usr/src/man/man7d/afe.7d | 67 - usr/src/man/man7d/ahci.7d | 92 - usr/src/man/man7d/amd8111s.7d | 112 - usr/src/man/man7d/amdnbtemp.7d | 78 - usr/src/man/man7d/amdzen.7d | 80 - usr/src/man/man7d/amr.7d | 76 - usr/src/man/man7d/arcmsr.7d | 114 - usr/src/man/man7d/arn.7d | 75 - usr/src/man/man7d/asy.7d | 276 - usr/src/man/man7d/ata.7d | 384 -- usr/src/man/man7d/atge.7d | 108 - usr/src/man/man7d/ath.7d | 93 - usr/src/man/man7d/atu.7d | 82 - usr/src/man/man7d/audio.7d | 177 - usr/src/man/man7d/audio1575.7d | 99 - usr/src/man/man7d/audio810.7d | 104 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiocmi.7d | 76 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiocmihd.7d | 63 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiocs.7d | 104 - usr/src/man/man7d/audioemu10k.7d | 66 - usr/src/man/man7d/audioens.7d | 67 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiohd.7d | 105 - usr/src/man/man7d/audioixp.7d | 106 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiols.7d | 60 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiop16x.7d | 73 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiopci.7d | 71 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiosolo.7d | 56 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiots.7d | 99 - usr/src/man/man7d/audiovia823x.7d | 57 - usr/src/man/man7d/av1394.7d | 85 - usr/src/man/man7d/bbc_beep.7d | 62 - usr/src/man/man7d/bcm_sata.7d | 73 - usr/src/man/man7d/bfe.7d | 91 - usr/src/man/man7d/bge.7d | 312 - usr/src/man/man7d/blkdev.7d | 82 - usr/src/man/man7d/bnxe.7d | 153 - usr/src/man/man7d/ccid.7d | 558 -- usr/src/man/man7d/chxge.7d | 130 - usr/src/man/man7d/cmdk.7d | 143 - usr/src/man/man7d/console.7d | 52 - usr/src/man/man7d/coretemp.7d | 49 - usr/src/man/man7d/cpqary3.7d | 84 - usr/src/man/man7d/cpuid.7d | 160 - usr/src/man/man7d/dad.7d | 355 -- usr/src/man/man7d/dca.7d | 238 - usr/src/man/man7d/dcam1394.7d | 946 --- usr/src/man/man7d/devinfo.7d | 41 - usr/src/man/man7d/dm2s.7d | 40 - usr/src/man/man7d/dmfe.7d | 197 - usr/src/man/man7d/dnet.7d | 191 - usr/src/man/man7d/dr.7d | 35 - usr/src/man/man7d/dtrace.7d | 41 - usr/src/man/man7d/e1000g.7d | 213 - usr/src/man/man7d/ecpp.7d | 465 -- usr/src/man/man7d/ehci.7d | 314 - usr/src/man/man7d/elxl.7d | 103 - usr/src/man/man7d/ena.7d | 135 - usr/src/man/man7d/eri.7d | 351 -- usr/src/man/man7d/fas.7d | 1007 ---- usr/src/man/man7d/fasttrap.7d | 56 - usr/src/man/man7d/fbt.7d | 53 - usr/src/man/man7d/fcip.7d | 246 - usr/src/man/man7d/fcoe.7d | 57 - usr/src/man/man7d/fcoei.7d | 64 - usr/src/man/man7d/fcoet.7d | 57 - usr/src/man/man7d/fcp.7d | 88 - usr/src/man/man7d/fctl.7d | 64 - usr/src/man/man7d/fd.7d | 805 --- usr/src/man/man7d/fp.7d | 193 - usr/src/man/man7d/full.7d | 46 - usr/src/man/man7d/gld.7d | 1024 ---- usr/src/man/man7d/gpio_87317.7d | 38 - usr/src/man/man7d/grbeep.7d | 61 - usr/src/man/man7d/hci1394.7d | 64 - usr/src/man/man7d/hermon.7d | 171 - usr/src/man/man7d/hid.7d | 240 - usr/src/man/man7d/hme.7d | 398 -- usr/src/man/man7d/hubd.7d | 314 - usr/src/man/man7d/hxge.7d | 201 - usr/src/man/man7d/i40e.7d | 335 -- usr/src/man/man7d/ib.7d | 284 - usr/src/man/man7d/ibcm.7d | 74 - usr/src/man/man7d/ibd.7d | 254 - usr/src/man/man7d/ibdm.7d | 73 - usr/src/man/man7d/ibdma.7d | 60 - usr/src/man/man7d/ibtl.7d | 83 - usr/src/man/man7d/ieee1394.7d | 105 - usr/src/man/man7d/igb.7d | 126 - usr/src/man/man7d/imc.7d | 103 - usr/src/man/man7d/imcstub.7d | 46 - usr/src/man/man7d/ipmi.7d | 170 - usr/src/man/man7d/ipnet.7d | 190 - usr/src/man/man7d/iprb.7d | 66 - usr/src/man/man7d/ipw.7d | 85 - usr/src/man/man7d/iscsi.7d | 101 - usr/src/man/man7d/iser.7d | 73 - usr/src/man/man7d/iwh.7d | 78 - usr/src/man/man7d/iwi.7d | 94 - usr/src/man/man7d/iwn.7d | 59 - usr/src/man/man7d/ixgbe.7d | 193 - usr/src/man/man7d/kmdb.7d | 43 - usr/src/man/man7d/ksensor.7d | 41 - usr/src/man/man7d/kstat.7d | 27 - usr/src/man/man7d/ksyms.7d | 113 - usr/src/man/man7d/llc1.7d | 233 - usr/src/man/man7d/lockstat.7d | 50 - usr/src/man/man7d/lofi.7d | 138 - usr/src/man/man7d/log.7d | 291 - usr/src/man/man7d/mc-opl.7d | 34 - usr/src/man/man7d/mega_sas.7d | 102 - usr/src/man/man7d/mem.7d | 129 - usr/src/man/man7d/mlxcx.7d | 367 -- usr/src/man/man7d/mpt_sas.7d | 132 - usr/src/man/man7d/mr_sas.7d | 176 - usr/src/man/man7d/msglog.7d | 52 - usr/src/man/man7d/mt.7d | 32 - usr/src/man/man7d/mxfe.7d | 62 - usr/src/man/man7d/myri10ge.7d | 188 - usr/src/man/man7d/n2rng.7d | 171 - usr/src/man/man7d/npe.7d | 72 - usr/src/man/man7d/ntwdt.7d | 99 - usr/src/man/man7d/ntxn.7d | 153 - usr/src/man/man7d/null.7d | 44 - usr/src/man/man7d/nulldriver.7d | 22 - usr/src/man/man7d/nv_sata.7d | 71 - usr/src/man/man7d/nvme.7d | 141 - usr/src/man/man7d/nxge.7d | 239 - usr/src/man/man7d/ohci.7d | 154 - usr/src/man/man7d/openprom.7d | 409 -- usr/src/man/man7d/oplkmdrv.7d | 43 - usr/src/man/man7d/oplmsu.7d | 42 - usr/src/man/man7d/oplpanel.7d | 34 - usr/src/man/man7d/pchtemp.7d | 76 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcic.7d | 112 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcicmu.7d | 33 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcipsy.7d | 26 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcisch.7d | 29 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcmcia.7d | 27 - usr/src/man/man7d/pcn.7d | 161 - usr/src/man/man7d/physmem.7d | 45 - usr/src/man/man7d/pm.7d | 404 -- usr/src/man/man7d/poll.7d | 379 -- usr/src/man/man7d/profile.7d | 54 - usr/src/man/man7d/ptm.7d | 258 - usr/src/man/man7d/pty.7d | 265 - usr/src/man/man7d/qede.7d | 100 - usr/src/man/man7d/qlc.7d | 124 - usr/src/man/man7d/ral.7d | 81 - usr/src/man/man7d/ramdisk.7d | 194 - usr/src/man/man7d/random.7d | 157 - usr/src/man/man7d/rge.7d | 231 - usr/src/man/man7d/rtls.7d | 62 - usr/src/man/man7d/rtw.7d | 83 - usr/src/man/man7d/rum.7d | 81 - usr/src/man/man7d/rwd.7d | 77 - usr/src/man/man7d/rwn.7d | 77 - usr/src/man/man7d/sad.7d | 323 - usr/src/man/man7d/sata.7d | 334 -- usr/src/man/man7d/scsa1394.7d | 197 - usr/src/man/man7d/scsa2usb.7d | 468 -- usr/src/man/man7d/sd.7d | 840 --- usr/src/man/man7d/sda.7d | 59 - usr/src/man/man7d/sdhost.7d | 59 - usr/src/man/man7d/sdp.7d | 225 - usr/src/man/man7d/sdt.7d | 50 - usr/src/man/man7d/ses.7d | 162 - usr/src/man/man7d/sf.7d | 262 - usr/src/man/man7d/sfe.7d | 201 - usr/src/man/man7d/sfxge.7d | 52 - usr/src/man/man7d/sgen.7d | 417 -- usr/src/man/man7d/si3124.7d | 69 - usr/src/man/man7d/skd.7d | 25 - usr/src/man/man7d/smbios.7d | 66 - usr/src/man/man7d/smbus.7d | 61 - usr/src/man/man7d/smntemp.7d | 56 - usr/src/man/man7d/socal.7d | 225 - usr/src/man/man7d/srpt.7d | 88 - usr/src/man/man7d/ssd.7d | 591 -- usr/src/man/man7d/st.7d | 1397 ----- usr/src/man/man7d/su.7d | 231 - usr/src/man/man7d/sysmsg.7d | 44 - usr/src/man/man7d/systrace.7d | 45 - usr/src/man/man7d/ticlts.7d | 215 - usr/src/man/man7d/todopl.7d | 33 - usr/src/man/man7d/tsalarm.7d | 294 - usr/src/man/man7d/tty.7d | 29 - usr/src/man/man7d/tzmon.7d | 57 - usr/src/man/man7d/uath.7d | 96 - usr/src/man/man7d/ufm.7d | 312 - usr/src/man/man7d/ugen.7d | 1720 ------ usr/src/man/man7d/uhci.7d | 116 - usr/src/man/man7d/ural.7d | 81 - usr/src/man/man7d/urtw.7d | 78 - usr/src/man/man7d/usb_ac.7d | 139 - usr/src/man/man7d/usb_as.7d | 157 - usr/src/man/man7d/usb_ia.7d | 114 - usr/src/man/man7d/usb_mid.7d | 192 - usr/src/man/man7d/usba.7d | 144 - usr/src/man/man7d/usbftdi.7d | 322 - usr/src/man/man7d/usbprn.7d | 450 -- usr/src/man/man7d/usbsacm.7d | 292 - usr/src/man/man7d/usbsksp.7d | 299 - usr/src/man/man7d/usbsprl.7d | 286 - usr/src/man/man7d/usbvc.7d | 456 -- usr/src/man/man7d/usmn.7d | 42 - usr/src/man/man7d/vioblk.7d | 92 - usr/src/man/man7d/vioif.7d | 91 - usr/src/man/man7d/virtio.7d | 47 - usr/src/man/man7d/virtualkm.7d | 279 - usr/src/man/man7d/vnd.7d | 118 - usr/src/man/man7d/vni.7d | 61 - usr/src/man/man7d/vr.7d | 137 - usr/src/man/man7d/wpi.7d | 82 - usr/src/man/man7d/wscons.7d | 1039 ---- usr/src/man/man7d/xge.7d | 163 - usr/src/man/man7d/xhci.7d | 108 - usr/src/man/man7d/yge.7d | 172 - usr/src/man/man7d/zcons.7d | 64 - usr/src/man/man7d/zen_udf.7d | 36 - usr/src/man/man7d/zero.7d | 41 - usr/src/man/man7d/zfd.7d | 81 - usr/src/man/man7d/zs.7d | 279 - usr/src/man/man7d/zsh.7d | 360 -- usr/src/man/man7d/zyd.7d | 79 - usr/src/man/man7fs/Makefile | 52 - usr/src/man/man7fs/bootfs.7fs | 84 - usr/src/man/man7fs/ctfs.7fs | 46 - usr/src/man/man7fs/dcfs.7fs | 49 - usr/src/man/man7fs/dev.7fs | 83 - usr/src/man/man7fs/devfs.7fs | 110 - usr/src/man/man7fs/fd.7fs | 84 - usr/src/man/man7fs/hsfs.7fs | 253 - usr/src/man/man7fs/hyprlofs.7fs | 62 - usr/src/man/man7fs/lofs.7fs | 137 - usr/src/man/man7fs/lxproc.7fs | 115 - usr/src/man/man7fs/objfs.7fs | 62 - usr/src/man/man7fs/pcfs.7fs | 540 -- usr/src/man/man7fs/sharefs.7fs | 61 - usr/src/man/man7fs/smbfs.7fs | 150 - usr/src/man/man7fs/tmpfs.7fs | 190 - usr/src/man/man7fs/udfs.7fs | 102 - usr/src/man/man7fs/ufs.7fs | 269 - usr/src/man/man7i/Makefile | 52 - usr/src/man/man7i/audio.7i | 999 ---- usr/src/man/man7i/cdio.7i | 692 --- usr/src/man/man7i/dkio.7i | 867 --- usr/src/man/man7i/dsp.7i | 602 -- usr/src/man/man7i/fbio.7i | 160 - usr/src/man/man7i/fdio.7i | 277 - usr/src/man/man7i/hdio.7i | 112 - usr/src/man/man7i/iec61883.7i | 674 --- usr/src/man/man7i/ipnat.7i | 436 -- usr/src/man/man7i/mhd.7i | 386 -- usr/src/man/man7i/mixer.7i | 767 --- usr/src/man/man7i/mtio.7i | 1190 ---- usr/src/man/man7i/prnio.7i | 370 -- usr/src/man/man7i/quotactl.7i | 227 - usr/src/man/man7i/sesio.7i | 95 - usr/src/man/man7i/sockio.7i | 97 - usr/src/man/man7i/streamio.7i | 1550 ----- usr/src/man/man7i/termio.7i | 2193 ------- usr/src/man/man7i/termiox.7i | 413 -- usr/src/man/man7i/uscsi.7i | 395 -- usr/src/man/man7i/visual_io.7i | 738 --- usr/src/man/man7i/vt.7i | 329 -- usr/src/man/man7ipp/Makefile | 33 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/dlcosmk.7ipp | 58 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/dscpmk.7ipp | 64 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/flowacct.7ipp | 67 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/ipgpc.7ipp | 92 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/ipqos.7ipp | 171 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/tokenmt.7ipp | 167 - usr/src/man/man7ipp/tswtclmt.7ipp | 75 - usr/src/man/man7m/Makefile | 59 - usr/src/man/man7m/bufmod.7m | 321 - usr/src/man/man7m/connld.7m | 119 - usr/src/man/man7m/datafilt.7m | 48 - usr/src/man/man7m/ldterm.7m | 280 - usr/src/man/man7m/pckt.7m | 48 - usr/src/man/man7m/pfmod.7m | 253 - usr/src/man/man7m/pipemod.7m | 56 - usr/src/man/man7m/ptem.7m | 130 - usr/src/man/man7m/sppptun.7m | 39 - usr/src/man/man7m/timod.7m | 168 - usr/src/man/man7m/tirdwr.7m | 162 - usr/src/man/man7m/ttcompat.7m | 677 --- usr/src/man/man7m/usb_ah.7m | 91 - usr/src/man/man7m/usbkbm.7m | 186 - usr/src/man/man7m/usbms.7m | 329 -- usr/src/man/man7m/vuidmice.7m | 296 - usr/src/man/man7p/Makefile | 86 - usr/src/man/man7p/arp.7p | 421 -- usr/src/man/man7p/dlpi.7p | 407 -- usr/src/man/man7p/icmp.7p | 108 - usr/src/man/man7p/icmp6.7p | 159 - usr/src/man/man7p/if_tcp.7p | 872 --- usr/src/man/man7p/inet.7p | 170 - usr/src/man/man7p/inet6.7p | 404 -- usr/src/man/man7p/ip.7p | 934 --- usr/src/man/man7p/ip6.7p | 779 --- usr/src/man/man7p/ipsec.7p | 361 -- usr/src/man/man7p/ipsecah.7p | 72 - usr/src/man/man7p/ipsecesp.7p | 81 - usr/src/man/man7p/ndp.7p | 355 -- usr/src/man/man7p/pf_key.7p | 946 --- usr/src/man/man7p/rarp.7p | 56 - usr/src/man/man7p/route.7p | 330 -- usr/src/man/man7p/routing.7p | 163 - usr/src/man/man7p/sctp.7p | 412 -- usr/src/man/man7p/sip.7p | 27 - usr/src/man/man7p/slp.7p | 127 - usr/src/man/man7p/tcp.7p | 898 --- usr/src/man/man7p/udp.7p | 248 - usr/src/man/man7p/vxlan.7p | 137 - usr/src/man/man8/6to4relay.8 | 350 ++ usr/src/man/man8/Intro.8 | 144 + usr/src/man/man8/Makefile | 753 +++ usr/src/man/man8/Uutry.8 | 136 + usr/src/man/man8/accept.8 | 165 + usr/src/man/man8/acct.8 | 219 + usr/src/man/man8/acctadm.8 | 429 ++ usr/src/man/man8/acctcms.8 | 150 + usr/src/man/man8/acctcon.8 | 184 + usr/src/man/man8/acctmerg.8 | 125 + usr/src/man/man8/acctprc.8 | 143 + usr/src/man/man8/acctsh.8 | 333 ++ usr/src/man/man8/acpidump.8 | 83 + usr/src/man/man8/acpixtract.8 | 113 + usr/src/man/man8/adbgen.8 | 365 ++ usr/src/man/man8/add_allocatable.8 | 252 + usr/src/man/man8/add_drv.8 | 645 ++ usr/src/man/man8/addbadsec.8 | 104 + usr/src/man/man8/arcstat.8 | 540 ++ usr/src/man/man8/arp.8 | 251 + usr/src/man/man8/atohexlabel.8 | 120 + usr/src/man/man8/audit.8 | 97 + usr/src/man/man8/audit_warn.8 | 234 + usr/src/man/man8/auditconfig.8 | 1093 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/auditd.8 | 191 + usr/src/man/man8/auditrecord.8 | 334 ++ usr/src/man/man8/auditreduce.8 | 916 +++ usr/src/man/man8/auditstat.8 | 209 + usr/src/man/man8/automount.8 | 728 +++ usr/src/man/man8/automountd.8 | 121 + usr/src/man/man8/autopush.8 | 200 + usr/src/man/man8/bart.8 | 643 ++ usr/src/man/man8/beadm.8 | 932 +++ usr/src/man/man8/bhyve.8 | 837 +++ usr/src/man/man8/bhyvectl.8 | 85 + usr/src/man/man8/boot.8 | 1154 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/bootadm.8 | 546 ++ usr/src/man/man8/busstat.8 | 324 + usr/src/man/man8/captoinfo.8 | 104 + usr/src/man/man8/catman.8 | 72 + usr/src/man/man8/ccidadm.8 | 190 + usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm.8 | 950 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_cardbus.8 | 60 + usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_fp.8 | 750 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 | 867 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 | 946 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_sata.8 | 835 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 | 1330 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_scsi.8 | 747 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_usb.8 | 990 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/chat.8 | 749 +++ usr/src/man/man8/check-hostname.8 | 75 + usr/src/man/man8/check-permissions.8 | 102 + usr/src/man/man8/chroot.8 | 133 + usr/src/man/man8/clear_locks.8 | 95 + usr/src/man/man8/clinfo.8 | 83 + usr/src/man/man8/clri.8 | 102 + usr/src/man/man8/connstat.8 | 399 ++ usr/src/man/man8/consadm.8 | 232 + usr/src/man/man8/conv_lp.8 | 116 + usr/src/man/man8/conv_lpd.8 | 157 + usr/src/man/man8/coreadm.8 | 732 +++ usr/src/man/man8/cpustat.8 | 356 ++ usr/src/man/man8/cron.8 | 193 + usr/src/man/man8/cryptoadm.8 | 821 +++ usr/src/man/man8/datadm.8 | 197 + usr/src/man/man8/dcs.8 | 125 + usr/src/man/man8/dd.8 | 774 +++ usr/src/man/man8/devattr.8 | 123 + usr/src/man/man8/devfree.8 | 123 + usr/src/man/man8/devfsadm.8 | 282 + usr/src/man/man8/device_remap.8 | 156 + usr/src/man/man8/devinfo.8 | 154 + usr/src/man/man8/devlinks.8 | 309 + usr/src/man/man8/devnm.8 | 72 + usr/src/man/man8/devprop.8 | 169 + usr/src/man/man8/devreserv.8 | 182 + usr/src/man/man8/df.8 | 550 ++ usr/src/man/man8/df_ufs.8 | 100 + usr/src/man/man8/dfmounts.8 | 140 + usr/src/man/man8/dfmounts_nfs.8 | 123 + usr/src/man/man8/dfshares.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/dfshares_nfs.8 | 129 + usr/src/man/man8/dhcpagent.8 | 904 +++ usr/src/man/man8/diskinfo.8 | 191 + usr/src/man/man8/disks.8 | 322 + usr/src/man/man8/diskscan.8 | 110 + usr/src/man/man8/dispadmin.8 | 249 + usr/src/man/man8/dladm.8 | 6184 ++++++++++++++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/dlmgmtd.8 | 63 + usr/src/man/man8/dmesg.8 | 31 + usr/src/man/man8/dminfo.8 | 153 + usr/src/man/man8/dns-sd.8 | 275 + usr/src/man/man8/domainname.8 | 121 + usr/src/man/man8/drd.8 | 76 + usr/src/man/man8/drvconfig.8 | 175 + usr/src/man/man8/dtrace.8 | 770 +++ usr/src/man/man8/dumpadm.8 | 529 ++ usr/src/man/man8/editmap.8 | 211 + usr/src/man/man8/edquota.8 | 138 + usr/src/man/man8/eeprom.8 | 1314 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/efdaemon.8 | 108 + usr/src/man/man8/embedded_su.8 | 329 ++ usr/src/man/man8/etrn.8 | 184 + usr/src/man/man8/fcinfo.8 | 1258 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/fdetach.8 | 52 + usr/src/man/man8/fdisk.8 | 860 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ff.8 | 236 + usr/src/man/man8/ff_ufs.8 | 72 + usr/src/man/man8/fiocompress.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/flowadm.8 | 850 +++ usr/src/man/man8/fmadm.8 | 473 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fmd.8 | 180 + usr/src/man/man8/fmdump.8 | 650 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fmstat.8 | 311 + usr/src/man/man8/fmthard.8 | 227 + usr/src/man/man8/format.8 | 445 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fruadm.8 | 215 + usr/src/man/man8/fsck.8 | 404 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fsck_pcfs.8 | 207 + usr/src/man/man8/fsck_udfs.8 | 335 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fsck_ufs.8 | 331 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fsdb.8 | 101 + usr/src/man/man8/fsdb_udfs.8 | 1006 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/fsdb_ufs.8 | 1229 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/fsirand.8 | 49 + usr/src/man/man8/fssnap.8 | 170 + usr/src/man/man8/fssnap_ufs.8 | 538 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fsstat.8 | 852 +++ usr/src/man/man8/fstyp.8 | 167 + usr/src/man/man8/fuser.8 | 290 + usr/src/man/man8/fwflash.8 | 431 ++ usr/src/man/man8/fwtmp.8 | 91 + usr/src/man/man8/getdev.8 | 174 + usr/src/man/man8/getdevpolicy.8 | 74 + usr/src/man/man8/getdgrp.8 | 200 + usr/src/man/man8/getent.8 | 322 + usr/src/man/man8/getty.8 | 137 + usr/src/man/man8/getvol.8 | 167 + usr/src/man/man8/groupadd.8 | 158 + usr/src/man/man8/groupdel.8 | 96 + usr/src/man/man8/groupmod.8 | 169 + usr/src/man/man8/growfs.8 | 121 + usr/src/man/man8/gsscred.8 | 248 + usr/src/man/man8/gssd.8 | 118 + usr/src/man/man8/hal-device.8 | 77 + usr/src/man/man8/hal-fdi-validate.8 | 69 + usr/src/man/man8/hal-find.8 | 112 + usr/src/man/man8/hal-get-property.8 | 202 + usr/src/man/man8/hald.8 | 139 + usr/src/man/man8/halt.8 | 112 + usr/src/man/man8/hextoalabel.8 | 119 + usr/src/man/man8/hostconfig.8 | 152 + usr/src/man/man8/hotplug.8 | 330 ++ usr/src/man/man8/id.8 | 423 ++ usr/src/man/man8/idmap.8 | 1312 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/idmapd.8 | 121 + usr/src/man/man8/idsconfig.8 | 188 + usr/src/man/man8/if_mpadm.8 | 135 + usr/src/man/man8/ifconfig.8 | 2548 ++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/ifparse.8 | 181 + usr/src/man/man8/ikeadm.8 | 838 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ikecert.8 | 1031 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/in.chargend.8 | 88 + usr/src/man/man8/in.comsat.8 | 81 + usr/src/man/man8/in.daytimed.8 | 83 + usr/src/man/man8/in.discardd.8 | 83 + usr/src/man/man8/in.echod.8 | 81 + usr/src/man/man8/in.fingerd.8 | 124 + usr/src/man/man8/in.iked.8 | 468 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.lpd.8 | 127 + usr/src/man/man8/in.mpathd.8 | 358 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.ndpd.8 | 273 + usr/src/man/man8/in.rarpd.8 | 179 + usr/src/man/man8/in.rdisc.8 | 196 + usr/src/man/man8/in.rexecd.8 | 185 + usr/src/man/man8/in.ripngd.8 | 231 + usr/src/man/man8/in.rlogind.8 | 395 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.routed.8 | 507 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.rshd.8 | 454 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.rwhod.8 | 138 + usr/src/man/man8/in.talkd.8 | 57 + usr/src/man/man8/in.telnetd.8 | 412 ++ usr/src/man/man8/in.tftpd.8 | 122 + usr/src/man/man8/in.timed.8 | 81 + usr/src/man/man8/in.uucpd.8 | 189 + usr/src/man/man8/inetadm.8 | 338 ++ usr/src/man/man8/inetconv.8 | 256 + usr/src/man/man8/inetd.8 | 864 +++ usr/src/man/man8/infocmp.8 | 338 ++ usr/src/man/man8/init.8 | 592 ++ usr/src/man/man8/inityp2l.8 | 132 + usr/src/man/man8/install.8 | 230 + usr/src/man/man8/installboot.8 | 246 + usr/src/man/man8/installf.8 | 449 ++ usr/src/man/man8/installgrub.8 | 151 + usr/src/man/man8/intrd.8 | 71 + usr/src/man/man8/intrstat.8 | 211 + usr/src/man/man8/iostat.8 | 688 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ipaddrsel.8 | 326 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipadm.8 | 1061 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/ipdadm.8 | 226 + usr/src/man/man8/ipf.8 | 554 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipfs.8 | 249 + usr/src/man/man8/ipfstat.8 | 427 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipmon.8 | 420 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipmpstat.8 | 858 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ipnat.8 | 227 + usr/src/man/man8/ippool.8 | 352 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipqosconf.8 | 1060 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/ipsecalgs.8 | 608 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ipsecconf.8 | 1879 ++++++ usr/src/man/man8/ipseckey.8 | 1639 ++++++ usr/src/man/man8/iscsiadm.8 | 1379 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/isns.8 | 285 + usr/src/man/man8/isnsadm.8 | 766 +++ usr/src/man/man8/itadm.8 | 989 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/k5srvutil.8 | 125 + usr/src/man/man8/kadb.8 | 127 + usr/src/man/man8/kadmin.8 | 1518 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/kadmind.8 | 412 ++ usr/src/man/man8/kclient.8 | 599 ++ usr/src/man/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8 | 1180 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/kdb5_util.8 | 526 ++ usr/src/man/man8/kdcmgr.8 | 420 ++ usr/src/man/man8/kernel.8 | 403 ++ usr/src/man/man8/keyserv.8 | 174 + usr/src/man/man8/killall.8 | 40 + usr/src/man/man8/kprop.8 | 175 + usr/src/man/man8/kpropd.8 | 254 + usr/src/man/man8/kproplog.8 | 133 + usr/src/man/man8/krb5kdc.8 | 242 + usr/src/man/man8/ksslcfg.8 | 417 ++ usr/src/man/man8/kstat.8 | 389 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ktkt_warnd.8 | 84 + usr/src/man/man8/labelit.8 | 157 + usr/src/man/man8/labelit_hsfs.8 | 135 + usr/src/man/man8/labelit_udfs.8 | 146 + usr/src/man/man8/labelit_ufs.8 | 102 + usr/src/man/man8/latencytop.8 | 305 + usr/src/man/man8/ldap_cachemgr.8 | 170 + usr/src/man/man8/ldapaddent.8 | 581 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ldapclient.8 | 1189 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/ldmad.8 | 78 + usr/src/man/man8/link.8 | 117 + usr/src/man/man8/listdgrp.8 | 93 + usr/src/man/man8/listen.8 | 112 + usr/src/man/man8/locator.8 | 120 + usr/src/man/man8/lockfs.8 | 345 ++ usr/src/man/man8/lockstat.8 | 867 +++ usr/src/man/man8/lofiadm.8 | 640 ++ usr/src/man/man8/logadm.8 | 920 +++ usr/src/man/man8/logins.8 | 205 + usr/src/man/man8/lpadmin.8 | 1364 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/lpfilter.8 | 500 ++ usr/src/man/man8/lpforms.8 | 672 +++ usr/src/man/man8/lpget.8 | 189 + usr/src/man/man8/lpmove.8 | 178 + usr/src/man/man8/lpsched.8 | 142 + usr/src/man/man8/lpset.8 | 241 + usr/src/man/man8/lpshut.8 | 66 + usr/src/man/man8/lpsystem.8 | 41 + usr/src/man/man8/lpusers.8 | 199 + usr/src/man/man8/luxadm.8 | 1268 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/mail.local.8 | 212 + usr/src/man/man8/mailwrapper.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/makedbm.8 | 180 + usr/src/man/man8/makemap.8 | 247 + usr/src/man/man8/mdnsd.8 | 108 + usr/src/man/man8/mkdevalloc.8 | 83 + usr/src/man/man8/mkdevmaps.8 | 62 + usr/src/man/man8/mkfifo.8 | 172 + usr/src/man/man8/mkfile.8 | 95 + usr/src/man/man8/mkfs.8 | 141 + usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_pcfs.8 | 381 ++ usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_udfs.8 | 189 + usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 | 412 ++ usr/src/man/man8/mknod.8 | 109 + usr/src/man/man8/mkpwdict.8 | 99 + usr/src/man/man8/modinfo.8 | 161 + usr/src/man/man8/modload.8 | 104 + usr/src/man/man8/modunload.8 | 69 + usr/src/man/man8/monitor.8 | 1777 ++++++ usr/src/man/man8/mount.8 | 454 ++ usr/src/man/man8/mount_hsfs.8 | 287 + usr/src/man/man8/mount_nfs.8 | 838 +++ usr/src/man/man8/mount_pcfs.8 | 203 + usr/src/man/man8/mount_smbfs.8 | 526 ++ usr/src/man/man8/mount_tmpfs.8 | 135 + usr/src/man/man8/mount_udfs.8 | 225 + usr/src/man/man8/mount_ufs.8 | 385 ++ usr/src/man/man8/mountall.8 | 213 + usr/src/man/man8/mountd.8 | 113 + usr/src/man/man8/mpathadm.8 | 713 +++ usr/src/man/man8/mpstat.8 | 360 ++ usr/src/man/man8/msgid.8 | 75 + usr/src/man/man8/mvdir.8 | 87 + usr/src/man/man8/ncaconfd.8 | 84 + usr/src/man/man8/ncheck.8 | 122 + usr/src/man/man8/ncheck_ufs.8 | 54 + usr/src/man/man8/ndd.8 | 120 + usr/src/man/man8/ndmpadm.8 | 467 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ndmpd.8 | 154 + usr/src/man/man8/ndmpstat.8 | 373 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ndp.8 | 221 + usr/src/man/man8/netstat.8 | 1108 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/netstrategy.8 | 112 + usr/src/man/man8/newaliases.8 | 205 + usr/src/man/man8/newfs.8 | 513 ++ usr/src/man/man8/newkey.8 | 96 + usr/src/man/man8/nfs4cbd.8 | 58 + usr/src/man/man8/nfsd.8 | 235 + usr/src/man/man8/nfslogd.8 | 253 + usr/src/man/man8/nfsmapid.8 | 136 + usr/src/man/man8/nfsstat.8 | 888 +++ usr/src/man/man8/nlsadmin.8 | 389 ++ usr/src/man/man8/nscd.8 | 190 + usr/src/man/man8/nvmeadm.8 | 595 ++ usr/src/man/man8/nwamd.8 | 250 + usr/src/man/man8/obpsym.8 | 148 + usr/src/man/man8/oplhpd.8 | 73 + usr/src/man/man8/passmgmt.8 | 322 + usr/src/man/man8/pbind.8 | 361 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pcitool.8 | 224 + usr/src/man/man8/picld.8 | 132 + usr/src/man/man8/ping.8 | 479 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pkgadd.8 | 482 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pkgadm.8 | 201 + usr/src/man/man8/pkgask.8 | 140 + usr/src/man/man8/pkgchk.8 | 420 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pkgrm.8 | 319 + usr/src/man/man8/plockstat.8 | 234 + usr/src/man/man8/pmadm.8 | 589 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pmconfig.8 | 194 + usr/src/man/man8/polkit-is-privileged.8 | 117 + usr/src/man/man8/pooladm.8 | 268 + usr/src/man/man8/poolbind.8 | 260 + usr/src/man/man8/poolcfg.8 | 482 ++ usr/src/man/man8/poold.8 | 209 + usr/src/man/man8/poolstat.8 | 396 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ports.8 | 300 + usr/src/man/man8/powerd.8 | 74 + usr/src/man/man8/powertop.8 | 242 + usr/src/man/man8/ppdmgr.8 | 318 + usr/src/man/man8/pppd.8 | 2725 +++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/pppdump.8 | 64 + usr/src/man/man8/pppoec.8 | 275 + usr/src/man/man8/pppoed.8 | 439 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pppstats.8 | 400 ++ usr/src/man/man8/pptadm.8 | 74 + usr/src/man/man8/praudit.8 | 195 + usr/src/man/man8/print-service.8 | 182 + usr/src/man/man8/printmgr.8 | 126 + usr/src/man/man8/projadd.8 | 314 + usr/src/man/man8/projdel.8 | 171 + usr/src/man/man8/projmod.8 | 602 ++ usr/src/man/man8/prstat.8 | 894 +++ usr/src/man/man8/prtconf.8 | 230 + usr/src/man/man8/prtdiag.8 | 114 + usr/src/man/man8/prtdscp.8 | 148 + usr/src/man/man8/prtfru.8 | 110 + usr/src/man/man8/prtpicl.8 | 70 + usr/src/man/man8/prtvtoc.8 | 206 + usr/src/man/man8/psradm.8 | 362 ++ usr/src/man/man8/psrinfo.8 | 250 + usr/src/man/man8/psrset.8 | 553 ++ usr/src/man/man8/putdev.8 | 418 ++ usr/src/man/man8/putdgrp.8 | 205 + usr/src/man/man8/pwck.8 | 95 + usr/src/man/man8/pwconv.8 | 186 + usr/src/man/man8/quot.8 | 163 + usr/src/man/man8/quota.8 | 88 + usr/src/man/man8/quotacheck.8 | 120 + usr/src/man/man8/quotaon.8 | 134 + usr/src/man/man8/raidctl.8 | 1075 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/ramdiskadm.8 | 164 + usr/src/man/man8/rcapadm.8 | 265 + usr/src/man/man8/rcapd.8 | 187 + usr/src/man/man8/rctladm.8 | 192 + usr/src/man/man8/rdate.8 | 45 + usr/src/man/man8/rdmsr.8 | 43 + usr/src/man/man8/reboot.8 | 371 ++ usr/src/man/man8/rem_drv.8 | 108 + usr/src/man/man8/remove_allocatable.8 | 145 + usr/src/man/man8/removef.8 | 207 + usr/src/man/man8/repquota.8 | 70 + usr/src/man/man8/rmmount.8 | 291 + usr/src/man/man8/rmt.8 | 164 + usr/src/man/man8/rmvolmgr.8 | 149 + usr/src/man/man8/roleadd.8 | 544 ++ usr/src/man/man8/roledel.8 | 181 + usr/src/man/man8/rolemod.8 | 453 ++ usr/src/man/man8/root_archive.8 | 100 + usr/src/man/man8/route.8 | 781 +++ usr/src/man/man8/routeadm.8 | 551 ++ usr/src/man/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 | 96 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rstatd.8 | 55 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rusersd.8 | 52 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rwalld.8 | 54 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.smserverd.8 | 58 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.sprayd.8 | 58 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.yppasswdd.8 | 179 + usr/src/man/man8/rpc.ypupdated.8 | 106 + usr/src/man/man8/rpcbind.8 | 268 + usr/src/man/man8/rpcinfo.8 | 354 ++ usr/src/man/man8/rquotad.8 | 81 + usr/src/man/man8/rsh.8 | 121 + usr/src/man/man8/rtc.8 | 124 + usr/src/man/man8/rtquery.8 | 193 + usr/src/man/man8/runacct.8 | 332 ++ usr/src/man/man8/rwall.8 | 77 + usr/src/man/man8/sac.8 | 253 + usr/src/man/man8/sacadm.8 | 552 ++ usr/src/man/man8/saf.8 | 1516 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/sar.8 | 164 + usr/src/man/man8/sasinfo.8 | 733 +++ usr/src/man/man8/savecore.8 | 220 + usr/src/man/man8/sbdadm.8 | 267 + usr/src/man/man8/scadm.8 | 1076 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/sckmd.8 | 84 + usr/src/man/man8/sdpadm.8 | 86 + usr/src/man/man8/sendmail.8 | 3508 +++++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/setuname.8 | 74 + usr/src/man/man8/sf880drd.8 | 64 + usr/src/man/man8/share.8 | 208 + usr/src/man/man8/share_nfs.8 | 818 +++ usr/src/man/man8/shareall.8 | 62 + usr/src/man/man8/sharectl.8 | 231 + usr/src/man/man8/sharemgr.8 | 1339 +++++ usr/src/man/man8/showmount.8 | 82 + usr/src/man/man8/shutdown.8 | 190 + usr/src/man/man8/slpd.8 | 205 + usr/src/man/man8/smbadm.8 | 461 ++ usr/src/man/man8/smbd.8 | 132 + usr/src/man/man8/smbiod.8 | 119 + usr/src/man/man8/smbios.8 | 225 + usr/src/man/man8/smbstat.8 | 178 + usr/src/man/man8/smrsh.8 | 86 + usr/src/man/man8/snoop.8 | 1209 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/soconfig.8 | 205 + usr/src/man/man8/sppptun.8 | 239 + usr/src/man/man8/spray.8 | 82 + usr/src/man/man8/statd.8 | 118 + usr/src/man/man8/stmfadm.8 | 668 +++ usr/src/man/man8/stmsboot.8 | 407 ++ usr/src/man/man8/strace.8 | 177 + usr/src/man/man8/strclean.8 | 77 + usr/src/man/man8/strerr.8 | 138 + usr/src/man/man8/sttydefs.8 | 193 + usr/src/man/man8/su.8 | 314 + usr/src/man/man8/sulogin.8 | 96 + usr/src/man/man8/svc.configd.8 | 34 + usr/src/man/man8/svc.ipfd.8 | 626 ++ usr/src/man/man8/svc.startd.8 | 591 ++ usr/src/man/man8/svcadm.8 | 554 ++ usr/src/man/man8/svccfg.8 | 870 +++ usr/src/man/man8/swap.8 | 314 + usr/src/man/man8/sync.8 | 28 + usr/src/man/man8/syncinit.8 | 194 + usr/src/man/man8/syncloop.8 | 231 + usr/src/man/man8/syncstat.8 | 195 + usr/src/man/man8/sysdef.8 | 163 + usr/src/man/man8/syseventadm.8 | 470 ++ usr/src/man/man8/syseventconfd.8 | 81 + usr/src/man/man8/syseventd.8 | 157 + usr/src/man/man8/syslogd.8 | 374 ++ usr/src/man/man8/tapes.8 | 277 + usr/src/man/man8/tcpd.8 | 115 + usr/src/man/man8/tcpdchk.8 | 88 + usr/src/man/man8/tcpdmatch.8 | 115 + usr/src/man/man8/th_define.8 | 953 +++ usr/src/man/man8/th_manage.8 | 157 + usr/src/man/man8/tic.8 | 117 + usr/src/man/man8/tnchkdb.8 | 184 + usr/src/man/man8/tnctl.8 | 271 + usr/src/man/man8/tnd.8 | 226 + usr/src/man/man8/tninfo.8 | 177 + usr/src/man/man8/tpmadm.8 | 226 + usr/src/man/man8/traceroute.8 | 673 +++ usr/src/man/man8/trapstat.8 | 656 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ttyadm.8 | 228 + usr/src/man/man8/ttymon.8 | 344 ++ usr/src/man/man8/tunefs.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/txzonemgr.8 | 67 + usr/src/man/man8/tzreload.8 | 78 + usr/src/man/man8/tzselect.8 | 82 + usr/src/man/man8/uadmin.8 | 78 + usr/src/man/man8/ucodeadm.8 | 177 + usr/src/man/man8/ufsdump.8 | 673 +++ usr/src/man/man8/ufsrestore.8 | 756 +++ usr/src/man/man8/unshare.8 | 92 + usr/src/man/man8/unshare_nfs.8 | 89 + usr/src/man/man8/update_drv.8 | 329 ++ usr/src/man/man8/updatehome.8 | 179 + usr/src/man/man8/useradd.8 | 576 ++ usr/src/man/man8/userdel.8 | 181 + usr/src/man/man8/usermod.8 | 601 ++ usr/src/man/man8/utmpd.8 | 174 + usr/src/man/man8/uucheck.8 | 127 + usr/src/man/man8/uucico.8 | 198 + usr/src/man/man8/uucleanup.8 | 164 + usr/src/man/man8/uusched.8 | 115 + usr/src/man/man8/uuxqt.8 | 113 + usr/src/man/man8/vfsstat.8 | 213 + usr/src/man/man8/vmstat.8 | 525 ++ usr/src/man/man8/vndadm.8 | 650 ++ usr/src/man/man8/vndstat.8 | 163 + usr/src/man/man8/vntsd.8 | 458 ++ usr/src/man/man8/volcopy.8 | 159 + usr/src/man/man8/volcopy_ufs.8 | 127 + usr/src/man/man8/vscanadm.8 | 683 +++ usr/src/man/man8/vscand.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/wall.8 | 125 + usr/src/man/man8/whodo.8 | 211 + usr/src/man/man8/wificonfig.8 | 1058 ++++ usr/src/man/man8/wpad.8 | 171 + usr/src/man/man8/wracct.8 | 179 + usr/src/man/man8/ypbind.8 | 170 + usr/src/man/man8/ypinit.8 | 130 + usr/src/man/man8/ypmake.8 | 112 + usr/src/man/man8/ypmap2src.8 | 148 + usr/src/man/man8/yppoll.8 | 46 + usr/src/man/man8/yppush.8 | 128 + usr/src/man/man8/ypserv.8 | 358 ++ usr/src/man/man8/ypset.8 | 94 + usr/src/man/man8/ypstart.8 | 47 + usr/src/man/man8/ypxfr.8 | 189 + usr/src/man/man8/zdb.8 | 425 ++ usr/src/man/man8/zdump.8 | 123 + usr/src/man/man8/zfs-program.8 | 602 ++ usr/src/man/man8/zfs.8 | 4855 +++++++++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/zic.8 | 587 ++ usr/src/man/man8/zoneadm.8 | 709 +++ usr/src/man/man8/zoneadmd.8 | 72 + usr/src/man/man8/zonecfg.8 | 2043 +++++++ usr/src/man/man8/zonestatd.8 | 90 + usr/src/man/man8/zpool.8 | 2547 ++++++++ usr/src/man/man8/zstreamdump.8 | 65 + usr/src/man/man8/ztest.8 | 169 + usr/src/man/man9e/Intro.9e | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9e/_fini.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/aread.9e | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9e/attach.9e | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9e/awrite.9e | 21 +- usr/src/man/man9e/chpoll.9e | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9e/close.9e | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9e/csx_event_handler.9e | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9e/ddi_ufm.9e | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9e/detach.9e | 22 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap.9e | 21 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap_access.9e | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap_contextmgt.9e | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap_dup.9e | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap_map.9e | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9e/devmap_unmap.9e | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9e/dump.9e | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9e/getinfo.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/gld.9e | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9e/identify.9e | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9e/ioctl.9e | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9e/ks_snapshot.9e | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9e/ks_update.9e | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9e/mac.9e | 22 +- usr/src/man/man9e/mc_getcapab.9e | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9e/mc_getprop.9e | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9e/mmap.9e | 24 +- usr/src/man/man9e/open.9e | 19 +- usr/src/man/man9e/power.9e | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9e/print.9e | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9e/probe.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/prop_op.9e | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9e/put.9e | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9e/quiesce.9e | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9e/read.9e | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9e/segmap.9e | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9e/srv.9e | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9e/strategy.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_abort.9e | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_bus_reset.9e | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_dmafree.9e | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_getcap.9e | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_init_pkt.9e | 25 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_quiesce.9e | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_reset.9e | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_reset_notify.9e | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_setup_pkt.9e | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_start.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_sync_pkt.9e | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_tgt_free.9e | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_tgt_init.9e | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9e/tran_tgt_probe.9e | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9e/usba_hcdi.9e | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9e/usba_hcdi_cb_ops.9e | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9e/write.9e | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/Intro.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/RD.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/SAMESTR.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/STRUCT_DECL.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/WR.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/allocb.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_add.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_and.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_bits.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_cas.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_dec.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_inc.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_ops.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_or.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/atomic_swap.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/backq.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bcanput.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bcmp.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bcopy.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bioclone.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/biodone.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bioerror.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/biofini.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bioinit.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/biomodified.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bioreset.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/biosize.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/biowait.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bp_copyin.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bp_copyout.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bp_mapin.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bp_mapout.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/btop.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/btopr.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bufcall.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/bzero.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/canput.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/clrbuf.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/cmn_err.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/copyb.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/copyin.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/copymsg.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/copyout.9f | 11 +- .../man/man9f/csx_AccessConfigurationRegister.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_CS_DDI_Info.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ConvertSize.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ConvertSpeed.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_DeregisterClient.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_DupHandle.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Error2Text.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Event2Text.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_FreeHandle.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Get8.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetFirstClient.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetFirstTuple.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetHandleOffset.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetMappedAddr.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetStatus.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_GetTupleData.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_MakeDeviceNode.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_MapLogSocket.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_MapMemPage.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ModifyConfiguration.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ModifyWindow.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ParseTuple.9f | 27 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_BATTERY.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_BYTEORDER.9f | 7 +- .../man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_CFTABLE_ENTRY.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_CONFIG.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_DATE.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_DEVICE.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_DEVICEGEO.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_DEVICEGEO_A.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_FORMAT.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_FUNCE.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_FUNCID.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_GEOMETRY.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_JEDEC_C.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_LINKTARGET.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_LONGLINK_A.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_LONGLINK_MFC.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_MANFID.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_ORG.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_SPCL.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_SWIL.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_VERS_1.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Parse_CISTPL_VERS_2.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_Put8.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RegisterClient.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ReleaseConfiguration.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RepGet8.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RepPut8.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RequestConfiguration.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RequestIO.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RequestIRQ.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RequestSocketMask.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_RequestWindow.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ResetFunction.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_SetEventMask.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_SetHandleOffset.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/csx_ValidateCIS.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/datamsg.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_add_event_handler.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_add_intr.9f | 27 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_add_softintr.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_binding_name.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_btop.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_can_receive_sig.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_cb_register.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_check_acc_handle.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_copyin.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_copyout.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_create_minor_node.9f | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_cred.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dev_is_needed.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dev_nintrs.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dev_nregs.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dev_regsize.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dev_report_fault.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_device_copy.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_device_zero.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_devid_compare.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_addr_bind_handle.9f | 19 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_alloc_handle.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_buf_bind_handle.9f | 18 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_burstsizes.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_free_handle.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_getwin.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_mem_alloc.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_mem_free.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_numwin.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_set_sbus64.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_sync.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dma_unbind_handle.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_dmae.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_driver_major.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_driver_name.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_enter_critical.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_acc_err_clear.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_acc_err_get.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_ereport_post.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_handler_register.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_init.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_fm_service_impact.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get8.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_devstate.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_eventcookie.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_instance.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_lbolt.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_pid.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_get_time.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_getiminor.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_in_panic.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_add_handler.9f | 22 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_add_softint.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_alloc.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_dup_handler.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_enable.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_cap.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_hilevel_pri.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_nintrs.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_pending.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_pri.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_get_supported_types.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_hilevel.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_set_mask.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_intr_set_nreq.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_io_get8.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_io_put8.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_io_rep_get8.9f | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_io_rep_put8.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_log_sysevent.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_map_regs.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_mem_get8.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_mem_put8.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_mem_rep_get8.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_mem_rep_put8.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_mmap_get_model.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_model_convert_from.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_modopen.9f | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_no_info.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_node_name.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_peek.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_periodic_add.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_periodic_delete.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_poke.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_create.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_exists.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_get_int.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_lookup.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_op.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_prop_update.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_put8.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_regs_map_free.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_regs_map_setup.9f | 18 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_remove_event_handler.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_remove_minor_node.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_removing_power.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_rep_get8.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_rep_put8.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_report_dev.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_segmap.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_soft_state.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_strtoll.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_umem_alloc.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_umem_iosetup.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ddi_umem_lock.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/delay.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devfs_clean.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_default_access.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_devmem_setup.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_do_ctxmgt.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_set_ctx_timeout.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_setup.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/devmap_unload.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/disksort.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/dlbindack.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/drv_getparm.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/drv_hztousec.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/drv_priv.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/drv_usectohz.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/drv_usecwait.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/dupb.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/dupmsg.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/enableok.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/esballoc.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/esbbcall.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/firmload.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/flushband.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/flushq.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/freeb.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/freemsg.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/freerbuf.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/get_pktiopb.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/geterror.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/gethrtime.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/getmajor.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/getminor.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/getq.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/getrbuf.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/gld.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/hook_alloc.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/hook_free.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/id32_alloc.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/inb.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/insq.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kiconv.9f | 36 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kiconv_close.9f | 36 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kiconv_open.9f | 36 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kiconvstr.9f | 36 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kmem_alloc.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kmem_cache_create.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kstat_create.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kstat_delete.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kstat_install.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kstat_named_init.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/kstat_queue.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_add_event_handler.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_finalize.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_get_cookie.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_get_type.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_notify.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_register_callbacks.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ev_remove_callbacks.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_get_eventcookie.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_get_size.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_ioctl.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_open_by_dev.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_prop_get_int.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ldi_remove_event_handler.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/linkb.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/makecom.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/makedevice.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/max.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mcopyin.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mcopymsg.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mcopyout.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/membar_ops.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/memchr.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/merror.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mexchange.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/min.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mioc2ack.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/miocack.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/miocnak.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mkiocb.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mod_install.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/msgdsize.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/msgpullup.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/msgsize.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mt-streams.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/mutex.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_event_notify_register.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_getifname.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_getlifaddr.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_getmtu.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_getnetid.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_getpmtuenabled.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_hook_register.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_hook_unregister.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_inject.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_inject_alloc.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_inject_free.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_instance_alloc.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_instance_free.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_instance_notify_register.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_instance_register.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_instance_unregister.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_ispartialchecksum.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_isvalidchecksum.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_kstat_create.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_kstat_delete.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_lifgetnext.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_netidtozonid.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_phygetnext.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_phylookup.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_protocol_lookup.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_protocol_notify_register.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_protocol_release.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_protocol_walk.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_routeto.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/net_zoneidtonetid.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/netinfo.9f | 54 +- usr/src/man/man9f/nochpoll.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/nodev.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/noenable.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/nulldev.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/nvlist_lookup_boolean.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/nvlist_lookup_nvpair.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/outb.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pci_config_get8.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pci_config_setup.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pci_ereport_setup.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pci_report_pmcap.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pci_save_config_regs.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/physio.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pm_busy_component.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pm_power_has_changed.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pm_raise_power.9f | 18 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pm_trans_check.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pollhead_clean.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pollwakeup.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/priv_getbyname.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/priv_policy.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/proc_signal.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ptob.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/pullupmsg.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/put.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putbq.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putctl.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putctl1.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putnext.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putnextctl.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putnextctl1.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/putq.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qassociate.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qbufcall.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qenable.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qprocson.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qreply.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qtimeout.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qunbufcall.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/quntimeout.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qwait.9f | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9f/qwriter.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmalloc.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmalloc_wait.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmallocmap.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmfree.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmvb.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rmvq.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/rwlock.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_abort.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_alloc_consistent_buf.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_destroy_pkt.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_dmaget.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_errmsg.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_ext_sense_fields.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_find_sense_descr.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_free_consistent_buf.9f | 4 +- .../man/man9f/scsi_get_device_type_scsi_options.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_get_device_type_string.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_init.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_lookup_capstr.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_pkt_alloc.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_pkt_comp.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_probe.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_tgtmap_create.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_hba_tran_alloc.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_ifgetcap.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_init_pkt.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_log.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_pktalloc.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_poll.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_probe.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_reset.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_reset_notify.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_sense_key.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_setup_cdb.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_slave.9f | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_sync_pkt.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_transport.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_unprobe.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_validate_sense.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/scsi_vu_errmsg.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/string.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/strlog.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/strqget.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/strqset.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/testb.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/timeout.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/u8_strcmp.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/u8_textprep_str.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/u8_validate.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/uconv_u16tou32.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/uiomove.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/unbufcall.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9f/unlinkb.9f | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9f/untimeout.9f | 7 +- usr/src/man/man9f/ureadc.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_alloc_request.9f | 21 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_client_attach.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_clr_feature.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_create_pm_components.9f | 18 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_addr.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_alt_if.9f | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_cfg.9f | 15 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_current_frame_number.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_dev_data.9f | 9 +- .../man/man9f/usb_get_max_pkts_per_isoc_request.9f | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_status.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_get_string_descr.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_handle_remote_wakeup.9f | 18 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_lookup_ep_data.9f | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_parse_data.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_bulk_xfer.9f | 26 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_close.9f | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_ctrl_xfer.9f | 26 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_drain_reqs.9f | 8 +- .../man9f/usb_pipe_get_max_bulk_transfer_size.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_get_state.9f | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_intr_xfer.9f | 27 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_isoc_xfer.9f | 30 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_reset.9f | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_pipe_set_private.9f | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_register_hotplug_cbs.9f | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9f/usb_reset_device.9f | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9f/uwritec.9f | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9f/va_arg.9f | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9p/ddi-forceattach.9p | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9p/inquiry-device-type.9p | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9p/no-involuntary-power-cycles.9p | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9p/pm-components.9p | 14 +- usr/src/man/man9p/pm.9p | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9p/removable-media.9p | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9p/size.9p | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/datab.9s | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_device_acc_attr.9s | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_dma_attr.9s | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_dma_cookie.9s | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_dmae_req.9s | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_fm_error.9s | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9s/ddi_idevice_cookie.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/dev_ops.9s | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9s/devmap_callback_ctl.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/fmodsw.9s | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9s/gld_mac_info.9s | 11 +- usr/src/man/man9s/gld_stats.9s | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9s/hook_nic_event.9s | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9s/hook_pkt_event.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/hook_t.9s | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9s/kstat.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/kstat_intr.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/kstat_io.9s | 13 +- usr/src/man/man9s/kstat_named.9s | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9s/linkblk.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/mac_callbacks.9s | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9s/modldrv.9s | 4 +- usr/src/man/man9s/modlinkage.9s | 8 +- usr/src/man/man9s/modlmisc.9s | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9s/modlstrmod.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/module_info.9s | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9s/msgb.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/net_inject_t.9s | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9s/net_instance_t.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/qband.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/queue.9s | 28 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_arq_status.9s | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_asc_key_strings.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_device.9s | 9 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_extended_sense.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_hba_tran.9s | 33 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_inquiry.9s | 5 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_pkt.9s | 10 +- usr/src/man/man9s/scsi_status.9s | 6 +- usr/src/man/man9s/streamtab.9s | 2 +- usr/src/man/man9s/stroptions.9s | 3 +- usr/src/man/man9s/tuple.9s | 24 +- usr/src/man/man9s/uio.9s | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_bulk_req.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_callback_flags.9s | 23 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_cfg_descr.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_client_dev_data.9s | 17 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_completion_reason.9s | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_ctrl_req.9s | 19 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_dev_descr.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_dev_qlf_descr.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_ep_descr.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_if_descr.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_intr_req.9s | 19 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_isoc_req.9s | 24 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_other_speed_cfg_descr.9s | 16 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_request_attributes.9s | 20 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usb_string_descr.9s | 12 +- usr/src/man/man9s/usba_hcdi_ops.9s | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/README.pkg | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man1m.inc | 296 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4.inc | 119 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4d.inc | 17 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4fs.inc | 14 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man5.inc | 148 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7.inc | 67 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7d.inc | 17 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7fs.inc | 14 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man8.inc | 296 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.p5m | 14 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcsd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/developer-acpi.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/developer-driver-ftsafe.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/developer-dtrace.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/developer-linker.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/diagnostic-cpu-counters.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/diagnostic-diskinfo.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/diagnostic-latencytop.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/diagnostic-powertop.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audio810.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiocmi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiocmihd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audioemu10k.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiohd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audioixp.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiols.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiop16x.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiosolo.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/driver-audio-audiovia823x.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-audio.p5m | 22 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-cpu-amd-zen.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-cpu-mc.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-cpu-sensor.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-crypto-dca.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-developer-amd-zen.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-firewire.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-graphics-av1394.p5m | 4 +- .../driver-graphics-dcam1394-devfsadm-dcam1394.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-graphics-usbvc.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-i86pc-platform.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-ipmi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-misc-ccid.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-misc-virtio.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-afe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-amd8111s.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-arn.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-atge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ath.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-atu.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-bfe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-bge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-bnxe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-chxge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-dmfe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-e1000g.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-elxl.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ena.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-eri.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fcip.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fcoe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fcoei.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fcoet.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fcp.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-fp.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-hermon.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-hme.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-hxge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-i40e.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ib.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ibdma.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ibp.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-igb.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-iprb.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ipw.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-iwh.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-iwi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-iwn.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ixgbe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-mlxcx.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-mxfe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-myri10ge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ntxn.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-nxge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-pcn.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-platform.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-qede.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-qlc.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ral.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rtls.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rtw.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rum.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rwd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-rwn.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-sdp.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-sfe.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-sfxge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-socal.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-srpt.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-uath.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-ural.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-urtw.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-vioif.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-vr.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-wpi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-xge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-yge.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-network-zyd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-pcmcia.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-serial-usbftdi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-serial-usbsacm.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-serial-usbsksp.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-serial-usbsprl.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-aac.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-ahci.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-amr.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-arcmsr.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-ata.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-bcm_sata.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-blkdev.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-cpqary3.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-mega_sas.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-mpt_sas.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-mr_sas.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-nv_sata.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-nvme.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-scsa1394.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-sdcard.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-ses.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-sf.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-si3124.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-skd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-ssd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-storage-vioblk.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-usb-ugen.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/driver-usb.p5m | 36 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/install-beadm.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/library-libtecla.p5m | 6 +- .../pkg/manifests/library-security-tcp-wrapper.p5m | 18 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/naming-ldap.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-ftp.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-ipd.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-ipfilter.p5m | 40 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-iscsi-initiator.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-iscsi-iser.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/network-iscsi-target.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/package-svr4.p5m | 36 +- .../manifests/print-lp-print-client-commands.p5m | 12 +- .../manifests/print-lp-print-manager-legacy.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/print-lp.p5m | 30 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/security-bart.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-fault-management.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-file-system-nfs.p5m | 18 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-file-system-smb.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-hal.p5m | 24 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-dns-mdns.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-legacy.p5m | 12 +- .../manifests/service-network-network-clients.p5m | 12 +- .../manifests/service-network-network-servers.p5m | 52 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-nis.p5m | 34 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-slp.p5m | 14 +- .../manifests/service-network-smtp-sendmail.p5m | 34 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-telnet.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-tftp.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-uucp.p5m | 20 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-network-wpa.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-picl.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-resource-cap.p5m | 6 +- .../pkg/manifests/service-resource-pools-poold.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-resource-pools.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-security-gss.p5m | 10 +- .../pkg/manifests/service-security-kerberos-5.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-storage-isns.p5m | 6 +- .../service-storage-media-volume-manager.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/service-storage-ndmp.p5m | 12 +- .../manifests/service-storage-removable-media.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/service-storage-virus-scan.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/storage-mpathadm.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/storage-stmf.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-accounting-legacy.p5m | 76 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-bhyve.p5m | 12 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-boot-grub.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-boot-loader.p5m | 30 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-boot-network.p5m | 20 +- .../manifests/system-data-keyboard-keytables.p5m | 4 +- ...ystem-domain-configuration-sparc-enterprise.p5m | 6 +- ...service-processor-protocol-sparc-enterprise.p5m | 12 +- .../system-embedded-fcode-interpreter.p5m | 4 +- .../manifests/system-extended-system-utilities.p5m | 22 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-file-system-autofs.p5m | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-file-system-nfs.p5m | 20 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-file-system-smb.p5m | 18 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-file-system-udfs.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-file-system-zfs.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-flash-fwflash.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-fru-id-platform.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-fru-id.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-header-header-audio.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-header.p5m | 44 +- .../manifests/system-kernel-dtrace-providers.p5m | 16 +- ...kernel-dynamic-reconfiguration-sun-fire-880.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel-platform.p5m | 56 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel-power.p5m | 14 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-kernel-suspend-resume.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man1m.inc | 16 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4.inc | 17 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4d.inc | 59 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4fs.inc | 31 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4m.inc | 32 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4p.inc | 45 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man5.inc | 23 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7.inc | 10 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7d.inc | 59 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7fs.inc | 31 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7m.inc | 32 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7p.inc | 45 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man8.inc | 16 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.p5m | 30 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-ksensor.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-ldoms.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library-platform.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library-policykit.p5m | 4 +- .../system-library-security-gss-spnego.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-library-security-gss.p5m | 6 +- .../manifests/system-library-security-libsasl.p5m | 4 +- ...system-library-storage-fibre-channel-hbaapi.p5m | 4 +- .../manifests/system-library-storage-libmpapi.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man4.inc | 15 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man4p.inc | 14 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man5.inc | 60 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man7.inc | 71 + usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man7p.inc | 14 - usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-man.p5m | 18 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-management-pcitool.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-monitoring-arcstat.p5m | 4 +- .../system-network-http-cache-accelerator.p5m | 16 +- .../system-network-ipqos-ipqos-config.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-ipqos.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-network-mailwrapper.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-nis.p5m | 38 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-overlay.p5m | 12 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-network-ppp-pppdump.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-network-ppp-tunnel.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-ppp.p5m | 12 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-routing.p5m | 20 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-spdadm.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network-udapl.p5m | 8 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-network-wificonfig.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-network.p5m | 8 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-scheduler-fss.p5m | 4 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-security-kerberos-5.p5m | 42 +- .../system-storage-fibre-channel-port-utility.p5m | 6 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-storage-luxadm.p5m | 4 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-storage-sasinfo.p5m | 8 +- .../pkg/manifests/system-trusted-global-zone.p5m | 2 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-trusted.p5m | 26 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-zones.p5m | 20 +- usr/src/pkg/manifests/text-doctools.p5m | 16 +- usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man1 | 6 +- usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man3x | 4 +- usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man4d | 49 + usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man7d | 49 - usr/src/psm/stand/boot/sparc/common/boot_plat.c | 2 +- usr/src/psm/stand/boot/sparc/common/bootflags.c | 2 +- usr/src/test/crypto-tests/doc/README | 2 +- usr/src/test/libmlrpc-tests/doc/README | 2 +- usr/src/test/os-tests/doc/README | 2 +- usr/src/test/test-runner/man/run.1 | 4 +- usr/src/test/zfs-tests/doc/README | 2 +- .../cli_root/zfs_copies/zfs_copies_002_pos.ksh | 4 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_001_pos.ksh | 6 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_002_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_003_pos.ksh | 6 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_004_pos.ksh | 6 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_005_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_006_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_007_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_008_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../functional/utils_test/utils_test_009_pos.ksh | 8 +- .../tests/functional/xattr/xattr_007_neg.ksh | 2 +- .../tests/functional/zvol/zvol_ENOSPC/setup.ksh | 2 +- .../zvol/zvol_misc/zvol_misc_002_pos.ksh | 2 +- .../zfs-tests/tests/longevity/slop_space_test.ksh | 2 +- usr/src/tools/cscope-fast/display.c | 2 +- usr/src/tools/cscope-fast/help.c | 6 +- usr/src/tools/env/illumos.sh | 2 +- usr/src/tools/ndrgen/ndrgen.1onbld | 4 +- usr/src/tools/quick/make-zfs | 38 +- usr/src/tools/scripts/its.reg | 4 +- usr/src/tools/scripts/onu.1onbld | 10 +- usr/src/tools/scripts/validate_pkg.py | 10 +- usr/src/tools/scripts/webrev.sh | 2 +- usr/src/tools/scripts/xref.sh | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/Makefile.files | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/c2/audit_start.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/conf/param.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/contract/process.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/cpr/cpr_misc.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/cpr/cpr_mod.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/crypto/api/kcf_random.c | 5 +- usr/src/uts/common/crypto/core/kcf_cryptoadm.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/crypto/core/kcf_prov_tabs.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/disp/disp.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/disp/fx_dptbl.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/disp/rt_dptbl.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/disp/ts_dptbl.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/dtrace/dcpc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/dtrace/dtrace.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/mntfs/mntvnops.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs4_idmap.c | 38 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs4_srv_attr.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs4_stub_vnops.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs_auth.c | 8 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs_cmd.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/nfs/nfs_stats.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/pcfs/pc_node.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/pcfs/pc_vfsops.c | 10 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/portfs/port.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/portfs/port_fd.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/proc/prvnops.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/nl7c.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/nl7clogd.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/sockcommon_sops.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/sockfilter.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/sockfilter_impl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/sockparams.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/sockfs/socktpi.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/ufs/lufs_log.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/ufs/ufs_alloc.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/ufs/ufs_inode.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/ufs/ufs_vfsops.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/xattr.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/dsl_scan.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/lua/README.zfs | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/metaslab.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa_history.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa_misc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/dmu.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/zfs_ioctl.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/vdev.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zcp.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_vfsops.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zio.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zvol.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ip.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ip/ip_if.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ip/sadb.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ip/spd.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ip_ndp.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/ipd/ipd.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/iptun.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/iptun/iptun.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/sadb.h | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/tcp/tcp_bind.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/inet/tcp/tcp_misc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/audio/impl/audio_ddi.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/audio/impl/audio_sun.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/bge/bge.conf | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/bnx/bnx.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/cmlb.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/devinfo.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/e1000api/e1000_hw.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ecpp.conf | 3 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ena/ena.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/i40e/i40e.conf | 2 +- .../common/io/ib/adapters/hermon/hermon_stats.c | 2 +- .../uts/common/io/ib/adapters/tavor/tavor_stats.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ib/clients/ibd/ibd.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ib/ibtl/ibtl_ibnex.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/lofi.c | 8 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/log.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/mac_flow.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/mac_sched.c | 12 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/plugins/mac_ether.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/plugins/mac_wifi.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mlxcx/mlxcx.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/mlxcx/mlxcx.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/net80211/net80211.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ntxn/ntxn.conf | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/nulldriver.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/nvme/nvme.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/overlay/overlay.c | 8 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/power.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ptem.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ramdisk.c | 10 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/sata/impl/sata.c | 4 +- .../common/io/scsi/adapters/scsi_vhci/scsi_vhci.c | 12 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/impl/scsi_hba.c | 14 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/impl/scsi_subr.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/targets/sd.c | 12 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/targets/sgen.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/targets/sgen.conf | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/scsi/targets/st.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/sfxge/sfxge_ioc.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/sfxge/sfxge_pci.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/smbios.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/softmac/softmac_main.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/strplumb.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/tem_safe.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/ufm.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/usb/clients/usbecm/usbecm.c | 2 +- .../clients/usbser/usbser_keyspan/usbser_keyspan.c | 2 +- .../uts/common/io/usb/clients/video/usbvc/usbvc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/usb/hcd/ehci/ehci_util.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/usb/scsa2usb/scsa2usb.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/io/zcons.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/net/if.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/net/pfpolicy.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/nfs/auth.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/nfs/nfs.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/cap_util.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/clock_process.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ddi.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ddi_hp_impl.c | 12 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ddi_ufm.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ddifm.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/devid_cache.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/errorq.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/exit.c | 14 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/fm.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/kmem.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ksensor.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/logsubr.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/ndifm.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/priv_defs | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/rctl.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/streamio.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/sunpm.c | 16 +- usr/src/uts/common/os/timer.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/rpc/sec_gss/svc_rpcsec_gss.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/class.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/csiioctl.h | 8 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dkio.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dklabel.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dld.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dlpi.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dls.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dtrace.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dtrace_impl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/dumphdr.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/epoll.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/fault.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/feature_tests.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/fs/zfs.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/fsspriocntl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/fxpriocntl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/iapriocntl.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/ib/ibnex/ibnex.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/ib/ibnex/ibnex_devctl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/ib/ibtl/impl/ibtl_ibnex.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/lofi.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/mac.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/mac_wifi.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/mem.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/mixer.h | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/mutex.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/nvme.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/priocntl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/ramdisk.h | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/rtpriocntl.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/smbios.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/socketvar.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/sysmsg_impl.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/tspriocntl.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/usb/clients/ugen/usb_ugen.h | 4 +- .../clients/usbser/usbser_keyspan/keyspan_49fw.h | 4 +- .../uts/common/sys/usb/clients/usbser/usbser_var.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/user.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/watchpoint.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/sys/zone.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/common/syscall/auditsys.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/syscall/corectl.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/common/syscall/rctlsys.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/syscall/stat.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/vm/page_retire.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/common/xen/io/xdf.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/io/pci/pci_common.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/io/pci/pci_common.h | 8 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/io/pciex/npe.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/io/pciex/npe_misc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/io/rootnex.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/os/fakebop.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/os/fastboot.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/os/machdep.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/i86pc/os/mp_startup.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/amdzen/zen_udf.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/dktp/disk/cmdk.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/fibre-channel/impl/fp.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/pchtemp/pchtemp.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/scsi/targets/st.conf | 10 +- usr/src/uts/intel/io/vmxnet3s/vmxnet3s.conf | 2 +- usr/src/uts/intel/os/syscall.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/intel/sys/regset.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sparc/io/fibre-channel/impl/fp.conf | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sparc/os/syscall.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sparc/sys/regset.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sparc/v7/sys/privregs.h | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun/io/scsi/targets/st.conf | 10 +- usr/src/uts/sun4/os/machdep.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4u/io/todds1287.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4u/io/todopl.c | 8 +- usr/src/uts/sun4u/sys/mem_cache.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/cnex.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/dr_cpu.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/drctl.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/vcc.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/vdc.c | 42 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/vds.c | 12 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/io/vnet.c | 2 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/promif/promif_asr.c | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/promif/promif_key.c | 6 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/sys/vdc.h | 4 +- usr/src/uts/sun4v/sys/vdsk_common.h | 2 +- 6901 files changed, 399356 insertions(+), 383911 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/6to4relay.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/Intro.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/Uutry.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/accept.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acct.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctcms.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctcon.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctmerg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctprc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acctsh.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acpidump.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/acpixtract.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/adbgen.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/add_allocatable.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/add_drv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/addbadsec.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/arcstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/arp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/atohexlabel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/audit.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/audit_warn.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/auditconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/auditd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/auditrecord.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/auditreduce.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/auditstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/automount.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/automountd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/autopush.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/bart.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/beadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/bhyve.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/bhyvectl.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/boot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/bootadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/busstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/captoinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/catman.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ccidadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_cardbus.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_fp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_ib.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_pci.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sata.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sbd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_scsi.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_usb.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/chat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/check-hostname.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/check-permissions.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/chroot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/clear_locks.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/clinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/clri.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/connstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/consadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/coreadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cpustat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cron.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/cryptoadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/datadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dcs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devattr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devfree.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devfsadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/device_remap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devlinks.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devnm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devprop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/devreserv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/df.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/df_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts_nfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares_nfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dhcpagent.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/diskinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/disks.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/diskscan.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dispadmin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dladm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dlmgmtd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dmesg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dminfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dns-sd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/domainname.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/drd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/drvconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dtrace.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/dumpadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/editmap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/edquota.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/eeprom.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/efdaemon.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/embedded_su.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/etrn.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fcinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fdetach.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fdisk.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ff.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ff_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fiocompress.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/flowadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fmadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fmd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fmdump.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fmstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fmthard.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/format.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fruadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsck.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_pcfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_udfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsck_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb_udfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsdb_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsirand.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fssnap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fssnap_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fsstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fstyp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fuser.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fwflash.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/fwtmp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getdev.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getdevpolicy.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getdgrp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getent.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getty.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/getvol.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/groupadd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/groupdel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/groupmod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/growfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/gsscred.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/gssd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hal-device.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hal-fdi-validate.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hal-find.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hal-get-property.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hald.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/halt.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hextoalabel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hostconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/hotplug.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/id.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/idmap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/idmapd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/idsconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/if_mpadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ifconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ifparse.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ikeadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ikecert.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.chargend.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.comsat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.daytimed.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.discardd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.echod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.fingerd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.iked.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.lpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.mpathd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.ndpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rarpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rdisc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rexecd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.ripngd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rlogind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.routed.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rshd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.rwhod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.talkd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.telnetd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.tftpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.timed.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/in.uucpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/inetadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/inetconv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/inetd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/infocmp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/init.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/inityp2l.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/install.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/installboot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/installf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/installgrub.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/intrd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/intrstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/iostat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipaddrsel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipdadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipfstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipmon.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipmpstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipnat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ippool.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipqosconf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipsecalgs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipsecconf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ipseckey.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/iscsiadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/isns.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/isnsadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/itadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/k5srvutil.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kadb.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kadmin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kadmind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kclient.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_ldap_util.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_util.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kdcmgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kernel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/keyserv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/killall.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kprop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kpropd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kproplog.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/krb5kdc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ksslcfg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/kstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ktkt_warnd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/labelit.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_hsfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_udfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/latencytop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ldap_cachemgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ldapaddent.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ldapclient.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ldmad.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/link.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/listdgrp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/listen.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/locator.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lockfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lockstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lofiadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/logadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/logins.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpadmin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpfilter.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpforms.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpget.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpmove.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpsched.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpset.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpshut.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpsystem.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/lpusers.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/luxadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mail.local.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mailwrapper.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/makedbm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/makemap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mdnsd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevalloc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevmaps.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfifo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfile.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_pcfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_udfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mknod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mkpwdict.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/modinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/modload.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/modunload.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/monitor.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_hsfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_nfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_pcfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_smbfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_tmpfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_udfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mount_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mountall.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mountd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mpathadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mpstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/msgid.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/mvdir.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ncaconfd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ndd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ndp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/netstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/netstrategy.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/newaliases.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/newfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/newkey.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nfs4cbd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nfsd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nfslogd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nfsmapid.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nfsstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nlsadmin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nscd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nvmeadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/nwamd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/obpsym.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/oplhpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/passmgmt.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pbind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pcitool.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/picld.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ping.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pkgask.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pkgchk.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pkgrm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/plockstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pmadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pmconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/polkit-is-privileged.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pooladm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/poolbind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/poolcfg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/poold.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/poolstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ports.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/powerd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/powertop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ppdmgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pppd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pppdump.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pppoec.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pppoed.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pppstats.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pptadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/praudit.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/print-service.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/printmgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/projadd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/projdel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/projmod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtconf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtdiag.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtdscp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtfru.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtpicl.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/prtvtoc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/psradm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/psrinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/psrset.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/putdev.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/putdgrp.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pwck.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/pwconv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/quot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/quota.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/quotacheck.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/quotaon.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/raidctl.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ramdiskadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rcapadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rcapd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rctladm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rdate.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rdmsr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/reboot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rem_drv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/remove_allocatable.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/removef.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/repquota.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rmmount.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rmt.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rmvolmgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/roleadd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/roledel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rolemod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/root_archive.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/route.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/routeadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.bootparamd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rstatd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rusersd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rwalld.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.smserverd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.sprayd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.yppasswdd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.ypupdated.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpcbind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rpcinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rquotad.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rsh.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rtc.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rtquery.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/runacct.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/rwall.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sac.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sacadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/saf.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sar.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sasinfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/savecore.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sbdadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/scadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sckmd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sdpadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sendmail.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/setuname.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sf880drd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/share.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/share_nfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/shareall.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sharectl.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sharemgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/showmount.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/shutdown.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/slpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smbadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smbd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smbiod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smbios.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smbstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/smrsh.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/snoop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/soconfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sppptun.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/spray.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/statd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/stmfadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/stmsboot.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/strace.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/strclean.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/strerr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sttydefs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/su.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sulogin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/svc.configd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/svc.ipfd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/svc.startd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/svcadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/svccfg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/swap.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sync.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syncinit.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syncloop.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syncstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/sysdef.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syseventadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syseventconfd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syseventd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/syslogd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tapes.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tcpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdchk.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdmatch.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/th_define.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/th_manage.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tic.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tnchkdb.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tnctl.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tnd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tninfo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tpmadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/traceroute.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/trapstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ttyadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ttymon.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tunefs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/txzonemgr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tzreload.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/tzselect.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uadmin.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ucodeadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ufsdump.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ufsrestore.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/unshare.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/unshare_nfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/update_drv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/updatehome.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/useradd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/userdel.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/usermod.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/utmpd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uucheck.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uucico.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uucleanup.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uusched.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/uuxqt.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vfsstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vmstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vndadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vndstat.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vntsd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/volcopy.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/volcopy_ufs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vscanadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/vscand.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/wall.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/whodo.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/wificonfig.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/wpad.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/wracct.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypbind.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypinit.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypmake.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypmap2src.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/yppoll.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/yppush.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypserv.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypset.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypstart.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/ypxfr.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zdb.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zdump.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zfs-program.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zfs.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zic.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zoneadm.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zoneadmd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zonecfg.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zonestatd.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zpool.1m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man1m/zstreamdump.1m delete mode 100755 usr/src/man/man1m/ztest.1m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/FSS.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/NISLDAPmapping.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/a.out.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/admin.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/alias.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/aliases.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/au.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/audit.log.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/audit_class.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/audit_event.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/auth_attr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/autofs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/bart_manifest.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/bart_rules.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/bhyve_config.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/bootparams.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/cardbus.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/compver.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/contents.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/contract.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/copyright.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/core.4 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/cpr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/crypt.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/crypto_certs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ctf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/d_passwd.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dacf.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dat.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/default_fs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/defaultdomain.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/defaultrouter.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/depend.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/device_allocate.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/device_contract.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/device_maps.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/devices.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dfstab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dhcp_inittab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dialups.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/dir_ufs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/driver.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ethers.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/exec_attr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/fdi.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/format.dat.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/fspec.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/fstypes.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ftp.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ftpusers.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/fx_dptbl.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/gateways.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/group.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/gsscred.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/hba.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/holidays.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/hosts.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/hosts.equiv.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/hosts_access.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/hosts_options.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ib.4 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ibmf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ike.config.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ike.preshared.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/inet_type.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/inetd.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/init.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/init.d.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/inittab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ipaddrsel.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ipf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ipmon.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ipnat.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ipnodes.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ippool.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/issue.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/kadm5.acl.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/kdc.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/keytables.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/krb5.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ldapfilter.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ldapsearchprefs.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ldaptemplates.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/loader.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/logadm.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/logindevperm.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/loginlog.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/magic.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/mailer.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/mech.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/mnttab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/mpapi.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nca.if.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ncad_addr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ncakmod.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ncalogd.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ncaport.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ndmp.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ndpd.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/netconfig.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/netgroup.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/netid.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/netmasks.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/netrc.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/networks.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nfs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nfslog.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nfssec.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nodename.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nologin.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/note.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/notrouter.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nscd.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nsmbrc.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nss.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/nsswitch.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/overlay_files.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/packingrules.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/pam.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/passwd.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/path_to_inst.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/pci.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/phones.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/pkginfo.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/pkgmap.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/policy.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/power.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/printers.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/printers.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/priv_names.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/proc.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/process.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/prof_attr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/profile.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/project.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/protocols.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/prototype.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/pseudo.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/publickey.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/queuedefs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/rcmscript.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/remote.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/resolv.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/rmtab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/rpc.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/rt_dptbl.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sasl_appname.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sbus.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/scsi.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/securenets.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sendmail.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/service_bundle.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/service_provider.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/services.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/shadow.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sharetab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/shells.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/slp.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/slpd.reg.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/smb.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/smbautohome.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/smhba.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sock2path.d.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/space.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sulog.4 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/swap.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/sysbus.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/syslog.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/system.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/term.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/terminfo.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/timezone.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/tnf_kernel_probes.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ts_dptbl.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ttydefs.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ttysrch.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ufsdump.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/updaters.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/user_attr.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/utmp.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/utmpx.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/vfstab.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/warn.conf.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ypfiles.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/yppasswdd.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/ypserv.4 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4/zoneinfo.4 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/aac.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/afe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ahci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/amd8111s.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/amdnbtemp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/amdzen.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/amr.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/arcmsr.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/arn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/asy.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ata.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/atge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ath.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/atu.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audio.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audio1575.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audio810.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiocmi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiocmihd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiocs.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audioemu10k.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audioens.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiohd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audioixp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiols.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiop16x.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiopci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiosolo.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiots.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/audiovia823x.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/av1394.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/bbc_beep.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/bcm_sata.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/bfe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/bge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/blkdev.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/bnxe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ccid.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/chxge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/cmdk.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/console.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/coretemp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/cpqary3.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/cpuid.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dad.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dca.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dcam1394.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/devinfo.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dm2s.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dmfe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dnet.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dr.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/dtrace.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/e1000g.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ecpp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ehci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/elxl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ena.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/eri.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fas.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fasttrap.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fbt.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fcip.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fcoe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fcoei.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fcoet.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fcp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fctl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/fp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/full.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/gld.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/gpio_87317.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/grbeep.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hci1394.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hermon.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hid.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hme.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hubd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/hxge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/i40e.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ib.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ibcm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ibd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ibdm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ibdma.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ibtl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ieee1394.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/igb.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/imc.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/imcstub.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ipmi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ipnet.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iprb.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ipw.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iscsi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iser.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iwh.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iwi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/iwn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ixgbe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/kmdb.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ksensor.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/kstat.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ksyms.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/llc1.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/lockstat.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/lofi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/log.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mc-opl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mega_sas.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mem.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mlxcx.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mpt_sas.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mr_sas.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/msglog.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mt.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/mxfe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/myri10ge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/n2rng.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/npe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ntwdt.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ntxn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/null.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/nulldriver.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/nv_sata.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/nvme.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/nxge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ohci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/openprom.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/oplkmdrv.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/oplmsu.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/oplpanel.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pchtemp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcic.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcicmu.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcipsy.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcisch.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcmcia.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pcn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/physmem.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/poll.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/profile.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ptm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/pty.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/qede.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/qlc.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ral.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ramdisk.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/random.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rtls.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rtw.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rum.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rwd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/rwn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sad.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sata.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/scsa1394.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/scsa2usb.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sda.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sdhost.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sdp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sdt.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ses.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sf.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sfe.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sfxge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sgen.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/si3124.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/skd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/smbios.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/smbus.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/smntemp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/socal.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/srpt.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ssd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/st.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/su.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/sysmsg.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/systrace.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ticlts.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/todopl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/tsalarm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/tty.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/tzmon.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/uath.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ufm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ugen.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/uhci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/ural.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/urtw.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usb_ac.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usb_as.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usb_ia.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usb_mid.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usba.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbftdi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbprn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbsacm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbsksp.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbsprl.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usbvc.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/usmn.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/vioblk.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/vioif.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/virtio.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/virtualkm.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/vnd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/vni.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/vr.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/wpi.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/wscons.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/xge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/xhci.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/yge.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zcons.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zen_udf.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zero.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zfd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zs.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zsh.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4d/zyd.4d create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/bootfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/ctfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/dcfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/dev.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/devfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/fd.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/hsfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/hyprlofs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/lofs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/lxproc.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/objfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/pcfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/sharefs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/smbfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/tmpfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/udfs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4fs/ufs.4fs create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/audio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/cdio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/dkio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/dsp.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/fbio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/fdio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/hdio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/iec61883.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/ipnat.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/mhd.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/mixer.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/mtio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/prnio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/quotactl.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/sesio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/sockio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/streamio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/termio.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/termiox.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/uscsi.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/visual_io.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4i/vt.4i create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/dlcosmk.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/dscpmk.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/flowacct.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/ipgpc.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/ipqos.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/tokenmt.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4ipp/tswtclmt.4ipp create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/bufmod.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/connld.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/datafilt.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/ldterm.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/pckt.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/pfmod.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/pipemod.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/ptem.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/sppptun.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/timod.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/tirdwr.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/ttcompat.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/usb_ah.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/usbkbm.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/usbms.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4m/vuidmice.4m create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/arp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/dlpi.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/icmp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/icmp6.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/if_tcp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/inet.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/inet6.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ip.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ip6.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ipsec.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ipsecah.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ipsecesp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/ndp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/pf_key.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/rarp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/route.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/routing.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/sctp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/sip.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/slp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/tcp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/udp.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man4p/vxlan.4p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/NISLDAPmapping.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/a.out.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/acl.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ad.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/admin.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/alias.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/aliases.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ascii.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/attributes.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/au.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit.log.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit_binfile.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit_class.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit_event.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit_remote.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/audit_syslog.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/auth_attr.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/autofs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/bart_manifest.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/bart_rules.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/beastie.4th.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/bhyve_config.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/bootparams.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/brand.4th.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/brands.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/byteorder.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/cancellation.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/cardbus.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/charmap.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/check-password.4th.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/color.4th.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/compver.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/condition.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/contents.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/contract.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/copyright.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/core.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_bsdbf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_bsdmd5.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sha256.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sha512.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_sunmd5.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypt_unix.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/crypto_certs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ctf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/d_passwd.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dacf.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dat.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/default_fs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/defaultdomain.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/defaultrouter.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/delay.4th.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/depend.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/device_allocate.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/device_clean.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/device_contract.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/device_maps.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/devices.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dfstab.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dhcp.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dhcp_inittab.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dialups.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/dir_ufs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/driver.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/environ.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/epoll.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/eqn.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/eqnchar.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ethers.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/eventfd.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/exec_attr.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/extendedFILE.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fdi.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/filesystem.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fnmatch.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/format.dat.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/formats.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fsattr.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fspec.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fstypes.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ftp.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ftpusers.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/fx_dptbl.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/gateways.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/gptzfsboot.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/group.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/grub.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/gss_auth_rules.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/gsscred.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hal.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hba.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/holidays.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hosts.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hosts.equiv.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hosts_access.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/hosts_options.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ib.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/iconv.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/iconv_unicode.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ieee802.11.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ieee802.3.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ike.config.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ike.preshared.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/inet_type.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/inetd.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/init.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/init.d.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/inittab.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/inotify.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipaddrsel.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipfilter.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipmon.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipnat.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ipnodes.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ippool.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/isalist.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/isoboot.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/issue.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/kadm5.acl.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/kdc.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/kerberos.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/keytables.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/krb5.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/krb5_auth_rules.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/krb5envvar.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/largefile.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ldapfilter.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ldapsearchprefs.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ldaptemplates.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/lf64.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/lfcompile.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/lfcompile64.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/loader.4th.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/loader.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/loader.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/locale.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/logadm.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/logindevperm.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/loginlog.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/lx.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/magic.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mailer.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/man.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mandoc_char.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mandoc_roff.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mansun.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mdoc.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/me.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mech.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mech_spnego.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/menu.4th.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/menusets.4th.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mm.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mnttab.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mpapi.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ms.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/mutex.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nca.if.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ncad_addr.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ncakmod.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ncalogd.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ncaport.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ndmp.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ndpd.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/netconfig.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/netgroup.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/netid.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/netmasks.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/netrc.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/networks.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nfs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nfslog.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nfssec.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nfssec.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nodename.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nologin.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/note.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/notrouter.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nscd.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nsmbrc.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nss.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/overlay.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/overlay_files.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/packingrules.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_allow.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_check.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_get.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_authtok_store.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_deny.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_dhkeys.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_dial_auth.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_krb5.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_krb5_migrate.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_ldap.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_list.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_passwd_auth.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_rhosts_auth.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_roles.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_sample.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_smb_passwd.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_smbfs_login.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_timestamp.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_tsol_account.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_account.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_auth.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_cred.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pam_unix_session.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/passwd.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/path_to_inst.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pci.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/phones.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_kernel.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_softtoken.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pkcs11_tpm.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pkginfo.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pkgmap.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/policy.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/power.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/printers.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/printers.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/priv_names.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/privileges.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/proc.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/process.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/prof.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/prof_attr.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/profile.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/project.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/protocols.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/prototype.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pseudo.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/publickey.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/pxeboot.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/queuedefs.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/rbac.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/rcmscript.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/regex.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/regexp.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/remote.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/resolv.conf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/resource_controls.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/rmtab.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/rpc.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/rt_dptbl.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sasl_appname.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sbus.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/scsi.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/securenets.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/security-flags.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sendmail.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/service_bundle.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/service_provider.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/services.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/shadow.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sharetab.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/shells.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/slp.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/slpd.reg.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smb.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smbautohome.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf_bootstrap.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf_method.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf_restarter.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf_security.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smf_template.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/smhba.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sock2path.d.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/space.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/standards.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sticky.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sulog.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/sysbus.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/syslog.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/system.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/tbl.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/tecla.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/terminfo.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/threads.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/timerfd.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/timezone.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/tnf_kernel_probes.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/trusted_extensions.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ts_dptbl.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ttydefs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ttysrch.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ufsdump.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/updaters.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/user_attr.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/utmp.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/utmpx.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/version.4th.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/vfstab.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/vgrindefs.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/warn.conf.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ypfiles.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/yppasswdd.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/ypserv.5 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/zoneinfo.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/zones.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man5/zpool-features.5 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/FSS.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/acl.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ad.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ascii.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/attributes.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/audit_binfile.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/audit_remote.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/audit_syslog.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/beastie.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/brand.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/brands.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/byteorder.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/cancellation.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/charmap.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/check-password.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/color.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/condition.7 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/cpr.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_bsdbf.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_bsdmd5.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sha256.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sha512.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_sunmd5.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/crypt_unix.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/delay.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/device_clean.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/dhcp.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/environ.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/epoll.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/eqn.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/eqnchar.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/eventfd.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/extendedFILE.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/filesystem.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/fnmatch.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/formats.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/fsattr.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/gptzfsboot.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/grub.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/gss_auth_rules.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/hal.7 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ibmf.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/iconv.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/iconv_unicode.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ieee802.11.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ieee802.3.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/inotify.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ipfilter.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/isalist.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/isoboot.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/kerberos.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/krb5_auth_rules.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/krb5envvar.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/largefile.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/lf64.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/lfcompile.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/lfcompile64.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/loader.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/loader.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/locale.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/lx.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/man.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mandoc_char.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mandoc_roff.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mansun.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mdoc.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/me.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mech_spnego.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/menu.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/menusets.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mm.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/ms.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/mutex.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/nfssec.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/overlay.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_allow.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_check.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_get.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_authtok_store.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_deny.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_dhkeys.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_dial_auth.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_krb5.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_krb5_migrate.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_ldap.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_list.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_passwd_auth.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_rhosts_auth.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_roles.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_sample.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_smb_passwd.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_smbfs_login.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_timestamp.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_tsol_account.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_account.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_auth.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_cred.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pam_unix_session.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_kernel.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_softtoken.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pkcs11_tpm.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/privileges.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/prof.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/pxeboot.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/rbac.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/regex.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/regexp.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/resource_controls.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/security-flags.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf_bootstrap.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf_method.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf_restarter.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf_security.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/smf_template.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/standards.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/sticky.7 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/swap.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/tbl.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/tecla.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/term.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/threads.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/timerfd.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/trusted_extensions.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/version.4th.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/vgrindefs.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/zones.7 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7/zpool-features.7 delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/aac.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/afe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ahci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/amd8111s.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/amdnbtemp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/amdzen.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/amr.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/arcmsr.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/arn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/asy.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ata.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/atge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ath.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/atu.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audio.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audio1575.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audio810.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiocmi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiocmihd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiocs.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audioemu10k.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audioens.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiohd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audioixp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiols.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiop16x.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiopci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiosolo.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiots.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/audiovia823x.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/av1394.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/bbc_beep.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/bcm_sata.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/bfe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/bge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/blkdev.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/bnxe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ccid.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/chxge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/cmdk.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/console.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/coretemp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/cpqary3.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/cpuid.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dad.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dca.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dcam1394.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/devinfo.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dm2s.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dmfe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dnet.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dr.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/dtrace.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/e1000g.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ecpp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ehci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/elxl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ena.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/eri.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fas.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fasttrap.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fbt.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fcip.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fcoe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fcoei.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fcoet.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fcp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fctl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/fp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/full.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/gld.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/gpio_87317.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/grbeep.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hci1394.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hermon.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hid.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hme.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hubd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/hxge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/i40e.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ib.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ibcm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ibd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ibdm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ibdma.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ibtl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ieee1394.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/igb.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/imc.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/imcstub.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ipmi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ipnet.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iprb.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ipw.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iscsi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iser.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iwh.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iwi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/iwn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ixgbe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/kmdb.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ksensor.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/kstat.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ksyms.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/llc1.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/lockstat.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/lofi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/log.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mc-opl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mega_sas.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mem.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mlxcx.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mpt_sas.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mr_sas.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/msglog.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mt.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/mxfe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/myri10ge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/n2rng.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/npe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ntwdt.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ntxn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/null.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/nulldriver.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/nv_sata.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/nvme.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/nxge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ohci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/openprom.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/oplkmdrv.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/oplmsu.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/oplpanel.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pchtemp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcic.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcicmu.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcipsy.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcisch.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcmcia.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pcn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/physmem.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/poll.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/profile.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ptm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/pty.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/qede.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/qlc.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ral.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ramdisk.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/random.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rtls.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rtw.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rum.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rwd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/rwn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sad.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sata.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/scsa1394.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/scsa2usb.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sda.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sdhost.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sdp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sdt.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ses.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sf.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sfe.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sfxge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sgen.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/si3124.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/skd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/smbios.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/smbus.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/smntemp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/socal.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/srpt.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ssd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/st.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/su.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/sysmsg.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/systrace.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ticlts.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/todopl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/tsalarm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/tty.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/tzmon.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/uath.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ufm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ugen.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/uhci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/ural.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/urtw.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usb_ac.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usb_as.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usb_ia.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usb_mid.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usba.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbftdi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbprn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbsacm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbsksp.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbsprl.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usbvc.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/usmn.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/vioblk.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/vioif.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/virtio.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/virtualkm.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/vnd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/vni.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/vr.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/wpi.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/wscons.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/xge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/xhci.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/yge.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zcons.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zen_udf.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zero.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zfd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zs.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zsh.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7d/zyd.7d delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/bootfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/ctfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/dcfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/dev.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/devfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/fd.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/hsfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/hyprlofs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/lofs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/lxproc.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/objfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/pcfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/sharefs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/smbfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/tmpfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/udfs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7fs/ufs.7fs delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/audio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/cdio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/dkio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/dsp.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/fbio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/fdio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/hdio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/iec61883.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/ipnat.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/mhd.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/mixer.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/mtio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/prnio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/quotactl.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/sesio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/sockio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/streamio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/termio.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/termiox.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/uscsi.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/visual_io.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7i/vt.7i delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/dlcosmk.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/dscpmk.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/flowacct.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/ipgpc.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/ipqos.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/tokenmt.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7ipp/tswtclmt.7ipp delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/bufmod.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/connld.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/datafilt.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/ldterm.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/pckt.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/pfmod.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/pipemod.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/ptem.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/sppptun.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/timod.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/tirdwr.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/ttcompat.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/usb_ah.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/usbkbm.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/usbms.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7m/vuidmice.7m delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/Makefile delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/arp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/dlpi.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/icmp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/icmp6.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/if_tcp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/inet.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/inet6.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ip.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ip6.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ipsec.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ipsecah.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ipsecesp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/ndp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/pf_key.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/rarp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/route.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/routing.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/sctp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/sip.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/slp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/tcp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/udp.7p delete mode 100644 usr/src/man/man7p/vxlan.7p create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/6to4relay.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/Intro.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/Makefile create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/Uutry.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/accept.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acct.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctcms.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctcon.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctmerg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctprc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acctsh.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acpidump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/acpixtract.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/adbgen.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/add_allocatable.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/add_drv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/addbadsec.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/arcstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/arp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/atohexlabel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/audit.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/audit_warn.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/auditconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/auditd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/auditrecord.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/auditreduce.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/auditstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/automount.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/automountd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/autopush.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/bart.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/beadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/bhyve.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/bhyvectl.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/boot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/bootadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/busstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/captoinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/catman.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ccidadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_cardbus.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_fp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_ib.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_pci.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_sata.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_sbd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_scsi.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cfgadm_usb.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/chat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/check-hostname.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/check-permissions.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/chroot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/clear_locks.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/clinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/clri.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/connstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/consadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/conv_lp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/conv_lpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/coreadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cpustat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cron.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/cryptoadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/datadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dcs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devattr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devfree.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devfsadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/device_remap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devlinks.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devnm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devprop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/devreserv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/df.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/df_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dfmounts.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dfmounts_nfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dfshares.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dfshares_nfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dhcpagent.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/diskinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/disks.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/diskscan.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dispadmin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dladm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dlmgmtd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dmesg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dminfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dns-sd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/domainname.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/drd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/drvconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dtrace.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/dumpadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/editmap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/edquota.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/eeprom.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/efdaemon.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/embedded_su.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/etrn.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fcinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fdetach.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fdisk.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ff.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ff_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fiocompress.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/flowadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fmadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fmd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fmdump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fmstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fmthard.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/format.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fruadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsck.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsck_pcfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsck_udfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsck_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsdb.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsdb_udfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsdb_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsirand.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fssnap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fssnap_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fsstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fstyp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fuser.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fwflash.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/fwtmp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getdev.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getdevpolicy.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getdgrp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getent.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getty.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/getvol.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/groupadd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/groupdel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/groupmod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/growfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/gsscred.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/gssd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hal-device.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hal-fdi-validate.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hal-find.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hal-get-property.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hald.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/halt.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hextoalabel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hostconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/hotplug.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/id.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/idmap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/idmapd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/idsconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/if_mpadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ifconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ifparse.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ikeadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ikecert.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.chargend.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.comsat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.daytimed.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.discardd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.echod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.fingerd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.iked.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.lpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.mpathd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.ndpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rarpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rdisc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rexecd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.ripngd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rlogind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.routed.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rshd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.rwhod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.talkd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.telnetd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.tftpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.timed.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/in.uucpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/inetadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/inetconv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/inetd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/infocmp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/init.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/inityp2l.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/install.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/installboot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/installf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/installgrub.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/intrd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/intrstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/iostat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipaddrsel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipdadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipfstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipmon.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipmpstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipnat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ippool.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipqosconf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipsecalgs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipsecconf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ipseckey.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/iscsiadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/isns.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/isnsadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/itadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/k5srvutil.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kadb.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kadmin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kadmind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kclient.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kdb5_util.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kdcmgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kernel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/keyserv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/killall.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kprop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kpropd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kproplog.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/krb5kdc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ksslcfg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/kstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ktkt_warnd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/labelit.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/labelit_hsfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/labelit_udfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/labelit_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/latencytop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ldap_cachemgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ldapaddent.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ldapclient.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ldmad.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/link.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/listdgrp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/listen.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/locator.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lockfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lockstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lofiadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/logadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/logins.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpadmin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpfilter.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpforms.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpget.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpmove.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpsched.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpset.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpshut.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpsystem.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/lpusers.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/luxadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mail.local.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mailwrapper.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/makedbm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/makemap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mdnsd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkdevalloc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkdevmaps.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfifo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfile.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_pcfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_udfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkfs_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mknod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mkpwdict.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/modinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/modload.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/modunload.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/monitor.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_hsfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_nfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_pcfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_smbfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_tmpfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_udfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mount_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mountall.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mountd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mpathadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mpstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/msgid.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/mvdir.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ncaconfd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ncheck.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ncheck_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ndd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ndmpadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ndmpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ndmpstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ndp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/netstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/netstrategy.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/newaliases.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/newfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/newkey.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nfs4cbd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nfsd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nfslogd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nfsmapid.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nfsstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nlsadmin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nscd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nvmeadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/nwamd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/obpsym.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/oplhpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/passmgmt.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pbind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pcitool.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/picld.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ping.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pkgadd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pkgadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pkgask.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pkgchk.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pkgrm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/plockstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pmadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pmconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/polkit-is-privileged.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pooladm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/poolbind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/poolcfg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/poold.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/poolstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ports.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/powerd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/powertop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ppdmgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pppd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pppdump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pppoec.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pppoed.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pppstats.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pptadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/praudit.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/print-service.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/printmgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/projadd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/projdel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/projmod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtconf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtdiag.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtdscp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtfru.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtpicl.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/prtvtoc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/psradm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/psrinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/psrset.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/putdev.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/putdgrp.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pwck.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/pwconv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/quot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/quota.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/quotacheck.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/quotaon.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/raidctl.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ramdiskadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rcapadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rcapd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rctladm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rdate.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rdmsr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/reboot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rem_drv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/remove_allocatable.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/removef.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/repquota.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rmmount.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rmt.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rmvolmgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/roleadd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/roledel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rolemod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/root_archive.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/route.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/routeadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.bootparamd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rstatd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rusersd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.rwalld.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.smserverd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.sprayd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.yppasswdd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpc.ypupdated.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpcbind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rpcinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rquotad.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rsh.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rtc.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rtquery.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/runacct.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/rwall.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sac.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sacadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/saf.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sar.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sasinfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/savecore.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sbdadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/scadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sckmd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sdpadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sendmail.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/setuname.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sf880drd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/share.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/share_nfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/shareall.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sharectl.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sharemgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/showmount.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/shutdown.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/slpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smbadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smbd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smbiod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smbios.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smbstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/smrsh.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/snoop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/soconfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sppptun.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/spray.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/statd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/stmfadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/stmsboot.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/strace.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/strclean.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/strerr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sttydefs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/su.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sulogin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/svc.configd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/svc.ipfd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/svc.startd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/svcadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/svccfg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/swap.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sync.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syncinit.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syncloop.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syncstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/sysdef.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syseventadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syseventconfd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syseventd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/syslogd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tapes.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tcpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tcpdchk.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tcpdmatch.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/th_define.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/th_manage.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tic.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tnchkdb.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tnctl.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tnd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tninfo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tpmadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/traceroute.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/trapstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ttyadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ttymon.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tunefs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/txzonemgr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tzreload.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/tzselect.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uadmin.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ucodeadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ufsdump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ufsrestore.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/unshare.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/unshare_nfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/update_drv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/updatehome.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/useradd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/userdel.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/usermod.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/utmpd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uucheck.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uucico.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uucleanup.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uusched.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/uuxqt.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vfsstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vmstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vndadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vndstat.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vntsd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/volcopy.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/volcopy_ufs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vscanadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/vscand.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/wall.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/whodo.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/wificonfig.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/wpad.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/wracct.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypbind.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypinit.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypmake.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypmap2src.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/yppoll.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/yppush.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypserv.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypset.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypstart.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ypxfr.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zdb.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zdump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zfs-program.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zfs.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zic.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zoneadm.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zoneadmd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zonecfg.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zonestatd.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zpool.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/zstreamdump.8 create mode 100644 usr/src/man/man8/ztest.8 delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man1m.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4d.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man4fs.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7d.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man7fs.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/SUNWcs.man8.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man1m.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4d.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4fs.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4m.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man4p.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7d.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7fs.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7m.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man7p.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-kernel.man8.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man4.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man4p.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man7.inc delete mode 100644 usr/src/pkg/manifests/system-library.man7p.inc create mode 100644 usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man4d delete mode 100644 usr/src/prototypes/prototype.man7d (limited to 'usr/src') diff --git a/usr/src/Makefile b/usr/src/Makefile index 13a3747cc4..7f60c24fe8 100644 --- a/usr/src/Makefile +++ b/usr/src/Makefile @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ PARALLEL_HEADERS = sysheaders userheaders libheaders ucbheaders cmdheaders # PARALLEL_DIRS = data uts lib man -# The check target also causes smf(5) service manifests to be validated. +# The check target also causes smf(7) service manifests to be validated. CHKMFSTSUBDIRS= cmd # And man page formats diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/README b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/README index f333944663..2c89114b70 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/README +++ b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/README @@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ Elimination of /usr/kvm Copyright (c) 1995-2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - As of Solaris 2.5, the /usr/kvm directory is no longer needed by the operating environment. The mount point continues to be provided for backward compatibility although all of the contents have been removed. @@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ Implementation Interface(s) /usr/kvm/crash /usr/bin/mdb Note: Solaris Modular Debugger Guide describes how to - transition from crash(1M) to mdb(1). + transition from crash(8) to mdb(1). /usr/kvm/eeprom /usr/sbin/eeprom diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/ftpusers b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/ftpusers index d68723a4bb..30f67d7a3c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/ftpusers +++ b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/sun/ftpusers @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # -# List of users denied access to the FTP server, see ftpusers(4). +# List of users denied access to the FTP server, see ftpusers(5). # root daemon diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/ttysrch b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/ttysrch index b4e2195503..daf8753ff3 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/ttysrch +++ b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/ttysrch @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ # soon as it is found. This is especially useful for cloned # devices, which generally will not match inode numbers. # -# For additional information see ttysrch(4). +# For additional information see ttysrch(5). # # EXAMPLE: # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/zones-index b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/zones-index index 91fe7a9421..a559897bb9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/Adm/zones-index +++ b/usr/src/cmd/Adm/zones-index @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ # CDDL HEADER END # # -# DO NOT EDIT: this file is automatically generated by zoneadm(1M) -# and zonecfg(1M). Any manual changes will be lost. +# DO NOT EDIT: this file is automatically generated by zoneadm(8) +# and zonecfg(8). Any manual changes will be lost. # global:installed:/ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/Makefile.cmd b/usr/src/cmd/Makefile.cmd index 6ed70fb94b..8dd94c7aaa 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/Makefile.cmd +++ b/usr/src/cmd/Makefile.cmd @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ ROOTADMIN_SRC_FILE= $(ADMINFILE:%=$(ROOTADMIN_SRC_DIR)/%) $(ROOTADMIN_SRC_FILE) := FILEMODE = 0444 # -# Directories for smf(5) service manifests and profiles. +# Directories for smf(7) service manifests and profiles. # ROOTSVC= $(ROOT)/lib/svc ROOTETCSVC= $(ROOT)/etc/svc diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/acct/wtmpfix.c b/usr/src/cmd/acct/wtmpfix.c index d5a7ac3a95..cd8f5434f2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/acct/wtmpfix.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/acct/wtmpfix.c @@ -27,8 +27,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * wtmpfix - adjust wtmpx file and remove date changes. * wtmpfix wtmpx2 @@ -53,9 +51,9 @@ #define UTRSZ (sizeof (struct futmpx)) /* file record size */ /* - * The acctsh(1M) shell scripts startup(1M) and shutacct(1M) as well as the + * The acctsh(8) shell scripts startup(8) and shutacct(8) as well as the * runacct script each pass their own specific reason strings in the first - * argument to acctwtmp(1M), to be propagated into ut_line fields. Additional + * argument to acctwtmp(8), to be propagated into ut_line fields. Additional * reasons (RUNLVL_MSG, ..., DOWN_MSG), used by compiled code, are defined in * as preprocessor constants. * For simplicity we predefine similar constants for the scripted strings @@ -326,7 +324,7 @@ invalid(char *name) * next. Aside from the temp file position, we remember whether we were * in multi-user mode or not. Absent evidence to the contrary, we begin * processing assuming multi-user mode, because runacct's wtmpx rotation - * normally gives us a file recently initialized by utmp2wtmp(1M) with no + * normally gives us a file recently initialized by utmp2wtmp(8) with no * older RUN_LVL records surviving. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/aconf.c b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/aconf.c index cfb4a2e54a..1fdb081e0c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/aconf.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/aconf.c @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ aconf_setup(const char *fmri) /* * Net/Flow accounting is not available in non-global zones and * the service instance should therefore never be 'enabled' in - * non-global zones. This is enforced by acctadm(1M), but there is + * non-global zones. This is enforced by acctadm(8), but there is * nothing that prevents someone from calling svcadm enable directly, * so we handle that case here by disabling the instance. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/extended-accounting.xml b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/extended-accounting.xml index 07cb9af9c1..2b98c64e60 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/extended-accounting.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/extended-accounting.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different file. - NOTE: Do NOT edit the 'config' properties directly, use acctadm(1M) + NOTE: Do NOT edit the 'config' properties directly, use acctadm(8) instead. Service manifest for extended accounting. @@ -84,17 +84,17 @@ - + @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ - + @@ -158,17 +158,17 @@ - + @@ -195,22 +195,22 @@ - + - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/main.c index 83cb63b314..0a554b4896 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/acctadm/main.c @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) die(gettext("failed to open dladm handle\n")); /* - * smf(5) start method. The FMRI to operate on is retrieved from the + * smf(7) start method. The FMRI to operate on is retrieved from the * SMF_FMRI environment variable that the restarter provides. */ if (sflg) { @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) return (ret); } - die(gettext("-s option should only be invoked by smf(5)\n")); + die(gettext("-s option should only be invoked by smf(7)\n")); } assert(type == AC_PROC || type == AC_TASK || type == AC_FLOW || @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) /* * Since the sys_acct the privilege allows use of acctctl() regardless - * of the accounting type, we check the smf(5) authorizations granted + * of the accounting type, we check the smf(7) authorizations granted * to the user to determine whether the user is allowed to change the * configuration for this particular accounting type. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/acpihpd/acpihpd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/acpihpd/acpihpd.xml index e8e799de08..e16f1f5c72 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/acpihpd/acpihpd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/acpihpd/acpihpd.xml @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.c b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.c index 36aab83ba1..3730a11ed4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -194,7 +192,7 @@ print_error(int error, char *name) "Operation inconsistent with device's label range."); break; case LOGINDEVPERMERR: - msg = gettext("Device controlled by logindevperm(4)"); + msg = gettext("Device controlled by logindevperm(5)"); break; case NODAERR: msg = gettext("No entry for specified device."); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.xml b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.xml index 9de9a1ddb8..9e1ca6d97f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/allocate.xml @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ - - - - - - + + + + + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/disk_clean.sh b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/disk_clean.sh index a523b66750..9e690af34f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/allocate/disk_clean.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/allocate/disk_clean.sh @@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ get_reply() { # find_fs() { - # The list of files in device_maps(4) is in an unspecified order. - # To speed up the fstyp(1M) scanning below in most cases, perform + # The list of files in device_maps(5) is in an unspecified order. + # To speed up the fstyp(8) scanning below in most cases, perform # the search for filesystems as follows: # 1) Select only block device files of the form "/dev/dsk/*". # 2) Sort the list of files in an order more likely to yield - # matches: first the fdisk(1M) partitions ("/dev/dsk/cNtNdNpN") - # then the format(1M) slices ("/dev/dsk/cNtNdNsN"), in ascending + # matches: first the fdisk(8) partitions ("/dev/dsk/cNtNdNpN") + # then the format(8) slices ("/dev/dsk/cNtNdNsN"), in ascending # numeric order within each group. DEVall="`echo $FILES | \ /usr/bin/tr ' ' '\n' | \ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ast/Makefile.ast b/usr/src/cmd/ast/Makefile.ast index d450fffbf7..00b5893be0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ast/Makefile.ast +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ast/Makefile.ast @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ CSTD= $(CSTD_GNU99) # SHOPT_FS_3D 3d file system # SHOPT_OLDTERMIO support both TCGETA and TCGETS # SHOPT_P_SUID real uid's that require -p for set[ug]id -# SHOPT_PFSH solaris exec_attr(4) profile execution +# SHOPT_PFSH solaris exec_attr(5) profile execution # SHOPT_REGRESS enable __regress__ builtin # SHOPT_REMOTE enable --rc if running as a remote shell # SHOPT_SEVENBIT strip the eigth bit from characters diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/audit/audit.c b/usr/src/cmd/audit/audit.c index 95eda0da4e..77b8771910 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/audit/audit.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/audit/audit.c @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ is_audit_config_ok() { /* * There must be at least one active plugin configured; if the - * configured plugin is audit_binfile(5), then the p_dir must not be + * configured plugin is audit_binfile(7), then the p_dir must not be * empty. */ if (!do_getpluginconfig_scf(NULL, &plugin_kva_ll)) { @@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ is_audit_config_ok() { cval_str = kva_match(kvlist, "p_dir"); if (cval_str == NULL || cval_str[0] == '\0') { (void) fprintf(stderr, - gettext("%s: audit_binfile(5) \"p_dir:\" " + gettext("%s: audit_binfile(7) \"p_dir:\" " "attribute empty\n"), progname); state = B_FALSE; } else if (!contains_valid_dirs(cval_str)) { (void) fprintf(stderr, - gettext("%s: audit_binfile(5) \"p_dir:\" " + gettext("%s: audit_binfile(7) \"p_dir:\" " "attribute invalid\n"), progname); state = B_FALSE; } @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ is_audit_config_ok() { cval_int = atoi(cval_str); if (cval_int < 0 || cval_int > 100) { (void) fprintf(stderr, - gettext("%s: audit_binfile(5) " + gettext("%s: audit_binfile(7) " "\"p_minfree:\" attribute invalid\n"), progname); state = B_FALSE; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.c b/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.c index 16d4bfe572..5f15c93752 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.c @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * used for the child to tell the parent that audit is ready. * * Configuration data comes from audit service configuration - * (AUDITD_FMRI/smf(5)) and the auditon system call. + * (AUDITD_FMRI/smf(7)) and the auditon system call. * * The major errors are EBUSY (auditing is already in use) and EINTR * (one of the above signals was received). File space errors are @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) */ (void) umask(007); - if (__logpost("")) { /* Cannot unlink pointer to audit.log(4) file */ + if (__logpost("")) { /* Cannot unlink pointer to audit.log(5) file */ DPRINT((dbfp, "logpost failed\n")); auditd_exit(1); } @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) while (running) { /* * Read auditd / auditd plugins related configuration from - * smf(5) repository and create plugin lists. + * smf(7) repository and create plugin lists. * * loadauditlist() and auditd_thread_init() are called * while under the plugin_mutex lock to avoid a race @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) * over unless audit configuration actually changed. * * They want to reread the audit configuration from - * smf(5) repository (AUDITD_FMRI). Set reset_list + * smf(7) repository (AUDITD_FMRI). Set reset_list * which will return us to the main while loop in the * main routine. */ @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ init_plugin(char *name, kva_t *list, int cnt_flag) } /* - * loadauditlist() - read the auditd plugin configuration from smf(5) and + * loadauditlist() - read the auditd plugin configuration from smf(7) and * prepare appropriate plugin related structures (plugin_t). Set cnt policy here * based on currently active policy settings. (future could have a policy = * {+|-}cnt entry per plugin with auditconfig providing the default) @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ fail: /* * conf_to_kernel() - configure the event to class mapping; see also - * auditconfig(1M) -conf option. + * auditconfig(8) -conf option. */ static void conf_to_kernel(void) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.xml index ee6fd6c110..99dba6091c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/auditd/auditd.xml @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ @@ -174,10 +174,10 @@ + + @@ -121,7 +119,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ripngd/ripng.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ripngd/ripng.xml index 297baaddf5..fbfc77bee1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ripngd/ripng.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/in.ripngd/ripng.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -97,7 +95,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho value='solaris.smf.manage.routing' /> - + @@ -107,8 +105,8 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - - + + @@ -129,7 +127,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - + @@ -141,7 +139,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.sh b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.sh index eb18c250aa..eaef116d36 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.sh @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ n s/'//g p } -/from the inetd.conf(4) format line/{ +/from the inetd.conf(5) format line/{ n p } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.xml index 1944cdf2d6..a5c1a32c37 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd-upgrade.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ inetd-upgrade handles the upgrade of old inetd.conf entries to SMF service insta - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.c index f1f99ff74d..1ded291af9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.c @@ -3809,23 +3809,23 @@ static void legacy_usage(void) { (void) fprintf(stderr, - "inetd is now an smf(5) managed service and can no longer be run " + "inetd is now an smf(7) managed service and can no longer be run " "from the\n" - "command line. To enable or disable inetd refer to svcadm(1M) on\n" + "command line. To enable or disable inetd refer to svcadm(8) on\n" "how to enable \"%s\", the inetd instance.\n" "\n" "The traditional inetd command line option mappings are:\n" "\t-d : there is no supported debug output\n" "\t-s : inetd is only runnable from within the SMF\n" - "\t-t : See inetadm(1M) on how to enable TCP tracing\n" - "\t-r : See inetadm(1M) on how to set a failure rate\n" + "\t-t : See inetadm(8) on how to enable TCP tracing\n" + "\t-r : See inetadm(8) on how to set a failure rate\n" "\n" - "To specify an alternative configuration file see svccfg(1M)\n" + "To specify an alternative configuration file see svccfg(8)\n" "for how to modify the \"%s/%s\" string type property of\n" "the inetd instance, and modify it according to the syntax:\n" "\"%s [alt_config_file] %%m\".\n" "\n" - "For further information on inetd see inetd(1M).\n", + "For further information on inetd see inetd(8).\n", INETD_INSTANCE_FMRI, START_METHOD_ARG, SCF_PROPERTY_EXEC, INETD_PATH); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.xml index f7ff3c95bc..322cca73d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/inetd/inetd.xml @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ - + @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ services. - - @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ method context resource pool The resource pool name on which to launch the method. :default can be used -as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(4) entry given in +as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(5) entry given in the project attribute. @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ method credential privileges -An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). +An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(7). @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ method credential limit privilege set An optional string specifying the limit privilege set as defined in -privileges(5). +privileges(7). @@ -1007,13 +1007,13 @@ user, group, privileges, and limit_privileges properties. required='false'> -method profile RBAC profile specification +method profile RBAC profile specification The name of an RBAC (role-based access control) profile which, along with the -method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(4). +method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(5). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/mdnsd/multicast.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/mdnsd/multicast.xml index a6c1901c97..e2f7e50875 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/mdnsd/multicast.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/mdnsd/multicast.xml @@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ - - @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ - + @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ncaconfd/ncaconfd.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ncaconfd/ncaconfd.c index 06972f53dc..8115784a3a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ncaconfd/ncaconfd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/ncaconfd/ncaconfd.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ logwarn(char *fmt, ...) } /* - * Print out debugging info. Note that syslogd(1M) should be configured to + * Print out debugging info. Note that syslogd(8) should be configured to * take ordinary debug info for it to get this kind of info. */ /*PRINTFLIKE1*/ @@ -996,7 +994,7 @@ get_router_ether_addr(mib_item_t *item, boolean_t *changed) /* * Ping all default routers. It just uses system(3F) to call - * ping(1M) to do the job... + * ping(8) to do the job... */ static void ping_them(void) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/slpd/slp.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/slpd/slp.xml index 37b6499da3..577fba071a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/slpd/slp.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/slpd/slp.xml @@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different file. - - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -96,9 +94,9 @@ - - - + + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.conf b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.conf index cf8160d86f..b95bdf486a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.conf @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ # # DO NOT EDIT OR PARSE THIS FILE! # -# Use the vrrpadm(1m) command to change the contents of this file. +# Use the vrrpadm(8) command to change the contents of this file. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.xml index 5b95f40404..cc02197d12 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrp.xml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ - - @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ VRRP service daemon - - - + + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.c index 9269e9b94f..6f542ece96 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.c @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ daemon_init() vrrp_log(VRRP_DBG0, "daemon_init()"); if (getenv("SMF_FMRI") == NULL) { - vrrp_log(VRRP_ERR, "daemon_init(): vrrpd is an smf(5) managed " + vrrp_log(VRRP_ERR, "daemon_init(): vrrpd is an smf(7) managed " "service and should not be run from the command line."); return (-1); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.xcl b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.xcl index f4e72616cc..7fb5116d4a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.xcl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/vrrpd/vrrpd.xcl @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "daemon_init" msgid "setrlimit" msgid "vrrpd_init" msgid "iu_handle_events" -msgid "smf(5)" +msgid "smf(7)" msgid "vrrpd_init" msgid "dladm_open" msgid "iu_tq_create" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa.xml index 40ab72b46d..c096354b8c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -86,7 +84,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa_supplicant.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa_supplicant.c index 3fb8b133a7..8b243e705d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa_supplicant.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.lib/wpad/wpa_supplicant.c @@ -790,8 +790,8 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) if (!is_smf_context()) { (void) fprintf(stderr, - "wpad is an smf(5) managed service and cannot be run from " - "the command line; please use dladm(1M).\n"); + "wpad is an smf(7) managed service and cannot be run from " + "the command line; please use dladm(8).\n"); return (SMF_EXIT_ERR_NOSMF); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/comsat.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/comsat.xml index a66e18a02e..922cd84933 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/comsat.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/comsat.xml @@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ requested to be told when mail arrives. - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/finger.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/finger.xml index 2c4281d84a..565eef962c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/finger.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/finger.xml @@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ status and individual users. - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c index 9da0ed811f..0475fad29f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ typedef struct { } if_appflags_t; static const if_appflags_t if_appflags_tbl[] = { - { "dhcpagent(1M)", IFF_DHCPRUNNING, 1 }, - { "in.ndpd(1M)", IFF_ADDRCONF, 3 }, + { "dhcpagent(8)", IFF_DHCPRUNNING, 1 }, + { "in.ndpd(8)", IFF_ADDRCONF, 3 }, { NULL, 0, 0 } }; @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ifconfig(int argc, char *argv[], int af, struct ifaddrs *ifa) * sometimes two or more attributes must be set together. For * example, setting an address without a netmask does not make sense. * Yet they can be set separately for IPv4 address using the current - * ifconfig(1M) syntax. The kernel then "infers" the correct netmask + * ifconfig(8) syntax. The kernel then "infers" the correct netmask * using the deprecated "IP address classes." This is simply not * correct. * @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ ifconfig(int argc, char *argv[], int af, struct ifaddrs *ifa) * it will use the working interface's address to do the query. * It will be wrong now as we don't know the logical interface's name. * - * ifconfig(1M) is too overloaded and the code is so convoluted + * ifconfig(8) is too overloaded and the code is so convoluted * that it is "safer" not to re-architect the code to fix the above * issue, hence this "hack." We may be better off to have a new * command with better syntax for configuring network interface @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ setifaddr(char *addr, int64_t param) } /* - * The following functions are stolen from the ipseckey(1m) program. + * The following functions are stolen from the ipseckey(8) program. * Perhaps they should be somewhere common, but for now, we just maintain * two versions. We do this because of the different semantics for which * algorithms we select ("requested" for ifconfig vs. "actual" for key). @@ -2244,11 +2244,11 @@ again: } /* - * If the interface being moved is under the control of `ipmgmtd(1M)' + * If the interface being moved is under the control of `ipmgmtd(8)' * dameon then we should inform the daemon about this move, so that * the daemon can delete the state associated with this interface. * - * This workaround is needed until the IPMP support in ipadm(1M). + * This workaround is needed until the IPMP support in ipadm(8). */ ipadm_if_move(iph, name); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm.c index 949fcc064c..67de6e31ba 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm.c @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ ilbadm_errstr(ilbadm_status_t rc) case ILBADM_ENOMEM: return (gettext("memory allocation failure")); case ILBADM_EINVAL: - return (gettext("invalid value - refer to ilbadm(1M)")); + return (gettext("invalid value - refer to ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_HCPRINT: return (gettext("failed to print healthcheck values")); case ILBADM_INVAL_AF: @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ilbadm_errstr(ilbadm_status_t rc) return (gettext("address is invalid")); case ILBADM_INVAL_ARGS: return (gettext("invalid/incompatible keywords - refer to" - " ilbadm(1M)")); + " ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_ENOSGNAME: return (gettext("servergroup name missing")); case ILBADM_ENORULE: @@ -83,21 +83,21 @@ ilbadm_errstr(ilbadm_status_t rc) return (gettext("operation type is invalid")); case ILBADM_INVAL_KEYWORD: return (gettext("keyword is invalid - please refer" - " to ilbadm(1M)")); + " to ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_ASSIGNREQ: return (gettext("assignment '=' missing")); case ILBADM_NORECURSIVE: return (gettext("recursive import not allowed")); case ILBADM_INVAL_COMMAND: return (gettext("subcommand is invalid - please refer" - " to ilbadm(1M)")); + " to ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_ENOPROXY: return (gettext("proxy-src is missing")); case ILBADM_INVAL_PROXY: return (gettext("proxy-src not allowed")); case ILBADM_ENOOPTION: return (gettext("mandatory argument(s) missing - refer" - " to ilbadm(1M)")); + " to ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_TOOMANYIPADDR: return (gettext("address range contains more than 255" " IP addresses")); @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ ilbadm_errstr(ilbadm_status_t rc) return (gettext("could not export servergroup because" " of lack of space")); case ILBADM_INVAL_SYNTAX: - return (gettext("syntax failure - refer to ilbadm(1M)")); + return (gettext("syntax failure - refer to ilbadm(8)")); case ILBADM_NOKEYWORD_VAL: return (gettext("missing value")); case ILBADM_LIBERR: diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_rules.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_rules.c index f159a3b6d6..dad110a62f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_rules.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_rules.c @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ ilbadm_create_rule(int argc, char *argv[]) if (optind >= argc) { ilbadm_err(gettext("missing mandatory arguments - please refer" " to 'ilbadm create-rule' subcommand description in" - " ilbadm(1M)")); + " ilbadm(8)")); rc = ILBADM_LIBERR; goto out; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_sg.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_sg.c index 8a0d92bbd7..a27ac5c95a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_sg.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ilbadm/ilbadm_sg.c @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ ilbadm_create_servergroup(int argc, char *argv[]) if (optind >= argc) { ilbadm_err(gettext("missing mandatory arguments - please refer" " to 'create-servergroup' subcommand" - " description in ilbadm(1M)")); + " description in ilbadm(8)")); rc = ILBADM_LIBERR; goto out; } @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ ilbadm_add_server_to_group(int argc, char **argv) if (optind >= argc) { ilbadm_err(gettext("missing mandatory arguments - please refer" - " to 'add-server' subcommand description in ilbadm(1M)")); + " to 'add-server' subcommand description in ilbadm(8)")); rc = ILBADM_LIBERR; goto out; } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.rdisc/rdisc.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.rdisc/rdisc.xml index eb223ee0e4..2ef0b8701b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.rdisc/rdisc.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.rdisc/rdisc.xml @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho value='solaris.smf.manage.routing' /> - + @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - + @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - + @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.routed/route.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.routed/route.xml index 530ec5bda7..e9d73eb57f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.routed/route.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.routed/route.xml @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho value='solaris.smf.manage.routing' /> - + @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho value='solaris.smf.value.routing' /> - + @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ privileges='basic,proc_owner,proc_fork,proc_exec,proc_info,proc_session,file_cho - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.talkd/talk.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.talkd/talk.xml index c4d2494095..29b70d09cf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.talkd/talk.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.talkd/talk.xml @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.telnetd.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.telnetd.c index bbd38a551c..08ad200c45 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.telnetd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/in.telnetd.c @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ rd_and_store_forwarded_creds(krb5_context context, if ((retval = krb5_cc_close(context, ccache)) != 0) goto cleanup; - /* Register with ktkt_warnd(1M) */ + /* Register with ktkt_warnd(8) */ if ((retval = krb5_unparse_name(context, (*creds)->client, &client_name)) != 0) goto cleanup; @@ -496,11 +496,11 @@ rd_and_store_forwarded_creds(krb5_context context, if (kwarn_add_warning(client_name, (*creds)->times.endtime) != 0) { syslog(LOG_AUTH|LOG_NOTICE, "rd_and_store_forwarded_creds: kwarn_add_warning" - " failed: ktkt_warnd(1M) down? "); + " failed: ktkt_warnd(8) down? "); if (auth_debug) (void) fprintf(stderr, "kwarn_add_warning failed:" - " ktkt_warnd(1M) down?\n"); + " ktkt_warnd(8) down?\n"); } free(client_name); client_name = NULL; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/inetconv/inetconv.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/inetconv/inetconv.c index 6419f9e074..376454019f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/inetconv/inetconv.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/inetconv/inetconv.c @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ */ /* - * inetconv - convert inetd.conf entries into smf(5) service manifests, - * import them into smf(5) repository + * inetconv - convert inetd.conf entries into smf(7) service manifests, + * import them into smf(7) repository */ #include @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static const char xml_comment[] = "\n\n"; static const char xml_service_bundle[] = diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipmpstat/ipmpstat.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipmpstat/ipmpstat.c index c9cbade079..a5d8f79bc4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipmpstat/ipmpstat.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipmpstat/ipmpstat.c @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) die_ipmperr(err, "cannot create IPMP handle"); if (ipmp_ping_daemon(ih) != IPMP_SUCCESS) - die("cannot contact in.mpathd(1M) -- is IPMP in use?\n"); + die("cannot contact in.mpathd(8) -- is IPMP in use?\n"); /* * If we've been asked to display probes, then call the probe output diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ikeadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ikeadm.c index e6257c6184..5ca927ca40 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ikeadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ikeadm.c @@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ print_defaults(char *label, char *description, char *unit, * two ike_defaults_t's, the first contains the hard coded defaults, the second * contains the actual values used. If these differ, then the defaults have been * changed via a config file entry. Note that "-" indicates this default - * is not tunable via ike.config(4) or is system wide tunable. + * is not tunable via ike.config(5) or is system wide tunable. */ static void do_print_defaults(ike_defaults_t *dp) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecalgs.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecalgs.xml index cdf27133de..4d620d059d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecalgs.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecalgs.xml @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ svcadm mark ipsecalgs svcadm clear ipsecalgs - see auths(1) and user_attr(4)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecconf.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecconf.c index e8203530b4..fc94afe658 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecconf.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipsecconf.c @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) boolean_t replace_policy = B_FALSE; char *smf_warning = gettext( - "\n\tIPsec policy should be managed using smf(5). Modifying\n" + "\n\tIPsec policy should be managed using smf(7). Modifying\n" "\tthe IPsec policy from the command line while the 'policy'\n" "\tservice is enabled could result in an inconsistent\n" "\tsecurity policy.\n\n"); @@ -5247,7 +5247,7 @@ ipsec_conf_add(boolean_t just_check, boolean_t smf_managed, boolean_t replace) /* * Treat the non-existence of a policy file as a special - * case when ipsecconf is being managed by smf(5). + * case when ipsecconf is being managed by smf(7). * The assumption is the administrator has not yet * created a policy file, this should not force the service * into maintenance mode. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipseckey.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipseckey.c index 9667fa4047..cbf429a3e7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipseckey.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/ipseckey.c @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ handle_errors(char *ep, char *ebuf, boolean_t fatal, boolean_t done) if (ep != NULL) { if (my_fmri == NULL) { /* - * For now suppress the errors when run from smf(5) + * For now suppress the errors when run from smf(7) * because potentially sensitive information could * end up in a publicly readable logfile. */ @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ dodump(int satype, FILE *ofile) (void) fprintf(ofile, gettext("# This key file was generated by the")); (void) fprintf(ofile, - gettext(" ipseckey(1m) command's 'save' feature.\n\n")); + gettext(" ipseckey(8) command's 'save' feature.\n\n")); } msg_init(msg, SADB_DUMP, (uint8_t)satype); rc = key_write(keysock, msg, sizeof (*msg)); @@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) (void) textdomain(TEXT_DOMAIN); /* - * Check to see if the command is being run from smf(5). + * Check to see if the command is being run from smf(7). */ my_fmri = getenv("SMF_FMRI"); @@ -3649,7 +3649,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) * this file if the file is root owned and only readable * by privileged users. If the command is being run by * the administrator, issue a warning, if this is run by - * smf(5) (IE: boot time) and the permissions are too + * smf(7) (IE: boot time) and the permissions are too * open, we will fail, the SMF service will end up in * maintenace mode. The check is made with fstat() to * eliminate any possible TOT to TOU window. @@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) } /* - * When run from smf(5) flush any existing SA's first + * When run from smf(7) flush any existing SA's first * otherwise you will end up in maintenance mode. */ if ((my_fmri != NULL) && readfile) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/manual-key.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/manual-key.xml index d1dac2b94c..fb4fd47374 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/manual-key.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ipsecutils/manual-key.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -86,7 +84,7 @@ + existing SAs when its called from smf(7). --> manual-key svcadm clear manual-key - see auths(1) and user_attr(4)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> + see auths(1) and user_attr(5)--> - + @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ remote login with Kerberos authentication - + @@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ remote login with Kerberos authentication and encryption - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndd.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndd.c index 8d5fdfa91f..9adf3c8d2d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndd.c @@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ ndd_perm2str(uint_t perm) * - replace leading underscores with protocol name. * For example: `_strong_iss' --> `tcp_strong_iss' * - * - don't print new public properties that are supported only by ipadm(1M) - * For example: `hostmodel' should be supported only from ipadm(1M). + * - don't print new public properties that are supported only by ipadm(8) + * For example: `hostmodel' should be supported only from ipadm(8). * Such properties are identified by not having leading '_' and not * being present in the mapping table. */ @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ print_ipadm2ndd(char *oldbuf, uint_t obufsize) } /* * print only if it's a private property. We should - * not be printing any new public property in ndd(1M) + * not be printing any new public property in ndd(8) * output. */ if (!matched && pname[0] == '_') { @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ print_ipadm2ndd(char *oldbuf, uint_t obufsize) * get/set the value for a given property by calling into libipadm. The * IPH_LEGACY flag is used by libipadm for special handling. For some * properties, libipadm.so displays strings (for e.g., on/off, - * never/passive/active, et al) instead of numerals. However ndd(1M) always + * never/passive/active, et al) instead of numerals. However ndd(8) always * printed numberals. This flag will help in avoiding printing strings. */ static boolean_t @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ do_ipadm_getset(int cmd, char *buf, int buflen) } if (nimap->ndd_name == NULL && strcmp(pname, "?") != 0) { - /* do not allow set/get of public properties from ndd(1M) */ + /* do not allow set/get of public properties from ndd(8) */ if (ipadm_legacy2new_propname(pname, nname, sizeof (nname), &proto) != 0) { status = IPADM_PROP_UNKNOWN; @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ gldv3_warning(char *module) "WARNING: The ndd commands for datalink " "administration are obsolete and may be " "removed in a future release of Solaris. " - "Use dladm(1M) to manage datalink tunables.\n")); + "Use dladm(8) to manage datalink tunables.\n")); } } dladm_close(handle); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndp.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndp.c index 2fc19775ad..c77e1587d9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndp.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/ndp.c @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ static boolean_t ndp_run = B_TRUE; #define NETSTAT_PATH "/usr/bin/netstat" /* - * Macros borrowed from route(1M) for working with PF_ROUTE messages + * Macros borrowed from route(8) for working with PF_ROUTE messages */ #define RT_ADVANCE(x, n) ((x) += ndp_salen(n)) #define RT_NEXTADDR(cp, w, u) \ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rarp.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rarp.xml index de1c254018..d7e052396b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rarp.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rarp.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -104,9 +102,9 @@ Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) server - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rexec.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rexec.xml index 98f83f3102..2514e2a04e 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rexec.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/rexec.xml @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/route.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/route.c index 29ccf97bb1..17a63d6f95 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/route.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/route.c @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ save_route(int argc, char **argv, int do_flush) struct flock lock; struct stat st; const char commentstr[] = - "# File generated by route(1M) - do not edit.\n"; + "# File generated by route(8) - do not edit.\n"; perm_fd = open(perm_file, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, fmode); if (perm_fd == -1 || fstat(perm_fd, &st) == -1) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/forwarding.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/forwarding.xml index b0e777ce50..2bdcaa6299 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/forwarding.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/forwarding.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ value='solaris.smf.manage.routing' /> - + @@ -132,7 +130,7 @@ - @@ -214,7 +212,7 @@ value='solaris.smf.manage.routing' /> - + @@ -236,7 +234,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/legacy-routing.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/legacy-routing.xml index 5db846b48a..30902c43b5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/legacy-routing.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/legacy-routing.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -96,7 +94,7 @@ - + @@ -118,7 +116,7 @@ - + @@ -152,7 +150,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/routeadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/routeadm.c index be826baba2..6fad8a3513 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/routeadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/routeadm/routeadm.c @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #define RA_SVC_FLAG_IPV6_ROUTING 0x2 #define RA_SMF_UPGRADE_FILE "/var/svc/profile/upgrade" -#define RA_SMF_UPGRADE_MSG " # added by routeadm(1M)" +#define RA_SMF_UPGRADE_MSG " # added by routeadm(8)" #define RA_CONF_FILE "/etc/inet/routing.conf" #define RA_CONF_FILE_OLD "/etc/inet/routing.conf.old" #define RA_MAX_CONF_LINE 256 diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/shell.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/shell.xml index b841f99961..40be5f7572 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/shell.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/shell.xml @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ + type='method' + name='inetd_disable' + exec=':kill' + timeout_seconds='0'> @@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ remote shell with Kerberos authentication - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/snoop/snoop_capture.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/snoop/snoop_capture.c index 5ce947b476..63eb4973a0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/snoop/snoop_capture.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/snoop/snoop_capture.c @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ select_datalink(const char *linkname, void *arg) /* * Open `linkname' in raw/passive mode (see dlpi_open(3DLPI)). If `linkname' - * is NULL, pick a datalink as per snoop(1M). Also gather some information + * is NULL, pick a datalink as per snoop(8). Also gather some information * about the datalink useful for building the proper packet filters. */ boolean_t diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/socket-filter-kssl.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/socket-filter-kssl.xml index b91fcd47ea..e821a9c964 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/socket-filter-kssl.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/socket-filter-kssl.xml @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ grouping='require_all' restart_on='none' type='service'> - + - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnet.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnet.xml index a5425c3fc1..b2a8691372 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnet.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnet.xml @@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ in.telnetd supports the standard TELNET virtual terminal protocol. - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnetd.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnetd.dfl index a712bd90fd..1228b273f1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnetd.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/telnetd.dfl @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. @@ -25,10 +24,10 @@ # # /etc/default/telnetd # -# telnetd default settings processed via telnetd(1M). +# telnetd default settings processed via telnetd(8). # # BANNER defines the connection banner which is displayed before the -# telnet login prompt, see telnetd(1M) for details. The following +# telnet login prompt, see telnetd(8) for details. The following # commented line shows the default value. # #BANNER="\\r\\n\\r\\n`uname -s` `uname -r`\\r\\n\\r\\n" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.c b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.c index 98d452665a..1b9e1955b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cmd-inet/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.c @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ setup_socket(struct pr_set *pr, int packet_len) * or whether ICMP will be used instead of UDP. * * For historical reasons, the datagrams sent out by - * traceroute(1M) do not have the "don't fragment" flag set. For + * traceroute(8) do not have the "don't fragment" flag set. For * this reason as well as the ability to set the Loose Source and * Record Route (LSRR) option, a raw IP socket will be used for * IPv4 when run in the global zone. Otherwise, the actual diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.c index cd8eb54394..efa24b6d95 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.c @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static char usage[] = static char conshdr[] = "#\n# consadm.conf\n#" "# Configuration parameters for console message redirection.\n" - "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use consadm(1m) instead.\n" + "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use consadm(8) instead.\n" "#\n"; const char *pname; /* program name */ static sigjmp_buf deadline; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.xml b/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.xml index f11f0d91e5..d3ed8117b5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/consadm/consadm.xml @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/coreadm/coreadm.xml b/usr/src/cmd/coreadm/coreadm.xml index c6198f885a..fbe621f6af 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/coreadm/coreadm.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/coreadm/coreadm.xml @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cpc/common/cputrack.c b/usr/src/cmd/cpc/common/cputrack.c index 41034aef6e..198cdd1a01 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cpc/common/cputrack.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cpc/common/cputrack.c @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) "\t-o file\t write cpu statistics to this file\n" "\t-c events specify processor events to be monitored\n" "\t-p pid\t pid of existing process to capture\n\n" - "\tUse cpustat(1M) to monitor system-wide statistics.\n"), + "\tUse cpustat(8) to monitor system-wide statistics.\n"), opts->pgmname, CPC_TICKREG_NAME); if (opts->dohelp) { (void) putchar('\n'); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cron/at.c b/usr/src/cmd/cron/at.c index 711f27d1a0..532145b461 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cron/at.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cron/at.c @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ extern int audit_cron_is_anc_name(char *); extern int audit_cron_delete_anc_file(char *, char *); /* - * Error in getdate(3G) + * Error in getdate(3C) */ static char *errlist[] = { /* 0 */ "", diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.c b/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.c index d3a4e0b699..26abd30d18 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.c @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ static void *get_obj(struct shared *obj); * it's original intended use. */ static time_t last_time, init_time, t_old; -static int reset_needed; /* set to 1 when cron(1M) needs to re-initialize */ +static int reset_needed; /* set to 1 when cron(8) needs to re-initialize */ static int refresh; static sigset_t defmask, sigmask; @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) /* * reset_needed is set to 1 whenever el_add() finds out that a cron - * job is scheduled to be run before the time when cron(1M) daemon + * job is scheduled to be run before the time when cron(8) daemon * initialized. * Other cases where a reset is needed is when ex() finds that the * event to be executed is being run at the wrong time, or when idle() @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ initialize(int firstpass) REMOVE_FIFO|CONSOLE_MSG); } else { if (NOFORK) { - /* didn't fork... init(1M) is waiting */ + /* didn't fork... init(8) is waiting */ (void) sleep(60); } perror("FIFO"); @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ initialize(int firstpass) } } else { if (NOFORK) { - /* didn't fork... init(1M) is waiting */ + /* didn't fork... init(8) is waiting */ (void) sleep(60); /* * the wait is painful, but we don't want diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.xml b/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.xml index f975618cc0..9fe1d37ae4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/cron/cron.xml @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.h b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.h index aa5d8dcb27..26a2a1d505 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.h @@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ #ifndef _DCS_H #define _DCS_H -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -61,7 +59,7 @@ extern "C" { /* - * The IPsec socket option struct, from ipsec(7P): + * The IPsec socket option struct, from ipsec(4P): * * typedef struct ipsec_req { * uint_t ipsr_ah_req; AH request @@ -79,7 +77,7 @@ extern "C" { * field. Allowable arguments are the same as -a. * * The arguments ("md5", "des", etc.) are named so that they match - * kmd(1m)'s accepted arguments which are listed on the SC in + * kmd(8)'s accepted arguments which are listed on the SC in * /etc/opt/SUNWSMS/SMS/config/kmd_policy.cf. */ #define AH_REQ (IPSEC_PREF_REQUIRED | IPSEC_PREF_UNIQUE) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.xml b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.xml index a14f03eeb4..4adc35b8e7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/dcs.xml @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c index 187319c234..4682f4cf1f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ * * Project Location * ------- -------- - * Solaris usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/%M% - * SMS src/sms/lib/librdr/%M% + * Solaris usr/src/cmd/dcs/sparc/sun4u/rdr_messages.c + * SMS src/sms/lib/librdr/rdr_messages.c * * In order for proper communication to occur, the files in the * above locations must match exactly. Any changes that are made @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ rdr_setopt(int fd, int name, int level) * Bind the specified file descriptor to a specified * address. If the address is already bound, no error is * returned. This is the expected behavior if a server - * has been started by inetd (1M). + * has been started by inetd(8). */ static int rdr_bind(int fd, struct sockaddr *addr) @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ rdr_bind(int fd, struct sockaddr *addr) * Ignore the error if EINVAL is returned. In * this case, we assume that this means that * the address was already bound. This is not - * an error for servers started by inetd (1M). + * an error for servers started by inetd(8). */ if ((rc == -1) && (errno != EINVAL)) { return (RDR_NET_ERR); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/devfsadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/devfsadm.c index 79082ace48..9be5e0a5ec 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/devfsadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/devfsadm.c @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ parse_args(int argc, char *argv[]) break; case 'u': /* - * Invoked via update_drv(1m) to update + * Invoked via update_drv(8) to update * the kernel's driver/alias binding * when removing one or more aliases. */ @@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ get_component(char *str, const char *comp_str) * rules[] is an array of devfsadm_enumerate_t structures which defines * the enumeration rules to be used for a specified set of links in /dev. * The set of links is specified through regular expressions (of the flavor - * described in regex(5)). These regular expressions are used to determine + * described in regex(7)). These regular expressions are used to determine * the set of links in /dev to examine. The last path component in these * regular expressions MUST contain a parenthesized subexpression surrounding * the RE which is to be considered the enumerating component. The subexp @@ -7041,7 +7041,7 @@ devfsadm_free_dev_names(char **dev_names, int len) * devfsadm_free_dev_names() is used to free the returned array. * NULL is returned on failure or when there are no matching devlinks. * - * re is an extended regular expression in regex(5) format used to further + * re is an extended regular expression in regex(7) format used to further * match devlinks pointing to phys_path; it may be NULL to match all */ char ** diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/port_link.c b/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/port_link.c index f62254e3bc..f9bb0ff89d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/port_link.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/devfsadm/port_link.c @@ -770,10 +770,10 @@ update_sacadm_db(void) } /* - * Determine which port monitor entries already exist by invoking pmadm(1m) + * Determine which port monitor entries already exist by invoking pmadm(8) * to list all configured 'ttymon' port monitor entries. - * Do not explicitly report errors from executing pmadm(1m) or sacadm(1m) - * commands to remain compatible with the ports(1m) implementation. + * Do not explicitly report errors from executing pmadm(8) or sacadm(8) + * commands to remain compatible with the ports(8) implementation. */ static int load_ttymondb(void) @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ delete_port_monitor(int port) return; } - /* some other sacadm(1m) error, log and return */ + /* some other sacadm(8) error, log and return */ if (sac_exitval != 0) { devfsadm_print(VERBOSE_MID, "sacadm: (%s) %s\n", SAC_EID(sac_exitval), SAC_EMSG(sac_exitval)); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dfs.cmds/sharemgr/group.xml b/usr/src/cmd/dfs.cmds/sharemgr/group.xml index 3b6a4eb210..8d39bb7997 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dfs.cmds/sharemgr/group.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dfs.cmds/sharemgr/group.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -47,7 +45,7 @@ grouping='require_all' restart_on='error' type='service'> - + - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/dispadmin.c b/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/dispadmin.c index 7de9e04c20..42d4560d8b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/dispadmin.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/dispadmin.c @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ set_scheduler(char *clname) if (ftruncate(fd, (off_t)0) == -1) fatalerr("%s: Failed to truncate %s\n", cmdpath, CONFIGPATH); (void) fputs("#\n# /etc/dispadmin.conf\n#\n" - "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use dispadmin(1m) instead.\n" + "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use dispadmin(8) instead.\n" "#\n", fp); if ((fprintf(fp, "%s=%s\n", TOKENNAME, clname)) == -1) fatalerr("%s: Failed to write to %s\n", cmdpath, CONFIGPATH); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/scheduler.xml b/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/scheduler.xml index 51c63de4a8..3926d66866 100755 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/scheduler.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dispadmin/scheduler.xml @@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -51,7 +48,7 @@ /etc/dispadmin.conf. It therefore must have / (root) and /usr mounted readable. svc:/system/filesystem/usr (which remounts / and /usr read-writable) is dependent on svc:/system/scheduler to - ensure that subsequent services can use their own scheduling + ensure that subsequent services can use their own scheduling class. --> @@ -98,7 +95,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dladm/dladm.c b/usr/src/cmd/dladm/dladm.c index 1a14de1de0..4477322def 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dladm/dladm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dladm/dladm.c @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ #define MAXLINELEN 1024 #define SMF_UPGRADE_FILE "/var/svc/profile/upgrade" #define SMF_UPGRADEDATALINK_FILE "/var/svc/profile/upgrade_datalink" -#define SMF_DLADM_UPGRADE_MSG " # added by dladm(1M)" +#define SMF_DLADM_UPGRADE_MSG " # added by dladm(8)" #define DLADM_DEFAULT_COL 80 /* @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ done: if (status != DLADM_STATUS_OK) { if (status == DLADM_STATUS_NONOTIF) { die("not all links have link up/down detection; must " - "use -f (see dladm(1M))"); + "use -f (see dladm(8))"); } else { die_dlerr(status, "create operation failed"); } @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ done: "match"); } else if (status == DLADM_STATUS_NONOTIF) { die("not all links have link up/down detection; must " - "use -f (see dladm(1M))"); + "use -f (see dladm(8))"); } else { die_dlerr(status, "add operation failed"); } @@ -2564,12 +2564,12 @@ do_create_vlan(int argc, char *argv[], const char *use) case DLADM_STATUS_NOTSUP: die("VLAN over '%s' may require lowered MTU; must use -f (see " - "dladm(1M))", link); + "dladm(8))", link); break; case DLADM_STATUS_LINKBUSY: die("VLAN over '%s' may not use default_tag ID " - "(see dladm(1M))", link); + "(see dladm(8))", link); break; default: @@ -4938,7 +4938,7 @@ do_create_vnic(int argc, char *argv[], const char *use) case DLADM_STATUS_LINKBUSY: die("VLAN over '%s' may not use default_tag ID " - "(see dladm(1M))", devname); + "(see dladm(8))", devname); break; default: diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dladm/secobj.conf b/usr/src/cmd/dladm/secobj.conf index dd196c1273..4457684bdf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dladm/secobj.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dladm/secobj.conf @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ # Copyright 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" -# # DO NOT EDIT OR PARSE THIS FILE! # -# Use the dladm(1m) command to change the contents of this file. +# Use the dladm(8) command to change the contents of this file. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/datalink.conf b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/datalink.conf index 91c9931ff3..fcb9a56f4d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/datalink.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/datalink.conf @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ # Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" -# # DO NOT EDIT OR PARSE THIS FILE! # -# Use the dladm(1m) command to change the contents of this file. +# Use the dladm(8) command to change the contents of this file. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt.xml b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt.xml index e0781a8d8b..6c166257ee 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt_main.c b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt_main.c index 60466fd773..43f3f0eeec 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt_main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dlmgmtd/dlmgmt_main.c @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ dlmgmt_init(void) DLMGMT_TMPFS_DIR, progname, ".debug.cache"); } else { if ((fmri = getenv("SMF_FMRI")) == NULL) { - dlmgmt_log(LOG_ERR, "dlmgmtd is an smf(5) managed " + dlmgmt_log(LOG_ERR, "dlmgmtd is an smf(7) managed " "service and should not be run from the command " "line."); return (EINVAL); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/drd/drd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/drd/drd.xml index 317db297de..d8f7634029 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/drd/drd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/drd/drd.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/demo/spec/specopen.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/demo/spec/specopen.d index f1975ff869..370153a05d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/demo/spec/specopen.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/demo/spec/specopen.d @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ syscall::open64:entry { /* * The call to speculation() creates a new speculation. If this fails, - * dtrace(1M) will generate an error message indicating the reason for + * dtrace(8) will generate an error message indicating the reason for * the failed speculation(), but subsequent speculative tracing will be * silently discarded. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/dtrace.c b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/dtrace.c index f005629fc9..95c0ba89d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/dtrace.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/dtrace.c @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static const char *g_etcend = "* ^^^^ Added by DTrace"; static const char *g_etc[] = { "*", -"* The following forceload directives were added by dtrace(1M) to allow for", +"* The following forceload directives were added by dtrace(8) to allow for", "* tracing during boot. If these directives are removed, the system will", "* continue to function, but tracing will not occur during boot as desired.", "* To remove these directives (and this block comment) automatically, run", @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ usage(FILE *fp) "\t-32 generate 32-bit D programs and ELF files\n" "\t-64 generate 64-bit D programs and ELF files\n\n" "\t-a claim anonymous tracing state\n" - "\t-A generate driver.conf(4) directives for anonymous tracing\n" + "\t-A generate driver.conf(5) directives for anonymous tracing\n" "\t-b set trace buffer size\n" "\t-c run specified command and exit upon its completion\n" "\t-C run cpp(1) preprocessor on script files\n" @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ exec_prog(const dtrace_cmd_t *dcp) /* * Print out the specified DOF buffer as a set of ASCII bytes appropriate for - * storing in a driver.conf(4) file associated with the dtrace driver. + * storing in a driver.conf(5) file associated with the dtrace driver. */ static void anon_prog(const dtrace_cmd_t *dcp, dof_hdr_t *dof, int n) @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) */ error("saved anonymous enabling in %s\n", g_ofile); etcsystem_add(); - error("run update_drv(1M) or reboot to enable changes\n"); + error("run update_drv(8) or reboot to enable changes\n"); dtrace_close(g_dtp); return (g_status); @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) if ((g_ofp = fopen(g_ofile, "w")) == NULL) fatal("failed to open header file '%s'", g_ofile); - oprintf("/*\n * Generated by dtrace(1M).\n */\n\n"); + oprintf("/*\n * Generated by dtrace(8).\n */\n\n"); if (dtrace_program_header(g_dtp, g_ofp, g_ofile) != 0 || fclose(g_ofp) == EOF) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/jdtrace/JDTrace.java b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/jdtrace/JDTrace.java index f8c9ab7337..b39535afb5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/jdtrace/JDTrace.java +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/jdtrace/JDTrace.java @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ import java.util.*; import java.util.logging.*; /** - * Emulates {@code dtrace(1M)} using the Java DTrace API. + * Emulates {@code dtrace(8)} using the Java DTrace API. */ public class JDTrace { static Logger logger = Logger.getLogger(JDTrace.class.getName()); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/scripts/dtest.pl b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/scripts/dtest.pl index e7f9189822..645a7eb543 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/scripts/dtest.pl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/cmd/scripts/dtest.pl @@ -100,10 +100,10 @@ sub usage print "\t -i specify ISA to test instead of isaexec(3C) default\n"; print "\t -j execute test suite using jdtrace (Java API) only\n"; print "\t -l save log file of results and PIDs used by tests\n"; - print "\t -n execute test suite using dtrace(1m) only\n"; + print "\t -n execute test suite using dtrace(8) only\n"; print "\t -q set quiet mode (only report errors and summary)\n"; print "\t -s save results files even for tests that pass\n"; - print "\t -x pass corresponding -x argument to dtrace(1M)\n"; + print "\t -x pass corresponding -x argument to dtrace(8)\n"; exit(2); } @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ sub run_tests { } # - # DTrace is gone. Now update_drv(1M), and rip + # DTrace is gone. Now update_drv(8), and rip # everything out again. # system("update_drv dtrace"); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/cpc/err.cputrackfailtostart.ksh b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/cpc/err.cputrackfailtostart.ksh index f62b83d571..2e78256216 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/cpc/err.cputrackfailtostart.ksh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/cpc/err.cputrackfailtostart.ksh @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # Use is subject to license terms. # -# This script ensures that cputrack(1M) will fail to start when the cpc +# This script ensures that cputrack(8) will fail to start when the cpc # provider has active enablings. # # The script will fail if: diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv4remote.pl b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv4remote.pl index d2dc8fdbee..439614a3a0 100755 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv4remote.pl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv4remote.pl @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ # # get.ipv4remote.pl [tcpport] # -# Find an IPv4 reachable remote host using both ifconfig(1M) and ping(1M). +# Find an IPv4 reachable remote host using both ifconfig(8) and ping(8). # If a tcpport is specified, return a host that is also listening on this # TCP port. Print the local address and the remote address, or an # error message if no suitable remote host was found. Exit status is 0 if diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv6remote.pl b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv6remote.pl index 3b1999f62b..a8956cd158 100755 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv6remote.pl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/ip/get.ipv6remote.pl @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ # # get.ipv6remote.pl # -# Find an IPv6 reachable remote host using both ifconfig(1M) and ping(1M). +# Find an IPv6 reachable remote host using both ifconfig(8) and ping(8). # Print the local address and the remote address, or print nothing if either # no IPv6 interfaces or remote hosts were found. (Remote IPv6 testing is # considered optional, and so not finding another IPv6 host is not an error diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/pid/tst.killonerror.ksh b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/pid/tst.killonerror.ksh index 587878c3fc..c8c389b3d2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/pid/tst.killonerror.ksh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/pid/tst.killonerror.ksh @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ fi dtrace=$1 # -# Make sure we kill a process if the dtrace(1M) command fails. +# Make sure we kill a process if the dtrace(8) command fails. # rc=`$dtrace -c date -n jarod 2>/dev/null | /usr/bin/wc -l` diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/proc/tst.exitcore.ksh b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/proc/tst.exitcore.ksh index df3fdb3d6d..2567ba75ba 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/proc/tst.exitcore.ksh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/proc/tst.exitcore.ksh @@ -23,14 +23,13 @@ # Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # This script tests that the proc:::exit probe fires with the correct argument # when the process core dumps. The problematic bit here is making sure that # a process _can_ dump core -- if core dumps are disabled on both a global # and per-process basis, this test will fail. Rather than having this test -# muck with coreadm(1M) settings, it will fail explicitly in this case and +# muck with coreadm(8) settings, it will fail explicitly in this case and # provide a hint as to the problem. In general, machines should never be # running with both per-process and global core dumps disabled -- so this # should be a non-issue in practice. @@ -52,7 +51,7 @@ script() /curpsinfo->pr_ppid == $child && curpsinfo->pr_psargs == "$longsleep" && args[0] != CLD_DUMPED/ { - printf("Child process could not dump core. Check coreadm(1M)"); + printf("Child process could not dump core. Check coreadm(8)"); printf(" settings; either per-process or global core dumps "); printf("must be enabled for this test to work properly."); exit(1); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithBreakPoint.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithBreakPoint.d index 958ce68612..7774f117c8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithBreakPoint.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithBreakPoint.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option * */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithChill.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithChill.d index ebb3b01601..7d7d07671a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithChill.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithChill.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace (1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option * */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOut.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOut.d index 9c14bb5a59..11420e40f5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOut.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOut.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option * */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOutStr.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOutStr.d index 695eb8c8de..d14bf67dfa 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOutStr.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithCopyOutStr.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithPanic.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithPanic.d index dcba080194..b5d80910d4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithPanic.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithPanic.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option * */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithRaise.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithRaise.d index e4fe06b6a3..a463b25702 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithRaise.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithRaise.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithStop.d b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithStop.d index 468e8f20e2..c02064c0d2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithStop.d +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/common/speculation/err.D_ACT_SPEC.SpeculateWithStop.d @@ -25,14 +25,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * ASSERTION: * Destructive actions may never be speculative. * * SECTION: Speculative Tracing/Using a Speculation - * SECTION: dtrace(1M) Utility/ -w option + * SECTION: dtrace(8) Utility/ -w option */ #pragma D option quiet diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/sparc/ustack/tst.trapstat.ksh b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/sparc/ustack/tst.trapstat.ksh index 84af800676..2adbba1d45 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/sparc/ustack/tst.trapstat.ksh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dtrace/test/tst/sparc/ustack/tst.trapstat.ksh @@ -24,11 +24,10 @@ # Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # This script verifies that user-land stacks can be walked safely -# when the trapstat(1M) utility is running. An arbitrary program, w(1), +# when the trapstat(8) utility is running. An arbitrary program, w(1), # is started once a second to ensure stacks can be walked at all stages # of the process lifecycle. # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dconf.c b/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dconf.c index 6e549afaa7..b5c86098cf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dconf.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dconf.c @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ dconf_write(dumpconf_t *dcp) (void) fputs("#\n# dumpadm.conf\n#\n" "# Configuration parameters for system crash dump.\n" - "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use dumpadm(1m) instead.\n" + "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use dumpadm(8) instead.\n" "#\n", dcp->dc_conf_fp); for (tokp = tokens; tokp->tok_name != NULL; tokp++) { @@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ dconf_dev_ioctl(dumpconf_t *dcp, int cmd) break; default: /* - * NOTE: The stmsboot(1M) command's boot-up script parses this + * NOTE: The stmsboot(8) command's boot-up script parses this * error to get the dump device name. If you change the format - * of this message, make sure that stmsboot(1M) is in sync. + * of this message, make sure that stmsboot(8) is in sync. */ warn(gettext("cannot use %s as dump device"), dcp->dc_device); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dumpadm.xml b/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dumpadm.xml index 65f7fdb900..df8a280703 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dumpadm.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/dumpadm/dumpadm.xml @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ potential to specialize all the properties/methods. /> - + - + @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ potential to specialize all the properties/methods. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/iscsitsvc/iscsi-target.xml b/usr/src/cmd/iscsitsvc/iscsi-target.xml index 4598d27380..27b8617ab0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/iscsitsvc/iscsi-target.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/iscsitsvc/iscsi-target.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ CDDL HEADER END Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. -Service manifests for iSCSI Target +Service manifests for iSCSI Target --> + @@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ Service manifests for the iSNS Server - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/kbd/keymap.xml b/usr/src/cmd/kbd/keymap.xml index c6ec168c28..92b9d807c9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/kbd/keymap.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/kbd/keymap.xml @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keylogin.c b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keylogin.c index d42595ccd9..5816dde923 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keylogin.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keylogin.c @@ -36,8 +36,6 @@ * contributors. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * Set secret key on local machine */ @@ -238,7 +236,7 @@ oldkeylogin(char *fullname, char *pass) "The system default domain '%s' is different from the Secure RPC\n\ domain %s where the key is stored. The Secure RPC domainname is\n\ defined by the directory object stored in the /var/nis/NIS_COLD_START file.\n\ -If you need to change this Secure RPC domainname, please use the nisinit(1M)\n\ +If you need to change this Secure RPC domainname, please use the nisinit(8)\n\ command with the `-k` option.\n", local_domain, sec_domain); } else { fprintf(stderr, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.c b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.c index 8bb6171772..2b5420a166 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.c @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ /* * keyserv - server for storing private encryption keys - * keyserv(1M) performs multiple functions: it stores secret keys per uid; it + * keyserv(8) performs multiple functions: it stores secret keys per uid; it * performs public key encryption and decryption operations; and it generates - * "random" keys. keyserv(1M) will talk to no one but a local root process on + * "random" keys. keyserv(8) will talk to no one but a local root process on * the local transport only. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.dfl index bed51f1614..77048988fc 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.dfl @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # @@ -25,10 +24,10 @@ # # /etc/default/keyserv # -# keyserv default settings processed via keyserv(1M). +# keyserv default settings processed via keyserv(8). # # ENABLE_NOBODY_KEYS affects whether default keys for nobody are used, see -# keyserv(1M) for details. The default value is "YES". A value of "NO" +# keyserv(8) for details. The default value is "YES". A value of "NO" # (any case) results in disabling of these keys; any other value is # ignored. # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.xml b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.xml index 9f70e6a993..86dd806183 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/keyserv.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -78,7 +76,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/setkey.c b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/setkey.c index 39ac5dfaef..05de2e5ce7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/setkey.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/keyserv/setkey.c @@ -34,8 +34,6 @@ * contributors. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * Do the real work of the keyserver. * Store secret keys. Compute common keys, @@ -1838,8 +1836,8 @@ hash_keys(pub, sec) } /* - * problem: keyserv loads keys from /etc/.rootkey based on nisauthconf(1M) - * which is too nis+-centric (see secure_rpc(3N)). + * problem: keyserv loads keys from /etc/.rootkey based on nisauthconf(8) + * which is too nis+-centric (see secure_rpc(3NSL)). * * So we want to make sure there is always a AUTH_DES compat entry * in the "list" of nis+ mechs so that the 192bit key always gets loaded so diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/cli/kadmin.c b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/cli/kadmin.c index 0d86fb06e4..88556cda9b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/cli/kadmin.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/cli/kadmin.c @@ -1360,8 +1360,8 @@ void kadmin_addprinc(argc, argv) gettext("while doing a get_principal on \"%s\"."), canon); printf(gettext("\nWarning: Principal \"%s\" could have incomplete " "flag settings, as a result of a failed get_principal.\n" - "Check the 'default_principal_flags' setting in kdc.conf(4).\n" - "If there is a mismatch, use modprinc in kadmin(1M) to rectify " + "Check the 'default_principal_flags' setting in kdc.conf(5).\n" + "If there is a mismatch, use modprinc in kadmin(8) to rectify " "the same.\n\n"), canon); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kclient/kclient.sh b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kclient/kclient.sh index 575f0a8c63..ab579e9757 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kclient/kclient.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kclient/kclient.sh @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ function setup_keytab { # # 2. Do we want to create and/or add service principal(s) for fqdn's - # other than the one listed in resolv.conf(4) ? + # other than the one listed in resolv.conf(5) ? # if [[ -z $options ]]; then query "$(gettext "Do you have multiple DNS domains spanning the Kerberos realm") $realm ?" @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ EOF if [[ ${#enctypes[@]} -eq 0 ]] then printf "$(gettext "No enctypes are supported").\n" - printf "$(gettext "Please enable arcfour or 1DES, then re-join; see cryptoadm(1M)").\n" >&2 + printf "$(gettext "Please enable arcfour or 1DES, then re-join; see cryptoadm(8)").\n" >&2 error_message fi @@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ else # /etc/resolv.conf not present, exit ... # printf "\n$(gettext "%s does not exist and is required for Kerberos setup")\n" $RESOLV_CONF_FILE >&2 - printf "$(gettext "Refer to resolv.conf(4), exiting").\n" >&2 + printf "$(gettext "Refer to resolv.conf(5), exiting").\n" >&2 error_message fi @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ check_nss_conf || printf "$(gettext "/etc/nsswitch.conf does not make use of DNS if [[ -z $dnsarg && (-z $options || -z $filepath) ]]; then query "$(gettext "Do you want to use DNS for kerberos lookups") ?" if [[ $answer == yes ]]; then - printf "\n$(gettext "Valid DNS lookup options are dns_lookup_kdc, dns_lookup_realm,\nand dns_fallback. Refer krb5.conf(4) for further details").\n" + printf "\n$(gettext "Valid DNS lookup options are dns_lookup_kdc, dns_lookup_realm,\nand dns_fallback. Refer krb5.conf(5) for further details").\n" printf "\n$(gettext "Enter required DNS option"): " read dnsarg checkval="DNS_OPTIONS"; check_value $dnsarg @@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ doKRB5config if [[ $no_keytab != yes ]]; then setup_keytab else - printf "\n$(gettext "Note: %s file not created, please refer to verify_ap_req_nofail in krb5.conf(4) for the implications").\n" $KRB5_KEYTAB_FILE + printf "\n$(gettext "Note: %s file not created, please refer to verify_ap_req_nofail in krb5.conf(5) for the implications").\n" $KRB5_KEYTAB_FILE printf "$(gettext "Client will also not be able to host services that use Kerberos").\n" fi diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kdcmgr/klookup.c b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kdcmgr/klookup.c index 6fa9641093..c962ea1faf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kdcmgr/klookup.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/kdcmgr/klookup.c @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ * klooukp [ target [ RR_type ] ] * * Utitilizes DNS lookups to discover domain and realm information. This CLI - * is used primarily by kdcmgr(1M) and kclient(1M). + * is used primarily by kdcmgr(8) and kclient(8). */ int diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ipropd_svc.c b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ipropd_svc.c index 6e75e2428d..e708ad17a3 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ipropd_svc.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ipropd_svc.c @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ iprop_full_resync_1( #else (void) signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL); #endif /* POSIX_SIGNALS */ - /* run kdb5_util(1M) dump for IProp */ + /* run kdb5_util(8) dump for IProp */ pret = pclose(popen(ubuf, "w")); DPRINT(("%s: pclose=%d\n", whoami, pret)); if (pret == -1) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/kadmin.xml b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/kadmin.xml index e006030c13..4d37e822fa 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/kadmin.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/kadmin.xml @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -61,7 +59,7 @@ Kerberos administration daemon - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ovsec_kadmd.c b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ovsec_kadmd.c index 11fe918c06..ad015d52b1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ovsec_kadmd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kadmin/server/ovsec_kadmd.c @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) * The option value is "1". This will allow the server to restart * whilst the previous process is cleaning up after itself in a * FIN_WAIT_2 or TIME_WAIT state. If another process is started - * outside of smf(5) then bind will fail anyway, which is what we want. + * outside of smf(7) then bind will fail anyway, which is what we want. */ reqbuf[sizeof (struct opthdr)] = 1; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/krb5kdc/krb5kdc.xml b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/krb5kdc/krb5kdc.xml index 05f1159d76..7b5167d8a4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/krb5kdc/krb5kdc.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/krb5kdc/krb5kdc.xml @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -28,7 +26,7 @@ @@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/ktkt_warn.xml b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/ktkt_warn.xml index 3bcc648fac..ec91ce147a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/ktkt_warn.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/ktkt_warn.xml @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/kwarnd.c b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/kwarnd.c index 34355b4143..395367c7e3 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/kwarnd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/kwarn/kwarnd.c @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) /* * Take special note that "getuid()" is called here. This call is used - * rather that app_krb5_user_uid(), to ensure ktkt_warnd(1M) is running + * rather that app_krb5_user_uid(), to ensure ktkt_warnd(8) is running * as root. */ #ifdef DEBUG diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/slave/krb5_prop.xml b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/slave/krb5_prop.xml index 1d62424494..00581ae1ff 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/krb5/slave/krb5_prop.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/krb5/slave/krb5_prop.xml @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -20,7 +18,7 @@ the old mode of nonincremental passively receives full propagations from the master KDC - refer to kdc.conf(4) to configure incremental or nonincremental modes + refer to kdc.conf(5) to configure incremental or nonincremental modes --> @@ -50,7 +48,7 @@ user='root' group='other' privileges='basic,!file_link_any,!proc_info,!proc_session,net_privaddr' - /> + /> @@ -69,7 +67,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/idsconfig.sh b/usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/idsconfig.sh index 4d3df78e42..786c95ce07 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/idsconfig.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ldap/ns_ldap/idsconfig.sh @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ EOF Note: idsconfig has created entries for VLV indexes. - For DS5.x, use the directoryserver(1m) script on ${IDS_SERVER} + For DS5.x, use the directoryserver(8) script on ${IDS_SERVER} to stop the server. Then, using directoryserver, follow the directoryserver examples below to create the actual VLV indexes. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EOF HELP - Name of the configuration profile with which the clients will be configured. A directory server can store various profiles for multiple - groups of clients. The initialization tool, (ldapclient(1M)), assumes + groups of clients. The initialization tool, (ldapclient(8)), assumes "default" unless another is specified. EOF @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ EOF ;; keyserv_help) cat < take the form of \'-a attrName=attrVal\' as " "described in the\n"), stderr); - CLIENT_FPUTS(gettext("man page: ldapclient(1M)\n"), stderr); + CLIENT_FPUTS(gettext("man page: ldapclient(8)\n"), stderr); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ldapcachemgr/client.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ldapcachemgr/client.xml index c5dfe78354..53d90d76c4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ldapcachemgr/client.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ldapcachemgr/client.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -95,7 +93,7 @@ Information Service lookups - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ldmad/ldoms-agents.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ldmad/ldoms-agents.xml index d968745f19..d5fea93b4b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ldmad/ldoms-agents.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ldmad/ldoms-agents.xml @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lofiadm/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/lofiadm/main.c index 6ed5b49050..f1c360ec6f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lofiadm/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lofiadm/main.c @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ */ /* - * lofiadm - administer lofi(7d). Very simple, add and remove file<->device + * lofiadm - administer lofi(4D). Very simple, add and remove file<->device * associations, and display status. All the ioctls are private between * lofi and lofiadm, and so are very simple - device information is * communicated via a minor number. @@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ lofi_compress(int *lfd, const char *filename, int compress_index, /* * Round up the compressed file size to be a multiple of - * DEV_BSIZE. lofi(7D) likes it that way. + * DEV_BSIZE. lofi(4D) likes it that way. */ if ((offset = statbuf.st_size % DEV_BSIZE) > 0) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/conf.c b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/conf.c index bb037041f9..c910dabef7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/conf.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/conf.c @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ conf_print(FILE *cstream, FILE *tstream) exclude_opts++; /* -P option goes to config file */ } else { (void) fprintf(tstream, gettext( - "# This file holds internal data for logadm(1M).\n" + "# This file holds internal data for logadm(8).\n" "# Do not edit.\n")); } for (cp = Confinfo; cp; cp = cp->cf_next) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm-upgrade b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm-upgrade index e606b32365..04a1114af5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm-upgrade +++ b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm-upgrade @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ GREP=/usr/bin/grep # # This is a temporary service to allow addition (only) to /etc/logadm.conf -# It is temporary in the sense that logadm(1M) should have its configuration +# It is temporary in the sense that logadm(8) should have its configuration # migrated to SMF in the future. # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm.conf b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm.conf index 39eea57578..6c0df38306 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/logadm.conf @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # logadm.conf # # Default settings for system log file management. -# The -w option to logadm(1M) is the preferred way to write to this file, +# The -w option to logadm(8) is the preferred way to write to this file, # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # # The format of lines in this file is: @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ vminfod_logs /var/svc/log/*vminfod*.log -C 168 -S 1g -c -p 1h -t '/var/log/vm/vm /var/log/*.debug -C 2 -s 5m -c smf_logs /var/svc/log/*.log -C 8 -s 1m -c # -# The entry below is used by turnacct(1M) +# The entry below is used by turnacct(8) # /var/adm/pacct -C 0 -N -a '/usr/lib/acct/accton pacct' -g adm -m 664 -o adm -p never # -# The entry below manages the Dynamic Resource Pools daemon (poold(1M)) logfile. +# The entry below manages the Dynamic Resource Pools daemon (poold(8)) logfile. # /var/log/pool/poold -N -s 512k -a 'pkill -HUP poold; true' diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/tester b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/tester index 742bc03209..242df62cdf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/logadm/tester +++ b/usr/src/cmd/logadm/tester @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ sub set_testconffile { # logadm.conf # # Default settings for system log file management. -# The -w option to logadm(1M) is the preferred way to write to this file, +# The -w option to logadm(8) is the preferred way to write to this file, # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # # The format of lines in this file is: @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ sub set_testconffile { /var/cron/log -s 512k -t /var/cron/olog /var/lp/logs/lpsched -C 2 -N -t '$file.$N' # -# The entry below is used by turnacct(1M) +# The entry below is used by turnacct(8) # /var/adm/pacct -C 0 -a '/usr/lib/acct/accton pacct' -g adm -m 664 -o adm -p never apache -C 24 -a '/usr/apache/bin/apachectl graceful' -p 1m -t '/var/apache/old-logs/$basename.%Y-%m' '/var/apache/logs/*{access,error}_log' @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ sub logadm7 { # this comment # has at least another #-sign in it #... # # Default settings for system log file management. -# The -w option to logadm(1M) is the preferred way to write to this file, +# The -w option to logadm(8) is the preferred way to write to this file, # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ sub logadm7 { dir1/syslog -C 8 -a 'echo kill -HUP `cat /var/run/*syslog*pid` >> cmd.out' dir2/messages -C 4 -a 'echo kill -HUP `cat /var/run/*syslog*pid` >> cmd.out' # -# The entry below is used by turnacct(1M) +# The entry below is used by turnacct(8) # /var/adm/pacct -C 0 -a '/usr/lib/acct/accton pacct' -g adm -m 664 -o adm -p never EOF @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ second kill -HUP $pid EOF set_file('sed.out.expect', <<'EOF'); -# This file holds internal data for logadm(1M). +# This file holds internal data for logadm(8). # Do not edit. dir1/syslog dir2/messages @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ dir2/messages -P '$lessthanweek' EOF set_file('sed.out.expect', <<"EOF"); -# This file holds internal data for logadm(1M). +# This file holds internal data for logadm(8). # Do not edit. dir1/syslog dir2/log @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ sub logadm14 { # logadm.conf # # Default settings for system log file management. -# The -w option to logadm(1M) is the preferred way to write to this file, +# The -w option to logadm(8) is the preferred way to write to this file, # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # but if you do edit it by hand, use "logadm -V" to check it for errors. # @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ sub logadm14 { dir1/syslog -C 8 -a 'echo kill -HUP `cat /var/run/*syslog*pid` >> cmd.out' dir2/messages -C 4 -a 'echo kill -HUP `cat /var/run/*syslog*pid` >> cmd.out' # -# The entry below is used by turnacct(1M) +# The entry below is used by turnacct(8) # /var/adm/pacct -C 0 -a '/usr/lib/acct/accton pacct' -g adm -m 664 -o adm -p never EOF @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ dir3/test.log -A 3d EOF set_file('logadm.timestamps', <<'EOF'); -# This file holds internal data for logadm(1M). +# This file holds internal data for logadm(8). # Do not edit. dir1/foo.log -P 'Thu Nov 1 16:56:42 2001' dir2/test.log -P 'Thu Nov 1 16:56:42 2001' @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ wildcard_test -A 3d dir1/*.log EOF set_file('logadm.timestamps', <<'EOF'); -# This file holds internal data for logadm(1M). +# This file holds internal data for logadm(8). # Do not edit. dir1/foo.log -P 'Thu Nov 1 16:56:42 2001' dir2/test.log -P 'Thu Nov 1 16:56:42 2001' diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/login/login.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/login/login.dfl index 4515dfcc6a..f747f95201 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/login/login.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/login/login.dfl @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ SYSLOG=YES # RETRIES determines the number of failed logins that will be # allowed before login exits. Default is 5 and maximum is 15. -# If account locking is configured (user_attr(4)/policy.conf(4)) -# for a local user's account (passwd(4)/shadow(4)), that account +# If account locking is configured (user_attr(5)/policy.conf(5)) +# for a local user's account (passwd(5)/shadow(5)), that account # will be locked if failed logins equals or exceeds RETRIES. # #RETRIES=5 diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/login/logindevperm.sh b/usr/src/cmd/login/logindevperm.sh index d02ff2aeca..32ff330877 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/login/logindevperm.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/login/logindevperm.sh @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ cat < - + - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lp/crontab/lp b/usr/src/cmd/lp/crontab/lp index 610cf71a44..dad7bcf43c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lp/crontab/lp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lp/crontab/lp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ # # CDDL HEADER END # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + # # At 03:13am on Sundays: # Move a weeks worth of 'requests' to 'requests.1'. @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ # 13 3 * * 0 cd /var/lp/logs; if [ -f requests ]; then if [ -f requests.1 ]; then /bin/mv requests.1 requests.2; fi; /usr/bin/cp requests requests.1; >requests; fi # -# Rotating of the "lpsched" log files is handled by logadm(1M). +# Rotating of the "lpsched" log files is handled by logadm(8). # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lp/filter/postscript/postio/parallel.c b/usr/src/cmd/lp/filter/postscript/postio/parallel.c index a8bca7e41e..75c1cee7a4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lp/filter/postscript/postio/parallel.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lp/filter/postscript/postio/parallel.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - extern char *postbegin; #include @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ char *BppState(int state) static char buf[BUFSIZ]; memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); - sprintf(buf, "State (0x%.4x) - (%s%s%s%s)\n", state, + sprintf(buf, "State (0x%.4x) - (%s%s%s%s)\n", state, ((state & BPP_SLCT_ERR) ? "offline " : ""), ((state & BPP_BUSY_ERR) ? "busy " : ""), ((state & BPP_PE_ERR) ? "paper " : ""), @@ -121,10 +119,10 @@ int bpp_state(int fd) exit(PRINTER_IO_ERROR); state = bpp_stat.pin_status; -#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(NOTDEF) +#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(NOTDEF) logit("%s", BppState(state)); #endif - + if (state == (BPP_PE_ERR | BPP_ERR_ERR | BPP_SLCT_ERR)) { /* paper is out */ return(PRINTER_ERROR_PAPER_OUT); @@ -148,7 +146,7 @@ int bpp_state(int fd) return(0); } -int +int get_ecpp_status(int fd) { int state; @@ -179,7 +177,7 @@ get_ecpp_status(int fd) } /** - * For prnio(7I) - generic printer interface + * For prnio(4I) - generic printer interface **/ int is_a_prnio(int fd) { @@ -235,7 +233,7 @@ int prnio_state(int fd) } return(0); } - + /** * Common routines **/ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lp/include/lp.h b/usr/src/cmd/lp/include/lp.h index a07acfd494..81a11f88b6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lp/include/lp.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lp/include/lp.h @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ typedef struct FALERT { although a common cause is that the printer's buffer capacity\n\ was exceeded. Using XON/XOFF flow control, adding carriage-return\n\ delays, or lowering the baud rate may fix the problem.\n\ -See stty(1) and lpadmin(1M) man-pages for help in doing this.\n" +See stty(1) and lpadmin(8) man-pages for help in doing this.\n" #define PIPE_FAULT \ "The output ``port'', a FIFO, was closed before all output was written.\n" @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ See stty(1) and lpadmin(1M) man-pages for help in doing this.\n" #define LP_EKEYWORD 12 #define LP_EPATTERN 13 #define LP_ERESULT 14 -#define LP_EREGEX 15 /* and see extern int regerrno, regexpr(3G) */ +#define LP_EREGEX 15 /* and see extern int regerrno, regexpr(3GEN) */ #define LP_ENOMEM 99 extern int lp_errno; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lp/lib/oam/msg.source b/usr/src/cmd/lp/lib/oam/msg.source index d0650c00cf..4c762fed65 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lp/lib/oam/msg.source +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lp/lib/oam/msg.source @@ -19,8 +19,6 @@ * CDDL HEADER END */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. * Use is subject to license terms. @@ -344,7 +342,7 @@ E_FL_BADTEMPLATE "There appears to be an incomplete option\ntemplate. This can be caused by a double\ncomma in the option list. Resubmit the\nentire input." E_FL_BADKEY "Unrecognized keyword in option template." - "Resubmit the entire input. Check the\nlpfilter(1M) manual page for the list of\nvalid keywords." + "Resubmit the entire input. Check the\nlpfilter(8) manual page for the list of\nvalid keywords." E_FL_BADPATT "Missing pattern in option template." "Resubmit the entire input; make sure all\noption templates include a keyword,\npattern, and replacement:\nkeyword pattern = replacement\n(e.g. MODES * = -m *)." diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/lp/model/lp.cat.c b/usr/src/cmd/lp/model/lp.cat.c index 1b94b0afd8..8575427c50 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/lp/model/lp.cat.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/lp/model/lp.cat.c @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ get_ecpp_status(int fd) } /* - * For prnio(7I) - generic printer interface + * For prnio(4I) - generic printer interface */ int is_a_prnio(int fd) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mailwrapper/mailer.conf b/usr/src/cmd/mailwrapper/mailer.conf index fc17c7e16d..9abfb6ab9d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mailwrapper/mailer.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mailwrapper/mailer.conf @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # -# This file configures mailwrapper(1M). -# For details see mailer.conf(4). -# The following configuration is correct for sendmail(1M). +# This file configures mailwrapper(8). +# For details see mailer.conf(5). +# The following configuration is correct for sendmail(8). # sendmail /usr/lib/smtp/sendmail/sendmail diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mailx/hdr/rcv.h b/usr/src/cmd/mailx/hdr/rcv.h index ba68da067f..d61639d5d2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mailx/hdr/rcv.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mailx/hdr/rcv.h @@ -33,8 +33,6 @@ * contributors. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * mailx -- a modified version of a University of California at Berkeley * mail program @@ -44,7 +42,7 @@ */ /*#define USG 1 */ /* System V */ -#define USG_TTY 1 /* termio(7) */ +#define USG_TTY 1 /* termio(4I) */ #include "def.h" #include "glob.h" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/man/man.c b/usr/src/cmd/man/man.c index 3935305932..ec8c361190 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/man/man.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/man/man.c @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ static const struct map_entry { char *old_name; char *new_name; } map[] = { + { "1m", "8" }, { "3b", "3ucb" }, { "3e", "3elf" }, { "3g", "3gen" }, @@ -85,6 +86,16 @@ static const struct map_entry { { "3x", "3curses" }, { "3xc", "3xcurses" }, { "3xn", "3xnet" }, + { "4", "5" }, + { "5", "7" }, + { "7", "4" }, + { "7b", "4b" }, + { "7d", "4d" }, + { "7fs", "4fs" }, + { "7i", "4i" }, + { "7ipp", "4ipp" }, + { "7m", "4m" }, + { "7p", "4p" }, { NULL, NULL } }; @@ -135,18 +146,18 @@ static struct pathmap { dev_t dev; ino_t ino; } bintoman[] = { - { "/sbin", "/usr/share/man,1m", 0, 0 }, - { "/usr/sbin", "/usr/share/man,1m", 0, 0 }, - { "/usr/ucb", "/usr/share/man,1b", 0, 0 }, - { "/usr/bin", "/usr/share/man,1,1m,1s,1t,1c", 0, 0 }, - { "/usr/xpg4/bin", "/usr/share/man,1", 0, 0 }, - { "/usr/xpg6/bin", "/usr/share/man,1", 0, 0 }, - { NULL, NULL, 0, 0 } + { "/sbin", "/usr/share/man,8,1m", 0, 0 }, + { "/usr/sbin", "/usr/share/man,8,1m", 0, 0 }, + { "/usr/ucb", "/usr/share/man,1b", 0, 0 }, + { "/usr/bin", "/usr/share/man,1,8,1m,1s,1t,1c", 0, 0 }, + { "/usr/xpg4/bin", "/usr/share/man,1", 0, 0 }, + { "/usr/xpg6/bin", "/usr/share/man,1", 0, 0 }, + { NULL, NULL, 0, 0 } }; struct man_node { char *path; /* mandir path */ - char **secv; /* submandir suffices */ + char **secv; /* submandir suffixes */ int defsrch; /* hint for man -p */ int frompath; /* hint for man -d */ struct man_node *next; @@ -159,17 +170,16 @@ static int found = 0; static int list = 0; static int makewhatis = 0; static int printmp = 0; -static int sargs = 0; static int psoutput = 0; static int lintout = 0; static int whatis = 0; static int makewhatishere = 0; -static char *mansec; +static char *mansec = NULL; static char *pager = NULL; static char *addlocale(char *); -static struct man_node *build_manpath(char **, int); +static struct man_node *build_manpath(char **, char *, int); static void do_makewhatis(struct man_node *); static char *check_config(char *); static int cmp(const void *, const void *); @@ -182,11 +192,11 @@ static void fullpaths(struct man_node **); static void get_all_sect(struct man_node *); static int getdirs(char *, char ***, int); static void getpath(struct man_node *, char **); -static void getsect(struct man_node *, char **); +static void getsect(struct man_node *, char **, char *); static void init_bintoman(void); static void lower(char *); static void mandir(char **, char *, char *, int); -static int manual(struct man_node *, char *); +static int manual(struct man_node *, char *, char *); static char *map_section(char *, char *); static char *path_to_manpath(char *); static void print_manpath(struct man_node *); @@ -283,7 +293,6 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) break; case 's': mansec = optarg; - sargs++; break; case 'r': lintout++; @@ -334,8 +343,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) manpath = DEFMANDIR; } pathv = split(manpath, ':'); - mandirs = build_manpath(pathv, bmp_flags); - freev(pathv); + mandirs = build_manpath(pathv, mansec, bmp_flags); fullpaths(&mandirs); if (makewhatis) { @@ -377,7 +385,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { char *cmd; static struct man_node *mp; - char *pv[2]; + char *pv[2] = {NULL, NULL}; /* * If full path to command specified, customize @@ -389,23 +397,56 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) err(1, "strdup"); pv[1] = NULL; *cmd = '/'; - mp = build_manpath(pv, + mp = build_manpath(pv, mansec, BMP_ISPATH | BMP_FALLBACK_DEFMANDIR); } else { mp = mandirs; } - if (apropos) + if (apropos) { whatapro(mp, argv[i]); - else - ret += manual(mp, argv[i]); + } else { + /* + * If a page is specified with an embedded section, + * such as 'printf.3c' First try to find it literally + * (which has historically worked due to the + * implementation of mandir() and has come to be + * relied upon), if that doesn't work split it at the + * right most '.' to separate a hypothetical name and + * section, and explicitly search under the specified + * section, which will trigger the section name + * compatibility logic. + * + * The error that the page they initially requested + * does not exist will still be produced at this + * point, and indicate (unless clobbered by the pager) + * what has been done. + */ + int lret = 0; + + lret = manual(mp, argv[i], NULL); + if (lret != 0) { + char *sec = NULL; + + if ((sec = strrchr(argv[i], '.')) != NULL) { + char *page = NULL; + *sec++ = '\0'; + if ((page = strdup(argv[i])) == NULL) + err(1, "strdup"); + mp = build_manpath(pathv, sec, 0); + lret = manual(mp, page, sec); + free(page); + } + } + ret += lret; + } if (mp != NULL && mp != mandirs) { free(pv[0]); free_manp(mp); } } - + freev(pathv); return (ret == 0 ? 0 : 1); } @@ -415,7 +456,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) * flags. */ static struct man_node * -build_manpath(char **pathv, int flags) +build_manpath(char **pathv, char *sec, int flags) { struct man_node *manpage = NULL; struct man_node *currp = NULL; @@ -458,7 +499,7 @@ build_manpath(char **pathv, int flags) lastp = manpage = currp; getpath(currp, p); - getsect(currp, p); + getsect(currp, p, sec); /* * If there are no new elements in this path, @@ -518,7 +559,7 @@ getpath(struct man_node *manp, char **pv) * directories) into the manp structure. */ static void -getsect(struct man_node *manp, char **pv) +getsect(struct man_node *manp, char **pv, char *explicit_sec) { char *sections; char **sectp; @@ -529,9 +570,10 @@ getsect(struct man_node *manp, char **pv) DPRINTF("-- Adding %s\n", manp->path); manp->secv = NULL; get_all_sect(manp); - } else if (sargs) { - DPRINTF("-- Adding %s: sections=%s\n", manp->path, mansec); - manp->secv = split(mansec, ','); + } else if (explicit_sec != NULL) { + DPRINTF("-- Adding %s: sections=%s\n", manp->path, + explicit_sec); + manp->secv = split(explicit_sec, ','); for (sectp = manp->secv; *sectp; sectp++) lower(*sectp); } else if ((sections = strchr(*pv, ',')) != NULL) { @@ -743,12 +785,12 @@ search_whatis(char *whatpath, char *word) if (regcomp(&preg, pkwd, REG_BASIC | REG_ICASE | REG_NOSUB) != 0) err(1, "regcomp"); - if (sargs) + if (mansec != NULL) ss = split(mansec, ','); while (getline(&line, &linecap, fp) > 0) { if (regexec(&preg, line, 0, NULL, 0) == 0) { - if (sargs) { + if (mansec != NULL) { /* Section-restricted search */ for (i = 0; ss[i] != NULL; i++) { (void) snprintf(s, sizeof (s), "(%s)", @@ -939,7 +981,7 @@ cmp(const void *arg1, const void *arg2) * Find a manpage. */ static int -manual(struct man_node *manp, char *name) +manual(struct man_node *manp, char *name, char *sec) { struct man_node *p; struct man_node *local; @@ -964,7 +1006,7 @@ manual(struct man_node *manp, char *name) if (ndirs != 0) { ldirs[0] = ldir; ldirs[1] = NULL; - local = build_manpath(ldirs, 0); + local = build_manpath(ldirs, mansec, 0); DPRINTF("-- Locale specific subdir: %s\n", ldir); mandir(local->secv, ldir, name, 1); @@ -985,10 +1027,10 @@ manual(struct man_node *manp, char *name) } if (!found) { - if (sargs) { + if (sec != NULL) { (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext( "No manual entry for %s in section(s) %s\n"), - fullname, mansec); + fullname, sec); } else { (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("No manual entry for %s\n"), fullname); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mandoc_msg.c b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mandoc_msg.c index edd804d9a3..beec5059a2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mandoc_msg.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mandoc_msg.c @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static const char *const type_message[MANDOCERR_MAX] = { "generic style suggestion", - "legacy man(5) date format", + "legacy man(7) date format", "normalizing date format to", "lower case character in document title", "duplicate RCS id", @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ static const char *const type_message[MANDOCERR_MAX] = { "bad option value", "duplicate option value", "no such tag", - "-Tmarkdown unsupported for man(5) input", + "-Tmarkdown unsupported for man(7) input", /* system errors */ NULL, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mdoc_validate.c b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mdoc_validate.c index 5a12c7f440..1870a76114 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mdoc_validate.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/mdoc_validate.c @@ -2548,18 +2548,13 @@ post_sh_head(POST_ARGS) goodsec = NULL; switch (sec) { case SEC_ERRORS: + case SEC_RETURN_VALUES: if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '4') break; if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '7') break; goodsec = "2, 3, 4, 7, 9"; /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case SEC_RETURN_VALUES: - if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '7') - break; - if (NULL == goodsec) - goodsec = "2, 3, 7, 9"; - /* FALLTHROUGH */ case SEC_LIBRARY: if (*mdoc->meta.msec == '2') break; diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/msec.in b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/msec.in index 09069603b7..e11aba10b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/msec.in +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mandoc/msec.in @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ LINE("1", "User Commands") LINE("1B", "BSD Compatibility Package Commands") LINE("1C", "Communication Commands") LINE("1HAS", "User Commands") -LINE("1M", "Maintenance Commands") LINE("1ONBLD", "illumos Build Tools") LINE("1S", "illumos Specific Commands") LINE("2", "System Calls") @@ -95,17 +94,17 @@ LINE("3XCURSES", "X/Open Curses Library Functions") LINE("3XNET", "X/Open Networking Services Library Functions") LINE("3F", "Fortran Library Routines") LINE("3X", "Miscellaneous Library Functions") -LINE("4", "File Formats and Configurations") -LINE("5", "Standards, Environments, and Macros") +LINE("4", "Device and Network Interfaces") +LINE("4D", "Devices") +LINE("4FS", "File Systems") +LINE("4I", "Ioctl Requests") +LINE("4IPP", "IP Quality of Service Modules") +LINE("4M", "STREAMS Modules") +LINE("4P", "Protocols") +LINE("5", "File Formats and Configurations") LINE("6", "Games and Demos") -LINE("7", "Device and Network Interfaces") -LINE("7D", "Devices") -LINE("7FS", "File Systems") -LINE("7I", "Ioctl Requests") -LINE("7IPP", "IP Quality of Service Modules") -LINE("7M", "STREAMS Modules") -LINE("7P", "Protocols") -LINE("8", "Maintenance Procedures") +LINE("7", "Standards, Environments, and Macros") +LINE("8", "Maintenance Commands and Procedures") LINE("9", "Kernel Concepts") LINE("9E", "Driver Entry Points") LINE("9F", "Kernel Functions for Drivers") diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_cmds.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_cmds.c index 4a71c04dfb..00a23aacb9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_cmds.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_cmds.c @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ showrev_objectversions(int showall) } /* - * Display information similar to what showrev(1M) displays when invoked + * Display information similar to what showrev(8) displays when invoked * with no arguments. */ static int @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ showrev_sysinfo(void) } /* - * Match the order of the showrev(1M) output and put "Application + * Match the order of the showrev(8) output and put "Application * architecture" before "Kernel version" */ if ((s = mdb_tgt_isa(mdb.m_target)) != NULL) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_io.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_io.c index 752c6f5c35..988fc7aa71 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_io.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_io.c @@ -1168,8 +1168,8 @@ iob_getvar(const char *s, size_t len) /* * The iob_doprnt function forms the main engine of the debugger's output * formatting capabilities. Note that this is NOT exactly compatible with - * the printf(3S) family, nor is it intended to be so. We support some - * extensions and format characters not supported by printf(3S), and we + * the printf(3C) family, nor is it intended to be so. We support some + * extensions and format characters not supported by printf(3C), and we * explicitly do NOT provide support for %C, %S, %ws (wide-character strings), * do NOT provide for the complete functionality of %f, %e, %E, %g, %G * (alternate double formats), and do NOT support %.x (precision specification). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_target.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_target.c index 29339f734f..57d91ba3dd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_target.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_target.c @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ * +------------------------------+ * * The MDB execution control model is based upon the synchronous debugging - * model exported by Solaris proc(4). A target program is set running or the + * model exported by Solaris proc(5). A target program is set running or the * debugger is attached to a running target. On ISTOP (stop on event of * interest), one target thread is selected as the representative. The * algorithm for selecting the representative is target-specific, but we assume diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_termio.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_termio.c index f1d0f55654..1a951ead65 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_termio.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_termio.c @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * response to editing commands. * * The terminal backend is also responsible for maintaining and manipulating - * the settings (see stty(1) and termio(7I)) associated with the terminal. + * the settings (see stty(1) and termio(4I)) associated with the terminal. * The debugger makes use of four distinct sets of terminal attributes: * * (1) the settings used by the debugger's parent process (tio_ptios), @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ termio_resume_tty(termio_data_t *td, struct termios *iosp) warn("failed to reset terminal attributes"); /* - * Compute the terminal speed as described in termio(7I), and then + * Compute the terminal speed as described in termio(4I), and then * look up the corresponding microseconds-per-char in our table. */ if (ntios->c_cflag & CBAUDEXT) @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ termio_delay(termio_data_t *td, uint_t usec) } /* - * Parse the terminfo(4) padding sequence "$<...>" and delay for the specified + * Parse the terminfo(5) padding sequence "$<...>" and delay for the specified * amount of time by sending pad characters to the terminal. */ static const char * @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ termio_puts(termio_data_t *td, const char *s, uint_t lines) /* * Print a padded escape sequence string to the terminal. The caller specifies * the string 's' and a count of the affected lines. If the string contains an - * embedded delay sequence delimited by "$<>" (see terminfo(4)), appropriate + * embedded delay sequence delimited by "$<>" (see terminfo(5)), appropriate * padding will be included in the output. We determine whether or not padding * is required during initialization, and set tio_putp to the proper subroutine. */ @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ termio_setup_attrs(termio_data_t *td, const char *name) * While "xenl" doesn't dictate our TIO_AUTOWRAP setting, it does have * a subtle impact on the way we process input: in addition to its * eponymous behavior of eating newlines, "xenl" denotes a second, - * entirely orthogonal idiosyncracy. As terminfo(4) tells it: "Those + * entirely orthogonal idiosyncracy. As terminfo(5) tells it: "Those * terminals whose cursor remains on the right-most column until * another character has been received, rather than wrapping * immediately upon receiving the right- most character, such as the diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_typedef.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_typedef.c index bff36274a3..4d2ed85bfd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_typedef.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/mdb/mdb_typedef.c @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ static char typedef_desc[] = "All built up definitions may be exported as a valid CTF container that can\n" "be used again with ::typedef -r or anything that uses libctf. To write them\n" "out, use ::typedef -w and specify the name of a file. For more information\n" -"on the CTF file format, see ctf(4).\n" +"on the CTF file format, see ctf(5).\n" "\n"; static char typedef_opts[] = diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/dtrace/dtrace.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/dtrace/dtrace.c index 8acc470844..aaf430f82d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/dtrace/dtrace.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/dtrace/dtrace.c @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ dtrace_help(void) mdb_printf("Given a dtrace_state_t structure that represents a " "DTrace consumer, prints\n" - "dtrace(1M)-like output for in-kernel DTrace data. (The " + "dtrace(8)-like output for in-kernel DTrace data. (The " "dtrace_state_t\n" "structures for all DTrace consumers may be obtained by running " "the \n" @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ dtrace_state_help(void) "no state structure is provided, iterates\nover all state " "structures.\n\n" "Addresses in ADDR column may be provided to ::dtrace to obtain\n" - "dtrace(1M)-like output for in-kernel DTrace data.\n"); + "dtrace(8)-like output for in-kernel DTrace data.\n"); } int @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ dtrace_probes(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) const mdb_dcmd_t kernel_dcmds[] = { { "id2probe", ":", "translate a dtrace_id_t to a dtrace_probe_t", id2probe }, - { "dtrace", ":[-c cpu]", "print dtrace(1M)-like output", + { "dtrace", ":[-c cpu]", "print dtrace(8)-like output", dtrace, dtrace_help }, { "dtrace_errhash", ":", "print DTrace error hash", dtrace_errhash }, { "dtrace_helptrace", ":", "print DTrace helper trace", diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/genunix.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/genunix.c index acc239b9a6..2166f27bd7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/genunix.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/genunix.c @@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@ kgrep_subr(kgrep_cb_func *cb, void *cbdata) if (mdb_get_state() == MDB_STATE_RUNNING) { mdb_warn("kgrep can only be run on a system " - "dump or under kmdb; see dumpadm(1M)\n"); + "dump or under kmdb; see dumpadm(8)\n"); return (DCMD_ERR); } @@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ panicinfo(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) if (!mdb_prop_postmortem) { mdb_warn("panicinfo can only be run on a system " - "dump; see dumpadm(1M)\n"); + "dump; see dumpadm(8)\n"); return (DCMD_ERR); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/kmem.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/kmem.c index 87ae1430f9..7bc93f0d84 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/kmem.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/kmem.c @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ kmem_read_magazines(kmem_cache_t *cp, uintptr_t addr, int ncpus, * list plus at most two magazines per CPU (the loaded and the * spare). Toss in 100 magazines as a fudge factor in case this * is live (the number "100" comes from the same fudge factor in - * crash(1M)). + * crash(8)). */ magmax = (cp->cache_full.ml_total + 2 * ncpus + 100) * magsize; magbsize = offsetof(kmem_magazine_t, mag_round[magsize]); @@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ kmalog(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) } /* - * As the final lure for die-hard crash(1M) users, we provide ::kmausers here. + * As the final lure for die-hard crash(8) users, we provide ::kmausers here. * The first piece is a structure which we use to accumulate kmem_cache_t * addresses of interest. The kmc_add is used as a callback for the kmem_cache * walker; we either add all caches, or ones named explicitly as arguments. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/leaky_subr.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/leaky_subr.c index 4f69c2f7bf..f435ce4646 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/leaky_subr.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/leaky_subr.c @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ leaky_subr_estimate(size_t *estp) if ((state = mdb_get_state()) == MDB_STATE_RUNNING) { mdb_warn("findleaks: can only be run on a system " - "dump or under kmdb; see dumpadm(1M)\n"); + "dump or under kmdb; see dumpadm(8)\n"); return (DCMD_ERR); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/typegraph.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/typegraph.c index ad68c39279..ea97c78460 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/typegraph.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/genunix/typegraph.c @@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ typegraph(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) if (!mdb_prop_postmortem) { mdb_warn("typegraph: can only be run on a system " - "dump; see dumpadm(1M)\n"); + "dump; see dumpadm(8)\n"); return (DCMD_ERR); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/misc.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/misc.c index 8f07d475df..e72c41ee91 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/misc.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/misc.c @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ umem_debug(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) /* * To further confuse the issue, this dmod can run against either - * libumem.so.1 *or* the libstandumem.so linked into kmdb(1M). To figure + * libumem.so.1 *or* the libstandumem.so linked into kmdb(1). To figure * out which one we are working against, we look up "umem_alloc" in both * libumem.so and the executable. * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/umem.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/umem.c index a1b3df481b..85fd2abcd6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/umem.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/libumem/umem.c @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ umem_read_magazines(umem_cache_t *cp, uintptr_t addr, * list plus at most two magazines per CPU (the loaded and the * spare). Toss in 100 magazines as a fudge factor in case this * is live (the number "100" comes from the same fudge factor in - * crash(1M)). + * crash(8)). */ magmax = (cp->cache_full.ml_total + 2 * umem_max_ncpus + 100) * magsize; magbsize = offsetof(umem_magazine_t, mag_round[magsize]); @@ -3543,7 +3543,7 @@ umalog(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) } /* - * As the final lure for die-hard crash(1M) users, we provide ::umausers here. + * As the final lure for die-hard crash(8) users, we provide ::umausers here. * The first piece is a structure which we use to accumulate umem_cache_t * addresses of interest. The umc_add is used as a callback for the umem_cache * walker; we either add all caches, or ones named explicitly as arguments. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/sockfs/sockfs.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/sockfs/sockfs.c index 01e888657f..3fb06bcacf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/sockfs/sockfs.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/common/modules/sockfs/sockfs.c @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ sockparams_help(void) mdb_printf("Print sockparams information for a give sockparams ptr.\n" "Without the address, list available sockparams. Default " "behavior is to list only entries that were installed by the " - "admin (via soconfig(1M)).\n\n" + "admin (via soconfig(8)).\n\n" "Options:\n" " -e:\t\tlist ephemeral sockparams\n" " -E:\t\tonly list ephemeral sockparams\n"); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86pc/modules/uppc/uppc.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86pc/modules/uppc/uppc.c index d3ebde66b3..09146f4247 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86pc/modules/uppc/uppc.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86pc/modules/uppc/uppc.c @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ interrupt_print_bus(uintptr_t dip_addr) /* * uppc_interrupt_dump: - * Dump uppc(7d) interrupt information. + * Dump uppc(4D) interrupt information. */ /* ARGSUSED */ int diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86xpv/modules/xpv_uppc/xpv_uppc.c b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86xpv/modules/xpv_uppc/xpv_uppc.c index f5b4144285..eea3573477 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86xpv/modules/xpv_uppc/xpv_uppc.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mdb/i86xpv/modules/xpv_uppc/xpv_uppc.c @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ ec_interrupt_dump(int i) /* * uppc_interrupt_dump: - * Dump uppc(7d) interrupt information. + * Dump uppc(4D) interrupt information. */ /* ARGSUSED */ int @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ xen_uppc_interrupt_dump(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, return (DCMD_ERR); /* - * By default, on all x86 systems ::interrupts from xen_uppc(7d) gets - * loaded first. For APIC systems the ::interrupts from xpv_psm(7d) + * By default, on all x86 systems ::interrupts from xen_uppc(4D) gets + * loaded first. For APIC systems the ::interrupts from xpv_psm(4D) * ought to be executed. Confusion stems as both modules export the * same dcmd. */ @@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ evtchns_dump(uintptr_t addr, uint_t flags, int argc, const mdb_arg_t *argv) return (DCMD_ERR); /* - * By default, on all x86 systems ::evtchns from xen_uppc(7d) gets - * loaded first. For APIC systems the ::evtchns from xpv_psm(7d) + * By default, on all x86 systems ::evtchns from xen_uppc(4D) gets + * loaded first. For APIC systems the ::evtchns from xpv_psm(4D) * ought to be executed. Confusion stems as both modules export the * same dcmd. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/modload/extra_privs b/usr/src/cmd/modload/extra_privs index efce95ad52..8b444f400a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/modload/extra_privs +++ b/usr/src/cmd/modload/extra_privs @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ # # CDDL HEADER END # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + # # File which defines additional driver specific privileges. # -# This file is loaded by devfsadm(1m) at system boot. +# This file is loaded by devfsadm(8) at system boot. # -# DO NOT EDIT. This file is maintained by add_drv(1m), -# rem_drv(1m) and update_drv(1m). +# DO NOT EDIT. This file is maintained by add_drv(8), +# rem_drv(8) and update_drv(8). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/modload/rem_drv.c b/usr/src/cmd/modload/rem_drv.c index 14b6d45959..d155a01336 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/modload/rem_drv.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/modload/rem_drv.c @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) exit(1); } - /* must be only running version of add_drv/mod_drv/rem_drv */ + /* must be only running version of add_drv/update_drv/rem_drv */ enter_lock(); if ((check_perms_aliases(1, 1)) == ERROR) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/mpathadm/mpathadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/mpathadm/mpathadm.c index 85256368b1..cf2a231762 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/mpathadm/mpathadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/mpathadm/mpathadm.c @@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) ret = cmdParse(argc, argv, /* SUB_COMMAND_ISSUED, */ synTables, subcommandArgs, &funcRet); if (ret == 1) { - (void) fprintf(stdout, "%s %s(1M)\n", + (void) fprintf(stdout, "%s %s(8)\n", getTextString(TEXT_MORE_INFO), cmdName); return (ERROR_CLI_FAILED); } else if (ret == -1) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ndmpd/ndmp.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ndmpd/ndmp.xml index da788ea2c5..e7ff506677 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ndmpd/ndmp.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ndmpd/ndmp.xml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - + --> @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. NDMP Service - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.ad b/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.ad index bec5c72c2d..a7d7b0c5ad 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.ad +++ b/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.ad @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ # uses Microsoft's Active Directory (AD) for passwd and group; DNS for # hosts lookups; and files for the remaining databases. # -# AD name service currently only supports passwd(4) and group(4) +# AD name service currently only supports passwd(5) and group(5) # databases. # -# Other name service databases such as audit_user(4) and user_attr(4) +# Other name service databases such as audit_user(5) and user_attr(5) # that follow passwd entry in nsswitch.conf are not supported by AD. # If the AD backend is processed (based on the configuration) it will # return NOT FOUND for these databases. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.dns b/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.dns index cb58c3bc0a..c649f1e8b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.dns +++ b/usr/src/cmd/netfiles/nsswitch.dns @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ passwd: files group: files # You must also set up the /etc/resolv.conf file for DNS name -# server lookup. See resolv.conf(4). For lookup via mdns -# svc:/network/dns/multicast:default must also be enabled. See mdnsd(1M) +# server lookup. See resolv.conf(5). For lookup via mdns +# svc:/network/dns/multicast:default must also be enabled. See mdnsd(8) hosts: files dns mdns # Note that IPv4 addresses are searched for in all of the ipnodes databases diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/nsadmin/system b/usr/src/cmd/nsadmin/system index 8ab13b7d3f..f9663c7db2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/nsadmin/system +++ b/usr/src/cmd/nsadmin/system @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * files in /etc/system.d are combined in alphabetical order and read by * the kernel before this file (/etc/system) is processed. * -* Refer to the system(4) manual page for more information and +* Refer to the system(5) manual page for more information and * recommendations on naming fragment files. * * !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ * set: * * Set an integer variable in the kernel or a module to a new value. -* This facility should be used with caution. See system(4). +* This facility should be used with caution. See system(5). * * Examples: * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/nscd/name-service-cache.xml b/usr/src/cmd/nscd/name-service-cache.xml index e85f22278c..a10ff234ed 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/nscd/name-service-cache.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/nscd/name-service-cache.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/nscd/nscd_switch.c b/usr/src/cmd/nscd/nscd_switch.c index 40f0e5da62..5234debbde 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/nscd/nscd_switch.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/nscd/nscd_switch.c @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ nss_search(nss_db_root_t *rootp, nss_db_initf_t initf, int search_fnum, /* * If no privilege to look up, skip. - * 'files' requires PRIV_FILE_DAC_READ to read shadow(4) data, + * 'files' requires PRIV_FILE_DAC_READ to read shadow(5) data, * 'ldap' requires all zones privilege. */ if (params.privdb == 1 && swret != NULL) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/nvmeadm/nvmeadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/nvmeadm/nvmeadm.c index d288ac1865..ee9e26c997 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/nvmeadm/nvmeadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/nvmeadm/nvmeadm.c @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ static const nvmeadm_cmd_t nvmeadm_cmds[] = { }, { "detach", - "detach blkdev(7d) from namespace(s) of a controller", + "detach blkdev(4D) from namespace(s) of a controller", NULL, do_attach_detach, usage_attach_detach, B_FALSE }, { "attach", - "attach blkdev(7d) to namespace(s) of a controller", + "attach blkdev(4D) to namespace(s) of a controller", NULL, do_attach_detach, usage_attach_detach, B_FALSE }, @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ static void usage_attach_detach(const char *c_name) { (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s [/]\n\n" - " %c%s blkdev(7d) %s one or all namespaces of the " + " %c%s blkdev(4D) %s one or all namespaces of the " "specified NVMe controller.\n", c_name, toupper(c_name[0]), &c_name[1], c_name[0] == 'd' ? "from" : "to"); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.c b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.c index a0e0661a03..2345923dc0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.c @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ char *errmsgs[] = { "ERROR: Unable to %s: %s.\n", "ERROR: %s is not a full path name. Choose another.\n", "ERROR: %s is the primary group name. Choose another.\n", - "ERROR: Inconsistent password files. See pwconv(1M).\n", + "ERROR: Inconsistent password files. See pwconv(8).\n", "ERROR: %s is not a local user.\n", "ERROR: Permission denied.\n", "WARNING: Group entry exceeds 2048 char: /etc/group entry truncated.\n", diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.h b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.h index 5e208574f2..c01708320b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/messages.h @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ extern void errmsg(int, ...); /* ERROR: %s is the primary group name. Choose another. */ #define M_SAME_GRP 20 -/* ERROR: Inconsistent password files. See pwconv(1M). */ +/* ERROR: Inconsistent password files. See pwconv(8). */ #define M_HOSED_FILES 21 /* ERROR: %s is not a local user. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/useradd.c b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/useradd.c index de4f97e953..156402db91 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/useradd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/useradd.c @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ * base_dir - a directory * login - a string of printable chars except colon(:) * authorization - One or more comma separated authorizations defined - * in auth_attr(4). + * in auth_attr(5). * profile - One or more comma separated execution profiles defined - * in prof_attr(4) - * role - One or more comma-separated role names defined in user_attr(4) + * in prof_attr(5) + * role - One or more comma-separated role names defined in user_attr(5) * project - One or more comma-separated project names or numbers * */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/usermod.c b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/usermod.c index 0264660fe3..91c8d2a44f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/usermod.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/oamuser/user/usermod.c @@ -74,11 +74,11 @@ * inactive - number of days a login maybe inactive before it is locked * expire - date when a login is no longer valid * authorization - One or more comma separated authorizations defined - * in auth_attr(4). + * in auth_attr(5). * profile - One or more comma separated execution profiles defined - * in prof_attr(4) - * role - One or more comma-separated role names defined in user_attr(4) - * key=value - One or more -K options each specifying a valid user_attr(4) + * in prof_attr(5) + * role - One or more comma-separated role names defined in user_attr(5) + * key=value - One or more -K options each specifying a valid user_attr(5) * attribute. * */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/oplhpd/oplhpd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/oplhpd/oplhpd.xml index bb192612b3..841345a759 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/oplhpd/oplhpd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/oplhpd/oplhpd.xml @@ -5,25 +5,23 @@ Use is subject to license terms. CDDL HEADER START - + The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - + You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. - + When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] - - CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + CDDL HEADER END NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including @@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/passwd/passwd.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/passwd/passwd.dfl index baa3c705fe..a6fd54ea8d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/passwd/passwd.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/passwd/passwd.dfl @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. @@ -42,13 +41,13 @@ PASSLENGTH=6 # The maximum value of HISTORY is 26. # # This flag is only enforced for user accounts defined in the -# local passwd(4)/shadow(4) files. +# local passwd(5)/shadow(5) files. # #HISTORY=0 # # Password complexity tunables. The values listed are the defaults # which are compatible with previous releases of passwd. -# See passwd(1) and pam_authtok_check(5) for use warnings and +# See passwd(1) and pam_authtok_check(7) for use warnings and # discussion of the use of these options. # #MINDIFF=3 @@ -64,8 +63,8 @@ PASSLENGTH=6 # # passwd performs dictionary lookups if DICTIONLIST or DICTIONDBDIR # is defined. If the password database does not yet exist, it is -# created by passwd. See passwd(1), pam_authtok_check(5) and -# mkpwdict(1M) for more information. +# created by passwd. See passwd(1), pam_authtok_check(7) and +# mkpwdict(8) for more information. # #DICTIONLIST= #DICTIONDBDIR=/var/passwd diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pcidr/pcidr_common.c b/usr/src/cmd/pcidr/pcidr_common.c index 31f198520c..eb919c0e90 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pcidr/pcidr_common.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pcidr/pcidr_common.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -51,7 +49,7 @@ * * Be careful of some priorities (facility + severity) that get "lost" by * default since they have no syslog.conf entries such as daemon.info and - * daemon.debug; see syslog(3C) and syslog.conf(4) for more info + * daemon.debug; see syslog(3C) and syslog.conf(5) for more info */ int dpritab[] = {LOG_INFO, LOG_WARNING, LOG_NOTICE, LOG_NOTICE}; int dpritab_len = sizeof (dpritab) / sizeof (dpritab[0]); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pcieadm/pcieadm.h b/usr/src/cmd/pcieadm/pcieadm.h index 7ebdc148ca..de7fd43e47 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pcieadm/pcieadm.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pcieadm/pcieadm.h @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ #define _PCIEADM_H /* - * Common definitions for pcieadm(1M). + * Common definitions for pcieadm(8). */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Lgrp/pod/Lgrp.pod b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Lgrp/pod/Lgrp.pod index 00d07c0a9c..8f75ba3e36 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Lgrp/pod/Lgrp.pod +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Lgrp/pod/Lgrp.pod @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ # Copyright 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" -# # # Sun::Solaris::Lgrp documentation. @@ -702,7 +700,7 @@ version 1. =head1 ATTRIBUTES -See L for descriptions of the following attributes: +See L for descriptions of the following attributes: ___________________________________________________________ | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | @@ -733,6 +731,6 @@ L, L, L, L, -L +L =cut diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/Project.pm b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/Project.pm index aaeff1a450..0e9c6c8256 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/Project.pm +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/Project.pm @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Project.pm provides the bootstrap for the Sun::Solaris::Project module, and -# also functions for reading, validating and writing out project(4) format +# also functions for reading, validating and writing out project(5) format # files. # ################################################################################ @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ sub projf_combine_errors # # projf_read(filename, flags) # -# Reads and parses a project(4) file, and returns a list of projent hashes. +# Reads and parses a project(5) file, and returns a list of projent hashes. # # Inputs: # filename - file to read @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ sub projent_attribute2string # # Converts a ref to a projent hash (as returned by projent_parse()) to -# a project(4) database entry line. +# a project(5) database entry line. # sub projent_2string { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/README b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/README index e35f759204..43eed14003 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/README +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/README @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description This module provided access to the Solaris Project subsystem, which is part of the Solaris resource management infrastructure. -For more information on Solaris Projects, see the project(4) manpage and the +For more information on Solaris Projects, see the project(5) manpage and the following on-line documentation: System Administration Guide: Resource Management and Network Services diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/pod/Project.pod b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/pod/Project.pod index 2f9771df89..0e9d1e00d2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/pod/Project.pod +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Project/pod/Project.pod @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ process. B> This function returns the next project entry from C<$filehandle>, a Perl file -handle that must refer to a previously opened file in C format. +handle that must refer to a previously opened file in C format. Return values are the same as for C. B> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ used to selectively import constants and functions defined in this module: =head1 ATTRIBUTES -See C for descriptions of the following attributes: +See C for descriptions of the following attributes: ___________________________________________________________ | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | @@ -142,4 +142,4 @@ See C for descriptions of the following attributes: =head1 SEE ALSO C, C, C, -C, C, C, C +C, C, C, C diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/README b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/README index 119e6cda5a..4c6d716c0e 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/README +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/README @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description This module provided access to the Solaris Task subsystem, which is part of the Solaris resource management infrastructure. -For more information on Solaris Tasks, see the project(4) manpage and the +For more information on Solaris Tasks, see the project(5) manpage and the following on-line documentation: System Administration Guide: Resource Management and Network Services diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/pod/Task.pod b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/pod/Task.pod index 9927ec5b6c..e96f92ea5a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/pod/Task.pod +++ b/usr/src/cmd/perl/contrib/Sun/Solaris/Task/pod/Task.pod @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ used to selectively import constants and functions defined in this module: =head1 ATTRIBUTES -See C for descriptions of the following attributes: +See C for descriptions of the following attributes: ___________________________________________________________ | ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE | @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ See C for descriptions of the following attributes: =head1 SEE ALSO -C, C, C +C, C, C diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pfexecd/pfexecd.c b/usr/src/cmd/pfexecd/pfexecd.c index ae04a5fe4c..c75d8c4314 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pfexecd/pfexecd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pfexecd/pfexecd.c @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ init_isa_regex(void) char *p; /* - * Extract the isalist(5) for userland from the kernel. + * Extract the isalist(7) for userland from the kernel. */ isalist = malloc(isalen); do { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/picl/picld/picl.xml b/usr/src/cmd/picl/picld/picl.xml index 5a8f38d988..44a7486dc5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/picl/picld/picl.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/picl/picld/picl.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -86,8 +84,8 @@ - - + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/picl/plugins/common/devtree/picldevtree.c b/usr/src/cmd/picl/plugins/common/devtree/picldevtree.c index c74c5f85a7..ce58a8f1ed 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/picl/plugins/common/devtree/picldevtree.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/picl/plugins/common/devtree/picldevtree.c @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ update_subtree(picl_nodehdl_t nodeh, di_node_t dinode) } /* - * Check for a stale OBP node. EINVAL is returned from the openprom(7D) driver + * Check for a stale OBP node. EINVAL is returned from the openprom(4D) driver * if the nodeid stored in the snapshot is not valid. */ static int diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.properties b/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.properties index 2e56ce9d4a..ad8d0cbe3b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.properties +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.properties @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ # # CDDL HEADER END # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + # -# NOTICE: This file contains default settings for poold(1M). Do not +# NOTICE: This file contains default settings for poold(8). Do not # edit this file. Its format and contents are subject to change in # future releases of Solaris. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ pset.objectives= com.sun.solaris.domain.pools.LocalityObjective, com.sun.solaris .level= ALL # Set defaults for all logfiles (poold and API-generated) which are suitable -# for management by logadm(1M). +# for management by logadm(8). java.util.logging.FileHandler.limit = 0 java.util.logging.FileHandler.count = 1 java.util.logging.FileHandler.append = true diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.xml b/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.xml index 87d7ff1f2d..591118ca1f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pools/poold/poold.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -100,7 +98,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/pools/pools.xml b/usr/src/cmd/pools/pools.xml index a9feaa7b39..78141fe9cf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/pools/pools.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/pools/pools.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -94,10 +92,10 @@ - - - - + + + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/power/power.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/power/power.dfl index 7f29d24425..c06fd37528 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/power/power.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/power/power.dfl @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # Copyright 2005 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # @@ -24,8 +23,8 @@ # # # This file contains tunable parameters for Power Management (PM) and -# Checkpoint-Resume (CPR). See power.conf(4), pmconfig(1M), pm(7D), -# and cpr(7) for details. +# Checkpoint-Resume (CPR). See power.conf(5), pmconfig(8), pm(4D), +# and cpr(4) for details. # # # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/power/power.xml b/usr/src/cmd/power/power.xml index 6183222f41..52ab900e71 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/power/power.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/power/power.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -99,10 +97,10 @@ - - - - + + + + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/power/sys-suspend.c b/usr/src/cmd/power/sys-suspend.c index 048b86d89a..34481c57d1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/power/sys-suspend.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/power/sys-suspend.c @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ change_audit_file(void) int retries = RETRY_COUNT; /* - * Wait for audit(1M) -n process to complete + * Wait for audit(8) -n process to complete * */ do { @@ -219,9 +219,9 @@ alarm_handler(int sig) */ /* - * pm_poweroff - similar to poweroff(1M) - * This should do the same auditing as poweroff(1m) would do when it - * becomes a libpower function. Till then we use poweroff(1m). + * pm_poweroff - similar to poweroff(8) + * This should do the same auditing as poweroff(8) would do when it + * becomes a libpower function. Till then we use poweroff(8). */ static void pm_poweroff(void) @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ pm_poweroff(void) closelog(); /* - * Call poweroff(1m) to shut down the system. + * Call poweroff(8) to shut down the system. */ (void) execl("/usr/sbin/poweroff", "poweroff", NULL); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/bsd-sysv-commands/rfc1179.xml b/usr/src/cmd/print/bsd-sysv-commands/rfc1179.xml index b6783bca28..2181b25cb9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/bsd-sysv-commands/rfc1179.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/bsd-sysv-commands/rfc1179.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ type='service' version='1'> - + @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/ppdmgr/ppd-cache-update.xml b/usr/src/cmd/print/ppdmgr/ppd-cache-update.xml index 67ade9b999..57baa310bf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/ppdmgr/ppd-cache-update.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/ppdmgr/ppd-cache-update.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccess.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccess.rawhlp index 9898ecfa8e..54eb381ad6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccess.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccess.rawhlp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

Use the Add Access to Printer dialog to make an installed printer -accessible to print client computers. See the printers.conf(4) man +accessible to print client computers. See the printers.conf(5) man page if you need more information about print client commands.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccessFailed.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccessFailed.rawhlp index b0153bb465..65fb190f04 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccessFailed.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddAccessFailed.rawhlp @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ -- Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -- Use is subject to license terms. -- --- ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -33,7 +32,7 @@ You must enter a printer name and a printer server name; the printer server must be a remote server (not the current server). See the man -page for lpadmin(1M) for more information. +page for lpadmin(8) for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddPrinterFailed.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddPrinterFailed.rawhlp index 948abce0f6..0fc7163331 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddPrinterFailed.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/AddPrinterFailed.rawhlp @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ -- Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -- Use is subject to license terms. -- --- ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ or underscores. A printer name can be a maximum of 14 characters long. Display the Command-Line Console to help pinpoint where the error may have occurred. Choose Show Command-Line Console from the Print Manager menu to display the Command-Line Console. See the man -page for lpadmin(1M) for more information. +page for lpadmin(8) for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/DeletePrinterFailed.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/DeletePrinterFailed.rawhlp index ea10c85462..57e56f291d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/DeletePrinterFailed.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/DeletePrinterFailed.rawhlp @@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ -- Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -- Use is subject to license terms. -- --- ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ If the Delete printer process fails, follow the instructions in the error dialog. If the instructions are incomplete or unclear, display the Command-Line Console to help pinpoint where the error may have occurred. Choose Show Command-Line Console from the Print Manager menu -to display the Command-Line Console. See the man page for lpadmin(1M) +to display the Command-Line Console. See the man page for lpadmin(8) for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocal.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocal.rawhlp index ff8602be43..6a604e064a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocal.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocal.rawhlp @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Note that this is the last place the print subsystem looks to determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocalPPD.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocalPPD.rawhlp index c344d43861..d024810d8f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocalPPD.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallLocalPPD.rawhlp @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Note that this is the last place the print subsystem looks to determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetwork.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetwork.rawhlp index c6d372193e..a4f5afb56a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetwork.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetwork.rawhlp @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ for the naming service, also. determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetworkPPD.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetworkPPD.rawhlp index 77c3217898..cb41672c9f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetworkPPD.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/InstallNetworkPPD.rawhlp @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ for the naming service, also. determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LDAPAuthentication.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LDAPAuthentication.rawhlp index 2e6070dc66..2951b9d9c5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LDAPAuthentication.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LDAPAuthentication.rawhlp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ different server name if appropriate. 2. Check the Distinguished Name (DN) for correctness. You may enter a different distinguished name of another user if appropriate. This may be the DN of any directory user who has permissions (directory update privileges) to -update printer entries in the LDAP directory for the current ldapclient (1M) +update printer entries in the LDAP directory for the current ldapclient(8) naming service (NS) domain.

@@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ the default distinguished name is "cn=Directory Manager". If the LDAP server is Sun Directory Server then an example of the distinguished name is "cn=admin, dc=XYZ, dc=COM". -The Oracle Solaris Print Manager uses ldapclient(1M) to determine +The Oracle Solaris Print Manager uses ldapclient(8) to determine the default LDAP server name. If there is more than one server specified then the first one will be used.

The Print Manager always displays printer entries from the current -ldapclient (1M) server. If this is not the domain Master LDAP server then +ldapclient(8) server. If this is not the domain Master LDAP server then the list of printers displayed may not be the current list of printers, this is because the ldapclient replica server may not have been updated by the master server and so be out of sync with the master. Replica servers can have @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Users can use the ldap command line utilities (ldapadd (1) & ldapmodify (1)) to update printer entries in the directory, but this is not recommended. If these utilities are used then the user must ensure that the printer-name attribute value is unique within the ou=printers container. If it is not unique -the result of modifies done by the print manager (or lpset (1M)) may not be +the result of modifies done by the print manager (or lpset(8)) may not be predictable.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LoginFailed.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LoginFailed.rawhlp index 8844f2323b..e0bbdcb5d8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LoginFailed.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/LoginFailed.rawhlp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ If the NIS naming service is being used, you will need to know the password for the naming service master. If LDAP is being used then a fully distinguished name with update privilege and password will be required. Note that default values may need to be overridden. -See the man page for lpadmin(1M) and the help articles, "About +See the man page for lpadmin(8) and the help articles, "About Naming Services" and "NIS Authentication," for further information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/Modify.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/Modify.rawhlp index 019f379c43..b09304a420 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/Modify.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/Modify.rawhlp @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Note that this is the last place the print subsystem looks to determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyFailed.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyFailed.rawhlp index 97a59c6a46..477cf95fdd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyFailed.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyFailed.rawhlp @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ -- Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -- Use is subject to license terms. -- --- ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -39,7 +38,7 @@ someone has deleted the printer before this modify operation completed. Display the Command-Line Console to help pinpoint where the error may have occurred. Choose Show Command-Line Console from the Print Manager menu to display the Command-Line Console. See the man page for -lpadmin(1M) for further information. +lpadmin(8) for further information. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyPPD.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyPPD.rawhlp index 6399b8ac94..507a9681a9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyPPD.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ModifyPPD.rawhlp @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Note that this is the last place the print subsystem looks to determine where a particular print job will be printed; the destination option of the lp command is the first place looked, and other environment variables are checked before this one. See the man -page for printers.conf(4) for a full explanation of the search order. +page for printers.conf(5) for a full explanation of the search order.

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NISAuthentication.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NISAuthentication.rawhlp index 6294176d9b..1d28ee3761 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NISAuthentication.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NISAuthentication.rawhlp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Manager to update printer information in the NIS name service: - If your network is set up with NIS master and slave servers, the NIS slaves may not see the updated printer information -until the NIS slaves are updated. See ypmake(1M) for more +until the NIS slaves are updated. See ypmake(8) for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NameService.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NameService.rawhlp index 885356086f..0914d54f79 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NameService.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/NameService.rawhlp @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ the file /etc/printers.conf. NIS: Use the printers.conf.byname map stored in the Network Information Service for retrieving or updating printer information. -See the ypserv(1M) man page for more information. +See the ypserv(8) man page for more information.

Note: When a site is set up with a NIS master and slaves, if the host binds to a slave, a user may not see NIS updates made through -Print Manager until the slave computers are updated. See the ypmake(1M) +Print Manager until the slave computers are updated. See the ypmake(8) man page for more information.

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ See the ldap(1) man page for more information.

To used the LDAP naming service the host computer must be configured as a -LDAP client, see ldapclient(1M). +LDAP client, see ldapclient(8).

@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ rhosts entry on the NIS server allowing root on the print server root access on the NIS server. You must have explicit permissions on the NIS master server to update the maps. This means an entry for your host name must reside in root's .rhosts file on the NIS master server. -See the hosts.equiv(4) man page for more information. +See the hosts.equiv(5) man page for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/PrinterType.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/PrinterType.rawhlp index 5ef9a49fce..6485d36493 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/PrinterType.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/PrinterType.rawhlp @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ -- Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. -- Use is subject to license terms. -- --- ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ understands the printer type. Examples are PostScript, Daisy, and Diablo. If you have a PostScript printer, for example, select PostScript as the Printer Type. To install a printer type that is not listed select Other. The printer type you enter must correspond to an entry in the -/usr/share/lib/terminfo directories. See the terminfo(4) man page for +/usr/share/lib/terminfo directories. See the terminfo(5) man page for more information.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToAddAccess.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToAddAccess.rawhlp index d1c994ae88..06700297f1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToAddAccess.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToAddAccess.rawhlp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

Do the following to make an installed printer accessible to print -client computers. See the printers.conf(4) man page for more +client computers. See the printers.conf(5) man page for more information about print client commands.

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ information about print client commands. add access to a private printer (one that is not listed in the naming service) or to make the printer usable even if the naming service server is down. This adds access for all users in the naming service -domain; see the man page for domainname(1M) for more information about +domain; see the man page for domainname(8) for more information about domains.

@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Print Manager. Note that this is the last place the print commands will look to determine the printer for a specific print command; see the -man page for printers.conf(4) for more information about resolving +man page for printers.conf(5) for more information about resolving printer conflicts.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallLocal.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallLocal.rawhlp index ce6cc22764..3c79d71ac0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallLocal.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallLocal.rawhlp @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallNetwork.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallNetwork.rawhlp index 60c41b168d..d2d9747d04 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallNetwork.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToInstallNetwork.rawhlp @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ If you want to restrict its use to individual users, enter a user name in the text field below the list and click Add. Other legal constructs are system-name!login-ID (user "login-ID" on system "system-name"), system-name!all (all users on system "system-name"), and all!login-ID -(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(1M) command to deny +(user "login-ID" on all systems). Use the lpadmin(8) command to deny access to users.

diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToSelectName.rawhlp b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToSelectName.rawhlp index 80eebff891..dc3e2a6e22 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToSelectName.rawhlp +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/printmgr/com/sun/admin/pm/client/raw-help/ToSelectName.rawhlp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ naming service's printer configuration database.

-See the man page for printers.conf(4) for more information. +See the man page for printers.conf(5) for more information. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/print/scripts/printers.conf b/usr/src/cmd/print/scripts/printers.conf index 69327e9915..7d1f2616cd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/print/scripts/printers.conf +++ b/usr/src/cmd/print/scripts/printers.conf @@ -22,10 +22,9 @@ # Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # If you hand edit this file, comments and structure may change. # The prefered method of modifying this file is though the use of -# lpset(1M) or lpadmin(1M) +# lpset(8) or lpadmin(8) # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/prtdiag/i386/smbios.c b/usr/src/cmd/prtdiag/i386/smbios.c index a7ba98d562..aa43e3fcb9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/prtdiag/i386/smbios.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/prtdiag/i386/smbios.c @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ * Most modern x86 systems support a System Management BIOS, which is a memory * buffer filled in by the BIOS at boot time that describes the hardware. This * data format is described by DMTF specification DSP0134 (see http://dmtf.org) - * This file implements a rudimentary prtdiag(1M) display using the SMBIOS. + * This file implements a rudimentary prtdiag(8) display using the SMBIOS. * Access to the data is provided by libsmbios: see for info. * * NOTE: It is important to understand that x86 hardware varies extremely @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ * file should not be extended to report every SMBIOS tidbit or structure in * the spec unless we have good reason to believe it tends to be reliable. * - * Similarly, the prtdiag(1M) utility itself should not be used to spit out + * Similarly, the prtdiag(8) utility itself should not be used to spit out * every possible bit of x86 configuration data from every possible source; * otherwise this code will become an unmaintainable and untestable disaster. * Extensions to prtdiag should prefer to use more stable kernel mechanisms @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ * and should generally limit themselves to commonly needed h/w data. As such, * extensions to x86 prtdiag should focus on integration with the device tree. * - * The prtdiag(1M) utility is for service personnel and system administrators: + * The prtdiag(8) utility is for service personnel and system administrators: * it is not your personal ACPI disassembler or CPUID decoder ring. The * complete SMBIOS data is available from smbdump(1), and other specialized * tools can be created to display the state of other x86 features, especially diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/psrinfo/psrinfo.c b/usr/src/cmd/psrinfo/psrinfo.c index a6d8a99c60..19c4ef41ba 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/psrinfo/psrinfo.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/psrinfo/psrinfo.c @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ */ /* - * This implements psrinfo(1M), a utility to report various information + * This implements psrinfo(8), a utility to report various information * about processors, cores, and threads (virtual cpus). This is mostly * intended for human consumption - this utility doesn't do much more than * simply process kstats for human readability. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ptools/pargs/pargs.c b/usr/src/cmd/ptools/pargs/pargs.c index 6d82af21ba..2f8e069a10 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ptools/pargs/pargs.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ptools/pargs/pargs.c @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ safe_strdup(const char *s1) /* * Given a wchar_t which might represent an 'escapable' sequence (see - * formats(5)), return the base ascii character needed to print that + * formats(7)), return the base ascii character needed to print that * sequence. * * The comparisons performed may look suspect at first, but all are valid; @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ unctrl_str_strict_ascii(const char *src, int escape_slash, int *unprintable) } /* - * Convert control characters as described in format(5) to their readable + * Convert control characters as described in formats(7) to their readable * representation; special care is taken to handle multibyte character sets. * * If escape_slash is true, escaping of '\' occurs. The first time a string diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ramdiskadm/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/ramdiskadm/main.c index 429cebf40f..58fc1e0798 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ramdiskadm/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ramdiskadm/main.c @@ -23,14 +23,12 @@ * Copyright 2002-2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. * Use is subject to license terms. * - * ramdiskadm - administer ramdisk(7d). Allows creation and deletion of + * ramdiskadm - administer ramdisk(4D). Allows creation and deletion of * ramdisks, and display status. All the ioctls are private between * ramdisk and ramdiskadm, and so are very simple - device information is * communicated via a name or a minor number. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcap.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcap.xml index 41fae6decf..777f093fcb 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcap.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcap.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -106,11 +104,11 @@ - - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_collection.c b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_collection.c index fdaf8dbfe0..b6072d37fe 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_collection.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_collection.c @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -34,7 +32,7 @@ /* * An abstract "collection" of processes. Multiple types of collections can * exist, one of which is selected at run-time. Currently, the only one - * defined corresponds to project(4)s. + * defined corresponds to project(5)s. */ #define MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y)) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_main.c b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_main.c index 4dda9818be..abeea97fc6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcap/rcapd/rcapd_main.c @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ /* * rcapd is a long-running daemon enforcing project-based resource caps (see - * rcapd(1M)). Each instance of a process aggregate (project or, generically, + * rcapd(8)). Each instance of a process aggregate (project or, generically, * "collection") may have a memory cap. A single thread monitors the resource * utilization of capped collections, enforces caps when they are exceeded (and * other conditions are met), and incorporates changes in configuration or * caps. Each of these actions occurs not more frequently than the rate - * specified with rcapadm(1M). + * specified with rcapadm(8). */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/SUNW,vdevices.pl b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/SUNW,vdevices.pl index 0c5d4d9ca7..3bac48673f 100755 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/SUNW,vdevices.pl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/SUNW,vdevices.pl @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ # Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" -# # # RCM script to allow/deny removal of miscellaneous virtual devices @@ -95,7 +93,7 @@ sub do_queryremove print "rcm_log_debug=do_queryremove: '$rsrc'\n"; # - # fuser(1M) sends to stdout the pids of any processes using the + # fuser(8) sends to stdout the pids of any processes using the # device. Some other information always appears on stderr and # must be discarded to avoid invalidating the test. # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/dump_rcm.c b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/dump_rcm.c index 2cbe3b99d3..f2edeab32c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/dump_rcm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/dump_rcm.c @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * RCM module for managing dump device during dynamic * reconfiguration. @@ -313,10 +311,10 @@ dump_remove(rcm_handle_t *hdl, char *rsrcname, id_t id, uint_t flags, } /* - * For dedicated dump devices, invoke dumpadm(1M) + * For dedicated dump devices, invoke dumpadm(8) * to relocate dump to swap. For dump device on * swap, this is a no-op as the RCM swap module - * will relocate by invoking swap(1M). + * will relocate by invoking swap(8). * * Call with cache_lock held. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/ip_rcm.c b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/ip_rcm.c index 3c86f2b868..7f6785e9a7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/ip_rcm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/ip_rcm.c @@ -482,14 +482,14 @@ ip_offline(rcm_handle_t *hd, char *rsrc, id_t id, uint_t flags, /* * This is an IPMP interface that can be offlined. - * Request in.mpathd(1M) to offline the physical interface. + * Request in.mpathd(8) to offline the physical interface. */ if ((retval = ip_ipmp_offline(node)) != IPMP_SUCCESS) ip_log_err(node, errorp, "in.mpathd offline failed"); if (retval == IPMP_EMINRED && !detachable) { /* - * in.mpathd(1M) could not offline the device because it was + * in.mpathd(8) could not offline the device because it was * the last interface in the group. However, it's possible * that it's still okay to offline it as long as there are * higher-level failover mechanisms for the addresses it owns diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/swap_rcm.c b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/swap_rcm.c index 8b7bc0d2a9..a5d3ed15d4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/swap_rcm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rcm_daemon/common/swap_rcm.c @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * RCM module providing support for swap areas * during reconfiguration operations. @@ -323,7 +321,7 @@ swap_remove(rcm_handle_t *hdl, char *rsrcname, id_t id, uint_t flags, /* * Delete all swap areas for swap file. - * Invoke swap(1M) instead of swapctl(2) to + * Invoke swap(8) instead of swapctl(2) to * handle relocation of dump device. * If dump device is configured, fail if * unable to relocate dump. @@ -345,7 +343,7 @@ swap_delete(swap_file_t *sf, char **errstr) have_dump = 0; for (sa = sf->areas; sa != NULL; sa = sa->next) { - /* swap(1M) is not idempotent */ + /* swap(8) is not idempotent */ if (sa->cache_flags & SWAP_CACHE_OFFLINED) { continue; } @@ -399,7 +397,7 @@ out: } /* - * Invoke swap(1M) to add each registered swap area. + * Invoke swap(8) to add each registered swap area. * * Call with cache_lock held. */ @@ -413,7 +411,7 @@ swap_add(swap_file_t *sf, char **errstr) int rv = RCM_SUCCESS; for (sa = sf->areas; sa != NULL; sa = sa->next) { - /* swap(1M) is not idempotent */ + /* swap(8) is not idempotent */ if (!(sa->cache_flags & SWAP_CACHE_OFFLINED)) { continue; } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rctladm/rctladm.c b/usr/src/cmd/rctladm/rctladm.c index c60cb9471b..c1b0f68315 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rctladm/rctladm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rctladm/rctladm.c @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ rctladm_save_config() "# rctladm.conf\n" "#\n" "# Parameters for resource controls configuration.\n" - "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use rctladm(1m) instead.\n" + "# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- use rctladm(8) instead.\n" "#\n", fp); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/rmvolmgr.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/rmvolmgr.xml index 29a3e209d7..72d936c360 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/rmvolmgr.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/rmvolmgr.xml @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/vold.c b/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/vold.c index 30a2f267e8..8bf6985674 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/vold.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rmvolmgr/vold.c @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ vold_init(int argc, char **argv) } /* - * Old version of rmmount(1M) + * Old version of rmmount(8) */ /* ARGSUSED */ int @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ vold_action(struct action_arg *aap) if (result == TRUE) { /* * File Manager is running. return 0. - * see man page rmmount.conf(4). + * see man page rmmount.conf(5). */ return (0); } else { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcbind/bind.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcbind/bind.xml index c1f264e5f4..eb26f25d9b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcbind/bind.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcbind/bind.xml @@ -3,24 +3,24 @@ + - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.xml index 0fd6257a73..5ce31ed599 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rpc.bootparamd/bootparams.xml @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ diskless clients at boot time. - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rstat.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rstat.xml index 7d3676eca7..ac9fcb3906 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rstat.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rstat.xml @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ - @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rusers.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rusers.xml index c033136ac4..4086a5b64d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rusers.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/rusers.xml @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/spray.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/spray.xml index 03f886b05e..cc7a47e305 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/spray.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/spray.xml @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/wall.xml b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/wall.xml index acf23ede82..777eac7bc8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/wall.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/rpcsvc/wall.xml @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sa/sar.xml b/usr/src/cmd/sa/sar.xml index f091f2849f..2ec80604f8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sa/sar.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sa/sar.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -90,7 +88,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/saf/sac.xml b/usr/src/cmd/saf/sac.xml index 9cd385bb1f..c887e04ee4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/saf/sac.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/saf/sac.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -52,7 +50,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sasinfo/sasinfo.c b/usr/src/cmd/sasinfo/sasinfo.c index 5e032543fd..af2c3b6eda 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sasinfo/sasinfo.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sasinfo/sasinfo.c @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) /* call the CLI parser */ ret = cmdParse(argc, argv, synTables, subcommandArgs, &funcRet); if (ret == 1) { - (void *) fprintf(stdout, "%s %s(1M)\n", + (void *) fprintf(stdout, "%s %s(8)\n", gettext("For more information, please see"), cmdName); return (1); } else if (ret == -1) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/savecore/savecore.c b/usr/src/cmd/savecore/savecore.c index e0e281f61e..16529d8d9f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/savecore/savecore.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/savecore/savecore.c @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ build_corefile(const char *namelist, const char *corefile) /* * When the system panics, the kernel saves all undelivered messages (messages - * that never made it out to syslogd(1M)) in the dump. At a mimimum, the + * that never made it out to syslogd(8)) in the dump. At a mimimum, the * panic message itself will always fall into this category. Upon reboot, * the syslog startup script runs savecore -m to recover these messages. * @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ build_corefile(const char *namelist, const char *corefile) * * Note: since savecore -m is used *only* for this purpose, it does *not* * attempt to save the crash dump. The dump will be saved later, after - * syslogd(1M) starts, by the savecore startup script. + * syslogd(8) starts, by the savecore startup script. */ static int message_save(void) @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) logprint(lvl | ec, "Panic crashdump pending on dump device%s " - "run savecore(1M) manually to extract. " + "run savecore(8) manually to extract. " "Image UUID %s%s.", disabled ? " but dumpadm -n in effect;" : ";", corehdr.dump_uuid, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sckmd/sckmd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/sckmd/sckmd.xml index 7745e669df..289ba60958 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sckmd/sckmd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sckmd/sckmd.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -98,7 +96,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/include/sm/conf.h b/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/include/sm/conf.h index b5cbc00b9c..5575ff6849 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/include/sm/conf.h +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/include/sm/conf.h @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ typedef int pid_t; # endif /* SOLARIS >= 20600 || (SOLARIS < 10000 && SOLARIS >= 206) */ # if SOLARIS < 207 || (SOLARIS > 10000 && SOLARIS < 20700) # ifndef LA_TYPE -# define LA_TYPE LA_KSTAT /* use kstat(3k) -- may work in < 2.5 */ +# define LA_TYPE LA_KSTAT /* use kstat(3KSTAT) -- may work in < 2.5 */ # endif /* ! LA_TYPE */ # ifndef RANDOMSHIFT /* random() doesn't work well (sometimes) */ # define RANDOMSHIFT 8 diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/sendmail-client.xml b/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/sendmail-client.xml index 4acebbeee8..3cb60d9c71 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/sendmail-client.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sendmail/lib/sendmail-client.xml @@ -2,24 +2,24 @@ @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/i.manifest b/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/i.manifest index 18d2c2622d..62e73ee50f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/i.manifest +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/i.manifest @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ # Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# i.manifest - smf(5) service manifest install class action script +# i.manifest - smf(7) service manifest install class action script # repfile=$PKG_INSTALL_ROOT/etc/svc/repository.db @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ svc_deathrow() # # If the repository does not yet exist, create it from the appropriate seed. If -# for some reason the seeds do not exist, svccfg(1M) will create the repository +# for some reason the seeds do not exist, svccfg(8) will create the repository # automatically. # if [ ! -f $repfile ]; then @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ fi if [ ! -r $PKG_INSTALL_ROOT/etc/svc/volatile/repository_door ]; then # - # smf(5) is not presently running for the destination environment. - # Since we presently cannot refresh without a running svc.startd(1M), we + # smf(7) is not presently running for the destination environment. + # Since we presently cannot refresh without a running svc.startd(8), we # cannot consistently handle dependent placement. Defer to next boot. # while read src dst; do diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/r.manifest b/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/r.manifest index 98c6e48f19..e47494f67a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/r.manifest +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/common/r.manifest @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # Use is subject to license terms. # # -# r.manifest - smf(5) manifest remove class action script +# r.manifest - smf(7) manifest remove class action script # MFSTSCAN=/lib/svc/bin/mfstscan diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/backend.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/backend.c index 4c3a7d0816..40726dd1d0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/backend.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/backend.c @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ /* * sqlite is not compatible with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64, but we need to * be able to statvfs(2) possibly large systems. This define gives us - * access to the transitional interfaces. See lfcompile64(5) for how + * access to the transitional interfaces. See lfcompile64(7) for how * _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE works. */ #define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ integrity_fail: } else { (void) fprintf(stderr, "\n" -"svc.configd: smf(5) database integrity check of:\n" +"svc.configd: smf(7) database integrity check of:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ integrity_fail: " your service provider%s%s\n" "\n" " The system will not be able to boot until you have restored a working\n" -" database. svc.startd(1M) will provide a sulogin(1M) prompt for recovery\n" +" database. svc.startd(8) will provide a sulogin(8) prompt for recovery\n" " purposes. The command:\n" "\n" " /lib/svc/bin/restore_repository\n" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/restore_repository.sh b/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/restore_repository.sh index fa3b5e2e4f..4d7bd233a6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/restore_repository.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/configd/restore_repository.sh @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ fi echo >&2 " See http://illumos.org/msg/SMF-8000-MY for more information on the use of -this script to restore backup copies of the smf(5) repository. +this script to restore backup copies of the smf(7) repository. If there are any problems which need human intervention, this script will give instructions and then exit back to your shell." @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ if [ "$myroot" = "/" ]; then [ "`/sbin/zonename`" != global ] && system="zone" echo >&2 " Note that upon full completion of this script, the $system will be rebooted -using reboot(1M), which will interrupt any active services. +using reboot(8), which will interrupt any active services. " fi @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ new="$repo"_old_"`date +%Y''%m''%d'_'%H''%M''%S`" steps= if [ "$myroot" = / ]; then steps="$steps -svc.startd(1M) and svc.configd(1M) will be quiesced, if running." +svc.startd(8) and svc.configd(8) will be quiesced, if running." fi if [ -r $repo ]; then @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ $file EOF if [ "$myroot" = / ]; then - echo "and the system will be rebooted with reboot(1M)." + echo "and the system will be rebooted with reboot(8)." fi echo @@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ if [ "$myroot" = / ]; then startd="`pgrep -z "$zone" -f svc.startd`" echo - echo "Quiescing svc.startd(1M) and svc.configd(1M): \c" + echo "Quiescing svc.startd(8) and svc.configd(8): \c" if [ -n "$startd" ]; then pstop $startd startd_msg=\ -"To start svc.start(1M) running, do: /usr/bin/prun $startd" +"To start svc.start(8) running, do: /usr/bin/prun $startd" fi pkill -z "$zone" -f svc.configd diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/dtd/service_bundle.dtd.1 b/usr/src/cmd/svc/dtd/service_bundle.dtd.1 index b92b70c6c4..032b77aabe 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/dtd/service_bundle.dtd.1 +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/dtd/service_bundle.dtd.1 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ XInclude support A series of service bundles may be composed via the xi:include tag. - smf(5) tools enforce that all bundles be of the same type. + smf(7) tools enforce that all bundles be of the same type. --> @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ element, a set of dependencies on other services, potentially customized methods or configuration data, an optional method context, and a pointer to its restarter. (If no restarter is - specified, the master restarter, svc.startd(1M), is assumed to be + specified, the master restarter, svc.startd(8), is assumed to be responsible for the service.) Its attributes are diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/lsvcrun/lsvcrun.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/lsvcrun/lsvcrun.c index 74eeaefe5a..7599766a01 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/lsvcrun/lsvcrun.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/lsvcrun/lsvcrun.c @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ * group identifies a service, named in the form 'rc2_d_S10foo'. * * Each group has the following properties: name, the script name - * displayed by svcs(1m); state_timestamp; contract, contract ID; + * displayed by svcs(1); state_timestamp; contract, contract ID; * inode, the inode of the script; and suffix, the suffix of the * script name, e.g. 'foo'. * @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) /* Make sure we were run by svc.startd. */ if ((restarter = getenv("SMF_RESTARTER")) == NULL || strcmp(restarter, SCF_SERVICE_STARTD) != 0) - uu_die(gettext("invocation outside smf(5) inappropriate\n")); + uu_die(gettext("invocation outside smf(7) inappropriate\n")); while ((o = getopt(argc, argv, "s")) != -1) { switch (o) { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/README.share b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/README.share index e69a82cedc..fe16191b42 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/README.share +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/README.share @@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ Use is subject to license terms. /lib/svc/share/README -smf(5): Notes on maintenance mode and recovery +smf(7): Notes on maintenance mode and recovery Failures that bring the system to maintenance mode may include hardware or critical software failures. The procedures below are given so that some software repairs can be made; the recommended exit approach once a repair has been made is to reboot the system. The system can be brought -to maintenance mode deliberately via the '-s' option to boot(1M), or via -the 's' option to init(1M). +to maintenance mode deliberately via the '-s' option to boot(8), or via +the 's' option to init(8). -In failure scenarios, smf(5) may or may not be running, depending on -which component has failed. If smf(5) is running, and the /usr -filesystem is reachable, then the usual svcadm(1M) invocations to clear +In failure scenarios, smf(7) may or may not be running, depending on +which component has failed. If smf(7) is running, and the /usr +filesystem is reachable, then the usual svcadm(8) invocations to clear maintenance state and restart services instances can be used. Otherwise, the following instructions describe the direct execution of -service methods, so that capabilities that svc.startd(1M) would normally +service methods, so that capabilities that svc.startd(8) would normally start automatically can be started manually. In the case that the document recommends an invocation like @@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ to directly execute the corresponding service methods # /lib/svc/method/fs-minimal to mount the various filesystems. In the case that these methods fail, -a direct invocation of mount(1M), and potentially fsck(1M), should be +a direct invocation of mount(8), and potentially fsck(8), should be attempted for file systems required for recovery purposes. /lib/svc/method/fs-usr attempts to remount the root file system read-write, such that persistent changes can be made to the system's configuration. If this method is failing, one can directly remount -using the mount(1M) command via +using the mount(8) command via # /sbin/mount -o rw,remount / @@ -99,44 +99,44 @@ using the mount(1M) command via private use. It may prove a useful location to create mount points if the root file system cannot be remounted read-write. -3. Failure to run svc.configd(1M). +3. Failure to run svc.configd(8). -svc.configd(1M) will give detailed instructions for recovery if the -corruption is detected in the repository. If svc.configd(1M) cannot be +svc.configd(8) will give detailed instructions for recovery if the +corruption is detected in the repository. If svc.configd(8) cannot be run because of missing or corrupt library components, then the affected components will need to be replaced. Components could be copied from a CD-ROM or DVD-ROM, or from another system. -4. Failure to run svc.startd(1M). +4. Failure to run svc.startd(8). -If the inittab(4) line to invoke svc.startd(1M) is missing or incorrect, +If the inittab(5) line to invoke svc.startd(8) is missing or incorrect, it will need to be restored. A valid entry is smf::sysinit:/lib/svc/bin/svc.startd >/dev/msglog 2<>/dev/msglog - - - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/global.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/global.xml index 4ebc6ddaf0..10597f8211 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/global.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/global.xml @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ system-wide configuration definitions - - @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ The project ID in numeric or text form. ":default" can be used as a token to in The resource pool name in which to launch the method. ":default" can be used -as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(4) entry given in +as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(5) entry given in the project attribute. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ the project attribute. required='false'> -An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(5). +An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(7). @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ in numeric or text form. required='false'> -An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). +An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(7). @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). An optional string specifying the limit privilege set as defined in -privileges(5). +privileges(7). @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ user, group, privileges, and limit_privileges properties. The name of an RBAC (role-based access control) profile which, along with the -method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(4). +method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(5). @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ Service name -IANA name or RPC name for non-inetd service, equivalent to inetd/name property. For RPC services, the value of this property is not an IANA name but is either an RPC program number or name, see rpc(4). +IANA name or RPC name for non-inetd service, equivalent to inetd/name property. For RPC services, the value of this property is not an IANA name but is either an RPC program number or name, see rpc(5). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/identity.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/identity.xml index 3fdcf56496..140cb562d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/identity.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/identity.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -80,7 +78,7 @@ - @@ -110,9 +108,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/make-console-login-xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/make-console-login-xml index 2b78164e78..bcb13c1c7c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/make-console-login-xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/make-console-login-xml @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ cat >console-login.xml < - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import index 43fb677b92..b67361183f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import @@ -243,13 +243,13 @@ function import_manifests { $X /usr/sbin/svccfg import $dirs > $logf 2>&1 fi - grep "Loaded .*. smf(5) service descriptions" $logf > /dev/null 2>&1 + grep "Loaded .*. smf(7) service descriptions" $logf > /dev/null 2>&1 if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then activity=true fi if [ -s $logf ]; then - grep "smf(5) service descriptions failed to load" $logf > /dev/null 2>&1 + grep "smf(7) service descriptions failed to load" $logf > /dev/null 2>&1 failures=$? if [ $failures -eq 0 ]; then echo "svccfg warnings:" @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ function apply_profile { # # 4. Upgrade handling. The upgrade file generally consists of a series -# of svcadm(1M) and svccfg(1M) commands. +# of svcadm(8) and svccfg(8) commands. # function handle_upgrade { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import.xml index 2ef9021401..18723d957d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/manifest-import.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user-server.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user-server.xml index a4e48fd9ac..7c590be9c4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user-server.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user-server.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ multi-user plus exports milestone - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user.xml index a5b6698e47..8e59064861 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/multi-user.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -135,7 +133,7 @@ multi-user milestone - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-loc b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-loc index e4d0a8c994..b8358b64ff 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-loc +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-loc @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ SCRIPT_PATH=/etc/svc/volatile/nwam # # echoes DHCP controlled interfaces separated by commas # -# Don't parse the output of ifconfig(1M) because interfaces that haven't +# Don't parse the output of ifconfig(8) because interfaces that haven't # acquired a DHCP lease also have the DHCP flag set. # get_dhcp_interfaces () { # - # 1. parse netstat(1M) output for v4 interfaces in BOUND + # 1. parse netstat(8) output for v4 interfaces in BOUND # or INFORMATION state # 2. make a space-separated list of interface names # @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ do_nis () { # # do_ldap # -# Installs LDAP information using ldapclient(1M) for location +# Installs LDAP information using ldapclient(8) for location # # Returns 0 on success, 1 on failure # @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ do_ldap () { ;; esac - # Use ldapclient(1M) to initialize LDAP client settings. + # Use ldapclient(8) to initialize LDAP client settings. if [ -n "$DEFAULT_DOMAIN" -o -n "$LDAP_SERVERS" ]; then $LDAPCLIENT init -a domainName=$DEFAULT_DOMAIN \ $LDAP_SERVERS @@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ do_ns () { stop_svc $LDAP_CLIENT_FMRI # - # Remove /etc/defaultdomain and unset domainname(1M). If NIS + # Remove /etc/defaultdomain and unset domainname(8). If NIS # and/or LDAP is configured, they will create /etc/defaultdomain - # and set the domainname(1M). + # and set the domainname(8). # $RM -f $ETC_DEFAULT_DOMAIN $DOMAINNAME " " diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-nwam b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-nwam index 9f1de2fd76..fb012d7bee 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-nwam +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-nwam @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ create_legacy_loc () { done fi - # Gather LDAP info via ldapclient(1M). + # Gather LDAP info via ldapclient(8). if [ -f /var/ldap/ldap_client_file ]; then copy_to_legacy /var/ldap/ldap_client_file NAMESERVICES="${NAMESERVICES}ldap," @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ revert_to_legacy_loc () { $SVCADM enable dns/client fi - # set /etc/defaultdomain and domainname(1M) + # set /etc/defaultdomain and domainname(8) DEFAULT_DOMAIN=`nwam_get_loc_prop Legacy default-domain` if [ -n "$DEFAULT_DOMAIN" ]; then $DOMAINNAME $DEFAULT_DOMAIN @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ case "$1" in # # Upgrade handling. The upgrade file consists of a series - # of dladm(1M) commands. Note that after we are done, we + # of dladm(8) commands. Note that after we are done, we # cannot rename the upgrade script file as the file system # is still read-only at this point. Defer this to the # manifest-import service. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-routing-setup b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-routing-setup index 7f6d457b33..3ac6a3f7aa 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-routing-setup +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-routing-setup @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ smf_configure_ip || exit $SMF_EXIT_OK /sbin/routeadm -u # -# Are we routing dynamically? routeadm(1M) reports this in the +# Are we routing dynamically? routeadm(8) reports this in the # "current" values of ipv4/6-routing - if either are true, we are running # routing daemons (or at least they are enabled to run). # @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ else fi # -# Use routeadm(1M) to configure forwarding and launch routing daemons +# Use routeadm(8) to configure forwarding and launch routing daemons # for IPv4 and IPv6 based on preset values. These settings only apply # to the global zone. For IPv4 dynamic routing, the system will default # to disabled if a default route was previously added via BOOTP, DHCP, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-svc b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-svc index 0ede5cfb3f..c7bea42f53 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-svc +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/net-svc @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ dhcp_edits () # it is important to preserve order of domain entries vs. search # entries; the search entries are reserved for administrator # customization and if placed after the domain entry will override -# it. See resolv.conf(4). +# it. See resolv.conf(5). # # The first arg should be the dns servers string, the second # should be the dns domain. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-initial.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-initial.xml index b0f3a9e87b..f4414f18b4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-initial.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-initial.xml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ initial network services - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-install.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-install.xml index 69e49986f4..461a6c4832 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-install.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-install.xml @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ - - The "addrobj" value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. + The "addrobj" value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. - The "-T" option value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. + The "-T" option value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. @@ -142,14 +142,14 @@ - The "local" address value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Only required if "address_type" has a value of "static". + The "local" address value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Only required if "address_type" has a value of "static". - The "-w" option value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Represents the maximum time to wait for DHCP offer. + The "-w" option value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Represents the maximum time to wait for DHCP offer. seconds @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ - The default route associated with this interface. Used to add a default route using route(1M). + The default route associated with this interface. Used to add a default route using route(8). @@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ - The "addrobj" value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. + The "addrobj" value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. - The "-T" option value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. + The "-T" option value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. @@ -198,14 +198,14 @@ - The "local" address value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Only required if "address_type" has a value of "static". + The "local" address value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Only required if "address_type" has a value of "static". - The "-i" token value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". + The "-i" token value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ - The "stateless" value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". + The "stateless" value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ - The "stateful" value to be passed to the ipadm(1M) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". + The "stateful" value to be passed to the ipadm(8) "create-addr" command. Ignored if "address_type" has a value of "static". @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ - The default route associated with this interface. Used to add a default route using route(1M). + The default route associated with this interface. Used to add a default route using route(8). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-ipqos.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-ipqos.xml index c1fcdb0fcd..d8d5e9159e 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-ipqos.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-ipqos.xml @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-iptun.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-iptun.xml index d55df08553..1bc04d1ae6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-iptun.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-iptun.xml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-location.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-location.xml index 5e23d92481..f669d38d4c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-location.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-location.xml @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ - @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-loopback.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-loopback.xml index bd51e960cd..7388c0651b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-loopback.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-loopback.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -68,7 +66,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netcfg.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netcfg.xml index edc15da18f..fe7748bad1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netcfg.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netcfg.xml @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netmask.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netmask.xml index 31caeb3f1d..48499f9d8c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netmask.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-netmask.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ - @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-physical.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-physical.xml index f26c9647a1..d0eb7db1b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-physical.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-physical.xml @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-routing-setup.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-routing-setup.xml index 85a74756da..c84a88577e 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-routing-setup.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-routing-setup.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ - + @@ -147,7 +145,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-service.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-service.xml index ec12896e53..598d4d99f4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-service.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/network-service.xml @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/process-security.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/process-security.xml index bd4b2ac6b7..bc081692e5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/process-security.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/process-security.xml @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Security Flag Configuration - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/restarter.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/restarter.xml index c867736d51..f25d133192 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/restarter.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/restarter.xml @@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ master restarter - - - @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ method context resource pool The resource pool name on which to launch the method. :default can be used -as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(4) entry given in +as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(5) entry given in the project attribute. @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ method credential security flags -An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(5). +An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(7). @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ method credential privileges -An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). +An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(7). @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ method credential limit privilege set An optional string specifying the limit privilege set as defined in -privileges(5). +privileges(7). @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ method profile RBAC profile specification The name of an RBAC (role-based access control) profile which, along with the -method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(4). +method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(5). @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ method context resource pool The resource pool name on which to launch the method. :default can be used -as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(4) entry given in +as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(5) entry given in the project attribute. @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ method credential security flags -An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(5). +An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(7). @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ method credential privileges -An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). +An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(7). @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ method credential limit privilege set An optional string specifying the limit privilege set as defined in -privileges(5). +privileges(7). @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ method profile RBAC profile specification The name of an RBAC (role-based access control) profile which, along with the -method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(4). +method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(5). @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ method context resource pool The resource pool name on which to launch the method. :default can be used -as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(4) entry given in +as a token to indicate the pool specified in the project(5) entry given in the project attribute. @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ method security flags -An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(5). +An optional string specifying the security flags as defined in security-flags(7). @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ method credential privileges -An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(5). +An optional string specifying the privilege set as defined in privileges(7). @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ method credential limit privilege set An optional string specifying the limit privilege set as defined in -privileges(5). +privileges(7). @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ method profile RBAC profile specification The name of an RBAC (role-based access control) profile which, along with the -method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(4). +method executable, identifies an entry in exec_attr(5). diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/rmtmpfiles b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/rmtmpfiles index f08782a9a8..8c09c0387f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/rmtmpfiles +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/rmtmpfiles @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # Use is subject to license terms. # For modifying the behavior of rmtmpfiles, do not edit this script. -# Instead use svccfg(1m) to modify the SMF repository. To achieve +# Instead use svccfg(8) to modify the SMF repository. To achieve # traditional System V treatment of /var/tmp, invoke the following # commands.: # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/single-user.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/single-user.xml index 579ecb5ddd..88b846a2ce 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/single-user.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/single-user.xml @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/vtdaemon.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/vtdaemon.xml index 920792bc5b..6168413d51 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/vtdaemon.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/milestone/vtdaemon.xml @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ vtdaemon for virtual console secure switch - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/README b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/README index 6e93615b5f..e0f11ab7e4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/README +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/README @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ # Use is subject to license terms. # -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - Notes Regarding Modification of generic_open.xml Any changes made to generic_open.xml will need to be considered for @@ -35,7 +33,7 @@ in PSARC/2004/781: ... The generic_limited_net profile explicitly disables all - smf(5) converted inetd services that are not required to + smf(7) converted inetd services that are not required to run the window system, SVM, or vold. It retains ssh and X remote login as the remote login methods available. ... diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_limited_net.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_limited_net.xml index 44814441e6..a79d59c1f7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_limited_net.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_limited_net.xml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_open.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_open.xml index ce23b8efdd..47b00fb4de 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_open.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/generic_open.xml @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/inetd_generic.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/inetd_generic.xml index 8d2df20219..e95a0608ba 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/inetd_generic.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/profile/inetd_generic.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ --> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/fs_include.sh b/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/fs_include.sh index 99810383cc..f0ee2748a7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/fs_include.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/fs_include.sh @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ # All rights reserved. # # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" vfstab=${vfstab:=/etc/vfstab} @@ -43,7 +42,7 @@ vfstab=${vfstab:=/etc/vfstab} # fsckdev raw device # mountp mount point (must match $1, if found) # fstype file system type -# fsckpass fsck(1M) pass number +# fsckpass fsck(8) pass number # automnt automount flag (yes or no) # mntopts file system-specific mount options. # @@ -307,7 +306,7 @@ mounted() { # to our service log. # # Arguments: -# $opts - options for mount(1M) [optional] +# $opts - options for mount(8) [optional] # $path - mount point # $type - file system type [optional] # $fsopts - file system specific options (-o) [optional] @@ -315,7 +314,7 @@ mounted() { # # Return codes: # 0 - success. -# otherwise - error code returned by mount(1M). +# otherwise - error code returned by mount(8). # mountfs() { opts="$1" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/smf_include.sh b/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/smf_include.sh index 9f8a5f6cd9..7aef5c73a9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/smf_include.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/shell/smf_include.sh @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ smf_kill_contract() { } # -# smf(5) method and monitor exit status definitions +# smf(7) method and monitor exit status definitions # SMF_EXIT_ERR_OTHER, although not defined, encompasses all non-zero # exit status values. # diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/fork.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/fork.c index 7bce347854..df91d174ca 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/fork.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/fork.c @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ startd_fork1(int *forkerr) /* * void fork_mount(char *, char *) - * Run mount(1M) with the given options and mount point. (mount(1M) has much + * Run mount(8) with the given options and mount point. (mount(8) has much * hidden knowledge; it's much less correct to reimplement that logic here to * save a fork(2)/exec(2) invocation.) */ @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ fork_mount(char *path, char *opts) (void) waitpid(pid, &status, 0); /* - * If our mount(1M) invocation exited by peculiar means, or with + * If our mount(8) invocation exited by peculiar means, or with * a non-zero status, our mount likelihood is low. */ if (!WIFEXITED(status) || @@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ fork_common(const char *name, const char *svc_fmri, int retries, ctid_t *ctidp, for (pid = fork1(); pid == -1; pid = fork1()) { if (++tries > retries) { /* - * When we exit the sulogin session, init(1M) - * will restart svc.startd(1M). + * When we exit the sulogin session, init(8) + * will restart svc.startd(8). */ err = errno; (void) ct_tmpl_clear(ctfd); @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ fork_common(const char *name, const char *svc_fmri, int retries, ctid_t *ctidp, * is ended, we continue. This is the last fallback action for system * maintenance. * - * If immediate is true, fork_sulogin() executes sulogin(1M) directly, without + * If immediate is true, fork_sulogin() executes sulogin(8) directly, without * forking. * * Because fork_sulogin() is needed potentially before we daemonize, we leave diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/graph.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/graph.c index d514b19c38..685c1c262c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/graph.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/graph.c @@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ * stn_global for the system-wide set. They are re-read when instances are * refreshed. * - * The GPEC events published by svc.startd are consumed by fmd(1M). After - * processing these events, fmd(1M) publishes the processed events to + * The GPEC events published by svc.startd are consumed by fmd(8). After + * processing these events, fmd(8) publishes the processed events to * notification agents. The notification agents read the notification * parameters from the SMF repository through libscf(3LIB) interfaces and send * the notification, or not, based on those parameters. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/log.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/log.c index 7ea39a9a1c..bce86b75fd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/log.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/log.c @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ * log.c - debugging and logging functions * * Logging destinations - * svc.startd(1M) supports three logging destinations: the system log, a + * svc.startd(8) supports three logging destinations: the system log, a * daemon-specific log (in the /var/svc/log hierarchy by default), and to the * standard output (redirected to the /var/svc/log/svc.startd.log file by * default). Any or all of these destinations may be used to * communicate a specific message; the audiences for each destination differ. * - * Generic messages associated with svc.startd(1M) are made by the + * Generic messages associated with svc.startd(8) are made by the * log_framework() and log_error() functions. For these messages, svc.startd * logs under its own name and under the LOG_DAEMON facility when issuing * events to the system log. By design, severities below LOG_NOTICE are never @@ -64,30 +64,30 @@ * * LOG_ALERT An unrecoverable operation requiring external * intervention has occurred. Includes an inability to - * write to the smf(5) repository (due to svc.configd(1M) + * write to the smf(7) repository (due to svc.configd(8) * absence, due to permissions failures, etc.). Message * should identify component at fault. * - * LOG_CRIT An unrecoverable operation internal to svc.startd(1M) + * LOG_CRIT An unrecoverable operation internal to svc.startd(8) * has occurred. Failure should be recoverable by restart - * of svc.startd(1M). + * of svc.startd(8). * - * LOG_ERR An smf(5) event requiring administrative intervention + * LOG_ERR An smf(7) event requiring administrative intervention * has occurred. Includes instance being moved to the * maintenance state. * - * LOG_WARNING A potentially destabilizing smf(5) event not requiring + * LOG_WARNING A potentially destabilizing smf(7) event not requiring * administrative intervention has occurred. * - * LOG_NOTICE A noteworthy smf(5) event has occurred. Includes + * LOG_NOTICE A noteworthy smf(7) event has occurred. Includes * individual instance failures. * - * LOG_INFO A noteworthy operation internal to svc.startd(1M) has + * LOG_INFO A noteworthy operation internal to svc.startd(8) has * occurred. Includes recoverable failures or otherwise * unexpected outcomes. * * LOG_DEBUG An internal operation only of interest to a - * svc.startd(1M) developer has occurred. + * svc.startd(8) developer has occurred. * * Logging configuration * The preferred approach is to set the logging property values diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/protocol.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/protocol.c index e4fc9f73c5..a21e7e709a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/protocol.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/protocol.c @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ restarter_protocol_send_event(const char *inst, evchan_t *chan, /* * For the purposes of loading state after interruption, this is - * sufficient, as svc.startd(1M) won't receive events on the contracts + * sufficient, as svc.startd(8) won't receive events on the contracts * associated with each delegate. */ MUTEX_LOCK(&st->st_load_lock); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/restarter.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/restarter.c index 70f84a06d6..6003c81c87 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/restarter.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/restarter.c @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ restarter_contracts_event_thread(void *unused) startd_close(sfd); /* - * svc.configd(1M) restart handling performed by the + * svc.configd(8) restart handling performed by the * fork_configd_thread. We don't acknowledge, as that thread * will do so. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/specials.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/specials.c index 3c8858b527..5f7c328a83 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/specials.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/specials.c @@ -23,12 +23,10 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * specials.c - knowledge of special services * - * svc.startd(1M) has duties that cannot be carried out without knowledge of the + * svc.startd(8) has duties that cannot be carried out without knowledge of the * transition of various services, such as the milestones, to their online * states. Hooks are called with the restarter instance's ri_lock held, so * operations on all instances (or on the graph) should be performed diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/startd.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/startd.c index d28687e761..ea9c4efbe4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/startd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/startd.c @@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ * There are a few different components that make up SMF and are responsible * for different pieces of functionality that are used: * - * svc.startd(1M): A daemon that is in charge of starting, stopping, and + * svc.startd(8): A daemon that is in charge of starting, stopping, and * restarting services and instances. - * svc.configd(1M): A daemon that manages the repository that stores + * svc.configd(8): A daemon that manages the repository that stores * information, property groups, and state of the different services and * instances. * libscf(3LIB): A C library that provides the glue for communicating, * accessing, and updating information about services and instances. - * svccfg(1M): A utility to add and remove services as well as change the + * svccfg(8): A utility to add and remove services as well as change the * properties associated with different services and instances. - * svcadm(1M): A utility to control the different instance of a service. You + * svcadm(8): A utility to control the different instance of a service. You * can use this to enable and disable them among some other useful things. * svcs(1): A utility that reports on the status of various services on the * system. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/utmpx.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/utmpx.c index 1b3ca95010..1fd55b6592 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/utmpx.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/utmpx.c @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ /* * utmpx.c - utmpx utility routines * - * Since svc.startd(1M) places utmpx records for its launched instances, it must + * Since svc.startd(8) places utmpx records for its launched instances, it must * also mark them as dead once completed. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/wait.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/wait.c index 12856ff639..970bd63f6d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/wait.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/startd/wait.c @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ wait_thread(void *args) psi.pr_lwp.pr_lwpid != 0) { /* * We have determined, in accordance with the - * definition in proc(4), this process is not a + * definition in proc(5), this process is not a * zombie. Reassociate. */ if (port_associate(port_fd, PORT_SOURCE_FD, fd, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcadm/svcadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcadm/svcadm.c index c5a046565f..0330305c98 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcadm/svcadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcadm/svcadm.c @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ usage() "\t%1$s clear [ ...]\t\t- clear maintenance state\n" "\t%1$s milestone [-d] \t- advance to a service milestone\n" "\n\t" - "Services can be specified using an FMRI, abbreviation, or fnmatch(5)\n" + "Services can be specified using an FMRI, abbreviation, or fnmatch(7)\n" "\tpattern, as shown in these examples for svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\n" "\n" "\t%1$s svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\n" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_engine.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_engine.c index d0d690f231..cafaeac254 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_engine.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_engine.c @@ -467,13 +467,13 @@ fail: /* * Initialize svccfg state. We recognize four environment variables: * - * SVCCFG_REPOSITORY Create a private instance of svc.configd(1M) to answer + * SVCCFG_REPOSITORY Create a private instance of svc.configd(8) to answer * requests for the specified repository file. * SVCCFG_DOOR_PATH Directory for door creation. * * SVCCFG_DOOR Rendezvous via an alternative repository door. * - * SVCCFG_CONFIGD_PATH Resolvable path to alternative svc.configd(1M) binary. + * SVCCFG_CONFIGD_PATH Resolvable path to alternative svc.configd(8) binary. */ void engine_init() @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ engine_import(uu_list_t *args) if (progress_out != NULL) (void) fprintf(progress_out, - "Loading smf(5) service descriptions: "); + "Loading smf(7) service descriptions: "); failed_manifests = 0; progress_count = 0; @@ -793,11 +793,11 @@ engine_import(uu_list_t *args) if (dirarg && total_manifests > 0) { char *msg; - msg = "Loaded %d smf(5) service descriptions\n"; + msg = "Loaded %d smf(7) service descriptions\n"; warn(gettext(msg), progress_count); if (failed_manifests) { - msg = "%d smf(5) service descriptions failed to load\n"; + msg = "%d smf(7) service descriptions failed to load\n"; warn(gettext(msg), failed_manifests); } } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_libscf.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_libscf.c index 1e565d795f..a1a3a44ad2 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_libscf.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_libscf.c @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ remove_tempfile(void) } /* - * Launch private svc.configd(1M) for manipulating alternate repositories. + * Launch private svc.configd(8) for manipulating alternate repositories. */ static void start_private_repository(engine_state_t *est) @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ void lscf_cleanup(void) { /* - * In the case where we've launched a private svc.configd(1M) + * In the case where we've launched a private svc.configd(8) * instance, we must terminate our child and remove the temporary * rendezvous point. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_tmpl.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_tmpl.c index 2f17e6b85d..e7b71950f5 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_tmpl.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_tmpl.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ */ /* - * This file provides the code that allows svccfg(1M) to validate a + * This file provides the code that allows svccfg(8) to validate a * manifest against the template specifications. svccfg uses the * validation facilities for the import and validate subcommands. * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_xml.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_xml.c index c0810de2ab..70e62a83bd 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_xml.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svccfg/svccfg_xml.c @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ lxml_store_value(value_t *v, element_t type, const xmlChar *value) /* * Although an SC_COUNT represents a uint64_t the use * of a negative value is acceptable due to the usage - * established by inetd(1M). + * established by inetd(8). */ errno = 0; v->sc_u.sc_count = strtoull((char *)value, &endptr, 10); @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ lxml_get_exec_method(entity_t *entity, xmlNodePtr emeth) /* * Although an SC_COUNT represents a uint64_t the use * of a negative value is acceptable due to the usage - * established by inetd(1M). + * established by inetd(8). */ errno = 0; u_timeout = strtoull((char *)timeout, &endptr, 10); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcs/svcs.c b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcs/svcs.c index 402b40f4ca..9beb62047c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcs/svcs.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svc/svcs/svcs.c @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ #define LEGACY_UNKNOWN "unknown" /* - * Per proc(4) when pr_nlwp, pr_nzomb, and pr_lwp.pr_lwpid are all 0, + * Per proc(5) when pr_nlwp, pr_nzomb, and pr_lwp.pr_lwpid are all 0, * the process is a zombie. */ #define IS_ZOMBIE(_psip) \ @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ description_of_column(int c) switch (c) { case 0: - s = gettext("contract ID for service (see contract(4))"); + s = gettext("contract ID for service (see contract(5))"); break; case 1: s = gettext("human-readable description of the service"); @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ print_help(const char *progname) "\t-z from global zone, show services in a specified zone\n" "\t-Z from global zone, show services in all zones\n" "\n\t" - "Services can be specified using an FMRI, abbreviation, or fnmatch(5)\n" + "Services can be specified using an FMRI, abbreviation, or fnmatch(7)\n" "\tpattern, as shown in these examples for svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\n" "\n" "\t%1$s [opts] svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\n" diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/libinst/open_package_datastream.c b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/libinst/open_package_datastream.c index 2896a99e80..4cc1965024 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/libinst/open_package_datastream.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/libinst/open_package_datastream.c @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ open_package_datastream(int a_argc, char **a_argv, char *a_spoolDir, * _getvol verifies that the specified device is accessible and * that a volume of the appropriate medium has been inserted. * _getvol is in libadm.h - delivered by ON as part of SUNWcsl - * is somewhat analagous to getvol(1M) - args are: + * is somewhat analagous to getvol(8) - args are: * - char *device * - char *label * - int options diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgadd/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgadd/main.c index 4f05b28318..ee5e8e5f3f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgadd/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgadd/main.c @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) /* * Public interface: Identify a file or directory which - * contains output from a previous pkgask(1M) + * contains output from a previous pkgask(8) * session. This file supplies the interaction responses * that would be requested by the package in interactive * mode. response must be a full pathname. @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) /* * Public interface: Install packages based on the value * of the CATEGORY parameter stored in the package's - * pkginfo(4) file. All packages on the source medium + * pkginfo(5) file. All packages on the source medium * whose CATEGORY matches one of the specified categories * will be selected for installation or spooling. Install * packages that contain the same CATEGORY as the one @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) /* * This function is in the libinst library; it reads the specified - * admin(4) file and, using fpkgparam(), sets the global "adm" structure + * admin(5) file and, using fpkgparam(), sets the global "adm" structure * values to match what is in the specified admin file. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgcond/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgcond/main.c index e5710241e4..b09129cd83 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgcond/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgcond/main.c @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ /* * Program: pkgcond * - * Function: Implements the package command suite public utility pkgcond(1M) + * Function: Implements the package command suite public utility pkgcond(8) * * Usage: pkgcond [-nv] [-O debug] condition [ argument ] * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkginstall/main.c b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkginstall/main.c index 666d7e3a32..cbe50ebcb9 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkginstall/main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkginstall/main.c @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) /* * Same as pkgadd: Identify a file or directory which - * contains output from a previous pkgask(1M) + * contains output from a previous pkgask(8) * session. This file supplies the interaction responses * that would be requested by the package in interactive * mode. response must be a full pathname. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgscripts/pkgserv.xml b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgscripts/pkgserv.xml index fdc2102d7c..43ee6cc045 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgscripts/pkgserv.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/svr4pkg/pkgscripts/pkgserv.xml @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/swap/swap.c b/usr/src/cmd/swap/swap.c index 6b4522745d..6370eeb23b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/swap/swap.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/swap/swap.c @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ dumpadm_err(const char *warning) { (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s (%s):\n", warning, strerror(errno)); (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext( - "run dumpadm(1M) to verify dump configuration\n")); + "run dumpadm(8) to verify dump configuration\n")); } static int @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ delete(char *path, off_t offset) if (ioctl(fd, DIOCGETDEV, dumpdev) == -1) { if (errno == ENODEV) { (void) printf(gettext("%s was dump device --\n" - "invoking dumpadm(1M) -d swap to " + "invoking dumpadm(8) -d swap to " "select new dump device\n"), path); /* * Close /dev/dump prior to executing dumpadm @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ add(char *path, off_t offset, off_t cnt, int flags) (void) printf( gettext("operating system crash dump was previously " - "disabled --\ninvoking dumpadm(1M) -d swap to select " + "disabled --\ninvoking dumpadm(8) -d swap to select " "new dump device\n")); if (system("/usr/sbin/dumpadm -ud swap") == -1) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/sysdef/sdevinfo.c b/usr/src/cmd/sysdef/sdevinfo.c index 448833ae61..cc43f7b052 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/sysdef/sdevinfo.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/sysdef/sdevinfo.c @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1997, Sun Microsystems, Inc. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * For machines that support the openprom, fetch and print the list * of devices that the kernel has fetched from the prom or conjured up. @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ dump_node(di_node_t node, void *arg) } } else { /* - * prtconf(1M) compatible.. + * prtconf(8) compatible.. */ (void) printf("%s", di_node_name(node)); if (di_instance(node) >= 0) diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/etc/README b/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/etc/README index 27287c08c0..c6fb286679 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/etc/README +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/etc/README @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ # CDDL HEADER END # # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + # # Copyright (c) 2001 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. # All rights reserved. # -Configuration files for syseventd(1M). +Configuration files for syseventd(8). These files are not intended to be edited and any changes made will not be preserved across upgrades. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/sysevent.xml b/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/sysevent.xml index a136c877a0..3e3eb0e2d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/sysevent.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/sysevent.xml @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/newsyslog b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/newsyslog index 09041e2833..71ba3c9df8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/newsyslog +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/newsyslog @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ # Copyright (c) 1997-2001 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. # All rights reserved. # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" + # -# NOTE: This script is no longer used -- see logadm(1M) +# NOTE: This script is no longer used -- see logadm(8) # # Running this script checks to see if /var/log/syslog or /var/adm/messages # need rotating, according to the policies in /etc/logadm.conf. Since logadm diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/syslogd.dfl b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/syslogd.dfl index 3055a926b7..6035891e0d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/syslogd.dfl +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/syslogd.dfl @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # CDDL HEADER START # @@ -24,14 +23,14 @@ # # /etc/default/syslogd # -# Legacy configuration file for syslogd(1M). See syslogd(1M). +# Legacy configuration file for syslogd(8). See syslogd(8). # # This file should no longer be directly used to configure syslogd. # These settings are kept here for backwards compatibility only. -# Please use svccfg(1M) to modify the properties of syslogd(1M). +# Please use svccfg(8) to modify the properties of syslogd(8). # # The LOG_FROM_REMOTE setting used to affect the logging of remote -# messages. Its definition here will override the svccfg(1M) settings +# messages. Its definition here will override the svccfg(8) settings # for log_from_remote. # #LOG_FROM_REMOTE=YES diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log index 7f7ad92d96..d8b3eaf9d7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ convert() exit $SMF_EXIT_ERR_CONFIG fi fi - echo "Incorporated ${OLD_CONF} settings into SMF. See syslogd(1m)." + echo "Incorporated ${OLD_CONF} settings into SMF. See syslogd(8)." awk '{ if ($1 ~ /^LOG_FROM_REMOTE=/) { print "# LOG_FROM_REMOTE is now set using " - "svccfg(1m), see syslog(1m)."; + "svccfg(8), see syslogd(8)."; } else { print $0; } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log.xml b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log.xml index 8802d363b7..71cd75bf72 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/syslogd/system-log.xml @@ -2,24 +2,24 @@ - + @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnd/tnd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnd/tnd.xml index 7bcec09138..f45d9828f1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnd/tnd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tnd/tnd.xml @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" --> @@ -118,7 +117,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tsol-zones/tsol-zones.xml b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tsol-zones/tsol-zones.xml index bb157c457a..c91e22552b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tsol-zones/tsol-zones.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/tsol-zones/tsol-zones.xml @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/zones/SUNWtsoldef.xml b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/zones/SUNWtsoldef.xml index cc0cf6f47c..49c77dd9f4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/tsol/zones/SUNWtsoldef.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/tsol/zones/SUNWtsoldef.xml @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Copyright 2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. - DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead. + DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead. --> diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/uadmin/uadmin.c b/usr/src/cmd/uadmin/uadmin.c index 25fd7f8f7d..896060df6b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/uadmin/uadmin.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/uadmin/uadmin.c @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #include #define SMF_RST "/etc/svc/volatile/resetting" -#define RETRY_COUNT 15 /* number of 1 sec retries for audit(1M) to complete */ +#define RETRY_COUNT 15 /* number of 1 sec retries for audit(8) to complete */ static const char *Usage = "Usage: %s cmd fcn [mdep]\n"; @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ change_audit_file(void) int retries = RETRY_COUNT; /* - * Wait for audit(1M) -n process to complete + * Wait for audit(8) -n process to complete * */ do { diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmp.xml b/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmp.xml index 5e16f07f3d..7070b3940f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmp.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmp.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -84,9 +82,9 @@ - - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmpd.c b/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmpd.c index d1abc313b8..74a9238a81 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmpd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/utmpd/utmpd.c @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ * the process has removed its entry it cleans the entry when the * the process terminates. * The AT&T Copyright above is there since we borrowed the pipe - * mechanism from init(1m). + * mechanism from init(8). */ @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ warn_utmp() if (lstat(UTMP_FILE, &s) == 0 && s.st_size % sizeof (struct utmp) == 0) { nonfatal("WARNING: /var/adm/utmp exists!\nSee " - "utmp(4) for more information"); + "utmp(5) for more information"); } } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/varpd/varpd.c b/usr/src/cmd/varpd/varpd.c index cfba560e9f..84283cce5c 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/varpd/varpd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/varpd/varpd.c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ * * varpd's purpose it to provide a means for looking up the destination on the * underlay network for a host on an overlay network and to also be a door - * server such that dladm(1M) via libdladm can configure and get useful status + * server such that dladm(8) via libdladm can configure and get useful status * information. The heavy lifting is all done by libvarpd and the various lookup * plugins. * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/auth.c b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/auth.c index e3c3e6995f..439e2c876f 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/auth.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/auth.c @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * such as 'root'); the group name in this example is "ldg1" : * solaris.vntsd.console-ldg1:::Access Specific LDoms Guest Console:: * - * Specific users are authorized with usermod(1M). To add an authorization + * Specific users are authorized with usermod(8). To add an authorization * (to /etc/user_attr) type a command similar to this (when user NOT * logged in): * diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/svc-vntsd b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/svc-vntsd index 3bea6c0274..0711252b18 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/svc-vntsd +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/svc-vntsd @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # Start script for vntsd # # For modifying parameters passed to vntsd, do not edit -# this script. Instead use svccfg(1m) to modify the SMF +# this script. Instead use svccfg(8) to modify the SMF # repository. For example: # # svccfg diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/vntsd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/vntsd.xml index 4d04e07162..ed623c402a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/vntsd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vntsd/vntsd.xml @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ - @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vs_main.c b/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vs_main.c index bcc4a055ae..5e13bf5870 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vs_main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vs_main.c @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ vscand_sig_handler(int sig) /* * main * - * main must return SMF return code (see smf_method (5)) if vscand + * main must return SMF return code (see smf_method(7)) if vscand * is invoked directly by smf (see manifest: vscan.xml) * Exit codes: SMF_EXIT_ERR_CONFIG - error * SMF_EXIT_ERR_FATAL - fatal error diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vscan.xml b/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vscan.xml index 87648f4f26..d8b750e3d1 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vscan.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vscan/vscand/vscan.xml @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ VSCAN Service daemon - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/vt/vtdaemon.c b/usr/src/cmd/vt/vtdaemon.c index 585f23a6db..a64b5d00e7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/vt/vtdaemon.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/vt/vtdaemon.c @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ /* * vtdaemon is responsible for the session secure switch via hotkeys. * - * vtdaemon itself, like ttymon(1M), is also running on a virtual + * vtdaemon itself, like ttymon(8), is also running on a virtual * console device (/dev/vt/1), and provides a text console session * for password input and authentication. The /dev/vt/1 special text * console is reserved and end users cannot switch to it via hotkeys. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/xargs/xargs.c b/usr/src/cmd/xargs/xargs.c index d16ff2fc16..7e46ad1135 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/xargs/xargs.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/xargs/xargs.c @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ getarg(char *arg) * * Assumes that message has already been gettext()'d. It would be * nice if we could just do the gettext() here, but we can't, since - * since xgettext(1M) wouldn't be able to pick up our error message. + * since xgettext(1) wouldn't be able to pick up our error message. */ /* PRINTFLIKE1 */ static void diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/xvm/ipagent/ipagent.xml b/usr/src/cmd/xvm/ipagent/ipagent.xml index 05ae970ab9..9c020cefef 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/xvm/ipagent/ipagent.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/xvm/ipagent/ipagent.xml @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/client.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/client.xml index b7c1c587a1..d77f79fe6d 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/client.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/client.xml @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/net_files/publickey b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/net_files/publickey index dd81478400..db1c6ef27a 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/net_files/publickey +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/net_files/publickey @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ # # CDDL HEADER END # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" /* SVr4.0 1.2 */ + # Public Key Database # # To add an entry to this file, an administrator should use the command -# newkey(1M) on the local machine. +# newkey(8) on the local machine. # Non root users are not allowed to change their key-pair in this file. # Entries in this file are only available to services on the local host # and can be compromised. Hence, we recommend that Users store their diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/server.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/server.xml index e0baf7a0fa..affa1037e0 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/server.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/server.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -86,7 +84,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/xfr.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/xfr.xml index 805b64abb6..17acdd0c72 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/xfr.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/xfr.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -78,7 +76,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yp2lscripts/inityp2l.sh b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yp2lscripts/inityp2l.sh index 1d3ad768a1..f4e41fdc6b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yp2lscripts/inityp2l.sh +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yp2lscripts/inityp2l.sh @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ HELP - The bind DN of the proxy user the ypserv to read or write to read and modify LDAP data. There is no default value. If the value ends with a comma, the value of the context for the current domain (as defined by a nisLDAPdomainContext - attribute (NISLDAPmapping(4))) is appended. + attribute (NISLDAPmapping(5))) is appended. EOF ;; @@ -2030,8 +2030,8 @@ put_config_file_copyright_info echo "\ # -# Configuration file for ypserv(1M); see ypserv(4) for more information, -# and NISLDAPmapping(4) for configuration of NIS to LDAP mapping. +# Configuration file for ypserv(8); see ypserv(5) for more information, +# and NISLDAPmapping(5) for configuration of NIS to LDAP mapping. # Unless otherwise noted, commented lines show default values. " >> $CONFIG_FILE @@ -3746,7 +3746,7 @@ nisLDAPnameFields passwd: \ # # It is believed that 'min','max' and 'def' labels were reserved fields in # SunOS 4.x and are now unused. 'always' and 'never' audit information is -# now contained in audit_user(4) so is now unused. +# now contained in audit_user(5) so is now unused. # ' >> $MAP_FILE diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yppasswd/passwd.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yppasswd/passwd.xml index 763af491e8..a1f9d5cdca 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yppasswd/passwd.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/yppasswd/passwd.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -78,7 +76,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/ypupdated/update.xml b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/ypupdated/update.xml index 0515239573..42fe6cb065 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/ypupdated/update.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/ypcmd/ypupdated/update.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -78,7 +76,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c b/usr/src/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c index 89ad29c4c0..7e81e2143b 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c @@ -6308,7 +6308,7 @@ share_mount_one(zfs_handle_t *zhp, int op, int flags, char *protocol, (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("cannot share '%s': " "legacy share\n"), zfs_get_name(zhp)); - (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use share(1M) to " + (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use share(8) to " "share this filesystem, or set " "sharenfs property on\n")); return (1); @@ -6325,7 +6325,7 @@ share_mount_one(zfs_handle_t *zhp, int op, int flags, char *protocol, (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("cannot %s '%s': " "legacy mountpoint\n"), cmdname, zfs_get_name(zhp)); - (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use %s(1M) to " + (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use %s(8) to " "%s this filesystem\n"), cmdname, cmdname); return (1); } @@ -6826,7 +6826,7 @@ unshare_unmount_path(int op, char *path, int flags, boolean_t is_manual) (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("cannot unshare " "'%s': legacy share\n"), path); (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use " - "unshare(1M) to unshare this filesystem\n")); + "unshare(8) to unshare this filesystem\n")); } else if (!zfs_is_shared(zhp)) { (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("cannot unshare '%s': " "not currently shared\n"), path); @@ -6845,7 +6845,7 @@ unshare_unmount_path(int op, char *path, int flags, boolean_t is_manual) (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("cannot unmount " "'%s': legacy mountpoint\n"), zfs_get_name(zhp)); - (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use umount(1M) " + (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use umount(8) " "to unmount this filesystem\n")); } else { ret = zfs_unmountall(zhp, flags); @@ -7101,7 +7101,7 @@ unshare_unmount(int op, int argc, char **argv) "unshare '%s': legacy share\n"), zfs_get_name(zhp)); (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use " - "unshare(1M) to unshare this " + "unshare(8) to unshare this " "filesystem\n")); ret = 1; } else if (!zfs_is_shared(zhp)) { @@ -7120,7 +7120,7 @@ unshare_unmount(int op, int argc, char **argv) "unmount '%s': legacy " "mountpoint\n"), zfs_get_name(zhp)); (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("use " - "umount(1M) to unmount this " + "umount(8) to unmount this " "filesystem\n")); ret = 1; } else if (!zfs_is_mounted(zhp, NULL)) { @@ -7249,7 +7249,7 @@ manual_mount(int argc, char **argv) "instead.\n"), path); (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("If you must use 'mount -F zfs' " "or /etc/vfstab, use 'zfs set mountpoint=legacy'.\n")); - (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("See zfs(1M) for more " + (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("See zfs(8) for more " "information.\n")); ret = 1; } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zlogin/zlogin.c b/usr/src/cmd/zlogin/zlogin.c index fb219918c5..5438549648 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zlogin/zlogin.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zlogin/zlogin.c @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * "already authenticated") is employed to take care of the initialization * of the user's session. * - * - "non-interactive login" is similar to su(1M); the user could issue + * - "non-interactive login" is similar to su(8); the user could issue * 'zlogin my-zone ls -l' and the command would be run as specified. * In this mode, zlogin sets up pipes as the communication channel, and * 'su' is used to do the login setup work. @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ retry: } /* - * Fetch the user_cmd brand hook for getting a user's passwd(4) entry. + * Fetch the user_cmd brand hook for getting a user's passwd(5) entry. */ static const char * zone_get_user_cmd(brand_handle_t bh, const char *login, char *user_cmd, @@ -1164,8 +1164,8 @@ zone_login_cmd(brand_handle_t bh, const char *login) } /* - * Prepare argv array for exec'd process. If commands are passed to the new - * process and su(1M) is avalable, use it for the invocation. Otherwise, use + * Prepare argv array for exec'd process; if we're passing commands to the + * new process, then use su(8) to do the invocation. Otherwise, use * 'login -z -f' (-z is an undocumented option which tells * login that we're coming from another zone, and to disregard its CONSOLE * checks). @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ noninteractive_login(char *zonename, const char *user_cmd, zoneid_t zoneid, * When the user types ^D, we get a zero length message on STDIN. * We need to echo that down the pipe to send it to the other side; * but by default, pipes don't propagate zero-length messages. We - * toggle that behavior off using I_SWROPT. See streamio(7i). + * toggle that behavior off using I_SWROPT. See streamio(4I). */ if (ioctl(stdin_pipe[0], I_SWROPT, SNDZERO) != 0) { zperror(gettext("could not configure STDIN pipe")); @@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) /* * Get the brand specific user_cmd. This command is used to get - * a passwd(4) entry for login. + * a passwd(5) entry for login. */ if (!interactive && !failsafe) { if (zone_get_user_cmd(bh, login, user_cmd, diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/resource-mgmt.xml b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/resource-mgmt.xml index 264f26733f..75ee87b210 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/resource-mgmt.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/resource-mgmt.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -104,10 +102,10 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/svc-zones b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/svc-zones index 41f6b3325f..09a9dc4d10 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/svc-zones +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/svc-zones @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ shutdown_zones() [ ! -x /usr/sbin/zoneadm ] && exit 0 # SUNWzoneu not installed if [ -z "$SMF_FMRI" ]; then - echo "this script can only be invoked by smf(5)" + echo "this script can only be invoked by smf(7)" exit $SMF_EXIT_ERR_NOSMF fi diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zoneadm.c b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zoneadm.c index 3487dcc7e6..05a5006e42 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zoneadm.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zoneadm.c @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) return (gettext("Print usage message.")); case CMD_BOOT: return (gettext("Activates (boots) specified zone. See " - "zoneadm(1m) for valid boot\n\targuments.")); + "zoneadm(8) for valid boot\n\targuments.")); case CMD_HALT: return (gettext("Halts specified zone, bypassing shutdown " "scripts and removing runtime\n\tresources of the zone.")); @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) case CMD_SHUTDOWN: return (gettext("Gracefully shutdown the zone or reboot if " "the '-r' option is specified.\n\t" - "See zoneadm(1m) for valid boot arguments.")); + "See zoneadm(8) for valid boot arguments.")); case CMD_REBOOT: return (gettext("Restarts the zone (equivalent to a halt / " "boot sequence).\n\tFails if the zone is not active. " - "See zoneadm(1m) for valid boot\n\targuments.")); + "See zoneadm(8) for valid boot\n\targuments.")); case CMD_LIST: return (gettext("Lists the current zones, or a " "specific zone if indicated. By default,\n\tall " @@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) case CMD_INSTALL: return (gettext("Install the configuration on to the system. " "All arguments are passed to the brand installation " - "function;\n\tsee brands(5) for more information.")); + "function;\n\tsee brands(7) for more information.")); case CMD_UNINSTALL: return (gettext("Uninstall the configuration from the system. " "The -F flag can be used\n\tto force the action. All " "other arguments are passed to the brand\n\tuninstall " - "function; see brands(5) for more information.")); + "function; see brands(7) for more information.")); case CMD_CLONE: return (gettext("Clone the installation of another zone. " "The -m option can be used to\n\tspecify 'copy' which " @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) "snapshot will be used as the source\n\tinstead of " "creating a new ZFS snapshot. All other arguments are " "passed\n\tto the brand clone function; see " - "brands(5) for more information.")); + "brands(7) for more information.")); case CMD_MOVE: return (gettext("Move the zone to a new zonepath.")); case CMD_DETACH: @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) "needed to attach\n\tthe zone is sent to standard output " "but the zone is not actually\n\tdetached. All other " "arguments are passed to the brand detach function;\n\tsee " - "brands(5) for more information.")); + "brands(7) for more information.")); case CMD_ATTACH: return (gettext("Attach the zone to the system. The zone " "state must be 'configured'\n\tprior to attach; upon " @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ long_help(int cmd_num) "can\n\tbe '-' to specify standard input. The -F and -n " "options are mutually\n\texclusive. All other arguments " "are passed to the brand attach\n\tfunction; see " - "brands(5) for more information.")); + "brands(7) for more information.")); case CMD_MARK: return (gettext("Set the state of the zone. This can be used " "to force the zone\n\tstate to 'incomplete' " @@ -1546,16 +1546,16 @@ sanity_check(char *zone, int cmd_num, boolean_t need_running, if (getzoneid() != GLOBAL_ZONEID) { switch (cmd_num) { case CMD_HALT: - zerror(gettext("use %s to %s this zone."), "halt(1M)", + zerror(gettext("use %s to %s this zone."), "halt(8)", cmd_to_str(cmd_num)); break; case CMD_SHUTDOWN: zerror(gettext("use %s to %s this zone."), - "shutdown(1M)", cmd_to_str(cmd_num)); + "shutdown(8)", cmd_to_str(cmd_num)); break; case CMD_REBOOT: zerror(gettext("use %s to %s this zone."), - "reboot(1M)", cmd_to_str(cmd_num)); + "reboot(8)", cmd_to_str(cmd_num)); break; default: zerror(gettext("must be in the global zone to %s a " @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ free_local_netifs(int if_cnt, struct net_if **if_list) /* * Get a list of the network interfaces, along with their address families, - * that are plumbed in the global zone. See if_tcp(7p) for a description + * that are plumbed in the global zone. See if_tcp(4P) for a description * of the ioctls used here. */ static int @@ -2682,10 +2682,10 @@ no_net: modctl(MODLOAD, 1, "fs/lofs", NULL) != 0) { if (errno == ENXIO) (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("could not verify " - "lofs(7FS): possibly excluded in /etc/system\n")); + "lofs(4FS): possibly excluded in /etc/system\n")); else (void) fprintf(stderr, gettext("could not verify " - "lofs(7FS): %s\n"), strerror(errno)); + "lofs(4FS): %s\n"), strerror(errno)); return_code = Z_ERR; } @@ -5262,7 +5262,7 @@ check_sched_fss(zone_dochandle_t handle) "FSS is not the default scheduling class for this zone. " "FSS will be\nused for processes in the zone but to get " "the full benefit of FSS,\nit should be the default " - "scheduling class. See dispadmin(1M) for\nmore details.")); + "scheduling class. See dispadmin(8) for\nmore details.")); return (Z_SYSTEM); } diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zones.xml b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zones.xml index b094bc660b..91b9f0eda4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zones.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadm/zones.xml @@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/vplat.c b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/vplat.c index bc276fd079..d38d78c0cf 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/vplat.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/vplat.c @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ mount_one(zlog_t *zlogp, struct zone_fstab *fsptr, const char *rootpath, /* * In general the strategy here is to do just as much verification as * necessary to avoid crashing or otherwise doing something bad; if the - * administrator initiated the operation via zoneadm(1m), they'll get + * administrator initiated the operation via zoneadm(8), they'll get * auto-verification which will let them know what's wrong. If they * modify the zone configuration of a running zone, and don't attempt * to verify that it's OK, then we won't crash but won't bother trying @@ -2243,6 +2243,9 @@ configure_one_interface(zlog_t *zlogp, zoneid_t zone_id, if (ioctl(s, SIOCLIFADDIF, (caddr_t)&lifr) < 0) { /* * Here, we know that the interface can't be brought up. + * A similar warning message was already printed out to + * the console by zoneadm(8) so instead we log the + * message to syslog and continue. */ (void) close(s); return (Z_OK); @@ -2385,7 +2388,7 @@ configure_one_interface(zlog_t *zlogp, zoneid_t zone_id, */ char buffer[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN]; void *addr; - const char *nomatch = "no matching subnet found in netmasks(4)"; + const char *nomatch = "no matching subnet found in netmasks(5)"; if (af == AF_INET) addr = &((struct sockaddr_in *) @@ -4201,7 +4204,7 @@ get_zone_label(zlog_t *zlogp, priv_set_t *privs) if (zcent == NULL) { zerror(zlogp, B_FALSE, "zone requires a label assignment. " - "See tnzonecfg(4)"); + "See tnzonecfg(5)"); } else { if (zlabel == NULL) zlabel = m_label_alloc(MAC_LABEL); @@ -4431,7 +4434,7 @@ setup_zone_rm(zlog_t *zlogp, char *zone_name, zoneid_t zoneid) "scheduling class for\nthis zone. FSS will be " "used for processes\nin the zone but to get the " "full benefit of FSS,\nit should be the default " - "scheduling class.\nSee dispadmin(1M) for more " + "scheduling class.\nSee dispadmin(8) for more " "details."); if (zone_setattr(zoneid, ZONE_ATTR_SCHED_CLASS, "FSS", @@ -4474,7 +4477,7 @@ setup_zone_rm(zlog_t *zlogp, char *zone_name, zoneid_t zoneid) "enabled.\nThe system will not dynamically adjust the\n" "processor allocation within the specified range\n" "until svc:/system/pools/dynamic is enabled.\n" - "See poold(1M)."); + "See poold(8)."); } /* The following is a warning, not an error. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zcons.c b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zcons.c index efc3c390d4..09a9f9ba8e 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zcons.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zcons.c @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ /* * Console support for zones requires a significant infrastructure. The * core pieces are contained in this file, but other portions of note - * are in the zlogin(1M) command, the zcons(7D) driver, and in the - * devfsadm(1M) misc_link generator. + * are in the zlogin(1) command, the zcons(4D) driver, and in the + * devfsadm(8) misc_link generator. * * Care is taken to make the console behave in an "intuitive" fashion for * administrators. Essentially, we try as much as possible to mimic the @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ * to online new instances of zcons as needed. Care is taken to * prune and manage these appropriately; see init_console_dev() and * destroy_console_dev(). The end result is the creation of the - * zcons(7D) instance and an open file descriptor to the manager side. + * zcons(4D) instance and an open file descriptor to the manager side. * zcons instances are associated with zones via their zonename device * property. This the console instance to persist across reboots, * and while the zone is halted. diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zoneadmd.c b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zoneadmd.c index ba17c587a4..1c38d5b282 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zoneadmd.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zoneadmd/zoneadmd.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * console device; configure process runtime attributes such as resource * controls, pool bindings, fine-grained privileges. * - * - Launch the zone's init(1M) process. + * - Launch the zone's init(8) process. * * - Implement a door server; clients (like zoneadm) connect to the door * server and request zone state changes. The kernel is also a client of @@ -316,7 +316,8 @@ strnappend(char *dest, size_t destsize, const char *src) } /* - * Since illumos boot arguments are getopt(3c) compatible (see kernel(1m)), we + * Emit a warning for any boot arguments which are unrecognized. Since + * Solaris boot arguments are getopt(3c) compatible (see kernel(8)), we * put the arguments into an argv style array, use getopt to process them, * and put the resultant argument string back into outargs. Non-native brands * may support alternate forms of boot arguments so we must handle that as well. @@ -1337,10 +1338,10 @@ zone_bootup(zlog_t *zlogp, const char *bootargs, int zstate, boolean_t debug) goto bad; } - /* Get the path for this zone's init(1M) (or equivalent) process. */ + /* Get the path for this zone's init(8) (or equivalent) process. */ if (get_initname(bh, init_file, MAXPATHLEN) != 0) { zerror(zlogp, B_FALSE, - "unable to determine zone's init(1M) location"); + "unable to determine zone's init(8) location"); brand_close(bh); goto bad; } @@ -2220,7 +2221,7 @@ setup_door(zlog_t *zlogp) } /* - * zoneadm(1m) will start zoneadmd if it thinks it isn't running; this + * zoneadm(8) will start zoneadmd if it thinks it isn't running; this * is where zoneadmd itself will check to see that another instance of * zoneadmd isn't already controlling this zone. * @@ -2235,7 +2236,7 @@ setup_door(zlog_t *zlogp) * There is no fattach(3c)ed door, so we have a chance of becoming * the managing zoneadmd. We attempt to lock the file: if it is * already locked, that means someone else raced us here, so we - * lose and give up. zoneadm(1m) will try to contact the zoneadmd + * lose and give up. zoneadm(8) will try to contact the zoneadmd * that beat us to it. * * - If the file we opened is a namefs file: @@ -2245,7 +2246,7 @@ setup_door(zlog_t *zlogp) * will succeed in acquiring it since the vnode locked by the * "winning" zoneadmd was a regular one, and the one we locked was * the fattach(3c)'ed door node. At any rate, no harm is done, and - * we just return to zoneadm(1m) which knows to retry. + * we just return to zoneadm(8) which knows to retry. */ static int make_daemon_exclusive(zlog_t *zlogp) @@ -2303,7 +2304,7 @@ top: * * If the door has been revoked, the zoneadmd * process currently managing the zone is going - * away. We'll return control to zoneadm(1m) + * away. We'll return control to zoneadm(8) * which will try again (by which time zoneadmd * will hopefully have exited). */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg.c b/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg.c index 20f30e6e0c..f7bd684606 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg.c @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ usage(boolean_t verbose, uint_t flags) cmd_to_str(CMD_REMOVE), pt_to_str(PT_OPTIONS), gettext("")); (void) fprintf(fp, gettext("Consult the file-system " - "specific manual page, such as mount_ufs(1M), " + "specific manual page, such as mount_ufs(8), " "for\ndetails about file-system options. Note " "that any file-system options with an\nembedded " "'=' character must be enclosed in double quotes, " @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ usage(boolean_t verbose, uint_t flags) pt_to_str(PT_GNIC), gettext("")); (void) fprintf(fp, "\t%s %s=%s\n", cmd_to_str(CMD_SET), pt_to_str(PT_VLANID), gettext("")); - (void) fprintf(fp, gettext("See ifconfig(1M) for " + (void) fprintf(fp, gettext("See ifconfig(8) for " "details of the string.\n")); (void) fprintf(fp, gettext("%s %s is valid " "if the %s property is set to %s, otherwise it " @@ -4554,7 +4554,7 @@ valid_fs_type(const char *type) strcmp(type, ".") == 0 || strcmp(type, "..") == 0) return (B_FALSE); /* - * More detailed verification happens later by zoneadm(1m). + * More detailed verification happens later by zoneadm(8). */ return (B_TRUE); } @@ -6456,7 +6456,7 @@ brand_verify(zone_dochandle_t handle) } /* - * Track the network interfaces listed in zonecfg(1m) in a linked list + * Track the network interfaces listed in zonecfg(8) in a linked list * so that we can later check that defrouter is specified for an exclusive IP * zone if and only if at least one allowed-address has been specified. */ diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg_grammar.y b/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg_grammar.y index d8b2fadb2f..107f8252a8 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg_grammar.y +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zonecfg/zonecfg_grammar.y @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ */ /* - * This file defines zonecfg(1M)'s grammar. + * This file defines zonecfg(8)'s grammar. * * Reduction rules that consume TOKENs must invoke claim_token() immediately * before freeing the TOKENs or adding them to data structures (e.g., cmd) that diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestat/zonestat.c b/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestat/zonestat.c index 358c31c4fa..c65344dec7 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestat/zonestat.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestat/zonestat.c @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ zonestat_usage(boolean_t explicit) " \"%s\"\n" " \"%s\"\n" " Name of a pool processor set\n" -" Id of a processor set created with psrset(1m)\n" +" Id of a processor set created with psrset(8)\n" " Name of a zone using dedicated-cpu\n"), "-z", "-n", ZONESTAT_NAME_MEM_DEFAULT, ZONESTAT_NAME_VM_DEFAULT); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestatd/zonestat.xml b/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestatd/zonestat.xml index e756cc273a..86287e73d4 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestatd/zonestat.xml +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zonestat/zonestatd/zonestat.xml @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ - + name='fs' + grouping='require_any' + restart_on='none' + type='service'> + - + name='process_accounting' + grouping='optional_all' + restart_on='none' + type='service'> + - + - - - - - + + + + + @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_main.c b/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_main.c index 43da32d439..5eb4eacc46 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_main.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_main.c @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ usage(boolean_t requested) (void) fprintf(fp, "YES disabled | enabled | active\n"); (void) fprintf(fp, gettext("\nThe feature@ properties must be " - "appended with a feature name.\nSee zpool-features(5).\n")); + "appended with a feature name.\nSee zpool-features(7).\n")); } /* @@ -7194,7 +7194,7 @@ status_callback(zpool_handle_t *zhp, void *data) (void) printf(gettext("action: Enable all features using " "'zpool upgrade'. Once this is done,\n\tthe pool may no " "longer be accessible by software that does not support\n\t" - "the features. See zpool-features(5) for details.\n")); + "the features. See zpool-features(7) for details.\n")); break; case ZPOOL_STATUS_UNSUP_FEAT_READ: @@ -7715,7 +7715,7 @@ upgrade_list_disabled_cb(zpool_handle_t *zhp, void *arg) "pool may become incompatible with " "software\nthat does not support " "the feature. See " - "zpool-features(5) for " + "zpool-features(7) for " "details.\n\n")); (void) printf(gettext("POOL " "FEATURE\n")); diff --git a/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_vdev.c b/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_vdev.c index 652bece3ab..88acaa7f81 100644 --- a/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_vdev.c +++ b/usr/src/cmd/zpool/zpool_vdev.c @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ check_file(const char *file, boolean_t force, boolean_t isspare) libdiskmgt_error(err); else vdev_error(gettext("%s is currently used by swap. " - "Please see swap(1M).\n"), file); + "Please see swap(8).\n"), file); return (-1); } diff --git a/usr/src/common/smbios/mktables.sh b/usr/src/common/smbios/mktables.sh index 7256eedfb8..8cb9d60052 100644 --- a/usr/src/common/smbios/mktables.sh +++ b/usr/src/common/smbios/mktables.sh @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ # # The SMBIOS interfaces defined in include a set of integer-to- # string conversion routines for the various constants defined in the SMBIOS -# spec. These functions are used by smbios(1M) and prtdiag(1M) and can be +# spec. These functions are used by smbios(8) and prtdiag(8) and can be # leveraged by other clients as well. To simplify maintenance of the source # base, this shell script automatically generates the source code for all of # these functions from the header file and its comments. Each diff --git a/usr/src/common/svc/repcache_protocol.h b/usr/src/common/svc/repcache_protocol.h index 07504a467e..a334cea34a 100644 --- a/usr/src/common/svc/repcache_protocol.h +++ b/usr/src/common/svc/repcache_protocol.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * 1. Introduction * --------------- * This header file defines the private protocols between libscf(3lib) and - * svc.configd(1m). There are two separate protocols: + * svc.configd(8). There are two separate protocols: * * 1. The 'global' protocol, accessible via an fattach(3C)ed door located * at REPOSITORY_DOOR_NAME. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ * 1. If libscf(3lib) recieves an EINTR from door_call(), it doesn't know * whether or not the server recieved (and is processing) its request. * - * 2. When svc.configd(1M) calls door_return(), the client may have already + * 2. When svc.configd(8) calls door_return(), the client may have already * received an EINTR, aborting its door_call(). In this case, the * returned values are dropped on the floor. * diff --git a/usr/src/common/util/string.c b/usr/src/common/util/string.c index de22fb78d9..8e1247f381 100644 --- a/usr/src/common/util/string.c +++ b/usr/src/common/util/string.c @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ * described by as possible. The string will always be * null-terminated, so the maximum string length is 'buflen - 1'. * Returns the number of bytes that would be necessary to render the - * entire string, not including null terminator (just like vsnprintf(3S)). + * entire string, not including null terminator (just like vsnprintf(3C)). * To determine buffer size in advance, use vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args) + 1. * * There is no support for floating point, and the C locale is assumed. diff --git a/usr/src/common/zfs/zfs_prop.c b/usr/src/common/zfs/zfs_prop.c index 6f633147a3..434e5bc90d 100644 --- a/usr/src/common/zfs/zfs_prop.c +++ b/usr/src/common/zfs/zfs_prop.c @@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ zfs_prop_init(void) PROP_INHERIT, ZFS_TYPE_FILESYSTEM, " | legacy | none", "MOUNTPOINT"); zprop_register_string(ZFS_PROP_SHARENFS, "sharenfs", "off", - PROP_INHERIT, ZFS_TYPE_FILESYSTEM, "on | off | share(1M) options", + PROP_INHERIT, ZFS_TYPE_FILESYSTEM, "on | off | share(8) options", "SHARENFS"); zprop_register_string(ZFS_PROP_TYPE, "type", NULL, PROP_READONLY, ZFS_TYPE_DATASET | ZFS_TYPE_BOOKMARK, "filesystem | volume | snapshot | bookmark", "TYPE"); zprop_register_string(ZFS_PROP_SHARESMB, "sharesmb", "off", PROP_INHERIT, ZFS_TYPE_FILESYSTEM, - "on | off | sharemgr(1M) options", "SHARESMB"); + "on | off | sharemgr(8) options", "SHARESMB"); zprop_register_string(ZFS_PROP_MLSLABEL, "mlslabel", ZFS_MLSLABEL_DEFAULT, PROP_INHERIT, ZFS_TYPE_DATASET, "", "MLSLABEL"); diff --git a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/Makefile b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/Makefile index f56a1e1cc0..b285b12e7e 100644 --- a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/Makefile +++ b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/Makefile @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ SHOPT_MULTIBYTE == 1 /* multibyte character handling */ SHOPT_NAMESPACE == 1 /* allow namespaces */ SHOPT_OLDTERMIO == /* support both TCGETA and TCGETS */ SHOPT_OPTIMIZE == 1 /* optimize loop invariants */ -SHOPT_PFSH == 1 /* solaris exec_attr(4) profile execution */ +SHOPT_PFSH == 1 /* solaris exec_attr(5) profile execution */ SHOPT_P_SUID == /* real uid's that require -p for set[ug]id */ SHOPT_RAWONLY == 1 /* make viraw the only vi mode */ SHOPT_REGRESS == /* enable __regress__ builtin and instrumented intercepts for testing */ diff --git a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/sh/path.c b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/sh/path.c index 73670fe833..926dee5c06 100644 --- a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/sh/path.c +++ b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/cmd/ksh93/sh/path.c @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ static pid_t path_pfexecve(Shell_t *shp,const char *path, char *argv[],char *con /* system call so we can save us to call access(2) first */ /* we can exec the command directly instead of via pfexec(1) if */ - /* there is a matching entry without attributes in exec_attr(4) */ + /* there is a matching entry without attributes in exec_attr(5) */ if(!path_xattr(shp,path,resolvedpath)) return(execve(path, argv, envp)); --argv; diff --git a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/lib/libcmd/expr.c b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/lib/libcmd/expr.c index a19b042215..8a30c3b0d0 100644 --- a/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/lib/libcmd/expr.c +++ b/usr/src/contrib/ast/src/lib/libcmd/expr.c @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ USAGE_LICENSE "[+2?Invalid expressions.]" "[+>2?An error occurred.]" "}" -"[+SEE ALSO?\bregcomp\b(5), \bgrep\b(1), \bsh\b(1)]" +"[+SEE ALSO?\bregex\b(5), \bgrep\b(1), \bsh\b(1)]" ; #include diff --git a/usr/src/data/terminfo/termcap.src b/usr/src/data/terminfo/termcap.src index ba9fa1b3df..e77b43694c 100644 --- a/usr/src/data/terminfo/termcap.src +++ b/usr/src/data/terminfo/termcap.src @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ # library can handle multiple tc capabilities in an entry. 4.4BSD has this # capability. Older versions of GNU termcap, through 1.3, do not. # -# For details on these formats, see terminfo(5) in the ncurses distribution, +# For details on these formats, see terminfo(7) in the ncurses distribution, # and termcap(5) in the 4.4BSD Unix Programmer's Manual. Be aware that 4.4BSD # curses has been declared obsolete by the caretakers of the 4.4BSD sources # as of June 1995; they are encouraging everyone to migrate to ncurses. diff --git a/usr/src/data/terminfo/terminfo.src b/usr/src/data/terminfo/terminfo.src index dfa1b722b3..0a265bc9b1 100644 --- a/usr/src/data/terminfo/terminfo.src +++ b/usr/src/data/terminfo/terminfo.src @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ # library can handle multiple tc capabilities in an entry. 4.4BSD has this # capability. Older versions of GNU termcap, through 1.3, do not. # -# For details on these formats, see terminfo(5) in the ncurses distribution, +# For details on these formats, see terminfo(7) in the ncurses distribution, # and termcap(5) in the 4.4BSD Unix Programmer's Manual. Be aware that 4.4BSD # curses has been declared obsolete by the caretakers of the 4.4BSD sources # as of June 1995; they are encouraging everyone to migrate to ncurses. diff --git a/usr/src/data/zoneinfo/README b/usr/src/data/zoneinfo/README index adcc2258f7..b43f23531d 100644 --- a/usr/src/data/zoneinfo/README +++ b/usr/src/data/zoneinfo/README @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Copyright (c) 1999, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. The /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo/src directory contains zoneinfo timezone source -files. These source files have been compiled using zic(1M) to create +files. These source files have been compiled using zic(8) to create the zoneinfo data files in /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo. The zic command can be used with the zoneinfo source files to create additional data files. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ the zoneinfo files is based on tzdata2010k.tar.gz. The /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo/GMT[+-]* timezones listed below have been removed from the release. Replace usage of the /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo/GMT[+-]* files with the equivalent quoted timezone -(see environ(5)). Note the signs of the offsets of the equivalent quoted +(see environ(7)). Note the signs of the offsets of the equivalent quoted timezone are reversed from the signs of the /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo/GMT[+-]* files. @@ -63,5 +63,5 @@ offset from standard time, and could return incorrect values. This affects 64-bit versions of interfaces such as ascftime(3C), cftime(3C), ctime(3C), getdate(3C), ftime(3C), mktime(3C), and localtime(3C). -For more information see zic(1M), zdump(1M), environ(5), TIMEZONE(4), +For more information see zic(8), zdump(8), environ(7), TIMEZONE(5), ctime(3C), and mktime(3C) man pages. diff --git a/usr/src/grub/grub-0.97/stage2/tparm.c b/usr/src/grub/grub-0.97/stage2/tparm.c index 6e35002a42..7c6e26544f 100644 --- a/usr/src/grub/grub-0.97/stage2/tparm.c +++ b/usr/src/grub/grub-0.97/stage2/tparm.c @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ typedef char grub_bool; * tparm(string, ...) * * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the following - * rules (taken from terminfo(5)): + * rules (taken from terminfo(7)): * * Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parame- * ters in the terminal are described by a parameterized string diff --git a/usr/src/grub/menu.lst b/usr/src/grub/menu.lst index e72a53e76d..b5500f6ada 100644 --- a/usr/src/grub/menu.lst +++ b/usr/src/grub/menu.lst @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ timeout 10 # module$ /platform/i86pc/$ISADIR/boot_archive # -# To override Solaris boot args (see kernel(1M)), console device and -# properties set via eeprom(1M) edit the "kernel" line to: +# To override Solaris boot args (see kernel(8)), console device and +# properties set via eeprom(8) edit the "kernel" line to: # # kernel /platform/i86pc/kernel/unix -B prop1=val1,prop2=val2,... # diff --git a/usr/src/head/arpa/inet.h b/usr/src/head/arpa/inet.h index 5b72bee523..03a8e9c321 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/arpa/inet.h +++ b/usr/src/head/arpa/inet.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ extern "C" { /* * External definitions for - * functions in inet(3N) + * functions in inet(3C) */ #if !defined(_XPG4_2) || defined(__EXTENSIONS__) extern int inet_net_pton(int, const char *, void *, size_t); diff --git a/usr/src/head/dlfcn.h b/usr/src/head/dlfcn.h index f150e90bc3..bc61ba064e 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/dlfcn.h +++ b/usr/src/head/dlfcn.h @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ extern Dl_amd64_unwindinfo *dlamd64getunwind(void *, Dl_amd64_unwindinfo *); #endif /* !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) || defined(__EXTENSIONS__) */ /* - * Valid values for handle argument to dlsym(3x). + * Valid values for handle argument to dlsym(3C). */ #define RTLD_NEXT (void *)-1 /* look in `next' dependency */ #define RTLD_DEFAULT (void *)-2 /* look up symbol from scope */ diff --git a/usr/src/head/libzonecfg.h b/usr/src/head/libzonecfg.h index 4121b6a490..ffea74505e 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/libzonecfg.h +++ b/usr/src/head/libzonecfg.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ extern "C" { #define ZONE_INDEX_GID 3 /* sys */ #define ZONE_INDEX_MODE 0644 -/* The maximum length of the VERSION string in the pkginfo(4) file. */ +/* The maximum length of the VERSION string in the pkginfo(5) file. */ #define ZONE_PKG_VERSMAX 256 /* diff --git a/usr/src/head/listen.h b/usr/src/head/listen.h index baac41c0ec..59231ec060 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/listen.h +++ b/usr/src/head/listen.h @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ struct call_list { * * the variables should be accessed via library routines. * - * see nlsgetcall(3X) and nlsprovider(3X). + * see nlsgetcall(3NSL) and nlsprovider(3NSL). */ #define NLSADDR "NLSADDR" diff --git a/usr/src/head/nss_common.h b/usr/src/head/nss_common.h index 3d2d775e5e..fb6f68adbc 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/nss_common.h +++ b/usr/src/head/nss_common.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ extern "C" { * The name-service switch * ----------------------- * - * From nsswitch.conf(4): + * From nsswitch.conf(5): * * The operating system uses a number of "databases" of information * about hosts, users (passwd/shadow), groups and so forth. Data for @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ extern "C" { * Backend routines return the following status codes to the switch engine: * * SUCCESS, UNAVAIL, NOTFOUND, TRYAGAIN (these are the same codes that may - * be specified in the config information; see nsswitch.conf(4)) + * be specified in the config information; see nsswitch.conf(5)) * * The remaining conditions/errors are internally generated and if * necessary are translated, as to one of the above external errors, diff --git a/usr/src/head/rpcsvc/ypclnt.h b/usr/src/head/rpcsvc/ypclnt.h index 6506f76ae6..9bbe3e94fb 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/rpcsvc/ypclnt.h +++ b/usr/src/head/rpcsvc/ypclnt.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ extern "C" { * ypclnt.h * This defines the symbols used in the c language * interface to the yp client functions. A description of this interface - * can be read in ypclnt(3N). + * can be read in ypclnt(3NSL). */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/head/tzfile.h b/usr/src/head/tzfile.h index f2fec4304d..9b23f2c5dd 100644 --- a/usr/src/head/tzfile.h +++ b/usr/src/head/tzfile.h @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ #ifndef _TZFILE_H #define _TZFILE_H -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * A part of this file comes from public domain source, so * clarified as of June 5, 1996 by Arthur David Olson @@ -45,7 +43,7 @@ * future releases. */ -/* For further information, see ctime(3C) and zic(1M) man pages. */ +/* For further information, see ctime(3C) and zic(8) man pages. */ /* * This file is in the public domain, so clarified as of diff --git a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/binfile/binfile.c b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/binfile/binfile.c index 1d1a5db642..2582d6c16b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/binfile/binfile.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/binfile/binfile.c @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ loadauditlist(char *dirstr, char *minfreestr) } if (rc == -2) { (void) pthread_mutex_lock(&log_mutex); - DPRINT((dbfp, "loadauditlist: close / open audit.log(4)\n")); + DPRINT((dbfp, "loadauditlist: close / open audit.log(5)\n")); if (open_log(listhead) == 0) { openNewFile = 1; /* try again later */ } else { @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ auditd_plugin(const char *input, size_t in_len, uint64_t sequence, char **error) /* * It may be called multiple times as auditd handles SIGHUP and SIGUSR1 - * corresponding to the audit(1M) flags -s and -n + * corresponding to the audit(8) flags -s and -n * * kvlist is NULL only if auditd caught a SIGUSR1 (audit -n), so after the first * time open is called; the reason is -s if kvlist != NULL and -n otherwise. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.c b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.c index 9224022daa..6cc8eb15a2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.c @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ FILE *dfile; /* debug file */ /* * set_transq_count_max() - sets the transq_count_max value based on kernel * audit queue high water mark. This is backup solution for a case, when the - * the default qsize zero value is (intentionally) set in the audit_remote(5) + * the default qsize zero value is (intentionally) set in the audit_remote(7) * plugin configuration. */ static auditd_rc_t @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ auditd_plugin(const char *input, size_t in_len, uint64_t sequence, char **error) /* * auditd_plugin_open() may be called multiple times; on initial open or * `audit -s`, then kvlist != NULL; on `audit -n`, then kvlist == NULL. - * For more information see audit(1M). + * For more information see audit(8). * * Note, that space on stack allocated for any error message returned along * with AUDITD_RETRY is subsequently freed by auditd. @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ auditd_plugin_open(const kva_t *kvlist, char **ret_list, char **error) /* * auditd_plugin_close() performs shutdown operations. The return values are - * used by auditd to output warnings via the audit_warn(1M) script and the + * used by auditd to output warnings via the audit_warn(8) script and the * string returned via "error_text", is passed to audit_warn. * * Note, that space on stack allocated for any error message returned along diff --git a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.h b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.h index 69e27c98a0..49c9737bf3 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/auditd_plugins/remote/audit_remote.h @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ struct hostlist_s { hostlist_t *next_host; struct hostent *host; in_port_t port; /* TCP port number */ - gss_OID mech; /* GSS mechanism - see mech(4) */ + gss_OID mech; /* GSS mechanism - see mech(5) */ }; /* transq_t - single, already sent token in the transmit queue. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/ipkg/zone/SUNWblank.xml b/usr/src/lib/brand/ipkg/zone/SUNWblank.xml index 759f22a150..50e3886d86 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/ipkg/zone/SUNWblank.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/ipkg/zone/SUNWblank.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ CDDL HEADER END - DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead. + DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead. --> diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/joyent/zone/SUNWdefault.xml b/usr/src/lib/brand/joyent/zone/SUNWdefault.xml index 070412f6c1..2ab9089dfe 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/joyent/zone/SUNWdefault.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/joyent/zone/SUNWdefault.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ CDDL HEADER END - DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead. + DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead. --> diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/shared/zone/common.ksh b/usr/src/lib/brand/shared/zone/common.ksh index 9d1bbbb2d6..b0a0cd88f7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/shared/zone/common.ksh +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/shared/zone/common.ksh @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ get_archiver() # # Unpack flar into current directory (which should be zoneroot). The flash -# archive is standard input. See flash_archive(4) man page. +# archive is standard input. See flash_archive(5) man page. # # We can't use "flar split" since it will only unpack into a directory called # "archive". We need to unpack in place in order to properly handle nested @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ install_flar() # # Otherwise skip past this section; read lines until detecting - # section_end. According to flash_archive(4) we can have + # section_end. According to flash_archive(5) we can have # an arbitrary number of sections but the archive section # must be last. # diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/sn1/zone/SUNWsn1.xml b/usr/src/lib/brand/sn1/zone/SUNWsn1.xml index 92b2a92bb8..8d49bcf0bb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/sn1/zone/SUNWsn1.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/sn1/zone/SUNWsn1.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ CDDL HEADER END - DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead. + DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead. --> diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/s10_brand/common/s10_brand.c b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/s10_brand/common/s10_brand.c index e854260a30..7ebd4f30f2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/s10_brand/common/s10_brand.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/s10_brand/common/s10_brand.c @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ typedef struct s10_ct_param { } s10_ct_param_t; /* - * We have to emulate process contract ioctls for init(1M) because the + * We have to emulate process contract ioctls for init(8) because the * ioctl parameter structure changed between S10 and Nevada. This is * a relatively simple process of filling Nevada structure fields, * shuffling values, and initiating a native system call. @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ brand_init(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]) /* * Cache the pid of the zone's init process and determine if - * we're init(1m) for the zone. Remember: we might be init + * we're init(8) for the zone. Remember: we might be init * now, but as soon as we fork(2) we won't be. */ (void) get_initpid_info(); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/SUNWsolaris10.xml b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/SUNWsolaris10.xml index 3b5bffb6f1..a13aa1c8f2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/SUNWsolaris10.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/SUNWsolaris10.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ CDDL HEADER END - DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead. + DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead. --> diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/image_install.ksh b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/image_install.ksh index 86b9345d27..349d16ce1d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/image_install.ksh +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/image_install.ksh @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ $(gettext "you must specify an installation source using '-a', '-d' or '-r'.\n%s cfgchoice_missing=\ $(gettext "you must specify -u (sys-unconfig) or -p (preserve identity).\n%s") -mount_failed=$(gettext "ERROR: zonecfg(1M) 'fs' mount failed") +mount_failed=$(gettext "ERROR: zonecfg(8) 'fs' mount failed") not_flar=$(gettext "Input is not a flash archive") bad_flar=$(gettext "Flash archive is a corrupt") diff --git a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/s10_boot.ksh b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/s10_boot.ksh index 9f3cc08740..b167540087 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/s10_boot.ksh +++ b/usr/src/lib/brand/solaris10/zone/s10_boot.ksh @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ safe_copy /lib/svc/share/net_include.sh $filename # # PSARC 2009/306 removed the ND_SET/ND_GET ioctl's for modifying -# IP/TCP/UDP/SCTP/ICMP tunables. If S10 ndd(1M) is used within an +# IP/TCP/UDP/SCTP/ICMP tunables. If S10 ndd(8) is used within an # S10 container, the kernel will return EINVAL. So we need this. # replace_with_native /usr/sbin/ndd 0555 root:bin @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ replace_with_native /usr/lib/fs/autofs/automount 0555 root:bin replace_with_native /usr/lib/autofs/automountd 0555 root:bin # -# The class-specific dispadmin(1M) and priocntl(1) binaries must be native +# The class-specific dispadmin(8) and priocntl(1) binaries must be native # wrappers, and we must have all of the ones the native zone does. This # allows new scheduling classes to appear without causing dispadmin and # priocntl to be unhappy. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_fp.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_fp.c index 4bd9c5e2a2..14a72525ea 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_fp.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_fp.c @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ /* * This file contains the entry points to the plug-in as defined in the - * config_admin(3X) man page. + * config_admin(3CFGADM) man page. */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_rep.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_rep.c index 17cd3c0b17..f44b6084aa 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_rep.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/cfga_rep.c @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ static char *HDR = "# fabric_WWN_map\n" "#\n" "# The physical ap_id list of configured fabric devices.\n" -"# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- refer to the cfgadm_fp(1M)\n" -"# man page and use cfgadm(1m) instead.\n" +"# Do NOT edit this file by hand -- refer to the cfgadm_fp(8)\n" +"# man page and use cfgadm(8) instead.\n" "#\n"; /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/devices-fc-fabric.xml b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/devices-fc-fabric.xml index 06607a60c9..427467c169 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/devices-fc-fabric.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/fp/common/devices-fc-fabric.xml @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Use is subject to license terms. - diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/ib/common/cfga_ib.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/ib/common/cfga_ib.c index 79bb9a8b7c..bc510135a0 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/ib/common/cfga_ib.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/ib/common/cfga_ib.c @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ /* * cfga_ib.c: - * All cfgadm entry points that are defined in the config_admin(3X) + * All cfgadm entry points that are defined in the config_admin(3CFGADM) * needed for InfiniBand support are described here. These cfgadm * interfaces issue ioctl(s) to the IB nexus driver. Attachment points * supported are - IOC, VPPA, Port, HCA_SVC and Pseudo dynamic ap_ids, @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ib_verify_valid_apid(const char *ap_id) * ib_verify_params * Input: * ap_id - The attachment point of an IB fabric - * options - command options passed by the cfgadm(1M) + * options - command options passed by the cfgadm(8) * errstring - This contains error msg if command fails * Output: * NONE @@ -843,11 +843,11 @@ ib_do_control_ioctl(char *ap_id, uint_t sub_cmd1, uint_t sub_cmd2, * Input: * state_change_cmd - Argument to the cfgadm -c command * ap_id - The attachment point of an IB fabric - * options - State Change command options passed by the cfgadm(1M) + * options - State Change command options passed by the cfgadm(8) * confp - Whether this command requires confirmation? * msgp - cfgadm error message for this plugin * errstring - This contains error msg if command fails - * flags - Cfgadm(1m) flags + * flags - cfgadm(8) flags * Output: * NONE * Returns: @@ -1031,11 +1031,11 @@ cfga_change_state(cfga_cmd_t state_change_cmd, const char *ap_id, * func - The private function (passed w/ -x option) * ap_id - The attachment point of an IB fabric * options - Private function command options passed - * by the cfgadm(1M) + * by the cfgadm(8) * confp - Whether this command requires confirmation? * msgp - cfgadm error message for this plugin * errstring - This contains error msg if command fails - * flags - Cfgadm(1m) flags + * flags - cfgadm(8) flags * Output: * NONE * Returns: @@ -1514,10 +1514,10 @@ cfga_private_func(const char *func, const char *ap_id, const char *options, * cfga_test * Input: * ap_id - The attachment point of an IB fabric - * options - Test command options passed by the cfgadm(1M) + * options - Test command options passed by the cfgadm(8) * msgp - cfgadm error message for this plugin * errstring - This contains error msg if command fails - * flags - Cfgadm(1m) flags + * flags - cfgadm(8) flags * Output: * NONE * Returns: @@ -1624,10 +1624,10 @@ ib_fill_static_apids(char *ap_id, cfga_list_data_t *clp) * ap_id - The attachment point of an IB fabric * ap_id_list - The returned "list" information array * nlistp - Number of elements in the "list" information array - * options - List command options passed by the cfgadm(1M) + * options - List command options passed by the cfgadm(8) * listopts - "-s" specific options * errstring - This contains error msg if command fails - * flags - Cfgadm(1m) flags + * flags - cfgadm(8) flags * Output: * NONE * Returns: @@ -2027,9 +2027,9 @@ cfga_msg(struct cfga_msg *msgp, const char *str) * Function: * cfga_help * Input: - * msgp - Help message passed on to cfgadm(1M) - * options - Help message options passed on to cfgadm(1M) - * flags - Cfgadm(1m) flags + * msgp - Help message passed on to cfgadm(8) + * options - Help message options passed on to cfgadm(8) + * flags - cfgadm(8) flags * Output: * NONE * Returns: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sata/common/cfga_sata.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sata/common/cfga_sata.c index dd74b7d210..27cd493960 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sata/common/cfga_sata.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sata/common/cfga_sata.c @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ /* * This file contains the entry points to the plug-in as defined in the - * config_admin(3X) man page. + * config_admin(3CFGADM) man page. */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sbd/common/ap_sbd.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sbd/common/ap_sbd.c index 7c3b34b1f0..b1444a980a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sbd/common/ap_sbd.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/sbd/common/ap_sbd.c @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ apd_alloc(const char *ap_id, cfga_flags_t flags, char **errstring, } /* - * The type field is defined to be parsable by cfgadm(1M): It + * The type field is defined to be parsable by cfgadm(8): It * must not contain white space characters. This function * converts white space to underscore. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/scsi/common/cfga_scsi.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/scsi/common/cfga_scsi.c index c11f48165f..14d83936c8 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/scsi/common/cfga_scsi.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/scsi/common/cfga_scsi.c @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ /* * This file contains the entry points to the plug-in as defined in the - * config_admin(3X) man page. + * config_admin(3CFGADM) man page. */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/shp/common/shp.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/shp/common/shp.c index 587e042fab..b1ee7d1bf7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/shp/common/shp.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/shp/common/shp.c @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ extern int class_pci_items; #define MSG_HOTPLUG_DISABLED \ "Error: hotplug service is probably not running, " \ "please use 'svcadm enable hotplug' to enable the service. " \ - "See cfgadm_shp(1M) for more details." + "See cfgadm_shp(8) for more details." #define DEVICES_DIR "/devices" #define SLASH "/" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/usb/common/cfga_usb.c b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/usb/common/cfga_usb.c index 12e144af82..47976fb058 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/usb/common/cfga_usb.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/cfgadm_plugins/usb/common/cfga_usb.c @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ static char *usb_get_devicepath(const char *); /* * This file contains the entry points to the plugin as defined in the - * config_admin(3X) man page. + * config_admin(3CFGADM) man page. */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon.xml b/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon.xml index 415d692b88..9589353820 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon.xml @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -73,7 +71,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon_sun4v.xml b/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon_sun4v.xml index 36ee00184b..592689f77e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon_sun4v.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/efcode/efdaemon/efdaemon_sun4v.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -72,7 +70,7 @@ - + diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_adm/common/fmd_adm.c b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_adm/common/fmd_adm.c index 33c68f4a05..d102735eb7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_adm/common/fmd_adm.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_adm/common/fmd_adm.c @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ fmd_adm_svc_errmsg(enum fmd_adm_error err) case FMD_ADM_ERR_MODEXIST: return ("module using same name is already loaded"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_MODINIT: - return ("module failed to initialize (consult fmd(1M) log)"); + return ("module failed to initialize (consult fmd(8) log)"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_MODLOAD: - return ("module failed to load (consult fmd(1M) log)"); + return ("module failed to load (consult fmd(8) log)"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_RSRCSRCH: return ("specified resource is not cached by fault manager"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_RSRCNOTF: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ fmd_adm_svc_errmsg(enum fmd_adm_error err) case FMD_ADM_ERR_ROTSRCH: return ("invalid log file name"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_ROTFAIL: - return ("failed to rotate log file (consult fmd(1M) log)"); + return ("failed to rotate log file (consult fmd(8) log)"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_ROTBUSY: return ("log file is too busy to rotate (try again later)"); case FMD_ADM_ERR_CASESRCH: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_log/common/fmd_log.h b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_log/common/fmd_log.h index be705571b9..9e9c0c2eae 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_log/common/fmd_log.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_log/common/fmd_log.h @@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ #ifndef _FMD_LOG_H #define _FMD_LOG_H -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -60,12 +58,12 @@ extern int fmd_log_errno(fmd_log_t *); typedef struct fmd_log_header { const char *log_creator; /* ea_get_creator(3EXACCT) string */ const char *log_hostname; /* ea_get_hostname(3EXACCT) string */ - const char *log_label; /* fmd(1M) log file label */ - const char *log_version; /* fmd(1M) log file version */ + const char *log_label; /* fmd(8) log file label */ + const char *log_version; /* fmd(8) log file version */ const char *log_osrelease; /* uname(1) -r value at creation time */ const char *log_osversion; /* uname(1) -v value at creation time */ const char *log_platform; /* uname(1) -i value at creation time */ - const char *log_uuid; /* fmd(1M) log file uuid */ + const char *log_uuid; /* fmd(8) log file uuid */ } fmd_log_header_t; extern void fmd_log_header(fmd_log_t *, fmd_log_header_t *); @@ -114,7 +112,7 @@ typedef struct fmd_log_filter_nvarg { /* * fmd_log_xiter() can be used to perform sophisticated iteration over an fmd - * log file such as that required by fmdump(1M). The arguments are as follows: + * log file such as that required by fmdump(8). The arguments are as follows: * * fmd_log_t *lp - log to use for iteration from fmd_log_open() * uint_t iflags - FMD_LOG_XITER_* flags (see above) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_msg/common/fmd_msg.c b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_msg/common/fmd_msg.c index 6f7ae70ab9..a36e6bbcda 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_msg/common/fmd_msg.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_msg/common/fmd_msg.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * fmd_msg_init - set up the library and return a handle * fmd_msg_fini - destroy the handle from fmd_msg_init * - * fmd_msg_locale_set - set the default locale (initially based on environ(5)) + * fmd_msg_locale_set - set the default locale (initially based on environ(7)) * fmd_msg_locale_get - get the default locale * * fmd_msg_url_set - set the default URL for knowledge articles @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ fmd_msg_init(const char *root, int version) * directory for our default catalog, and set fmh_binding as the same * directory prefixed with the new root directory. This simply turns * usr/lib/locale into /usr/lib/locale, but handles all of the - * environ(5) settings that can change the default messages binding. + * environ(7) settings that can change the default messages binding. */ if (root != NULL && root[0] != '\0' && strcmp(root, "/") != 0) { if (root[0] != '/') diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib index 3d18fc9056..63a59f92b4 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ SunFmUuidString ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION SunFmModuleState ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION - "Represents the status of an fmd(1M) module." + "Represents the status of an fmd(8) module." SYNTAX INTEGER { other(1), -- Unknown or unsupported active(2), @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ sunFmProblemUUIDIndex OBJECT-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) for this problem, as - recorded by fmd(1M) and shown by fmadm(1M) or fmdump(1M). + recorded by fmd(8) and shown by fmadm(8) or fmdump(8). This is the index into sunFmProblemTable." ::= { sunFmProblemEntry 1 } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ sunFmProblemUUID OBJECT-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) for this problem, as - recorded by fmd(1M) and shown by fmadm(1M) or fmdump(1M)." + recorded by fmd(8) and shown by fmadm(8) or fmdump(8)." ::= { sunFmProblemEntry 2 } sunFmProblemCode OBJECT-TYPE @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ sunFmProblemCode OBJECT-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "The SUNW-MSG-ID static message identifier for this class of - problem, as recorded by fmd(1M) and shown by fmdump(1M). The + problem, as recorded by fmd(8) and shown by fmdump(8). The message identifier can be used as a key at http://illumos.org/msg/" ::= { sunFmProblemEntry 3 } @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ sunFmProblemSuspectCount OBJECT-TYPE DESCRIPTION "The number of individual suspect defects or faults associated with this problem diagnosis, as shown by - fmdump(1M) -v -u ." + fmdump(8) -v -u ." ::= { sunFmProblemEntry 7 } -- @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ sunFmFaultEventTable OBJECT-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "List of individual suspect defects or faults associated with - a problem diagnosis, as shown by fmdump(1M) -v -u ." + a problem diagnosis, as shown by fmdump(8) -v -u ." ::= { sunFmMIB 2 } sunFmFaultEventEntry OBJECT-TYPE @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ sunFmFaultEventStatus OBJECT-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "The current status of this suspect for this diagnosis. - See fmadm(1M) faulty." + See fmadm(8) faulty." ::= { sunFmFaultEventEntry 9 } sunFmFaultEventLocation OBJECT-TYPE @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ sunFmModuleTable OBJECT-TYPE MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION - "List of modules configured in fmd(1M)." + "List of modules configured in fmd(8)." ::= { sunFmMIB 3 } sunFmModuleEntry OBJECT-TYPE @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ sunFmModuleEntry OBJECT-TYPE MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION - "A module which has been loaded into fmd(1M) to handle events. + "A module which has been loaded into fmd(8) to handle events. The information provided is equivalent to the output of fmadm(1) config'" INDEX { sunFmModuleIndex } @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ sunFmResourceTable OBJECT-TYPE DESCRIPTION "A table containing information about all resources for which the fault manager has received telemetry. This is the same - information provided by the fmadm(1M) faulty command." + information provided by the fmadm(8) faulty command." ::= { sunFmMIB 5 } sunFmResourceEntry OBJECT-TYPE @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ sunFmResourceStatus OBJECT-TYPE MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION - "The current status of the resource. See fmadm(1M) faulty." + "The current status of the resource. See fmadm(8) faulty." ::= { sunFmResourceEntry 3 } sunFmResourceDiagnosisUUID OBJECT-TYPE @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ sunFmResourceDiagnosisUUID OBJECT-TYPE DESCRIPTION "The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) for the problem associated with the fault in this resource, as recorded by - fmd(1M) and shown by fmadm(1M)." + fmd(8) and shown by fmadm(8)." ::= { sunFmResourceEntry 4 } sunFmObjectGroups OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sunFmMIB 6 } @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ sunFmProblemTrap NOTIFICATION-TYPE STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Trap notification that a diagnosis has been made or the - fault manager fmd(1M) has restarted and the corresponding + fault manager fmd(8) has restarted and the corresponding problem is still believed to be present in the managed entity." ::= { sunFmTraps 1 } diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmevent/common/libfmevent.h b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmevent/common/libfmevent.h index 8fad3511aa..a90343b34c 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmevent/common/libfmevent.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/libfmevent/common/libfmevent.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ extern const char *fmev_strerror(fmev_err_t); * Subscribe to FMA protocol events published by the fault management * daemon, receiving a callback for each matching event. * - * This is a Committed interface (see attributes(5) for a definition). + * This is a Committed interface (see attributes(7) for a definition). */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/libtopo.h b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/libtopo.h index 02d7828a79..93884718c6 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/libtopo.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/libtopo.h @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ extern void topo_debug_set(topo_hdl_t *, const char *, const char *); /* * Each topology node advertises the name and data stability of each of its - * modules and properties. (see attributes(5)). + * modules and properties. (see attributes(7)). */ /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/topo_fmri.c b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/topo_fmri.c index 13dfe11031..b6f7426512 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/topo_fmri.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/libtopo/common/topo_fmri.c @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ * Topology node properties and method operations may be accessed by FMRI. * The FMRI used to perform property look-ups and method operations is * the FMRI contained in the matching topology node's protocol property - * grouping for the resource property. The full range of fmd(1M) + * grouping for the resource property. The full range of fmd(8) * scheme plugin operations are supported as long as a backend method is * supplied by a scheme-specific enumerator or the enumerator module that * created the matching topology node. Support for fmd scheme operations diff --git a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/modules/common/ses/ses.c b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/modules/common/ses/ses.c index 6b9be28bd5..0273009bbe 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/modules/common/ses/ses.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/fm/topo/modules/common/ses/ses.c @@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ ses_enum(topo_mod_t *mod, tnode_t *rnode, const char *name, goto error; /* - * We search both the ses(7D) and sgen(7D) locations, so we are + * We search both the ses(4D) and sgen(4D) locations, so we are * independent of any particular driver class bindings. */ if (ses_process_dir("/dev/es", data) != 0 || diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_dh/backend/mech/name.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_dh/backend/mech/name.c index 6ccb78fe51..788240729a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_dh/backend/mech/name.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_dh/backend/mech/name.c @@ -27,8 +27,6 @@ * */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include "dh_gssapi.h" #include #include @@ -260,7 +258,7 @@ do_username_nametype(OM_uint32 *minor, char *uname, gss_name_t *output) } /* * If node is null, assume local host. If domain is - * null assume local domain. See host2netname(3N) + * null assume local domain. See host2netname(3NSL) */ if (!host2netname(netname, node, domain)) { *minor = DH_NETNAME_FAILURE; @@ -281,7 +279,7 @@ do_username_nametype(OM_uint32 *minor, char *uname, gss_name_t *output) return (GSS_S_FAILURE); } - /* If domain is null assume local domain. See user2netname(3N) */ + /* If domain is null assume local domain. See user2netname(3NSL) */ if (!user2netname(netname, pwd.pw_uid, domain)) { *minor = DH_NETNAME_FAILURE; free(user); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/ccache/cc_file.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/ccache/cc_file.c index 634227b8dd..4eab406379 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/ccache/cc_file.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/ccache/cc_file.c @@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ krb5_fcc_initialize(krb5_context context, krb5_ccache id, krb5_principal princ) /* * SUN14resync - * This is not needed and can cause problems with ktkt_warnd(1M) + * This is not needed and can cause problems with ktkt_warnd(8) * because it does tricks with getuid and if we enable this fchmod * we get EPERM [file_owner] failures on fchmod. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/keytab/kt_solaris.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/keytab/kt_solaris.c index ea6e8e2d86..0338434fe0 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/keytab/kt_solaris.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/keytab/kt_solaris.c @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ cleanup: * * Note: this function is used for adding service principals to the * local /etc/krb5/krb5.keytab (unless KRB5_KTNAME has been set to something - * different, see krb5envvar(5)) file when the client belongs to an AD domain. + * different, see krb5envvar(7)) file when the client belongs to an AD domain. * The keytab file is populated differently for an AD domain as the various * service principals share the same key material, unlike MIT based * implementations. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/krb/getuid.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/krb/getuid.c index 783a2945ef..73738fff33 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/krb/getuid.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/krb/getuid.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -34,8 +32,8 @@ #define KRB5_UID "app_krb5_user_uid" /* - * mech_krb5 makes various calls to getuid(). When employed by gssd(1M) and - * ktkt_warnd(1M), app_krb5_user_uid() is used to select a given user's + * mech_krb5 makes various calls to getuid(). When employed by gssd(8) and + * ktkt_warnd(8), app_krb5_user_uid() is used to select a given user's * credential cache, rather than the id of the process. */ uid_t @@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ krb5_getuid() * Specifically look for app_krb5_user_uid() in the application, * and don't fall into an exhaustive search through all of the * process dependencies. This interface is suplied from - * gssd(1M) and ktkt_warnd(1M). + * gssd(8) and ktkt_warnd(8). */ if (((handle = dlopen(0, (RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_FIRST))) == NULL) || ((gptr = (uid_t (*)())dlsym(handle, KRB5_UID)) == NULL)) { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/os/locate_kdc.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/os/locate_kdc.c index 38bb3c1363..f8c6e0b6f6 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/os/locate_kdc.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/krb5/os/locate_kdc.c @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ krb5int_locate_server (krb5_context context, const krb5_data *realm, * Solaris Kerberos: * If kpasswd_server has not been configured and dns_lookup_kdc - * dns_fallback are not configured then admin_server should - * be inferred, per krb5.conf(4). + * be inferred, per krb5.conf(5). */ if (code && svc == locate_service_kpasswd && !maybe_use_dns(context, "dns_lookup_kdc", 0)) { @@ -948,28 +948,28 @@ krb5int_locate_server (krb5_context context, const krb5_data *realm, krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "Cannot find a master KDC entry in krb5.conf(4) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), + "Cannot find a master KDC entry in krb5.conf(5) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), realm->length, realm->data); break; case locate_service_kadmin: krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "Cannot find a kadmin KDC entry in krb5.conf(4) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), + "Cannot find a kadmin KDC entry in krb5.conf(5) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), realm->length, realm->data); break; case locate_service_kpasswd: krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "Cannot find a kpasswd KDC entry in krb5.conf(4) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), + "Cannot find a kpasswd KDC entry in krb5.conf(5) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), realm->length, realm->data); break; default: /* locate_service_kdc: */ krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "Cannot find any KDC entries in krb5.conf(4) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), + "Cannot find any KDC entries in krb5.conf(5) or DNS Service Location records for realm '%.*s'"), realm->length, realm->data); } @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ krb5int_locate_server (krb5_context context, const krb5_data *realm, hostlist_str = hostlist2str(hostlist); krb5_set_error_message(context, KRB5_REALM_CANT_RESOLVE, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "Cannot resolve network address for KDCs '%s' specified in krb5.conf(4) for realm %.*s"), + "Cannot resolve network address for KDCs '%s' specified in krb5.conf(5) for realm %.*s"), hostlist_str ? hostlist_str : "unknown", realm->length, realm->data); if (hostlist_str) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/mech/store_cred.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/mech/store_cred.c index d744d9a7cc..cfabbaca16 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/mech/store_cred.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/mech/store_cred.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include #include #include @@ -231,7 +229,7 @@ gss_cred_usage_t *cred_usage_stored; if (GSS_ERROR(maj)) goto cleanup; - /* Alert ktkt_warnd(1M) */ + /* Alert ktkt_warnd(8) */ maj = krb5_unparse_name(ctx, cred->princ, &client_name); if (GSS_ERROR(maj)) goto cleanup; @@ -239,7 +237,7 @@ gss_cred_usage_t *cred_usage_stored; if (kwarn_add_warning(client_name, cred->tgt_expire) != 0) { syslog(LOG_AUTH|LOG_NOTICE, "store_cred: kwarn_add_warning" - " failed: ktkt_warnd(1M) down? "); + " failed: ktkt_warnd(8) down? "); } free(client_name); client_name = NULL; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/profile/prof_solaris.c b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/profile/prof_solaris.c index 96958c1408..117ccd9c80 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/profile/prof_solaris.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/gss_mechs/mech_krb5/profile/prof_solaris.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ /* * prof_solaris.c: - * Abstracted contract private interfaces for configuring krb5.conf(4). + * Abstracted contract private interfaces for configuring krb5.conf(5). */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libbrand/dtd/brand.dtd.1 b/usr/src/lib/libbrand/dtd/brand.dtd.1 index 1f1e13837c..0d2317b254 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libbrand/dtd/brand.dtd.1 +++ b/usr/src/lib/libbrand/dtd/brand.dtd.1 @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ @@ -636,12 +636,12 @@ zones of this brand with ip-type matched. If a privilege is added to the default set all zones of this brand with ip-type matched on the system will inherit this privilege unless the privilege is - removed via limitpriv in zonecfg(1m). If a privilege is added to + removed via limitpriv in zonecfg(8). If a privilege is added to the prohibited set it can not be added to any zones with ip-type - matched via limitpriv in zonecfg(1m). If a privilege is added to + matched via limitpriv in zonecfg(8). If a privilege is added to the required set then all zones of this brand with ip-type matched on the system will inherit this privilege and it can't be removed via - limitpriv in zonecfg(1m). + limitpriv in zonecfg(8). Its attributes are set The name of the set the privilege should go into. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/audit_event.txt b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/audit_event.txt index 2db2fc017e..7ba3bc733d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/audit_event.txt +++ b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/audit_event.txt @@ -390,16 +390,16 @@ 6157:AUE_mountd_umount:unmount:na 6158:AUE_rshd:rsh access:lo 6159:AUE_su:su:lo -6160:AUE_halt_solaris:halt(1m):ss -6161:AUE_reboot_solaris:reboot(1m):ss +6160:AUE_halt_solaris:halt(8):ss +6161:AUE_reboot_solaris:reboot(8):ss 6162:AUE_rexecd:rexecd:lo 6163:AUE_passwd:passwd:lo 6164:AUE_rexd:rexd:lo 6165:AUE_ftpd:ftp access:lo -6166:AUE_init_solaris:init(1m):ss -6167:AUE_uadmin_solaris:uadmin(1m):no +6166:AUE_init_solaris:init(8):ss +6167:AUE_uadmin_solaris:uadmin(8):no 6168:AUE_shutdown_solaris:shutdown(1b):ss -6169:AUE_poweroff_solaris:poweroff(1m):ss +6169:AUE_poweroff_solaris:poweroff(8):ss 6170:AUE_crontab_mod:crontab-modify:ua 6171:AUE_ftpd_logout:ftp logout:lo 6172:AUE_ssh:login - ssh:lo @@ -460,16 +460,16 @@ 6234:AUE_pool_export:export device from pool:ot 6235:AUE_dladm_create_secobj:create network security object:as,cy 6236:AUE_dladm_delete_secobj:delete network security object:as,cy -6237:AUE_uadmin_shutdown:uadmin(1m) - shutdown:ss -6238:AUE_uadmin_reboot:uadmin(1m) - reboot:ss -6239:AUE_uadmin_dump:uadmin(1m) - dump:ss -6240:AUE_uadmin_freeze:uadmin(1m) - freeze:ss -6241:AUE_uadmin_remount:uadmin(1m) - remount:ss -6242:AUE_uadmin_ftrace:uadmin(1m) - ftrace:ss -6243:AUE_uadmin_swapctl:uadmin(1m) - swapctl:ss -6244:AUE_smbd_session:smbd(1m) session setup:lo -6245:AUE_smbd_logoff:smbd(1m) session logoff:lo -6246:AUE_vscan_quarantine:vscand(1m) quarantine infected file:na +6237:AUE_uadmin_shutdown:uadmin(8) - shutdown:ss +6238:AUE_uadmin_reboot:uadmin(8) - reboot:ss +6239:AUE_uadmin_dump:uadmin(8) - dump:ss +6240:AUE_uadmin_freeze:uadmin(8) - freeze:ss +6241:AUE_uadmin_remount:uadmin(8) - remount:ss +6242:AUE_uadmin_ftrace:uadmin(8) - ftrace:ss +6243:AUE_uadmin_swapctl:uadmin(8) - swapctl:ss +6244:AUE_smbd_session:smbd(8) session setup:lo +6245:AUE_smbd_logoff:smbd(8) session logoff:lo +6246:AUE_vscan_quarantine:vscand(8) quarantine infected file:na 6247:AUE_ndmp_connect:ndmp connect:na 6248:AUE_ndmp_disconnect:ndmp disconnect:na 6249:AUE_ndmp_backup:ndmp backup:na @@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ 6251:AUE_cpu_ondemand:set ondemand CPU freq governor:ss 6252:AUE_cpu_performance:set max CPU freq governor:ss 6253:AUE_cpu_threshold:set CPU freq threshold:ss -6254:AUE_uadmin_thaw:uadmin(1m) - thaw after freeze:ss,na -6255:AUE_uadmin_config:uadmin(1m) - config:ss +6254:AUE_uadmin_thaw:uadmin(8) - thaw after freeze:ss,na +6255:AUE_uadmin_config:uadmin(8) - config:ss # -# SMF(5) svc.configd events (svcadm(1M) related) +# smf(7) svc.configd events (svcadm(8) related) # 6260:AUE_smf_enable:persistently enable service instance:ss 6261:AUE_smf_tmp_enable:temporarily enable service instance:ss @@ -498,11 +498,11 @@ 6272:AUE_smf_tmp_maintenance:set service instance maintenance temporary state:ss 6273:AUE_smf_milestone:set service management facility milestone:ss # -# SMF(5) svc.configd miscellaneous events +# smf(7) svc.configd miscellaneous events # 6275:AUE_smf_read_prop:read restricted access property value:as # -# SMF(5) svc.configd events (svccfg(1M) related) +# smf(7) svc.configd events (svccfg(8) related) # 6280:AUE_smf_create:create service instance object:as 6281:AUE_smf_delete:delete service instance object:as @@ -518,12 +518,12 @@ 6291:AUE_smf_change_prop:change service instance property:as 6292:AUE_smf_delete_prop:delete service instance property:as # -# nwamd(1M) events +# nwamd(8) events # 6300:AUE_nwam_enable:enable nwam profile object:ss 6301:AUE_nwam_disable:disable nwam profile object:ss # -# ilbd(1M) events +# ilbd(8) events # 6310:AUE_ilb_create_healthcheck:create ILB health check:as 6311:AUE_ilb_delete_healthcheck:delete ILB health check:as @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ 6320:AUE_ilb_create_servergroup:create ILB server group:as 6321:AUE_ilb_delete_servergroup:delete ILB server group:as # -# netcfgd(1M) events +# netcfgd(8) events # 6330:AUE_netcfg_update:create or modify configuration object:ss 6331:AUE_netcfg_remove:remove configuration object from repository:ss @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ 6418:AUE_tpm_fieldupgrade:update TPM protected capabilities:as 6419:AUE_tpm_resetlockvalue:reset TPM failed authorization attempt lock:as # -# hotplugd(1m) events +# hotplugd(8) events # 6500:AUE_hotplug_state:change hotplug connection state:ss 6501:AUE_hotplug_set:set hotplug bus private options:ss @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ # # sudo event # -6650:AUE_sudo:sudo(1m):lo,ua,as +6650:AUE_sudo:sudo(8):lo,ua,as # # Trusted Extensions events: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/adt.xml b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/adt.xml index d16c904bc0..9dd74f0de5 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/adt.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/adt.xml @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. omitted, the internal name is the same as the external name. - title, these tags are used by auditrecord(1M) build to create + title, these tags are used by auditrecord(8) build to create program, audit_record_attr database from adt events. see Following example demonstrates their semantics: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. If the length of string in any of the given elements is longer than defined, the string is silently truncated to the defined length in the - auditrecord(1M) runtime: + auditrecord(8) runtime: element <= max (non-truncated) string length title <= 46 @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. If the type is an array, its length must be given explicitly. - comment Used by auditrecord(1M) build to generate + comment Used by auditrecord(8) build to generate audit_record_attr. Comment is explanation note printed with token type. Colon (':') may not be used in a comment. See example above for other - tags related to auditrecord(1M). + tags related to auditrecord(8). token Define allowed token names. - id is the name of token; this name is used @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. "TSOL" is defined; it means that this data is to be used only in Trusted Solaris implementations. See also example above for "token" tag relation to - the auditrecord(1M) output. + the auditrecord(8) output. msg_list Define a set of text strings. - id is the name to be used for this group of text @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. su /usr/bin/su - su(1M) + su(8) @@ -887,14 +887,14 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. header="0" idNo="39" omit="JNI"> su /usr/bin/su - su(1M) + su(8) su /usr/bin/su - su(1M) + su(8) @@ -1069,13 +1069,13 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. header="0" idNo="47" omit="JNI"> create wifi security object /usr/sbin/dladm - dladm(1M) + dladm(8) delete wifi security object /usr/sbin/dladm - dladm(1M) + dladm(8) @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - + @@ -1194,34 +1194,34 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. uadmin shutdown /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) uadmin reboot /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) uadmin dump /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) uadmin freeze /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) uadmin remount /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) @@ -1237,20 +1237,20 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. uadmin ftrace /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) uadmin swapctl /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) thaw after freeze /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. uadmin config /sbin/uadmin /usr/sbin/uadmin - uadmin(1M) + uadmin(8) @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. VSCAN: quarantine infected file /usr/lib/vscan/vscand - vscand(1M), ICAP RFC 3507 (Extensions) + vscand(8), ICAP RFC 3507 (Extensions) @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. idNo="61" omit="JNI"> NDMP Connect /usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd - ndmpd(1M) + ndmpd(8) @@ -1365,14 +1365,14 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. idNo="62" omit="JNI"> NDMP Disconnect /usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd - ndmpd(1M) + ndmpd(8) NDMP Backup /usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd - ndmpd(1M) + ndmpd(8) @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. NDMP Restore /usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd - ndmpd(1M) + ndmpd(8) @@ -1488,110 +1488,110 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svcadm(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svcadm(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1617,8 +1617,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1644,8 +1644,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1682,8 +1682,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1705,8 +1705,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1738,8 +1738,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1770,8 +1770,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1794,8 +1794,8 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. - svc.configd(1M) - svccfg(1M) + svc.configd(8) + svccfg(8) @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. set CPU freq to minimal unless load increases /usr/lib/hal/hald-addon-cpufreq - hald(1M) + hald(8) @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. set CPU freq to Max /usr/lib/hal/hald-addon-cpufreq - hald(1M) + hald(8) @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. set CPU frequency threshold percentage /usr/lib/hal/hald-addon-cpufreq - hald(1M) + hald(8) @@ -1987,12 +1987,12 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. tcsd(8) - + change hotplug connection state /usr/lib/hotplugd - hotplugd(1M) + hotplugd(8) @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. set hotplug bus private options /usr/lib/hotplugd - hotplugd(1M) + hotplugd(8) @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Create Integrated Loadbalancer healthcheck object /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Delete Integrated Loadbalancer healthcheck object /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Create Integrated Loadbalancer rule /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2271,27 +2271,27 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. header="0" idNo="123"> Delete Integrated Loadbalancer rule /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) Disable Integrated Loadbalancer rule /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) Enable Integrated Loadbalancer rule /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) Add server to Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Disable server to Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Enable server to Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Remove server from Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Create server group for Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. Delete server group from Integrated Loadbalancer /usr/sbin/ilbadm - ilbadm(1m) + ilbadm(8) @@ -2761,7 +2761,7 @@ Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. No anonymous - + Halt the processor(s) Halt the processor(s) and turn off the power diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.c b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.c index fa990fc669..e2946abf28 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. */ -/* auditd smf(5)/libscf(3LIB) interface - set and display audit parameters */ +/* auditd smf(7)/libscf(3LIB) interface - set and display audit parameters */ #include #include @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ do_getpolicy_scf(uint32_t *policy_mask) bzero(prop_vect, sizeof (prop_vect)); bzero(policy_arr, sizeof (policy_arr)); - /* prepare the smf(5) query */ + /* prepare the smf(7) query */ for (i = 0; i < POLICY_TBL_SZ; i++) { cur_policy_str = policy_table[i].policy_str; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.h b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.h index 09b826e97b..d913dc57d0 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libbsm/common/audit_scf.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern "C" { #endif /* - * auditd smf(5)/libscf(3LIB) interface - set and display audit parameters + * auditd smf(7)/libscf(3LIB) interface - set and display audit parameters */ #include @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ typedef struct scf_qctrl scf_qctrl_t; #define PRESELECTION_NAFLAGS "naflags" #define PRESELECTION_MAXBUF 256 /* max. length of na/flags */ -/* auditd(1M) plugin related well known properties */ +/* auditd(8) plugin related well known properties */ #define PLUGIN_ACTIVE "active" /* plugin state */ #define PLUGIN_PATH "path" /* plugin shared object */ #define PLUGIN_QSIZE "qsize" /* plugin queue size */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.c index c4ecdd34f4..13865136b5 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.c @@ -25,11 +25,9 @@ */ /* - * ptrace(2) interface built on top of proc(4). + * ptrace(2) interface built on top of proc(5). */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #pragma weak _ptrace = ptrace #include "lint.h" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/crypt.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/crypt.c index 812062644f..016da3202a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/crypt.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/crypt.c @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ static char *_unix_crypt_gensalt(char *gsbuffer, size_t gsbufflen, * This function encodes strings in a suitable for for secure storage * as passwords. It generates the password hash given the plaintext and salt. * - * If the first character of salt is "$" then we use crypt.conf(4) to + * If the first character of salt is "$" then we use crypt.conf(5) to * determine which plugin to use and run the crypt_genhash_impl(3c) function * from it. * Otherwise we use the old unix algorithm. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ crypt(const char *plaintext, const char *salt) /* * Find the algorithm name from the salt and look it up in - * crypt.conf(4) to find out what shared object to use. + * crypt.conf(5) to find out what shared object to use. * If we can't find it in crypt.conf then getalgbyname would * have returned with found = B_FALSE so we use the unix algorithm. * If alg is NULL but found = B_TRUE then there is a problem with @@ -472,12 +472,12 @@ alg_valid(const char *algname, const struct crypt_policy_s *policy) } /* - * getalgbyname - read crypt.conf(4) looking for algname + * getalgbyname - read crypt.conf(5) looking for algname * * RETURN VALUES * On error NULL and errno is set * On success the alg details including an open handle to the lib - * If crypt.conf(4) is okay but algname doesn't exist in it then + * If crypt.conf(5) is okay but algname doesn't exist in it then * return NULL the caller should then use the default algorithm * as per the policy. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/getusershell.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/getusershell.c index df10f2f6fd..c744828a8a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/getusershell.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/getusershell.c @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ initshells(void) return ((char **)okshells); /* * The +1 in the malloc() below is needed to handle the final - * fgets() NULL terminator. From fgets(3S): + * fgets() NULL terminator. From fgets(3C): * * char *fgets(char *s, int n, FILE *stream); * diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/isaexec.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/isaexec.c index c3807ead39..5db6ccf29a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/isaexec.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/isaexec.c @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ isaexec(const char *execname, char *const *argv, char *const *envp) int saved_errno; /* - * Extract the isalist(5) for userland from the kernel. + * Extract the isalist(7) for userland from the kernel. */ isalist = malloc(isalen); do { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/localtime.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/localtime.c index 65c202821d..a2cb012c46 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/localtime.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/gen/localtime.c @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ * * A zoneinfo timezone is a reference to a file that contains a set of * rules that describe the timezone. In Solaris, the file is in - * /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo. The file is generated by zic(1M), based - * on zoneinfo rules "source" files. This is all described on the zic(1M) + * /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo. The file is generated by zic(8), based + * on zoneinfo rules "source" files. This is all described on the zic(8) * man page. */ @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ posix_daylight(long long *janfirst, int year, posix_daylight_t *pdaylightp) /* * Try to load zoneinfo file into internal transition tables using name - * indicated in TZ, and do validity checks. The format of zic(1M) + * indicated in TZ, and do validity checks. The format of zic(8) * compiled zoneinfo files isdescribed in tzfile.h */ static int diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/locale/gb18030.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/locale/gb18030.c index 3901270a8d..920da0a97e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/locale/gb18030.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/locale/gb18030.c @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ /* * PRC National Standard GB 18030-2000 encoding of Chinese text. * - * See gb18030(5) for details. + * See gb18030(7) for details. */ #include "lint.h" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/regex/regex.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/regex/regex.c index 769761daef..6e4c86e17e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/regex/regex.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/regex/regex.c @@ -27,8 +27,6 @@ /* Copyright (c) 1984, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989 AT&T */ /* All Rights Reserved */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * IMPORTANT NOTE: * @@ -328,7 +326,7 @@ regex(const char *regexp, const char *stringp, ...) * * NOTE: * - * According to manual page regcmp(3G), regex() returns substrings + * According to manual page regcmp(3C), regex() returns substrings * that match subexpressions even when no substring matches the * entire regular expression. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio/README.design b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio/README.design index 748f7f9913..80305bf22b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio/README.design +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/stdio/README.design @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Extended File and fileno() The 32-bit libc has historically been limited to 255 open streams because of the use of an unsigned char. This problem does not impact the 64-bit libc. To deal with this, libc uses a series of techniques which -are summarized for users in extendedFILE(5). The usage of extendedFILE +are summarized for users in extendedFILE(7). The usage of extendedFILE can also be enabled by passing the special 'F' character to fopen(3C). The '_magic' member in the 32-bit 'struct __FILE_TAG' contains what used diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/sys/epoll.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/sys/epoll.c index 230860d391..d497856083 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/sys/epoll.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/sys/epoll.c @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ /* * The defined behavior for epoll_wait/epoll_pwait when using a timeout less * than 0 is to wait for events until they arrive (or interrupted by a signal). - * While poll(7d) operates in this manner for a timeout of -1, using other + * While poll(4D) operates in this manner for a timeout of -1, using other * negative values results in an immediate timeout, as if it had been set to 0. * For that reason, negative values are clamped to -1. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/threads/door_calls.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/threads/door_calls.c index baa1f573aa..87124a6a37 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/port/threads/door_calls.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/port/threads/door_calls.c @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ door_server_create(door_server_func_t *create_func) /* * Thread start function for door_create_server() below. - * Create door server threads with cancellation(5) disabled. + * Create door server threads with cancellation(7) disabled. */ static void * door_create_func(void *arg) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc/sparc/sys/ptrace.c b/usr/src/lib/libc/sparc/sys/ptrace.c index 796e0dac5c..0153088f0f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc/sparc/sys/ptrace.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc/sparc/sys/ptrace.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ */ /* - * ptrace(2) interface built on top of proc(4). + * ptrace(2) interface built on top of proc(5). */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libc_db/common/thread_db.c b/usr/src/lib/libc_db/common/thread_db.c index 53e1f6b1c7..93b54ef65f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libc_db/common/thread_db.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libc_db/common/thread_db.c @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ __td_thr_validate(const td_thrhandle_t *th_p) /* * Get a thread's private binding to a given thread specific - * data(TSD) key(see thr_getspecific(3T). If the thread doesn't + * data(TSD) key(see thr_getspecific(3C). If the thread doesn't * have a binding for a particular key, then NULL is returned. */ #pragma weak td_thr_tsd = __td_thr_tsd diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/README b/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/README index 371374e42d..77280391ee 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/README +++ b/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/README @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Consumers: command line args to mech numbers. They will need to add the "CKM_" prefix before calling pkc11_str2mech() - cryptoadm(1m) for output to user, and for storing in pkcs11.conf + cryptoadm(8) for output to user, and for storing in pkcs11.conf file. Debug code. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Consumers: The "pkcs11.conf" configuration file parsing code and data structures are shared between: - cryptoadm(1m), libpkcs11(3crypto). + cryptoadm(8), libpkcs11(3crypto). 2.3.1 Data Structures: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/common/debug.c b/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/common/debug.c index 84ac2ec4be..b2537c8ded 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/common/debug.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libcryptoutil/common/debug.c @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ cryptodebug(const char *fmt, ...) /* * cryptoerror * - * This is intended to be used both by interactive commands like cryptoadm(1m) + * This is intended to be used both by interactive commands like cryptoadm(8) * digest(1) etc, and by libraries libpkcs11, libelfsign etc. * * A library probably wants most (all?) of its errors going to syslog but diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_devlink.c b/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_devlink.c index 8d4d0ed709..138f75eab2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_devlink.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_devlink.c @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ static const char *skip_files[] = { * * This file contains two sets of interfaces which operate on the reverse * links database. One set (which includes di_devlink_open()/_close()) - * allows link generators like devfsadm(1M) and ucblinks(1B) (writers) to + * allows link generators like devfsadm(8) and ucblinks(1B) (writers) to * populate the database with /devices -> /dev mappings. Another set * of interfaces (which includes di_devlink_init()/_fini()) allows * applications (readers) to lookup the database for /dev links corresponding @@ -3731,7 +3731,7 @@ walk_cache_node(di_devlink_handle_t hdp, const char *path, link_desc_t *linkp) * are selected. * If neither flag is specified, all devlinks are selected. * - * re An extended regular expression in regex(5) format which + * re An extended regular expression in regex(7) format which * selects the /dev links to be returned. The regular * expression should use link pathnames relative to * /dev. i.e. without the leading "/dev/" prefix. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_dim.c b/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_dim.c index 141f5a9514..073fc60543 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_dim.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo_dim.c @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #include "libdevinfo.h" #include #include @@ -35,7 +33,7 @@ * information into /devices and /dev paths. It does this using interfaces to * the kernel instance tree so that it can provide translations for devices * which are no longer present. An example consumer of these interfaces is - * iostat(1M) - which shows, in its first iteration, activity since reboot. + * iostat(8) - which shows, in its first iteration, activity since reboot. * With persistant kstats, a device which was busy a long time ago can still * have a decaying presence in iostat output, and that output, when '-n' is * used, should show the public name. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.c b/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.c index a70eb2bbdc..9c669a7047 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.c @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ dhcp_ipc_init(int *listen_fd) /* * we use SO_REUSEADDR here since in the case where there * really is another daemon running that is using the agent's - * port, bind(3N) will fail. so we can't lose. + * port, bind(3SOCKET) will fail. so we can't lose. */ (void) setsockopt(*listen_fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &on, @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ dhcp_ipc_accept(int listen_fd, int *fd, int *is_priv) /* * if we were extremely concerned with portability, we would * set the socket into nonblocking mode before doing the - * accept(3N), since on BSD-based networking stacks, there is + * accept(3SOCKET), since on BSD-based networking stacks, there is * a potential race that can occur if the socket which * connected to us performs a TCP RST before we accept, since * BSD handles this case entirely in the kernel and as a diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.h b/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.h index beed5b1ffc..2f1cb8c1ee 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdhcpagent/common/dhcpagent_ipc.h @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ extern int dhcp_ipc_getinfo(dhcp_optnum_t *, DHCP_OPT **, int32_t); /* * private dhcpagent ipc "server side" functions -- these are only for - * use by dhcpagent(1M) and are subject to change. + * use by dhcpagent(8) and are subject to change. */ extern int dhcp_ipc_init(int *); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdhcputil/README.inittab b/usr/src/lib/libdhcputil/README.inittab index b6ec2763e6..1f18d08517 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdhcputil/README.inittab +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdhcputil/README.inittab @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ All rights reserved. Inittab Purpose, Goals, and Functionality Peter Memishian -ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" PROBLEM STATEMENT ================= @@ -41,8 +40,8 @@ in core Solaris (in.dhcpd, dhcpinfo, snoop, and dhcpmgr), the situation has spiraled out of control. In addition to the obvious maintenance headache caused by the redundant code, it has also become a burden to our customers, who already have to cope with multiple -places where DHCP option information is stored (dhcptags(4), -dhcptab(4)). +places where DHCP option information is stored (dhcptags(5), +dhcptab(5)). The inittab API is designed to reduce the confusion, both for the customer and the application developer. Its goal is to provide a @@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ new DHCP options, but this should be rare. The inittab file consists of inittab records, each being one line long and describing a particular option. The format is based heavily on -the format for defining symbols in dhcptab(4). Each line has the +the format for defining symbols in dhcptab(5). Each line has the following syntax: option_name category, code, type, granularity, maximum, consumers @@ -69,7 +68,7 @@ following syntax: where: `option_name' is user-interpretable name of the option (for use with - dhcpinfo(1M) for instance). This field should at least be per- + dhcpinfo(1) for instance). This field should at least be per- category unique and ideally should be unique across all categories. Of particular note is that options names in the STANDARD, SITE, and VENDOR spaces should not overlap, or the behavior is undefined. @@ -132,7 +131,7 @@ for all DHCP option consumers, with the following exceptions and notes: programs, even if they are listed as a `consumer' of the given option. An example of this is that the DHCP server never requests any fields with the VENDOR category. (VENDOR information - for the DHCP server comes from dhcptab(4) instead). + for the DHCP server comes from dhcptab(5) instead). o In general, changing provided information in a released inittab file is ill-advised. Adding new entries should be the extent @@ -145,9 +144,9 @@ for all DHCP option consumers, with the following exceptions and notes: absolutely necessary, since it nullifies some of the advantages of having an inittab. - o Where a symbol is defined both in the inittab and in dhcptab(4), + o Where a symbol is defined both in the inittab and in dhcptab(5), inittab is authoritative. EXTEND symbol definitions in - dhcptab(4) will be deprecated in a future release of Solaris. + dhcptab(5) will be deprecated in a future release of Solaris. C-LEVEL API =========== diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdiskmgt/common/entry.c b/usr/src/lib/libdiskmgt/common/entry.c index 425255ae45..1680d20652 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdiskmgt/common/entry.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdiskmgt/common/entry.c @@ -1065,12 +1065,12 @@ dm_get_usage_string(char *what, char *how, char **usage_string) if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_MOUNT) == 0) { if (strcmp(how, "swap") == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "%s is currently used by swap. Please see swap(1M)." + "%s is currently used by swap. Please see swap(8)." "\n"); } else { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "%s is currently mounted on %s." - " Please see umount(1M).\n"); + " Please see umount(8).\n"); } } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_VFSTAB) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, @@ -1084,28 +1084,28 @@ dm_get_usage_string(char *what, char *how, char **usage_string) "%s is part of VxVM volume %s.\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_LU) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "%s is in use for live upgrade %s. Please see ludelete(1M)." + "%s is in use for live upgrade %s. Please see ludelete(8)." "\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_DUMP) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "%s is in use by %s. Please see dumpadm(1M)." + "%s is in use by %s. Please see dumpadm(8)." "\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_EXPORTED_ZPOOL) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "%s is part of exported or potentially active ZFS pool %s. " - "Please see zpool(1M).\n"); + "Please see zpool(8).\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_ACTIVE_ZPOOL) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "%s is part of active ZFS pool %s. Please see zpool(1M)." + "%s is part of active ZFS pool %s. Please see zpool(8)." "\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_SPARE_ZPOOL) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "%s is reserved as a hot spare for ZFS pool %s. Please " - "see zpool(1M).\n"); + "see zpool(8).\n"); } else if (strcmp(what, DM_USE_L2CACHE_ZPOOL) == 0) { *usage_string = dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "%s is in use as a cache device for ZFS pool %s. " - "Please see zpool(1M).\n"); + "Please see zpool(8).\n"); } } void diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdladm.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdladm.c index 17c4530cd2..ad1151d25b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdladm.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdladm.c @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ dladm_open(dladm_handle_t *handle) return (dladm_errno2status(errno)); /* - * Don't open DLMGMT_DOOR now. dlmgmtd(1M) is not able to + * Don't open DLMGMT_DOOR now. dlmgmtd(8) is not able to * open the door when the dladm handle is opened because the * door hasn't been created yet at that time. Thus, we must * open it on-demand in dladm_door_fd(). Move the open() diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlaggr.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlaggr.c index d54920d432..8ceff4e287 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlaggr.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlaggr.c @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ /* * Link Aggregation Administration Library. * - * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(1M) to + * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(8) to * configure link aggregations. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlbridge.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlbridge.c index bbf8fe762e..aaf2fede13 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlbridge.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlbridge.c @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ /* * Bridge Administration Library. * - * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(1M) to configure + * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(8) to configure * bridges, and by the bridge daemon to retrieve configuration information. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdliptun.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdliptun.c index 21c4f5dbd1..8e4855fff5 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdliptun.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdliptun.c @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ /* * IP Tunneling Administration Library. - * This library is used by dladm(1M) and to configure IP tunnel links. + * This library is used by dladm(8) and to configure IP tunnel links. */ #define IPTUN_CONF_TYPE "type" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdllink.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdllink.c index 7e952b97e9..ac1bcba556 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdllink.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdllink.c @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ dladm_walk_macaddr(dladm_handle_t handle, datalink_id_t linkid, void *arg, } /* - * These routines are used by administration tools such as dladm(1M) to + * These routines are used by administration tools such as dladm(8) to * iterate through the list of MAC interfaces */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlvlan.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlvlan.c index 34c1e6682d..c54480cf0e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlvlan.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/libdlvlan.c @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ /* * VLAN Administration Library. * - * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(1M) to + * This library is used by administration tools such as dladm(8) to * configure VLANs. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/linkprop.c b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/linkprop.c index 2c29e6ab80..3e6e8e0912 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/linkprop.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdladm/common/linkprop.c @@ -3333,7 +3333,7 @@ i_dladm_add_ap_module(const char *module, struct dlautopush *dlap) /* * Currently, both '.' and ' '(space) can be used as the delimiters between * autopush modules. The former is used in dladm set-linkprop, and the - * latter is used in the autopush(1M) file. + * latter is used in the autopush(8) file. */ /* ARGSUSED */ static dladm_status_t diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi.c b/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi.c index 11d975f694..b1bebd6787 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi.c @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ dlpi_open_zone(const char *linkname, const char *zonename, dlpi_handle_t *dhp, /* * Special case: DLPI_SERIAL flag is set to indicate a synchronous - * serial line interface (see syncinit(1M), syncstat(1M), - * syncloop(1M)), which is not a DLPI link. + * serial line interface (see syncinit(8), syncstat(8), + * syncloop(8)), which is not a DLPI link. */ if (dip->dli_oflags & DLPI_SERIAL) { if ((retval = i_dlpi_style2_open(dip)) != DLPI_SUCCESS) { @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ i_dlpi_attach(dlpi_impl_t *dip) * if this request fails, as this indicates the underlying DLPI device does * not support link aggregation (pre-GLDV3 device drivers), and thus will * see the expected behavior without failing with DL_SYSERR/EBUSY when issuing - * DLPI primitives like DL_BIND_REQ. For further info see dlpi(7p). + * DLPI primitives like DL_BIND_REQ. For further info see dlpi(4P). */ static void i_dlpi_passive(dlpi_impl_t *dip) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi_impl.h b/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi_impl.h index 8969cce7cb..7e51ce6558 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi_impl.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdlpi/common/libdlpi_impl.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ extern "C" { /* * Publicly available DLPI notification types. This list may change if - * new DLPI notification types are made public. See dlpi(7P). + * new DLPI notification types are made public. See dlpi(4P). * */ #define DLPI_NOTIFICATION_TYPES (DL_NOTE_LINK_DOWN | DL_NOTE_LINK_UP | \ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.ppp.options b/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.ppp.options index d46df31de3..22b2cb226e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.ppp.options +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.ppp.options @@ -23,11 +23,9 @@ # # dscp.ppp.options # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" -# # -# These are options for running pppd(1M) to provide a DSCP +# These are options for running pppd(8) to provide a DSCP # link between a service processor and a domain in OPL. All # options are explicitly set here so that site customizations # of the global options files will not affect DSCP. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.xml b/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.xml index f5fd9a41d4..4b646f2f3d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdscp/svc/dscp.xml @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END - ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - NOTE: This service manifest is not editable; its contents will be overwritten by package or patch operations, including operating system upgrade. Make customizations in a different @@ -86,9 +84,9 @@ - diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_audit.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_audit.c index 57ca8d7fb7..b196e97ac3 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_audit.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_audit.c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ * of helper providers. The default disposition for a helper provider -- USDT * and ustack helpers -- is to load itself from it's containing object's .init * section. In cases where startup time is deemed critical, USDT authors can - * use the -xlazyload option to dtrace(1M) to disable automatic loading (it's + * use the -xlazyload option to dtrace(8) to disable automatic loading (it's * difficult to make the case for the utility of this feature for anything * other than libc which, indeed, was the sole motivation). If a binary has * been compiled with automatic loading disabled, this audit library may be diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_common.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_common.c index c47ec273ab..976abca82a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_common.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_common.c @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ /* * Common functions for helper provider loading both compiled into the - * executable via drti.o and dtrace(1M) -G, and the libdaudit.so library. + * executable via drti.o and dtrace(8) -G, and the libdaudit.so library. */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_init.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_init.c index 7c00a49c21..b6bfd550cc 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_init.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dlink_init.c @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ /* * This is the basis for drti.o which dt_link.c links into the object file - * generated by dtrace(1M) -G by default (note that -xlazyload disables this). + * generated by dtrace(8) -G by default (note that -xlazyload disables this). */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_buf.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_buf.c index 324e778213..d34d359025 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_buf.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_buf.c @@ -24,14 +24,12 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * DTrace Memory Buffer Routines * * The routines in this file are used to create an automatically resizing * memory buffer that can be written to like a file. Memory buffers are - * used to construct DOF to ioctl() to dtrace(7D), and provide semantics that + * used to construct DOF to ioctl() to dtrace(4D), and provide semantics that * simplify caller code. Specifically, any allocation errors result in an * error code being set inside the buffer which is maintained persistently and * propagates to another buffer if the buffer in error is concatenated. These diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_dof.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_dof.c index c1f5dc827e..2c5173491d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_dof.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_dof.c @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ dof_add_provider(dt_dof_t *ddo, const dt_provider_t *pvp) if (pvp->pv_flags & DT_PROVIDER_IMPL) { /* - * ignore providers that are exported by dtrace(7D) + * ignore providers that are exported by dtrace(4D) */ return (0); } diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_grammar.y b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_grammar.y index a7e7de7bc1..a61e8434c2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_grammar.y +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_grammar.y @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ probe_definition: * it. This can only occur if the next token is EOF or * an ambiguous predicate was slurped up as a comment. * We cannot perform this check if input() is a string - * because dtrace(1M) [-fmnP] also use the compiler and + * because dtrace(8) [-fmnP] also use the compiler and * things like dtrace -n BEGIN have to be accepted. */ if (yypcb->pcb_fileptr != NULL) { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_impl.h b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_impl.h index 6841eca4e6..988b7f6fb7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_impl.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_impl.h @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ typedef struct dt_module { uint_t dm_asrsv; /* actual reserved size of dm_asmap */ uint_t dm_aslen; /* number of entries in dm_asmap */ uint_t dm_flags; /* module flags (see below) */ - int dm_modid; /* modinfo(1M) module identifier */ + int dm_modid; /* modinfo(8) module identifier */ GElf_Addr dm_text_va; /* virtual address of text section */ GElf_Xword dm_text_size; /* size in bytes of text section */ GElf_Addr dm_data_va; /* virtual address of data section */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_open.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_open.c index d515669e0c..f3d25f3499 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_open.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_open.c @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ inline long NULL = 0; \n\ * Default DTrace configuration to use when opening libdtrace DTRACE_O_NODEV. * If DTRACE_O_NODEV is not set, we load the configuration from the kernel. * The use of CTF_MODEL_NATIVE is more subtle than it might appear: we are - * relying on the fact that when running dtrace(1M), isaexec will invoke the + * relying on the fact that when running dtrace(8), isaexec will invoke the * binary with the same bitness as the kernel, which is what we want by default * when generating our DIF. The user can override the choice using oflags. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_parser.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_parser.c index e652f337d9..176d9b7d48 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_parser.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_parser.c @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ dt_node_provider(char *name, dt_node_t *probes) /* * Check to see if the provider is already defined or visible through - * dtrace(7D). If so, set dn_provred to treat it as a re-declaration. + * dtrace(4D). If so, set dn_provred to treat it as a re-declaration. * If not, create a new provider and set its interface-only flag. This * flag may be cleared later by calls made to dt_probe_declare(). */ @@ -4438,7 +4438,7 @@ dt_cook_provider(dt_node_t *dnp, uint_t idflags) /* * If we're declaring a provider for the first time and it is unknown - * to dtrace(7D), insert the probe definitions into the provider's hash. + * to dtrace(4D), insert the probe definitions into the provider's hash. * If we're redeclaring a known provider, verify the interface matches. */ for (pnp = dnp->dn_probes; pnp != NULL; pnp = pnp->dn_list) { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_proc.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_proc.c index 03fe05f21f..80823aae60 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_proc.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_proc.c @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * This file provides a set of routines that permit libdtrace and its clients * to create and grab process handles using libproc, and to share these handles * between library mechanisms that need libproc access, such as ustack(), and - * client mechanisms that need libproc access, such as dtrace(1M) -c and -p. + * client mechanisms that need libproc access, such as dtrace(8) -c and -p. * The library provides several mechanisms in the libproc control layer: * * Reference Counting: The library code and client code can independently grab diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_provider.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_provider.c index ef4b4470d5..aefa7590e9 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_provider.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_provider.c @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ dt_probe_key(const dtrace_probedesc_t *pdp, char *s) } /* - * If a probe was discovered from the kernel, ask dtrace(7D) for a description + * If a probe was discovered from the kernel, ask dtrace(4D) for a description * of each of its arguments, including native and translated types. */ static dt_probe_t * @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ dt_probe_discover(dt_provider_t *pvp, const dtrace_probedesc_t *pdp) /* * Lookup a probe declaration based on a known provider and full or partially * specified module, function, and name. If the probe is not known to us yet, - * ask dtrace(7D) to match the description and then cache any useful results. + * ask dtrace(4D) to match the description and then cache any useful results. */ dt_probe_t * dt_probe_lookup(dt_provider_t *pvp, const char *s) @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ dt_probe_lookup(dt_provider_t *pvp, const char *s) /* * If the probe isn't known, use the probe description computed above - * to ask dtrace(7D) to find the first matching probe. + * to ask dtrace(4D) to find the first matching probe. */ if (dt_ioctl(dtp, DTRACEIOC_PROBEMATCH, &pd) == 0) return (dt_probe_discover(pvp, &pd)); @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ dt_probe_info(dtrace_hdl_t *dtp, } /* - * If we matched a probe exported by dtrace(7D), then discover + * If we matched a probe exported by dtrace(4D), then discover * the real attributes. Otherwise grab the static declaration. */ if (pd.dtpd_id != DTRACE_IDNONE) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_subr.c b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_subr.c index 25e206eb4c..e93617ef59 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_subr.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dt_subr.c @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ dt_difo_free(dtrace_hdl_t *dtp, dtrace_difo_t *dp) } /* - * dt_gmatch() is similar to gmatch(3GEN) and dtrace(7D) globbing, but also + * dt_gmatch() is similar to gmatch(3GEN) and dtrace(4D) globbing, but also * implements the behavior that an empty pattern matches any string. */ int diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dtrace.h b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dtrace.h index dd591296aa..73433e9354 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dtrace.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/dtrace.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern "C" { * Solaris system and DTrace subsystem and are subject to change at any time * without notice. Applications and drivers using these interfaces will fail * to run on future releases. These interfaces should not be used for any - * purpose except those expressly outlined in dtrace(7D) and libdtrace(3LIB). + * purpose except those expressly outlined in dtrace(4D) and libdtrace(3LIB). * Please refer to the "Solaris Dynamic Tracing Guide" for more information. */ @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef struct dtrace_prog dtrace_prog_t; typedef struct dtrace_vector dtrace_vector_t; typedef struct dtrace_aggdata dtrace_aggdata_t; -#define DTRACE_O_NODEV 0x01 /* do not open dtrace(7D) device */ +#define DTRACE_O_NODEV 0x01 /* do not open dtrace(4D) device */ #define DTRACE_O_NOSYS 0x02 /* do not load /system/object modules */ #define DTRACE_O_LP64 0x04 /* force D compiler to be LP64 */ #define DTRACE_O_ILP32 0x08 /* force D compiler to be ILP32 */ @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ extern struct dt_node *dt_compile_sugar(dtrace_hdl_t *, * * Library clients can use these functions to iterate over the set of available * probe definitions and inquire as to their attributes. The probe iteration - * interfaces report probes that are declared as well as those from dtrace(7D). + * interfaces report probes that are declared as well as those from dtrace(4D). */ typedef struct dtrace_probeinfo { dtrace_attribute_t dtp_attr; /* name attributes */ @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ extern int dtrace_probe_info(dtrace_hdl_t *, /* * DTrace Vector Interface * - * The DTrace library normally speaks directly to dtrace(7D). However, + * The DTrace library normally speaks directly to dtrace(4D). However, * this communication may be vectored elsewhere. Consumers who wish to * perform a vectored open must fill in the vector, and use the dtrace_vopen() * entry point to obtain a library handle. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/procfs.d.in b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/procfs.d.in index 9381e1ecf0..968435e76f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/procfs.d.in +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace/common/procfs.d.in @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #pragma D depends_on module procfs /* - * The following miscellaneous constants are used by the proc(4) translators + * The following miscellaneous constants are used by the proc(5) translators * defined below. These are assigned the latest values from the system .h's. */ inline char SSLEEP = @SSLEEP@; @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ inline int POLL_HUP = @POLL_HUP@; #pragma D binding "1.0" POLL_HUP /* - * Translate from the kernel's proc_t structure to a proc(4) psinfo_t struct. + * Translate from the kernel's proc_t structure to a proc(5) psinfo_t struct. * We do not provide support for pr_size, pr_rssize, pr_pctcpu, and pr_pctmem. * We also do not fill in pr_lwp (the lwpsinfo_t for the representative LWP) * because we do not have the ability to select and stop any representative. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ translator psinfo_t < proc_t *T > { }; /* - * Translate from the kernel's kthread_t structure to a proc(4) psinfo_t + * Translate from the kernel's kthread_t structure to a proc(5) psinfo_t * struct. Lacking a facility to define one translator only in terms of * another, we explicitly define each member by using the proc_t-to-psinfo_t * translator, above; any members added to that translator should also be @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ translator psinfo_t < kthread_t *T > { }; /* - * Translate from the kernel's kthread_t structure to a proc(4) lwpsinfo_t. + * Translate from the kernel's kthread_t structure to a proc(5) lwpsinfo_t. * We do not provide support for pr_nice, pr_oldpri, pr_cpu, or pr_pctcpu. * Also, for the moment, pr_start and pr_time are not supported, but these * could be supported by DTrace in the future using subroutines. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/docs/html/fast.html b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/docs/html/fast.html index 23898130c0..e9114c7451 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/docs/html/fast.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/docs/html/fast.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Guide To demonstrate how to use the Java DTrace API, let's write a simple Java program that runs a D script, in this case hello.d (prints "hello, world" and exits). You will need root permission to use the -Java DTrace API (just as you do to use the dtrace(1M) command). +Java DTrace API (just as you do to use the dtrace(8) command). You may want to eliminate this inconvenience by adding the following line to /etc/user_attr:
diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Aggregate.java b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Aggregate.java index fb595333dc..2c83a281cb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Aggregate.java +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Aggregate.java @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ public final class Aggregate implements Serializable * * Use {@code getOrderedRecords()} instead of {@code getRecords()} * when you want to list records as they would be ordered by {@code - * dtrace(1M)}. + * dtrace(8)}. * * @return a newly created list of this aggregate's records * in the order used by the native DTrace library diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/AggregationRecord.java b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/AggregationRecord.java index 35fa877fbf..c6ca540bd6 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/AggregationRecord.java +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/AggregationRecord.java @@ -22,8 +22,6 @@ /* * Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. * Use is subject to license terms. - * - * ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" */ package org.opensolaris.os.dtrace; @@ -174,7 +172,7 @@ public final class AggregationRecord implements Record, Serializable { * Option#aggsortkey aggsortkey}, {@link Option#aggsortkeypos * aggsortkeypos}, {@link Option#aggsortpos aggsortpos}, and {@link * Option#aggsortrev aggsortrev} DTrace options and matches the way - * that the records would be ordered by {@code dtrace(1M)}. + * that the records would be ordered by {@code dtrace(8)}. * * @return non-negative ordinal from zero (first) to n-1 (last) * within the {@code Aggregate} containing this record diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Consumer.java b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Consumer.java index b732fa454d..22d3f4fb04 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Consumer.java +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Consumer.java @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ public interface Consumer { * Gets the version of the native DTrace library. * * @return version string generated by the native DTrace library - * (same as the output of {@code dtrace(1M)} with the {@code -V} + * (same as the output of {@code dtrace(8)} with the {@code -V} * option) */ public String getVersion(); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/InterfaceAttributes.java b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/InterfaceAttributes.java index 80f14e5ba6..4735658e45 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/InterfaceAttributes.java +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/InterfaceAttributes.java @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ import java.beans.*; /** * Triplet of attributes consisting of two stability levels and a * dependency class. Attributes may vary independently. They use - * labels described in the {@code attributes(5)} man page to help set + * labels described in the {@code attributes(7)} man page to help set * expectations for what kinds of changes might occur in different kinds * of future releases. The D compiler includes features to dynamically * compute the stability levels of D programs you create. For more @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public final class InterfaceAttributes implements Serializable { UNKNOWN("Unknown"), /** * The interface is specific to the CPU model of the current - * system. You can use the {@code psrinfo(1M)} utility's {@code + * system. You can use the {@code psrinfo(8)} utility's {@code * -v} option to display the current CPU model and * implementation names. Interfaces with CPU model dependencies * might not be available on other CPU implementations, even if diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Option.java b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Option.java index 67f896cff9..c30e7088c7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Option.java +++ b/usr/src/lib/libdtrace_jni/java/src/org/opensolaris/os/dtrace/Option.java @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ public final class Option implements Serializable { * Only output explicitly traced data (no option value). Makes no * difference to generated {@link ProbeData}, but user apps may use * the {@code quiet} flag as a rendering hint similar to the {@code - * -q} {@code dtrace(1M)} command option. Runtime option. + * -q} {@code dtrace(8)} command option. Runtime option. */ public static final String quiet = "quiet"; /** Speculation buffer size (size). Runtime option. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libelfsign/README b/usr/src/lib/libelfsign/README index 059b4c7869..3e00452dc8 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libelfsign/README +++ b/usr/src/lib/libelfsign/README @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ # Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - Note that this library does not have a spec file. @@ -34,5 +32,5 @@ here are ever elevated to a public taxonomy then a spec file needs to be introduced. A 64 bit version of this library does not exist. -That isn't an issue since kcfd(1m) and elfsign(1) are 32 bit +That isn't an issue since kcfd(8) and elfsign(1) are 32 bit applications and are the only consumers. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regcmp.c b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regcmp.c index 147ac0faec..d9802a6c9d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regcmp.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regcmp.c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #include #include "utility.h" -/* this code was taken from REGCMP(3X) */ +/* this code was taken from regcmp(3C) */ #define SSIZE 16 #define TGRP 48 diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regex.c b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regex.c index 3993c286a7..f077f465f7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regex.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/regex.c @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "utility.h" /* - * this code was taken from REGCMP(3X) + * this code was taken from regcmp(3C) */ /*VARARGS*/ /*ARGSUSED*/ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/ty_regexp.c b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/ty_regexp.c index baad199f2d..5d7b012b7b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/ty_regexp.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libeti/form/common/ty_regexp.c @@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" /* SVr4.0 1.2 */ - /*LINTLIBRARY*/ #include @@ -42,7 +40,7 @@ * usage: * set_field_type(f, TYPE_REGEXP, expression); * - * char * expression; regular expression REGCMP(3X) + * char * expression; regular expression regcmp(3C) */ extern char *libform_regcmp(char *, char *); extern char *libform_regex(char *, char *, char *); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libexacct/demo/README b/usr/src/lib/libexacct/demo/README index 04f259301d..974a7b8797 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libexacct/demo/README +++ b/usr/src/lib/libexacct/demo/README @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. -#ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - 1. Introduction This directory contains source code for the "exdump" utility that uses @@ -64,7 +62,7 @@ execute the default "make all" target. 4. References Exacct files: /var/adm/exacct/proc, /var/adm/exacct/task -Man pages: acctadm(1M), libexacct(3LIB) +Man pages: acctadm(8), libexacct(3LIB) Documentation: "System Administration Guide: Resource Management and Network Services" "System Administration Guide: IP Services" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libfakekernel/common/sys/mutex.h b/usr/src/lib/libfakekernel/common/sys/mutex.h index 0301cc24f5..1eb400fad7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libfakekernel/common/sys/mutex.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libfakekernel/common/sys/mutex.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ extern "C" { * either MUTEX_ADAPTIVE or MUTEX_SPIN depending on the iblock cookie. * * Mutex statistics can be gathered on the fly, without rebooting or - * recompiling the kernel, via the lockstat driver (lockstat(7D)). + * recompiling the kernel, via the lockstat driver (lockstat(4D)). */ typedef enum { MUTEX_ADAPTIVE = 0, /* spin if owner is running, otherwise block */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libgen/common/p2open.c b/usr/src/lib/libgen/common/p2open.c index f7c70d0e55..3f0a778ec1 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libgen/common/p2open.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libgen/common/p2open.c @@ -27,10 +27,8 @@ /* Copyright (c) 1988 AT&T */ /* All Rights Reserved */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* - * Similar to popen(3S) but with pipe to cmd's stdin and from stdout. + * Similar to popen(3C) but with pipe to cmd's stdin and from stdout. */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libhotplug/common/libhotplug_impl.h b/usr/src/lib/libhotplug/common/libhotplug_impl.h index e75170bcb2..a9e7a9c241 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libhotplug/common/libhotplug_impl.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libhotplug/common/libhotplug_impl.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ struct hp_node { #define HP_INFO_TIME "hp_info.last_change" /* - * Definitions for the door interface to hotplugd(1m). + * Definitions for the door interface to hotplugd(8). */ #define HOTPLUGD_PID "/var/run/hotplugd.pid" #define HOTPLUGD_DOOR "/var/run/hotplugd_door" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_addr.c b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_addr.c index 6bdfc487d3..46bb609bdb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_addr.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_addr.c @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ i_ipadm_set_zone(ipadm_handle_t iph, const void *arg, /* * To modify the zone assignment such that it persists across - * reboots, zonecfg(1M) must be used. + * reboots, zonecfg(8) must be used. */ if (flags & IPADM_OPT_PERSIST) { return (IPADM_NOTSUP); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_if.c b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_if.c index 73508c0d34..7699937c4a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_if.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/ipadm_if.c @@ -1910,11 +1910,11 @@ ipadm_disable_if(ipadm_handle_t iph, const char *ifname, uint32_t flags) } /* - * FIXME Remove this when ifconfig(1M) is updated to use IPMP support + * FIXME Remove this when ifconfig(8) is updated to use IPMP support * in libipadm. */ /* - * This workaround is required by ifconfig(1M) whenever an + * This workaround is required by ifconfig(8) whenever an * interface is moved into an IPMP group to update the daemon's * in-memory mapping of `aobjname' to 'lifnum'. * diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/libipadm.c b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/libipadm.c index 005d86fc0c..da124f18b1 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/libipadm.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipadm/common/libipadm.c @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ i_ipadm_call_ipmgmtd(ipadm_handle_t iph, void *garg, size_t garg_size, /* * ipadm_is_nil_hostname() : Determine if the `hostname' is nil: i.e., * NULL, empty, or a single space (e.g., as returned by - * domainname(1M)/sysinfo). + * domainname(8)/sysinfo). * * input: const char *: the hostname to inspect; * output: boolean_t: B_TRUE if `hostname' is not NULL satisfies the diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipmp/common/ipmp_mpathd.c b/usr/src/lib/libipmp/common/ipmp_mpathd.c index 80a7e579a1..ffda238c52 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipmp/common/ipmp_mpathd.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipmp/common/ipmp_mpathd.c @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ */ /* - * Low-level interfaces for communicating with in.mpathd(1M). + * Low-level interfaces for communicating with in.mpathd(8). * * These routines are not intended for use outside of libipmp. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/algs.c b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/algs.c index 2018b7f079..752f0f614b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/algs.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/algs.c @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ #include static char *preamble = -"# /etc/inet/ipsecalgs output from ipsecalgs(1m)\n" +"# /etc/inet/ipsecalgs output from ipsecalgs(8)\n" "#\n" "# DO NOT EDIT OR PARSE THIS FILE!\n" "#\n" -"# Use the ipsecalgs(1m) command to change the contents of this file.\n" +"# Use the ipsecalgs(8) command to change the contents of this file.\n" "# The algorithm descriptions contained in this file are synchronised to the\n" "# kernel with ipsecalgs -s, the kernel validates the entries at this point." "\n\n" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.c b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.c index e27a47e63b..a369ee90a5 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.c @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ /* * This file contains support functions that are shared by the ipsec - * utilities and daemons including ipseckey(1m), ikeadm(1m) and in.iked(1m). + * utilities and daemons including ipseckey(8), ikeadm(8) and in.iked(8). */ @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ dump_sockaddr(struct sockaddr *sa, uint8_t prefixlen, boolean_t addr_only, * value, this will also be part of the dumped key. The last "saltbits" of the * key string, reading left to right will be the salt value. To make it easier * to see which bits make up the key, the salt value is enclosed in []'s. - * This function can also be called when ipseckey(1m) -s is run, this "saves" + * This function can also be called when ipseckey(8) -s is run, this "saves" * the SAs, including the key to a file. When this is the case, the []'s are * not printed. * @@ -850,12 +850,12 @@ do_interactive(FILE *infile, char *configfile, char *promptstring, /* * There were errors. Putting the service in maintenance mode. - * When svc.startd(1M) allows services to degrade themselves, + * When svc.startd(8) allows services to degrade themselves, * this should be revisited. * * If this function was called from a program running as a - * smf_method(5), print a warning message. Don't spew out the - * errors as these will end up in the smf(5) log file which is + * smf_method(7), print a warning message. Don't spew out the + * errors as these will end up in the smf(7) log file which is * publically readable, the errors may contain sensitive * information. */ @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ do_interactive(FILE *infile, char *configfile, char *promptstring, "errors.\n" "Manually check the configuration with:\n" "ipseckey -c %s\n" - "Use svcadm(1M) to clear maintenance " + "Use svcadm(8) to clear maintenance " "condition when errors are resolved.\n"), lines_parsed - lines_added, configfile); } else { @@ -3381,24 +3381,24 @@ rparseidtype(uint16_t type) /* * This is a general purpose exit function, calling functions can specify an - * error type. If the command calling this function was started by smf(5) the + * error type. If the command calling this function was started by smf(7) the * error type could be used as a hint to the restarter. In the future this * function could be used to do something more intelligent with a process that * encounters an error. If exit() is called with an error code other than those - * defined by smf(5), the program will just get restarted. Unless restarting + * defined by smf(7), the program will just get restarted. Unless restarting * is likely to resolve the error condition, its probably sensible to just * log the error and keep running. * * The SERVICE_* exit_types mean nothing if the command was run from the * command line, just exit(). There are two special cases: * - * SERVICE_DEGRADE - Not implemented in smf(5), one day it could hint that + * SERVICE_DEGRADE - Not implemented in smf(7), one day it could hint that * the service is not running as well is it could. For * now, don't do anything, just record the error. * DEBUG_FATAL - Something happened, if the command was being run in debug * mode, exit() as you really want to know something happened, * otherwise just keep running. This is ignored when running - * under smf(5). + * under smf(7). * * The function will handle an optional variable args error message, this * will be written to the error stream, typically a log file or stderr. @@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ ipsecutil_exit(exit_type_t type, char *fmri, FILE *fp, const char *fmt, ...) break; } } else { - /* Command being run as a smf(5) method. */ + /* Command being run as a smf(7) method. */ switch (type) { case SERVICE_EXIT_OK: exit_status = SMF_EXIT_OK; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.h b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.h index 7f779bb95f..bd0a4bb65a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libipsecutil/common/ipsec_util.h @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ extern "C" { * Input buffer size limits maximum line length for both file parsing and * interactive mode. 4K chars should be enough even for broad commands and * all possible key lenghts of today's symmetric ciphers entered via - * ipseckey(1M) which has the most bifurcated grammar from all IPsec commands. + * ipseckey(8) which has the most bifurcated grammar from all IPsec commands. */ #define IBUF_SIZE 4096 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ typedef struct keywdtab { * when a program needs to exit because of an error. These exit_types * are used in macros, defined later in this file, which call ipsecutil_exit(). * What happens when ipsecutil_exit() may differ if the command was started - * on the command line or via smf(5), See ipsecutil_exit() source for details. + * on the command line or via smf(7), See ipsecutil_exit() source for details. * * Note: The calling function should decide what "debug mode" is before calling * ipsecutil_exit() with DEBUG_FATAL. @@ -138,10 +138,10 @@ typedef enum exit_type { SERVICE_DEGRADE, /* A hint that service should be degraded. */ SERVICE_BADPERM, /* A Permission error occured. */ SERVICE_BADCONF, /* Misconfiguration. */ - SERVICE_MAINTAIN, /* smf(5) to put service in maintenance mode. */ - SERVICE_DISABLE, /* Tell smf(5) to disable me. */ + SERVICE_MAINTAIN, /* smf(7) to put service in maintenance mode. */ + SERVICE_DISABLE, /* Tell smf(7) to disable me. */ SERVICE_FATAL, /* Whatever happened is not fixable. */ - SERVICE_RESTART, /* Tell smf(5) to restart the service. */ + SERVICE_RESTART, /* Tell smf(7) to restart the service. */ DEBUG_FATAL /* Exit in debug mode. */ } exit_type_t; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libmapid/common/mapid.c b/usr/src/lib/libmapid/common/mapid.c index 42eceb21b4..3af9649802 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libmapid/common/mapid.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libmapid/common/mapid.c @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ get_dns_txt_domain(cb_t *argp) if (stat(_PATH_RESCONF, &st) < 0 && errno == ENOENT) { /* * If /etc/resolv.conf is not there, then we'll - * get the domain from domainname(1M). No real + * get the domain from domainname(8). No real * reason to query DNS or fire a thread since we * have no nameserver addresses. */ @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ get_dns_domain(void) case ENOENT: /* * The resolver defaults to obtaining the - * domain off of the NIS domainname(1M) if + * domain off of the NIS domainname(8) if * /etc/resolv.conf does not exist, so we * move forward. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/db_dictionary.cc b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/db_dictionary.cc index 2eef6d3b6e..85ff29ccf4 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/db_dictionary.cc +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/db_dictionary.cc @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ db_dictionary::change_table_name(db_table_desc *clone, char *tok, char *repl) while (clone) { /* * Special case for a tok="". This is used for the - * nisrestore(1M), when restoring a replica in another + * nisrestore(8), when restoring a replica in another * domain. This routine is used to change the datafile * names in the data.dict (see bugid #4031273). This will not * effect massage_dict(), since it never generates an empty diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/ldap_parse.h b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/ldap_parse.h index 10bf13afc1..f0f987bb90 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/ldap_parse.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/ldap_parse.h @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * Use is subject to license terms. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - #ifndef _LDAP_PARSE_H #define _LDAP_PARSE_H @@ -301,7 +299,7 @@ typedef struct __nis_mapping_item_struct { * __nis_mapping_item_t's are shortened to just the item name. * * (1) String value consisting of the string "{crypt}" followed by the - * value of the 'passwd' column. The NIS+LDAPmapping(4) representation + * value of the 'passwd' column. The NIS+LDAPmapping(5) representation * is * ("{crypt}%s", passwd) * and the element.print contains diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/nis_parse_ldap_yp_util.c b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/nis_parse_ldap_yp_util.c index 206007aa4a..927ae57de4 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/nis_parse_ldap_yp_util.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnisdb/nis_parse_ldap_yp_util.c @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ getfullmapname(char **mapname, const char *domainname) * existing fqdn table mapping structure results. That would be the * case when a full qualified domain specific attribute was present. * - * Note that per NISLDAPmapping(4) such an attribute MUST be listed + * Note that per NISLDAPmapping(5) such an attribute MUST be listed * in the mapping file BEFORE its non-fqdn counterpart. * * RETURNS: 0 normal exit, 1 if an existing structure found, -1 for all diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnsl/nss/getipnodeby.c b/usr/src/lib/libnsl/nss/getipnodeby.c index a4e4515273..be485d1cb3 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnsl/nss/getipnodeby.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnsl/nss/getipnodeby.c @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ getipnodebyaddr(const void *src, size_t len, int type, int *error_num) /* * Step 2: AF_INET, v4 lookup. Since we're going to search the * ipnodes (v6) path first, we need to treat this as a v4mapped - * address. nscd(1m) caches v4 from ipnodes as mapped v6's. The + * address. nscd(8) caches v4 from ipnodes as mapped v6's. The * switch backend knows to lookup v4's (not v4mapped) from the * name services. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnsl/rpc/auth_des.c b/usr/src/lib/libnsl/rpc/auth_des.c index 4bb4b929c8..dfa6777c96 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnsl/rpc/auth_des.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnsl/rpc/auth_des.c @@ -32,8 +32,6 @@ * California. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * auth_des.c, client-side implementation of DES authentication * @@ -185,7 +183,7 @@ authdes_pk_seccreate(const char *servername, netobj *pkey, uint_t window, if (ckey == NULL) { if (key_gendes(&auth->ah_key) < 0) { syslog(LOG_ERR, - "authdes_seccreate: keyserv(1m) is unable to generate session key"); + "authdes_seccreate: keyserv(8) is unable to generate session key"); goto failed; } } else @@ -423,7 +421,7 @@ authdes_refresh(AUTH *auth, void *dummy) pkey.n_len = (uint_t)strlen((char *)ad->ad_pkey) + 1; if (key_encryptsession_pk(ad->ad_servername, &pkey, &ad->ad_xkey) < 0) { syslog(LOG_INFO, - "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session key"); + "authdes_refresh: keyserv(8) is unable to encrypt session key"); return (FALSE); } cred->adc_fullname.key = ad->ad_xkey; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnwam/README b/usr/src/lib/libnwam/README index 01cdc74b75..7ed4db9285 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnwam/README +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnwam/README @@ -533,4 +533,4 @@ ATTRIBUTES SEE ALSO - nwamd(1M), nwamcfg(1M), nwamadm(1M) + nwamd(8), nwamcfg(8), nwamadm(8) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libnwam/common/libnwam_loc.c b/usr/src/lib/libnwam/common/libnwam_loc.c index 23adbba00b..59a67da0ad 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libnwam/common/libnwam_loc.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libnwam/common/libnwam_loc.c @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct nwam_prop_table_entry loc_prop_table_entries[] = { {NWAM_LOC_PROP_NAMESERVICES_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, "specifies path to configuration file for name services switch " - "for this location - see nsswitch.conf(4)", + "for this location - see nsswitch.conf(5)", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_DNS_NAMESERVICE_CONFIGSRC, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_UINT64, B_FALSE, 0, NWAM_MAX_NUM_VALUES, valid_configsrc, @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ struct nwam_prop_table_entry loc_prop_table_entries[] = { NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_DEFAULT_DOMAIN, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_domain, - "specifies the domainname(1M) to be set for this location", + "specifies the domainname(8) to be set for this location", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_NFSV4_DOMAIN, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_domain, @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ struct nwam_prop_table_entry loc_prop_table_entries[] = { NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IPFILTER_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, - "specifies an absolute path to an ipf.conf(4) file for this " + "specifies an absolute path to an ipf.conf(5) file for this " "location", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IPFILTER_V6_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, @@ -141,23 +141,23 @@ struct nwam_prop_table_entry loc_prop_table_entries[] = { NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IPNAT_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, - "specifies an absolute path to an ipnat.conf(4) file for this " + "specifies an absolute path to an ipnat.conf(5) file for this " "location", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IPPOOL_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, - "specifies an absolute path to an ippool.conf(4) file for this " + "specifies an absolute path to an ippool.conf(5) file for this " "location", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IKE_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, "specifies an absolute path to an ike config file " - "(see ike.config(4))", + "(see ike.config(5))", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, {NWAM_LOC_PROP_IPSECPOLICY_CONFIG_FILE, NWAM_VALUE_TYPE_STRING, B_FALSE, 0, 1, nwam_valid_file, "specifies an absolute path to an IPsec policy configuration file " - "(see ipsecconf(1M)", + "(see ipsecconf(8)", NWAM_TYPE_ANY, NWAM_CLASS_ANY}, }; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libpam/pam.conf b/usr/src/lib/libpam/pam.conf index 4f4ec81be2..e50ae416c8 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libpam/pam.conf +++ b/usr/src/lib/libpam/pam.conf @@ -131,5 +131,5 @@ other password requisite pam_authtok_check.so.1 other password required pam_authtok_store.so.1 # # Support for Kerberos V5 authentication and example configurations can -# be found in the pam_krb5(5) man page under the "EXAMPLES" section. +# be found in the pam_krb5(7) man page under the "EXAMPLES" section. # diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libpcsc/common/winscard.h b/usr/src/lib/libpcsc/common/winscard.h index bec4960040..f144f13da9 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libpcsc/common/winscard.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libpcsc/common/winscard.h @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ * https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/winscard/ * * New consumers should not use this library and instead should leverage - * ccid(7D) instead. + * ccid(4D) instead. */ #include diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libpkg/common/isdir.c b/usr/src/lib/libpkg/common/isdir.c index 4589b0a56b..1e5b1e94bb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libpkg/common/isdir.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libpkg/common/isdir.c @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ _InitRemoteFstypes(void) } /* - * Read the remote file system type database; from fstypes(4): + * Read the remote file system type database; from fstypes(5): * * fstypes resides in directory /etc/dfs and lists distributed file * system utilities packages installed on the system. For each installed diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcontrol.c b/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcontrol.c index 3438109e55..7e7c254bfc 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcontrol.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcontrol.c @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ dupfd(int fd, int dfd) /* * Make fd be greater than 255 (the 32-bit stdio limit), * or at least make it greater than 2 so that the - * program will work when spawned by init(1m). + * program will work when spawned by init(8). * Also, if dfd is non-zero, dup the fd to be dfd. */ if ((mfd = minfd) == 0) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcore.c b/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcore.c index ab7b75f807..b83153cb93 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcore.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libproc/common/Pcore.c @@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ core_exec_open(const char *path, void *efp) /* * Attempt to load any section headers found in the core file. If present, * this will refer to non-loadable data added to the core file by the kernel - * based on coreadm(1M) settings, including CTF data and the symbol table. + * based on coreadm(8) settings, including CTF data and the symbol table. */ static void core_load_shdrs(struct ps_prochandle *P, elf_file_t *efp) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libresolv2/install.xml b/usr/src/lib/libresolv2/install.xml index a01a2b83cf..e2f7bd8bf2 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libresolv2/install.xml +++ b/usr/src/lib/libresolv2/install.xml @@ -111,21 +111,21 @@ - The value used to construct the "nameserver" directive in resolv.conf(4). + The value used to construct the "nameserver" directive in resolv.conf(5). - The value used to construct the "domain" directive in resolv.conf(4). + The value used to construct the "domain" directive in resolv.conf(5). - The value used to construct the "search" directive in resolv.conf(4). + The value used to construct the "search" directive in resolv.conf(5). diff --git a/usr/src/lib/librestart/common/librestart.c b/usr/src/lib/librestart/common/librestart.c index cebaf54884..c2009bfb2f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/librestart/common/librestart.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/librestart/common/librestart.c @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ out: * * If no method_context is defined, original init context is provided, where * the working directory is '/', and uid/gid are 0/0. But if a method_context - * is defined at any level the smf_method(5) method_context defaults are used. + * is defined at any level the smf_method(7) method_context defaults are used. * * Return an error message structure containing the error message * with context, and the error so the caller can make a decision diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsec/common/acl_lex.l b/usr/src/lib/libsec/common/acl_lex.l index 0c388f2832..ab61d5bf0e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsec/common/acl_lex.l +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsec/common/acl_lex.l @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ INHERIT_STR [fdinFSI-]+ dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "The ',' is not a valid permission field " "separator.\nThe comma is used to separate " - "access control entries.\nSee acl(5) for " + "access control entries.\nSee acl(7) for " "examples of specifying ACL entries.\n")); yylval.val = EACL_PERM_MASK_ERROR; return (ERROR); @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ INHERIT_STR [fdinFSI-]+ dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "The ',' is not a valid inheritance field " "separator.\nThe comma is used to separate " - "access control entries.\nSee acl(5) for " + "access control entries.\nSee acl(7) for " "examples of specifying ACL entries.\n")); yylval.val = EACL_INVALID_ACCESS_TYPE; return (ERROR); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/auth_attr.txt b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/auth_attr.txt index a1a99aee82..b083187445 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/auth_attr.txt +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/auth_attr.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # # /etc/security/auth_attr # -# authorizations. see auth_attr(4) +# authorizations. see auth_attr(5) # solaris.:::All Solaris Authorizations::help=AllSolAuthsHeader.html solaris.grant:::Grant All Solaris Authorizations::help=PriAdmin.html diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/common/i.rbac b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/common/i.rbac index 0ed2cc1cde..a7c1ffa46b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/common/i.rbac +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/common/i.rbac @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@ dbmerge() { # $sed_cmd -e '/^# \/etc\/security\/exec_attr/d' -e '/^#$/d' \ -e '/^# execution attributes for profiles./d' \ - -e '/^# See exec_attr(4)/d' \ + -e '/^# See exec_attr([45])/d' \ -e '/^# \/etc\/user_attr/d' \ - -e '/^# user attributes. see user_attr(4)/d' \ + -e '/^# user attributes. see user_attr([45])/d' \ -e '/^# \/etc\/security\/prof_attr/d' \ - -e '/^# profiles attributes. see prof_attr(4)/d' \ - -e '/^# See prof_attr(4)/d' \ + -e '/^# profiles attributes. see prof_attr([45])/d' \ + -e '/^# See prof_attr([45])/d' \ -e '/^# \/etc\/security\/auth_attr/d' \ - -e '/^# authorizations. see auth_attr(4)/d' \ - -e '/^# authorization attributes. see auth_attr(4)/d' \ + -e '/^# authorizations. see auth_attr([45])/d' \ + -e '/^# authorization attributes. see auth_attr([45])/d' \ $4.old > $4.$$ $mv_cmd $4.$$ $4.old # diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/exec_attr.txt b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/exec_attr.txt index f63bfc3961..dc86dc9342 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/exec_attr.txt +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/exec_attr.txt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ # # /etc/security/exec_attr # -# execution attributes for profiles. see exec_attr(4) +# execution attributes for profiles. see exec_attr(5) # # All:suser:cmd:::*: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfRead.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfRead.html index c734350c34..86a8f1644a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfRead.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfRead.html @@ -32,6 +32,6 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When View Network Auto-Magic Config is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to view the configuration repository used -by the nwamd(1M) daemon to manage network configuration. +by the nwamd(8) daemon to manage network configuration. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfSelect.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfSelect.html index 966530c655..2f0889c9d7 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfSelect.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfSelect.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Enable/Disable Network Auto-Magic Config is in the Authorizations Included -column, it grants permission to enable and disable profiles by nwamd(1M) via -the nwam-manager GUI or the nwamadm(1M) command. +column, it grants permission to enable and disable profiles by nwamd(8) via +the nwam-manager GUI or the nwamadm(8) command. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWlan.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWlan.html index ee9827885d..0d9cbcac72 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWlan.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWlan.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Create Network Auto-Magic Config for Known WLANs is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to create or modify Known WLAN data in -the configuration repository used by the nwamd(1M) daemon to manage network +the configuration repository used by the nwamd(8) daemon to manage network configuration. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWrite.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWrite.html index ae9b0fbde5..77b137f68f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWrite.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkAutoconfWrite.html @@ -32,6 +32,6 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Create Network Auto-Magic Config is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to create or modify data in the configuration -repository used by the nwamd(1M) daemon to manage network configuration. +repository used by the nwamd(8) daemon to manage network configuration. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBconf.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBconf.html index b0a175258d..e711fce969 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBconf.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBconf.html @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Network ILB Configuration is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to administrate the add, -create and destroy subcommands of ilbadm(1M) +create and destroy subcommands of ilbadm(8)

Note, to retrieve configuration and state information about ILB by -using ilbadm(1M) doesn't require Network ILB Configuration +using ilbadm(8) doesn't require Network ILB Configuration authorization. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBenable.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBenable.html index 3cb93b237e..54720abc45 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBenable.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkILBenable.html @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Network ILB Enable Configuration is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to administrate the enable -and disable subcommands of ilbadm(1M). +and disable subcommands of ilbadm(8).

Note, to retrieve configuration and state information about ILB by -using ilbadm(1M) doesn't require Network ILB Configuration +using ilbadm(8) doesn't require Network ILB Configuration authorization. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkVRRP.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkVRRP.html index e641c0c9d8..3b3871418c 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkVRRP.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/NetworkVRRP.html @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" When Administer VRRP is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants authorization to administrate the VRRP service, which is provided by the -vrrpd(1M) daemon. In particularly, the user is allowed to create, delete, -modify, disable, re-enable VRRP routers using the vrrpadm(1M) command. +vrrpd(8) daemon. In particularly, the user is allowed to create, delete, +modify, disable, re-enable VRRP routers using the vrrpadm(8) command.

Note, querying configuration and state information of a VRRP router using -vrrpadm(1M) doesn't require the Administer VRRP authorization. +vrrpadm(8) doesn't require the Administer VRRP authorization. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiConfig.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiConfig.html index 966df7274b..9182d4231d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiConfig.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiConfig.html @@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END --> - -When Wifi Config is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to manage all the parameters of the wifi interface apart from wep key using wificonfig(1m) command. +When Wifi Config is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to manage all the parameters of the wifi interface apart from wep key using wificonfig(8) command.

If Wifi Config is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or Remove this authorization.
  diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiWep.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiWep.html index 7e18d440d3..5ef9e419ea 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiWep.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/auths/WifiWep.html @@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ CDDL HEADER END --> - -When Wifi Wep is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to configurate the wep key of the wifi interface using the wificonfig(1m) command. +When Wifi Wep is in the Authorizations Included column, it grants permission to configurate the wep key of the wifi interface using the wificonfig(8) command.

If Wifi Wep is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or Remove this authorization.
  diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtConsUser.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtConsUser.html index 7e7b956193..5a042d6e56 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtConsUser.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtConsUser.html @@ -28,14 +28,12 @@ - - When Console User is in the Rights Included column, it grants the right for a user or role to do operations often associated with ownership of a Solaris workstation or laptop.

-These Rights are typically granted automatically through policy.conf(4) +These Rights are typically granted automatically through policy.conf(5) to the user logged in on the workstation console. It can be, but is generally not directly assigned to a user or role.

diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfAdmin.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfAdmin.html index 5825f2d74d..cbdbabbcdb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfAdmin.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfAdmin.html @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ When Network Autoconf Admin is in the Rights Included column, it grants the right to create and edit the data in the configuration repository (using the -nwamcfg(1M) command or the nwam-manager GUI) and to apply the changes made to -the configuration repository to the system by nwamd(1M) daemon (using the -nwamadm(1M) command or the nwam-manager GUI). +nwamcfg(8) command or the nwam-manager GUI) and to apply the changes made to +the configuration repository to the system by nwamd(8) daemon (using the +nwamadm(8) command or the nwam-manager GUI).

If Network Autoconf Admin is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or Remove this right. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfUser.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfUser.html index d8ad5cd1b3..25d9c5d594 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfUser.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetAutoconfUser.html @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ When Network Autoconf User is in the Rights Included column, it grants the right to enable and disable different profiles and select WiFi networks using -the nwamadm(1M) command or the nwam-manager GUI. +the nwamadm(8) command or the nwam-manager GUI.

If Network Autoconf User is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or Remove this right. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetILB.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetILB.html index 95a7f99bef..f1c22e0f10 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetILB.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetILB.html @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ When Network ILB is in the Rights Included column, it grants the -right to manage the configuration of ILB feature by using ilbadm(1M) +right to manage the configuration of ILB feature by using ilbadm(8) command.

If Network ILB is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetVRRP.html b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetVRRP.html index 18c94e178e..45da90dd79 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetVRRP.html +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/help/profiles/RtNetVRRP.html @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ When Network VRRP is in the Rights Included column, it grants the -right to administer the VRRP routers using the vrrpadm(1M) command. +right to administer the VRRP routers using the vrrpadm(8) command.

If Network VRRP is grayed, then you are not entitled to Add or Remove this right. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/policy.conf b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/policy.conf index 60fea9f5f3..8009a24c8b 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/policy.conf +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/policy.conf @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # # /etc/security/policy.conf # -# security policy configuration for user attributes. see policy.conf(4) +# security policy configuration for user attributes. see policy.conf(5) # AUTHS_GRANTED=solaris.device.cdrw @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ CRYPT_ALGORITHMS_ALLOW=1,2a,md5,5,6 # The illumos default is a SHA512 based algorithm. To revert to # the policy present in former Solaris releases set CRYPT_DEFAULT=__unix__, -# which is not listed in crypt.conf(4) since it is internal to libc. +# which is not listed in crypt.conf(5) since it is internal to libc. # CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 # @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ CRYPT_DEFAULT=6 #PRIV_LIMIT=all # # LOCK_AFTER_RETRIES specifies the default account locking policy for local -# user accounts (passwd(4)/shadow(4)). The default may be overridden by -# a user's user_attr(4) "lock_after_retries" value. +# user accounts (passwd(5)/shadow(5)). The default may be overridden by +# a user's user_attr(5) "lock_after_retries" value. # YES enables local account locking, NO disables local account locking. # The default value is NO. # diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/prof_attr.txt b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/prof_attr.txt index ec638b1732..b186fde8a9 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/prof_attr.txt +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/prof_attr.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ # # /etc/security/prof_attr # -# profiles attributes. see prof_attr(4) +# profiles attributes. see prof_attr(5) # All:::Execute any command as the user or role:help=RtAll.html Audit Configuration:::Configure Solaris Audit:auths=solaris.smf.value.audit;help=RtAuditCfg.html diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/user_attr.txt b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/user_attr.txt index 227468d7c0..2960468e49 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/user_attr.txt +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsecdb/user_attr.txt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ # # /etc/user_attr # -# user attributes. see user_attr(4) +# user attributes. see user_attr(5) # # adm::::profiles=Log Management diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libshare/common/libsharecore.c b/usr/src/lib/libshare/common/libsharecore.c index 042bb00726..c15291d19d 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libshare/common/libsharecore.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libshare/common/libsharecore.c @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #define DFSTAB_NOTICE_LINES 5 static char *notice[DFSTAB_NOTICE_LINES] = { "# Do not modify this file directly.\n", - "# Use the sharemgr(1m) command for all share management\n", + "# Use the sharemgr(8) command for all share management\n", "# This file is reconstructed and only maintained for backward\n", "# compatibility. Configuration lines could be lost.\n", "#\n" diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_internal.h b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_internal.h index f6fb0f0bb0..86c197e528 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_internal.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_internal.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ extern "C" { #define LDAPMAXHARDLOOKUPTIME 256 #define DONOTEDIT \ "Do not edit this file manually; your changes will be lost." \ - "Please use ldapclient (1M) instead." + "Please use ldapclient(8) instead." #define MAXPORTNUMBER 65535 #define MAXPORTNUMBER_STR "65535" #define CREDFILE 0 diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_sldap.h b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_sldap.h index fbee323739..0507910a48 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_sldap.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_sldap.h @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ typedef struct ns_standalone_conf { * and naming context. During all further operations on behalf * of the application requested a standalone schema libsldap will use * the information obtained by __ns_ldap_initStandalone() instead of - * door_call(3C)ing ldap_cachemgr(1M). + * door_call(3C)ing ldap_cachemgr(8). * * conf * A structure describing where and in which way to obtain all the diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_standalone.c b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_standalone.c index 3d998d16ae..119c148b41 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_standalone.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_standalone.c @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ __ns_ldap_getRootDSE(const char *server_addr, * Fallback to anonymous, non-SSL mode for backward * compatibility reasons. This mode should only be used when * this function (__ns_ldap_getRootDSE) is called from - * ldap_cachemgr(1M). + * ldap_cachemgr(8). */ syslog(LOG_WARNING, gettext("libsldap: Falling back to anonymous, non-SSL" @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ __ns_ldap_initAuth(const char *auth_mech, * and naming context. During all further operations on behalf * of the application requested a standalone schema libsldap will use * the information obtained by __ns_ldap_initStandalone() instead of - * door_call(3C)ing ldap_cachemgr(1M). + * door_call(3C)ing ldap_cachemgr(8). * * INPUT: * sa_conf - a structure describing where and in which way to obtain all diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_writes.c b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_writes.c index 0774eb7524..85a9ea8938 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_writes.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsldap/common/ns_writes.c @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ __ns_ldap_is_shadow_update_enabled(void) * to modify. When the Native LDAP client is configured with 'shadow update * enabled', Shadowshadow(4) entries can only be modified by privileged users. * Such users use the NS_LDAP_UPDATE_SHADOW flag to indicate the call is - * for such a shadow(4) update, which would be forwarded to ldap_cachemgr + * for such a shadow(5) update, which would be forwarded to ldap_cachemgr * for performing the LDAP modify operation. ldap_cachemgr would call * this function again and use the special service NS_ADMIN_SHADOW_UPDATE * to identify itself, so that admin credential would be obtained and diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libslp/clib/slp_auth.c b/usr/src/lib/libslp/clib/slp_auth.c index 923fd5dd45..6b8167f3ab 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libslp/clib/slp_auth.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libslp/clib/slp_auth.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * All rights reserved. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * This file contains all authentication-related functionality for * SLP. Two interfaces are exported: @@ -41,7 +39,7 @@ * sun.net.slp.authBackend; the value of this property should contain * either the name of a shared object which implements the necessary * interfaces, or a full or relative path to such an object. This value - * will be passed to dlopen(3X) to resolve the symbols. + * will be passed to dlopen(3C) to resolve the symbols. * * The shared object must implement the following AMI interfaces: * diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libslp/etc/slp.conf.example b/usr/src/lib/libslp/etc/slp.conf.example index 53660e3eb4..4fc951b483 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libslp/etc/slp.conf.example +++ b/usr/src/lib/libslp/etc/slp.conf.example @@ -22,15 +22,14 @@ # Copyright 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. # Use is subject to license terms. # -# ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" # # Example configuration file for SLP. This file lists and explains # each property you can set for SLP. No properties are acutally set, # so uncomment and edit any properties you wish to change. The -# file /etc/inet/slp.conf must exist in order for slpd(1m) to start, +# file /etc/inet/slp.conf must exist in order for slpd(8) to start, # so copy this file to /etc/inet/slp.conf to enable SLP. See -# slp.conf(4), slpd(1m), or RFC 2614 for more information. +# slp.conf(5), slpd(8), or RFC 2614 for more information. # # Specifies if slpd should act as a DA. Default is false. diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libstmf/common/store.c b/usr/src/lib/libstmf/common/store.c index 0d3cfcba53..cc593eb4ce 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libstmf/common/store.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libstmf/common/store.c @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ /* * This file's functions are responsible for all store and retrieve operations - * against the STMF smf(5) database. The following shows the currently defined + * against the STMF smf(7) database. The following shows the currently defined * schema for the STMF database: * * Description of property groups for service: svc:/system/stmf diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libevchannel.c b/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libevchannel.c index b86a7d3e13..979671f17c 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libevchannel.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libevchannel.c @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ sysevent_evc_bind(const char *channel, evchan_t **scpp, uint32_t flags) /* * Enable sysevent driver. Fallback if the device link doesn't exist; * this situation can arise if a channel is bound early in system - * startup, prior to devfsadm(1M) being invoked. + * startup, prior to devfsadm(8) being invoked. */ EV_FD(scp) = open(DEVSYSEVENT, O_RDWR); if (EV_FD(scp) == -1) { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libsysevent.c b/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libsysevent.c index 9aa2178301..8bca21c6fe 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libsysevent.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libsysevent/libsysevent.c @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ se_print(FILE *fp, sysevent_t *ev) * registration notifications and each subscriber creates a door for event * delivery. * - * Most of these routines are used by syseventd(1M), the sysevent publisher + * Most of these routines are used by syseventd(8), the sysevent publisher * for the syseventd channel. Processes wishing to receive sysevent * notifications from syseventd may use a set of public * APIs designed to subscribe to syseventd sysevents. The subscription @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ sysevent_unbind_publisher(sysevent_handle_t *shp) } /* - * Evolving APIs to subscribe to syseventd(1M) system events. + * Evolving APIs to subscribe to syseventd(8) system events. */ static sysevent_handle_t * @@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ sysevent_unbind_handle(sysevent_handle_t *shp) /* * sysevent_subscribe_event - Subscribe to system event notification from - * syseventd(1M) for the class and subclasses specified. + * syseventd(8) for the class and subclasses specified. */ int sysevent_subscribe_event(sysevent_handle_t *shp, const char *event_class, diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libxcurses/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c b/usr/src/lib/libxcurses/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c index 5504d6fa5d..1b5f82b530 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libxcurses/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libxcurses/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * All rights reserved. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* * tparm.c * @@ -42,8 +40,8 @@ static char rcsID[] = "$Header: /rd/src/libc/xcurses/rcs/tparm.c 1.2 1995/08/31 #endif /*l - * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the - * following rules (taken from terminfo(5)): + * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the + * following rules (taken from terminfo(7)): * * Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters * in the terminal are described by a parameterized string @@ -54,14 +52,14 @@ static char rcsID[] = "$Header: /rd/src/libc/xcurses/rcs/tparm.c 1.2 1995/08/31 * screen visible to the user, not to any unseen memory.) If * the terminal has memory relative cursor addressing, that can * be indicated by - * + * * The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special % * codes to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one * of the parameters onto the stack and then print it in some * format. Often more complex operations are necessary. - * + * * The % encodings have the following meanings: - * + * * %% outputs `%' * %d print pop() like %d in printf() * %2d print pop() like %2d in printf() @@ -70,25 +68,25 @@ static char rcsID[] = "$Header: /rd/src/libc/xcurses/rcs/tparm.c 1.2 1995/08/31 * %03d print pop() like %03d in printf() * %c print pop() like %c in printf() * %s print pop() like %s in printf() - * + * * %p[1-9] push ith parm * %P[a-z] set variable [a-z] to pop() * %g[a-z] get variable [a-z] and push it * %'c' push char constant c * %{nn} push integer constant nn - * + * * %+ %- %* %/ %m * arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop()) * %& %| %^ bit operations: push(pop() op pop()) * %= %> %< logical operations: push(pop() op pop()) * %! %~ unary operations push(op pop()) * %i add 1 to first two parms (for ANSI terminals) - * + * * %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %; * if-then-else, %e elsepart is optional. * else-if's are possible ala Algol 68: * %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e b5 %; - * + * * For those of the above operators which are binary and not commutative, * the stack works in the usual way, with * %gx %gy %m @@ -136,7 +134,7 @@ long p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, p9; char *bufptr = buffer; #ifdef STDARG_VERSION - /* We've had too many problems porting this particular module + /* We've had too many problems porting this particular module * to different compilers and machines, in particular RISC, * that we can't make clever assumptions about how variable * arguments might be handled. The best solution is the @@ -186,7 +184,7 @@ long p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, p9; break; case '0': len = -(*++string - '0'); - if ((len == (char)-2 || len == (char)-3) + if ((len == (char)-2 || len == (char)-3) && *++string == 'd') bufptr += sprintf( bufptr, "%0*ld", len, npop() @@ -321,7 +319,7 @@ long p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, p9; if (x) { /* do nothing; keep executing */ } else { - /* scan forward for %e or %; at + /* scan forward for %e or %; at * level zero */ string++; level = 0; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libxcurses2/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c b/usr/src/lib/libxcurses2/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c index bba9f916ad..6173a81d92 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libxcurses2/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libxcurses2/src/libc/xcurses/tparm.c @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ * All rights reserved. */ -#pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" - /* LINTLIBRARY */ /* @@ -48,7 +46,7 @@ static char rcsID[] = /* * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the - * following rules (taken from terminfo(5)): + * following rules (taken from terminfo(7)): * * Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters * in the terminal are described by a parameterized string diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/Makefile.com b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/Makefile.com index eba6f3d1f7..628cae354f 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/Makefile.com +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/Makefile.com @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ OBJECTS= $(OBJS_COMMON) $(OBJS_SHARED) include ../../Makefile.lib -# libzfs must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(1M) +# libzfs must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(8) include ../../Makefile.rootfs LIBS= $(DYNLIB) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs.h b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs.h index f69cb861c4..5afdb2a0ba 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs.h @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ typedef enum zfs_error { EZFS_ZONED, /* used improperly in local zone */ EZFS_MOUNTFAILED, /* failed to mount dataset */ EZFS_UMOUNTFAILED, /* failed to unmount dataset */ - EZFS_UNSHARENFSFAILED, /* unshare(1M) failed */ - EZFS_SHARENFSFAILED, /* share(1M) failed */ + EZFS_UNSHARENFSFAILED, /* unshare(8) failed */ + EZFS_SHARENFSFAILED, /* share(8) failed */ EZFS_PERM, /* permission denied */ EZFS_NOSPC, /* out of space */ EZFS_FAULT, /* bad address */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_pool.c b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_pool.c index beae63a0ca..70bdf9ad18 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_pool.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_pool.c @@ -4730,7 +4730,7 @@ zpool_label_disk(libzfs_handle_t *hdl, zpool_handle_t *zhp, const char *name, efi_free(vtoc); zfs_error_aux(hdl, dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, - "try using fdisk(1M) and then provide a specific slice")); + "try using fdisk(8) and then provide a specific slice")); return (zfs_error(hdl, EZFS_LABELFAILED, errbuf)); } diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_util.c b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_util.c index 5077fe2b73..87ccf2492e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_util.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzfs/common/libzfs_util.c @@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ libzfs_error_description(libzfs_handle_t *hdl) case EZFS_UMOUNTFAILED: return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "umount failed")); case EZFS_UNSHARENFSFAILED: - return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "unshare(1M) failed")); + return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "unshare(8) failed")); case EZFS_SHARENFSFAILED: - return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "share(1M) failed")); + return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "share(8) failed")); case EZFS_UNSHARESMBFAILED: return (dgettext(TEXT_DOMAIN, "smb remove share failed")); case EZFS_SHARESMBFAILED: diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzfs_core/Makefile.com b/usr/src/lib/libzfs_core/Makefile.com index 5693e9ab0f..47dec8b0ae 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzfs_core/Makefile.com +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzfs_core/Makefile.com @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ OBJECTS= $(OBJS_COMMON) $(OBJS_SHARED) include ../../Makefile.lib -# libzfs_core must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(1M) +# libzfs_core must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(8) include ../../Makefile.rootfs LIBS= $(DYNLIB) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzonecfg/common/libzonecfg.c b/usr/src/lib/libzonecfg/common/libzonecfg.c index 4fded0980b..2ba7196967 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzonecfg/common/libzonecfg.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzonecfg/common/libzonecfg.c @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ zonecfg_save(zone_dochandle_t handle) return (Z_MISC_FS); addcomment(handle, "\n DO NOT EDIT THIS " - "FILE. Use zonecfg(1M) instead.\n"); + "FILE. Use zonecfg(8) instead.\n"); /* * Update user_attr first so that it will be older @@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ zonecfg_detach_save(zone_dochandle_t handle, uint_t flags) return (err); addcomment(handle, "\n DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. " - "Use zonecfg(1M) and zoneadm(1M) attach.\n"); + "Use zonecfg(8) and zoneadm(8) attach.\n"); /* * We do a final validation of the document. Since the library has @@ -5503,7 +5503,7 @@ zonecfg_endadminent(zone_dochandle_t handle) } /* - * The privileges available on the system and described in privileges(5) + * The privileges available on the system and described in privileges(7) * fall into four categories with respect to non-global zones: * * Default set of privileges considered safe for all non-global @@ -5521,7 +5521,7 @@ zonecfg_endadminent(zone_dochandle_t handle) * non-global zone. * * Set of privileges required in order to get a zone booted and - * init(1M) started. These cannot be removed from the zone's + * init(8) started. These cannot be removed from the zone's * privilege set. * * All other privileges are optional and are potentially useful for diff --git a/usr/src/lib/libzutil/Makefile.com b/usr/src/lib/libzutil/Makefile.com index f51c13aef2..62ebe5ea4a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/libzutil/Makefile.com +++ b/usr/src/lib/libzutil/Makefile.com @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ OBJECTS= \ include ../../Makefile.lib -# libzutil must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(1M) +# libzutil must be installed in the root filesystem for mount(8) include ../../Makefile.rootfs LIBS= $(DYNLIB) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getgrent.c b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getgrent.c index 84481bb09f..78d984a606 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getgrent.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getgrent.c @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ getbynam(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); } - /* Create group(4) style string */ + /* Create group(5) style string */ if (update_buffer(be, argp, name, dname, gid) < 0) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ getbygid(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) /* * NULL winname implies a local SID or unresolvable SID both of - * which cannot be used to generated group(4) entry + * which cannot be used to generated group(5) entry */ if (winname == NULL) goto out; - /* Create group(4) style string */ + /* Create group(5) style string */ if (update_buffer(be, argp, winname, windomain, argp->key.gid) < 0) goto out; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getpwnam.c b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getpwnam.c index ff2140b59b..babde81322 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getpwnam.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getpwnam.c @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ getbyname(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); } - /* Create passwd(4) style string */ + /* Create passwd(5) style string */ if (update_buffer(be, argp, name, dname, be->uid, gid, "", "", "") < 0) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ getbyuid(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) /* * NULL winname implies a local SID or unresolvable SID both of - * which cannot be used to generated passwd(4) entry + * which cannot be used to generated passwd(5) entry */ if (winname == NULL) goto out; @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ getbyuid(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) goto out; } - /* Create passwd(4) style string */ + /* Create passwd(5) style string */ if (update_buffer(be, argp, winname, windomain, argp->key.uid, gid, "", "", "") < 0) goto out; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getspent.c b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getspent.c index a66d8b122b..ca58a484ae 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getspent.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/ad/common/getspent.c @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ getbynam(ad_backend_ptr be, void *a) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); } - /* Create shadow(4) style string */ + /* Create shadow(5) style string */ if (update_buffer(be, argp, name, dname) < 0) return ((nss_status_t)NSS_NOTFOUND); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/files/common/getpwnam.c b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/files/common/getpwnam.c index 570eec84ad..b50eb616cf 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/files/common/getpwnam.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/nsswitch/files/common/getpwnam.c @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ validate_passwd_ids(char *line, int *linelenp, int buflen, int extra_chars) int linelen = *linelenp, newlinelen; /* - * +name entries in passwd(4) do not override uid and gid + * +name entries in passwd(5) do not override uid and gid * values. Therefore no need to validate the ids in these * entries. */ diff --git a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/authtok_check/authtok_check.c b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/authtok_check/authtok_check.c index 2334b9c9cd..ad45f66b7e 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/authtok_check/authtok_check.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/authtok_check/authtok_check.c @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ get_passwd_defaults(pam_handle_t *pamh, char *user, struct pwdefaults *p) syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s: pam_authtok_check: The configured " "minimum password length (PASSLENGTH=%d) is larger than " "the number of significant characters the current " - "encryption algorithm uses (%d). See policy.conf(4) for " + "encryption algorithm uses (%d). See policy.conf(5) for " "alternative password encryption algorithms.", progname); /* this won't lead to failure */ } diff --git a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5/krb5_setcred.c b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5/krb5_setcred.c index 743cda3297..5f43c0babc 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5/krb5_setcred.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5/krb5_setcred.c @@ -568,13 +568,13 @@ error: if (kwarn_del_warning(client_name) != 0) { __pam_log(LOG_AUTH | LOG_NOTICE, "PAM-KRB5 (setcred): kwarn_del_warning" - " failed: ktkt_warnd(1M) down?"); + " failed: ktkt_warnd(8) down?"); } if (kwarn_add_warning(client_name, endtime) != 0) { __pam_log(LOG_AUTH | LOG_NOTICE, "PAM-KRB5 (setcred): kwarn_add_warning" - " failed: ktkt_warnd(1M) down?"); + " failed: ktkt_warnd(8) down?"); } } diff --git a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5_migrate/krb5_migrate_authenticate.c b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5_migrate/krb5_migrate_authenticate.c index b437359bfe..f8e19deefa 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5_migrate/krb5_migrate_authenticate.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/krb5_migrate/krb5_migrate_authenticate.c @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int pam_sm_authenticate(pam_handle_t *pamh, int flags, /* * Since this is a new krb5 principal, do a pam_set_data() - * for possible use by the acct_mgmt routine of pam_krb5(5) + * for possible use by the acct_mgmt routine of pam_krb5(7) */ if (pam_get_data(pamh, KRB5_AUTOMIGRATE_DATA, (const void **)&olduserdata) == PAM_SUCCESS) { diff --git a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/unix_cred/unix_cred.c b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/unix_cred/unix_cred.c index fcaeecb320..036d2fc3f0 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/unix_cred/unix_cred.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/pam_modules/unix_cred/unix_cred.c @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ adt_done: default: /* * Resource control assignment failed. Unlike - * newtask(1m), we treat this as an error. + * newtask(1), we treat this as an error. */ if (error < 0) { /* diff --git a/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/files_attr.c b/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/files_attr.c index 8a250b90df..c1021b361c 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/files_attr.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/files_attr.c @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ files_putpwnam(char *name, char *oldpw, pwu_repository_t *rep, void *buf) /* * NOTE: This is all covered under the repository lock held for updating - * passwd(4) and shadow(4). + * passwd(5) and shadow(5). */ int files_update_history(char *name, struct spwd *spwd) diff --git a/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/ldap_attr.c b/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/ldap_attr.c index 4c43eb7adb..42489c8473 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/ldap_attr.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/passwdutil/ldap_attr.c @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ free_ldapbuf(ldapbuf_t *p) * * If the Shadow Update functionality is enabled, then we check to * see if the caller has 0 as the euid or has all zone privs. If so, - * the caller would be able to modify shadow(4) data stored on the + * the caller would be able to modify shadow(5) data stored on the * LDAP server. Otherwise, when LDAP Shadow Update is not enabled, * we can't determine whether the user is "privileged" in the LDAP * sense. The operation should be attempted and will succeed if the diff --git a/usr/src/lib/pkcs11/libpkcs11/common/pkcs11Conf.c b/usr/src/lib/pkcs11/libpkcs11/common/pkcs11Conf.c index dd66f6b808..d33f8808a8 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/pkcs11/libpkcs11/common/pkcs11Conf.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/pkcs11/libpkcs11/common/pkcs11Conf.c @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ metaslot_config_t metaslot_config; void (*Tmp_GetThreshold)(void *) = NULL; cipher_mechs_threshold_t meta_mechs_threshold[MAX_NUM_THRESHOLD]; -static const char *conf_err = "See cryptoadm(1M). Skipping this plug-in."; +static const char *conf_err = "See cryptoadm(8). Skipping this plug-in."; /* * Set up metaslot for the framework using either user configuration @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ setup_metaslot(uentry_t *metaslot_entry) { */ cryptoerror(LOG_ERR, "libpkcs11: Policy invalid or corrupted " - "for metaslot. Use cryptoadm(1M) to fix " + "for metaslot. Use cryptoadm(8) to fix " "this. Disabling metaslot functionality.\n"); metaslot_enabled = B_FALSE; return (rv); @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ pkcs11_slot_mapping(uentrylist_t *pplist, CK_VOID_PTR pInitArgs) */ cryptoerror(LOG_ERR, "libpkcs11: Policy invalid or corrupted " - "for %s. Use cryptoadm(1M) to fix " + "for %s. Use cryptoadm(8) to fix " "this. Skipping this plug-in.", fullpath); (void) prov_funcs->C_Finalize(NULL); diff --git a/usr/src/lib/print/libpapi-dynamic/common/nss.c b/usr/src/lib/print/libpapi-dynamic/common/nss.c index 5ab245e936..ed665e8567 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/print/libpapi-dynamic/common/nss.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/print/libpapi-dynamic/common/nss.c @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ fill_printer_uri_supported(papi_attribute_t ***list) return; } - /* do we have a printers.conf(4) "bsdaddr" to convert */ + /* do we have a printers.conf(5) "bsdaddr" to convert */ papiAttributeListGetString(*list, NULL, "bsdaddr", &string); if (string != NULL) { /* parse it, convert it, add it */ char *uri = bsdaddr_to_uri(*list, string); @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ fill_printer_uri_supported(papi_attribute_t ***list) } } - /* do we have a printers.conf(4) "rm" (and "rp") to convert */ + /* do we have a printers.conf(5) "rm" (and "rp") to convert */ papiAttributeListGetString(*list, NULL, "rm", &string); if (string != NULL) { char *rp = NULL; diff --git a/usr/src/lib/print/libprint/common/nss_write.c b/usr/src/lib/print/libprint/common/nss_write.c index 0eb6ef7e35..3225598092 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/print/libprint/common/nss_write.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/print/libprint/common/nss_write.c @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ _file_put_printer(const char *file, const ns_printer_t *printer) (void) fprintf(ofp, "#\n#\tIf you hand edit this file, comments and structure may change.\n" "#\tThe preferred method of modifying this file is through the use of\n" - "#\tlpset(1M)\n#\n"); + "#\tlpset(8)\n#\n"); /* * Handle the special case of lpset -x all diff --git a/usr/src/lib/smbsrv/libmlsvc/common/smb_autohome.c b/usr/src/lib/smbsrv/libmlsvc/common/smb_autohome.c index c9e634f515..114db29cbb 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/smbsrv/libmlsvc/common/smb_autohome.c +++ b/usr/src/lib/smbsrv/libmlsvc/common/smb_autohome.c @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static void smb_autohome_parse_options(smb_share_t *); static int smb_autohome_add_private(const char *, uid_t, gid_t); /* - * Add an autohome share. See smb_autohome(4) for details. + * Add an autohome share. See smb_autohome(5) for details. * * If share directory contains backslash path separators, they will * be converted to forward slash to support NT/DOS path style for diff --git a/usr/src/lib/varpd/libvarpd/common/libvarpd_provider.h b/usr/src/lib/varpd/libvarpd/common/libvarpd_provider.h index 17ea02fe03..050b9e600a 100644 --- a/usr/src/lib/varpd/libvarpd/common/libvarpd_provider.h +++ b/usr/src/lib/varpd/libvarpd/common/libvarpd_provider.h @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ * vpr_name * * This is the name of the plugin. This is how users will refer to it in - * the context of running dladm(1M) commands. Note, this name must be + * the context of running dladm(8) commands. Note, this name must be * unique across the different plugins, as it will cause others with the * same name not to be registered. * diff --git a/usr/src/man/Makefile b/usr/src/man/Makefile index d2a1fbe134..0927a6ea6b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/Makefile +++ b/usr/src/man/Makefile @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ SUBDIRS= man1 \ man1b \ man1c \ man1has \ - man1m \ man1s \ man2 \ man3 \ @@ -90,14 +89,15 @@ SUBDIRS= man1 \ man3xcurses \ man3xnet \ man4 \ + man4d \ + man4fs \ + man4i \ + man4ipp \ + man4m \ + man4p \ man5 \ man7 \ - man7d \ - man7fs \ - man7i \ - man7ipp \ - man7m \ - man7p \ + man8 \ man9 \ man9e \ man9f \ diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/Intro.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/Intro.1 index 72236e4926..a6927f9d91 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/Intro.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/Intro.1 @@ -48,20 +48,20 @@ See the following sections of the SunOS Reference Manual for more information. .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -Section 1M for system maintenance commands. +Section 5 for information on file formats. .RE .RS +4 .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -Section 4 for information on file formats. +Section 7 for descriptions of publicly available files and miscellaneous +information pages. .RE .RS +4 .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -Section 5 for descriptions of publicly available files and miscellaneous -information pages. +Section 8 for system maintenance commands. .RE .sp .LP @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ They are provided here for the use of anyone wanting to author utilities following this syntax. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a discussion of the attributes listed in this +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a discussion of the attributes listed in this section. .SH ACKNOWLEDGMENTS .LP @@ -518,8 +518,11 @@ http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html\&. This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBgetopts\fR(1), \fBwait\fR(1), \fBexit\fR(2), \fBgetopt\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR getopts (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR exit (2), +.BR getopt (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .LP Upon termination, each command returns two bytes of status, one supplied by the diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/acctcom.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/acctcom.1 index 8a44c7af7c..ad1836099a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/acctcom.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/acctcom.1 @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ active processes accounting file .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -332,10 +332,21 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBps\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), -\fBacctmerg\fR(1M), \fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), -\fBrunacct\fR(1M), \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBregcmp\fR(3C), -\fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), \fButmp\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ps (1), +.BR acct (2), +.BR regcmp (3C), +.BR acct.h (3HEAD), +.BR utmp (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR acct (8), +.BR acctcms (8), +.BR acctcon (8), +.BR acctmerg (8), +.BR acctprc (8), +.BR acctsh (8), +.BR fwtmp (8), +.BR runacct (8), +.BR su (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Basic Administration\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/adb.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/adb.1 index 08e5f05a0c..0ec804622a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/adb.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/adb.1 @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ existing syntax and features of \fBadb\fR, including support for processing \fBadb\fR link is executed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBmdb\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR mdb (1), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fIModular Debugger Guide\fR: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/addbib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/addbib.1 index 127e6f01aa..8992f7aa39 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/addbib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/addbib.1 @@ -288,5 +288,12 @@ should be supplied. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBed\fR(1), \fBex\fR(1), \fBindxbib\fR(1), \fBlookbib\fR(1), \fBrefer\fR(1), -\fBroffbib\fR(1), \fBsortbib\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ed (1), +.BR ex (1), +.BR indxbib (1), +.BR lookbib (1), +.BR refer (1), +.BR roffbib (1), +.BR sortbib (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/alias.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/alias.1 index 4cec7aa6d2..acb1b25ba8 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/alias.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/alias.1 @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ example% \fBalias nohup="nohup "\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBalias\fR and \fBunalias\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ definition, or an error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "\fBcsh, ksh\fR" .sp @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "\fBksh93\fR" @@ -460,5 +460,10 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/allocate.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/allocate.1 index 2e60ba0f90..4251214107 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/allocate.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/allocate.1 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ with \fIdevice\fR to the \fBuid\fR of the current process. .sp .LP Only authorized users may allocate a device. The required authorizations are -specified in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +specified in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .sp .LP When the system is configured with Trusted Extensions, \fBallocate\fR runs the @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ An error occurred. \fB/etc/security/lib/*\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -184,14 +184,19 @@ The invocation is Uncommitted. The options are Uncommitted. The output is Not-an-Interface. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdeallocate\fR(1), \fBlist_devices\fR(1), -\fBdminfo\fR(1M), \fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M), -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4), \fBdevice_maps\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR deallocate (1), +.BR list_devices (1), +.BR device_allocate (5), +.BR device_maps (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR dminfo (8), +.BR mkdevalloc (8), +.BR mkdevmaps (8) .SH NOTES .LP On systems configured with Trusted Extensions, the functionality is enabled by default. .sp .LP -\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M) might +\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(8), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(8) might not be supported in a future release of the Solaris Operating Environment. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/amt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/amt.1 index 7c192c6461..baefe6b968 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/amt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/amt.1 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Incorrect command line argument. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/appcert.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/appcert.1 index 78577f4ba9..835cb363ad 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/appcert.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/appcert.1 @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ rare. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -678,6 +678,14 @@ Interface stability Stable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcc\fR(1), \fBfind\fR(1), \fBisalist\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), -\fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBpvs\fR(1), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBstrerror\fR(3C), -\fBIntro\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cc (1), +.BR find (1), +.BR isalist (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR pvs (1), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR strerror (3C), +.BR Intro (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/apptrace.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/apptrace.1 index 87214993d7..e18fc65bda 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/apptrace.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/apptrace.1 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Traces calls from a comma-separated list of shared objects. Only calls from these shared objects will be traced. The default is to trace calls from the main executable only. Only the basename of the shared object is required. For example, \fIlibc\fR will match \fI/usr/lib/libc.so.1\fR. Additionally, shell -style wildcard characters are supported as described in \fBfnmatch\fR(5). A +style wildcard characters are supported as described in \fBfnmatch\fR(7). A list preceded by a ``!'' defines a list of objects from which calls should not be traced. If the tracing of calls from \fIcommand\fR is required, then \fIcommand\fR must be a member of \fItracefromlist\fR. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ formatted printing of arguments. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -279,8 +279,12 @@ Interface Stability Unstable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBvwprintw\fR(3XCURSES), -\fBvwscanw\fR(3XCURSES), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfnmatch\fR(5) +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR vwprintw (3XCURSES), +.BR vwscanw (3XCURSES), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR fnmatch (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/apropos.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/apropos.1 index 8edb11ba22..805a4e36b1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/apropos.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/apropos.1 @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ Enabled. .Nm Committed . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr man 1 , -.Xr catman 1M +.Xr catman 8 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ar.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ar.1 index 0a922efc28..5ccea66de9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ar.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ar.1 @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ options \fB-m\fR and \fB-r\fR. .RE .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBar\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "\fB/usr/bin/ar\fR" .TS box; @@ -458,13 +458,21 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBbasename\fR(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBlorder\fR(1), \fBstrip\fR(1), -\fBtar\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR basename (1), +.BR cpio (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR lorder (1), +.BR strip (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES If the same file is mentioned twice in an argument list, it may be put in the archive twice. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/arch.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/arch.1 index 5bfef3971e..5d4c23e5ae 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/arch.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/arch.1 @@ -84,7 +84,10 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmach\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR mach (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/asa.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/asa.1 index 5c869a41d5..5ccf7dd9c2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/asa.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/asa.1 @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ asa < MyOutputFile | lp\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBasa\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -281,4 +281,7 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR lp (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/at.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/at.1 index fa450e6827..4729533243 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/at.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/at.1 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ be denied access to \fBat\fR. If neither file exists, only a user with the .sp .LP \fBcron\fR and \fBat\fR jobs are not be executed if the user's account is -locked. Only accounts which are not locked as defined in \fBshadow\fR(4) will +locked. Only accounts which are not locked as defined in \fBshadow\fR(5) will have their job or process executed. .SS "batch" .sp @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ are respectively equivalent to: where queue \fBb\fR is a special \fBat\fR queue, specifically for batch jobs. Batch jobs are submitted to the batch queue for immediate execution. Execution of submitted jobs can be delayed by limits on the number of jobs allowed to run -concurrently. See \fBqueuedefs\fR(4). +concurrently. See \fBqueuedefs\fR(5). .SH OPTIONS .sp .LP @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ diff file1 file2 2>&1 >outfile | mailx mygroup .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBat\fR and \fBbatch\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBLC_TIME\fR. @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ names of users, one per line, who are denied access to the \fBat\fR and .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/at" .sp @@ -719,14 +719,27 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBcrontab\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBdate\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBtouch\fR(1), \fBulimit\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBcron\fR(1M), -\fBgetdate\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBqueuedefs\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR auths (1), +.BR crontab (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR date (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR touch (1), +.BR ulimit (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR getdate (3C), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR queuedefs (5), +.BR shadow (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR cron (8) .SH NOTES .sp .LP -Regardless of queue used, \fBcron\fR(1M) has a limit of 100 jobs in execution +Regardless of queue used, \fBcron\fR(8) has a limit of 100 jobs in execution at any time. .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/atq.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/atq.1 index 35ef28c941..c954d04963 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/atq.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/atq.1 @@ -63,5 +63,9 @@ spool area for at jobs. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBat\fR(1), \fBatrm\fR(1), \fBauths\fR(1), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR at (1), +.BR atrm (1), +.BR auths (1), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR cron (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/atrm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/atrm.1 index ad1ce8c87c..8dffc6bb44 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/atrm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/atrm.1 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Spool area for \fBat\fR jobs .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBatrm\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -84,9 +84,15 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5) +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBat\fR(1), \fBatq\fR(1), \fBauths\fR(1), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlocale\fR(5) +.BR at (1), +.BR atq (1), +.BR auths (1), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR cron (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/audioconvert.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/audioconvert.1 index 8dd302761c..e4be8de9de 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/audioconvert.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/audioconvert.1 @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ unrecognized file header. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBaudioconvert\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES @@ -368,8 +368,10 @@ example% \fBaudioconvert -p -i voice -f sun *.au\fR .sp .SH SEE ALSO -\fBaudioplay\fR(1), \fBaudiorecord\fR(1), \fBfile\fR(1), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR audioplay (1), +.BR audiorecord (1), +.BR file (1), +.BR largefile (7) .SH NOTES The algorithm used for converting multi-channel data to mono is implemented by simply summing the channels together. If the input data is perfectly in phase diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/audioctl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/audioctl.1 index 1916b82ed7..22aecba43e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/audioctl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/audioctl.1 @@ -157,5 +157,7 @@ Interface. The format of the state files used by the \fBsave-controls\fR and \fBload-controls\fR subcommands is Committed Private. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBaudioplay\fR(1), \fBaudiorecord\fR(1), \fBdsp\fR(7I), -\fBmixer\fR(7I) +.BR audioplay (1), +.BR audiorecord (1), +.BR dsp (4I), +.BR mixer (4I) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/audioplay.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/audioplay.1 index 64f6115201..1e7fa05d24 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/audioplay.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/audioplay.1 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ variable is consulted (see below). .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBaudioplay\fR +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBaudioplay\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .ne 2 @@ -127,8 +127,10 @@ set, only the current directory is searched. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBaudioconvert\fR(1), \fBaudiorecord\fR(1), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBaudio\fR(7I) +.BR audioconvert (1), +.BR audiorecord (1), +.BR audio (4I), +.BR largefile (7) .SH BUGS \fBaudioplay\fR currently supports a limited set of audio format conversions. If the audio file is not in a format supported by the audio device, it must diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/audiorecord.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/audiorecord.1 index 7ffedbd976..3bd2c588e7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/audiorecord.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/audiorecord.1 @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ file suffix. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBaudiorecord\fR +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBaudiorecord\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .ne 2 @@ -193,5 +193,7 @@ used. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBaudioconvert\fR(1), \fBaudioplay\fR(1), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBaudio\fR(7I) +.BR audioconvert (1), +.BR audioplay (1), +.BR audio (4I), +.BR largefile (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/audiotest.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/audiotest.1 index 67e6a77b6e..9829f1cc6a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/audiotest.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/audiotest.1 @@ -93,8 +93,9 @@ The path to the device to test, for example, \fB/dev/dsp0\fR. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBaudioconvert\fR(1), \fBaudiorecord\fR(1), -\fBaudio\fR(7I) +.BR audioconvert (1), +.BR audiorecord (1), +.BR audio (4I) .SH BUGS \fBaudiotest\fR has no way to detect the number of actual audio channels supported by the physical device. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/auths.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/auths.1 index 0708da4105..4439929bb1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/auths.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/auths.1 @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ authorizations. An asterisk (\fB*\fR) indicates all authorizations in a class. .sp .LP -A user's authorizations are looked up in \fBuser_attr\fR(4) and in the -\fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR file (see \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4)). Authorizations -may be specified directly in \fBuser_attr\fR(4) or indirectly through -\fBprof_attr\fR(4). Authorizations may also be assigned to every user in the +A user's authorizations are looked up in \fBuser_attr\fR(5) and in the +\fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR file (see \fBpolicy.conf\fR(5)). Authorizations +may be specified directly in \fBuser_attr\fR(5) or indirectly through +\fBprof_attr\fR(5). Authorizations may also be assigned to every user in the system directly as default authorizations or indirectly as default profiles in the \fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR file. .SH EXAMPLES @@ -100,6 +100,11 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), \fBgetauthattr\fR(3SECDB), -\fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR profiles (1), +.BR roles (1), +.BR getauthattr (3SECDB), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR policy.conf (5), +.BR prof_attr (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/awk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/awk.1 index 2b86e7e8b0..2d004d5ee4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/awk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/awk.1 @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ separator value, though, this will be set to the empty string (\fB""\fR). .SS "Regular Expressions" The \fBawk\fR utility makes use of the extended regular expression notation -(see \fBregex\fR(5)) except that it allows the use of C-language conventions to +(see \fBregex\fR(7)) except that it allows the use of C-language conventions to escape special characters within the EREs, namely \fB\e\e\fR, \fB\ea\fR, \fB\eb\fR, \fB\ef\fR, \fB\en\fR, \fB\er\fR, \fB\et\fR, \fB\ev\fR, and those specified in the following table. These escape sequences are recognized both @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ rather than an explicit operator, it is often necessary to use parentheses to enforce the proper evaluation precedence. .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBawk\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBawk\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ then the command line prints the file \fBinput\fR, filling in page numbers starting at 5. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect execution: \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -1818,10 +1818,20 @@ The exit status can be altered within the program by using an \fBexit\fR expression. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBed\fR(1), \fBegrep\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBlex\fR(1), \fBoawk\fR(1), -\fBsed\fR(1), \fBpopen\fR(3C), \fBprintf\fR(3C), \fBsystem\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), -\fBXPG4\fR(5) +.BR ed (1), +.BR egrep (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR lex (1), +.BR oawk (1), +.BR sed (1), +.BR popen (3C), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR system (3C), +.BR XPG4 (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR regex (7) .sp .LP Aho, A. V., B. W. Kernighan, and P. J. Weinberger, \fIThe AWK Programming diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/banner.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/banner.1 index b61ac24088..5c5bd9e5e5 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/banner.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/banner.1 @@ -20,4 +20,5 @@ letters on the standard output. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBecho\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR echo (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/basename.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/basename.1 index 176274cc91..6080bd0b0a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/basename.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/basename.1 @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ example% \fBmv a.out `basename $1 .c`\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBbasename\fR and \fBdirname\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -149,5 +149,8 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexpr\fR(1), \fBbasename\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR expr (1), +.BR basename (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/bc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/bc.1 index bc76faf47e..7e481b9d7f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/bc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/bc.1 @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ or .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBbc\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ to define BC_ parameters .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -487,8 +487,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBdc\fR(1), \fBawk\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR awk (1), +.BR dc (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES The \fBbc\fR command does not recognize the logical operators \fB&&\fR and \fB|\||\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/bdiff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/bdiff.1 index ce4e29c439..76743aa3b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/bdiff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/bdiff.1 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Note: However, this does not suppress possible diagnostic messages from .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBbdiff\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBbdiff\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH FILES .sp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -85,7 +85,9 @@ CSI enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdiff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR diff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/break.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/break.1 index ac065495a7..8b16244539 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/break.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/break.1 @@ -176,5 +176,9 @@ splitting and file name generation are not performed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBexit\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR exit (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/builtin.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/builtin.1 index 1625cf2551..a6ebb87918 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/builtin.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/builtin.1 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ David Korn, \fBdgk@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -163,4 +163,6 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh93\fR(1), \fBwhence\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR whence (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cal.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cal.1 index efc987aa35..04dc438a62 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cal.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cal.1 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ integer from \fB1\fR to \fB9999\fR. The default is the current year. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcal\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -133,7 +133,9 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP An unusual calendar is printed for September 1752. That is the month 11 days diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cancel.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cancel.1 index 7db11ba4ce..08f068dc92 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cancel.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cancel.1 @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ also cancel print requests from the print server. .sp .LP The print client commands locate destination information using the -\fBprinters\fR database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBprinters\fR(4), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for details. +\fBprinters\fR database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5), +\fBprinters\fR(5), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for details. .SH OPTIONS .LP The following options are supported: @@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ The following operands are supported: .RS 15n The destination on which the print requests are to be canceled. \fIdestination\fR is the name of a printer or class of printers (see -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M)). If \fIdestination\fR is not specified, \fBcancel\fR cancels +\fBlpadmin\fR(8)). If \fIdestination\fR is not specified, \fBcancel\fR cancels the requested print request on all destinations. Specify \fIdestination\fR using atomic, URI-style (\fIscheme\fR\fB://\fR\fIendpoint\fR), or POSIX-style (\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR), names. See Notes for information regarding using URI-style or POSIX-style destination names with \fBcancel\fR. -See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for more information. +See \fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for more information. .RE .sp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -174,14 +174,22 @@ Interface Stability Obsolete .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpq\fR(1B), \fBlpr\fR(1B), \fBlprm\fR(1B), \fBlpstat\fR(1), -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR lp (1), +.BR lpstat (1), +.BR lpq (1B), +.BR lpr (1B), +.BR lprm (1B), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR printers (5), +.BR printers.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR lpadmin (8) .SH NOTES .LP URI-style and POSIX-style destination names (\fIserver\fR:\fIdestination\fR) are treated as print requests if \fIdestination\fR has the same format as an -\fBLP-style\fR \fIrequest-ID\fR. See \fBstandards\fR(5). +\fBLP-style\fR \fIrequest-ID\fR. See \fBstandards\fR(7). .sp .LP Some print servers send cancellation notifications to job owners when their diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cat.1 index d32987e417..a055e007b4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cat.1 @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ occurrences of \fB\|\(mi\|\fR as \fIfile\fR. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcat\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcat\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRConcatenating a File @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ condition would be detected immediately when \fB\|\(mi\|\fR was referenced the second time. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcat\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "\fB/usr/bin/cat\fR" .TS @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "\fBksh93\fR" @@ -464,8 +464,11 @@ Interface Stability See below. The \fBksh93\fR built-in binding to \fB/bin\fR and \fB/usr/bin\fR is Volatile. The built-in interfaces are Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBtouch\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR touch (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES Redirecting the output of \fBcat\fR onto one of the files being read causes the loss of the data originally in the file being read. For example, diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cd.1 index be4a3ea80e..396b147f74 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cd.1 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Otherwise, there is no output. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcd\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "csh, ksh, sh" .sp @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -384,5 +384,12 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBpwd\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBchdir\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR pwd (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR chdir (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cdrw.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cdrw.1 index 74133c4698..9e41533570 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cdrw.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cdrw.1 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ the \fB-l\fR option provides a list of CD or DVD writers. .sp .LP For instructions on adding a USB-mass-storage-class-compliant CD-RW or DVD-RW -device to your system, see \fBscsa2usb\fR(7D). +device to your system, see \fBscsa2usb\fR(4D). .SS "Creating Data CDs" .LP When creating data CDs, \fBcdrw\fR uses the Track-At-Once mode of writing. Use @@ -591,9 +591,14 @@ example% \fBmkisofs -o /tmp/image2 -r -C 0,173464 -M \e .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBaudioconvert\fR(1), \fBpriocntl\fR(1), \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBscsa2usb\fR(7D), \fBsd\fR(7D), -\fBmkisofs\fR(8) +.BR audioconvert (1), +.BR priocntl (1), +.BR scsa2usb (4D), +.BR sd (4D), +.BR policy.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR rbac (7), +.BR mkisofs (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems\fR @@ -623,7 +628,7 @@ the \fB-p\fR option. Some commercially available drives handle the drive speed setting command differently, so use this option judiciously. .sp .LP -The \fBcdrw\fR command uses \fBrbac\fR(5) to control user access to the +The \fBcdrw\fR command uses \fBrbac\fR(7) to control user access to the devices. By default, \fBcdrw\fR is accessible to all users but can be restricted to individual users. Refer to the \fISystem Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems\fR for more information. @@ -638,4 +643,4 @@ The user must be logged onto the console. \fB/dev/console\fR is also correct. Previously, users could log in remotely, for example, by using \fBtelnet\fR or \fBssh\fR, and be able to burn CDs. This would work unless the administrator had changed the default configuration to deny \fBsolaris.device.cdrw\fR -authorization. See \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4). +authorization. See \fBpolicy.conf\fR(5). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/checknr.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/checknr.1 index 63c192c256..c821579121 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/checknr.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/checknr.1 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Macros that come in open .\|.\|. close forms, for example, the \fB\&.TS\fR and .RE .sp .LP -\fBchecknr\fR knows about the \fBms\fR(5) and \fBme\fR(5) macro packages. +\fBchecknr\fR knows about the \fBms\fR(7) and \fBme\fR(7) macro packages. .sp .LP \fBchecknr\fR is intended to be used on documents that are prepared with @@ -98,8 +98,12 @@ undefined. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBeqn\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBme\fR(5), -\fBms\fR(5) +.BR eqn (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR me (7), +.BR ms (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/chgrp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/chgrp.1 index cab549e34b..70c34013a9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/chgrp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/chgrp.1 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ set rstchown = 0 .sp .LP -\fB_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED\fR is enabled by default. See \fBsystem\fR(4) and +\fB_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED\fR is enabled by default. See \fBsystem\fR(5) and \fBfpathconf\fR(2). .SH OPTIONS .LP @@ -252,11 +252,11 @@ A path name of a file whose group ID is to be modified. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBchgrp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBchgrp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBchgrp\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ group file .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .TS box; @@ -303,14 +303,23 @@ CSI Enabled. See NOTES. _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(1), \fBid\fR(1M), \fBchown\fR(2), -\fBfpathconf\fR(2), \fBgroup\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBsystem\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR chown (1), +.BR chown (2), +.BR fpathconf (2), +.BR group (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR system (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR id (8) .SH NOTES .LP \fBchgrp\fR is CSI-enabled except for the \fIgroup\fR name. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/chkey.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/chkey.1 index 2cb89471a5..8f8a5a4440 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/chkey.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/chkey.1 @@ -19,21 +19,21 @@ chkey \- change user's secure RPC key pair \fBchkey\fR is used to change a user's secure \fBRPC\fR public key and secret key pair. \fBchkey\fR prompts for the old secure-rpc password and verifies that it is correct by decrypting the secret key. If the user has not already used -\fBkeylogin\fR(1) to decrypt and store the secret key with \fBkeyserv\fR(1M), -\fBchkey\fR registers the secret key with the local \fBkeyserv\fR(1M) daemon. +\fBkeylogin\fR(1) to decrypt and store the secret key with \fBkeyserv\fR(8), +\fBchkey\fR registers the secret key with the local \fBkeyserv\fR(8) daemon. If the secure-rpc password does not match the login password, \fBchkey\fR prompts for the login password. \fBchkey\fR uses the login password to encrypt the user's secret Diffie-Hellman (192 bit) cryptographic key. .sp .LP \fBchkey\fR ensures that the login password and the secure-rpc password(s) are -kept the same, thus enabling password shadowing. See \fBshadow\fR(4). +kept the same, thus enabling password shadowing. See \fBshadow\fR(5). .sp .LP The key pair can be stored in the \fB/etc/publickey\fR file (see -\fBpublickey\fR(4)) or the \fBNIS\fR \fBpublickey\fR map. +\fBpublickey\fR(5)) or the \fBNIS\fR \fBpublickey\fR map. If a new secret key is generated, it will be -registered with the local \fBkeyserv\fR(1M) daemon. +registered with the local \fBkeyserv\fR(8) daemon. .sp .LP Keys for specific mechanisms can be changed or reencrypted using the \fB-m\fR @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ options can be used to change one or more keys. .LP If the source of the \fBpublickey\fR is not specified with the \fB-s\fR option, \fBchkey\fR consults the \fBpublickey\fR entry in the name service -switch configuration file. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). If the \fBpublickey\fR +switch configuration file. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5). If the \fBpublickey\fR entry specifies one and only one source, then \fBchkey\fR will change the key in the specified name service. However, if multiple name services are listed, \fBchkey\fR can not decide which source to update and will display an error @@ -121,6 +121,11 @@ Changes or re-encrypt the secret key for the specified mechanism. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBkeylogin\fR(1), \fBkeylogout\fR(1), \fBkeyserv\fR(1M), \fBnewkey\fR(1M), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBpublickey\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR keylogin (1), +.BR keylogout (1), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR publickey (5), +.BR shadow (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR keyserv (8), +.BR newkey (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/chmod.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/chmod.1 index 4590328971..112924bd65 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/chmod.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/chmod.1 @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ A path name of a file whose file mode bits are to be modified. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBchmod\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBchmod\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ cleared are also cleared on \fBfile2\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBchmod\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -2668,9 +2668,17 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBgetfacl\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fBchmod\fR(2), -\fBfgetattr\fR(3C), \fBacl\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR getfacl (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR chmod (2), +.BR fgetattr (3C), +.BR acl (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP Absolute changes do not work for the set-group-\fBID\fR bit of a directory. You diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/chown.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/chown.1 index 6ec6a8247a..8eef3b7470 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/chown.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/chown.1 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ To disable this option, include the following line in \fB/etc/system\fR: .sp .LP -\fB{_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED}\fR is enabled by default. See \fBsystem\fR(4) and +\fB{_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED}\fR is enabled by default. See \fBsystem\fR(5) and \fBfpathconf\fR(2). .SH OPTIONS .LP @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ A path name of a file whose user \fBID\fR is to be modified. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBchown\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBchown\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ example% \fBchown \(miR \(mih \fIowner\fR[:group] \fIfile\fR...\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBchown\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ System password file .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .TS @@ -304,14 +304,22 @@ CSI Enabled. See \fBNOTES\fR. _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBchgrp\fR(1), \fBchmod\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(2), -\fBfpathconf\fR(2), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chgrp (1), +.BR chmod (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR chown (2), +.BR fpathconf (2), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR system (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP \fBchown\fR is \fBCSI\fR-enabled except for the \fIowner\fR and \fIgroup\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckdate.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckdate.1 index 4425a0b2d8..0318d120d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckdate.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckdate.1 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Garbled format argument. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckgid.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckgid.1 index 2265acdf21..ba57484218 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckgid.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckgid.1 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckint.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckint.1 index f7d43e2229..6062647c6b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckint.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckint.1 @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckitem.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckitem.1 index bd71006491..ffa494dadb 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckitem.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckitem.1 @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ No choices from which to choose. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckkeywd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckkeywd.1 index 296ce82886..01eac4aed7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckkeywd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckkeywd.1 @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckpath.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckpath.1 index b1786bc906..b6f488703f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckpath.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckpath.1 @@ -407,4 +407,5 @@ Mutually exclusive options. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckrange.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckrange.1 index 7ee12795a4..cfa48f22fa 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckrange.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckrange.1 @@ -322,5 +322,8 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBgetopt\fR(1), \fBstrtol\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD) +.BR Intro (1), +.BR getopt (1), +.BR strtol (3C), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckstr.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckstr.1 index c1d53e5c97..4e25cd0bbf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckstr.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckstr.1 @@ -299,4 +299,5 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cksum.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cksum.1 index 05d8144496..ed279dd703 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cksum.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cksum.1 @@ -154,12 +154,12 @@ Implementations performing such transformations may extend \fBcksum\fR to handle such situations. .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcksum\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcksum\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcksum\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -203,5 +203,10 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdigest\fR(1), \fBsum\fR(1), \fBbart\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR digest (1), +.BR sum (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR bart (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cktime.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cktime.1 index daf4f94235..49d60aeab2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cktime.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cktime.1 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Garbled format argument. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckuid.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckuid.1 index fc896ae7ab..69649a4f21 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckuid.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckuid.1 @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ckyorn.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ckyorn.1 index ec471294d7..9fff3c9651 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ckyorn.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ckyorn.1 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ User termination (quit). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/clear.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/clear.1 index 33f0530bd7..d5662bfa56 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/clear.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/clear.1 @@ -33,4 +33,5 @@ the default is taken from the environment variable \fBTERM\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBtput\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR tput (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cmp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cmp.1 index 098bcc4e86..fefeea54e3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cmp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cmp.1 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ results. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcmp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcmp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ It skips the first 1024 bytes in \fIfile2\fR before starting the comparison. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcmp\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -199,5 +199,9 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcomm\fR(1), \fBdiff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR comm (1), +.BR diff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/col.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/col.1 index 5e7da1a4d2..236a112274 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/col.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/col.1 @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ wherever possible. Tab stops are considered to be at each column position .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcol\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -195,8 +195,11 @@ CSI enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), \fBascii\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR nroff (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR ascii (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/comm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/comm.1 index 9ef4e48aca..dae5a66608 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/comm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/comm.1 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ the standard input is used. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcomm\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcomm\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ not specified in \fIfile1\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcomm\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -220,5 +220,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcmp\fR(1), \fBdiff\fR(1), \fBsort\fR(1), \fBuniq\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cmp (1), +.BR diff (1), +.BR sort (1), +.BR uniq (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/command.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/command.1 index d14d96acfb..f67c7a29b7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/command.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/command.1 @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ could define functions to spoof the application. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcommand\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ If \fIcommand\fR is invoked, the exit status of \fBcommand\fR is that of .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/command" .sp @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -483,5 +483,10 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtype\fR(1), \fBwhence\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR type (1), +.BR whence (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/compress.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/compress.1 index e7a9f63519..576298588e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/compress.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/compress.1 @@ -186,11 +186,11 @@ standard input is used. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcompress\fR, +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcompress\fR, \fBuncompress\fR, and \fBzcat\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcompress\fR, \fBuncompress\fR, and \fBzcat\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5). +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS The following error values are returned: .sp @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -258,13 +258,19 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBln\fR(1), \fBpack\fR(1), \fBfgetattr\fR(3C), \fBfsetattr\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBlocale\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ln (1), +.BR pack (1), +.BR fgetattr (3C), +.BR fsetattr (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .ne 2 .na diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cp.1 index 97b64289ad..d204d2d6c2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cp.1 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ A pathname of a directory to contain the copied files. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRCopying a File @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ $ ls -/c /tmp/file1 .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcp\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5). +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned: .sp @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/cp" .TS box; @@ -508,9 +508,17 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fButime\fR(2), -\fBfgetattr\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBlocale\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR chown (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR utime (2), +.BR fgetattr (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES The permission modes of the source file are preserved in the copy. .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cpio.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cpio.1 index d8e03602ad..83873143f5 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cpio.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cpio.1 @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ header format. \fBASCII\fR header with small device numbers. This is the IEEE/P1003 Data Interchange Standard cpio header and format. It has the widest range of portability of any of the header formats. It is the official format for -transferring files between POSIX-conforming systems (see \fBstandards\fR(5)). +transferring files between POSIX-conforming systems (see \fBstandards\fR(7)). Use this format to communicate with SunOS 4 and Interactive UNIX. This header format allows \fBUID\fRs and \fBGID\fRs up to 262143 to be stored in the header. @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ in the current directory might be used. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcpio\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcpio\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .sp @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ same as the first reel). To stop, type a RETURN and \fBcpio\fR ends. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcpio\fR: \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBTZ\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -805,10 +805,22 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBcat\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBfind\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), -\fBpax\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(2), -\fBarchives.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR cat (1), +.BR echo (1), +.BR find (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR pax (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR chown (2), +.BR archives.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cputrack.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cputrack.1 index 2ed9e5ce42..efaa7db87c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cputrack.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cputrack.1 @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ timebase as \fBgethrtime\fR(3C). The \fBcputrack\fR utility attaches performance counter context to each process that it examines. The presence of this context allows the performance counters to be multiplexed between different processes on the system, but it cannot be -used at the same time as the \fBcpustat\fR(1M) utility. +used at the same time as the \fBcpustat\fR(8) utility. .sp .LP Once an instance of the \fBcpustat\fR utility is running, further attempts to @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ performance counter values for each LWP, some of the events that can be counted will inevitably be impacted by other activities occurring on the system, particularly for limited resources that are shared between processes (for example, cache miss rates). For such events, it may also be interesting to -observe overall system behavior with \fBcpustat\fR(1M). +observe overall system behavior with \fBcpustat\fR(8). .sp .LP For the \fB-T\fR \fIinterval\fR option, if \fIinterval\fR is specified as zero, @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ example% \fBcputrack -c ITLB_reference,emask=1 date\fR .SH WARNINGS .LP -By running any instance of the \fBcpustat\fR(1M) utility, all existing +By running any instance of the \fBcpustat\fR(8) utility, all existing performance counter context is forcibly invalidated across the machine. This may in turn cause all invocations of the \fBcputrack\fR command to exit prematurely with unspecified errors. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ If a short interval is requested, \fBcputrack\fR may not be able to keep up with the desired sample rate. In this case, some samples may be dropped. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -405,9 +405,24 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBnawk\fR(1), \fBperl\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBprstat\fR(1M), -\fBcpustat\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBexit\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), -\fBsetuid\fR(2), \fBvfork\fR(2), \fBgethrtime\fR(3C), \fBstrtoll\fR(3C), -\fBcpc\fR(3CPC), \fBcpc_bind_pctx\fR(3CPC), \fBcpc_enable\fR(3CPC), -\fBcpc_open\fR(3CPC), \fBlibcpc\fR(3LIB), \fBlibpctx\fR(3LIB), \fBproc\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR nawk (1), +.BR perl (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR exit (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR setuid (2), +.BR vfork (2), +.BR gethrtime (3C), +.BR strtoll (3C), +.BR cpc (3CPC), +.BR cpc_bind_pctx (3CPC), +.BR cpc_enable (3CPC), +.BR cpc_open (3CPC), +.BR libcpc (3LIB), +.BR libpctx (3LIB), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR cpustat (8), +.BR prstat (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/crle.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/crle.1 index c6dabcf56f..8544d9341b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/crle.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/crle.1 @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Disable alternative object processing from a configuration file. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes. +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes. .sp .sp @@ -976,8 +976,12 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBfile\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBdldump\fR(3C), -\fBtempnam\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR file (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR dldump (3C), +.BR tempnam (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/crontab.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/crontab.1 index 334e012dc6..4a5d196e7c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/crontab.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/crontab.1 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ crontab \- user crontab file .SH DESCRIPTION The \fBcrontab\fR utility manages a user's access with \fBcron\fR (see -\fBcron\fR(1M)) by copying, creating, listing, and removing \fBcrontab\fR +\fBcron\fR(8)) by copying, creating, listing, and removing \fBcrontab\fR files. If invoked without options, \fBcrontab\fR copies the specified file, or the standard input if no file is specified, into a directory that holds all users' crontabs. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ executed must explicitly do so in the \fBcrontab\fR file. \fBcron\fR supplies a default environment for every shell, defining HOME, LOGNAME, SHELL, TZ, and PATH. The default PATH for user \fBcron\fR jobs is \fB/usr/bin\fR; while root \fBcron\fR jobs default to \fB/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR. The default PATH can be -set in \fB/etc/default/cron\fR (see \fBcron\fR(1M)). The TZ, HOME, and SHELL +set in \fB/etc/default/cron\fR (see \fBcron\fR(8)). The TZ, HOME, and SHELL environment variables are set to match those that are in effect in the \fBcrontab\fR file at the time. .sp @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Korn shell. The file concludes with \fBTZ\fR, \fBHOME\fR, and \fBSHELL\fR entries that return those variable to their default values. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcrontab\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SS "\fB/usr/bin/crontab\fR" @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ spool area for \fBcrontab\fR .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "\fB/usr/bin/crontab\fR" .TS @@ -745,9 +745,18 @@ Interface Stability Standard .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBatq\fR(1), \fBatrm\fR(1), \fBauths\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBvi\fR(1), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR atq (1), +.BR atrm (1), +.BR auths (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR cron (8), +.BR su (8) .SH NOTES If you inadvertently enter the \fBcrontab\fR command with no arguments, do not attempt to get out with Control-d. This removes all entries in your @@ -769,7 +778,7 @@ seconds after the current date and time. .LP If an authorized user other than root modifies another user's \fBcrontab\fR file, the resulting behavior can be unpredictable. Instead, the authorized user -should first use \fBsu\fR(1M) to become superuser to the other user's login +should first use \fBsu\fR(8) to become superuser to the other user's login before making any changes to the \fBcrontab\fR file. .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/crypt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/crypt.1 index 7621f1f099..c3fa63e93f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/crypt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/crypt.1 @@ -75,5 +75,9 @@ for typed key .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdes\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBex\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR des (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR ex (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/csh.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/csh.1 index 0ac366ac46..78560945bc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/csh.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/csh.1 @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ Match any single character. Match any single character in the enclosed list(s) or range(s). A list is a string of characters. A range is two characters separated by a dash (\fB\(mi\fR), and includes all the characters in between in the \fBASCII\fR -collating sequence (see \fBascii\fR(5)). +collating sequence (see \fBascii\fR(7)). .RE .sp @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ When a pathname is found that has proper execute permissions, the shell forks a new process and passes it, along with its arguments, to the kernel using the \fBexecve\fR(\|) system call (see \fBexec\fR(2)). The kernel then attempts to overlay the new process with the desired program. If the file is an executable -binary (in \fBa.out\fR(4) format) the kernel succeeds and begins executing the +binary (in \fBa.out\fR(5) format) the kernel succeeds and begins executing the new process. If the file is a text file and the first line begins with \fB#!\fR, the next word is taken to be the pathname of a shell (or command) to interpret that script. Subsequent words on the first line are taken as options @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ Limit the consumption by the current process or any process it spawns, each not to exceed \fImax-use\fR on the specified \fIresource\fR. The string \fBunlimited\fR requests that the current limit, if any, be removed. If \fImax-use\fR is omitted, print the current limit. If \fIresource\fR is -omitted, display all limits. Run the \fBsysdef\fR(1M) command to display +omitted, display all limits. Run the \fBsysdef\fR(8) command to display maximum limits for certain resources in your system (although it does not report stack size). The values reported are in hexadecimal, but can be translated into decimal numbers using the \fBbc\fR(1) command. @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ Maximum \fBCPU\fR seconds per process. .ad .RS 23n Largest single file allowed. Limited to the size of the filesystem. (See -\fBdf\fR(1M)). +\fBdf\fR(8)). .RE .sp @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ Largest single file allowed. Limited to the size of the filesystem. (See .ad .RS 23n Maximum data size (including stack) for the process. This is the size of your -virtual memory See \fBswap\fR(1M). +virtual memory See \fBswap\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ when changed within the C shell. .sp If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables (\fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR) (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of +\fBenviron\fR(7)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of \fBcsh\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value of the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents are used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. If @@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ Display each command after history substitution takes place. .SS "Large File Behavior" .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcsh\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcsh\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH FILES .ne 2 @@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ Source of home directories for `~\fIname\fR'. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -2993,12 +2993,32 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBbc\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBlimit\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), -\fBmore\fR(1), \fBpfcsh\fR(1), \fBpfexec\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBtset\fR(1B), \fBwhich\fR(1), \fBdf\fR(1M), -\fBswap\fR(1M), \fBsysdef\fR(1M), \fBaccess\fR(2), \fBexec\fR(2), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fBpipe\fR(2), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBascii\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBtermio\fR(7I) +.BR bc (1), +.BR echo (1), +.BR limit (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR pfcsh (1), +.BR pfexec (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR which (1), +.BR tset (1B), +.BR access (2), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR pipe (2), +.BR termio (4I), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR ascii (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR df (8), +.BR swap (8), +.BR sysdef (8) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .ne 2 .na diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/csplit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/csplit.1 index 944858b6b8..b33f7e571c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/csplit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/csplit.1 @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ current position and the end of the file. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcsplit\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcsplit\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ example% \fBcsplit -k prog.c '%main(%' '/^}/+1' {20}\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcsplit\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -299,8 +299,12 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsed\fR(1), \fBsplit\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR sed (1), +.BR split (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdiff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdiff.1 index 145d8ff194..459f7d35b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdiff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdiff.1 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ all the same. For more information on the specifics for what we look at for each kind of type, and the kinds themselves, see the information we use to encode them in -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . If the option .Fl I is specified, then the names of basic integer types are ignored. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ container found inside of either or .Em file2 has been uniquified (see -.Xr ctf 4 +.Xr ctf 5 for more on uniquification), then the parent .Sy CTF container is also required for the diff to complete. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ This option is required if .Em file1 has been uniquified. For more information on uniquification, see -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . .Ed .It Fl P Ar parent2 .Bd -filled -compact @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ This option is required if .Em file1 has been uniquified. For more information on uniquification, see -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . .Ed .It Fl q .Bd -filled -compact @@ -345,4 +345,4 @@ The output format is .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ctfdump 1 , .Xr diff 1 , -.Xr ctf 4 +.Xr ctf 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdump.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdump.1 index 106eb47a7e..4a11726e3b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdump.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ctfdump.1 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Each line in the section describes the value of one of the members of the header. For more information on the meaning and interpretation of these members, see -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . .Ss Label Table This section describes information about the labels present in the .Sy CTF @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ For more information on how labels are used with information, see the section .Em The Label Section in -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . .Ss Data Objects This section describes the type information relating to data objects from the symbol table. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ If the type identifier is enclosed in angle brackets, then that represents that it is a root type or top-level type. If it is square brackets, then it is not. For more information on root types, see -.Xr ctf 4 . +.Xr ctf 5 . .Pp Next, the type will have its name and kind. If it is an array, it will be followed with a subscript that describes @@ -443,4 +443,4 @@ The output format is .Xr dump 1 , .Xr elfdump 1 , .Xr mdb 1 , -.Xr ctf 4 +.Xr ctf 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ctrun.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ctrun.1 index e6840ec89f..6d07ceea10 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ctrun.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ctrun.1 @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ The \fBctrun\fR utility starts a command in a newly created process contract. events that occur within the contract. .sp .LP -For additional information about process contracts, see \fBcontract\fR(4) and -\fBprocess\fR(4). +For additional information about process contracts, see \fBcontract\fR(5) and +\fBprocess\fR(5). .SH OPTIONS .sp .LP @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Invalid arguments were provided to \fBctrun\fR. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -394,5 +394,9 @@ Human Readable Output is Uncommitted. Invocation is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBctstat\fR(1), \fBctwatch\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBcontract\fR(4), -\fBprocess\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ctstat (1), +.BR ctwatch (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR contract (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ctstat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ctstat.1 index eac5c7d6df..de667ae425 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ctstat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ctstat.1 @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Invalid arguments. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -377,5 +377,8 @@ The human readable output is Uncommitted. The invocation is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBctrun\fR(1), \fBctwatch\fR(1), \fBcontract\fR(4), \fBprocess\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ctrun (1), +.BR ctwatch (1), +.BR contract (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ctwatch.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ctwatch.1 index 77ad32ebc1..e950b300df 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ctwatch.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ctwatch.1 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Invalid arguments. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -222,8 +222,12 @@ Human Readable Output is Unstable. Invocation is Evolving. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBctrun\fR(1), \fBctstat\fR(1), \fBcontract\fR(4), \fBprocess\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5) +.BR ctrun (1), +.BR ctstat (1), +.BR contract (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR privileges (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/cut.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/cut.1 index f2e92abb9e..a50c0e8e8a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/cut.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/cut.1 @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ A path name of an input file. If no \fIfile\fR operands are specified, or if a .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBcut\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBcut\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ example$ \fBname=\(gawho am i | cut -f1 -d' '\(ga\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBcut\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -259,8 +259,12 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgrep\fR(1), \fBpaste\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR grep (1), +.BR paste (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/date.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/date.1 index 8e2d25a5ba..23eaafa8b8 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/date.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/date.1 @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ written. Specifications of native language translations of month and weekday names are supported. The month and weekday names used for a language are based on the locale specified by the environment variable \fBLC_TIME\fR. See -\fBenviron\fR(5). +\fBenviron\fR(7). .sp .LP The following is the default form for the "C" locale: @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ conversion to and from local standard and daylight time. Only the super-user may change the date. After successfully setting the date and time, \fBdate\fR displays the new date according to the default format. The \fBdate\fR command uses \fBTZ\fR to determine the correct time zone information; see -\fBenviron\fR(5). +\fBenviron\fR(7). .SH EXAMPLES .LP \fBExample 1 \fRGenerating Output @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Thu Jan 01 00:30:00 GMT 2000 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBdate\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/date" .TS @@ -443,7 +443,10 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBstrftime\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR strftime (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .ne 2 .na diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dc.1 index f395d7e8a0..a0b8c8ff35 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dc.1 @@ -356,7 +356,8 @@ lyx .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBbc\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR bc (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/deallocate.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/deallocate.1 index be14c951c0..cb3f056859 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/deallocate.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/deallocate.1 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ deallocate \- device deallocation The \fBdeallocate\fR command frees an allocated device. It resets the ownership and permissions on all device special files associated with the device, disabling access to that device. \fBdeallocate\fR runs the device cleaning -program for that device as specified in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +program for that device as specified in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .sp .LP The default \fBdeallocate\fR operation deallocates devices allocated to the @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ An error occurred. \fB/etc/security/lib/*\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -179,14 +179,19 @@ The invocation is Uncommitted. The options are Uncommitted. The output is Not-an-Interface. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBallocate\fR(1), \fBlist_devices\fR(1), \fBdminfo\fR(1M), -\fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M), \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4), -\fBdevice_maps\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR allocate (1), +.BR list_devices (1), +.BR device_allocate (5), +.BR device_maps (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR dminfo (8), +.BR mkdevalloc (8), +.BR mkdevmaps (8) .SH NOTES .LP On systems configured with Trusted Extensions, the functionality is enabled by default. .sp .LP -\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M) might +\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(8), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(8) might not be supported in a future release of the Solaris Operating Environment. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/deroff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/deroff.1 index 74f061b343..51dfa5a7b9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/deroff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/deroff.1 @@ -70,7 +70,11 @@ The \fB-i\fR option causes \fBderoff\fR to ignore \fB\&.so\fR and .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBeqn\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR eqn (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dhcpinfo.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dhcpinfo.1 index 7222ffeb60..adedd15787 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dhcpinfo.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dhcpinfo.1 @@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ dhcpinfo \- display values of parameters received through DHCP The \fBdhcpinfo\fR utility prints the \fBDHCP\fR-supplied value(s) of the parameter requested on the command line. The parameter can be identified either by its numeric code in the \fBDHCP\fR specification, or by its mnemonic -identifier, as listed in \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4). This command is intended to be +identifier, as listed in \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5). This command is intended to be used in command substitutions in the shell scripts invoked at system boot or -in event scripts as described in \fBdhcpagent\fR(1M). It first contacts the -DHCP client daemon \fBdhcpagent\fR(1M) to verify that \fBDHCP\fR has +in event scripts as described in \fBdhcpagent\fR(8). It first contacts the +DHCP client daemon \fBdhcpagent\fR(8) to verify that \fBDHCP\fR has successfully completed on the requested interface. If \fBDHCP\fR has successfully completed on the requested interface, \fBdhcpinfo\fR retrieves the values for the requested parameter. Parameter values echoed by \fBdhcpinfo\fR should not be used without checking its exit status. See \fBexit\fR(1). .sp .LP -See \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4) for the list of mnemonic identifier codes for all +See \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5) for the list of mnemonic identifier codes for all \fBDHCP\fR parameters. See \fIRFC 2132, DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions\fR for more details on DHCPv4 parameters, and RFC 3315, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6), for more details on DHCPv6 @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ The output from \fBdhcpinfo\fR consists of one or more lines of \fBASCII\fR text; the format of the output depends upon the requested parameter. The number of values returned per line and the total number of lines output for a given parameter are determined by the parameter's \fBgranularity\fR and \fBmaximum\fR -values, respectively, as defined by \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4). +values, respectively, as defined by \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5). .sp .LP The format of each individual value is determined by the data type of the -option, as determined by \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4). The possible data types and +option, as determined by \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5). The possible data types and their formats are listed below: .sp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ their formats are listed below: .TS c c c l l l . -Data Type Format \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4) type +Data Type Format \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5) type Unsigned Number One or more decimal digits T{ \fBUNUMBER8\fR, \fBUNUMBER16\fR, \fBUNUMBER32\fR, \fBUNUMBER64\fR T} @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ Specifies the interface to retrieve values for \fBDHCP\fR parameters from. If this option is not specified, the primary interface is used. .sp If a primary interface has not been selected for the system by -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) or for this command by \fB-i\fR, the system automatically +\fBifconfig\fR(8) or for this command by \fB-i\fR, the system automatically selects an interface to consider as primary for the current command invocation. The selection chooses the interface whose name sorts lexically first, and that has DHCP parameters attached. This selection does not affect system state. Use -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) to set a primary interface. +\fBifconfig\fR(8) to set a primary interface. .sp -The recommended practice in the \fBdhcpagent\fR(1M) \fBeventhook\fR scripts is +The recommended practice in the \fBdhcpagent\fR(8) \fBeventhook\fR scripts is to specify the desired interface with \fB-i\fR, rather than relying on primary selection. .sp @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ the actual vendor code for DHCPv4, and \fB65536\fR for DHCPv6. .ad .RS 14n Mnemonic symbol for the requested \fBDHCP\fR parameter, as listed in -\fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4). +\fBdhcp_inittab\fR(5). .RE .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ System error (should never occur). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -217,8 +217,10 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBdhcpagent\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBdhcp_inittab\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR dhcp_inittab (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR dhcpagent (8), +.BR ifconfig (8) .sp .LP Alexander, S., and R. Droms, \fIRFC 2132, DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/diff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/diff.1 index 5078d84803..11be316331 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/diff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/diff.1 @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ directory file with a filename that is the same as the last component of the non-directory file. .Sh USAGE See -.Xr largefile 5 +.Xr largefile 7 for the description of the behavior of .Nm when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ diff -r dir1/x/date.out dir2/x/date.out .Ed .Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES See -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of .Nm : @@ -461,10 +461,10 @@ is .Xr ed 1 , .Xr pr 1 , .Xr sdiff 1 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr standards 5 +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr largefile 7 , +.Xr standards 7 .Sh NOTES Editing scripts produced under the .Fl e @@ -473,6 +473,7 @@ or options are na\(:ive about creating lines consisting of a single dot .Sq \&. . .Pp +>>>>>>> master Missing NEWLINE at end of file indicates that the last line of the file in question did not have a NEWLINE. If the lines are different, they will be flagged and output, although the diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/diff3.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/diff3.1 index 46b1b7ae2a..7a569fd863 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/diff3.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/diff3.1 @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Produce a script to incorporate only changes flagged \fB====3\fR. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBdiff3\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBdiff3\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH FILES .sp @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ of \fBdiff3\fR. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -230,7 +230,9 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdiff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR diff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/diffmk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/diffmk.1 index 2aef743146..4a87b82b80 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/diffmk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/diffmk.1 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ single \fB*\fR. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBdiffmk\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBdiffmk\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -75,8 +75,12 @@ If the characters \fB|\fR and \fB*\fR are inappropriate, you might run .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdiff\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), \fBsed\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR diff (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR sed (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/digest.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/digest.1 index ec18edb247..82a9566df2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/digest.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/digest.1 @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -178,6 +178,11 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcksum\fR(1), \fBencrypt\fR(1), \fBmac\fR(1), \fBbart\fR(1M), -\fBcryptoadm\fR(1M), \fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5) +.BR cksum (1), +.BR encrypt (1), +.BR mac (1), +.BR libpkcs11 (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR pkcs11_softtoken (7), +.BR bart (8), +.BR cryptoadm (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dircmp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dircmp.1 index 869bb6e581..ba4f9714c9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dircmp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dircmp.1 @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@ A path name of a directory to be compared. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBdircmp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBdircmp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBdircmp\fR: \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -149,5 +149,8 @@ errors.) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcmp\fR(1), \fBdiff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR cmp (1), +.BR diff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dis.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dis.1 index 103fd48509..def59c1f7f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dis.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dis.1 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ A path name of an object file or an archive (see \fBar\fR(1)) of object files. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBdis\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ default \fBLIBDIR\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -271,8 +271,12 @@ The human readable output is Uncommitted. The command line options are Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBas\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR as (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .LP The self-explanatory diagnostics indicate errors in the command line or diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/disown.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/disown.1 index e4e59cbdcc..ab49dc9cf0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/disown.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/disown.1 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ David Korn, \fBdgk@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -156,4 +156,8 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBbg\fR(1), \fBjobs\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBwait\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR bg (1), +.BR jobs (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dispgid.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dispgid.1 index 0fc506d9ff..737b1c9ecf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dispgid.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dispgid.1 @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Cannot read the group file. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dispuid.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dispuid.1 index df10df4455..8c435bef75 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dispuid.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dispuid.1 @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Cannot read the password file. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dos2unix.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dos2unix.1 index 0fe479ad55..f824ea75e3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dos2unix.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dos2unix.1 @@ -138,7 +138,9 @@ The new file in \fBISO\fR format that has been converted from the original .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBunix2dos\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ls (1), +.BR unix2dos (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/download.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/download.1 index e11751d54c..8de4d9f59d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/download.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/download.1 @@ -146,7 +146,10 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdpost\fR(1), \fBpostio\fR(1), \fBpostprint\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR dpost (1), +.BR postio (1), +.BR postprint (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP The \fBdownload\fR program should be part of a more general program. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dpost.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dpost.1 index c977e416ad..c785cc0889 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dpost.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dpost.1 @@ -316,8 +316,12 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdownload\fR(1), \fBpostio\fR(1), \fBpostprint\fR(1), \fBpostreverse\fR(1), -\fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR download (1), +.BR postio (1), +.BR postprint (1), +.BR postreverse (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP Output files often do not conform to Adobe's file structuring conventions. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/du.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/du.1 index 08859ebd70..df20280d3e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/du.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/du.1 @@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ The output from \fBdu\fR consists of the amount of the space allocated to a file and the name of the file. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBdu\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBdu\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBdu\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/du" .TS @@ -296,8 +296,13 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBls\fR(1), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ls (1), +.BR stat (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Basic Administration\fR .SH NOTES diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dump.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dump.1 index 6c1c4ff317..a69459b1d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dump.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dump.1 @@ -315,5 +315,8 @@ meaningful way, printing certain information in character, hexadecimal, octal, or decimal representation as appropriate. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBnm\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBa.out\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR nm (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/dumpcs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/dumpcs.1 index ae5f6242b2..c1bc8da38a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/dumpcs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/dumpcs.1 @@ -94,7 +94,8 @@ POSIX.1 "C" locale. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBlocaledef\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR localedef (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/echo.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/echo.1 index 98b49e017d..f5b6ca4f19 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/echo.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/echo.1 @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ example% \fB/usr/ucb/echo -n "$USER's current directory is $PWD"\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBecho\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -361,14 +361,21 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBksh93\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBtr\fR(1), -\fBwc\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1B), \fBascii\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR tr (1), +.BR wc (1), +.BR echo (1B), +.BR ascii (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP When representing an 8-bit character by using the escape convention @@ -403,4 +410,4 @@ the three digits "033" rather than just the two digits "33" after the .sp .LP -For the octal equivalents of each character, see \fBascii\fR(5). +For the octal equivalents of each character, see \fBascii\fR(7). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ed.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ed.1 index 016c8f0cfa..a7610ad68d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ed.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ed.1 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ commands via \fB!\fR\fIshell command\fR. Attempts to bypass these restrictions result in an error message (\fIrestricted shell\fR). .sp .LP -Both \fBed\fR and \fBred\fR support the \fBfspec\fR(4) formatting capability. +Both \fBed\fR and \fBred\fR support the \fBfspec\fR(5) formatting capability. The default terminal mode is either \fBstty\fR \fB-tabs\fR or \fBstty tab3\fR, where tab stops are set at eight columns (see \fBstty\fR(1)). If, however, the first line of \fIfile\fR contains a format specification, that specification @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ line is discussed under the description of each command. .sp .LP Internationalized Basic Regular Expressions are used for all system-supplied -locales. See \fBregex\fR(5). +locales. See \fBregex\fR(7). .SS "ed Commands" .sp .LP @@ -1074,13 +1074,13 @@ input. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBed\fR and +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBed\fR and \fBred\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBed\fR: \fBHOME\fR, \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ Work is saved here if the terminal is hung up. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/ed, /usr/bin/red" .sp @@ -1196,10 +1196,21 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBedit\fR(1), \fBex\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), -\fBsed\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), -\fBfspec\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBregex\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR edit (1), +.BR ex (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sed (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR fspec (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/eject.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/eject.1 index 142322011f..aadbe20012 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/eject.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/eject.1 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ be manually ejected. Do not physically eject media from a device that contains mounted file systems. \fBeject\fR automatically searches for any mounted file systems that reside on the device, and attempts to umount them prior to ejecting the media. See -\fBmount\fR(1M). If the unmount operation fails, \fBeject\fR prints a warning +\fBmount\fR(8). If the unmount operation fails, \fBeject\fR prints a warning message and exits. The \fB-f\fR option can be used to specify an eject even if the device contains mounted partitions. .sp @@ -226,5 +226,8 @@ default \fBCD-ROM\fR file (deprecated) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBvolcheck\fR(1), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBrmmount\fR(1M), \fBioctl\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR volcheck (1), +.BR ioctl (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR mount (8), +.BR rmmount (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/elfdump.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/elfdump.1 index 3859847ecf..de5b434f5d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/elfdump.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/elfdump.1 @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Dumps the contents of the \fB\&.SUNW_move\fR section. .RS 18n Dumps the contents of \fB\&.note\fR sections. By default, \fBelfdump\fR displays this data without interpretation in hexadecimal form. Core files are -an exception. A subset of the core file notes described in \fBcore\fR(4) are +an exception. A subset of the core file notes described in \fBcore\fR(5) are interpreted by \fBelfdump\fR and displayed in a high level format: NT_PRSTATUS, NT_PRPSINFO, NT_PLATFORM, NT_AUXV, NT_ASRS, NT_PSTATUS, NT_PSINFO, NT_PRCRED, NT_UTSNAME, NT_LWPSTATUS, NT_LWPSINFO, NT_PRPRIV, NT_PRPRIVINFO, NT_CONTENT, @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ linker debugging library .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -584,8 +584,13 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBdump\fR(1), \fBnm\fR(1), \fBpvs\fR(1), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), -\fBcore\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR dump (1), +.BR nm (1), +.BR pvs (1), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR core (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/elfedit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/elfedit.1 index b8f27fa3a9..d436572005 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/elfedit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/elfedit.1 @@ -893,11 +893,11 @@ editing commands. .ad .RS 20n Personal \fBtecla\fR customization file for command line editing. See -\fBtecla\fR(5). +\fBtecla\fR(7). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -911,9 +911,16 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBdump\fR(1), \fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBmore\fR(1), \fBnm\fR(1), -\fBpvs\fR(1), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), \fBlibelf\fR(3LIB), \fBtecla\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR dump (1), +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR nm (1), +.BR pvs (1), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR libelf (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR tecla (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/elfsign.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/elfsign.1 index dc74316816..b10440f526 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/elfsign.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/elfsign.1 @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ used .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -433,5 +433,8 @@ should not depend on the output format of \fBelfsign\fR, the output format of the \fBlist\fR subcommand is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdate\fR(1), \fBpktool\fR(1), \fBcryptoadm\fR(1M), \fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR date (1), +.BR pktool (1), +.BR libpkcs11 (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR cryptoadm (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/elfwrap.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/elfwrap.1 index fdab71ecbc..4076951dc9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/elfwrap.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/elfwrap.1 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ The default relocatable object file created. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -201,8 +201,12 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBstrings\fR(1), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBddi_modopen\fR(9F) +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR strings (1), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR ddi_modopen (9F) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/enable.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/enable.1 index 33b3bfbe8f..80ddbc93ff 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/enable.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/enable.1 @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The following operand is supported for both \fBenable\fR and \fBdisable\fR: .RS 11n The name of the printer to be enabled or disabled. Specify \fIprinter\fR using atomic or URI-style (\fIscheme\fR\fB://\fR\fIendpoint\fR) names. See -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4) regarding the naming conventions for destinations. +\fBprinters.conf\fR(5) regarding the naming conventions for destinations. .RE .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -165,7 +165,10 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR lp (1), +.BR lpstat (1), +.BR printers.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP When IPP is in use, the user is prompted for a passphrase if the remote print diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/encrypt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/encrypt.1 index 69a8eef726..f9b23850ab 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/encrypt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/encrypt.1 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ key length, and passphrases set from the terminal are always used to generate 128 bit long keys for ciphers with a variable key length. .sp For information on generating a key file, see the \fBgenkey\fR subcommand in -\fBpktool\fR(1). Alternatively, \fBdd\fR(1M) can be used. +\fBpktool\fR(1). Alternatively, \fBdd\fR(8) can be used. .RE .sp @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -373,9 +373,14 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdigest\fR(1), \fBpktool\fR(1), \fBmac\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M), -\fBgetpassphrase\fR(3C), \fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5) +.BR digest (1), +.BR mac (1), +.BR pktool (1), +.BR getpassphrase (3C), +.BR libpkcs11 (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR pkcs11_softtoken (7), +.BR dd (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Security Services\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/enhance.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/enhance.1 index 8a18e37304..feda59ffa7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/enhance.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/enhance.1 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ stop the input line from being re-displayed so often that it slows down output. .sp .LP The user-level command-line editing facilities provided by the Tecla library -are documented in the \fBtecla\fR(5) man page +are documented in the \fBtecla\fR(7) man page .SS "DEFICIENCIES" .sp .LP @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ be displayed on the next line. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -92,4 +92,6 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBlibtecla\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBtecla\fR(5) +.BR libtecla (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR tecla (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/env.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/env.1 index e0ff364611..2d86ce1cf0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/env.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/env.1 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ which then must reside in \fB/mybin\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBenv\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin" .sp @@ -238,5 +238,10 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBprofile\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR profile (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/eqn.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/eqn.1 index 695f44d8e0..ba5d1eb806 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/eqn.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/eqn.1 @@ -483,7 +483,11 @@ communicate with \fBtroff\fR when all else fails. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBms\fR(5) +.BR nroff (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR ms (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/exec.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/exec.1 index 7276e8a975..5b7df91690 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/exec.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/exec.1 @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ is the exit status of the command defined by the \fIargument\fR operands. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -319,4 +319,8 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/exit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/exit.1 index 8732bfe2f2..e1c98e2eb2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/exit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/exit.1 @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ the exit status of preceding command. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -211,5 +211,9 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBbreak\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR break (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/expand.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/expand.1 index 0bc209a522..22fb1a67d4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/expand.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/expand.1 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ The path name of a text file to be used as input. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBexpand\fR and \fBunexpand\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -219,4 +219,7 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBtabs\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR tabs (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/expr.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/expr.1 index 6fa0408693..db291258e4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/expr.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/expr.1 @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The matching operator \fB:\fR (colon) compares the first argument with the second argument, which must be an internationalized basic regular expression (BRE), except that all patterns are anchored to the beginning of the string. That is, only sequences starting at the first character of a string are matched -by the regular expression. See \fBregex\fR(5) and NOTES. Normally, the +by the regular expression. See \fBregex\fR(7) and NOTES. Normally, the \fB/usr/bin/expr\fR matching operator returns the number of bytes matched and the \fB/usr/xpg4/bin/expr\fR matching operator returns the number of characters matched (\fB0\fR on failure). If the second argument contains at least one BRE @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ example$ \fBexpr "$VAR" : '.*'\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBexpr\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -367,8 +367,14 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBbasename\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBIntro\fR(3), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR basename (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR Intro (3), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 @@ -430,4 +436,4 @@ example$ \fBexpr X$a = X=\fR .LP Unlike some previous versions, \fBexpr\fR uses Internationalized Basic Regular Expressions for all system-provided locales. Internationalized Regular -Expressions are explained on the \fBregex\fR(5) manual page. +Expressions are explained on the \fBregex\fR(7) manual page. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/exstr.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/exstr.1 index be476f0aef..ecb4bd9403 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/exstr.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/exstr.1 @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ program that needs to run in an international environment and have messages print in more than one language. \fBexstr\fR replaces text strings with function calls that point at strings in a message data base. The data base used depends on the run-time value of the \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR environment variable -(see \fBenviron\fR(5)). +(see \fBenviron\fR(7)). .RE .SH EXAMPLES @@ -375,9 +375,15 @@ files created by \fBmkmsgs\fR(1) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgettxt\fR(1), \fBmkmsgs\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), \fBsrchtxt\fR(1), -\fBgettxt\fR(3C), \fBprintf\fR(3C), \fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR gettxt (1), +.BR mkmsgs (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR srchtxt (1), +.BR gettxt (3C), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/factor.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/factor.1 index f8460fc40b..d32abc5949 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/factor.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/factor.1 @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ garbage input. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/fdformat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/fdformat.1 index 8a13bc7eb3..f44398b019 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/fdformat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/fdformat.1 @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ not available on all systems. .ad .RS 15n Performs \fBumount\fR on any file systems and then formats. See -\fBmount\fR(1M). +\fBmount\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -433,18 +433,26 @@ OPERANDS for a description of \fIN\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcpio\fR(1), \fBeject\fR(1), \fBrmformat\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), -\fBvolcheck\fR(1), \fBvolrmmount\fR(1), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBnewfs\fR(1M), -\fBprtvtoc\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpcfs\fR(7FS) +.BR cpio (1), +.BR eject (1), +.BR rmformat (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR volcheck (1), +.BR volrmmount (1), +.BR pcfs (4FS), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR mount (8), +.BR newfs (8), +.BR prtvtoc (8) .SS "x86 Only" .sp .LP -\fBfd\fR(7D) +.BR fd (4D) .SH NOTES .sp .LP A diskette or \fBPCMCIA\fR memory card containing a \fBufs\fR file system -created on a SPARC based system (by using \fBfdformat\fR and \fBnewfs\fR(1M)), +created on a SPARC based system (by using \fBfdformat\fR and \fBnewfs\fR(8)), is not identical to a diskette or \fBPCMCIA\fR memory card containing a ufs file system created on an x86 based system. Do not interchange ufs diskettes or memory cards between these platforms. Use \fBcpio\fR(1) or \fBtar\fR(1) to diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/file.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/file.1 index 2e84d1a3d3..ad67949b07 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/file.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/file.1 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ files that have a magic number. For example, in the Japanese locale, \fBfile\fR will try to use \fB/usr/lib/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/magic\fR. If a localized magic file does not exist, \fBfile\fR will utilize \fB/etc/magic\fR. A magic number is a numeric or string constant that indicates the file type. See -\fBmagic\fR(4) for an explanation of the format of \fB/etc/magic\fR. +\fBmagic\fR(5) for an explanation of the format of \fB/etc/magic\fR. .sp .LP If \fIfile\fR does not exist, cannot be read, or its file status could not be @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Uses \fImfile\fR as an alternate magic file, instead of \fB/etc/magic\fR. .ad .RS 22n Specifies the name of a file containing position-sensitive tests that are -applied to a file in order to classify it (see \fBmagic\fR(4)). If the \fB-m\fR +applied to a file in order to classify it (see \fBmagic\fR(5)). If the \fB-m\fR option is specified without specifying the \fB-d\fR option or the \fB-M\fR option, position-sensitive default system tests are applied after the position-sensitive tests specified by the \fB-m\fR option. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ position-sensitive tests specified by the \fB-m\fR option. .ad .RS 12n Specifies the name of a file containing position-sensitive tests that are -applied to a file in order to classify it (see \fBmagic\fR(4)). No +applied to a file in order to classify it (see \fBmagic\fR(5)). No position-sensitive default system tests nor context-sensitive default system tests are applied unless the \fB-d\fR option is also specified. .RE @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ A path name of a file to be tested. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBfile\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBfile\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ file "$1" | grep \(miFq executable && .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBfile\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -341,5 +341,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcrle\fR(1), \fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBmagic\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR crle (1), +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR magic (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/filesync.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/filesync.1 index 15b43119bc..dae2cbdcef 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/filesync.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/filesync.1 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ There are two forms of the \fBfilesync\fR command. The first form of reconciles differences between the files and systems specified in the \fB$HOME/.packingrules\fR file. \fB$HOME/.packingrules\fR is a packing rules list for \fBfilesync\fR and contains a list of files to -be kept synchronized. See \fBpackingrules\fR(4). +be kept synchronized. See \fBpackingrules\fR(5). .sp .LP The second form of \fBfilesync\fR copies specific files from a directory on the @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ conflicts remain. .LP The packing rules file \fB$HOME/.packingrules\fR contains a list of files to be kept synchronized. The syntax of this file is described in -\fBpackingrules\fR(4). +\fBpackingrules\fR(5). .LP The \fB$HOME/.packingrules\fR file is automatically created if users invoke \fBfilesync\fR with filename arguments. By using \fBfilesync\fR options, users @@ -594,4 +594,5 @@ baseline summary file .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBpackingrules\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR packingrules (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/find.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/find.1 index 3e1b3959ee..6e5c812415 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/find.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/find.1 @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ The \fB-user\fR, \fB-group\fR, and \fB-newer\fR primaries each evaluate their respective arguments only once. Invocation of \fIcommand\fR specified by \fB-exec\fR or \fB-ok\fR does not affect subsequent primaries on the same file. .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBfind\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBfind\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRWriting Out the Hierarchy Directory @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ example% \fBfind . -xattr\fR .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBfind\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5). +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned: .sp @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ File that registers distributed file system packages .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1048,14 +1048,25 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtest\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1B), -\fBacl\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBumask\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBlocale\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR cpio (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR test (1), +.BR ls (1B), +.BR stat (2), +.BR umask (2), +.BR acl (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH WARNINGS The following options are obsolete and will not be supported in future releases: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/finger.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/finger.1 index 44830a0d89..4b107c5d35 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/finger.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/finger.1 @@ -291,8 +291,11 @@ accounting .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBwho\fR(1), \fBwhois\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR passwd (1), +.BR who (1), +.BR whois (1), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP Zimmerman, D., \fIThe Finger User Information Protocol\fR, RFC 1288, Center for diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/fmt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/fmt.1 index 1cd01eebf4..7ced037ecb 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/fmt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/fmt.1 @@ -86,12 +86,15 @@ Input file. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment variable that affects the execution of \fBfmt\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnroff\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR nroff (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/fmtmsg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/fmtmsg.1 index 4dc5a9f1a7..1ab60b1b85 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/fmtmsg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/fmtmsg.1 @@ -518,4 +518,6 @@ No requested functions were executed successfully. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddseverity\fR(3C), \fBfmtmsg\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addseverity (3C), +.BR fmtmsg (3C), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/fold.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/fold.1 index 98d7f4aae7..b1cd968c29 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/fold.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/fold.1 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ example% \fBfold -w 132 bigfile | lp\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBfold\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -219,8 +219,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcut\fR(1), \fBpr\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cut (1), +.BR pr (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ftp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ftp.1 index 448cd3d510..3e04f0306f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ftp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ftp.1 @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Turns off interactive prompting during multiple file transfers. .RS 14n Specifies the \fBGSS\fR-\fBAPI\fR mechanism to use. The default is to use the kerberos_v5 mechanism. Supported alternatives are defined in -\fB/etc/gss/mech\fR (see \fBmech\fR(4)). +\fB/etc/gss/mech\fR (see \fBmech\fR(5)). .RE .sp @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ By default, prints an abbreviated listing of the contents of a directory on the remote machine. This default behavior can be changed to make \fBls\fR a synonym of the \fBdir\fR command. This change can be achieved by setting \fBFTP_LS_SENDS_NLST\fR to '\fBno\fR' in \fB/etc/default/ftp\fR or in the -environment. See \fBftp\fR(4) for details. +environment. See \fBftp\fR(5) for details. .sp The \fB-a\fR option lists all entries, including those that begin with a dot (\fB\&.\fR), which are normally not listed. The \fB-l\fR option lists files in @@ -1222,17 +1222,17 @@ The "transfer mode" can be one of \fBstream\fR, \fBblock\fR, or \fBstream\fR. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBftp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBftp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .sp .LP -The \fBftp\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). +The \fBftp\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(4P). .SH FILES .LP \fB~/.netrc\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1247,9 +1247,18 @@ CSI enabled .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBls\fR(1), \fBrcp\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), -\fBpopen\fR(3C), \fBftp\fR(4), \fBftpusers\fR(4), \fBmech\fR(4), -\fBnetrc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBip6\fR(7P) +.BR ls (1), +.BR rcp (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR popen (3C), +.BR ip6 (4P), +.BR ftp (5), +.BR ftpusers (5), +.BR mech (5), +.BR netrc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7) .sp .LP Allman, M., Ostermann, S., and Metz, C. \fIRFC 2428, FTP Extensions for IPv6 @@ -1270,7 +1279,7 @@ Network Working Group. June 1994. .LP Failure to log in can arise from an explicit denial by the remote \fBFTP\fR server because the account is listed in \fB/etc/ftpusers\fR. See -\fBftpusers\fR(4). +\fBftpusers\fR(5). .sp .LP Correct execution of many commands depends upon proper behavior by the remote diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/gcore.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/gcore.1 index e199c9d2ac..a714400454 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/gcore.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/gcore.1 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ The following options are supported: .ad .RS 15n Produces core image files with the specified content. The content description -uses the same tokens as in \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). The \fB-c\fR option does not +uses the same tokens as in \fBcoreadm\fR(8). The \fB-c\fR option does not apply to cores produced due to the \fB-p\fR or \fB-g\fR flags. .RE @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Force. Grabs the target process even if another process has control. .ad .RS 15n Produces core image files in the global core file repository with the global -content as configured by \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). The command fails if the user does +content as configured by \fBcoreadm\fR(8). The command fails if the user does not have permissions to the global core file repository. .RE @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ not have permissions to the global core file repository. .RS 15n Substitutes \fIfilename\fR in place of \fBcore\fR as the first part of the name of the core image files. \fIfilename\fR can contain the same tokens to be -expanded as the paths in \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). +expanded as the paths in \fBcoreadm\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ expanded as the paths in \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). .ad .RS 15n Produces a core image file in the process-specific location with the -process-specific content for each process as configured by \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). +process-specific content for each process as configured by \fBcoreadm\fR(8). The command fails if the user does not have permissions to the per-process core file repository. .RE @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ core images .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -151,8 +151,12 @@ The command syntax is Evolving. The Output Formats are Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBcoreadm\fR(1M), \fBsetrlimit\fR(2), \fBcore\fR(4), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR kill (1), +.BR setrlimit (2), +.BR core (5), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR coreadm (8) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/gencat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/gencat.1 index 5796f44080..baf1ddee1b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/gencat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/gencat.1 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ files is defined in \fBMessage Text Source File Format\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgencat\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -266,6 +266,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmkmsgs\fR(1), \fBcatgets\fR(3C), \fBcatopen\fR(3C), \fBgettxt\fR(3C), -\fBnl_types.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR mkmsgs (1), +.BR catgets (3C), +.BR catopen (3C), +.BR gettxt (3C), +.BR nl_types.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/genmsg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/genmsg.1 index 8b761cfe06..8780aa10e6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/genmsg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/genmsg.1 @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ upon \fBproj\fR and would overwrite the results to \fBexample.c\fR and .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgenmsg\fR: \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS .sp @@ -546,8 +546,11 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgencat\fR(1), \fBcatgets\fR(3C), \fBcatopen\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR gencat (1), +.BR catgets (3C), +.BR catopen (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getconf.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getconf.1 index 6302b4afa3..237692f2ce 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getconf.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getconf.1 @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ prefixes are: .el o \fBCS\fR .sp -\fBconfstr\fR(3C), +.BR confstr (3C), .RE .RS +4 .TP @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ prefixes are: .el o \fBPC\fR .sp -\fBpathconf\fR(2) +.BR pathconf (2) .RE .RS +4 .TP @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ prefixes are: .el o \fBSC\fR .sp -\fBsysconf\fR(3C) +.BR sysconf (3C) .RE .RS +4 .TP @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ prefixes are: .el o \fBSI\fR .sp -\fBsysinfo\fR(2) +.BR sysinfo (2) .RE .RS +4 .TP @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ The symbol \fBPATH\fR also is recognized, yielding the same value as the .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fB/usr/bin/getconf\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ program is executed. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgetconf\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/getconf, /usr/xpg4/bin/getconf, /usr/xpg6/bin/getconf" .sp @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -773,6 +773,13 @@ The built-in command-line interface is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBpathconf\fR(2), \fBsysinfo\fR(2), -\fBconfstr\fR(3C), \fBsysconf\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR pathconf (2), +.BR sysinfo (2), +.BR confstr (3C), +.BR sysconf (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getfacl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getfacl.1 index 8eca23b106..86b8997078 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getfacl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getfacl.1 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ directories contain default \fBACL\fRs. .sp .LP The \fBgetfacl\fR utility will fail if executed on a file system that supports -NFSv4 \fBACL\fRs. See \fBacl\fR(5) for a description of the difference +NFSv4 \fBACL\fRs. See \fBacl\fR(7) for a description of the difference between the older POSIX-draft \fBACL\fRs and the newer NFSv4 \fBACL\fRs. The \fBls\fR(1) utility, when used with the \fB-v\fR or \fB-V\fR options, will display \fBACL\fRs on all types of file system. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ group file .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -288,9 +288,15 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fBacl\fR(2), -\fBaclsort\fR(3SEC), \fBgroup\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBacl\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR acl (2), +.BR aclsort (3SEC), +.BR group (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR acl (7), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES The output from \fBgetfacl\fR is in the correct format for input to the \fBsetfacl\fR \fB-f\fR command. If the output from \fBgetfacl\fR is redirected diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getlabel.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getlabel.1 index f67e13e95f..33676508a4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getlabel.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getlabel.1 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Unable to translate label. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -90,8 +90,10 @@ The command line is Committed. The output is Not-an-Interface. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsetlabel\fR(1), \fBm_label\fR(3TSOL), \fBlabel_encodings\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR setlabel (1), +.BR m_label (3TSOL), +.BR label_encodings (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getopt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getopt.1 index 97eb058e6a..a1972367ed 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getopt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getopt.1 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ cmd -a -oarg -- filename1 filename2\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -94,8 +94,13 @@ CSI enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBgetopts\fR(1), \fBgetoptcvt\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR Intro (1), +.BR getoptcvt (1), +.BR getopts (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR getopt (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getoptcvt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getoptcvt.1 index 7a1f7f11e0..1a26c3b68e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getoptcvt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getoptcvt.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ cmd -o xxx,z,yy b a filename\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgetopts\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The end of options was encountered or an error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -196,8 +196,12 @@ CSI enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBgetopts\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), -\fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR Intro (1), +.BR getopts (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR getopt (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getopts.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getopts.1 index c536defdb0..ca0fe72284 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getopts.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getopts.1 @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ The \fB-\fR option character prefix is optional. This supports the obsolete .RS 5n The number specifies the number of \fB-\fR characters that must prefix long option names. The default is \fB2\fR. \fB0\fR, \fB1\fR or \fB2\fR are accepted, -for example \fBp0\fR for \fBdd\fR(1M) and \fBp1\fR for \fBfind\fR(1). +for example \fBp0\fR for \fBdd\fR(8) and \fBp1\fR for \fBfind\fR(1). .RE .sp @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ cmd -o xxx,z,yy -b -a filename .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgetopts\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ A usage or information message was generated. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/getopts, sh, ksh" .sp @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -897,9 +897,16 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBgetoptcvt\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR Intro (1), +.BR getoptcvt (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR getopt (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/gettext.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/gettext.1 index 129792825b..8d8884436b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/gettext.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/gettext.1 @@ -157,8 +157,12 @@ Specifies the pathname to the message database. If present, replaces .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBecho\fR(1), \fBmsgfmt\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), \fBgettext\fR(3C), -\fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR echo (1), +.BR msgfmt (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR gettext (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/gettxt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/gettxt.1 index bbdd452a5d..9aa2e45ec1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/gettxt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/gettxt.1 @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ will try to retrieve the 10th message from .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBgettxt\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR and \fB\fR\fBLC_MESSAGES\fR\fB\&. \fR .sp @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ message files for different languages created by \fBmkmsgs\fR(1) .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -165,5 +165,10 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexstr\fR(1), \fBmkmsgs\fR(1), \fBsrchtxt\fR(1), \fBgettxt\fR(3C), -\fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR exstr (1), +.BR mkmsgs (1), +.BR srchtxt (1), +.BR gettxt (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/getzonepath.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/getzonepath.1 index e4f5944dd7..f712b2376d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/getzonepath.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/getzonepath.1 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ read-only operations. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -74,13 +74,14 @@ Usage error .ad .RS 5n Failure; error message is the system error number from -\fBgetzonerootbylabel\fR(3TSOL) +.BR getzonerootbylabel (3TSOL) .RE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgetzonerootbylabel\fR(3TSOL), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR getzonerootbylabel (3TSOL), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fIAcquiring a Sensitivity Label\fR in \fISolaris Trusted Extensions diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/glob.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/glob.1 index 2144bfec3a..de08e0e72e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/glob.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/glob.1 @@ -23,4 +23,6 @@ characters in the output. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR echo (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/gprof.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/gprof.1 index feb128771c..dc55d3b342 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/gprof.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/gprof.1 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ profile index numbers. .sp .LP A single function may be split into subfunctions for profiling by means of the -\fBMARK\fR macro. See \fBprof\fR(5). +\fBMARK\fR macro. See \fBprof\fR(7). .sp .LP Beware of quantization errors. The granularity of the sampling is shown, but @@ -281,9 +281,17 @@ summarized dynamic call-graph and profile .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcc\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBprof\fR(1), \fBexit\fR(2), \fBpcsample\fR(2), -\fBprofil\fR(2), \fBmalloc\fR(3C), \fBmalloc\fR(3MALLOC), \fBmonitor\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprof\fR(5) +.BR cc (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR prof (1), +.BR exit (2), +.BR pcsample (2), +.BR profil (2), +.BR malloc (3C), +.BR monitor (3C), +.BR malloc (3MALLOC), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR prof (7) .sp .LP Graham, S.L., Kessler, P.B., McKusick, M.K., \fIgprof: A Call Graph Execution diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/grep.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/grep.1 index be5014192d..5cdfb82bbe 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/grep.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/grep.1 @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ Unless the or .Fl F option is also specified, each pattern is treated as a BRE, as described in -.Xr regex 5 . +.Xr regex 7 . .It Fl E Matches using extended regular expressions. Treats each pattern specified as an ERE, as described in -.Xr regex 5 . +.Xr regex 7 . If any entire ERE pattern matches an input line, the line is matched. A null ERE matches every line. .It Fl f Ar pattern_file @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Unless the or .Fl F option is also specified, each pattern is treated as a BRE, as described in -.Xr regex 5 . +.Xr regex 7 . .It Fl F Matches using fixed strings. Treats each pattern specified as a string instead of a regular expression. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ finds a match even if detected an access or read error on earlier file operands). .Ss Large File Behavior See -.Xr largefile 5 +.Xr largefile 7 for the description of the behavior of .Nm when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ $ for f in *.gz; do .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES See -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of .Nm : @@ -425,11 +425,11 @@ and .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr sed 1 , .Xr sh 1 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr regex 5 , -.Xr standards 5 +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr largefile 7 , +.Xr regex 7 , +.Xr standards 7 .Sh STANDARDS The .Nm diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/groups.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/groups.1 index d7f86c8268..f95311ffe3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/groups.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/groups.1 @@ -58,4 +58,6 @@ example% .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgroup\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR group (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/hash.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/hash.1 index 59552ad617..4d05160745 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/hash.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/hash.1 @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ search process. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBhash\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -223,5 +223,9 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/head.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/head.1 index 5e3fd90c55..1a7289f886 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/head.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/head.1 @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ standard input is used. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBhead\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBhead\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRWriting the First Ten Lines of All Files @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ example% \fBhead *\fR .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBhead\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/head" .TS @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -350,5 +350,12 @@ Interface Stability See below. The \fBksh93\fR built-in binding to \fB/bin\fR and \fB/usr/bin\fR is Volatile. The built-in interfaces are Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBmore\fR(1), \fBpg\fR(1), \fBtail\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR pg (1), +.BR tail (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/history.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/history.1 index 981781d18b..a51a2ddbc0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/history.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/history.1 @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ after the first are displayed as: .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBfc\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -1091,6 +1091,12 @@ Otherwise, the exit status is that of the commands executed by \fBfc\fR or \fBhist\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBset\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBsource\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR set (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR source (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/hostid.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/hostid.1 index fe544d7da8..5de9d82820 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/hostid.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/hostid.1 @@ -22,4 +22,7 @@ likely to differ when \fBhostid\fR is run on a different machine. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsysinfo\fR(2), \fBgethostid\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR sysinfo (2), +.BR gethostid (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR zones (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/hostname.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/hostname.1 index 74e9c16938..661ca1c048 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/hostname.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/hostname.1 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ system is configured. For most systems, the persistent hostname is stored in the file .Pa /etc/nodename . See -.Xr nodename 4 +.Xr nodename 5 for more information on how to update it. Note, the .Pa /etc/nodename @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Prints only the part of the hostname preceding the first dot. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr uname 1 , -.Xr nodename 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 +.Xr nodename 5 , +.Xr attributes 7 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/iconv.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/iconv.1 index 0ea9e6a13c..087ae86d21 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/iconv.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/iconv.1 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ implementation-defined conversion is performed on this character. .sp .LP The list of supported conversions and the locations of the associated -conversion tables are provided in the \fBiconv\fR(5) manual page. +conversion tables are provided in the \fBiconv\fR(7) manual page. .SH OPTIONS .sp .LP @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ character. It is interpreted as the name of one of the codeset descriptions. .ad .RS 12n The \fIfrommap\fR option-argument must contain a slash character. It is -interpreted as the pathname of a charmap file as defined in \fBcharmap\fR(5). +interpreted as the pathname of a charmap file as defined in \fBcharmap\fR(7). If the pathname does not represent a valid, readable charmap file, the results are undefined. .RE @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ It is interpreted as the name of one of the codeset descriptions. .ad .RS 10n The \fItomap\fR option-argument must contain a slash character. It is -interpreted as the pathname of a charmap file as defined in \fBcharmap\fR(5). +interpreted as the pathname of a charmap file as defined in \fBcharmap\fR(7). If the pathname does not represent a valid, readable charmap file, the results are undefined. .RE @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ example% \fBiconv -f 8859 -t 646fr mail1 > mail.local\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBiconv\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ list of conversions supported by conversion tables .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -286,8 +286,14 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBiconv\fR(3C), \fBiconv_open\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBcharmap\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBiconv\fR(5), \fBiconv_unicode\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR iconv (3C), +.BR iconv_open (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR charmap (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR iconv (7), +.BR iconv_unicode (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP @@ -303,4 +309,4 @@ When \fIfromcode\fR or \fItocode\fR is specified for the codeset conversion, \fBiconv\fR uses the \fBiconv_open\fR(3C) function. If \fBiconv_open\fR(3C) fails to open the specified codeset conversion, \fBiconv\fR searches for an appropriate conversion table. As for the supported codeset conversion by -\fBiconv_open\fR(3C), please refer to \fBiconv\fR(5) and \fBiconv_locale\fR(5). +\fBiconv_open\fR(3C), please refer to \fBiconv\fR(7) and \fBiconv_locale\fR(7). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/indxbib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/indxbib.1 index abb8453b8a..08436b2db9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/indxbib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/indxbib.1 @@ -94,8 +94,12 @@ reference file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddbib\fR(1), \fBlookbib\fR(1), \fBrefer\fR(1), \fBroffbib\fR(1), -\fBsortbib\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addbib (1), +.BR lookbib (1), +.BR refer (1), +.BR roffbib (1), +.BR sortbib (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ipcrm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ipcrm.1 index 0a7688a695..95b4468239 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ipcrm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ipcrm.1 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ The following option is supported: .ad .RS 11n Keys specified by other options refer to facilities in the specified zone (see -\fBzones\fR(5)). The default is the zone in which the command is executing. +\fBzones\fR(7)). The default is the zone in which the command is executing. This option is only useful when the command is executed in the global zone. .RE @@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ keys. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBipcrm\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -130,7 +130,18 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBipcs\fR(1), \fBmsgctl\fR(2), \fBmsgget\fR(2), \fBmsgrcv\fR(2), -\fBmsgsnd\fR(2), \fBsemctl\fR(2), \fBsemget\fR(2), \fBsemop\fR(2), -\fBshmctl\fR(2), \fBshmget\fR(2), \fBshmop\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR ipcs (1), +.BR msgctl (2), +.BR msgget (2), +.BR msgrcv (2), +.BR msgsnd (2), +.BR semctl (2), +.BR semget (2), +.BR semop (2), +.BR shmctl (2), +.BR shmget (2), +.BR shmop (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR zones (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ipcs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ipcs.1 index d029b52b52..0148b190ec 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ipcs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ipcs.1 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ access permissions for all facilities, time of last \fBmsgsnd\fR(2) and last .ad .RS 12n Prints information about facilities associated with the specified zone (see -\fBzones\fR(5)). The zone can be specified as either a name or a numeric id. +\fBzones\fR(7)). The zone can be specified as either a name or a numeric id. The default is to display information about the zone in which the command is executing. Notice that this option is only useful when executing in the global zone. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ The zone with which the facility is associated. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBipcs\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ user names .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -597,17 +597,29 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBipcrm\fR(1), \fBmsgget\fR(2), \fBmsgids\fR(2), \fBmsgrcv\fR(2), -\fBmsgsnap\fR(2), \fBmsgsnd\fR(2), \fBsemget\fR(2), \fBsemids\fR(2), -\fBsemop\fR(2), \fBshmctl\fR(2), \fBshmget\fR(2), \fBshmids\fR(2), -\fBshmop\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5), -\fBzones\fR(5) +.BR ipcrm (1), +.BR msgget (2), +.BR msgids (2), +.BR msgrcv (2), +.BR msgsnap (2), +.BR msgsnd (2), +.BR semget (2), +.BR semids (2), +.BR semop (2), +.BR shmctl (2), +.BR shmget (2), +.BR shmids (2), +.BR shmop (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR zones (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/isainfo.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/isainfo.1 index 3ecebf30fa..8384a2ddcb 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/isainfo.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/isainfo.1 @@ -153,5 +153,10 @@ attributes of the system on which it is running. An error message is printed to .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBisalist\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBgetisax\fR(2), -\fBsysinfo\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBisalist\fR(5) +.BR isalist (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR getisax (2), +.BR sysinfo (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR isalist (7), +.BR psrinfo (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/isalist.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/isalist.1 index 1c18b5c47e..a7cf9a7641 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/isalist.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/isalist.1 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Programs compiled for instruction sets that do not appear in the list will most likely experience performance degradation or not run at all on this machine. .sp .LP -The instruction set names known to the system are listed in \fBisalist\fR(5). +The instruction set names known to the system are listed in \fBisalist\fR(7). These names might or might not match predefined names or compiler options in the C language compilation system, .sp @@ -41,5 +41,9 @@ This command is obsolete and may be removed in a future version of Solaris. See .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBisainfo\fR(1), \fBoptisa\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBsysinfo\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBisalist\fR(5) +.BR isainfo (1), +.BR optisa (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR sysinfo (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR isalist (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/jobs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/jobs.1 index ae4bf0b557..72a42a2d41 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/jobs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/jobs.1 @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ and \fBcommand\fR fields. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBjobs\fR, \fBfg\fR, and \fBbg\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ One more jobs does not exist or there are no background jobs. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "csh, sh, ksh" .sp @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -968,7 +968,17 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBkill\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBstop\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), -\fBwait\fR(1), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR kill (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR stop (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/join.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/join.1 index aef58d3fcc..2e743875bf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/join.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/join.1 @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ normally the first in each line (see \fBsort\fR(1)). .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBjoin\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBjoin\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Yasushi +2 345-678-9012 +2 345-678-9011 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBjoin\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -361,8 +361,14 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBawk\fR(1), \fBcomm\fR(1), \fBsort\fR(1), \fBuniq\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR awk (1), +.BR comm (1), +.BR sort (1), +.BR uniq (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kbd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kbd.1 index c0b753a7ca..8539577654 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kbd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kbd.1 @@ -98,17 +98,17 @@ to the .Pa /etc/ppp/options file or any of the other configuration files used for the connection. See -.Xr pppd 1M . +.Xr pppd 8 . .Pp SLIP has no comparable capability, and must not be used if the Alternate Break sequence is in use. .Pp The Alternate Break sequence has no effect on the keyboard abort. For more information on the Alternate Break sequence, see -.Xr zs 7D , -.Xr se 7D , +.Xr zs 4D , +.Xr se 4D , and -.Xr asy 7D . +.Xr asy 4D . .Pp On many systems, the default effect of the keyboard abort sequence is to suspend the operating system and enter the debugger or the monitor. @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ Enables the alternate effect of the keyboard abort sequences (suspend the operating system and enter the debugger or the monitor) upon receiving the Alternate Break character sequence on the console. The Alternate Break sequence is defined by the drivers -.Xr asy 7D , -.Xr se 7D , -.Xr zs 7D . +.Xr asy 4D , +.Xr se 4D , +.Xr zs 4D . Due to a risk of incorrect sequence interpretation, binary protocols cannot be run over the serial console port when this value is used. .El @@ -361,17 +361,17 @@ The following example sets the keyboard beeper frequency: .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr loadkeys 1 , .Xr svcs 1 , -.Xr kadb 1M , -.Xr pppd 1M , -.Xr svcadm 1M , -.Xr keytables 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr smf 5 , -.Xr asy 7D , -.Xr se 7D , -.Xr virtualkm 7D , -.Xr zs 7D , -.Xr kb 7M +.Xr asy 4D , +.Xr se 4D , +.Xr virtualkm 4D , +.Xr zs 4D , +.Xr kb 4M , +.Xr keytables 5 , +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr smf 7 , +.Xr kadb 8 , +.Xr pppd 8 , +.Xr svcadm 8 .Sh NOTES Some server systems have key switches with a .Sy secure @@ -391,16 +391,16 @@ setting. The .Nm service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , +.Xr smf 7 , under the service identifier: .Pp .Dl svc:/system/keymap:default .Pp Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . +.Xr svcadm 8 . Use -.Xr svccfg 1M +.Xr svccfg 8 to make configuration changes and to view configuration information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kdestroy.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kdestroy.1 index 7d37cf33dd..f0b8d19ca1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kdestroy.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kdestroy.1 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ the tickets. \fB\fBKRB5CCNAME\fR\fR .ad .RS 14n -Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5) for syntax +Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(7) for syntax and details. .RE @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Default credentials cache (\fIuid\fR is the decimal \fBUID\fR of the user). .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -102,8 +102,11 @@ Command output Unstable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBkinit\fR(1), \fBklist\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), -\fBkrb5envvar\fR(5) +.BR kinit (1), +.BR klist (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR kerberos (7), +.BR krb5envvar (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/keylogin.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/keylogin.1 index 3461b5ef37..5c77b492a7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/keylogin.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/keylogin.1 @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ keylogin \- decrypt and store secret key with keyserv .LP The \fBkeylogin\fR command prompts for a password, and uses it to decrypt the user's secret key. The key can be found in the \fB/etc/publickey\fR file (see -\fBpublickey\fR(4)) or the NIS map ``publickey.byname'' +\fBpublickey\fR(5)) or the NIS map ``publickey.byname'' in the user's home domain. The sources and their lookup order -are specified in the \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR file. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). +are specified in the \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR file. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5). Once decrypted, the user's secret key is stored by the local key server -process, \fBkeyserv\fR(1M). This stored key is used when issuing requests to +process, \fBkeyserv\fR(8). This stored key is used when issuing requests to any secure RPC services, such as \fBNFS\fR. The program \fBkeylogout\fR(1) can be used to delete the key stored by \fBkeyserv\fR \fB\&.\fR @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ any secure RPC services, such as \fBNFS\fR. The program .LP \fBkeylogin\fR fails if it cannot get the caller's key, or the password given is incorrect. For a new user or host, a new key can be added using -\fBnewkey\fR(1M). +\fBnewkey\fR(8). .SH OPTIONS .LP The following options are supported: @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Update the \fB/etc/.rootkey\fR file. This file holds the unencrypted secret key of the superuser. Only the superuser can use this option. It is used so that processes running as superuser can issue authenticated requests without requiring that the administrator explicitly run \fBkeylogin\fR as superuser at -system startup time. See \fBkeyserv\fR(1M). The \fB-r\fR option should be used +system startup time. See \fBkeyserv\fR(8). The \fB-r\fR option should be used by the administrator when the host's entry in the publickey database has changed, and the \fB/etc/.rootkey\fR file has become out-of-date with respect to the actual key pair stored in the publickey database. The permissions on the @@ -62,6 +62,11 @@ superuser's secret key .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBchkey\fR(1), \fBkeylogout\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBkeyserv\fR(1M), -\fBnewkey\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpublickey\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR chkey (1), +.BR keylogout (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR publickey (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR keyserv (8), +.BR newkey (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/keylogout.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/keylogout.1 index ba440b1bec..de705c74cc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/keylogout.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/keylogout.1 @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ keylogout \- delete stored secret key with keyserv .SH DESCRIPTION .LP \fBkeylogout\fR deletes the key stored by the key server process -\fBkeyserv\fR(1M). Further access to the key is revoked; however, current +\fBkeyserv\fR(8). Further access to the key is revoked; however, current session keys might remain valid until they expire or are refreshed. .sp .LP @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ services, such as \fBNFS,\fR that are started by the superuser. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBat\fR(1), \fBchkey\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBkeylogin\fR(1), -\fBkeyserv\fR(1M), \fBnewkey\fR(1M), \fBpublickey\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR at (1), +.BR chkey (1), +.BR keylogin (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR publickey (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR keyserv (8), +.BR newkey (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kill.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kill.1 index f772da7421..9899eaca26 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kill.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kill.1 @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ example% \fBkill -- -123\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBkill\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/kill, csh, ksh, sh" .sp @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -357,10 +357,21 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBgetconf\fR(1), \fBjobs\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), -\fBps\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBwait\fR(1), -\fBkill\fR(2), \fBsignal\fR(3C), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR getconf (1), +.BR jobs (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR kill (2), +.BR signal (3C), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .SS "/usr/bin/kill" .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kinit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kinit.1 index e3fbbc1eb6..ecbf329fa6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kinit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kinit.1 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The \fBkinit\fR command is used to obtain and cache an initial ticket-granting ticket (credential) for \fIprincipal\fR. This ticket is used for authentication by the Kerberos system. Only users with Kerberos principals can use the Kerberos system. For information about Kerberos principals, see -\fBkerberos\fR(5). +\fBkerberos\fR(7). .sp .LP When you use \fBkinit\fR without options, the utility prompts for your @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ not specified, the default ticket lifetime (configured by each site) is used. Specifying a ticket lifetime longer than the maximum ticket lifetime (configured by each site) results in a ticket with the maximum lifetime. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR section for the valid time duration formats that -you can specify for \fIlifetime\fR. See \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) and \fBkadmin\fR(1M) +you can specify for \fIlifetime\fR. See \fBkdc.conf\fR(5) and \fBkadmin\fR(8) (for \fBgetprinc\fR command to verify the lifetime values for the server principal). .sp @@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ option allows a user to explicitly obtain a non-proxiable ticket. .RS 24n Requests renewable tickets, with a total lifetime of \fIrenewable_life\fR. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR section for the valid time duration formats that -you can specify for \fIrenewable_life\fR. See \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) and -\fBkadmin\fR(1M) (for \fBgetprinc\fR command to verify the lifetime values for +you can specify for \fIrenewable_life\fR. See \fBkdc.conf\fR(5) and +\fBkadmin\fR(8) (for \fBgetprinc\fR command to verify the lifetime values for the server principal). .sp The renewable lifetime of the tickets returned is the minimum of the following: @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ Variable Description \fB\fBKRB5CCNAME\fR\fR .ad .RS 14n -Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5) for syntax +Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(7) for syntax and details. .RE @@ -556,11 +556,11 @@ Default location for the local host's \fBkeytab\fR file. .ad .RS 25n Default location for the local host's configuration file. See -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +\fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -577,9 +577,17 @@ Interface Stability See below. .LP The command arguments are Evolving. The command output is Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBkdestroy\fR(1), \fBklist\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBktkt_warnd\fR(1M), -\fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5), \fBpam_krb5\fR(5) +.BR kdestroy (1), +.BR klist (1), +.BR libpkcs11 (3LIB), +.BR kdc.conf (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR kerberos (7), +.BR krb5envvar (7), +.BR pam_krb5 (7), +.BR kadmin (8), +.BR ktkt_warnd (8) .SH NOTES -On success, \fBkinit\fR notifies \fBktkt_warnd\fR(1M) to alert the user when +On success, \fBkinit\fR notifies \fBktkt_warnd\fR(8) to alert the user when the initial credentials (ticket-granting ticket) are about to expire. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/klist.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/klist.1 index 4c367f1fc6..74d8a02e42 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/klist.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/klist.1 @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Displays the time entry timestamps for each keytab entry in the keytab file. \fB\fBKRB5CCNAME\fR\fR .ad .RS 14n -Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5) for syntax +Location of the credentials (ticket) cache. See \fBkrb5envvar\fR(7) for syntax and details. .RE @@ -291,13 +291,13 @@ Default location for the local host's \fBkeytab\fR file. .ad .RS 25n Default location for the local host's configuration file. See -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +\fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -316,8 +316,12 @@ The command arguments are Evolving. The command output is Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBkdestroy\fR(1), \fBkinit\fR(1), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBkrb5envvar\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5) +.BR kdestroy (1), +.BR kinit (1), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR kerberos (7), +.BR krb5envvar (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kmdb.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kmdb.1 index 29d69c1d46..754c699aec 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kmdb.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kmdb.1 @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ callback string. If the string contains meta-characters, it must be quoted. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -445,8 +445,13 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBkbd\fR(1), \fBmdb\fR(1), \fBboot\fR(1M), \fBdumpadm\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), -\fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR kbd (1), +.BR mdb (1), +.BR system (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR boot (8), +.BR dumpadm (8), +.BR kernel (8) .sp .LP \fIModular Debugger Guide\fR: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kmfcfg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kmfcfg.1 index 5ea8e0fc57..b9b7ff8629 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kmfcfg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kmfcfg.1 @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Default system policy database .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -811,4 +811,4 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kpasswd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kpasswd.1 index 52b43b7a0f..8b097a996d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kpasswd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kpasswd.1 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ operation. (\fIxxxxxx\fR is a random string.) .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBkerberos\fR(5) +.BR kerberos (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/krb5-config.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/krb5-config.1 index ddb90409b0..f9b5867764 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/krb5-config.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/krb5-config.1 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -170,4 +170,6 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBlibgss\fR(3LIB), \fBlibkrb5\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR libgss (3LIB), +.BR libkrb5 (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ksh93.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ksh93.1 index 2978f7500a..de8f73202e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ksh93.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ksh93.1 @@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ The is a list of name-value pairs that is passed to an executed program in the same way as a normal argument list. See -.Xr environ 5 . +.Xr environ 7 . .Pp The names must be .Ar identifiers @@ -7058,7 +7058,7 @@ that can be safely invoked by .Nm rksh93 . .Sh USAGE See -.Xr largefile 5 +.Xr largefile 7 for the description of the behavior of .Nm ksh93 and @@ -7150,12 +7150,12 @@ feature, and editing modes are .Xr sysconf 3C , .Xr tcgetattr 3C , .Xr wait 3C , -.Xr a.out 4 , -.Xr profile 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr standards 5 +.Xr a.out 5 , +.Xr profile 5 , +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr largefile 7 , +.Xr standards 7 .Pp .Rs .%A Bolsky, Morris I. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ktutil.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ktutil.1 index 4c856da907..100ef6016b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ktutil.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ktutil.1 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ keytab file for Kerberos clients .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -192,4 +192,7 @@ Interface Stability See below. .LP The command arguments are Evolving. The command output is Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBk5srvutil\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7), +.BR kerberos (7), +.BR k5srvutil (8), +.BR kadmin (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/kvmstat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/kvmstat.1 index fa1bd7a12a..6d72aecaa9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/kvmstat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/kvmstat.1 @@ -113,6 +113,6 @@ The arguments are while the output format is .Sy Not an interface . .Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr iostat 1M , -.Xr mpstat 1M , -.Xr attributes 5 +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr iostat 8 , +.Xr mpstat 8 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lari.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lari.1 index ae51c87363..5835fb22d7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lari.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lari.1 @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Binding output produced by \fBldd\fR(1). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -665,8 +665,12 @@ Interface Stability See below. .LP The human readable output is Uncommitted. The options are Committed. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBld\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBdlsym\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR dlsym (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/last.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/last.1 index c2f1a09e4a..53b43ef835 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/last.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/last.1 @@ -111,4 +111,5 @@ accounting file .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR utmpx (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lastcomm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lastcomm.1 index 5c1eb3dc00..aed6a72571 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lastcomm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lastcomm.1 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The \fBlastcomm\fR command gives information on previously executed commands. recorded during the current accounting file's lifetime. If called with arguments, \fBlastcomm\fR only displays accounting entries with a matching \fIcommand-name\fR, \fIuser-name\fR, or \fIterminal-name\fR. If extended -process accounting is active (see \fBacctadm\fR(1M)) and is recording the +process accounting is active (see \fBacctadm\fR(8)) and is recording the appropriate data items, \fBlastcomm\fR attempts to take data from the current extended process accounting file. If standard process accounting is active, \fBlastcomm\fR takes data from the current standard accounting file (see @@ -176,5 +176,9 @@ extended accounting file .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBlast\fR(1), \fBacctadm\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fBcore\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR last (1), +.BR acct (2), +.BR acct.h (3HEAD), +.BR core (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR acctadm (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ld.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ld.1 index 8d5e0453d1..1bb133c6ce 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ld.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ld.1 @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ defining memory layouts, aligning bss, and defining non-executable stacks. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1916,10 +1916,21 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBas\fR(1), \fBcrle\fR(1), \fBgprof\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), -\fBmcs\fR(1), \fBpvs\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), -\fBdldump\fR(3C), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBa.out\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR as (1), +.BR crle (1), +.BR gprof (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR mcs (1), +.BR pvs (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR stat (2), +.BR dldump (3C), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ld.so.1.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ld.so.1.1 index 40145e65b9..a36df012d6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ld.so.1.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ld.so.1.1 @@ -792,17 +792,31 @@ Default configuration file for 64-bit applications. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcrle\fR(1), \fBgprof\fR(1), \fBlari\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), -\fBexec\fR(2), \fBissetugid\fR(2), \fBmmapobj\fR(2), \fBprofil\fR(2), -\fBdladdr\fR(3C), \fBdlclose\fR(3C), \fBdldump\fR(3C), \fBdlerror\fR(3C), -\fBdlinfo\fR(3C), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBdlsym\fR(3C), \fBthr_kill\fR(3C), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR crle (1), +.BR gprof (1), +.BR lari (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR issetugid (2), +.BR mmapobj (2), +.BR profil (2), +.BR dladdr (3C), +.BR dlclose (3C), +.BR dldump (3C), +.BR dlerror (3C), +.BR dlinfo (3C), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR dlsym (3C), +.BR thr_kill (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR .SH NOTES Care should be exercised when using \fBLD_PROFILE\fR in combination with other -process monitoring techniques, such as users of \fBproc\fR(4). Multiple process +process monitoring techniques, such as users of \fBproc\fR(5). Multiple process monitoring techniques can result in deadlock conditions that leave the profile buffer locked. A locked buffer blocks any processes that try to record profiling information. To reduce this likelihood, the runtime linker's profile diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldap.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldap.1 index fae7a45eda..12d0cd7372 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldap.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldap.1 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ldap \- LDAP as a naming repository .LP LDAP refers to Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, which is an industry standard for accessing directory servers. By initializing the client using -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) and using the keyword \fBldap\fR in the name service +\fBldapclient\fR(8) and using the keyword \fBldap\fR in the name service switch file, \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR, Solaris clients can obtain naming information from an LDAP server. Information such as usernames, hostnames, and passwords are stored on the LDAP server in a Directory Information Tree or @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ Administration Guide: Naming and Directory Services (DNS, NIS, and LDAP)\fR for more details. .sp .LP -The \fBldapclient\fR(1M) utility can make a Solaris machine an LDAP client by +The \fBldapclient\fR(8) utility can make a Solaris machine an LDAP client by setting up the appropriate directories, files, and configuration information. The LDAP client caches this configuration information in local cache files. -This configuration information is accessed through the \fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M) +This configuration information is accessed through the \fBldap_cachemgr\fR(8) daemon. This daemon also refreshes the information in the configuration files from the LDAP server, providing better performance and security. The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR must run at all times for the proper operation of the @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ daemon when the expiration time has elapsed. .LP Client profiles can be stored on the LDAP server and can be used by the \fBldapclient\fR utility to initialize an LDAP client. Using the client profile -is the easiest way to configure a client machine. See \fBldapclient\fR(1M). +is the easiest way to configure a client machine. See \fBldapclient\fR(8). .sp .LP Credential information includes client-specific parameters that are used by a client. This information could be the Bind DN (LDAP "login" name) of the client and the password. If these parameters are required, they are manually defined -during the initialization through \fBldapclient\fR(1M). +during the initialization through \fBldapclient\fR(8). .sp .LP The naming information is stored in containers on the LDAP server. A container @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Containers are similar to maps in NIS. A default mapping between the NIS databases and the containers in LDAP is presented below. The location of these containers as well as their names can be overridden through the use of \fBserviceSearchDescriptors\fR. For more information, see -\fBldapclient\fR(1M). +\fBldapclient\fR(8). .sp .sp @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ The credential level of \fBself\fR enables per-user naming service lookups, or lookups that use the \fBGSSAPI\fR credentials of the user when connecting to the directory server. Currently the only \fBGSSAPI\fR mechanism supported in this model is Kerberos V5. Kerberos must be configured before you can use this -credential level. See \fBkerberos\fR(5) for details. +credential level. See \fBkerberos\fR(7) for details. .sp .LP More protection can be provided by means of access control, allowing the server @@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ Naming and Directory Services (DNS, NIS, and LDAP)\fR regarding the restrictions on ACLs and ACIs when using LDAP as a naming repository. .sp .LP -A sample \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) file called \fBnsswitch.ldap\fR is provided in +A sample \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5) file called \fBnsswitch.ldap\fR is provided in the \fB/etc\fR directory. This is copied to \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR by the -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) utility. This file uses LDAP as a repository for the +\fBldapclient\fR(8) utility. This file uses LDAP as a repository for the different databases in the \fBnsswitch.conf\fR file. .sp .LP @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ The following is a list of the user commands related to LDAP: .sp .ne 2 .na -\fB\fBidsconfig\fR(1M)\fR +\fB\fBidsconfig\fR(8)\fR .ad .RS 18n Prepares a SunOne Directory Server to be ready to support Solaris LDAP clients. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Prepares a SunOne Directory Server to be ready to support Solaris LDAP clients. .sp .ne 2 .na -\fB\fBldapaddent\fR(1M)\fR +\fB\fBldapaddent\fR(8)\fR .ad .RS 18n Creates LDAP entries from corresponding \fB/etc\fR files. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Creates LDAP entries from corresponding \fB/etc\fR files. .sp .ne 2 .na -\fB\fBldapclient\fR(1M)\fR +\fB\fBldapclient\fR(8)\fR .ad .RS 18n Initializes LDAP clients, or generates a configuration profile to be stored in @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Lists the contents of the LDAP naming space. .RS 30n Files that contain the LDAP configuration of the client. Do not manually modify these files. Their content is not guaranteed to be human readable. Use -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) to update them. +\fBldapclient\fR(8) to update them. .RE .sp @@ -298,20 +298,31 @@ PAM framework configuration file. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBldaplist\fR(1), \fBidsconfig\fR(1M), \fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M), -\fBldapaddent\fR(1M), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBpam.conf\fR(4), \fBkerberos\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), -\fBpam_ldap\fR(5), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_session\fR(5) +.BR ldaplist (1), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR pam.conf (5), +.BR kerberos (7), +.BR pam_authtok_check (7), +.BR pam_authtok_get (7), +.BR pam_authtok_store (7), +.BR pam_dhkeys (7), +.BR pam_ldap (7), +.BR pam_passwd_auth (7), +.BR pam_unix_account (7), +.BR pam_unix_auth (7), +.BR pam_unix_session (7), +.BR idsconfig (8), +.BR ldap_cachemgr (8), +.BR ldapaddent (8), +.BR ldapclient (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Naming and Directory Services (DNS, NIS, and LDAP)\fR .SH NOTES .LP -The \fBpam_unix\fR(5) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is -provided by \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), -and \fBpam_unix_session\fR(5). +The \fBpam_unix\fR(7) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is +provided by \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(7), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(7), +\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(7), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(7), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(7), +\fBpam_unix_account\fR(7), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(7), +and \fBpam_unix_session\fR(7). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapdelete.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapdelete.1 index 58e899aa9a..fcd6de6f38 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapdelete.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapdelete.1 @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ example% \fBldapdelete -o mech=DIGEST-MD5 -o secProp=noanonymous \e .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a description of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -534,9 +534,13 @@ An error occurred. A diagnostic message is written to standard error. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), \fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBldap_get_option\fR(3LDAP), -\fBldap_set_option\fR(3LDAP), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldapadd (1), +.BR ldapmodify (1), +.BR ldapmodrdn (1), +.BR ldapsearch (1), +.BR ldap_get_option (3LDAP), +.BR ldap_set_option (3LDAP), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldaplist.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldaplist.1 index d5b823d68a..dbedf40e5d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldaplist.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldaplist.1 @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ configuration obtained. By default (if the \fB-h\fR \fILDAP_server\fR\fB[:\fR\fIserverPort\fR\fB]\fR option is not specified), the utility searches for and lists the naming information from the LDAP directory service defined in the LDAP configuration -files generated by \fBldapclient\fR(1M) during the client initialization phase. +files generated by \fBldapclient\fR(8) during the client initialization phase. To use the utility in the default mode, the Solaris LDAP client must be set up in advance. .sp .LP The database is either a container name or a database name as defined in -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). A container is a non-leaf entry in the Directory +\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5). A container is a non-leaf entry in the Directory Information Tree (DIT) that contains naming service information. The container name is the LDAP Relative Distinguished Name (RDN) of the container relative to the \fBdefaultSearchBase\fR as defined in the configuration files. For example, @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ an invalid database name, then \fBcn\fR is used as the attribute type. The \fBldaplist\fR utility relies on the Schema defined in the \fIRFC 2307bis\fR, currently an IETF draft. The data stored on the LDAP server must be stored based on this Schema, unless the profile contains schema mapping -definitions. For more information on schema mapping see \fBldapclient\fR(1M). +definitions. For more information on schema mapping see \fBldapclient\fR(8). The following table lists the default mapping from the database names to the container, the LDAP object class, and the attribute type used if not defined in the key. @@ -472,12 +472,12 @@ An error occurred. An error message is output. .RS 30n Files that contain the LDAP configuration of the client. Do not manually modify these files. Their content is not guaranteed to be human readable. To update -these files, use \fBldapclient\fR(1M) +these files, use \fBldapclient\fR(8) .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -492,10 +492,18 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), -\fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), \fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBidsconfig\fR(1M), -\fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M), \fBldapaddent\fR(1M), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), -\fBresolv.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldap (1), +.BR ldapadd (1), +.BR ldapdelete (1), +.BR ldapmodify (1), +.BR ldapmodrdn (1), +.BR ldapsearch (1), +.BR resolv.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR idsconfig (8), +.BR ldap_cachemgr (8), +.BR ldapaddent (8), +.BR ldapclient (8) .SH NOTES .LP \fIRFC 2307bis\fR is an IETF informational document in draft stage that defines diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodify.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodify.1 index 9c11d48403..3669d03234 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodify.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodify.1 @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ example% \fBldapmodify -f /tmp/badentry\fR removes Ann Jones' entry. .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a description of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -750,6 +750,13 @@ Stability Level Evolving .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldaplist\fR(1), \fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBldapaddent\fR(1M), \fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M), -\fBldap_get_option\fR(3LDAP), \fBldap_set_option\fR(3LDAP), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldap (1), +.BR ldapdelete (1), +.BR ldaplist (1), +.BR ldapmodrdn (1), +.BR ldapsearch (1), +.BR ldap_get_option (3LDAP), +.BR ldap_set_option (3LDAP), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR ldap_cachemgr (8), +.BR ldapaddent (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodrdn.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodrdn.1 index 5feb1bbc51..8f9b6053f6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodrdn.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapmodrdn.1 @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ the old cn, "Modify Me" is removed. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a description of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -521,8 +521,11 @@ Stability Level Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldapadd (1), +.BR ldapdelete (1), +.BR ldapmodify (1), +.BR ldapsearch (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapsearch.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapsearch.1 index 91571c81bd..4666a9097e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldapsearch.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldapsearch.1 @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ An error occurred. A diagnostic message is written to standard error. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a description of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -900,5 +900,8 @@ Stability Level Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), -\fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldapadd (1), +.BR ldapdelete (1), +.BR ldapmodify (1), +.BR ldapmodrdn (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ldd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ldd.1 index cdc949911f..eeec0d2409 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ldd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ldd.1 @@ -459,9 +459,18 @@ Fake 64-bit executable loaded to check the dependencies of shared objects. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcrle\fR(1), \fBdump\fR(1), \fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBlari\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), -\fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBmdb\fR(1), \fBpldd\fR(1), \fBpvs\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), -\fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR crle (1), +.BR dump (1), +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR lari (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR mdb (1), +.BR pldd (1), +.BR pvs (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/let.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/let.1 index 6b46143c65..a2ec82e65b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/let.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/let.1 @@ -83,5 +83,8 @@ The last \fIexpr\fR evaluates to \fB0\fR or an error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBset\fR(1), \fBtypeset\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR set (1), +.BR typeset (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lex.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lex.1 index 3aad37adf2..ba33ea760e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lex.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lex.1 @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ following \fByylex\fR. .sp .LP The \fBlex\fR utility supports the set of Extended Regular Expressions (EREs) -described on \fBregex\fR(5) with the following additions and exceptions to the +described on \fBregex\fR(7) with the following additions and exceptions to the syntax: .sp .ne 2 @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[\|]) .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBlex\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1017,8 +1017,11 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fByacc\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR yacc (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lgrpinfo.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lgrpinfo.1 index cbff541e84..5e3bf5307f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lgrpinfo.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lgrpinfo.1 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Memory sizes are scaled to the unit of measure that yields an integer from \fB0\fR to \fB1023\fR unless the \fB-u\fR option is specified as well. The fractional part of the number is only displayed for values less than \fB10\fR. This behavior is similar to using the \fB-h\fR option of \fBls\fR(1) or -\fBdf\fR(1M) to display a human readable format. +\fBdf\fR(8) to display a human readable format. .sp This is the default. .RE @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Specify memory units. Units should be b, k, m, g, t, p, or e for bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, gigabytes, terabytes, petabytes, or exabytes respectively. The fractional part of the number is only displayed for values less than 10. This behavior is similar to using the \fB-h\fR option of -\fBls\fR(1) or \fBdf\fR(1M) to display a human readable format. +\fBls\fR(1) or \fBdf\fR(8) to display a human readable format. .RE .SH OPERANDS @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Invalid syntax. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -559,6 +559,14 @@ Interface Stability See below. The human readable output is Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBls\fR(1), \fBplgrp\fR(1), \fBpmap\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBdf\fR(1M), \fBprstat\fR(1M), \fBlgrp_init\fR(3LGRP), \fBliblgrp\fR(3LIB), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ls (1), +.BR plgrp (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR lgrp_init (3LGRP), +.BR liblgrp (3LIB), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR df (8), +.BR prstat (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/limit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/limit.1 index 34952062af..7de7e73689 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/limit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/limit.1 @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Maximum \fBCPU\fR seconds per process. .ad .RS 16n Largest single file allowed. Limited to the size of the filesystem (see -\fBdf\fR(1M)). +\fBdf\fR(8)). .RE .sp @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ filesystem. \fB\fBdescriptors\fR\fR .ad .RS 16n -Maximum number of file descriptors. Run the \fBsysdef\fR(1M) command to obtain +Maximum number of file descriptors. Run the \fBsysdef\fR(8) command to obtain the maximum possible limits for your system. The values reported are in hexadecimal, but can be translated into decimal numbers using the \fBbc\fR(1) command. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ memorysize unlimited .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBulimit\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ A request for a higher limit was rejected or an error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/ulimit, csh, ksh, sh" .TS box; @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -824,6 +824,16 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBbc\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBdf\fR(1M), \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBswap\fR(1M), \fBsysdef\fR(1M), -\fBgetrlimit\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR bc (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR getrlimit (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR df (8), +.BR su (8), +.BR swap (8), +.BR sysdef (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/line.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/line.1 index 29b0bf93b8..9411ee3b55 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/line.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/line.1 @@ -85,4 +85,6 @@ End-of-file on input. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBread\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR sh (1), +.BR read (2), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/list_devices.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/list_devices.1 index 3498c54ced..85d3daef5a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/list_devices.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/list_devices.1 @@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ files=\fIdevice-list\fR .sp where \fIdevice-attributes\fR is the contents of the \fBreserved1\fR field of -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). The field is colon (\fB:\fR) separated.) +\fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). The field is colon (\fB:\fR) separated.) .sp -See \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4) for a description of these attributes and their +See \fBdevice_allocate\fR(5) for a description of these attributes and their format. .sp The \fB-a\fR output has the following keys: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The \fB-a\fR output has the following keys: .ad .RS 10n Specifies the list of authorizations. The value is \fBauths\fR is described in -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +\fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Specifies the list of authorizations. The value is \fBauths\fR is described in .ad .RS 10n Specifies the device cleaning script. The value is \fBdevice-exec\fR as -described in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +described in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ described in \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). .ad .RS 10n Specifies the device name. The value is \fBdevice-name\fR as described in -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +\fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Specifies the device name. The value is \fBdevice-name\fR as described in .ad .RS 10n Specifies the device file paths. The value is \fBdevice-list\fR as described in -\fBdevice_maps\fR(4). +\fBdevice_maps\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Specifies the device file paths. The value is \fBdevice-list\fR as described in .ad .RS 10n Specifies the device type. The value is \fBdevice-type\fR as described in -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4). +\fBdevice_allocate\fR(5). .RE .RE @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ An error occurred. \fB/usr/security/lib/*\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -347,14 +347,19 @@ The invocation is Uncommitted. The options are Uncommitted. The output from the Not-an-Interface. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBallocate\fR(1), \fBdeallocate\fR(1), \fBdminfo\fR(1M), -\fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M), \fBdevice_allocate\fR(4), -\fBdevice_maps\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR allocate (1), +.BR deallocate (1), +.BR device_allocate (5), +.BR device_maps (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR dminfo (8), +.BR mkdevalloc (8), +.BR mkdevmaps (8) .SH NOTES .LP On systems configured with Trusted Extensions, the functionality is enabled by default. .sp .LP -\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(1M), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(1M) might +\fB/etc/security/dev\fR, \fBmkdevalloc\fR(8), and \fBmkdevmaps\fR(8) might not be supported in a future release of the Solaris Operating Environment. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/listusers.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/listusers.1 index 2112ebefb0..818a1d9c70 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/listusers.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/listusers.1 @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ Multiple logins can be specified as a comma-separated list. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ln.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ln.1 index 059c271697..8487bca237 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ln.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ln.1 @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ directory in which the new directory entries are to be created. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBln\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBln\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBln\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/ln" .sp @@ -275,8 +275,13 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR stat (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/loadkeys.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/loadkeys.1 index 9fee3e44bb..5dc3d99c64 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/loadkeys.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/loadkeys.1 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ keyboard streams module's translation tables. If no file is specified, \fBloadkeys\fR loads the file: \fB/usr/share/lib/keytables/type_\fR\fItt\fR\fB/layout_\fR\fIdd,\fR where \fItt\fR is the value returned by the \fBKIOCTYPE\fR \fBioctl\fR, and \fBdd\fR -is the value returned by the \fBKIOCLAYOUT\fR \fBioctl\fR (see \fBkb\fR(7M)). +is the value returned by the \fBKIOCLAYOUT\fR \fBioctl\fR (see \fBkb\fR(4M)). These keytable files specify only the entries that change between the specified layout and the default layout for the particular keyboard type. On self-identifying keyboards, the value returned by the \fBKIOCLAYOUT\fR @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ self-identifying keyboards, the value returned by the \fBKIOCLAYOUT\fR .sp .LP \fBdumpkeys\fR writes the current contents of the keyboard streams module's -translation tables, in the format specified by \fBkeytables\fR(4), to the +translation tables, in the format specified by \fBkeytables\fR(5), to the standard output. .SH FILES .sp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ default keytable files .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -65,5 +65,8 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBkbd\fR(1), \fBkeytables\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkb\fR(7M), -\fBusbkbm\fR(7M) +.BR kbd (1), +.BR kb (4M), +.BR usbkbm (4M), +.BR keytables (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/locale.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/locale.1 index 3bacff3339..c5636f6421 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/locale.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/locale.1 @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ fi\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for the descriptions of \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for the descriptions of \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp .LP @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -275,8 +275,12 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBlocaledef\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBcharmap\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlocale\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR localedef (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR charmap (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP If \fBLC_CTYPE\fR or keywords in the category \fBLC_CTYPE\fR are specified, diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/localedef.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/localedef.1 index 2627e6123d..ae02600ef3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/localedef.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/localedef.1 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ localedef \- define locale environment The \fBlocaledef\fR utility converts source definitions for locale categories into a format usable by the functions and utilities whose operational behavior is determined by the setting of the locale environment variables; see -\fBenviron\fR(5). +\fBenviron\fR(7). .sp .LP The utility reads source definitions for one or more locale categories @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ appropriate subdirectory of /usr/lib/locale in order the definitions to be visible to programs linked with libc. .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for definitions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for definitions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBlocaledef\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ The directory containing locale data. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -301,9 +301,16 @@ Interface Stability Standard .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBlocale\fR(1), \fBiconv_open\fR(3C), \fBnl_langinfo\fR(3C), -\fBstrftime\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBcharmap\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBextensions\fR(5), \fBlocale\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR locale (1), +.BR iconv_open (3C), +.BR nl_langinfo (3C), +.BR strftime (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR charmap (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR extensions (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH WARNINGS If warnings occur, permanent output will be created if the \fB-c\fR option was specified. The following conditions will cause warning messages to be issued: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/logger.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/logger.1 index 6d3e512b4f..0d827ee0f8 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/logger.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/logger.1 @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ treated by \fBsyslogd\fR as are other messages to the facility \fBlocal0\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBlogger\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -211,5 +211,10 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmailx\fR(1), \fBwrite\fR(1), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR mailx (1), +.BR write (1), +.BR syslog (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR syslogd (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/login.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/login.1 index f841672f53..abf87bc419 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/login.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/login.1 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ attempts, all five can be logged in \fB/var/adm/loginlog\fR, if it exists. The If password aging is turned on and the password has aged (see \fBpasswd\fR(1) for more information), the user is forced to changed the password. In this case the \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR file is consulted to determine password -repositories. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) for a list of valid nameservice +repositories. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5) for a list of valid nameservice configurations that are permitted for the \fBpasswd\fR: database if password aging is enabled. .sp @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ silently disconnected. After a successful login, accounting files are updated. Device owner, group, and permissions are set according to the contents of the \fB/etc/logindevperm\fR file, and the time you last logged in is printed (see -\fBlogindevperm\fR(4)). +\fBlogindevperm\fR(5)). .sp .LP The user-ID, group-ID, supplementary group list, and working directory are @@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ interactive shell executes the file named by \fB$ENV\fR (no default). .LP For C shell logins, the shell executes \fB/etc/.login\fR, \fB$HOME/.cshrc\fR, and \fB$HOME/.login\fR. The default \fB/etc/profile\fR and \fB/etc/.login\fR -files check quotas (see \fBquota\fR(1M)), print \fB/etc/motd\fR, and check for +files check quotas (see \fBquota\fR(8)), print \fB/etc/motd\fR, and check for mail. None of the messages are printed if the file \fB$HOME/.hushlogin\fR exists. The name of the command interpreter is set to \fB\(mi\fR (dash), followed by the last component of the interpreter's path name, for example, \fB\(mish\fR\&. .sp .LP -If the \fIlogin-shell\fR field in the password file (see \fBpasswd\fR(4)) is +If the \fIlogin-shell\fR field in the password file (see \fBpasswd\fR(5)) is empty, then the default command interpreter, \fB/usr/bin/sh\fR, is used. If this field is * (asterisk), then the named directory becomes the root directory. At that point, \fBlogin\fR is re-executed at the new level, which @@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ inserting a \fB#\fR (pound sign) before the \fBCONSOLE=/dev/console\fR entry. See FILES. .SH SECURITY For accounts in name services which support automatic account locking, the -account can be configured to be automatically locked (see \fBuser_attr\fR(4) -and \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4)) if successive failed login attempts equals or exceeds -\fBRETRIES\fR. Currently, only the files repository (see \fBpasswd\fR(4) and -\fBshadow\fR(4)) supports automatic account locking. See also -\fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5). +account can be configured to be automatically locked (see \fBuser_attr\fR(5) +and \fBpolicy.conf\fR(5)) if successive failed login attempts equals or exceeds +\fBRETRIES\fR. Currently, only the files repository (see \fBpasswd\fR(5) and +\fBshadow\fR(5)) supports automatic account locking. See also +\fBpam_unix_auth\fR(7). .sp .LP The \fBlogin\fR command uses \fBpam\fR(3PAM) for authentication, account @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ other attempt to use \fB-d\fR causes \fBlogin\fR to quietly exit. \fB\fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR [\fIterminal\fR]\fR .ad .RS 26n -Used by \fBin.telnetd\fR(1M) to pass information about the remote host and +Used by \fBin.telnetd\fR(8) to pass information about the remote host and terminal type. .sp Terminal type as a second argument to the \fB-h\fR option should not start with @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Used to pass environment variables to the login shell. \fB\fB-r\fR \fIhostname\fR\fR .ad .RS 26n -Used by \fBin.rlogind\fR(1M) to pass information about the remote host. +Used by \fBin.rlogind\fR(8) to pass information about the remote host. .RE .sp @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ associated with the user. .ad .RS 26n Indicates the name of the person attempting to login on the remote side of the -rlogin connection. When \fBin.rlogind\fR(1M) is operating in Kerberized mode, +rlogin connection. When \fBin.rlogind\fR(8) is operating in Kerberized mode, that daemon processes the terminal and remote user name information prior to invoking \fBlogin\fR, so the "\fBruser\fR" data is indicated using this command line parameter. Normally (non-Kerberos authenticated \fBrlogin\fR), the @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ for example, \fBTIMEZONE=EST5EDT\fR. \fB\fBTIMEZONE\fR\fR .ad .RS 24n -Sets the \fBTZ\fR environment variable of the shell (see \fBenviron\fR(5)). +Sets the \fBTZ\fR environment variable of the shell (see \fBenviron\fR(7)). .RE .sp @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ not been reached or the \fBPAM\fR framework is returned \fBPAM_MAXTRIES\fR. Default is \fB4\fR seconds. Minimum is \fB0\fR seconds. Maximum is \fB5\fR seconds. .sp -Both \fBsu\fR(1M) and \fBsulogin\fR(1M) are affected by the value of +Both \fBsu\fR(8) and \fBsulogin\fR(8) are affected by the value of \fBSLEEPTIME\fR. .RE @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ before a failed login message is logged, using the \fBsyslog\fR(3C) .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -707,21 +707,60 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBexit\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1), -\fBmailx\fR(1), \fBnewgrp\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBrlogin\fR(1), -\fBrsh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBtelnet\fR(1), -\fBumask\fR(1), \fBin.rlogind\fR(1M), \fBin.telnetd\fR(1M), \fBlogins\fR(1M), -\fBquota\fR(1M), \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBsulogin\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), -\fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBpam\fR(3PAM), \fBrcmd\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBttyname\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), -\fBhosts.equiv\fR(4), \fBissue\fR(4), \fBlogindevperm\fR(4), \fBloginlog\fR(4), -\fBnologin\fR(4), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpam.conf\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBprofile\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), -\fButmpx\fR(4), \fBwtmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_session\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), -\fBtermio\fR(7I) +.BR csh (1), +.BR exit (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR mail (1), +.BR mailx (1), +.BR newgrp (1), +.BR passwd (1), +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR rsh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR telnet (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR syslog (3C), +.BR ttyname (3C), +.BR pam (3PAM), +.BR rcmd (3SOCKET), +.BR termio (4I), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR exec_attr (5), +.BR hosts.equiv (5), +.BR issue (5), +.BR logindevperm (5), +.BR loginlog (5), +.BR nologin (5), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR pam.conf (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR policy.conf (5), +.BR profile (5), +.BR shadow (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR utmpx (5), +.BR wtmpx (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR pam_authtok_check (7), +.BR pam_authtok_get (7), +.BR pam_authtok_store (7), +.BR pam_dhkeys (7), +.BR pam_passwd_auth (7), +.BR pam_unix_account (7), +.BR pam_unix_auth (7), +.BR pam_unix_session (7), +.BR in.rlogind (8), +.BR in.telnetd (8), +.BR logins (8), +.BR quota (8), +.BR su (8), +.BR sulogin (8), +.BR syslogd (8), +.BR useradd (8), +.BR userdel (8) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .ne 2 .na @@ -749,7 +788,7 @@ Root login denied. Check the \fBCONSOLE\fR setting in \fB/etc/default/login\fR. .ad .sp .6 .RS 4n -The user's home directory named in the \fBpasswd\fR(4) database cannot be found +The user's home directory named in the \fBpasswd\fR(5) database cannot be found or has the wrong permissions. Contact your system administrator. .RE @@ -760,7 +799,7 @@ or has the wrong permissions. Contact your system administrator. .ad .sp .6 .RS 4n -Cannot execute the shell named in the \fBpasswd\fR(4) database. Contact your +Cannot execute the shell named in the \fBpasswd\fR(5) database. Contact your system administrator. .RE @@ -781,10 +820,10 @@ and the system does not record their last login time. .LP If you use the \fBCONSOLE\fR setting to disable root logins, you should arrange that remote command execution by root is also disabled. See \fBrsh\fR(1), -\fBrcmd\fR(3SOCKET), and \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4) for further details. +\fBrcmd\fR(3SOCKET), and \fBhosts.equiv\fR(5) for further details. .SH NOTES -The \fBpam_unix\fR(5) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is -provided by \fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), and -\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5). +The \fBpam_unix\fR(7) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is +provided by \fBpam_unix_account\fR(7), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(7), +\fBpam_unix_session\fR(7), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(7), +\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(7), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(7), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(7), and +\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(7). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/logname.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/logname.1 index 932921e830..2f97c5d51e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/logname.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/logname.1 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ function. If \fBgetlogin()\fR does not return successfully, the name corresponding to the real user ID of the calling process is used instead. If a name cannot be found, the user's ID will be printed. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBlogname\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ user and accounting information .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -111,9 +111,14 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBenv\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBgetlogin\fR(3C), \fButmpx\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR env (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR getlogin (3C), +.BR utmpx (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/logout.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/logout.1 index c31ae78271..4f70edb1cd 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/logout.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/logout.1 @@ -21,4 +21,6 @@ Terminate a login shell. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/look.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/look.1 index 5925621494..8e1cbe1462 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/look.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/look.1 @@ -68,4 +68,6 @@ spelling list .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgrep\fR(1), \fBsort\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR grep (1), +.BR sort (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lookbib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lookbib.1 index 63b6e08734..cc3a2635f7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lookbib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lookbib.1 @@ -79,8 +79,13 @@ reference file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddbib\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBindxbib\fR(1), \fBrefer\fR(1), -\fBroffbib\fR(1), \fBsortbib\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addbib (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR indxbib (1), +.BR refer (1), +.BR roffbib (1), +.BR sortbib (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lorder.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lorder.1 index 806e19403b..bbb14e6e3f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lorder.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lorder.1 @@ -64,8 +64,12 @@ usually \fB/var/tmp\fR but can be redefined by setting the environment variable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBtsort\fR(1), \fBtmpnam\fR(3C), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR tsort (1), +.BR tmpnam (3C), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lp.1 index ff36484e18..1878abaa23 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lp.1 @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ is in the process of printing, it is stopped and restarted from the beginning .sp .LP The print client commands locate destination information using the "printers" -database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBprinters\fR(4), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for details. +database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5), +\fBprinters\fR(5), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for details. .SH OPTIONS .LP Printers that have a 4.\fIx\fR or \fBBSD-based print server\fR are not @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ printed output. \fIfile\fR is linked (as opposed to copied). .RS 23n Prints \fIfile\fR on a specific destination. The \fB-d\fR option is used to set the destination only when the job is first created. (\fBNote:\fR To move -existing jobs to a different destination, see \fBlpmove\fR(1M).) +existing jobs to a different destination, see \fBlpmove\fR(8).) \fIdestination\fR can be either a printer or a class of printers (see -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M)). Specify \fIdestination\fR using atomic, URI-style +\fBlpadmin\fR(8)). Specify \fIdestination\fR using atomic, URI-style (\fIscheme\fR://\fIendpoint\fR), or POSIX-style -(\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) names. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for +(\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) names. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for more information. .RE @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Prints \fIfile\fR on \fIform-name\fR. The \fBLP\fR print service ensures that the form is mounted on the printer. The print request is rejected if the printer does not support \fIform-name\fR, if \fIform-name\fR is not defined for the system, or if the user is not allowed to use \fIform-name\fR (see -\fBlpforms\fR(1M)). +\fBlpforms\fR(8)). .RE .sp @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ an inch. Use \fBpica\fR to set character pitch to pica (\fB10\fR characters per inch), or \fBelite\fR to set character pitch to elite (\fB12\fR characters per inch) Use \fBcompressed\fR to set character pitch to as many characters as the printer can handle. There is no standard number of characters per inch for all -printers; see the \fBterminfo\fR database (see \fBterminfo\fR(4)) for the +printers; see the \fBterminfo\fR database (see \fBterminfo\fR(5)) for the default character pitch for your printer. This option can not be used with the \fB-f\fR option. .RE @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ rejected unless the print wheel is already mounted on the printer. Printers Using Selectable or Programmable Character Sets: If the \fB-S\fR option is not specified, \fBlp\fR uses the standard character set. If \fIcharacter-set\fR is not defined in the \fBterminfo\fR database for the -printer (see \fBterminfo\fR(4)), or is not an alias defined by the \fBLP\fR +printer (see \fBterminfo\fR(5)), or is not an alias defined by the \fBLP\fR administrator, the request is rejected. .RE @@ -519,11 +519,11 @@ specified, \fBlp\fR uses the standard input. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBlp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBlp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBlp\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBPATH\fR. .sp @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -650,13 +650,33 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcancel\fR(1), \fBenable\fR(1), \fBlpq\fR(1B), \fBlpr\fR(1B), \fBlprm\fR(1B), -\fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBpostprint\fR(1), \fBpr\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), -\fBaccept\fR(1M), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpfilter\fR(1M), \fBlpforms\fR(1M), -\fBlpmove\fR(1M), \fBlpsched\fR(1M), \fBlpshut\fR(1M), \fBlpsystem\fR(1M), -\fBlpusers\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBterminfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cancel (1), +.BR enable (1), +.BR lpstat (1), +.BR mail (1), +.BR postprint (1), +.BR pr (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR lpq (1B), +.BR lpr (1B), +.BR lprm (1B), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR printers (5), +.BR printers.conf (5), +.BR terminfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR accept (8), +.BR lpadmin (8), +.BR lpfilter (8), +.BR lpforms (8), +.BR lpmove (8), +.BR lpsched (8), +.BR lpshut (8), +.BR lpsystem (8), +.BR lpusers (8) .SH NOTES .LP \fBCSI\fR-capability assumes that printer names are composed of \fBASCII\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/lpstat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/lpstat.1 index 75a7b34a5d..b9af5ec75a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/lpstat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/lpstat.1 @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ prints the status of all output requests. .sp .LP The print client commands locate destination information using the "printers" -database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBprinters\fR(4), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for details. +database in the name service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5), +\fBprinters\fR(5), and \fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for details. .SH OPTIONS .LP The following options are supported: @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ omitted. .sp Specify printer and class names using atomic, URI-style (scheme://endpoint), or POSIX-style (\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) names. See -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for more information. +\fBprinters.conf\fR(5) for more information. .RE .sp @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -429,9 +429,16 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcancel\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpq\fR(1B), \fBlpr\fR(1B), \fBlprm\fR(1B), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cancel (1), +.BR lp (1), +.BR lpq (1B), +.BR lpr (1B), +.BR lprm (1B), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR printers (5), +.BR printers.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP For remote print queues, the BSD print protocol provides a very limited set of diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ls.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ls.1 index f18a94f6f4..952b65c845 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ls.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ls.1 @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ to a terminal is multi\(micolumn with entries sorted down the columns. The format. In order to determine output formats for the \fB-C\fR, \fB-x\fR, and \fB-m\fR options, \fBls\fR uses an environment variable, \fBCOLUMNS\fR, to determine the number of character positions available on one output line. If -this variable is not set, the \fBterminfo\fR(4) database is used to determine +this variable is not set, the \fBterminfo\fR(5) database is used to determine the number of columns, based on the environment variable, \fBTERM\fR. If this information cannot be obtained, 80 columns are assumed. If the \fB-w\fR option is used, the argument overrides any other column width. @@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ diagnostic message is output on standard error. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBls\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBls\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRViewing File Permissions @@ -2635,7 +2635,7 @@ example% ls -%crtime -tl file* .LP In this example the files are sorted by creation time. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBls\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBTZ\fR. @@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ terminal information database .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/ls" .TS @@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ For all options except \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-E,\fR \fB-h\fR, \fB--escape\fR, \fB--file-type\fR, \fB--full-time\fR, \fB--human-readable\fR, \fB--ignore-backups\fR, \fB--inode\fR, \fB--no-group\fR, \fB--numeric-uid-gid\fR, \fB--reverse\fR, \fB--recursive\fR, \fB--si\fR, -\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(5). +\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(7). .SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/ls" .TS @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ For all options except \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-E,\fR \fB-h\fR, \fB--escape\fR, \fB--file-type\fR, \fB--full-time\fR, \fB--human-readable\fR, \fB--ignore-backups\fR, \fB--inode\fR, \fB--no-group\fR, \fB--numeric-uid-gid\fR, \fB--reverse\fR, \fB--recursive\fR, \fB--si\fR, -\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(5). +\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(7). .SS "/usr/xpg6/bin/ls" .TS @@ -2802,11 +2802,20 @@ For all options except \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-E,\fR \fB-h\fR, \fB--escape\fR, \fB--file-type\fR, \fB--full-time\fR, \fB--human-readable\fR, \fB--ignore-backups\fR, \fB--inode\fR, \fB--no-group\fR, \fB--numeric-uid-gid\fR, \fB--reverse\fR, \fB--recursive\fR, \fB--si\fR, -\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(5). +\fB--size\fR, and \fB--time-style\fR, see \fBstandards\fR(7). .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcp\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fBfgetattr\fR(3C), -\fBstrftime\fR(3C), \fBterminfo\fR(4), \fBacl\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR cp (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR fgetattr (3C), +.BR strftime (3C), +.BR terminfo (5), +.BR acl (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES Unprintable characters in file names can confuse the columnar output options. .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/m4.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/m4.1 index ffc264ec2e..861158353c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/m4.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/m4.1 @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ The value of VER is "2". .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBm4\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ file. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "\fB/usr/xpg4/bin/m4\fR" .sp @@ -754,4 +754,7 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBas\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR as (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mac.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mac.1 index e15ba72384..c78a5230d7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mac.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mac.1 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ algorithm has specific key material requirements, as stated in the PKCS#11 specification. If \fB-k\fR is not specified, \fBmac\fR prompts for key material using \fBgetpassphrase\fR(3C). .sp -For information on generating a key file, see \fBpktool\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M) or +For information on generating a key file, see \fBpktool\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(8) or the \fISystem Administration Guide: Security Services\fR. .RE @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -230,8 +230,13 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdigest\fR(1), \fBpktool\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M), \fBgetpassphrase\fR(3C), -\fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5) +.BR digest (1), +.BR pktool (1), +.BR getpassphrase (3C), +.BR libpkcs11 (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR pkcs11_softtoken (7), +.BR dd (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Security Services\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mach.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mach.1 index d24998646b..f0ca586bd0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mach.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mach.1 @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ The \fBmach\fR command displays the processor-type of the current host. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBarch\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR arch (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/madv.so.1.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/madv.so.1.1 index bd2b437299..27cea0a51f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/madv.so.1.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/madv.so.1.1 @@ -297,10 +297,21 @@ Configuration file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBbrk\fR(2), -\fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), \fBmmap\fR(2), \fBmemcntl\fR(2), \fBshmat\fR(2), -\fBgetexecname\fR(3C), \fBmadvise\fR(3C), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR brk (2), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR memcntl (2), +.BR mmap (2), +.BR shmat (2), +.BR getexecname (3C), +.BR madvise (3C), +.BR syslog (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mail.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mail.1 index 5d8bc7b84c..43394040c3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mail.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mail.1 @@ -639,11 +639,11 @@ recognized by \fBlogin\fR(1). .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmail\fR and +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmail\fR and \fBrmail\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmail\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -767,9 +767,17 @@ temporary file .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBmailx\fR(1), \fBuucp\fR(1C), -\fBuuencode\fR(1C), \fBvacation\fR(1), \fBwrite\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR mailx (1), +.BR vacation (1), +.BR write (1), +.BR uucp (1C), +.BR uuencode (1C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7) .sp .LP \fISolaris Advanced User\&'s Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mailcompat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mailcompat.1 index 5cd96ca8b1..4d356ffb71 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mailcompat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mailcompat.1 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ To execute \fBmailcompat\fR, log onto the Solaris mail server and enter program. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailcompat\fR +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailcompat\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -79,4 +79,6 @@ list of recipients for forwarding messages .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBmailx\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR mailx (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mailstats.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mailstats.1 index fed9e8f6bb..c42c9bf6c1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mailstats.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mailstats.1 @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ mailstats \- print statistics collected by sendmail .sp .LP The \fBmailstats\fR utility prints out the statistics collected by the -\fBsendmail\fR(1M) program on mailer usage. These statistics are collected if +\fBsendmail\fR(8) program on mailer usage. These statistics are collected if the file indicated by the \fBStatusFile\fR configuration option of \fBsendmail\fR (defined in \fB/etc/mail/sendmail.cf\fR) exists. The default statistics file is \fB/etc/mail/statistics\fR. .sp .LP To enable \fBmailstats\fR, you must, as root, touch \fB/etc/mail/statistics\fR. -See the \fBStatusFile\fR processing option in \fBsendmail\fR(1M). +See the \fBStatusFile\fR processing option in \fBsendmail\fR(8). .sp .LP \fBmailstats\fR first prints the time that the statistics file was created and @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Output information in program-readable mode without clearing statistics. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailstats\fR +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailstats\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH FILES .sp @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Default \fBsendmail\fR configuration file .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -242,5 +242,8 @@ Output Stability Unstable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcrontab\fR(1), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR crontab (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR cron (8), +.BR sendmail (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mailx.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mailx.1 index a710fd32fd..45997ad4f2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mailx.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mailx.1 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Print the \fBmailx\fR version number and exit. \fB\fB-v\fR\fR .ad .RS 17n -Pass the \fB-v\fR flag to \fBsendmail\fR(1M). +Pass the \fB-v\fR flag to \fBsendmail\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ Remove loops in \fBuucp\fR(1C) address paths (typically generated by the of \fBUUCP\fR routes or connections. .RE -Conversion is disabled by default. See also \fBsendmail\fR(1M) and the \fB-U\fR +Conversion is disabled by default. See also \fBsendmail\fR(8) and the \fB-U\fR command-line option. .RE @@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ file. See \fBStarting Mail\fR in USAGE above. .ad .RS 26n Your "real name" to be included in the From line of messages you send. By -default this is derived from the comment field in your \fBpasswd\fR(4) file +default this is derived from the comment field in your \fBpasswd\fR(5) file entry. .RE @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ The number of lines of header to print with the \fBto\fRp command. Default is \fB\fBverbose\fR\fR .ad .RS 26n -Invoke \fBsendmail\fR(1M) with the \fB-v\fR flag. +Invoke \fBsendmail\fR(8) with the \fB-v\fR flag. .RE .sp @@ -2582,11 +2582,11 @@ the message is not sent. .SS "Large File Behavior" .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailx\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmailx\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmailx\fR: \fBHOME\fR, \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBTERM\fR. @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ post office directory .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -2842,12 +2842,30 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBbiff\fR(1B), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBex\fR(1), \fBfmt\fR(1), -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1B), \fBmailcompat\fR(1), -\fBmore\fR(1), \fBpg\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBvacation\fR(1), -\fBvi\fR(1), \fBnewaliases\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBaliases\fR(4), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR echo (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR ex (1), +.BR fmt (1), +.BR lp (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR mail (1), +.BR mailcompat (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR pg (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR vacation (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR biff (1B), +.BR mail (1B), +.BR uucp (1C), +.BR aliases (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR newaliases (8), +.BR sendmail (8) .SH NOTES .LP Where \fIshell-command\fR is shown as valid, arguments are not always allowed. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/make.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/make.1 index 532c3368c1..c3dd25badc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/make.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/make.1 @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ When \fBmake\fR first starts, it reads the \fBMAKEFLAGS\fR environment variable to obtain any of the following options specified present in its value: \fB-C\fR, \fB-d\fR, \fB-D\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-n\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-q\fR, \fB-r\fR, \fB-s\fR, \fB-S\fR, or \fB-t\fR. Due to the implementation of POSIX.2 -(see \fBPOSIX.2\fR(5), the \fBMAKEFLAGS\fR values contains a leading \fB\(mi\fR +(see \fBPOSIX.2\fR(7), the \fBMAKEFLAGS\fR values contains a leading \fB\(mi\fR character. The \fBmake\fR utility then reads the command line for additional options, which also take effect. .sp @@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ a.o b.o: incl.h .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmake\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ state file in the local directory .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/make" .TS box; @@ -2621,15 +2621,27 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBarch\fR(1), \fBcd\fR(1), \fBcpp\fR(1), \fBlex\fR(1), -\fBmach\fR(1), \fBsccs-get\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBsysV-make\fR(1), -\fByacc\fR(1), \fBwordexp\fR(3C), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBPOSIX.2\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR arch (1), +.BR cd (1), +.BR cpp (1), +.BR lex (1), +.BR mach (1), +.BR sccs-get (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR sysV-make (1), +.BR yacc (1), +.BR wordexp (3C), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR POSIX.2 (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .sp .LP \fISolaris Advanced User\&'s Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/makekey.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/makekey.1 index d7d30b2e03..fd17d20a2d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/makekey.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/makekey.1 @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ input and output will be pipes. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBed\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(4) +.BR ed (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR passwd (5) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/man.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/man.1 index 1df42e4b1a..f3d0107098 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/man.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/man.1 @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ If no manual page is located, prints an error message. .Ss "Source Format" Reference Manual pages are marked up with either -.Xr man 5 , +.Xr man 7 , or -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 language tags. The .Nm @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ or processes the request in the usual manner. .Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES See -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of .Nm man : @@ -426,9 +426,9 @@ Enabled. .Xr mandoc 1 , .Xr more 1 , .Xr whatis 1 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr man 5 , -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr man 7 , +.Xr mdoc 7 .Sh NOTES The .Fl f diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mandoc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mandoc.1 index eaafde344f..f3ed8b4e92 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mandoc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mandoc.1 @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ utility formats manual pages for display. By default, .Nm reads -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 or -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 text from stdin and produces .Fl T Cm locale output. @@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ It can be specified to override Override the default operating system .Ar name for the -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 .Ic \&Os and for the -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 .Ic \&TH macro. .It Fl K Ar encoding @@ -110,20 +110,20 @@ Otherwise, input is interpreted as With .Fl mdoc , all input files are interpreted as -.Xr mdoc 5 . +.Xr mdoc 7 . With .Fl man , all input files are interpreted as -.Xr man 5 . +.Xr man 7 . By default, the input language is automatically detected for each file: if the first macro is .Ic \&Dd or .Ic \&Dt , the -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 parser is used; otherwise, the -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 parser is used. With other arguments, .Fl m @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ reads from standard input. Use .Fl T Cm ascii to force text output in 7-bit ASCII character encoding documented in the -.Xr ascii 5 +.Xr ascii 7 manual page, ignoring the .Xr locale 1 set in the environment. @@ -247,14 +247,14 @@ To remove the markup, pipe the output to instead. .Pp The special characters documented in -.Xr mandoc_char 5 +.Xr mandoc_char 7 are rendered best-effort in an ASCII equivalent. In particular, opening and closing .Sq single quotes are represented as characters number 0x60 and 0x27, respectively, which agrees with all ASCII standards from 1965 to the latest revision (2012) and which matches the traditional way in which -.Xr roff 5 +.Xr roff 7 formatters represent single quotes in ASCII output. This correct ASCII rendering may look strange with modern Unicode-compatible fonts because contrary to ASCII, Unicode uses @@ -269,18 +269,18 @@ arguments are accepted: The left margin for normal text is set to .Ar indent blank characters instead of the default of five for -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 and seven for -.Xr man 5 . +.Xr man 7 . Increasing this is not recommended; it may result in degraded formatting, for example overfull lines or ugly line breaks. When output is to a pager on a terminal that is less than 66 columns wide, the default is reduced to three columns. .It Cm mdoc Format -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 input files in -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 output style. This prints the operating system name rather than the page title on the right side of the footer line, and it implies @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ on the right side of the footer line, and it implies One useful application is for checking that .Fl T Cm man output formats in the same way as the -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 source it was generated from. .It Cm tag Ns Op = Ns Ar term If the formatted manual page is opened in a pager, @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Output produced by conforms to HTML5 using optional self-closing tags. Default styles use only CSS1. Equations rendered from -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 blocks use MathML. .Pp The file @@ -440,22 +440,22 @@ This output mode can also be selected explicitly with Use .Fl T Cm man to translate -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 input into -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 output format. This is useful for distributing manual sources to legacy systems lacking -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 formatters. Embedded -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 and -.Xr tbl 5 +.Xr tbl 7 code is not supported. .Pp If the input format of a file is -.Xr man 5 , +.Xr man 7 , the input is copied to the output. The parser is also run, and as usual, the .Fl W @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ are displayed before copying the input to the output. Use .Fl T Cm markdown to translate -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 input to the markdown format conforming to .Lk http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax.text\ "John Gruber's 2004 specification" . @@ -489,10 +489,10 @@ instead, use directly. .Pp The -.Xr man 5 , -.Xr tbl 5 , +.Xr man 7 , +.Xr tbl 7 , and -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 input languages are not supported by .Fl T Cm markdown output mode. @@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ It is useful for debugging the source code of manual pages. The exact format is subject to change, so don't write parsers for it. .Pp The first paragraph shows meta data found in the -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 prologue, on the -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 .Ic \&TH line, or the fallbacks used. .Pp @@ -577,10 +577,10 @@ The columns are: .Bl -enum -compact .It For macro nodes, the macro name; for text and -.Xr tbl 5 +.Xr tbl 7 nodes, the content. There is a special format for -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 nodes. .It Node type (text, elem, block, head, body, body-end, tail, tbl, eqn). @@ -733,11 +733,11 @@ To produce a series of PostScript manuals for A4 paper: .Dl $ mandoc \-T ps \-O paper=a4 mdoc.5 man.5 > manuals.ps .Pp Convert a modern -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 manual to the older -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 format, for use on systems lacking an -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 parser: .Pp .Dl $ mandoc \-T man foo.mdoc > foo.man @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Invalid command line arguments were specified. No input files have been read and no output is produced. .It Cm unsupp An input file uses unsupported low-level -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 features. The output may be incomplete and/or misformatted, so using GNU troff instead of @@ -906,16 +906,16 @@ keyword substitution as conventionally used in these operating systems. .El .Ss Style suggestions .Bl -ohang -.It Sy "legacy man(5) date format" +.It Sy "legacy man(7) date format" .Pq mdoc The .Ic \&Dd macro uses the legacy -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 date format .Dq yyyy-dd-mm . Consider using the conventional -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 date format .Dq "Month dd, yyyy" instead. @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ and command line options, the .Ev MANPATH environment variable, the -.Xr man.conf 5 +.Xr man.conf 7 file and falling back to the default of .Pa /usr/share/man : Ns Pa /usr/X11R6/man : Ns Pa /usr/local/man , also configurable at compile time using the @@ -1120,14 +1120,14 @@ Consider checking whether the file name or the argument need a correction. .It Sy "missing date, using \(dq\(dq" .Pq mdoc, man The document was parsed as -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 and it has no .Ic \&Dd macro, or the .Ic \&Dd macro has no arguments or only empty arguments; or the document was parsed as -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 and it has no .Ic \&TH macro, or the @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ Probably, there are author names lacking markup. .It Sy "obsolete macro" .Pq mdoc See the -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 manual for replacements. .It Sy "macro neither callable nor escaped" .Pq mdoc @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ otherwise, escape it by prepending .Sq \e& . .It Sy "skipping paragraph macro" In -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 documents, this happens .Bl -dash -compact .It @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ at the end of items in non-column, non-compact lists and for multiple consecutive paragraph macros. .El In -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 documents, it happens .Bl -dash -compact .It @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ The previous, interrupted macro is deleted from the parse tree. .Pq roff , eqn The macro name is missing from a macro definition request, or an -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 control statement or operation keyword lacks its required argument. .It Sy "conditional request controls empty scope" .Pq roff @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ macro, at least one other argument precedes the type argument. The .Nm utility copes with any argument order, but some other -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 implementations do not. .It Sy "missing -width in -tag list, using 8n" .Pq mdoc @@ -1730,10 +1730,10 @@ A wrong font may remain active after using the character. .It Sy "unknown font, skipping request" .Pq man , tbl A -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 .Ic \&ft request or a -.Xr tbl 5 +.Xr tbl 7 .Ic \&f layout modifier has an unknown .Ar font @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ some content, but the parser can continue. .It Sy "skipping bad character" .Pq mdoc , man , roff The input file contains a byte that is not a printable -.Xr ascii 5 +.Xr ascii 7 character. The message mentions the character number. The offending byte is replaced with a question mark @@ -1934,11 +1934,11 @@ transliteration of the intended character. .It Sy "skipping unknown macro" .Pq mdoc , man , roff The first identifier on a request or macro line is neither recognized as a -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 request, nor as a user-defined macro, nor, respectively, as an -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 or -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 macro. It may be mistyped or unsupported. The request or macro is discarded including its arguments. @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ An macro occurs outside any .Ic \&Bl list, or an -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 .Ic above delimiter occurs outside any pile. It is discarded including its arguments. @@ -1978,16 +1978,16 @@ It is discarded including its arguments. Various syntax elements can only be used to explicitly close blocks that have previously been opened. An -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 block closing macro, a -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 .Ic \&ME, \&RE or .Ic \&UE macro, an -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 right delimiter or closing brace, or the end of an equation, table, or -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 conditional request is encountered but no matching block is open. The offending request or macro is discarded. .It Sy "fewer RS blocks open, skipping" @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ macro is discarded. .It Sy "inserting missing end of block" .Pq mdoc , tbl Various -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 macros as well as tables require explicit closing by dedicated macros. A block that doesn't support bad nesting ends before all of its children are properly closed. @@ -2011,15 +2011,15 @@ The open child nodes are closed implicitly. .It Sy "appending missing end of block" .Pq mdoc , man , eqn , tbl , roff At the end of the document, an explicit -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 block, a -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 next-line scope or .Ic \&MT , \&RS or .Ic \&UR block, an equation, table, or -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 conditional or ignore block is still open. The open block is closed implicitly. .It Sy "escaped character not allowed in a name" @@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ macro has an unknown argument and is discarded. An .Ic \&it request or an -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 .Ic \&size or .Ic \&gsize @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ only shows the path as it appears behind .It Sy "skipping all arguments" .Pq mdoc , man , eqn , roff An -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 .Ic \&Bt , .Ic \&Ed , .Ic \&Ef , @@ -2183,18 +2183,18 @@ or macro, an .Ic \&It macro in a list that don't support item heads, a -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 .Ic \&LP , .Ic \&P , or .Ic \&PP macro, an -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 .Ic \&EQ or .Ic \&EN macro, or a -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 .Ic \&br , .Ic \&fi , or @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ Parsing is aborted as soon as the condition is detected. .It Sy "unsupported control character" .Pq roff An ASCII control character supported by other -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 implementations but not by .Nm was found in an input file. @@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ or considerable misformatting. .It Sy "unsupported roff request" .Pq roff An input file contains a -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 request supported by GNU troff or Heirloom troff but not by .Nm , and it is likely that this will cause information loss @@ -2292,9 +2292,9 @@ The modifier is discarded. .It Sy "ignoring macro in table" .Pq tbl , mdoc , man A table contains an invocation of an -.Xr mdoc 5 +.Xr mdoc 7 or -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 macro or of an undefined macro. The macro is ignored, and its arguments are handled as if they were a text line. @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ macro. This message is only generated in .Fl T Cm man output mode, where -.Xr tbl 5 +.Xr tbl 7 input is not supported. .It Sy "skipping eqn in -Tman mode" .Pq mdoc , eqn @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ macro. This message is only generated in .Fl T Cm man output mode, where -.Xr eqn 5 +.Xr eqn 7 input is not supported. .El .Ss Bad command line arguments @@ -2355,22 +2355,22 @@ The .Fl O Cm tag option was specified but the tag was not found in any of the displayed manual pages. -.It Sy "\-Tmarkdown unsupported for man(5) input" +.It Sy "\-Tmarkdown unsupported for man(7) input" .Pq man The .Fl T Cm markdown option was specified but an input file uses the -.Xr man 5 +.Xr man 7 language. No output is produced for that input file. .El .Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr eqn 5 , -.Xr man 5 , -.Xr mandoc_char 5 , -.Xr mandoc_roff 5 , -.Xr mdoc 5 , -.Xr tbl 5 +.Xr eqn 7 , +.Xr man 7 , +.Xr mandoc_char 7 , +.Xr mandoc_roff 7 , +.Xr mdoc 7 , +.Xr tbl 7 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mconnect.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mconnect.1 index 3e9a1eedf5..651e59360c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mconnect.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mconnect.1 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The name of a given host. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -The \fBmconnect\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). +The \fBmconnect\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(4P). .SH FILES .sp .ne 2 @@ -75,7 +75,10 @@ Help file for \fBSMTP\fR commands .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBtelnet\fR(1), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBip6\fR(7P) +.BR telnet (1), +.BR ip6 (4P), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR sendmail (8) .sp .LP Postel, Jonathan B., \fIRFC 821, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol\fR, Information diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mcs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mcs.1 index a5505c2340..6fe2745383 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mcs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mcs.1 @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ temporary files .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -203,8 +203,15 @@ Interface Stability Stable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBas\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBstrip\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fBelf\fR(3ELF), \fBtmpnam\fR(3C), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR as (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR strip (1), +.BR tmpnam (3C), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mdb.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mdb.1 index 54f00f4b61..1269218862 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mdb.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mdb.1 @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ itself. \fBmdb\fR can only perform a context switch when examining a crash dump if the dump contains the physical memory pages of the specified user process (as opposed to just kernel pages). The kernel crash dump facility can be configured to dump all pages or the pages of the current user process using -\fBdumpadm\fR(1M). The \fB::status\fR dcmd can be used to display the contents +\fBdumpadm\fR(8). The \fB::status\fR dcmd can be used to display the contents of the current crash dump. .sp When the user requests a context switch from the kernel target, \fBmdb\fR @@ -4274,7 +4274,7 @@ present in the current directory. .LP \fBmdb\fR processes all input files (including scripts, object files, core files, and raw data files) in a large file aware fashion. See -\fBlargefile\fR(5) for more information about the processing of large files, +\fBlargefile\fR(7) for more information about the processing of large files, which are files greater than or equal to 2 Gbytes (2^31 bytes). .SH EXIT STATUS .LP @@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@ information in a core file or crash dump, or from the current machine as if by .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -4434,14 +4434,38 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBadb\fR(1), \fBgcore\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBpgrep\fR(1), -\fBps\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBcoreadm\fR(1M), -\fBdumpadm\fR(1M), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBsavecore\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fB_lwp_self\fR(2), \fBpipe\fR(2), \fBvfork\fR(2), -\fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), \fBlibc_db\fR(3LIB), \fBlibkvm\fR(3LIB), -\fBlibthread\fR(3LIB), \fBsignal\fR(3C), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fBthr_self\fR(3C), \fBcore\fR(4), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBthreads\fR(5), \fBksyms\fR(7D), \fBmem\fR(7D) +.BR adb (1), +.BR gcore (1), +.BR pgrep (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR _lwp_self (2), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR pipe (2), +.BR vfork (2), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR signal (3C), +.BR thr_self (3C), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR libc_db (3LIB), +.BR libkvm (3LIB), +.BR libthread (3LIB), +.BR ksyms (4D), +.BR mem (4D), +.BR core (5), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR threads (7), +.BR coreadm (8), +.BR dumpadm (8), +.BR savecore (8) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR @@ -4480,7 +4504,7 @@ is not present in those core files, the symbol information might not match the data present in the process at the time it dumped core. In releases later than Solaris 9, text sections and read-only data are included in core files by default. Users can configure their processes to exclude that information from -core files using \fBcoreadm\fR(1M). Thus, the information presented by +core files using \fBcoreadm\fR(8). Thus, the information presented by \fBmdb\fR for those core files can not match the data that was present at the time the process dumped core. Core files from x86 systems can not be examined on SPARC systems, and vice-versa. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mesg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mesg.1 index 8a3de96492..8c808e4d16 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mesg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mesg.1 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Grants permission to other users to send messages to the terminal. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmesg\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ terminal devices .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -161,5 +161,8 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBtalk\fR(1), \fBwrite\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR talk (1), +.BR write (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mkdir.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mkdir.1 index 07e092b534..0ea12b5d0a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mkdir.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mkdir.1 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ A path name of a directory to be created. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmkdir\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmkdir\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ creates the subdirectory structure \fBltr/jd/jan\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmkdir\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/mkdir" .sp @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability See below. _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .sp @@ -278,6 +278,14 @@ The built-in interfaces are Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBrm\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), -\fBIntro\fR(2), \fBmkdir\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR rm (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR Intro (2), +.BR mkdir (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mkmsgs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mkmsgs.1 index dba369e8ec..619d60bc60 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mkmsgs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mkmsgs.1 @@ -150,5 +150,9 @@ message files created by \fBmkmsgs\fR .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexstr\fR(1), \fBgettxt\fR(1), \fBsrchtxt\fR(1), \fBgettxt\fR(3C), -\fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR exstr (1), +.BR gettxt (1), +.BR srchtxt (1), +.BR gettxt (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mktemp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mktemp.1 index f87583b952..5137610537 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mktemp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mktemp.1 @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ fi .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmktemp\fR with the \fB-t\fR option: \fBTMPDIR.\fR .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -277,8 +277,11 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBmkdtemp\fR(3C), \fBmkstemp\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR sh (1), +.BR mkdtemp (3C), +.BR mkstemp (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/moe.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/moe.1 index 994192b8a4..a835ebe19c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/moe.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/moe.1 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ expansion returns \fB0\fR, otherwise non-zero. Without the \fB-32\fR or .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -198,8 +198,11 @@ Interface Stability Stable .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBoptisa\fR(1), \fBisalist\fR(1), \fBdlmopen\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR isalist (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR optisa (1), +.BR dlmopen (3C), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/more.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/more.1 index 972fcdd353..b82e003d44 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/more.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/more.1 @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ processed first. .SS "Environment" .sp .LP -\fBmore\fR uses the terminal's \fBterminfo\fR(4) entry to determine its display +\fBmore\fR uses the terminal's \fBterminfo\fR(5) entry to determine its display characteristics. .sp .LP @@ -779,13 +779,13 @@ Invoke a shell or the specified command. .SS "Large File Behavior" .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmore\fR and +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmore\fR and \fBpage\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmore\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR (\fB/usr/xpg4/bin/more\fR only), \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBTERM\fR. @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ help file for \fB/usr/bin/more\fR and \fB/usr/bin/page\fR only. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/more /usr/bin/page" .sp @@ -902,17 +902,27 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBctags\fR(1), \fBman\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), -\fBscript\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBul\fR(1), \fBterminfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR ctags (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR script (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR ul (1), +.BR terminfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SS "/usr/bin/more /usr/bin/page" .sp .LP -\fBregcomp\fR(3C) +.BR regcomp (3C) .SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/more" .sp .LP -\fBregex\fR(5) +.BR regex (7) .SH NOTES .SS "/usr/bin/more" .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mpss.so.1.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mpss.so.1.1 index e14b891fd0..48a76e2799 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mpss.so.1.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mpss.so.1.1 @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Configuration file .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -233,10 +233,22 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBpagesize\fR(1), \fBppgsz\fR(1), -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), -\fBmemcntl\fR(2), \fBgetexecname\fR(3C), \fBgetpagesize\fR(3C), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR pagesize (1), +.BR ppgsz (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR memcntl (2), +.BR getexecname (3C), +.BR getpagesize (3C), +.BR syslog (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcc.1 index 313d06637d..3c0ccc38e7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcc.1 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Glenn Fowler, \fBgsf@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -222,5 +222,10 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcpp\fR(1), \fBgencat\fR(1), \fBmkmsgs\fR(1), \fBmsggen\fR(1), -\fBmsgcpp\fR(1), \fBmsgcvt\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cpp (1), +.BR gencat (1), +.BR mkmsgs (1), +.BR msgcpp (1), +.BR msgcvt (1), +.BR msggen (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcpp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcpp.1 index 7627b912a6..9c07094772 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcpp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcpp.1 @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ Glenn Fowler, \fBgsf@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -847,8 +847,13 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcpp\fR(1), \fBgencat\fR(1), \fBmsgcc\fR(1), \fBmsgcvt\fR(1), -\fBmsggen\fR(1), \fBmake\fR(1S), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cpp (1), +.BR gencat (1), +.BR msgcc (1), +.BR msgcvt (1), +.BR msggen (1), +.BR make (1S), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP Kernighan, Brian W. and Ritchie, Dennis M., \fIThe C Programming Language\fR, diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcvt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcvt.1 index f8588e6ec6..84c5c1217e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msgcvt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msgcvt.1 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Glenn Fowler, \fBgsf@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -124,4 +124,7 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgencat\fR(1), \fBmsgcc\fR(1), \fBmsggen\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR gencat (1), +.BR msgcc (1), +.BR msggen (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msgfmt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msgfmt.1 index 26ad8d4191..5555877daf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msgfmt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msgfmt.1 @@ -464,12 +464,12 @@ example% \fBmsgfmt -o hello.mo module1.po module2.po\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environmental variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environmental variables that affect the execution of \fBmsgfmt\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -484,8 +484,11 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBxgettext\fR(1), \fBgettext\fR(3C), \fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR xgettext (1), +.BR gettext (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .LP Installing message catalogs under the C locale is pointless, since they are diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msggen.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msggen.1 index 994b465ee1..0ae5cf5283 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msggen.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msggen.1 @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Glenn Fowler, \fBgsf@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -356,5 +356,8 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgencat\fR(1), \fBiconv\fR(1), \fBmsgcc\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR gencat (1), +.BR iconv (1), +.BR msgcc (1), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/msgget.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/msgget.1 index e3e1e3a138..8985fea318 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/msgget.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/msgget.1 @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Glenn Fowler, \fBgsf@research.att.com\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -127,4 +127,7 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBiconv\fR(1), \fBmsgcc\fR(1), \fBmsggen\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR iconv (1), +.BR msgcc (1), +.BR msggen (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mt.1 index b42ec9013a..35745318f2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mt.1 @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ is ignored and the command is performed only once. .ad .RS 16n Reads the drives current configuration from the driver and displays it in -\fBst.conf\fR format. See \fBst\fR(7D) for definition of fields and there +\fBst.conf\fR format. See \fBst\fR(4D) for definition of fields and there meanings. .RE @@ -356,8 +356,12 @@ magnetic tape interface .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBtar\fR(1), \fBtcopy\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBmtio\fR(7I), \fBst\fR(7D) +.BR tar (1), +.BR tcopy (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR st (4D), +.BR mtio (4I), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .LP Not all devices support all options. Some options are hardware-dependent. Refer diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/mv.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/mv.1 index 11faaa86f0..03a53e2e66 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/mv.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/mv.1 @@ -216,12 +216,12 @@ A path name of an existing directory into which to move the input files. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmv\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBmv\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBmv\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5). +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS .sp .LP @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/mv" .sp @@ -293,9 +293,17 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcp\fR(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), \fBln\fR(1), \fBrm\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), -\fBchmod\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cp (1), +.BR cpio (1), +.BR ln (1), +.BR rm (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR chmod (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nc.1 index abcd5d0290..352766fe6e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nc.1 @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Protocol mismatch. .SS "\fBinetd\fR Capabilities" .sp .LP -One of the possible uses is to create simple services by using \fBinetd\fR(1M). +One of the possible uses is to create simple services by using \fBinetd\fR(8). .sp .LP The following example creates a redirect from TCP port 8080 to port 80 on host @@ -619,10 +619,10 @@ also needs the \fBnet_bindmlp\fR privilege. .sp .LP Privileges can be assigned to the user or role directly, by specifying them in -the account's default privilege set in \fBuser_attr\fR(4). However, this means +the account's default privilege set in \fBuser_attr\fR(5). However, this means that any application that this user or role starts have these additional -privileges. To only grant the \fBprivileges\fR(5) when \fBnc\fR is invoked, the -recommended approach is to create and assign an \fBrbac\fR(5) rights profile. +privileges. To only grant the \fBprivileges\fR(7) when \fBnc\fR is invoked, the +recommended approach is to create and assign an \fBrbac\fR(7) rights profile. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR for additional information. .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ $ nc -l 127.0.0.1 2222 .LP Connect to port \fB42\fR of \fBhost.example.com\fR using an HTTP proxy at \fB10.2.3.4\fR, port \fB8080\fR. This example could also be used by -\fBssh\fR(1). See the \fBProxyCommand\fR directive in \fBssh_config\fR(4) for +\fBssh\fR(1). See the \fBProxyCommand\fR directive in \fBssh_config\fR(5) for more information. .sp @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Netcat privileged:::Allow nc to bind to privileged ports:help=None.html .sp .LP -Assigning this rights profile using \fBuser_attr\fR(4) permits the user or role +Assigning this rights profile using \fBuser_attr\fR(5) permits the user or role to run \fBnc\fR allowing it to listen on any port. To permit a user or role to use \fBnc\fR only to listen on specific ports a wrapper script should be specified in the rights profiles: @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ neither does invoking the script without using \fBpfexec\fR or a profile shell. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -861,10 +861,23 @@ Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBpfcsh\fR(1), \fBpfexec\fR(1), \fBpfksh\fR(1), \fBpfsh\fR(1), -\fBppriv\fR(1), \fBsed\fR(1), \fBssh\fR(1), \fBtelnet\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), -\fBinetconv\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBssh_config\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR pfcsh (1), +.BR pfexec (1), +.BR pfksh (1), +.BR pfsh (1), +.BR ppriv (1), +.BR sed (1), +.BR ssh (1), +.BR telnet (1), +.BR ssh_config (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR privileges (7), +.BR rbac (7), +.BR inetadm (8), +.BR inetconv (8), +.BR inetd (8) .SH AUTHORS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nca.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nca.1 index 67c06f1994..4760571da2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nca.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nca.1 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Services\fR .sp .LP When native \fBPF_NCA\fR socket support does not exist in the web server, the -\fBncad_addr\fR(4) interface must be used to provide NCA support in that web +\fBncad_addr\fR(5) interface must be used to provide NCA support in that web server. .sp .LP @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ processes while running \fBNCA\fR might cause undesirable behavior. .sp .LP \fBNCA\fR supports the logging of in-kernel cache hits. See -\fBncalogd.conf\fR(4). \fBNCA\fR stores logs in a binary format. Use the +\fBncalogd.conf\fR(5). \fBNCA\fR stores logs in a binary format. Use the \fBncab2clf\fR(1) utility to convert the log from a binary format to the Common Log File format. .SH FILES @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ match with entries in \fB/etc/hostname.{}{0-9}\fR for \fBNCA\fR to function. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -147,14 +147,30 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBncab2clf\fR(1), \fBncakmod\fR(1), \fBclose\fR(2), \fBread\fR(2), -\fBwrite\fR(2), \fBsendfilev\fR(3EXT), \fBaccept\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBbind\fR(3SOCKET), \fBconnect\fR(3SOCKET), \fBdoor_bind\fR(3C), -\fBdoor_call\fR(3C), \fBdoor_create\fR(3C), \fBgetsockopt\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBlisten\fR(3SOCKET), \fBsetsockopt\fR(3SOCKET), \fBshutdown\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBsocket.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBsocket\fR(3SOCKET), \fBncad_addr\fR(4), -\fBnca.if\fR(4), \fBncakmod.conf\fR(4), \fBncaport.conf\fR(4), -\fBncalogd.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ncab2clf (1), +.BR ncakmod (1), +.BR close (2), +.BR read (2), +.BR write (2), +.BR door_bind (3C), +.BR door_call (3C), +.BR door_create (3C), +.BR sendfilev (3EXT), +.BR socket.h (3HEAD), +.BR accept (3SOCKET), +.BR bind (3SOCKET), +.BR connect (3SOCKET), +.BR getsockopt (3SOCKET), +.BR listen (3SOCKET), +.BR setsockopt (3SOCKET), +.BR shutdown (3SOCKET), +.BR socket (3SOCKET), +.BR nca.if (5), +.BR ncad_addr (5), +.BR ncakmod.conf (5), +.BR ncalogd.conf (5), +.BR ncaport.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: IP Services\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ncab2clf.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ncab2clf.1 index bba14f654a..6e4fcd2855 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ncab2clf.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ncab2clf.1 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -189,8 +189,12 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnca\fR(1), \fBncakmod\fR(1), \fBnca.if\fR(4), \fBncakmod.conf\fR(4), -\fBncalogd.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR nca (1), +.BR ncakmod (1), +.BR nca.if (5), +.BR ncakmod.conf (5), +.BR ncalogd.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: IP Services\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ncakmod.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ncakmod.1 index 63bb6e8691..bf36c1977e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ncakmod.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ncakmod.1 @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ kernel module will be activated for all physical interfaces listed in the .nf To stop NCA, please set the status configuration parameter to disable in ncakmod.conf and then reboot your system. See -the ncakmod.conf(4) manual page for more information. +the ncakmod.conf(5) manual page for more information. .fi .in -2 .sp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ the ncakmod.conf(4) manual page for more information. .sp .LP Note that in order to properly stop \fBNCA\fR on your system, you must first -edit the \fBncakmod.conf\fR(4) file and set the status field to "disable," then +edit the \fBncakmod.conf\fR(5) file and set the status field to "disable," then reboot your system. .SH OPTIONS .sp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Specifies configuration options for the NCA kernel module. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -110,5 +110,10 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnca\fR(1), \fBncab2clf\fR(1), \fBncad_addr\fR(4), \fBnca.if\fR(4), -\fBncakmod.conf\fR(4), \fBncalogd.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR nca (1), +.BR ncab2clf (1), +.BR nca.if (5), +.BR ncad_addr (5), +.BR ncakmod.conf (5), +.BR ncalogd.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/newform.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/newform.1 index 2a504d152e..723f53a3a5 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/newform.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/newform.1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Input tab specification: expands tabs to spaces, according to the tab specifications given. \fITabspec\fR recognizes all tab specification forms described in \fBtabs\fR(1). In addition, \fItabspec\fR may be \fB-\fR, in which \fBnewform\fR assumes that the tab specification is to be found in the first -line read from the standard input (see \fBfspec\fR(4)). If no \fItabspec\fR is +line read from the standard input (see \fBfspec\fR(5)). If no \fItabspec\fR is given, \fItabspec\fR defaults to \fB\(mi8\fR\&. A \fItabspec\fR of \fB\(mi0\fR expects no tabs; if any are found, they are treated as \fB\(mi1\fR\&. .RE @@ -207,7 +207,10 @@ Operation failed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsplit\fR(1), \fBtabs\fR(1), \fBfspec\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csplit (1), +.BR tabs (1), +.BR fspec (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/newgrp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/newgrp.1 index d9c4303488..bae942d031 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/newgrp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/newgrp.1 @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ command. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnewgrp\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ System password file .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/newgrp, ksh, sh" .sp @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -299,6 +299,15 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBlogin\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBset\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBIntro\fR(3), \fBgetgrnam\fR(3C), \fBgroup\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR set (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR Intro (3), +.BR getgrnam (3C), +.BR group (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/news.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/news.1 index 77b48d883c..01d98a3ead 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/news.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/news.1 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ first causes the program to terminate. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment variable that affects the execution of \fBnews\fR. .SH FILES .sp @@ -104,4 +104,6 @@ variable that affects the execution of \fBnews\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBprofile\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR profile (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/newtask.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/newtask.1 index 1f70a383c6..9210c2fee3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/newtask.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/newtask.1 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The following operands are supported: .RS 11n The project to which resource usage by the created task should be charged. The requested project must be defined in the project databases defined in -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). +\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -226,6 +226,14 @@ Process information and control files. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBid\fR(1M), \fBpoolbind\fR(1M), \fBexecvp\fR(2), -\fBsetrctl\fR(2), \fBsettaskid\fR(2), \fBsetproject\fR(3PROJECT), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR proc (1), +.BR execvp (2), +.BR setrctl (2), +.BR settaskid (2), +.BR setproject (3PROJECT), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR proc (5), +.BR project (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR id (8), +.BR poolbind (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nice.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nice.1 index a65f2a8f89..9fac64c170 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nice.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nice.1 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Any string to be supplied as an argument when invoking \fIcommand\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnice\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBPATH\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/nice" .sp @@ -210,6 +210,13 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBnohup\fR(1), \fBpriocntl\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBnice\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR nohup (1), +.BR priocntl (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR nice (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nl.1 index 3a328fad47..0072221bef 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nl.1 @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ forth. The logical page delimiters are !+. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnl\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Shared object containing string transformation library routines .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/nl" .sp @@ -393,8 +393,12 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpr\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), -\fBregexp\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR pr (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR regexp (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP @@ -418,5 +422,5 @@ two conditions are met: Otherwise, Simple Regular Expressions are used. .sp .LP -Internationalized Regular Expressions are explained on \fBregex\fR(5). Simple -Regular Expressions are explained on \fBregexp\fR(5). +Internationalized Regular Expressions are explained on \fBregex\fR(7). Simple +Regular Expressions are explained on \fBregexp\fR(7). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nm.1 index 8e6b82a346..3881ddf995 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nm.1 @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ If \fB-P\fR is specified, but \fB-t\fR is not, the format is as if \fB-t\fR \fBx\fR had been specified. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnm\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SH /USR/XPG4/BIN/NM .TS box; @@ -857,9 +857,16 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBas\fR(1), \fBdump\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBld.so.1\fR(1), -\fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR as (1), +.BR dump (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP The following options are obsolete because of changes to the object file format diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nohup.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nohup.1 index c9db7d9b11..03268d256a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nohup.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nohup.1 @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ example$ \fBnohup -g `pgrep -s 81079 make`\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnohup\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBPATH\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBPATH\fR. .sp @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ and if the current directory is not writable. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/nohup" .sp @@ -399,10 +399,21 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBbatch\fR(1), \fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBnice\fR(1), -\fBpgrep\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBsignal\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR batch (1), +.BR chmod (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR nice (1), +.BR pgrep (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR signal (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH WARNINGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/nroff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/nroff.1 index 953795a0bc..c9822c6568 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/nroff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/nroff.1 @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ example% \fBnroff \(mis4 \(mime users.guide\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBnroff\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH FILES @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ index to terminal description files .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -323,9 +323,17 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBchecknr\fR(1), \fBcol\fR(1), \fBeqn\fR(1), \fBman\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), -\fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBme\fR(5), -\fBms\fR(5), \fBterm\fR(5) +.BR checknr (1), +.BR col (1), +.BR eqn (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR me (7), +.BR ms (7), +.BR term (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/oawk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/oawk.1 index da7626418c..8f399142b1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/oawk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/oawk.1 @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ and \fB\(mi1\fR for an error. .RE .SS "Large File Behavior" -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBoawk\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBoawk\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRPrinting Lines Longer Than 72 Characters @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ example% \fBoawk -f prog n=5 input\fR .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBoawk\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBPATH\fR. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ command-line arguments). .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/oawk" .TS @@ -586,8 +586,15 @@ CSI Not Enabled .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBegrep\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBawk\fR(1), \fBsed\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR awk (1), +.BR egrep (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR sed (1), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES Input white space is not preserved on output if fields are involved. .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/od.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/od.1 index 222f2c200c..05e63eae84 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/od.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/od.1 @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Description of \fIoffset_string\fR is the same as for \fB/usr/bin/od\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBod\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/od" .sp @@ -681,4 +681,7 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsed\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR sed (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/optisa.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/optisa.1 index 1140913cb4..2598470b57 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/optisa.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/optisa.1 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ optisa \- determine which variant instruction set is optimal to use the command will perform best on this machine. In this case, ``best'' is defined by the order in which instruction set names are returned by \fBisalist\fR(1). Possible values for \fIinstruction_set\fR are given in -\fBisalist\fR(5). +\fBisalist\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS .sp .LP @@ -47,7 +47,10 @@ that you specified with the \fBoptisa\fR command. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBisalist\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBisalist\fR(5) +.BR isalist (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR isalist (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pack.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pack.1 index 5dcb68a713..d422bdff32 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pack.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pack.1 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ place of \fBfile\fR causes the internal flag to be set and reset. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBpack\fR, +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBpack\fR, \fBpcat\fR, and \fBunpack\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ To make an unpacked copy, say \fBnnn\fR, of a packed file named \fBfile.z\fR \fBexample%\fR \fBpcat\fR \fBfile\fR \fB>nnn\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpack\fR, \fBpcat\fR, and \fBunpack\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ returned. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -326,5 +326,11 @@ CSI Enabled .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBcompress\fR(1), \fBzcat\fR(1), \fBfgetattr\fR(3C), -\fBfsetattr\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR compress (1), +.BR zcat (1), +.BR fgetattr (3C), +.BR fsetattr (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pagesize.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pagesize.1 index 6b78a7c9cf..28276e0cd5 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pagesize.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pagesize.1 @@ -35,5 +35,7 @@ system. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBppgsz\fR(1), \fBgetpagesize\fR(3C), \fBgetpagesizes\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ppgsz (1), +.BR getpagesize (3C), +.BR getpagesizes (3C), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pargs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pargs.1 index 58b7bfc7f9..cff456596b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pargs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pargs.1 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ vector. .LP \fBpargs\fR outputs unprintable characters as escaped octal in the format \fB\e\fR\fIxxx\fR, unless the character is one of the characters specified in -the "\fBEscape Sequences\fR" section of \fBformats\fR(5), in which case the +the "\fBEscape Sequences\fR" section of \fBformats\fR(7), in which case the character is printed as specified in that section. .sp .LP @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Process information and control files. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -183,5 +183,10 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBiconv\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBascii\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBformats\fR(5) +.BR proc (1), +.BR iconv (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR ascii (7), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR formats (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/passwd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/passwd.1 index cf8479f0dd..880cf79c0a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/passwd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/passwd.1 @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ any login \fIname\fR. When used to change a password, \fBpasswd\fR prompts everyone for their old password, if any. It then prompts for the new password twice. When the old password is entered, \fBpasswd\fR checks to see if it has aged sufficiently. If -\fBaging\fR is insufficient, \fBpasswd\fR terminates; see \fBpwconv\fR(1M) -and \fBshadow\fR(4) for additional information. +\fBaging\fR is insufficient, \fBpasswd\fR terminates; see \fBpwconv\fR(8) +and \fBshadow\fR(5) for additional information. .sp .LP The \fBpwconv\fR command creates and updates \fB/etc/shadow\fR with information @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Passwords must be constructed to meet the following requirements: Each password must have \fBPASSLENGTH\fR characters, where \fBPASSLENGTH\fR is defined in \fB/etc/default/passwd\fR and is set to \fB6\fR. Setting \fBPASSLENGTH\fR to more than eight characters requires configuring -\fBpolicy.conf\fR(4) with an algorithm that supports greater than eight +\fBpolicy.conf\fR(5) with an algorithm that supports greater than eight characters. .RE .RS +4 @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ update the password of an AD user, use the \fBkpasswd\fR(1) command. .sp .LP The administrator configured for updating LDAP shadow -information can change any password attributes. See \fBldapclient\fR(1M). +information can change any password attributes. See \fBldapclient\fR(8). .sp .LP When a user has a password stored in one of the name services as well as a @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ to have different passwords in the name service and local files entry. Use .sp .LP In the \fBfiles\fR case, super-users (for instance, real and effective uid -equal to \fB0\fR, see \fBid\fR(1M) and \fBsu\fR(1M)) can change any password. +equal to \fB0\fR, see \fBid\fR(8) and \fBsu\fR(8)) can change any password. Hence, \fBpasswd\fR does not prompt privileged users for the old password. Privileged users are not forced to comply with password aging and password construction requirements. A privileged user can create a null password by @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ comply with password construction requirements. .sp .LP Normally, \fBpasswd\fR entered with no arguments changes the password of the -current user. When a user logs in and then invokes \fBsu\fR(1M) to become +current user. When a user logs in and then invokes \fBsu\fR(8) to become superuser or another user, \fBpasswd\fR changes the original user's password, not the password of the superuser or the new user. .sp @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ authentication and password for password change. .LP Locking an account (\fB-l\fR option) does not allow its use for password based login or delayed execution (such as \fBat\fR(1), \fBbatch\fR(1), or -\fBcron\fR(1M)). The \fB-N\fR option can be used to disallow password based +\fBcron\fR(8)). The \fB-N\fR option can be used to disallow password based login, while continuing to allow delayed execution. .SH OPTIONS .LP @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ User login name. .LP If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables, that is, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)), are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of +\fBenviron\fR(7)), are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of \fBpasswd\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value of the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents are used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. If @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ to determine whether a password is based on a dictionary word. If neither \fBDICTIONLIST\fR nor \fBDICTIONDBDIR\fR is specified, the system does not perform a dictionary check. .sp -To pre-build the dictionary database, see \fBmkpwdict\fR(1M). +To pre-build the dictionary database, see \fBmkpwdict\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ password history of all users to be discarded at the next password change by any user. The default is not to define the \fBHISTORY\fR flag. The maximum value is \fB26.\fR Currently, this functionality is enforced only for user accounts defined in the \fBfiles\fR name service (local -\fBpasswd\fR(4)/\fBshadow\fR(4)). +\fBpasswd\fR(5)/\fBshadow\fR(5)). .RE .sp @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Shell database. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -964,24 +964,52 @@ Interface Stability See below. The human readable output is Uncommitted. The options are Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBat\fR(1), \fBbatch\fR(1), \fBfinger\fR(1), \fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), -\fBcron\fR(1M), \fBdomainname\fR(1M), \fBeeprom\fR(1M), -\fBid\fR(1M), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), \fBmkpwdict\fR(1M), \fBpassmgmt\fR(1M), -\fBpwconv\fR(1M), \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), -\fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBcrypt\fR(3C), \fBgetpwnam\fR(3C), \fBgetspnam\fR(3C), -\fBgetusershell\fR(3C), \fBpam\fR(3PAM), -\fBloginlog\fR(4), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpam.conf\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBshells\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), \fBpam_ldap\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_session\fR(5) +.BR at (1), +.BR batch (1), +.BR finger (1), +.BR kpasswd (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR crypt (3C), +.BR getpwnam (3C), +.BR getspnam (3C), +.BR getusershell (3C), +.BR pam (3PAM), +.BR loginlog (5), +.BR nsswitch.conf (5), +.BR pam.conf (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR policy.conf (5), +.BR shadow (5), +.BR shells (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR pam_authtok_check (7), +.BR pam_authtok_get (7), +.BR pam_authtok_store (7), +.BR pam_dhkeys (7), +.BR pam_ldap (7), +.BR pam_unix_account (7), +.BR pam_unix_auth (7), +.BR pam_unix_session (7), +.BR cron (8), +.BR domainname (8), +.BR eeprom (8), +.BR id (8), +.BR ldapclient (8), +.BR mkpwdict (8), +.BR passmgmt (8), +.BR pwconv (8), +.BR su (8), +.BR useradd (8), +.BR userdel (8), +.BR usermod (8) .SH NOTES .LP -The \fBpam_unix\fR(5) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is -provided by \fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), and -\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5). +The \fBpam_unix\fR(7) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is +provided by \fBpam_unix_account\fR(7), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(7), +\fBpam_unix_session\fR(7), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(7), +\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(7), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(7), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(7), and +\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(7). .sp .LP The \fByppasswd\fR command is a wrapper around \fBpasswd\fR. Use of diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/paste.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/paste.1 index eef1ad280a..5f54fbcbe6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/paste.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/paste.1 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Implementations support pasting of at least 12 \fIfile\fR operands. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBpaste\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBpaste\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ example% \fBpaste -s -d"\e t\e n" file\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpaste\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -273,8 +273,13 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcut\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBpr\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cut (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR pr (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pathchk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pathchk.1 index f3d77e54c0..85cd74612e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pathchk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pathchk.1 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ A path to be checked. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBpathchk\fR +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBpathchk\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ which will verify that the file did not already exist, but leave .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpathchk\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -361,5 +361,9 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpax\fR(1), \fBtest\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR pax (1), +.BR test (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pax.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pax.1 index f86373c431..f008138a9d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pax.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pax.1 @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Reads an archive file from standard input. Modifies file or archive member names named by \fIpattern\fR or \fIfile\fR operands according to the substitution expression \fIreplstr\fR, which is based on the \fBed\fR(1) \fBs\fR (substitution) utility, using the regular expression -syntax of \fBregex\fR(5). The concepts of ``address'' and ``line'' are +syntax of \fBregex\fR(7). The concepts of ``address'' and ``line'' are meaningless in the context of the \fBpax\fR command, and must not be supplied. The format is: .sp @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ character, not as a SPACE. .RS +4 .TP 3. -In addition to the escape sequences described in the \fBformats\fR(5) manual +In addition to the escape sequences described in the \fBformats\fR(7) manual page, (\fB\e\e\fR, \fB\ea\fR, \fB\eb\fR, \fB\ef\fR, \fB\en\fR, \fB\er\fR, \fB\et\fR, \fB\ev\fR), \fB\e\fR\fIddd\fR, where \fIddd\fR is a one-, two-, or three-digit octal number, is written as a byte with the numeric value specified @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ A path name of a file to be copied or archived. .ad .RS 13n A pattern matching one or more path names of archive members. A pattern must -conform to the pattern matching notation found on the \fBfnmatch\fR(5) manual +conform to the pattern matching notation found on the \fBfnmatch\fR(7) manual page. The default, if no \fIpattern\fR is specified, is to select all members in the archive. .RE @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ whenever that file is extracted from the archive. See the \fBSEEK_DATA\fR and when it is extracted. .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBpax\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBpax\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SS "Standard Input" In \fBwrite\fR mode, the standard input is used only if no \fIfile\fR operands @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ Jan 31 15:53 2003 .sp .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpax\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ header is treated as a \fBustar typeflag 'x'\fR extended header. .ad .RS 17n A Solaris custom \fBtypeflag\fR implementation which specifies an extended -attributes header. See \fBfsattr\fR(5). +attributes header. See \fBfsattr\fR(7). .RE .sp @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ entry preceding it. A header denoting the filename trailer indicates the end of the archive; the contents of octets in the last block of the archive following such a header are undefined. .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -2760,15 +2760,28 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), -\fBmkdir\fR(2), \fBlseek\fR(2), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBwrite\fR(2), -\fBarchives.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBfnmatch\fR(5), \fBformats\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBregex\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR cpio (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR lseek (2), +.BR mkdir (2), +.BR stat (2), +.BR write (2), +.BR archives.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fnmatch (7), +.BR formats (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR standards (7) .sp .LP \fIIEEE Std 1003.1-200x\fR, \fIISO/IEC 646: 1991\fR, \fIISO POSIX-2:1993 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pfexec.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pfexec.1 index 5d5c9048ed..c058dab9fb 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pfexec.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pfexec.1 @@ -35,34 +35,28 @@ pfexec, pfsh, pfcsh, pfksh \- execute a command in a profile .SH DESCRIPTION .LP The \fBpfexec\fR program is used to execute commands with the attributes -specified by the user's profiles in the \fBexec_attr\fR(4) database. It is +specified by the user's profiles in the \fBexec_attr\fR(5) database. It is invoked by the profile shells, \fBpfsh\fR, \fBpfcsh\fR, and \fBpfksh\fR which are linked to the Bourne shell, C shell, and Korn shell, respectively. .sp .LP Profiles are searched in the order specified in the user's entry in the -\fBuser_attr\fR(4) database. If the same command appears in more than one +\fBuser_attr\fR(5) database. If the same command appears in more than one profile, the profile shell uses the first matching entry. .sp .LP The second form, \fBpfexec\fR \fB-P\fR \fIprivspec\fR, allows a user to obtain -the additional privileges awarded to the user's profiles in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). +the additional privileges awarded to the user's profiles in \fBprof_attr\fR(5). The privileges specification on the commands line is parsed using \fBpriv_str_to_set\fR(3C). The resulting privileges are intersected with the union of the privileges specified using the "\fBprivs\fR" keyword in -\fBprof_attr\fR(4) for all the user's profiles and added to the inheritable set +\fBprof_attr\fR(5) for all the user's profiles and added to the inheritable set before executing the command. .sp .LP For \fBpfexec\fR to function correctly, the \fBpfexecd\fR daemon must be running in the current zone. This is normally managed by the -"\fBsvc:/system/pfexec:default\fR" SMF service (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -For \fBpfexec\fR to function correctly, the \fBpfexecd\fR daemon must be running -in the current zone. This is normally managed by the -"\fBsvc:/system/pfexec:default\fR" SMF service (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). +"\fBsvc:/system/pfexec:default\fR" SMF service (see \fBsmf\fR(7)). .SH USAGE .LP \fBpfexec\fR is used to execute commands with predefined process attributes, @@ -110,5 +104,12 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), -\fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR profiles (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR exec_attr (5), +.BR prof_attr (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR smf (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pg.1 index 28296f9155..75f99ef6aa 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pg.1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ back up and review something that has already passed. The method for doing this is explained below. .sp .LP -To determine terminal attributes, \fBpg\fR scans the \fBterminfo\fR(4) data +To determine terminal attributes, \fBpg\fR scans the \fBterminfo\fR(5) data base for the terminal type specified by the environment variable \fBTERM\fR. If \fBTERM\fR is not defined, the terminal type \fBdumb\fR is assumed. .SH OPTIONS @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ the current page number when the prompt is issued. The default prompt string is .RS 15n Home the cursor and clear the screen before displaying each page. This option is ignored if \fBclear_screen\fR is not defined for this terminal type in the -\fBterminfo\fR(4) data base. +\fBterminfo\fR(5) data base. .RE .sp @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ pipe. .sp .LP The following commands are available for searching for text patterns in the -text. The regular expressions are described on the \fBregex\fR(5) manual page. +text. The regular expressions are described on the \fBregex\fR(7) manual page. They must always be terminated by a <\fInewline\fR>, even if the \fB-n\fR option is specified. .sp @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ more than one). .SS "Large File Behavior" .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBpg\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBpg\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ The following command line uses \fBpg\fR to read the system news: .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpg\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -526,8 +526,14 @@ terminal information database .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBgrep\fR(1), \fBmore\fR(1), \fBterminfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR grep (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR terminfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR regex (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pgrep.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pgrep.1 index 57b23dfc7e..6a02aeff3e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pgrep.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pgrep.1 @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Matches only processes whose zone \fBID\fR is in the given list. Each zone \fBID\fR may be specified as either a zone name or a numerical zone \fBID\fR. This option is only useful when executed in the global zone. If the \fBpkill\fR utility is used to send signals to processes in other zones, the process must -have asserted the \fB{PRIV_PROC_ZONE}\fR privilege (see \fBprivileges\fR(5)). +have asserted the \fB{PRIV_PROC_ZONE}\fR privilege (see \fBprivileges\fR(7)). .RE .sp @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ The following operand is supported: .RS 11n Specifies an Extended Regular Expression (\fBERE\fR) pattern to match against either the executable file name or full process argument string. See -\fBregex\fR(5) for a complete description of the \fBERE\fR syntax. +\fBregex\fR(7) for a complete description of the \fBERE\fR syntax. .RE .SH EXAMPLES @@ -411,11 +411,18 @@ Process information files .RS 22n Process arguments. .RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBkill\fR(2), -\fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5), -\fBregex\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.LP +.BR kill (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR kill (2), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR privileges (7), +.BR regex (7), +.BR zones (7) .SH NOTES Both utilities match the \fBERE\fR \fIpattern\fR argument against either the \fBpr_fname\fR field of the \fB/proc/\fR\fInnnnn\fR\fB/psinfo\fR file, or diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pkginfo.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pkginfo.1 index e86c3b103a..8c7bc1a9b3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pkginfo.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pkginfo.1 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Specify the architecture of the package as \fBarch\fR. .sp .6 .RS 4n Display packages that match \fIcategory\fR. Categories are defined with the -\fBCATEGORY\fR parameter in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. If more than one +\fBCATEGORY\fR parameter in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. If more than one category is supplied, the package needs to match only one category in the list. The match is not case specific. .RE @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ tree starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. .sp .6 .RS 4n Specify the version of the package as \fIversion\fR. The version is defined -with the \fBVERSION\fR parameter in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. All compatible +with the \fBVERSION\fR parameter in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. All compatible versions can be requested by preceding the version name with a tilde (\fB\(ap\fR). Multiple white spaces are replaced with a single white space during version comparison. @@ -215,15 +215,21 @@ default installation spool directory .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), \fBpkgchk\fR(1M), -\fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR pkgtrans (1), +.BR pkginfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR pkgadd (8), +.BR pkgask (8), +.BR pkgchk (8), +.BR pkgrm (8) .sp .LP \fIApplication Packaging Developer\&'s Guide\fR .SH NOTES .sp .LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 +Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(7)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a +\fBpkgadd\fR(8), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgmk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgmk.1 index 9191ace5e2..18bf00cd78 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgmk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgmk.1 @@ -19,19 +19,19 @@ pkgmk \- produce an installable package .sp .LP The \fBpkgmk\fR utility produces an installable package to be used as input to -the \fBpkgadd\fR(1M) command. The package contents is in directory structure +the \fBpkgadd\fR(8) command. The package contents is in directory structure format. .sp .LP -The command uses the package \fBprototype\fR(4) file as input and creates a -\fBpkgmap\fR(4) file. The contents for each entry in the \fBprototype\fR file +The command uses the package \fBprototype\fR(5) file as input and creates a +\fBpkgmap\fR(5) file. The contents for each entry in the \fBprototype\fR file is copied to the appropriate output location. Information concerning the contents (checksum, file size, modification date) is computed and stored in the \fBpkgmap\fR file, along with attribute information specified in the \fBprototype\fR file. .sp .LP -\fBpkgmk\fR searches for the files listed in the \fBprototype\fR(4) file as +\fBpkgmk\fR searches for the files listed in the \fBprototype\fR(5) file as described in the following conditions. \fBNote:\fR If a prototype file contains the explicit location of the file to include in the package, then the following search explanations do not apply. @@ -39,15 +39,15 @@ search explanations do not apply. .TP 1. If neither \fB-b\fR nor \fB-r\fR options are specified, the file name -component of each file path listed in the \fBprototype\fR(4) file is expected -to be found in the same directory as the \fBprototype\fR(4) file +component of each file path listed in the \fBprototype\fR(5) file is expected +to be found in the same directory as the \fBprototype\fR(5) file .RE .RS +4 .TP 2. If \fB-b\fR is specified as a relative path (without a leading "\fB/\fR"), then \fIbase_src_dir\fR is prepended to the relative file paths from the -\fBprototype\fR(4) file. The resulting path is searched for in the +\fBprototype\fR(5) file. The resulting path is searched for in the \fIroot_path\fR directories. If a \fIroot_path\fR is not specified, it defaults to "\fB/\fR". .RE @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ to "\fB/\fR". 3. If \fB-b\fR is specified as an absolute path (with a leading "\fB/\fR"), then \fIbase_src_dir\fR is prepended to the relative paths from the -\fBprototype\fR(4) file and the result is the location of the file. +\fBprototype\fR(5) file and the result is the location of the file. \fIroot_path\fR is \fBnot\fR searched. .RE .RS +4 .TP 4. If \fB-r\fR is specified, then full file paths are used from the -\fBprototype\fR(4) file. Relative paths have \fIbase_src_dir\fR prepended. If +\fBprototype\fR(5) file. Relative paths have \fIbase_src_dir\fR prepended. If \fIbase_src_dir\fR is not specified, it defaults to \fB""\fR. The resulting path is searched for in each directory of the \fIroot_path\fR. .RE @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ If you created your prototype file using \fB"pkgproto a/relative/path"\fRor \fBpkgmk\fR can correctly locate your source files. .sp .LP -Package commands, including \fBpkgmk\fR, are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They +Package commands, including \fBpkgmk\fR, are \fBlargefile\fR(7)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In -their current implementations, \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other +their current implementations, \fBpkgadd\fR(8), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB. .SH OPTIONS .sp @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The following options are supported: \fB\fB-a\fR \fIarch\fR\fR .ad .RS 19n -Overrides the architecture information provided in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file +Overrides the architecture information provided in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file with \fIarch\fR. .RE @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Uses the file \fIprototype\fR as input to the command. The default .RS 19n Specifies the maximum size in 512 byte blocks of the output device as \fBlimit\fR. By default, if the output file is a directory or a mountable -device, \fBpkgmk\fR employs the \fBdf\fR(1M) command to dynamically calculate +device, \fBpkgmk\fR employs the \fBdf\fR(8) command to dynamically calculate the amount of available space on the output device. This option is useful in conjunction with \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) to create a package with a datastream format. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ exists. \fB\fB-p\fR \fIpstamp\fR\fR .ad .RS 19n -Overrides the production stamp definition in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file with +Overrides the production stamp definition in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file with \fIpstamp\fR. .RE @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ specified, look for the leaf filename in the current directory. \fB\fB-v\fR \fIversion\fR\fR .ad .RS 19n -Overrides the version information provided in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file with +Overrides the version information provided in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file with \fIversion\fR. .RE @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Overrides the version information provided in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file with .ad .RS 19n Places the indicated variable in the packaging environment. (See -\fBprototype\fR(4) for definitions of variable specifications.) +\fBprototype\fR(5) for definitions of variable specifications.) .RE .SH OPERANDS @@ -237,9 +237,17 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), -\fBdf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBpkgmap\fR(4), -\fBprototype\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR pkgparam (1), +.BR pkgproto (1), +.BR pkgtrans (1), +.BR uname (1), +.BR pkginfo (5), +.BR pkgmap (5), +.BR prototype (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR df (8), +.BR pkgadd (8) .sp .LP \fIApplication Packaging Developer\&'s Guide\fR @@ -247,18 +255,18 @@ An error occurred. .sp .LP Architecture information is provided on the command line with the \fB-a\fR -option or in the \fBprototype\fR(4) file. If no architecture information is +option or in the \fBprototype\fR(5) file. If no architecture information is supplied, \fBpkgmk\fR uses the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-m\fR (see \fBuname\fR(1)). .sp .LP Version information is provided on the command line with the \fB-v\fR option or -in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. If no version information is supplied, a default +in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. If no version information is supplied, a default based on the current date is provided. .sp .LP Command line definitions for both architecture and version override the -\fBprototype\fR(4) definitions. +\fBprototype\fR(5) definitions. .sp .LP \fBpkgmk\fR fails if one of the following invalid combinations of zone-related @@ -283,4 +291,4 @@ The package contains a request script and \fBSUNW_PKG_THISZONE\fR set to .RE .sp .LP -For additional information regarding these parameters, see \fBpkginfo\fR(4). +For additional information regarding these parameters, see \fBpkginfo\fR(5). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgparam.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgparam.1 index 9f8ad572c4..a1e16acf78 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgparam.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgparam.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ pkgparam \- display package parameter values .LP \fBpkgparam\fR displays the value associated with the parameter or parameters requested on the command line. The values are located in either the -\fBpkginfo\fR(4) file for \fIpkginst\fR or from the specific file named with +\fBpkginfo\fR(5) file for \fIpkginst\fR or from the specific file named with the \fB-f\fR option. .sp .LP @@ -136,8 +136,13 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), -\fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR pkgmk (1), +.BR pkgproto (1), +.BR pkgtrans (1), +.BR pkginfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR pkgadd (8) .sp .LP \fIApplication Packaging Developer\&'s Guide\fR @@ -146,11 +151,11 @@ An error occurred. .LP With the \fB-f\fR option, you can specify the file from which parameter values should be extracted. This file should be in the same format as a -\fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. For example, such a file might be created during package +\fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. For example, such a file might be created during package development and used while testing software during this stage. .sp .LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 +Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(7)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a +\fBpkgadd\fR(8), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgproto.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgproto.1 index 5c7cc316de..463395cc9f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgproto.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgproto.1 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ pkgproto \- generate prototype file entries for input to pkgmk command .SH DESCRIPTION .sp .LP -\fBpkgproto\fR scans the indicated paths and generates \fBprototype\fR(4) file +\fBpkgproto\fR scans the indicated paths and generates \fBprototype\fR(5) file entries that may be used as input to the \fBpkgmk\fR(1) command. .sp .LP @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ the contents of the directory is searched. However, if input is read from \fBstdin\fR, a directory specified as a pathname will not be searched. .sp .LP -Package commands, such as \fBpkgproto\fR, are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They +Package commands, such as \fBpkgproto\fR, are \fBlargefile\fR(7)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In -their current implementations, \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other +their current implementations, \fBpkgadd\fR(8), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB. .SH OPTIONS .sp @@ -140,8 +140,13 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), -\fBprototype\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR pkgmk (1), +.BR pkgparam (1), +.BR pkgtrans (1), +.BR prototype (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR pkgadd (8) .sp .LP \fIApplication Packaging Developer\&'s Guide\fR @@ -151,7 +156,7 @@ An error occurred. By default, \fBpkgproto\fR creates symbolic link entries for any symbolic link encountered (\fBftype\fR=\fBs\fR). When you use the \fB-i\fR option, \fBpkgproto\fR creates a file entry for symbolic links (\fBftype\fR=\fBf\fR). -The \fBprototype\fR(4) file would have to be edited to assign such file types +The \fBprototype\fR(5) file would have to be edited to assign such file types as \fBv\fR (volatile), \fBe\fR (editable), or \fBx\fR (exclusive directory). \fBpkgproto\fR detects linked files. If multiple files are linked together, the first path encountered is considered the source of the link. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgtrans.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgtrans.1 index dd128d66fb..9f2415f02f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pkgtrans.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pkgtrans.1 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The options and arguments for this command are: \fB\fB-i\fR\fR .ad .RS 15n -Copies only the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) and \fBpkgmap\fR(4) files. +Copies only the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) and \fBpkgmap\fR(5) files. .RE .sp @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Copies only the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) and \fBpkgmap\fR(4) files. .RS 15n Creates a new instance of the package on the destination device if any instance of this package already exists, up to the number specified by the \fBMAXINST\fR -variable in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. +variable in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. .RE .sp @@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ quotes (\fB\&'\fR) or preceded by a backslash (\fB\e\fR). .SH DEVICE SPECIFIERS .LP -Packaging tools, including \fBpkgtrans\fR, \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), and -\fBpkgchk\fR(1M), have options for specifying a package location by specifying +Packaging tools, including \fBpkgtrans\fR, \fBpkgadd\fR(8), and +\fBpkgchk\fR(8), have options for specifying a package location by specifying the device on which it resides. Listed below are the device types that a package can be stored to and retrieved from. Note that source and destination devices cannot be the same. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ identifier as the device. Common examples of this device type are \fB/dev/rmt/0\fR for a removable magnetic tape and \fB/floppy/floppy0\fR for the first floppy disk on the system. \fBpkgtrans\fR can also produce regular file system files in a stream format, which is suitable for storage on a -character device, web server, or as input to \fBpkgadd\fR(1M). +character device, web server, or as input to \fBpkgadd\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device specification are \fBspool\fR (the default package device location) and Packages can be stored onto a directory by specifying an absolute path to a file system directory. The package contents reside in a directory within the specified directory. The package directory name must be identical to its -\fBPKG\fR specification in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. An example device +\fBPKG\fR specification in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file. An example device specification of this type is \fB/export/packages\fR. .RE @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ example% pkgtrans /tmp/pkg1.pkg ~/tmp pkg1 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -The \fBMAXINST\fR variable is set in the \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file and declares the +The \fBMAXINST\fR variable is set in the \fBpkginfo\fR(5) file and declares the maximum number of package instances. .SH EXIT STATUS .ne 2 @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -268,10 +268,19 @@ Interface Stability See below. The command-line syntax is Evolving. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), \fBpkgrm\fR(1M), -\fBremovef\fR(1M), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBpkgmap\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR pkginfo (1), +.BR pkgmk (1), +.BR pkgparam (1), +.BR pkgproto (1), +.BR pkginfo (5), +.BR pkgmap (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR installf (8), +.BR pkgadd (8), +.BR pkgask (8), +.BR pkgrm (8), +.BR removef (8) .sp .LP \fIApplication Packaging Developer\&'s Guide\fR @@ -285,7 +294,7 @@ already exists. Neither of these options are useful if the destination device is a datastream. .sp .LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 +Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(7)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR and other package commands can process a +\fBpkgadd\fR(8), \fBpkgtrans\fR and other package commands can process a datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pktool.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pktool.1 index 0f6a805cc2..e80dce7856 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pktool.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pktool.1 @@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1325,7 +1325,8 @@ Interface Stability Committed .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7), +.BR pkcs11_softtoken (7) .sp .LP RSA PKCS#11 v2.11 http://www.rsasecurity.com diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/plabel.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/plabel.1 index f5851d3095..04cc739979 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/plabel.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/plabel.1 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Inability to allocate memory. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -100,7 +100,9 @@ The \fBplabel\fR utility is Committed. The output is Not-an-Interface. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBgetplabel\fR(3TSOL), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR proc (1), +.BR getplabel (3TSOL), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/plgrp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/plgrp.1 index 916e2d4908..41f96afdf9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/plgrp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/plgrp.1 @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Non-fatal error or interrupt. Something might have changed. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -314,10 +314,19 @@ Interface Stability See below. The command syntax is Unstable. The output formats are Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBlgrpinfo\fR(1), \fBmadv.so.1\fR(1), \fBpmadvise\fR(1), \fBpmap\fR(1), -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBprstat\fR(1M), \fBlgrp_affinity_get\fR(3LGRP), -\fBlgrp_affinity_set\fR(3LGRP), \fBlgrp_home\fR(3LGRP), \fBliblgrp\fR(3LIB), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR lgrpinfo (1), +.BR madv.so.1 (1), +.BR pmadvise (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR lgrp_affinity_get (3LGRP), +.BR lgrp_affinity_set (3LGRP), +.BR lgrp_home (3LGRP), +.BR liblgrp (3LIB), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR prstat (8) .SH WARNINGS .LP Like the \fBproc\fR(1) tools, the \fBplgrp\fR utility stops its target diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/plimit.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/plimit.1 index 59eef652a6..c8098e3b27 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/plimit.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/plimit.1 @@ -201,4 +201,4 @@ process information and control files .sp .LP \fBulimit\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBgetrlimit\fR(2), \fBsetrlimit\fR(2), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), +\fBproc\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(7), diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pmadvise.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pmadvise.1 index 5b1e53a602..95e6b06f85 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pmadvise.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pmadvise.1 @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Process files .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -273,5 +273,8 @@ Interface Stability See below. The command syntax is Evolving. The output formats are Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBmadv.so.1\fR(1), \fBpmap\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBmadvise\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR madv.so.1 (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR madvise (3C), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pmap.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pmap.1 index 6177a853a6..78c4a9ae73 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pmap.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pmap.1 @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ reserve swap space. .ad .RS 6n The data for the mapping is not present in the core file (only applicable when -applied to a core file). See \fBcoreadm\fR(1M) for information on configuring +applied to a core file). See \fBcoreadm\fR(8) for information on configuring core file content. .RE @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ this mapping. See \fBmemcntl\fR(2) for further information. The amount of swap space in kilobytes that is reserved for this mapping. That is, swap space that is deducted from the total available pool of reservable swap space that is displayed with the command \fBswap\fR \fB-s\fR. See -\fBswap\fR(1M). +\fBswap\fR(8). .RE .SH EXAMPLES @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ total Kb 50464 23496 The swap reservation information can be used to estimate the amount of virtual swap used by each additional process. Each process consumes virtual swap from a global virtual swap pool. Global swap reservations are reported by -the '\fBavail\fR' field of the \fBswap\fR(1M) command. +the '\fBavail\fR' field of the \fBswap\fR(8) command. .LP \fBExample 5 \fRLabeling Stacks in a Multi-threaded Process @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ process files .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -998,8 +998,21 @@ The command syntax is Evolving. The \fB-L\fR option and the output formats are Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBldd\fR(1), \fBlgrpinfo\fR(1), \fBmadv.so.1\fR(1), \fBmdb\fR(1), -\fBplgrp\fR(1), \fBpmadvise\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBcoreadm\fR(1M), \fBprstat\fR(1M), \fBswap\fR(1M), \fBmmap\fR(2), -\fBmemcntl\fR(2), \fBmeminfo\fR(2), \fBshmop\fR(2), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ldd (1), +.BR lgrpinfo (1), +.BR madv.so.1 (1), +.BR mdb (1), +.BR plgrp (1), +.BR pmadvise (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR memcntl (2), +.BR meminfo (2), +.BR mmap (2), +.BR shmop (2), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR coreadm (8), +.BR prstat (8), +.BR swap (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/postio.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/postio.1 index 3a4b1e7fec..fe8b97cf91 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/postio.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/postio.1 @@ -266,8 +266,11 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdownload\fR(1), \fBdpost\fR(1), \fBpostprint\fR(1), \fBpostreverse\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR download (1), +.BR dpost (1), +.BR postprint (1), +.BR postreverse (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP The input \fIfiles\fR are handled as a single PostScript job. Sending several diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/postprint.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/postprint.1 index e28054b1d6..5d6d298e3e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/postprint.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/postprint.1 @@ -237,5 +237,8 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdownload\fR(1), \fBdpost\fR(1), \fBpostio\fR(1), \fBpostreverse\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR download (1), +.BR dpost (1), +.BR postio (1), +.BR postreverse (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/postreverse.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/postreverse.1 index a44d70fc42..e687320b92 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/postreverse.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/postreverse.1 @@ -127,8 +127,11 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBdownload\fR(1), \fBdpost\fR(1), \fBpostio\fR(1), \fBpostprint\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR download (1), +.BR dpost (1), +.BR postio (1), +.BR postprint (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP No attempt has been made to deal with redefinitions of global variables or diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ppgsz.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ppgsz.1 index c40589f026..b7ee9c3d3f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ppgsz.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ppgsz.1 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ A template link-editor \fBmapfile\fR for aligning bss (see NOTES). .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -236,10 +236,21 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBld\fR(1), \fBmpss.so.1\fR(1), \fBpagesize\fR(1), \fBpgrep\fR(1), -\fBpmap\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBbrk\fR(2), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), -\fBmemcntl\fR(2), \fBmmap\fR(2), \fBsbrk\fR(2), \fBgetpagesize\fR(3C), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ld (1), +.BR mpss.so.1 (1), +.BR pagesize (1), +.BR pgrep (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR brk (2), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR memcntl (2), +.BR mmap (2), +.BR sbrk (2), +.BR getpagesize (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ppriv.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ppriv.1 index f565d90d38..2224f01602 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ppriv.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ppriv.1 @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ of the \fBppriv\fR utility must be a super set of the controlled process's the target's limit set. If the target's process uids do not match, the \fB{PRIV_PROC_OWNER}\fR privilege must be asserted in the utility's effective set. If the controlled processes have any uid with the value \fB0\fR, more -restrictions might exist. See \fBprivileges\fR(5). +restrictions might exist. See \fBprivileges\fR(7). .SH EXAMPLES .LP \fBExample 1 \fRObtaining the Process Privileges of the Current Shell @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ The system call number can be mapped to a system call using .sp .LP The following example lists the privileges available in the current zone (see -\fBzones\fR(5)). When run in the global zone, all defined privileges are +\fBzones\fR(7)). When run in the global zone, all defined privileges are listed. .sp @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ system call name to number mapping .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -376,5 +376,11 @@ The invocation is Committed. The output is Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgcore\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBsetpflags\fR(2), \fBpriv_str_to_set\fR(3C), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR gcore (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR setpflags (2), +.BR priv_str_to_set (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR privileges (7), +.BR zones (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pr.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pr.1 index f5ddad5635..69b052df15 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pr.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pr.1 @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ example% \fBpr -e9 -t file2\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpr\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBTZ\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/pr" .sp @@ -469,11 +469,14 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexpand\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR expand (1), +.BR lp (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/praliases.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/praliases.1 index cd28e5966a..88f4c79b28 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/praliases.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/praliases.1 @@ -141,4 +141,7 @@ Default \fBsendmail\fR configuration file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmailq\fR(1), \fBnewaliases\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR mailq (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR newaliases (8), +.BR sendmail (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/prctl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/prctl.1 index 5a91760ab2..18606c3036 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/prctl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/prctl.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ allows access to the basic and privileged limits and the current usage on the specified entity. .sp .LP -See \fBresource_controls\fR(5) for a description of the resource controls +See \fBresource_controls\fR(7) for a description of the resource controls supported in the current release of the Solaris operating system. .SH OPTIONS The following options are supported: @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ well. For compatibility with prior releases, this option is implied if \fB-v\fR is specified, without any of \fB-e\fR, \fB-d\fR, \fB-r\fR, or \fB-x\fR. .sp -See \fBresource_controls\fR(5) for a description of unit modifiers and scaling +See \fBresource_controls\fR(7) for a description of unit modifiers and scaling factors you can use to express large values when setting a resource control value. .RE @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Specifies the value for the resource control for a set operation. If no disabling) is carried out on the lowest-valued resource control with the given type. .sp -See \fBresource_controls\fR(5) for a description of unit modifiers and scaling +See \fBresource_controls\fR(7) for a description of unit modifiers and scaling factors you can use to express large values when setting a resource control value. .RE @@ -428,9 +428,9 @@ The resource limit value after the change shows a new value of 300 Megabytes: .sp .LP The \fBprctl\fR command can use the \fBproject.cpu-cap\fR resource control (see -\fBresource_controls\fR(5)) to set and modify CPU caps for a project. (The same +\fBresource_controls\fR(7)) to set and modify CPU caps for a project. (The same resource control can be used in the \fB/etc/project\fR file. See -\fBproject\fR(4)) The following command modifies the CPU cap to limit +\fBproject\fR(5)) The following command modifies the CPU cap to limit \fBuser.smith\fR to three CPUs: .sp @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ To remove a CPU cap, enter: .sp .LP The \fBprctl\fR command can use the \fBzone.cpu-cap\fR resource control (see -\fBresource_controls\fR(5)) to set and modify CPU caps for a zone. (The same -resource control can be manipulated using the \fBzonecfg\fR(1M) command.) The +\fBresource_controls\fR(7)) to set and modify CPU caps for a zone. (The same +resource control can be manipulated using the \fBzonecfg\fR(8) command.) The following command modifies the CPU cap to limit the global zone to 80 percent of a CPU: @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ Process information and control files .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -554,9 +554,13 @@ Interface Stability See below. The command-line syntax is Committed. The human-readable output is Uncommitted. The parsable output is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBrctladm\fR(1M), \fBzonecfg\fR(1M), \fBsetrctl\fR(2), -\fBrctlblk_get_local_action\fR(3C), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBresource_controls\fR(5) +.BR setrctl (2), +.BR rctlblk_get_local_action (3C), +.BR project (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR resource_controls (7), +.BR rctladm (8), +.BR zonecfg (8) .SH NOTES The valid signals that can be set on a resource control block allowing local actions are \fBSIGABRT\fR, \fBSIGXRES\fR, \fBSIGHUP\fR, \fBSIGSTOP\fR, diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/preap.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/preap.1 index d23b116f43..7e1d4cb288 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/preap.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/preap.1 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ its parent. The exit status is reaped by way of the \fBwait\fR(3C), system operation, zombies can occur, but are typically short-lived. This can happen if a parent exits without having reaped the exit status of some or all of its children. In that case, those children are reparented to \fBPID 1\fR. -See \fBinit\fR(1M), which periodically reaps such processes. +See \fBinit\fR(8), which periodically reaps such processes. .sp .LP An irresponsible parent process can not exit for a very long time and thus @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ process which might soon be reaped by the parent, if: .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -The process is a child of \fBinit\fR(1M). +The process is a child of \fBinit\fR(8). .RE .RS +4 .TP @@ -116,8 +116,13 @@ Failure, such as no such process, permission denied, or invalid option. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBproc\fR(1), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBwaitid\fR(2), \fBwait\fR(3C), -\fBwaitpid\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR proc (1), +.BR waitid (2), +.BR wait (3C), +.BR waitpid (3C), +.BR proc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR init (8) .SH WARNINGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/prex.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/prex.1 index ee598efd43..201ebc68c9 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/prex.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/prex.1 @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ a particular event came from. In multi-threaded programs, there is a race condition with a thread doing a fork while the other threads are still running. For the trace file not to get corrupted, the user should either use \fBfork1\fR(2), or make sure that all other threads are quiescent when doing a -\fBfork\fR(2), +.BR fork (2), .sp .LP If the target program itself (not any children it may \fBfork\fR(2)) does an @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ parent process will appear to have been logged by the parent. .LP Invoking \fBprex\fR with the \fB-k\fR flag causes \fBprex\fR to run in \fBkernel mode\fR. In kernel mode, \fBprex\fR controls probes in the Solaris -kernel. See \fBtnf_kernel_probes\fR(4) for a list of available probes in the +kernel. See \fBtnf_kernel_probes\fR(5) for a list of available probes in the Solaris kernel. A few \fBprex\fR commands are unavailable in kernel mode; many other commands are valid in kernel mode only. .sp @@ -899,12 +899,27 @@ process files .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBed\fR(1), \fBkill\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBtnfdump\fR(1), -\fBtnfxtract\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), -\fBfork1\fR(2), \fBvfork\fR(2), \fBTNF_DECLARE_RECORD\fR(3TNF), -\fBTNF_PROBE\fR(3TNF), \fBdlclose\fR(3C), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), -\fBgethrtime\fR(3C), \fBlibtnfctl\fR(3TNF), \fBtnf_process_disable\fR(3TNF), -\fBtracing\fR(3TNF), \fBtnf_kernel_probes\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ed (1), +.BR kill (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR tnfdump (1), +.BR tnfxtract (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR fork1 (2), +.BR vfork (2), +.BR dlclose (3C), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR gethrtime (3C), +.BR TNF_DECLARE_RECORD (3TNF), +.BR TNF_PROBE (3TNF), +.BR libtnfctl (3TNF), +.BR tnf_process_disable (3TNF), +.BR tracing (3TNF), +.BR tnf_kernel_probes (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/print.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/print.1 index d872fa475d..d01c47e087 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/print.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/print.1 @@ -281,5 +281,8 @@ Output file is not open for writing. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBecho\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR echo (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/printf.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/printf.1 index 113b72d84d..4ccf720d19 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/printf.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/printf.1 @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The following operands are supported by \fB/usr/bin/printf\fR: .RS 12n A string describing the format to use to write the remaining operands. The \fIformat\fR operand is used as the \fIformat\fR string described on the -\fBformats\fR(5) manual page, with the following exceptions: +\fBformats\fR(7) manual page, with the following exceptions: .RS +4 .TP .ie t \(bu @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ A character in the format string is treated as a character, not as a .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -In addition to the escape sequences described on the \fBformats\fR(5) manual +In addition to the escape sequences described on the \fBformats\fR(7) manual page (\fB\e\e\fR, \fB\ea\fR, \fB\eb\fR, \fB\ef\fR, \fB\en\fR, \fB\er\fR, \fB\et\fR, \fB\ev\fR), \fB\e\fR\fIddd\fR, where \fIddd\fR is a one-, two- or three-digit octal number, is written as a byte with the numeric value specified @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The following backslash-escape sequences are supported: .TP .ie t \(bu .el o -the escape sequences listed on the \fBformats\fR(5) manual page (\fB\e\e\fR, +the escape sequences listed on the \fBformats\fR(7) manual page (\fB\e\e\fR, \fB\ea\fR, \fB\eb\fR, \fB\ef\fR, \fB\en\fR, \fB\er\fR, \fB\et\fR, \fB\ev\fR), which are converted to the characters they represent .RE @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Sunday, 3. July, 10:02 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBprintf\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/printf" .sp @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -989,9 +989,19 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBawk\fR(1), \fBbc\fR(1), \fBdate\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), -\fBprintf\fR(3C), \fBstrtod\fR(3C), \fBstrtol\fR(3C), \fBstrtoul\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBformats\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR awk (1), +.BR bc (1), +.BR date (1), +.BR echo (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR strtod (3C), +.BR strtol (3C), +.BR strtoul (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR formats (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/priocntl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/priocntl.1 index c4da6e534f..dc90864ad8 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/priocntl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/priocntl.1 @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ real-time, the associated parameter is unaffected. If an option is omitted when changing the class of a process to real-time from some other class, the associated parameter is set to a default value. The default value for \fIrtpri\fR is \fB0\fR and the default for time quantum is dependent on the -value of \fIrtpri\fR and on the system configuration; see \fBrt_dptbl\fR(4). +value of \fIrtpri\fR and on the system configuration; see \fBrt_dptbl\fR(5). .sp .LP When using the \fB-t\fR \fItqntm\fR option, you can optionally specify a @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ the class of a process to fixed-priority from some other class, the associated parameter is set to a default value. The default value for \fIfxuprilim\fR is \fB0\fR. The default for \fIfxupri\fR is to set it equal to the \fIfxuprilim\fR value which is being set. The default for time quantum is dependent on the -\fIfxupri\fR and on the system configuration. See \fBfx_dptbl\fR(4). +\fIfxupri\fR and on the system configuration. See \fBfx_dptbl\fR(5). .sp .LP The time quantum of processes in the fixed-priority class can be changed @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ Command could not be executed at the specified priority. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -987,9 +987,19 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBnice\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBdispadmin\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fBpriocntl\fR(2), \fBfx_dptbl\fR(4), \fBprocess\fR(4), -\fBrt_dptbl\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5), \fBFSS\fR(7) +.BR kill (1), +.BR nice (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR priocntl (2), +.BR FSS (4), +.BR fx_dptbl (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR rt_dptbl (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR zones (7), +.BR dispadmin (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Basic Administration\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/proc.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/proc.1 index e61ae1d714..16b6cd3bc6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/proc.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/proc.1 @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ ptime \- proc tools .SH DESCRIPTION .LP The proc tools are utilities that exercise features of \fB/proc\fR (see -\fBproc\fR(4)). Most of them take a list of process-ids (\fIpid\fR). The tools +\fBproc\fR(5)). Most of them take a list of process-ids (\fIpid\fR). The tools that do take process-ids also accept \fB/proc/\fR\fInnn\fR as a process-id, so the shell expansion \fB/proc/*\fR can be used to specify all processes in the system. .sp .LP -Some of the proc tools can also be applied to core files (see \fBcore\fR(4)). +Some of the proc tools can also be applied to core files (see \fBcore\fR(5)). The tools that apply to core files accept a list of either process \fBID\fRs or names of core files or both. .sp @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ process. For network endpoints, the local (and peer if connected) address information is also provided. For sockets, the socket type, socket options and send and receive buffer sizes are also provided. In addition, a path to the file is reported if the information is available from \fB/proc/pid/path\fR. -This is not necessarily the same name used to open the file. See \fBproc\fR(4) +This is not necessarily the same name used to open the file. See \fBproc\fR(5) for more information. .RE @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ process files .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -539,12 +539,34 @@ Interface Stability See below. The human readable output is Uncommitted. The options are Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBgcore\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), \fBpargs\fR(1), \fBpauxv\fR(1), \fBpenv\fR(1), -\fBpgrep\fR(1), \fBpkill\fR(1), \fBplimit\fR(1), \fBpmap\fR(1), \fBpreap\fR(1), -\fBps\fR(1), \fBptree\fR(1), \fBppgsz\fR(1), \fBpwd\fR(1), \fBrlogin\fR(1), -\fBtime\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBwait\fR(1), \fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBfstat\fR(2), -\fBsetuid\fR(2), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBcore\fR(4), -\fBproc\fR(4), \fBprocess\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR gcore (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR pargs (1), +.BR pauxv (1), +.BR penv (1), +.BR pgrep (1), +.BR pkill (1), +.BR plimit (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR ppgsz (1), +.BR preap (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR ptree (1), +.BR pwd (1), +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR time (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR fcntl (2), +.BR fstat (2), +.BR setuid (2), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR core (5), +.BR proc (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR zones (7) .SH WARNINGS .LP The following \fBproc\fR tools stop their target processes while inspecting diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/prof.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/prof.1 index 6c16595837..2f823d1309 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/prof.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/prof.1 @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ of calls and zero time. .sp .LP A single function may be split into subfunctions for profiling by means of the -\fBMARK\fR macro. See \fBprof\fR(5). +\fBMARK\fR macro. See \fBprof\fR(7). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .ne 2 @@ -232,9 +232,15 @@ default namelist (object) file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgprof\fR(1), \fBexit\fR(2), \fBpcsample\fR(2), \fBprofil\fR(2), -\fBmalloc\fR(3C), \fBmalloc\fR(3MALLOC), \fBmonitor\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprof\fR(5) +.BR gprof (1), +.BR exit (2), +.BR pcsample (2), +.BR profil (2), +.BR malloc (3C), +.BR monitor (3C), +.BR malloc (3MALLOC), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR prof (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/profiles.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/profiles.1 index 6a887ed47e..6e4c52a357 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/profiles.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/profiles.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ executable are the process attributes, such as the effective user and group \fBID\fRs, with which the process runs when started by a privileged command interpreter. The profile shells are \fBpfcsh\fR, \fBpfksh\fR, and \fBpfexec\fR. See the \fBpfexec\fR(1) man page. Profiles can contain other profiles defined -in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). +in \fBprof_attr\fR(5). .sp .LP Multiple profiles can be combined to construct the appropriate access control. @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ settings. For convenience, a wild card can be specified to match all commands. .sp .LP When profiles are interpreted, the profile list is loaded from -\fBuser_attr\fR(4). If any default profile is defined in -\fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR (see \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4)), the list of default -profiles are added to the list loaded from \fBuser_attr\fR(4). Matching entries -in \fBprof_attr\fR(4) provide the authorizations list, and matching entries in -\fBexec_attr\fR(4) provide the commands list. +\fBuser_attr\fR(5). If any default profile is defined in +\fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR (see \fBpolicy.conf\fR(5)), the list of default +profiles are added to the list loaded from \fBuser_attr\fR(5). Matching entries +in \fBprof_attr\fR(5) provide the authorizations list, and matching entries in +\fBexec_attr\fR(5) provide the commands list. .SH OPTIONS .LP The following options are supported: @@ -127,6 +127,12 @@ An error occurred. \fB/etc/security/policy.conf\fR .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBpfexec\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), \fBgetprofattr\fR(3SECDB), -\fBexec_attr\fR(4), \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR auths (1), +.BR pfexec (1), +.BR roles (1), +.BR getprofattr (3SECDB), +.BR exec_attr (5), +.BR policy.conf (5), +.BR prof_attr (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/projects.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/projects.1 index 1e26afc1d4..7109227708 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/projects.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/projects.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ projects \- print project membership of user .LP The \fBprojects\fR command prints on standard output the projects to which the invoking user or an optionally specified user belongs. Each user belongs to -some set of projects specified in the \fBproject\fR(4) file and possibly in the +some set of projects specified in the \fBproject\fR(5) file and possibly in the associated \fBNIS\fR maps and \fBLDAP\fR databases for project information. .SH OPTIONS .sp @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Local database containing valid project definitions for this machine. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for a description of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -156,5 +156,7 @@ The invocation is Evolving. The human-readable output is Unstable. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBgetdefaultproj\fR(3PROJECT), \fBgetprojent\fR(3PROJECT), \fBproject\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR getdefaultproj (3PROJECT), +.BR getprojent (3PROJECT), +.BR project (5), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ps.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ps.1 index ccce0d658b..43a8b5b0a4 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ps.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ps.1 @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ The starting time or date of the process, printed with no blanks. .ad .RS 11n The resident set size of the process, in kilobytes. The \fBrss\fR value -reported by \fBps\fR is an estimate provided by \fBproc\fR(4) that might +reported by \fBps\fR is an estimate provided by \fBproc\fR(5) that might underestimate the actual resident set size. Users who wish to get more accurate usage information for capacity planning should use \fBpmap\fR(1) \fB-x\fR instead. @@ -1272,7 +1272,8 @@ The contents of the \fBCOMMAND\fR field need not be the same due to possible truncation. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +.LP +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBps\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -1342,7 +1343,8 @@ process control files .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +.LP +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1356,15 +1358,26 @@ CSI Enabled (see USAGE) _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBlgrpinfo\fR(1), \fBnice\fR(1), \fBpagesize\fR(1), -\fBpmap\fR(1), \fBpriocntl\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1b), \fBwho\fR(1), \fBgetty\fR(1M), -\fBproc\fR(4), -\fBttysrch\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBresource_controls\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.LP +.BR kill (1), +.BR lgrpinfo (1), +.BR nice (1), +.BR pagesize (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR priocntl (1), +.BR who (1), +.BR proc (5), +.BR ttysrch (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR resource_controls (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR zones (7), +.BR getty (8) .SH NOTES Things can change while \fBps\fR is running. The snapshot it gives is true only for a split-second, and it might not be accurate by the time you see it. Some diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/psecflags.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/psecflags.1 index 19ca22755e..3fbc24973f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/psecflags.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/psecflags.1 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ or core files. The effective set is signified by '\fBE\fR', the inheritable set by '\fBI\fR', the lower set by '\fBL\fR', and the upper set by '\fBU\fR'. .P The fourth invocation lists the supported process security-flags, documented -in \fBsecurity-flags\fR(5). +in \fBsecurity-flags\fR(7). .SH "OPTIONS" The following options are supported: @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ The security-flags of any process running in the zones matching the given .ad .RS 11n List all supported process security-flags, described in -\fBsecurity-flags\fR(5). +\fBsecurity-flags\fR(7). .RE .sp @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ An error has occurred. .SH "ATTRIBUTES" .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Interface Stability Volatile .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR exec (2), -.BR attributes (5), -.BR contract (4), -.BR security-flags (5), -.BR zones (5) +.BR attributes (7), +.BR contract (5), +.BR security-flags (7), +.BR zones (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ptree.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ptree.1 index c812b38612..545ac30f20 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ptree.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ptree.1 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ All. Print all processes, including children of process 0. .ad .RS 11n Contracts. Print process contract memberships and their associated SMF FMRIs, -in addition to parent-child relationships. See \fBprocess\fR(4). +in addition to parent-child relationships. See \fBprocess\fR(5). This option implies the \fB-a\fR option. .RE @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ characters are used. Print only processes with an SMF service FMRI matching the argument. The FMRI may be in truncated form (such as 'console-login'). This includes child processes even if they are not members of the service contract. -See \fBprocess\fR(4). +See \fBprocess\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ process files .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -200,9 +200,29 @@ Interface Stability See below. .LP The human readable output is Unstable. The options are Evolving. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBgcore\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), \fBpargs\fR(1), \fBpgrep\fR(1), \fBpkill\fR(1), -\fBplimit\fR(1), \fBpmap\fR(1), \fBpreap\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBppgsz\fR(1), \fBpwd\fR(1), \fBrlogin\fR(1), \fBtime\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), -\fBwait\fR(1), \fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBfstat\fR(2), \fBsetuid\fR(2), -\fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBcore\fR(4), \fBproc\fR(4), -\fBprocess\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR gcore (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR pargs (1), +.BR pgrep (1), +.BR pkill (1), +.BR plimit (1), +.BR pmap (1), +.BR ppgsz (1), +.BR preap (1), +.BR proc (1), +.BR ps (1), +.BR pwd (1), +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR time (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR fcntl (2), +.BR fstat (2), +.BR setuid (2), +.BR dlopen (3C), +.BR signal.h (3HEAD), +.BR core (5), +.BR proc (5), +.BR process (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR zones (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pvs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pvs.1 index b6ea0d52d8..b1892147a8 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pvs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pvs.1 @@ -412,8 +412,12 @@ definitions or version requirements are found. .RE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBldd\fR(1), \fBstrip\fR(1), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ldd (1), +.BR strip (1), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/pwd.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/pwd.1 index 47940c4f62..2ec04779d0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/pwd.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/pwd.1 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Both the Bourne shell, \fBsh\fR(1), and the Korn shells, \fBksh\fR(1) and .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBpwd\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ not be \fB0\fR. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -113,15 +113,20 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcd\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cd (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ranlib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ranlib.1 index 734961eb6e..da21957f80 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ranlib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ranlib.1 @@ -31,4 +31,6 @@ maintain Makefiles that are portable across a variety of operating systems. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rcapstat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rcapstat.1 index 875b1f73bf..78136275ee 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rcapstat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rcapstat.1 @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ rcapstat \- report resource cap enforcement daemon statistics .sp .LP The \fBrcapstat\fR command reports on the projects or zones capped by -\fBrcapd\fR(1M). Each report contains statistics that pertain to the project or +\fBrcapd\fR(8). Each report contains statistics that pertain to the project or zone and paging statistics. Paging refers to the act of relocating portions of memory, called pages, to or from physical memory. \fBrcapd\fR pages out the most infrequently used pages. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following options are supported: .ad .RS 12n Global statistics. Reports the minimum memory utilization for memory cap -enforcement (see \fBrcapadm\fR(1M)) and reports current memory utilization as a +enforcement (see \fBrcapadm\fR(8)) and reports current memory utilization as a percentage of installed physical memory. .RE @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ does not account for shared pages. \fB\fBcap\fR\fR .ad .RS 11n -The \fBRSS\fR cap for the project or zone. See \fBrcapd\fR(1M) for information +The \fBRSS\fR cap for the project or zone. See \fBrcapd\fR(8) for information about how to specify memory caps. .RE @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ from physical memory. \fBrcapd\fR pages out the most infrequently used pages. .RS 11n The average amount of memory that \fBrcapd\fR attempted to page out during each sample cycle. The rate at which \fBrcapd\fR samples \fBRSS\fR can be set -with \fBrcapadm\fR(1M). +with \fBrcapadm\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ example% \fBrcapstat 5 5\fR .LP By inhibiting cap enforcement, either by raising the cap of a project or by changing the minimum physical memory utilization for cap enforcement (see -\fBrcapadm\fR(1M)), the resident set can become the working set. The \fBrss\fR +\fBrcapadm\fR(8)), the resident set can become the working set. The \fBrss\fR column might stabilize to show the project \fBWSS\fR, as shown in the previous example. The \fBWSS\fR is the minimum cap value that allows the project's processes to operate without perpetually incurring page faults. @@ -367,7 +367,9 @@ Invalid command-line options were specified. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBrcapadm\fR(1M), \fBrcapd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7), +.BR rcapadm (8), +.BR rcapd (8) .sp .LP \fIPhysical Memory Control Using the Resource Capping Daemon\fR in \fISystem @@ -376,7 +378,7 @@ Administration Guide: Resource Management\fR .sp .LP If the interval specified to \fBrcapstat\fR is shorter than the reporting -interval specified to \fBrcapd\fR (with \fBrcapadm\fR(1M)), the output for some +interval specified to \fBrcapd\fR (with \fBrcapadm\fR(8)), the output for some intervals can be zero. This is because \fBrcapd\fR does not update statistics more frequently than the interval specified with \fBrcapadm\fR, and this interval is independent of (and less precise than) the sampling interval used diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rcp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rcp.1 index 24b94a27a8..578f50af35 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rcp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rcp.1 @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ or a local file name (containing no \fB:\fR (colon) characters, or \fB/\fR (backslash) before any \fB:\fR (colon) characters). .sp .LP -The \fIhostname\fR can be an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. See \fBinet\fR(7P) -and \fBinet6\fR(7P). Since IPv6 addresses already contain colons, the +The \fIhostname\fR can be an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. See \fBinet\fR(4P) +and \fBinet6\fR(4P). Since IPv6 addresses already contain colons, the \fIhostname\fR should be enclosed in a pair of square brackets when an IPv6 address is used. Otherwise, the first occurrence of a colon can be interpreted as the separator between \fIhostname\fR and \fIpath\fR. For example, @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ The \fBrcp\fR session can be kerberized using any of the following Kerberos specific options : \fB-a\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR. Some of these options (\fB-a\fR, \fB-x\fR and \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR) can also be specified in the \fB[appdefaults]\fR section of -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). The usage of these options and the expected behavior is +\fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). The usage of these options and the expected behavior is discussed in the OPTIONS section below. If Kerberos authentication is used, authorization to the account is controlled by rules in -\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal +\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(7). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal \fBrcp\fR using rhosts occurs only if the \fB-PO\fR option is used explicitly -on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). If authorization +on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). If authorization succeeds, remote copy succeeds without any prompting of password. Also notice that the \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR options are just supersets of the \fB-a\fR option. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ The following options are supported: .RS 12n This option explicitly enables Kerberos authentication and trusts the \fB\&.k5login\fR file for access-control. If the authorization check by -\fBin.rshd\fR(1M) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file +\fBin.rshd\fR(8) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file permits access, the user is allowed to carry out the \fBrcp\fR transfer. .RE @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ permits access, the user is allowed to carry out the \fBrcp\fR transfer. .ad .RS 12n Causes \fBrcp\fR to obtain tickets for the remote host in \fIrealm\fR instead -of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). .ad .RS 12n This option explicitly disables Kerberos authentication. It can be used to -override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Explicitly requests new (\fB-PN\fR) or old (\fB-PO\fR) version of the Kerberos "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol. The new protocol avoids many security problems prevalent in the old one and is regarded much more secure, but is not interoperable with older (MIT/SEAM) servers. The new protocol is used by default, unless -explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). If +explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). If Kerberos authorization fails when using the old "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol, there is fallback to regular, non-kerberized \fBrcp\fR. This is not the case when the new, more secure "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol is used. @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ are encrypted. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBrcp\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBrcp\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .sp .LP -The \fBrcp\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). \fBIPv6\fR is not +The \fBrcp\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(4P). \fBIPv6\fR is not currently supported with Kerberos V5 authentication. .sp .LP @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Kerberos configuration file .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -266,10 +266,22 @@ CSI Enabled .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcpio\fR(1), \fBftp\fR(1), \fBrlogin\fR(1), \fBrsh\fR(1), \fBsetfacl\fR(1), -\fBtar\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBin.rshd\fR(1M), \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4), -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5), \fBinet\fR(7P), \fBinet6\fR(7P), \fBip6\fR(7P) +.BR cpio (1), +.BR ftp (1), +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR rsh (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR inet (4P), +.BR inet6 (4P), +.BR ip6 (4P), +.BR hosts.equiv (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR krb5_auth_rules (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR in.rshd (8) .SH NOTES \fBrcp\fR is meant to copy between different hosts. Attempting to \fBrcp\fR a file onto itself, as with: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rdist.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rdist.1 index 82e897ffcf..14698c9bbf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rdist.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rdist.1 @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ authentication. Encryption of the data being transferred is also possible. The specific options : \fB-a\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR. Some of these options (\fB-a\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, and \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR) can also be specified in the \fB[appdefaults]\fR -section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). The usage of these options and the expected +section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). The usage of these options and the expected behavior is discussed in the OPTIONS section below. If Kerberos authentication is used, authorization to the account is controlled by rules in -\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal +\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(7). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal \fBrdist\fR using rhosts occurs only if the \fB-PO\fR option is used explicitly -on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). Also notice that the +on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). Also notice that the \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR options are just supersets of the \fB-a\fR option. In order to use the non-secure version of \fBrdist\fR across machines, each host machine must have a \fB/etc/host.equiv\fR file, or the user must have an entry in the -\fB\&.rhosts\fR file in the home directory. See \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4) for more +\fB\&.rhosts\fR file in the home directory. See \fBhosts.equiv\fR(5) for more information. .SH OPTIONS The following options are supported: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following options are supported: .RS 4n This option explicitly enables Kerberos authentication and trusts the \fB\&.k5login\fR file for access-control. If the authorization check by -\fBin.rshd\fR(1M) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file +\fBin.rshd\fR(8) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file permits access, the user is allowed to carry out the \fBrdist\fR transfer. .RE @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ be found. .sp .6 .RS 4n Causes \fBrdist\fR to obtain tickets for the remote host in \fIrealm\fR instead -of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). .sp .6 .RS 4n This option explicitly disables Kerberos authentication. It can be used to -override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Explicitly requests new (\fB-PN\fR) or old (\fB-PO\fR) version of the Kerberos "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol. The new protocol avoids many security problems prevalent in the old one and is regarded much more secure, but is not interoperable with older (MIT/SEAM) servers. The new protocol is used by default, unless -explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). If +explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). If Kerberos authorization fails when using the old "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol, there is fallback to regular, non-kerberized \fBrdist\fR. This is not the case when the new, more secure "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol is used. @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ is the user's home directory on the remote host. .RE .SS "IPv6" -The \fBrdist\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). \fBIPv6\fR is not +The \fBrdist\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(4P). \fBIPv6\fR is not currently supported with Kerberos V5 authentication. .SH EXAMPLES \fBExample 1 \fRA Sample distfile @@ -550,9 +550,17 @@ Kerberos configuration file .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBmake\fR(1S), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBin.rshd\fR(1M), -\fBstat\fR(2), \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5), \fBip6\fR(7P) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR make (1S), +.BR stat (2), +.BR ip6 (4P), +.BR hosts.equiv (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR krb5_auth_rules (7), +.BR in.rshd (8) .SH DIAGNOSTICS A complaint about mismatch of \fBrdist\fR version numbers might really stem from some problem with starting your shell, for example, you are in too many diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/read.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/read.1 index 09f38ff594..ac9f09b0c6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/read.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/read.1 @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ done < input_file\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBread\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ End-of-file was detected or an error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/read, csh, ksh, sh" .sp @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -430,5 +430,12 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBline\fR(1), \fBset\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR line (1), +.BR set (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/readonly.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/readonly.1 index 0cadf2bbee..ee9830a56d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/readonly.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/readonly.1 @@ -197,5 +197,8 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtypeset\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR typeset (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/refer.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/refer.1 index 4170b58344..8a996ecbdf 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/refer.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/refer.1 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ to the standard output, except for lines between `\fB\&.\|[\fR' and \fBlookbib\fR(1), and are replaced by information from a bibliographic data base. The user can avoid the search, override fields from it, or add new fields. The reference data, from whatever source, is assigned to a set of -\fBtroff\fR strings. Macro packages such as \fBms\fR(5) print the finished +\fBtroff\fR strings. Macro packages such as \fBms\fR(7) print the finished reference text from these strings. A flag is placed in the text at the point of reference. By default, the references are indicated by numbers. .sp @@ -160,6 +160,13 @@ directory of default publication lists and indexes .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddbib\fR(1), \fBeqn\fR(1), \fBindxbib\fR(1), \fBlookbib\fR(1), -\fBnroff\fR(1), \fBroffbib\fR(1), \fBsortbib\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), -\fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addbib (1), +.BR eqn (1), +.BR indxbib (1), +.BR lookbib (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR roffbib (1), +.BR sortbib (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/regcmp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/regcmp.1 index e016d17456..8a38f9330c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/regcmp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/regcmp.1 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ applies the regular expression named \fBtelno\fR to \fBline\fR. .sp .LP A general description of the usage of the \fBLC_*\fR environmental variables -can be found in \fBenviron\fR(5). +can be found in \fBenviron\fR(7). .sp .ne 2 .na @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ default form found in the program itself (in most cases, U.S. English). .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -130,4 +130,6 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBregcmp\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR regcmp (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/renice.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/renice.1 index 6a2ecd2b8c..78c350aed2 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/renice.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/renice.1 @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ example% \fBrenice -n 4 -u 8 sas\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBrenice\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ map user names to user \fBID\fRs .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -326,8 +326,12 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnice\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBpriocntl\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR nice (1), +.BR passwd (1), +.BR priocntl (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rev.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rev.1 index e7f4321a6e..057071128b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rev.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rev.1 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ One or more files did not copy. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -99,4 +99,7 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBtail\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR tail (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rlogin.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rlogin.1 index 720b26666e..6177b4fdec 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rlogin.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rlogin.1 @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ session can be kerberized using any of the following Kerberos specific options: \fB-A\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR. Some of these options (\fB-A\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, and \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR) can also be specified in the \fB[appdefaults]\fR -section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). The usage of these options and the expected +section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). The usage of these options and the expected behavior is discussed in the OPTIONS section below. If Kerberos authentication is used, authorization to the account is controlled through rules in -\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal +\fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(7). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal \fBrlogin\fR using \fBrhosts\fR occurs only if the \fB-PO\fR option is used -explicitly on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). Also +explicitly on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). Also notice that the \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR options are just supersets of the \fB-A\fR option. .sp @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ username. .ad .RS 15n Explicitly enables Kerberos authentication and trusts the \fB\&.k5login\fR file -for access-control. If the authorization check by \fBin.rlogind\fR(1M) on the +for access-control. If the authorization check by \fBin.rlogind\fR(8) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file permits access, the user is allowed to login without supplying a password. .RE @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ This option is mutually exclusive with the \fB-f\fR option. .ad .RS 15n Causes \fBrlogin\fR to obtain tickets for the remote host in \fIrealm\fR -instead of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +instead of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ instead of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). .ad .RS 15n This option explicitly disables Kerberos authentication. It can be used to -override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Kerberos `\fBrcmd\fR' protocol. The new protocol avoids many security problems prevalent in the old one and is considered much more secure, but is not interoperable with older (MIT/SEAM) servers. The new protocol is used by default, unless explicitly specified using these options or by using -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). If Kerberos authorization fails when using the old +\fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). If Kerberos authorization fails when using the old `\fBrcmd\fR' protocol, there is fallback to regular, non-kerberized \fBrlogin\fR. This is not the case when the new, more secure `\fBrcmd\fR' protocol is used. @@ -355,9 +355,16 @@ Hosts database. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBrsh\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBtty\fR(1), \fBin.rlogind\fR(1M), -\fBhosts\fR(4), \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBnologin\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5) +.BR rsh (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR tty (1), +.BR hosts (5), +.BR hosts.equiv (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR nologin (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR krb5_auth_rules (7), +.BR in.rlogind (8) .SH DIAGNOSTICS The following message indicates that the machine is in the process of being shut down and logins have been disabled: diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rm.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rm.1 index d2e1d19e79..dc8fb7f433 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rm.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rm.1 @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Specifies the pathname of an empty directory to be removed. .El .Sh USAGE See -.Xr largefile 5 +.Xr largefile 7 for the description of the behavior of .Nm rm and @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ and expand to empty strings. .Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES See -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of .Nm rm @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the expression defined for the .Sy yesexpr . See -.Xr locale 5 . +.Xr locale 7 . .Sh INTERFACE STABILITY .Ss "/usr/xpg4/bin/rm" Committed @@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ The built-in interfaces are Uncommitted. .Xr rmdir 2 , .Xr rmdir 2 , .Xr unlink 2 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr standards 5 +.Xr attributes 7 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr largefile 7 , +.Xr standards 7 .Sh NOTES A .Fl diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rmformat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rmformat.1 index 36168e60ae..846c0dbb00 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rmformat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rmformat.1 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The following options are supported: .RS 4n Labels the media with a SUNOS label. A SUNOS volume label name is restricted to 8 characters. For media size greater than 1 TB, an EFI label is created. For -writing a \fBDOS\fR Volume label, the user should use \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR(1M). +writing a \fBDOS\fR Volume label, the user should use \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ cautious in using this option on such devices. .sp .6 .RS 4n Performs \fBumount\fR on any file systems and then formats. See -\fBmount\fR(1M). This option unmounts all the mounted slices and issues a long +\fBmount\fR(8). This option unmounts all the mounted slices and issues a long format on the device requested. .RE @@ -510,11 +510,24 @@ cards and other removable media devices. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcpio\fR(1), \fBeject\fR(1), \fBfdformat\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), -\fBvolcheck\fR(1), \fBvolrmmount\fR(1), \fBformat\fR(1M), \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR(1M), -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBnewfs\fR(1M), \fBprtvtoc\fR(1M), \fBrmmount\fR(1M), -\fBrpc.smserverd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBscsa2usb\fR(7D), \fBsd\fR(7D), -\fBpcfs\fR(7FS), \fBudfs\fR(7FS) +.BR cpio (1), +.BR eject (1), +.BR fdformat (1), +.BR tar (1), +.BR volcheck (1), +.BR volrmmount (1), +.BR scsa2usb (4D), +.BR sd (4D), +.BR pcfs (4FS), +.BR udfs (4FS), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR format (8), +.BR mkfs_pcfs (8), +.BR mount (8), +.BR newfs (8), +.BR prtvtoc (8), +.BR rmmount (8), +.BR rpc.smserverd (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Basic Administration\fR @@ -523,12 +536,12 @@ cards and other removable media devices. .LP A rewritable media or \fBPCMCIA\fR memory card or \fBPCMCIA\fR ata card containing a \fBufs\fR file system created on a SPARC-based system (using -\fBnewfs\fR(1M)) is not identical to a rewritable media or \fBPCMCIA\fR memory +\fBnewfs\fR(8)) is not identical to a rewritable media or \fBPCMCIA\fR memory card containing a \fBufs\fR file system created on an x86 based system. Do not interchange any removable media containing \fBufs\fR between these platforms; use \fBcpio\fR(1) or \fBtar\fR(1) to transfer files on diskettes or memory -cards between them. For interchangeable filesystems refer to \fBpcfs\fR(7FS) -and \fBudfs\fR(7FS). +cards between them. For interchangeable filesystems refer to \fBpcfs\fR(4FS) +and \fBudfs\fR(4FS). .sp .LP \fBrmformat\fR might not list all removable devices in virtualization diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rmmount.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rmmount.1 index dc854826db..fcf2a9c9f3 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rmmount.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rmmount.1 @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Default mount root. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -200,4 +200,5 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBeject\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR eject (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/roffbib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/roffbib.1 index 4ae604559e..d4e13670f1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/roffbib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/roffbib.1 @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Set register \fIa\fR (one-character) to \fIN\fR. The command-line argument \fB-rN1\fR will number the references starting at 1. .sp Four command-line registers control formatting style of the bibliography, much -like the number registers of \fBms\fR(5). The flag \fB-rV2\fR will double space +like the number registers of \fBms\fR(7). The flag \fB-rV2\fR will double space the bibliography, while \fB-rV1\fR will double space references but single space annotation paragraphs. The line length can be changed from the default 6.5 inches to 6 inches with the \fB-rL6i\fR argument, and the page offset can @@ -160,8 +160,14 @@ file of macros used by \fBnroff/troff\fR .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddbib\fR(1), \fBindxbib\fR(1), \fBlookbib\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1) -\fBrefer\fR(1), \fBsortbib\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addbib (1), +.BR indxbib (1), +.BR lookbib (1), +.BR nroff (1) +.BR refer (1), +.BR sortbib (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/roles.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/roles.1 index fa732a8435..069565f3f7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/roles.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/roles.1 @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ correspond to a functional responsibility rather than to an actual person .sp .LP Each user may have zero or more roles. Roles have most of the attributes of -normal users and are identified like normal users in \fBpasswd\fR(4) and -\fBshadow\fR(4). Each role must have an entry in the \fBuser_attr\fR(4) file +normal users and are identified like normal users in \fBpasswd\fR(5) and +\fBshadow\fR(5). Each role must have an entry in the \fBuser_attr\fR(5) file that identifies it as a role. Roles can have their own authorizations and profiles. See \fBauths\fR(1) and \fBprofiles\fR(1). .sp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ the role. .sp .LP A role may not assume itself or any other role. Roles are not hierarchical. -However, rights profiles (see \fBprof_attr\fR(4)) are hierarchical and can be +However, rights profiles (see \fBprof_attr\fR(5)) are hierarchical and can be used to achieve the same effect as hierarchical roles. .sp .LP @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Roles must have valid passwords and one of the shells that interprets profiles: either \fBpfcsh\fR, \fBpfksh\fR, or \fBpfsh\fR. See \fBpfexec\fR(1). .sp .LP -Role assumption may be performed using \fBsu\fR(1M), \fBrlogin\fR(1), or some +Role assumption may be performed using \fBsu\fR(8), \fBrlogin\fR(1), or some other service that supports the \fBPAM_RUSER\fR variable. Successful assumption requires knowledge of the role's password and membership in the role. Role -assignments are specified in \fBuser_attr\fR(4). +assignments are specified in \fBuser_attr\fR(5). .SH EXAMPLES .LP \fBExample 1\fR Sample output @@ -97,6 +97,14 @@ An error occurred. \fB/etc/security/prof_attr\fR .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBpfexec\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBrlogin\fR(1), -\fBsu\fR(1M), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR auths (1), +.BR pfexec (1), +.BR profiles (1), +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR auth_attr (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR prof_attr (5), +.BR shadow (5), +.BR user_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR su (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rpcgen.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rpcgen.1 index f3646b56f9..b4c40978b5 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rpcgen.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rpcgen.1 @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ optimization. The default \fIsize\fR is 5. \fB\fB-I\fR\fR .ad .RS 18n -Compiles support for \fBinetd\fR(1M) in the server side stubs. Such servers can +Compiles support for \fBinetd\fR(8) in the server side stubs. Such servers can be self-started or can be started by \fBinetd\fR. When the server is self-started, it backgrounds itself by default. A special define symbol \fBRPC_SVC_FG\fR can be used to run the server process in foreground, or the @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ interval can be changed using the \fB-K\fR flag. To create a server that exits immediately upon servicing a request, use \fB-K\fR \fB0\fR. To create a server that never exits, the appropriate argument is \fB-K\fR \fB\(mi1\fR\&. .sp -When monitoring for a server, some portmonitors, like \fBlisten\fR(1M), +When monitoring for a server, some portmonitors, like \fBlisten\fR(8), \fBalways\fR spawn a new process in response to a service request. If it is known that a server are used with such a monitor, the server should exit immediately on completion. For such servers, \fBrpcgen\fR should be used with @@ -589,9 +589,14 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBlisten\fR(1M), \fBrpc\fR(3NSL), \fBrpc_control\fR(3NSL), -\fBrpc_svc_calls\fR(3NSL), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBnetconfig\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR syslog (3C), +.BR rpc (3NSL), +.BR rpc_control (3NSL), +.BR rpc_svc_calls (3NSL), +.BR netconfig (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR inetd (8), +.BR listen (8) .sp .LP The \fBrpcgen\fR chapter in the \fIONC+ Developer\&'s Guide\fR manual. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rsh.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rsh.1 index e98a236241..01c5bf309e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rsh.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rsh.1 @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ authentication. Encryption of the network session traffic is also possible. The specific options: \fB-a\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR. Some of these options (\fB-a\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, and \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR) can also be specified in the -\fB[appdefaults]\fR section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). The usage of these options +\fB[appdefaults]\fR section of \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). The usage of these options and the expected behavior is discussed in the OPTIONS section below. If Kerberos authentication is used, authorization to the account is controlled by -rules in \fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5). If this authorization fails, fallback to +rules in \fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(7). If this authorization fails, fallback to normal \fBrsh\fR using \fBrhosts\fR occurs only if the \fB-PO\fR option is used -explicitly on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). Also, the +explicitly on the command line or is specified in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). Also, the \fB-PN\fR or \fB-PO\fR, \fB-x\fR, \fB-f\fR or \fB-F\fR, and \fB-k\fR \fIrealm\fR options are just supersets of the \fB-a\fR option. .sp @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The following options are supported: .ad .RS 15n Explicitly enable Kerberos authentication and trusts the \fB\&.k5login\fR file -for access-control. If the authorization check by \fBin.rshd\fR(1M) on the +for access-control. If the authorization check by \fBin.rshd\fR(8) on the server-side succeeds and if the \fB\&.k5login\fR file permits access, the user is allowed to carry out the command. .RE @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ the \fB-f\fR option. .ad .RS 15n Causes \fBrsh\fR to obtain tickets for the remote host in \fIrealm\fR instead -of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ of the remote host's realm as determined by \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). .ad .RS 15n This option explicitly disables Kerberos authentication. It can be used to -override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +override the \fBautologin\fR variable in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Explicitly request new (\fB-PN\fR) or old (\fB-PO\fR) version of the Kerberos "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol. The new protocol avoids many security problems prevalent in the old one and is regarded much more secure, but is not interoperable with older (MIT/SEAM) servers. The new protocol is used by default, unless -explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). If +explicitly specified using these options or through \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). If Kerberos authorization fails when using the old "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol, there is fallback to regular, non-kerberized \fBrsh\fR. This is not the case when the new, more secure "\fBrcmd\fR" protocol is used. @@ -218,12 +218,12 @@ The command to be executed on the specified \fIhostname\fR. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBrsh\fR and +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBrsh\fR and \fBremsh\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .sp .LP -The \fBrsh\fR and \fBremsh\fR commands are IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). +The \fBrsh\fR and \fBremsh\fR commands are IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(4P). \fBIPv6\fR is not currently supported with Kerberos V5 authentication. .sp .LP @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Kerberos configuration file .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -395,10 +395,18 @@ CSI Enabled .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBrlogin\fR(1), \fBssh\fR(1), \fBtelnet\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1), -\fBin.rshd\fR(1M), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBhosts.equiv\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkrb5_auth_rules\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBip6\fR(7P) +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR ssh (1), +.BR telnet (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR ip6 (4P), +.BR hosts (5), +.BR hosts.equiv (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR krb5_auth_rules (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR in.rshd (8) .SH NOTES When a system is listed in \fBhosts.equiv\fR, its security must be as good as local security. One insecure system listed in \fBhosts.equiv\fR can compromise diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/runat.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/runat.1 index cd644410d6..93b5e404e6 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/runat.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/runat.1 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ attributes. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBfsattr\fR(5) for a detailed description of extended file attributes. +See \fBfsattr\fR(7) for a detailed description of extended file attributes. .sp .LP The process context created by the \fBrunat\fR command has its current working @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ execute the provided command. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -313,7 +313,9 @@ Interface Stability Evolving .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBopen\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5) +.BR open (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR fsattr (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rup.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rup.1 index d8c7b1c883..bfea96f15f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rup.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rup.1 @@ -65,7 +65,8 @@ Sort the display by up time. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBruptime\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ruptime (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .LP Broadcasting does not work through gateways. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/ruptime.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/ruptime.1 index 0ae939308c..993774bb4e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/ruptime.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/ruptime.1 @@ -101,4 +101,7 @@ data files .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBuptime\fR(1), \fBrwho\fR(1), \fBin.rwhod\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR rwho (1), +.BR uptime (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR in.rwhod (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rusers.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rusers.1 index acc7a6d958..1bc054428c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rusers.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rusers.1 @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ idle, the \fIidle_time\fR is not displayed. .sp .LP A remote host will only respond if it is running the \fBrusersd\fR daemon, -which may be started up from \fBinetd\fR(1M) or \fBlisten\fR(1M). +which may be started up from \fBinetd\fR(8) or \fBlisten\fR(8). .sp .LP In the absence of a name service, such as LDAP or NIS, \fBrusers\fR displays @@ -93,5 +93,9 @@ Sort by number of users. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBwho\fR(1), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBlisten\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), -\fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR who (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR inetd (8), +.BR listen (8), +.BR pmadm (8), +.BR sacadm (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/rwho.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/rwho.1 index b5cb2ecb51..58105cb2ec 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/rwho.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/rwho.1 @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ information about other machines .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBfinger\fR(1), \fBruptime\fR(1), \fBwho\fR(1), \fBin.rwhod\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR finger (1), +.BR ruptime (1), +.BR who (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR in.rwhod (8) .SH NOTES .LP \fBrwho\fR does not work through gateways. @@ -60,5 +63,5 @@ hosts on the local net increases. For large networks, the cost becomes prohibitive. .sp .LP -The \fBrwho\fR service daemon, \fBin.rwhod\fR(1M), must be enabled for this +The \fBrwho\fR service daemon, \fBin.rwhod\fR(8), must be enabled for this command to return useful results. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sar.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sar.1 index 9318d3d394..8b31978d60 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sar.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sar.1 @@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ average wait time in milliseconds. average service time in milliseconds. .RE -For more general system statistics, use \fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1M), or -\fBvmstat\fR(1M). +For more general system statistics, use \fBiostat\fR(8), \fBsar\fR(8), or +\fBvmstat\fR(8). .sp See \fISystem Administration Guide: Advanced Administration\fR for naming conventions for disks. @@ -671,8 +671,12 @@ daily data file, where \fIdd\fR are digits representing the day of the month .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1M), \fBvmstat\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR iostat (8), +.BR sar (8), +.BR vmstat (8) .sp .LP \fISystem Administration Guide: Advanced Administration\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/script.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/script.1 index 8723c720cf..8e9fdf4438 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/script.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/script.1 @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ including prompts. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR attributes (7) .SH WARNINGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sdiff.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sdiff.1 index 9212c1ecf4..be395a6614 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sdiff.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sdiff.1 @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ length is 130 characters. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBsdiff\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBsdiff\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ d d .LP If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables ( \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR ) (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of +\fBenviron\fR(7)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of \fBsdiff\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value of the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents are used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ valid characters for that locale. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -214,5 +214,8 @@ CSI Enabled .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBdiff\fR(1), \fBed\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR diff (1), +.BR ed (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sed.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sed.1 index f581279fc6..3eca2b5418 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sed.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sed.1 @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The following options are available: Interpret regular expressions as extended (modern) regular expressions rather than basic regular expressions (BRE's). The -\fBregex\fP(5) +\fBregex\fP(7) manual page fully describes both formats. .TP \fB\-a\fP @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ function. The regular expressions used in \fB,\fP by default, are basic regular expressions (BREs, see -\fBregex\fP(5) +\fBregex\fP(7) for more information), but extended (modern) regular expressions can be used instead if the \fB\-E\fP @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ where ``#'' is a digit, is replaced by the text matched by the corresponding backreference expression (see -\fBregex\fP(5)) . +\fBregex\fP(7)) . A line can be split by substituting a newline character into it. To specify a newline character in the replacement string, precede it with @@ -624,14 +624,14 @@ and environment variables affect the execution of \fBsed\fP as described in -\fBenviron\fP(5). +\fBenviron\fP(7). .SH EXIT STATUS The \fBsed\fP utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .SH SEE ALSO \fBawk\fP(1), \fBed\fP(1), \fBgrep\fP(1), -\fBregex\fP(5) +\fBregex\fP(7) .SH STANDARDS The \fBsed\fP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sendmail-mailq.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sendmail-mailq.1 index e750117ec6..9775dcd1d0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sendmail-mailq.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sendmail-mailq.1 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ it checks for the authorization attribute, \fBsolaris.mail.mailq\fR. If the check for the invoking user succeeds, \fBsendmail\fR \fB-bp\fR is executed with the remaining argument vector. Otherwise, an error message is printed. This authorization attribute is by default enabled for all users. It can be disabled -by modifying the Basic Solaris User entry in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). +by modifying the Basic Solaris User entry in \fBprof_attr\fR(5). .SH OPTIONS .sp .LP @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The following options are supported: \fB\fB-Ac\fR\fR .ad .RS 17n -Like \fBsendmail\fR(1M), this flag tells \fBmailq\fR to use \fBsubmit.cf\fR +Like \fBsendmail\fR(8), this flag tells \fBmailq\fR to use \fBsubmit.cf\fR rather than \fBsendmail.cf\fR even if the operation mode does not indicate an initial mail submission. This will result in the client queue \fB/var/spool/clientmqueue\fR being displayed rather than the default server @@ -178,4 +178,6 @@ client queue .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR prof_attr (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR sendmail (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/set.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/set.1 index 5a0bccaaa2..e2fc43d31e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/set.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/set.1 @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ changes. .LP The environment variables \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR take immediate effect -when changed within the C shell. See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of these +when changed within the C shell. See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of these environment variables. .sp .LP @@ -1449,5 +1449,11 @@ setenv PATH "/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:usr/ucb/bin" .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBread\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBtypeset\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR read (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR typeset (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/setfacl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/setfacl.1 index 526e2c0321..ae18bffb13 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/setfacl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/setfacl.1 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ directories. .sp .LP The \fBsetfacl\fR utility can only manipulate POSIX-draft \fBACL\fRs. See -\fBacl\fR(5) for a description of the difference between the older POSIX-draft +\fBacl\fR(7) for a description of the difference between the older POSIX-draft \fBACL\fRs and the newer NFSv4 \fBACL\fRs. The \fBchmod\fR(1) utility can be used to manipulate \fBACL\fRs on all types of file system. .sp @@ -370,6 +370,12 @@ group file .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBgetfacl\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBaclcheck\fR(3SEC), -\fBaclsort\fR(3SEC), \fBgroup\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBacl\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR chmod (1), +.BR getfacl (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR aclcheck (3SEC), +.BR aclsort (3SEC), +.BR group (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR acl (7), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/setlabel.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/setlabel.1 index 30faacbbfe..ecd4b67413 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/setlabel.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/setlabel.1 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ example% \fBsetlabel -- -A \fIsomefile\fR\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -178,7 +178,9 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsetflabel\fR(3TSOL), \fBlabel_encodings\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR setflabel (3TSOL), +.BR label_encodings (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP @@ -188,4 +190,4 @@ is configured with Trusted Extensions. .LP This implementation of setting a label is meaningful for the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) Mandatory Access Control (MAC) policy. For more -information, see \fBlabel_encodings\fR(4). +information, see \fBlabel_encodings\fR(5). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/setpgrp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/setpgrp.1 index 7528f8a7de..5ac5681fcc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/setpgrp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/setpgrp.1 @@ -62,4 +62,6 @@ Otherwise, the exit status will be that of \fIcommand\fR. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexec\fR(2), \fBsetpgrp\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR exec (2), +.BR setpgrp (2), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/shcomp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/shcomp.1 index 6b3d85fee1..189c90ec68 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/shcomp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/shcomp.1 @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -149,4 +149,5 @@ shell code format is Private. The output of the \fB-D\fR option is Volatile. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh93\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/shell_builtins.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/shell_builtins.1 index a5121797a7..17541aef2d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/shell_builtins.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/shell_builtins.1 @@ -307,15 +307,56 @@ status of the last command executed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBalias\fR(1), \fBbreak\fR(1), \fBbuiltin\fR(1), \fBcd\fR(1), -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBdisown\fR(1), \fBecho\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(1), -\fBexit\fR(1), \fBfind\fR(1), \fBgetoptcvt\fR(1), \fBgetopts\fR(1), -\fBglob\fR(1), \fBhash\fR(1), \fBhistory\fR(1), \fBjobs\fR(1), \fBkill\fR(1), -\fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBlet\fR(1), \fBlimit\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), -\fBlogout\fR(1), \fBnewgrp\fR(1), \fBnice\fR(1), \fBnohup\fR(1), -\fBprint\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(1), \fBpwd\fR(1), \fBread\fR(1), -\fBreadonly\fR(1), \fBset\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBshift\fR(1), \fBsleep\fR(1), -\fBsuspend\fR(1), \fBtest\fR(1), \fBtest\fR(1B), \fBtime\fR(1), -\fBtimes\fR(1), \fBtrap\fR(1), \fBtypeset\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBwait\fR(1), -\fBchdir\fR(2), \fBchmod\fR(2), \fBcreat\fR(2), \fBumask\fR(2), -\fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBprofile\fR(4), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR Intro (1), +.BR alias (1), +.BR break (1), +.BR builtin (1), +.BR cd (1), +.BR chmod (1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR disown (1), +.BR echo (1), +.BR exec (1), +.BR exit (1), +.BR find (1), +.BR getoptcvt (1), +.BR getopts (1), +.BR glob (1), +.BR hash (1), +.BR history (1), +.BR jobs (1), +.BR kill (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR let (1), +.BR limit (1), +.BR login (1), +.BR logout (1), +.BR newgrp (1), +.BR nice (1), +.BR nohup (1), +.BR print (1), +.BR printf (1), +.BR pwd (1), +.BR read (1), +.BR readonly (1), +.BR set (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR shift (1), +.BR sleep (1), +.BR suspend (1), +.BR test (1), +.BR time (1), +.BR times (1), +.BR trap (1), +.BR typeset (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR wait (1), +.BR test (1B), +.BR chdir (2), +.BR chmod (2), +.BR creat (2), +.BR umask (2), +.BR getopt (3C), +.BR profile (5), +.BR environ (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/shift.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/shift.1 index 21406a4f33..6d864efc6c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/shift.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/shift.1 @@ -150,4 +150,8 @@ field splitting and file name generation are not performed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/size.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/size.1 index ce414e402d..13d4320e62 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/size.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/size.1 @@ -151,8 +151,11 @@ example% \fBsize -F \fIfilename\fR\fR .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBas\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBa.out\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR as (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sleep.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sleep.1 index 3ee7898bfa..3efde97fee 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sleep.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sleep.1 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ example% sleep 0x1.0000000000000000000000000000p-01 .Ed .Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES See -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of .Nm : @@ -173,4 +173,4 @@ and .Xr alarm 2 , .Xr nanosleep 3C , .Xr sleep 3C , -.Xr environ 5 +.Xr environ 7 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/smbutil.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/smbutil.1 index 06a77c55b2..e98e4b9259 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/smbutil.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/smbutil.1 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Specifies persistent password information to be used for a CIFS server user account. When you specify this information, mounts can be done without a password prompt in non-Kerberos configurations. Kerberos sites should use Kerberos automatically, not prompt for a password. If a default domain is -available in SMF or \fBnsmbrc\fR(4), the domain can be omitted. If a user name +available in SMF or \fBnsmbrc\fR(5), the domain can be omitted. If a user name is not specified, the Solaris user account name is used. .sp Use the \fB-c\fR to check whether a persistent password is set for the @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Erases the persistent passwords for the user running the command. .sp The user name and domain name portions of the name are optional. If these names are not specified, the user name and domain name values are taken from the -properties set in your environment. See the \fBnsmbrc\fR(4) manual page. +properties set in your environment. See the \fBnsmbrc\fR(5) manual page. .sp If you stored your password for a specific server, specify the server name in place of the domain name. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ connection. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -454,7 +454,10 @@ Interface Stability See below. The output is Uncommitted. The rest of the interface is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBmount_smbfs\fR(1M), \fBnsmbrc\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) +.BR smbfs (4FS), +.BR nsmbrc (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR mount_smbfs (8) .SH AUTHORS .LP This manual page contains material originally authored by Boris Popov, diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/soelim.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/soelim.1 index 9183a0f526..6823ba1a4a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/soelim.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/soelim.1 @@ -67,4 +67,7 @@ The following is an example of the \fBsoelim\fR command: .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmore\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR more (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sort.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sort.1 index 05db8b6e1d..0fa759a42f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sort.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sort.1 @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ input is used. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBsort\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBsort\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .sp @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ example% \fBsort +1.1b \(mi1.2b infile1 infile2\fR \fBExample 4 \fRSorting by Numeric User ID .sp .LP -Either of the following commands prints the \fBpasswd\fR(4) file (user +Either of the following commands prints the \fBpasswd\fR(5) file (user database) sorted by the numeric user ID (the third colon-separated field): .sp @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ example% \fBsort -um +2.0 \(mi3.0 infile\fR \fBExample 6 \fRSorting by Host IP Address .sp .LP -Either of the following commands prints the \fBhosts\fR(4) file (IPv4 hosts +Either of the following commands prints the \fBhosts\fR(5) file (IPv4 hosts database), sorted by the numeric \fBIP\fR address (the first four numeric fields): @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ second field is interpreted as a fractional portion of the first, and so forth. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBsort\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Temporary files .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/sort" .sp @@ -685,9 +685,17 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcomm\fR(1), \fBjoin\fR(1), \fBuniq\fR(1), \fBnl_langinfo\fR(3C), -\fBstrftime\fR(3C), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR comm (1), +.BR join (1), +.BR uniq (1), +.BR nl_langinfo (3C), +.BR strftime (3C), +.BR hosts (5), +.BR passwd (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sortbib.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sortbib.1 index f6f280fb89..9a7d8fd88f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sortbib.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sortbib.1 @@ -270,8 +270,12 @@ the fourth are not meaningful. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBaddbib\fR(1), \fBindxbib\fR(1), \fBlookbib\fR(1), \fBrefer\fR(1), -\fBroffbib\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR addbib (1), +.BR indxbib (1), +.BR lookbib (1), +.BR refer (1), +.BR roffbib (1), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sotruss.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sotruss.1 index 1fb9d8c410..5ac456b55e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sotruss.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sotruss.1 @@ -100,8 +100,11 @@ ls -> libc.so.1:*exit(0x0, 0x24220, 0x2421c) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBld.so.1\fR(1), \fBtruss\fR(1), \fBwhocalls\fR(1), \fBfork\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ld.so.1 (1), +.BR truss (1), +.BR whocalls (1), +.BR fork (2), +.BR attributes (7) .sp .LP \fILinker and Libraries Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/spell.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/spell.1 index dba88c6ac2..988208004e 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/spell.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/spell.1 @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ words are collected from the standard input. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBspell\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -279,8 +279,13 @@ master dictionary .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBderoff\fR(1), \fBeqn\fR(1), \fBsort\fR(1), \fBtbl\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) +.BR deroff (1), +.BR eqn (1), +.BR sort (1), +.BR tbl (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/split.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/split.1 index 6a0c38b1d5..08d976e043 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/split.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/split.1 @@ -157,12 +157,12 @@ and \fIsuffixlength\fR cannot exceed \fINAME_MAX\fR bytes. See OPTIONS. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBsplit\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBsplit\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBsplit\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -204,11 +204,15 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsplit\fR(1), \fBstatvfs\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csplit (1), +.BR statvfs (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/srchtxt.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/srchtxt.1 index d6471dc746..339a22a5b7 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/srchtxt.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/srchtxt.1 @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ commas. .RS 14n Search for the text string specified by \fItext\fR and display each one that matches. \fItext\fR can take the form of a regular expression; see -\fBregexp\fR(5). +\fBregexp\fR(7). .RE .SH EXAMPLES @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ example% srchtxt -l german -m UX,ingress "[Dd]atei" .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for a description of the \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment variable that affects the execution of \fBsrchtxt\fR. .SH FILES .sp @@ -228,9 +228,16 @@ message files created by \fBmkmsgs\fR(1) .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexstr\fR(1), \fBgettxt\fR(1), \fBlocale\fR(1), \fBmkmsgs\fR(1), -\fBgettxt\fR(3C), \fBsetlocale\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlocale\fR(5), \fBregexp\fR(5) +.BR exstr (1), +.BR gettxt (1), +.BR locale (1), +.BR mkmsgs (1), +.BR gettxt (3C), +.BR setlocale (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR locale (7), +.BR regexp (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/strchg.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/strchg.1 index 55b1e3d7f4..37426a6c86 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/strchg.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/strchg.1 @@ -236,7 +236,8 @@ yes .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstreamio\fR(7I) +.BR streamio (4I), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/strings.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/strings.1 index ac310ea457..ba23b59387 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/strings.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/strings.1 @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ specified, the \fBstrings\fR utility reads from the standard input. .RE .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBstrings\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -208,11 +208,14 @@ Interface Stability See below. .sp .LP The \fBstrings\fR utility, including all options except \fB-N\fR, are specified -by standards. See \fBstandards\fR(5). The \fB-N\fR option is not currently +by standards. See \fBstandards\fR(7). The \fB-N\fR option is not currently specified by any standard. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBelfdump\fR(1), \fBod\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR elfdump (1), +.BR od (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES The algorithm for identifying strings is extremely primitive. .sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/strip.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/strip.1 index 8079113066..f664fc19aa 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/strip.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/strip.1 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ A path name referring to an executable file. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBstrip\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Temporary files .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -193,9 +193,17 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBar\fR(1), \fBas\fR(1), \fBld\fR(1), \fBmcs\fR(1), \fBelf\fR(3ELF), -\fBtmpnam\fR(3C), \fBa.out\fR(4), \fBar.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR ar (1), +.BR as (1), +.BR ld (1), +.BR mcs (1), +.BR tmpnam (3C), +.BR elf (3ELF), +.BR ar.h (3HEAD), +.BR a.out (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/stty.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/stty.1 index 7ae66f824c..7f7249ce9b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/stty.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/stty.1 @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ CTRL-h. In this case, recall that CTRL-h is the same as the BACKSPACE key). The sequence \fB^@\fR means that an option has a null value. .sp .LP -See \fBtermio\fR(7I) for detailed information about the modes listed from +See \fBtermio\fR(4I) for detailed information about the modes listed from \fBControl\fR \fBModes\fR through \fBLocal Modes\fR. For detailed information about the modes listed under \fBHardware\fR \fBFlow\fR \fBControl\fR -\fBModes\fR and \fBClock Modes\fR, see \fBtermiox\fR(7I). +\fBModes\fR and \fBClock Modes\fR, see \fBtermiox\fR(4I). .sp .LP Operands described in the \fBCombination Modes\fR section are implemented using @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Select odd (even) parity, or mark (space) parity if \fBparext\fR is enabled. \fB\fBcs5\fR \fBcs6\fR \fBcs7\fR \fBcs8\fR\fR .ad .RS 24n -Select character size (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select character size (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Ignore (do not ignore) parity errors. \fB\fBparmrk\fR (\fB-parmrk\fR)\fR .ad .RS 22n -Mark (do not mark) parity errors (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Mark (do not mark) parity errors (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Fill characters are DELs (NULs). \fB\fBcr0 cr1 cr2 cr3\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for carriage returns (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for carriage returns (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Select style of delay for carriage returns (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). \fB\fBnl0 nl1\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for line-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for line-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ Select style of delay for line-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). \fB\fBtab0 tab1 tab2 tab3\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for horizontal tabs (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for horizontal tabs (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Select style of delay for horizontal tabs (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). \fB\fBbs0 bs1\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for backspaces (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for backspaces (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Select style of delay for backspaces (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). \fB\fBff0 ff1\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for form-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for form-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .sp @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Select style of delay for form-feeds (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). \fB\fBvt0 vt1\fR\fR .ad .RS 23n -Select style of delay for vertical tabs (see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +Select style of delay for vertical tabs (see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). .RE .SS "Local Modes" @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ Set \fIcontrol-character\fR to \fIc\fR, where: is \fBctab\fR, \fBdiscard\fR, \fBdsusp\fR, \fBeof\fR, \fBeol\fR, \fBeol2\fR, \fBerase\fR, \fBerase2\fR, \fBintr\fR, \fBkill\fR, \fBlnext\fR, \fBquit\fR, \fBreprint\fR, \fBstart\fR, \fBstop\fR, \fBsusp\fR, \fBstatus\fR, \fBswtch\fR, -or \fBwerase\fR (\fBctab\fR is used with \fB-stappl\fR, see \fBtermio\fR(7I)). +or \fBwerase\fR (\fBctab\fR is used with \fB-stappl\fR, see \fBtermio\fR(4I)). For information on \fBswtch\fR, see NOTES. .RE @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ Since the \fB-a\fR format is so loosely specified, scripts that save and restore terminal settings should use the \fB-g\fR option. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBstty\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/stty" .TS box; @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "/usr/xpg6/bin/stty" @@ -1386,14 +1386,21 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBtabs\fR(1), \fBioctl\fR(2), \fBwrite\fR(2), \fBgetwidth\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5), \fBldterm\fR(7M), -\fBtermio\fR(7I), \fBtermiox\fR(7I) +.BR tabs (1), +.BR ioctl (2), +.BR write (2), +.BR getwidth (3C), +.BR termio (4I), +.BR termiox (4I), +.BR ldterm (4M), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .LP Solaris does not support any of the actions implied by \fBswtch\fR, which was diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sum.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sum.1 index 256472c26d..6e55303854 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sum.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sum.1 @@ -673,10 +673,10 @@ A path name of a file. If no files are named, the standard input is used. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBsum\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBsum\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBsum\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ An error occurred. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -714,10 +714,17 @@ CSI Enabled .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBcksum\fR(1), \fBdigest\fR(1), \fBgetconf\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), -\fBsum\fR(1B), \fBwc\fR(1), -\fBzip\fR(1), \fBlibmd\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) +.BR cksum (1), +.BR digest (1), +.BR getconf (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR wc (1), +.BR zip (1), +.BR sum (1B), +.BR libmd (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS \fBRead error\fR is indistinguishable from end of file on most devices. Check the block count. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/suspend.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/suspend.1 index 8e1944b430..1e96c01b3f 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/suspend.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/suspend.1 @@ -42,5 +42,9 @@ Stops the execution of the current shell (but not if it is the login shell). .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBkill\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBsu\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR kill (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR su (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/svcprop.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/svcprop.1 index fa86788ab9..5e9d5c42f0 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/svcprop.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/svcprop.1 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ effective properties. The effective properties of a service are its directly attached properties. The effective properties of a service instance are the union of properties in the composed view of its \fBrunning\fR snapshot and the properties in nonpersistent property groups in the composed view of the -instance's directly attached properties. See \fBsmf\fR(5) for an explanation of +instance's directly attached properties. See \fBsmf\fR(7) for an explanation of property composition. If the \fBrunning\fR snapshot does not exist then the instance's directly attached properties are used instead. .SS "Output Format" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ message is printed and no action is taken. The -C option is implied. .ad .RS 14n Uses properties from the service or instance in the specified \fIzone\fR. -This option is only applicable from the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). +This option is only applicable from the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(7). .SH OPERANDS The following operands are supported: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ other permanent tools. If an abbreviation matches multiple instances, .ad .RS 11n A glob pattern which is matched against the FMRIs of services and instances in -the repository. See \fBfnmatch\fR(5). If a pattern matches multiple services or +the repository. See \fBfnmatch\fR(7). If a pattern matches multiple services or instances, \fBsvcprop\fR acts on each service or instance. .RE @@ -390,7 +390,15 @@ Invalid command line options were specified. .RE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBsvc.startd\fR(1M), \fBservice_bundle\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBfnmatch\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBsmf_method\fR(5), \fBsmf_security\fR(5), -\fBzones\fR(5) +.BR svcs (1), +.BR service_bundle (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR fnmatch (7), +.BR smf (7), +.BR smf_method (7), +.BR smf_security (7), +.BR zones (7), +.BR inetd (8), +.BR svc.startd (8), +.BR svcadm (8), +.BR svccfg (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/svcs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/svcs.1 index cb8b3cd120..f499cf1cbd 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/svcs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/svcs.1 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Error messages are printed to the standard error stream. .sp .LP The output of this command can be used appropriately as input to the -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M) command. +\fBsvcadm\fR(8) command. .SH OPTIONS The following options are supported: .sp @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ The following specific attributes require further explanation: .RS 14n Information about a dependency. The grouping and \fBrestart_on\fR properties are displayed first and are separated by a forward slash (\fB/\fR). Next, each -entity and its state is listed. See \fBsmf\fR(5) for information about states. +entity and its state is listed. See \fBsmf\fR(7) for information about states. In addition to the standard states, each service dependency can have the following state descriptions: .sp @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ No such service is defined on the system. \fB\fBinvalid\fR\fR .ad .RS 12n -The fault management resource identifier (FMRI) is invalid (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). +The fault management resource identifier (FMRI) is invalid (see \fBsmf\fR(7)). .RE .sp @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ service's dependencies, it can consider the dependency to be unsatisfied. \fBstat\fR(2) failed for a reason other than \fBENOENT\fR. .RE -See \fBsmf\fR(5) for additional details about dependencies, grouping, and +See \fBsmf\fR(7) for additional details about dependencies, grouping, and \fBrestart_on\fR values. .RE @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ temporarily (until the next system reboot). The former is specified as either .sp A service might be temporarily disabled because an administrator has run \fBsvcadm disable -t\fR, used \fBsvcadm milestone\fR, or booted the system to a -specific milestone. See \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) for details. +specific milestone. See \fBsvcadm\fR(8) for details. .sp If a service instance was disabled via \fBsvcadm disable -c\fR @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ are preventing another enabled service from running. .ad .RS 20n Display only the services in the \fIzone\fR. This option is only applicable -in the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). +in the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(7). .RE .sp @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ in the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). .RS 20n Display services from all zones, with an additional column indicating in which zone the service is running. This option is only applicable in the global -zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). +zone, see \fBzones\fR(7). .RE .SH OPERANDS @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ The following operands are supported: .ad .RS 17n A fault management resource identifier (FMRI) that specifies one or more -instances (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). FMRIs can be abbreviated by specifying the +instances (see \fBsmf\fR(7)). FMRIs can be abbreviated by specifying the instance name, or the trailing portion of the service name. For example, given the FMRI: .sp @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ other permanent tools. .ad .RS 17n A pattern that is matched against the \fIFMRI\fRs of service instances -according to the "globbing" rules described by \fBfnmatch\fR(5). If the pattern +according to the "globbing" rules described by \fBfnmatch\fR(7). If the pattern does not begin with \fBsvc:\fR, then \fBsvc:/\fR is prepended. The following is a typical example of a glob pattern: .sp @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ The service name of the service instance. \fB\fBSTA\fR\fR .ad .RS 10n -The abbreviated state of the service instance (see \fBsmf\fR(5)): +The abbreviated state of the service instance (see \fBsmf\fR(7)): .sp .ne 2 .na @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Absent or unrecognized states are denoted by a question mark (\fB?\fR) character. An asterisk (\fB*\fR) is appended for instances in transition, unless the \fBNSTA\fR or \fBNSTATE\fR column is also being displayed. .sp -See \fBsmf\fR(5) for an explanation of service states. +See \fBsmf\fR(7) for an explanation of service states. .RE .sp @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ The state of the service instance. An asterisk is appended for instances in transition, unless the \fBNSTA\fR or \fBNSTATE\fR column is also being displayed. .sp -See \fBsmf\fR(5) for an explanation of service states. +See \fBsmf\fR(7) for an explanation of service states. .RE .sp @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ svc:/application/print/server:default (LP print server) State: disabled since Mon Feb 13 17:56:21 2006 Reason: Disabled by an administrator. See: http://illumos.org/msg/SMF-8000-05 - See: lpsched(1M) + See: lpsched(8) Impact: 2 dependent services are not running. (Use -v for list.) .fi .in -2 @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ Reason: Service svc:/network/nfs/status:default Path: svc:/network/nfs/client:default svc:/network/nfs/nlockmgr:default svc:/network/nfs/status:default - See: man -M /usr/share/man -s 1M mount_nfs + See: man -M /usr/share/man -s 8 mount_nfs See: /var/svc/log/network-nfs-client:default.log Impact: This service is not running. .fi @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ Invalid command line options were specified. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -808,6 +808,14 @@ Interface Stability See below. .LP Screen output is Uncommitted. The invocation is Committed. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBps\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBsvc.startd\fR(1M), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBlibscf\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBfnmatch\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) +.BR ps (1), +.BR svcprop (1), +.BR stat (2), +.BR libscf (3LIB), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR fnmatch (7), +.BR smf (7), +.BR zones (7), +.BR svc.startd (8), +.BR svcadm (8), +.BR svccfg (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/symorder.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/symorder.1 index f6dfbb619a..89dd7ea105 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/symorder.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/symorder.1 @@ -29,4 +29,6 @@ maintain scripts that are portable across a variety of operating systems. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBnlist\fR(3ELF), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBksyms\fR(7D) +.BR nlist (3ELF), +.BR ksyms (4D), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sys-suspend.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sys-suspend.1 index 763699c036..3608dcfd51 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sys-suspend.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sys-suspend.1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ the system is successfully suspended, the resume operation always succeed barring external influences such as hardware reconfiguration or the like. .sp .LP -In case of shutdown, the system responds as if \fBpoweroff\fR(1M) was +In case of shutdown, the system responds as if \fBpoweroff\fR(8) was performed. .sp .LP @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Connect to the X server specified by \fIdisplayname\fR. \fB\fB-f\fR\fR .ad .RS 6n -Force suspend. Causes a \fBpoweroff\fR(1M) to occur if the suspend fails. +Force suspend. Causes a \fBpoweroff\fR(8) to occur if the suspend fails. System state are not be saved, and a normal boot follows. .RE @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ at resume time. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -119,5 +119,9 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBhalt\fR(1M), \fBpowerd\fR(1M), \fBpoweroff\fR(1M), \fBshutdown\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBcpr\fR(7) +.BR cpr (4), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR halt (8), +.BR powerd (8), +.BR poweroff (8), +.BR shutdown (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/sysV-make.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/sysV-make.1 index aa57de84a6..83b1d58ac1 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/sysV-make.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/sysV-make.1 @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ make -pf \(mi2>/dev/null < /dev/null .sp .LP -A tilde in the above rules refers to an SCCS file (see \fBsccsfile\fR(4)). +A tilde in the above rules refers to an SCCS file (see \fBsccsfile\fR(5)). Thus, the rule \fB\&.c~.o\fR would transform an SCCS C source file into an object file (\fB\&.o\fR). Because the \fBs.\fR of the SCCS files is a prefix, it is incompatible with the \fBmake\fR suffix point of view. Hence, the tilde @@ -592,8 +592,12 @@ default rules for \fBmake\fR .SH SEE ALSO .LP -\fBcd\fR(1), \fBmake\fR(1S), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBprintf\fR(3C), \fBsccsfile\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR cd (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR make (1S), +.BR printf (3C), +.BR sccsfile (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .LP Some commands return non-zero status inappropriately; use \fB-i\fR or the diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tabs.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tabs.1 index 305c91ad98..0b45dcf32b 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tabs.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tabs.1 @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ last value given takes effect: .ad .RS 12n \fBtabs\fR needs to know the type of terminal in order to set tabs and margins. -\fItype\fR is a name listed in \fBterm\fR(5). If no \fB-T\fR flag is supplied, +\fItype\fR is a name listed in \fBterm\fR(7). If no \fB-T\fR flag is supplied, \fBtabs\fR uses the value of the environment variable \fBTERM\fR. If the value of \fBTERM\fR is \fINULL\fR or \fBTERM\fR is not defined in the environment -(see \fBenviron\fR(5)), \fBtabs\fR uses \fBansi+tabs\fR as the terminal type to +(see \fBenviron\fR(7)), \fBtabs\fR uses \fBansi+tabs\fR as the terminal type to provide a sequence that will work for many terminals. .RE @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ COBOL, normal format COBOL compact format (columns 1-6 omitted). Using this code, the first typed character corresponds to card column 7, one space gets you to column 8, and a tab reaches column 12. Files using this tab setup should include a format -specification as follows (see \fBfspec\fR(4)): +specification as follows (see \fBfspec\fR(5)): .sp .in +2 .nf @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ specification as follows (see \fBfspec\fR(4)): .sp COBOL compact format (columns 1-6 omitted), with more tabs than \fB\fR\fB-c2\fR\fB\&.\fR This is the recommended format for COBOL. The -appropriate format specification is (see \fBfspec\fR(4)): +appropriate format specification is (see \fBfspec\fR(5)): .sp .in +2 .nf @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ See OPERANDS. .ad .RS 9n If the name of a \fIfile\fR is given, \fBtabs\fR reads the first line of the -file, searching for a format specification (see \fBfspec\fR(4)). If it finds +file, searching for a format specification (see \fBfspec\fR(5)). If it finds one there, it sets the tab stops according to it, otherwise it sets them as \fB\(mi8\fR\&. This type of specification may be used to make sure that a tabbed file is printed with correct tab settings, and would be used with the @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ example% \fBtabs 1,8,36\fR .LP The last command is an example of using \fI-file\fR (\fBfile\fR specification) to indicate that tabs should be set according to the first line of -$\fBHOME\fR/fspec.list/att4425 (see \fBfspec\fR(4)). +$\fBHOME\fR/fspec.list/att4425 (see \fBfspec\fR(5)). .sp .in +2 @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ example% \fBtabs -$HOME/fspec.list/att4425\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtabs\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -416,9 +416,17 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBexpand\fR(1), \fBnewform\fR(1), \fBpr\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBtput\fR(1), -\fBfspec\fR(4), \fBterminfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBterm\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR expand (1), +.BR newform (1), +.BR pr (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR tput (1), +.BR fspec (5), +.BR terminfo (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR term (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tail.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tail.1 index 48c6d427bf..e5c5f92c90 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tail.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tail.1 @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ standard input is used. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtail\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBtail\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH EXAMPLES .LP @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ example% \fBtail -15cf fred\fR .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtail\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/tail" .sp @@ -336,8 +336,15 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBhead\fR(1), \fBmore\fR(1), \fBpg\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR head (1), +.BR more (1), +.BR pg (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7), +.BR dd (8) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/talk.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/talk.1 index 8c62974f91..6a6dedda0c 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/talk.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/talk.1 @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ returned by \fBwho\fR. .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtalk\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ user and accounting information for \fBtalk\fR .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -277,9 +277,16 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmail\fR(1), \fBmesg\fR(1), \fBpr\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBwho\fR(1), -\fBwrite\fR(1), \fBtermios\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR mail (1), +.BR mesg (1), +.BR pr (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR who (1), +.BR write (1), +.BR termios (3C), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tar.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tar.1 index f1a3363167..2a158e2e50 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tar.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tar.1 @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ If a named file matches a directory whose contents has been written to the tarfile, this directory is recursively extracted. The owner, modification time, and mode are restored (if possible); otherwise, to restore owner, you must be the super-user. Character-special and block-special devices (created by -\fBmknod\fR(1M)) can only be extracted by the super-user. If no \fIfile\fR +\fBmknod\fR(8)) can only be extracted by the super-user. If no \fIfile\fR argument is specified, the entire content of the tarfile is extracted. If the tarfile contains several files with the same name, each file is written to the appropriate directory, overwriting the previous one. Filename substitution @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Blocking Factor. Use when reading or writing to raw magnetic archives (see tape blocks to be included in each read or write operation performed on the tarfile. The minimum is \fB1\fR, the default is \fB20\fR. The maximum value is a function of the amount of memory available and the blocking requirements of -the specific tape device involved (see \fBmtio\fR(7I) for details.) The maximum +the specific tape device involved (see \fBmtio\fR(4I) for details.) The maximum cannot exceed \fBINT_MAX\fR/512 (\fB4194303\fR). .sp When a tape archive is being read, its actual blocking factor is automatically @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ is the default. .SH USAGE .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtar\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBtar\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .sp .LP @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ Notice that in some earlier releases, the above scenario did not work correctly, and intervention with \fBmt\fR(1) between \fBtar\fR invocations was necessary. To emulate the old behavior, use the non-rewind device name containing the letter \fBb\fR for BSD behavior. See the \fBClose Operations\fR -section of the \fBmtio\fR(7I) manual page. +section of the \fBmtio\fR(4I) manual page. .LP \fBExample 2 \fRArchiving files from /usr/include and from /etc to default tape @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ tar: tape read error .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtar\fR: \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBTZ\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ the behavior of ranges, equivalence classes, and multi-character collating elements used in the expression defined for \fByesexpr\fR. The locale specified in \fBLC_CTYPE\fR determines the locale for interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data a characters, the behavior of character classes used in the -expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(5). +expression defined for the \fByesexpr\fR. See \fBlocale\fR(7). .SH EXIT STATUS .LP The following exit values are returned: @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ Settings might look like this: .SH ATTRIBUTES .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -1180,11 +1180,24 @@ Interface Stability Committed .SH SEE ALSO .LP \fBar\fR(1), \fBbasename\fR(1), \fBbzip2\fR(1), \fBcd\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(1), -\fBcompress\fR)(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBdirname\fR(1), -\fBfind\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBls\fR(1), \fBmt\fR(1), \fBpax\fR(1), -\fBsetfacl\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1), \fBmknod\fR(1M), -\fBarchives.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBmtio\fR(7I) +\fBcompress\fR)(1), \fBcpio\fR(1), +.BR csh (1), +.BR dirname (1), +.BR find (1), +.BR gzip (1), +.BR ls (1), +.BR mt (1), +.BR pax (1), +.BR setfacl (1), +.BR umask (1), +.BR xz (1), +.BR archives.h (3HEAD), +.BR mtio (4I), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR fsattr (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR mknod (8) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .LP Diagnostic messages are output for bad key characters and tape read/write diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tbl.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tbl.1 index 6d3eb54d30..a279a4508a 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tbl.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tbl.1 @@ -133,4 +133,7 @@ l l l . .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBeqn\fR(1), \fBnroff\fR(1), \fBtroff\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR eqn (1), +.BR nroff (1), +.BR troff (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tcopy.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tcopy.1 index 67e27b7a9d..8a52328253 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tcopy.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tcopy.1 @@ -41,7 +41,9 @@ example% \fBtcopy /dev/rmt/1b /dev/rmt/2b\fR .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBmt\fR(1), \fBioctl\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR mt (1), +.BR ioctl (2), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tee.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tee.1 index e7b619e306..ee208c1c67 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tee.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tee.1 @@ -169,12 +169,12 @@ are supported. .SH USAGE .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtee\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBtee\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtee\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/tee" .sp @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -264,5 +264,9 @@ The built-in interfaces are Uncommitted. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcat\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR cat (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/telnet.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/telnet.1 index 71c318e95e..fef92c3531 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/telnet.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/telnet.1 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Forwards a forwardable copy of the local credentials to the remote system. .RS 4n If Kerberos authentication is being used, requests that \fBtelnet\fR obtain tickets for the remote host in \fIrealm\fR instead of the remote host's default -realm as determined in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). +realm as determined in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(5). .RE .sp @@ -325,9 +325,9 @@ Lists the current status of the various types of authentication. .RS 4n Open a connection to the named host. If no port number is specified, \fBtelnet\fR will attempt to contact a \fBTELNET\fR server at the default port. -The host specification may be either a host name (see \fBhosts\fR(4)) or an -Internet address specified in the "dot notation" (see \fBinet\fR(7P) or -\fBinet6\fR(7P)). If the \fIhost\fR is specified as \fI@hop1@hop2@host\fR, the +The host specification may be either a host name (see \fBhosts\fR(5)) or an +Internet address specified in the "dot notation" (see \fBinet\fR(4P) or +\fBinet6\fR(4P)). If the \fIhost\fR is specified as \fI@hop1@hop2@host\fR, the connection goes through hosts \fIhop1\fR and \fIhop2\fR, using loose source routing to end at \fIhost\fR. The \fB@\fR symbol is required as a separator between the hosts specified. If a leading \fB!\fR is used with IPv4, the @@ -1508,9 +1508,17 @@ session .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBrlogin\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBgetlogin\fR(3C), -\fBhosts\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBnologin\fR(4), \fBtelnetrc\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBinet\fR(7P), \fBinet6\fR(7P) +.BR rlogin (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR stty (1), +.BR getlogin (3C), +.BR inet (4P), +.BR inet6 (4P), +.BR hosts (5), +.BR krb5.conf (5), +.BR nologin (5), +.BR telnetrc (5), +.BR attributes (7) .SH DIAGNOSTICS .sp .ne 2 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/test.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/test.1 index 8558a7900f..4ed31545bc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/test.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/test.1 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ the first open square bracket, \fB[\fR, is the required utility name. The final close square bracket, \fB]\fR, is a required operand. .sp .LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtest\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBtest\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). .sp .LP @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ fi .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtest\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ An error occurred. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .SS "/usr/bin/test, csh, ksh, sh" .sp @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SS "ksh93" @@ -1081,8 +1081,15 @@ Interface Stability Uncommitted .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtest\fR(1B), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR ksh (1), +.BR ksh93 (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR test (1B), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tftp.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tftp.1 index 6f59363622..732b6aa74d 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tftp.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tftp.1 @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ form is used, the specified host becomes the default for future transfers. If the remote-directory form is used, the remote host is assumed to be running the UNIX system. .sp -The \fIhost\fR can be a host name (see \fBhosts\fR(4)) or an IPv4 or IPv6 -address string (see \fBinet\fR(7P) or \fBinet6\fR(7P)). Since IPv6 addresses +The \fIhost\fR can be a host name (see \fBhosts\fR(5)) or an IPv4 or IPv6 +address string (see \fBinet\fR(4P) or \fBinet6\fR(4P)). Since IPv6 addresses already contain \fB":"s\fR, the \fIhost\fR should be enclosed in square brackets when an IPv6 address is used. Otherwise, the first occurrence of a colon will be interpreted as the separator between the \fIhost\fR and the @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ colon will be interpreted as the separator between the \fIhost\fR and the .in -2 Files may be written only if they already exist and are publicly writable. See -\fBin.tftpd\fR(1M). +\fBin.tftpd\fR(8). .RE .sp @@ -258,8 +258,11 @@ Print help information. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBin.tftpd\fR(1M), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBinet\fR(7P), -\fBinet6\fR(7P) +.BR inet (4P), +.BR inet6 (4P), +.BR hosts (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR in.tftpd (8) .sp .LP Malkin, G. and Harkin, A. \fIRFC 2347, TFTP Option Extension\fR. The Internet diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/time.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/time.1 index 0538d293cc..ac90af2710 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/time.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/time.1 @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ sys 11:28.2 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES .sp .LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtime\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, \fBNLSPATH\fR, and \fBPATH\fR. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ An error occurred in the \fBtime\fR utility. .SH ATTRIBUTES .sp .LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -265,8 +265,13 @@ Interface Stability Standard .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBshell_builtins\fR(1), \fBtimex\fR(1), \fBtimes\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR csh (1), +.BR shell_builtins (1), +.BR timex (1), +.BR times (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/times.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/times.1 index 9979a8865f..da38de9480 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/times.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/times.1 @@ -60,4 +60,7 @@ splitting and file name generation are not performed. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBksh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtime\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR ksh (1), +.BR sh (1), +.BR time (1), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/timex.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/timex.1 index f43e19844c..de173a8088 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/timex.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/timex.1 @@ -151,8 +151,12 @@ sub-shell: .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBsar\fR(1), \fBtime\fR(1), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), \fBtimes\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR sar (1), +.BR time (1), +.BR exec (2), +.BR fork (2), +.BR times (2), +.BR attributes (7) .SH NOTES .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tip.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tip.1 index f10639a1ff..6bc1dd1c12 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tip.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tip.1 @@ -931,8 +931,12 @@ initialization file .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBcu\fR(1C), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBvi\fR(1), \fBioctl\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR mail (1), +.BR vi (1), +.BR cu (1C), +.BR uucp (1C), +.BR ioctl (2), +.BR attributes (7) .SH BUGS .sp .LP diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tnfdump.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tnfdump.1 index 6093cf7dc4..160f2d9e89 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tnfdump.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tnfdump.1 @@ -340,5 +340,9 @@ unsigned arguments. Their values are printed in hexadecimal when requested by option \fB-x\fR. .SH SEE ALSO -\fBprex\fR(1), \fBgethrtime\fR(3C), \fBTNF_DECLARE_RECORD\fR(3TNF), -\fBTNF_PROBE\fR(3TNF), \fBtnf_process_disable\fR(3TNF), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR prex (1), +.BR gethrtime (3C), +.BR TNF_DECLARE_RECORD (3TNF), +.BR TNF_PROBE (3TNF), +.BR tnf_process_disable (3TNF), +.BR attributes (7) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tnfxtract.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tnfxtract.1 index 415c8e1fdf..df74485bdc 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tnfxtract.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tnfxtract.1 @@ -133,5 +133,8 @@ An error occurred. .SH SEE ALSO .sp .LP -\fBprex\fR(1), \fBtnfdump\fR(1), \fBsavecore\fR(1M), -\fBtnf_kernel_probes\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) +.BR prex (1), +.BR tnfdump (1), +.BR tnf_kernel_probes (5), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR savecore (8) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/touch.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/touch.1 index 81191a19d5..f7590dfe91 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/touch.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/touch.1 @@ -432,10 +432,10 @@ first operand is assumed to be a \fIfile\fR operand. .RE .SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtouch\fR when +See \fBlargefile\fR(7) for the description of the behavior of \fBtouch\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables +See \fBenviron\fR(7) for descriptions of the following environment variables that affect the execution of \fBtouch\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. .sp @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ which the times could not be successfully modified. .RE .SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: +See \fBattributes\fR(7) for descriptions of the following attributes: .sp .sp @@ -488,12 +488,16 @@ CSI Enabled _ Interface Stability Committed _ -Standard See \fBstandards\fR(5). +Standard See \fBstandards\fR(7). .TE .SH SEE ALSO -\fBfutimens\fR(2), \fBstat\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) +.BR futimens (2), +.BR stat (2), +.BR attributes (7), +.BR environ (7), +.BR largefile (7), +.BR standards (7) .SH NOTES Users familiar with the BSD environment find that for the \fBtouch\fR utility, the \fB-f\fR option is accepted but ignored. The \fB-f\fR option is unnecessary diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1/tput.1 b/usr/src/man/man1/tput.1 index e21dee646b..e530611785 100644 --- a/usr/src/man/man1/tput.1 +++ b/usr/src/man/man1/tput.1 @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ The following operands are supported: .ad .RS 12n Indicates the capability attribute from the \fBterminfo\fR database. See -\fBterminfo\fR(4) for a complete list of capabilities and the \fIcapname\fR +\fBterminfo\fR(5) for a complete list of capabilities and the \fIcapname\fR associated with each. .sp The following strings will be supported as operands by the implementation in @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ to \fBinit\fR. If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the user's terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name of the terminal will be put out. The long name is the last name in the first line of the terminal's -description in the \fBterminfo\fR database (see \fBterm\fR(5)). +description in the \fBterminfo\fR database (see \fBterm\fR(7)). .RE .RE @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ the attribute as a number. This example initializes the terminal according to the type of terminal in the environment variable \fBTERM\fR. This command should be included in everyone's .profile after the environment variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported, as -illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(4) manual page. +illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(5) manual page. .sp .in +2 @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ example% \fBtput -S <\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/sbin/6to4relay\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -The default installation root -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -Huitema, C. \fIRFC 3068, An Anycast Prefix for 6to4 Relay Routers\fR. Network -Working Group. June, 2001. -.sp -.LP -Carpenter, B. and Moore, K. \fIRFC 3056, Connection of IPv6 Domains via IPv4 -Clouds\fR. Network Working Group. February, 2001. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -The \fB6to4relay\fR reports the following messages: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -6to4relay: input (0.0.0.0) is not a valid IPv4 unicast address -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RS +4 -\fBExample: \fR -.sp -.LP -The following example provides an incorrect unicast address. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB6to4relay -e -a 0.0.0.0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -\fBDescription: \fR -.sp -.LP -The address specified with the \fB-a\fR option must be a valid unicast address. -.RE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -6to4relay: option requires an argument -a -usage: - 6to4relay - 6to4relay -e [-a ] - 6to4relay -d - 6to4relay -h -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RS +4 -\fBExample: \fR -.sp -.LP -The following example does not include an argument for the \fB-a\fR option. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB6to4relay -e -a \fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -\fBDescription: \fR -.sp -.LP -The \fB-a\fR option requires an argument. -.RE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -usage: - 6to4relay - 6to4relay -e [-a ] - 6to4relay -d - 6to4relay -h -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RS +4 -\fBExample: \fR -.sp -.LP -The following example specifies options that are not permitted. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB6to4relay -e -d\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -\fBDescription: \fR -.sp -.LP -The options specified are not permitted. A usage message is output to the -screen. -.RE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -usage: - 6to4relay - 6to4relay -e [-a ] - 6to4relay -d - 6to4relay -h -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RS +4 -\fBExample: \fR -.sp -.LP -The following example specifies the \fB-a\fR option without specifying the -\fB-e\fR option. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB6to4relay -a 1.2.3.4\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -\fBDescription: \fR -.sp -.LP -The \fB-e\fR option is required in conjunction with the \fB-a\fR option. A -usage message is output to the screen. -.RE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -6to4relay: ioctl (I_STR) : Invalid argument -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RS +4 -\fBExample: \fR -.sp -.LP -The following example specifies an invalid address. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB6to4relay -e -a 239.255.255.255\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -\fBDescription: \fR -.sp -.LP -The address specified with the \fB-a\fR option must not be a class d -\fIaddr\fR. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/Intro.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/Intro.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8f4e7f396b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/Intro.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH INTRO 1M "Sep 8, 2015" -.SH NAME -Intro, intro \- introduction to maintenance commands and application programs -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -This section describes, in alphabetical order, commands that are used chiefly -for system maintenance and administration purposes. -.LP -Because of command restructuring for the Virtual File System architecture, -there are several instances of multiple manual pages that begin with the same -name. For example, the \fBmount\fR, pages \(mi \fBmount\fR(1M), -\fBmount_hsfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_tmpfs\fR(1M), -and \fBmount_ufs\fR(1M). In each such case the first of the -multiple pages describes the syntax and options of the generic command, that -is, those options applicable to all FSTypes (file system types). The succeeding -pages describe the functionality of the FSType-specific modules of the command. -These pages list the command followed by an underscore ( _ ) and the FSType to -which they pertain. Note that the administrator should not attempt to call -these modules directly. The generic command provides a common interface to all -of them. Thus the FSType-specific manual pages should not be viewed as -describing distinct commands, but rather as detailing those aspects of a -command that are specific to a particular FSType. -.SH COMMAND SYNTAX -.LP -Unless otherwise noted, commands described in this section accept options and -other arguments according to the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIname\fR [\fIoption\fR(\fIs\fR)] [\fIcmdarg\fR(\fIs\fR)] -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -where: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The name of an executable file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoption\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -\fB\(mi\fR \fInoargletter\fR(\fIs\fR) or, -.sp -\fB\(mi\fR \fIargletter\fR<\|>\fIoptarg\fR -.sp -where <\|> is optional white space. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInoargletter\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -A single letter representing an option without an argument. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIargletter\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -A single letter representing an option requiring an argument. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoptarg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Argument (character string) satisfying preceding \fIargletter\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcmdarg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Pathname (or other command argument) \fInot\fR beginning with \fB\(mi\fR or, -\fB\(mi\fR by itself indicating the standard input. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a discussion of the attributes listed in this -section. -.SH ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -.LP -Sun Microsystems, Inc. gratefully acknowledges The Open Group for permission to -reproduce portions of its copyrighted documentation. Original documentation -from The Open Group can be obtained online at -http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/\&. -.LP -The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and The Open Group, have -given us permission to reprint portions of their documentation. -.LP -In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions of the -system documentation. -.LP -Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form in the -SunOS Reference Manual, from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, Standard for -Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), The Open -Group Base Specifications Issue 6, Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of -Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the event of -any discrepancy between these versions and the original IEEE and The Open Group -Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is the referee -document. The original Standard can be obtained online at -http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html\&. -.LP -This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBgetopt\fR(1), \fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -Upon termination, each command returns 0 for normal termination and non-zero to -indicate troubles such as erroneous parameters, bad or inaccessible data, or -other inability to cope with the task at hand. It is called variously ``exit -code,'' ``exit status,'' or ``return code,'' and is described only where -special conventions are involved. -.SH NOTES -.LP -Unfortunately, not all commands adhere to the standard syntax. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/Makefile b/usr/src/man/man1m/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index a75ae983f6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,752 +0,0 @@ -# -# This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -# Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -# You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -# 1.0 of the CDDL. -# -# A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -# source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet -# at http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -# - -# -# Copyright 2011, Richard Lowe -# Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. -# Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -# Copyright (c) 2013, 2016 by Delphix. All rights reserved. -# Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome -# Copyright 2018 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -# Copyright (c) 2017, Chris Fraire . -# Copyright 2020 Peter Tribble -# Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -# - -include $(SRC)/Makefile.master - -MANSECT= 1m - -_MANFILES= 6to4relay.1m \ - Intro.1m \ - Uutry.1m \ - accept.1m \ - acct.1m \ - acctadm.1m \ - acctcms.1m \ - acctcon.1m \ - acctmerg.1m \ - acctprc.1m \ - acctsh.1m \ - adbgen.1m \ - add_allocatable.1m \ - add_drv.1m \ - addbadsec.1m \ - arcstat.1m \ - arp.1m \ - atohexlabel.1m \ - audit.1m \ - audit_warn.1m \ - auditconfig.1m \ - auditd.1m \ - auditrecord.1m \ - auditreduce.1m \ - auditstat.1m \ - automount.1m \ - automountd.1m \ - autopush.1m \ - bart.1m \ - beadm.1m \ - boot.1m \ - bootadm.1m \ - busstat.1m \ - captoinfo.1m \ - catman.1m \ - ccidadm.1m \ - cfgadm.1m \ - cfgadm_cardbus.1m \ - cfgadm_fp.1m \ - cfgadm_ib.1m \ - cfgadm_pci.1m \ - cfgadm_sata.1m \ - cfgadm_sbd.1m \ - cfgadm_scsi.1m \ - cfgadm_usb.1m \ - chat.1m \ - check-hostname.1m \ - check-permissions.1m \ - chroot.1m \ - clear_locks.1m \ - clinfo.1m \ - clri.1m \ - connstat.1m \ - consadm.1m \ - conv_lp.1m \ - conv_lpd.1m \ - coreadm.1m \ - cpustat.1m \ - cron.1m \ - cryptoadm.1m \ - datadm.1m \ - dd.1m \ - devattr.1m \ - devfree.1m \ - devfsadm.1m \ - device_remap.1m \ - devinfo.1m \ - devlinks.1m \ - devnm.1m \ - devprop.1m \ - devreserv.1m \ - df.1m \ - df_ufs.1m \ - dfmounts.1m \ - dfmounts_nfs.1m \ - dfshares.1m \ - dfshares_nfs.1m \ - dhcpagent.1m \ - diskinfo.1m \ - disks.1m \ - diskscan.1m \ - dispadmin.1m \ - dladm.1m \ - dlmgmtd.1m \ - dmesg.1m \ - dminfo.1m \ - dns-sd.1m \ - domainname.1m \ - drvconfig.1m \ - dtrace.1m \ - dumpadm.1m \ - editmap.1m \ - edquota.1m \ - eeprom.1m \ - embedded_su.1m \ - etrn.1m \ - fcinfo.1m \ - fdetach.1m \ - fdisk.1m \ - ff.1m \ - ff_ufs.1m \ - fiocompress.1m \ - flowadm.1m \ - fmadm.1m \ - fmd.1m \ - fmdump.1m \ - fmstat.1m \ - fmthard.1m \ - format.1m \ - fruadm.1m \ - fsck.1m \ - fsck_pcfs.1m \ - fsck_udfs.1m \ - fsck_ufs.1m \ - fsdb.1m \ - fsdb_udfs.1m \ - fsdb_ufs.1m \ - fsirand.1m \ - fssnap.1m \ - fssnap_ufs.1m \ - fsstat.1m \ - fstyp.1m \ - fuser.1m \ - fwflash.1m \ - fwtmp.1m \ - getdev.1m \ - getdevpolicy.1m \ - getdgrp.1m \ - getent.1m \ - getty.1m \ - getvol.1m \ - groupadd.1m \ - groupdel.1m \ - groupmod.1m \ - growfs.1m \ - gsscred.1m \ - gssd.1m \ - hal-device.1m \ - hal-fdi-validate.1m \ - hal-find.1m \ - hal-get-property.1m \ - hald.1m \ - halt.1m \ - hextoalabel.1m \ - hostconfig.1m \ - hotplug.1m \ - id.1m \ - idmap.1m \ - idmapd.1m \ - idsconfig.1m \ - if_mpadm.1m \ - ifconfig.1m \ - ifparse.1m \ - ikeadm.1m \ - ikecert.1m \ - in.chargend.1m \ - in.comsat.1m \ - in.daytimed.1m \ - in.discardd.1m \ - in.echod.1m \ - in.fingerd.1m \ - in.iked.1m \ - in.lpd.1m \ - in.mpathd.1m \ - in.ndpd.1m \ - in.rarpd.1m \ - in.rdisc.1m \ - in.rexecd.1m \ - in.ripngd.1m \ - in.rlogind.1m \ - in.routed.1m \ - in.rshd.1m \ - in.rwhod.1m \ - in.talkd.1m \ - in.telnetd.1m \ - in.tftpd.1m \ - in.timed.1m \ - in.uucpd.1m \ - inetadm.1m \ - inetconv.1m \ - inetd.1m \ - infocmp.1m \ - init.1m \ - inityp2l.1m \ - install.1m \ - installboot.1m \ - installf.1m \ - installgrub.1m \ - intrd.1m \ - intrstat.1m \ - iostat.1m \ - ipaddrsel.1m \ - ipadm.1m \ - ipdadm.1m \ - ipf.1m \ - ipfs.1m \ - ipfstat.1m \ - ipmon.1m \ - ipmpstat.1m \ - ipnat.1m \ - ippool.1m \ - ipqosconf.1m \ - ipsecalgs.1m \ - ipsecconf.1m \ - ipseckey.1m \ - iscsiadm.1m \ - isns.1m \ - isnsadm.1m \ - itadm.1m \ - k5srvutil.1m \ - kadb.1m \ - kadmin.1m \ - kadmind.1m \ - kclient.1m \ - kdb5_ldap_util.1m \ - kdb5_util.1m \ - kdcmgr.1m \ - kernel.1m \ - keyserv.1m \ - killall.1m \ - kprop.1m \ - kpropd.1m \ - kproplog.1m \ - krb5kdc.1m \ - ksslcfg.1m \ - kstat.1m \ - ktkt_warnd.1m \ - labelit.1m \ - labelit_hsfs.1m \ - labelit_udfs.1m \ - labelit_ufs.1m \ - latencytop.1m \ - ldap_cachemgr.1m \ - ldapaddent.1m \ - ldapclient.1m \ - link.1m \ - listdgrp.1m \ - listen.1m \ - locator.1m \ - lockfs.1m \ - lockstat.1m \ - lofiadm.1m \ - logadm.1m \ - logins.1m \ - lpadmin.1m \ - lpfilter.1m \ - lpforms.1m \ - lpget.1m \ - lpmove.1m \ - lpsched.1m \ - lpset.1m \ - lpshut.1m \ - lpsystem.1m \ - lpusers.1m \ - luxadm.1m \ - mail.local.1m \ - mailwrapper.1m \ - makedbm.1m \ - makemap.1m \ - mdnsd.1m \ - mkdevalloc.1m \ - mkdevmaps.1m \ - mkfifo.1m \ - mkfile.1m \ - mkfs.1m \ - mkfs_pcfs.1m \ - mkfs_udfs.1m \ - mkfs_ufs.1m \ - mknod.1m \ - mkpwdict.1m \ - modinfo.1m \ - modload.1m \ - modunload.1m \ - mount.1m \ - mount_hsfs.1m \ - mount_nfs.1m \ - mount_pcfs.1m \ - mount_smbfs.1m \ - mount_tmpfs.1m \ - mount_udfs.1m \ - mount_ufs.1m \ - mountall.1m \ - mountd.1m \ - mpathadm.1m \ - mpstat.1m \ - msgid.1m \ - mvdir.1m \ - ncaconfd.1m \ - ncheck.1m \ - ncheck_ufs.1m \ - ndd.1m \ - ndp.1m \ - ndmpadm.1m \ - ndmpd.1m \ - ndmpstat.1m \ - netstat.1m \ - netstrategy.1m \ - newaliases.1m \ - newfs.1m \ - newkey.1m \ - nfs4cbd.1m \ - nfsd.1m \ - nfslogd.1m \ - nfsmapid.1m \ - nfsstat.1m \ - nlsadmin.1m \ - nscd.1m \ - nwamd.1m \ - passmgmt.1m \ - pbind.1m \ - pcitool.1m \ - picld.1m \ - ping.1m \ - pkgadd.1m \ - pkgadm.1m \ - pkgask.1m \ - pkgchk.1m \ - pkgrm.1m \ - plockstat.1m \ - pmadm.1m \ - pmconfig.1m \ - polkit-is-privileged.1m \ - pooladm.1m \ - poolbind.1m \ - poolcfg.1m \ - poold.1m \ - poolstat.1m \ - ports.1m \ - powerd.1m \ - powertop.1m \ - ppdmgr.1m \ - pppd.1m \ - pppdump.1m \ - pppoec.1m \ - pppoed.1m \ - pppstats.1m \ - praudit.1m \ - print-service.1m \ - printmgr.1m \ - projadd.1m \ - projdel.1m \ - projmod.1m \ - prstat.1m \ - prtconf.1m \ - prtdiag.1m \ - prtfru.1m \ - prtpicl.1m \ - prtvtoc.1m \ - psradm.1m \ - psrinfo.1m \ - psrset.1m \ - putdev.1m \ - putdgrp.1m \ - pwck.1m \ - pwconv.1m \ - quot.1m \ - quota.1m \ - quotacheck.1m \ - quotaon.1m \ - raidctl.1m \ - ramdiskadm.1m \ - rcapadm.1m \ - rcapd.1m \ - rctladm.1m \ - rdate.1m \ - reboot.1m \ - rem_drv.1m \ - remove_allocatable.1m \ - removef.1m \ - repquota.1m \ - rmmount.1m \ - rmt.1m \ - rmvolmgr.1m \ - roleadd.1m \ - roledel.1m \ - rolemod.1m \ - root_archive.1m \ - route.1m \ - routeadm.1m \ - rpc.bootparamd.1m \ - rpc.rstatd.1m \ - rpc.rusersd.1m \ - rpc.rwalld.1m \ - rpc.smserverd.1m \ - rpc.sprayd.1m \ - rpc.yppasswdd.1m \ - rpc.ypupdated.1m \ - rpcbind.1m \ - rpcinfo.1m \ - rquotad.1m \ - rsh.1m \ - rtc.1m \ - rtquery.1m \ - runacct.1m \ - rwall.1m \ - sac.1m \ - sacadm.1m \ - saf.1m \ - sar.1m \ - sasinfo.1m \ - savecore.1m \ - sbdadm.1m \ - scadm.1m \ - sdpadm.1m \ - sendmail.1m \ - setuname.1m \ - share.1m \ - share_nfs.1m \ - shareall.1m \ - sharectl.1m \ - sharemgr.1m \ - showmount.1m \ - shutdown.1m \ - slpd.1m \ - smbadm.1m \ - smbd.1m \ - smbiod.1m \ - smbios.1m \ - smbstat.1m \ - smrsh.1m \ - snoop.1m \ - soconfig.1m \ - sppptun.1m \ - spray.1m \ - statd.1m \ - stmfadm.1m \ - stmsboot.1m \ - strace.1m \ - strclean.1m \ - strerr.1m \ - sttydefs.1m \ - su.1m \ - sulogin.1m \ - svc.configd.1m \ - svc.ipfd.1m \ - svc.startd.1m \ - svcadm.1m \ - svccfg.1m \ - swap.1m \ - sync.1m \ - syncinit.1m \ - syncloop.1m \ - syncstat.1m \ - sysdef.1m \ - syseventadm.1m \ - syseventconfd.1m \ - syseventd.1m \ - syslogd.1m \ - tapes.1m \ - tcpd.1m \ - tcpdchk.1m \ - tcpdmatch.1m \ - th_define.1m \ - th_manage.1m \ - tic.1m \ - tnchkdb.1m \ - tnctl.1m \ - tnd.1m \ - tninfo.1m \ - tpmadm.1m \ - traceroute.1m \ - trapstat.1m \ - ttyadm.1m \ - ttymon.1m \ - tunefs.1m \ - txzonemgr.1m \ - tzreload.1m \ - tzselect.1m \ - uadmin.1m \ - ucodeadm.1m \ - ufsdump.1m \ - ufsrestore.1m \ - unshare.1m \ - unshare_nfs.1m \ - update_drv.1m \ - updatehome.1m \ - useradd.1m \ - userdel.1m \ - usermod.1m \ - utmpd.1m \ - uucheck.1m \ - uucico.1m \ - uucleanup.1m \ - uusched.1m \ - uuxqt.1m \ - vfsstat.1m \ - vmstat.1m \ - vndadm.1m \ - vndstat.1m \ - volcopy.1m \ - volcopy_ufs.1m \ - vscanadm.1m \ - vscand.1m \ - wall.1m \ - whodo.1m \ - wificonfig.1m \ - wpad.1m \ - wracct.1m \ - ypbind.1m \ - ypinit.1m \ - ypmake.1m \ - ypmap2src.1m \ - yppoll.1m \ - yppush.1m \ - ypserv.1m \ - ypset.1m \ - ypstart.1m \ - ypxfr.1m \ - zdb.1m \ - zdump.1m \ - zfs.1m \ - zfs-program.1m \ - zic.1m \ - zoneadm.1m \ - zoneadmd.1m \ - zonecfg.1m \ - zonestatd.1m \ - zpool.1m \ - zstreamdump.1m \ - ztest.1m - -i386_MANFILES= \ - acpidump.1m \ - acpixtract.1m \ - bhyve.1m \ - bhyvectl.1m \ - nvmeadm.1m \ - pptadm.1m \ - rdmsr.1m - -sparc_MANFILES= dcs.1m \ - drd.1m \ - efdaemon.1m \ - ldmad.1m \ - monitor.1m \ - obpsym.1m \ - oplhpd.1m \ - prtdscp.1m \ - sckmd.1m \ - sf880drd.1m \ - vntsd.1m - -MANLINKS= acctcon1.1m \ - acctcon2.1m \ - acctdisk.1m \ - acctdusg.1m \ - accton.1m \ - acctprc1.1m \ - acctprc2.1m \ - acctwtmp.1m \ - audlinks.1m \ - bootparamd.1m \ - chargefee.1m \ - ckpacct.1m \ - closewtmp.1m \ - comsat.1m \ - dcopy.1m \ - devfsadmd.1m \ - dodisk.1m \ - fcadm.1m \ - fingerd.1m \ - grpck.1m \ - hal-find-by-capability.1m \ - hal-find-by-property.1m \ - hal-set-property.1m \ - intro.1m \ - kadmin.local.1m \ - lastlogin.1m \ - monacct.1m \ - nulladm.1m \ - poweroff.1m \ - prctmp.1m \ - prdaily.1m \ - prtacct.1m \ - quotaoff.1m \ - rarpd.1m \ - rdisc.1m \ - reject.1m \ - restricted_shell.1m \ - rexecd.1m \ - rlogind.1m \ - routed.1m \ - rshd.1m \ - rstatd.1m \ - rusersd.1m \ - rwalld.1m \ - rwhod.1m \ - sa1.1m \ - sa2.1m \ - sadc.1m \ - shutacct.1m \ - sprayd.1m \ - startup.1m \ - talkd.1m \ - telinit.1m \ - telnetd.1m \ - tftpd.1m \ - turnacct.1m \ - umount.1m \ - umount_smbfs.1m \ - umountall.1m \ - unlink.1m \ - unshareall.1m \ - utmp2wtmp.1m \ - uucpd.1m \ - uutry.1m \ - wtmpfix.1m \ - yppasswdd.1m \ - ypstop.1m \ - ypupdated.1m \ - ypxfr_1perday.1m \ - ypxfr_1perhour.1m \ - ypxfr_2perday.1m \ - ypxfrd.1m - -MANFILES= $(_MANFILES) $($(MACH)_MANFILES) - -intro.1m := LINKSRC = Intro.1m - -uutry.1m := LINKSRC = Uutry.1m - -reject.1m := LINKSRC = accept.1m - -acctdisk.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m -acctdusg.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m -accton.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m -acctwtmp.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m -closewtmp.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m -utmp2wtmp.1m := LINKSRC = acct.1m - -acctcon1.1m := LINKSRC = acctcon.1m -acctcon2.1m := LINKSRC = acctcon.1m - -acctprc1.1m := LINKSRC = acctprc.1m -acctprc2.1m := LINKSRC = acctprc.1m - -chargefee.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -ckpacct.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -dodisk.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -lastlogin.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -monacct.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -nulladm.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -prctmp.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -prdaily.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -prtacct.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -shutacct.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -startup.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m -turnacct.1m := LINKSRC = acctsh.1m - -dcopy.1m := LINKSRC = clri.1m - -audlinks.1m := LINKSRC = devfsadm.1m -devfsadmd.1m := LINKSRC = devfsadm.1m - -fcadm.1m := LINKSRC = fcinfo.1m - -wtmpfix.1m := LINKSRC = fwtmp.1m - -hal-find-by-capability.1m := LINKSRC = hal-find.1m -hal-find-by-property.1m := LINKSRC = hal-find.1m - -hal-set-property.1m := LINKSRC = hal-get-property.1m - -poweroff.1m := LINKSRC = halt.1m - -comsat.1m := LINKSRC = in.comsat.1m -fingerd.1m := LINKSRC = in.fingerd.1m -rarpd.1m := LINKSRC = in.rarpd.1m -rdisc.1m := LINKSRC = in.rdisc.1m -rexecd.1m := LINKSRC = in.rexecd.1m -rlogind.1m := LINKSRC = in.rlogind.1m -routed.1m := LINKSRC = in.routed.1m -rshd.1m := LINKSRC = in.rshd.1m -rwhod.1m := LINKSRC = in.rwhod.1m -talkd.1m := LINKSRC = in.talkd.1m -telnetd.1m := LINKSRC = in.telnetd.1m -tftpd.1m := LINKSRC = in.tftpd.1m -uucpd.1m := LINKSRC = in.uucpd.1m - -telinit.1m := LINKSRC = init.1m - -kadmin.local.1m := LINKSRC = kadmin.1m - -unlink.1m := LINKSRC = link.1m - -umount.1m := LINKSRC = mount.1m - -umount_smbfs.1m := LINKSRC = mount_smbfs.1m - -umountall.1m := LINKSRC = mountall.1m - -grpck.1m := LINKSRC = pwck.1m - -quotaoff.1m := LINKSRC = quotaon.1m - -bootparamd.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.bootparamd.1m -rstatd.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.rstatd.1m -rusersd.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.rusersd.1m -rwalld.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.rwalld.1m -sprayd.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.sprayd.1m -yppasswdd.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.yppasswdd.1m -ypupdated.1m := LINKSRC = rpc.ypupdated.1m - -restricted_shell.1m := LINKSRC = rsh.1m - -sa1.1m := LINKSRC = sar.1m -sa2.1m := LINKSRC = sar.1m -sadc.1m := LINKSRC = sar.1m - -unshareall.1m := LINKSRC = shareall.1m - -ypxfrd.1m := LINKSRC = ypserv.1m - -ypstop.1m := LINKSRC = ypstart.1m - -ypxfr_1perday.1m := LINKSRC = ypxfr.1m -ypxfr_1perhour.1m := LINKSRC = ypxfr.1m -ypxfr_2perday.1m := LINKSRC = ypxfr.1m - - -.KEEP_STATE: - -include $(SRC)/man/Makefile.man - -install: $(ROOTMANFILES) $(ROOTMANLINKS) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/Uutry.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/Uutry.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d8b001a059..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/Uutry.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUTRY 1M "May 18, 1993" -.SH NAME -Uutry, uutry \- attempt to contact remote system with debugging on -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/Uutry\fR [\fB-r\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fItype\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] \fIsystem-name\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBUutry\fR is a shell script that is used to invoke \fBuucico\fR(1M) to call a -remote site. Debugging is initially turned on and is set to the default value -of \fB5\fR. The debugging output is put in file \fB/tmp/\fR\fIsystem-name.\fR -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 19n -This option overrides the retry time that is set in file -\fB/var/uucp/.Status/\fR\fIsystem-name.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fI type\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The first field in the \fBDevices\fR file is the "Type" field. The \fB-c\fR -option forces \fBuucico\fR to use only entries in the "Type" field that match -the user-specified \fBtype\fR. The specified \fBtype\fR is usually the name of -a local area network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI debug-level\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 19n -\fIdebug-level\fR is a number from \fB0\fR to \fB9\fR. Higher numbers give -more detailed debugging information. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Devices\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Limits\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Systems\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/\fR\fIsystem-name\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/locks/*\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp/*\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucppublic/*\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), \fBuucico\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/accept.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/accept.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7b8299a3b4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/accept.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCEPT 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -accept, reject \- accept or reject print requests -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBaccept\fR \fIdestination\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBreject\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIreason\fR] \fIdestination\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBaccept\fR allows the queueing of print requests for the named destinations. -.sp -.LP -\fBreject\fR prevents queueing of print requests for the named destinations. -.sp -.LP -Use \fBlpstat\fR \fB-a\fR to check if destinations are accepting or rejecting -print requests. -.sp -.LP -Generally, \fBaccept\fR and \fBreject\fR are run on the print server to control -local print queues. Under some configurations, \fBaccept\fR and \fBreject\fR -are run on client systems when IPP is being used to communicate between client -and server. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported for \fBreject\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIreason\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Assigns a reason for rejection of print requests for \fIdestination.\fR -.sp -\fIreason\fR is reported by \fBlpstat\fR \fB-a\fR. By default, \fIreason\fR is -\fBunknown reason\fR for existing destinations, and \fBnew\fR \fBprinter\fR for -destinations added to the system but not yet accepting requests. Enclose -\fIreason\fR in quotes if it contains blanks. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdestination\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The name of the destination accepting or rejecting print requests. Destination -specifies the name of a printer or class of printers (see \fBlpadmin\fR(1M)). -Specify \fIdestination\fR using atomic name or URI-style (scheme://endpoint) -names. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information regarding the naming -conventions for destinations. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -System printer configuration database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.printers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -User-configurable printer database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBou=printers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprinters.conf.byname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -\fBNIS\fR version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -CSI Enabled. See \fBNOTES\fR. -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBenable\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), -\fBlpsched\fR(1M), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fBaccept\fR and \fBreject\fR affect only queueing on the print server's -spooling system. Requests made from a client system remain queued in the client -system's queueing mechanism until they are cancelled or accepted by the print -server's spooling system. -.sp -.LP -\fBaccept\fR is CSI-enabled except for the \fIdestination\fR name. -.sp -.LP -When IPP is in use, the user is prompted for a passphrase if the remote print -service is configured to require authentication. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acct.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acct.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 969996f9bf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acct.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCT 1M "August 29, 2021" -.SH NAME -acct, acctdisk, acctdusg, accton, acctwtmp, closewtmp, utmp2wtmp \- overview of -accounting and miscellaneous accounting commands -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctdisk\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctdusg\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIfilename\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/accton\fR [\fIfilename\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctwtmp\fR \fIreason\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/closewtmp\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/utmp2wtmp\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -Accounting software is structured as a set of tools (consisting of both C -programs and shell procedures) that can be used to build accounting systems. -\fBacctsh\fR(1M) describes the set of shell procedures built on top of the C -programs. -.sp -.LP -Connect time accounting is handled by various programs that write records into -\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR, as described in \fButmpx\fR(4). The programs described in -\fBacctcon\fR(1M) convert this file into session and charging records, which -are then summarized by \fBacctmerg\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Process accounting is performed by the system kernel. Upon termination of a -process, one record per process is written to a file (normally -\fB/var/adm/pacct\fR). The programs in \fBacctprc\fR(1M) summarize this data -for charging purposes; \fBacctcms\fR(1M) is used to summarize command usage. -Current process data may be examined using \fBacctcom\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -Process accounting records and connect time accounting records (or any -accounting records in the \fBtacct\fR format described in \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)) -can be merged and summarized into total accounting records by \fBacctmerg\fR -(see \fBtacct\fR format in \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)). \fBprtacct\fR (see -\fBacctsh\fR(1M)) is used to format any or all accounting records. -.sp -.LP -\fBacctdisk\fR reads lines that contain user \fBID\fR, login name, and number -of disk blocks and converts them to total accounting records that can be merged -with other accounting records. \fBacctdisk\fR returns an error if the input -file is corrupt or improperly formatted. -.sp -.LP -\fBacctdusg\fR reads its standard input (usually from \fBfind\fR \fB/\fR -\fB-\fR\fBprint\fR) and computes disk resource consumption (including indirect -blocks) by login. -.sp -.LP -\fBaccton\fR without arguments turns process accounting off. If \fIfilename\fR -is given, it must be the name of an existing file, to which the kernel appends -process accounting records (see \fBacct\fR(2) and \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)). -.sp -.LP -\fBacctwtmp\fR writes a \fButmpx\fR(4) record to \fIfilename\fR. The record -contains the current time and a string of characters that describe the -\fIreason\fR. A record type of \fBACCOUNTING\fR is assigned (see -\fButmpx\fR(4)) \fIreason\fR must be a string of 11 or fewer characters, -numbers, \fB$\fR, or spaces. For example, the following are suggestions for use -in reboot and shutdown procedures, respectively: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -acctwtmp "acctg on" /var/adm/wtmpx -acctwtmp "acctg off" /var/adm/wtmpx -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -For each user currently logged on, \fBclosewtmp\fR puts a false -\fBDEAD_PROCESS\fR record in the \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR file. \fBrunacct\fR (see -\fBrunacct\fR(1M)) uses this false \fBDEAD_PROCESS\fR record so that the -connect accounting procedures can track the time used by users logged on before -\fBrunacct\fR was invoked. -.sp -.LP -For each user currently logged on, \fBrunacct\fR uses \fButmp2wtmp\fR to create -an entry in the file \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR, created by \fBrunacct\fR. Entries in -\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR enable subsequent invocations of \fBrunacct\fR to account -for connect times of users currently logged in. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Places in \fIfilename\fR records consisting of those filenames for which -\fBacctdusg\fR charges no one (a potential source for finding users trying to -avoid disk charges). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specifies a password file, \fIfilename\fR. This option is not needed if the -password file is \fB/etc/passwd\fR. -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables (\fBLC_TYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, -\fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR) (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of -\fBacct\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value of -the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents are -used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. If -none of the above variables are set in the environment, the "C" (U.S. style) -locale determines how \fBacct\fR behaves. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_CTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Determines how \fBacct\fR handles characters. When \fBLC_CTYPE\fR is set to a -valid value, \fBacct\fR can display and handle text and filenames containing -valid characters for that locale. \fBacct\fR can display and handle Extended -Unix Code (EUC) characters where any character can be 1, 2, or 3 bytes wide. -\fBacct\fR can also handle EUC characters of 1, 2, or more column widths. In -the "C" locale, only characters from ISO 8859-1 are valid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_TIME\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Determines how \fBacct\fR handles date and time formats. In the "C" locale, -date and time handling follows the U.S. rules. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Used for login name to user \fBID\fR conversions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/acct\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Holds all accounting commands listed in sub-class 1M of this manual. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/pacct\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Current process accounting file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -History of user access and administration information. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), \fBacctmerg\fR(1M), -\fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), \fBrunacct\fR(1M), -\fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fButmpx\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2040762f06..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,425 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTADM 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -acctadm \- configure extended accounting facility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/acctadm\fR [\fB-DEsrux\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIresource_list\fR] - [\fB-e\fR \fIresource_list\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] - [task | process | flow | net] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBacctadm\fR configures various attributes of the extended accounting -facility. Without arguments, \fBacctadm\fR displays the current status of the -extended accounting facility. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIresource_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable reporting of resource usage for resource. Specify \fIresource_list\fR -as a comma-separated list of resources or resource groups. -.sp -This option requires an operand. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable accounting of the given operand type without closing the accounting -file. This option can be used to temporarily stop writing accounting records to -the accounting file without closing it. To close the file use the \fB-x\fR -option. See \fB-x\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIresource_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable reporting of resource usage for resource. Specify \fIresource_list\fR as -a comma-separated list of resources or resource groups. -.sp -This option requires an operand. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable accounting of the given operand type without sending the accounting -output to a file. This option requires an operand. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Send the accounting output for the given operand type to \fIfilename\fR. If -\fIfilename\fR exists, its contents must be of the given accounting type. -.sp -This option requires an operand. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display available resource groups. -.sp -When this option is used with an operand, it displays resource groups available -for a given accounting type. When no operand is specified, this option displays -resource groups for all available accounting types. See OPERANDS. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Start method for the \fBsmf\fR(5) instance. This option is used to restore the -extended accounting configuration at boot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deactivate accounting of the given operand type. This option also closes the -accounting file for the given accounting type if it is currently open. -.sp -This option requires an operand. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The \fB-d\fR, \fB-D\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-E\fR, \fB-f\fR, and \fB-x\fR options -require an operand. -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprocess\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run \fBacctadm\fR on the process accounting components of the extended -accounting facility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run \fBacctadm\fR on the task accounting components of the extended accounting -facility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBflow\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run \fBacctadm\fR on the IPQoS accounting components of the extended accounting -facility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run \fBacctadm\fR on links and flows administered by \fBdladm\fR(1M) and -\fBflowadm\fR(1M), respectively. Basic network accounting relates only to -links, while extended network accounting includes both link and flow -accounting. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The optional final parameter to \fBacctadm\fR represents whether the command -should act on the process, system task, IPQoS, or network accounting components -of the extended accounting facility. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying the Current Status -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the current status. In this example, system task -accounting is active and tracking only \fBCPU\fR resources. Process and flow -accounting are not active. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBacctadm\fR - Task accounting: active - Task accounting file: /var/adm/exacct/task - Tracked task resources: extended - Untracked task resources: host - Process accounting: inactive - Process accounting file: none - Tracked process resources: none -Untracked process resources: extended,host - Flow accounting: inactive - Flow accounting file: none - Tracked flow resources: none - Untracked flow resources: extended - Net accounting: inactive - Net accounting file: none - Tracked Net resources: none - Untracked Net resources: extended -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRActivating Basic Process Accounting -.sp -.LP -The following command activates basic process accounting: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBacctadm -e basic -f /var/adm/exacct/proc process\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying Available Resource Groups -.sp -.LP -The following command displays available resource groups: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBacctadm -r\fR - process: - extended pid,uid,gid,cpu,time,command,tty,projid, \e - taskid,ancpid,wait-status,zone,flag,memory,mstate - basic pid,uid,gid,cpu,time,command,tty,flag - task: - extended taskid,projid,cpu,time,host,mstate,anctaskid,zone - basic taskid,projid,cpu,time - flow: - extended saddr,daddr,sport,dport,proto,dsfield,nbytes,npkts, \e - action,ctime,lseen,projid,uid - basic saddr,daddr,sport,dport,proto,nbytes,npkts,action - net: - extended name,devname,edest,vlan_tpid,vlan_tci,sap,cpuid, \e - priority,bwlimit,curtime,ibytes,obytes,ipkts,opks,ierrpkts \e - oerrpkts,saddr,daddr,sport,dport,protocol,dsfield - basic name,devname,edest,vlan_tpid,vlan_tci,sap,cpuid, \e - priority,bwlimit,curtime,ibytes,obytes,ipkts,opks,ierrpkts \e - oerrpkts -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In the output above, the lines beginning with \fBextended\fR are shown with a -backslash character. In actual \fBacctadm\fR output, these lines are displayed -as unbroken, long lines. - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying Resource Groups for Task Accounting -.sp -.LP -The following command displays resource groups for task accounting: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBacctadm -r task\fR - extended taskid,projid,cpu,time,host,mstate,anctaskid,zone - basic taskid,projid,cpu,time -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.sp -The modifications to the current configuration were valid and made -successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.sp -A fatal error occurred either in obtaining or modifying the accounting -configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB95\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A fatal, non-configuration error occurred during the start of the \fBsmf\fR(5) -service instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB96\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A fatal configuration error occurred during the start of the \fBsmf\fR(5) -service instance. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdladm\fR(1M), \fBflowadm\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5), \fBipqos\fR(7IPP) -.SH NOTES -.LP -Both extended accounting and regular accounting can be active. -.sp -.LP -Available resources can vary from system to system, and from platform to -platform. -.sp -.LP -Extended accounting configuration is stored in the service management facility -(\fBsmf\fR(5)) repository. The configuration is restored at boot by a transient -service instance, one per accounting type: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/extended-accounting:flow Flow accounting -svc:/system/extended-accounting:process Process accounting -svc:/system/extended-accounting:task Task accounting -svc:/system/extended-accounting:net Network accounting -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The instances are enabled or disabled by \fBacctadm\fR as needed. Configuration -changes are made using \fBacctadm\fR; service properties should not be modified -directly using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Users can manage extended accounting (start accounting, stop accounting, change -accounting configuration parameters) if they have the appropriate RBAC Rights -profile for the accounting type to be managed: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Extended Accounting Flow Management -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Extended Accounting Process Management -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Extended Accounting Task Management -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Extended Accounting Network Management -.RE -.sp -.LP -The preceding profiles are for, respectively, flow accounting, process -accounting, task accounting, and network accounting. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcms.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcms.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c4ed9a6f3e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcms.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTCMS 1M "Feb 22, 1999" -.SH NAME -acctcms \- command summary from process accounting records -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctcms\fR [\fB-a\fR [\fB-o\fR] [\fB-p\fR]] [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-j\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-s\fR] - [\fB-t\fR] \fIfilename\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcms\fR reads one or more \fIfilename\fRs, normally in the form described -in \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD). It adds all records for processes that executed -identically named commands, sorts them, and writes them to the standard output, -normally using an internal summary format. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print output in \fBASCII\fR rather than in the internal summary format. The -output includes command name, number of times executed, total kcore-minutes, -total \fBCPU\fR minutes, total real minutes, mean size (in K), mean \fBCPU\fR -minutes per invocation, "hog factor," characters transferred, and blocks read -and written, as in \fBacctcom\fR(1). Output is normally sorted by total -kcore-minutes. -.sp -Use the following options only with the \fB-a\fR option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Output a (non-prime) offshift-time-only command summary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Output a prime-time-only command summary. -.RE - -When \fB-o\fR and \fB-p\fR are used together, a combination prime-time and -non-prime-time report is produced. All the output summaries are total usage -except number of times executed, CPU minutes, and real minutes, which are split -into prime and non-prime. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Sort by total \fBCPU\fR time, rather than total kcore-minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Combine all commands invoked only once under "***other". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Sort by number of command invocations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Any file names encountered hereafter are already in internal summary format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Process all records as total accounting records. The default internal summary -format splits each field into prime and non-prime-time parts. This option -combines the prime and non-prime time parts into a single field that is the -total of both, and provides upward compatibility with old style \fBacctcms\fR -internal summary format records. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBacctcms\fR command. -.sp -.LP -A typical sequence for performing daily command accounting and for maintaining -a running total is: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example%\fB acctcms filename ... > today\fR -example% \fBcp total previoustotal\fR -example% \fBacctcms \fR\fB-s\fR\fB today previoustotal > total\fR -example% \fBacctcms \fR\fB-a\fR\fB \fR\fB-s\fR\fB today\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), \fBacctmerg\fR(1M), -\fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), \fBrunacct\fR(1M), -\fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), \fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Unpredictable output results if \fB-t\fR is used on new style internal summary -format files, or if it is not used with old style internal summary format -files. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcon.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcon.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 18b5dc41af..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctcon.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTCON 1M "Feb 22, 1999" -.SH NAME -acctcon, acctcon1, acctcon2 \- connect-time accounting -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctcon\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIlineuse\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIreboot\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctcon1\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIlineuse\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIreboot\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctcon2\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcon\fR converts a sequence of login/logoff records to total accounting -records (see the \fBtacct\fR format in \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)). The login/logoff -records are read from standard input. The file \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR is usually -the source of the login/logoff records; however, because it might contain -corrupted records or system date changes, it should first be fixed using -\fBwtmpfix\fR. The fixed version of file \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR can then be -redirected to \fBacctcon\fR. The \fBtacct\fR records are written to standard -output. -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcon\fR is a combination of the programs \fBacctcon1\fR and -\fBacctcon2\fR. \fBacctcon1\fR converts login/logoff records, taken from the -fixed \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR file, to ASCII output. \fBacctcon2\fR reads the -ASCII records produced by \fBacctcon1\fR and converts them to \fBtacct\fR -records. \fBacctcon1\fR can be used with the \fB-l\fR and \fB-o\fR options, -described below, as well as with the \fB-p\fR and \fB-t\fR options. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Print input only, showing line name, login name, and time (in both numeric and -date/time formats). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -\fBacctcon1\fR maintains a list of lines on which users are logged in. When it -reaches the end of its input, it emits a session record for each line that -still appears to be active. It normally assumes that its input is a current -file, so that it uses the current time as the ending time for each session -still in progress. The \fB-t\fR flag causes it to use, instead, the last time -found in its input, thus assuring reasonable and repeatable numbers for -non-current files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlineuse\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -\fIlineuse\fR is created to contain a summary of line usage showing line name, -number of minutes used, percentage of total elapsed time used, number of -sessions charged, number of logins, and number of logoffs. This file helps -track line usage, identify bad lines, and find software and hardware oddities. -Hangup, termination of \fBlogin\fR(1) and termination of the login shell each -generate logoff records, so that the number of logoffs is often three to four -times the number of sessions. See \fB init\fR(1M) and \fButmpx\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIreboot\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -\fBreboot\fR is filled with an overall record for the accounting period, giving -starting time, ending time, number of reboots, and number of date changes. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBacctcon\fR command. -.sp -.LP -The \fBacctcon\fR command is typically used as follows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% acctcon \fB-l\fR lineuse \fB-o\fR reboots < tmpwtmp > ctacct -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBacctcon1\fR and \fBacctcon2\fR commands are typically used as follows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% acctcon1 \fB-l\fR lineuse \fB-o\fR reboots < tmpwtmp | sort +1n +2 > ctmp -example% acctcon2 < ctmp > ctacct -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -History of user access and administration information -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), -\fBacctmerg\fR(1M), \fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), -\fBinit\fR(1M), \fBrunacct\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The line usage report is confused by date changes. Use \fBwtmpfix\fR (see -\fBfwtmp\fR(1M)), with the \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR file as an argument, to correct -this situation. -.sp -.LP -During a single invocation of any given command, the \fBacctcon\fR, -\fBacctcon1\fR, and \fBacctcon2\fR commands can process a maximum of: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -6000 distinct session -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -1000 distinct terminal lines -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -2000 distinct login names -.RE -.sp -.LP -If at some point the actual number of any one of these items exceeds the -maximum, the command will not succeed. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctmerg.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctmerg.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b19cd3556b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctmerg.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTMERG 1M "Feb 22, 1999" -.SH NAME -acctmerg \- merge or add total accounting files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctmerg\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-i\fR] [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-u\fR] [\fB-v\fR] - [\fIfilename\fR] ... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBacctmerg\fR reads its standard input and up to nine additional files, all in -the \fBtacct\fR format (see \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)) or an \fBASCII\fR version -thereof. It merges these inputs by adding records whose keys (normally user -\fBID\fR and name) are identical, and expects the inputs to be sorted on those -keys. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Produce output in \fBASCII\fR version of \fBtacct\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Produce input in \fBASCII\fR version of \fBtacct\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print input with no processing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Produce a single record that totals all input. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Summarize by user \fBID,\fR rather than by user \fBID\fR and name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Produce output in verbose \fBASCII\fR format, with more precise notation for -floating-point numbers. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBacctmerg\fR command. -.sp -.LP -The following sequence is useful for making "repairs" to any file kept in this -format: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% acctmerg \|\|\fB-v\fR \|<\fIfilename1\fR\fB\|>\fR\fIfilename2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Edit \fIfilename2\fR as you want: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample% acctmerg \|\|\fR\fB-i\fR\fB \|\fR\fI\fR\fIfilename1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), -\fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), \fBrunacct\fR(1M), -\fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), \fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctprc.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctprc.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4224b0d2cf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctprc.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTPRC 1M "Jul 15, 2004" -.SH NAME -acctprc, acctprc1, acctprc2 \- process accounting -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctprc\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctprc1\fR [\fIctmp\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/acctprc2\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBacctprc\fR reads the standard input and converts it to total accounting -records (see the \fBtacct\fR record in \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD)). \fBacctprc\fR -divides CPU time into prime time and non-prime time and determines mean memory -size (in memory segment units). \fBacctprc\fR then summarizes the \fBtacct\fR -records, according to user IDs, and adds login names corresponding to the user -IDs. The summarized records are then written to the standard output. -\fBacctprc1\fR reads input in the form described by \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), adds -login names corresponding to user \fBIDs,\fR then writes for each process an -\fBASCII\fR line giving user \fBID,\fR login name, prime \fBCPU\fR time (tics), -non-prime \fBCPU\fR time (tics), and mean memory size (in memory segment -units). If \fIctmp\fR is given, it should contain a list of login sessions -sorted by user \fBID\fR and login name. If this file is not supplied, it -obtains login names from the password file, just as \fBacctprc\fR does. The -information in \fIctmp\fR helps it distinguish between different login names -that share the same user \fBID.\fR -.sp -.LP -From the standard input, \fBacctprc2\fR reads records in the form written by -\fBacctprc1\fR, summarizes them according to user \fBID\fR and name, then -writes the sorted summaries to the standard output as total accounting records. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRExamples of \fBacctprc\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBacctprc\fR command is typically used as shown below: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% acctprc \|< /var/adm/pacct \|> ptacct -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBacctprc1\fR and \fBacctprc2s\fR commands are typically used as shown -below: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% acctprc1 \|ctmp \| ptacct -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -system password file -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), -\fBacctmerg\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), -\fBrunacct\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), \fButmpx\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Although it is possible for \fBacctprc1\fR to distinguish among login names -that share user \fBIDs\fR for commands run from a command line, it is difficult -for \fBacctprc1\fR to make this distinction for commands invoked in other ways. -A command run from \fBcron\fR(1M) is an example of where \fBacctprc1\fR might -have difficulty. A more precise conversion can be done using the \fBacctwtmp\fR -program in \fBacct\fR(1M). \fBacctprc\fR does not distinguish between users -with identical user IDs. -.sp -.LP -A memory segment of the mean memory size is a unit of measure for the number of -bytes in a logical memory segment on a particular processor. -.sp -.LP -During a single invocation of any given command, the \fBacctprc\fR, -\fBacctprc1\fR, and \fBacctprc2\fR commands can process a maximum of -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -6000 distinct sessions -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -1000 distinct terminal lines -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -2000 distinct login names -.RE -.sp -.LP -If at some point the actual number of any one of these items exceeds the -maximum, the command will not succeed. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctsh.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acctsh.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6b2aef67be..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acctsh.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ACCTSH 1M "Mar 15, 2002" -.SH NAME -acctsh, chargefee, ckpacct, dodisk, lastlogin, monacct, nulladm, prctmp, -prdaily, prtacct, shutacct, startup, turnacct \- shell procedures for -accounting -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/chargefee\fR \fIlogin-name\fR \fInumber\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/ckpacct\fR [\fIblocks\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/dodisk\fR [\fB-o\fR] [\fIfilename\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/lastlogin\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/monacct\fR \fInumber\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/nulladm\fR \fIfilename\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/prctmp\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/prdaily\fR [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-l\fR] [\fImmdd\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/prtacct\fR \fIfilename\fR ['' \fIheading\fR ''] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/shutacct\fR ['' \fIreason\fR ''] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/startup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/turnacct\fR on | off | switch -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.SS "chargefee Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBchargefee\fR can be invoked to charge a \fInumber\fR of units to -\fIlogin-name\fR. A record is written to \fB/var/adm/fee\fR, to be merged with -other accounting records by \fBrunacct\fR(1M). -.SS "ckpacct Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBckpacct\fR should be initiated using \fBcron\fR(1M) to periodically check -the size of \fB/var/adm/pacct\fR. If the size exceeds \fIblocks\fR, \fB500\fR -by default, \fBturnacct\fR will be invoked with argument \fBswitch\fR. To avoid -a conflict with \fBturnacct switch\fR execution in \fBrunacct\fR, do not run -\fBckpacct\fR and \fBrunacct\fR simultaneously. If the number of free disk -blocks in the \fB/var\fR file system falls below \fB500\fR, \fBckpacct\fR will -automatically turn off the collection of process accounting records via the -\fBoff\fR argument to \fBturnacct\fR. When at least \fB500\fR blocks are -restored, the accounting will be activated again on the next invocation of -\fBckpacct\fR. This feature is sensitive to the frequency at which -\fBckpacct\fR is executed, usually by the \fBcron\fR(1M) command. -.SS "dodisk Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBdodisk\fR should be invoked by \fBcron\fR(1M) to perform the disk accounting -functions. -.SS "lastlogin Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBlastlogin\fR is invoked by \fBrunacct\fR(1M) to update -\fB/var/adm/acct/sum/loginlog\fR, which shows the last date on which each -person logged in. -.SS "monacct Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBmonacct\fR should be invoked once each month or each accounting period. -\fInumber\fR indicates which month or period it is. If \fInumber\fR is not -given, it defaults to the current month (01\(mi12). This default is useful if -\fBmonacct\fR is to executed using \fBcron\fR(1M) on the first day of each -month. \fBmonacct\fR creates summary files in \fB/var/adm/acct/fiscal\fR and -restarts the summary files in \fB/var/adm/acct/sum\fR. -.SS "nulladm Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBnulladm\fR creates \fIfilename\fR with mode 664 and ensures that owner and -group are \fBadm\fR. It is called by various accounting shell procedures. -.SS "prctmp Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBprctmp\fR can be used to print the session record file (normally -\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/ctmp\fR created by \fBacctcon1\fR (see -\fBacctcon\fR(1M)). -.SS "prdaily Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBprdaily\fR is invoked by \fBrunacct\fR(1M) to format a report of the -previous day's accounting data. The report resides in -\fB/var/adm/acct/sum/rprt/mmdd\fR where \fImmdd\fR is the month and day of the -report. The current daily accounting reports may be printed by typing -\fBprdaily\fR. Previous days' accounting reports can be printed by using the -\fImmdd\fR option and specifying the exact report date desired. -.SS "prtacct Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBprtacct\fR can be used to format and print any total accounting -(\fBtacct\fR)file. -.SS "shutacct Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBshutacct\fR is invoked during a system shutdown to turn process accounting -off and append a \fIreason\fR record to \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR. -.SS "startup Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBstartup\fR can be invoked when the system is brought to a multi-user state -to turn process accounting on. -.SS "turnacct Command" -.sp -.LP -\fBturnacct\fR is an interface to \fBaccton\fR (see \fBacct\fR(1M)) to turn -process accounting \fBon\fR or \fBoff\fR. The \fBswitch\fR argument moves the -current \fB/var/adm/pacct\fR to the next free name in -\fB/var/adm/pacct.\fIincr\fR\fR (where \fIincr\fR is a number starting with -\fB0\fR and incrementing by one for each additional \fBpacct\fR file), then -turns accounting back on again. This procedure is called by \fBckpacct\fR and -thus can be taken care of by the \fBcron\fR(1M) command and used to keep \fB -pacct\fR to a reasonable size. \fBshutacct\fR uses \fBturnacct\fR to stop -process accounting. \fBstartup\fR uses \fBturnacct\fR to start process -accounting. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This option prints a report of exceptional resource usage by command, and may -be used on current day's accounting data only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This option prints a report of exceptional usage by login id for the specified -date. Previous daily reports are cleaned up and therefore inaccessible after -each invocation of \fBmonacct\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This option uses \fBacctdusg\fR (see \fBacct\fR(1M)) to do a slower version of -disk accounting by login directory. \fIfilename\fRs specifies the one or more -filesystem names where disk accounting will be done. If \fIfilename\fRs are -used, disk accounting will be done on these filesystems only. If the \fB-o\fR -option is used, \fIfilename\fRs should be mount points of mounted filesystems. -If the \fB-o\fR option is omitted, \fIfilename\fRs should be the special file -names of mountable filesystems. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Configuration file for the \fBlogadm\fR(1M) command -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/acct\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Holds all accounting commands listed in section \fB1M\fR of this manual -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/acct/ptecms.awk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Contains the limits for exceptional usage by command name -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/acct/ptelus.awk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Contains the limits for exceptional usage by login \fBID\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/fiscal\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Fiscal reports directory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Working directory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/sum\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Summary directory that contains information for \fBmonacct\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/sum/loginlog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -File updated by last login -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/fee\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Accumulator for fees -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/pacct\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Current file for per-process accounting -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/pacct\fR\fIincr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Used if \fBpacct\fR gets large and during execution of daily accounting -procedure -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -History of user access and administration information -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), \fBacctcon\fR(1M), -\fBacctmerg\fR(1M), \fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), -\fBlogadm\fR(1M), \fBrunacct\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBrunacct\fR(1M) for the main daily accounting shell script, which -performs the accumulation of connect, process, fee, and disk accounting on a -daily basis. It also creates summaries of command usage. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acpidump.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acpidump.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4c24afcbea..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acpidump.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd May 12, 2017 -.Dt ACPIDUMP 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm acpidump -.Nd dump ACPI tables -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl bhsvxz -.Op Fl a Ar address -.Op Fl c Ar on|off -.Op Fl f Ar file -.Op Fl n Ar signature -.Op Fl o Ar file -.Op Fl r Ar address -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility is used to dump the system's Advanced Configuration and Power Interface -(ACPI) tables that are provided by system firmware. -The dumped tables can be used by other utilities, such as -.Xr acpixtract 1M -or -.Sy iasl . -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a Ar address -Get the table at the given physical address. -.It Fl b -Dump all tables to binary files. -.It Fl c Ar on|off -Enable dumping customized tables. -The default is off. -.It Fl f Ar file -Read the table from the given binary file. -.It Fl h -Display the usage message and exit. -.It Fl n Ar signature -Get the table with the specified signature. -.It Fl o Ar file -Write output to the given file. -.It Fl r Ar address -Dump tables from the -.Sy RSDP -at the given address. -.It Fl s -Only print table summaries. -.It Fl v -Print the version. -.It Fl x -Do not use the -.Sy XSDT. -.It Fl z -Verbose. -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Sy Example 1 -Dump all ACPI Tables -.Pp -The following example dumps all of the ACPI tables from the system. -This can then be used with -.Xr acpixtract 1M -and the iasl utility to decode the ACPI tables from the system. -In this example, all of the tables are written to the file -.Pa acpi.out . -.Bd -literal -offset width -# acpidump -o acpi.dat -.Ed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr acpixtract 1M diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/acpixtract.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/acpixtract.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 314dc4b7d2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/acpixtract.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd May 12, 2017 -.Dt ACPIXTRACT 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm acpixtract -.Nd extract binary ACPI tables from a dump file -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl ahlmv -.Op Fl s Ar signature -.Ar file -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility extracts the binary data from a dump of the system's Advanced -Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) tables. -The dump is usually obtained via the -.Xr acpidump 1M -command. -The resulting binary file(s) are represented in the ACPI -.Sy ASL -assembly language. -For each table extracted, a corresponding -.Em table.dat -file will be created. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a -Extract all of the tables found. -By default only the -.Sy DSDT -and -.Sy SSDT -tables will be extracted. -.It Fl h -Display the usage message and exit. -.It Fl l -List tables only, do not extract. -.It Fl m -Make a single file for all of the -.Sy DSDT -and -.Sy SSDT -tables. -.It Fl s Ar signature -Get the table with the specified signature. -.It Fl v -Print the version. -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Sy Example 1 -Extract all ACPI tables -.Pp -The following example extracts all of the individual ACPI tables from a -previously created dump of the ACPI tables from a running system. -Such a dump can be created with the -.Xr acpidump 1M -utility. -Extracted tables can then be inspected or disassembled by the -iasl utility on any platform. -.Bd -literal -offset width -# acpixtract -a acpi.dat - -Intel ACPI Component Architecture -ACPI Binary Table Extraction Utility version 20160527-32 -Copyright (c) 2000 - 2016 Intel Corporation - -Acpi table [RSDP] - 36 bytes written to rsdp.dat -Acpi table [RSDT] - 128 bytes written to rsdt.dat -Acpi table [XSDT] - 220 bytes written to xsdt.dat -Acpi table [DSDT] - 213221 bytes written to dsdt.dat -Acpi table [FACS] - 64 bytes written to facs.dat -Acpi table [FACP] - 268 bytes written to facp.dat -Acpi table [APIC] - 884 bytes written to apic.dat -Acpi table [FPDT] - 68 bytes written to fpdt.dat -Acpi table [FIDT] - 156 bytes written to fidt.dat -Acpi table [SPMI] - 65 bytes written to spmi.dat -Acpi table [MCFG] - 60 bytes written to mcfg.dat -Acpi table [UEFI] - 66 bytes written to uefi.dat -Acpi table [MCEJ] - 304 bytes written to mcej.dat -Acpi table [HPET] - 56 bytes written to hpet.dat -Acpi table [MSCT] - 144 bytes written to msct.dat -Acpi table [SLIT] - 48 bytes written to slit.dat -Acpi table [SRAT] - 4440 bytes written to srat.dat -Acpi table [WDDT] - 64 bytes written to wddt.dat -Acpi table [SSDT] - 94529 bytes written to ssdt1.dat -Acpi table [NITR] - 113 bytes written to nitr.dat -Acpi table [SSDT] - 9802 bytes written to ssdt2.dat -Acpi table [SSDT] - 100 bytes written to ssdt3.dat -Acpi table [PRAD] - 191 bytes written to prad.dat -Acpi table [DMAR] - 328 bytes written to dmar.dat -Acpi table [HEST] - 168 bytes written to hest.dat -Acpi table [BERT] - 48 bytes written to bert.dat -Acpi table [ERST] - 560 bytes written to erst.dat -Acpi table [EINJ] - 336 bytes written to einj.dat - -28 binary ACPI tables extracted -.Ed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr acpidump 1M diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/adbgen.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/adbgen.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 41e9f98dcc..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/adbgen.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ADBGEN 1M "Feb 20, 1998" -.SH NAME -adbgen \- generate adb script -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/adb/adbgen\fR [\fB-m\fR \fImodel\fR] \fIfilename\fR.adb .\|.\|. -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBadbgen\fR makes it possible to write \fBadb\fR(1) scripts that do not -contain hard-coded dependencies on structure member offsets. The input to -\fBadbgen\fR is a file named \fIfilename\fR\fB\&.adb\fR that contains header -information, then a null line, then the name of a structure, and finally an -\fBadb\fR script. \fBadbgen\fR only deals with one structure per file; all -member names are assumed to be in this structure. The output of \fBadbgen\fR is -an \fBadb\fR script in \fIfilename\fR. \fBadbgen\fR operates by generating a C -program which determines structure member offsets and sizes, which in turn -generate the \fBadb\fR script. -.sp -.LP -The header lines, up to the null line, are copied verbatim into the generated C -program. Typically, these are \fB#include\fR statements, which include the -headers containing the relevant structure declarations. -.sp -.LP -The \fBadb\fR script part may contain any valid \fBadb\fR commands (see -\fBadb\fR(1)), and may also contain \fBadbgen\fR requests, each enclosed in -braces (\fB\|{\|}\fR\|). Request types are: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Print a structure member. The request form is -\fB{\fR\fImember\fR\fB,\fR\fI\|format\fR\fB}.\fR \fImember\fR is a member name -of the \fIstructure\fR given earlier, and \fBformat\fR is any valid \fBadb\fR -format request or any of the \fBadbgen\fR format specifiers (such as -\fB{POINTER}\fR) listed below. For example, to print the \fBp_pid\fR field of -the \fIproc\fR structure as a decimal number, you would write \fB{p_pid,d}\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Print the appropriate \fBadb\fR format character for the given \fBadbgen\fR -format specifier. This action takes the data model into consideration. The -request form is \fB{\fR\fIformat specifier\fR\fB}.\fR The valid \fBadbgen\fR -format specifiers are: -.RS - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{POINTER}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -pointer value in hexadecimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{LONGDEC}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -long value in decimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{ULONGDEC}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -unsigned long value in decimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{ULONGHEX}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -unsigned long value in hexadecimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{LONGOCT}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -long value in octal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{ULONGOCT}\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -unsigned long value in octal -.RE - -.RE - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Reference a structure member. The request form is -\fB{*\fR\fImember\fR\fB,\fR\fI\|base\fR\fB}.\fR \fImember\fR is the member name -whose value is desired, and \fIbase\fR is an \fBadb\fR register name which -contains the base address of the structure. For example, to get the \fBp_pid\fR -field of the \fIproc\fR structure, you would get the \fIproc\fR structure -address in an \fBadb\fR register, for example \fB] \fI\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...or, alternatively: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -if [ "${BASEDIR:=/}" != "/" ] -then - BASEDIR_OPT="-b $BASEDIR" -fi - add_drv $BASEDIR_OPT [] \fI\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-b\fR option is described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Installs the driver on the system with a root directory of \fIbasedir\fR rather -than installing on the system executing \fBadd_drv\fR. This option was typically -used in package post-installation scripts. The system using -\fIbasedir\fR as its root directory must reboot to complete the driver -installation. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-b\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -The driver being added to the system exports the class \fIclass_name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Normally if a reconfiguration boot is required to complete the configuration of -the driver into the system, \fBadd_drv\fR will not add the driver. The force -flag forces \fBadd_drv\fR to add the driver even if a reconfiguration boot is -required. See the \fB-v\fR flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fB\&'\fR\fIidentify_name\fR\fB\&'\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -A white-space separated list of aliases for the driver \fIdevice_driver\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fB\&'\fR\fIpermission\fR\fB\&'\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Specify the file system permissions for device nodes created by the system on -behalf of \fIdevice_driver\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Do not try to load and attach \fIdevice_driver\fR, just modify the system -configuration files for the \fIdevice_driver\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR '\fIpolicy\fR\fB\&'\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Specify an additional device security policy. -.sp -The device security policy constists of several whitespace separated tokens: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{\fIminorspec\fR {token=value}+}+ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\fIminorspec\fR is a simple wildcard pattern for a minor device. A single -\fB*\fR matches all minor devices. Only one \fB*\fR is allowed in the pattern. -.sp -Patterns are matched in the following order: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -entries without a wildcard -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -entries with wildcards, longest wildcard first -.RE -The following tokens are defined: \fBread_priv_set\fR and \fBwrite_priv_set\fR. -\fBread_priv_set\fR defines the privileges that need to be asserted in the -effective set of the calling process when opening a device for reading. -\fBwrite_priv_set\fR defines the privileges that need to be asserted in the -effective set of the calling process when opening a device for writing. See -\fBprivileges\fR(5). -.sp -A missing minor spec is interpreted as a \fB*\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR '\fIprivilege\fR\fB\&'\fR\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Specify additional, comma separated, privileges used by the driver. You can -also use specific privileges in the device's policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -The verbose flag causes \fBadd_drv\fR to provide additional information -regarding the success or failure of a driver's configuration into the system. -See the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding SUNW Example Driver to the System -.sp -.LP -The following example adds the \fBSUNW,example\fR driver to a 32-bit system, -with an alias name of \fBSUNW,alias\fR. It assumes the driver has already been -copied to \fB/usr/kernel/drv\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv \fB-m\fR '* 0666 bin bin','a 0644 root sys' \e - \fB-p\fR 'a write_priv_set=sys_config * write_priv_set=none' \e - \fB-i\fR 'SUNW,alias' SUNW,example -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Every minor node created by the system for the \fBSUNW,example\fR driver will -have the permission \fB0666\fR, and be owned by user \fBbin\fR in the group -\fBbin\fR, except for the minor device \fBa\fR, which will be owned by -\fBroot\fR, group \fBsys\fR, and have a permission of \fB0644\fR. The specified -device policy requires no additional privileges to open all minor nodes, except -minor device \fBa\fR, which requires the \fBsys_config\fR privilege when -opening the device for writing. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAdding Driver to the Client \fB/export/root/sun1\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example adds the driver to the client \fB/export/root/sun1\fR. -The driver is installed and loaded when the client machine, \fBsun1\fR, is -rebooted. This second example produces the same result as the first, except the -changes are on the diskless client, \fBsun1\fR, and the client must be -rebooted for the driver to be installed. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv \fB-m\fR '* 0666 bin bin','a 0644 root sys' \e - \fB-i\fR 'SUNW,alias' -b /export/root/sun1 \e - SUNW,example -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See the note in the description of the \fB-b\fR option, above, specifying the -caveat regarding the use of this option with the Solaris zones feature. - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRAdding Driver for a Device Already Managed by an Existing -Driver -.sp -.LP -The following example illustrates the case where a new driver is added for a -device that is already managed by an existing driver. Consider a device that is -currently managed by the driver \fBdumb_framebuffer\fR. The \fBname\fR and -\fBcompatible\fR properties for this device are as follows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -name="display" -compatible="whizzy_framebuffer", "dumb_framebuffer" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If \fBadd_drv\fR is used to add the \fBwhizzy_framebuffer\fR driver, the -following will result. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv whizzy_framebuffer -Error: Could not install driver (whizzy_framebuffer) -Device managed by another driver. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-v\fR flag is specified, the following will result. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv -v whizzy_framebuffer -Error: Could not install driver (whizzy_framebuffer) -Device managed by another driver. -Driver installation failed because the following -entries in /devices would be affected: - - /devices/iommu@f,e0000000/sbus@f,e0001000/display[:*] - (Device currently managed by driver "dumb_framebuffer") - -The following entries in /dev would be affected: - - /dev/fbs/dumb_framebuffer0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-v\fR and \fB-f\fR flags are specified, the driver will be added -resulting in the following. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv -vf whizzy_framebuffer -A reconfiguration boot must be performed to complete the -installation of this driver. - -The following entries in /devices will be affected: - - /devices/iommu@f,e0000000/sbus@f,e0001000/display[:*] - (Device currently managed by driver "dumb_framebuffer" - -The following entries in /dev will be affected: - - /dev/fbs/dumb_framebuffer0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The above example is currently only relevant to devices exporting a generic -device name. - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUse of Double Quotes in Specifying Driver Alias -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the use of double quotes in specifying a driver -alias that contains numbers. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# add_drv -i '"pci10c5,25"' smc -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -\fBadd_drv\fR returns \fB0\fR on success and \fB1\fR on failure. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/kernel/drv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -32-bit boot device drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/kernel/drv/sparcv9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -64-bit SPARC boot device drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/kernel/drv/amd64\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -64-bit x86 boot device drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/kernel/drv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -other 32-bit drivers that could potentially be shared between platforms -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/kernel/drv/sparcv9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -other 64-bit SPARC drivers that could potentially be shared between platforms -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/kernel/drv/amd64\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -other 64-bit x86 drivers that could potentially be shared between platforms -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/`uname\fR \fB-i`/kernel/drv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -32-bit platform-dependent drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/`uname\fR \fB-i`/kernel/drv/sparcv9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -64-bit SPARC platform-dependent drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/`uname\fR \fB-i`/kernel/drv/amd64\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -64-bit x86 platform-dependent drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/driver_aliases\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -driver aliases file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/driver_classes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -driver classes file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/minor_perm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -minor node permissions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/name_to_major\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -major number binding -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/device_policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -device policy -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/extra_privs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -device privileges -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBboot\fR(1M), \fBchmod\fR(1), \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), -\fBmodinfo\fR(1M), \fBrem_drv\fR(1M), \fBupdate_drv\fR(1M), -\fBdriver.conf\fR(4), \fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS), \fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -It is possible to add a driver for a device already being managed by a -different driver, where the driver being added appears in the device's -\fBcompatible\fR list before the current driver. In such cases, a -reconfiguration boot is required (see \fBboot\fR(1M) and \fBkernel\fR(1M)). -After the reconfiguration boot, device links in \fB/dev\fR and references to -these files may no longer be valid (see the \fB-v\fR flag). If a -reconfiguration boot would be required to complete the driver installation, -\fBadd_drv\fR will fail unless the \fB-f\fR option is specified. See -\fBExample\fR \fB3\fR in the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section. -.sp -.LP -With the introduction of the device policy several drivers have had their minor -permissions changed and a device policy instated. The typical network driver -should use the following device policy: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -add_drv -p 'read_priv_set=net_rawaccess\e - write_priv_set=net_rawaccess' -m '* 666 root sys'\e - mynet -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This document does not constitute an API. \fB/etc/minor_perm\fR, -\fB/etc/name_to_major\fR, \fB/etc/driver_classes\fR, and \fB/devices\fR may not -exist or may have different contents or interpretations in a future release. -The existence of this notice does not imply that any other documentation that -lacks this notice constitutes an API. -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/minor_perm\fR can only be updated by \fBadd_drv\fR(1M), -\fBrem_drv\fR(1M) or \fBupdate_drv\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -In the current version of \fBadd_drv\fR, the use of double quotes to specify an -alias is optional when used from the command line. However, when using -\fBadd_drv\fR from packaging scripts, you should continue to use double quotes -to specify an alias. -.SH BUGS -.LP -Previous versions of \fBadd_drv\fR accepted a pathname for \fIdevice_driver\fR. -This feature is no longer supported and results in failure. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/addbadsec.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/addbadsec.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f47282dbf6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/addbadsec.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ADDBADSEC 1M "Feb 24, 1998" -.SH NAME -addbadsec \- map out defective disk blocks -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBaddbadsec\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIblkno\fR [\fIblkno\fR]...] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] \fIraw_device\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBaddbadsec\fR is used by the system administrator to map out bad disk blocks. -Normally, these blocks are identified during surface analysis, but occasionally -the disk subsystem reports unrecoverable data errors indicating a bad block. A -block number reported in this way can be fed directly into \fBaddbadsec\fR, and -the block will be remapped. \fBaddbadsec\fR will first attempt hardware -remapping. This is supported on \fBSCSI\fR drives and takes place at the disk -hardware level. If the target is an \fBIDE\fR drive, then software remapping is -used. In order for software remapping to succeed, the partition must contain an -alternate slice and there must be room in this slice to perform the mapping. -.sp -.LP -It should be understood that bad blocks lead to data loss. Remapping a -defective block does not repair a damaged file. If a bad block occurs to a -disk-resident file system structure such as a superblock, the entire slice -might have to be recovered from a backup. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Adds the specified blocks to the hardware or software map. If more than one -block number is specified, the entire list should be quoted and block numbers -should be separated by white space. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Adds the specified blocks to the hardware or software map. The bad blocks are -listed, one per line, in the specified file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Causes \fBaddbadsec\fR to print the current software map. The output shows the -defective block and the assigned alternate. This option cannot be used to print -the hardware map. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw_device\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The address of the disk drive (see \fBFILES\fR). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -The raw device should be \fB/dev/rdsk/c?[t?]d?p0\fR. See \fBdisks\fR(1M) for an -explanation of \fBSCSI\fR and \fBIDE\fR device naming conventions. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR(1M), \fBdiskscan\fR(1M), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), \fBfmthard\fR(1M), -\fBformat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBformat\fR(1M) utility is available to format, label, analyze, and repair -\fBSCSI\fR disks. This utility is included with the \fBaddbadsec\fR, -\fBdiskscan\fR(1M), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), and \fBfmthard\fR(1M) commands available -for x86. To format an \fBIDE\fR disk, use the \fB DOS\fR "format" utility; -however, to label, analyze, or repair \fBIDE\fR disks on x86 systems, use the -Solaris \fBformat\fR(1M) utility. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/arcstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/arcstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6fc18f250a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/arcstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,540 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2014 Adam Stevko. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2015 by Delphix. All rights reserved. -.\" -.TH ARCSTAT 1M "Feb 4, 2014" -.SH NAME -arcstat \- report ZFS ARC and L2ARC statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBarcstat\fR [\fB-hvxr\fR] [\fB-f field[,field]...\fR] [\fB-o file\fR] [\fB-s string\fR] - [\fBinterval\fR [\fBcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBarcstat\fR utility print various ZFS ARC and L2ARC statistics in -vmstat-like fashion. -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBarcstat\fR command reports the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 - -.\" -.sp -.ne 1 -.na -\fBc \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC Target Size -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdh% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Demand Data hit percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdm% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Demand Data miss percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmfu \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -MFU List hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmh% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Metadata hit percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmm% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Metadata miss percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmru \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -MRU List hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBph% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Prefetch hits percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpm% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Prefetch miss percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdhit \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Demand Data hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdmis \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Demand Data misses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhit% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC Hit percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhits \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC reads per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmfug \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -MFU Ghost List hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmhit \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Metadata hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmiss \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC misses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmmis \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Metadata misses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmrug \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -MRU Ghost List hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBphit \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Prefetch hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpmis \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Prefetch misses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBread \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Total ARC accesses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtime \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBarcsz \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC Size -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdread \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Demand data accesses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBeskip \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -evict_skip per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmiss% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -ARC miss percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmread \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Metadata accesses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpread \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Prefetch accesses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2hit% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC access hit percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2hits \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC hits per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2miss \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC misses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2read \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Total L2ARC accesses per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2pref \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC prefetch allocated size per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2pref% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC prefetch allocated size percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2mfu \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC MFU allocated size per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2mfu% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC MFU allocated size percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2mru \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC MRU allocated size per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2mru% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC MRU allocated size percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2data \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC data (buf content) allocated size per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2data% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC data (buf content) allocated size percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2meta \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC metadata (buf content) allocated size per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2meta% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC metadata (buf content) allocated size percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2size \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Size of the L2ARC -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmtxmis \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -mutex_miss per second -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2bytes \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -bytes read per second from the L2ARC -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2miss% \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -L2ARC access miss percentage -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl2asize \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Actual (compressed) size of the L2ARC -.RE -.\" - -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display only specific fields. See \fBDESCRIPTION\fR for supported statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display help message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Report statistics to a file instead of the standard output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display data with a specified separator (default: 2 spaces). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR - -.ad -.RS 12n -Print extended stats (same as -f time,mfu,mru,mfug,mrug,eskip,mtxmis,dread,pread,read). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Show field headers and definitions -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display only \fIcount\fR reports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specify the sampling interval in seconds. -.RE - -.SH AUTHORS -arcstat was originally written by Neelakanth Nadgir and supported only ZFS ARC statistics. -Mike Harsch updated it to support L2ARC statistics. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/arp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/arp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ca4e20bdc1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/arp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ARP 1M "Sep 02, 2015" -.SH NAME -arp \- address resolution display and control -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBarp\fR \fIhostname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBarp\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-n\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBarp\fR \fB-d\fR \fIhostname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBarp\fR \fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBarp\fR \fB-s\fR \fIhostname\fR \fIether_address\fR [temp] [pub] [trail] - [permanent] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBarp\fR program displays and modifies the Internet-to-MAC address -translation tables used by the address resolution protocol (see \fBarp\fR(7P)). -.sp -.LP -With no flags, the program displays the current \fBARP\fR entry for -\fIhostname\fR. The host may be specified by name or by number, using Internet -dot notation. -.sp -.LP -Options that modify the ARP translation tables (\fB-d\fR, \fB-f\fR, and -\fB-s\fR) can be used only when the invoked command is granted the -\fBPRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG\fR privilege. See \fBprivileges\fR(5). -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display all of the current \fBARP\fR entries. The definition for the flags in -the table are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unverified; this is a local IP address that is currently undergoing Duplicate -Address Detection. ARP will not respond to requests for this address until -Duplicate Address Detection completes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBo\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Old; this entry is aging away. If IP requests it again, a new ARP query will be -generated. This state is used for detecting peer address changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Delayed; periodic address defense and conflict detection was unable to send a -packet due to internal network use limits for non-traffic-related messages (100 -packets per hour per interface). This occurs only on interfaces with very large -numbers of aliases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBA\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Authority; this machine is authoritative for this IP address. ARP will not -accept updates from other machines for this entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Local; this is a local IP address configured on one of the machine's logical -interfaces. ARP will defend this address if another node attempts to claim it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBM\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Mapping; only used for the multicast entry for \fB224.0.0.0\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Publish; includes IP address for the machine and the addresses that have -explicitly been added by the \fB-s\fR option. ARP will respond to ARP requests -for this address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Static; entry cannot be changed by learned information. This indicates that the -\fBpermanent\fR flag was used when creating the entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBU\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unresolved; waiting for ARP response. -.RE - -You can use the \fB-n\fR option with the \fB-a\fR option to disable the -automatic numeric IP address-to-name translation. Use \fBarp\fR \fB-an\fR or -\fBarp\fR \fB-na\fR to display numeric IP addresses. The \fBarp\fR \fB-a\fR -option is equivalent to: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBnetstat -p -f inet\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...and \fB-an\fR and \fB-na\fR are equivalent to: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBnetstat -pn -f inet\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Delete an entry for the host called \fIhostname\fR. -.sp -Note that ARP entries for IPMP (IP Network Multipathing) data and test -addresses are managed by the kernel and thus cannot be deleted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Read the file named \fIfilename\fR and set multiple entries in the \fBARP\fR -tables. Entries in the file should be of the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIhostname\fR \fIMACaddress\fR [temp] [pub] [trail] [permanent] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -See the \fB-s\fR option for argument definitions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Create an \fBARP\fR entry for the host called \fIhostname\fR with the MAC -address \fIMACaddress\fR. For example, an Ethernet address is given as six -hexadecimal bytes separated by colons. The entry will not be subject to -deletion by aging unless the word \fBtemp\fR is specified in the command. If -the word \fBpub\fR is specified, the entry will be published, which means that -this system will respond to ARP requests for \fIhostname\fR even though the -\fIhostname\fR is not its own. The word \fBpermanent\fR indicates that the -system will not accept MAC address changes for \fIhostname\fR from the network. -.sp -Solaris does not implement trailer encapsulation, and the word \fBtrail\fR is -accepted on entries for compatibility only. -.sp -\fBarp\fR \fB-s\fR can be used for a limited form of proxy ARP when a host on -one of the directly attached networks is not physically present on a subnet. -Another machine can then be configured to respond to ARP requests using -\fBarp\fR \fB-s\fR. This is useful in certain SLIP configurations. -.sp -Non-temporary proxy ARP entries for an IPMP (IP Network Multipathing) group are -automatically managed by the kernel. Specifically, if the hardware address in -an entry matches the hardware address of an IP interface in an IPMP group, and -the IP address is not local to the system, this will be regarded as an IPMP -proxy ARP entry. This entry will have its hardware address automatically -adjusted in order to keep the IP address reachable so long as the IPMP group -has not entirely failed. -.sp -ARP entries must be consistent across an IPMP group. Therefore, ARP entries -cannot be associated with individual underlying IP interfaces in an IPMP group, -and must instead be associated with the corresponding IPMP IP interface. -.sp -Note that ARP entries for IPMP data and test addresses are managed by the -kernel and thus cannot be changed. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBnetstat\fR(1M), \fBndp\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBarp\fR(7P) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/atohexlabel.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/atohexlabel.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 092f72d481..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/atohexlabel.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ATOHEXLABEL 1M "Jul 20, 2007" -.SH NAME -atohexlabel \- convert a human readable label to its internal text equivalent -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/atohexlabel\fR [\fIhuman-readable-sensitivity-label\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/atohexlabel\fR \fB-c\fR [\fIhuman-readable-clearance\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBatohexlabel\fR converts a human readable label into an internal text -representation that is safe for storing in a public object. If no option is -supplied, the label is assumed to be a sensitivity label. -.sp -.LP -Internal conversions can later be parsed to their same value. This internal -form is often hexadecimal. The converted label is written to the standard -output file. If no human readable label is specified, the label is read from -the standard input file. The expected use of this command is emergency repair -of labels that are stored in internal databases. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Identifies the human readable label as a clearance. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -On success. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -On failure, and writes diagnostics to the standard error file. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/label_encodings\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The label encodings file contains the classification names, words, constraints, -and values for the defined labels of this system. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command output is Committed for systems with the same \fBlabel_encodings\fR -file. The command invocation is Committed for systems that implement the DIA -MAC policy. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBhextoalabel\fR(1M), \fBlabel_to_str\fR(3TSOL), \fBstr_to_label\fR(3TSOL), -\fBlabel_encodings\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIHow to Get the Hexadecimal Equivalent for a Label\fR in \fISolaris Trusted -Extensions Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. -.sp -.LP -This file is part of the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) Mandatory Access -Control (MAC) policy. This file might not be applicable to other MAC policies -that might be developed for future releases of Solaris Trusted Extensions -software. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/audit.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/audit.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4b3d63422c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/audit.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDIT 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -audit \- control the behavior of the audit daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBaudit\fR \fB-n\fR | \fB-s\fR | \fB-t\fR | \fB-v\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBaudit\fR command is the system administrator's interface to maintaining -the audit daemon \fBauditd\fR(1M). The audit daemon can be stopped, started, or -notified to reread the configuration, stored in \fBsmf\fR(5) and managed using -the \fBauditconfig\fR(1M) command. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Notify the audit daemon to close the current audit file and open a new audit -file in the current audit directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Validates the audit service configuration and, if correct, notify the audit -daemon to reread the audit configuration. If the audit daemon is not running, -the audit daemon is started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Direct the audit daemon to close the current audit trail file, disable -auditing, and die. Use \fB-s\fR to restart auditing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Validate the audit service configuration. At least one plugin must be active; -if that plugin is \fBaudit_binfile\fR then its \fBp_dir\fR attribute must -contain at least one valid directory, and its \fBp_minfree\fR attribute must -be between 0 and 100. -.RE - -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -The \fBaudit\fR command will exit with \fB0\fR upon success and a positive -integer upon failure. - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBauditconfig\fR(1M), \fBaudit\fR(2), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fB-v\fR option can be used in any zone, but the \fB-t\fR, \fB-s\fR, and -\fB-n\fR options are valid only in local zones and, then, only if the -\fBperzone\fR audit policy is set. See \fBauditd\fR(1M) and -\fBauditconfig\fR(1M) for per-zone audit configuration. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/audit_warn.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/audit_warn.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d1ace1257c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/audit_warn.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDIT_WARN 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -audit_warn \- audit daemon warning script -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/etc/security/audit_warn\fR [\fIoption\fR [\fIarguments\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBaudit_warn\fR utility processes warning or error messages from the audit -daemon. When a problem is encountered, the audit daemon, \fBauditd\fR(1M) calls -\fBaudit_warn\fR with the appropriate arguments. The \fIoption\fR argument -specifies the error type. -.sp -.LP -The system administrator can specify a list of mail recipients to be notified -when an audit_warn situation arises by defining a mail alias called -\fBaudit_warn\fR in \fBaliases\fR(4). The users that make up the -\fBaudit_warn\fR alias are typically the \fBaudit\fR and \fBroot\fR users. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallhard\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that the hard limit for all filesystems has been exceeded \fIcount\fR -times. The default action for this option is to send mail to the -\fBaudit_warn\fR alias only if the \fIcount\fR is \fB1\fR, and to write a -message to the machine console every time. It is recommended that mail -\fInot\fR be sent every time as this could result in a the saturation of the -file system that contains the mail spool directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallsoft\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that the soft limit for all filesystems has been exceeded. The -default action for this option is to send mail to the \fBaudit_warn\fR alias -and to write a message to the machine console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauditoff\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that someone other than the audit daemon changed the system audit -state to something other than \fB\fR\fBAUC_AUDITING\fR\fB\&. \fR The audit -daemon will have exited in this case. The default action for this option is to -send mail to the \fBaudit_warn\fR alias and to write a message to the machine -console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhard\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that the hard limit for the file has been exceeded. The default -action for this option is to send mail to the \fBaudit_warn\fR alias and to -write a message to the machine console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnostart\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that auditing could not be started. The default action for this -option is to send mail to the \fBaudit_warn\fR alias and to write a message to -the machine console. Some administrators may prefer to modify \fBaudit_warn\fR -to reboot the system when this error occurs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBplugin\fR \fIname\fR \fIerror\fR \fIcount\fR \fItext\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that an error occurred during execution of the \fBauditd\fR plugin -\fIname\fR. The default action for this option is to send mail to the -\fBaudit_warn\fR alias only if \fIcount\fR is 1, and to write a message to the -machine console every time. (Separate counts are kept for each error type.) It -is recommended that mail not be sent every time as this could result in the -saturation of the file system that contains the mail spool directory. The -\fItext\fR field provides the detailed error message passed from the plugin. -The \fIerror\fR field is one of the following strings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBload_error\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Unable to load the plugin \fIname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsys_error\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The plugin \fIname\fR is not executing due to a system error such as a lack of -resources. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfig_error\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -No plugins loaded (including the binary file plugin, \fBaudit_binfile\fR(5)) -due to configuration errors. The name string is -\fB--\fR to indicate that no plugin name applies. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBretry\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The plugin \fIname\fR reports it has encountered a temporary failure. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBno_memory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The plugin \fIname\fR reports a failure due to lack of memory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinvalid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The plugin \fIname\fR reports it received an invalid input. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailure\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The plugin \fIname\fR has reported an error as described in \fItext\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsoft\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that the soft limit for \fIfilename\fR has been exceeded. The default -action for this option is to send mail to the \fBaudit_warn\fR alias and to -write a message to the machine console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtmpfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that there was a problem creating a symlink from -\fB/var/run/.audit.log\fR to the current audit log file.. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The interface stability is evolving. The file content is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBaudit\fR(1M), \fBauditd\fR(1M), \fBaliases\fR(4), -\fBaudit.log\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the audit policy \fBperzone\fR is set, the \fB/etc/security/audit_warn\fR -script for the local zone is used for notifications from the local zone's -instance of \fBauditd\fR. If the \fBperzone\fR policy is not set, all -\fBauditd\fR errors are generated by the global zone's copy of -\fB/etc/security/audit_warn\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditconfig.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/auditconfig.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6e200f5b71..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditconfig.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1085 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2015, Joyent, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDITCONFIG 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -auditconfig \- configure auditing -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBauditconfig\fR \fIoption\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBauditconfig\fR provides a command line interface to get and set kernel audit -parameters. -.sp -.LP -The setting of the \fBperzone\fR policy determines the scope of the audit -setting controlled by \fBauditconfig\fR. If \fBperzone\fR is set, then the -values reflect the local zone except as noted. Otherwise, the settings are for -the entire system. Any restriction based on the \fBperzone\fR setting is noted -for each option to which it applies. -.sp -.LP -A non-global zone administrator can set all audit policy options except -\fBperzone\fR and \fBahlt\fR. \fBperzone\fR and \fBahlt\fR apply only to the -global zone; setting these policies requires the privileges of a global zone -administrator. \fBperzone\fR and \fBahlt\fR are described under the -\fB-setpolicy\fR option, below. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-aconf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the non-attributable audit mask to the value set using the -\fB-setnaflags\fR option. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -aconf -Configured non-attributable event mask. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-audit\fR \fIevent\fR \fIsorf\fR \fIretval\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This command constructs an audit record for audit event \fIevent\fR using the -process's audit characteristics containing a text token \fIstring\fR. The -return token is constructed from the \fIsorf\fR (success/failure flag) and the -\fIretval\fR (return value). The event is type \fBchar*\fR, the \fIsorf\fR is -0/1 for success/failure, \fIretval\fR is an errno value, \fIstring\fR is type -\fB*char\fR. This command is useful for constructing an audit record with a -shell script. An example of this option: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -audit AUE_ftpd 0 0 "test string" -# - -audit record from audit trail: - header,76,2,ftp access,,Fri Dec 08 08:44:02 2000, + 669 msec - subject,abc,root,other,root,other,104449,102336,235 197121 elbow - text,test string - return,success,0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-chkaconf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Checks that the current non-attributable event flags set in the kernel -matches the configuration. If the runtime class mask of a -kernel audit event does not match the configured class mask, a mismatch is -reported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-chkconf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Check the configuration of kernel audit event to class mappings. If the runtime -class mask of a kernel audit event does not match the configured class mask, a -mismatch is reported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure kernel audit event to class mappings. Runtime class mappings are -changed to match those in the audit event to class database file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getasid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the audit session ID of the current process. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getasid -audit session id = 102336 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getaudit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Returns the audit characteristics of the current process. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getaudit -audit id = abc(666) -process preselection mask = lo(0x1000,0x1000) -terminal id (maj,min,host) = 235,197121,elbow(172.146.89.77) -audit session id = 102336 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getauid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the audit ID of the current process. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getauid -audit id = abc(666) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getcar\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints current active root location (anchored from root [or local zone root] at -system boot). For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getcar -current active root = / -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getclass\fR \fIevent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the preselection mask associated with the specified kernel audit event. -\fIevent\fR is the kernel event number or event name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getcond\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the kernel audit condition. The condition displayed is the literal -string \fBauditing\fR meaning auditing is enabled and turned on (the kernel -audit module is constructing and queuing audit records); \fBnoaudit\fR, meaning -auditing is enabled but turned off (the kernel audit module is not constructing -and queuing audit records); or \fBnospace\fR, meaning there is no space for -saving audit records. See \fBauditon\fR(2) and \fBauditd\fR(1M) for further -information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getcwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints current working directory (anchored from zone root at system boot). For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cd /usr/tmp -# auditconfig -getcwd -current working directory = /var/tmp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getestate\fR \fIevent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For the specified event (string or event number), print out classes \fIevent\fR -has been assigned. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getestate 20 -audit class mask for event AUE_REBOOT(20) = 0x800 -# auditconfig -getestate AUE_RENAME -audit class mask for event AUE_RENAME(42) = 0x30 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getflags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current active and configured user default audit flags. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getflags -active user default audit flags = no(0x0,0x0) -configured user default audit flags = ex,lo(0x40001000,0x40001000) -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getkaudit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get audit characteristics of the current zone. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getkaudit -audit id = unknown(-2) -process preselection mask = lo,na(0x1400,0x1400) -terminal id (maj,min,host) = 0,0,(0.0.0.0) -audit session id = 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the audit policy \fBperzone\fR is not set, the terminal id is that of the -global zone. Otherwise, it is the terminal id of the local zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getkmask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get non-attributable pre-selection mask for the current zone. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getkmask -audit flags for non-attributable events = lo,na(0x1400,0x1400) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the audit policy \fBperzone\fR is not set, the kernel mask is that of the -global zone. Otherwise, it is that of the local zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getnaflags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current active and configured non-attributable audit flags. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getnaflags -active non-attributable audit flags = no(0x0,0x0) -configured non-attributable audit flags = lo(0x1000,0x1000) -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getpinfo\fR \fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the audit ID, preselection mask, terminal ID, and audit session ID for -the specified process. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getplugin\fR [\fIplugin\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the currently installed plugins and their attributes. If \fIplugin\fR is -specified, \fB-getplugin\fR only shows information for that \fIplugin\fR. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getplugin -Plugin: audit_binfile (active) - Attributes: p_dir=/var/audit;p_fsize=0;p_minfree=0; - -Plugin: audit_syslog (inactive) - Attributes: p_flags=; - -Plugin: audit_remote (inactive) - Attributes: p_hosts=;p_retries=3;p_timeout=5; -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the kernel audit policy. The \fBahlt\fR and \fBperzone\fR policies -reflect the settings from the global zone. If \fBperzone\fR is set, all other -policies reflect the local zone's settings. If \fBperzone\fR is not set, the -policies are machine-wide. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getqbufsz\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get audit queue write buffer size. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getqbufsz - audit queue buffer size (bytes) = 1024 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getqctrl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get audit queue write buffer size, audit queue \fBhiwater\fR mark, audit queue -\fBlowater\fR mark, audit queue \fBprod\fR interval (ticks). -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getqctrl -audit queue hiwater mark (records) = 100 -audit queue lowater mark (records) = 10 -audit queue buffer size (bytes) = 1024 -audit queue delay (ticks) = 20 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getqdelay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get interval at which audit queue is prodded to start output. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getqdelay -audit queue delay (ticks) = 20 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getqhiwater\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get high water point in undelivered audit records when audit generation will -block. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getqhiwater -audit queue hiwater mark (records) = 100 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getqlowater\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get low water point in undelivered audit records where blocked processes will -resume. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getqlowater -audit queue lowater mark (records) = 10 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-getstat\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print current audit statistics information. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -getstat -gen nona kern aud ctl enq wrtn wblk rblk drop tot mem -910 1 725 184 0 910 910 0 231 0 88 48 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -See \fBauditstat\fR(1M) for a description of the headings in \fB-getstat\fR -output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-gettid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print audit terminal ID for current process. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -gettid -terminal id (maj,min,host) = 235,197121,elbow(172.146.89.77) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-lsevent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the currently configured (runtime) kernel and user level audit event -information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-lspolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the kernel audit policies with a description of each policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setasid\fR \fIsession-ID\fR [\fIcmd\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute shell or \fIcmd\fR with specified \fIsession-ID\fR. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -setasid 2000 /bin/ksh -# -# auditconfig -getpinfo 104485 -audit id = abc(666) -process preselection mask = lo(0x1000,0x1000) -terminal id (maj,min,host) = 235,197121,elbow(172.146.89.77) -audit session id = 2000 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setaudit\fR \fIaudit-ID\fR \fIpreselect_flags\fR \fIterm-ID\fR -\fIsession-ID\fR [\fIcmd\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute shell or \fIcmd\fR with the specified audit characteristics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setauid\fR \fIaudit-ID\fR [\fIcmd\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute shell or \fIcmd\fR with the specified \fIaudit-ID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setclass\fR \fIevent audit_flag\fR[\fI,audit_flag .\|.\|.\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Map the kernel event \fIevent\fR to the classes specified by \fIaudit_flags\fR. -\fIevent\fR is an event number or name. An \fIaudit_flag\fR is a two character -string representing an audit class. If \fBperzone\fR is not set, this option -is valid only in the global zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setflags\fR \fIaudit_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the user default audit flags. For example, to set execute and login -auditing for all users: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -setflags ex,lo -user default audit flags = ex,lo(0x40001000,0x40001000) -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setkaudit\fR \fIIP-address_type\fR \fIIP_address\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set IP address of machine to specified values. \fIIP-address_type\fR is -\fBipv6\fR or \fBipv4\fR. -.sp -If \fBperzone\fR is not set, this option is valid only in the global zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setkmask\fR \fIaudit_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set non-attributes selection flags of machine. -.sp -If \fBperzone\fR is not set, this option is valid only in the global zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setnaflags\fR \fIaudit_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the non-attributable audit flags. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -setnaflags lo -non-attributable audit flags = lo(0x1000,0x1000) -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setplugin\fR \fIname active\fR|\fIinactive\fR [\fIattributes\fR [\fIqsize\fR]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configures a plugin's attributes. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditconfig -setplugin audit_syslog active -.fi -.in -2 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setpmask\fR \fIpid flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the preselection mask of the specified process. -.sp -If \fBperzone\fR is not set, this option is valid only in the global zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setpolicy\fR -[\fI+\fR|\fI-\fR]\fIpolicy_flag\fR[\fI,policy_flag ...\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the kernel audit policy. A policy \fIpolicy_flag\fR is literal strings that -denotes an audit policy. A prefix of \fB+\fR adds the policies specified to the -current audit policies. A prefix of \fB-\fR removes the policies specified from -the current audit policies. No policies can be set from a local zone unless the -\fBperzone\fR policy is first set from the global zone. The following are the -valid policy flag strings (\fBauditconfig\fR \fB-lspolicy\fR also lists the -current valid audit policy flag strings): -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include all policies that apply to the current zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBahlt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Panic is called and the system dumps core if an asynchronous audit event occurs -that cannot be delivered because the audit queue has reached the high-water -mark or because there are insufficient resources to construct an audit record. -By default, records are dropped and a count is kept of the number of dropped -records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBarge\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the \fBexecv\fR(2) system call environment arguments to the audit -record. This information is not included by default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBargv\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the \fBexecv\fR(2) system call parameter arguments to the audit record. -This information is not included by default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcnt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Do not suspend processes when audit resources are exhausted. Instead, drop -audit records and keep a count of the number of records dropped. By default, -process are suspended until audit resources become available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the supplementary group token in audit records. By default, the group -token is not included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include no policies. If used in other than the global zone, the \fBahlt\fR and -\fBperzone\fR policies are not changed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpath\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Add secondary path tokens to audit record. These are typically the pathnames of -dynamically linked shared libraries or command interpreters for shell scripts. -By default, they are not included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBperzone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Maintain separate configuration, queues, and logs for each zone and execute a -separate version of \fBauditd\fR(1M) for each zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpublic\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Audit public files. By default, read-type operations are not audited for -certain files which meet \fBpublic\fR characteristics: owned by root, readable -by all, and not writable by all. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtrail\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the trailer token in every audit record. By default, the trailer token -is not included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBseq\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the sequence token as part of every audit record. By default, the -sequence token is not included. The sequence token attaches a sequence number -to every audit record. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwindata_down\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include in an audit record any downgraded data moved between windows. This -policy is available only if the system is configured with Trusted Extensions. -By default, this information is not included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwindata_up\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include in an audit record any upgraded data moved between windows. This policy -is available only if the system is configured with Trusted Extensions. By -default, this information is not included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBzonename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Include the \fBzonename\fR token as part of every audit record. By default, the -\fBzonename\fR token is not included. The \fBzonename\fR token gives the name -of the zone from which the audit record was generated. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setqbufsz\fR \fIbuffer_size\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the audit queue write buffer size (bytes). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setqctrl\fR \fIhiwater\fR \fIlowater\fR \fIbufsz\fR \fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the audit queue write buffer size (bytes), hiwater audit record count, -lowater audit record count, and wakeup interval (ticks). Valid within a local -zone only if \fBperzone\fR is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setqdelay\fR \fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the audit queue wakeup interval (ticks). This determines the interval at -which the kernel pokes the audit queue, to write audit records to the audit -trail. Valid within a local zone only if \fBperzone\fR is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setqhiwater\fR \fIhiwater\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the number of undelivered audit records in the audit queue at which audit -record generation blocks. Valid within a local zone only if \fBperzone\fR is -set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setqlowater\fR \fIlowater\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the number of undelivered audit records in the audit queue at which blocked -auditing processes unblock. Valid within a local zone only if \fBperzone\fR is -set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setsmask\fR \fIasid flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the preselection mask of all processes with the specified audit session ID. -Valid within a local zone only if \fBperzone\fR is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setstat\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset audit statistics counters. Valid within a local zone only if -\fBperzone\fR is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-setumask\fR \fIauid flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the preselection mask of all processes with the specified audit ID. Valid -within a local zone only if \fBperzone\fR is set. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBauditconfig\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of an \fBauditconfig\fR program: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# map kernel audit event number 10 to the "fr" audit class -# -% auditconfig -setclass 10 fr - -# -# turn on inclusion of exec arguments in exec audit records -# -% auditconfig -setpolicy +argv -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_event\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Stores event definitions used in the audit system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_class\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Stores class definitions used in the audit system. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBaudit\fR(1M), \fBauditd\fR(1M), \fBauditstat\fR(1M), -\fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBauditon\fR(2), \fBexecv\fR(2), \fBaudit_class\fR(4), -\fBaudit_event\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBaudit_binfile\fR(5), \fBaudit_remote\fR(5), \fBaudit_syslog\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the \fBaudit_remote\fR or \fBaudit_syslog\fR plugins are active, the -behavior of the system with respect to the \fB-setpolicy\fR \fB+cnt\fR and the -\fB-setqhiwater\fR options is modified slightly. If \fB-setpolicy\fR \fB+cnt\fR -is set, data will continue to be sent to the selected plugin, even though -output to the binary audit log is stopped, pending the freeing of disk space. -If \fB-setpolicy\fR \fB-cnt\fR is used, the blocking behavior is as described -under OPTIONS, above. The value set for the queue high water mark is used -within \fBauditd\fR as the default value for its queue limits unless overridden -by means of the \fBqsize\fR attribute. -.sp -.LP -The \fBauditconfig\fR options that modify or display process-based information -are not affected by the \fBperzone\fR policy. Those that modify system audit -data such as the terminal id and audit queue parameters are valid only in the -global zone, unless the \fBperzone\fR policy is set. The display of a system -audit reflects the local zone if \fBperzone\fR is set. Otherwise, it reflects -the settings of the global zone. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-setcond\fR option has been removed. Use \fBaudit\fR(1M) to enable or -disable auditing. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-getfsize\fR and \fB-setfsize\fR options have been removed. Use -\fBaudit_binfile\fR(5) \fBp_fsize\fR to set the audit file size. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/auditd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7778cdb297..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDITD 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -auditd \- audit daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/auditd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The audit daemon, \fBauditd\fR, controls the generation and location of audit -trail files and the generation of syslog messages based on its configuration, -stored in \fBsmf\fR(5) and managed using the \fBauditconfig\fR(1M) command. -.sp -.LP -\fBaudit\fR(1M) is used to control \fBauditd\fR. It can cause \fBauditd\fR to: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -close the current audit file and open a new one; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -close the current audit file, reread its configuration and -open a new audit file; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -close the audit trail and terminate auditing. -.RE -.SS "Auditing Conditions" -.LP -The audit daemon invokes the program \fBaudit_warn\fR(1M) under the following -conditions with the indicated options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn soft\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The file system upon which \fIpathname\fR resides has exceeded the minimum free -space limit defined by the \fBp_minfree\fR attribute of the \fBaudit_binfile\fR -plugin. A new audit trail has been opened on another file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn allsoft\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -All available file systems have been filled beyond the minimum free space -limit. A new audit trail has been opened anyway. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn hard\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The file system upon which \fIpathname\fR resides has filled or for some reason -become unavailable. A new audit trail has been opened on another file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn allhard\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -All available file systems have been filled or for some reason become -unavailable. The audit daemon will repeat this call to \fBaudit_warn\fR at -intervals of at least twenty seconds until space becomes available. \fIcount\fR -is the number of times that \fBaudit_warn\fR has been called since the problem -arose. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn tmpfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -There was a problem creating a symlink from \fB/var/run/.audit.log\fR to the -current audit log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn nostart\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -There was an internal error starting auditing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaudit_warn auditoff\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The internal system audit condition has been changed to not be -\fBAUC_AUDITING\fR by someone other than the audit daemon. This causes the -audit daemon to exit. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBaudit\fR(1M), \fBauditconfig\fR(1M), \fBaudit_binfile\fR(5), -\fBaudit_warn\fR(1M), \fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBauditon\fR(2), \fBaudit.log\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the audit policy \fBperzone\fR is set, \fBauditd\fR runs in each zone, -starting automatically when the local zone boots. If a zone is running when the -\fBperzone\fR policy is set, auditing must be started manually in local zones. -It is not necessary to reboot the system or the local zone to start auditing in -a local zone. \fBauditd\fR can be started with "\fB/usr/sbin/audit\fR \fB-s\fR" -and will start automatically with future boots of the zone. -.sp -.LP -When \fBauditd\fR runs in a local zone, the configuration is taken from the -local zone's \fB/etc/security\fR directory's files: -\fBaudit_class\fR, and \fBaudit_event\fR. -.sp -.LP -Configuration changes do not affect audit sessions that are currently running, -as the changes do not modify a process's preselection mask. To change the -preselection mask on a running process, use the \fB-setpmask\fR option of the -\fBauditconfig\fR command (see \fBauditconfig\fR(1M)). If the user logs out and -logs back in, the new configuration changes will be reflected in the next audit -session. -.sp -.LP -The \fBauditd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/auditd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The service's status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. While -administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), the \fBaudit\fR(1M) -command is the preferred administrative interface. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditrecord.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/auditrecord.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ffc3514bc7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditrecord.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDITRECORD 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -auditrecord \- display audit record formats -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/auditrecord\fR [\fB-d\fR] [ [\fB-a\fR] | [\fB-e\fR \fIstring\fR] | [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] | - [\fB-i\fR \fIid\fR] | [\fB-p\fR \fIprogramname\fR] | [\fB-s\fR \fIsystemcall\fR] | [\fB-h\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBauditrecord\fR utility displays the event ID, audit class and selection -mask, and record format for audit record event types defined in -\fBaudit_event\fR(4). You can use \fBauditrecord\fR to generate a list of all -audit record formats, or to select audit record formats based on event class, -event name, generating program name, system call name, or event ID. -.sp -.LP -There are two output formats. The default format is intended for display in a -terminal window; the optional HTML format is intended for viewing with a web -browser. -.sp -.LP -Tokens contained in square brackets ( \fB[ ]\fR ) are optional and might not be -present in every record. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all audit records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all audit records selected by \fIclass\fR. \fIclass\fR is one of the -two-character class codes from the file \fB/etc/security/audit_class\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Debug mode. Display number of audit records that are defined in -\fBaudit_event\fR, the number of classes defined in \fBaudit_class\fR, any -mismatches between the two files, and report which defined events do not have -format information available to \fBauditrecord\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all audit records for which the event ID label contains the string -\fIstring\fR. The match is case insensitive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Generate the output in HTML format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the audit records having the numeric event ID \fIid\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprogramname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all audit records generated by the program \fIprogramname\fR, for example, -audit records generated by a user-space program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsystemcall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all audit records generated by the system call \fIsystemcall\fR, for -example, audit records generated by a system call. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-p\fR and \fB-s\fR options are different names for the same thing and -are mutually exclusive. The \fB-a\fR option is ignored if any of \fB-c\fR, -\fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-p\fR, or \fB-s\fR are given. Combinations of \fB-c\fR, -\fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, and either \fB-p\fR or \fB-s\fR are ANDed together. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying an Audit Record with a Specified Event ID -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to display the contents of a specified audit -record. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditrecord -i 6152 - terminal login - program /usr/sbin/login see login(1) - /usr/dt/bin/dtlogin See dtlogin - event ID 6152 AUE_login - class lo (0x00001000) - header - subject - [text] error message - return -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying an Audit Record with an Event ID Label that Contains -a Specified String -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to display the contents of a audit record with -an event ID label that contains the string \fBlogin\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# auditrecord -e login -terminal login - program /usr/sbin/login see login(1) - /usr/dt/bin/dtlogin See dtlogin - event ID 6152 AUE_login - class lo (0x00001000) - header - subject - [text] error message - return - -rlogin - program /usr/sbin/login see login(1) - rlogin - event ID 6155 AUE_rlogin - class lo (0x00001000) - header - subject - [text] error message - return -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful operation -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Error -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_class\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Provides the list of valid classes and the associated audit mask. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_event\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Provides the numeric event ID, the literal event name, and the name of the -associated system call or program. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -CSI Enabled -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBauditconfig\fR(1M), \fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBaudit.log\fR(4), -\fBaudit_class\fR(4), \fBaudit_event\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -If unable to read either of its input files or to write its output file, -\fBauditrecord\fR shows the name of the file on which it failed and exits with -a non-zero return. -.sp -.LP -If no options are provided, if an invalid option is provided, or if both -\fB-s\fR and \fB-p\fR are provided, an error message is displayed and -\fBauditrecord\fR displays a usage message then exits with a non-zero return. -.SH NOTES -.LP -This command is Obsolete and may be removed and replaced with equivalent -functionality in the future. This command was formerly known as \fBbsmrecord\fR. -.sp -.LP -If \fB/etc/security/audit_event\fR has been modified to add user-defined audit -events, \fBauditrecord\fR displays the record format as \fBundefined\fR. -.sp -.LP -The audit records displayed by \fBauditrecord\fR are the core of the record that -can be produced. Various audit policies and optional tokens, such as those -shown below, might also be present. -.sp -.LP -The following is a list of \fBpraudit\fR(1M) token names with their -descriptions. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Present if the \fBgroup\fR audit policy is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsensitivity label\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Present when Trusted Extensions is enabled and represents the label of the -subject or object with which it is associated. The \fBmandatory_label\fR token -is noted in the basic audit record where a label is explicitly part of the -record. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsequence\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Present when the \fBseq\fR audit policy is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtrailer\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Present when the \fBtrail\fR audit policy is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBzone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the zone generating the record when the \fBzonename\fR audit policy -is set. The \fBzonename\fR token is noted in the basic audit record where a -zone name is explicitly part of the record. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditreduce.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/auditreduce.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0261a07778..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditreduce.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,911 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDITREDUCE 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -auditreduce \- merge and select audit records from audit trail files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBauditreduce\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIaudit-trail-file\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBauditreduce\fR allows you to select or merge records from audit trail files. -Audit files can be from one or more machines. -.sp -.LP -The merge function merges together audit records from one or more input audit -trail files into a single output file. The records in an audit trail file are -assumed to be sorted in chronological order (oldest first) and this order is -maintained by \fBauditreduce\fR in the output file. -.sp -.LP -Unless instructed otherwise, \fBauditreduce\fR will merge the entire audit -trail, which consists of all the audit trail files in the directory structure -\fIaudit_root_dir\fR/*/files. Unless specified with the -\fBR\fR or -\fBS\fR -option, \fIaudit_root_dir\fR defaults to \fB/etc/security/audit\fR. By using -the file selection options it is possible to select some subset of these files, -or files from another directory, or files named explicitly on the command line. -.sp -.LP -The select function allows audit records to be selected on the basis of -numerous criteria relating to the record's content (see \fBaudit.log\fR(4) for -details of record content). A record must meet all of the -\fIrecord-selection-option\fR criteria to be selected. -.SS "Audit Trail Filename Format" -.LP -Any audit trail file not named on the command line must conform to the audit -trail filename format. Files produced by the audit system already have this -format. Output file names produced by \fBauditreduce\fR are in this format. It -is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIstart-time\fR\fB\&.\fR\fI\|end-time\fR\fB\&.\fR\fI\|suffix\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIstart-time\fR is the 14-character timestamp of when the file was -opened, \fIend-time\fR is the 14-character timestamp of when the file was -closed, and \fIsuffix\fR is the name of the machine which generated the audit -trail file, or some other meaningful suffix (for example, \fBall\fR, if the -file contains a combined group of records from many machines). The -\fIend-time\fR can be the literal string \fBnot_terminated\fR, to indicate that -the file is still being written to by the audit system. Timestamps are of the -form \fIyyyymmddhhmmss\fR (year, month, day, hour, minute, second). The -timestamps are in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). -.SH OPTIONS -.SS "File Selection Options" -.LP -The file selection options indicate which files are to be processed and certain -types of special treatment. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -All of the records from the input files will be selected regardless of their -timestamp. This option effectively disables the \fB-a\fR, \fB-b\fR, and -\fB-d\fR options. This is useful in preventing the loss of records if the -\fB-D\fR option is used to delete the input files after they are processed. -Note, however, that if a record is \fInot\fR selected due to another option, -then \fB-A\fR will not override that. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only process complete files. Files whose filename \fIend-time\fR timestamp is -\fBnot_terminated\fR are not processed (such a file is currently being written -to by the audit system). This is useful in preventing the loss of records if -\fB-D\fR is used to delete the input files after they are processed. It does -not apply to files specified on the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIsuffix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete input files after they are read if the entire run is successful. If -\fBauditreduce\fR detects an error while reading a file, then that file is not -deleted. If \fB-D\fR is specified, \fB-A\fR, \fB-C\fR and \fB-O\fR are also -implied. \fIsuffix\fR is given to the \fB-O\fR option. This helps prevent the -loss of audit records by ensuring that all of the records are written, only -complete files are processed, and the records are written to a file before -being deleted. Note that if both \fB-D\fR and \fB-O\fR are specified in the -command line, the order of specification is significant. The \fIsuffix\fR -associated with the latter specification is in effect. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fImachine\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows selection of records from files with \fImachine\fR as the filename -suffix. If \fB-M\fR is not specified, all files are processed regardless of -suffix. \fB-M\fR can also be used to allow selection of records from files that -contain combined records from many machines and have a common suffix (such as -\fBall\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select objects in \fBnew mode\fR.This flag is off by default, thus retaining -backward compatibility. In the existing, \fBold mode\fR, specifying the -\fB-e\fR, \fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-r\fR, or \fB-u\fR flags would select not only -actions taken with those \fBID\fRs, but also certain objects owned by those -\fBID\fRs. When running in \fBnew mode\fR, only actions are selected. In order -to select objects, the \fB-o\fR option must be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR \fIsuffix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Direct output stream to a file in the current \fBaudit_root_dir\fR with the -indicated suffix. \fIsuffix\fR can alternatively contain a full pathname, in -which case the last component is taken as the suffix, ahead of which the -timestamps will be placed, ahead of which the remainder of the pathname will be -placed. If the \fB-O\fR option is not specified, the output is sent to the -standard output. When \fBauditreduce\fR places timestamps in the filename, it -uses the times of the first and last records in the merge as the -\fIstart-time\fR and \fIend-time\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quiet. Suppress notification about errors with input files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the pathname of an alternate audit root directory \fIaudit_root_dir\fR -to be \fIpathname\fR. Therefore, rather than using -\fB/etc/security/audit\fR/*/files by default, \fIpathname\fR/*/files will be -examined instead. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option causes \fBauditreduce\fR to read audit trail files from a specific -location (server directory). \fIserver\fR is normally interpreted as the name -of a subdirectory of the audit root, therefore \fBauditreduce\fR will look in -\fIaudit_root_dir\fR/\fIserver\fR/files for the audit trail files. But if -\fIserver\fR contains any `\fB/\fR' characters, it is the name of a specific -directory not necessarily contained in the audit root. In this case, -\fIserver\fR/files will be consulted. This option allows archived files to be -manipulated easily, without requiring that they be physically located in a -directory structure like that of \fB/etc/security/audit\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. Display the name of each file as it is opened, and how many records -total were written to the output stream. -.RE - -.SS "Record Selection Options" -.LP -The record selection options listed below are used to indicate which records -are written to the output file produced by \fBauditreduce\fR. -.sp -.LP -Multiple arguments of the same type are not permitted. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIdate-time\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records that occurred at or after \fIdate-time\fR. The \fIdate-time\fR -argument is described under \fBOption Arguments\fR, below. \fIdate-time\fR is -in local time. The \fB-a\fR and \fB-b\fR options can be used together to form a -range. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIdate-time\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records that occurred before \fIdate-time\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIaudit-classes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records by audit class. Records with events that are mapped to the audit -classes specified by \fIaudit-classes\fR are selected. Audit class names are -defined in \fBaudit_class\fR(4). Using the \fBaudit\fR \fIflags,\fR one can -select records based upon success and failure criteria. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdate-time\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records that occurred on a specific day (a 24-hour period beginning at -00:00:00 of the day specified and ending at 23:59:59). The day specified is in -local time. The time portion of the argument, if supplied, is ignored. Any -records with timestamps during that day are selected. If any hours, minutes, or -seconds are given in \fItime,\fR they are ignored. \fB-d\fR can not be used -with \fB-a\fR or \fB\fR\fB-b\fR\fB\&.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIeffective-user\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIeffective-user.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIeffective-group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIeffective-group.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIreal-group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIreal-group.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR \fIsubject-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIsubject-ID\fR where \fIsubject-ID\fR is a -process ID. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified label (or label range), as explained under -"Option Arguments," below. This option is available only if the system is -configured with Trusted Extensions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIevent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the indicated \fIevent\fR. The \fIevent\fR is the literal -string or the \fIevent\fR number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIobject_type=objectID_value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records by object type. A match occurs when the record contains the -information describing the specified \fIobject_type\fR and the object ID equals -the value specified by \fIobjectID_value.\fR The allowable object types and -values are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfile=\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing file system objects with the specified pathname, -where pathname is a comma separated list of regular expressions. If a regular -expression is preceded by a tilde (\fB~\fR), files matching the expression are -excluded from the output. For example, the option -\fBfile=~/usr/openwin,/usr,/etc\fR would select all files in \fB/usr\fR or -\fB/etc\fR except those in \fB/usr/openwin\fR. The order of the regular -expressions is important because auditreduce processes them from left to right, -and stops when a file is known to be either selected or excluded. Thus the -option \fBfile=\fR \fB/usr\fR, \fB/etc\fR, \fB~/usr/openwin\fR would select all -files in \fB/usr\fR and all files in \fB/etc\fR. Files in \fB/usr/openwin\fR -are not excluded because the regular expression \fB/usr\fR is matched first. -Care should be given in surrounding the \fIpathname\fR with quotes so as to -prevent the shell from expanding any tildes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfilegroup\fI=group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing file system objects with \fIgroup\fR as the owning -group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfileowner=\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing file system objects with \fIuser\fR as the owning -user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmsgqid=\fIID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing message queue objects with the specified \fIID\fR -where \fIID\fR is a message queue \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmsgqgroup=\fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing message queue objects with \fIgroup\fR as the owning -or creating group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmsgqowner=\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing message queue objects with \fIuser\fR as the owning -or creating user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpid=\fIID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing process objects with the specified \fIID\fR where -\fIID\fR is a process \fBID\fR. Process are objects when they are receivers of -signals. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprocgroup=\fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing process objects with \fIgroup\fR as the real or -effective group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprocowner=\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing process objects with \fIuser\fR as the real or -effective user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsemid=\fIID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing semaphore objects with the specified \fIID\fR where -\fIID\fR is a semaphore \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsemgroup=\fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing semaphore objects with \fIgroup\fR as the owning or -creating group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsemowner=\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing semaphore objects with \fIuser\fR as the owning or -creating user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshmid=\fIID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing shared memory objects with the specified \fIID\fR -where \fIID\fR is a shared memory \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshmgroup=\fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing shared memory objects with \fIgroup\fR as the owning -or creating group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshmowner=\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing shared memory objects with \fIuser\fR as the owning -or creating user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsock=\fIport_number|machine\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing socket objects with the specified \fIport_number\fR -or the specified \fImachine\fR where \fImachine\fR is a machine name as defined -in \fBhosts\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfmri=\fIservice instance\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records containing fault management resource identifier (FMRI) objects -with the specified \fIservice instance\fR. See \fBsmf\fR(5). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIreal-user\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIreal-user\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsession-id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select audit records with the specified \fIsession-id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIaudit-user\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records with the specified \fIaudit-user\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzone-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select records from the specified zone name. The zone name selection is -case-sensitive. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When one or more \fIfilename\fR arguments appear on the command line, only the -named files are processed. Files specified in this way need not conform to the -audit trail filename format. However, \fB-M\fR, \fB-S\fR, and \fB-R\fR must not -be used when processing named files. If the \fIfilename\fR is ``\(mi'' then the -input is taken from the standard input. -.SS "Option Arguments" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIaudit-trail-file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An audit trail file as defined in \fBaudit.log\fR(4). An audit trail file not -named on the command line must conform to the audit trail file name format. -Audit trail files produced as output of \fBauditreduce\fR are in this format as -well. The format is: -.sp -\fIstart-time . \|end-time . \|suffix\fR -.sp -\fIstart-time\fR is the 14 character time stamp denoting when the file was -opened. \fIend-time\fR is the 14 character time stamp denoting when the file -was closed. \fIend-time\fR can also be the literal string \fBnot_terminated\fR, -indicating the file is still be written to by the audit daemon or the file was -not closed properly (a system crash or abrupt halt occurred). \fIsuffix\fR is -the name of the machine that generated the audit trail file (or some other -meaningful suffix; for example, \fBall\fR would be a good suffix if the audit -trail file contains a combined group of records from many machines). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdate-time\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIdate-time\fR argument to \fB-a\fR, \fB-b\fR, and \fB-d\fR can be of two -forms: An absolute \fIdate-time\fR takes the form: -.sp -\fI\fR yyyymmdd [ \fIhh\fR [ \fImm\fR [ \fIss\fR ]]] -.sp -where \fIyyyy\fR specifies a year (with 1970 as the earliest value), \fImm\fR -is the month (01-12), \fBdd\fR is the day (01-31), \fIhh\fR is the hour -(00-23), \fImm\fR is the minute (00-59), and \fIss\fR is the second (00-59). -The default is 00 for \fIhh\fR, \fImm\fR and \fIss\fR. -.sp -An offset can be specified as: \fB+\fR\fIn\fR \fBd\fR|\fBh\fR|\fBm\fR| \fBs\fR -where \fIn\fR is a number of units, and the tags \fBd\fR, \fBh\fR, \fBm\fR, and -\fBs\fR stand for days, hours, minutes and seconds, respectively. An offset is -relative to the starting time. Thus, this form can only be used with the -\fB-b\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIevent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The literal string or ordinal event number as found in \fBaudit_event\fR(4). If -\fIevent\fR is not found in the \fBaudit_event\fR file it is considered -invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The literal string or ordinal group ID number as found in \fBgroup\fR(4). If -\fIgroup\fR is not found in the \fBgroup\fR file it is considered invalid. -\fIgroup\fR can be negative. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The literal string representation of a MAC label or a range of two valid MAC -labels. To specify a range, use \fBx;y\fR where \fBx\fR and \fBy\fR are valid -MAC labels. Only those records that are fully bounded by \fBx\fR and \fBy\fR -will be selected. If \fBx\fR or \fBy\fR is omitted, the default uses -\fBADMIN_LOW\fR or \fBADMIN_HIGH\fR respectively. Notice that quotes must be -used when specifying a range. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A regular expression describing a pathname. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The literal username or ordinal user ID number as found in \fBpasswd\fR(4). If -the username is not found in the \fBpasswd\fR file it is considered invalid. -\fIuser\fR can be negative. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRThe auditreduce command -.sp -.LP -\fBpraudit\fR(1M) is available to display audit records in a human-readable -form. - -.sp -.LP -This will display the entire audit trail in a human-readable form: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce | praudit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If all the audit trail files are being combined into one large file, then -deleting the original files could be desirable to prevent the records from -appearing twice: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -V -D /etc/security/audit/combined/all -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This displays what user \fBmilner\fR did on April 13, 1988. The output is -displayed in a human-readable form to the standard output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -d 19880413 -u milner | praudit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The above example might produce a large volume of data if \fBmilner\fR has been -busy. Perhaps looking at only login and logout times would be simpler. The -\fB-c\fR option will select records from a specified class: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -d 19880413 -u milner -c lo | praudit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To see \fBmilner\fR's login/logout activity for April 13, 14, and 15, the -following is used. The results are saved to a file in the current working -directory. Notice that the name of the output file will have \fBmilnerlo\fR as -the \fIsuffix\fR, with the appropriate timestamp prefixes. Notice also that the -long form of the name is used for the \fB-c\fR option: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -a 19880413 -b +3d -u milner -c login_logout -O milnerlo -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To follow \fBmilner\fR's movement about the file system on April 13, 14, and 15 -the \fBchdir\fR record types could be viewed. Notice that in order to get the -same time range as the above example we needed to specify the \fB-b\fR time as -the day \fBafter\fR our range. This is because \fB19880416\fR defaults to -midnight of that day, and records before that fall on \fB0415\fR, the end-day -of the range. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -a 19880413 -b 19880416 -u milner -m AUE_CHDIR | praudit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the audit records are being collected in summary form (the -login/logout records only). The records are being written to a summary file in -a different directory than the normal audit root to prevent the selected -records from existing twice in the audit root. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -d 19880330 -c lo -O /etc/security/audit_summary/logins -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If activity for user \fBID\fR 9944 has been observed, but that user is not -known to the system administrator, then the command in the following example -searches the entire audit trail for any records generated by that user. -\fBauditreduce\fR queries the system about the current validity of \fBID\fR -9944 and displays a warning message if it is not currently active: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -O /etc/security/audit_suspect/user9944 -u 9944 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To get an audit log of only the global zone: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% auditreduce -z global -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit/\fR\fIserver\fR\fB/files/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -location of audit trails, when stored -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command invocation is Stable. The binary file format is Stable. The binary -file contents is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBaudit.log\fR(4), \fBaudit_class\fR(4), -\fBgroup\fR(4), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -\fBauditreduce\fR displays error messages if there are command line errors and -then exits. If there are fatal errors during the run, \fBauditreduce\fR -displays an explanatory message and exits. In this case, the output file might -be in an inconsistent state (no trailer or partially written record) and -\fBauditreduce\fR displays a warning message before exiting. Successful -invocation returns \fB0\fR and unsuccessful invocation returns \fB1\fR. -.sp -.LP -Since \fBauditreduce\fR might be processing a large number of input files, it -is possible that the machine-wide limit on open files will be exceeded. If this -happens, \fBauditreduce\fR displays a message to that effect, give information -on how many file there are, and exit. -.sp -.LP -If \fBauditreduce\fR displays a record's timestamp in a diagnostic message, -that time is in local time. However, when filenames are displayed, their -timestamps are in \fBGMT\fR. -.SH BUGS -.LP -Conjunction, disjunction, negation, and grouping of record selection options -should be allowed. -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fB-z\fR option should be used only if the audit policy \fBzonename\fR is -set. If there is no zonename token, then no records will be selected. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/auditstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7ddcc5bb2c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/auditstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUDITSTAT 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -auditstat \- display kernel audit statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBauditstat\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fInumlines\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR] [\fB-n\fR] - [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBauditstat\fR displays kernel audit statistics. The fields displayed are as -follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaud\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records processed by the \fBaudit\fR(2) system call. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBctl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -This field is obsolete. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdrop\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records that have been dropped. Records are dropped -according to the kernel audit policy. See \fBauditon\fR(2), \fBAUDIT_CNT\fR -policy for details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenq\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records put on the kernel audit queue. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgen\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records that have been constructed (not the number -written). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkern\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records produced by user processes (as a result of -system calls). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmem\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of Kbytes of memory currently in use by the kernel audit -module. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnona\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of non-attributable audit records that have been constructed. -These are audit records that are not attributable to any particular user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrblk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of times that the audit queue has blocked waiting to process -audit data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtot\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of Kbytes of audit data written to the audit trail. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwblk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of times that user processes blocked on the audit queue at the -high water mark. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwrtn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The total number of audit records written. The difference between \fBenq\fR and -\fBwrtn\fR is the number of outstanding audit records on the audit queue that -have not been written. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display the statistics a total of \fIcount\fR times. If \fIcount\fR is equal to -zero, statistics are displayed indefinitely. A time interval must be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fInumlines\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display a header for every \fInumlines\fR of statistics printed. The default is -to display the header every 20 lines. If \fInumlines\fR is equal to zero, the -header is never displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display the statistics every \fIinterval\fR where \fIinterval\fR is the number -of seconds to sleep between each collection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display the number of kernel audit events currently configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display a time stamp. -.sp -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display the version number of the kernel audit module software. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -\fBauditstat\fR returns \fB0\fR upon success and \fB1\fR upon failure. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBauditconfig\fR(1M), \fBpraudit\fR(1M), \fBaudit\fR(2), -\fBauditon\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/automount.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/automount.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 111e1a512c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/automount.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,728 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2017 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd February 25, 2017 -.Dt AUTOMOUNT 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm automount -.Nd install automatic mount points -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl v -.Op Fl t Ar duration -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility installs -.Nm autofs -mount points and associates an automount map with each mount point. -It starts the -.Xr automountd 1M -daemon if it finds any non-trivial entries in either local or distributed -automount maps and if the daemon is not already running. -The -.Nm autofs -file system monitors attempts to access directories within it and notifies the -.Xr automountd 1M -daemon. -The daemon uses the map to locate a file system, which it then mounts at the -point of reference within the -.Nm autofs -file system. -A map can be assigned to an -.Nm autofs -mount using an entry in the -.Pa /etc/auto_master -map or a direct map. -.Pp -If the file system is not accessed within an appropriate interval -.Pq 10 minutes by default , -the -.Nm automountd -daemon unmounts the file system. -.Pp -The file -.Pa /etc/auto_master -determines the locations of all -.Nm autofs -mount points. -By default, this file contains three entries: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# Master map for automounter -# -+auto_master -/net -hosts -nosuid -/home auto_home -.Ed -.Pp -The -.Sy +auto_master -entry is a reference to an external NIS master map. -If one exists, then its entries are read as if they occurred in place of the -.Sy +auto_master -entry. -The remaining entries in the master file specify a directory on which an -.Nm autofs -mount will be made followed by the automounter map to be associated with it. -Optional mount options may be supplied as an optional third field in the each -entry. -These options are used for any entries in the map that do not specify mount -options explicitly. -The -.Nm -command is usually run without arguments. -It compares the entries -.Pa /etc/auto_master -with the current list of -.Nm autofs -mounts in -.Pa /etc/mnttab -and adds, removes or updates -.Nm autofs -mounts to bring the -.Pa /etc/mnttab -up to date with the -.Pa /etc/auto_master . -At boot time it installs all -.Nm autofs -mounts from the master map. -Subsequently, it may be run to install -.Nm autofs -mounts for new entries in the master map or the direct map, or to perform -unmounts for entries that have been removed from these maps. -.Ss Automount with Solaris Trusted Extensions -If a system is configured with Solaris Trusted Extensions, additional -processing is performed to facilitate multilevel home directory access. -A list of zones whose labels are dominated by the current zone is generated and -default -.Sy auto_home -automount maps are generated if they do not currently exist. -These automount maps are named -.Sy auto_home_ Ns Ar zonename , -where -.Ar zonename -is the name of each zone's lower-level zone. -An -.Nm autofs -mount of each such -.Sy auto_home -map is then performed, regardless of whether it is explicitly or implicitly -listed in the master map. -Instead of -.Nm autofs -mounting the standard -.Sy auto_home -map, the zone uses an -.Pa auto_home -file appended with its own zone name. -Each zone's -.Sy auto_home -map is uniquely named so that it can be maintained and shared by all zones using -a common name server. -.Pp -By default, the home directories of lower-level zones are mounted read-only -under -.Pa /zone/ Ns Ar zonename Ns Pa /export/home -when each zone is booted. -The default -.Sy auto_home_ Ns Ar zonename -automount map specifies that path as the source directory for an -.Nm lofs -remount onto -.Pa /zone/ Ns Ar zonename Ns Pa /home/ Ns Ar username . -For example, the file -.Pa auto_home_public , -as generated from a higher level zone would contain: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -+auto_home_public -* -fstype=lofs :/zone/public/export/home/& -.Ed -.Pp -When a home directory is referenced and the name does not match any other keys -in the -.Sy auto_home_public -map, it will match this loopback mount specification. -If this loopback match occurs and the name corresponds to a valid user whose -home directory does not exist in the public zone, the directory is automatically -created on behalf of the user. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v -Verbose mode. -Notifies of -.Nm autofs -mounts, unmounts, or other non-essential information. -.It Fl t Ar duration -Specifies a -.Ar duration , -in seconds, that a file system is to remain mounted when not in use. -The default is -.Sy 10 -minutes. -.El -.Sh USAGE -.Ss Map Entry Format -A simple map entry -.Pq mapping -takes the form: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -.Ar key Oo Fl Ns Ar mount-options Oc Ar location Ns ... -.Ed -.Pp -where -.Ar key -is the full pathname of the directory to mount when used in a direct map, or the -simple name of a subdirectory in an indirect map. -.Ar mount-options -is a comma-separated list of -.Nm mount -options, and -.Ar location -specifies a file system from which the directory may be mounted. -In the case of a simple NFS mount, the options that can be used are specified in -.Xr mount_nfs 1M , -and -.Ar location -takes the form: -.Pp -.Dl Ar host Ns \&: Ns Ar pathname -.Pp -.Ar host -is the name of the host from which to mount the file system, and -.Ar pathname -is the absolute pathname of the directory to mount. -.Pp -Options to other file systems are documented in the other -.Nm mount_* -reference manual pages. -.Ss Replicated File Systems -Multiple -.Ar location -fields can be specified for replicated NFS file systems, in which case -.Nm -and the kernel will each try to use that information to increase availability. -If the read-only flag is set in the map entry, -.Nm automountd -mounts a list of locations that the kernel may use, sorted by several criteria. -Only locations available at mount time will be mounted, and thus be available to -the kernel. -When a server does not respond, the kernel will switch to an alternate server. -The sort ordering of -.Nm -is used to determine how the next server is chosen. -If the read-only flag is not set, -.Nm -will mount the best single location, chosen by the same sort ordering, and new -servers will only be chosen when an unmount has been possible, and a remount is -done. -Servers on the same local subnet are given the strongest preference, and servers -on the local net are given the second strongest preference. -Among servers equally far away, response times will determine the order if no -weighting factors -.Pq see below -are used. -.Pp -If the list includes server locations using both the NFS Version 2 Protocol and -the NFS Version 3 Protocol, -.Nm -will choose only a subset of the server locations on the list, so that all -entries will be the same protocol. -It will choose servers with the NFS Version 3 Protocol so long as an NFS Version -2 Protocol server on a local subnet will not be ignored. -See the FIXME for additional details. -.Pp -If each -.Ar location -in the list shares the same -.Ar pathname -then a single -.Ar location -may be used with a comma-separated list of hostnames: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -.Ar hostname Ns \&, Ns Ar hostname Ns ...: Ns Ar pathname -.Ed -.Pp -Requests for a server may be weighted, with the weighting factor appended to -the server name as an integer in parentheses. -Servers without a weighting are assumed to have a value of zero -.Pq most likely to be selected . -Progressively higher values decrease the chance of being selected. -In the example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -man -ro alpha,bravo,charlie(1),delta(4):/usr/man -.Ed -.Pp -hosts -.Sy alpha -and -.Sy bravo -have the highest priority; host -.Sy delta -has the lowest. -.Pp -Server proximity takes priority in the selection process. -In the example above, if the server -.Sy delta -is on the same network segment as the client, but the others are on different -network segments, then -.Sy delta -will be selected; the weighting value is ignored. -The weighting has effect only when selecting between servers with the same -network proximity. -The automounter always selects the localhost over other servers on the same -network segment, regardless of weighting. -.Pp -In cases where each server has a different export point, the weighting can -still be applied. -For example: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -man -ro alpha:/usr/man bravo,charlie(1):/usr/share/man \e - delta(3):/export/man -.Ed -.Pp -A mapping can be continued across input lines by escaping the NEWLINE with a -backslash -.Pq Qq Sy \e . -Comments begin with a number sign -.Pq Qq Sy # -and end at the subsequent NEWLINE. -.Ss Map Key Substitution -The ampersand -.Pq Qq Sy \*(Am -character is expanded to the value of the -.Ar key -field for the entry in which it occurs. -In this case: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -jane sparcserver:/home/& -.Ed -.Pp -the -.Sy \*(Am -expands to -.Sy jane . -.Ss Wildcard Key -The asterisk -.Pq Qq Sy * -character, when supplied as the -.Ar key -field, is recognized as the catch-all entry. -Such an entry will match any key not previously matched. -For instance, if the following entry appeared in the indirect map for -.Pa /config : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -* &:/export/config/& -.Ed -.Pp -this would allow automatic mounts in -.Pa /config -of any remote file system whose location could be specified as: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -.Ar hostname Ns \&: Ns Pa /export/config/ Ns Ar hostname -.Ed -.Pp -Note that the wildcard key does not work in conjunction with the -.Fl browse -option. -.Ss Variable Substitution -Client specific variables can be used within an -.Nm -map. -For instance, if -.Sy $HOST -appeared within a map, -.Nm -would expand it to its current value for the client's host name. -Supported variables are: -.Bl -column "PLATFORM" "arch -k or uname -m" -.It Sy NAME Ta Sy OUTPUT OF Ta Sy DESCRIPTION (EXAMPLE) -.It Ev ARCH Ta Nm arch Ta architecture name Pq Qq Sy sun4 -.It Ev CPU Ta Nm uname Fl p Ta processor type Pq Qq Sy sparc -.It Ev HOST Ta Nm uname Fl n Ta host name Pq Qq Sy myhost -.It Ev KARCH Ta Nm arch Fl k No or Nm uname Fl m Ta kernel architecture name or -machine hardware name -.Pq Qq Sy sun4u -.It Ev OSNAME Ta Nm uname Fl s Ta OS name Pq Qq Sy SunOS -.It Ev OSREL Ta Nm name Fl r Ta OS release name Pq Qq Sy 5.3 -.It Ev OSVERS Ta Nm uname Fl v Ta OS version Pq Qq Sy beta1.0 -.It Ev NATISA Ta Nm isainfo Fl n Ta native instruction set architecture for the -system -.Pq Qq Sy sparcv9 -.It Ev PLATFORM Ta Nm uname Fl i Ta platform name Pq Qq Sy SUNW,Sun-Fire-V240 -.El -.Pp -If a reference needs to be protected from affixed characters, you can surround -the variable name with curly braces -.Pq Qq Sy \(lC Ns Sy \(rC . -.Ss Multiple Mounts -A multiple mount entry takes the form: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -.Ar key Oo Fl Ns Ar mount-options Oc Oo Oo Ar mountpoint Oc -.Oo Fl Ns Ar mount-options Oc Ar location Ns ... Oc Ns ... -.Ed -.Pp -The initial -.Ar mountpoint -is optional for the first mount and mandatory for all subsequent mounts. -The optional -.Ar mountpoint -is taken as a pathname relative to the directory named by -.Ar key . -If -.Ar mountpoint -is omitted in the first occurrence, a -.Ar mountpoint -of -.Pa / -.Pq root -is implied. -.Pp -Given an entry in the indirect map for -.Pa /src : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -beta -ro \e - / svr1,svr2:/export/src/beta \e - /1.0 svr1,svr2:/export/src/beta/1.0 \e - /1.0/man svr1,svr2:/export/src/beta/1.0/man -.Ed -.Pp -All offsets must exist on the server under -.Sy beta . -.Nm -will automatically mount -.Pa /src/beta , -.Pa /src/beta/1.0 , -and -.Pa /src/beta/1.0/man , -as needed, from either -.Sy svr1 -or -.Sy svr2 , -whichever host is nearest and responds first. -.Ss Other File System Types -The automounter assumes NFS mounts as a default file system type. -Other file system types can be described using the -.Sy fstype -mount option. -Other mount options specific to this file system type can be combined with the -.Sy fstype -option. -The location field must contain information specific to the file system type. -If the location field begins with a slash, a colon character must be prepended, -for instance, to mount a CD file system: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -cdrom -fstype=hsfs,ro :/dev/sr0 -.Ed -.Pp -or to perform an -.Nm autofs -mount: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -src -fstype=autofs auto_src -.Ed -.Pp -Use this procedure only if you are not using Volume Manager. -.Pp -See the -.Sx NOTES -section for information on option inheritance. -.Ss Indirect Maps -An indirect map allows you to specify mappings for the subdirectories you wish -to mount under the -.Ar directory -indicated on the command line. -In an indirect map, each -.Ar key -consists of a simple name that refers to one or more file systems that are to be -mounted as needed. -.Ss Direct Maps -Entries in a direct map are associated directly with -.Nm autofs -mount points. -Each -.Ar key -is the full pathname of an -.Nm autofs -mount point. -The direct map as a whole is not associated with any single directory. -.Pp -Direct maps are distinguished from indirect maps by the -.Sy \- -key. -For example: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# Master map for automounter -# -+auto_master -/net -hosts -nosuid,nobrowse -/home auto_home -nobrowse -/- auto_direct -.Ed -.Ss Included Maps -The contents of another map can be included within a map with an entry of the -form -.Bd -literal -offset indent -.No + Ns Ar mapname -.Ed -.Pp -If -.Ar mapname -begins with a slash, it is assumed to be the pathname of a local file. -Otherwise, the location of the map is determined by the policy of the name -service switch according to the entry for the automounter in -.Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf , -such as -.Bd -literal -offset indent -automount: files nis -.Ed -.Pp -If the name service is -.Sy files , -then the name is assumed to be that of a local file in -.Pa /etc . -If the key being searched for is not found in the included map, the search -continues with the next entry. -.Ss Special Maps -There are two special maps available: -.Sy -hosts -and -.Sy -null . -The -.Sy -hosts -map is used with the -.Pa /net -directory and assumes that the map key is the hostname of an NFS server. -The -.Nm automountd -daemon dynamically constructs a map entry from the server's list of exported -file systems. -References to a directory under -.Pa /net/hermes -will refer to the corresponding directory relative to -.Sy hermes -root. -.Pp -The -.Sy -null -map cancels a previous map for the directory indicated. -This is most useful in the -.Pa /etc/auto_master -for cancelling entries that would otherwise be inherited from the -.Sy +auto_master -include entry. -To be effective, the -.Sy -null -entries must be inserted before the included map entry. -.Ss Executable Maps -Local maps that have the execute bit set in their file permissions will be -executed by the automounter and provided with a key to be looked up as an -argument. -The executable map is expected to return the content of an automounter map entry -on its stdout or no output if the entry cannot be determined. -A direct map cannot be made executable. -.Ss Configuration and the auto_master Map -When initiated without arguments, -.Nm -consults the master map for a list of -.Nm autofs -mount points and their maps. -It mounts any -.Nm autofs -mounts that are not already mounted, and unmounts -.Nm autofs -mounts that have been removed from the master map or direct map. -.Pp -The master map is assumed to be called -.Sy auto_master -and its location is determined by the name service switch policy. -Normally the master map is located initially as a local file -.Pa /etc/auto_master . -.Ss Browsing -The -.Nm automountd -daemon supports browsability of indirect maps. -This allows all of the potential mount points to be visible, whether or not they -are mounted. -The -.Sy -nobrowse -option can be added to any indirect -.Nm autofs -map to disable browsing. -For example: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -/net -hosts -nosuid,nobrowse -/home auto_home -.Ed -.Pp -In this case, any -.Ar hostname Ns s -would only be visible in -.Pa /net -after they are mounted, but all potential mount points would be visible under -.Pa /home . -The -.Sy -browse -option enables browsability of -.Nm autofs -file systems. -This is the default for all indirect maps. -.Pp -The -.Sy -browse -option does not work in conjunction with the wildcard key. -.Ss Restricting Mount Maps -Options specified for a map are used as the default options for all the entries -in that map. -They are ignored when map entries specify their own mount options. -.Pp -In some cases, however, it is desirable to force -.Sy nosuid , nodevices , nosetuid , -or -.Sy noexec -for a complete mount map and its submounts. -This can be done by specifying the additional mount option, -.Sy -restrict . -.Bd -literal -offset indent -/home auto_home -restrict,nosuid,hard -.Ed -.Pp -The -.Sy -restrict -option forces the inheritance of all the restrictive options -.Sy nosuid , nodevices , nosetuid , -and -.Sy noexec -as well as the restrict option itself. -In this particular example, the -.Sy nosuid -and -.Sy restrict -option are inherited but the -.Sy hard -option is not. -The -.Sy restrict -option also prevents the execution of -.Qq executable maps -and is enforced for auto mounts established by programs with fewer than all -privileges available in their zone. -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /etc/auto_master -Master automount map. -.It Pa /etc/auto_home -Map to support automounted home directories. -.It Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf -Name service switch configuration file. -See -.Xr nsswitch.conf 4 . -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr isainfo 1 , -.Xr ls 1 , -.Xr svcs 1 , -.Xr uname 1 , -.Xr automountd 1M , -.Xr mount 1M , -.Xr mount_nfs 1M , -.Xr svcadm 1M , -.Xr autofs 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr nfssec 5 , -.Xr smf 5 -.Sh NOTES -.Nm autofs -mount points must not be hierarchically related. -.Nm -does not allow an -.Nm autofs -mount point to be created within another -.Nm autofs -mount. -.Pp -Since each direct map entry results in a new -.Nm autofs -mount such maps should be kept short. -.Pp -Entries in both direct and indirect maps can be modified at any time. -The new information is used when -.Nm automountd -next uses the map entry to do a mount. -.Pp -New entries added to a master map or direct map will not be useful until the -automount command is run to install them as new -.Nm autofs -mount points. -New entries added to an indirect map may be used immediately. -.Pp -As of the Solaris 2.6 release, a listing -.Po see -.Xr ls 1 -.Pc -of the -.Nm autofs -directory associated with an indirect map shows all potential mountable -entries. -The attributes associated with the potential mountable entries are temporary. -The real file system attributes will only be shown once the file system has been -mounted. -.Pp -Default mount options can be assigned to an entire map when specified as an -optional third field in the master map. -These options apply only to map entries that have no mount options. -Note that map entities with options override the default options, as at this -time, the options do not concatenate. -The concatenation feature is planned for a future release. -.Pp -When operating on a map that invokes an NFS mount, the default number of -retries for the automounter is 0, that is, a single mount attempt, with no -retries. -Note that this is significantly different from the default -.Pq 10000 -for the -.Xr mount_nfs 1M -utility. -.Pp -The Network Information Service -.Pq NIS -was formerly known as Sun Yellow Pages -.Pq YP . -The functionality of the two remains the same. -.Pp -The -.Nm -service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , -under the service identifier: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -svc:/system/filesystem/autofs:default -.Ed -.Pp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . -The service's status can be queried using the -.Xr svcs 1 -command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/automountd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/automountd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 033bc50875..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/automountd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd March 1, 2016 -.Dt AUTOMOUNTD 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm automountd -.Nd autofs mount/unmount daemon -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl nTv -.Op Fl D Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -is an RPC server that answers file system mount and unmount requests from the -.Nm autofs -file system. -It uses local files or name service maps to locate file systems to be mounted. -These maps are described with the -.Xr automount 1M -command. -.Pp -If -.Nm automount -finds any non-trivial entries in either the local or distributed automount maps -and if the daemon is not running already, the -.Nm -daemon is automatically invoked by -.Xr automount 1M . -.Nm -enables the svc:/network/nfs/nlockmgr service -.Pq Xr lockd 1M , -and the svc:/network/nfs/status service -.Pq Xr statd 1M , -if NFS mounts need to be done. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl D Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value -Assign -.Ar value -to the indicated -.Nm automount -map substitution variable. -These assignments cannot be used to substitute variables in the master map -.Sy auto_master . -.It Fl n -Turn off browsing for all -.Nm autofs -mount points. -This option overrides the -.Sy -browse -.Nm autofs -map option on the local host. -.It Fl T -Trace. -Expand each RPC call and display it on the standard output. -.It Fl v -Verbose. -Log status messages to the console. -.El -.Sh USAGE -See -.Xr largefile 5 -for the description of the behavior of -.Nm -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte -.Pq 2^31 bytes . -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /etc/auto_master -Master map for automounter. -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr svcs 1 , -.Xr automount 1M , -.Xr svcadm 1M , -.Xr autofs 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr smf 5 -.Sh NOTES -The -.Nm -service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , -under the service identifier: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -svc:/system/filesystem/autofs -.Ed -.Pp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . -The service's status can be queried using -.Xr svcs 1 . -If it is disabled, it is enabled by -.Xr automount 1M -unless the -.Sy application Ns / Ns Sy auto_enable -property is set to -.Sy false . diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/autopush.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/autopush.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7f5f508074..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/autopush.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH AUTOPUSH 1M "Feb 15, 2008" -.SH NAME -autopush \- configures lists of automatically pushed STREAMS modules -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBautopush\fR \fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBautopush\fR \fB-g\fR \fB-M\fR \fImajor\fR \fB-m\fR \fIminor\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBautopush\fR \fB-r\fR \fB-M\fR \fImajor\fR \fB-m\fR \fIminor\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBautopush\fR command configures the list of modules to be automatically -pushed onto the stream when a device is opened. It can also be used to remove a -previous setting or get information on a setting. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets up the \fBautopush\fR configuration for each driver according to the -information stored in \fIfilename\fR. An \fBautopush\fR file consists of lines -of four or more fields, separated by spaces as shown below: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fImajor minor last-minor module1 module2 \|.\|.\|. module8\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The first field is a string that specifies the \fImajor\fR device name, as -listed in the \fB/kernel/drv\fR directory. The next two fields are integers -that specify the \fIminor\fR device number and \fIlast-minor\fR device number. -The fields following represent the names of modules. If \fIminor\fR is -\fB\(mi1\fR, then all minor devices of a major driver specified by \fImajor\fR -are configured, and the value for \fIlast-minor\fR is ignored. If -\fIlast-minor\fR is \fB0\fR, then only a single minor device is configured. To -configure a range of minor devices for a particular major, \fIminor\fR must be -less than \fIlast-minor\fR. -.sp -The remaining fields list the names of modules to be automatically pushed onto -the stream when opened, along with the position of an optional anchor. The -maximum number of modules that can be pushed is eight. The modules are pushed -in the order they are specified. The optional special character sequence -\fB[anchor]\fR indicates that a STREAMS anchor should be placed on the stream -at the module previously specified in the list; it is an error to specify more -than one anchor or to have an anchor first in the list. -.sp -A nonzero exit status indicates that one or more of the lines in the specified -file failed to complete successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Gets the current configuration setting of a particular \fImajor\fR and -\fIminor\fR device number specified with the \fB-M\fR and \fB-m\fR options -respectively and displays the autopush modules associated with it. It will also -return the starting minor device number if the request corresponds to a setting -of a range (as described with the \fB-f\fR option). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIminor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the minor device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fImajor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the major device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes the previous configuration setting of the particular \fImajor\fR and -\fIminor\fR device number specified with the \fB-M\fR and \fB-m\fR options -respectively. If the values of \fImajor\fR and \fIminor\fR correspond to a -previously established setting of a range of minor devices, where \fIminor\fR -matches the first minor device number in the range, the configuration would be -removed for the entire range. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBautopush\fR command. -.sp -.LP -The following example gets the current configuration settings for the -\fImajor\fR and \fIminor\fR device numbers as indicated and displays the -\fBautopush\fR modules associated with them for the character-special device -\fB/dev/term/a:\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# autopush \fB-g\fR \fB-M\fR 29 \fB-m\fR 0 -Major Minor Lastminor Modules - 29 0 1 ldterm ttcompat -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/iu.ap\fR -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdladm\fR(1M), \fBttymon\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBldterm\fR(7M), -\fBsad\fR(7D), \fBstreamio\fR(7I), \fBttcompat\fR(7M) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The use of the \fBautopush\fR command is obsolete for networking data-links. -The preferred method of configuring a list of automatically pushed STREAMS -modules on a given networking data-link interface is the \fBdladm\fR(1M) -\fBautopush\fR link property. -.sp -.LP -Because network devices are self-cloning, the \fBautopush\fR command is -inadequate for networking devices. The granularity of the \fBautopush\fR -command's configuration is driver-wide, and not per-interface as one might -expect. Another reason not to use \fBautopush\fR is that administrators are -more familiar with the names of their network interfaces than with device major -and minor numbers. The \fBdladm\fR(1M) command allows the configuration using -data-link interface names. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/bart.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/bart.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 520ab571ed..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/bart.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,639 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH BART 1M "Oct 26, 2005" -.SH NAME -bart \- basic audit reporting tool -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/bart\fR create [ \fB-n\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot_directory\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIrules_file\fR | -] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/bart\fR create [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot_directory\fR] \fB-I\fR - [\fIfile_name\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/bart\fR compare [\fB-i\fR \fIattribute\fR ] [\fB-p\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIrules_file\fR | -] \fIcontrol-manifest\fR \fItest-manifest\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBbart\fR(1M) is a tool that performs a file-level check of the software -contents of a system. -.sp -.LP -You can also specify the files to track and the types of discrepancies to flag -by means of a rules file, \fBbart_rules\fR. See \fBbart_rules\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -The \fBbart\fR utility performs two basic functions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbart create\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The manifest generator tool takes a file-level \fBsnapshot\fR of a system. The -output is a catalog of file attributes referred to as a \fBmanifest\fR. See -\fBbart_manifest\fR(4). -.sp -You can specify that the list of files be cataloged in three ways. Use \fBbart -create\fR with no options, specify the files by name on the command line, or -create a rules file with directives that specify which the files to monitor. -See \fBbart_rules\fR(4). -.sp -By default, the manifest generator catalogs all attributes of all files in the -root (\fB/\fR) file system. File systems mounted on the root file system are -cataloged only if they are of the same type as the root file system. -.sp -For example, \fB/\fR, \fB/usr\fR, and \fB/opt\fR are separate UFS file systems. -\fB/usr\fR and \fB/opt\fR are mounted on \fB/\fR. Therefore, all three file -systems are cataloged. However, \fB/tmp\fR, also mounted on \fB/\fR, is not -cataloged because it is a TMPFS file system. Mounted CD-ROMs are not cataloged -since they are HSFS file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbart compare\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The report tool compares two manifests. The output is a list of per-file -attribute discrepancies. These discrepancies are the differences between two -manifests: a control manifest and a test manifest. -.sp -A discrepancy is a change to any attribute for a given file cataloged by both -manifests. A new file or a deleted file in a manifest is reported as a -discrepancy. -.sp -The reporting mechanism provides two types of output: verbose and programmatic. -Verbose output is localized and presented on multiple lines, while programmatic -output is more easily parsable by other programs. See \fBOUTPUT\fR. -.sp -By default, the report tool generates verbose output where all discrepancies -are reported except for modified directory timestamps (\fBdirmtime\fR -attribute). -.sp -To ensure consistent and accurate comparison results, \fIcontrol-manifest\fR -and \fItest-manifest\fR must be built with the same rules file. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Use the rules file to ignore specified files or subtrees when you generate a -manifest or compare two manifests. Users can compare manifests from different -perspectives by re-running the \fBbart compare\fR command with different rules -files. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIattribute\fR ...\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Specify the file attributes to be ignored globally. Specify attributes as a -comma separated list. -.sp -This option produces the same behavior as supplying the file attributes to a -global \fBIGNORE\fR keyword in the rules file. See \fBbart_rules\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR [\fIfile_name\fR...]\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Specify the input list of files. The file list can be specified at the command -line or read from standard input. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Prevent computation of content signatures for all regular files in the file -list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Display manifest comparison output in ``programmatic mode,'' which is suitable -for programmatic parsing. The output is not localized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrules_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Use \fIrules_file\fR to specify which files and directories to catalog, and to -define which file attribute discrepancies to flag. If \fIrules_file\fR is -\fB-\fR, then the rules are read from standard input. See \fBbart_rules\fR(4) -for the definition of the syntax. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot_directory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Specify the root directory for the manifest. All paths specified by the rules, -and all paths reported in the manifest, are relative to \fIroot_directory\fR. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -bart allows quoting of operands. This is particularly important for white-space -appearing in subtree and subtree modifier specifications. -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcontrol-manifest\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify the manifest created by \fBbart create\fR on the control system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItest-manifest\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify the manifest created by \fBbart create\fR on the test system. -.RE - -.SH OUTPUT -.sp -.LP -The \fBbart create\fR and \fBbart compare\fR commands write output to standard -output, and write error messages to standard error. -.sp -.LP -The \fBbart create\fR command generates a system manifest. See -\fBbart_manifest\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -When the \fBbart compare\fR command compares two system manifests, it generates -a list of file differences. By default, the comparison output is localized. -However, if the \fB-p\fR option is specified, the output is generated in a form -that is suitable for programmatic manipulation. -.SS "Default Format" -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIfilename\fR -\fIattribute\fR control:\fIxxxx\fR test:\fIyyyy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Name of the file that differs between \fIcontrol-manifest\fR and -\fItest-manifest\fR. For file names that contain embedded whitespace or newline -characters, see \fBbart_manifest\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIattribute\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The name of the file attribute that differs between the manifests that are -compared. \fIxxxx\fR is the attribute value from \fIcontrol-manifest\fR, and -\fIyyyy\fR is the attribute value from \fItest-manifest\fR. When discrepancies -for multiple attributes occur for the same file, each difference is noted on a -separate line. -.sp -The following attributes are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBacl\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -ACL attributes for the file. For a file with ACL attributes, this field -contains the output from \fBacltotext()\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBall\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -All attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcontents\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Checksum value of the file. This attribute is only specified for regular files. -If you turn off context checking or if checksums cannot be computed, the value -of this field is \fB-\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdest\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Destination of a symbolic link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdevnode\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Value of the device node. This attribute is for character device files and -block device files only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdirmtime\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Modification time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970 for -directories. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBgid\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Numerical group ID of the owner of this entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBlnmtime\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Creation time for links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmode\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Octal number that represents the permissions of the file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmtime\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Modification time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970 for files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsize\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -File size in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtype\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Type of file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuid\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Numerical user ID of the owner of this entry. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following default output shows the attribute differences for the -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file. The output indicates that the \fBsize\fR, \fBmtime\fR, -and \fBcontents\fR attributes have changed. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/etc/passwd: - size control:74 test:81 - mtime control:3c165879 test:3c165979 - contents control:daca28ae0de97afd7a6b91fde8d57afa -test:84b2b32c4165887355317207b48a6ec7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Programmatic Format" -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIfilename\fR \fIattribute\fR \fIcontrol-val\fR \fItest-val\fR [\fIattribute\fR \fIcontrol-val\fR \fItest-val\fR]* -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Same as \fIfilename\fR in the default format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIattribute\fR \fIcontrol-val\fR \fItest-val\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A description of the file attributes that differ between the control and test -manifests for each file. Each entry includes the attribute value from each -manifest. See \fBbart_manifest\fR(4) for the definition of the attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Each line of the programmatic output describes all attribute differences for a -single file. -.sp -.LP -The following programmatic output shows the attribute differences for the -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file. The output indicates that the \fBsize\fR, \fBmtime\fR, -and \fBcontents\fR attributes have changed. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/etc/passwd size 74 81 mtime 3c165879 3c165979 -contents daca28ae0de97afd7a6b91fde8d57afa 84b2b32c4165887355317207b48a6ec7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.SS "Manifest Generator" -.sp -.LP -The manifest generator returns the following exit values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Success -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Non-fatal error when processing files; for example, permission problems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Fatal error; for example, invalid command-line options -.RE - -.SS "Report Tool" -.sp -.LP -The report tool returns the following exit values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -No discrepancies reported -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Discrepancies found -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Fatal error executing comparison -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating a Default Manifest Without Computing Checksums -.sp -.LP -The following command line creates a default manifest, which consists of all -files in the \fB/\fR file system. The \fB-n\fR option prevents computation of -checksums, which causes the manifest to be generated more quickly. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart create -n -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRCreating a Manifest for a Specified Subtree -.sp -.LP -The following command line creates a manifest that contains all files in the -\fB/home/nickiso\fR subtree. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart create -R /home/nickiso -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCreating a Manifest by Using Standard Input -.sp -.LP -The following command line uses output from the \fBfind\fR(1) command to -generate the list of files to be cataloged. The \fBfind\fR output is used as -input to the \fBbart create\fR command that specifies the \fB-I\fR option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -find /home/nickiso -print | bart create -I -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRCreating a Manifest by Using a Rules File -.sp -.LP -The following command line uses a rules file, \fBrules\fR, to specify the files -to be cataloged. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart create -r rules -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRComparing Two Manifests and Generating Programmatic Output -.sp -.LP -The following command line compares two manifests and produces output suitable -for parsing by a program. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart compare -p manifest1 manifest2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRComparing Two Manifests and Specifying Attributes to Ignore -.sp -.LP -The following command line compares two manifests. The \fBdirmtime\fR, -\fBlnmtime\fR, and \fBmtime\fR attributes are not compared. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart compare -i dirmtime,lnmtime,mtime manifest1 manifest2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRComparing Two Manifests by Using a Rules File -.sp -.LP -The following command line uses a rules file, \fBrules\fR, to compare two -manifests. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -bart compare -r rules manifest1 manifest2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcksum\fR(1), \fBdigest\fR(1), \fBfind\fR(1), \fBbart_manifest\fR(4), -\fBbart_rules\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The file attributes of certain system libraries can be temporarily altered by -the system as it boots. To avoid triggering false warnings, you should compare -manifests only if they were both created with the system in the same state; -that is, if both were created in single-user or both in multi-user. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/beadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/beadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index dd544d7a24..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/beadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,932 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome -.\" Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.TH BEADM 1M "Oct 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -beadm \- utility for managing zfs boot environments -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBcreate\fR [\fB-a\fR | \fB-t\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR] - [\fB-e\fR \fInon-activeBeName\fR | \fIbeName@snapshot\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIproperty=value\fR] ... [\fB-p\fR \fIzpool\fR] - [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBcreate\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBdestroy\fR [\fB-fFsv\fR] \fIbeName\fR | \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBlist\fR [\fB-a\fR | \fB-ds\fR] [\fB-H\fR] - [\fB-k\fR|\fB-K\fR \fBdate\fR | \fBname\fR | \fBspace\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fIbeName\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBmount\fR [\fB-s\fR \fBro\fR|\fBrw\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fImountpoint\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBunmount\fR [\fB-fv\fR] \fIbeName\fR | \fImountpoint\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBrename\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fInewBeName\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBactivate\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-t\fR | \fB-T\fR] \fIbeName\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBrollback\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fIsnapshot\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbeadm\fR \fBrollback\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBbeadm\fR command is the user interface for managing zfs Boot -Environments (BEs). This utility is intended to be used by System -Administrators who want to manage multiple Solaris Instances on a single -system. -.sp -The \fBbeadm\fR command supports the following operations: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Create a new BE, based on the active BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Create a new BE, based on an inactive BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Create a snapshot of an existing BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Create a new BE, based on an existing snapshot. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Create a new BE, and copy it to a different zpool. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Activate an existing, inactive BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Mount a BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Unmount a BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Destroy a BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Destroy a snapshot of a BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Rename an existing, inactive BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Roll back a BE to an existing snapshot of a BE. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el - -Display information about your snapshots and datasets. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -The \fBbeadm\fR command has the subcommands and options listed -below. Also see -EXAMPLES below. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information for all boot environments. See \fBbeadm\fR \fBlist\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBcreate\fR [\fB-a\fR | \fB-t\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR] - [\fB-e\fR \fInon-activeBeName\fR | \fIbeName@snapshot\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIproperty=value\fR] ... [\fB-p\fR \fIzpool\fR] - [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR - -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates a new boot environment named \fIbeName\fR. If the \fB-e\fR option is -not -provided, the new boot environment will be created as a clone of the -currently -running boot environment. If the \fB-d\fR option is provided then the -description is -also used as the title for the BE's entry in the boot menu. If the \fB-d\fR -option is not provided, \fIbeName\fR will be used as the title. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-a\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Activate the newly created BE. The default is to not activate -the newly created BE. See also \fB-t\fR. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new BE with a description associated with it. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-e\fR \fInon-activeBeName\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new BE from an existing inactive BE. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-e\fR \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new BE from an existing snapshot of the BE named beName. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-o\fR \fIproperty=value\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create the datasets for new BE with specific ZFS properties. Multiple -\fB-o\fR -options can be specified. See \fBzfs\fR(1M) for more information on -the -\fB-o\fR option. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-p\fR \fIzpool\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create the new BE in the specified zpool. If this is not provided, the -default -behavior is to create the new BE in the same pool as as the origin BE. -This option is not supported in non-global zone. -.RE -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-t\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Temporarily activate the newly created BE. The new BE will be -used for the next boot only and the temporary activation will be automatically -removed. The default is to not activate the newly created BE. See also -\fB-a\fR. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBcreate\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates a snapshot of the existing BE named beName. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBdestroy\fR [\fB-fFsv\fR] \fIbeName\fR | \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Destroys the boot environment named \fIbeName\fR or destroys an existing -snapshot of -the boot environment named \fIbeName@snapshot\fR. Destroying a -boot environment -will also destroy all snapshots of that boot environment. Use -this command -with caution. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forcefully unmount the boot environment if it is currently mounted. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-F\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the action without prompting to verify the destruction of the boot -environment. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Destroy all snapshots of the boot -environment. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBlist\fR [\fB-a\fR | \fB-ds\fR] [\fB-H\fR] - [\fB-k\fR|\fB-K\fR \fBdate\fR | \fBname\fR | \fBspace\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fIbeName\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information about the existing boot environment named \fIbeName\fR, or -lists -information for all boot environments if \fIbeName\fR is not provided. -The 'Active' -field indicates whether the boot environment is active now, -represented -by 'N'; active on reboot, represented by 'R'; or both, represented -by 'NR'. If temporary next boot configuration is used, the boot environment -is marked with 'T'. -In non-global zone the 'Active' field also indicates whether the -boot environment has a non-active parent BE, represented by 'x'; is active -on boot in a non-active parent BE, represented by 'b'. Activate, rollback -and snapshot operations for boot environments from non-active global parent -BE aren't supported, destroy is allowed if these boot environments aren't -active on boot. -.sp -Each line in the machine parsable output has the boot environment name as the -first field. The 'Space' field is displayed in bytes and the 'Created' field -is displayed in UTC format. The \fB-H\fR option used with no other options -gives -the boot environment's uuid in the second field. This field will be -blank if -the boot environment does not have a uuid. See the EXAMPLES section. -In non-global zones, this field shows the uuid of the parent BE. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-a\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists all available information about the boot environment. This includes -subordinate file systems and snapshots. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-d\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information about all subordinate file systems belonging to the boot -environment. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information about the snapshots of the boot environment. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-H\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not list header information. Each field in the list information is -separated by a semicolon. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-k\fR \fBdate\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort BEs by date of creation in ascending order. This is default. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-k\fR \fBname\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lexical sort of BEs by name in ascending order. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-k\fR \fBspace\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort BEs by space in ascending order. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-K date\fR | \fBname\fR | \fBspace\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Same as the \fB-k\fR option, but sorts in descending order. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBmount\fR [\fB-s\fR \fBro\fR|\fBrw\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fImountpoint\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mounts a boot environment named beName at mountpoint. mountpoint must be an -already existing empty directory. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR \fBro\fR|\fBrw\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the shared filesystems of the BE in read-only or read-write mode. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBunmount\fR [\fB-fv\fR] \fIbeName\fR | \fImountpoint\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unmounts the boot environment named beName. The command can also be given a path to a -beName mount point on the system. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forcefully unmount the boot environment even if its currently busy. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBrename\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fInewBeName\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Renames the boot environment named \fIbeName\fR to \fInewBeName\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBrollback\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIbeName\fR \fIsnapshot\fR | \fIbeName@snapshot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Roll back the boot environment named \fIbeName\fR to existing snapshot -of the boot environment named \fIbeName@snapshot\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbeadm\fR \fBactivate\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-t\fR | \fB-T\fR] \fIbeName\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Makes beName the active BE on next reboot. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-t\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets temporary, one time activation. For next boot, the \fIbeName\fR -is used for boot, and the temporary activation is removed. -When temporary activation is removed, the next boot will use zfs dataset -specified in boot pool \fIbootfs\fR property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-T\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes temporary next boot configuration of \fIbeName\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Displays verbose error messages from \fBbeadm\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.SH ALTERNATE BE LOCATION -The alternate BE location outside rpool/ROOT can be configured -by modifying the BENAME_STARTS_WITH parameter in /etc/default/be. -For example: BENAME_STARTS_WITH=rootfs - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1\fR: Create a new BE named BE1, by cloning the current live BE. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create BE1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2\fR: Create a new BE named BE2, by cloning the existing inactive -BE -named BE1. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create -e BE1 BE2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3\fR: Create a snapshot named now of the existing BE named BE1. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create BE1@now\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4\fR: Create a new BE named BE3, by cloning an existing snapshot of -BE1. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create -e BE1@now BE3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5\fR: Create a new BE named BE4 based on the currently running BE. -Create the new BE in rpool2. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create -p rpool2 BE4\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6\fR: Create a new BE named BE5 based on the currently running BE. -Create the new BE in rpool2, and create its datasets with compression turned -on. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create -p rpool2 -o compression=on BE5\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7\fR: Create a new BE named BE6 based on the currently running BE -and provide a description for it. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm create -d "BE6 used as test environment" BE6\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8\fR: Activate an existing, inactive BE named BE3. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm activate BE3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9\fR: Mount the BE named BE3 at /mnt. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm mount BE3 /mnt\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10\fR: Unmount the mounted BE named BE3. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm unmount BE3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11\fR: Destroy the BE named BE3 without verification. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm destroy -f BE3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12\fR: Destroy the snapshot named now of BE1. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm destroy BE1@now\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13\fR: Rename the existing, inactive BE named BE1 to BE3. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm rename BE1 BE3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14\fR: Roll back the BE named BE1 to snapshot BE1@now. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm rollback BE1 BE1@now\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 15\fR: List all existing boot environments. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm list\fR -BE Active Mountpoint Space Policy Created --- ------ ---------- ----- ------ ------- -BE2 - - 72.0K static 2008-05-21 12:26 -BE3 - - 332.0K static 2008-08-26 10:28 -BE4 - - 15.78M static 2008-09-05 18:20 -BE5 NR / 7.25G static 2008-09-09 16:53 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 16\fR: List all existing boot environmets and list all dataset and -snapshot information about those bootenvironments. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm list -d -s\fR - -BE/Dataset/Snapshot Active Mountpoint Space Policy Created -------------------- ------ ---------- ----- ------ ------- -BE2 - p/ROOT/BE2 - - 36.0K static 2008-05-21 12:26 - p/ROOT/BE2/opt - - 18.0K static 2008-05-21 16:26 - p/ROOT/BE2/opt@now - - 0 static 2008-09-08 22:43 - p/ROOT/BE2@now - - 0 static 2008-09-08 22:43 -BE3 - p/ROOT/BE3 - - 192.0K static 2008-08-26 10:28 - p/ROOT/BE3/opt - - 86.0K static 2008-08-26 10:28 - p/ROOT/BE3/opt/local - - 36.0K static 2008-08-28 10:58 -BE4 - p/ROOT/BE4 - - 15.78M static 2008-09-05 18:20 -BE5 - p/ROOT/BE5 NR / 6.10G static 2008-09-09 16:53 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt - /opt 24.55M static 2008-09-09 16:53 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt@bar - - 18.38M static 2008-09-10 00:59 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt@foo - - 18.38M static 2008-06-10 16:37 - p/ROOT/BE5@bar - - 139.44M static 2008-09-10 00:59 - p/ROOT/BE5@foo - - 912.85M static 2008-06-10 16:37 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\fBExample 17\fR: List all dataset and snapshot information about BE5 - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm list -a BE5\fR - -BE/Dataset/Snapshot Active Mountpoint Space Policy Created -------------------- ------ ---------- ----- ------ ------- -BE5 - p/ROOT/BE5 NR / 6.10G static 2008-09-09 16:53 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt - /opt 24.55M static 2008-09-09 16:53 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt@bar - - 18.38M static 2008-09-10 00:59 - p/ROOT/BE5/opt@foo - - 18.38M static 2008-06-10 16:37 - p/ROOT/BE5@bar - - 139.44M static 2008-09-10 00:59 - p/ROOT/BE5@foo - - 912.85M static 2008-06-10 16:37 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 18\fR: List machine parsable information about all boot -environments. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm list -H\fR - -BE2;;;;55296;static;1211397974 -BE3;;;;339968;static;1219771706 -BE4;;;;16541696;static;1220664051 -BE5;215b8387-4968-627c-d2d0-f4a011414bab;NR;/;7786206208;static;1221004384 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -.LP -\fBExample 19\fR: Create and list temporary activation. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# beadm list\fR -BE Active Mountpoint Space Policy Created --- ------ ---------- ----- ------ ------- -BE2 - - 4,85M static 2016-10-30 14:29 -BE3 - - 4,84M static 2016-10-30 18:53 -BE4 - - 5,54M static 2016-10-30 23:53 -BE5 NR / 12,6G static 2016-11-06 01:46 -\fB# beadm create BE6\fR -\fB# beadm activate -t BE6\fR -\fB# beadm list\fR -BE Active Mountpoint Space Policy Created --- ------ ---------- ----- ------ ------- -BE2 - - 4,85M static 2016-10-30 14:29 -BE3 - - 4,84M static 2016-10-30 18:53 -BE4 - - 5,54M static 2016-10-30 23:53 -BE5 NR / 60,0K static 2016-11-06 01:46 -BE6 T - 12,6G static 2016-11-06 12:56 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Failure -.RE - - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB/var/log/beadm//create.log.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Log used for capturing beadm create output -.sp -.nf -\fIyyyymmdd_hhmmss\fR - 20071130_140558 -\fIyy\fR - year; 2007 -\fImm\fR - month; 11 -\fIdd\fR - day; 30 -\fIhh\fR - hour; 14 -\fImm\fR - minute; 05 -\fIss\fR - second; 58 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -.RE -.sp -.LP -.ne 2 -.na -\fB/etc/default/be\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains default value for BENAME_STARTS_WITH parameter -.sp -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Uncommitted -.TE - - -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR zfs (1M) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyve.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyve.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 689c34fdb3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyve.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,837 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Peter Grehan -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" Portions Copyright 2022 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" -.Dd February 26, 2022 -.Dt BHYVE 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm bhyve -.Nd "run a guest operating system inside a virtual machine" -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl aCDdeHhPSuWwxY -.Oo -.Sm off -.Fl c\~ -.Oo -.Op Cm cpus= -.Ar numcpus -.Oc -.Op Cm ,sockets= Ar n -.Op Cm ,cores= Ar n -.Op Cm ,threads= Ar n -.Oc -.Sm on -.Oo -.Sm off -.Fl G\~ -.Oo Ar w Oc -.Oo Ar bind_address Cm \&: Oc -.Ar port -.Oc -.Sm on -.Oo Fl B -.Sm off -.Ar type Ns \&, -.Op Ar key Ns = Ns Ar value -.Oo \&, Ns Ar key Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Oc \&... -.Oc -.Sm on -.Op Fl k Ar config_file -.Oo Fl l -.Sm off -.Ar lpcdev Op Cm \&, Ar conf -.Sm on -.Oc -.Sm off -.Oo Fl m\~ -.Ar memsize -.Oo -.Cm K | k | M | m | G | g | T | t -.Oc -.Sm on -.Oc -.Op Fl o Ar var Ns Cm = Ns Ar value -.Op Fl r Ar file -.Sm off -.Oo Fl s\~ -.Ar slot Cm \&, Ar emulation Op Cm \&, Ar conf -.Sm on -.Oc -.Op Fl U Ar uuid -.Ar vmname -.Nm -.Fl l Cm help -.Nm -.Fl s Cm help -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -is a hypervisor that runs guest operating systems inside a -virtual machine. -.Pp -Parameters such as the number of virtual CPUs, amount of guest memory, and -I/O connectivity can be specified with command-line parameters. -.Pp -.Nm -runs until the guest operating system reboots or an unhandled hypervisor -exit is detected. -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Fl a -The guest's local APIC is configured in xAPIC mode. -The xAPIC mode is the default setting so this option is redundant. -It will be deprecated in a future version. -.It Xo -.Fl B -.Sm off -.Ar type Ns \&, -.Op Ar key Ns = Ns Ar value -.Oo \&, Ns Ar key Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Oc \&... -.Sm on -.Xc -Configure smbios data. -.Ar type -must be set to -.Sy 1 . -Supported keys are: -.Sy manufacturer , -.Sy product , -.Sy version , -.Sy serial , -.Sy sku , -.Sy family -and -.Sy uuid . -.It Xo Fl c -.Sm off -.Op Oo Cm cpus= Oc Ar numcpus -.Op Cm ,sockets= Ar n -.Op Cm ,cores= Ar n -.Op Cm ,threads= Ar n -.Xc -.Sm on -Number of guest virtual CPUs -and/or the CPU topology. -The default value for each of -.Ar numcpus , -.Ar sockets , -.Ar cores , -and -.Ar threads -is 1. -The current maximum number of guest virtual CPUs is 32. -If -.Ar numcpus -is not specified then it will be calculated from the other arguments. -The topology must be consistent in that the -.Ar numcpus -must equal the product of -.Ar sockets , -.Ar cores , -and -.Ar threads . -If a -.Ar setting -is specified more than once the last one has precedence. -.It Fl C -Include guest memory in core file. -.It Fl D -Destroy the VM on guest initiated power-off. -.It Fl d -Suspend CPUs at boot. -.It Fl e -Force -.Nm -to exit when a guest issues an access to an I/O port that is not emulated. -This is intended for debug purposes. -.It Fl G Xo -.Sm off -.Oo Ar w Oc -.Oo Ar bind_address Cm \&: Oc -.Ar port -.Sm on -.Xc -Start a debug server that uses the GDB protocol to export guest state to a -debugger. -An IPv4 TCP socket will be bound to the supplied -.Ar bind_address -and -.Ar port -to listen for debugger connections. -Only a single debugger may be attached to the debug server at a time. -If the option begins with -.Sq w , -.Nm -will pause execution at the first instruction waiting for a debugger to attach. -.It Fl H -Yield the virtual CPU thread when a HLT instruction is detected. -If this option is not specified, virtual CPUs will use 100% of a host CPU. -.It Fl h -Print help message and exit. -.It Fl k Ar config_file -Set configuration variables from a simple, key-value config file. -Each line of the config file is expected to consist of a config variable -name, an equals sign -.Pq Sq = , -and a value. -No spaces are permitted between the variable name, equals sign, or -value. -Blank lines and lines starting with -.Sq # -are ignored. -See -.Xr bhyve_config 4 -for more details. -.It Fl l Cm help -Print a list of supported LPC devices. -.It Fl l Ar lpcdev Ns Op \&, Ns Ar conf -Allow devices behind the LPC PCI-ISA bridge to be configured. -The only supported devices are the TTY-class devices -.Cm com1 , com2 , com3 -and -.Cm com4 , -the boot ROM device -.Cm bootrom , -and the debug/test device -.Cm pc-testdev . -.Pp -The possible values for the -.Ar conf -argument are listed in the -.Fl s -flag description. -.It Xo -.Fl m Ar memsize Ns Oo -.Sm off -.Cm K | k | M | m | G | g | T | t -.Sm on -.Oc -.Xc -Set the guest physical memory size. -The size argument may be suffixed with one of -.Cm K , M , G -or -.Cm T -.Pq either upper or lower case -to indicate a multiple of kibibytes, mebibytes, gibibytes, or tebibytes. -If no suffix is given, the value is assumed to be in mebibytes. -.Pp -The default is 256MiB. -.It Fl o Ar var Ns Cm = Ns Ar value -Set the configuration variable -.Ar var -to -.Ar value . -.It Fl P -Force the guest virtual CPU to exit when a PAUSE instruction is detected. -.It Fl S -Wire guest memory. -.It Fl s Cm help -Print a list of supported PCI devices. -.It Fl s Ar slot Ns Cm \&, Ns Ar emulation Ns Op Cm \&, Ns Ar conf -Configure a virtual PCI slot and function. -.Pp -.Nm -provides PCI bus emulation and virtual devices that can be attached to -slots on the bus. -There are 32 available slots, with the option of providing up to 8 functions -per slot. -.Pp -The -.Ar slot -can be specified in one of the following formats: -.Pp -.Bl -bullet -compact -.It -.Ar pcislot -.It -.Sm off -.Ar pcislot Cm \&: Ar function -.Sm on -.It -.Sm off -.Ar bus Cm \&: Ar pcislot Cm \&: Ar function -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -The -.Ar pcislot -value is 0 to 31. -The optional -.Ar function -value is 0 to 7. -The optional -.Ar bus -value is 0 to 255. -If not specified, the -.Ar function -value defaults to 0. -If not specified, the -.Ar bus -value defaults to 0. -.Pp -The -.Ar emulation -argument can be one of the following: -.Bl -tag -width "amd_hostbridge" -.It Cm hostbridge -A simple host bridge. -This is usually configured at slot 0, and is required by most guest -operating systems. -.It Cm amd_hostbridge -Emulation identical to -.Cm hostbridge -but using a PCI vendor ID of AMD. -.It Cm passthru -PCI pass-through device. -.It Cm virtio-net-viona -Accelerated Virtio network interface. -.It Cm virtio-net -Legacy Virtio network interface. -.It Cm virtio-blk -Virtio block storage interface. -.It Cm virtio-9p -Virtio 9p (VirtFS) interface. -.It Cm virtio-rnd -Virtio random number generator interface. -.It Cm virtio-console -Virtio console interface, which exposes multiple ports -to the guest in the form of simple char devices for simple IO -between the guest and host userspaces. -.It Cm ahci -AHCI controller attached to arbitrary devices. -.It Cm ahci-cd -AHCI controller attached to an ATAPI CD/DVD. -.It Cm ahci-hd -AHCI controller attached to a SATA hard drive. -.It Cm e1000 -Intel e82545 network interface. -.It Cm uart -PCI 16550 serial device. -.It Cm lpc -LPC PCI-ISA bridge with COM1, COM2, COM3, and COM4 16550 serial ports, -a boot ROM, and, optionally, the debug/test device. -The LPC bridge emulation can only be configured on bus 0. -.It Cm fbuf -Raw framebuffer device attached to VNC server. -.It Cm xhci -eXtensible Host Controller Interface (xHCI) USB controller. -.It Cm nvme -NVM Express (NVMe) controller. -.El -.Pp -The optional parameter -.Ar conf -describes the backend for device emulations. -If -.Ar conf -is not specified, the device emulation has no backend and can be -considered unconnected. -.Pp -.Sy Host Bridge Devices -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm model Ns = Ns Ar model -Specify a hostbridge model to emulate. -Valid model strings, and their associated vendor and device IDs are: -.Sy amd Pq 0x1022/0x7432 , -.Sy netapp Pq 0x1275/0x1275 , -.Sy i440fx Pq 0x8086/0x1237 -and -.Sy q35 Pq 0x8086/0x29b0 . -The default value of -.Ar model -is -.Cm netapp . -.It Cm vendor Ns = Ns Ar vendor -PCI vendor ID. -.It Cm devid Ns = Ns Ar devid -PCI device ID. -.El -.Pp -Providing extra configuration parameters for a host bridge is optional, but if -parameters are provided then either -.Va model -by itself, or both of -.Va vendor -and -.Va devid -must be specified. -.Pp -.Sy Accelerated Virtio Network Backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Oo Cm vnic Ns = Oc Ns Ar vnic Ns Oo , Ns Cm feature_mask Ns = Ns Ar mask Oc -.Pp -.Ar vnic -is the name of a configured virtual NIC on the system. -.Ar mask -is applied to the virtio feature flags which are advertised to the guest. -Bits set in the -.Ar mask -value are removed from the advertised features. -.El -.Pp -.Sy Other Network Backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Oo Cm vnic Ns = Oc Ns Ar vnic Ns Oo , Ns Ar network-backend-options Oc -.Pp -.Ar vnic -is the name of a configured virtual NIC on the system. -.El -.Pp -The -.Ar network-backend-options -are: -.Bl -tag -width 8n -.It Cm promiscphys -Enable promiscuous mode at the physical level (default: false) -.It Cm promiscsap -Enable promiscuous mode at the SAP level (default: true) -.It Cm promiscmulti -Enable promiscuous mode for all multicast addresses (default: true) -.It Cm promiscrxonly -The selected promiscuous modes are only enabled for received traffic -(default: true). -.El -.Pp -.Sy Block storage device backends : -.Sm off -.Bl -bullet -.It -.Pa /filename Op Cm \&, Ar block-device-options -.It -.Pa /dev/xxx Op Cm \&, Ar block-device-options -.El -.Sm on -.Pp -The -.Ar block-device-options -are: -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm nocache -Open the file with -.Dv O_DIRECT . -.It Cm direct -Open the file using -.Dv O_SYNC . -.It Cm ro -Force the file to be opened read-only. -.It Cm sectorsize= Ns Ar logical Ns Oo Cm \&/ Ns Ar physical Oc -Specify the logical and physical sector sizes of the emulated disk. -The physical sector size is optional and is equal to the logical sector size -if not explicitly specified. -.It Cm nodelete -Disable emulation of guest trim requests via -.Dv DIOCGDELETE -requests. -.El -.Pp -.Sy 9P device backends : -.Sm off -.Bl -bullet -.It -.Ar sharename Cm = Ar /path/to/share Op Cm \&, Ar 9p-device-options -.El -.Sm on -.Pp -The -.Ar 9p-device-options -are: -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm ro -Expose the share in read-only mode. -.El -.Pp -.Sy TTY device backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm stdio -Connect the serial port to the standard input and output of -the -.Nm -process. -.It Pa /dev/xxx -Use the host TTY device for serial port I/O. -.El -.Pp -.Sy Boot ROM device backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Pa romfile Ns Op Cm \&, Ns Ar varfile -Map -.Ar romfile -in the guest address space reserved for boot firmware. -If -.Ar varfile -is provided, that file is also mapped in the boot firmware guest -address space, and any modifications the guest makes will be saved -to that file. -.El -.Pp -.Sy Pass-through device backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Pa /dev/ppt Ns Ar N -Connect to a PCI device on the host identified by the specified path. -.El -.Pp -Guest memory must be wired using the -.Fl S -option when a pass-through device is configured. -.Pp -The host device must have been previously attached to the -.Sy ppt -driver. -.Pp -.Sy Virtio console device backends : -.Bl -bullet -.Sm off -.It -.Cm port1= Ns Ar /path/to/port1.sock Ns -.Op Cm ,port Ns Ar N Cm \&= Ns Ar /path/to/port2.sock No \~ Ar ... -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -A maximum of 16 ports per device can be created. -Every port is named and corresponds to a UNIX domain socket created by -.Nm . -.Nm -accepts at most one connection per port at a time. -.Pp -Limitations: -.Bl -bullet -.It -Due to lack of destructors in -.Nm , -sockets on the filesystem must be cleaned up manually after -.Nm -exits. -.It -There is no way to use the -.Dq console port -feature, nor the console port resize at present. -.It -Emergency write is advertised, but no-op at present. -.El -.Pp -.Sy Framebuffer device backends : -.Bl -bullet -.Sm off -.It -.Op Cm rfb= Ar ip-and-port -.Op Cm ,w= Ar width -.Op Cm ,h= Ar height -.Op Cm ,vga= Ar vgaconf -.Op Cm ,wait -.Op Cm ,password= Ar password -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -Configuration options are defined as follows: -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm rfb= Ns Ar ip-and-port Pq or Cm tcp= Ns Ar ip-and-port -An IP address and a port VNC should listen on. -There are two formats: -.Pp -.Bl -bullet -compact -.It -.Sm off -.Op Ar IPv4 Cm \&: -.Ar port -.Sm on -.It -.Sm off -.Cm \&[ Ar IPv6 Cm \&] Cm \&: Ar port -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -The default is to listen on localhost IPv4 address and default VNC port 5900. -An IPv6 address must be enclosed in square brackets. -.It Cm unix Ns = Ns Ar path -The path to a UNIX socket which will be created and where -.Nm -will accept VNC connections. -.It Cm w= Ns Ar width No and Cm h= Ns Ar height -A display resolution, width and height, respectively. -If not specified, a default resolution of 1024x768 pixels will be used. -Minimal supported resolution is 640x480 pixels, -and maximum is 1920x1200 pixels. -.It Cm vga= Ns Ar vgaconf -Possible values for this option are -.Cm io -(default), -.Cm on -, and -.Cm off . -PCI graphics cards have a dual personality in that they are -standard PCI devices with BAR addressing, but may also -implicitly decode legacy VGA I/O space -.Pq Ad 0x3c0-3df -and memory space -.Pq 64KB at Ad 0xA0000 . -The default -.Cm io -option should be used for guests that attempt to issue BIOS calls which result -in I/O port queries, and fail to boot if I/O decode is disabled. -.Pp -The -.Cm on -option should be used along with the CSM BIOS capability in UEFI -to boot traditional BIOS guests that require the legacy VGA I/O and -memory regions to be available. -.Pp -The -.Cm off -option should be used for the UEFI guests that assume that -VGA adapter is present if they detect the I/O ports. -An example of such a guest is -.Ox -in UEFI mode. -.It Cm wait -Instruct -.Nm -to only boot upon the initiation of a VNC connection, simplifying the -installation of operating systems that require immediate keyboard input. -This can be removed for post-installation use. -.It Cm password= Ns Ar password -This type of authentication is known to be cryptographically weak and is not -intended for use on untrusted networks. -Many implementations will want to use stronger security, such as running -the session over an encrypted channel provided by IPsec or SSH. -.El -.Pp -.Sy xHCI USB device backends : -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm tablet -A USB tablet device which provides precise cursor synchronization -when using VNC. -.El -.Pp -.Sy NVMe device backends : -.Bl -bullet -.Sm off -.It -.Ar devpath -.Op Cm ,maxq= Ar # -.Op Cm ,qsz= Ar # -.Op Cm ,ioslots= Ar # -.Op Cm ,sectsz= Ar # -.Op Cm ,ser= Ar # -.Op Cm ,eui64= Ar # -.Op Cm ,dsm= Ar opt -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -Configuration options are defined as follows: -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Ar devpath -Accepted device paths are: -.Ar /dev/blockdev -or -.Ar /path/to/image -or -.Cm ram= Ns Ar size_in_MiB . -.It Cm maxq -Max number of queues. -.It Cm qsz -Max elements in each queue. -.It Cm ioslots -Max number of concurrent I/O requests. -.It Cm sectsz -Sector size (defaults to blockif sector size). -.It Cm ser -Serial number with maximum 20 characters. -.It Cm eui64 -IEEE Extended Unique Identifier (8 byte value). -.It Cm dsm -DataSet Management support. -Supported values are: -.Cm auto , enable , -and -.Cm disable . -.El -.Pp -.Sy AHCI device backends : -.Bl -bullet -.It -.Sm off -.Op Oo Cm hd\&: | cd\&: Oc Ar path -.Op Cm ,nmrr= Ar nmrr -.Op Cm ,ser= Ar # -.Op Cm ,rev= Ar # -.Op Cm ,model= Ar # -.Sm on -.El -.Pp -Configuration options are defined as follows: -.Bl -tag -width 10n -.It Cm nmrr -Nominal Media Rotation Rate, known as RPM. -Value 1 will indicate device as Solid State Disk. -Default value is 0, not report. -.It Cm ser -Serial Number with maximum 20 characters. -.It Cm rev -Revision Number with maximum 8 characters. -.It Cm model -Model Number with maximum 40 characters. -.El -.It Fl U Ar uuid -Set the universally unique identifier -.Pq UUID -in the guest's System Management BIOS System Information structure. -By default a UUID is generated from the host's hostname and -.Ar vmname . -.It Fl u -RTC keeps UTC time. -.It Fl W -Force virtio PCI device emulations to use MSI interrupts instead of MSI-X -interrupts. -.It Fl w -Ignore accesses to unimplemented Model Specific Registers (MSRs). -This is intended for debug purposes. -.It Fl x -The guest's local APIC is configured in x2APIC mode. -.It Fl Y -Disable MPtable generation. -.It Ar vmname -Alphanumeric name of the guest. -.El -.Sh CONFIGURATION VARIABLES -.Nm -uses an internal tree of configuration variables to describe global and -per-device settings. -When -.Nm -starts, -it parses command line options (including config files) in the order given -on the command line. -Each command line option sets one or more configuration variables. -For example, -the -.Fl s -option creates a new tree node for a PCI device and sets one or more variables -under that node including the device model and device model-specific variables. -Variables may be set multiple times during this parsing stage with the final -value overriding previous values. -.Pp -Once all of the command line options have been processed, -the configuration values are frozen. -.Nm -then uses the value of configuration values to initialize device models -and global settings. -.Pp -More details on configuration variables can be found in -.Xr bhyve_config 4 . -.Sh SIGNAL HANDLING -.Nm -deals with the following signals: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width SIGTERM -compact -.It SIGTERM -Trigger ACPI poweroff for a VM -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -Exit status indicates how the VM was terminated: -.Pp -.Bl -tag -width indent -compact -.It 0 -rebooted -.It 1 -powered off -.It 2 -halted -.It 3 -triple fault -.It 4 -exited due to an error -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -To run a virtual machine with 1GB of memory, two virtual CPUs, a virtio -block device backed by the -.Pa /my/image -filesystem image, and a serial port for the console: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -bhyve -c 2 -s 0,hostbridge -s 1,lpc -s 2,virtio-blk,/my/image \e - -l com1,stdio -H -P -m 1G vm1 -.Ed -.Pp -Run a 24GB single-CPU virtual machine with three network ports. -.Bd -literal -offset indent -bhyve -s 0,hostbridge -s 1,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net-viona,vmvnic0 \e - -s 2:1,virtio-net-viona,vmvnic1 -s 2:2,virtio-net-viona,vmvnic2 \e - -s 3,virtio-blk,/my/image -l com1,stdio \e - -H -P -m 24G bigvm -.Ed -.Pp -Run an 8GB virtual machine with 2 quad core CPUs, 2 NVMe disks and one other -disk attached as a Virtio block device, an AHCI ATAPI CD-ROM, a single viona -network port, an i440fx hostbridge, and the console port connected to a socket. -.Bd -literal -offset indent -bhyve -c sockets=2,cores=4,threads=2 \e - -s 0,hostbridge,model=i440fx -s 1,lpc \e - -s 1:0,nvme,/dev/zvol/rdsk/tank/hdd0 \e - -s 1:1,nvme,/dev/zvol/rdsk/tank/hdd1 \e - -s 1:2,virtio-blk,/dev/zvol/rdsk/tank/hdd1 \e - -s 2:0,ahci,cd:/images/install.iso \e - -s 3,virtio-net-viona,vnic=vmvnic0 \e - -l com1,socket,/tmp/vm.com1,wait \e - -H -P -m 8G -.Ed -.Pp -Run a UEFI virtual machine with a display resolution of 800 by 600 pixels -that can be accessed via VNC at: 0.0.0.0:5900. -.Bd -literal -offset indent -bhyve -c 2 -m 4G -w -H \e - -s 0,hostbridge \e - -s 3,ahci-cd,/path/to/uefi-OS-install.iso \e - -s 4,nvme,/dev/zvol/rdsk/tank/hdd0 \e - -s 5,virtio-net-viona,vnic=vnmic0 \e - -s 29,fbuf,vga=off,rfb=0.0.0.0:5900,w=800,h=600,wait \e - -s 30,xhci,tablet \e - -s 31,lpc -l com1,stdio \e - -l bootrom,/usr/share/bhyve/firmware/BHYVE_UEFI.fd \e - uefivm -.Ed -.Pp -Run a UEFI virtual machine with a VARS file to save EFI variables. -Note that -.Nm -will write guest modifications to the given VARS file. -Be sure to create a per-guest copy of the template VARS file from -.Pa /usr/share/bhyve/firmware . -.Bd -literal -offset indent -bhyve -c 2 -m 4g -w -H \e - -s 0,hostbridge \e - -s 31,lpc -p com1,stdio \e - -l bootrom,/usr/share/bhyve/firmware/BHYVE_UEFI.fd,BHYVE_UEFI_VARS.fd \e - uefivm -.Ed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr bhyvectl 1M , -.Xr bhyve_config 4 , -.Pp -.Rs -.%A Intel -.%B 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developers' Manual -.%V Volume 3 -.Re diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyvectl.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyvectl.1m deleted file mode 100644 index baa3667320..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/bhyvectl.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -.\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Brueffer -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" Portions Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" -.Dd May 4, 2020 -.Dt BHYVECTL 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm bhyvectl -.Nd "control utility for bhyve instances" -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Fl -vm= Ns Ar -.Op Fl -create -.Op Fl -destroy -.Op Fl -get-stats -.Op Fl -inject-nmi -.Op Fl -force-reset -.Op Fl -force-poweroff -.Op Fl -checkpoint= Ns Ar -.Op Fl -suspend= Ns Ar -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command is a control utility for active -.Xr bhyve 1M -virtual machine instances. -.Pp -.Em Note : -Most -.Nm -flags are intended for querying and setting the state of an active instance. -These commands are intended for development purposes, and are not documented here. -A complete list can be obtained by executing -.Nm -without any arguments. -.Pp -The user-facing options are as follows: -.Bl -tag -width ".Fl d Ar argument" -.It Fl -vm= Ns Ar -Operate on the virtual machine -.Ar . -.It Fl -create -Create the specified VM. -.It Fl -destroy -Destroy the specified VM. -.It Fl -get-stats -Retrieve statistics for the specified VM. -.It Fl -inject-nmi -Inject a non-maskable interrupt (NMI) into the VM. -.It Fl -force-reset -Force the VM to reset. -.It Fl -force-poweroff -Force the VM to power off. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh EXAMPLES -Destroy the VM called fbsd10: -.Pp -.Dl "bhyvectl --vm=fbsd10 --destroy" -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr bhyve 1M diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/boot.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/boot.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2df2d7beaf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/boot.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1142 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems Inc. -.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH BOOT 1M "Jul 20, 2018" -.SH NAME -boot \- start the system kernel or a standalone program -.SH SYNOPSIS -.SS "SPARC" -.LP -.nf -\fBboot\fR [\fIOBP\fR \fInames\fR] [\fIfile\fR] [\fB-aLV\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIobject\fR] [\fB-D\fR \fIdefault-file\fR] - [\fB-Z\fR \fIdataset\fR] [\fIboot-flags\fR] [\fB\(mi\(mi\fR] [\fIclient-program-args\fR] -.fi - -.SS "x86" -.LP -.nf -\fBboot\fR [\fIboot-flags\fR] [\fB-B\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIval\fR [,\fIval\fR...]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -Bootstrapping is the process of loading and executing a standalone program. For -the purpose of this discussion, bootstrapping means the process of loading and -executing the bootable operating system. Typically, the standalone program is -the operating system kernel (see \fBkernel\fR(1M)), but any standalone program -can be booted instead. On a SPARC-based system, the diagnostic monitor for a -machine is a good example of a standalone program other than the operating -system that can be booted. -.sp -.LP -If the standalone is identified as a dynamically-linked executable, \fBboot\fR -will load the interpreter (linker/loader) as indicated by the executable format -and then transfer control to the interpreter. If the standalone is -statically-linked, it will jump directly to the standalone. -.sp -.LP -Once the kernel is loaded, it starts the UNIX system, mounts the necessary file -systems (see \fBvfstab\fR(4)), and runs \fB/sbin/init\fR to bring the system to -the "initdefault" state specified in \fB/etc/inittab\fR. See \fBinittab\fR(4). -.SS "SPARC Bootstrap Procedure" -.LP -On SPARC based systems, the bootstrap procedure on most machines consists of -the following basic phases. -.sp -.LP -After the machine is turned on, the system firmware (in PROM) executes power-on -self-test (POST). The form and scope of these tests depends on the version of -the firmware in your system. -.sp -.LP -After the tests have been completed successfully, the firmware attempts to -autoboot if the appropriate flag has been set in the non-volatile storage area -used by the firmware. The name of the file to load, and the device to load it -from can also be manipulated. -.sp -.LP -These flags and names can be set using the \fBeeprom\fR(1M) command from the -shell, or by using \fBPROM\fR commands from the \fBok\fR prompt after the -system has been halted. -.sp -.LP -The second level program is either a filesystem-specific boot block (when -booting from a disk), or \fBinetboot\fR (when booting across -the network). -.sp -.LP -Network Booting -.sp -.LP -Network booting occurs in two steps: the client first obtains an IP address and -any other parameters necessary to permit it to load the second-stage booter. -The second-stage booter in turn loads the boot archive from the boot device. -.sp -.LP -An IP address can be obtained in one of three ways: RARP, DHCP, or manual -configuration, depending on the functions available in and configuration of the -PROM. Machines of the \fBsun4u\fR and \fBsun4v\fR kernel architectures have -DHCP-capable PROMs. -.sp -.LP -The boot command syntax for specifying the two methods of network booting are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -boot net:rarp -boot net:dhcp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -boot net -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -without a \fBrarp\fR or \fBdhcp\fR specifier, invokes the default method for -network booting over the network interface for which \fBnet\fR is an alias. -.sp -.LP -The sequence of events for network booting using RARP/\fBbootparams\fR is -described in the following paragraphs. The sequence for DHCP follows the -RARP/\fBbootparams\fR description. -.sp -.LP -When booting over the network using RARP/\fBbootparams\fR, the PROM begins by -broadcasting a reverse ARP request until it receives a reply. When a reply is -received, the PROM then broadcasts a TFTP request to fetch the first block of -\fBinetboot\fR. Subsequent requests will be sent to the server that initially -answered the first block request. After loading, \fBinetboot\fR will also use -reverse ARP to fetch its IP address, then broadcast \fBbootparams\fR RPC calls -(see \fBbootparams\fR(4)) to locate configuration information and its root file -system. \fBinetboot\fR then loads the boot archive by means of NFS and -transfers control to that archive. -.sp -.LP -When booting over the network using DHCP, the PROM broadcasts the hardware -address and kernel architecture and requests an IP address, boot parameters, -and network configuration information. After a DHCP server responds and is -selected (from among potentially multiple servers), that server sends to the -client an IP address and all other information needed to boot the client. After -receipt of this information, the client PROM examines the name of the file to -be loaded, and will behave in one of two ways, depending on whether the file's -name appears to be an HTTP URL. If it does not, the PROM downloads -\fBinetboot\fR, loads that file into memory, and executes it. \fBinetboot\fR -loads the boot archive, which takes over the machine and releases -\fBinetboot\fR. Startup scripts then initiate the DHCP agent (see -\fBdhcpagent\fR(1M)), which implements further DHCP activities. - -.SS "iSCSI Boot" -.LP -iSCSI boot is currently supported only on x86. The host being booted must be -equipped with NIC(s) capable of iBFT (iSCSI Boot Firmware Table) or have the -mainboard's BIOS be iBFT-capable. iBFT, defined in the Advanced Configuration -and Power Interface (ACPI) 3.0b specification, specifies a block of information -that contains various parameters that are useful to the iSCSI Boot process. -.sp -.LP -Firmware implementing iBFT presents an iSCSI disk in the BIOS during startup as -a bootable device by establishing the connection to the iSCSI target. The rest -of the process of iSCSI booting is the same as booting from a local disk. -.sp -.LP -To configure the iBFT properly, users need to refer to the documentation from -their hardware vendors. -.SS "Booting from Disk" -.LP -When booting from disk, the OpenBoot PROM firmware reads the boot blocks from -blocks 1 to 15 of the partition specified as the boot device. This standalone -booter usually contains a file system-specific reader capable of reading the -boot archive. -.sp -.LP -If the pathname to the standalone is relative (does not begin with a slash), -the second level boot will look for the standalone in a platform-dependent -search path. This path is guaranteed to contain -\fB/platform/\fR\fIplatform-name\fR. Many SPARC platforms next search the -platform-specific path entry \fB/platform/\fR\fIhardware-class-name\fR. See -\fBfilesystem\fR(5). If the pathname is absolute, \fBboot\fR will use the -specified path. The \fBboot\fR program then loads the standalone at the -appropriate address, and then transfers control. -.sp -.LP -Once the boot archive has been transferred from the boot device, Solaris can -initialize and take over control of the machine. This process is further -described in the "Boot Archive Phase," below, and is identical on all -platforms. -.sp -.LP -If the filename is not given on the command line or otherwise specified, for -example, by the \fBboot-file\fR NVRAM variable, \fBboot\fR chooses an -appropriate default file to load based on what software is installed on the -system and the capabilities of the hardware and firmware. -.sp -.LP -The path to the kernel must not contain any whitespace. -.SS "Booting from ZFS" -.LP -Booting from ZFS differs from booting from UFS in that, with ZFS, a device -specifier identifies a storage pool, not a single root file system. A storage -pool can contain multiple bootable datasets (that is, root file systems). -Therefore, when booting from ZFS, it is not sufficient to specify a boot -device. One must also identify a root file system within the pool that was -identified by the boot device. By default, the dataset selected for booting is -the one identified by the pool's \fBbootfs\fR property. This default selection -can be overridden by specifying an alternate bootable dataset with the \fB-Z\fR -option. -.SS "Boot Archive Phase" -.LP -The boot archive contains a file system image that is mounted using an -in-memory disk. The image is self-describing, specifically containing a file -system reader in the boot block. This file system reader mounts and opens the -RAM disk image, then reads and executes the kernel contained within it. By -default, this kernel is in: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/platform/`uname -i`/kernel/unix -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If booting from ZFS, the pathnames of both the archive and the kernel file are -resolved in the root file system (that is, dataset) selected for booting as -described in the previous section. -.sp -.LP -The initialization of the kernel continues by loading necessary drivers and -modules from the in-memory filesystem until I/O can be turned on and the root -filesystem mounted. Once the root filesystem is mounted, the in-memory -filesystem is no longer needed and is discarded. -.SS "OpenBoot PROM \fBboot\fR Command Behavior" -.LP -The OpenBoot \fBboot\fR command takes arguments of the following form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ok boot [\fIdevice-specifier\fR] [\fIarguments\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The default \fBboot\fR command has no arguments: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ok boot -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If no \fIdevice-specifier\fR is given on the \fBboot\fR command line, OpenBoot -typically uses the \fIboot-device\fR or \fIdiag-device\fR \fBNVRAM\fR variable. -If no optional \fIarguments\fR are given on the command line, OpenBoot -typically uses the \fIboot-file\fR or \fIdiag-file\fR \fBNVRAM\fR variable as -default \fBboot\fR arguments. (If the system is in diagnostics mode, -\fIdiag-device\fR and \fIdiag-file\fR are used instead of \fIboot-device\fR and -\fIboot-file\fR). -.sp -.LP -\fIarguments\fR may include more than one string. All \fIargument\fR strings -are passed to the secondary booter; they are not interpreted by OpenBoot. -.sp -.LP -If any \fIarguments\fR are specified on the \fBboot\fR command line, then -neither the \fIboot-file\fR nor the \fIdiag-file\fR \fBNVRAM\fR variable is -used. The contents of the \fBNVRAM\fR variables are not merged with command -line arguments. For example, the command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ok \fBboot\fR \fB-s\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -ignores the settings in both \fIboot-file\fR and \fIdiag-file\fR; it interprets -the string \fB"-s"\fR as \fIarguments\fR. \fBboot\fR will not use the contents -of \fIboot-file\fR or \fIdiag-file\fR. -.sp -.LP -With older PROMs, the command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ok \fBboot net\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -took no arguments, using instead the settings in \fIboot-file\fR or -\fIdiag-file\fR (if set) as the default file name and arguments to pass to -boot. In most cases, it is best to allow the \fBboot\fR command to choose an -appropriate default based upon the system type, system hardware and firmware, -and upon what is installed on the root file system. Changing \fIboot-file\fR or -\fIdiag-file\fR can generate unexpected results in certain circumstances. -.sp -.LP -This behavior is found on most OpenBoot 2.x and 3.x based systems. Note that -differences may occur on some platforms. -.sp -.LP -The command: -.sp -.LP -ok \fBboot cdrom\fR -.sp -.LP -\&...also normally takes no arguments. Accordingly, if \fIboot-file\fR is set -to the 64-bit kernel filename and you attempt to boot the installation CD or -DVD with \fBboot cdrom\fR, boot will fail if the installation media contains -only a 32-bit kernel. -.sp -.LP -Because the contents of \fIboot-file\fR or \fIdiag-file\fR can be ignored -depending on the form of the \fBboot\fR command used, reliance upon -\fIboot-file\fR should be discouraged for most production systems. -.sp -.LP -Modern PROMs have enhanced the network boot support package to support the -following syntax for arguments to be processed by the package: -.sp -.LP -[\fIprotocol\fR,] [\fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR,]* -.sp -.LP -All arguments are optional and can appear in any order. Commas are required -unless the argument is at the end of the list. If specified, an argument takes -precedence over any default values, or, if booting using DHCP, over -configuration information provided by a DHCP server for those parameters. -.sp -.LP -\fIprotocol\fR, above, specifies the address discovery protocol to be used. -.sp -.LP -Configuration parameters, listed below, are specified as \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR -attribute pairs. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtftp-server\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -IP address of the TFTP server -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -file to download using TFTP -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhost-ip\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -IP address of the client (in dotted-decimal notation) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrouter-ip\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -IP address of the default router -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsubnet-mask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -subnet mask (in dotted-decimal notation) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclient-id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -DHCP client identifier -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -hostname to use in DHCP transactions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhttp-proxy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -HTTP proxy server specification (IPADDR[:PORT]) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtftp-retries\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -maximum number of TFTP retries -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdhcp-retries\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -maximum number of DHCP retries -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The list of arguments to be processed by the network boot support package is -specified in one of two ways: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -As arguments passed to the package's \fBopen\fR method, or -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -arguments listed in the NVRAM variable \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR. -.RE -.sp -.LP -Arguments specified in \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR will be processed only if -there are no arguments passed to the package's \fBopen\fR method. -.sp -.LP -Argument Values -.sp -.LP -\fIprotocol\fR specifies the address discovery protocol to be used. If present, -the possible values are \fBrarp\fR or \fBdhcp\fR. -.sp -.LP -If other configuration parameters are specified in the new syntax and style -specified by this document, absence of the \fIprotocol\fR parameter implies -manual configuration. -.sp -.LP -If no other configuration parameters are specified, or if those arguments are -specified in the positional parameter syntax currently supported, the absence -of the \fIprotocol\fR parameter causes the network boot support package to use -the platform-specific default address discovery protocol. -.sp -.LP -Manual configuration requires that the client be provided its IP address, the -name of the boot file, and the address of the server providing the boot file -image. Depending on the network configuration, it might be required that -\fBsubnet-mask\fR and \fBrouter-ip\fR also be specified. -.sp -.LP -If the \fIprotocol\fR argument is not specified, the network boot support -package uses the platform-specific default address discovery protocol. -.sp -.LP -\fBtftp-server\fR is the IP address (in standard IPv4 dotted-decimal notation) -of the TFTP server that provides the file to download if using TFTP. -.sp -.LP -When using DHCP, the value, if specified, overrides the value of the TFTP -server specified in the DHCP response. -.sp -.LP -The TFTP RRQ is unicast to the server if one is specified as an argument or in -the DHCP response. Otherwise, the TFTP RRQ is broadcast. -.sp -.LP -\fIfile\fR specifies the file to be loaded by TFTP from the TFTP server. -.sp -.LP -When using RARP and TFTP, the default file name is the ASCII hexadecimal -representation of the IP address of the client, as documented in a preceding -section of this document. -.sp -.LP -When using DHCP, this argument, if specified, overrides the name of the boot -file specified in the DHCP response. -.sp -.LP -When using DHCP and TFTP, the default file name is constructed from the root -node's \fBname\fR property, with commas (,) replaced by periods (.). -.sp -.LP -When specified on the command line, the filename must not contain slashes -(\fB/\fR). -.sp -.LP -\fBhost-ip\fR specifies the IP address (in standard IPv4 dotted-decimal -notation) of the client, the system being booted. If using RARP as the address -discovery protocol, specifying this argument makes use of RARP unnecessary. -.sp -.LP -If DHCP is used, specifying the \fBhost-ip\fR argument causes the client to -follow the steps required of a client with an "Externally Configured Network -Address", as specified in RFC 2131. -.sp -.LP -\fBrouter-ip\fR is the IP address (in standard IPv4 dotted-decimal notation) of -a router on a directly connected network. The router will be used as the first -hop for communications spanning networks. If this argument is supplied, the -router specified here takes precedence over the preferred router specified in -the DHCP response. -.sp -.LP -\fBsubnet-mask\fR (specified in standard IPv4 dotted-decimal notation) is the -subnet mask on the client's network. If the subnet mask is not provided (either -by means of this argument or in the DHCP response), the default mask -appropriate to the network class (Class A, B, or C) of the address assigned to -the booting client will be assumed. -.sp -.LP -\fBclient-id\fR specifies the unique identifier for the client. The DHCP client -identifier is derived from this value. Client identifiers can be specified as: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The ASCII hexadecimal representation of the identifier, or -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -a quoted string -.RE -.sp -.LP -Thus, \fBclient-id="openboot"\fR and \fBclient-id=6f70656e626f6f74\fR both -represent a DHCP client identifier of 6F70656E626F6F74. -.sp -.LP -Identifiers specified on the command line must must not include slash (\fB/\fR) -or spaces. -.sp -.LP -The maximum length of the DHCP client identifier is 32 bytes, or 64 characters -representing 32 bytes if using the ASCII hexadecimal form. If the latter form -is used, the number of characters in the identifier must be an even number. -Valid characters are 0-9, a-f, and A-F. -.sp -.LP -For correct identification of clients, the client identifier must be unique -among the client identifiers used on the subnet to which the client is -attached. System administrators are responsible for choosing identifiers that -meet this requirement. -.sp -.LP -Specifying a client identifier on a command line takes precedence over any -other DHCP mechanism of specifying identifiers. -.sp -.LP -\fBhostname\fR (specified as a string) specifies the hostname to be used in -DHCP transactions. The name might or might not be qualified with the local -domain name. The maximum length of the hostname is 255 characters. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The \fBhostname\fR parameter can be used in service environments that require -that the client provide the desired hostname to the DHCP server. Clients -provide the desired hostname to the DHCP server, which can then register the -hostname and IP address assigned to the client with DNS. -.RE -.sp -.LP -\fBhttp-proxy\fR is specified in the following standard notation for a host: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIhost\fR [":"" \fIport\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...where \fIhost\fR is specified as an IP ddress (in standard IPv4 -dotted-decimal notation) and the optional \fIport\fR is specified in decimal. -If a port is not specified, port 8080 (decimal) is implied. -.sp -.LP -\fBtftp-retries\fR is the maximum number of retries (specified in decimal) -attempted before the TFTP process is determined to have failed. Defaults to -using infinite retries. -.sp -.LP -\fBdhcp-retries\fR is the maximum number of retries (specified in decimal) -attempted before the DHCP process is determined to have failed. Defaults to of -using infinite retries. -.SS "x86 Bootstrap Procedure" -.LP -On x86 based systems, the bootstrapping process consists of two conceptually -distinct phases, kernel loading and kernel initialization. Kernel loading is -implemented in the boot loader using the BIOS ROM on the system -board, and BIOS extensions in ROMs on peripheral boards. The BIOS loads boot -loader, starting with the first physical sector from a hard disk, DVD, or CD. If -supported by the ROM on the network adapter, the BIOS can also download the -\fBpxeboot\fR binary from a network boot server. Once the boot loader is -loaded, it in turn will load the \fBunix\fR kernel, a pre-constructed boot -archive containing kernel modules and data, and any additional files specified -in the boot loader configuration. Once specified files are loaded, the boot -loader will start the kernel to complete boot. -.sp -.LP -If the device identified by the boot loader as the boot device contains a ZFS -storage pool, the \fBmenu.lst\fR file used to create the Boot Environment menu -will be found in the dataset at the root of the pool's dataset hierarchy. -This is the dataset with the same name as the pool itself. There is always -exactly one such dataset in a pool, and so this dataset is well-suited for -pool-wide data such as the \fBmenu.lst\fR file. After the system is booted, -this dataset is mounted at /\fIpoolname\fR in the root file system. -.sp -.LP -There can be multiple bootable datasets (that is, root file systems) within a -pool. The default file system to load the kernel is identified by the boot -pool \fBbootfs\fR property (see \fBzpool\fR(1M)). All bootable datasets are -listed in the \fBmenu.lst\fR file, which is used by the boot loader to compose -the Boot Environment menu, to implement support to load a kernel and boot from -an alternate Boot Environment. -.sp -.LP -Kernel initialization starts when the boot loader finishes loading the files -specified in the boot loader configuration and hands control over to the -\fBunix\fR binary. The Unix operating system initializes, links in the -necessary modules from the boot archive and mounts the root file system on -the real root device. At this point, the kernel regains -storage I/O, mounts additional file systems (see \fBvfstab\fR(4)), and starts -various operating system services (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). - -.SH OPTIONS -.SS "SPARC" -.LP -The following SPARC options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The boot program interprets this flag to mean \fBask me\fR, and so it prompts -for the name of the standalone. The \fB\&'\fR\fB-a\fR\fB\&'\fR flag is then -passed to the standalone program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIdefault-file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Explicitly specify the \fIdefault-file\fR. On some systems, \fBboot\fR chooses -a dynamic default file, used when none is otherwise specified. This option -allows the \fIdefault-file\fR to be explicitly set and can be useful when -booting \fBkmdb\fR(1) since, by default, \fBkmdb\fR loads the default-file as -exported by the \fBboot\fR program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIobject\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boot using the named object. The object must be either an ELF executable or -bootable object containing a boot block. The primary use is to boot the -failsafe boot archive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the bootable datasets within a ZFS pool. You can select one of the -bootable datasets in the list, after which detailed instructions for booting -that dataset are displayed. Boot the selected dataset by following the -instructions. This option is supported only when the boot device contains a ZFS -storage pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display verbose debugging information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIboot-flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The boot program passes all \fIboot-flags\fR to \fBfile\fR. They are not -interpreted by \fBboot\fR. See the \fBkernel\fR(1M) and \fBkmdb\fR(1) manual -pages for information about the options available with the default standalone -program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIclient-program-args\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBboot\fR program passes all \fIclient-program-args\fR to \fIfile\fR. They -are not interpreted by \fBboot\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of a standalone program to \fBboot\fR. If a filename is not explicitly -specified, either on the \fBboot\fR command line or in the \fIboot-file\fR -NVRAM variable, \fBboot\fR chooses an appropriate default filename. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIOBP\fR \fInames\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the open boot prom designations. For example, on Desktop SPARC based -systems, the designation \fB/sbus/esp@0,800000/sd@3,0:a\fR indicates a -\fBSCSI\fR disk (sd) at target 3, lun0 on the \fBSCSI\fR bus, with the esp host -adapter plugged into slot 0. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Z\fR \fIdataset\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boot from the root file system in the specified ZFS dataset. -.RE - -.SS "x86" -.LP -The following x86 options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-B\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIval\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more property-value pairs to be passed to the kernel. Multiple -property-value pairs must be separated by a comma. Use of this option is the -equivalent of the command: \fBeeprom\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIval\fR. See -\fBeeprom\fR(1M) for available properties and valid values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIboot-flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The boot program passes all \fIboot-flags\fR to \fBfile\fR. They are not -interpreted by \fBboot\fR. See \fBkernel\fR(1M) and \fBkmdb\fR(1) for -information about the options available with the kernel. -.RE - -.SH X86 BOOT SEQUENCE DETAILS -.LP -After a PC-compatible machine is turned on, the system firmware in the \fBBIOS -ROM\fR executes a power-on self test (POST), runs \fBBIOS\fR extensions in -peripheral board \fBROMs,\fR and invokes software interrupt INT 19h, Bootstrap. -The INT 19h handler typically performs the standard PC-compatible boot, which -consists of trying to read the first physical sector from the first diskette -drive, or, if that fails, from the first hard disk. The processor then jumps to -the first byte of the sector image in memory. -.SH X86 PRIMARY BOOT -.LP -The first sector on a hard disk contains the master boot block (first stage of -the boot program), which contains the master boot program and the Master Boot -Record (\fBMBR\fR) table. The master boot program has recorded the location of -the secondary stage of the boot program and using this location, master boot -will load and start the secondary stage of the boot program. - -To support booting multiple operating systems, the master boot program is also -installed as the first sector of the partition with the illumos root file -system. This will allow configuring third party boot programs to use the -chainload technique to boot illumos system. - -If the first stage is installed on the master boot block (see the \fB-m\fR -option of \fBinstallboot\fR(1M)), then \fBstage2\fR is loaded directly -from the Solaris partition regardless of the active partition. -.sp -.LP -A similar sequence occurs for DVD or CD boot, but the master boot block location -and contents are dictated by the El Torito specification. The El Torito boot -will then continue in the same way as with the hard disk. -.sp -.LP -Floppy booting is not longer supported. Booting from USB devices follows the -same procedure as with hard disks. -.sp -.LP -An x86 \fBMBR\fR partition for the Solaris software begins with a -one-cylinder boot slice, which contains the boot loader \fBstage1\fR in the -first sector, the standard Solaris disk label and volume table of contents -(VTOC) in the second and third sectors, and in case the UFS file system is -used for the root file system, \fBstage2\fR in the fiftieth and subsequent -sectors. - -If the zfs boot is used, \fBstage2\fR is always stored in the zfs pool -boot program area. -.sp -.LP -The behavior is slightly different when a disk is using \fBEFI\fR -partitioning. - -To support a UFS root file system in the \fBEFI\fR partition, the \fBstage2\fR -must be stored on separate dedicated partition, as there is no space in UFS -file system boot program area to store the current \fBstage2\fR. This separate -dedicated partition is used as raw disk space, and must have enough space -for both \fBstage1\fR and \fBstage2\fR. The type (tag) of this partition -must be \fBboot\fR, \fBEFI\fR UUID: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB6a82cb45-1dd2-11b2-99a6-080020736631\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -For the UUID reference, please see \fB/usr/include/sys/efi_partition.h\fR. - -In case of a whole disk zfs pool configuration, the \fBstage1\fR is always -installed in the first sector of the disk, and it always loads \fBstage2\fR -from the partition specified at the boot loader installation time. -.sp -.LP -Once \fBstage2\fR is running, it will load and start the third stage boot -program from root file system. Boot loader supports loading from the ZFS, -UFS and PCFS file systems. The stage3 boot program defaults to be -\fB/boot/loader\fR, and implements a user interface to load and boot the -unix kernel. -.sp -.LP -For network booting, the supported method is Intel's Preboot eXecution -Environment (PXE) standard. When booting from the network using PXE, the system -or network adapter BIOS uses DHCP to locate a network bootstrap program -(\fBpxeboot\fR) on a boot server and reads it using Trivial File Transfer -Protocol (TFTP). The BIOS executes the \fBpxeboot\fR by jumping to its first -byte in memory. The \fBpxeboot\fR program is combined stage2 and stage2 boot -program and implements user interface to load and boot unix kernel. -.SH X86 KERNEL STARTUP -.LP -The kernel startup process is independent of the kernel loading process. During -kernel startup, console I/O goes to the device specified by the \fBconsole\fR -property. -.sp -.LP -When booting from UFS, the root device is specified by the \fBbootpath\fR -property, and the root file system type is specified by the \fBfstype\fR -property. These properties should be setup by the Solaris Install/Upgrade -process in \fB/boot/solaris/bootenv.rc\fR and can be overridden with the -\fB-B\fR option, described above (see the \fBeeprom\fR(1M) man page). -.sp -.LP -When booting from ZFS, the root device is automatically passed by the boot -loader to the kernel as a boot parameter \fB-B\fR \fBzfs-bootfs\fR. The actual -value used by the boot loader can be observed with the \fBeeprom bootcmd\fR -command. -.sp -.LP -If the console properties are not present, console I/O defaults to \fBscreen\fR -and \fBkeyboard\fR. The root device defaults to \fBramdisk\fR and the file -system defaults to \fBufs\fR. -.SH EXAMPLES -.SS "SPARC" -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRTo Boot the Default Kernel In Single-User Interactive Mode -.sp -.LP -To boot the default kernel in single-user interactive mode, respond to the -\fBok\fR prompt with one of the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBboot\fR \fB\fR\fB-as\fR - -\fBboot\fR \fBdisk3\fR \fB-as\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRNetwork Booting -.sp -.LP -To illustrate some of the subtle repercussions of various boot command line -invocations, assume that the \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR are set and that -\fBnet\fR is devaliased as shown in the commands below. - -.sp -.LP -In the following command, device arguments in the device alias are processed by -the device driver. The network boot support package processes arguments in -\fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBboot net\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The command below results in no device arguments. The network boot support -package processes arguments in \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBboot net:\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The command below results in no device arguments. \fBrarp\fR is the only -network boot support package argument. \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR is ignored. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBboot net:rarp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In the command below, the specified device arguments are honored. The network -boot support package processes arguments in \fBnetwork-boot-arguments\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBboot net:speed=100,duplex=full\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "x86" -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRTo Boot the Default Kernel In 64-bit Single-User Interactive -Mode -.sp -.LP -To boot the default kernel in single-user interactive mode, press the ESC key -to get the boot loader \fBok\fR prompt and enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -boot -as -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inittab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table in which the \fBinitdefault\fR state is specified -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/sbin/init\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Program that brings the system to the \fBinitdefault\fR state -.RE - -.SS "64-bit SPARC Only" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/\fR\fIplatform-name\fR\fB/kernel/sparcv9/unix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default program to boot system. -.RE - -.SS "x86 Only" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/boot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory containing boot-related files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rpool/boot/menu.lst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Menu index file of bootable operating systems displayed by the boot loader. -.sp -\fBNote:\fR this file is located on the root ZFS pool. While many installs -often name their root zpool 'rpool', this is not required and the -/rpool in the path above should be substituted with the name of -the root pool of your current system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/i86pc/kernel/unix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -32-bit kernel. -.RE - -.SS "64-bit x86 Only" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/i86pc/kernel/amd64/unix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -64-bit kernel. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBkmdb\fR(1), \fBuname\fR(1), \fBbootadm\fR(1M), \fBeeprom\fR(1M), -\fBinit\fR(1M), \fBinstallboot\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBmonitor\fR(1M), -\fBshutdown\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBumountall\fR(1M), \fBzpool\fR(1M), -\fBuadmin\fR(2), \fBbootparams\fR(4), \fBinittab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), -\fBfilesystem\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -RFC 903, \fIA Reverse Address Resolution Protocol\fR, -\fBhttp://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc903.txt\fR -.sp -.LP -RFC 2131, \fIDynamic Host Configuration Protocol\fR, -\fBhttp://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2131.txt\fR -.sp -.LP -RFC 2132, \fIDHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions\fR, -\fBhttp://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt\fR -.sp -.LP -RFC 2396, \fIUniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax\fR, -\fBhttp://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt\fR -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.sp -.LP -\fISun Hardware Platform Guide\fR -.sp -.LP -\fIOpenBoot Command Reference Manual\fR -.SH WARNINGS -.LP -The \fBboot\fR utility is unable to determine which files can be used as -bootable programs. If the booting of a file that is not bootable is requested, -the \fBboot\fR utility loads it and branches to it. What happens after that is -unpredictable. -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fIplatform-name\fR can be found using the \fB-i\fR option of \fBuname\fR(1). -\fIhardware-class-name\fR can be found using the \fB-m\fR option of -\fBuname\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -The current release of the Solaris operating system does not support machines -running an UltraSPARC-I CPU. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/bootadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/bootadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 608807a7fe..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/bootadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,543 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome -.\" Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.TH BOOTADM 1M "Jul 05, 2018" -.SH NAME -bootadm \- manage bootability of the operating system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/bootadm\fR update-archive [\fB-vnf\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIaltroot\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIplatform\fR]] - [\fB-F \fIformat\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/bootadm\fR list-archive [\fB-vn\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIaltroot\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIplatform\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/bootadm\fR install-bootloader [\fB-Mfv\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIaltroot\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIpool\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf - x86 only -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/bootadm\fR set-menu [\fB-R\fR \fIaltroot\fR] \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/bootadm\fR list-menu [\fB-R\fR \fIaltroot\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBbootadm\fR command manages the boot archive and, with x86 boot -environments, the boot loader menu. The -\fBupdate-archive\fR option provides a way for user to update the boot archive -as a preventative measure or as part of a recovery procedure. The -\fBset-menu\fR subcommand allows you to switch the \fBauto-boot\fR timeout and -default boot entry in the boot menu. -.sp -.LP -The \fBinstall-bootloader\fR subcommand installs the system boot loader on a -ZFS pool. If ZFS pool was not specified with the \fB-P\fR option, then the boot -loader is installed on the ZFS pool that the system booted from. If the -system did not boot from a ZFS pool (for example, it booted an installer via PXE -or CD-ROM) then the \fB-P\fR option is required. -.sp -This subcommand can be used to install, update, and repair the boot loader on a -ZFS pool intended for booting. When disks in the ZFS pool used for booting the -system have been replaced, one should run \fBbootadm install-bootloader\fR to -ensure that all disks in that pool have the system boot loader installed. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-menu\fR subcommand displays the location of the boot menu and the -current boot menu entries. The location of the boot menu list is -\fB//boot/menu.lst\fR. -Use the \fBlist-menu\fR subcommand to -locate the boot menu. See the EXAMPLES section for typical output from -the \fBlist-menu\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Note that OpenBoot PROM (OBP)-based machines, such as SPARC systems, use -PROM variables to set boot behavior and are managed by the \fBeeprom\fR(1M) -command. -.sp -.LP -The \fBbootadm\fR command determines dynamically the options supported by the -image to be managed, so that \fBbootadm\fR invoked on one platform can be used -to manage diskless clients of a different platform type. -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The \fBbootadm\fR command has the following subcommands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdate-archive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Updates current boot archive if required. Applies to both SPARC and x86 -platforms. The boot archive can be created in a number of different formats; -the default format is an IEEE/P1003 Data Interchange Standard cpio archive. -The format is configured through the following service management facility -(\fBsmf\fR(5)) property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/boot-archive:default/config/format -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This property takes one of the following values: -.RS 8n - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcpio\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -IEEE/P1003 Data Interchange Standard cpio archive (default). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhsfs\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -ISO 9660 filesystem image (only supported if \fI/usr/bin/mkisofs\fR is -available). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBufs\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -UFS filesystem in which the files within are compressed using gzip if -\fI/usr/bin/gzip\fR is available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBufs-nocompress\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -UFS filesystem. The files within are not compressed but the resulting overall -boot archive will still be compressed if \fI/usr/bin/gzip\fR is available. -.RE -.RE - -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR for how to change this value. - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist-archive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the files and directories to be included in the boot archive. Applies to -both SPARC and x86 platforms. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinstall-bootloader\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Applies platform specific method to install the system boot loader to the disks -that are part of the selected ZFS pool (either specified with \fB-P\fR or -the default). -.sp -On SPARC, the boot loader is installed in the boot area of the disk partition -used by the ZFS pool. -.sp -On x86, disks are formatted using either \fBMBR Partitioning\fR (Master Boot -Record) or using \fBGPT Partitioning\fR (GUID Partition Tables). The first -sector on the disk that is used by the \fBBIOS\fR to find a boot loader -is referred to as the \fBMBR\fR (Master Boot Record) and is always used -regardless of the partition scheme. -.sp -On x86, disks in a ZFS pool may be a combination of either type of partitioning -scheme. If an entire disk was added to a ZFS pool (e.g. c0t0d0), then it was -formatted with \fBGPT\fR partitioning and the fact is recorded. The -\fBinstall-bootloader\fR subcommand will always update the system boot loader on -the disks. However, unless the entire disk was given a ZFS pool or the \fB-M\fR -option is specified, the \fBMBR\fR of the disk will not updated, as the system -cannot guarantee that the \fBMBR\fR belongs to it. If, for example, the system -was being dual booted, a different initial boot loader may be installed there. -.sp -To reinstall the boot loader on some or all of the disks, the \fB-f\fR option -must be passed to the \fBinstall-bootloader\fR subcommand to override boot -program version checks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset-menu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maintain the menu configuration. The index of menu entries is listed in the -\fBmenu.lst\fR file, and the actual configuration of the menu entry is located -in the boot environment \fB/boot\fR directory. -Applies to x86 platforms only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist-menu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the location of the \fBmenu.lst\fR, as well as the current menu -entries. This listing includes the default entry, dataset name, and the -title of each entry. Applies to x86 platforms only. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The \fBbootadm\fR command has the following options: - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In an \fBupdate-archive\fR operation, force re-generation of the boot-archive -even if no files have changed. - -In an \fBinstall-bootloader\fR operation, override the boot loader versioning -constraints. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-F \fIformat\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In an \fBupdate-archive\fR operation, select the desired archive format. The -format can be any of the values shown above for the -svc:/system/boot-archive:default/config/format property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In an \fBupdate-archive\fR operation, archive content is checked but not -updated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In a \fBlist-menu\fR operation, specify the menu entry for detailed inspection. -Possible keys are \fBentry\fR and \fBtitle\fR, taking either entry number or -title name as values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIplatform\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The platform, or machine hardware class, of the client. The platform type can -only be specified together with \fB-R\fR, and is generally useful only for -managing a diskless client where the client is of a different platform class -than the server. Platform must be one of \fBi86pc\fR, \fBsun4u\fR, or -\fBsun4v\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In an \fBupdate-archive\fR operation, stale files are displayed on stderr. -.sp -In an \fBinstall-bootloader\fR operation, display any output from tasks -performed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -On x86 systems, in an \fBinstall-bootloader\fR operation, additionally installs -the system boot loader to the \fBMBR\fR (master boot record). For more -information, see the discussion of \fBinstall-bootloader\fR in the -\fBSUBCOMMANDS\fR section. -.sp -This option is not supported on non-x86 systems, and it is an error to specify -it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-P\fR\ \fIpool\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In an \fBinstall-bootloader\fR operation, the boot loader is installed on -the disks in the ZFS pool \fIpool\fR. If the \fB-P\fR option is not specified, -then the boot loader is installed on the ZFS pool that the system booted from. -If the system did not boot from a ZFS pool then the \fB-P\fR option is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR\ \fIaltroot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operation is applied to an alternate root path. In an \fBinstall-bootloader\fR -operation, the boot loader is still installed on the specified pool; however, -the boot loader itself will come from the alternate root. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Possible values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefault=\fR\fIentrynum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The item number (for example, 0, 1, or 2) in the boot menu designating the -operating system to boot when the timer expires. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of seconds before the operating system designated by the default -item number is booted. If the value is -1, auto boot is disabled. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUpdating the Current Boot Archive -.sp -.LP -The following command updates the current boot archive: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# bootadm update-archive -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUpdating the Boot Archive on an Alternate Root -.sp -.LP -The following command updates the boot archive on an alternate root: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# bootadm update-archive -R /a -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing Boot Menu Entries and Location of Boot Menu -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the boot environments and the location of the -\fBmenu.lst\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# bootadm list-menu -the location for the active menu is: /raid/boot/menu.lst -Index Default Dataset Menu -0 - raid/ROOT/test-182 test-182 -1 - raid/ROOT/test-183 test-183 -2 * raid/ROOT/test-184 test-184 -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSwitching Default Boot Entry -.sp -.LP -The following command refers to the menu displayed in the previous example. The -user selects test-183 (item 1). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# bootadm set-menu default=1 -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRChanging archive format -.sp -.LP -The following command changes the boot archive format to \fIufs\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# svccfg -s system/boot-archive:default setprop config/format = ufs -# svcadm refresh system/boot-archive:default -# bootadm update-archive -f -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDetailed information about menu entry. -.sp -.LP -The following command lists more detailed information about a boot menu entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# bootadm list-menu -o entry=2 -the location for the active menu is: /raid/boot/menu.lst - -Title: test-184 -Timeout: 10 -Console: text -Bootfs: raid/ROOT/test-184 -Kernel: /platform/i86pc/kernel/amd64/unix -Boot-args: "-v" - -Modules: -Name: boot_archive -Path: /platform/i86pc/${ISADIR}/boot_archive -Type: rootfs -Status: Load - -Name: boot_archive.hash -Path: /platform/i86pc/${ISADIR}/boot_archive.hash -Type: hash -Status: Load - -Name: system -Path: /boot/modules/etc/system -Type: file -Hash: 4f4fe2d2dfae393a2a87ce29e3c71b803938c5fb -Flags: name=etc/system -Status: Load - -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command completed successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command exited due to an error. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBboot\fR(1M), \fBbeadm\fR(1M), \fBinstallboot\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/busstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/busstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9feb5cd343..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/busstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,321 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH BUSSTAT 1M "Nov 1, 1999" -.SH NAME -busstat \- report bus-related performance statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBbusstat\fR \fB-e\fR \fIdevice-inst\fR | \fB-h\fR | \fB-l\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBbusstat\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-n\fR] - [\fB-w \fR \fIdevice-inst\fR [,pic0=\fIevent\fR,pic\fIn\fR=\fIevent\fR ]]... - [\fB-r\fR \fIdevice-inst\fR]... [\fIinterval \fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBbusstat\fR provides access to the bus-related performance counters in the -system. These performance counters allow for the measurement of statistics like -hardware clock cycles, bus statistics including \fBDMA\fR and cache coherency -transactions on a multiprocessor system. Each bus device that supports these -counters can be programmed to count a number of events from a specified list. -Each device supports one or more Performance Instrumentation Counters -(\fBPIC\fR) that are capable of counting events independently of each other. -.sp -.LP -Separate events can be selected for each \fBPIC\fR on each instance of these -devices. \fBbusstat\fR summarizes the counts over the last interval seconds, -repeating forever. If a count is given, the statistics are repeated count -times. -.sp -.LP - Only root users can program these counters. Non-root users have the option of -reading the counters that have been programmed by a root user. -.sp -.LP -The default value for the \fIinterval\fR argument is 1 second, and the default -\fIcount\fR is unlimited. -.sp -.LP -The devices that export these counters are highly platform-dependent and the -data may be difficult to interpret without an in-depth understanding of the -operation of the components that are being measured and of the system they -reside in. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display absolute counter values. The default is \fBdelta\fR values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIdevice-inst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the list of events that the specified device supports for each pic. -.sp -Specify \fIdevice-inst\fR as device (\fBname\fR) followed by an optional -instance number. If an instance number is specified, the events for that -instance are displayed. If no instance number is specified, the events for the -first instance of the specified device are displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print a usage message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the devices in the system which support performance counters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not display a title in the output. The default is to display titles. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIdevice-inst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read and display all \fBpic\fR values for the specified device -.sp -Specify \fIdevice-inst\fR as \fIdevice\fR (\fBname\fR) followed by \fIinstance -number\fR, if specifying an instance number of a device whose counters are to -be read and displayed. If all instances of this device are to be read, use -\fIdevice\fR (\fBname\fR) without an instance number. All \fBpic\fR values will -be sampled when using the \fB-r\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIdevice-inst\fR [,pic0=\fIevent\fR] [,pic\fIn\fR=\fIevent\fR] \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Program (write) the specified devices to count the specified events. Write -access to the counters is restricted to root users only. Non-root users can use -\fB-r\fR option. -.sp -Specify \fIdevice-inst\fR as \fIdevice\fR (\fBname\fR) followed by an optional -\fIinstance number\fR. If specifying an instance number of a device to program -these events on. If all instances of this device are to be programmed the same, -then use \fIdevice\fR without an instance number. Specify an event to be -counted for a specified \fBpic\fR by providing a comma separated list of -\fBpic\fIn\fR=\fR\fIevent\fR values. -.sp -The \fB-e\fR option displays all valid event names for each device. Any devices -that are programmed will be sampled every interval seconds and repeated count -times. It is recommended that the interval specified is small enough to ensure -that counter wraparound will be detected. The rate at which counters -wraparound varies from device to device. If a user is programming events using -the \fB-w\fR option and \fBbusstat\fR detects that another user has changed the -events that are being counted, the tool will terminate as the programmed -devices are now being controlled by another user. Only one user can be -programming a device instance at any one time. Extra devices can be sampled -using the \fB-r\fR option. Using multiple instances of the \fB-w\fR option on -the same command line, with the same \fIdevice-inst\fR specifying a different -list of events for the \fBpic\fRs will give the effect of multiplexing for that -device. \fBbusstat\fR will switch between the list of events for that device -every interval seconds. Event can be a string representing the event name, or -even a number representing the bit pattern to be programmed into the -Performance Control Register (\fBPCR\fR). This assumes explicit knowledge of -the meaning of the control register bits for a device. The number can be -specified in hexadecimal, decimal, or octal, using the usual conventions of -\fBstrtol\fR(3C). -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB2\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Another user is writing to the same devices. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.SS "SPARC Only" -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRProgramming and monitoring the Address Controller counters -.sp -.LP -In this example, \fBac0\fR refers to the Address Controller instance 0. The -counters are programmed to count Memory Bank stalls on an Ultra Enterprise -system at 10 second intervals with the values displayed in absolute form -instead of deltas. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# busstat -a -w ac0,pic0=mem_bank0_stall,pic1=mem_bank1_stall 10 -time dev event0 pic0 event1 pic1 -10 ac0 mem_bank0_stall 1234 mem_bank1_stall 5678 -20 ac0 mem_bank0_stall 5678 mem_bank1_stall 12345 -30 ac0 mem_bank0_stall 12345 mem_bank1_stall 56789 -\&... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For a complete list of the supported events for a device, use the \fB-e\fR -option. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRProgramming and monitoring the counters on all instances of the -Address Controller -.sp -.LP -In this example, \fBac\fR refers to all \fBac\fR instances. This example -programs all instances of the Address Controller counters to \fBcount_clock\fR -cycles and \fBmem_bank0_rds\fR at 2 second intervals, 100 times, displaying the -values as deltas. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# busstat -w ac,pic0=clock_cycles,pic1=mem_bank0_rds 2 100 -time dev event0 pic0 event1 pic1 -2 ac0 clock_cycles 167242902 mem_bank0_rds 3144 -2 ac1 clock_cycles 167254476 mem_bank0_rds 1392 -4 ac0 clock_cycles 168025190 mem_bank0_rds 40302 -4 ac1 clock_cycles 168024056 mem_bank0_rds 40580 -\&... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRMonitoring the events being counted -.sp -.LP -This example monitors the events that are being counted on the sbus1 device, -100 times at 1 second intervals. It suggests that a root user has changed the -events that \fBsbus1\fR was counting to be \fBdvma_tlb_misses\fR and interrupts -instead of \fBpio_cycles\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% busstat -r sbus0 1 100 - -time dev event0 pic0 event1 pic1 -1 sbus1 pio_cycles 2321 pio_cycles 2321 -2 sbus1 pio_cycles 48 pio_cycles 48 -3 sbus1 pio_cycles 49 pio_cycles 49 -4 sbus1 pio_cycles 2281 pio_cycles 2281 -5 sbus1 dvma_tlb_misses 0 interrupts 0 -6 sbus1 dvma_tlb_misses 6 interrupts 2 -7 sbus1 dvma_tlb_misses 8 interrupts 11 -\&... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fREvent Multiplexing -.sp -.LP -This example programs \fBac0\fR to alternate between counting (clock cycles, -\fBmem_bank0_rds\fR) and (\fBaddr_pkts\fR, \fBdata_pkts\fR) at 2 second -intervals while also monitoring what \fBac1\fR is counting : - -.sp -.LP -It shows the expected output of the above \fBbusstat\fR command. Another root -user on the machine has changed the events that this user had programmed and -\fBbusstat\fR has detected this and terminates the command with a message. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# busstat -w ac0,pic0=clock_cycles,pic1=mem_bank0_rds \e - -w ac0,pic0=addr_pkts,pic1=data_pkts \e - -r ac1 2 - -time dev event0 pic0 event1 pic1 -2 ac0 addr_pkts 12866 data_pkts 17015 -2 ac1 rio_pkts 385 rio_pkts 385 -4 ac0 clock_cycles 168018914 mem_bank0_rds 2865 -4 ac1 rio_pkts 506 rio_pkts 506 -6 ac0 addr_pkts 144236 data_pkts 149223 -6 ac1 rio_pkts 522 rio_pkts 522 -8 ac0 clock_cycles 168021245 mem_bank0_rds 2564 -8 ac1 rio_pkts 387 rio_pkts 387 -10 ac0 addr_pkts 144292 data_pkts 159645 -10 ac1 rio_pkts 506 rio_pkts 506 -12 ac0 clock_cycles 168020364 mem_bank0_rds 2665 -12 ac1 rio_pkts 522 rio_pkts 522 -busstat: events changed (possibly by another busstat). -# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBmpstat\fR(1M), \fBvmstat\fR(1M), \fBstrtol\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/captoinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/captoinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e49c000a0e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/captoinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CAPTOINFO 1M "May 18, 1993" -.SH NAME -captoinfo \- convert a termcap description into a terminfo description -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBcaptoinfo\fR [\fB-1\fR] [\fB-v\fR]... [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfilename\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBcaptoinfo\fR looks in \fIfilename\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions. For -each one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fR description is written to -standard output, along with any comments found. A description which is -expressed as relative to another description (as specified in the \fBtermcap\fR -\fBtc = field\fR) is reduced to the minimum superset before being displayed. -.sp -.LP -If no \fIfilename\fR is given, then the environment variable -\fB\fR\fBTERM\fR\fBCAP \fR is used for the filename or entry. If -\fB\fR\fBTERM\fR\fBCAP \fR is a full pathname to a file, only the terminal -whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fR is extracted -from that file. If the environment variable \fB\fR\fBTERM\fR\fBCAP \fR is not -set, then the file \fB/usr/share/lib/termcap\fR is read. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\(mi1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display the fields one to a line. Otherwise, the fields are printed several to -a line, with a maximum width of 60 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display tracing information on the standard error as the program runs. -Specifying additional \fB-v\fR options displays more detailed information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display the version of the program in use on the standard error and then exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fI width\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo/?/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -compiled terminal description database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/termcap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBinfocmp\fR(1M), \fBcurses\fR(3CURSES), \fBterminfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBcaptoinfo\fR should be used to convert \fBtermcap\fR entries to -\fBterminfo\fR entries because the \fBtermcap\fR database may not be supplied -in future releases. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/catman.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/catman.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9a49874838..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/catman.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2014 Garrett D'Amore -.\" -.Dd April 9, 2016 -.Dt CATMAN 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm catman -.Nd generate -.Nm whatis -database files -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl M Ar path -.Op Fl w -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility generates a set of -.Nm whatis -database files suitable for use with -.Xr apropos 1 -and -.Xr whatis 1 . -It is supplied for compatibility reasons. -The same databases can be generated using the -.Fl w -option with -.Xr man 1 , -and that command should be used instead. -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width ".Fl d" -.It Fl M Ar path -Generate the -.Nm whatis -database files within the specified colon separated manual paths. -Overrides the -.Ev MANPATH -environment variable. -.It Fl w -This option is present for backwards compatibility, and is ignored. -.El -.Sh ENVIRONMENT -The following environment variables affect the execution of -.Nm : -.Bl -tag -width ".Ev MANPATH" -.It Ev MANPATH -Used to specify a colon separated list of manual paths within -which to generate -.Nm whatis -database files. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Nm "Obsolete Committed" . -.Sh CODE SET INDEPENDENCE -Enabled. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr apropos 1 , -.Xr man 1 , -.Xr whatis 1 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ccidadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ccidadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 87ab106363..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ccidadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd September 12, 2020 -.Dt CCIDADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm ccidadm -.Nd CCID administration utility -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Cm list -.Nm -.Cm atr -.Op Fl pvx -.Op Ar device -.Nm -.Cm reader -.Op Ar device -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility can be used to list the CCID controllers and their slots known to the -.Xr ccid 7D -driver, query the features and capabilities of a CCID controller, and print -the ATR of an ICC (integrated circuit card) that is inserted in a slot on an -CCID controller. -.Pp -The information returned by the hardware is printed by -.Nm -in a human-readable form where applicable. -.Sh ARGUMENTS -.Nm -expects the following kinds of arguments: -.Bl -tag -width "device" -.It Ar command -Any command -.Nm -understands. -See section -.Sx COMMANDS -for more information. -.It Ar device -Specifies a CCID reader or a slot, either as absolute path to the device node -or in a short-hand form. -The short-hand form consists of the reader instance, specified by the driver -name -.Qq ccid -followed by the instance number of the reader, and optionally a slot instance -separated by a -.Qq / , -consisting of the word -.Qq slot -followed by the slot number. -Here's an example for slot 1 on ccid reader 5: -.Qq ccid5/slot1 -.El -.Sh COMMANDS -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list -.Xc -Lists the CCID controllers and their slots known to the system and prints their -product name, device node, card state, and the transport protocol in use. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm atr -.Op Fl pvx -.Op Ar device -.Xc -Prints the ATR of an ICC that is inserted in the specified slot. -If a device is specified it must refer to a certain slot. -If no device is specified the command will print the ATR of all inserted slots -in the system. -A human-readable summary of the ATR data is printed when no flags are given. -The following options can be used to alter the output of the -.Cm atr -command: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v -Verbose output, the individual bytes of the ATR are printed and decoded -in a human-readable form. -Additionally the historic data in the ATR is printed as a hexadecimal dump. -.It Fl x -The complete ATR is printed as a hexadecimal dump. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm reader -.Op Ar device -.Xc -Print the capabilities of the specified CCID reader. -Specifying slot number is not required but can optionally be specified. -If no device is given, the command will print the capabilities of all attached -CCID readers. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The -.Nm -utility exits 0 on success, 1 on any error opening or accessing the device, and -2 if no command or an unknown command are given. -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Sy Example 1: List all CCID devices -.Bd -literal -# ccidadm list -PRODUCT DEVICE CARD STATE TRANSPORT SUPPORTED -Yubikey 4 OTP+U2F+CCID ccid0/slot0 activated APDU (T=1) supported -Yubikey 4 OTP+U2F+CCID ccid1/slot0 unactivated APDU supported -Smart Card Reader USB ccid2/slot0 missing TPDU unsupported -Smart Card Reader USB ccid3/slot0 unactivated TPDU unsupported -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2: Get the ATR of a Yubikey -.Bd -literal -# ccidadm atr ccid0/slot0 -ATR for ccid0/slot0 (18 bytes): -ICC supports protocol(s): T=1 -Card protocol is negotiable; starts with default T=1 parameters -Reader will run ICC at ICC's Di/Fi values -T=1 properties that would be negotiated: - + Fi/Fmax Index: 1 (Fi 372/Fmax 5 MHz) - + Di Index: 3 (Di 4) - + Checksum: LRC - + Extra Guardtime: 0 - + BWI: 1 - + CWI: 5 - + Clock Stop: 0 (disallowed) - + IFSC: 254 - + CCID Supports NAD: no -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2: Get capabilities of a Smart Card Reader -.Bd -literal -# ccidadm reader ccid3 -Reader ccid3, CCID class v1.0 device: - Product: Smart Card Reader USB - Serial: - Slots Present: 1 - Maximum Busy Slots: 1 - Supported Voltages: - + 5.0 V - + 3.0 V - + 1.8 V - Supported Protocols: - + T=0 - + T=1 - Default Clock: 3.69 MHz - Maximum Clock: 3.69 MHz - Supported Clock Rates: 1 - Default Data Rate: 9.92 Kbps - Maximum Data Rate: 318 Kbps - Supported Data Rates: 19 - Maximum IFSD (T=1 only): 254 - Synchronous Protocols Supported: - + 2-Wire Support - + 3-Wire Support - + I2C Support - Device Features: - + Automatic ICC clock frequency change - + Automatic baud rate change - + Automatic PPS made by CCID - + CCID can set ICC in clock stop mode - + NAD value other than zero accepted - + TPDU support - Maximum Message Length: 271 bytes -.Ed -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -The command line interface of -.Nm -is -.Sy Evolving . -The output of -.Nm -is -.Sy Not-an-Interface -and may change any time. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr cfgadm 1M , -.Xr ccid 7D diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6083cd7c5d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,939 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM 1M "September 12, 2020" -.SH NAME -cfgadm \- configuration administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-h\fR - [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBcfgadm\fR command provides configuration administration operations on -dynamically reconfigurable hardware resources. These operations include -displaying status, (\fB-l\fR), initiating testing, (\fB-t\fR), invoking -configuration state changes, (\fB-c\fR), invoking hardware specific functions, -(\fB-x\fR), and obtaining configuration administration help messages -(\fB-h\fR). Configuration administration is performed at \fBattachment -points\fR, which are places where system software supports dynamic -reconfiguration of hardware resources during continued operation of Solaris. -.sp -.LP -Configuration administration makes a distinction between hardware resources -that are physically present in the machine and hardware resources that are -configured and visible to Solaris. The nature of configuration administration -functions are hardware specific, and are performed by calling hardware specific -libraries. -.sp -.LP -Configuration administration operates on an \fBattachment point\fR. Hardware -resources located at attachment points can or can not be physically replaceable -during system operation, but are dynamically reconfigurable by way of the -configuration administration interfaces. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point defines two unique elements, which are distinct from the -hardware resources that exist beyond the attachment point. The two elements of -an attachment point are a \fBreceptacle\fR and an \fBoccupant\fR. Physical -insertion or removal of hardware resources occurs at attachment points and -results in a receptacle gaining or losing an occupant. Configuration -administration supports the physical insertion and removal operations as well -as other configuration administration functions at an attachment point. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points have associated state and condition information. The -configuration administration interfaces provide control for transitioning -attachment point states. A receptacle can exist in one of three states: -\fBempty\fR, \fBdisconnected\fR or \fBconnected\fR, while an occupant can exist -in one of two states: \fBconfigured\fR or \fBunconfigured\fR. -.sp -.LP -A receptacle can provide the \fBempty\fR state, which is the normal state of a -receptacle when the attachment point has no occupants. A receptacle can also -provide the \fBdisconnected\fR state if it has the capability of isolating its -occupants from normal system access. Typically this state is used for various -hardware specific testing prior to bringing the occupant's resources into full -use by the system, or as a step in preparing an occupant for physical removal -or reconfiguration. A receptacle in the disconnected state isolates its -occupant from the system as much as its hardware allows, but can provide access -for testing and setup. A receptacle must provide the \fBconnected\fR state, -which allows normal access to hardware resources contained on any occupants. -The connected state is the normal state of a receptacle that contains an -occupant and that is not currently undergoing configuration administration -operations. -.sp -.LP -The hardware resources contained on an occupant in the \fBunconfigured\fR state -are not represented by normal Solaris data structures and are thus not -available for use by Solaris. Operations allowed on an unconfigured occupant -are limited to configuration administration operations. The hardware resources -of an occupant in the \fBconfigured\fR state are represented by normal Solaris -data structures and thus some or all of those hardware resources can be in use -by Solaris. All occupants provide both the \fBconfigured\fR and -\fBunconfigured\fR states. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point can be in one of five conditions: \fBunknown\fR, \fBok\fR, -\fBfailing\fR, \fBfailed\fR, or \fBunusable\fR. An attachment point can enter -the system in any condition depending upon results of power-on tests and -non-volatile record keeping. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point with an occupant in the \fBconfigured\fR state is in one of -four conditions: \fBunknown\fR, \fBok\fR, \fBfailing\fR, or \fBfailed\fR. If -the condition is not \fBfailing\fR or \fBfailed\fR an attachment point can -change to \fBfailing\fR during the course of operation if a hardware dependent -recoverable error threshold is exceeded. If the condition is not \fBfailed\fR -an attachment point can change to \fBfailed\fR during operation as a result of -an unrecoverable error. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point with an occupant in the \fBunconfigured\fR state can be in -any of the defined conditions. The condition of an attachment point with an -\fBunconfigured\fR occupant can decay from \fBok\fR to \fBunknown\fR after a -machine dependent time threshold. Initiating a test function changes the -attachment point's condition to \fBok\fR, \fBfailing\fR or \fBfailed\fR -depending on the outcome of the test. An attachment point that does not provide -a test function can leave the attachment point in the \fBunknown\fR condition. -If a test is interrupted, the attachment point's condition can be set to the -previous condition, \fBunknown\fR or \fBfailed\fR. An attachment point in the -\fBunknown\fR, \fBok\fR, \fBfailing\fR, or \fBfailed\fR conditions can be -re-tested. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point can exist in the \fBunusable\fR condition for a variety of -reasons, such as inadequate power or cooling for the receptacle, an occupant -that is unidentifiable, unsupported, incorrectly configured, etc. An attachment -point in the \fBunusable\fR condition can never be used by the system. It -typically remains in this condition until the physical cause is remedied. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point also maintains busy information that indicates when a state -change is in progress or the condition is being reevaluated. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points are referred to using hardware specific identifiers -(\fIap_id\fRs) that are related to the type and location of the attachment -points in the system device hierarchy. An \fIap_id\fR can not be ambiguous, it -must identify a single attachment point. Two types of \fIap_id\fR -specifications are supported: physical and logical. A physical \fIap_id\fR -contains a fully specified pathname, while a logical \fIap_id\fR contains a -shorthand notation that identifies an attachment point in a more user-friendly -way. -.sp -.LP -For example, an attachment point representing a system's backplane slot number -\fB7\fR could have a physical \fIap_id\fR of -\fB/devices/central/fhc/sysctrl:slot7\fR while the logical \fIap_id\fR could be -\fBsystem:slot7\fR. Another example, the third receptacle on the second \fBPCI -I/O\fR bus on a system could have a logical \fIap_id\fR of \fBpci2:plug3\fR. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points may also be created dynamically. A dynamic attachment point -is named relative to a base attachment point which is present in the system. -\fBap_id\fRs for dynamic attachment points consist of a base component followed -by two colons (\fB::\fR) and a dynamic component. The base component is the -base attachment point \fBap_id\fR. The dynamic component is hardware specific -and generated by the corresponding hardware specific library. -.sp -.LP -For example, consider a base attachment point, which represents a \fBSCSI -HBA\fR, with the physical \fBap_id\fR -\fB/devices/sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000:scsi\fR and logical \fBap_id c0\fR. A -disk attached to this \fBSCSI HBA\fR could be represented by a dynamic -attachment point with logical \fBap_id\fR \fBc0::dsk/c0t0d0\fR where \fBc0\fR -is the base component and \fBdsk/c0t0d0\fR is the hardware specific dynamic -component. Similarly the physical \fBap_id\fR for this dynamic attachment point -would be: \fB/devices/sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000:scsi::dsk/c0t0d0\fR. -.sp -.LP -An \fIap_type\fR is a partial form of a logical \fBap_id\fR that can be -ambiguous and not specify a particular attachment point. An \fIap_type\fR is a -substring of the portion of the logical \fBap_id\fR up to but not including the -colon (\fB:\fR) separator. For example, an \fIap_type\fR of \fBpci\fR would -show all attachment points whose logical \fIap_id\fRs begin with \fBpci\fR. -.sp -.LP -The use of \fIap_types\fR is discouraged. The new select sub-option to the -\fB-s\fR option provides a more general and flexible mechanism for selecting -attachment points. See \fBOPTIONS\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcfgadm\fR command interacts primarily with hardware dependent functions -contained in hardware specific libraries and thus its behavior is hardware -dependent. -.sp -.LP -For each configuration administration operation a service interruption can be -required. Should the completion of the function requested require a noticeable -service interruption to interactive users, a prompt is output on the standard -error output for confirmation on the standard input before the function is -started. Confirmation can be overridden using the \fB-y\fR or \fB-n\fR options -to always answer yes or no respectively. Hardware specific options, such as -test level, are supplied as sub-options using the \fB-o\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Operations that change the state of the system configuration are audited by the -system log daemon \fBsyslogd\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The arguments for this command conform to the \fBgetopt\fR(3C) and -\fBgetsubopt\fR(3C) syntax convention. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the \fB-l\fR option must also list dynamic attachment points. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs the state change \fIfunction\fR on the attachment point specified by -\fIap_id.\fR -.sp -Specify \fIfunction\fR as \fBinsert\fR, \fBremove\fR, \fBdisconnect\fR, -\fBconnect\fR, \fBconfigure\fR or \fBunconfigure\fR. These functions cause -state transitions at the attachment point by calling hardware specific library -routines and are defined in the following list. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinsert\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs operations that allows the user to manually insert an occupant or to -activate a hardware supplied mechanism that performs the physical insertion. -\fBinsert\fR can have hardware specific side effects that temporarily suspend -activity in portions of the system. In such cases the hardware specific library -generates appropriate warning messages and informs the user of any special -considerations or procedures unique to that hardware. Various hardware specific -errors can cause this function to fail and set the receptacle condition to -\fBunusable\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremove\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs operations that allow the user to manually remove an occupant or to -activate a hardware supplied mechanism to perform the physical removal. -\fBremove\fR can have hardware specific side effects that temporarily suspend -activity in portions of the system. In such cases the hardware specific library -generates appropriate warning messages and informs the user of any special -considerations or procedures unique to that hardware. Various hardware specific -errors can cause this function to fail and set the receptacle condition to -unusable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs hardware specific operations to put a receptacle in the disconnected -state, which can prevent an occupant from operating in a normal fashion through -the receptacle. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs hardware specific operations to put the receptacle in the -\fBconnected\fR state, which allows an occupant to operate in a normal fashion -through the receptacle. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs hardware specific operations that allow an occupant's hardware -resources to be usable by Solaris. Occupants that are configured are part of -the system configuration and are available for manipulation by Solaris device -manipulation maintenance commands (eg: \fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), -\fBifconfig\fR(1M)). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs hardware specific operations that logically remove an occupant's -hardware resources from the system. The occupant must currently be configured -and its hardware resources must not be in use by Solaris. -.RE - -State transition functions can fail due to the condition of the attachment -point or other hardware dependent considerations. All state change -\fIfunction\fRs in the direction of adding resources, \fB(insert,\fR -\fBconnect\fR and \fBconfigure)\fR are passed onto the hardware specific -library when the attachment point is in the \fBok\fR or \fBunknown\fR -condition. All other conditions require the use of the force option to allow -these \fIfunction\fRs to be passed on to the hardware specific library. -Attachment point condition does not prevent a hardware specific library being -called for related to the removal (\fBremove,\fR \fBdisconnect\fR and -\fBunconfigure\fR), of hardware resources from the system. Hardware specific -libraries can reject state change \fIfunction\fRs if the attachment point is in -the \fBunknown\fR condition. -.sp -The condition of an attachment point is not necessarily changed by the state -change functions, however errors during state change operations can change the -attachment point condition. An attempt to override a condition and force a -state change that would otherwise fail can be made by specifying the force -option (\fB-f\fR). Hardware specific safety and integrity checks can prevent -the force option from having any effect. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forces the specified action to occur. Typically, this is a hardware dependent -override of a safety feature. Forcing a state change operation can allow use of -the hardware resources of occupant that is not in the \fBok\fR or \fBunknown\fR -conditions, at the discretion of any hardware dependent safety checks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR \|.\|.\|. ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints out the help message text. If \fIap_id\fR or \fIap_type\fR is specified, -the help routine of the hardware specific library for the attachment point -indicated by the argument is called. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR \|.\|.\|. ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the state and condition of attachment points specified. Attachment points -can be filtered by using the \fB-s\fR option and \fBselect\fR sub-option. -Invoking \fBcfgadm\fR without one of the action options is equivalent to -\fB-l\fR without an argument. The format of the list display is controlled by -the \fB-v\fR and \fB-s\fR options. When the \fB-a\fR option is specified -attachment points are dynamically expanded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Suppress any interactive confirmation and assume that the answer is \fIno\fR. -If neither \fB-n\fR or \fB-y\fR is specified, interactive confirmation is -obtained through the standard error output and the standard input. If either of -these standard channels does not correspond to a terminal (as determined by -\fBisatty\fR(3C)) then the \fB-n\fR option is assumed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fIhardware_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Supplies hardware specific options to the main command option. The format and -content of the hardware option string is completely hardware specific. The -option string \fIhardware_options\fR conforms to the \fBgetsubopt\fR(3C) syntax -convention. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fIlisting_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Supplies listing options to the list (\fB-l\fR) command. \fIlisting_options\fR -conforms to the \fBgetsubopt\fR(3C) syntax convention. The sub-options are used -to specify the attachment point selection criteria ( -\fBselect\fR=\fIselect_string\fR), the type of matching desired -(\fBmatch\fR=\fImatch_type\fR), order of listing (\fBsort\fR=\fIfield_spec\fR), -the data that is displayed (\fBcols=\fR\fIfield_spec\fR and -\fBcols2=\fR\fIfield_spec\fR), the column delimiter (\fBdelim=\fR\fIstring\fR) -and whether to suppress column headings (\fBnoheadings\fR). -.sp -When the \fBselect\fR sub-option is specified, only attachment points which -match the specified criteria will be listed. The \fBselect\fR sub-option has -the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm \fB-s\fR select=attr1(value1):attr2(value2)... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where an \fIattr\fR is one of \fBap_id\fR, \fBclass\fR or \fBtype\fR. -\fBap_id\fR refers to the logical \fIap_id\fR field, \fBclass\fR refers to -attachment point class and \fBtype\fR refers to the type field. \fIvalue1\fR, -\fIvalue2\fR, etc. are the corresponding values to be matched. The type of -match can be specified by the \fBmatch\fR sub-option as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm \fB-s\fR match=\fImatch_type\fR,select=attr1(value1)... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fImatch_type\fR can be either \fBexact\fR or \fBpartial\fR. The default -value is \fBexact\fR. -.sp -Arguments to the \fBselect\fR sub-option can be quoted to protect them from the -shell. -.sp -A \fIfield_spec\fR is one or more \fIdata-field\fRs concatenated using colon -(\fB:\fR), as in \fIdata-field\fR:\fIdata-field\fR:\fIdata-field\fR. A -\fIdata-field\fR is one of \fBap_id\fR, \fBphysid\fR, \fBr_state\fR, -\fBo_state\fR, \fBcondition\fR, \fBtype\fR, \fBbusy\fR, \fBstatus_time\fR, -\fBstatus_time_p\fR, \fBclass\fR, and \fBinfo\fR. The \fBap_id\fR field output -is the logical name for the attachment point, while the \fBphysid\fR field -contains the physical name. The \fBr_state\fR field can be \fBempty\fR, -\fBdisconnected\fR or \fBconnected\fR. The \fBo_state\fR field can be -\fBconfigured\fR or \fBunconfigured\fR. The \fBbusy\fR field can be either -\fBy\fR if the attachment point is busy, or \fBn\fR if it is not. The -\fBtype\fR and \fBinfo\fR fields are hardware specific. The \fBstatus_time\fR -field provides the time at which either the \fBr_state\fR, \fBo_state\fR, or -condition of the attachment point last changed. The \fBstatus_time_p\fR field -is a parsable version of the \fBstatus_time\fR field. If an attachment point -has an associated class, the \fBclass\fR field lists the class name. If an -attachment point does not have an associated class, the \fBclass\fR field lists -\fBnone\fR. -.sp -The order of the fields in \fIfield_spec\fR is significant: For the \fBsort\fR -sub-option, the first field given is the primary sort key. For the \fBcols\fR -and \fBcols2\fR sub-options, the fields are printed in the order requested. The -order of sorting on a \fIdata-field\fR can be reversed by placing a minus -(\fB\(mi\fR) before the \fIdata-field\fR name within the \fIfield_sec\fR for -the \fBsort\fR sub-option. The default value for \fBsort\fR is \fBap_id\fR. The -defaults values for \fBcols\fR and \fBcols2\fR depend on whether the \fB-v\fR -option is given: Without it \fBcols\fR is \fBap_id:r_state:o_state:condition\fR -and \fBcols2\fR is not set. With \fB-v\fR \fBcols\fR is -\fBap_id:r_state:o_state:condition:info\fR and \fBcols2\fR is -\fBstatus_time:type:busy:physid:\fR. The default value for \fBdelim\fR is a -single space. The value of \fBdelim\fR can be a string of arbitrary length. The -delimiter cannot include comma (\fB,\fR) character, see \fBgetsubopt\fR(3C). -These listing options can be used to create parsable output. See \fBNOTES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs a test of one or more attachment points. The test function is used to -re-evaluate the condition of the attachment point. Without a test level -specifier in \fIhardware_options\fR, the fastest test that identifies hard -faults is used. -.sp -More comprehensive tests are hardware specific and are selected using the -\fIhardware_options\fR. -.sp -The results of the test is used to update the condition of the specified -occupant to either \fBok\fR if no faults are found, \fBfailing\fR if -recoverable faults are found or \fBfailed\fR if any unrecoverable faults are -found. -.sp -If a test is interrupted, the attachment point's condition can be restored to -its previous value or set to \fBunknown\fR if no errors were found or -\fBfailing\fR if only recoverable errors were found or to \fBfailed\fR if any -unrecoverable errors were found. The attachment point should only be set to -\fBok\fR upon normal completion of testing with no errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Executes in verbose mode. For the \fB-c\fR, \fB-t\fR and \fB-x\fR options -outputs a message giving the results of each attempted operation. Outputs -detailed help information for the \fB-h\fR option. Outputs verbose information -for each attachment point for the \fB-l\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs hardware specific functions. Private hardware specific functions can -change the state of a receptacle or occupant. Attachment point conditions can -change as the result of errors encountered during private hardware specific -functions. The format and content of the \fIhardware_function\fR string is -completely hardware specific. The option string \fIhardware_function\fR -conforms to the \fBgetsubopt\fR(3C) syntax convention. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Suppresses any interactive confirmation and assume that the answer is -\fByes\fR. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -The required privileges to use this command are hardware dependent. Typically, -a default system configuration restricts all but the list option to the -superuser. -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRListing Attachment Points in the Device Tree -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all attachment points except dynamic attachment -points. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm - - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Cond -system:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -system:slot2 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot3 unknown connected unconfigured unknown -system:slot4 dual-sbus connected configured failing -system:slot5 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot6 unknown disconnected unconfigured unusable -system:slot7 unknown empty unconfigured ok -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -c1 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing All Configurable Hardware Information -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all current configurable hardware information, -including those represented by dynamic attachment points: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -al - - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Cond -system:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -system:slot2 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot3 unknown connected unconfigured unknown -system:slot4 dual-sbus connected configured failing -system:slot5 cpu/mem connected configured ok -system:slot6 unknown disconnected unconfigured unusable -system:slot7 unknown empty unconfigured ok -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t14d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t11d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t8d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::rmt/0 tape connected configured unknown -c1 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing Selectively, Based on Attachment Point Attributes -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all attachment points whose class begins with -\fBscsi\fR, \fBap_id\fR begins with \fBc\fR and \fBtype\fR field begins with -\fBscsi\fR. The argument to the \fB-s\fR option is quoted to protect it from -the shell. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -s "match=partial,select=class(scsi):ap_id(c):type(scsi)" - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Cond - c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown - c1 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRListing Current Configurable Hardware Information in Verbose -Mode -.sp -.LP -The following example lists current configurable hardware information for -\fIap-type\fR \fBsystem\fR in verbose mode: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -v -l system -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -system:slot1 connected configured ok -Apr 4 23:50 sbus-upa n /devices/central/fhc/sysctrl:slot1 -system:slot3 connected configured ok non-detachable -Apr 17 11:20 cpu/mem n /devices/central/fhc/sysctrl:slot3 -system:slot5 connected configured ok -Apr 4 23:50 cpu/mem n /devices/central/fhc/sysctrl:slot5 -system:slot7 connected configured ok -Apr 4 23:50 dual-sbus n /devices/central/fhc/sysctrl:slot7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBWhen\fR column represents the \fBstatus_time\fR field. -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRTesting Two Occupants Using the Hardware Specific -\fBExtended\fR Test -.sp -.LP -The following example tests two occupants using the hardware specific -\fBextended\fR test: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -v -o extended -t system:slot3 system:slot5 -Testing attachment point system:slot3 ... ok -Testing attachment point system:slot5 ... ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRConfiguring an Occupant Using the Force Option -.sp -.LP -The following example configures an occupant in the \fBfailing\fR state to the -system using the force option: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -f -c configure system:slot3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRUnconfiguring an Occupant From the System -.sp -.LP -The following example unconfigures an occupant from the system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -c unconfigure system:slot4 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRConfiguring an Occupant at an Attachment Point -.sp -.LP -The following example configures an occupant: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -c configure c0::dsk/c0t0d0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBcfgadm\fR: \fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, -\fBNLSPATH\fR and \fBTZ\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_MESSAGES\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Determines how \fBcfgadm\fR displays column headings and error messages. -Listing output data is not affected by the setting of this variable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_TIME\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Determines how \fBcfgadm\fR displays human readable status changed time -(\fBstatus_time\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTZ\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specifies the timezone used when converting the status changed time. This -applies to both the human readable (\fBstatus_time\fR) and parsable -(\fBstatus_time_p\fR) formats. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Configuration administration not supported on specified target. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Usage error. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcfgadm_fp\fR(1M), \fBcfgadm_ib\fR(1M), -\fBcfgadm_pci\fR(1M), \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR(1M), \fBcfgadm_scsi\fR(1M), -\fBcfgadm_usb\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBprtdiag\fR(1M), -\fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), -\fBgetopt\fR(3C), \fBgetsubopt\fR(3C), \fBisatty\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -Diagnostic messages appear on the standard error output. Other than options and -usage errors, the following are diagnostic messages produced by this utility: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: Configuration administration not supported on \fIap_id\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: No library found for \fIap_id\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: \fIap_id\fR is ambiguous -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: \fIoperation\fR: Insufficient privileges -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: Attachment point is busy, try again -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: No attachment points with specified attributes found -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: System is busy, try again -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: \fIoperation\fR: Operation requires a service interruption -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: \fIoperation\fR: Data error: \fIerror_text\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: \fIoperation\fR: Hardware specific failure: \fIerror_text\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM) for additional details regarding error -messages. -.SH NOTES -Hardware resources enter the unconfigured pool in a hardware specific manner. -This can occur at various times such as: system initialization or as a result -of an unconfigure operation. An occupant that is in the \fBunconfigured\fR -state is not available for use by the system until specific intervention -occurs. This intervention can be manifested as an operator initiated command or -it can be by way of an automatic configuring mechanism. -.sp -.LP -The listing option of the \fBcfgadm\fR command can be used to provide parsable -input for another command, for example within a shell script. For parsable -output, the \fB-s\fR option must be used to select the fields required. The -\fB-s\fR option can also be used to suppress the column headings. The following -fields always produce parsable output: \fBap_id\fR, \fBphysid\fR, -\fBr_state\fR, \fBo_state\fR, \fBcondition\fR, \fBbusy\fR, \fBstatus_time_p\fR, -\fBclass\fR, and \fBtype\fR. Parsable output never has white-space characters -embedded in the field value. -.sp -.LP -The following shell script fragment finds the first good \fBunconfigured\fR -occupant of type \fBCPU.\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -found= -cfgadm -l -s "noheadings,cols=ap_id:r_state:condition:type" | \e -while read ap_id r_state cond type -do - if [ "$r_state" = unconfigured -a "$cond" = ok -a "$type" = CPU ] - then - if [ -z "$found" ] - then - found=$ap_id - fi - fi -done -if [ -n "$found" ] -then - echo "Found CPU $found" -fi -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The format of the parsable time field (\fBstatus_time_p\fR) is -\fIYYYYMMDDhhmmss\fR, giving the year, month, day, hour, minute and second in a -form suitable for string comparison. -.sp -.LP -Reference should be made to the hardware specific documentation for details of -System Configuration Administration support. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_cardbus.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_cardbus.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 12d18b4ea7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_cardbus.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_CARDBUS 1M "Jul 11, 2006" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_cardbus \- cardbus hardware specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f \fR] [\fB-y \fR | \fB-n \fR] [\fB-v\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-c\fR\fI function\fR \fIap_id\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f \fR] [\fB-y \fR | \fB-n \fR] [\fB-v\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-x\fR\fI hardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR - [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIharware_options\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_function\fR] \fB-h\fR - [\fIap_id\fR| \fI ap_type\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The CardBus slots in Solaris are hot plug capable. This capability is supported -by the \fBPCI\fR hardware specific library \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/pci.so.1\fR -through the \fBcfgadm\fR command (see \fBcfgadm\fR(1M)). -.sp -.LP -The hot plug administrative models between CardBus, PCI, CompactPCI, and PCI -Express operate the same fashion. Please refer to \fBcfgadm_pci\fR(1M) for the -usage information. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_fp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_fp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d276e6b45a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_fp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,744 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_FP 1M "Jan 10, 2008" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_fp \- driver specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-n\fR | \fB-y\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBfp\fR port driver plug-in \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/fp.so.1\fR provides the -functionality for Fibre Channel Fabric device node management through -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M). \fBcfgadm\fR operates on attachment points. Attachment points -are locations in the system where hardware resources can be dynamically -reconfigured. Refer to \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for additional details on attachment -points. -.sp -.LP -For Fibre Channel Fabric device node management, each \fBfp\fR port node is -represented by an attachment point in the device tree. In addition, each Fibre -Channel device is represented by a dynamic attachment point. Attachment points -are named through \fBap_ids\fR. Two types of \fBap_ids\fR are defined: logical -and physical. The physical \fBap_id\fR is based on the physical pathname. The -logical \fBap_id\fR is a shorter, more user-friendly name. For \fBfp\fR port -nodes, the logical \fBap_id\fR is the corresponding disk controller number. For -example, \fBc0\fR is a typical logical \fBap_id\fR. -.sp -.LP -Fibre Channel devices are named with a port World Wide Name (WWN). If a disk -device is connected to controller \fBc0\fR, its \fBap_id\fR can be: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -c0::50020f2300006077 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fB50020f2300006077\fR identifies the port WWN of a specific Fibre -Channel device. -.sp -.LP -Each device on the Fibre Channel private loop port, Fabric port or public loop -port is probed and made available to Solaris by default. Devices connected to -the Fibre Channel Fabric port or public loop port can be made unavailable to -Solaris by initiating an application or an end user operation. The operation is -similar to the hot unplugging of devices by way of management user interfaces. -Applications or users can use the \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/fp.so.1\fR library to -enable \fBlibcfgadm\fR to provide interfaces to accomplish this task. -.sp -.LP -The list of currently connected Fabric devices is generated in the form of the -attachment point. -.sp -.LP -A simple listing of attachment points in the system includes attachment points -at \fBfp\fR port nodes but not Fibre Channel devices. The following example -uses the \fB-a\fR flag to the list option (\fB-l\fR) to list Fibre Channel -devices: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -l\fR - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition - c0 fc-fabric connected configured unknown - c1 fc-private connected configured unknown - c2 fc-pt_to_pt connected configured unknown - c3 fc connected unconfigured unknown - sysctrl0:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok - sysctrl0:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following example lists Fibre Channel devices connected to \fBfp\fR ports. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -al\fR - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition - c0 fc-fabric connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006077 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f23000063a9 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300005f24 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006107 disk connected configured unknown - c1 fc-private connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b69c disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708ba7d disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b8d4 disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b9b2 disk connected configured unknown - c2 fc-pt_to_pt connected configured unknown - c2::500104f000937528 tape connected configured unknown - c3 fc connected unconfigured unknown - sysctrl0:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok - sysctrl0:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the \fBfc-fabric\fR type of \fBap_id\fR \fBc0\fR indicates -that the \fBfp\fR port is connected to Fabric. For an \fBfp\fR port with a -Fabric-related type such as \fBfc-fabric\fR and \fBfc-public\fR, device node -creation happens by default at the boot time and can be managed by the -\fBcfgadm\fR configure and unconfigure operations. The \fBfc-private\fR type -of \fBap_id c1\fR indicates that \fBfp\fR port is connected to private-loop and -device node creation happens by default as well. The \fBfc-pt_to_pt\fR type of -\fBap_id c2\fR indicates that the \fBfp\fR port is directly connected to -another \fBN_port\fR and device node creation also happens by default. The -\fBfc\fR type of \fBap_id c3\fR indicates that nothing is attached to \fBfp\fR -port \fBc2\fR. The Type field of a Fibre Channel device \fBap_id\fR shows the -SCSI device type of LUN 0 in the device. -.sp -.LP -A Fibre Channel device with multiple FCP SCSI LUNs is configured into Solaris -and each \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fR is available as a Solaris device. Suppose that -ap_ids \fBc0::50020f2300006077\fR and \fBc0::50020f23000063a9\fR represent -Fibre Channel devices with multiple \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fRs. -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to list ap_ids with \fBFCP\fR \fBSCSI\fR -\fBLUN\fR information: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -al -o show_SCSI_LUN\fR - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition - c0 fc-fabric connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006077,0 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006077,1 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006077,2 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300006077,3 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f23000063a9,0 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f23000063a9,1 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f23000063a9,2 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f23000063a9,3 disk connected configured unknown - c0::50020f2300005f24,0 disk connected unconfigured unknown - c0::50020f2300005f24,1 disk connected unconfigured unknown - c0::50020f2300006107,0 disk connected unconfigured unknown - c0::50020f2300006107,1 disk connected unconfigured unknown - c1 fc-private connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b69c,0 disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708ba7d,0 disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b8d4,0 disk connected configured unknown - c1::220000203708b9b2,0 disk connected configured unknown - c2 fc-pt_to_pt connected configured unknown - c2::500104f000937528,0 tape connected configured unknown - c3 fc connected unconfigured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the \fBap_id c0::50020f2300006077,0\fR identifies the \fBFCP -SCSI LUN 0\fR of the Fibre Channel device which is represented by port \fBWWN -50020f2300006077\fR. The Fibre Channel device is reported to have 4 \fBFCP SCSI -LUN\fRs and they are all configured. \fB4 FCP SCSI LUN\fR level ap_ids -associated with port \fBWWN 50020f2300006077\fR are listed. The listing also -displays \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fRs for unconfigured Fibre Channel devices. The Fibre -Channel device represented by \fBc0::50020f2300005f24\fR is reported to have -two \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fRs. The configure operation \fBon c0::50020f2300005f24\fR -creates two Solaris devices. The \fBType\fR field of \fBFCP\fR \fBSCSI\fR -\fBLUN\fR level ap_ids show the \fBSCSI\fR device type of each \fBLUN\fR. When -a Fibre Channel device has different device type \fBLUN\fRs, the \fBType\fR -field reflects that. -.sp -.LP -The receptacle and occupant state for attachment points at the \fBfp\fR port -have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more devices configured on the \fBfp\fR port -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBfp\fR port active -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBfp\fR port quiesced (IO activity is suspended) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not applicable -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No devices configured on the \fBfp\fR port -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The state for individual Fibre Channel devices on an \fBfp\fR port: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Device is configured into Solaris and is available for use -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBfp\fR port to which the device is connected to is active -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBfp\fR port to which the device is attached is quiesced -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Device is available to be configured -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBcondition\fR field for attachment points at the \fBfp\fR port has the -following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error condition has prevented the \fBfp\fR port from being able to detect -the presence or type of a Fibre Channel connection. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBcondition\fR field for individual Fibre Channel devices on an \fBfp\fR -port has the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error is encountered while probing a device on Fabric. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailing\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A device was configured on a host and its state as seen by Solaris appears to -be normal (i.e., online) but it is either not currently present or visible in -the fabric or its presence could not be verified due to an error condition on -the local port through which the device was configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunusable\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A device has been configured on the host, but is currently offline or failed. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The unknown \fBcondition\fR indicates that probing a device on Fabric completed -without an error and the device state within Solaris host is normal if the -device was configured previously. The internal condition of the device cannot -be guaranteed. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR defines several types of operations in addition to listing -(\fB-l\fR). These operations include invoking configuration state changes and -obtaining configuration administration help messages (\fB-h\fR). -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following generic commands are defined for the \fBfp\fR-transport-specific -library: -.sp -For Fibre Channel device attachment points on the \fBfc-fabric\fR type \fBfp\fR -port attachment point, the following configuration state change operations are -supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure a connected Fibre Channel Fabric device to a host. When a Fibre -Channel device is listed as an unknown type in the output of the list operation -the device might not be configurable. No attempt is made to configure devices -with unknown types. The force option (\fB-f\fR) can be used to force the -\fBfp\fR port driver plug-in to make an attempt to configure any devices. Any -errors in the process are reported. By default, each FCP SCSI LUN that is -discovered on a Fibre channel Fabric device is configured. However, FCP SCSI -LUNs that are specified in the "pwwn-lun-blacklist" property in the -\fBfp.conf\fR file will remain unconfigured. The FCP SCSI LUN level listing -reflects the state of such FCP SCSI LUNs. They stay in the "unconfigured" state -after reboot or Solaris Dynamic Reconfiguration on the controller that they are -connected through. Refer to \fBfp\fR(7D) for additional details on the -"pwwn-lun-blacklist" property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unconfigure a Fibre Channel Fabric device from a host. This device stays -unconfigured until the next reboot or Solaris Dynamic Reconfiguration on the -controller that the device is connected, at which time all fabric devices are -automatically enumerated. The default behavior may be changed through the use -of the "manual_configuration_only" property in the \fBfp.conf\fR file. If the -property is set, the device remains unconfigured after reboot. Refer to -\fBfp\fR(7D) for additional details on the "manual_configuration_only" -property. -.RE - -For Fibre Channel private loop devices and \fBN_Port\fR point-to-point devices, -the \fBconfigure\fR command returns success without doing any operation. The -\fBunconfigure\fR command is not supported on the private loop devices and -\fBN_Port\fR point-to-point devices. The private loop devices and \fBN_Port\fR -point-to-point devices are configured by Solaris Fibre Channel drivers by -default and are not managed through end user- or application-initiated -operations. The \fBpwwn-lun-blacklist\fR property in the \fBfp.conf\fR file -is applied to the private loop device and \fBN_Port\fR point-to-point device in -the same way it is applied to a Fabric device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the \fBconfigure\fR change state operation to occur irrespective of the -\fBcondition\fR or \fBtype\fR. Refer to the above description of the -\fBconfigure\fR change state operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Obtain \fBfp\fR\(emtransport-specific help. Specify any \fBfp\fR attachment -point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following hardware options are supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshow_SCSI_LUN\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists ap_ids associated with each FCP SCSI LUN for discovered Fibre Channel -devices when specified with the \fBlist\fR option \fB-al\fR. Refer to the -previously mentioned description and example of FCP SCSI LUN level listing. -Device node creation is not supported on the FCP SCSI LUN level. See -\fBNOTES\fR. -.RE - -All Fibre Channel devices are available to Solaris by default. Enabling only a -subset of Fabric devices available to Solaris by default can be accomplished by -setting the property "manual_configuration_only" in \fB/kernel/drv/fp.conf\fR -file. When "manual_configuration_only" in \fBfp.conf\fR is set, all Fabric -devices are not available to Solaris unless an application or an end user had -previously requested the device be configured into Solaris. The \fBconfigure\fR -state-change command makes the device available to Solaris. After a successful -\fBconfigure\fR operation on a Fabric device, the associated links are added to -the \fB/dev\fR namespace. The \fBunconfigure\fR state-change command makes a -device unavailable to Solaris. -.sp -When a Fibre Channel Fabric device is configured successfully to a host using -the \fB-c\fR \fBconfigure\fR operation, its physical \fBap_id\fR is stored in a -repository. When a Fibre Channel Fabric device is unconfigured using the -\fB-c\fR \fBunconfigure\fR operation, its physical \fBap_id\fR is deleted from -the same repository. All fabric devices are automatically enumerated by default -and the repository is used only if the \fBfp.conf\fR -"manual_configuration_only" property is set. Refer to \fBfp\fR(7D) for -additional details on the "manual_configuration_only" property. -.sp -You can specify the following commands with the \fB-c\fR option to control the -update behavior of the repository: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBforce_update\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For \fBconfigure\fR, the attachment point is unconditionally added to the -repository; for \fBunconfigure\fR, the attachment point is unconditionally -deleted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBno_update\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No update is made to the repository regardless of the operation. -.RE - -These options should not be used for normal \fBconfigure\fR and -\fBunconfigure\fR operations. See \fBWARNINGS\fR. -.sp -When a Fibre Channel device has multiple \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fRs configured and any -Solaris device associated with its \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fR is in the unusable -condition, the whole Fibre Channel device is reported as unusable. The -following option with the \fB-c\fR unconfigure command removes only Solaris -devices with the unusable condition for a Fibre Channel device. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunusable_SCSI_LUN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For \fBunconfigure\fR operation, any offlined device nodes for a target device -is removed. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Refer to \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for usage information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No test commands are available at present. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No hardware specific functions are available at present. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -All other options have the same meaning as defined in the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) man -page. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUnconfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures a disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c unconfigure c0::210000203708b606 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUnconfigure all the Configured Disks under Single Attachment -Point -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures all configured disks under the attachment -point \fBc0\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c unconfigure c0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRConfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c configure c0::210000203708b606 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRConfigure all the Unconfigured Disks under Single Attachment -Point -.sp -.LP -The following command configures all unconfigured disks under the attachment -point \fBc0\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c configure c0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRRemoving the Fibre Channel Fabric Device Attachment Point from -Repository -.sp -.LP -The following command unconditionally removes the fibre channel fabric device -attachment point from the Fabric device repository. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c unconfigure -o force_update c0::210000203708b606 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRRemoving Offlined Solaris Device Nodes for a Target Device -.sp -.LP -The following command removes offlined Solaris device nodes for a target -device: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c unconfigure -o unusable_SCSI_LUN c0::210000203708b606 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/fp.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hardware-specific library for Fibre Channel Fabric device node management. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/cfg/fp/fabric_WWN_map\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Repository of physical \fBap_id\fRs of Fabric devices currently configured. It -is used only to reconfigure those Fabric devices at boot time. This repository -is only used when the "manual_configuration_only" \fB/kernel/drv/fp.conf\fR -file is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/rcS.d/fdevattach\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reconfigures Fabric device(s) of which physical \fBap_id\fR is listed in -\fB/etc/cfg/fp/fabric_WWN_map\fR on boot time. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), -\fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBfp\fR(7D) -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -Do not use hardware-specific options for the repository update under normal -\fBconfigure\fR/\fBunconfigure\fR operations. The hardware-specific options are -expected to be used when the node creation of a Fabric device fails at boot -time and the error condition is considered to be permanent. The -\fBunconfigure\fR command with \fBforce_update\fR hardware-specific option -unconditionally removes the attachment point of a failing Fabric device from -the repository. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -For devices with unknown or no SCSI device type (for example, a Fibre Channel -Host Bus Adapter), the \fBconfigure\fR operation might not be applicable. -.sp -.LP -The \fBconfigure\fR and \fBunconfigure\fR commands operate on the Fibre Channel -device level which is represented by port WWN ap_id. If a Fibre Channel device -has multiple FCP SCSI LUNs configured, the \fBconfigure\fR command on the -associated port WWN ap_id results in creating a Solaris device for each \fBFCP -SCSI LUN\fR unless it is specified in the "pwwn-lun-blacklist" property in the -\fBfp.conf\fR file. The \fBunconfigure\fR command removes all Solaris devices -associated with the port WWN ap_id. The \fBFCP SCSI LUN\fR level ap_id is not -valid for the \fBconfigure\fR and \fBunconfigure\fR commands. -.sp -.LP -The deprecated \fBshow_FCP_dev\fR option has been replaced by the new -\fBshow_SCSI_LUN\fR option, and the deprecated \fBunusable_FCP_dev\fR option -has been replaced by the new \fBunusable_SCSI_LUN\fR option. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcfgadm_fp\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/device/fc-fabric:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -No administrative actions on this service are required for Fabric device -configuration once this service is started on boot time. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_ib.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_ib.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b9744b74e2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_ib.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,861 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_IB 1M "Jul 2, 2008" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_ib \- InfiniBand hardware specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-f\fR [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-v\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_option\fR] [-] [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type...\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-v\fR \fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The InfiniBand hardware specific library \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/ib.so.1\fR provides -the functionality for administering its fabric through the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) -utility. \fBcfgadm\fR operates on attachment points. See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -An InfiniBand (\fBIB\fR) device is enumerated by the IB nexus driver, -\fBib\fR(7D), based on the services from the IB Device Manager (IBDM). -.sp -.LP -The IB nexus driver creates and initializes five types of child device nodes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IB Port devices -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IB HCA service (HCA_SVC) devices -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IB Virtual Physical Point of Attachment (VPPA) devices -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -I/O Controller (IOC) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IB Pseudo devices -.RE -.sp -.LP -See \fBib\fR(7D) for details on enumeration of IB Port, IB VPPA, and IB HCA_SVC -devices. For additional information on IBDM, see \fBibdm\fR(7D). See -\fBib\fR(4) for details on IB Pseudo devices. -.sp -.LP -For IB administration, two types of static attachment point are created for the -fabric administration as seen by the given host. There is one static attachment -point \fBib\fR and all IB devices (either an IOC, Port, VPPA, HCA_SVC, or a -Pseudo device) in the fabric are represented as dynamic attachment points based -off of it. There is another static attachment point for each Host Channel -Adapter (HCA) in the host based on its node Globally Unique Identifier (GUID) -value. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points are named through ap_ids. There are two types of ap_ids: -logical and physical. The physical ap_id is based on the physical path name. -For the IB fabric it is \fB/devices/ib:fabric\fR. The logical ap_id is a -shorter, and has a more user friendly name. -.sp -.LP -The static ap_id for the IB fabric is \fBib\fR. The IB devices are dynamic -attachment points and have no physical ap_id. The logical ap_id of an IOC -contains its GUID, \fBib::\fR\fIIOC-GUID\fR. An example of an IOC ap_id is -\fBib::80020123456789a\fR. The logical ap_id of a Pseudo device, see ib(4) for -details, is of the format \fBib::\fR\fIdriver_name\fR\fB,\fR\fIunit-address\fR. -An example of a pseudo ap_id would be \fBib::sdp,0\fR where "\fBsdp\fR" is the -driver name and "\fB0\fR" is its \fIunit-address\fR property. The logical ap_id -of Port, VPPA and HCA_SVC device contains its Partition Key (\fIP_Key\fR), -\fIPort GUID\fR / \fINode GUID\fR and a communication service-name. The format -of ap_id is as below: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPort device\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBib::\fR\fIPORT_GUID\fR\fB,\fR\fI0\fR\fB,\fR\fIservice-name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVPPA device\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBib::\fR\fIPORT_GUID\fR\fB,\fR\fIP_Key\fR\fB,\fR\fIservice-name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBHCA_SVC device\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBib::\fR\fIHCA_GUID\fR\fB,\fR0\fB,\fR\fIservicename\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The Partition Key (\fIP_Key\fR) is \fB0\fR for Port and HCA_SVC devices. The -\fIP_Key\fR helps determine the partition to which this port belongs for a VPPA -device node. A port might have more than one \fIP_Key\fR. An example of a VPPA -device logical ap_id point is \fBib::80245678,ffff,ipib\fR. The -\fIport-GUID\fR is \fB80245678\fR, the \fIP_Key\fR is \fB0xffff\fR, and the -service name is \fBipib\fR. The service-name information is obtained from the -file \fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR which contains service-name strings. The HCA's -logical ap_id contains its node GUID value, hca:HCA-GUID. An example is -\fBhca:21346543210a987\fR. -.sp -.LP -A listing of the IB attachment points includes information on all IB devices -(IOC, VPPA, HCA_SVC, Pseudo, and Port devices seen by the IBDM and the IB nexus -driver) in the fabric even if they are not seen by the host and configured for -use. -.sp -.LP -The following shows a listing of five IB devices (two IOC, one VPPA, one Port, -one HCA_SVC) and one HCA: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -al -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -hca:21346543210a987 IB-HCA connected configured ok -ib IB-FABRIC connected configured ok -ib::80020123456789a IB-IOC connected configured ok -ib::802abc9876543 IB-IOC connected unconfigured unknown -ib::80245678,ffff,ipib IB-VPPA connected configured ok -ib::12245678,0,nfs IB-PORT connected configured ok -ib::21346543,0,hnfs IB-HCA_SVC connected configured ok -ib::sdp,0 IB-PSEUDO connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The ap_id \fBib::802abc9876543\fR shows an IOC device that is not yet -configured by the host for use or had been previously offlined by an explicit -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm \fB-c\fR unconfigure -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -operation. The distinction was made by the information displayed under the -\fBCondition\fR column. The IB device with a zero P_Key and HCA GUID is a -HCA_SVC device. Refer to \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for more information regarding -listing attachment points. -.sp -.LP -The receptacle state for attachment points have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For an IOC/VPPA/Port/Pseudo/HCA_SVC device, \fBconnected\fR implies that it has -been seen by the host. The device might not have been configured for use by -Solaris. -.sp -For a HCA attachment point, \fBconnected\fR implies that it has been configured -and is in use. -.sp -All IB ap_ids are always shown as connected. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The occupant state for attachment points have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The IB device, and the HCA ap_id, are configured and usable by Solaris. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The IB device at the ap_id was explicitly offlined using \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-c\fR -\fBunconfigure\fR, was not successfully configured. This could be because it -wasn not successfully configuref for use with Solaris (no driver, or a device -problem), or because it was never configured for use by the IB nexus driver. -.sp -The \fBunconfigured\fR operation is not supported for the HCA attachment point. -The IB static apid, \fBib\fR, is shown unconfigured if the system has no IB -hardware. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The attachment point conditions are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailing\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBok\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Normal state. Ready for use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunknown\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This state is only valid for IB device that have been probed by IBDM but not -yet configured for use by Solaris. It is also shown for devices that have been -explicitly offlined by a \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-c\fR \fBunconfigure\fR operation. -This condition does not apply to a HCA attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunusable\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The IB hardware specific library supports two generic commands -(\fIfunction\fRs). These commands are not supported on the static attachment -points (that is, the HCA ap_ids and the IB static \fBib\fR ap_id). -.sp -The following generic commands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure the IB device to be used by Solaris. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unconfigure the IB device. If successful, \fBcfgadm\fR reports the -\fBcondition\fR of this \fBap_id\fR as \fBunknown\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Obtain IB specific help for an IB attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the state and condition of IB attachment points. The \fB-l\fR option works -as described in \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.sp -When paired with the \fB-a\fR option, displays the dynamic attachment points as -well (IOC, VPPA, Port, Pseudo, and HCA_SVC devices). -.sp -When paired with \fB-v\fR option, displays verbose data about the ap_ids. For -an IOC, the \fBInfo\fR field in the -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm \fB-avl\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -output displays the following information: VendorID, IOCDeviceID, -DeviceVersion, SubsystemVendorID, SubsystemID, Class, Subclass, Protocol, -ProtocolVersion and IDString from the IOCControllerProfile. If the ID string -isn't provided then nothing is displayed in its place. These fields are defined -in the InfiniBand Specification Volume 1 (http://www.infinibandta.org). -.sp -For a VPPA, Port, or HCA_SVC device the \fBInfo\fR field in the \fBcfgadm --lav\fR display shows the service name information to which this device is -bound. If no such information exists, nothing is displayed. -.sp -For a Pseudo device \fBcfgadm -alv\fR displays the driver name and its -\fBunit-address\fR information. For a HCA the verbose listing displays the -VendorID, ProductID of the HCA, number of ports it has, and the PortGUID value -of its ports. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_option\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option is not currently defined. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_option\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Attachment points of class ib can be listed by using the select sub-option. -Refer to the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) man page for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform a hardware specific function. Note that the \fIname\fR can not be more -than 4 characters long. -.sp -The following hardware specific functions are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd_service\fR -\fB-ocomm\fR\fB=[port|vppa|hca_svc],service=\fR\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This hardware specific function is supported on the static \fBIB\fR attachment -point. It can be used to add a new service to \fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR file -and to update the \fBib\fR(7D) driver. -.sp -You must use the \fBservice=\fR\fIname\fR option to indicate the new service to -be added. You must use the option \fBcomm=[port|vppa|hca_svc]\fR option to add -the \fBname\fR service to either \fBport-svc-list\fR or to the -\fBhca-svc-list\fR in the \fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR file. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete_service\fR -\fB-ocomm\fR\fB=[port|vppa|hca_svc],service=\fR\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This hardware specific function is supported on the static \fBIB\fR attachment -point only. It can be used to delete an existing service from the -\fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR file and also from the \fBib\fR(7D) driver's data -base. You must use the \fBservice=name\fR option to indicate which service to -delete. You must use the \fBcomm=[port|vppa|hca_svc]\fR option to delete this -service from the \fBport-svc-list\fR, \fBvppa-svc-list\fR, or -\fBvppa-svc-list\fR of the \fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR file. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist_clients\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Supported on \fBHCA\fR attachment points. Displays all the kernel IB clients -using this \fBHCA\fR. It also displays the respective ap_ids of these kernel IB -clients and if they have opened an alternate \fBHCA\fR device. See -\fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.sp -\&. -.sp -If a given kernel IB client does not have a valid ap_id then a \fB-\fR is -displayed in that column. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist_services\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This hardware specific function is supported on the static \fBIB\fR attachment -point only. It lists all the Port and VPPA services as read from the -\fB/kernel/drv/ib.conf\fR file. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunconfig_clients\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This hardware specific function is supported on the static HCA attachment point -only. It can be used to unconfigure all IB kernel clients of this given HCA. -Only IB kernel clients that do not have an alternate HCA are unconfigured. See -\fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdate_ioc_config\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This hardware specific function is supported on static ib attachment point and -the IOC attachment points. For the \fBib\fR APID, this function updates -properties of all the IOC device nodes. For the IOC APID, this function updates -the properties of specified IOC device node. This command updates the -\fBport-list\fR, \fBport-entries\fR, \fBservice-id\fR, and \fBservice-name\fR -IOC node properties . -.sp -See \fBib\fR(7D). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdate_pkey_tbls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Supported on the static \fBib\fR attachment point. Updates the \fBPKEY\fR -information inside \fBIBTL\fR. \fBIBTL\fR re-reads the \fBP_Key\fR tables for -all the ports on each \fBHCA\fR present on the host. -.sp -See \fBibtl\fR(7D). -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRListing the State and Condition of IB Devices -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the state and condition of IB devices on the -system. It only shows the static attachment points. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -hca:21346543210a987 IB-HCA connected configured ok -ib IB-FABRIC connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-a\fR option lists all attachment points. The following example uses the -\fB-a\fR option and lists all attachment points: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -a -hca:21346543210a987 IB-HCA connected configured ok -ib IB-FABRIC connected configured ok -ib::80020123456789a IB-IOC connected unconfigured ok -ib::80245678,ffff,ipib IB-VPPA connected configured ok -ib::21346543,0,hnfs IB-HCA_SVC connected configured ok -ib::12245678,0,nfs IB-PORT connected configured ok -ib::sdp,0 IB-PSEUDO connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing the Verbose Status of a IB VPPA Device -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the verbose status of a IB VPPA device: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -alv ib::80245678,ffff,ipib -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -ib::80245678,ffff,ipib connected configured ok ipib -unavailable IB-VPPA n /devices/ib:fabric::80245678,ffff,ipib -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A verbose listing of an IOC shows additional information. The following command -shows a verbose listing: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -alv ib::80020123456789a -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -ib::80020123456789a connected configured ok VID: 0xeaea -DEVID: 0xeaea VER: 0x5 SUBSYS_VID: 0x0 SUBSYS_ID: 0x0 CLASS: 0xffff -SUBCLASS: 0xff PROTO: 0xff PROTOVER: 0x1 ID_STRING: Sample Host Adapter -unavailable IB-IOC n /devices/ib:fabric::80020123456789a -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A verbose listing of a Pseudo device shows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -alv ib::sdp,0 -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -ib::sdp,0 connected configured ok Driver = "sd -p" Unit-address = "0" -unavailable IB-PSEUDO n /devices/ib:fabric::sdp,0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A verbose listing of a HCA shows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# cfgadm -alv hca:21346543210a987 -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -hca:21346543210a987 connected configured ok VID: 0x15b3, -PID: 0x5a44, #ports: 0x2, port1 GUID: 0x80245678, port2 GUID: 0x80245679 -unavailable IB-HCA n /devices/ib:21346543210a987 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -You can obtain more user-friendly output if you specify these following -\fBcfgadm\fR class and field selection options: \fB\fR\fB-s\fR -\fB"select=class(ib),cols=ap_id:info"\fR - -.sp -.LP -The following command displays only IB ap_ids. The output only includes the -\fBap_id\fR and \fBInformation\fR fields. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - -# cfgadm -al -s "cols=ap_id:info" ib::80245678,ffff,ipib -Ap_Id Information -ib::80245678,ffff,ipib ipib -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUnconfiguring an Existing IB IOC -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures the IB IOC attached to -\fBib::80020123456789a\fR, then displays the status of the \fBap_id\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -c unconfigure ib::80020123456789a -Unconfigure the device: /devices/ib:fabric::80020123456789a -This operation will suspend activity on the IB device -Continue (yes/no)? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enter: \fBy\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -IB device unconfigured successfully. -# cfgadm -al ib::80020123456789a -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -ib::80020123456789 IB-IOC connected unconfigured unknown -# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The condition unknown implies that the device node doesn't exist anymore and -this IB device's existence is known only to the IB Device Manager. - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRConfiguring an IB IOC -.sp -.LP -The following series of commands configures an IB device attached to -\fBib::80020123456789a\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -yc configure ib::80020123456789a -# cfgadm -al ib::80020123456789a -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -ib::80020123456789a IB-IOC connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRListing All Kernel IB Clients of a HCA -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all kernel IB clients of an HCA attached to -\fBhca:21346543210a987\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -x list_clients hca:21346543210a987 -Attachment Point Clients Alternate HCA -ib::80020123456789a ioc1 Yes -ib::80245678,ffff,ipib ipib No -ib::21346543,0,hnfs hnfs No -- ibdm No -- ibmf No -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRAdding a Port Service -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a new Port service called \fBsrp\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # cfgadm -o comm=port,service=srp -x add_service ib -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRDeleting a VPPA Service -.sp -.LP -The following command deletes the \fBibd\fR VPPA service \fBibd\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -o comm=vppa,service=ipib -x delete_service ib -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRListing Port, VPPA, HCA_SVC Services -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all Port, VPPA, and HCA_SVC services: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -x list_services ib -Port communication services: - srp - -VPPA communication services: - ipib - nfs - -HCA_SVC communication services: - hnfs -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRReprobing IOC Devices -.sp -.LP -The following command reprobes all IOC device nodes. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -x update_ioc_config ib -This operation can update properties of IOC devices. -Continue (yes/no)? - -Enter: y - -# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRUnconfiguring All Kernel Clients of a HCA -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures all kernel clients of a HCA - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -x unconfig_clients hca:21346543 - This operation will unconfigure clients of this HCA. - Continue (yes/no)? - - Enter: y -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/ib.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hardware-specific library for generic InfiniBand device administration -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), -\fBib\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBib\fR(7D), \fBibdm\fR(7D), \fBibtl\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -InfiniBand Specification Volume 1 (http://www.infinibandta.org) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Apart from the listing (\fBcfgadm\fR \fB-l\fR or \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-x\fR -\fBlist_clients\fR), only the superuser can execute any functions on an -attachment point. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_pci.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_pci.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f89982cbbb..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_pci.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,944 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_PCI 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_pci \- PCI, CompactPCI, and PCI Express Hotplug hardware specific -commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR - [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIharware_options\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR [\fIap_id\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_function\fR] \fB-h\fR - [\fIap_id\fR| \fIap_type\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The PCI hardware specific library, \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/pci.so.1\fR, provides the -support for hot plugging PCI, CompactPCI, and PCI Express adapter cards into -the respective hot pluggable slots in a system that is hot plug capable, -through the \fBcfgadm\fR command (see \fBcfgadm\fR(1M)). Hot plug -administrative models between PCI, CompactPCI, and PCI Express remain the same -except where noted in this document. -.sp -.LP -For PCI Hot Plug, each hot plug slot on a specific PCI bus is represented by an -attachment point of that specific PCI bus. -.sp -.LP -An attachment point consist of two parts: a receptacle and an occupant. The -\fBreceptacle\fR under PCI hot plug is usually referred to as the physical hot -pluggable slot; and the \fBoccupant\fR is usually referred to as the PCI -adapter card that plugs into the slot. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points are named through \fBap_id\fRs. There are two types of -\fBap_id\fRs: logical and physical. The physical \fBap_id\fR is based on the -physical pathname, that is, \fB/devices/pci@1/hpc0_slot3\fR, whereas the -logical \fBap_id\fR is a shorter, and more user-friendly name. For PCI hot -pluggable slots, the logical \fBap_id\fR is usually the corresponding hot plug -controller driver name plus the logical slot number, that is, -\fBpci0:hpc0slot1\fR; PCI nexus driver, with hot plug controller driver named -\fBhpc\fR and slot number \fB1\fR. The \fBap_type\fR for Hot plug PCI is -\fBpci\fR. -.sp -.LP -Note that the \fBap_type\fR is not the same as the information in the -\fBType\fR field. -.sp -.LP -See the \fI\fR for a detailed description of the hot plug procedure. -.SS "PCI Express ap_id naming" -For attachment points located in a PCI Express hierarchy (that is, the parent -or an ancestor is a PCI Express device), including attachment points which are -not PCI Express devices themselves, the following naming scheme is used: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Grammar: - APID : absolute-slot-path - - absolute-slot-path : \fIslot-path\fR[\fI:slot-path\fR[\fI:slotpath\fR ...]] - - slot-path : [\fIfru-id\fR.]\fIslot-id\fR - where \fIfru-id\fR indicates the chassis FRU, if any, - containing the \fIslot-id\fR - - fru-id : \fIfru-type\fR[\fIserialid#\fR] - where \fIfru-type\fR is "iob" for PCI Express expansion - chassis, followed by its serial number \fIserialid#\fR, - if available - - slot-id: \fIslot-name\fR | \fIdevice-type\fR \fIphysical-slot#\fR |\e - \fInexus-driver-name\fR \fInexus-driver-instance\fR.\e - \fIdevice-type\fR \fIpci-device-number\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIslot-name\fR is a name assigned by the platform or hardware itself; -\fIdevice-type\fR is either "pcie"for PCI Express devices or "pci" for PCI -devices; \fInexus-driver-name\fR is the driver name for the device component; -\fIphysical-slot#\fR is the hardware slot number; and \fIpci-device-number\fR -is the PCI device number in standard PCI nomenclature. -.sp -.LP -First, an \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR is constructed that attempts to describe the -attachment point's topological location in more physically identifiable terms -for the user. This \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR consists of \fIslot-path\fR -components each separated by a ":" (colon). The leaf or left-most -\fIslot-path\fR component describes the device of the attachment point itself -while its right adjacent \fIslot-path\fR component up to the right or top-most -\fIslot-path\fR component describes the parent up to the root devices, -respectively. -.sp -.LP -Each \fIslot-path\fR consists of a \fIslot-id\fR optionally preceded by an -\fIfru-id\fR, which indicates an expansion chassis containing the device -described by \fIslot-id\fR (detailed below). \fIfru-id\fR consists of -\fIfru-type\fR followed by an optional \fIserialid#\fR. \fIfru-type\fR is "iob" -for PCI Express expansion chassis types, while \fIserialid#\fR is either a -64-bit hexadecimal number indicating a raw serial number obtained from the -expansion chassis hardware, or a 4 upper-case ASCII character sequence for Sun -branded expansion chassis. -.sp -.LP -Each \fIslot-id\fR consists of one of three possible forms: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBslot-id form (1)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIslot-names\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBslot-id form (2)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIdevice-type\fR \fIphysical-slot#\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBslot-id form (3)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fInexus-driver-name\fR \fInexus-driver-instance\fR. \fIdevice-type\fR -\fIpci-device-number\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The precedence of which form to select flows from the lowest form number to the -highest form number, or from top to bottom as described above. If a form -cannot be successfully constructed, then the next numerically higher form is -attempted. -.sp -.LP -The \fIslot-names\fR in "slot-id form (1)" is taken from the "slot-names" -property of the corresponding node in the device tree and is a name assigned by -hardware or the platform. This format is not predefined or established. -.sp -.LP -In "slot-id form (2)", \fIdevice-type\fR indicates the device type of the -component's slot, and is either "pcie" for PCI Express or "pci" for PCI, while -\fIphysical-slot#\fR, take from the "physical-slot#" property of its -corresponding device node, indicates the hardware slot number of the component. -.sp -.LP -"slot-id form (3)" is used when all other forms cannot successfully be -constructed, and is considered to be the default form. \fInexus-driver-name\fR -is the component's driver name; \fInexus-driver-instance\fR is such driver's -instance; \fIdevice-type\fR is the same as described in form (2); -\fIpci-device-type\fR is the PCI device number as described and used for device -configuration cycles in standard PCI nomenclature. -.sp -.LP -In summary of the \fIslot-path\fR component, expanding the optional FRU -component that may precede it, \fIslot-path\fR will consist one of the -following forms in order: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -(1) [ iob[serialid#]. ] slot-names -(2) [ iob[serialid#]. ] device_type physical_slot# -(2) [ iob[serialid#]. ] - nexus-driver-name nexus-driver-instance. - device_type pci-device-number -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Lastly, the final form of the actual \fIap_id\fR name used in \fBcfgadm\fR is -decided as follows, specified in order of precedence: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBap_id form (1)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -if the \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR can fit within the fixed length limit of -\fBcfgadm\fR's \fIap_id\fR field, then \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR itself is used -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBap_id form (2)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR exceeds the \fIap_id\fR length limit) if the last -\fIslot_path\fR component is contained within an expansion chassis, and it -contains a \fIserialid#\fR, then the last \fIslot_path\fR component is used. -The requirement for a \fIserialid#\fR in this form is to ensure a globally -unique \fIap_id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBap_id form (3)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR exceeds the \fIap_id\fR length limit) the default -form, "slot-id form (3)", of the last \fIslot_path\fR component is used -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Whichever final \fIap_id\fR name is used, the \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR is -stored in the Information ("info") field which can be displayed using the -\fB-s\fR or \fB-v\fR options. This information can be used to physically locate -any \fIap_id\fRs named using "ap_id form (2)" or "ap_id form (3)". The -\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR is transformed slightly when stored in the information -field, by the replacement of a colon (":") with forward slashes ("/") to more -closely denote a topological context. The \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR can include -\fIslot-path\fR components that are not hotpluggable above the leaf or -right-most \fIslot-path\fR component up to the onboard host slot. -.sp -.LP -See the EXAMPLES section for a list of hotpluggable examples. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following \fIfunction\fRs are supported for PCI hot pluggable slots: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure the PCI device in the slot to be used by Solaris. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnect\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Connect the slot to PCI bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnect\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disconnect the slot from the PCI bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinsert\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBremove\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Logically remove the PCI device's resources from the system. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print out PCI hot plug specific help message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the values of PCI Hot Plug slots. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No hardware specific options are currently defined. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Same as the generic \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This command is only supported on platforms which support testing capability on -the slot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute in verbose mode. -.sp -When the \fB-v\fR option is used with the \fB-l\fR option, the \fBcfgadm\fR -command outputs information about the attachment point. For attachment points -located in a PCI Express hierarhcy, the Information field will contain the -attachment point's absolute slot path location, including any hardware or -platform specific labeling information for each component in the slot path. -Each component in the slot path will be separated by a "/" (forward slash). See -the PCI Express ap_id naming section. For PCI Hot Plug attachment points not -located in a PCI Express hierarchy, the \fBInformation\fR field will be the -slot's system label, if any. This string will be obtained from the -\fBslot-name\fR property of the slot's bus node. The information in the Type -field is printed with or without the \fB-v\fR option. The occupant \fBType\fR -field will describe the contents of the slot. There are 2 possible values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunknown\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The slot is empty. If a card is in the slot, the card is not configured or -there is no driver for the device on the card. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsubclass\fR/\fIboard\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The card in the slot is either a single-function or multi-function device. -.sp -\fIsubclass\fR is a string representing the subclass code of the device, for -example, SCSI, \fBethernet\fR, \fBpci-isa\fR, and so forth. If the card is a -multi-functional device, \fBMULT\fR will get printed instead. -.sp -\fIboard\fR is a string representing the board type of the device. For example, -hp is the string used for a PCI Hot Plug adapter, hs is used for a Hot Swap -Board, nhs for a Non\(emHot Swap cPCI Board, bhs for a Basic Hot Swap cPCI -Board, and fhs for a Full Hot Swap cPCI Board. -.sp -Most PCI cards with more than one device are not multi-function devices, but -are implemented as a PCI bridge with arbitrary devices behind them. In those -cases, the subclass displayed is that of the PCI bridge. Most commonly, the -bridges are \fBpci-pci,\fR a generic PCI to PCI bridge or \fBstpci\fR, a -semi-transparent PCI bridge. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform hardware specific function. These hardware specific functions should -not normally change the state of a receptacle or occupant. -.sp -The following \fIhardware_functions\fR are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBenable_slot | disable_slot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the state of the slot and preserve the state of slot across reboot. -Preservation of state across reboot is only supported on select platforms. -.sp -\fBenable_slot\fR enables the addition of hardware to this slot for hot -plugging and at boot time. -.sp -\fBdisable_slot\fR disables the addition of hardware to this slot for hot -plugging and at boot time. When a slot is disabled its condition is shown as -unusable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBenable_autoconfig | disable_autoconfig\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the ability to autoconfigure the occupant of the slot. Only platforms -that support auto configuration support this feature. -.sp -\fBenable_autoconfig\fR enables the ability to autoconfigure the slot. -.sp -\fBdiable_autoconfig\fR disables the ability to autoconfigure the slot. -.sp -Autoconfiguration is done through the attention button on the PCI Express -platforms and through the injector/ejector latch on the CompactPCI platforms. -When autoconfiguration is disabled, the attention button or latch mechanism -cannot be used to configure the occupant of the slot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBled=[\fIled_sub_arg\fR],mode=[\fImode_sub_arg\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Without sub-arguments, print a list of the current LED settings. With -sub-arguments, set the mode of a specific LED for a slot. -.sp -Specify \fIled_sub_arg\fR as \fBfault\fR, \fBpower\fR, \fBattn\fR, or -\fBactive\fR. -.sp -Specify \fImode_sub_arg\fR as \fBon\fR, \fBoff\fR or \fBblink\fR. -.sp -For PCI Express, only the power and attn LEDs are valid and only the state of -the \fBattn\fR LED can be changed. -.sp -Changing the state of the LED does not change the state of the receptacle or -occupant. Normally, the LEDs are controlled by the hot plug controller, no user -intervention is necessary. Use this command for testing purposes. -.sp -\fBCaution:\fR Changing the state of the LED can misrepresent the state of -occupant or receptacle. -.sp -The following command prints the values of LEDs: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -x led pci0:hpc0_slot1\fR -Ap_Id Led -pci0:hpc0_slot1 power=on,fault=off,active=off,attn=off -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The following command turns on the Fault LED: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -x led=fault,mode=on pci0:hpc0_slot1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The following command turns off the Power LED: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -x led=power,mode=off pci0:hpc0_slot0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The following command sets the \fBactive\fR LED to blink to indicate the -location of the slot: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -x led=active,mode=on pci0:hpc0_slot3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRPrinting out the Value of Each Slot -.sp -.LP -The following command prints out the values of each slot: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -c1 scsi-bus connected unconfigured unknown -c2 scsi-bus connected unconfigured unknown -cpci_slot1 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -cpci_slot2 unknown empty unconfigured unknown -cpci_slot4 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -cpci_slot5 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -pcie7 etherne/hp connected configured ok -pcie8 unknown empty unconfigured unknown -pcie9 fibre/hp connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRReplacing a Card -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all DR-capable attachment points: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm\fR - - -Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -c1 scsi-bus connected unconfigured unknown -c2 scsi-bus connected unconfigured unknown -cpci_slot1 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -cpci_slot2 unknown empty unconfigured unknown -cpci_slot4 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -cpci_slot5 stpci/fhs connected configured ok -pcie7 etherne/hp connected configured ok -pcie8 unknown empty unconfigured unknown -pcie9 fibre/hp connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures and electrically disconnects the card: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c disconnect cpci_slot4\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The change can be verified by entering the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm cpci_slot4\fR - - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -cpci_slot4 unknown disconnected unconfigured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Now the card can be swapped. The following command electrically connects and -configures the card: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c configure cpci_slot4\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The change can be verified by entering the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm cpci_slot4\fR - - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -cpci_slot4 stpcipci/fhs connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRInterpreting ApIds for devices in a PCI Express topology -.sp -.LP -The following command shows a listing for a topology with both PCI Express and -PCI attachment points in I/O expansion chassis connected to hotpluggable slots -at the host level: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -s cols=ap_id:info\fR - - -Ap_Id Information -iou#0-pci#0 Location: iou#0-pci#0 -iou#0-pci#1 Location: iou#0-pci#1 -iou#0-pci#1:iob.pci3 Location: iou#0-pci#1/iob.pci3 -iou#0-pci#1:iob.pci4 Location: iou#0-pci#1/iob.pci4 -iou#0-pci#2 Location: iou#0-pci#2 -iou#0-pci#2:iob58071.pcie1 Location: iou#0-pci#2/iob58071.pcie1 -iou#0-pci#2:iob58071.special Location: iou#0-pci#2/iob58071.special -iou#0-pci#3 Location: iou#0-pci#3 -iou#0-pci#3:iobBADF.pcie1 Location: iou#0-pci#3/iobBADF.pcie1 -iou#0-pci#3:iobBADF.pcie2 Location: iou#0-pci#3/iobBADF.pcie2 -iou#0-pci#3:iobBADF.pcie3 Location: iou#0-pci#3/iobBADF.pcie3 -iou#0-pci#3:iobBADF.pci1 Location: iou#0-pci#3/iobBADF.pci1 -iou#0-pci#3:iobBADF.pci2 Location: iou#0-pci#3/iobBADF.pci2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the "iou#0-pci#[0-3]" represents the top-most hotpluggable -slots in the system. Since the "iou#-pci#" form does not match any of the -forms stated in the grammar specification section described earlier, we can -infer that such a name for the base component in this hotplug topology is -derived from the platform through the "slot-names" property. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSlot iou#0-pci#0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -this slot is empty or its occupant is unconfigured -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSlot iou#0-pci#1\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -this slot contains an expansion chassis with two hotpluggable slots, "pci3" and -"pci4". "pci3" and "pci4" represent two PCI slots contained within that -expansion chassis with physical slot numbers 3 and 4 respectively. The -expansion chassis in this case does not have or exports a \fIserial-id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSlot iou#0-pci#2\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -this slot contains a third party expansion chassis with a hexadecimal -\fIserial-id\fR of 58071. Within that expansion chassis are two hotpluggable -slots, "pcie1" and "special". "pcie1" represents a PCI Express slot with -physical slot number 1. The slot "special" has a label which is derived from -the platform, hardware or firmware. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSlot iou#0-pci#3\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -this slot contains a Sun expansion chassis with an FRU identifier of "BADF". -This expansion chassis contains three PCI Express slots, "pcie1", "pcie2", and -"pcie3" with physical slot numbers 1, 2, and 3 respectively; and two PCI slots, -"pci1" and "pci2" with physical slot numbers 1 and 2, respectively. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following command shows a listing for a topology with both PCI Express and -PCI attachment points in I/O expansion chassis connected hotpluggable and -non-hotpluggable host slots: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -s cols=ap_id:info\fR - - -Ap_Id Information -Slot1 Location: Slot1 -Slot2:iob4ffa56.pcie1 Location: Slot2/iob4ffa56.pcie1 -Slot2:iob4ffa56.pcie2 Location: Slot2/iob4ffa56.pcie2 -Slot5:iob3901.pci1 Location: Slot2/iob3901.pci1 -Slot5:iob3901.pci2 Location: Slot2/iob3901.pci2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the host system only has one hotpluggable slot, "Slot1". We -can infer that "Slot2" and "Slot5" are not hotpluggable slots because they do -not appear as attachment points themselves in \fBcfgadm\fR. However, "Slot2" -and "Slot5" each contains a third party expansion chassis with hotpluggable -slots. - -.sp -.LP -The following command shows a listing for a topology with attachment points -that are lacking in certain device properties: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -s cols=ap_id:info\fR - -Ap_Id Information -px_pci7.pcie0 Location: px_pci7.pcie0 -px_pci11.pcie0 Location: px_pci11.pcie0 -px_pci11.pcie0:iob.pcie1 Location: px_pci11.pcie0/iob.pcie1 -px_pci11.pcie0:iob.pcie2 Location: px_pci11.pcie0/iob.pcie2 -px_pci11.pcie0:iob.pcie3 Location: px_pci11.pcie0/iob.pcie3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, the host system contains two hotpluggable slots, -"px_pci7.pcie0" and "px_pci11.pcie0". In this case, it uses "slot-id form (3)" -( the default form) for the base \fIslot-path\fR component in the -\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR because the framework could not obtain enough -information to produce other more descriptive forms of higher precedence. - -.sp -.LP -Interpreting right-to-left, attachment point "px_pci7.pcie0" represents a PCI -Express slot with PCI device number 0 (which does not imply a physical slot -number of the same), bound to nexus driver "px_pci", instance 7. Likewise, -attachment point "px_pci11.pcie0" represents a PCI Express slot with PCI device -number 0 bound to driver instance 11 of px_pci. - -.sp -.LP -Under "px_pci11.pcie0" is a third party expansion chassis without a -\fIserial-id\fR and with three hotpluggable PCI Express slots. - -.sp -.LP -The following command shows a listing for a topology with attachment point -paths exceeding the \fIApId\fR field length limit: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -s cols=ap_id:info\fR - -Ap_Id Information -pcie4 Location: pcie4 -pcie4:iobSUNW.pcie1 Location: pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie1 -pcie4:iobSUNW.pcie2 Location: pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie2 -iob8879c3f3.pci1 - Location: pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie2/iob8879c3f3.pci1 -iob8879c3f3.pci2 - Location: pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie2/iob8879c3f3.pci2 -iob8879c3f3.pci3 - Location: pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie2/iob8879c3f3.pci3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, there is only one hotpluggable slot, "pcie4" in the host. -Connected under "pcie4" is a SUN expansion chassis with FRU identifier "SUNW". -Nested under PCI Express slot "pcie2" of that expansion chassis (ApId -pcie4:iobSUNW.pcie2) lies another expansion chassis with three hotpluggable PCI -slots. - -.sp -.LP -Because the length of the \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR form of -"pcie4/iobSUNW.pcie2/iob8879c3f3.pci1...3" exceeds the \fIApId\fR field length -limit, and the leaf \fIslot-path\fR component is globally unique, "ap_id form -(2)" is used, where the leaf \fIslot-path\fR component in the -\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR is used as the final \fIApId\fR. - -.sp -.LP -The following command shows a listing for a topology with attachment point -paths exceeding the \fIApId\fR field length limit and lacking enough -information to uniquely identify the leaf \fIslot-id\fR on its own (for -instance, missing the \fIserial-id\fR): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -s cols=ap_id:info\fR - - -Ap_Id Information -pcie4 Location: pcie4 -pcie4:iob4567812345678.pcie3 Location: pcie4/iob4567812345678.pcie3 -px_pci20.pcie0 - Location: pcie4/iob4567812345678.pcie3/iob.pcie1 -px_pci21.pcie0 - Location: pcie4/iob4567812345678.pcie3/iob.pcie2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, there is only one hotpluggable slot, "pcie4" in the host. -Connected under "pcie4" is a third party expansion chassis with hexadecimal -\fIserial-id\fR 4567812345678. Nested under the PCI Express slot "pcie3" of -that expansion chassis (ApId pcie4:iob4567812345678.pcie3), lies another third -part expansion chassis without a \fIserial-id\fR and with two hotpluggable PCI -Express slots. - -.sp -.LP -Because the length of the \fIabsolute-slot-path\fR form of -"pcie4/iob4567812345678.pcie3/iob.pcie1...2" exceeds the \fIApId\fR field -length limit, and the leaf \fIslot-path\fR component is not globally unique, -"ap_id form (3)" is used. "ap_id form (2)" is where \fIslot-id\fR form (3) -(default form) of the leaf \fIslot-path\fR component in the -\fIabsolute-slot-path\fR is used as the final \fIApId\fR. - -.sp -.LP -The default form or "slot-id form (3)" of the leaf component -".../iob.pcie1"represents a PCI Express slot with device number 0, bound to -driver instance 20 of "px_pci". Likewise, the default form of the leaf -component ".../iob.pcie2" represents a PCI Express slot with device number 0, -bound to driver instance 21 of "px_pci" - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/pci.so.1\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hardware specific library for PCI hot plugging. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sata.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sata.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a77b9f177c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sata.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,833 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_SATA 1M "Aug 27, 2007" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_sata \- SATA hardware-specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR]...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIharware_options\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] \fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBSATA\fR hardware specific library, \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/sata.so.1\fR, -provides the functionality for \fBSATA\fR hot plugging through the \fBcfgadm\fR -command. \fBcfgadm\fR operates on attachment points, which are locations in the -system where hardware resources can be dynamically reconfigured. See -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for information regarding attachment points. -.sp -.LP -Each \fBSATA\fR controller's and port multiplier's device port is represented -by an attachment point in the device tree. \fBSATA\fR devices, connected and -configured in the system are shown as the attachment point name extension. The -terms "attachment point" and "\fBSATA\fR port" are used interchangeably in the -following description. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points are named through \fBap_id\fRs. All the \fBSATA\fR attachment -points \fBap_id\fR consist of a string in the following form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sataX/P[.M][::dsk/cXtYd0] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBX\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -is the \fBSATA\fR controller number -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBP\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -is the \fBSATA\fR controller's device port number (0 to 31) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBM\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -is the port multiplier's device port number (0 to 14) the port multiplier host -port number (15). It is used only when the port multiplier is attached to the -\fBSATA\fR controller's device port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdev/cXtYd0\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -identifies the attached \fBSATA\fR device -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBY\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -is a target number -.RE - -.sp -.LP -In general, the device identifier is derived from the corresponding logical -link for the device in /\fIdev\fR. Because only one \fBLUN\fR (\fBLUN\fR 0) is -supported by the \fBSATA\fR device, the "d" component of the device string will -always have number 0 (zero). -.sp -.LP -For example, the logical \fBap_id\fR of the device port 4 of the port -multiplier connected to the device port 5 of the \fBSATA\fR controller 2 would -be: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sata2/5.4 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If the \fBSATA\fR disk or \fBCD\fR/\fBDVD\fR device is connected to this -attachment point, and the device is configured, the \fIap_id\fR would be: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sata2/5.4::dsk/c2t645d0 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fIcXtYd0\fR string identifying a device has one-to-one correspondence to -the device attachment point. -.sp -.LP -A simple listing of attachment points in the system will include all \fBSATA\fR -device ports and attached devices. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#\fBcfgadm -l\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition - sata0/0::dev/c0t0d0 disk connected configured ok - sata0/1::dev/c0t1d0 disk connected configured ok - sata0/2::dev/c0t2d0 cd-dvd connected configured ok - sata0/3 sata-port empty unconfigured ok - sata1/0 sata-port disconnected unconfigured unknown - sata1/1 sata port disconnected unconfigured unknown - sata1/2 sata port empty unconfigured ok - sata1/3.15 sata-pmult connected configured ok - sata1/3.0::dev/c0t512d0 disk connected configured ok - sata1/3.1 sata-port empty unconfigured ok - sata1/3.2 sata-port empty unconfigured ok - sata1/3.3 sata-port empty unconfigured ok - usb0/1 unknown empty unconfigured ok - usb0/2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M)for more information regarding listing of attachment -points. -.sp -.LP -The receptacle state for attachment point at the \fBSATA\fR port have the -following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The \fBSATA\fR port is powered-on and enabled. No device presence was detected -on this port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The \fBSATA\fR port is not enabled or the \fBSATA\fR device presence was -detected but no communication with the device was established, or the port has -failed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The \fBSATA\fR device is detected on the port the communication with the device -is established. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The occupant (device attached to the \fBSATA\fR port) state have the following -meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The attached \fBSATA\fR device is configured and ready to use by the operating -system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -No device is attached, or the \fBSATA\fR device attached to the \fBSATA\fR port -was not yet configured. To configure it, run the command "\fBcfgadm -c -configure ap_id\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The attachment point (\fBSATA\fR port) condition have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBok\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The \fBSATA\fR port is powered-on and enabled, and is ready for use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The \fBSATA\fR port failed. It may be disabled and/or powered-off by the -system. It is unusable and its condition is unknown. It may be due to the -device plugged-in. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunknown\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The \fBSATA\fR port is disabled and its condition is unknown. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A "state table" is the combination of an attachment point receptacle state, an -occupant state, and an attachment point (\fBSATA\fR port) condition. The valid -states are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty/unconfigured/ok\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBSATA\fR port is enabled and active. No device presence was detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected/unconfigured/ok\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBSATA\fR port is enabled and a device presence was detected but no -communications with the device was established. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected/unconfigured/unknown\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBSATA\fR Port is disabled and its condition is unknown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected/unconfigured/failed\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBSATA\fR Port is disabled and unusable. The port was disabled by the -system due to a system-detected failure. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected/unconfigured/ok\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBSATA\fR Port is enabled and active. A device presence was detected and -the communication with a device was established. The device is not configured -to be used by the \fBOS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected/configured/ok\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device is present and configured, and is ready to use by the \fBOS\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR defines several types of operations besides listing (\fB-l\fR). -These operations include testing, (\fB-t\fR), invoking configuration state -changes, (\fB-c\fR), invoking hardware specific functions (\fB-x\fR), and -obtaining configuration administration help messages (\fB-h\fR). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following generic \fIfunction\fRs are defined for the \fBSATA\fR hardware -specific library. For \fBSATA\fR port attachment point, the following -configuration state change operations are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnect\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable (activate) the \fBSATA\fR port and establish the communication with an -attached device. This operation implies powering-on the port if necessary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnect\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unconfigure the attached device, if it is not already unconfigured, and disable -(deactivate) the \fBSATA\fR port. A subsequent "\fBconnect\fR" command enables -\fBSATA\fR port operation but does not bring a device to the "configured" -state. -.RE - -For a \fBSATA\fR device attached to the \fBSATA\fR port following state change -operations are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Configure new device for use by the operating system if it is not already -configured. This command also implies connect operation, if necessary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Unconfigure the device connected to the \fBSATA\fR port if it is not already -unconfigured. -.RE - -The \fBconfigure\fR and \fBunconfigure\fR operations cannot be used for an -attachment point where the port multiplier is connected. Port multipliers are -configured and unconfigured automatically by the system. However, configure and -unconfigure operations apply to all \fBSATA\fR devices connected to the port -multiplier's device ports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBSATA\fR specific help can be obtained by using the help option with any -\fBSATA\fR attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR [\fB-v\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-l\fR option works as described in \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). When paired with -the \fB-v\fR option, the "Information" field contains the following -\fBSATA\fR-specific information: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Mfg: manufacturer string -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Product: product string -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -No: product Serial Number -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No hardware specific options are currently defined. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Attachment points of class \fBSATA\fR can be listed by using the select -suboption. See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform self-test of the \fBSATA\fR port, if supported by the \fBSATA\fR -controller. If a port self-test operation is not supported by the \fBSATA\fR -controller, an error message is issued. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform hardware specific function. -.sp -Some of the following commands used on the \fBSATA\fR ports or the \fBSATA\fR -controller may affect any \fBSATA\fR devices that have been attached, as noted. -\fBap_id\fR refers to \fBSATA\fR port or the entire \fBSATA\fR controller, as -noted. If the operation implies unconfiguring a device, but it cannot be -unconfigured (that is, the device contains a mounted filesystem), an error -message is issued and the operation is not performed. An error message will be -also issued if the \fBSATA\fR controller does not support specified operation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_reset_device ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset the \fBSATA\fR device attached to \fBap_id\fR \fBSATA\fR port. The -\fBSATA\fR port state does not change. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_reset_port ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset the \fBSATA\fR port specified by \fBap_id\fR. If a \fBSATA\fR device is -attached to the port, it is also reset. This operation may be also performed on -the port to which a port multiplier is connected. If a port multiplier is -connected to the \fBSATA\fR controller port, the \fBSATA\fR devices attached to -the port multiplier may not be reset -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_reset_all ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset \fBSATA\fR controller specified by the controller number part in -\fBap_id\fR and all attached devices and re-enumerate all connected devices, -including port multipliers and devices connected to port multipliers' device -ports. -.sp -This operations implies unconfiguring all attached devices prior to the -operation. Any newly enumerated devices will be left unconfigured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_port_deactivate ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the deactivation of the port when all else fails. This is meant as an -emergency step; use with caution. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_port_activate ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the activation of a port. This is meant for emergency situations on a -port which was deactivated to recover from errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsata_port_self_test ap_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform self-test operation on the \fBSATA\fR controller. This operation -implies unconfiguring all devices and resetting the \fBSATA\fR controller. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute in verbose mode. -.sp -The following Transitions table reports the state transitions resulting from -the \fB-c\fR operations and hotplugging actions: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -current state operation possible new state -------------- --------- ------------------ -empty/ -unconfigured/ok device plug-in connected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -empty/ -unconfigured/ok -c unconfigure error message, no state change - -empty/ -unconfigured/ok -c configure error message, no state change - -empty/ -unconfigured/ok -c connect error message, no state change - -empty/ -unconfigured/ok -c disconnect disconnected/unconfigured/unknown, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ok device unplug no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ok -c unconfigure error message, no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ok -c configure error message, no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ok -c connect error message, no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ok -c disconnect error message, no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ -unknown -(no disk plugged) -c configure error message, state change to - empty/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ -unknown -c configure state change to -(disk plugged) connected/configured/ok or, - connected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed and - possible error message - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ -unknown -c connect empty/unconfigured/ok, or - connected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/unknown, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ -unknown -c disconnect error message, no state change - -disconnected/ -unconfigured/ -failed any command error message, no state change - other than - -x commands - -connected/ -unconfigured/ok disk unplug error message and state: - empty/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -connected/ -unconfigured/ok -c configure connected/unconfigured/ok, or - connected/configured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -connected/ -unconfigured/ok -c unconfigure error message, no state change - -connected/ -unconfigured/ok -c connect error message, no state change - -connected/ -unconfigured/ok -c disconnect disconnected/unconfigured/unknown, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -connected/ -configured/ok disk unplug error message and state: - empty/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -connected/ -configured/ok -c configure error message, no state change - -connected/ -configured/ok -c unconfigure error message, if device cannot be - unconfigured, no state change, or - connected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/ok, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed - -connected/ -configured/ok -c connect error message, no state change - -connected/ -configured/ok -c disconnect error message, if device cannot be - unconfigured, no state change, or - disconnected/unconfigured/unknown, or - disconnected/unconfigured/failed -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a disk attached to \fBSATA\fR controller 0, -port 0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c configure sata0/0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This command should be issued only when there is a device connected to the -\fBSATA\fR port. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUnconfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures a disk attached to \fBSATA\fR controller 0, -port 3: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure sata0/3::dsk/c0t3d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The device identifying string is shown when the attachment point receptacle -state is "connected" and occupant state is "configured". - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fREncountering a Mounted File System While Unconfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command illustrates encountering a mounted file system while -unconfiguring a disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure sata1/5::dsk/c01t35d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: Component system is busy, try again: failed to offline: -/devices/pci@0,0/pci8086,244e@1e/pci1095,3124@1/sd@5,0 - Resource Information ------------------- -------------------------- -/dev/dsk/c1t5d0s0 mounted filesystem "/mnt" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/sata.so.1\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Hardware specific library for generic \fBSATA\fR hot plugging. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The emergency "sata_port_deactivate" operation is not supported on ports with -attached disks containing critical partitions such as root (/), /usr, swap, or -/var. The deactivate operation should not be attempted on such ports. Incorrect -usage can result in a system hang and require a reboot. -.sp -.LP -Hotplugging operations are not supported by all \fBSATA\fR controllers. -.sp -.LP -If \fBSATA\fR connectors are the hot-pluggable type and the \fBSATA\fR -controller supports hotplugging, a \fBSATA\fR device can be hotplugged at any -time. The system detects the event and establishes the communication with the -device. The device has to be configured by the explicit "\fBcfgadm -c configure -ap_id\fR" command. -.sp -.LP -If the \fBSATA\fR connectors are the hot-pluggable type and the \fBSATA\fR -controller supports hotplugging, unplugging a device without unconfiguring it -may result in system hang or data loss. If a device is unconfigured but -receptacle state is not in a disconnected state, unplugging a device from the -\fBSATA\fR port will result in error message. -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -The connectors on some \fBSATA\fR devices do not conform to \fBSATA\fR hotplug -specifications. Performing hotplug operations on such devices can cause damage -to the \fBSATA\fR controller and/or the \fBSATA\fR device. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sbd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sbd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3abd85cd38..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_sbd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1324 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2003 (c), Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_SBD 1M "Oct 13, 2003" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_sbd \- \fBcfgadm\fR commands for system board administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBcfgadm \fR \fB-l\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-o\fR parsable] \fI ap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcfgadm \fR \fB-c \fR \fIfunction\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] - [\fB-o\fR unassign | nopoweroff] [\fB-v\fR] \fI ap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcfgadm \fR \fB-t\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fI ap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcfgadm \fR \fB-x \fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fIfunction\fR \fI ap_id\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR plugin provides dynamic reconfiguration functionality for -connecting, configuring, unconfiguring, and disconnecting class \fBsbd\fR -system boards. It also enables you to connect or disconnect a system board from -a running system without having to reboot the system. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcfgadm\fR command resides in \fB/usr/sbin\fR. See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). The -\fBcfgadm_sbd\fR plugin resides \fB/usr/platform/sun4u/lib/cfgadm\fR. -.sp -.LP -Each board slot appears as a single attachment point in the device tree. Each -component appears as a dynamic attachment point. You can view the type, state, -and condition of each component, and the states and condition of each board -slot by using the \fB-a\fR option. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcfgadm\fR options perform differently depending on the platform. -Additionally, the form of the attachment points is different depending on the -platform. See the \fBPlatform Notes\fR section for more information. -.SS "Component Conditions" -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the component conditions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The component failed testing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBok\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The component is operational. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunknown\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The component has not been tested. -.RE - -.SS "Component States" -.sp -.LP -The following is the name and description of the receptacle state for -components: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The component is connected to the board slot. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the occupant states for -components: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The component is available for use by the Solaris operating environment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The component is not available for use by the Solaris operating environment. -.RE - -.SS "Board Conditions" -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the board conditions. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfailed\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The board failed testing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBok\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The board is operational. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunknown\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The board has not been tested. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunusable\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The board slot is unusable. -.RE - -.SS "Board States" -.sp -.LP -Inserting a board changes the receptacle state from empty to disconnected. -Removing a board changes the receptacle state from disconnected to empty. -.sp -.LP -\fBCaution:\fR Removing a board that is in the connected state or that is -powered on and in the disconnected state crashes the operating system and can -result in permanent damage to the system. -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the receptacle states for -boards: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The board is powered on and connected to the system bus. You can view the -components on a board only after it is in the connected state. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The board is disconnected from the system bus. A board can be in the -disconnected state without being powered off. However, a board must be powered -off and in the disconnected state before you remove it from the slot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -A board is not present. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The occupant state of a disconnected board is always unconfigured. The -following table contains the names and descriptions of the occupant states for -boards: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -At least one component on the board is configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -All of the components on the board are unconfigured. -.RE - -.SS "Dynamic System Domains" -.sp -.LP -Platforms based on dynamic system domains (DSDs, referred to as domains in this -document) divide the slots in the chassis into electrically isolated hardware -partitions (that is, DSDs). Platforms that are not based on DSDs assign all -slots to the system permanently. -.sp -.LP -A slot can be empty or populated, and it can be assigned or available to any -number of domains. The number of slots available to a given domain is -controlled by an available component list (\fBACL\fR) that is maintained on the -system controller. The \fBACL\fR is not the access control list provided by the -Solaris operating environment. -.sp -.LP -A slot is visible to a domain only if the slot is in the domain's \fBACL\fR and -if it is not assigned to another domain. An unassigned slot is visible to all -domains that have the slot in their \fBACL\fR. After a slot has been assigned -to a domain, the slot is no longer visible to any other domain. -.sp -.LP -A slot that is visible to a domain, but not assigned, must first be assigned to -the domain before any other state changing commands are applied. The assign can -be done explicitly using \fB\fR\fB-x\fR\fB assign\fR or implicitly as part of a -connect. A slot must be unassigned from a domain before it can be used by -another domain. The unassign is always explicit, either directly using -\fB\fR\fB-x\fR\fB unassign\fR or as an option to disconnect using -\fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB unassign\fR. -.SS "State Change Functions" -.sp -.LP -Functions that change the state of a board slot or a component on the board can -be issued concurrently against any attachment point. Only one state changing -operation is permitted at a given time. A \fBY\fR in the Busy field in the -state changing information indicates an operation is in progress. -.sp -.LP -The following list contains the functions that change the state: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -configure -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -unconfigure -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -connect -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -disconnect -.RE -.SS "Availability Change Functions" -.sp -.LP -Commands that change the availability of a board can be issued concurrently -against any attachment point. Only one availability change operation is -permitted at a given time. These functions also change the information string -in the \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-l\fR output. A \fBY\fR in the Busy field indicates that -an operation is in progress. -.sp -.LP -The following list contains the functions that change the availability: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBassign\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBunassign\fR -.RE -.SS "Condition Change Functions" -.sp -.LP -Functions that change the condition of a board slot or a component on the board -can be issued concurrently against any attachment point. Only one condition -change operation is permitted at a given time. These functions also change the -information string in the \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-l\fR output. A \fBY\fR in the Busy -field indicates an operation is in progress. -.sp -.LP -The following list contains the functions that change the condition: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBpoweron\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBpoweroff\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBtest\fR -.RE -.SS "Unconfigure Process" -.sp -.LP -This section contains a description of the unconfigure process, and illustrates -the states of source and target boards at different stages during the process -of moving permanent memory. -.sp -.LP -In the following code examples, the permanent memory on board 0 must be moved -to another board in the domain. Thus, board 0 is the source, and board 1 is the -target. -.sp -.LP -A status change operation cannot be initiated on a board while it is marked as -busy. For brevity, the \fBCPU\fR information has been removed from the code -examples. -.sp -.LP -The process is started with the following command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure -y SB0::memory &\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -First, the memory on board 1 in the same address range as the permanent memory -on board 0 must be deleted. During this phase, the source board, the target -board, and the memory attachment points are marked as busy. You can display the -status with the following command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -a -s cols=ap_id:type:r_state:o_state:busy SB0 SB1\fR - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Busy -SB0 CPU connected configured y -SB0::memory memory connected configured y -SB1 CPU connected configured y -SB1::memory memory connected configured y - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -After the memory has been deleted on board 1, it is marked as unconfigured. The -memory on board 0 remains configured, but it is still marked as busy, as in the -following example. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Busy -SB0 CPU connected configured y -SB0::memory memory connected configured y -SB1 CPU connected configured y -SB1::memory memory connected unconfigured n - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The memory from board 0 is then copied to board 1. After it has been copied, -the occupant state for the memory is switched. The memory on board 0 becomes -unconfigured, and the memory on board 1 becomes configured. At this point in -the process, only board 0 remains busy, as in the following example. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Busy -SB0 CPU connected configured y -SB0::memory memory connected unconfigured n -SB1 CPU connected configured n -SB1::memory memory connected configured n - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -After the entire process has been completed, the memory on board 0 remains -unconfigured, and the attachment points are not busy, as in the following -example. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Busy -SB0 CPU connected configured n -SB0::memory memory connected unconfigured n -SB1 CPU connected configured n -SB1::memory memory connected configured n - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The permanent memory has been moved, and the memory on board 0 has been -unconfigured. At this point, you can initiate a new state changing operation on -either board. -.SS "Platform-Specific Options" -.sp -.LP -You can specify platform-specific options that follow the options interpreted -by the system board plugin. All platform-specific options must be preceded by -the \fBplatform\fR keyword. The following example contains the general format -of a command with platform-specific options: -.sp -.LP -\fB\fIcommand\fR -o \fIsbd_options\fR,platform=\fIplatform_options\fR\fR -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -This man page does not include the \fB-v\fR, \fB-a\fR, \fB-s\fR, or \fB-h\fR -options for the \fBcfgadm\fR command. See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for descriptions of -those options. The following options are supported by the \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR -plugin: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c \fR\fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs a state change function. You can use the following functions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Changes the occupant state to unconfigured. This function applies to system -board slots and to all of the components on the system board. -.sp -The \fBunconfigure\fR function removes the \fBCPU\fRs from the \fBCPU\fR list -and deletes the physical memory from the system memory pool. If any device is -still in use, the \fBcfgadm\fR command fails and reports the failure to the -user. You can retry the command as soon as the device is no longer busy. If a -\fBCPU\fR is in use, you must ensure that it is off line before you proceed. -See \fBpbind\fR(1M), \fBpsradm\fR(1M) and \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M). -.sp -The \fBunconfigure\fR function moves the physical memory to another system -board before it deletes the memory from the board you want to unconfigure. -Depending of the type of memory being moved, the command fails if it cannot -find enough memory on another board or if it cannot find an appropriate -physical memory range. -.sp -For permanent memory, the operating system must be suspended (that is, -quiesced) while the memory is moved and the memory controllers are -reprogrammed. If the operating system must be suspended, you will be prompted -to proceed with the operation. You can use the \fB-y\fR or \fB-n\fR options to -always answer yes or no respectively. -.sp -Moving memory can take several minutes to complete, depending on the amount of -memory and the system load. You can monitor the progress of the operation by -issuing a status command against the memory attachment point. You can also -interrupt the memory operation by stopping the \fBcfgadm\fR command. The -deleted memory is returned to the system memory pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnect\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Changes the receptacle state to disconnected. This function applies only to -system board slots. -.sp -If the occupant state is configured, the \fBdisconnect\fR function attempts to -unconfigure the occupant. It then powers off the system board. At this point, -the board can be removed from the slot. -.sp -This function leaves the board in the assigned state on platforms that support -dynamic system domains. -.sp -If you specify \fB-o nopoweroff\fR, the \fBdisconnect\fR function leaves the -board powered on. If you specify \fB-o unassign\fR, the \fBdisconnect\fR -function unassigns the board from the domain. -.sp -If you unassign a board from a domain, you can assign it to another domain. -However, if it is assigned to another domain, it is not available to the domain -from which is was unassigned. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Changes the occupant state to configured. This function applies to system board -slots and to any components on the system board. -.sp -If the receptacle state is disconnected, the \fBconfigure\fR function attempts -to connect the receptacle. It then walks the tree of devices that is created by -the \fBconnect\fR function, and attaches the devices if necessary. Running this -function configures all of the components on the board, except those that have -already been configured. -.sp -For \fBCPU\fRs, the \fBconfigure\fR function adds the \fBCPU\fRs to the -\fBCPU\fR list. For memory, the \fBconfigure\fR function ensures that the -memory is initialized then adds the memory to the system memory pool. The -\fBCPU\fRs and the memory are ready for use after the \fBconfigure\fR function -has been completed successfully. -.sp -For I/O devices, you must use the \fBmount\fR and the \fBifconfig\fR commands -before the devices can be used. See \fBifconfig\fR(1M) and \fBmount\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnect\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Changes the receptacle state to connected. This function applies only to system -board slots. -.sp -If the board slot is not assigned to the domain, the \fBconnect\fR function -attempts to assign the slot to the domain. Next, it powers on and tests the -board, then it connects the board electronically to the system bus and probes -the components. -.sp -After the \fBconnect\fR function is completed successfully, you can use the -\fB-a\fR option to view the status of the components on the board. The -\fBconnect\fR function leaves all of the components in the unconfigured state. -.sp -The assignment step applies only to platforms that support dynamic system -domains. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Overrides software state changing constraints. -.sp -The \fB-f\fR option never overrides fundamental safety and availability -constraints of the hardware and operating system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Lists the state and condition of attachment points specified in the format -controlled by the \fB-s\fR, \fB-v\fR, and \fB-a\fR options as specified in -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M). The \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR plugin provides specific information in -the info field as described below. The format of this information might be -altered by the \fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB parsable\fR option. -.sp -The parsable \fBinfo\fR field is composed of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcpu\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The \fBcpu\fR type displays the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcpuid=\fR\fI#\fR\fB[,\fR\fI#\fR\fB\&.\|.\|.]\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, and represents the \fBID\fR of the \fBCPU\fR. If -more than one \fI#\fR is present, this \fBCPU\fR has multiple active virtual -processors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBspeed=\fR\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Where \fI#\fR is a number and represents the speed of the \fBCPU\fR in -\fBMHz\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBecache=\fR\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Where \fI#\fR is a number and represents the size of the ecache in MBytes. If -the \fBCPU\fR has multiple active virtual processors, the ecache could either -be shared among the virtual processors, or divided between them. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmemory\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The \fBmemory\fR type displays the following information, as appropriate: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBaddress=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, representing the base physical address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsize=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, representing the size of the memory in \fBKBytes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpermanent=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, representing the size of permanent memory in -\fBKBytes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigurable\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -An operating system setting that prevents the memory from being unconfigured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinter-board-interleave\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -The board is participating in interleaving with other boards. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsource=\fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Represents the source attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtarget=\fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Represents the target attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdeleted=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, representing the amount of memory that has already -been deleted in \fBKBytes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBremaining=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Where \fI#\fR is a number, representing the amount of memory to be deleted in -\fBKBytes\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBio\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The \fBio\fR type displays the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdevice=\fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Represents the physical path to the I/O component. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreferenced\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The I/O component is referenced. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBboard\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The \fBboard\fR type displays the following boolean names. If they are not -present, then the opposite applies. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBassigned\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The board is assigned to the domain. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpowered-on\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The board is powered on. -.RE - -The same items appear in the \fBinfo\fR field in a more readable format if the -\fB-o\fR \fBparsable\fR option is not specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR parsable\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Returns the information in the \fBinfo\fR field as a boolean \fIname\fR or a -set of \fBname=value\fR pairs, separated by a space character. -.sp -The \fB-o parsable\fR option can be used in conjunction with the \fB-s\fR -option. See the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) man page for more information about the -\fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Tests the board. -.sp -Before a board can be connected, it must pass the appropriate level of testing. -.sp -Use of this option always attempts to test the board, even if it has already -passed the appropriate level of testing. Testing is also performed when a -\fB\fR\fB-c\fR\fB connect\fR state change function is issued, in which case the -test step can be skipped if the board already shows an appropriate level of -testing. Thus the \fB-t\fR option can be used to explicitly request that the -board be tested. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI function\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Performs an sbd-class function. You can use the following functions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBassign\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Assigns a board to a domain. -.sp -The receptacle state must be disconnected or empty. The board must also be -listed in the domain available component list. See Dynamic System Domains. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunassign\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Unassigns a board from a domain. -.sp -The receptacle state must be disconnected or empty. The board must also be -listed in the domain available component list. See Dynamic System Domains. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpoweron\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Powers the system board on. -.sp -The receptacle state must be disconnected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpoweroff\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Powers the system board off. -.sp -The receptacle state must be disconnected. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBReceptacle \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -For the Sun Fire high-end systems such as the Sun Fire 15K , the receptacle -attachment point \fBID\fR takes the form \fBSB\fIX\fR\fR or \fBIO\fIX\fR\fR, -where \fIX\fR equals the slot number. -.sp -The exact format depends on the platform and typically corresponds to the -physical labelling on the machine. See the platform specific information in the -\fBNOTES\fR section. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBComponent \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -The component attachment point \fBID\fR takes the form \fIcomponent_typeX\fR, -where \fIcomponent_type\fR equals one of the component types described in -"Component Types" and \fIX\fR equals the component number. The component number -is a board-relative unit number. -.sp -The above convention does not apply to memory compontents. Any DR action on a -memory attachment point affects all of the memory on the system board. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.sp -.LP -The following examples show user input and system output on a Sun Fire 15K -system. User input, specifically references to attachment points and system -output might differ on other Sun Fire systems, such as the Sun Fire midrange -systems such as the 6800. Refer to the Platform Notes for specific information -about using the \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR plugin on non-Sun Fire high-end models. -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRListing All of the System Board -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -a -s "select=class(sbd)"\fR - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -SB0 CPU connected configured ok -SB0::cpu0 cpu connected configured ok -SB0::memory memory connected configured ok -IO1 HPCI connected configured ok -IO1::pci0 io connected configured ok -IO1::pci1 io connected configured ok -SB2 CPU disconnected unconfigured failed -SB3 CPU disconnected unconfigured unusable -SB4 unknown empty unconfigured unknown -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This example demonstrates the mapping of the following conditions: - -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The board in Slot 2 failed testing. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Slot 3 is unusable; thus, you cannot hot plug a board into that slot. -.RE -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing All of the \fBCPU\fRs on the System Board -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -a -s "select=class(sbd):type(cpu)"\fR - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -SB0::cpu0 cpu connected configured ok -SB0::cpu1 cpu connected configured ok -SB0::cpu2 cpu connected configured ok -SB0::cpu3 cpu connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying the \fBCPU\fR Information Field -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -l -s noheadings,cols=info SB0::cpu0\fR - -cpuid 16, speed 400 MHz, ecache 8 Mbytes -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying the \fBCPU\fR Information Field in Parsable Format -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -l -s noheadings,cols=info -o parsable SB0::cpu0\fR - -cpuid=16 speed=400 ecache=8 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDisplaying the Devices on an I/O Board -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -a -s noheadings,cols=ap_id:info -o parsable IO1\fR - -IO1 powered-on assigned -IO1::pci0 device=/devices/saf@0/pci@0,2000 referenced -IO1::pci1 device=/devices/saf@0/pci@1,2000 referenced -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRMonitoring an Unconfigure Operation -.sp -.LP -In the following example, the memory sizes are displayed in Kbytes. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure -y SB0::memory &\fR -# \fBcfgadm -l -s noheadings,cols=info -o parsable SB0::memory SB1::memory\fR - -address=0x0 size=2097152 permanent=752592 target=SB1::memory - deleted=1273680 remaining=823472 -address=0x1000000 size=2097152 source=SB0::memory -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRAssigning a Slot to a Domain -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -x assign SB2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRUnassigning a Slot from a Domain -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -x unassign SB3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for a description of the following attribute: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The interface stability is evolving. The output stability is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), -\fBpbind\fR(1M), \fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), -\fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This section contains information on how to monitor the progress of a memory -delete operation. It also contains platform specific information. -.SS "Memory Delete Monitoring" -.sp -.LP -The following shell script can be used to monitor the progress of a memory -delete operation. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure -y SB0::memory &\fR -# \fBwatch_memdel SB0\fR - -#!/bin/sh -# This is the watch_memdel script. - -if [ -z "$1" ]; then - printf "usage: %s board_id\en" `basename $0` - exit 1 -fi - -board_id=$1 - -cfgadm_info='cfgadm -s noheadings,cols=info -o parsable' - -eval `$cfgadm_info $board_id::memory` - -if [ -z "$remaining" ]; then - echo no memory delete in progress involving $board_id - exit 0 -fi - -echo deleting target $target - -while true -do - eval `$cfgadm_info $board_id::memory` - - if [ -n "$remaining" -a "$remaining" -ne 0 ] - then - echo $deleted KBytes deleted, $remaining KBytes remaining - remaining= - else - echo memory delete is done - exit 0 - fi - sleep 1 -done -exit 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Sun Enterprise 10000 Platform Notes" -.sp -.LP -The following syntax is used to refer to Platform Notes attachment points on -the Sun Enterprise 10000 system: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIboard\fR::\fIcomponent\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP - where \fIboard\fR refers to the system board; and \fIcomponent\fR refers to -the individual component. System boards can range from \fBSB0\fR (zero) to -\fBSB15\fR. A maximum of sixteen system boards are available. -.sp -.LP -The DR 3.0 model running on a Sun Enterprise 10000 domain supports a limited -subset of the functionality provided by the \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR plugin. The only -supported operation is to view the status of attachment points in the domain. -This corresponds to the \fB-l\fR option and all of its associated options. -.sp -.LP -Attempting to perform any other operation from the domain will result in an -error that states that the operation is not supported. All operations to add or -remove a system board must be initiated from the System Service Processor. -.SS "Sun Fire High-End System Platform Notes" -.sp -.LP -The following syntax is used to refer to attachment points on the Sun Fire -high-end systems: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIboard\fR::\fIcomponent\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIboard\fR refers to the system board or I/O board; and \fIcomponent\fR -refers to the individual component. -.sp -.LP -Depending on the system's configuration, system boards can range from \fBSB0\fR -(zero) through \fBSB17\fR, and I/O boards can range from \fBIO0\fR (IO zero) -through \fBIO17\fR. (A maximum of eighteen system and I/O boards are -available). -.sp -.LP -The \fB-t\fR and \fB-x\fR options behave differently on the Sun Fire high-end -system platforms. The following list describes their behavior: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -The system controller uses a CPU to test system boards by running \fBLPOST\fR, -sequenced by the \fBhpost\fR command. To test I/O boards, the driver starts the -testing in response to the \fB-t\fR option, and the test runs automatically -without user intervention. The driver unconfigures a CPU and a stretch of -contiguous physical memory. Then, it sends a command to the system controller -to test the board. The system controller uses the CPU and memory to test the -I/O board from inside of a transaction/error cage. You can only use CPUs from -system boards (not MCPU boards) to test I/O boards. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fBassign | unassign\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -In the Sun Fire high-end system administration model, the platform -administrator controls the platform hardware through the use of an available -component list for each domain. This information is maintained on the system -controller. Only the platform administrator can modify the available component -list for a domain. -.sp -The domain administrator is only allowed to assign or unassign a board if it is -in the available component list for that domain. The platform administrator -does not have this restriction, and can assign or unassign a board even if it -is not in the available component list for a domain. -.RE - -.SS "Sun Fire 15K Component Types" -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the component types: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcpu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fBCPU\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBio\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fBI/O\fR device -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmemory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Memory -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBNote:\fR An operation on a memory component affects all of the memory -components on the board. -.SS "Sun Fire Midrange Systems Platform Notes" -.sp -.LP -References to attachment points are slightly different on Sun Fire midrange -servers such as the 6800, 4810, 4800, and 3800 systems than on the Sun Fire -high-end systems. The following syntax is used to refer to attachment points on -Sun Fire systems other than the Sun Fire 15K: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -N#.\fIboard\fR::\fIcomponent\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fBN#\fR refers to the node; \fIboard\fR refers to the system board or -I/O board; and \fIcomponent\fR refers to the individual component. -.sp -.LP -Depending on the system's configuration, system boards can range from \fBSB0\fR -through \fBSB5\fR, and I/O boards can range from \fBIB6\fR through \fBIB9\fR. -(A maximum of six system and four I/O boards are available). -.SS "Sun Fire Midrange System Component Types" -.sp -.LP -The following are the names and descriptions of the component types: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcpu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fBCPU\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpci\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fBI/O\fR device -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmemory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Memory -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBNote:\fR An operation on a memory component affects all of the memory -components on the board. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_scsi.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_scsi.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d4781ea505..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_scsi.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,744 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_SCSI 1M "Jun 6, 2006" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_scsi \- SCSI hardware specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_option\fR] - \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_option\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR\fI listing_option\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_option\fR] - [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type ...\fR ]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR\fI hardware_option\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR\fI hardware_option\fR] \fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBSCSI\fR hardware specific library \fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/scsi.so.1\fR -provides the functionality for \fBSCSI\fR hot-plugging through the -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M) command. \fBcfgadm\fR operates on attachment points, which are -locations in the system where hardware resources can be dynamically -reconfigured. Refer to \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for information regarding attachment -points. -.sp -.LP -For \fBSCSI\fR hot-plugging, each \fBSCSI\fR controller is represented by an -attachment point in the device tree. In addition, each \fBSCSI \fRdevice is -represented by a dynamic attachment point. Attachment points are named through -\fBap_ids\fR. Two types of \fBap_ids\fR are defined: logical and physical. The -physical \fBap_id\fR is based on the physical pathname, whereas the logical -\fBap_id\fR is a shorter more user-friendly name. For \fBSCSI \fRcontrollers, -the logical \fBap_id\fR is usually the corresponding disk controller number. -For example, a typical logical \fBap_id\fR would be \fBc0\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBSCSI\fR devices are named relative to the controller \fBap_id\fR. Thus if a -disk device is attached to controller \fBc0\fR, its \fBap_id\fR can be: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -c0::dsk/c0t0d0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fBdsk/c0t0d0\fR identifies the specific device. In general, the device -identifier is derived from the corresponding logical link for the device in -\fB/dev\fR. For example, a \fBSCSI\fR tape drive logical \fBap_id\fR could be -\fBc0::rmt/0\fR. Here \fBc0\fR is the logical \fBap_id\fR for the \fBSCSI\fR -controller and \fBrmt/0\fR is derived from the logical link for the tape drive -in \fB/dev/rmt\fR. If an identifier can not be derived from the link in -\fB/dev\fR, a unique identifier will be assigned to it. For example, if the -tape device has no link in \fB/dev\fR, it can be assigned an \fBap_id\fR of the -form \fBc0::st3\fR where \fBst3\fR is a unique internally generated identifier. -.sp -.LP -A simple listing of attachment points in the system will include attachment -points at \fBSCSI \fRcontrollers but not \fBSCSI\fR devices. Use the \fB-a\fR -flag to the list option (\fB-l\fR) to list \fBSCSI\fR devices as well. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -l - Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition - c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown - sysctrl0:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok - sysctrl0:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To list \fBSCSI\fR devices in addition to \fBSCSI\fR controllers: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -al - -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t14d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t11d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t8d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::dsk/c0t0d0 disk connected configured unknown -c0::rmt/0 tape connected configured unknown -sysctrl0:slot0 cpu/mem connected configured ok -sysctrl0:slot1 sbus-upa connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Refer to \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) for more information regarding listing attachment -points. The receptacle and occupant state for attachment points at the -\fBSCSI\fR controller have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -not applicable -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -bus quiesced (\fBI/O\fR activity on bus is suspended) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -bus active -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -one or more devices on the bus is configured -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -no device on the bus is configured -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The corresponding states for individual \fBSCSI\fR devices are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBempty\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -not applicable -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -bus to which the device is attached is quiesced -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnected\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -bus to which device is attached is active -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -device is configured -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigured\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -device is not configured -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR defines several types of operations besides listing -(\fB-l\fR).These operations include testing, (\fB-t\fR), invoking configuration -state changes, (\fB-c\fR), invoking hardware specific functions (\fB-x\fR), and -obtaining configuration administration help messages (\fB-h\fR). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -The following generic commands are defined for the \fBSCSI \fRhardware specific -library: -.sp -For \fBSCSI\fR controller attachment points, the following configuration state -change operations are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconnect\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Unquiesce the \fBSCSI\fR bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdisconnect\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Quiesce the bus (suspend \fBI/O\fR activity on bus). -.sp -Incorrect use of this command can cause the system to hang. See \fBNOTES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Configure new devices on \fBSCSI\fR bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Unconfigure all devices connected to bus. -.RE - -The following generic commands are defined for \fBSCSI\fR devices: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -configure a specific device -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunconfigure\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -unconfigure a specific device -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -When used with the \fBdisconnect\fR command, forces a quiesce of the \fBSCSI\fR -bus, if supported by hardware. -.sp -Incorrect use of this command can cause the system to hang. See \fBNOTES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -SCSI specific help can be obtained by using the help option with any SCSI -attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_option\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -No hardware specific options are currently defined. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_option\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Attachment points of class \fBscsi\fR can be listed by using the \fBselect\fR -sub-option. Refer to the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) man page for additional information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -No test commands are available at present. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Some of the following commands can only be used with SCSI controllers and some -only with SCSI devices. -.sp -In the following, \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR refers to an \fBap_id\fR for a SCSI -controller, for example, \fBc0\fR. \fIdevice_ap_id\fR refers to an \fBap_id\fR -for a \fBSCSI\fR device, for example: \fBc0::dsk/c0dt3d0\fR. -.sp -The following hardware specific functions are defined: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinsert_device \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add a new device to the SCSI controller, \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR. -.sp -This command is intended for interactive use only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBremove_device \fIdevice_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove device \fIdevice_ap_id\fR. -.sp -This command is intended for interactive use only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreplace_device \fIdevice_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove device \fIdevice_ap_id\fR and replace it with another device of the same -kind. -.sp -This command is intended for interactive use only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreset_device \fIdevice_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset \fIdevice_ap_id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreset_bus \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset bus \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR without resetting any devices attached to the -bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreset_all \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset bus \fIcontroller_ap_id\fR and all devices on the bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBlocator [=on|off] \fIdevice_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets or gets the hard disk locator \fBLED\fR, if it is provided by the -platform. If the [on|off] suboption is not set, the state of the hard disk -locator is printed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBled[=LED,mode=on|off|blink] \fIdevice_ap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If no sub-arguments are set, this function print a list of the current -\fBLED\fR settings. If sub-arguments are set, this function sets the mode of a -specific \fBLED\fR for a slot. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a disk attached to controller \fBc0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c configure c0::dsk/c0t3d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUnconfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures a disk attached to controller \fBc0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure c0::dsk/c0t3d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRAdding a New Device -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a new device to controller \fBc0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -x insert_device c0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Adding device to SCSI HBA: /devices/sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000 -This operation will suspend activity on SCSI bus c0 -Continue (yes/no)? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -SCSI bus quiesced successfully. -It is now safe to proceed with hotplug operation. -Enter y if operation is complete or n to abort (yes/no)? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRReplacing a Device -.sp -.LP -The following command replaces a device attached to controller \fBc0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm \fR\fB-x\fR\fB replace_device c0::dsk/c0t3d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Replacing SCSI device: /devices/sbus@1f,0/SUNW,fas@e,8800000/sd@3,0 -This operation will suspend activity on SCSI bus: c0 -Continue (yes/no)? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -SCSI bus quiesced successfully. -It is now safe to proceed with hotplug operation. -Enter y if operation is complete or n to abort (yes/no)? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fREncountering a Mounted File System While Unconfiguring a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command illustrates encountering a mounted file system while -unconfiguring a disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure c1::dsk/c1t0d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cfgadm: Component system is busy, try again: failed to offline: -/devices/pci@1f,4000/scsi@3,1/sd@1,0 - Resource Information ------------------- -------------------------- -/dev/dsk/c1t0d0s0 mounted filesystem "/mnt" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDisplay the Value of the Locator for a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the value of the locator for a disk. This -example is specific to the \fBSPARC\fR Enterprise Server family: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -x locator c0::dsk/c0t6d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system responds with the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Disk Led -c0t6d0 locator=on -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRSet the Value of the Locator for a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the value of the locator for a disk. This example is -specific to the \fBSPARC\fR Enterprise Server family: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcfgadm -x locator=off c0::dsk/c0t6d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The system does not print anything in response. - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/scsi.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -hardware-specific library for generic \fBSCSI\fR hot-plugging -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/platform/SPARC-Enterprise/lib/cfgadm/scsi.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -platform-specific library for generic \fBSCSI\fR hot-plugging -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBluxadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), -\fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBdisconnect\fR (quiesce) operation is not supported on controllers which -control disks containing critical partitions such as \fBroot\fR (\fB/\fR), -\fB/usr\fR, \fBswap\fR, or \fB/var\fR. The \fBdisconnect\fR operation should -not be attempted on such controllers. Incorrect usage can result in a system -hang and require a reboot. -.sp -.LP -When a controller is in the disconnected (quiesced) state, there is a potential -for deadlocks occurring in the system. The \fBdisconnect\fR operation should be -used with caution. A controller should be kept in the disconnected state for -the minimum period of time required to accomplish the \fBDR\fR operation. The -\fBdisconnect\fR command is provided only to allow the replacement of the -\fBSCSI\fR cables while the system is running. It should not be used for any -other purpose. The only fix for a deadlock (if it occurs) is to reboot the -system. -.sp -.LP -Hotplugging operations are not supported by all \fBSCSI\fR controllers. -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -The connectors on some \fBSCSI\fR devices do not conform to \fBSCSI\fR hotplug -specifications. Performing hotplug operations on such devices can cause damage -to the hardware on the \fBSCSI\fR bus. Refer to your hardware manual for -additional information. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_usb.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_usb.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5fa2432cb8..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cfgadm_usb.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,987 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CFGADM_USB 1M "Mar 1, 2007" -.SH NAME -cfgadm_usb \- USB hardware-specific commands for cfgadm -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-f\fR [\fB-y\fR | \fB-n\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR \fIap_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-v\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_option\fR] - [\fB-l\fR [\fIap_id\fR | \fIap_type\fR...]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cfgadm\fR \fB-v\fR \fB-h\fR [\fIap_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The Universal Serial Bus (\fBUSB\fR) hardware-specific library -\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/usb.so.1\fR provides the functionality for administering -\fBUSB\fR devices via the \fBcfgadm\fR(1M) command. \fBcfgadm\fR operates on -attachment points. For details regarding attachment points, refer to -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -For \fBUSB\fR administration, the only attachment points supported are the -ports of hubs attached to the \fBUSB\fR bus. -.sp -.LP -Attachment points are named through attachment point IDs (\fIap_ids\fR). The -\fBUSB\fR bus is hierarchical, so the \fIap_ids\fR are as well. \fBUSB\fR hubs -have ports, numbered from \fB1\fR to \fIn\fR. All \fBUSB\fR \fIap_ids\fR -consist of a string of the following form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -usb\fIN\fR/\fIA\fR[.\fIB\fR[.\fIC\fR[...]]] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where -.br -.in +2 -\fIN\fR is the \fIN\fRth \fBUSB\fR host controller on the system, -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fIA\fR is port #\fIA\fR on the root (top) hub. -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fIB\fR is port #\fIB\fR of the hub plugged into port #\fIA\fR of the hub above -it. -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fIC\fR is port #\fIC\fR of the hub plugged into port #\fIB \fRof the hub above -it, and so forth. -.in -2 -.sp -.LP -For example, the first port on the root hub of USB controller \fB0\fR (the only -controller), has a logical \fIap_id\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -usb0/1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Similarly, the second port on the first external hub plugged into the first -port on the root hub of the first \fBUSB\fR controller has a logical -\fIap_id\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -usb0/1.2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For example, if the \fIap_id\fR is \fBusb0/1.4.3.4\fR, it represents port -\fB4\fR of the hub plugged into port \fB3\fR of the hub plugged into port -\fB4\fR of the hub plugged into port \fB1\fR of the root hub of the first -\fBUSB\fR host controller on the system. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1 USB-hub connected configured ok -usb0/2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.1 USB-storage connected configured ok -usb0/1.2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.4 USB-device connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBUSB 2.0\fR chips have one \fBEHCI\fR host \fBUSB 2.0\fR host controller and a -number of companion \fBUSB 1.\fR\fIx\fR host controllers (either \fBOHCI\fR or -\fBUHCI\fR host controllers). -.sp -.LP -When a \fBUSB 2.0\fR device has been plugged in, it shows up on the \fBEHCI\fR -logical ports which might not have a \fB1\fR to \fB1\fR mapping to external -physical port numbers on the system. When a \fBUSB 1.\fR\fIx\fR device is -plugged in, the \fBEHCI\fR host controller reroutes the device to a companion -host controller and the device shows up on the companion's logical port -number. -.sp -.LP -The mapping of logical port numbers to physical port numbers can get quite -complicated. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% cfgadm -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -c0 scsi-bus connected configured unknown -usb0/1 usb-mouse connected configured ok -usb0/2 usb-kbd connected configured ok -usb0/3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/4 usb-hub connected configured ok -usb0/4.1 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/4.2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/4.3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/4.4 usb-storage connected configured ok -usb1/1 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb1/2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb1/3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb2/1 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb2/2 usb-device connected configured ok -usb3/1 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb3/2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb3/3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb3/4 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb3/5 unknown empty unconfigured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example \fBusb0\fR is the onboard USB 1.\fIx\fR host controller. -\fBusb1\fR and \fBusb2\fR are companion \fBOHCI USB 1.\fR\fIx\fR host -controllers and \fBusb3\fR is an \fBEHCI USB 2.0\fR host controller. -.sp -.LP -The following table shows the somewhat confusing routing for this USB 2.0 chip: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -logical port number physical port number -------------------- -------------------- - usb1/1 internal port 1 - usb1/2 external port 1 - usb1/3 external port 3 - - usb2/1 internal port 2 - usb2/2 external port 2 - - usb3/1 internal port 1 - usb3/2 internal port 2 - usb3/3 external port 1 - usb3/4 external port 2 - usb3/5 external port 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Unfortunately, the exact routing can often only be determined by -experimentation. -.sp -.LP -The receptacle states for attachment points at the \fBUSB\fR port have the -following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconnected\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBUSB\fR port is powered on and enabled. A USB device is plugged in to the -port. The device is logically connected to the USB bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisconnected\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBUSB\fR port is powered on and enabled. A \fBUSB\fR device is plugged into -the port. The device has been logically disconnected from the \fBUSB\fR bus -(using the \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-c\fR \fBdisconnect\fR command). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBempty\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBUSB\fR port is powered on, but no device is plugged in to it. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The occupant states for devices at \fBUSB\fR port attachment points at the -\fBUSB\fR port have the following meanings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfigured\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBUSB\fR device at the \fBUSB\fR port is configured and usable by Solaris. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunconfigured\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBUSB\fR device at the \fBUSB\fR port was explicitly off-lined using -\fBcfgadm\fR \fB-c\fR \fBunconfigure\fR, or was not successfully configured for -use with Solaris, for example, having no driver or a device problem. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The attachment point conditions are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBok\fR\fB\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Normal state - ready for use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailing\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailed\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunusable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The user has physically removed a device while an application had the device -open (there might be outstanding \fBI/O\fR). Users need to reinsert the same -physical device and close the application properly before removing the device -again. The port cannot configure other inserted devices until this is done. -.sp -If the original device cannot be reinserted into the port, see the \fI\fR for -instructions for clearing this attachment point condition. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunknown\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not used. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A \fBUSB\fR device can be hotplugged or hotunplugged at any time, and the -system detects the event and takes the appropriate action. -.sp -.LP -It is not necessary to transition a receptacle to the \fBdisconnected\fR state -before removing its device from the \fBUSB\fR. However, it is not recommended -to hot-remove devices currently in use (such as removable disks currently -opened by a volume manager or some other application). -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR defines several types of operations. These operations include -invoking configuration state changes (\fB-c\fR), invoking hardware-specific -functions (\fB-x\fR), and obtaining configuration administration help messages -(\fB-h\fR). -.sp -.LP -If any of these operations fail, the device and attachment point might not be -in the expected state. Use the \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-l\fR command to display the -device's current status. -.sp -.LP -All other options have the same meaning as defined in \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIfunction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following generic commands are defined for the \fBUSB\fR hardware specific -library. The following configuration state change operations are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If there is a \fBUSB\fR device plugged into the port, this command attempts to -configure it and set everything up so that it is usable by Solaris. This -command does an implied \fBconnect\fR (reverse of \fBdisconnect\fR) if -necessary. This command accomplishes nothing, and returns an error message, if -the device at that port is already configured. After successful execution of -this command, the device is ready for use under Solaris. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs an \fBunconfigure\fR on the \fIap_id\fR (if it is not already -\fBunconfigured\fR), and then transitions the receptacle to the -\fBdisconnected\fR state, even though a device is still be plugged into the -port. Issuing a \fBcfgadm\fR \fB-c\fR \fBconfigure\fR, or physically -hotplugging the device, brings the device back to the \fBconnected\fR -receptacle state, and to the \fBconfigured\fR occupant state, assuming a driver -can be found and there are no problems enumerating and configuring the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Makes the device plugged into the port unusable by Solaris (offline it). If -successful, \fBcfgadm\fR reports this \fIap_id\fR's occupant state as -\fBunconfigured\fR. Issuing a \fBconfigure\fR to the \fIap_id\fR (if -successful) brings its occupant back to the \fBconfigured\fR (online) -condition, as it physically hotplugging the device on the port. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIap_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBUSB\fR specific help can be obtained by using the help option with any -\fBUSB\fR attachment point. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR[\fBv\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-l\fR option works as described in \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). When paired with -the \fB-v\fR option, the \fBInformation\fR field contains the following -\fBUSB\fR-specific information: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBMfg\fR: manufacturer string (\fBiManufacturer\fR) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBProduct\fR: product string (\fBiProduct\fR) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBNConfigs\fR: total number of configurations the device supports -(\fBbNumConfigurations\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBConfig\fR: current configuration setting in decimal (configuration index, -not configuration value). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The configuration string descriptor for the current configuration -(\fBiConfiguration\fR) -.RE -See the Universal Serial Bus specification for a description of these fields. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIhardware_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hardware options are only supported for the hardware-specific command, \fB-x\fR -\fBusb_config\fR. See the description of that command below for an explanation -of the options available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIlisting_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Attachment points of class \fBUSB\fR can be listed by using the \fBselect\fR -sub-option. See \fBcfgadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIhardware_function\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The following hardware-specific functions are defined: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBusb_config\fR \fB-o\fR \fBconfig=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This command requires the mandatory \fBconfig\fR value to be specified using -the \fB-o\fR option. -.sp -Sets the \fBUSB\fR configuration of a multi-configuration \fBUSB\fR device at -\fIap_id\fR to configuration index \fIn\fR. The device is set to this -configuration henceforth and this setting persists across reboots, hot-removes, -and unconfigure/configure of the device. -.sp -Valid values of \fIn\fR range from \fB0\fR to (\fBNconfigs -1\fR). The device -is reset by a \fBdisconnect\fR followed by a \fBconfigure\fR. The -\fBconfigure\fR causes the device to be configured to the new configuration -setting. -.sp -If any of these steps fail, the configuration file and the device are restored -to their previous state and an error message is issued. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBusb_reset\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs a software reset (re-enumeration) of the device. This is the -equivalent of removing the device and inserting it back again. The port on the -hub is power cycled if the hub supports power cycling of individual ports. -.sp -If the connected device is a hub, this function has the effect of resetting -that hub and any devices down the tree of which it is the root. -.sp -If any of these steps fail, the device is restored to its previous state and an -error message is issued. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -State table: attachment points state versus commands: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Valid states: - empty/unconfigured \(-> no device connected - - disconnected/unconfigured \(-> logically disconnected, - unavailable, - devinfo node removed, - device physically connected - - connected/unconfigured \(-> logically connected, - unavailable, - devinfo node present - - connected/configured \(-> connected, available -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The table below clarifies the state transitions resulting from actions or -commands: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -current state operation new state -------------- --------- --------- -empty/ -unconfigured: - device plugged in: connected/configured or - connected/unconfigured - (if enumeration failed) - device removed: n/a - cfgadm -c unconfigure: empty/unconfigured - cfgadm -c configure: empty/unconfigured - cfgadm -c disconnect: empty/unconfigured - (no-op and error) - -disconnected/ -unconfigured: - device plugged in: n/a - device removed: empty/unconfigured - cfgadm -c unconfigure: disconnected/unconfigured - cfgadm -c configure: connected/configured, or - connected/unconfigured - (if reenumeration failed) - cfgadm -c disconnect: disconnected/unconfigured - -connected/unconfigured: - device plugged in: n/a - device removed: empty/unconfigured - cfgadm -c unconfigure: connected/unconfigured - cfgadm -c configure: connected/configured, or - connected/unconfigured - (if reenumeration failed) - cfgadm -c disconnect: disconnected/unconfigured - -connected/configured: - device plugged in: n/a - device removed: empty/unconfigured or - connected/configured, - but with ap condition - 'unusable' if device - was open when removed - cfgadm -c unconfigure: connected/unconfigured - cfgadm -c configure: connected/configured - cfgadm -c disconnect: disconnected/unconfigured -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRListing the Status of All USB Devices -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the status of all \fBUSB\fR devices on the system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# cfgadm -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1 USB-hub connected configured ok -usb0/2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.1 USB-storage connected configured ok -usb0/1.2 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -usb0/1.4 USB-device connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Notice that \fBcfgadm\fR treats the \fBUSB-device\fR device at \fBap_id -usb0/1.4\fR as a single unit, since it cannot currently control individual -interfaces. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing the Status of a Port with No Device Plugged In -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the status of a port with no device plugged in: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l usb0/1.3\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1.3 unknown empty unconfigured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing the Status of the Same Port with a Device Plugged In -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the status of the same port after physically -plugging in a device that configures without problems: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l usb0/1.3\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1.3 USB-hub connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUnconfiguring an Existing USB Device -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures the \fBUSB\fR device attached to -\fBusb0/1.3\fR, then displays the status of the \fBap_id\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c unconfigure usb0/1.3\fR -Unconfigure the device: /devices/pci@0,0/pci8086,7112@7,2/hub@2:2.3 -This operation suspends activity on the USB device -Continue (yes/no)? - -Enter: - -\fBy\fR - -example# \fBcfgadm -l usb0/1.3\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1.3 unknown connected unconfigured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRUnconfiguring and Logically Disconnecting an Existing USB -Device -.sp -.LP -The following command unconfigures and logically disconnects a \fBUSB\fR device -attached to \fBusb0/1.3\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -c disconnect usb0/1.3\fR -Disconnect the device: /devices/pci@0,0/pci8086,7112@7,2/hub@2:2.3 -This operation suspends activity on the USB device -Continue (yes/no)? - -Enter: - -\fBy\fR - -example# \fBcfgadm -l usb0/1.3\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1.3 unknown disconnected unconfigured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A \fBdisconnect\fR implies that \fBcfgadm\fR does an \fBunconfigure\fR first. -The receptacle status now shows \fBdisconnected\fR, even though the device is -still physically connected. In this case, a physical hotplug or using the -\fBcfgadm \fR\fB-c\fR \fBconfigure\fR on the \fBap_id\fR brings it back -on-line. - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRConfiguring a Previously Unconfigured USB Device -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a \fBUSB\fR device that was previously -attached to \fBusb0/1.3\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example # \fBcfgadm -yc configure usb0/1.3\fR -example# \fBcfgadm -l usb0/1.3\fR -Ap_Id Type Receptacle Occupant Condition -usb0/1.3 unknown connected configured ok -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRResetting a USB Device -.sp -.LP -The following command resets a \fBUSB\fR device: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -x usb_reset usb0/1.3\fR -Reset the device: /devices/pci@0,0/pci8086,7112@7,2/hub@2:2.3 -This operation suspends activity on the USB device -Continue (yes/no)? - -Enter: - -\fBy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDisplaying Detailed Information About a USB Device -.sp -.LP -The following command displays detailed information about a \fBUSB\fR device. -This device shows the following \fBUSB\fR-specific information in -the '\fBInformation\fR' field: - -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Manufacturer string: Iomega -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Product string: \fBUSB Zip 250\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Number of configurations supported: 1 -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configuration currently active: 0 -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configuration string descriptor for configuration 0: Default -.RE -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -lv usb0/1.5\fR -Ap_Id Receptacle Occupant Condition Information -When Type Busy Phys_Id -usb0/1.5 connected configured ok Mfg:"Io -mega" Product:"USB Zip 250" NConfigs:1 Config:0 : Default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l -s "cols=ap_id:info" usb0/1.5\fR -Ap_Id Information -usb0/1.5 Mfg:"Iomega" Product:"USB Zip 250" -NConfigs:1 Config:0 : Default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRDisplaying Detailed Information About All USB Devices -.sp -.LP -The following command displays detailed information about all \fBUSB\fR devices -on the system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l -s "select=class(usb),cols=ap_id:info"\fR -Ap_Id Information -usb0/1 Mfg: Product: -NConfigs:1 Config:0 -usb0/2 -usb0/1.1 Mfg: Product: -NConfigs:1 Config:0 -usb0/1.2 -usb0/1.3 -usb0/1.4 Mfg:"Wizard" Product:"Modem/ISDN" -NConfigs:3 Config:1 : V.90 Analog Modem -usb0/1.5 Mfg:"Iomega" Product:"USB Zip 250" -NConfigs:1 Config:0 : Default -usb0/1.6 Mfg:"SOLID YEAR" Product:"SOLID YEAR -USB"NConfigs:1 Config:0 -usb0/1.7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Lines containing only an \fBap_id\fR are empty ports. These can be filtered -out. This example only lists \fBUSB\fR \fBap_id\fRs with connected devices, and -information about those devices. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l -s "select=class(usb),cols=ap_id:info" | grep Mfg\fR -usb0/1 Mfg: Product: -NConfigs:1 Config:0 -usb0/1.1 Mfg: Product: -NConfigs:1 Config:0 -usb0/1.4 Mfg:"Wizard" Product:"Modem/ISDN" -NConfigs:3 Config:1 : V.90 Analog Modem -usb0/1.5 Mfg:"Iomega" Product:"USB Zip 250" -NConfigs:1 Config:0 : Default -usb0/1.6 Mfg:"SOLID YEAR" Product:"SOLID YEAR USB" -Config:0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRListing Information About a Multi-configuration USB Device -.sp -.LP -The following example lists information about a multi-configuration \fBUSB\fR -device. - -.sp -.LP -Notice the \fBNConfigs\fR field: the configurations available for this device -are \fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, and \fB2\fR (\fB0\fR to (\fIN\fR\fBConfigs-1\fR)). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -l -s "cols=ap_id:info" usb0/1.4\fR -Ap_Id Information -usb0/1.4 Mfg:"Wizard" Product:"Modem/ISDN" -NConfigs:3 Config:1 V.90 Analog Modem" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRSetting the Current Configuration of a Multi-configuration USB -Device -.sp -.LP -The following example sets the current configuration of a multi-configuration -USB device: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcfgadm -o config=2 -x usb_config usb0/1.4\fR -Setting the device: /devices/pci@1f,2000/usb@1/device@3 -to USB configuration 2 -This operation suspends activity on the USB device -Continue (yes/no)? - -Enter: - -\fBy\fR - -USB configuration changed successfully. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The device path should be checked to ensure that the right instance of a device -is being referred to, in the case where multiple devices of the exact same type -are on the same bus. This information is available in the '\fBInformation\fR' -field. - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/cfgadm/usb.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hardware specific library for generic USB device administration -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBscsa2usb\fR(7D), \fBusba\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -Universal Serial Bus 1.1 Specification (\fBwww.usb.org\fR) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fBcfgadm\fR(1M) can not unconfigure, disconnect, reset, or change the -configuration of any \fBUSB\fR device currently opened by any application. -These operations also fail on a hub if a device in its hierarchy is opened by -an application. See \fBscsa2usb\fR(7D) for unconfiguring a \fBUSB\fR -mass-storage device that is currently in use. -.sp -.LP -Only super-users can execute any functions on an attachment point. However, one -need not be a super-user to list the attachment points. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/chat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/chat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 94745d550f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/chat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,745 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" This manual page is based on documentation obtained from Karl Fox. -.\" Portions Copyright (C) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CHAT 1M "August 29, 2021" -.SH NAME -chat \- automated conversational exchange tool -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBchat\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIscript\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBchat\fR program implements a conversational text-based exchange between -the computer and any serial device, including (but not limited to) a modem, an -ISDN TA, and the remote peer itself, establishing a connection between the -Point-To-Point Protocol daemon (\fBpppd\fR) and the remote \fBpppd\fR process. -.SH OPTIONS -The \fBchat\fR command supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Read the \fBchat\fR script from the \fBchat\fR file. This option is mutually -exclusive with the \fBchat\fR script parameters. You must have \fBread\fR -access to use the file. Multiple lines are permitted in the file. Use the space -or horizontal tab characters to separate the strings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the timeout for the expected string to be received. If the string is not -received within the time limit, the reply string is not sent. If specified, -a 'subexpect' (alternate reply) string can be sent. Otherwise, if no alternate -reply strings remain, the \fBchat\fR script fails. A failed script will cause -the \fBchat\fR program to terminate with a non-zero error code. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fB\fI \fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the file for output of the report strings. If you use the keyword -\fBREPORT\fR, the resulting strings are written to this file. If the \fB-r\fR -option is not used and you use the \fBREPORT\fR keyword, the \fBstderr\fR file -is used for the report strings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Start with the echo option turned on. You turn echo on or off at specific -points in the \fBchat\fR script using the \fBECHO\fR keyword. When echoing is -enabled, all output from the modem is echoed to \fBstderr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Enables environment variable substitution within \fBchat\fR scripts using the -standard \fI$xxx\fR syntax. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Request that the \fBchat\fR script execute in a verbose mode. The \fBchat\fR -program logs the execution state of the \fBchat\fR script as well as all text -received from the modem and output strings sent to the modem. The default is to -log through \fBsyslog\fR(3C) with facility \fBlocal\fR2; the logging method is -alterable using the \fB-S\fR and \fB-s\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Request that the \fBchat\fR script be executed in a \fBstderr\fR verbose mode. -The \fBchat\fR program logs all text received from the modem and output strings -sent to the modem to \fBstderr\fR. \fBstderr\fR is usually the local console at -the station running the \fBchat\fR or \fBpppd\fR program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Use \fBstderr\fR. Log messages from \fB-v\fR and error messages are sent to -\fBstderr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Do not use syslog. By default, error messages are set to syslog. This option -prevents log messages from \fB-v\fR and error messages from being sent to -syslog. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Pass in an arbitrary string (usually a telephone number) that will be -substituted for the \fB\eT\fR substitution metacharacter in a send string. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Pass in a second string (usually a telephone number) that will be substituted -for the \fB\eU\fR substitution metacharacter in a send string. This is useful -when dialing an ISDN terminal adapter that requires two numbers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBscript\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -If the script is not specified in a file with the \fB-f\fR option, the script -is included as parameters to the \fBchat\fR program. -.RE - -.SH EXTENDED DESCRIPTION -.SS "Chat Script" -The \fBchat\fR script defines communications. A script consists of one or more -"expect-send" pairs of strings separated by spaces, with an optional -"subexpect-subsend" string pair, separated by a dash (as in the following -example:) -.sp -.LP -ogin:-BREAK-ogin: ppp ssword: hello2u2 -.sp -.LP -The example indicates that the \fBchat\fR program should expect the string -"ogin:". If it fails to receive a login prompt within the time interval -allotted, it sends a break sequence to the remote and then expects the string -"ogin:". If the first "ogin:" is received, the break sequence is not generated. -.sp -.LP -Upon receiving the login prompt, the \fBchat\fR program sends the string "ppp" -and then expects the prompt "ssword:". When the password prompt is received, it -sends the password hello2u2. -.sp -.LP -A carriage return is normally sent following the reply string. It is not -expected in the "expect" string unless it is specifically requested by using -the \fB\er\fR character sequence. -.sp -.LP -The expect sequence should contain only what is needed to identify the received -data. Because it's stored on a disk file, it should not contain variable -information. Generally it is not acceptable to look for time strings, network -identification strings, or other variable pieces of data as an expect string. -.sp -.LP -To correct for characters that are corrupted during the initial sequence, look -for the string "ogin:" rather than "login:". The leading "l" character may be -received in error, creating problems in finding the string. For this reason, -scripts look for "ogin:" rather than "login:" and "ssword:" rather than -"password:". -.sp -.LP -An example of a simple script follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ogin: ppp ssword: hello2u2 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The example can be interpreted as: expect ogin:, send ppp, expect ...ssword:, -send hello2u2. -.sp -.LP -When login to a remote peer is necessary, simple scripts are rare. At minimum, -you should include sub-expect sequences in case the original string is not -received. For example, consider the following script: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ogin:--ogin: ppp ssword: hello2u2 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This script is more effective than the simple one used earlier. The string -looks for the same login prompt; however, if one is not received, a single -return sequence is sent and then the script looks for login: again. If line -noise obscures the first login prompt, send the empty line to generate a login -prompt again. -.SS "Comments" -Comments can be embedded in the \fBchat\fR script. Comment lines are ignored by -the chat program. A comment starts with the hash ("#") character in column one. -If a \fB#\fR character is expected as the first character of the expect -sequence, quote the expect string. If you want to wait for a prompt that starts -with a \fB#\fR character, write something like this: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# Now wait for the prompt and send logout string -\&'# ' logout -.fi -.in -2 - -.SS "Sending Data From A File" -If the string to send begins with an at sign ("@"), the remainder of the string -is interpreted as the name of the file that contains the string. If the last -character of the data read is a newline, it is removed. The file can be a named -pipe (or fifo) instead of a regular file. This enables \fBchat\fR to -communicate with another program, for example, a program to prompt the user and -receive a password typed in. -.SS "Abort " -Many modems report the status of a call as a string. These status strings are -often "CONNECTED" or "NO CARRIER" or "BUSY." If the modem fails to connect to -the remote, you can terminate the script. Abort strings may be specified in the -script using the ABORT sequence. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ABORT BUSY ABORT 'NO CARRIER' '' ATZ OK ATDT5551212 CONNECT -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This sequence expects nothing and sends the string ATZ. The expected response -is the string OK. When OK is received, the string ATDT5551212 dials the -telephone. The expected string is CONNECT. If CONNECT is received, the -remainder of the script is executed. When the modem finds a busy telephone, it -sends the string BUSY, causing the string to match the abort character -sequence. The script fails because it found a match to the abort string. If the -NO CARRIER string is received, it aborts for the same reason. -.SS "Clr_Abort " -The CLR_ABORT sequence clears previously set ABORT strings. ABORT strings are -kept in an array of a pre-determined size; CLR_ABORT reclaims the space for -cleared entries, enabling new strings to use that space. -.SS "Say " -The SAY string enables the script to send strings to a user at a terminal via -standard error. If \fBchat\fR is being run by \fBpppd\fR and \fBpppd\fR is -running as a daemon (detached from its controlling terminal), standard error is -normally redirected to the \fB/etc/ppp/connect-errors\fR file. -.sp -.LP -SAY strings must be enclosed in single or double quotes. If carriage return and -line feed are required for the output, you must explicitly add them to your -string. -.sp -.LP -The SAY string can provide progress messages to users even with "ECHO OFF." For -example, add a line similar to the following to the script: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ABORT BUSY -ECHO OFF -SAY "Dialing your ISP...\en" -\&'' ATDT5551212 -TIMEOUT 120 -SAY "Waiting up to 2 minutes for connection ..." -CONNECT '' -SAY "Connected, now logging in ...\en" -ogin: account -ssword: pass -$ \ec -SAY "Logged in OK ... \en" -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This sequence hides script detail while presenting the SAY string to the user. -In this case, you will see: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Dialing your ISP... -Waiting up to 2 minutes for connection...Connected, now logging in... -Logged in OK ... -.fi -.in -2 - -.SS "Report" -REPORT is similar to the ABORT string. With REPORT, however, strings and all -characters to the next control character (such as a carriage return), are -written to the report file. -.sp -.LP -REPORT strings can be used to isolate a modem's transmission rate from its -CONNECT string and return the value to the \fBchat\fR user. Analysis of the -REPORT string logic occurs in conjunction with other string processing, such as -looking for the expect string. It's possible to use the same string for a -REPORT and ABORT sequence, but probably not useful. -.sp -.LP -Report strings may be specified in the script using the REPORT sequence. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -REPORT CONNECT -ABORT BUSY -ATDT5551212 CONNECT -ogin: account -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The above sequence expects nothing, then sends the string ATDT5551212 to dial -the telephone. The expected string is CONNECT. If CONNECT is received, the -remainder of the script is executed. In addition, the program writes the string -CONNECT to the report file (specified by \fB-r\fR) in addition to any -characters that follow. -.SS "Clr_Report" -CLR_REPORT clears previously set REPORT strings. REPORT strings are kept in an -array of a pre-determined size; CLR_REPORT reclaims the space for cleared -entries so that new strings can use that space. -.SS "Echo" -ECHO determines if modem output is echoed to \fBstderr\fR. This option may be -set with the \fB-e\fR option, but can also be controlled by the ECHO keyword. -The "expect-send" pair ECHO ON enables echoing, and ECHO OFF disables it. With -ECHO, you can select which parts of the conversation should be visible. In the -following script: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ABORT 'BUSY' -ABORT 'NO CARRIER' -"" AT&F -OK\er\en ATD1234567 -\er\en \ec -ECHO ON -CONNECT \ec -ogin: account -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -All output resulting from modem configuration and dialing is not visible, but -output is echoed beginning with the CONNECT (or BUSY) message. -.SS "Hangup" -The HANGUP option determines if a modem hangup is considered as an error. -HANGUP is useful for dialing systems that hang up and call your system back. -HANGUP can be ON or OFF. When HANGUP is set to OFF and the modem hangs up (for -example, following the first stage of logging in to a callback system), -\fBchat\fR continues running the script (for example, waiting for the incoming -call and second stage login prompt). When the incoming call is connected, use -the HANGUP ON string to reinstall normal hang up signal behavior. An example of -a simple script follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ABORT 'BUSY' - "" AT&F - OK\er\en ATD1234567 - \er\en \ec - CONNECT \ec - 'Callback login:' call_back_ID - HANGUP OFF - ABORT "Bad Login" - 'Callback Password:' Call_back_password - TIMEOUT 120 - CONNECT \ec - HANGUP ON - ABORT "NO CARRIER" - ogin:--BREAK--ogin: real_account -.fi -.in -2 - -.SS "Timeout" -The initial timeout value is 45 seconds. Use the \fB-t\fR parameter to change -the initial timeout value. -.sp -.LP -To change the timeout value for the next expect string, the following example -can be used: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\&''"AT&F - OK ATDT5551212 - CONNECT \ec - TIMEOUT 10 - ogin:--ogin: username - TIMEOUT 5 - assword: hello2u2 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The example changes the timeout to ten seconds when it expects the login: -prompt. The timeout is changed to five seconds when it looks for the password -prompt. -.sp -.LP -Once changed, the timeout value remains in effect until it is changed again. -.SS " EOT" -The EOT special reply string instructs the \fBchat\fR program to send an EOT -character to the remote. This is equivalent to using ^D\ec as the reply string. -The EOT string normally indicates the end-of-file character sequence. A return -character is not sent following the EOT. The EOT sequence can embedded into the -send string using the sequence ^D. -.SS " BREAK" -The BREAK special reply string sends a break condition. The break is a special -transmitter signal. Many UNIX systems handle break by cycling through available -bit rates, and sending break is often needed when the remote system does not -support autobaud. BREAK is equivalent to using \eK\ec as the reply string. -You embed the break sequence into the send string using the \eK sequence. -.SS "Escape Sequences" -Expect and reply strings can contain escape sequences. Reply strings accept all -escape sequences, while expect strings accept most sequences. A list of escape -sequences is presented below. Sequences that are not accepted by expect strings -are indicated. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&''\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Expects or sends a null string. If you send a null string, \fBchat\fR sends -the return character. If you expect a null string, \fBchat\fR proceeds to the -reply string without waiting. This sequence can be a pair of apostrophes or -quote mark characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eb\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Represents a backspace character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\ec\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Suppresses the newline at the end of the reply string. This is the only method -to send a string without a trailing return character. This sequence must be at -the end of the send string. For example, the sequence hello\ec will simply send -the characters h, e, l, l, o. (Not valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\ed\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Delay for one second. The program uses \fBsleep\fR(1) which delays to a maximum -of one second. (Not valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eK\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Insert a BREAK. (Not valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\en\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send a newline or linefeed character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eN\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send a null character. The same sequence may be represented by \e0. (Not valid -in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\ep\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Pause for 1/10th of a second. (Not valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eq\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Suppress writing the string to syslog. The string ?????? is written to the log -in its place. (Not valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\er\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send or expect a carriage return. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\es\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Represents a space character in the string. Can be used when it is not -desirable to quote the strings which contains spaces. The sequence 'HI\ TIM' -and HI\esTIM are the same. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\et\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send or expect a tab character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eT\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send the phone number string as specified with the \fB-T\fR option. (Not valid -in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eU\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send the phone number 2 string as specified with the \fB-U\fR option. (Not -valid in expect.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\e\e\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Send or expect a backslash character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eddd\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Collapse the octal digits (ddd) into a single ASCII character and send that -character. (\e000 is not valid in an expect string.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB^C\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Substitute the sequence with the control character represented by C. For -example, the character DC1 (17) is shown as ^Q. (Some characters are not valid -in expect.) -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -Environment variables are available within \fBchat\fR scripts if the \fB-E\fR -option is specified on the command line. The metacharacter \fB$\fR introduces -the name of the environment variable to substitute. If the substitution fails -because the requested environment variable is not set, nothing is replaced for -the variable. -.SH EXIT STATUS -The \fBchat\fR program terminates with the following completion codes: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Normal program termination. Indicates that the script was executed without -error to normal conclusion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -One or more of the parameters are invalid or an expect string was too large for -the internal buffers. Indicates that the program was not properly executed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -An error occurred during the execution of the program. This may be due to a -read or write operation failing or \fBchat\fR receiving a signal such as -SIGINT. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -A timeout event occurred when there was an expect string without having a -"-subsend" string. This indicates that you may not have programmed the script -correctly for the condition or that an unexpected event occurred and the -expected string could not be found. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The first string marked as an ABORT condition occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The second string marked as an ABORT condition occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The third string marked as an ABORT condition occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB7\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The fourth string marked as an ABORT condition occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&...\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The other termination codes are also strings marked as an ABORT condition. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -To determine which event terminated the script, use the termination code. It is -possible to decide if the string "BUSY" was received from the modem versus "NO -DIALTONE." While the first event may be retried, the second probably will not -succeed during a retry. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBsleep\fR(1), \fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBpppd\fR(1M), \fBuucico\fR(1M), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -Additional information on \fBchat\fR scripts are available with UUCP -documentation. The \fBchat\fR script format was taken from scripts used by the -\fBuucico\fR program. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/check-hostname.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/check-hostname.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a69698b84c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/check-hostname.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CHECK-HOSTNAME 1M "Mar 8, 2006" -.SH NAME -check-hostname \- check if sendmail can determine the system's fully-qualified -host name -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB /usr/sbin/check-hostname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBcheck-hostname\fR script is a migration aid for \fBsendmail\fR(1M). This -script tries to determine the local host's fully-qualified host name (FQHN) in -a manner similar to \fBsendmail\fR(1M). If \fBcheck-hostname\fR is able to -determine the \fBFQHN\fR of the local host, it reports success. Otherwise, -\fBcheck-hostname\fR reports how to reconfigure the system so that the -\fBFQHN\fR can be properly determined. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/hosts\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Host name database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Name service switch configuration file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Configuration file for name server routines -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdomainname\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/check-permissions.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/check-permissions.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d5c86ff0bf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/check-permissions.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CHECK-PERMISSIONS 1M "Nov 10, 2003" -.SH NAME -check-permissions \- check permissions on mail rerouting files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/check-permissions\fR [\fIlogin\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBcheck-permissions\fR script is intended as a migration aid for -\fBsendmail\fR(1M). It checks the \fB/etc/mail/sendmail.cf\fR file for all -configured alias files, and checks the alias files for \fB:include:\fR files. -It also checks for certain \fB\&.forward\fR files. For each file that -\fBcheck-permissions\fR checks, it verifies that none of the parent directories -are group- or world-writable. If any directories are overly permissive, it is -reported. Otherwise it reports that no unsafe directories were found. -.sp -.LP -As to which \fB\&.forward\fR files are checked, it depends on the arguments -included on the command line. If no argument is given, the current user's home -directory is checked for the presence of a \fB\&.forward\fR file. If any -arguments are given, they are assumed to be valid logins, and the home -directory of each one is checked. -.sp -.LP -If the special argument \fBALL\fR is given, the \fBpasswd\fR entry in the -\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR file is checked, and all password entries that can be -obtained through the switch file are checked. In large domains, this can be -time-consuming. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogin\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Where \fIlogin\fR is a valid user name, checks the home directory for -\fIlogin\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBALL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Checks the home directory of \fBall\fR users. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/sendmail.cf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Defines environment for \fBsendmail\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Ascii mail aliases file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBgetent\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBaliases\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/chroot.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/chroot.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1c58398f24..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/chroot.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" Portions Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" -.Dd March 18, 2021 -.Dt CHROOT 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm chroot -.Nd change root directory for a command -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Ar newroot -.Ar command -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility causes -.Ar command -to be executed relative to -.Ar newroot . -The meaning of any initial slash -.Pq / -in the path names is changed to -.Ar newroot -for -.Ar command -and any of its child processes. -Upon execution, the initial working directory is -.Ar newroot . -.Pp -Notice that redirecting the output of -.Ar command -to a file, such as in: -.Pp -.D1 Nm chroot Ar newroot Ar command Sy > Pa xyz -.Pp -will create the file -.Pa xyz -relative to the original root of -.Ar command , -not the new one. -.Pp -The new root path name is always relative to the current root. -Even if a -.Nm -is currently in effect, the -.Ar newroot -argument is relative to the current root of the running process. -.Pp -This command can be run only by the super-user. -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The exit status of -.Nm -is the exit status of -.Ar command . -.Sh OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ar -.It Ar newroot -The new root directory. -.It Ar command -The command to be executed relative to -.Ar newroot . -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Sy Example 1 -Using the -.Nm -Utility -.Pp -The -.Nm -utility provides an easy way to extract -.Sy tar -files -.Pq see Xr tar 1 -written with absolute filenames to a different location. -It is necessary to copy the shared libraries used by -.Sy tar -.Pq see Xr ldd 1 -to the -.Ar newroot -filesystem. -.Bd -literal -offset indent -example# mkdir -p /tmp/lib /tmp/usr/lib -example# cd /lib && cp ld.so.1 \e - libavl.so.1 libc.so.1 libcmdutils.so.1 libcustr.so.1 \e - libm.so.2 libmd.so.1 libmp.so.2 libnsl.so.1 \e - libnvpair.so.1 libsec.so.1 libsecdb.so.1 libtsol.so.2 \e - libuutil.so.1 /tmp/lib/ -example# cp /usr/lib/libidmap.so.1 /tmp/usr/lib/ -example# cp /usr/bin/tar /tmp -example# dd if=/dev/rmt/0 | chroot /tmp tar xvf - -.Ed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr cd 1 , -.Xr ldd 1 , -.Xr tar 1 , -.Xr chroot 2 , -.Xr ttyname 3C , -.Xr attributes 5 -.Sh NOTES -Exercise extreme caution when referencing device files in the new root file -system. -.Pp -References by routines such as -.Xr ttyname 3C -to -.Dv stdin , -.Dv stdout , -and -.Dv stderr -will find that the device associated with the file descriptor is unknown after -.Nm -is run. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/clear_locks.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/clear_locks.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3cf88bc6d7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/clear_locks.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CLEAR_LOCKS 1M "Oct 6, 2004" -.SH NAME -clear_locks \- clear locks held on behalf of an NFS client -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/clear_locks\fR [\fB-s\fR] \fIhostname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBclear_locks\fR command removes all file, record, and share locks created -by the \fIhostname\fR and held on the current host, regardless of which process -created or owns the locks. -.sp -.LP -This command can be run only by the super-user. -.sp -.LP -This command should only be used to repair the rare case of a client crashing -and failing to clear held locks. Clearing locks held by an active client may -cause applications to fail in an unexpected manner. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove all locks created by the current machine and held by the server -\fIhostname\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -name of host server -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -If not root. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Usage error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -If unable to contact server (\fBRPC\fR). -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/clinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/clinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4eb59dfa9c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/clinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CLINFO 1M "Mar 12, 2002" -.SH NAME -clinfo \- display cluster information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBclinfo\fR [\fB-nh\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBclinfo\fR command displays cluster configuration information about the -node from which the command is executed. -.sp -.LP -Without arguments, \fBclinfo\fR returns an exit status of \fB0\fR if the node -is configured and booted as part of a cluster. Otherwise, \fBclinfo\fR returns -an exit status of \fB1\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the highest node number allowed to be configured. This is different -from the maximum number of nodes supported in a given cluster. The current -highest configured node number can change immediately after the command returns -since new nodes can be dynamically added to a running cluster. -.sp -For example, \fBclinfo\fR \fB-h\fR might return \fB64\fR, meaning that the -highest number you can use to identify a node is \fB64\fR. See the \fISun -Cluster 3.0 System Administration Guide\fR for a description of utilities you -can use to determine the number of nodes in a cluster. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Prints the number of the node from which \fBclinfo\fR is executed. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.sp -This is usually because the node is not configured or booted as part of a -cluster. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/clri.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/clri.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 43fa71abac..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/clri.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CLRI 1M "Sep 16, 1996" -.SH NAME -clri, dcopy \- clear inode -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBclri\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-V\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fIi-number\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdcopy\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-V\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fIi-number\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBclri\fR writes zeros on the inodes with the decimal \fIi-number\fR on the -file system stored on \fIspecial\fR. After \fBclri\fR, any blocks in the -affected file show up as missing in an \fBfsck\fR(1M) of \fIspecial\fR. -.sp -.LP -Read and write permission is required on the specified file system device. The -inode becomes allocatable. -.sp -.LP -The primary purpose of this routine is to remove a file that for some reason -appears in no directory. If it is used to zap an inode that does appear in a -directory, care should be taken to track down the entry and remove it. -Otherwise, when the inode is reallocated to some new file, the old entry will -still point to that file. At that point, removing the old entry will destroy -the new file. The new entry will again point to an unallocated inode, so the -whole cycle is likely to be repeated again and again. -.sp -.LP -\fBdcopy\fR is a symbolic link to \fBclri\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fI FSType\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify the \fIFSType\fR on which to operate. The \fIFSType\fR should either -be specified here or be determinable from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR by matching -\fIspecial\fR with an entry in the table, or by consulting -\fB/etc/default/fs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Echo the complete command line, but do not execute the command. The command -line is generated by using the options and arguments provided by the user and -adding to them information derived from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR. This option should -be used to verify and validate the command line. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBclri\fR and -\fBdcopy\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 -bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/fs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Default local file system type -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -List of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This command might not be supported for all \fIFSTypes\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/connstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/connstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e87edbe3eb..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/connstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" CDDL HEADER START -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" CDDL HEADER END -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2016 by Delphix. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd August 15, 2019 -.Dt CONNSTAT 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm connstat -.Nd report TCP connection statistics -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl eLP -.Op Fl 4 Ns | Ns Fl 6 -.Op Fl T Sy d Ns | Ns Sy u -.Op Fl F Ar filter -.Op Fl i Ar interval -.Op Fl c Ar count -.Op Fl o Ar field Ns Oo , Ns Ar field Oc Ns ... -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command reports TCP connection statistics in tabular form. -Each row of the table represents the activity of one connection. -The -.Nm -command adds virtually no overhead to run as it is aggregating statistics that -are always collected in the kernel. -.Pp -With no arguments, -.Nm -prints a single report containing all TCP connections, and includes a basic -set of fields representing IP address and port information, as well as connection -state. -The -.Fl o -flag can be used to specify which fields to display, and other arguments to -filter the set of connections included in the output. -.Sh OPTIONS -The arguments are as follows: -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Fl 4 , Fl -ipv4 -Only displays IPv4 connections. -.It Fl 6 , Fl -ipv6 -Only displays IPv6 connections -.It Fl c Ar count , Fl -count Ns = Ns Ar count -Print a specified number of reports before exiting. -This is used in conjunction with -.Fl i . -.It Fl e , Fl -established -Only display connections that are in state ESTABLISHED. -This is equivalent to including -.Sy state=ESTABLISHED -in the filter argument to the -.Fl F -option. -.It Fl F Ar filter , Fl -filter Ns = Ns Ar filter -Only display connections that match the filter argument provided. -The format of the filter is: -.Pp -.Ar field Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Oo , Ns Ar field Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Pp -Fields that can currently be filtered are -.Ar laddr , Ar lport , Ar raddr , Ar rport , and Ar state . -See the -.Sx Fields -section for a description of these fields. -The filter matches a connection if all of the filter elements match, and a -field must only appears once in the filter. -.It Fl i Ar interval , Fl -interval Ns = Ns Ar interval -Specify an output interval in seconds. -For each interval, a report containing all connections appropriate given other -command-line options is printed. -.It Fl L , Fl -no-loopback -Exclude connections to the loopback address. -.It Fl o Ar fields , Fl -output Ns = Ns Ar fields -Restrict the output to the specified comma-delimited list of field names. -See the -.Sx Fields -section for information about possible fields. -.It Fl P , Fl -parsable -Display using a stable, machine-parsable output format. -The -.Fl o -flag must also be given to specify which fields to output and their order. -Each line of output will consist of comma-delimited (,) fields, -and no header will be emittted. -When also using the -.Fl T -option, lines indicating the current time will begin with -.Dq "= " . -See -.Sx Example 4 -for an example of how to process parsable output. -.It Fl T Sy d Ns | Ns Sy u , Fl -timestamp Ns = Ns Sy d Ns | Ns Sy u -Print a timestamp before each block of output. -.Pp -Specify -.Sy u -for a printed representation of the internal representation of time (see -.Xr time 2 Ns ). -Specify -.Sy d -for standard date format (see -.Xr date 1 Ns ). -.El -.Ss Fields -The following fields are supported. -Field names are case insensitive. -Unless otherwise indicated, the values of fields that represent a count (e.g. -bytes or segments) are cumulative since the connection was established. -Some of these fields refer to data segments, which are segments that contain -non-zero amount of data. -All sizes are in bytes. -.Bl -tag -width "inunorderbytes" -.It Sy cwnd -The size of the local TCP congestion window at this instant. -.It Sy inbytes -The number of data bytes received. -This does not include duplicate bytes received. -.It Sy insegs -The number of data segments received. -This does not include duplicate segments received. -.It Sy inunorderbytes -The number of data bytes that were received out of order. -.It Sy inunordersegs -The number of data segments that were received out of order. -.It Sy laddr -The local IP address. -.It Sy lport -The local TCP port. -.It Sy mss -The maximum TCP segment size for this connection. -.It Sy outbytes -The number of data bytes sent. -This does not include retransmitted bytes counted by -.Sy retransbytes . -.It Sy outsegs -The number of data segments sent. -This does not include segments containing retransmitted bytes counted by -.Sy retranssegs . -.It Sy raddr -The remote IP address. -.It Sy retransbytes -The number of data bytes retransmitted. -.It Sy retranssegs -The number of data segments sent that contained retransmitted bytes. -.It Sy rport -The remote TCP port. -.It Sy rto -The current retransmission timeout in milliseconds. -.It Sy rtt -The current smoothed round-trip time to the peer in microseconds. -The smoothed RTT average algorithm used is as described in RFC 6298. -.It Sy rttvar -The current smoothed variation of the round-trip time to the peer in -microseconds. -.It Sy rttc -The number of times that a round-trip sample was added to -.Sy rtts . -See -.Sy rtts -for a description of how these two fields can be used together to calculate the -average round-trip over a given period. -.It Sy rtts -The sum of all round-trip samples taken over the lifetime of the connection in -microseconds. -Each time TCP updates the value of -.Sy rtt -with a new sample, that sample's value is added to -.Sy rtts . -To calculate the average round-trip over a given period (e.g. between T1 and T2), -take samples of -.Sy rtts -and -.Sy rttc -at T1 and T2, and calculate -.br -(( -.Sy rtts Ns -_T2 - -.Sy rtts Ns -_T1 ) / ( -.Sy rttc Ns -_T2 - -.Sy rttc Ns -_T1 )). -.br -See -.Sx Example 4 -for an example of how this can be done programmatically from a shell script. -.It Sy rwnd -The size of the local TCP receive window at this instant. -.It Sy state -The TCP connection state. -Possible values are: -.Bl -tag -width "SYN_RECEIVED" -.It Sy BOUND -Bound, ready to connect or listen. -.It Sy CLOSED -Closed. -The local endpoint (e.g. socket) is not being used. -.It Sy CLOSING -Closed, but still waiting for a termination acknowledgment from the peer. -.It Sy CLOSE_WAIT -The peer has shutdown; waiting for the local endpoint to close. -.It Sy ESTABLISHED -Connection has been established and data can be transferred. -.It Sy FIN_WAIT_1 -Local endpoint is closed, but waiting for termination acknowledgment from the -peer. -.It Sy FIN_WAIT_2 -Local endpoint is closed, but waiting for a termination request from the peer. -.It Sy IDLE -The local endpoint (e.g. socket) has been opened, but is not bound. -.It Sy LAST_ACK -The remote endpoint has terminated, and the local endpoint has sent a termination -request. -The acknowledgment for this request has not been received. -.It Sy LISTEN -Listening for incoming connections. -.It Sy SYN_RECEIVED -Initial connection request has been received and acknowledged, and a connection -request has been sent but not yet acknowledged. -.It Sy SYN_SENT -A connection establishment request has been sent but not yet acknowledged. -.It Sy TIME_WAIT -Waiting for time to pass after having sent an acknowledgment for the peer's -connection termination request. -.El -.Pp -See RFC 793 for a more complete understanding of the TCP protocol and TCP -connection states. -.It Sy suna -The number of unacknowledged bytes outstanding at this instant. -.It Sy swnd -The size of the local TCP send window (the peer's receive window) at this -instant. -.It Sy unsent -The number of unsent bytes in the local TCP transmit queue at this instant. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The -.Nm -utility exits 0 on success, or 1 if an error occurs. -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Sy Example 1 List established connections. -By default, connstat lists basic connection details. -Using the -.Fl e -option allows the user to get a quick glance of established connections. -.Bd -literal -$ connstat -e - LADDR LPORT RADDR RPORT STATE - 10.43.37.172 51275 172.16.105.4 389 ESTABLISHED - 10.43.37.172 22 172.16.98.16 62270 ESTABLISHED - 10.43.37.172 1020 172.16.100.162 2049 ESTABLISHED - 10.43.37.172 1019 10.43.11.64 2049 ESTABLISHED - 10.43.37.172 22 172.16.98.16 61520 ESTABLISHED - 10.43.37.172 80 10.43.16.132 59467 ESTABLISHED -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2 Show one connection's I/O stats every second -The -.Fl F -option is used to filter a specific connection, -.Fl o -is used to output specific fields, and -.Fl i -to provide the output interval in seconds. -.Bd -literal -$ connstat -F lport=22,rport=49675,raddr=172.16.168.30 \e - -o inbytes,outbytes -i 1 - INBYTES OUTBYTES - 9589 18101 - INBYTES OUTBYTES - 9589 18341 - INBYTES OUTBYTES - 9589 18501 - INBYTES OUTBYTES - 9589 18661 - ... -.Ed -.It Sy Example 3 Understanding the bottleneck for a given connection -Understanding the transmit bottleneck for a connection requires knowing the -size of the congestion window, whether the window is full, and the round-trip -time to the peer. -The congestion window is full when -.Sy suna -is equal to -.Sy cwnd . -If the window is full, then the throughput is limited by the size of the window -and the round-trip time. -In that case, knowing these two values is critical. -Either the window is small because of retransmissions, or the round-trip -latency is high, or both. -In the example below, the window is small due to high congestion or an -unreliable network. -.Bd -literal -$ connstat -F lport=41934,rport=50001 \e - -o outbytes,suna,cwnd,unsent,retransbytes,rtt -T d -i 1 -July 7, 2016 11:04:40 AM EDT - OUTBYTES SUNA CWND UNSENT RETRANSBYTES RTT - 1647048093 47784 47784 3017352 3701844 495 -July 7, 2016 11:04:41 AM EDT - OUTBYTES SUNA CWND UNSENT RETRANSBYTES RTT - 1660720109 41992 41992 1535032 3765556 673 -July 7, 2016 11:04:42 AM EDT - OUTBYTES SUNA CWND UNSENT RETRANSBYTES RTT - 1661875613 26064 26064 4311688 3829268 571 -July 7, 2016 11:04:43 AM EDT - OUTBYTES SUNA CWND UNSENT RETRANSBYTES RTT - 1681478637 41992 41992 437304 3932076 1471 -July 7, 2016 11:04:44 AM EDT - OUTBYTES SUNA CWND UNSENT RETRANSBYTES RTT - 1692028765 44888 44888 1945800 4014612 921 -\&... -.Ed -.It Sy Example 4 Calculating average RTT over intervals -As described in the -.Sx Fields -section, the -.Sy rtts -and -.Sy rttc -fields can be used to calculate average RTT over a period of time. -The following example combines machine parsable output with these fields to do -this programmatically. -The script: -.Bd -literal -#!/bin/bash - -i=0 -connstat -P -F lport=41934,rport=50001 -o rttc,rtts -i 1 | \e - while IFS=, read rttc[$i] rtts[$i]; do - if [[ $i != 0 ]]; then - let rtt="(${rtts[$i]} - ${rtts[$i - 1]}) / \e - (${rttc[$i]} - ${rttc[$i - 1]})" - print "avg rtt = ${rtt}us" - fi - ((i++)) -done -.Ed -.Pp -The output: -.Bd -literal -\&... -avg rtt = 992us -avg rtt = 829us -avg rtt = 712us -avg rtt = 869us -\&... -.Ed -.It Sy Example 5 Show HTTP server connections in TIME_WAIT state -Connections accumulating in TIME_WAIT state can sometimes be an issue, as these -connections linger and take up port number space while their time wait timer -is ticking. -.Bd -literal -$ connstat -F state=time_wait,lport=80 - LADDR LPORT RADDR RPORT STATE - 10.43.37.172 80 172.16.168.30 56067 TIME_WAIT - 10.43.37.172 80 172.16.168.30 56068 TIME_WAIT - 10.43.37.172 80 172.16.168.30 56070 TIME_WAIT -.Ed -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -The command line options for this command are stable, but the output format -when not using the -.Fl P -option and diagnostic messages are not. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr netstat 1M -.Rs -.%A J. Postel -.%B Transmission Control Protocol, STD 7, RFC 793 -.%D September 1981 -.Re -.Rs -.%A V. Paxson -.%A M. Allman -.%A J. Chu -.%A M. Sargent -.%B Computing TCP's Retransmission Timer, RFC 6298 -.%D June 2011 -.Re diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/consadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/consadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6a173559c5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/consadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CONSADM 1M "Oct 27, 2004" -.SH NAME -consadm \- select or display devices used as auxiliary console devices -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/consadm\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/consadm\fR [\fB-a\fR \fIdevice\fR.\|.\|.] [\fB-p\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/consadm\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR.\|.\|.] [\fB-p\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/consadm\fR [\fB-p\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBconsadm\fR selects the hardware \fIdevice\fR or devices to be used as -auxiliary console devices, or displays the current device. Only superusers are -allowed to make or display auxiliary console device selections. -.sp -.LP -Auxiliary console devices receive copies of \fBconsole\fR messages, and can be -used as the console during \fBsingle user\fR mode. In particular, they receive -kernel messages and messages directed to \fB/dev/sysmsg\fR. On Solaris x86 -based systems they can also be used for interaction with the bootstrap. -.sp -.LP -By default, selecting a display device to be used as an auxiliary console -device selects that device for the duration the system remains up. If the -administrator needs the selection to persist across reboots the \fB-p\fR option -can be specified. -.sp -.LP -\fBconsadm\fR runs a daemon in the background, monitoring auxiliary console -devices. Any devices that are disconnected (hang up, lose carrier) are removed -from the auxiliary console device list, though not from the persistent list. -While auxiliary console devices may have been removed from the device list -receiving copies of \fBconsole\fR messages, those messages will always continue -to be displayed by the default console device. -.sp -.LP -The daemon will not run if it finds there are not any auxiliary devices -configured to monitor. Likewise, after the last auxiliary console is removed, -the daemon will shut itself down. Therefore the daemon persists for only as -long as auxiliary console devices remain active. -.sp -.LP -See \fBeeprom\fR(1M) for instructions on assigning an auxiliary console device -as the system console. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Adds \fIdevice\fR to the list of auxiliary console devices. Specify -\fIdevice\fR as the path name to the device or devices to be added to the -auxiliary console device list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Removes \fIdevice\fR from the list of auxiliary console devices. Specify -\fIdevice\fR as the path name to the device or devices to be removed from the -auxiliary console device list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Prints the list of auxiliary consoles that will be auxiliary across reboots. -.sp -When invoked with the \fB-a\fR or \fB-d\fR options , tells the application to -make the change persist across reboot. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding to the list of devices that will receive console -messages -.sp -.LP -The following command adds \fB/dev/term/a\fR to the list of devices that will -receive console messages. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBconsadm -a /dev/term/a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRemoving from the list of devices that will receive console -messages -.sp -.LP -The following command removes \fB/dev/term/a\fR from the list of devices that -will receive console messages. This includes removal from the persistent list. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBconsadm -d -p /dev/term/a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRPrinting the list of devices selected as auxiliary console -devices -.sp -.LP -The following command prints the name or names of the device or devices -currently selected as auxiliary console devices. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBconsadm\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBconsadm\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, -and \fBNLSPATH\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Level Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBeeprom\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), -\fBkadb\fR(1M), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBsysmsg\fR(7d), \fBconsole\fR(7d) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Auxiliary console devices are not usable for \fBkadb\fR or firmware \fBI/O\fR, -do not receive panic messages, and do not receive output directed to -\fB/dev/console\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBconsadm\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/consadm -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8463ee775c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CONV_LP 1M "Sep 9, 1996" -.SH NAME -conv_lp \- convert LP configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBconv_lp\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBconv_lp\fR reads \fBLP\fR printer configuration information from a -directory and converts it to an output file for use with print client software. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The root (`\fB / \fR') directory from which \fBLP\fR configuration information -is read. The default is root (`\fB / \fR'). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fI file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The output file to which \fBconv_lp\fR writes the converted \fBLP\fR -configuration information. The default is \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConverting \fBLP\fR Configuration Information from the Default -Directory and File -.sp -.LP -The following example converts \fBLP\fR configuration information from -directory root (\fB/\fR) to file \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBconv_lp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRConverting \fBLP\fR Configuration Information From a Specified -Directory and File -.sp -.LP -The following example converts \fBLP\fR configuration information from -directory \fB/export/root/client\fR to file -\fB/export/root/client/etc/printers.conf\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBconv_lp -d /export/root/client -f\e - /export/root/client/etc/printers.conf\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -System printer configuration database. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlpset\fR(1M), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 05efea6f71..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/conv_lpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CONV_LPD 1M "Sep 9, 1996" -.SH NAME -conv_lpd \- convert LPD configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBconv_lpd\fR [\fB-c\fR printers | \fB-c\fR printcap] [\fB-n\fR] \fIfile\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBconv_lpd\fR converts \fBLPD\fR printer configuration information from -\fIfile\fR to a \fBprinters.conf\fR or a \fBprintcap\fR file (see -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4)). \fIfile\fR specifies the name of the input file, and -can be either in \fBprinters.conf\fR or \fBprintcap\fR format. If \fIfile\fR -is in \fBprinters.conf\fR format, it converts it to a \fBprintcap\fR file. If -\fIfile\fR is in \fBprintcap\fR format, it converts it to a -\fBprinters.conf\fR file. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-c\fR\fB printers \fR|\fB \fR\fB-c\fR\fB printcap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specifies the type of output file produced by the conversion. \fB-c\fR -\fBprinters\fR converts to a \fBprinters.conf\fR file. \fB-c\fR \fBprintcap\fR -converts to a \fBprintcap\fR file. \fB-c\fR \fBprinters\fR is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Preserves the namelist during the conversion. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The file to be converted. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConverting a \fBprintcap\fR file to a \fBprinters.conf\fR -file. -.sp -.LP -The following example converts a \fBprintcap\fR file to a \fBprinters.conf\fR -file. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample% conv_lpd /etc/printcap\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRConverting a \fBprintcap\fR file to a \fBprinters.conf\fR file -and preserving the namelist. -.sp -.LP -The following example converts a \fBprintcap\fR file to a \fBprinters.conf\fR -file and preserves the namelist. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample% conv_lpd -c printers -n /etc/printcap\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRConverting a \fBprinters.conf\fR file to a \fBprintcap\fR -file and preserving the namelist. -.sp -.LP -The following example converts a \fBprinters.conf\fR file to a \fBprintcap\fR -file and preserves the namelist. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample% conv_lpd -c printcap -n /etc/printers.conf\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -System printer configuration database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printcap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -SunOS 4.\fIx\fR printer capability database. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlpset\fR(1M), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/coreadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/coreadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3073d5ce8c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/coreadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,721 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2021 Oxide Computer Company -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH COREADM 1M "August 3, 2021" -.SH NAME -coreadm \- core file administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBcoreadm\fR [\fB-g\fR \fIpattern\fR] [\fB-G\fR \fIcontent\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIpattern\fR] [\fB-I\fR \fIcontent\fR] - [\fB-d\fR \fIoption\fR]... [\fB-e\fR \fIoption\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcoreadm\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpattern\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIcontent\fR] [\fIpid\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBcoreadm\fR specifies the name and location of core files produced by -abnormally-terminating processes. See \fBcore\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -Only users and roles that belong to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile -can execute the first form of the \fBSYNOPSIS\fR. This form configures -system-wide core file options, including a global core file name pattern and a -core file name pattern for the \fBinit\fR(1M) process. All settings are saved -persistently and will be applied at boot. -.sp -.LP -Non-privileged users can execute the second form of the \fBSYNOPSIS\fR. This -form specifies the file name pattern and core file content that the operating -system uses to generate a per-process core file. -.sp -.LP -A core file name pattern is a normal file system path name with embedded -variables, specified with a leading \fB%\fR character. The variables are -expanded from values that are effective when a core file is generated by the -operating system. The possible embedded variables are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Executable file directory name, up to a maximum of \fBMAXPATHLEN\fR characters -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Executable file name, up to a maximum of \fBMAXCOMLEN\fR characters -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Effective group-\fBID\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Machine name (\fBuname\fR \fB-m\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System node name (\fBuname\fR \fB-n\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process-\fBID\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Decimal value of \fBtime\fR(2) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Effective user-\fBID\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%z\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the zone in which process executed (\fBzonename\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B %Z -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path to the root of the zone in which process executed -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%%\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Literal \fB%\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For example, the core file name pattern \fB/var/cores/core.%f.%p\fR would -result, for command \fBfoo\fR with process-\fBID\fR \fB1234\fR, in the core -file name \fB/var/cores/core.foo.1234\fR. -.sp -.LP -A core file content description is specified using a series of tokens to -identify parts of a process's binary image: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBanon\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Anonymous private mappings, including thread stacks that are not main thread -stacks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBctf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -CTF type information sections for loaded object files -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdata\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Writable private file mappings -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdebug\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Debug sections, commonly DWARF. All sections that begin with '.debug_'. -Note, this does capture non-DWARF related sections that begin with the -string pattern; however, at this time other debug formats such as STABS -are not included. Other debug formats would be included here in the -future. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdism\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -DISM mappings -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBheap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process heap -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBism\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -ISM mappings -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrodata\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read-only private file mappings -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshanon\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Anonymous shared mappings -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shared mappings that are backed by files -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System V shared memory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstack\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process stack -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsymtab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Symbol table sections for loaded object files -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtext\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Readable and executable private file mappings -.RE - -.sp -.LP -In addition, you can use the token \fBall\fR to indicate that core files should -include all of these parts of the process's binary image. You can use the token -\fBnone\fR to indicate that no mappings are to be included. The \fBdefault\fR -token indicates inclusion of the system default content -(\fBstack+heap+shm+ism+dism+text+data+rodata+anon+shanon+ctf+symtab\fR). The -\fB/proc\fR file system data structures are always present in core files -regardless of the mapping content. -.sp -.LP -You can use \fB+\fR and \fB-\fR to concatenate tokens. For example, the core -file content \fBdefault-ism\fR would produce a core file with the default set -of mappings without any intimate shared memory mappings. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcoreadm\fR command with no arguments reports the current system -configuration, for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ coreadm - global core file pattern: /var/cores/core.%f.%p - global core file content: all - init core file pattern: core - init core file content: default - global core dumps: enabled - per-process core dumps: enabled - global setid core dumps: enabled -per-process setid core dumps: disabled - global core dump logging: disabled -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBcoreadm\fR command with only a list of process-\fBID\fRs reports each -process's per-process core file name pattern, for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ coreadm 278 5678 - 278: core.%f.%p default - 5678: /home/george/cores/%f.%p.%t all-ism -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Only the owner of a process or a user with the \fBproc_owner\fR privilege can -interrogate a process in this manner. -.sp -.LP -When a process is dumping core, up to three core files can be produced: one in -the per-process location, one in the system-wide global location, and, if the -process was running in a local (non-global) zone, one in the global location -for the zone in which that process was running. Each core file is generated -according to the effective options for the corresponding location. -.sp -.LP -When generated, a global core file is created in mode \fB600\fR and owned by -the superuser. Nonprivileged users cannot examine such files. -.sp -.LP -Ordinary per-process core files are created in mode \fB600\fR under the -credentials of the process. The owner of the process can examine such files. -.sp -.LP -A process that is or ever has been \fBsetuid\fR or \fBsetgid\fR since its last -\fBexec\fR(2) presents security issues that relate to dumping core. Similarly, -a process that initially had superuser privileges and lost those privileges -through \fBsetuid\fR(2) also presents security issues that are related to -dumping core. A process of either type can contain sensitive information in its -address space to which the current nonprivileged owner of the process should -not have access. If \fBsetid\fR core files are enabled, they are created mode -\fB600\fR and owned by the superuser. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIoption\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the specified core file option. See the \fB-e\fR \fIoption\fR for -descriptions of possible options. -.sp -Multiple \fB-e\fR and \fB-d\fR options can be specified on the command line. -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIoption\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the specified core file option. Specify \fIoption\fR as one of the -following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBglobal\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow core dumps that use global core pattern. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBglobal-setid\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow set-id core dumps that use global core pattern. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBlog\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Generate a \fBsyslog\fR(3C) message when generation of a global core file is -attempted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprocess\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow core dumps that use per-process core pattern. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBproc-setid\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow set-id core dumps that use per-process core pattern. -.sp -Multiple \fB-e\fR and \fB-d\fR options can be specified on the command line. -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the global core file name pattern to \fIpattern\fR. The pattern must start -with a \fB/\fR and can contain any of the special \fB%\fR variables that are -described in the \fBDESCRIPTION\fR. -.sp -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIcontent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the global core file content to content. You must specify content by using -the tokens that are described in the \fBDESCRIPTION\fR. -.sp -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default per-process core file name to \fIpattern\fR. This changes the -per-process pattern for any process whose per-process pattern is still set to -the default. Processes that have had their per-process pattern set or are -descended from a process that had its per-process pattern set (using the -\fB-p\fR option) are unaffected. This default persists across reboot. -.sp -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR \fIcontent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default per-process core file content to \fIcontent\fR. This changes -the per-process content for any process whose per-process content is still set -to the default. Processes that have had their per-process content set or are -descended from a process that had its per-process content set (using the -\fB-P\fR option) are unaffected. This default persists across reboot. -.sp -Only users and roles belonging to the "Maintenance and Repair" RBAC profile can -use this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the per-process core file name pattern to \fIpattern\fR for each of the -specified process-\fBID\fRs. The pattern can contain any of the special \fB%\fR -variables described in the \fBDESCRIPTION\fR and need not begin with \fB/\fR. -If the pattern does not begin with \fB/\fR, it is evaluated relative to the -directory that is current when the process generates a core file. -.sp -A nonprivileged user can apply the \fB-p\fR option only to processes that are -owned by that user. A user with the \fBproc_owner\fR privilege can apply the -option to any process. The per-process core file name pattern is inherited by -future child processes of the affected processes. See \fBfork\fR(2). -.sp -If no process-\fBID\fRs are specified, the \fB-p\fR option sets the per-process -core file name pattern to \fIpattern\fR on the parent process (usually the -shell that ran \fBcoreadm\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIcontent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the per-process core file content to \fIcontent\fR for each of the -specified process-IDs. The content must be specified by using the tokens that -are described in the \fBDESCRIPTION\fR. -.sp -A nonprivileged user can apply the \fB-p\fR option only to processes that are -owned by that user. A user with the \fBproc_owner\fR privilege can apply the -option to any process. The per-process core file name pattern is inherited by -future child processes of the affected processes. See \fBfork\fR(2). -.sp -If no process-\fBID\fRs are specified, the \fB-P\fR option sets the per-process -file content to \fIcontent\fR on the parent process (usually the shell that ran -\fBcoreadm\fR). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -process-\fBID\fR -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting the Core File Name Pattern -.sp -.LP -When executed from a user's \fB$HOME/.profile\fR or \fB$HOME/.login\fR, the -following command sets the core file name pattern for all processes that are -run during the login session: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ coreadm -p core.%f.%p -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that since the process-\fBID\fR is omitted, the per-process core file name -pattern will be set in the shell that is currently running and is inherited by -all child processes. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDumping a User's Files Into a Subdirectory -.sp -.LP -The following command dumps all of a user's core dumps into the \fBcorefiles\fR -subdirectory of the home directory, discriminated by the system node name. This -command is useful for users who use many different machines but have a shared -home directory. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ coreadm -p $HOME/corefiles/%n.%f.%p 1234 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCulling the Global Core File Repository -.sp -.LP -The following commands set up the system to produce core files in the global -repository only if the executables were run from \fB/usr/bin\fR or -\fB/usr/sbin\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# mkdir -p /var/cores/usr/bin -example# mkdir -p /var/cores/usr/sbin -example# coreadm -G all -g /var/cores/%d/%f.%p.%n -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/cores\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory provided for global core file storage. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A fatal error occurred while either obtaining or modifying the system core file -configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB2\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalid command-line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBgcore\fR(1), \fBpfexec\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinit\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBfork\fR(2), \fBsetuid\fR(2), \fBtime\fR(2), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBcore\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -In a local (non-global) zone, the global settings apply to processes running in -that zone. In addition, the global zone's apply to processes run in any zone. -.sp -.LP -The term \fBglobal settings\fR refers to settings which are applied to the -system or zone as a whole, and does not necessarily imply that the settings are -to take effect in the global zone. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcoreadm\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/coreadm:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-g\fR, \fB-G\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-I\fR, \fB-e\fR, and \fB-d\fR options can -be also used by a user, role, or profile that has been granted both the -\fBsolaris.smf.manage.coreadm\fR and \fBsolaris.smf.value.coreadm\fR -authorizations. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cpustat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cpustat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3ec2265bde..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cpustat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.TH CPUSTAT 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -cpustat \- monitor system behavior using CPU performance counters -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBcpustat\fR \fB-c\fR \fIeventspec\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIeventspec\fR]... [\fB-p\fR \fIperiod\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d ] - [\fB-sntD\fR] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcpustat\fR \fB-h\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBcpustat\fR utility allows \fBCPU\fR performance counters to be used to -monitor the overall behavior of the \fBCPU\fRs in the system. -.sp -.LP -If \fIinterval\fR is specified, \fBcpustat\fR samples activity every -\fIinterval\fR seconds, repeating forever. If a \fIcount\fR is specified, the -statistics are repeated \fIcount\fR times. If neither are specified, an -interval of five seconds is used, and there is no limit to the number of -samples that are taken. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIeventspec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a set of events for the \fBCPU\fR performance counters to monitor. -The syntax of these event specifications is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -[picn=]\fIeventn\fR[,attr[\fIn\fR][=\fIval\fR]][,[picn=]\fIeventn\fR - [,attr[n][=\fIval\fR]],...,] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -You can use the \fB-h\fR option to obtain a list of available events and -attributes. This causes generation of the usage message. You can omit an -explicit counter assignment, in which case \fBcpustat\fR attempts to choose a -capable counter automatically. -.sp -Attribute values can be expressed in hexadecimal, octal, or decimal notation, -in a format suitable for \fBstrtoll\fR(3C). An attribute present in the event -specification without an explicit value receives a default value of \fB1\fR. An -attribute without a corresponding counter number is applied to all counters in -the specification. -.sp -The semantics of these event specifications can be determined by reading the -\fBCPU\fR manufacturer's documentation for the events. -.sp -Multiple \fB-c\fR options can be specified, in which case the command cycles -between the different event settings on each sample. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables debug mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints an extensive help message on how to use the utility and how to program -the processor-dependent counters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Omits all header output (useful if \fBcpustat\fR is the beginning of a -pipeline). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIperiod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes \fBcpustat\fR to cycle through the list of \fIeventspec\fRs every -\fIperiod\fR seconds. The tool sleeps after each cycle until \fIperiod\fR -seconds have elapsed since the first \fIeventspec\fR was measured. -.sp -When this option is present, the optional \fIcount\fR parameter specifies the -number of total cycles to make (instead of the number of total samples to -take). If \fIperiod\fR is less than the number of \fIeventspec\fRs times -\fIinterval\fR, the tool acts as it period is \fB0\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates an idle soaker thread to spin while system-only \fIeventspec\fRs are -bound. One idle soaker thread is bound to each CPU in the current processor -set. System-only \fIeventspec\fRs contain both the \fBnouser\fR and the -\fBsys\fR tokens and measure events that occur while the CPU is operating in -privileged mode. This option prevents the kernel's idle loop from running and -triggering system-mode events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a time stamp. -.sp -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints an additional column of processor cycle counts, if available on the -current architecture. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.LP -A closely related utility, \fBcputrack\fR(1), can be used to monitor the -behavior of individual applications with little or no interference from other -activities on the system. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcpustat\fR utility must be run by the super-user, as there is an -intrinsic conflict between the use of the \fBCPU\fR performance counters -system-wide by \fBcpustat\fR and the use of the \fBCPU\fR performance counters -to monitor an individual process (for example, by \fBcputrack\fR.) -.sp -.LP -Once any instance of this utility has started, no further per-process or -per-\fBLWP\fR use of the counters is allowed until the last instance of the -utility terminates. -.sp -.LP -The times printed by the command correspond to the wallclock time when the -hardware counters were actually sampled, instead of when the program told the -kernel to sample them. The time is derived from the same timebase as -\fBgethrtime\fR(3C). -.sp -.LP -The processor cycle counts enabled by the \fB-t\fR option always apply to both -user and system modes, regardless of the settings applied to the performance -counter registers. -.sp -.LP -On some hardware platforms running in system mode using the "sys" token, the -counters are implemented using 32-bit registers. While the kernel attempts to -catch all overflows to synthesize 64-bit counters, because of hardware -implementation restrictions, overflows can be lost unless the sampling interval -is kept short enough. The events most prone to wrap are those that count -processor clock cycles. If such an event is of interest, sampling should occur -frequently so that less than 4 billion clock cycles can occur between samples. -.sp -.LP -The output of cpustat is designed to be readily parsable by \fBnawk\fR(1) and -\fBperl\fR(1), thereby allowing performance tools to be composed by embedding -\fBcpustat\fR in scripts. Alternatively, tools can be constructed directly -using the same \fBAPI\fRs that \fBcpustat\fR is built upon using the facilities -of \fBlibcpc\fR(3LIB). See \fBcpc\fR(3CPC). -.sp -.LP -The \fBcpustat\fR utility only monitors the \fBCPU\fRs that are accessible to -it in the current processor set. Thus, several instances of the utility can be -running on the \fBCPU\fRs in different processor sets. See \fBpsrset\fR(1M) for -more information about processor sets. -.sp -.LP -Because \fBcpustat\fR uses \fBLWP\fRs bound to \fBCPU\fRs, the utility might -have to be terminated before the configuration of the relevant processor can be -changed. -.SH EXAMPLES -.SS "SPARC" -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRMeasuring External Cache References and Misses -.sp -.LP -The following example measures misses and references in the external cache. -These occur while the processor is operating in user mode on an UltraSPARC -machine. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% cpustat -c EC_ref,EC_misses 1 3 - - time cpu event pic0 pic1 - 1.008 0 tick 69284 1647 - 1.008 1 tick 43284 1175 - 2.008 0 tick 179576 1834 - 2.008 1 tick 202022 12046 - 3.008 0 tick 93262 384 - 3.008 1 tick 63649 1118 - 3.008 2 total 651077 18204 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "x86" -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRMeasuring Branch Prediction Success on Pentium 4 -.sp -.LP -The following example measures branch mispredictions and total branch -instructions in user and system mode on a Pentium 4 machine. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - example% cpustat -c \e - pic12=branch_retired,emask12=0x4,pic14=branch_retired,\e - emask14=0xf,sys 1 3 - - time cpu event pic12 pic14 - 1.010 1 tick 458 684 - 1.010 0 tick 305 511 - 2.010 0 tick 181 269 - 2.010 1 tick 469 684 - 3.010 0 tick 182 269 - 3.010 1 tick 468 684 - 3.010 2 total 2063 3101 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCounting Memory Accesses on Opteron -.sp -.LP -The following example determines the number of memory accesses made through -each memory controller on an Opteron, broken down by internal memory latency: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cpustat -c \e - pic0=NB_mem_ctrlr_page_access,umask0=0x01, \e - pic1=NB_mem_ctrlr_page_access,umask1=0x02, \e - pic2=NB_mem_ctrlr_page_access,umask2=0x04,sys \e - 1 - - time cpu event pic0 pic1 pic2 - 1.003 0 tick 41976 53519 7720 - 1.003 1 tick 5589 19402 731 - 2.003 1 tick 6011 17005 658 - 2.003 0 tick 43944 45473 7338 - 3.003 1 tick 7105 20177 762 - 3.003 0 tick 47045 48025 7119 - 4.003 0 tick 43224 46296 6694 - 4.003 1 tick 5366 19114 652 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH WARNINGS -.LP -By running the \fBcpustat\fR command, the super-user forcibly invalidates all -existing performance counter context. This can in turn cause all invocations of -the \fBcputrack\fR command, and other users of performance counter context, to -exit prematurely with unspecified errors. -.sp -.LP -If \fBcpustat\fR is invoked on a system that has \fBCPU\fR performance counters -which are not supported by Solaris, the following message appears: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cpustat: cannot access performance counters - Operation not applicable -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This error message implies that \fBcpc_open()\fR has failed and is documented -in \fBcpc_open\fR(3CPC). Review this documentation for more information about -the problem and possible solutions. -.sp -.LP -If a short interval is requested, \fBcpustat\fR might not be able to keep up -with the desired sample rate. In this case, some samples might be dropped. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBcputrack\fR(1), \fBnawk\fR(1), \fBperl\fR(1), \fBiostat\fR(1M), -\fBprstat\fR(1M), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBvmstat\fR(1M), \fBcpc\fR(3CPC), -\fBcpc_open\fR(3CPC), \fBcpc_bind_cpu\fR(3CPC), \fBgethrtime\fR(3C), -\fBstrtoll\fR(3C), \fBlibcpc\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -When \fBcpustat\fR is run on a Pentium 4 with HyperThreading enabled, a CPC set -is bound to only one logical CPU of each physical CPU. See -\fBcpc_bind_cpu\fR(3CPC). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cron.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cron.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3abeda24ba..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cron.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CRON 1M "Mar 30, 2017" -.SH NAME -cron \- clock daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/cron\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBcron\fR starts a process that executes commands at specified dates and -times. -.sp -.LP -You can specify regularly scheduled commands to \fBcron\fR according to -instructions found in \fBcrontab\fR files in the directory -\fB/var/spool/cron/crontabs\fR. Users can submit their own \fBcrontab\fR file -using the \fBcrontab\fR(1) command. Commands which are to be executed only once -can be submitted using the \fBat\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -\fBcron\fR only examines \fBcrontab\fR or \fBat\fR command files during its own -process initialization phase and when the \fBcrontab\fR or \fBat\fR command is -run. This reduces the overhead of checking for new or changed files at -regularly scheduled intervals. -.sp -.LP -As \fBcron\fR never exits, it should be executed only once. This is done -routinely by way of the \fBsvc:/system/cron:default\fR service. The file -\fB/etc/cron.d/FIFO\fR file is used as a lock file to prevent the execution of -more than one instance of \fBcron\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBcron\fR captures the output of the job's \fBstdout\fR and \fBstderr\fR -streams, and, if it is not empty, mails the output to the user. If the job does -not produce output, no mail is sent to the user. An exception is if the job is -an \fBat\fR(1) job and the \fB-m\fR option was specified when the job was -submitted. -.sp -.LP -\fBcron\fR and \fBat\fR jobs are not executed if your account is locked. -The \fBshadow\fR(4) file defines which accounts are not -locked and will have their jobs executed. -.SS "Setting cron Jobs Across Timezones" -.LP -The timezone of the \fBcron\fR daemon sets the system-wide timezone for -\fBcron\fR entries. This, in turn, is by set by default system-wide using -\fB/etc/default/init\fR. The timezone for \fBcron\fR entries can be overridden -in a user's crontab file; see \fBcrontab\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -If some form of \fBdaylight savings\fR or \fBsummer/winter time\fR is in -effect, then jobs scheduled during the switchover period could be executed -once, twice, or not at all. -.SS "Setting cron Defaults" -.LP -To keep a log of all actions taken by \fBcron\fR, you must specify -\fBCRONLOG=YES\fR in the \fB/etc/default/cron\fR file. If you specify -\fBCRONLOG=NO\fR, no logging is done. Keeping the log is a user configurable -option since \fBcron\fR usually creates huge log files. -.sp -.LP -You can specify the \fBPATH\fR for \fBuser\fR cron jobs by using -\fBPATH\fR\fB=\fR in \fB/etc/default/cron\fR. You can set the \fBPATH\fR for -\fBroot\fR cron jobs using \fBSU\fR\fBPATH\fR\fB=\fR in -\fB/etc/default/cron\fR. Carefully consider the security implications of -setting \fBPATH\fR and \fBSUPATH\fR. -.sp -.LP -Example \fB/etc/default/cron\fR file: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -CRONLOG=YES -PATH=/usr/bin:/usr/ucb: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This example enables logging and sets the default \fBPATH\fR used by non-root -jobs to \fB/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:\fR. Root jobs continue to use -\fB/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcron\fR log file is periodically rotated by \fBlogadm\fR(1M). -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/cron.d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Main \fBcron\fR directory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/cron.d/FIFO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Lock file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/cron\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -\fBcron\fR default settings file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/cron/log\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -\fBcron\fR history information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/cron\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Spool area -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/cron.d/queuedefs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Queue description file for \fBat\fR, \fBbatch\fR, and \fBcron\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Configuration file for \fBlogadm\fR -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBat\fR(1), \fBcrontab\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBlogadm\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBqueuedefs\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBrbac\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBsmf_security\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBcron\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/cron:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. Most administrative -actions may be delegated to users with the \fBsolaris.smf.manage.cron\fR -authorization (see \fBrbac\fR(5) and \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -A history of all actions taken by \fBcron\fR is stored in \fB/var/cron/log\fR -and possibly in \fB/var/cron/olog\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/cryptoadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/cryptoadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b722c7e0ff..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/cryptoadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,815 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH CRYPTOADM 1M "Sep 1, 2009" -.SH NAME -cryptoadm \- cryptographic framework administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR list [\fB-mpv\fR] [provider=\fIprovider-name\fR] - [mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR disable - provider=\fIprovider-name\fR mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR | random | all -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR enable - provider=\fIprovider-name\fR mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR | random | all -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR install provider=\fIprovider-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR install provider=\fIprovider-name\fR - [mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR uninstall provider=\fIprovider-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR unload provider=\fIprovider-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR disable fips-140 -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR enable fips-140 -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR list fips-140 -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR refresh -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR start -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR stop -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcryptoadm\fR \fB-\fR\fB-help\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBcryptoadm\fR utility displays cryptographic provider information for a -system, configures the mechanism policy for each provider, and installs or -uninstalls a cryptographic provider. The cryptographic framework supports three -types of providers: a user-level provider (a PKCS11 shared library), a kernel -software provider (a loadable kernel software module), and a kernel hardware -provider (a cryptographic hardware device). -.sp -.LP -For kernel software providers, the \fBcryptoadm\fR utility provides the -\fBunload\fR subcommand. This subcommand instructs the kernel to unload a -kernel software providers. -.sp -.LP -For the cryptographic framework's metaslot, the \fBcryptoadm\fR utility -provides subcommands to enable and disable the metaslot's features, list -metaslot's configuration, specify alternate persistent object storage, and -configure the metaslot's mechanism policy. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcryptoadm\fR utility provides subcommands to enable and disable FIPS-140 -mode in the Cryptographic Framework. It also provides a \fBlist\fR subcommand -to display the current status of FIPS-140 mode. -.sp -.LP -Administrators will find it useful to use \fBsyslog\fR facilities (see -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M) and \fBlogadm\fR(1M)) to maintain the cryptographic -subsystem. Logging can be especially useful under the following circumstances: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If kernel-level daemon is dead, all applications fail. You can learn this from -syslog and use \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) to restart the \fBsvc:/system/cryptosvc\fR -service. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If there are bad providers plugged into the framework, you can learn this from -syslog and remove the bad providers from the framework. -.RE -.sp -.LP -With the exception of the subcommands or options listed below, the -\fBcryptoadm\fR command needs to be run by a privileged user. -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -subcommand \fBlist\fR, any options -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -subcommand \fB-\fR\fB-help\fR -.RE -.SH OPTIONS -The \fBcryptoadm\fR utility has the various combinations of subcommands and -options shown below. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the list of installed providers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist metaslot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the system-wide configuration for metaslot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist\fR \fB-m\fR \fB[ provider=\fIprovider-name\fR | -metaslot ]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a list of mechanisms that can be used with the installed providers or -metaslot. If a provider is specified, display the name of the specified -provider and the mechanism list that can be used with that provider. If the -metaslot keyword is specified, display the list of mechanisms that can be used -with metaslot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist\fR \fB-p\fR \fB[ provider=\fIprovider-name\fR | -metaslot ]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the mechanism policy (that is, which mechanisms are available and which -are not) for the installed providers. Also display the provider feature policy -or metaslot. If a provider is specified, display the name of the provider with -the mechanism policy enforced on it only. If the metaslot keyword is specified, -display the mechanism policy enforced on the metaslot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist\fR \fB-v\fR \fBprovider=\fIprovider-name\fR | -metaslot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display details about the specified provider if a provider is specified. If the -metaslot keyword is specified, display details about the metaslot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For the various \fBlist\fR subcommands described above (except for \fBlist\fR -\fB-p\fR), the \fB-v\fR (verbose) option provides details about providers, -mechanisms and slots. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBdisable provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB[ mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR | \fIprovider-feature\fR \fB\&... |\fR -\fBall\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the mechanisms or provider features specified for the provider. See -OPERANDS for a description of \fImechanism\fR, \fIprovider-feature\fR, and the -\fBall\fR keyword. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fB[ mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR ] [ auto-key-migrate -]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the metaslot feature in the cryptographic framework or disable some of -metaslot's features. If no operand is specified, this command disables the -metaslot feature in the cryptographic framework. If a list of mechanisms is -specified, disable mechanisms specified for metaslot. If all mechanisms are -disabled for metaslot, the metaslot will be disabled. See OPERANDS for a -description of mechanism. If the \fBauto-key-migrate\fR keyword is specified, -it disables the migration of sensitive token objects to other slots even if it -is necessary for performing crypto operations. See OPERANDS for a description -of \fBauto-key-migrate\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBenable provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB[ mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR | \fIprovider-feature\fR \fB\&... |\fR -\fBall\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the mechanisms or provider features specified for the provider. See -OPERANDS for a description of \fImechanism\fR, \fIprovider-feature\fR, and the -\fBall\fR keyword. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBenable metaslot [ mechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR ] -|\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB[ [ token=\fItoken-label\fR] [ slot=\fIslot-description\fR] |\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdefault-keystore ] | [ auto-key-migrate ]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If no operand is specified, this command enables the metaslot feature in the -cryptographic framework. If a list of mechanisms is specified, it enables only -the list of specified mechanisms for metaslot. If \fItoken-label\fR is -specified, the specified token will be used as the persistent object store. If -the \fIslot-description\fR is specified, the specified slot will be used as the -persistent object store. If both the \fItoken-label\fR and the -\fIslot-description\fR are specified, the provider with the matching token -label and slot description is used as the persistent object store. If the -\fBdefault-keystore\fR keyword is specified, metaslot will use the default -persistent object store. If the \fBauto-key-migrate\fR keyword is specified, -sensitive token objects will automatically migrate to other slots as needed to -complete certain crypto operations. See OPERANDS for a description of -mechanism, token, slot, \fBdefault-keystore\fR, and \fBauto-key-migrate\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBinstall provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Install a user-level provider into the system. The \fIprovider\fR operand must -be an absolute pathname of the corresponding shared library. If there are both -32-bit and 64-bit versions for a library, this command should be run once only -with the path name containing \fB$ISA\fR. Note that \fB$ISA\fR is not a -reference to an environment variable. Note also that \fB$ISA\fR must be quoted -(with single quotes [for example, \fB\&'$ISA'\fR]) or the \fB$\fR must be -escaped to keep it from being incorrectly expanded by the shell. The user-level -framework expands \fB$ISA\fR to an empty string or an architecture-specific -directory, for example, \fBsparcv9\fR. -.sp -The preferred way of installing a user-level provider is to build a package for -the provider. For more information, see the \fISolaris Security for Developer's -Guide\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBinstall provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBmechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Install a kernel software provider into the system. The provider should contain -the base name only. The \fImechanism-list\fR operand specifies the complete -list of mechanisms to be supported by this provider. -.sp -The preferred way of installing a kernel software provider is to build a -package for providers. For more information, see the \fISolaris Security for -Developer's Guide\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBuninstall provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uninstall the specified \fIprovider\fR and the associated mechanism policy from -the system. This subcommand applies only to a user-level provider or a kernel -software provider. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBunload provider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unload the kernel software module specified by \fIprovider\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBdisable fips-140\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable FIPS-140 mode in the Cryptographic Framework. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBenable fips-140\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable FIPS-140 mode in the Cryptographic Framework. This subcommand does not -disable the non-FIPS approved algorithms from the user-level -\fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR library and the kernel software providers. It is the -consumers of the framework that are responsible for using only FIPS-approved -algorithms. -.sp -Upon completion of this subcommand, a message is issued to inform the -administrator that any plugins added that are not within the boundary might -invalidate FIPS compliance and to check the Security Policies for those -plugins. In addition, a warning message is issued to indicate that, in this -release, the Cryptographic Framework has not been FIPS 140-2 certified. -.sp -The system will require a reboot to perform Power-Up Self Tests that include a -cryptographic algorithm test and a software integrity test. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBlist fips-140\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current setting of FIPS-140 mode in the Cryptographic Framework. -The status of FIPS-140 mode is \fBenabled\fR or \fBdisabled\fR. The default -FIPS-140 mode is \fBdisabled\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBrefresh\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBstart\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fBstop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Private interfaces for use by \fBsmf\fR(5), these must not be used directly. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcryptoadm\fR \fB-help\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the command usage. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprovider=\fIprovider-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A user-level provider (a PKCS11 shared library), a kernel software provider (a -loadable kernel software module), or a kernel hardware provider (a -cryptographic hardware device). -.sp -A valid value of the \fIprovider\fR operand is one entry from the output of a -command of the form: \fBcryptoadm\fR \fIlist\fR. A \fIprovider\fR operand for a -user-level provider is an absolute pathname of the corresponding shared -library. A \fIprovider\fR operand for a kernel software provider contains a -base name only. A \fIprovider\fR operand for a kernel hardware provider is in a -"\fIname\fR/\fInumber\fR" form. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmechanism=\fImechanism-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma separated list of one or more PKCS #11 mechanisms. A process for -implementing a cryptographic operation as defined in PKCS #11 specification. -You can substitute \fBall\fR for \fImechanism-list\fR, to specify all -mechanisms on a provider. See the discussion of the \fBall\fR keyword, below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprovider-feature\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A cryptographic framework feature for the given provider. Currently only -\fBrandom\fR is accepted as a feature. For a user-level provider, disabling the -random feature makes the PKCS #11 routines \fBC_GenerateRandom\fR and -\fBC_SeedRandom\fR unavailable from the provider. For a kernel provider, -disabling the random feature prevents \fB/dev/random\fR from gathering random -numbers from the provider. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The keyword all can be used with with the \fBdisable\fR and \fBenable\fR -subcommands to operate on all provider features. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtoken=\fR\fItoken-label\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The label of a token in one of the providers in the cryptographic framework. -.sp -A valid value of the token operand is an item displayed under "Token Label" -from the output of the command \fBcryptoadm list\fR \fB-v\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBslot=\fR\fIslot-description\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The description of a slot in one of the providers in the cryptographic -framework. -.sp -A valid value of the slot operand is an item displayed under "Description" from -the output of the command \fBcryptoadm list\fR \fB-v\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefault-keystore\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The keyword \fBdefault-keystore\fR is valid only for metaslot. Specify this -keyword to set the persistent object store for metaslot back to using the -default store. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauto-key-migrate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The keyword auto-key-migrate is valid only for metaslot. Specify this keyword -to configure whether metaslot is allowed to move sensitive token objects from -the token object slot to other slots for performing cryptographic operations. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The keyword \fBall\fR can be used in two ways with the \fBdisable\fR and -\fBenable\fR subcommands: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -You can substitute \fBall\fR for \fBmechanism\fR=\fImechanism-list\fR, as in: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcryptoadm enable provider=dca/0 all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -This command enables the mechanisms on the provider \fBand\fR any other -provider-features, such as \fBrandom\fR. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcryptoadm enable provider=des mechanism=all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -You can also use \fBall\fR as an argument to \fBmechanism\fR, as in: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcryptoadm enable provider=des mechanism=all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...which enables all mechanisms on the provider, but enables no other -provider-features, such as \fBrandom\fR. -.RE -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplay List of Providers Installed in System -.sp -.LP -The following command displays a list of all installed providers: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBcryptoadm list\fR -user-level providers: -/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pkcs11_kernel.so -/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pkcs11_softtoken.so -/opt/lib/libcryptoki.so.1 -/opt/SUNWconn/lib/$ISA/libpkcs11.so.1 - -kernel software providers: - des - aes - bfish - sha1 - md5 - -kernel hardware providers: - dca/0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplay Mechanism List for \fBmd5\fR Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command is a variation of the \fBlist\fR subcommand: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBcryptoadm list -m provider=md5\fR -md5: CKM_MD5,CKM_MD5_HMAC,CKM_MD5_HMAC_GENERAL -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisable Specific Mechanisms for Kernel Software Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command disables mechanisms \fBCKM_DES3_ECB\fR and -\fBCKM_DES3_CBC\fR for the kernel software provider \fBdes\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm disable provider=des\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplay Mechanism Policy for a Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the mechanism policy for the \fBdes\fR provider: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBcryptoadm list -p provider=des\fR -des: All mechanisms are enabled, except CKM_DES3_ECB, CKM_DES3_CBC -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fREnable Specific Mechanism for a Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the \fBCKM_DES3_ECB\fR mechanism for the kernel -software provider \fBdes\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm enable provider=des mechanism=CKM_DES3_ECB\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRInstall User-Level Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command installs a user-level provider: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm install provider=/opt/lib/libcryptoki.so.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRInstall User-Level Provider That Contains 32- and 64-bit -Versions -.sp -.LP -The following command installs a user-level provider that contains both 32-bit -and 64-bit versions: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm install \e\fR -provider=/opt/SUNWconn/lib/'$ISA'/libpkcs11.so.1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRUninstall a Provider -.sp -.LP -The following command uninstalls the \fBmd5\fR provider: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm uninstall provider=md5\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRDisable metaslot -.sp -.LP -The following command disables the metaslot feature in the cryptographic -framework. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm disable metaslot\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRSpecify metaslot to Use Specified Token as Persistent Object -Store -.sp -.LP -The following command specifies that metaslot use the Venus token as the -persistent object store. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBcryptoadm enable metaslot token="SUNW,venus"\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBstart\fR, \fBstop\fR, and \fBrefresh\fR options are Private interfaces. -All other options are Evolving. The utility name is Stable. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBlogadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBlibpkcs11\fR(3LIB), -\fBexec_attr\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBrandom\fR(7D) - -.sp -.LP -\fISolaris Security for Developer's Guide\fR -.SH NOTES -If a hardware provider's policy was made explicitly (that is, some of its -mechanisms were disabled) and the hardware provider has been detached, the -policy of this hardware provider is still listed. -.sp -.LP -\fBcryptoadm\fR assumes that, minimally, a 32-bit shared object is delivered -for each user-level provider. If both a 32-bit and 64-bit shared object are -delivered, the two versions must provide the same functionality. The same -mechanism policy applies to both. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/datadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/datadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ca16dff943..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/datadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DATADM 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -datadm \- maintain DAT static registry file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/datadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-u\fR] [\fB-a\fR service_provider.conf] - [\fB-r\fR service_provider.conf] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBdatadm\fR utility maintains the DAT static registry file, -\fBdat.conf\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -This administrative configuration program allows uDAPL service providers to add -and remove themselves to the \fBdat.conf\fR file. -.sp -.LP -You can add or remove interface adapters that a service provider supports from -a system after its installation. You can use \fBdatadm\fR to update the -\fBdat.conf\fR file to reflect the current state of the system. A new set of -interface adapters for all the service providers currently installed is -regenerated. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBservice_provider.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Enumerate each device entry in the \fBservice_provider.conf\fR(4) file into a -list of interface adapters, that is, interfaces to external network that are -available to uDAPL consumers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fBservice_provider.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Remove the list of interface adapters that corresponds to the device entry in -the \fBservice_provider.conf\fR(4) file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Update the \fBdat.conf\fR to reflect the current state of the system with an up -to date set of interface adapters for the service providers that are currently -listed in the DAT static registry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Display the DAT static registry file, \fBdat.conf\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fREnumerating a Device Entry -.sp -.LP -The following example enumerates a device entry in the -\fBservice_provider.conf\fR(4) file into interface adapters in the -\fBdat.conf\fR(4) file. - -.sp -.LP -Assume that \fBSUNW\fR has a service provider library that supports the device -\fBtavor\fR. It has a \fBservice_provider.conf\fR(4) file installed in the -directory \fB/usr/share/dat/SUNWudaplt.conf\fR with a single entry as follows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -driver_name=tavor u1.2 nonthreadsafe default\e - udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBtavor\fR is an Infiniband Host Channel Adapter with two ports. Both IB ports -exist in a single IB partition, \fB0x8001\fR. If an IP interface is plumbed to -each port, there are two IPoIB device instances, \fBibd0\fR and \fBibd1\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/ibd* -/dev/ibd0 -> /devices/pci@1/pci15b3,5a44@0/ibport@1,8001,ipib:ibd0 -/dev/ibd1 -> /devices/pci@1/pci15b3,5a44@0/ibport@2,8001,ipib:ibd1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Running the command, \fBdatadm -a /usr/share/dat/SUNWudaplt.conf\fR appends two -new entries (if they do not already exist) in the -\fB/etc/dat/dat.conf\fR file: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ibd0 u1.2 nonthreadsafe default udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -"driver_name=tavor" -ibd1 u1.2 nonthreadsafe default udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -"driver_name=tavor" -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUpdating the \fBdat.conf\fR to Reflect the Current State of the -System -.sp -.LP -A new IB partition, 0x8002 is added to the above example covering port 1 of the -Host Channel Adapter. If a new IP interface is plumbed to \fBport 1/partition -0x8002\fR, there is a third IPoIB device instance: \fBibd2\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/ibd* - /dev/ibd0 -> /devices/pci@1/pci15b3,5a44@0/ibport@1,8001,ipib:ibd0 - /dev/ibd1 -> /devices/pci@1/pci15b3,5a44@0/ibport@2,8001,ipib:ibd1 - /dev/ibd2 -> /devices/pci@1/pci15b3,5a44@0/ibport@1,8002,ipib:ibd2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Running \fBdatadm -u\fR command, updates the \fB/etc/dat/dat.conf\fR file with -a new entry added reflecting the current state of the system. - -.sp -.LP -\fBdatadm -v\fR shows that there are now three entries in the -\fB/etc/dat/dat.conf\fR file: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ibd0 u1.2 nonthreadsafe default udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -"driver_name=tavor" -ibd1 u1.2 nonthreadsafe default udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -"driver_name=tavor" -ibd2 u1.2 nonthreadsafe default udapl_tavor.so.1 SUNW.1.0 "" -"driver_name=tavor" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dat/dat.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -DAT static registry file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBlibdat\fR(3LIB), \fBdat.conf\fR(4), -\fBservice_provider.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dcs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dcs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 36c9cd7f70..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dcs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2005 (c), Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2019 Peter Tribble. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DCS 1M "Apr 3, 2019" -.SH NAME -dcs \- domain configuration server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/dcs\fR [\fB-s\fR \fIsessions\fR] [\fB-l\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The Domain Configuration Server (DCS) is a daemon process that runs on Sun -servers that support remote Dynamic Reconfiguration (DR) clients. It is started -by the Service Management Facility (see \fBsmf\fR(5)) when the first DR request -is received from a client connecting to the network service \fBsun-dr\fR. After -the DCS accepts a DR request, it uses the \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB) interface to -execute the DR operation. After the operation is performed, the results are -returned to the client. -.sp -.LP -The DCS listens on the network service labeled \fBsun-dr\fR. Its underlying -protocol is TCP. It is invoked as a server program by SMF using the TCP -transport. The fault management resource identifier (FMRI) for DCS is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/platform/sun4u/dcs:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If you disable this service, DR operations initiated from a remote host fail. -There is no negative impact on the server. -.sp -.LP -Security on SPARC Enterprise Servers is not configurable. The DCS daemon uses a -platform-specific library to configure its security options when running on -such systems. The \fB-l\fR option is provided by SMF when invoking the DCS -daemon on SPARC Enterprise Servers. No other security options to the DCS daemon -should be used on SPARC Enterprise Servers. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Enables the use of platform-specific security options on SPARC Enterprise -Servers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsessions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Sets the number of active sessions that the DCS allows at any one time. When -the limit is reached, the DCS stops accepting connections until active sessions -complete the execution of their DR operation. If this option is not specified, -a default value of 128 is used. -.RE - -.SH ERRORS -.LP -The DCS uses \fBsyslog\fR(3C) to report status and error messages. All of the -messages are logged with the \fBLOG_DAEMON\fR facility. Error messages are -logged with the \fBLOG_ERR\fR and \fBLOG_NOTICE\fR priorities, and -informational messages are logged with the \fBLOG_INFO\fR priority. The default -entries in the \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR file log all of the DCS error messages to -the \fB/var/adm/messages\fR log. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBconfig_admin\fR(3CFGADM), \fBlibcfgadm\fR(3LIB), -\fBsyslog.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBdr\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBdcs\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the fault management resource identifier (FMRI): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/platform/sun4u/dcs:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b2daaf1409..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,774 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. gratefully acknowledges The Open Group for -.\" permission to reproduce portions of its copyrighted documentation. -.\" Original documentation from The Open Group can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/. -.\" -.\" The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and The Open -.\" Group, have given us permission to reprint portions of their -.\" documentation. -.\" -.\" In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions -.\" of the system documentation. -.\" -.\" Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form -.\" in the SunOS Reference Manual, from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, -.\" Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System -.\" Interface (POSIX), The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 6, -.\" Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics -.\" Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the event of any discrepancy -.\" between these versions and the original IEEE and The Open Group -.\" Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is the referee -.\" document. The original Standard can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html. -.\" -.\" This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 1992, X/Open Company Limited All Rights Reserved -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright (c) 2014, Joyent, Inc. All rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 2021 Oxide Computer Company -.\" -.Dd October 24, 2021 -.Dt DD 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm dd -.Nd convert and copy a file -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Ar operand Ns = Ns Ar value -.Ar ... -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility copies the specified input file to the specified output -with possible conversions. -The standard input and output are used by default. -The input and output block sizes may be specified to take advantage of raw -physical I/O. -Sizes are specified in bytes; a number may end with -.Sy k , -.Sy b , -or -.Sy w -to specify multiplication by 1024, 512, or 2, respectively. -Numbers may also be separated by -.Sy x -to indicate multiplication. -.Pp -The -.Nm -utility reads the input one block at a time, using the specified -input block size. -.Nm -then processes the block of data actually returned, -which could be smaller than the requested block size unless the input flag -.Ar fullblock -is used. -.Nm -applies any conversions that have been specified and writes the resulting data -to the output in blocks of the specified output block size. -.Pp -.Cm cbs -is used only if -.Cm ascii , -.Cm asciib , -.Cm unblock , -.Cm ebcdic , -.Cm ebcdicb , -.Cm ibm , -.Cm ibmb , -or -.Cm block -conversion is specified. -In the first two cases, -.Cm cbs -characters are copied into the conversion buffer, any specified character -mapping is done, trailing blanks are trimmed, and a -.Cm NEWLINE -is added before sending the line to output. -In the last three cases, characters up to -.Cm NEWLINE -are read into the conversion buffer and blanks are added to make up an output -record of size -.Cm cbs . -.Cm ASCII -files are presumed to contain -.Cm NEWLINE -characters. -If -.Cm cbs -is unspecified or -.Cm 0 , -the -.Cm ascii , -.Cm asciib , -.Cm ebcdic , -.Cm ebcdicb , -.Cm ibm , -and -.Cm ibmb -options convert the character set without changing the input file's block -structure. -The -.Cm unblock -and -.Cm block -options become a simple file copy. -.Pp -After completion, -.Nm -reports the number of whole and partial input and output blocks. -.Sh OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.Bl -tag -width "if=file" -.It Cm if= Ns Ar file -.Pp -Specifies the input path. -Standard input is the default. -.It Cm of= Ns Ar file -.Pp -Specifies the output path. -Standard output is the default. -If the -.Cm seek Ns = Ns Ar expr -conversion is not also specified, the output file will be truncated before -the copy begins, unless -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar notrunc -is specified. -If -.Cm seek Ns = Ns Ar expr -is specified, but -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar notrunc -is not, the effect of the copy will be to preserve the blocks in the output -file over which -.Nm -seeks, but no other portion of the output file will be preserved. -(If the size of the seek plus the size of the input file is less than the -previous size of the output file, the output file is shortened by the copy.) -.It Cm ibs Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Specifies the input block size in -.Ar n -bytes (default is 512). -.It Cm obs Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Specifies the output block size in -.Ar n -bytes (default is 512). -.It Cm bs Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Sets both input and output block sizes to -.Ar n -bytes, superseding -.Cm ibs Ns = -and -.Cm obs Ns = . -If no conversion other than -.Cm sync , -.Cm noerror , -and -.Cm notrunc -is specified, each input block is copied to the output as a -single block without aggregating short blocks. -.It Cm cbs Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Specifies the conversion block size for -.Cm block -and -.Cm unblock -in bytes by -.Ar n -(default is -.Cm 0 Ns ). -If -.Cm cbs Ns = -is omitted or given a value of -.Cm 0 , -using -.Cm block -or -.Cm unblock -produces unspecified results. -.Pp -This option is used only if -.Cm ASCII -or -.Cm EBCDIC -conversion is specified. -For the -.Cm ascii -and -.Cm asciib -operands, the input is handled as described for the -.Cm unblock -operand except that characters are converted to -.Cm ASCII -before the trailing -.Cm SPACE -characters are deleted. -For the -.Cm ebcdic , -.Cm ebcdicb , -.Cm ibm , -and -.Cm ibmb -operands, the input is handled as described for the -.Cm block -operand except that the characters are converted to -.Cm EBCDIC -or IBM -.Cm EBCDIC -after the trailing -.Cm SPACE -characters are added. -.It Cm files Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Copies and concatenates -.Ar n -input files before terminating (makes sense -only where input is a magnetic tape or similar device). -.It Cm skip Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Skips -.Ar n -input blocks (using the specified input block size) before starting to copy. -On seekable files, the implementation reads the blocks or seeks past them. -On non-seekable files, the blocks are read and the data is discarded. -.It Cm iseek Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Seeks -.Ar n -blocks from beginning of input file before copying (appropriate -for disk files, where -.Cm skip -can be incredibly slow). -.It Cm oseek Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Seeks -.Ar n -blocks from beginning of output file before copying. -.It Cm seek Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Skips -.Ar n -blocks (using the specified output block size) from beginning of -output file before copying. -On non-seekable files, existing blocks are read and space from the current -end-of-file to the specified offset, if any, is filled with null bytes. -On seekable files, the implementation seeks to the specified -offset or reads the blocks as described for non-seekable files. -.It Cm ostride Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Writes every -.Ar n Ns -th block (using the specified output block size) when writing output. -Skips -.Ar n -- 1 blocks after writing each record. -.It Cm istride Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Reads every -.Ar n Ns -th block (using the specified input block size) when reading input. -Skips -.Ar n -- 1 blocks after reading each record. -.It Cm stride Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Reads every -.Ar n Ns -th block (using the specified input block size) when reading input. -Skips -.Ar n -- 1 blocks after reading each record. -Also writes every -.Ar n Ns -th block (using the specified output block size) when writing output. -Skips -.Ar n -- 1 blocks after writing each record. -.It Cm count Ns = Ns Ar n -.Pp -Copies only -.Ar n -input blocks. -.It Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Op , Ns Ar value Ns ... -.Pp -Where -.Ar value Ns -s are comma-separated symbols from the following list: -.Bl -hang -.It Cm ascii -Converts -.Cm EBCDIC -to -.Cm ASCII . -.sp -.It Cm asciib -Converts -.Cm EBCDIC -to -.Cm ASCII -using -.Cm BSD Ns --compatible character translations. -.It Cm ebcdic -Converts -.Cm ASCII -to -.Cm EBCDIC . -If converting fixed-length -.Cm ASCII -records without -.Cm NEWLINE Ns -s, sets up a pipeline with -.Nm -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar unblock -beforehand. -.It Cm ebcdicb -Converts -.Cm ASCII -to -.Cm EBCDIC -using -.Cm BSD Ns --compatible character translations. -If converting fixed-length -.Cm ASCII -records without -.Cm NEWLINE Ns -s, sets up a pipeline with -.Nm -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar unblock -beforehand. -.It Cm ibm -Slightly different map of -.Cm ASCII -to -.Cm EBCDIC . -If converting fixed-length -.Cm ASCII -records without -.Cm NEWLINE Ns -s, sets up a pipeline with -.Nm -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar unblock -beforehand. -.It Cm ibmb -Slightly different map of -.Cm ASCII -to -.Cm EBCDIC -using -.Cm BSD Ns --compatible character translations. -If converting fixed-length -.Cm ASCII -records without -.Cm NEWLINE Ns -s, sets up a pipeline with -.Nm -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar unblock -beforehand. -.El -.Pp -The -.Cm ascii -(or -.Cm asciib Ns ), -.Cm ebcdic -(or -.Cm ebcdicb Ns ), -and -.Cm ibm -(or -.Cm ibmb ) -values are mutually exclusive. -.Bl -hang -.It Cm block -Treats the input as a sequence of -.Cm NEWLINE Ns --terminated or -.Cm EOF Ns --terminated variable-length records independent of the input block boundaries. -Each record is converted to a record with a fixed length specified -by the conversion block size. -Any -.Cm NEWLINE -character is removed from the input line. -.Cm SPACE -characters are appended to lines that are shorter than their conversion block -size to fill the block. -Lines that are longer than the conversion block size are truncated to the -largest number of characters that will fit into that size. -The number of truncated lines is reported. -.It Cm unblock -Converts fixed-length records to variable length. -Reads a number of bytes equal to the conversion block size (or the number of -bytes remaining in the input, if less than the conversion block size), -delete all trailing -.Cm SPACE -characters, and append a -.Cm NEWLINE -character. -.El -.Pp -The -.Cm block -and -.Cm unblock -values are mutually exclusive. -.Bl -hang -.It Cm lcase -Maps upper-case characters specified by the -.Cm LC_CTYPE -keyword -.Cm tolower -to the corresponding lower-case character. -Characters for which no mapping is specified are not modified by this -conversion. -.It Cm ucase -Maps lower-case characters specified by the -.Cm LC_CTYPE -keyword -.Cm toupper -to the corresponding upper-case character. -Characters for which no mapping is specified are not modified by this -conversion. -.El -.Pp -The -.Cm lcase -and -.Cm ucase -symbols are mutually exclusive. -.Bl -hang -.It Cm swab -Swaps every pair of input bytes. -If the current input record is an odd number of bytes, the last byte in the -input record is ignored. -.It Cm noerror -Does not stop processing on an input error. -When an input error occurs, a diagnostic message is written on standard error, -followed by the current input and output block counts in the same format as -used at completion. -If the -.Cm sync -conversion is specified, the missing input is replaced with null -bytes and processed normally. -Otherwise, the input block will be omitted from the output. -.It Cm notrunc -Does not truncate the output file. -Preserves blocks in the output file not explicitly written by this invocation -of -.Nm . -(See also the preceding -.Cm of Ns = Ns Ar file -operand.) -.It Cm sync -Pads every input block to the size of the -.Cm ibs Ns = -buffer, appending null bytes. -(If either -.Cm block -or -.Cm unblock -is also specified, appends -.Cm SPACE -characters, rather than null bytes.) -.El -.It Cm iflag Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Op , Ns Ar value ... -.Pp -Where -.Ar value Ns -s are comma-separated symbols from the following list which -affect the behavior of reading from the input file: -.Bl -hang -.It Cm fullblock -Accumulate full blocks of input. -.El -.It Cm oflag Ns = Ns Ar value Ns Op , Ns Ar value ... -.ad -.sp .6 -Where -.Ar value Ns -s are comma-separated symbols from the following list which -affect the behavior of writing the output file: -.Bl -hang -.It Cm dsync -The output file is opened with the -.Cm O_DSYNC -flag set. -All data writes will be synchronous. -For more information on -.Cm O_DSYNC -see -.Xr fcntl.h 3HEAD . -.It Cm sync -The output file is opened with the -.Cm O_SYNC . -All data and metadata writes will be synchronous. -For more information on -.Cm O_SYNC -see -.Xr fcntl.h 3HEAD . -.El -.It Cm status Ns = Ns Ar type -Changes the way that -.Nm -outputs information about transfers. -Only one -.Ar type may be specified. -The following are valid values for -.Ar type : -.Bl -hang -.It Cm none -The program will not output any information and statistics about the transfer. -This includes when -.Nm -receives a signal such as -.Dv SIGINFO -and -.Dv SIGUSR1 . -Only errors will be emitted. -.It Cm noxfer -When printing statistical information such as when the program terminates or in -response to a signal, only print information about the number of records and -none of the statistics about the transfer -.Pq total bytes, total time, and throughput . -.It Cm progress -Once a second, output the normal -.Nm -transfer statistics that include the total number of bytes transferred, time -elapsed, and average throughput. -.El -.El -.Pp -If operands other than -.Cm conv Ns = -and -.Cm oflag Ns = -are specified more than once, the last specified -.Cm operand Ns = Ns Ar value -is used. -.Pp -For the -.Cm bs Ns = , -.Cm cbs Ns = , -.Cm ibs Ns = , -and -.Cm obs Ns = -operands, the application must supply an expression specifying a size in bytes. -The expression, -.Cm expr , -can be: -.Bl -enum -offset indent -compact -.It -a positive decimal number -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy k , -specifying multiplication by 1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy M , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy G , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy T , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024*1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy P , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024*1024*1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy E , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024*1024*1024*1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy Z , -specifying multiplication by 1024*1024*1024*1024*1024*1024*1024 -.Pp -.It -a positive decimal number followed by -.Sy b , -specifying multiplication by 512 -.Pp -.It -two or more positive decimal numbers (with or without -.Sy k -or -.Sy b ) -separated by -.Sy x , -specifying the product of the indicated values. -.El -.Pp -All of the operands will be processed before any input is read. -.Sh SIGNALS -When -.Nm -receives either SIGINFO or SIGUSR1, -.Nm -will emit the current input and output block counts, total bytes written, -total time elapsed, and the number of bytes per second to standard error. -This is the same information format that -.Nm -emits when it successfully completes. -Users may send SIGINFO via their terminal. -The default character is ^T, see -.Xr stty 1 -for more information. -.Pp -For -.Sy SIGINT , -.Nm -writes status information to standard error before exiting. -.Nm -takes the standard action for all other signals. -.Sh USAGE -See -.Xr largefile 5 -for the description of the behavior of -.Nm -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.Bl -tag -width ".It Cm >0" -.It Cm 0 -The input file was copied successfully. -.It Cm >0 -An error occurred. -.El -.Pp -If an input error is detected and the -.Cm noerror -conversion has not been specified, any partial output block will be written -to the output file, a diagnostic message will be written, and the copy -operation will be discontinued. -If some other error is detected, a diagnostic message will be -written and the copy operation will be discontinued. -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -ohang -.It Sy Example 1 No Copying from one tape drive to another -.Pp -The following example copies from tape drive -.Sy 0 -to tape drive -.Sy 1 , -using a common historical device naming convention. -.Pp -.Dl % dd if=/dev/rmt/0h of=/dev/rmt/1h -.It Sy Example 2 No Stripping the first 10 bytes from standard input -.Pp -The following example strips the first 10 bytes from standard input: -.Pp -.Dl % dd ibs=10 skip=1 -.It Sy Example 3 No Reading a tape into an ASCII file -.Pp -This example reads an -.Cm EBCDIC -tape blocked ten 80-byte -.Cm EBCDIC -card images per block into the -.Cm ASCII -file -.Sy x : -.Pp -.Dl % dd if=/dev/tape of=x ibs=800 cbs=80 conv=ascii,lcase -.It Sy Example 4 No Using conv=sync to write to tape -.Pp -The following example uses -.Cm conv Ns = Ns Ar sync -when writing to a tape: -.Pp -.Dl % tar cvf - . | compress | dd obs=1024k of=/dev/rmt/0 conv=sync -.El -.Sh DIAGNOSTICS -.Bl -hang -.It Sy f+p records in(out) -numbers of full and partial blocks read(written) -.El -.Sh ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See -.Xr environ 5 -for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of -.Nm : -.Ev LANG , -.Ev LC_ALL , -.Ev LC_CTYPE , -.Ev LC_MESSAGES , -and -.Ev NLSPATH . -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -Standard -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr cp 1 , -.Xr sed 1 , -.Xr tr 1 , -.Xr fcntl.h 3HEAD , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr environ 5 , -.Xr largefile 5 , -.Xr standards 5 -.Sh NOTES -Do not use -.Nm -to copy files between file systems having different block sizes. -.Pp -Using a blocked device to copy a file will result in extra nulls being added -to the file to pad the final block to the block boundary. -.Pp -When -.Nm -reads from a pipe, using the -.Cm ibs Ns = Ns Ar X -and -.Cm obs Ns = Ns Ar Y -operands, the output will always be blocked in chunks of size Y. -When -.Cm bs Ns = Ns Ar Z -is used, the output blocks will be whatever was available to be read -from the pipe at the time. -.Pp -When using -.Nm -to copy files to a tape device, the file size must be a multiple of the -device sector size (for example, 512 Kbyte). -To copy files of arbitrary size to a tape device, use -.Xr tar 1 -or -.Xr cpio 1 . diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devattr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devattr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7719564399..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devattr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVATTR 1M "Jul 5, 1990" -.SH NAME -devattr \- display device attributes -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdevattr\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIdevice\fR [\fIattribute\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevattr\fR displays the values for a device's attributes. The display can be -presented in two formats. Used without the \fB-v\fR option, only the attribute -values are shown. Used with the \fB-v\fR option, the attributes are shown in -an \fIattribute\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR format. When no attributes are given on -the command line, all attributes for the specified device are displayed in -alphabetical order by attribute name. If attributes are given on the command -line, only those attributes are shown, displayed in command line order. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specifies verbose format. Attribute values are displayed in an -\fIattribute\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR format. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIattribute\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Defines which attribute, or attributes, should be shown. Default is to show all -attributes for a device. See the \fBputdev\fR(1M) manual page for a complete -listing and description of available attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Defines the device whose attributes should be displayed. Can be the pathname of -the device or the device alias. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command syntax was incorrect, invalid option was used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device table could not be opened for reading. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Requested device could not be found in the device table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Requested attribute was not defined for the specified device. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/device.tab\fR -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBgetdev\fR(1M), \fBputdev\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devfree.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devfree.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2e143e13c3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devfree.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVFREE 1M "Jul 5, 1990" -.SH NAME -devfree \- release devices from exclusive use -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdevfree\fR \fIkey\fR [\fIdevice\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfree\fR releases devices from exclusive use. Exclusive use is requested -with the command \fBdevreserv\fR. -.sp -.LP -When \fBdevfree\fR is invoked with only the \fIkey\fR argument, it releases -all devices that have been reserved for that \fIkey\fR. When called with -\fIkey\fR and \fIdevice\fR arguments, \fBdevfree\fR releases the specified -devices that have been reserved with that \fIkey\fR. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Defines device that this command will release from exclusive use. \fIdevice\fR -can be the pathname of the device or the device alias. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Designates the unique key on which the device was reserved. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command syntax was incorrect, an invalid option was used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device table or device reservation table could not be opened for reading. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Reservation release could not be completely fulfilled because one or more of -the devices was not reserved or was not reserved on the specified key. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/device.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/devlkfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdevreserv\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The commands \fBdevreserv\fR and \fBdevfree\fR are used to manage the -availability of devices on a system. These commands do not place any -constraints on the access to the device. They serve only as a centralized -bookkeeping point for those who wish to use them. Processes that do not use -\fBdevreserv\fR may concurrently use a device with a process that has reserved -that device. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devfsadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devfsadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c5b55f52ee..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devfsadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 20088888888 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVFSADM 1M "Jun 23, 2008" -.SH NAME -devfsadm, devfsadmd \- administration command for /dev -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/devfsadm\fR [\fB-C\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIdevice_class\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIdriver_name\fR] - [ \fB-n\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIroot_dir\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItable_file\fR] [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/devfsadm/devfsadmd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M) maintains the \fB/dev\fR namespace. It replaces the previous -suite of \fBdevfs\fR administration tools including \fBdrvconfig\fR(1M), -\fBdisks\fR(1M), \fBtapes\fR(1M), \fBports\fR(1M), \fBaudlinks\fR(1M), and -\fBdevlinks\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The default operation is to attempt to load every driver in the system and -attach to all possible device instances. Next, \fBdevfsadm\fR creates logical -links to device nodes in \fB/dev\fR and \fB/devices\fR and loads the device -policy. -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadmd\fR(1M) is the daemon version of \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M). The daemon is -started during system startup and is responsible for handling both -reconfiguration boot processing and updating \fB/dev\fR and \fB/devices\fR in -response to dynamic reconfiguration event notifications from the kernel. -.sp -.LP -For compatibility purposes, \fBdrvconfig\fR(1M), \fBdisks\fR(1M), -\fBtapes\fR(1M), \fBports\fR(1M), \fBaudlinks\fR(1M), and \fBdevlinks\fR(1M) -are implemented as links to \fBdevfsadm\fR. -.sp -.LP -In addition to managing \fB/dev\fR, \fBdevfsadm\fR also maintains the -\fBpath_to_inst\fR(4) database. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Cleanup mode. Prompt \fBdevfsadm\fR to cleanup dangling \fB/dev\fR links that -are not normally removed. If the \fB-c\fR option is also used, \fBdevfsadm\fR -only cleans up for the listed devices' classes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIdevice_class\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Restrict operations to devices of class \fIdevice_class\fR. Solaris defines the -following values for \fIdevice_class\fR: \fBdisk\fR, \fBtape\fR, \fBport\fR, -\fBaudio\fR, and \fBpseudo\fR. This option might be specified more than once to -specify multiple device classes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIdriver_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Configure only the devices for the named driver, \fIdriver_name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Do not attempt to load drivers or add new nodes to the kernel device tree. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Suppress any changes to \fB/dev\fR. This is useful with the \fB-v\fR option for -debugging. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItable_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Read an alternate \fBdevlink.tab\fR file. \fBdevfsadm\fR normally reads -\fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIroot_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Presume that the \fB/dev\fR directory trees are found under \fIroot_dir\fR, not -directly under \fBroot\fR (\fB/\fR). No other use or assumptions are made about -\fIroot_dir\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Print changes to \fB/dev\fR in verbose mode. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/devices\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -device nodes directory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -logical symbolic links to /devices -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/devfsadm/devfsadmd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -devfsadm daemon -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/.devfsadm_dev.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -update lock file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/.devfsadm_daemon.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -daemon lock file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/device_policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -device policy file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/extra_privs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -additional device privileges -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBmodinfo\fR(1M), \fBmodload\fR(1M), -\fBmodunload\fR(1M), \fBrem_drv\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBtapes\fR(1M), -\fBpath_to_inst\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBdevfs\fR(7FS) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This document does not constitute an \fBAPI\fR. The \fB/devices\fR directory -might not exist or might have different contents or interpretations in a future -release. The existence of this notice does not imply that any other -documentation that lacks this notice constitutes an \fBAPI\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR no longer manages the \fB/devices\fR name space. See -\fBdevfs\fR(7FS). -.sp -.LP -The device configuration service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier, and can be used to start -\fBdevfsadm\fR during reconfiguration boot by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/device/local:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Otherwise, \fBdevfsadm\fR is started by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/sysevent:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/device_remap.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/device_remap.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 62afa3e316..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/device_remap.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVICE_REMAP 1M "Dec 24, 2008" -.SH NAME -device_remap \- administer the Solaris I/O remapping feature -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/sun4v/sbin/device_remap\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-R\fR \fIdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -Certain multi-node sun4v platforms, such as T5440 and T5240 servers, have an -integrated PCI topology that cause the I/O device paths to change in a CPU node -failover condition. The device remapping script, \fBdevice_remap\fR, remaps the -device paths in \fB/etc/path_to_inst\fR file and the symlinks under \fB/dev\fR -to match the hardware. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the \fB/etc/path_to_inst\fR and \fB/dev\fR symlink changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform remapping on the \fB/etc/path_to_inst\fR and \fB/etc/path_to_inst\fR -files in the root image at \fIdir\fR. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -The primary function of \fBdevice_remap\fR is to remap the device paths in the -\fB/etc/path_to_inst\fR file and the symlinks under \fB/dev\fR in a CPU node -failover condition to match the hardware. -.sp -.LP -After adding CPU node(s) or removing CPU node(s), boot the system to the OBP -prompt and use the following procedure: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Boot either the failsafe miniroot using: \fBboot\fR \fB-F\fR \fBfailsafe\fR -, or an install miniroot using \fBboot net\fR \fB-s\fR or similar command. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Mount the root disk as \fB/mnt\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Change directory to the mounted root disk: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBcd /mnt\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -Run \fBdevice_remap\fR script: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fB/mnt/usr/platform/sun4v/sbin/device_remap\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -5. -Boot the system from disk. -.RE -.sp -.LP -All the error messages are self-explanatory, except for the error message -"missing ioaliases node" which means the firmware on the system does not -support device remapping. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying Changes Following Failover -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the \fBpath_to_inst\fR and \fB/dev\fR changes -following a CPU node failover. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBdevice_remap -v\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRChanging Directory Prior to Any Changes -.sp -.LP -The following command changes the directory on which the boot image is mounted -prior to making any changes. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBdevice_remap -R /newroot\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Unstable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBboot\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7a45d8c910..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVINFO 1M "May 8, 1997" -.SH NAME -devinfo \- print device specific information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/devinfo\fR \fB-i\fR \fIdevice\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/devinfo\fR \fB-p\fR \fIdevice\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBdevinfo\fR command is used to print device specific information about -disk devices on standard out. The command can only be used by the superuser. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Prints the following device information: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Device name -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Software version (not supported and prints as \fB0\fR) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Drive id number (not supported and prints as \fB0\fR) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Device blocks per cylinder -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Device bytes per block -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Number of device partitions with a block size greater than zero -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Prints the following device partition information: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Device name -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Device major and minor numbers (in hexadecimal) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Partition start block -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Number of blocks allocated to the partition -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Partition flag -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Partition tag -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.LP -This command is used by various other commands to obtain device specific -information for the making of file systems and determining partition -information. If the device cannot be opened, an error message is reported. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Device name. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Operation failed. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBprtvtoc\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devlinks.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devlinks.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 992857dc3f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devlinks.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVLINKS 1M "Jul 15, 2002" -.SH NAME -devlinks \- adds /dev entries for miscellaneous devices and pseudo-devices -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/devlinks\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItable-file\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M) is now the preferred command for \fB/dev\fR and -\fB/devices\fR and should be used instead of \fBdevlinks\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBdevlinks\fR creates symbolic links from the \fB/dev\fR directory tree to the -actual block- and character-special device nodes under the \fB/devices\fR -directory tree. The links are created according to specifications found in the -\fItable-file\fR (by default \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR). -.sp -.LP -\fBdevlinks\fR is called each time the system is reconfiguration-booted, and -can only be run after \fBdrvconfig\fR(1M) is run. -.sp -.LP -The \fItable-file\fR (normally \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR) is an ASCII file, with -one line per record. Comment lines, which must contain a hash character -(`\fB#\fR') as their first character, are allowed. Each entry must contain at -least two fields, but may contain three fields. Fields are separated by single -TAB characters. -.sp -.LP -The fields are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevfs-spec\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specification of devinfo nodes that will have links created for them. This -specification consists of one or more keyword-value pairs, where the keyword is -separated from the value by an equal-sign (`\fB=\fR'), and keyword-value pairs -are separated from one another by semicolons. -.sp -The possible keywords are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The devinfo device type. Possible values are specified in -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The name of the node. This is the portion of the \fB/devices\fR tree entry name -that occurs before the first `\fB@\fR' or `\fB:\fR' character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIaddr\fR[\fIn\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The address portion of a node name. This is the portion of a node name that -occurs between the `\fB@\fR' and the `\fB:\fR' characters. It is possible that -a node may have a name without an address part, which is the case for many of -the pseudo-device nodes. If a number is given after the \fIaddr\fR it specifies -a match of a particular comma-separated subfield of the address field: -\fIaddr1\fR matches the first subfield, \fIaddr2\fR matches the second, and so -on. \fIaddr0\fR is the same as \fIaddr\fR and matches the whole field. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIminor\fR[\fIn\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The minor portion of a node name \(mi the portion of the name after the -`\fB:\fR'. As with \fIaddr\fR above, a number after the \fIminor\fR keyword -specifies a subfield to match. -.RE - -Of these four specifications, only the \fItype\fR specification must always be -present. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specification of the \fB/dev\fR links that correspond to the devinfo nodes. -This field allows \fBdevlinks\fR to determine matching \fB/dev\fR names for the -\fB/devices\fR nodes it has found. The specification of this field uses -escape-sequences to allow portions of the \fB/devices\fR name to be included in -the \fB/dev\fR name, \fIor\fR to allow a counter to be used in creating node -names. If a counter is used to create a name, the portion of the name before -the counter must be specified absolutely, and all names in the -\fB/dev/\fR-subdirectory that match (up to and including the counter) are -considered to be subdevices of the same device. This means that they should all -point to the same directory, \fBname\fR and \fBaddress\fR under the -\fB/devices/\fR-tree -.sp -The possible escape-sequences are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eD\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Substitute the \fBdevice-name\fR (name) portion of the corresponding devinfo -node-name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eA\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Substitute the \fIn\fRth component of the \fBaddress\fR component of the -corresponding devinfo node name. Sub-components are separated by commas, and -sub-component \fB0\fR is the whole \fBaddress\fR component. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eM\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Substitute the \fIn\fRth sub-component of the \fBminor\fR component of the -corresponding devinfo node name. Sub-components are separated by commas, and -sub-component \fB0\fR is the whole \fBminor\fR component. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\eN\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Substitute the value of a 'counter' starting at \fIn\fR. There can be only one -counter for each dev-spec, and counter-values will be selected so they are as -low as possible while not colliding with already-existing link names. -.sp -In a dev-spec the \fBcounter\fR sequence should not be followed by a digit, -either explicitly or as a result of another escape-sequence expansion. If this -occurs, it would not be possible to correctly match already-existing links to -their counter entries, since it would not be possible to unambiguously parse -the already-existing \fB/dev\fR-name. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIextra-dev-link\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Optional specification of an extra \fB/dev\fR link that points to the initial -\fB/dev\fR link (specified in field 2). This field may contain a \fBcounter\fR -escape-sequence (as described for the \fIdev-spec\fR field) but may not contain -any of the other escape-sequences. It provides a way to specify an alias of a -particular \fB/dev\fR name. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Debugging mode \(mi print out all \fBdevinfo\fR nodes found, and indicate what -links would be created, but do not do anything. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Use \fIrootdir\fR as the root of the \fB/dev\fR and \fB/devices\fR directories -under which the device nodes and links are created. Changing the root directory -does not change the location of the \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR default table, nor -is the root directory applied to the filename supplied to the \fB-t\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItable-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Set the table file used by \fBdevlinks\fR to specify the links that must be -created. If this option is not given, \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR is used. This -option gives a way to instruct \fBdevlinks\fR just to perform a particular -piece of work, since just the links-types that \fBdevlinks\fR is supposed to -create can be specified in a command-file and fed to \fBdevlinks\fR. -.RE - -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -If \fBdevlinks\fR finds an error in a line of the \fItable-file\fR it prints a -warning message on its standard output and goes on to the next line in the -\fItable-file\fR without performing any of the actions specified by the -erroneous rule. -.sp -.LP -If it cannot create a link for some filesystem-related reason it prints an -error-message and continues with the current rule. -.sp -.LP -If it cannot read necessary data it prints an error message and continues with -the next \fItable-file\fR line. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR Fields -.sp -.LP -The following are examples of the \fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR fields: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -type=pseudo;name=win win\eM0 -type=ddi_display framebuffer/\eM0 fb\eN0 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The first example states that all devices of type \fBpseudo\fR with a name -component of \fBwin\fR will be linked to \fB/dev/win\fR\fIx,\fR where \fIx\fR -is the minor-component of the \fIdevinfo-name\fR (this is always a single-digit -number for the \fBwin\fR driver). - -.sp -.LP -The second example states that all devinfo nodes of type \fBddi_display\fR will -be linked to entries under the \fB/dev/framebuffer\fR directory, with names -identical to the entire minor component of the \fB/devices\fR name. In addition -an extra link will be created pointing from \fB/dev/fb\fR\fIn\fR to the entry -under \fB/dev/framebuffer\fR. This entry will use a counter to end the name. - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -entries for the miscellaneous devices for general use -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/devices\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -device nodes -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/devlink.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -the default rule-file -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS), -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.SH BUGS -.sp -.LP -It is very easy to construct mutually-contradictory link specifications, or -specifications that can never be matched. The program does not check for these -conditions. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devnm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devnm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 666043bb92..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devnm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVNM 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -devnm \- device name -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/devnm\fR \fIname\fR [\fIname\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBdevnm\fR command identifies the special file associated with the mounted -file system where the argument \fIname\fR resides. One or more \fIname\fR can -be specified. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the devnm Command -.sp -.LP -Assuming that \fB/usr\fR is mounted on \fB/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s6\fR, the following -command : - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/usr/sbin/devnm /usr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -produces: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s6 /usr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/dsk/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devprop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devprop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3668caa8bf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devprop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVPROP 1M "Sep 26, 2007" -.SH NAME -devprop \- display device properties -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/devprop\fR [\fB-n\fR \fIdevice-path\fR] [\fB-vq\fR] [-\fB{b|i|l|s}\fR] [\fIproperty\fR[...]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBdevprop\fR command displays named device properties from the device -tree. -.sp -.LP -If a device path is specified on the command line, \fBdevprop\fR displays -device properties for that device node. -.sp -.LP -The output formats, while Volatile, are patterned after those of -\fBprtconf\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The properties to be output are sequences of bytes (\fBDI_PROP_TYPE_BYTES\fR). -\fB-b\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-l\fR, and \fB-s\fR are mutually exclusive of one -another. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The properties to be output are integers (\fBDI_PROP_TYPE_INT\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The properties to be output are 64-bit integers (\fBDI_PROP_TYPE_INT64\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The properties to be output are strings (\fBDI_PROP_TYPE_STRING\fR) (the -default). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIdevice-path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path to a target device node for which properties are displayed. The -default path is that of the root node (equivalent to specifying \fB-n\fR -\fB/\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies quoted output mode, in which string properties are output surrounded -by double quotation marks (\fB"\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies verbose mode, in which the name of the property is output before its -value. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIproperty\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the property to be displayed. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command invocation and output are both Volatile. The location of the -utility is Committed. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBprtconf\fR(1M), \fBlibdevinfo\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/devreserv.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/devreserv.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 44c73d0804..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/devreserv.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DEVRESERV 1M "Jul 5, 1990" -.SH NAME -devreserv \- reserve devices for exclusive use -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdevreserv\fR [\fIkey\fR [\fIdevice-list\fR]...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevreserv\fR reserves devices for exclusive use. When the device is no -longer required, use \fBdevfree\fR to release it. -.sp -.LP -\fBdevreserv\fR reserves at most one device per \fIdevice-list\fR. Each list -is searched in linear order until the first available device is found. If a -device cannot be reserved from each list, the entire reservation fails. -.sp -.LP -When \fBdevreserv\fR is invoked without arguments, it lists the devices that -are currently reserved and shows to which key it was reserved. When -\fBdevreserv\fR is invoked with only the \fIkey\fR argument, it lists the -devices that are currently reserved to that key. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice-list\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Defines a list of devices that \fBdevreserv\fR will search to find an available -device. The list must be formatted as a single argument to the shell. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Designates a unique key on which the device will be reserved. The key must be a -positive integer. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRReserving a Floppy Disk and a Cartridge Tape -.sp -.LP -The following example reserves a floppy disk and a cartridge tape: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ key=$$ -$ echo "The current Process ID is equal to: $key" - The Current Process ID is equal to: 10658 -$ devreserv $key diskette1 ctape1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing All Devices Currently Reserved -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all devices currently reserved: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ devreserv - disk1 2423 - diskette1 10658 - ctape1 10658 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing All Devices Currently Reserved to a Particular Key -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all devices currently reserved to a particular key: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ devreserv $key - diskette1 - ctape1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command syntax was incorrect, an invalid was option used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device table or device reservation table could not be opened for reading. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device reservation request could not be fulfilled. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/device.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/devlkfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfree\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The commands \fBdevreserv\fR and \fBdevfree\fR are used to manage the -availability of devices on a system. Their use is on a participatory basis and -they do not place any constraints on the actual access to the device. They -serve as a centralized bookkeeping point for those who wish to use them. -Devices which have been reserved cannot be used by processes which utilize the -device reservation functions until the reservation has been canceled. However, -processes that do not use device reservation may use a device that has been -reserved since such a process would not have checked for its reservation -status. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/df.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/df.1m deleted file mode 100644 index cbb11dfca1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/df.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,541 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. gratefully acknowledges The Open Group for -.\" permission to reproduce portions of its copyrighted documentation. -.\" Original documentation from The Open Group can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/. -.\" -.\" The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and The Open -.\" Group, have given us permission to reprint portions of their -.\" documentation. -.\" -.\" In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions -.\" of the system documentation. -.\" -.\" Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form -.\" in the SunOS Reference Manual, from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, -.\" Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System -.\" Interface (POSIX), The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 6, -.\" Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics -.\" Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the event of any discrepancy -.\" between these versions and the original IEEE and The Open Group -.\" Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is the referee -.\" document. The original Standard can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html. -.\" -.\" This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 1992, X/Open Company Limited All. Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" -.TH DF 1M "Apr 14, 2016" -.SH NAME -df \- displays number of free disk blocks and free files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/df\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-abeghklmnPtVvZ\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] - [\fIblock_device\fR | \fIdirectory\fR | \fIfile\fR | \fIresource\fR ...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBdf\fR utility displays the amount of disk space occupied by mounted or -unmounted file systems, the amount of used and available space, and how much of -the file system's total capacity has been used. The file system is specified by -device, or by referring to a file or directory on the specified file system. -.sp -.LP -Used without operands or options, \fBdf\fR reports on all mounted file systems. -.sp -.LP -\fBdf\fR may not be supported for all \fIFSTypes\fR. -.sp -.LP -If \fBdf\fR is run on a networked mount point that the automounter has not yet -mounted, the file system size will be reported as zero. As soon as the -automounter mounts the file system, the sizes will be reported correctly. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reports on all file systems including ones whose entries in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR -(see \fBmnttab\fR(4)) have the \fBignore\fR option set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the total number of kilobytes free. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints only the number of files free. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the \fIFSType\fR on which to operate. The \fB-F\fR option is intended -for use with unmounted file systems. The \fIFSType\fR should be specified here -or be determinable from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR (see \fBvfstab\fR(4)) by matching the -\fIdirectory\fR, \fIblock_device\fR, or \fIresource\fR with an entry in the -table, or by consulting \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. See \fBdefault_fs\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the entire \fBstatvfs\fR(2) structure. This option is used only for -mounted file systems. It can not be used with the \fB-o\fR option. This option -overrides the \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-n\fR, \fB-P\fR, and \fB-t\fR -options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Like \fB-k\fR, except that sizes are in a more human readable format. The -output consists of one line of information for each specified file system. This -information includes the file system name, the total space allocated in the -file system, the amount of space allocated to existing files, the total amount -of space available for the creation of new files by unprivileged users, and the -percentage of normally available space that is currently allocated to all files -on the file system. All sizes are scaled to a human readable format, for -example, \fB14K\fR, \fB234M\fR, \fB2.7G\fR, or \fB3.0T\fR. Scaling is done by -repetitively dividing by \fB1024\fR. -.sp -This option overrides the \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-n\fR, -\fB-t\fR, and \fB-V\fR options. This option only works on mounted filesystems -and can not be used together with \fB-o\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the allocation in kbytes. The output consists of one line of information -for each specified file system. This information includes the file system name, -the total space allocated in the file system, the amount of space allocated to -existing files, the total amount of space available for the creation of new -files by unprivileged users, and the percentage of normally available space -that is currently allocated to all files on the file system. This option -overrides the \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-n\fR, and \fB-t\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reports on local file systems only. This option is used only for mounted file -systems. It can not be used with the \fB-o\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Like -k, except prints the allocation in mbytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints only the \fIFSType\fR name. Invoked with no operands, this option prints -a list of mounted file system types. This option is used only for mounted file -systems. It can not be used with the \fB-o\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies \fIFSType-specific\fR options. These options are comma-separated, -with no intervening spaces. See the manual page for the \fIFSType-specific\fR -command for details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints full listings with totals. This option overrides the \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, -and \fB-n\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Echoes the complete set of file system specific command lines, but does not -execute them. The command line is generated by using the options and operands -provided by the user and adding to them information derived from -\fB/etc/mnttab\fR, \fB/etc/vfstab\fR, or \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. This option may -be used to verify and validate the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Z\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays mounts in all visible zones. By default, \fBdf\fR only displays mounts -located within the current zone. This option has no effect in a non-global -zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Like \fB-k\fR, except that sizes are displayed in multiples of the smallest -block size supported by each specified file system. -.sp -The output consists of one line of information for each file system. This one -line of information includes the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the file system's mount point -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the file system's name -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the total number of blocks allocated to the file system -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the number of blocks allocated to existing files -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the number of blocks available for the creation of new files by unprivileged -users -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the percentage of blocks in use by files -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Same as \fB-h\fR except in 512-byte units. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The \fBdf\fR utility interprets operands according to the following precedence: -\fIblock_device\fR, \fIdirectory\fR, \fIfile\fR. The following operands are -supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIblock_device\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represents a block special device (for example, \fB/dev/dsk/c1d0s7\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represents a valid directory name. \fBdf\fR reports on the file system that -contains \fIdirectory\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represents a valid file name. \fBdf\fR reports on the file system that contains -\fIfile\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represents an \fBNFS\fR resource name. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBdf\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRExecuting the \fBdf\fR command -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the \fBdf\fR command and its output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fB/usr/bin/df\fR - -/ (/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s0 ): 287530 blocks 92028 files -/system/contract (ctfs ): 0 blocks 2147483572 files -/system/object (objfs ): 0 blocks 2147483511 files -/usr (/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s6 ): 1020214 blocks 268550 files -/proc (/proc ): 0 blocks 878 files -/dev/fd (fd ): 0 blocks 0 files -/etc/mnttab (mnttab ): 0 blocks 0 files -/var/run (swap ): 396016 blocks 9375 files -/tmp (swap ): 396016 blocks 9375 files -/opt (/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s5 ): 381552 blocks 96649 files -/export/home (/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s7 ): 434364 blocks 108220 files -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where the columns represent the mount point, device (or "filesystem", according -to \fBdf\fR \fB-k\fR), free blocks, and free files, respectively. For contract -file systems, \fB/system/contract\fR is the mount point, \fBctfs\fR is the -contract file system (used by \fBSMF\fR) with 0 free blocks and -2147483582(\fBINTMAX\fR-1) free files. For object file systems, -\fB/system/object\fR is the mount point, \fBobjfs\fR is the object file system -(see \fBobjfs\fR(7FS)) with 0 free blocks and 2147483511 free files. -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRWriting Portable Information About the \fB/usr\fR File System -.sp -.LP -The following example writes portable information about the \fB/usr\fR file -system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fB/usr/bin/df -P /usr\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRWriting Portable Information About the \fB/usr/src\fR file -System -.sp -.LP -Assuming that \fB/usr/src\fR is part of the \fB/usr\fR file system, the -following example writes portable information : - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fB/usr/bin/df -P /usr/src\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUsing \fBdf\fR to Display Inode Usage -.sp -.LP -The following example displays inode usage on all \fBufs\fR file systems: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example%\fB/usr/bin/df -F ufs -o i\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBdf\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, -\fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/dsk/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disk devices -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/fs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default local file system type. Default values can be set for the following -flags in \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. For example: \fBLOCAL=ufs\fR, where \fBLOCAL\fR -is the default partition for a command if no FSType is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount table -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: - -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Standard -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBfind\fR(1), \fBdf_ufs\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBstatvfs\fR(2), -\fBdefault_fs\fR(4), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5), \fBobjfs\fR(7FS) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If \fBUFS\fR logging is enabled on a file system, the disk space used for the -log is reflected in the \fBdf\fR report. The log is allocated from free blocks -on the file system, and it is sized approximately \fB1\fR Mbyte per \fB1\fR -Gbyte of file system, up to 256 Mbytes. The log size may be larger (up to a -maximum of 512 Mbytes) depending on the number of cylinder groups present in -the file system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/df_ufs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/df_ufs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f797407b49..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/df_ufs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DF_UFS 1M "Feb 25, 2005" -.SH NAME -df_ufs \- report free disk space on ufs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdf\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR i] [\fIdirectory\fR | \fIspecial\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdf\fR displays the amount of disk space occupied by \fBufs\fR file systems, -the amount of used and available space, and how much of the file system's total -capacity has been used.The amount of space reported as used and available is -less than the amount of space in the file system; this is because the system -reserves a fraction of the space in the file system to allow its file system -allocation routines to work well. The amount reserved is typically about 10%; -this can be adjusted using \fBtunefs\fR(1M). When all the space on the file -system except for this reserve is in use, only the superuser can allocate new -files and data blocks to existing files. When the file system is overallocated -in this way, \fBdf\fR might report that the file system is more than 100% -utilized.If neither \fIdirectory\fR nor \fIspecial\fR is specified, \fBdf\fR -displays information for all mounted ufs file systems. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Options supported by the generic \fBdf\fR command. See \fBdf\fR(1M) for a -description of these options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify \fBufs\fR file system specific options. The available option is: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Report the number of used and free inodes. This option can not be used with -\fIgeneric_options\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -list of file systems currently mounted -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdf\fR(1M), \fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBfstyp\fR(1M), \fBtunefs\fR(1M), -\fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBufs\fR(7FS), -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBdf\fR calculates its results differently for mounted and unmounted file -systems. For unmounted systems, the numbers reflect the 10% reservation. This -reservation is not reflected in \fBdf\fR output for mounted file systems. For -this reason, the available space reported by the generic command can differ -from the available space reported by this module. -.sp -.LP -\fBdf\fR might report remaining capacity even though \fBsyslog\fR warns -\fBfilesystem full\fR. This issue can occur because \fBdf\fR only uses the -available fragment count to calculate available space, but the file system -requires contiguous sets of fragments for most allocations. -.sp -.LP -If you suspect that you have exhausted contiguous fragments on your file -system, you can use the \fBfstyp\fR(1M) utility with the \fB-v\fR option. In -the \fBfstyp\fR output, look at the \fBnbfree\fR (number of blocks free) and -\fBnffree\fR (number of fragments free) fields. On unmounted filesystems, you -can use \fBfsck\fR(1M) and observe the last line of output, which reports, -among other items, the number of fragments and the degree of fragmentation. See -\fBfsck\fR(1M). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 11051a4ed0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DFMOUNTS 1M "May 24, 2005" -.SH NAME -dfmounts \- display mounted resource information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdfmounts\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fIrestriction\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdfmounts\fR shows the local resources shared through a distributed file -system \fIFSType\fR along with a list of clients that have the resource -mounted. If \fIrestriction\fR is not specified, \fBdfmounts\fR shows file -systems that are currently shared on any \fBNFS\fR server. -\fIspecific_options\fR as well as the availability and semantics of -\fIrestriction\fR are specific to particular distributed file system types. -.sp -.LP -If \fBdfmounts\fR is entered without arguments, remote resources currently -mounted on the local system are displayed, regardless of file system type. -However, the \fBdfmounts\fR command does not display the names of NFS Version 4 -clients. -.SS "\fBdfmounts\fR Output" -.sp -.LP -The output of \fBdfmounts\fR consists of an optional header line (suppressed -with the \fB-h\fR flag) followed by a list of lines containing -whitespace-separated fields. For each resource, the fields are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIresource server pathname clients ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the resource name that must be given to the \fBmount\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the system from which the resource was mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the pathname that must be given to the \fBshare\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIclients\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Is a comma-separated list of systems that have mounted the resource. Clients -are listed in the form \fIdomain.\fR, \fIdomain.system\fR, or \fIsystem\fR, -depending on the file system type. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A field can be null. Each null field is indicated by a hyphen (\(mi) unless the -remainder of the fields on the line are also null, in which case the hyphen can -be omitted. -.sp -.LP -Fields with whitespace are enclosed in quotation marks (\fB"\|"\fR). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify filesystem type. Defaults to the first entry in \fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -\fBNote\fR: currently the only valid \fIFSType\fR is \fBnfs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Suppress header line in output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify options specific to the filesystem provided by the \fB-F\fR option. -\fBNote\fR: currently no options are supported. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -file system types -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdfshares\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBshare\fR(1M), \fBunshare\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts_nfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts_nfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index fa13968341..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfmounts_nfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DFMOUNTS_NFS 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -dfmounts_nfs \- display mounted NFS resource information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdfmounts\fR [\fB-F\fR nfs] [\fB-h\fR] [\fIserver\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdfmounts\fR shows the local resources shared through \fBNFS,\fR along with -the list of clients that have mounted the resource. The \fB-F\fR flag may be -omitted if \fBNFS\fR is the only file system type listed in the file -\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBdfmounts\fR without options, displays all remote resources mounted on the -local system, regardless of file system type. -.sp -.LP -The output of \fBdfmounts\fR consists of an optional header line (suppressed -with the \fB-h\fR flag) followed by a list of lines containing -whitespace-separated fields. For each resource, the fields are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIresource server pathname clients ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Does not apply to \fBNFS.\fR Printed as a hyphen (-). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the system from which the resource was mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the pathname that must be given to the \fBshare\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIclients\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Is a comma-separated list of systems that have mounted the resource. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fBnfs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Specifies the \fBnfs\fR-FSType. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Suppress header line in output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Displays information about the resources mounted from each server, where -\fIserver\fR can be any system on the network. If no server is specified, the -\fIserver\fR is assumed to be the local system. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBshare\fR(1M), \fBunshare\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares.1m deleted file mode 100644 index fa724bc120..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DFSHARES 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -dfshares \- list available resources from remote or local systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdfshares\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] [\fIserver\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdfshares\fR provides information about resources available to the host -through a distributed file system of type \fIFSType\fR. \fIspecific_options\fR -as well as the semantics of \fIserver\fR are specific to particular distributed -file systems. -.sp -.LP -If \fBdfshares\fR is entered without arguments, all resources currently shared -on the local system are displayed, regardless of file system type. -.sp -.LP -The output of \fBdfshares\fR consists of an optional header line (suppressed -with the \fB-h\fR flag) followed by a list of lines containing -whitespace-separated fields. For each resource, the fields are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIresource server access transport\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the resource name that must be given to the \fBmount\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the name of the system that is making the resource available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIaccess\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the access permissions granted to the client systems, either \fBro\fR -(for read-only) or \fBrw\fR (for read/write). If \fBdfshares\fR cannot -determine access permissions, a hyphen (\fB\(mi\fR) is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItransport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the transport provider over which the resource is shared. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A field may be null. Each null field is indicated by a hyphen (\(mi) unless the -remainder of the fields on the line are also null; in which case, the hyphen -may be omitted. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify filesystem type. Defaults to the first entry in -\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Suppress header line in output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify options specific to the filesystem provided by the \fB-F\fR option. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdfmounts\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBshare\fR(1M), \fBunshare\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares_nfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares_nfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f9cacaf0c3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dfshares_nfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DFSHARES_NFS 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -dfshares_nfs \- list available NFS resources from remote systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdfshares\fR [\fB-F\fR nfs] [\fB-h\fR] [\fIserver\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdfshares\fR provides information about resources available to the host -through \fBNFS.\fR The \fB-F\fR flag may be omitted if \fBNFS\fR is the first -file system type listed in the file \fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.sp -.LP -The query may be restricted to the output of resources available from one or -more servers. -.sp -.LP -\fBdfshares\fR without arguments displays all resources shared on the local -system, regardless of file system type. -.sp -.LP -Specifying \fIserver\fR displays information about the resources shared by -each server. \fIServer\fR can be any system on the network. If no server is -specified, then \fIserver\fR is assumed to be the local system. -.sp -.LP -The output of \fBdfshares\fR consists of an optional header line (suppressed -with the \fB-h\fR flag) followed by a list of lines containing -whitespace-separated fields. For each resource, the fields are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIresource server access transport\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the resource name that must be given to the \fBmount\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the system that is making the resource available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIaccess\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the access permissions granted to the client systems; however, -\fBdfshares\fR cannot determine this information for an \fBNFS\fR resource and -populates the field with a hyphen (-). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItransport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the transport provider over which the \fIresource\fR is shared; -however, \fBdfshares\fR cannot determine this information for an \fBNFS\fR -resource and populates the field with a hyphen (-). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A field may be null. Each null field is indicated by a hyphen (-) unless the -remainder of the fields on the line are also null; in which case, the hyphen -may be omitted. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fBnfs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Specify the \fBNFS\fR file system type -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Suppress header line in output. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBshare\fR(1M), \fBunshare\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dhcpagent.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dhcpagent.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 780af863ee..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dhcpagent.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,895 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1992-1996 Competitive Automation, Inc. Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2016-2017, Chris Fraire . -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DHCPAGENT 1M "Feb 13, 2020" -.SH NAME -dhcpagent \- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBdhcpagent\fR [\fB-a\fR] [ \fB-d\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBdhcpagent\fR implements the client half of the Dynamic Host Configuration -Protocol \fB(DHCP)\fR for machines running illumos software. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon obtains configuration parameters for the client -(local) machine's network interfaces from a \fBDHCP\fR server. These parameters -may include a lease on an \fBIP\fR address, which gives the client machine use -of the address for the period of the lease, which may be infinite. If the -client wishes to use the \fBIP\fR address for a period longer than the lease, -it must negotiate an extension using \fBDHCP\fR. For this reason, -\fBdhcpagent\fR must run as a daemon, terminating only when the client machine -powers down. -.sp -.LP -For IPv4, the \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon is controlled through \fBipadm\fR(1M), -\fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), or \fBifconfig\fR(1M) in much the same way that the -\fBinit\fR(1M) daemon is controlled by \fBtelinit\fR(1M). \fBdhcpagent\fR can -be invoked as a user process, albeit one requiring root privileges, but this is -not necessary, as \fBipadm\fR(1M), \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), or \fBifconfig\fR(1M) -will start \fBdhcpagent\fR automatically. -.sp -.LP -For IPv6, the \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon is invoked automatically by -\fBin.ndpd\fR(1M). It can also be controlled through \fBifconfig\fR(1M), if -necessary. -.sp -.LP -When invoked, \fBdhcpagent\fR enters a passive state while it awaits -instructions from \fBipadm\fR(1M), \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), or -\fBin.ndpd\fR(1M). When \fBdhcpagent\fR receives a command to configure an -interface, \fBdhcpagent\fR brings up the interface (if necessary) and starts -DHCP. Once DHCP is complete, \fBdhcpagent\fR can be queried for the values of -the various network parameters. In addition, if DHCP was used to obtain a lease -on an address for an interface, \fBdhcpagent\fR configures the address for use. -When a lease is obtained, it is automatically renewed as necessary. If the -lease cannot be renewed, \fBdhcpagent\fR will unconfigure the address, but the -interface will be left up, and \fBdhcpagent\fR will attempt to acquire a new -address lease. -.sp -.LP -\fBdhcpagent\fR monitors system suspend/resume events and will validate any -non-permanent leases with the DHCP server upon resume. Similarly, -\fBdhcpagent\fR monitors link up/down events and will validate any -non-permanent leases with the DHCP server when the downed link is brought back -up. The lease validation mechanism will restart DHCP if the server indicates -that the existing lease is no longer valid. If the server cannot be contacted, -then the existing lease will continue. This behavior can be modified with the -\fBVERIFIED_LEASE_ONLY\fR parameter in the \fB/etc/default/dhcpagent\fR file. -See the description of this parameter below. -.sp -.LP -For IPv4, if the configured interface is found to be unplumbed, or to have a -different IP address, subnet mask, or broadcast address from those obtained -from DHCP, the interface is abandoned from DHCP control. -.sp -.LP -For IPv6, \fBdhcpagent\fR automatically plumbs and unplumbs logical interfaces -as necessary for the IPv6 addresses supplied by the server. The IPv6 prefix -length (netmask) is not set by the DHCPv6 protocol, but is instead set by -\fBin.ndpd\fR(1M) using prefix information obtained by Router Advertisements. -If any of the logical interfaces created by \fBdhcpagent\fR is unplumbed, or -configured with a different IP address, it will be abandoned from DHCP control. -If the link-local interface is unplumbed, then all addresses configured by DHCP -on that physical interface will be removed. -.sp -.LP -In addition to \fBDHCP\fR, \fBdhcpagent\fR also supports \fBBOOTP\fR (IPv4 -only). See \fIRFC 951, Bootstrap Protocol\fR. Configuration parameters obtained -from a \fBBOOTP\fR server are treated identically to those received from a -\fBDHCP\fR server, except that the \fBIP\fR address received from a \fBBOOTP\fR -server always has an infinite lease. -.sp -.LP -\fBDHCP\fR also acts as a mechanism to configure other information needed by -the client, for example, the domain name and addresses of routers. Aside from -the IP address, and for IPv4 alone, the netmask, broadcast address, and default -router, the agent does not directly configure the workstation, but instead acts -as a database which may be interrogated by other programs, and in particular by -\fBdhcpinfo\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -On clients with a single interface, this is quite straightforward. Clients with -multiple interfaces may present difficulties, as it is possible that some -information arriving on different interfaces may need to be merged, or may be -inconsistent. Furthermore, the configuration of the interfaces is asynchronous, -so requests may arrive while some or all of the interfaces are still -unconfigured. To handle these cases, one interface may be designated as -primary, which makes it the authoritative source for the values of \fBDHCP\fR -parameters in the case where no specific interface is requested. See -\fBdhcpinfo\fR(1) and \fBifconfig\fR(1M) for details. -.sp -.LP -For IPv4, the \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon can be configured to request a particular -Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) or host name. See the \fBREQUEST_FQDN\fR or -\fBREQUEST_HOSTNAME\fR description in the \fBFILES\fR section. When first -configuring a client to request an FQDN or host name, you must perform the -following steps as root to ensure that the full DHCP negotiation takes place: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# pkill dhcpagent -# rm /etc/dhcp/\fIinterface\fR.dhc -# reboot -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -All DHCP packets sent by \fBdhcpagent\fR include a vendor class identifier (RFC -2132, option code 60; RFC 3315, option code 16). This identifier is the same as -the platform name returned by the \fBuname\fR \fB-i\fR command, except: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Any commas in the platform name are changed to periods. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If the name does not start with a stock symbol and a comma, it is automatically -prefixed with \fBSUNW\fR. -.RE -.SS "Messages" -The \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon writes information and error messages in five -categories: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcritical\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Critical messages indicate severe conditions that prevent proper operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBerrors\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Error messages are important, sometimes unrecoverable events due to resource -exhaustion and other unexpected failure of system calls; ignoring errors may -lead to degraded functionality. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBwarnings\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Warnings indicate less severe problems, and in most cases, describe unusual or -incorrect datagrams received from servers, or requests for service that cannot -be provided. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinformational\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Informational messages provide key pieces of information that can be useful to -debugging a \fBDHCP\fR configuration at a site. Informational messages are -generally controlled by the \fB-v\fR option. However, certain critical pieces -of information, such as the IP address obtained, are always provided. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdebug\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Debugging messages, which may be generated at two different levels of -verbosity, are chiefly of benefit to persons having access to source code, but -may be useful as well in debugging difficult DHCP configuration problems. -Debugging messages are only generated when using the \fB-d\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When \fBdhcpagent\fR is run without the \fB-f\fR option, all messages are sent -to the system logger \fBsyslog\fR(3C) at the appropriate matching priority and -with a facility identifier \fBLOG_DAEMON\fR. When \fBdhcpagent\fR is run with -the \fB-f\fR option, all messages are directed to standard error. -.SS "DHCP Events and User-Defined Actions" -If an executable (binary or script) is placed at \fB/etc/dhcp/eventhook\fR, the -\fBdhcpagent\fR daemon will automatically run that program when any of the -following events occur: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBOUND\fR and \fBBOUND6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These events occur during interface configuration. The event program is invoked -when \fBdhcpagent\fR receives the DHCPv4 ACK or DHCPv6 Reply message from the -DHCP server for the lease request of an address, indicating successful initial -configuration of the interface. (See also the \fBINFORM\fR and \fBINFORM6\fR -events, which occur when configuration parameters are obtained without address -leases.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEXTEND\fR and \fBEXTEND6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These events occur during lease extension. The event program is invoked just -after \fBdhcpagent\fR receives the DHCPv4 ACK or DHCPv6 Reply from the DHCP -server for the DHCPv4 REQUEST (renew) message or the DHCPv6 Renew or Rebind -message. -.sp -Note that with DHCPv6, the server might choose to remove some addresses, add -new address leases, and ignore (allow to expire) still other addresses in a -given Reply message. The \fBEXTEND6\fR event occurs when a Reply is received -that leaves one or more address leases still valid, even if the Reply message -does not extend the lease for any address. The event program is invoked just -before any addresses are removed, but just after any new addresses are added. -Those to be removed will be marked with the \fBIFF_DEPRECATED\fR flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEXPIRE\fR and \fBEXPIRE6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These events occur during lease expiration. For DHCPv4, the event program is -invoked just before the leased address is removed from an interface. For -DHCPv6, the event program is invoked just before the last remaining leased -addresses are removed from the interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDROP\fR and \fBDROP6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These events occur during the period when an interface is dropped. The event -program is invoked just before the interface is removed from DHCP control. If -the interface has been abandoned due the user unplumbing the interface, then -this event will occur after the user's action has taken place. The interface -might not be present. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINFORM\fR and \fBINFORM6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These events occur when an interface acquires new or updated configuration -information from a DHCP server by means of the DHCPv4 \fBINFORM\fR or the -DHCPv6 Information-Request message. These messages are sent using an -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) \fBdhcp inform\fR command or when the DHCPv6 Router -Advertisement \fBO\fR (letter 0) bit is set and the \fBM\fR bit is not set. -Thus, these events occur when the DHCP client does not obtain an IP address -lease from the server, and instead obtains only configuration parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOSS6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This event occurs during lease expiration when one or more valid leases still -remain. The event program is invoked just before expired addresses are removed. -Those being removed will be marked with the \fBIFF_DEPRECATED\fR flag. -.sp -Note that this event is not associated with the receipt of the Reply message, -which occurs only when one or more valid leases remain, and occurs only with -DHCPv6. If all leases have expired, then the EXPIRE6 event occurs instead. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRELEASE\fR and \fBRELEASE6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This event occurs during the period when a leased address is released. The -event program is invoked just before \fBdhcpagent\fR relinquishes the address -on an interface and sends the DHCPv4 \fBRELEASE\fR or DHCPv6 Release packet to -the DHCP server. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The system does not provide a default event program. The file -\fB/etc/dhcp/eventhook\fR is expected to be owned by root and have a mode of -755. -.sp -.LP -The event program will be passed two arguments, the interface name and the -event name, respectively. For DHCPv6, the interface name is the name of the -physical interface. -.sp -.LP -The event program can use the \fBdhcpinfo\fR(1) utility to fetch additional -information about the interface. While the event program is invoked on every -event defined above, it can ignore those events in which it is not interested. -The event program runs with the same privileges and environment as -\fBdhcpagent\fR itself, except that \fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR, and \fBstderr\fR -are redirected to \fB/dev/null\fR. Note that this means that the event program -runs with root privileges. -.sp -.LP -If an invocation of the event program does not exit after 55 seconds, it is -sent a \fBSIGTERM\fR signal. If does not exit within the next three seconds, it -is terminated by a \fBSIGKILL\fR signal. -.sp -.LP -See EXAMPLES for an example event program. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adopt a configured IPv4 interface. This option is for use with diskless -\fBDHCP\fR clients. In the case of diskless \fBDHCP\fR, \fBDHCP\fR has already -been performed on the network interface providing the operating system image -prior to running \fBdhcpagent\fR. This option instructs the agent to take over -control of the interface. It is intended primarily for use in boot scripts. -.sp -The effect of this option depends on whether the interface is being adopted. -.sp -If the interface is being adopted, the following conditions apply: -.sp -\fBdhcpagent\fR uses the client id specified in -\fB/chosen\fR:\fI\fR, as published by the PROM or as specified on a -\fBboot\fR(1M) command line. If this value is not present, the client id is -undefined. The DHCP server then determines what to use as a client id. It is an -error condition if the interface is an Infiniband interface and the PROM value -is not present. -.sp -If the interface is not being adopted: -.sp -\fBdhcpagent\fR uses the value stored in \fB/etc/default/dhcpagent\fR. If this -value is not present, the client id is undefined. If the interface is -Infiniband and there is no value in \fB/etc/default/dhcpagent\fR, a client id -is generated as described by the draft document on DHCP over Infiniband, -available at: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -http://www.ietf.org -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set debug level to \fIn\fR. Two levels of debugging are currently available, 1 -and 2; the latter is more verbose. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run in the foreground instead of as a daemon process. When this option is used, -messages are sent to standard error instead of to \fBsyslog\fR(3C). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Provide verbose output useful for debugging site configuration problems. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRExample Event Program -.sp -.LP -The following script is stored in the file \fB/etc/dhcp/eventhook\fR, owned by -root with a mode of 755. It is invoked upon the occurrence of the events listed -in the file. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#!/bin/sh - -( -echo "Interface name: " $1 -echo "Event: " $2 - -case $2 in -"BOUND") - echo "Address acquired from server "\e - `/sbin/dhcpinfo -i $1 ServerID` - ;; -"BOUND6") - echo "Addresses acquired from server " \e - `/sbin/dhcpinfo -v6 -i $1 ServerID` - ;; -"EXTEND") - echo "Lease extended for " \e - `/sbin/dhcpinfo -i $1 LeaseTim`" seconds" - ;; -"EXTEND6") - echo "New lease information obtained on $i" - ;; -"EXPIRE" | "DROP" | "RELEASE") - ;; - -esac -) >/var/run/dhcp_eventhook_output 2>&1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note the redirection of stdout and stderr to a file. - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dhcp/\fIif\fR.dhc\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dhcp/\fIif\fR.dh6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains the configuration for interface. The mere existence of this file does -not imply that the configuration is correct, since the lease might have -expired. On start-up, \fBdhcpagent\fR confirms the validity of the address -using REQUEST (for DHCPv4) or Confirm (DHCPv6). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dhcp/duid\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dhcp/iaid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains persistent storage for system-generated DUID (DHCP Unique Identifier) -and interface-specific IAID (Identity Association Identifier) values which are -used if no \fBCLIENT_ID\fR is defined (see below). The format of these files is -undocumented, and applications should not read from or write to them. Instead, -\fBdhcpinfo\fR(1) can be used to query the \fBdhcpagent\fR for \fIClientID\fR. -For DHCPv6 interfaces, the result will contain the DUID. For DHCPv4 interfaces -with \fBV4_DEFAULT_IAID_DUID\fR enabled (see below), the result will contain -the IAID and DUID. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/dhcpagent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains default values for tunable parameters. All values may be qualified -with the interface they apply to by prepending the interface name and a period -(".") to the interface parameter name. The parameters include: the interface -parameter name. -.sp -To configure IPv6 parameters, place the string \fB\&.v6\fR between the -interface name (if any) and the parameter name. For example, to set the global -IPv6 parameter request list, use \fB\&.v6.PARAM_REQUEST_LIST\fR. To set the -\fBCLIENT_ID\fR (\fBDUID\fR) on \fBhme0\fR, use \fBhme0.v6.CLIENT_ID\fR. -.sp -The parameters include: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVERIFIED_LEASE_ONLY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that a \fBRELEASE\fR rather than a \fBDROP\fR should be performed on -managed interfaces when the agent terminates. Release causes the client to -discard the lease, and the server to make the address available again. Drop -causes the client to record the lease in \fB/etc/dhcp/\fIinterface\fR.dhc\fR or -\fB/etc/dhcp/\fIinterface\fR.dh6\fR for later use. In addition, when the link -status changes to \fBup\fR or when the system is resumed after a suspend, the -client will verify the lease with the server. If the server is unreachable for -verification, then the old lease will be discarded (even if it has time -remaining) and a new one obtained. -.sp -Enabling this option is often desirable on mobile systems, such as laptops, to -allow the system to recover quickly from moves. -.sp -Default value of this option is \fIno\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOFFER_WAIT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates how long to wait in seconds between checking for valid -\fBOFFER\fRs after sending a \fBDISCOVER\fR. For DHCPv6, sets the time to -wait between checking for valid Advertisements after sending a Solicit. -.sp -Default value of this option is \fI3\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLIENT_ID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates the value that should be used to uniquely identify the client to the -server. This value can take one of three basic forms: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIdecimal\fR,\fIdata\fR... -0xHHHHH... -"\fIstring\fR...." -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The first form is an RFC 3315 DUID. This is legal for both IPv4 DHCP and -DHCPv6. For IPv4, an RFC 4361 Client ID is constructed from this value. In this -first form, the format of \fIdata\fR... depends on the decimal value. The -following formats are defined for this first form: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1,\fIhwtype\fR,\fItime\fR,\fIlla\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type 1, DUID-LLT. The \fIhwtype\fR value is an integer in the range 0-65535, -and indicates the type of hardware. The \fItime\fR value is the number of -seconds since midnight, January 1st, 2000 UTC, and can be omitted to use the -current system time. The \fIlla\fR value is either a colon-separated MAC -address or the name of a physical interface. If the name of an interface is -used, the \fIhwtype\fR value can be omitted. For example: \fB1,,,hme0\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB2,\fIenterprise\fR,\fIhex\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type 2, DUID-EN. The \fIenterprise\fR value is an integer in the range -0-4294967295 and represents the SMI Enterprise number for an organization. The -\fIhex\fR string is an even-length sequence of hexadecimal digits. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB3,\fIhwtype\fR,\fIlla\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type 3, DUID-LL. This is the same as DUID-LLT (type 1), except that a time -stamp is not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB*,\fIhex\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Any other type value (0 or 4-65535) can be used with an even-length hexadecimal -string. -.RE - -The second and third forms of \fBCLIENT_ID\fR are legal for IPv4 only. These -both represent raw Client ID (without RFC 4361), in hex, or NVT ASCII string -format. Thus, "\fBSun\fR" and \fB0x53756E\fR are equivalent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBV4_DEFAULT_IAID_DUID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates whether to use, when CLIENT_ID is not defined, a system-managed, -RFC 3315-style (i.e., DHCPv6-style) binding identifier as documented in -RFC 4361, "Node-specific Client Identifiers for DHCPv4," for IPv4 -interfaces which for purposes of backward compatibility do not normally get -default binding identifiers. -.sp -An IPv4 interface that is not in an IP network multipathing (IPMP) group, -that is not IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB), and that is not a logical interface -does not normally get a default binding identifier. -.sp -Default value of this option is \fIno\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPARAM_REQUEST_LIST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a list of comma-separated integer values of options for which the -client would like values, or symbolic \fBSite\fR or \fBOption\fR option names. -Symbolic option names for IPv4 are resolved through \fB/etc/dhcp/inittab\fR. -Option names for IPv6 are resolved by means of \fB/etc/dhcp/inittab6\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPARAM_IGNORE_LIST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a list of options (constructed in the same manner as -\fBPARAM_REQUEST_LIST\fR) that the DHCP client will ignore. Ignored options are -treated as though the server did not return the options specified. Ignored -options are not visible using \fBdhcpinfo\fR(1) or acted on by the client. This -parameter can be used, for example, to disable an unwanted client name or -default router. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBREQUEST_FQDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates the client requests the DHCP server to map the client's leased -IPv4 address to the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) associated with the -network interface that performs DHCP on the client and to collaborate with -a compatible DNS server to manage A and PTR resource records for the FQDN -for the life of the lease. -.sp .6 -The \fIhostname\fR in the FQDN is determined from the following possible -configurations: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -1. \fBipadm\fR(1M): include the \fB-1,--primary\fR flag when creating an -address that uses DHCP so that \fBnodename\fR(4) is used as the -\fIhostname\fR. -.ad -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -2. \fBipadm\fR(1M): include the \fB-h,--reqhost\fR \fIhostname\fR switch -when executing the \fBcreate-addr -T dhcp\fR subcommand, or use the -\fBset-addrprop -p reqhost=\fR\fIhostname\fR subcommand for any existing -DHCP address. -.ad -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -3. \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M): set a property, -\fBip-primary=\fR\fIon\fR, for an ncu ip that uses DHCP so that -\fBnodename\fR(4) is used as the \fIhostname\fR. -.ad -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -4. \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M): set a property, -\fBip-reqhost=\fR\fIhostname\fR, for an ncu ip that uses DHCP. -.ad -.sp -The \fIhostname\fR value is either a Partially Qualified Domain Name (PQDN) -or an FQDN (i.e., a "rooted" domain name ending with a '.' or one inferred -to be an FQDN if it contains at least three DNS labels such as -srv.example.com). If a PQDN is specified, then an FQDN is constructed if -\fBDNS_DOMAINNAME\fR is defined or if \fBADOPT_DOMAINNAME\fR is set to -\fIyes\fR and an eligible domain name (as described below) is available. -.sp -If an FQDN is sent, \fBREQUEST_HOSTNAME\fR processing will not be done, -per RFC 4702 (3.1): "clients that send the Client FQDN option in their -messages MUST NOT also send the Host Name." -.sp -Default value of this option is \fIyes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDNS_DOMAINNAME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates the value that should be appended to a PQDN specified by the -\fB-h,--reqhost\fR option of \fBipadm\fR(1M), by the ncu \fBip-reqhost\fR -property of \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), or by \fBnodename\fR(4) to construct an FQDN -for \fBREQUEST_FQDN\fR processing. -If the \fIhostname\fR value is already an FQDN, then the value of this -option is not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBADOPT_DOMAINNAME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that a domain name returned by the DHCP server or the \fBdomain\fR -from \fBresolv.conf\fR(4) should be adopted if needed to construct an FQDN -from a PQDN specified by the \fB-h,--reqhost\fR option of \fBipadm\fR(1M), -by the ncu \fBip-reqhost\fR property of \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), or by -\fBnodename\fR(4). -If the \fIhostname\fR value is already an FQDN, then the value of this -option is not applicable. -The eligible DHCP option for domain name is DHCPv4 \fBDNSdmain\fR. -.sp -Default value of this option is \fIno\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBREQUEST_HOSTNAME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates the client requests the DHCP server to map the client's leased IPv4 -address to the host name associated with the network interface that performs -DHCP on the client. The host name must be specified as documented for a -PQDN in \fBREQUEST_FQDN\fR above or specified in the -\fB/etc/hostname.\fIinterface\fR\fR file for the relevant interface on a line -of the form -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -inet \fIhostname\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fIhostname\fR is the host name requested. -.sp -This option works with DHCPv4 only. -.sp -Default value of this option is \fIyes\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dhcp/eventhook\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Location of a DHCP event program. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdhcpinfo\fR(1), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBin.mpathd\fR(1M), -\fBin.ndpd\fR(1M), \fBipadm\fR(1M), \fBnwamcfg\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), -\fBnodename\fR(4), \fBresolv.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBdhcp\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.sp -.LP -Croft, B. and Gilmore, J. \fIRFC 951, Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)\fR, Network -Working Group, September 1985. -.sp -.LP -Droms, R. \fIRFC 2131, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol\fR, Network Working -Group, March 1997. -.sp -.LP -Lemon, T. and B. Sommerfeld. \fIRFC 4361, Node-specific Client Identifiers for -Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Version Four (DHCPv4)\fR. Nominum and Sun -Microsystems. February 2006. -.sp -.LP -Droms, R. \fIRFC 3315, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 -(DHCPv6)\fR. Cisco Systems. July 2003. -.SH NOTES -The \fBdhcpagent\fR daemon can be used on IPv4 logical interfaces, just as with -physical interfaces. When used on a logical interface, the daemon automatically -constructs a Client ID value based on the DUID and IAID values, according to -RFC 4361. The \fB/etc/default/dhcpagent\fR \fBCLIENT_ID\fR value, if any, -overrides this automatic identifier. -.sp -.LP -As with physical IPv4 interfaces, the \fB/etc/hostname.hme0:1\fR and -\fB/etc/dhcp.hme0:1\fR files must also be created in order for \fBhme0:1\fR to -be automatically plumbed and configured at boot. In addition, unlike physical -IPv4 interfaces, \fBdhcpagent\fR does not add or remove default routes -associated with logical interfaces. -.sp -.LP -DHCP can be performed on IPMP IP interfaces to acquire and maintain IPMP data -addresses. Because an IPMP IP interface has no hardware address, the daemon -automatically constructs a Client ID using the same approach described above -for IPv4 logical interfaces. In addition, the lack of a hardware address means -the daemon must set the "broadcast" flag in all \fBDISCOVER\fR and -\fBREQUEST\fR messages on IPMP IP interfaces. Some DHCP servers may refuse such -requests. -.sp -.LP -DHCP can be performed on IP interfaces that are part of an IPMP group (to -acquire and maintain test addresses). The daemon will automatically set the -\fBNOFAILOVER\fR and \fBDEPRECATED\fR flags on each test address. Additionally, -the daemon will not add or remove default routes in this case. Note that the -actual DHCP packet exchange may be performed over any active IP interface in -the IPMP group. It is strongly recommended that test addresses have infinite -leases. Otherwise, an extended network outage detectable only by probes may -cause test address leases to expire, causing \fBin.mpathd\fR(1M) to revert to -link-based failure detection and trigger an erroneous repair. -.sp -.LP -With DHCPv6, the link-local interface must be configured using -\fB/etc/hostname6.hme0\fR in order for DHCPv6 to run on \fBhme0\fR at boot -time. The logical interfaces for each address are plumbed by \fBdhcpagent\fR -automatically. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/diskinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/diskinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8218c7f1ad..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/diskinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" Copyright 2014 Joyent, Inc. -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd July 20, 2016 -.Dt DISKINFO 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm diskinfo -.Nd provide disk device inventory and status -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl Hp -.Op Fl c Ns | Ns Fl P -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The diskinfo tool provides information about the disk devices in the system. -Because it interacts with the kernel's device management subsystem, this tool -can be used only from the global zone. -If run in any other zone, its output will be incomplete and unreliable. -.Pp -There are three main modes. -The default mode, when neither the -.Fl c -nor -.Fl P -option is specified, provides a basic inventory of the disk devices in the -system. -Each line describes a single device and contains the device's attachment bus or -fabric type, the base name of the device in the -.Pa /dev/dsk -directory, the disk's vendor and product identification strings, the size -.Pq storage capacity -of the device, whether the device is removable, and whether it is solid-state. -.Pp -The -.Fl P -option selects physical mode. -In this mode, each line of output likewise describes one disk device; however, -the fields provided indicate the base name of the device in the -.Pa /dev/dsk -directory, the disk's vendor and product identification strings, the serial -number of the device, whether the device is faulty as diagnosed by -.Xr fmd 1M , -whether the locate or identification indicator is on for the device -.Pq if one is present , -and the chassis and bay number containing the disk if known. -.Pp -The -.Fl c -option selects compact mode. -This mode provides all of the information provided by both the default mode and -physical mode in a compact format. -.Pp -See -.Sx OUTPUT FIELDS -below for a detailed description of each column. -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c -Select compact mode output. -At most one of -.Fl c -and -.Fl P -may be present on the command line. -.It Fl H -Do not print a header. -This provides output suitable for passing into text processing tools. -.It Fl P -Select physical mode output. -At most one of -.Fl P -and -.Fl c -may be present on the command line. -.It Fl p -Parsable output. -When -.Fl p -is selected, the size -.Pq storage capacity -is output in bytes instead of in human-readable units, and the device's location -.Pq if known -is provided as a comma-separated chassis and bay number instead of a -human-readable location. -This option may be used in any output mode and is intended for use by scripts or -other robotic tooling. -.El -.Sh OUTPUT FIELDS -.Bl -tag -width "LOCATION" -.It Sy DISK -The base name of the device node within the -.Pa /dev/dsk -directory. -The names of partitions and/or slices, if any, are derived from this name as -described by -.Xr prtvtoc 1M . -.Pp -This field is available in all output modes. -.It Sy FLRS -A condensed field incorporating the same information as the -.Sy FLT , LOC , RMV , -and -.Sy SSD -fields. -Each field is condensed to a single character. -If the field is true, the first letter of the field name will appear in its -position in the string; otherwise, the -.Qq Sy - -character will appear instead. -.Pp -This field is available only in compact output mode. -.It Sy FLT -A boolean field indicating whether the device is faulty; specifically, whether -the fault indicator -.Pq if one is present -is active. -.Pp -This field is available only in physical output mode. -.It Sy LOC -A boolean field indicating whether the locate or identify indicator, if any, -associated with the device's bay, is active. -.Pp -This field is available only in physical output mode. -.It Sy LOCATION -The physical chassis and bay name -.Po or chassis and bay numbers, if -.Fl p -is given -.Pc -in which the device is located. -The chassis number is identified in human-readable output within -.Bq square brackets ; -chassis 0 is the host chassis itself. -The bay name, if any, is provided by the enclosure, typically via a SCSI -Enclosure Services processor. -.Pp -This field is available in compact and physical output modes. -.It Sy PID -The product identification string reported by the device. -.Pp -This field is available in all output modes. -.It Sy RMV -A boolean field indicating whether the device is removable. -USB storage devices, most optical drives and changers, and certain other devices -that report themselves as removable will be identified as such. -.Pp -This field is available only in default output mode. -.It Sy SERIAL -The serial number of the device. -The entire serial number is reported if the device and its drivers provide it. -.Pp -This field is available in compact and physical output modes. -.It Sy SIZE -The device's storage capacity. -If the -.Fl p -option is given, this is reported in bytes; otherwise, it is reported in a -human-readable format with units specified. -All units are based on powers of 2 and are expressed in SI standard notation. -.Pp -This field is available in compact and default output modes. -.It Sy SSD -A boolean field indicating whether the device is solid-state. -.Pp -This field is available only in default output mode. -.It Sy TYPE -The transport -.Pq fabric or bus -type by which the storage device is attached to the host, if known. -Typical transports include SCSI and USB. -.Pp -This field is available in compact and default output modes. -.It Sy VID -The vendor identification string reported by the device. -.Pp -This field is available in all output modes. -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr fmd 1M , -.Xr prtvtoc 1M , -.Xr sd 7D diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/disks.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/disks.1m deleted file mode 100644 index cea13c7f0f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/disks.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,316 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DISKS 1M "Jul 2, 2009" -.SH NAME -disks \- creates /dev entries for hard disks attached to the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/disks\fR [\fB-C\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M) is now the preferred command for \fB/dev\fR and should be -used instead of \fBdisks\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR creates symbolic links in the \fB/dev/dsk\fR and \fB/dev/rdsk\fR -directories pointing to the actual disk device special files under the -\fB/devices\fR directory tree. It performs the following steps: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -\fBdisks\fR searches the kernel device tree to see what hard disks are -attached to the system. It notes the \fB/devices\fR pathnames for the slices on -the drive and determines the physical component of the corresponding -\fB/dev/dsk\fR or \fB/dev/rdsk\fR name. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -The \fB/dev/dsk\fR and \fB/dev/rdsk\fR directories are checked for disk -entries \(mi that is, symbolic links with names of the form -\fBc\fR\fIN\fR[\fBt\fR\fIN\fR]\fBd\fR\fIN\fR\fBs\fR\fIN\fR, or -\fBc\fR\fIN\fR[\fBt\fR\fIN\fR]\fBd\fRN\fBp\fR\fIN\fR, where \fIN\fR represents -a decimal number. \fBc\fR\fIN\fR is the logical controller number, an arbitrary -number assigned by this program to designate a particular disk controller. The -first controller found on the first occasion this program is run on a system, -is assigned number \fB0\fR. \fBt\fR\fIN\fR is the bus-address number of a -subsidiary controller attached to a peripheral bus such as \fBSCSI\fR or -\fBIPI\fR (the \fBtarget\fR number for \fBSCSI,\fR and the \fBfacility\fR -number for \fBIPI\fR controllers). \fBd\fR\fIN\fR is the number of the disk -attached to the controller. \fBs\fR\fIN\fR is the \fIslice\fR number on the -disk. \fBp\fR\fIN\fR is the FDISK partition number used by \fBfdisk\fR(1M). -(x86 Only) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -If only some of the disk entries are found in \fB/dev/dsk\fR for a disk that -has been found under the \fB/devices\fR directory tree, disks creates the -missing symbolic links. If none of the entries for a particular disk are found -in \fB/dev/dsk\fR, \fBdisks\fR checks to see if any entries exist for other -disks attached to the same controller, and if so, creates new entries using the -same controller number as used for other disks on the same controller. If no -other \fB/dev/dsk\fR entries are found for slices of disks belonging to the -same physical controller as the current disk, \fBdisks\fR assigns the -lowest-unused controller number and creates entries for the disk slices using -this newly-assigned controller number. -.RE -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR is run automatically each time a reconfiguration-boot is performed -or when \fBadd_drv\fR(1M) is executed. When invoking \fBdisks\fR manually, -first run \fBdrvconfig\fR(1M) to ensure \fB/devices\fR is consistent with the -current device configuration. -.SS "Notice to Driver Writers" -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR considers all devices with a node type of \fBDDI_NT_BLOCK,\fR -\fBDDI_NT_BLOCK_CHAN,\fR \fBDDI_NT_CD,\fR \fBDDI_NT_BLOCK_WWN\fR or -\fBDDI_NT_CD_CHAN\fR to be disk devices. \fBdisks\fR requires the minor name of -disk devices obey the following format conventions. -.sp -.LP -The minor name for block interfaces consists of a single lowercase ASCII -character, \fBa\fR through \fBu\fR, representing the slices and the primary -partitions. The minor name for logical drive block interfaces consists of the -strings \fBp5\fR through \fBp36\fR. The minor name for character (raw) -interfaces consists of a single lowercase ASCII character, \fBa\fR through -\fBa\fR, followed by the string \fB,raw\fR, representing the slices and the -primary partitions. The minor name for logical drive character (raw) interfaces -consists of the string \fBp5\fR through \fBp36\fR followed by \fB,raw\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR performs the following translations: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBa\fR through \fBp\fR to \fBs0\fR through \fBs15\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBq\fR through \fBu\fR to \fBp0\fR through \fBp4\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBp5\fR through \fBp36\fR to \fBp5\fR through \fBp36\fR -.RE -.sp -.LP -SPARC drivers should only use the first eight slices: \fBa\fR through \fBh\fR, -while x86 drivers can use \fBa\fR through \fBu\fR, with \fBq\fR through \fBu\fR -corresponding to \fBfdisk\fR(1M) primary partitions. \fBq\fR represents the -entire disk, while \fBr\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBt\fR, and \fBu\fR represent up to four -additional primary partitions. For logical drives, \fBp5\fR to \fBp36\fR -correspond to the 32 logical drives that are supported. The device nodes for -logical drives change dynamically as and when they are created or deleted. -.sp -.LP -To prevent \fBdisks\fR from attempting to automatically generate links for a -device, drivers must specify a private node type and refrain from using a node -type: \fBDDI_NT_BLOCK,\fR \fBDDI_NT_BLOCK_CHAN,\fR \fBDDI_NT_CD,\fR or -\fBDDI_NT_CD_CHAN\fR when calling \fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Causes disks to remove any invalid links after adding any new entries to -\fB/dev/dsk\fR and \fB/dev/rdsk\fR. Invalid links are links which refer to -non-existent disk nodes that have been removed, powered off, or are otherwise -inaccessible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Causes \fBdisks\fR to presume that the \fB/dev/dsk\fR, \fB/dev/rdsk\fR and -\fB/devices\fR directory trees are found under \fIrootdir\fR, not directly -under \fB/\fR. -.RE - -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -If disks finds entries of a particular logical controller linked to different -physical controllers, it prints an error message and exits without making any -changes to the \fB/dev\fR directory, since it cannot determine which of the two -alternative logical-to-physical mappings is correct. The links should be -manually corrected or removed before another reconfiguration-boot is performed. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating Block and Character Minor Devices -.sp -.LP -The following example demonstrates creating the block and character minor -devices from within the \fBxkdisk\fR driver's \fBattach\fR(9E) function. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#include -/* - * Create the minor number by combining the instance number - * with the slice number. - */ -#define MINOR_NUM(i, s) ((i) << 4 | (s)) - -int -xkdiskattach(dev_info_t *dip, ddi_attach_cmd_t cmd) -{ - int instance, slice; - char name[8]; - - /* other stuff in attach... */ - - instance = ddi_get_instance(dip); - for (slice = 0; slice < V_NUMPAR; slice++) { - /* - * create block device interface - */ - sprintf(name, "%c", slice + 'a'); - ddi_create_minor_node(dip, name, S_IFBLK, - MINOR_NUM(instance, slice), DDI_NT_BLOCK_CHAN, 0); - - /* - * create the raw (character) device interface - */ - sprintf(name,"%c,raw", slice + 'a'); - ddi_create_minor_node(dip, name, S_IFCHR, - MINOR_NUM(instance, slice), DDI_NT_BLOCK_CHAN, 0); - } -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Installing the \fBxkdisk\fR disk driver on a Sun Fire 4800, with the driver -controlling a \fBSCSI\fR disk (target 3 attached to an \fBisp\fR(7D) \fBSCSI -HBA)\fR and performing a reconfiguration-boot (causing disks to be run) creates -the following special files in \fB/devices\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /devices/ssm@0,0/pci@18,700000/pci@1/SUNW,isptwo@4/ -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 16 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:a -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 16 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:a,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 17 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:b -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 17 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:b,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 18 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:c -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 18 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:c,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 19 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:d -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 19 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:d,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 20 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:e -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 20 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:e,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 21 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:f -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 21 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:f,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 22 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:g -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 22 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:g,raw -brw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 23 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:h -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 23 Aug 29 00:02 xkdisk@3,0:h,raw -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -/dev/dsk will contain the disk entries to the block device nodes in -\fB/devices\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/dsk -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s0 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:a -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s1 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:b -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s2 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:c -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s3 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:d -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s4 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:e -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s5 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:f -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s6 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:g -/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s7 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:h -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -and /dev/rdsk will contain the disk entries for the character device nodes in -\fB/devices\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/rdsk -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s0 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:a,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s1 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:b,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s2 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:c,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s3 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:d,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s4 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:e,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s5 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:f,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s6 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:g,raw -/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s7 -> ../../devices/[...]/xkdisk@3,0:h,raw -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/dsk/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Disk entries (block device interface) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/rdsk/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Disk entries (character device interface) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/devices/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Device special files (minor device nodes) -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBisp\fR(7D), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS), \fBdkio\fR(7I), \fBattach\fR(9E), -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH BUGS -.sp -.LP -\fBdisks\fR silently ignores malformed minor device names. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/diskscan.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/diskscan.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d22e66752a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/diskscan.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DISKSCAN 1M "Feb 24, 1998" -.SH NAME -diskscan \- perform surface analysis -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBdiskscan\fR [\fB-W\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-y\fR] \fIraw_device\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdiskscan\fR is used by the system administrator to perform surface analysis -on a portion of a hard disk. The disk portion may be a raw partition or slice; -it is identified using its raw device name. By default, the specified portion -of the disk is read (non-destructive) and errors reported on standard error. In -addition, a progress report is printed on standard out. The list of bad blocks -should be saved in a file and later fed into \fBaddbadsec\fR(1M), which will -remap them. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Causes \fBdiskscan\fR to suppress linefeeds when printing progress information -on standard out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-W\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Causes \fBdiskscan\fR to perform write and read surface analysis. This type of -surface analysis is destructive and should be invoked with caution. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Causes \fBdiskscan\fR to suppress the warning regarding destruction of -existing data that is issued when \fB-W\fR is used. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw_device\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The address of the disk drive (see \fBFILES\fR). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -The raw device should be \fB/dev/rdsk/c?[t?]d?[ps]?\fR. See \fBdisks\fR(1M) for -an explanation of \fBSCSI\fR and \fBIDE\fR device naming conventions. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Architecture x86 -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBaddbadsec\fR(1M), \fBdisks\fR(1M), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), \fBfmthard\fR(1M), -\fBformat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBformat\fR(1M) utility is available to format, label, analyze, and repair -\fBSCSI\fR disks. This utility is included with the \fBdiskscan\fR, -\fBaddbadsec\fR(1M), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), and \fBfmthard\fR(1M) commands available -for x86. To format an \fBIDE\fR disk, use the \fB DOS\fR \fBformat\fR utility; -however, to label, analyze, or repair \fBIDE\fR disks on x86 systems, use the -Solaris \fBformat\fR(1M) utility. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dispadmin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dispadmin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0f7af2d255..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dispadmin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2020 (c) Sergio Aguayo, All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH DISPADMIN 1M "Oct 7, 2008" -.SH NAME -dispadmin \- process scheduler administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBdispadmin\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdispadmin\fR \fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR {\fB-g\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIres\fR] | \fB-s\fR \fIfile\fR} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdispadmin\fR \fB-d\fR [\fIclass\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBdispadmin\fR command displays or changes process scheduler parameters -while the system is running. -.sp -.LP -\fBdispadmin\fR does limited checking on the values supplied in \fIfile\fR to -verify that they are within their required bounds. The checking, however, does -not attempt to analyze the effect that the new values have on the performance -of the system. Inappropriate values can have a negative effect on system -performance. (See \fISystem Administration Guide: Advanced Administration\fR.) -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the class whose parameters are to be displayed or changed. Valid -\fIclass\fR values are: \fBRT\fR for the real-time class, \fBTS\fR for the -time-sharing class, \fBIA\fR for the inter-active class, \fBFSS\fR for the -fair-share class, and \fBFX\fR for the fixed-priority class. The time-sharing -and inter-active classes share the same scheduler, so changes to the -scheduling parameters of one will change those of the other. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR [\fIclass\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets or displays the name of the default scheduling class to be used on reboot -when starting \fBsvc:/system/scheduler:default\fR. If class name is not -specified, the name and description of the current default scheduling class is -displayed. If class name is specified and is a valid scheduling class name, -then it is saved in \fBdispadmin\fR's private configuration file -\fB/etc/dispadmin.conf\fR. Only super-users can set the default scheduling -class. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Gets the parameters for the specified class and writes them to the standard -output. Parameters for the real-time class are described in \fBrt_dptbl\fR(4). -Parameters for the time-sharing and inter-active classes are described in -\fBts_dptbl\fR(4). Parameters for the fair-share class are described in -\fBFSS\fR(7). Parameters for the fixed-priority class are described in -\fBfx_dptbl\fR(4). -.sp -The \fB-g\fR and \fB-s\fR options are mutually exclusive: you may not retrieve -the table at the same time you are overwriting it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the scheduler classes currently configured in the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIres\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When using the \fB-g\fR option you may also use the \fB-r\fR option to specify -a resolution to be used for outputting the time quantum values. If no -resolution is specified, time quantum values are in milliseconds. If \fIres\fR -is specified it must be a positive integer between 1 and 1000000000 inclusive, -and the resolution used is the reciprocal of \fIres\fR in seconds. For example, -a \fIres\fR value of 10 yields time quantum values expressed in tenths of a -second; a \fIres\fR value of 1000000 yields time quantum values expressed in -microseconds. If the time quantum cannot be expressed as an integer in the -specified resolution, it is rounded up to the next integral multiple of the -specified resolution. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets scheduler parameters for the specified class using the values in -\fIfile\fR. These values overwrite the current values in memory\(emthey become -the parameters that control scheduling of processes in the specified class. The -values in \fIfile\fR must be in the format output by the \fB-g\fR option. -Moreover, the values must describe a table that is the same size (has same -number of priority levels) as the table being overwritten. Super-user -privileges are required in order to use the \fB-s\fR option. -.sp -Time quantum values for scheduling classes are specified in system clock ticks -rather than constant-time units. These values are based on the value of the -kernel's \fBhz\fR variable. By default, the system operates at 1000 Hz and -thus with a quantum of 1 millisecond. If the kernel tunable \fBhires_tick\fR -is set to 0, this drops to 100 Hz for a larger quantum of 10 milliseconds. -.sp -The \fB-g\fR and \fB-s\fR options are mutually exclusive: you may not retrieve -the table at the same time you are overwriting it. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRRetrieving the Current Scheduler Parameters for the real-time -class -.sp -.LP -The following command retrieves the current scheduler parameters for the -real-time class from kernel memory and writes them to the standard output. Time -quantum values are in microseconds. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -dispadmin \fB-c\fR RT \fB-g\fR \fB-r\fR 1000000 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fROverwriting the Current Scheduler Parameters for the Real-time -Class -.sp -.LP -The following command overwrites the current scheduler parameters for the -real-time class with the values specified in \fBrt.config\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -dispadmin \fB-c\fR RT \fB-s\fR rt.config -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRetrieving the Current Scheduler Parameters for the -Time-sharing Class -.sp -.LP -The following command retrieves the current scheduler parameters for the -time-sharing class from kernel memory and writes them to the standard output. -Time quantum values are in nanoseconds. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -dispadmin \fB-c\fR TS \fB-g\fR \fB-r\fR 1000000000 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fROverwriting the Current Scheduler Parameters for the -Time-sharing Class -.sp -.LP -The following command overwrites the current scheduler parameters for the -time-sharing class with the values specified in \fBts.config\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -dispadmin \fB-c\fR TS \fB-s\fR ts.config -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dispadmin.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Possible location for argument to \fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBpriocntl\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBpriocntl\fR(2), -\fBfx_dptbl\fR(4), \fBrt_dptbl\fR(4), \fBts_dptbl\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5), \fBFSS\fR(7) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR \fI\fR -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -\fBdispadmin\fR prints an appropriate diagnostic message if it fails to -overwrite the current scheduler parameters due to lack of required permissions -or a problem with the specified input file. -.SH NOTES -The default scheduling class setting facility is managed by the service -management facility, \fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/scheduler:default -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Note that -disabling the service while it is running will not change anything. The -service's status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/dladm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/dladm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index fb7ad61939..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/dladm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6175 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. gratefully acknowledges The Open Group for -.\" permission to reproduce portions of its copyrighted documentation. -.\" Original documentation from The Open Group can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/. -.\" -.\" The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and The Open -.\" Group, have given us permission to reprint portions of their -.\" documentation. -.\" -.\" In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions -.\" of the system documentation. -.\" -.\" Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form -.\" in the SunOS Reference Manual, from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, -.\" Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System -.\" Interface (POSIX), The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 6, -.\" Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics -.\" Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the event of any discrepancy -.\" between these versions and the original IEEE and The Open Group -.\" Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is the referee -.\" document. The original Standard can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html. -.\" -.\" This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc. -.\" Copyright 2020 RackTop Systems, Inc. -.\" Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" -.TH DLADM 1M "October 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -dladm \- administer data links -.SH SYNOPSIS -\fBdladm help\fR - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm show-link\fR [\fB-P\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIlink\fR] -\fBdladm rename-link\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fIlink\fR \fInew-link\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm delete-phys\fR \fIphys-link\fR -\fBdladm show-phys\fR [\fB-m\fR | \fB-H\fR | \fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIphys-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIpolicy\fR] [\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR] - [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIaddress\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIether-link1\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIether-link2\fR...] \fIaggr-link\fR -\fBdladm modify-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIpolicy\fR] [\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR] - [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIaddress\fR] \fIaggr-link\fR -\fBdladm delete-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIaggr-link\fR -\fBdladm add-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIether-link1\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIether-link2\fR...] - \fIaggr-link\fR -\fBdladm remove-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIether-link1\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIether-link2\fR...] - \fIaggr-link\fR -\fBdladm show-aggr\fR [\fB-PLx\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] - [\fIaggr-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-bridge\fR [\fB-P\fR \fIprotect\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpriority\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fImax-age\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIhello-time\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIforce-protocol\fR] - [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm modify-bridge\fR [\fB-P\fR \fIprotect\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpriority\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fImax-age\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIhello-time\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIforce-protocol\fR] - \fIbridge-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm delete-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIbridge-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm add-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...]\fIbridge-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm remove-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm show-bridge\fR [\fB-flt\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR,...] - [\fIbridge-name\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-vlan\fR [\fB-ft\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIether-link\fR \fB-v\fR \fIvid\fR [\fIvlan-link\fR] -\fBdladm delete-vlan\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIvlan-link\fR -\fBdladm show-vlan\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIvlan-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm scan-wifi\fR [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIwifi-link\fR] -\fBdladm connect-wifi\fR [\fB-e\fR \fIessid\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIbssid\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIkey\fR,...] - [\fB-s\fR none | wep | wpa ] [\fB-a\fR open | shared] [\fB-b\fR bss | ibss] [\fB-c\fR] - [\fB-m\fR a | b | g] [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fIwifi-link\fR] -\fBdladm disconnect-wifi\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fIwifi-link\fR] -\fBdladm show-wifi\fR [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIwifi-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm show-ether\fR [\fB-x\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIether-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm set-linkprop\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...] - \fIlink\fR -\fBdladm reset-linkprop\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR[,...]] \fIlink\fR -\fBdladm show-linkprop\fR [\fB-P\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [[\fB-c\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] - [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR[,...]] [\fIlink\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-secobj\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR] \fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR \fIsecobj\fR -\fBdladm delete-secobj\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIsecobj\fR[,...] -\fBdladm show-secobj\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIsecobj\fR,...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-vnic\fR [\fB-t\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fIvalue\fR | auto | - {factory \fB-n\fR \fIslot-identifier\fR]} | {random [\fB-r\fR \fIprefix\fR]}] - [\fB-v\fR \fIvlan-id\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...]] \fIvnic-link\fR -\fBdladm delete-vnic\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fIvnic-link\fR -\fBdladm show-vnic\fR [\fB-pP\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] [\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] - [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [\fIvnic-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-etherstub\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIetherstub\fR -\fBdladm delete-etherstub\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIetherstub\fR -\fBdladm show-etherstub\fR [\fIetherstub\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-T\fR \fItype\fR - [-a {local|remote}=[,...]] \fIiptun-link\fR -\fBdladm modify-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [-a {local|remote}=[,...]] - \fIiptun-link\fR -\fBdladm delete-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIiptun-link\fR -\fBdladm show-iptun\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIiptun-link\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm create-overlay\fR [\fB-t\fR] \fB-e\fR \fIencap\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsearch\fR \fB-v\fR \fIvnetid\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...]] \fIoverlay\fR -\fBdladm delete-overlay\fR \fIoverlay\fR -\fBdladm modify-overlay\fR \fB-d\fR \fImac\fR | \fB-f\fR | \fB-s\fR \fImac=ip:port\fR \fIoverlay\fR -\fBdladm show-overlay\fR [ \fB-f\fR | \fB-t\fR ] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIoverlay\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdladm show-usage\fR [\fB-a\fR] \fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIplotfile\fR \fB-F\fR \fIformat\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fItime\fR] - [\fB-e\fR \fItime\fR] [\fIlink\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBdladm\fR command is used to administer data-links. A data-link is -represented in the system as a \fBSTREAMS DLPI\fR (v2) interface which can be -plumbed under protocol stacks such as \fBTCP/IP\fR. Each data-link relies on -either a single network device or an aggregation of devices to send packets to -or receive packets from a network. -.sp -.LP -Each \fBdladm\fR subcommand operates on one of the following objects: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A datalink, identified by a name. In general, the name can use any alphanumeric -characters (or the underscore, \fB_\fR), but must start with an alphabetic -character and end with a number. A datalink name can be at most 31 characters, -and the ending number must be between 0 and 4294967294 (inclusive). The ending -number must not begin with a zero. Datalink names between 3 and 8 characters -are recommended. -.sp -Some subcommands operate only on certain types or classes of datalinks. For -those cases, the following object names are used: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBphys-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A physical datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvlan-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A VLAN datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An aggregation datalink (or a key; see NOTES). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBether-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A physical Ethernet datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwifi-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A WiFi datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvnic-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A virtual network interface created on a link, an \fBetherstub\fR, or \fBan -overlay\fR. It is a pseudo device that can be treated as if it were an network -interface card on a machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBiptun-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An IP tunnel link. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdev\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A network device, identified by concatenation of a driver name and an instance -number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBetherstub\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An Ethernet stub can be used instead of a physical NIC to create VNICs. VNICs -created on an \fBetherstub\fR will appear to be connected through a virtual -switch, allowing complete virtual networks to be built without physical -hardware. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbridge\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A bridge instance, identified by an administratively-chosen name. The name may -use any alphanumeric characters or the underscore, \fB_\fR, but must start and -end with an alphabetic character. A bridge name can be at most 31 characters. -The name \fBdefault\fR is reserved, as are all names starting with \fBSUNW\fR. -.sp -Note that appending a zero (\fB0\fR) to a bridge name produces a valid link -name, used for observability. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsecobj\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A secure object, identified by an administratively-chosen name. The name can -use any alphanumeric characters, as well as underscore (\fB_\fR), period -(\fB\&.\fR), and hyphen (\fB-\fR). A secure object name can be at most 32 -characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B overlay -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An overlay instance, identified by an administratively-chosen name. An overlay -can be used to create or join an existing software defined network. -VNICs created on an overlay will appear to be connected by a local virtual -switch and will also be connected to interfaces on matching overlays provided by -other hosts. For more information on overlay devices, see \fBoverlay\fR(5). -.RE - -.SS "Options" -Each \fBdladm\fR subcommand has its own set of options. However, many of the -subcommands have the following as a common option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies an alternate root directory where the operation-such as creation, -deletion, or renaming-should apply. -.RE - -.SS "SUBCOMMANDS" -When invoked with no arguments, -\fBdladm\fR -shows the link configuration information, in the same way as -\fBdladm show-link\fR. -.sp -The following subcommands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdladm help\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display brief command usage. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-link\fR [\fB-P\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] -[[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]][\fIlink\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show link configuration information (the default) or statistics, either for all -datalinks or for the specified link \fIlink\fR. By default, the system is -configured with one datalink for each known network device. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. When not -modified by the \fB-s\fR option (described below), the field name must be one -of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR to display all -fields. By default (without \fB-o\fR), \fBshow-link\fR displays all fields. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLASS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The class of the datalink. \fBdladm\fR distinguishes between the following -classes: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBphys\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A physical datalink. The \fBshow-phys\fR subcommand displays more detail for -this class of datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaggr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An IEEE 802.3ad link aggregation. The \fBshow-aggr\fR subcommand displays more -detail for this class of datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvlan\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A VLAN datalink. The \fBshow-vlan\fR subcommand displays more detail for this -class of datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvnic\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A virtual network interface. The \fBshow-vnic\fR subcommand displays more -detail for this class of datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBoverlay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A virtual device that is used to create or join a software defined -network. The \fBshow-overlay\fR subcommand displays more detail for this -class of datalink. -.RE - - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMTU\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum transmission unit size for the datalink being displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The link state of the datalink. The state can be \fBup\fR, \fBdown\fR, or -\fBunknown\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBRIDGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the bridge to which this link is assigned, if any. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOVER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The physical datalink(s) over which the datalink is operating. This applies to -\fBaggr\fR, \fBbridge\fR, and \fBvlan\fR classes of datalinks. A VLAN is -created over a single physical datalink, a bridge has multiple attached links, -and an aggregation is comprised of one or more physical datalinks. -.RE - -When the \fB-o\fR option is used in conjunction with the \fB-s\fR option, used -to display link statistics, the field name must be one of the fields listed -below, or the special value \fBall\fR to display all fields -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIPACKETS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets received on this link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRBYTES\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of bytes received on this link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIERRORS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of input errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOPACKETS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets sent on this link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOBYTES\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of bytes sent on this link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOERRORS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of output errors. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the persistent link configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB--statistics\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display link statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR, \fB--interval\fR=\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used with the \fB-s\fR option to specify an interval, in seconds, at which -statistics should be displayed. If this option is not specified, statistics -will be displayed only once. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm rename-link\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fIlink\fR \fInew-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rename \fIlink\fR to \fInew-link\fR. This is used to give a link a meaningful -name, or to associate existing link configuration such as link properties of a -removed device with a new device. See the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section for specific -examples of how this subcommand is used. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A link assigned to a zone can only be renamed while the zone is in the ready state. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-phys\fR \fIphys-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This command is used to delete the persistent configuration of a link -associated with physical hardware which has been removed from the system. See -the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-phys\fR [\fB-m\fR | \fB-H\fR | \fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] -[\fIphys-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the physical device and attributes of all physical links, or of the named -physical link. Without \fB-P\fR, only physical links that are available on the -running system are displayed. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show hardware resource usage, as returned by the NIC driver. Output from -\fB-H\fR displays the following elements: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A physical device corresponding to a NIC driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBGROUP\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A collection of rings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBGROUPTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -RX or TX. All rings in a group are of the same group type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRINGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A hardware resource used by a data link, subject to assignment by a driver to -different groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLIENTS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MAC clients that are using the rings within a group. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show MAC addresses and related information. Output from \fB-m\fR -displays the following elements: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A physical device corresponding to a NIC driver. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSLOT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When a given physical device has multiple factory MAC addresses, this -indicates the slot of the corresponding MAC address which can be used as -part of a call to \fBcreate-vnic\fR. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBADDRESS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the MAC address of the device. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINUSE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays whether or not a MAC Address is actively being used. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLIENT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MAC clients that are using the address. -.RE -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR, \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. Note that if either \fB-H\fR or \fB-m\fR are specified, then -the valid options are those described in their respective sections. For each -link, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMEDIA\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The media type provided by the physical datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The state of the link. This can be \fBup\fR, \fBdown\fR, or \fBunknown\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The current speed of the link, in megabits per second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDUPLEX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For Ethernet links, the full/half duplex status of the link is displayed if the -link state is \fBup\fR. The duplex is displayed as \fBunknown\fR in all other -cases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEVICE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the physical device under this link. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option displays persistent configuration for all links, including those -that have been removed from the system. The output provides a \fBFLAGS\fR -column in which the \fBr\fR flag indicates that the physical device associated -with a physical link has been removed. For such links, \fBdelete-phys\fR can be -used to purge the link's configuration from the system. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-P\fR -\fIpolicy\fR] [\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR] [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-u\fR -\fIaddress\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIether-link1\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIether-link2\fR...] -\fIaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Combine a set of links into a single IEEE 802.3ad link aggregation named -\fIaggr-link\fR. The use of an integer \fIkey\fR to generate a link name for -the aggregation is also supported for backward compatibility. Many of the -\fB*\fR\fB-aggr\fR subcommands below also support the use of a \fIkey\fR to -refer to a given aggregation, but use of the aggregation link name is -preferred. See the \fBNOTES\fR section for more information on keys. -.sp -\fBdladm\fR supports a number of port selection policies for an aggregation of -ports. (See the description of the \fB-P\fR option, below.) If you do not -specify a policy, \fBcreate-aggr\fR uses the default, the L4 policy, described -under the \fB-P\fR option. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIether-link\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIether-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Each Ethernet link (or port) in the aggregation is specified using an \fB-l\fR -option followed by the name of the link to be included in the aggregation. -Multiple links are included in the aggregation by specifying multiple \fB-l\fR -options. For backward compatibility with previous versions of Solaris, the -\fBdladm\fR command also supports the using the \fB-d\fR option (or -\fB--dev\fR) with a device name to specify links by their underlying device -name. The other \fB*\fR\fB-aggr\fR subcommands that take \fB-l\fR options also -accept \fB-d\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the aggregation is temporary. Temporary aggregations last until -the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpolicy\fR, \fB--policy\fR=\fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the port selection policy to use for load spreading of outbound -traffic. The policy specifies which \fIdev\fR object is used to send packets. A -policy is a list of one or more layers specifiers separated by commas. A layer -specifier is one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select outbound device according to source and destination \fBMAC\fR addresses -of the packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select outbound device according to source and destination \fBIP\fR addresses -of the packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select outbound device according to the upper layer protocol information -contained in the packet. For \fBTCP\fR and \fBUDP\fR, this includes source and -destination ports. For IPsec, this includes the \fBSPI\fR (Security Parameters -Index). -.RE - -For example, to use upper layer protocol information, the following policy can -be used: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --P L4 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Note that policy L4 is the default. -.sp -To use the source and destination \fBMAC\fR addresses as well as the source and -destination \fBIP\fR addresses, the following policy can be used: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --P L2,L3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR, \fB--lacp-mode\fR=\fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies whether \fBLACP\fR should be used and, if used, the mode in which it -should operate. Supported values are \fBoff\fR, \fBactive\fR or \fBpassive\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR, \fB--lacp-timer\fR=\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the \fBLACP\fR timer value. The supported values are \fBshort\fR or -\fBlong\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIaddress\fR, \fB--unicast\fR=\fIaddress\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a fixed unicast hardware address to be used for the aggregation. If -this option is not specified, then an address is automatically chosen from the -set of addresses of the component devices. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm modify-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-P\fR -\fIpolicy\fR] [\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR] [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-u\fR -\fIaddress\fR] \fIaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify the parameters of the specified aggregation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the modification is temporary. Temporary aggregations last until -the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpolicy\fR, \fB--policy\fR=\fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the port selection policy to use for load spreading of outbound -traffic. See \fBdladm create-aggr\fR for a description of valid policy values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR \fImode\fR, \fB--lacp-mode\fR=\fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies whether \fBLACP\fR should be used and, if used, the mode in which it -should operate. Supported values are \fBoff\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBpassive\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR, \fB--lacp-timer\fR=\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the \fBLACP\fR timer value. The supported values are \fBshort\fR or -\fBlong\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIaddress\fR, \fB--unicast\fR=\fIaddress\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a fixed unicast hardware address to be used for the aggregation. If -this option is not specified, then an address is automatically chosen from the -set of addresses of the component devices. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the specified aggregation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletion is temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm add-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR -\fIether-link1\fR [\fB--link\fR=\fIether-link2\fR...] \fIaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds links to the specified aggregation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIether-link\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIether-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies an Ethernet link to add to the aggregation. Multiple links can be -added by supplying multiple \fB-l\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the additions are temporary. Temporary additions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm remove-aggr\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR -\fIether-link1\fR [\fB--l\fR=\fIether-link2\fR...] \fIaggr-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes links from the specified aggregation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIether-link\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIether-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies an Ethernet link to remove from the aggregation. Multiple links can -be added by supplying multiple \fB-l\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the removals are temporary. Temporary removal last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-aggr\fR [\fB-PLx\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] -[[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIaggr-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show aggregation configuration (the default), \fBLACP\fR information, or -statistics, either for all aggregations or for the specified aggregation. -.sp -By default (with no options), the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the aggregation link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPOLICY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The LACP policy of the aggregation. See the \fBcreate-aggr\fR \fB-P\fR option -for a description of the possible values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBADDRPOLICY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBauto\fR, if the aggregation is configured to automatically configure -its unicast MAC address (the default if the \fB-u\fR option was not used to -create or modify the aggregation), or \fBfixed\fR, if \fB-u\fR was used to set -a fixed MAC address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLACPACTIVITY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The LACP mode of the aggregation. Possible values are \fBoff\fR, \fBactive\fR, -or \fBpassive\fR, as set by the \fB-l\fR option to \fBcreate-aggr\fR or -\fBmodify-aggr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLACPTIMER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The LACP timer value of the aggregation as set by the \fB-T\fR option of -\fBcreate-aggr\fR or \fBmodify-aggr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLAGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A set of state flags associated with the aggregation. The only possible flag is -\fBf\fR, which is displayed if the administrator forced the creation the -aggregation using the \fB-f\fR option to \fBcreate-aggr\fR. Other flags might -be defined in the future. -.RE - -The \fBshow-aggr\fR command accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR, \fB--lacp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays detailed \fBLACP\fR information for the aggregation link and each -underlying port. Most of the state information displayed by this option is -defined by IEEE 802.3. With this option, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the aggregation link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPORT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of one of the underlying aggregation ports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAGGREGATABLE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Whether the port can be added to the aggregation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSYNC\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fByes\fR, the system considers the port to be synchronized and part of the -aggregation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOLL\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fByes\fR, collection of incoming frames is enabled on the associated port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDIST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fByes\fR, distribution of outgoing frames is enabled on the associated -port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEFAULTED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fByes\fR, the port is using defaulted partner information (that is, has not -received LACP data from the LACP partner). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEXPIRED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fByes\fR, the receive state of the port is in the \fBEXPIRED\fR state. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR, \fB--extended\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display additional aggregation information including detailed information on -each underlying port. With \fB-x\fR, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the aggregation link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPORT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of one of the underlying aggregation ports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The speed of the link or port in megabits per second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDUPLEX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The full/half duplex status of the link or port is displayed if the link state -is \fBup\fR. The duplex status is displayed as \fBunknown\fR in all other -cases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The link state. This can be \fBup\fR, \fBdown\fR, or \fBunknown\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBADDRESS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The MAC address of the link or port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPORTSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This indicates whether the individual aggregation port is in the \fBstandby\fR -or \fBattached\fR state. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed above, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. The fields applicable to the \fB-o\fR option are limited to -those listed under each output mode. For example, if using \fB-L\fR, only the -fields listed under \fB-L\fR, above, can be used with \fB-o\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the persistent aggregation configuration rather than the state of the -running system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB--statistics\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays aggregation statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR, \fB--interval\fR=\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used with the \fB-s\fR option to specify an interval, in seconds, at which -statistics should be displayed. If this option is not specified, statistics -will be displayed only once. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-bridge\fR [ \fB-P\fR \fIprotect\fR] [\fB-R\fR -\fIroot-dir\fR] [ \fB-p\fR \fIpriority\fR] [ \fB-m\fR \fImax-age\fR] [ \fB-h\fR -\fIhello-time\fR] [ \fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR] [ \fB-f\fR -\fIforce-protocol\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an 802.1D bridge instance and optionally assign one or more network -links to the new bridge. By default, no bridge instances are present on the -system. -.sp -In order to bridge between links, you must create at least one bridge instance. -Each bridge instance is separate, and there is no forwarding connection between -bridges. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIprotect\fR, \fB--protect\fR=\fIprotect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a protection method. The defined protection methods are \fBstp\fR for -the Spanning Tree Protocol and trill for \fBTRILL\fR, which is used on -RBridges. The default value is \fBstp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpriority\fR, \fB--priority\fR=\fIpriority\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the Bridge Priority. This sets the IEEE STP priority value for -determining the root bridge node in the network. The default value is -\fB32768\fR. Valid values are \fB0\fR (highest priority) to \fB61440\fR (lowest -priority), in increments of 4096. -.sp -If a value not evenly divisible by 4096 is used, the system silently rounds -downward to the next lower value that is divisible by 4096. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImax-age\fR, \fB--max-age\fR=\fImax-age\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the maximum age for configuration information in seconds. This sets -the STP Bridge Max Age parameter. This value is used for all nodes in the -network if this node is the root bridge. Bridge link information older than -this time is discarded. It defaults to 20 seconds. Valid values are from 6 to -40 seconds. See the \fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR parameter for additional -constraints. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIhello-time\fR, \fB--hello-time\fR=\fIhello-time\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the STP Bridge Hello Time parameter. When this node is the root node, -it sends Configuration BPDUs at this interval throughout the network. The -default value is 2 seconds. Valid values are from 1 to 10 seconds. See the -\fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR parameter for additional constraints. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR, \fB--forward-delay\fR=\fIforward-delay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the STP Bridge Forward Delay parameter. When this node is the root -node, then all bridges in the network use this timer to sequence the link -states when a port is enabled. The default value is 15 seconds. Valid values -are from 4 to 30 seconds. -.sp -Bridges must obey the following two constraints: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -2 * (\fIforward-delay\fR - 1.0) >= \fImax-age\fR - -\fImax-age\fR >= 2 * (\fIhello-time\fR + 1.0) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Any parameter setting that would violate those constraints is treated as an -error and causes the command to fail with a diagnostic message. The message -provides valid alternatives to the supplied values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIforce-protocol\fR, -\fB--force-protocol\fR=\fIforce-protocol\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the MSTP forced maximum supported protocol. The default value is 3. -Valid values are non-negative integers. The current implementation does not -support RSTP or MSTP, so this currently has no effect. However, to prevent MSTP -from being used in the future, the parameter may be set to \fB0\fR for STP only -or \fB2\fR for STP and RSTP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies one or more links to add to the newly-created bridge. This is similar -to creating the bridge and then adding one or more links, as with the -\fBadd-bridge\fR subcommand. However, if any of the links cannot be added, the -entire command fails, and the new bridge itself is not created. To add multiple -links on the same command line, repeat this option for each link. You are -permitted to create bridges without links. For more information about link -assignments, see the \fBadd-bridge\fR subcommand. -.RE - -Bridge creation and link assignment require the \fBPRIV_SYS_DL_CONFIG\fR -privilege. Bridge creation might fail if the optional bridging feature is not -installed on the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm modify-bridge\fR [ \fB-P\fR \fIprotect\fR] [\fB-R\fR -\fIroot-dir\fR] [ \fB-p\fR \fIpriority\fR] [ \fB-m\fR \fImax-age\fR] [ \fB-h\fR -\fIhello-time\fR] [ \fB-d\fR \fIforward-delay\fR] [ \fB-f\fR -\fIforce-protocol\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify the operational parameters of an existing bridge. The options are the -same as for the \fBcreate-bridge\fR subcommand, except that the \fB-l\fR option -is not permitted. To add links to an existing bridge, use the \fBadd-bridge\fR -subcommand. -.sp -Bridge parameter modification requires the \fBPRIV_SYS_DL_CONFIG\fR privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fIbridge-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete a bridge instance. The bridge being deleted must not have any attached -links. Use the \fBremove-bridge\fR subcommand to deactivate links before -deleting a bridge. -.sp -Bridge deletion requires the \fBPRIV_SYS_DL_CONFIG\fR privilege. -.sp -The \fB-R\fR (\fB--root-dir\fR) option is the same as for the -\fBcreate-bridge\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm add-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR -[\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add one or more links to an existing bridge. If multiple links are specified, -and adding any one of them results in an error, the command fails and no -changes are made to the system. -.sp -Link addition to a bridge requires the \fBPRIV_SYS_DL_CONFIG\fR privilege. -.sp -A link may be a member of at most one bridge. An error occurs when you attempt -to add a link that already belongs to another bridge. To move a link from one -bridge instance to another, remove it from the current bridge before adding it -to a new one. -.sp -The links assigned to a bridge must not also be VLANs, VNICs, or tunnels. Only -physical Ethernet datalinks, aggregation datalinks, wireless links, and -Ethernet stubs are permitted to be assigned to a bridge. -.sp -Links assigned to a bridge must all have the same MTU. This is checked when the -link is assigned. The link is added to the bridge in a deactivated form if it -is not the first link on the bridge and it has a differing MTU. -.sp -Note that systems using bridging should not set the \fBeeprom\fR(1M) -\fBlocal-mac-address?\fR variable to false. -.sp -The options are the same as for the \fBcreate-bridge\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm remove-bridge\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR -[\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR...] \fIbridge-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove one or more links from a bridge instance. If multiple links are -specified, and removing any one of them would result in an error, the command -fails and none are removed. -.sp -Link removal from a bridge requires the \fBPRIV_SYS_DL_CONFIG\fR privilege. -.sp -The options are the same as for the \fBcreate-bridge\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-bridge\fR [\fB-flt\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] -[[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR,...] [\fIbridge-name\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the running status and configuration of bridges, their attached links, -learned forwarding entries, and \fBTRILL\fR nickname databases. When showing -overall bridge status and configuration, the bridge name can be omitted to show -all bridges. The other forms require a specified bridge. -.sp -The show-bridge subcommand accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR, \fB--interval\fR=\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used with the \fB-s\fR option to specify an interval, in seconds, at which -statistics should be displayed. If this option is not specified, statistics -will be displayed only once. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB--statistics\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display statistics for the specified bridges or for a given bridge's attached -links. This option cannot be used with the \fB-f\fR and \fB-t\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. See "Parsable Output Format," -below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -names are described below. The special value all displays all fields. Each set -of fields has its own default set to display when \fB-o\fR is not specified. -.RE - -By default, the \fBshow-bridge\fR subcommand shows bridge configuration. The -following fields can be shown: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBRIDGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the bridge. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBADDRESS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The Bridge Unique Identifier value (MAC address). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPRIORITY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configured priority value; set by \fB-p\fR with \fBcreate-bridge\fR and -\fBmodify-bridge\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBMAXAGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configured bridge maximum age; set by \fB-m\fR with \fBcreate-bridge\fR and -\fBmodify-bridge\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBHELLOTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configured bridge hello time; set by \fB-h\fR with \fBcreate-bridge\fR and -\fBmodify-bridge\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBFWDDELAY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configured forwarding delay; set by \fB-d\fR with \fBcreate-bridge\fR and -\fBmodify-bridge\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFORCEPROTO\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configured forced maximum protocol; set by \fB-f\fR with \fBcreate-bridge\fR -and \fBmodify-bridge\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTCTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Time, in seconds, since last topology change. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTCCOUNT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Count of the number of topology changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTCHANGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This indicates that a topology change was detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESROOT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bridge Identifier of the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBROOTCOST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cost of the path to the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBROOTPORT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Port number used to reach the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMAXAGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum age value from the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHELLOTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hello time value from the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFWDDELAY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forward delay value from the root node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHOLDTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Minimum BPDU interval. -.RE - -By default, when the \fB-o\fR option is not specified, only the \fBBRIDGE\fR, -\fBADDRESS\fR, \fBPRIORITY\fR, and \fBDESROOT\fR fields are shown. -.sp -When the \fB-s\fR option is specified, the \fBshow-bridge\fR subcommand shows -bridge statistics. The following fields can be shown: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBRIDGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bridge name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDROPS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets dropped due to resource problems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFORWARDS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets forwarded from one link to another. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMBCAST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of multicast and broadcast packets handled by the bridge. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRECV\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets received on all attached links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSENT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets sent on all attached links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUNKNOWN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets handled that have an unknown destination. Such packets are -sent to all links. -.RE - -By default, when the \fB-o\fR option is not specified, only the \fBBRIDGE\fR, -\fBDROPS\fR, and \fBFORWARDS\fR fields are shown. -.sp -The \fBshow-bridge\fR subcommand also accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR, \fB--link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays link-related status and statistics information for all links attached -to a single bridge instance. By using this option and without the \fB-s\fR -option, the following fields can be displayed for each link: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The link name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINDEX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Port (link) index number on the bridge. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -State of the link. The state can be \fBdisabled\fR, \fBdiscarding\fR, -\fBlearning\fR, \fBforwarding\fR, \fBnon-stp\fR, or \fBbad-mtu\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUPTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of seconds since the last reset or initialization. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOPERCOST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Actual cost in use (1-65535). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOPERP2P\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This indicates whether point-to-point (\fBP2P\fR) mode been detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOPEREDGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This indicates whether edge mode has been detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESROOT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The Root Bridge Identifier that has been seen on this port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESCOST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Path cost to the network root node through the designated port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESBRIDGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bridge Identifier for this port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESPORT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The ID and priority of the port used to transmit configuration messages for -this port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTCACK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This indicates whether Topology Change Acknowledge has been seen. -.RE - -When the \fB-l\fR option is specified without the \fB-o\fR option, only the -\fBLINK\fR, \fBSTATE\fR, \fBUPTIME\fR, and \fBDESROOT\fR fields are shown. -.sp -When the \fB-l\fR option is specified, the \fB-s\fR option can be used to -display the following fields for each link: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Link name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCFGBPDU\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of configuration BPDUs received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTCNBPDU\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of topology change BPDUs received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRSTPBPDU\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of Rapid Spanning Tree BPDUs received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTXBPDU\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of BPDUs transmitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDROPS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets dropped due to resource problems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRECV\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets received by the bridge. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBXMIT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of packets sent by the bridge. -.RE - -When the \fB-o\fR option is not specified, only the \fBLINK\fR, \fBDROPS\fR, -\fBRECV\fR, and \fBXMIT\fR fields are shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR, \fB--forwarding\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays forwarding entries for a single bridge instance. With this option, the -following fields can be shown for each forwarding entry: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Destination MAC address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAGE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Age of entry in seconds and milliseconds. Omitted for local entries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLAGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBL\fR (local) flag is shown if the MAC address belongs to an attached -link or to a VNIC on one of the attached links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOUTPUT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For local entries, this is the name of the attached link that has the MAC -address. Otherwise, for bridges that use Spanning Tree Protocol, this is the -output interface name. For RBridges, this is the output \fBTRILL\fR nickname. -.RE - -When the \fB-o\fR option is not specified, the \fBDEST\fR, \fBAGE\fR, -\fBFLAGS\fR, and \fBOUTPUT\fR fields are shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--trill\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays \fBTRILL\fR nickname entries for a single bridge instance. With this -option, the following fields can be shown for each \fBTRILL\fR nickname entry: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNICK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBTRILL\fR nickname for this RBridge, which is a number from 1 to 65535. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLAGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBL\fR flag is shown if the nickname identifies the local system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Link name for output when sending messages to this RBridge. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNEXTHOP\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MAC address of the next hop RBridge that is used to reach the RBridge with this -nickname. -.RE - -When the \fB-o\fR option is not specified, the \fBNICK\fR, \fBFLAGS\fR, -\fBLINK\fR, and \fBNEXTHOP\fR fields are shown. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-vlan\fR [\fB-ft\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-l\fR -\fIether-link\fR \fB-v\fR \fIvid\fR [\fIvlan-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a tagged VLAN link with an ID of \fIvid\fR over Ethernet link -\fIether-link\fR. The name of the VLAN link can be specified as -\fIvlan\fR-\fIlink\fR. If the name is not specified, a name will be -automatically generated (assuming that \fIether-link\fR is \fIname\fR\fIPPA\fR) -as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -<\fIname\fR><1000 * \fIvlan-tag\fR + \fIPPA\fR> -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -For example, if \fIether-link\fR is \fBbge1\fR and \fIvid\fR is 2, the name -generated is \fBbge2001\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR, \fB--force\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the creation of the VLAN link. Some devices do not allow frame sizes -large enough to include a VLAN header. When creating a VLAN link over such a -device, the \fB-f\fR option is needed, and the MTU of the IP interfaces on the -resulting VLAN must be set to 1496 instead of 1500. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIether-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies Ethernet link over which VLAN is created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the VLAN link is temporary. Temporary VLAN links last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-vlan\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIvlan-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the VLAN link specified. -.sp -The \fBdelete-vlan\fR subcommand accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletion is temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-vlan\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] -[\fIvlan-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display VLAN configuration for all VLAN links or for the specified VLAN link. -.sp -The \fBshow-vlan\fR subcommand accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. For each VLAN link, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the VLAN link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The ID associated with the VLAN. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOVER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the physical link over which this VLAN is configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLAGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A set of flags associated with the VLAN link. Possible flags are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The VLAN was created using the \fB-f\fR option to \fBcreate-vlan\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The VLAN was implicitly created when the DLPI link was opened. These VLAN links -are automatically deleted on last close of the DLPI link (for example, when the -IP interface associated with the VLAN link is unplumbed). -.RE - -Additional flags might be defined in the future. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the persistent VLAN configuration rather than the state of the running -system. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm scan-wifi\fR [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] -[\fIwifi-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Scans for \fBWiFi\fR networks, either on all \fBWiFi\fR links, or just on the -specified \fIwifi-link\fR. -.sp -By default, currently all fields but \fBBSSTYPE\fR are displayed. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR to -display all fields. For each \fBWiFi\fR network found, the following fields can -be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the link the \fBWiFi\fR network is on. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESSID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBESSID\fR (name) of the \fBWiFi\fR network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBSSID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either the hardware address of the \fBWiFi\fR network's Access Point (for -\fBBSS\fR networks), or the \fBWiFi\fR network's randomly generated unique -token (for \fBIBSS\fR networks). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSEC\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBnone\fR for a \fBWiFi\fR network that uses no security, \fBwep\fR for -a \fBWiFi\fR network that requires WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy), or \fBwpa\fR -for a WiFi network that requires WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMODE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The supported connection modes: one or more of \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBg\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTRENGTH\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The strength of the signal: one of \fBexcellent\fR, \fBvery good\fR, -\fBgood\fR, \fBweak\fR, or \fBvery weak\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum speed of the \fBWiFi\fR network, in megabits per second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBSSTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBbss\fR for \fBBSS\fR (infrastructure) networks, or \fBibss\fR for -\fBIBSS\fR (ad-hoc) networks. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm connect-wifi\fR [\fB-e\fR \fIessid\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIbssid\fR] -[\fB-k\fR \fIkey\fR,...] [\fB-s\fR \fBnone\fR | \fBwep\fR | \fBwpa\fR] -[\fB-a\fR \fBopen\fR|\fBshared\fR] [\fB-b\fR \fBbss\fR|\fBibss\fR] [\fB-c\fR] -[\fB-m\fR \fBa\fR|\fBb\fR|\fBg\fR] [\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR] [\fIwifi-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Connects to a \fBWiFi\fR network. This consists of four steps: \fIdiscovery\fR, -\fIfiltration\fR, \fIprioritization\fR, and \fIassociation\fR. However, to -enable connections to non-broadcast \fBWiFi\fR networks and to improve -performance, if a \fBBSSID\fR or \fBESSID\fR is specified using the \fB-e\fR or -\fB-i\fR options, then the first three steps are skipped and \fBconnect-wifi\fR -immediately attempts to associate with a \fBBSSID\fR or \fBESSID\fR that -matches the rest of the provided parameters. If this association fails, but -there is a possibility that other networks matching the specified criteria -exist, then the traditional discovery process begins as specified below. -.sp -The discovery step finds all available \fBWiFi\fR networks on the specified -WiFi link, which must not yet be connected. For administrative convenience, if -there is only one \fBWiFi\fR link on the system, \fIwifi-link\fR can be -omitted. -.sp -Once discovery is complete, the list of networks is filtered according to the -value of the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIessid,\fR \fB--essid\fR=\fIessid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Networks that do not have the same \fIessid\fR are filtered out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fBbss\fR|\fBibss\fR, \fB--bsstype\fR=\fBbss\fR|\fBibss\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Networks that do not have the same \fBbsstype\fR are filtered out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fBa\fR|\fBb\fR|\fBg\fR, \fB--mode\fR=\fBa\fR|\fBb\fR|\fBg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Networks not appropriate for the specified 802.11 mode are filtered out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIkey,...\fR, \fB--key\fR=\fIkey, ...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the specified \fBsecobj\fR named by the key to connect to the network. -Networks not appropriate for the specified keys are filtered out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fBnone\fR|\fBwep\fR|\fBwpa\fR, -\fB--sec\fR=\fBnone\fR|\fBwep\fR|\fBwpa\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Networks not appropriate for the specified security mode are filtered out. -.RE - -Next, the remaining networks are prioritized, first by signal strength, and -then by maximum speed. Finally, an attempt is made to associate with each -network in the list, in order, until one succeeds or no networks remain. -.sp -In addition to the options described above, the following options also control -the behavior of \fBconnect-wifi\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBopen\fR|\fBshared\fR, \fB--auth\fR=\fBopen\fR|\fBshared\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Connect using the specified authentication mode. By default, \fBopen\fR and -\fBshared\fR are tried in order. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR, \fB--create-ibss\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used with \fB-b ibss\fR to create a new ad-hoc network if one matching the -specified \fBESSID\fR cannot be found. If no \fBESSID\fR is specified, then -\fB-c -b ibss\fR always triggers the creation of a new ad-hoc network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fItime\fR, \fB--timeout\fR=\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of seconds to wait for association to succeed. If -\fItime\fR is \fBforever\fR, then the associate will wait indefinitely. The -current default is ten seconds, but this might change in the future. Timeouts -shorter than the default might not succeed reliably. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIkey,...\fR, \fB--key\fR=\fIkey,...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In addition to the filtering previously described, the specified keys will be -used to secure the association. The security mode to use will be based on the -key class; if a security mode was explicitly specified, it must be compatible -with the key class. All keys must be of the same class. -.sp -For security modes that support multiple key slots, the slot to place the key -will be specified by a colon followed by an index. Therefore, \fB-k mykey:3\fR -places \fBmykey\fR in slot 3. By default, slot 1 is assumed. For security modes -that support multiple keys, a comma-separated list can be specified, with the -first key being the active key. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm disconnect-wifi\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fIwifi-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disconnect from one or more \fBWiFi\fR networks. If \fIwifi-link\fR specifies a -connected \fBWiFi\fR link, then it is disconnected. For administrative -convenience, if only one \fBWiFi\fR link is connected, \fIwifi-link\fR can be -omitted. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR, \fB--all-links\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disconnects from all connected links. This is primarily intended for use by -scripts. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-wifi\fR [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR,...] -[\fIwifi-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shows \fBWiFi\fR configuration information either for all \fBWiFi\fR links or -for the specified link \fIwifi-link\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield,...\fR, \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. For each \fBWiFi\fR link, the following fields can be -displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the link being displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATUS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBconnected\fR if the link is connected, or \fBdisconnected\fR if it is -not connected. If the link is disconnected, all remaining fields have the value -\fB--\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESSID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBESSID\fR (name) of the connected \fBWiFi\fR network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBSSID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either the hardware address of the \fBWiFi\fR network's Access Point (for -\fBBSS\fR networks), or the \fBWiFi\fR network's randomly generated unique -token (for \fBIBSS\fR networks). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSEC\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBnone\fR for a \fBWiFi\fR network that uses no security, \fBwep\fR for -a \fBWiFi\fR network that requires WEP, or \fBwpa\fR for a WiFi network that -requires WPA. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMODE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The supported connection modes: one or more of \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBg\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTRENGTH\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The connection strength: one of \fBexcellent\fR, \fBvery good\fR, \fBgood\fR, -\fBweak\fR, or \fBvery weak\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The connection speed, in megabits per second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAUTH\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBopen\fR or \fBshared\fR (see \fBconnect-wifi\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBSSTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBbss\fR for \fBBSS\fR (infrastructure) networks, or \fBibss\fR for -\fBIBSS\fR (ad-hoc) networks. -.RE - -By default, currently all fields but \fBAUTH\fR, \fBBSSID\fR, \fBBSSTYPE\fR are -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-ether\fR [\fB-x\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR,...] -[\fIether-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shows state information either for all physical Ethernet links or for a -specified physical Ethernet link. -.sp -The \fBshow-ether\fR subcommand accepts the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR,..., \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR to -display all fields. For each link, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the link being displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Parameter type, where \fBcurrent\fR indicates the negotiated state of the link, -\fBcapable\fR indicates capabilities supported by the device, \fBadv\fR -indicates the advertised capabilities, and \fBpeeradv\fR indicates the -capabilities advertised by the link-partner. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The state of the link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAUTO\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A \fByes\fR/\fBno\fR value indicating whether auto-negotiation is advertised. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED-DUPLEX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Combinations of speed and duplex values available. The units of speed are -encoded with a trailing suffix of \fBG\fR (Gigabits/s) or \fBM\fR (Mb/s). -Duplex values are encoded as \fBf\fR (full-duplex) or \fBh\fR (half-duplex). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPAUSE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Flow control information. Can be \fBno\fR, indicating no flow control is -available; \fBtx\fR, indicating that the end-point can transmit pause frames, -but ignores any received pause frames; \fBrx\fR, indicating that the end-point -receives and acts upon received pause frames; or \fBbi\fR, indicating -bi-directional flow-control. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBREM_FAULT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Fault detection information. Valid values are \fBnone\fR or \fBfault\fR. -.RE - -By default, all fields except \fBREM_FAULT\fR are displayed for the "current" -\fBPTYPE\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR, \fB--extended\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Extended output is displayed for \fBPTYPE\fR values of \fBcurrent\fR, -\fBcapable\fR, \fBadv\fR and \fBpeeradv\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm set-linkprop\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...] \fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the values of one or more properties on the link specified. The list of -properties and their possible values depend on the link type, the network -device driver, and networking hardware. These properties can be retrieved using -\fBshow-linkprop\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the changes are temporary. Temporary changes last until the next -reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate on a link that has been delegated to the specified zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...], \fB--prop\fR -\fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of properties to set to the specified values. -.RE - -Note that when the persistent value is set, the temporary value changes to the -same value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm reset-linkprop\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR,...] \fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Resets one or more properties to their values on the link specified. Properties -are reset to the values they had at startup. If no properties are specified, -all properties are reset. See \fBshow-linkprop\fR for a description of -properties. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the resets are temporary. Values are reset to default values. -Temporary resets last until the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate on a link that has been delegated to the specified zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprop, ...\fR, \fB--prop\fR=\fIprop, ...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of properties to reset. -.RE - -Note that when the persistent value is reset, the temporary value changes to -the same value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-linkprop\fR [\fB-P\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [[\fB-c\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]][\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR[,...]] [\fIlink\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the current or persistent values of one or more properties, either for all -datalinks or for the specified link. By default, current values are shown. If -no properties are specified, all available link properties are displayed. For -each property, the following fields are displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR to -display all fields. For each link, the following fields can be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the datalink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPROPERTY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPERM\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The read/write permissions of the property. The value shown is one of \fBro\fR -or \fBrw\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVALUE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The current (or persistent) property value. If the value is not set, it is -shown as \fB--\fR. If it is unknown, the value is shown as \fB?\fR. Persistent -values that are not set or have been reset will be shown as \fB--\fR and will -use the system \fBDEFAULT\fR value (if any). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEFAULT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The default value of the property. If the property has no default value, -\fB--\fR is shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPOSSIBLE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of the values the property can have. If the values span -a numeric range, \fImin\fR - \fImax\fR might be shown as shorthand. If the -possible values are unknown or unbounded, \fB--\fR is shown. -.RE - -The list of properties depends on the link type and network device driver, and -the available values for a given property further depends on the underlying -network hardware and its state. General link properties are documented in the -\fBLINK PROPERTIES\fR section. However, link properties that begin with -"\fB_\fR" (underbar) are specific to a given link or its underlying network -device and subject to change or removal. See the appropriate network device -driver man page for details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with this option. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display persistent link property information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate on a link that has been delegated to the specified zone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprop, ...\fR, \fB--prop\fR=\fIprop, ...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of properties to show. See the sections on link -properties following subcommand descriptions. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-secobj\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-f\fR -\fIfile\fR] \fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR \fIsecobj\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a secure object named \fIsecobj\fR in the specified \fIclass\fR to be -later used as a WEP or WPA key in connecting to an encrypted network. The value -of the secure object can either be provided interactively or read from a file. -The sequence of interactive prompts and the file format depends on the class of -the secure object. -.sp -Currently, the classes \fBwep\fR and \fBwpa\fR are supported. The \fBWEP\fR -(Wired Equivalent Privacy) key can be either 5 or 13 bytes long. It can be -provided either as an \fBASCII\fR or hexadecimal string -- thus, \fB12345\fR -and \fB0x3132333435\fR are equivalent 5-byte keys (the \fB0x\fR prefix can be -omitted). A file containing a \fBWEP\fR key must consist of a single line using -either \fBWEP\fR key format. The WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) key must be -provided as an ASCII string with a length between 8 and 63 bytes. -.sp -This subcommand is only usable by users or roles that belong to the "Network -Link Security" \fBRBAC\fR profile. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR, \fB--class\fR=\fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIclass\fR can be \fBwep\fR or \fBwpa\fR. See preceding discussion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the creation is temporary. Temporary creation last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR, \fB--file\fR=\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a file that should be used to obtain the secure object's value. The -format of this file depends on the secure object class. See the \fBEXAMPLES\fR -section for an example of using this option to set a \fBWEP\fR key. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-secobj\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIsecobj\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete one or more specified secure objects. This subcommand is only usable by -users or roles that belong to the "Network Link Security" \fBRBAC\fR profile. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletions are temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-secobj\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] -[\fIsecobj\fR,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show current or persistent secure object information. If one or more secure -objects are specified, then information for each is displayed. Otherwise, all -current or persistent secure objects are displayed. -.sp -By default, current secure objects are displayed, which are all secure objects -that have either been persistently created and not temporarily deleted, or -temporarily created. -.sp -For security reasons, it is not possible to show the value of a secure object. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...] , \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below. For displayed secure object, the -following fields can be shown: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOBJECT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the secure object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLASS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The class of the secure object. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display persistent secure object information -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-vnic\fR [\fB-t\fR] \fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR [\fB-R\fR -\fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fIvalue\fR | auto | {factory [\fB-n\fR -\fIslot-identifier\fR]} | {random [\fB-r\fR \fIprefix\fR]}] [\fB-v\fR -\fIvlan-id\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...]] \fIvnic-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a VNIC with name \fIvnic-link\fR over the specified link. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the VNIC is temporary. Temporary VNICs last until the next -reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIlink\fR can be a physical link or an \fBetherstub\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIvalue\fR | \fIkeyword\fR, \fB--mac-address\fR=\fIvalue\fR | -\fIkeyword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the VNIC's MAC address based on the specified value or keyword. If -\fIvalue\fR is not a keyword, it is interpreted as a unicast MAC address, which -must be valid for the underlying NIC. The following special keywords can be -used: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfactory [\fB-n\fR \fIslot-identifier\fR],\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBfactory [\fB--slot\fR=\fIslot-identifier\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assign a factory MAC address to the VNIC. When a factory MAC address is -requested, \fB-m\fR can be combined with the \fB-n\fR option to specify a MAC -address slot to be used. If \fB-n\fR is not specified, the system will choose -the next available factory MAC address. The \fB-m\fR option of the -\fBshow-phys\fR subcommand can be used to display the list of factory MAC -addresses, their slot identifiers, and their availability. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBrandom [\fB-r\fR \fIprefix\fR],\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBrandom [\fB--mac-prefix\fR=\fIprefix\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assign a random MAC address to the VNIC. A default prefix consisting of a valid -IEEE OUI with the local bit set will be used. That prefix can be overridden -with the \fB-r\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBauto\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Try and use a factory MAC address first. If none is available, assign a random -MAC address. \fBauto\fR is the default action if the \fB-m\fR option is not -specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fIvlan-id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable VLAN tagging for this VNIC. The VLAN tag will have id \fIvlan-id\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR,..., \fB--prop\fR -\fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR,...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of properties to set to the specified values. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-vnic\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] \fIvnic-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the specified VNIC. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletion is temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate on a link that has been delegated to the specified zone. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-vnic\fR [\fB-pP\fR] [\fB-s\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR]] [\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [\fIvnic-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show VNIC configuration information (the default) or statistics, for all VNICs, -all VNICs on a link, or only the specified \fIvnic-link\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...] , \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below. The field name must be one of the -fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR to display all fields. By -default (without \fB-o\fR), \fBshow-vnic\fR displays all fields. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the VNIC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOVER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the physical link over which this VNIC is configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum speed of the VNIC, in megabits per second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMACADDRESS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MAC address of the VNIC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMACADDRTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MAC address type of the VNIC. \fBdladm\fR distinguishes among the following MAC -address types: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrandom\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A random address assigned to the VNIC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfactory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A factory MAC address used by the VNIC. -.RE - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the persistent VNIC configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB--statistics\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays VNIC statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval\fR, \fB--interval\fR=\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used with the \fB-s\fR option to specify an interval, in seconds, at which -statistics should be displayed. If this option is not specified, statistics -will be displayed only once. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlink\fR, \fB--link\fR=\fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display information for all VNICs on the named link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate on a link that has been delegated to the specified zone. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-etherstub\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIetherstub\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an etherstub with the specified name. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the etherstub is temporary. Temporary etherstubs do not persist -across reboots. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -VNICs can be created on top of etherstubs instead of physical NICs. As with -physical NICs, such a creation causes the stack to implicitly create a virtual -switch between the VNICs created on top of the same etherstub. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-etherstub\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIetherstub\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the specified etherstub. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletion is temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-etherstub\fR [\fIetherstub\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show all configured etherstubs by default, or the specified etherstub if -\fIetherstub\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm create-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] \fB-T\fR -\fItype\fR [-a {local|remote}=[,...]] \fIiptun-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an IP tunnel link named \fIiptun-link\fR. Such links can additionally be -protected with IPsec using \fBipsecconf\fR(1M). -.sp -An IP tunnel is conceptually comprised of two parts: a virtual link between two -or more IP nodes, and an IP interface above this link that allows the system to -transmit and receive IP packets encapsulated by the underlying link. This -subcommand creates a virtual link. The \fBifconfig\fR(1M) command is used to -configure IP interfaces above the link. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the IP tunnel link is temporary. Temporary tunnels last until -the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fItype\fR, \fB--tunnel-type\fR=\fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the type of tunnel to be created. The type must be one of the -following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A point-to-point, IP-over-IP tunnel between two IPv4 nodes. This type of tunnel -requires IPv4 source and destination addresses to function. IPv4 and IPv6 -interfaces can be plumbed above such a tunnel to create IPv4-over-IPv4 and -IPv6-over-IPv4 tunneling configurations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A point-to-point, IP-over-IP tunnel between two IPv6 nodes as defined in IETF -RFC 2473. This type of tunnel requires IPv6 source and destination addresses to -function. IPv4 and IPv6 interfaces can be plumbed above such a tunnel to create -IPv4-over-IPv6 and IPv6-over-IPv6 tunneling configurations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6to4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A 6to4, point-to-multipoint tunnel as defined in IETF RFC 3056. This type of -tunnel requires an IPv4 source address to function. An IPv6 interface is -plumbed on such a tunnel link to configure a 6to4 router. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBlocal=\fR\fIaddr\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Literal IP address or hostname corresponding to the tunnel source. If a -hostname is specified, it will be resolved to IP addresses, and one of those IP -addresses will be used as the tunnel source. Because IP tunnels are created -before naming services have been brought online during the boot process, it is -important that any hostname used be included in \fB/etc/hosts\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBremote=\fR\fIaddr\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Literal IP address or hostname corresponding to the tunnel destination. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm modify-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -[-a {local|remote}=[,...]] \fIiptun-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify the parameters of the specified IP tunnel. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the modification is temporary. Temporary modifications last -until the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBlocal=\fR\fIaddr\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a new tunnel source address. See \fBcreate-iptun\fR for a -description. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBremote=\fR\fIaddr\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a new tunnel destination address. See \fBcreate-iptun\fR for a -description. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm delete-iptun\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] -\fIiptun-link\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the specified IP tunnel link. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the deletion is temporary. Temporary deletions last until the -next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR, \fB--root-dir\fR=\fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Options," above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-iptun\fR [\fB-P\fR] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] -[\fIiptun-link\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show IP tunnel link configuration for a single IP tunnel or all IP tunnels. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--persistent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the persistent IP tunnel configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The -o option is required with --p. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR[,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed below, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. By default (without \fB-o\fR), \fBshow-iptun\fR displays -all fields. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the IP tunnel link. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type of tunnel as specified by the \fB-T\fR option of \fBcreate-iptun\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLAGS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A set of flags associated with the IP tunnel link. Possible flags are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The IP tunnel link is protected by IPsec policy. To display the IPsec policy -associated with the tunnel link, enter: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBipsecconf -ln -i \fItunnel-link\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -See \fBipsecconf\fR(1M) for more details on how to configure IPsec policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The IP tunnel link was implicitly created with \fBifconfig\fR(1M), and will be -automatically deleted when it is no longer referenced (that is, when the last -IP interface over the tunnel is unplumbed). See \fBifconfig\fR(1M) for details -on implicit tunnel creation. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSOURCE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The tunnel source address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESTINATION\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The tunnel destination address. -.RE - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdladm create-overlay\fR \fB-e\fR \fIencap\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsearch\fR -\fB-v\fR \fIvnetid\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR[,...]] \fIoverlay\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an overlay device named \fIoverlay\fR. -.sp -Overlay devices are similar to etherstubs. VNICs can be created on top -of them. However, unlike an etherstub which is local to the system, an -overlay device can be configured to communicate to remote hosts, -providing a means for network virtualization. The way in which it does -this is described by the encapsulation module and the search plugin. For -more information on these, see \fBoverlay\fR(5). -.sp -An overlay device has a series of required and optional properties. These -properties vary based upon the search and encapsulation modules and are fully -specified in \fBoverlay\fR(5). Not every property needs to be specified - some -have default values which will be used if nothing specific is specified. For -example, the default port for VXLAN comes from its IANA standard. If a -required property is missing, the command will fail and inform you of the -missing properties. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--temporary\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the overlay is temporary. Temporary overlays last until -the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-e\fR \fIencap\fR, \fB--encap\fR=\fIencap\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIencap\fR as the encapsulation plugin for the overlay device -\fIoverlay\fR. The encapsulation plugin determines how packets are transformed -before being put on the wire. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR \fIsearch\fR, \fB--search\fR=\fIsearch\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIsearch\fR as the search plugin for \fIoverlay\fR. The search plugin -determines how non-local targets are found and where packets are directed to. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR,..., \fB--prop\fR -\fIprop\fR=\fIvalue\fR,...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of properties to set to the specified values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR \fIvnetid\fR, \fB--vnetid\fR=\fIvnetid\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the virtual networking identifier to \fIvnetid\fR. A virtual network -identifier determines is similar to a VLAN identifier, in that it identifies a -unique virtual network. All overlay devices on the system share the same space -for the virtual network identifier. However, the valid range of identifiers is -determined by the encapsulation plugin specified by \fB-e\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdladm delete-overlay\fR \fIoverlay\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the specified overlay. This will fail if there are VNICs on top of the -device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdladm modify-overlay\fR \fB-d\fR \fImac\fR | \fB-f\fR | \fB-s\fR \fImac=ip:port\fR \fIoverlay\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies the target tables for the specified overlay. -.sp -The different options allow for different ways of modifying the target table. -One of \fB-d\fR, \fB-f\fR, and \fB-s\fR is required. This is not applicable for -all kinds of overlay devices. For more information, see \fBoverlay\fR(5). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-d\fR \fImac\fR, \fB--delete-entry\fR=\fImac\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the entry for \fImac\fR from the target table for \fIoverlay\fR. Note, -if a lookup is pending or outstanding, this does not cancel it or stop it from -updating the value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR, \fB--flush-table\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Flushes all values in the target table for \fIoverlay\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR \fImac\fR=\fIvalue\fR, \fB--set-entry\fR=\fImac\fR=\fIvalue\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the value of \fIoverlay\fR's target table entry for \fImac\fR to the -specified value. The specified value varies upon the encapsulation plugin. The -value may be a combination of a MAC address, IP address, and port. Generally, -this looks like [\fImac\fR,][\fIIP\fR:][\fIport\fR]. If a component is the last -one, then there is no need for a separator. eg. if just the MAC address or IP -is needed, it would look like \fImac\fR and \fIIP\fR respectively. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdladm show-overlay\fR [ \fB-f\fR | \fB-t\fR ] [[\fB-p\fR] \fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...]] [\fIoverlay\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shows overlay configuration (the default), internal target tables (\fB-t\fR), or -the FMA state (\fB-f\fR), either for all overlays or the specified overlay. -.sp -By default (with neither \fB-f\fR or \fB-t\fR specified), the following fields -will be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the overlay. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPROPERTY\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPERM\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The read/write permissions of the property. The value shown is one of \fBr-\fR -or \fBrw\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVALUE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The current property value. If the value is not set, it is shown as \fB--\fR. -If it is unknown, the value is shown as \fB?\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEFAULT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The default value of the property. If the property has no default value, -\fB--\fR is shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPOSSIBLE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of the values the property can have. If the values span -a numeric range, \fImin\fR - \fImax\fR might be shown as shorthand. If the -possible values are unknown or unbounded, \fB--\fR is shown. -.RE - -.sp -When the \fB-f\fR option is displayed, the following fields will be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the overlay. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTATUS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Either \fBONLINE\fR or \fBDEGRADED\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDETAILS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the \fBoverlay\fR's status is \fBONLINE\fR, then this has the value -\fB--\fR. Otherwise, when it is \fBDEGRADED\fR, this field provides a more -detailed explanation as to why it's degraded. -.RE - -.sp -When the \fB-t\fR option is displayed, the following fields will be displayed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the overlay. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTARGET\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The target MAC address of a table entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDESTINATION\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The address that an encapsulated packet will be sent to when a packet has the -address specified by \fBTARGET\fR. -.RE - -The \fBshow-overlay\fR command supports the following options: - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR, \fB--fma\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays information about an overlay device's FMA state. For more -information on the target table, see \fBoverlay\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfield\fR[,...], \fB--output\fR=\fIfield\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields to display. The field -name must be one of the fields listed above, or the special value \fBall\fR, to -display all fields. The fields applicable to the \fB-o\fR option are limited to -those listed under each output mode. For example, if using \fB-L\fR, only the -fields listed under \fB-L\fR, above, can be used with \fB-o\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display using a stable machine-parsable format. The \fB-o\fR option is -required with \fB-p\fR. See "Parsable Output Format", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-t\fR, \fB--target\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays information about an overlay device's target table. For more -information on the target table, see \fBoverlay\fR(5). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdladm show-usage\fR [\fB-a\fR] \fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR [\fB-p\fR -\fIplotfile\fR \fB-F\fR \fIformat\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-e\fR -\fItime\fR] [\fIlink\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the historical network usage from a stored extended accounting file. -Configuration and enabling of network accounting through \fBacctadm\fR(1M) is -required. The default output will be the summary of network usage for the -entire period of time in which extended accounting was enabled. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display all historical network usage for the specified period of time during -which extended accounting is enabled. This includes the usage information for -the links that have already been deleted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR, \fB--file\fR=\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read extended accounting records of network usage from \fIfilename\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIformat\fR, \fB--format\fR=\fIformat\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the format of \fIplotfile\fR that is specified by the \fB-p\fR -option. As of this release, \fBgnuplot\fR is the only supported format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIplotfile\fR, \fB--plot\fR=\fIplotfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write network usage data to a file of the format specified by the \fB-F\fR -option, which is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fItime\fR, \fB--start\fR=\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fItime\fR, \fB--stop\fR=\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Start and stop times for data display. Time is in the format -\fIMM\fR/\fIDD\fR/\fIYYYY\fR,\fIhh\fR:\fImm\fR:\fIss\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If specified, display the network usage only for the named link. Otherwise, -display network usage for all links. -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "Parsable Output Format" -Many \fBdladm\fR subcommands have an option that displays output in a -machine-parsable format. The output format is one or more lines of colon -(\fB:\fR) delimited fields. The fields displayed are specific to the subcommand -used and are listed under the entry for the \fB-o\fR option for a given -subcommand. Output includes only those fields requested by means of the -\fB-o\fR option, in the order requested. -.sp -.LP -When you request multiple fields, any literal colon characters are escaped by a -backslash (\fB\e\fR) before being output. Similarly, literal backslash -characters will also be escaped (\fB\e\e\fR). This escape format is parsable -by using shell \fBread\fR(1) functions with the environment variable -\fBIFS=:\fR (see \fBEXAMPLES\fR, below). Note that escaping is not done when -you request only a single field. -.SS "General Link Properties" -The following general link properties are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallow-all-dhcp-cids\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One of \fBtrue\fR or \fBfalse\fR, to indicate whether or not all DHCP Client -Identifiers should be permitted on this interface when DHCP spoofing protection -is being used. This can be useful in cases where a DHCP client is using RFC -4361-style Client Identifiers, which are based on a value that is opaque to the -Global Zone, but enforcement of MAC addresses in DHCP packets is still desired. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallowed-dhcp-cids\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A comma-separated list of DHCP Client Identifiers that are allowed on the -interface. -.sp -Client identifiers can be written in three different formats: a string of -hexadecimal characters prefixed by \fB0x\fR, indicating the exact bytes used in -the Client Identifier; an RFC 3315 DUID of the form -"1..

/ | - src
/ | - srcaddr
/ | - smask | - sport | - daddr
/ | - dst
/ | - dstaddr
/ | - dmask | - dport | - ulp | - proto | - type | - type - | - code - code - - tunnel | - negotiate - - pattern_name_value_pair2 ::= - raddr
/ | - remote
/ | - rport | - laddr
/ | - local
/ | - lport | - ulp | - type | - type - | - code | - code - - proto | - tunnel | - negotiate | - dir - - address ::= | | - | - - - prefix ::= - - mask ::= <0xhexdigit[hexdigit]> | <0Xhexdigit[hexdigit]> | - - - port ::= | - - protocol ::= | - - prop_name_value_pair1 ::= - auth_algs | - encr_algs | - encr_auth_algs | - sa | - dir - - prop_name_value_pair2 ::= - auth_algs | - encr_algs | - encr_auth_algs | - sa - - auth_alg ::= ['(' ')'] - auth_algname ::= any | md5 | hmac-md5 | sha | sha1 | hmac-sha | - hmac-sha1 | hmac-sha256 | hmac-sha384 | - hmac-sha512 | - - encr_alg ::= ['(' ')'] - encr_algname ::= any | aes | aes-cbc | des | des-cbc | 3des | - 3des-cbc | blowfish | blowfish-cbc | - - keylen ::= | '..' | '..' | '..' \e - - - sa_val ::= shared | unique - - dir_val1 ::= out | in - dir_val2 ::= out | in | both - - number ::= < 0 | 1 | 2 ... 9> - icmp-type ::= | unreach | echo | echorep | squench | - redir | timex | paramprob | timest | timestrep | - inforeq | inforep | maskreq | maskrep | unreach6 | - pkttoobig6 | timex6 | paramprob6 | echo6 | echorep6 | - router-sol6 | router-ad6 | neigh-sol6 | neigh-ad6 | - redir6 - - icmp-code ::= | net-unr | host-unr | proto-unr | port-unr | - needfrag | srcfail | net-unk | host-unk | isolate | - net-prohib | host-prohib | net-tos | host-tos | - filter-prohib | host-preced | cutoff-preced | - no-route6 | adm-prohib6 | addr-unr6 | port-unr6 | - hop-limex6 | frag-re-timex6 | err-head6 | unrec-head6 | - unreq-opt6 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Policy entries may contain the following (name value) pairs in the -\fIpattern\fR field. Each (name value) pair may appear only once in given -policy entry. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBladdr/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBlocal/plen\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the local address of the datagram with the prefix -length. Only plen leading bits of the source address of the packet will be -matched. plen is optional. Local means destination on incoming and source on -outgoing packets. The source address value can be a hostname as described in -getaddrinfo(3SOCKET) or a network name as described in -\fBgetnetbyname\fR(3XNET) or a host address or network address in the Internet -standard dot notation. See \fBinet_addr\fR(3XNET). If a hostname is given and -getaddrinfo(3SOCKET) returns multiple addresses for the host, then policy will -be added for each of the addresses with other entries remaining the same. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBraddr/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBremote/plen\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the remote address of the datagram with the prefix -length. Only plen leading bits of the remote address of the packet will be -matched. plen is optional. Remote means source on incoming packets and -destination on outgoing packets. The remote address value can be a hostname as -described in \fBgetaddrinfo\fR(3SOCKET) or a network name as described in -\fBgetnetbyname\fR(3XNET) or a host address or network address in the Internet -standard dot notation. See \fBinet_addr\fR(3XNET). If a hostname is given and -\fBgetaddrinfo\fR(3SOCKET) returns multiple addresses for the host, then policy -will be added for each of the addresses with other entries remaining the same. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsrc/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBsrcaddr/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBsaddr/plen\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the source address of the datagram with the prefix -length. Only \fIplen\fR leading bits of the source address of the packet will -be matched. \fIplen\fR is optional. -.sp -The source address value can be a hostname as described in -\fBgetaddrinfo\fR(3SOCKET) or a network name as described in -\fBgetnetbyname\fR(3XNET) or a host address or network address in the Internet -standard dot notation. See \fBinet_addr\fR(3XNET). -.sp -If a hostname is given and \fBgetaddrinfo\fR(3SOCKET) returns multiple -addresses for the host, then policy will be added for each of the addresses -with other entries remaining the same. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdaddr/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBdest/plen\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBdstaddr/plen\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the destination address of the datagram with the -prefix length. Only \fIplen\fR leading bits of the destination address of the -packet will be matched. \fIplen\fR is optional. -.sp -See \fIsaddr\fR for valid values that can be given. If multiple source and -destination addresses are found, then a policy entry that covers each source -address-destination address pair will be added to the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsmask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For IPv4 only. The value that follows is the source mask. If prefix length is -given with \fIsaddr\fR, this should not be given. This can be represented -either in hexadecimal number with a leading \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR, for example, -\fB0xffff0000\fR, \fB0Xffff0000\fR or in the Internet decimal dot notation, for -example, \fB255.255.0.0\fR and \fB255.255.255.0\fR. The mask should be -contiguous and the behavior is not defined for non-contiguous masks. -.sp -\fIsmask\fR is considered only when \fIsaddr\fR is given. -.sp -For both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, the same information can be specified as a -\fIslen\fR value attached to the \fIsaddr\fR parameter. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdmask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Analogous to \fIsmask.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the local port of the datagram. This can be either a -port number or a string searched with a NULL proto argument, as described in -getservbyname(3XNET) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIrport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the remote port of the datagram. This can be either a -port number or a string searched with a NULL proto argument, as described in -getservbyname(3XNET) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the source port of the datagram. This can be either a -port number or a string searched with a \fBNULL\fR proto argument, as described -in \fBgetservbyname\fR(3XNET) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the destination port of the datagram. This can be -either a port number or a string as described in \fBgetservbyname\fR(3XNET) -searched with \fBNULL\fR proto argument. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproto\fR \fIulp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the Upper Layer Protocol that this entry should be -matched against. It could be a number or a string as described in -\fBgetprotobyname\fR(3XNET). If no smask or plen is specified, a plen of 32 for -IPv4 or 128 for IPv6 will be used, meaning a host. If the \fIulp\fR is -\fBicmp\fR or \fBipv6-icmp\fR, any action applying IPsec must be the same for -all \fBicmp\fR rules. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtype\fR \fInum\fR or \fInum\fR-\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the ICMP type that this entry should be matched -against. \fBtype\fR must be a number from 0 to 255, or one of the appropriate -\fBicmp-type\fR keywords. Also, \fIulp\fR must be present and must specify -either \fBicmp\fR or \fBipv6-icmp\fR. A range of types can be specified with a -hyphen separating numbers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcode\fR \fInum\fR or \fInum\fR-\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value that follows is the ICMP code that this entry should be matched -against. The value following the keyword \fBcode\fR must be a number from 0 to -254 or one of the appropriate \fBicmp-code\fR keywords. Also, \fBtype\fR must -be present. A range of codes can be specified with a hyphen separating numbers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtunnel\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a tunnel network interface, as configured with \fBifconfig\fR(1M). If -a tunnel of \fIname\fR does not yet exist, the policy entries are added anyway, -and joined with the tunnel state when it is created. If a tunnel is unplumbed, -its policy entries disappear. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnegotiate\fR \fItunnel\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBnegotiate\fR \fItransport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For per-tunnel security, specify whether the IPsec SAs protecting the traffic -should be tunnel-mode SAs or transport-mode SAs. If transport-mode SAs are -specified, no addresses can appear in the policy entry. Transport-mode is -backward compatible with Solaris 9, and tunnel IPsec policies configured with -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) will show up as transport mode entries here. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Policy entries may contain the following (name-value) pairs in the properties -field. Each (name-value) pair may appear only once in a given policy entry. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauth_algs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An acceptable value following this implies that IPsec \fBAH\fR header will be -present in the outbound datagram. Values following this describe the -authentication algorithms that will be used while applying the IPsec \fBAH\fR -on outbound datagrams and verified to be present on inbound datagrams. See -\fIRFC 2402\fR. -.sp -This entry can contain either a string or a decimal number. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This should be either \fBMD5\fR or \fBHMAC-MD5\fR denoting the \fBHMAC-MD5\fR -algorithm as described in \fIRFC 2403\fR, and \fBSHA1\fR, or \fBHMAC-SHA1\fR or -\fBSHA\fR or \fBHMAC-SHA\fR denoting the \fBHMAC-SHA\fR algorithm described in -\fIRFC 2404\fR. You can use the \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) command to obtain the -complete list of authentication algorithms. -.sp -The string can also be \fBANY\fR, which denotes no-preference for the -algorithm. Default algorithms will be chosen based upon the \fBSA\fRs available -at this time for manual \fBSA\fRs and the key negotiating daemon for automatic -\fBSA\fRs. Strings are not case-sensitive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A number in the range 1-255. This is useful when new algorithms can be -dynamically loaded. -.RE - -If \fIauth_algs\fR is not present, the \fBAH\fR header will not be present in -the outbound datagram, and the same will be verified for the inbound datagram. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencr_algs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An acceptable value following this implies that IPsec \fBESP\fR header will be -present in the outbound datagram. The value following this describes the -encryption algorithms that will be used to apply the IPsec \fBESP\fR protocol -to outbound datagrams and verify it to be present on inbound datagrams. See -\fIRFC 2406\fR. -.sp -This entry can contain either a string or a decimal number. Strings are not -case-sensitive. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Can be one of the following: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c c -l l l . -string value: Algorithm Used: See RFC: -_ -DES or DES-CBC DES-CBC 2405 -3DES or 3DES-CBC 3DES-CBC 2451 -BLOWFISH or BLOWFISH-CBC BLOWFISH-CBC 2451 -AES or AES-CBC AES-CBC 2451 -.TE - -You can use the \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) command to obtain the complete list of -authentication algorithms. -.sp -The value can be \fBNULL\fR, which implies a \fBNULL\fR encryption, pursuant to -\fIRFC 2410\fR. This means that the payload will not be encrypted. The string -can also be \fBANY\fR, which indicates no-preference for the algorithm. Default -algorithms will be chosen depending upon the SAs available at the time for -manual SAs and upon the key negotiating daemon for automatic SAs. Strings are -not case-sensitive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A decimal number in the range 1-255. This is useful when new algorithms can be -dynamically loaded. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencr_auth_algs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An acceptable value following \fBencr_auth_algs\fR implies that the IPsec -\fBESP\fR header will be present in the outbound datagram. The values following -\fBencr_auth_algs\fR describe the authentication algorithms that will be used -while applying the IPsec \fBESP\fR protocol on outbound datagrams and verified -to be present on inbound datagrams. See \fIRFC 2406\fR. This entry can contain -either a string or a number. Strings are case-insensitive. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Valid values are the same as the ones described for \fBauth_algs\fR above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This should be a decimal number in the range 1-255. This is useful when new -algorithms can be dynamically loaded. -.RE - -If \fBencr_algs\fR is present and \fBencr_auth_algs\fR is not present in a -policy entry, the system will use an \fBESP\fR \fBSA\fR regardless of whether -the \fBSA\fR has an authentication algorithm or not. -.sp -If \fBencr_algs\fR is not present and \fBencr_auth_algs\fR is present in a -policy entry, null encryption will be provided, which is equivalent to -\fBencr_algs\fR with \fBNULL\fR, for outbound and inbound datagrams. -.sp -If both \fBencr_algs\fR and \fBencr_auth_algs\fR are not present in a policy -entry, \fBESP\fR header will not be present for outbound datagrams and the same -will be verified for inbound datagrams. -.sp -If both \fBencr_algs\fR and \fBencr_auth_algs\fR are present in a policy entry, -\fBESP\fR header with integrity checksum will be present on outbound datagrams -and the same will be verified for inbound datagrams. -.sp -For \fBencr_algs\fR, \fBencr_auth_algs\fR, and \fBauth_algs\fR a key length -specification may be present. This is either a single value specifying the only -valid key length for the algorithm or a range specifying the valid minimum -and/or maximum key lengths. Minimum or maximum lengths may be omitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Values following this decides whether this entry is for outbound or inbound -datagram. Valid values are strings that should be one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBout\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This means that this policy entry should be considered only for outbound -datagrams. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This means that this policy entry should be considered only for inbound -datagrams. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBboth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This means that this policy entry should be considered for both inbound and -outbound datagrams -.RE - -This entry is not needed when the action is "apply", "permit" or "ipsec". But -if it is given while the action is "apply" or "permit", it should be "out" or -"in" respectively. This is mandatory when the action is "bypass". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsa\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Values following this decide the attribute of the security association. Value -indicates whether a unique security association should be used or any existing -\fBSA\fR can be used. If there is a policy requirement, \fBSA\fRs are created -dynamically on the first outbound datagram using the key management daemon. -Static \fBSA\fRs can be created using \fBipseckey\fR(1M). The values used here -determine whether a new \fBSA\fR will be used/obtained. Valid values are -strings that could be one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunique\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unique Association. A new/unused association will be obtained/used for packets -matching this policy entry. If an \fBSA\fR that was previously used by the same -5 tuples, that is, {Source address, Destination address, Source port, -Destination Port, Protocol (for example, \fBTCP\fR/\fBUDP\fR)} exists, it will -be reused. Thus uniqueness is expressed by the 5 tuples given above. The -security association used by the above 5 tuples will not be used by any other -socket. For inbound datagrams, uniqueness will not be verified. -.sp -For tunnel-mode tunnels, \fBunique\fR is ignored. SAs are assigned per-rule in -tunnel-mode tunnels. For transport-mode tunnels, \fBunique\fR is implicit, -because the enforcement happens only on the outer-packet addresses and protocol -value of either IPv4-in-IP or IPv6-in-IP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshared\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shared association. If an \fBSA\fR exists already for this source-destination -pair, it will be used. Otherwise a new \fBSA\fR will be obtained. This is the -default. -.RE - -This is mandatory only for outbound policy entries and should not be given for -entries whose action is "bypass". If this entry is not given for inbound -entries, for example, when "dir" is in or "action" is permit, it will be -assumed to be shared. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Action follows the pattern and should be given before properties. It should be -one of the following and this field is mandatory. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipsec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use IPsec for the datagram as described by the properties, if the pattern -matches the datagram. If ipsec is given without a dir spec , the pattern is -matched to incoming and outgoing datagrams. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapply\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Apply IPsec to the datagram as described by the properties, if the pattern -matches the datagram. If \fBapply\fR is given, the pattern is matched only on -the outbound datagram. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpermit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Permit the datagram if the pattern matches the incoming datagram and satisfies -the constraints described by the properties. If it does not satisfy the -properties, discard the datagram. If \fBpermit\fR is given, the pattern is -matched only for inbound datagrams. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbypass\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBpass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bypass any policy checks if the pattern matches the datagram. \fBdir\fR in the -properties decides whether the check is done on outbound or inbound datagrams. -All the \fBbypass\fR entries are checked before checking with any other policy -entry in the system. This has the highest precedence over any other entries. -\fBdir\fR is the only field that should be present when action is \fBbypass\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdrop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Drop any packets that match the pattern. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the file contains multiple policy entries, for example, they are assumed to -be listed in the order in which they are to be applied. In cases of multiple -entries matching the outbound and inbound datagram, the first match will be -taken. The system will reorder the policy entry, that is, add the new entry -before the old entry, only when: -.sp -.LP -The level of protection is "stronger" than the old level of protection. -.sp -.LP -Currently, strength is defined as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -AH and ESP > ESP > AH -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The standard uses of \fBAH\fR and \fBESP\fR were what drove this ranking of -"stronger". There are flaws with this. \fBESP \fR can be used either without -authentication, which will allow cut-and-paste or replay attacks, or without -encryption, which makes it equivalent or slightly weaker than \fBAH\fR. An -administrator should take care to use \fBESP\fR properly. See -\fBipsecesp\fR(7P) for more details. -.sp -.LP -If the new entry has \fBbypass\fR as action, \fBbypass\fR has the highest -precedence. It can be added in any order, and the system will still match all -the \fBbypass\fR entries before matching any other entries. This is useful for -key management daemons which can use this feature to bypass IPsec as it -protects its own traffic. -.sp -.LP -Entries with both \fBAH\fR (\fBauth_algs\fR present in the policy entry) and -\fBESP\fR (\fBencr_auth_algs\fR or \fBencr_auth_algs\fR present in the policy -entry) protection are ordered after all the entries with \fBAH\fR and \fBESP\fR -and before any \fBAH\fR-only and \fBESP\fR-only entries. In all other cases the -order specified by the user is not modified, that is, newer entries are added -at the end of all the old entries. See . -.sp -.LP -A new entry is considered duplicate of the old entry if an old entry matches -the same traffic pattern as the new entry. See for information on duplicates. -.SH SECURITY -.LP -If, for example, the policy file comes over the wire from an \fBNFS\fR mounted -file system, an adversary can modify the data contained in the file, thus -changing the policy configured on the machine to suit his needs. Administrators -should be cautious about transmitting a copy of the policy file over a network. -.sp -.LP -To prevent non-privileged users from modifying the security policy, ensure that -the configuration file is writable only by trusted users. -.sp -.LP -The configuration file is defined by a property of the \fBpolicy\fR -\fBsmf\fR(5) service. The default configuration file, is -\fB/etc/inet/ipsecinit.conf\fR. This can be changed using the \fBsvcprop\fR(1) -command. See \fBNOTES\fR for more details. -.sp -.LP -The policy description language supports the use of tokens that can be resolved -by means of a name service, using functions such as \fBgethostbyname\fR(3NSL). -While convenient, these functions are only secure as the name service the -system is configured to use. Great care should be taken to secure the name -service if it is used to resolve elements of the security policy. -.sp -.LP -If your source address is a host that can be looked up over the network and -your naming system itself is compromised, then any names used will no longer be -trustworthy. -.sp -.LP -If the name switch is configured to use a name service that is not local to the -system, bypass policy entries might be required to prevent the policy from -preventing communication to the name service. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -Policy is latched for \fBTCP/UDP\fR sockets on which a \fBconnect\fR(3SOCKET) -or \fBaccept\fR(3SOCKET) has been issued. Adding new policy entries will not -have any effect on them. This feature of latching may change in the future. It -is not advisable to depend upon this feature. -.sp -.LP -The \fBipsecconf\fR command can only be run by a user who has sufficient -privilege to open the \fBpf_key\fR(7P) socket. The appropriate privilege can be -assigned to a user with the Network IPsec Management profile. See -\fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBprof_attr\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -Make sure to set up the policies before starting any communications, as -existing connections may be affected by the addition of new policy entries. -Similarly, do not change policies in the middle of a communication. -.sp -.LP -Note that certain \fBndd\fR tunables affect how policies configured with this -tool are enforced; see \fBipsecesp\fR(7P) for more details. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRProtecting Outbound \fBTCP\fR Traffic With \fBESP\fR and the -\fBAES\fR Algorithm -.sp -.LP -The following example specified that any \fBTCP\fR packet from spiderweb to -arachnid should be encrypted with \fBAES\fR, and the \fB SA\fR could be a -shared one. It does not verify whether or not the inbound traffic is encrypted. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# Protect the outbound TCP traffic between hosts spiderweb -# and arachnid with ESP and use AES algorithm. -# -{ - laddr spiderweb - raddr arachnid - ulp tcp - dir out -} ipsec { - encr_algs AES -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRVerifying Whether or Not Inbound Traffic is Encrypted -.sp -.LP -Example 1 does not verify whether or not the inbound traffic is encrypted. The -entry in this example protects inbound traffic: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# Protect the TCP traffic on inbound with ESP/DES from arachnid -# to spiderweb -# -{ - laddr spiderweb - raddr arachnid - ulp tcp - dir in -} ipsec { - encr_algs AES -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\fBsa\fR can be absent for inbound policy entries as it implies that it can be -a shared one. Uniqueness is not verified on inbound. Note that in both the -above entries, authentication was never specified. This can lead to cut and -paste attacks. As mentioned previously, though the authentication is not -specified, the system will still use an \fBESP\fR \fBSA\fR with -\fBencr_auth_alg\fR specified, if it was found in the \fBSA\fR tables. - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRProtecting All Traffic Between Two Hosts -.sp -.LP -The following example protects both directions at once: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{ - laddr spiderweb - raddr arachnid - ulp tcp -} ipsec { - encr_algs AES -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRAuthenticating All Inbound Traffic to the Telnet Port -.sp -.LP -This entry specifies that any inbound datagram to telnet port should come in -authenticated with the SHA1 algorithm. Otherwise the datagram should not be -permitted. Without this entry, traffic destined to port number 23 can come in -clear. \fBsa\fR is not specified, which implies that it is shared. This can be -done only for inbound entries. You need to have an equivalent entry to protect -outbound traffic so that the outbound traffic is authenticated as well, remove -the dir. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# All the inbound traffic to the telnet port should be -# authenticated. -# -{ - lport telnet - dir in -} ipsec { - auth_algs sha1 -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRVerifying Inbound Traffic is Null-Encrypted -.sp -.LP -The first entry specifies that any packet with address host-B should not be -checked against any policies. The second entry specifies that all inbound -traffic from network-B should be encrypted with a \fBNULL\fR encryption -algorithm and the \fBMD5\fR authentication algorithm. \fBNULL\fR encryption -implies that \fBESP\fR header will be used without encrypting the datagram. As -the first entry is \fBbypass\fR it need not be given first in order, as -\fBbypass\fR entries have the highest precedence. Thus any inbound traffic will -be matched against all \fBbypass\fR entries before any other policy entries. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# Make sure that all inbound traffic from network-B is NULL -# encrypted, but bypass for host-B alone from that network. -# Add the bypass first. -{ -raddr host-B - dir in -} bypass {} - -# Now add for network-B. -{ - raddr network-B/16 - dir in -} ipsec { -encr_algs NULL -encr_auth_algs md5 -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fREntries to Bypass Traffic from IPsec -.sp -.LP -The first two entries provide that any datagram leaving the machine with source -port 53 or coming into port number 53 should not be subjected to IPsec policy -checks, irrespective of any other policy entry in the system. Thus the latter -two entries will be considered only for ports other than port number 53. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# Bypass traffic for port no 53 - # -{lport 53} bypass {} -{rport 53} bypass {} -{raddr spiderweb } ipsec {encr_algs any sa unique} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRProtecting Outbound Traffic -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # - # Protect the outbound traffic from all interfaces. - # -{raddr spiderweb dir out} ipsec {auth_algs any sa unique} -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If the \fBgethostbyname\fR(3XNET) call for spiderweb yields multiple addresses, -multiple policy entries will be added for all the source address with the same -properties. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{ - laddr arachnid - raddr spiderweb - dir in -} ipsec {auth_algs any sa unique} -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If the \fBgethostbyname\fR(3XNET) call for spiderweb and the -\fBgethostbyname\fR(3XNET) call for arachnid yield multiple addresses, multiple -policy entries will be added for each (\fBsaddr\fR \fBdaddr\fR) pair with the -same properties. Use \fBipsecconf\fR \fB-l\fR to view all the policy entries -added. - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRBypassing Unauthenticated Traffic -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# -# Protect all the outbound traffic with ESP except any traffic -# to network-b which should be authenticated and bypass anything -# to network-c -# -{raddr network-b/16 dir out} ipsec {auth_algs any} -{dir out} ipsec {encr_algs any} -{raddr network-c/16 dir out} bypass {} # NULL properties -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Note that \fBbypass\fR can be given anywhere and it will take precedence over -all other entries. \fBNULL\fR pattern matches all the traffic. - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fREncrypting IPv6 Traffic with 3DES and MD5 -.sp -.LP -The following entry on the host with the link local address -\fBfe80::a00:20ff:fe21:4483\fR specifies that any outbound traffic between the -hosts with IPv6 link-local addresses \fBfe80::a00:20ff:fe21:4483\fR and -\fBfe80::a00:20ff:felf:e346\fR must be encrypted with \fB3DES\fR and \fBMD5.\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{ - laddr fe80::a00:20ff:fe21:4483 - raddr fe80::a00:20ff:felf:e346 - dir out -} ipsec { - encr_algs 3DES - encr_auth_algs MD5 -} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRVerifying IPv6 Traffic is Authenticated with SHA1 -.sp -.LP -The following two entries require that all IPv6 traffic to and from the IPv6 -site-local network \fBfec0:abcd::0/32\fR be authenticated with \fBSHA1\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{raddr fec0:abcd::0/32} ipsec { auth_algs SHA1 } -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRKey Lengths -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# use aes at any key length -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes} - -# use aes with a 192 bit key -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes(192)} - -# use aes with any key length up to 192 bits -# i.e. 192 bits or less -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes(..192)} - -# use aes with any key length of 192 or more -# i.e. 192 bits or more -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes(192..)} - -#use aes with any key from 192 to 256 bits -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes(192..256)} - -#use any algorithm with a key of 192 bits or longer -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs any(192..)} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRCorrect and Incorrect Policy Entries -.sp -.LP -The following are examples of correctly formed policy entries: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{ raddr that_system rport telnet } ipsec { encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs -sha1 sa shared} - -{ - raddr that_system - rport telnet -} ipsec { - encr_algs 3des - encr_auth_algs sha1 - sa shared -} - -{ raddr that_system rport telnet } ipsec - { encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs sha1 sa shared} - -{ raddr that_system rport telnet } ipsec - { encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs sha1 sa shared} or ipsec - { encr_algs aes encr_auth_algs sha1 sa shared} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...and the following is an incorrectly formed entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{ raddr that_system rport telnet } ipsec - { encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs sha1 sa shared} - or ipsec { encr_algs aes encr_auth_algs sha1 sa shared} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In the preceding, incorrect entry, note that the third line begins with "\fBor -ipsec\fR". Such an entry causes \fBipsecconf\fR to return an error. - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRAllowing Neighbor Discovery to Occur in the Clear -.sp -.LP -The following two entries require that all IPv6 traffic to and from the IPv6 -site-local network \fBfec0:abcd::0/32\fR be authenticated with SHA1. The second -entry allows neighbor discovery to operate correctly. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{raddr fec0:abcd::0/32} ipsec { auth_algs SHA1 } -{raddr fec0:abcd::0/32 ulp ipv6-icmp type 133-137 dir both } - pass { } -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRUsing "or" -.sp -.LP -The following entry allows traffic using the AES or Blowfish algorithms from -the remote machine spiderweb: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{raddr spiderweb} ipsec {encr_algs aes} or ipsec {encr_algs blowfish} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 15 \fRConfiguring a Tunnel to be Backward-Compatible with Solaris 9 -.sp -.LP -The following example is equivalent to "\fBencr_algs aes encr_auth_algs md5\fR" -in \fBifconfig\fR(1M): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -{tunnel ip.tun0 negotiate transport} ipsec {encr_algs aes - encr_auth_algs md5} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 16 \fRConfiguring a Tunnel to a VPN client with an Assigned Address -.sp -.LP -The following example assumes a distinct "inside" network with its own -topology, such that a client's default route goes "inside". - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# Unlike route(1m), the default route has to be spelled-out. -{tunnel ip.tun0 negotiate tunnel raddr client-inside/32 -laddr 0.0.0.0/0} ipsec {encr_algs aes encr_auth_algs sha1} -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 17 \fRTransit VPN router between Two Tunnelled Subnets and a Third -.sp -.LP -The following example specifies a configuration for a VPN router that routes -between two tunnelled subnets and a third subnet that is on-link. Consider -remote-site A, remote-site B, and local site C, each with a \fB/24\fR address -allocation. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ip.tun0 between me (C) and remote-site A. -# Cover remote-site A to remote-side B. -{tunnel ip.tun0 negotiate tunnel raddr A-prefix/24 laddr -B-prefix/24} ipsec {encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs md5} - -# Cover remote-site A traffic to my subnet. -{tunnel ip.tun0 negotiate tunnel raddr A-prefix/24 laddr -C-prefix/24} ipsec {encr_algs 3des encr_auth_algs md5} - -# ip.tun1 between me (C) and remote-site B. -# Cover remote-site B to remote-site A. -{tunnel ip.tun1 negotiate tunnel raddr B-prefix/24 laddr -A-prefix/24} ipsec {encr_algs aes encr_auth_algs sha1} - -# Cover remote-site B traffic to my subnet. -{tunnel ip.tun1 negotiate tunnel raddr B-prefix/24 laddr -C-prefix/24} ipsec {encr_algs aes encr_auth_algs md5} -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/ipsecpolicy.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cache of IPsec policies currently configured for the system, maintained by -\fBipsecconf\fR command. Do not edit this file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inet/ipsecinit.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing IPsec policies to be installed at system restart by the -\fBpolicy\fR \fBsmf\fR(5) service. See \fBNOTES\fR for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inet/ipsecinit.sample\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sample input file for \fBipseconf\fR. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), -\fBin.iked\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M), -\fBipseckey\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBgethostbyname\fR(3NSL), \fBaccept\fR(3SOCKET), \fBconnect\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBgethostbyname\fR(3XNET), \fBgetnetbyname\fR(3XNET), -\fBgetprotobyname\fR(3XNET), \fBgetservbyname\fR(3XNET), -\fBgetaddrinfo\fR(3SOCKET), \fBsocket\fR(3SOCKET), \fBike.config\fR(4), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBipsecah\fR(7P), -\fBipsecesp\fR(7P), \fBpf_key\fR(7P) -.sp -.LP -Glenn, R. and Kent, S. \fIRFC 2410, The NULL Encryption Algorithm and Its Use -With IPsec\fR. The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Kent, S. and Atkinson, R. \fIRFC 2402, IP Authentication Header\fR.The Internet -Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Kent, S. and Atkinson, R. \fIRFC 2406, IP Encapsulating Security Payload -(ESP)\fR. The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Madsen, C. and Glenn, R. \fIRFC 2403, The Use of HMAC-MD5-96 within ESP and -AH\fR. The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Madsen, C. and Glenn, R. \fIRFC 2404, The Use of HMAC-SHA-1-96 within ESP and -AH\fR. The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Madsen, C. and Doraswamy, N. \fIRFC 2405, The ESP DES-CBC Cipher Algorithm With -Explicit IV\fR. The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Pereira, R. and Adams, R. \fIRFC 2451, The ESP CBC-Mode Cipher Algorithms\fR. -The Internet Society. 1998. -.sp -.LP -Frankel, S. and Kelly, R. Glenn, \fIThe AES Cipher Algorithm and Its Use With -IPsec\fR. 2001. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fBBad "string" on line \fIN\fR.\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBDuplicate "string" on line \fIN\fR.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIstring\fR refers to one of the names in pattern or properties. A Bad string -indicates that an argument is malformed; a Duplicate string indicates that -there are multiple arguments of a similar type, for example, multiple Source -Address arguments. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBInterface name already selected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dual use of \fB-i\fR \fIname\fR and \fIname\fR,\fIindex\fR for an index. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBError before or at line \fIN\fR.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates parsing error before or at line \fIN\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNon-existent index\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reported when the \fIindex\fR for delete is not a valid one. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBspd_msg return: File exists\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reported when there is already a policy entry that matches the traffic of this -new entry. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -.LP -IPsec manual keys are managed by the service management facility, \fBsmf\fR(5). -The services listed below manage the components of IPsec. These services are -delivered as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/ipsec/policy:default (enabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/ipsecalgs:default (enabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/manual-key:default (disabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/ike:default (disabled) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The manual-key service is delivered disabled. The system administrator must -create manual IPsec Security Associations (SAs), as described in -\fBipseckey\fR(1M), before enabling that service. -.sp -.LP -The policy service is delivered enabled, but without a configuration file, so -that, as a starting condition, packets are not protected by IPsec. After you -create the configuration file \fB/etc/inet/ipsecinit.conf\fR, as described in -this man page, and refresh the service (\fBsvcadm refresh\fR, see below), the -policy contained in the configuration file is applied. If there is an error in -this file, the service enters maintenance mode. -.sp -.LP -Services that are delivered disabled are delivered that way because the system -administrator must create configuration files for those services before -enabling them. See \fBike.config\fR(4) for the \fBike\fR service. -.sp -.LP -See \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) for the \fBipsecalgs\fR service. -.sp -.LP -The correct administrative procedure is to create the configuration file for -each service, then enable each service using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If the configuration needs to be changed, edit the configuration file then -refresh the service, as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcadm refresh policy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmf\fR(5) framework will record any errors in the service-specific log -file. Use any of the following commands to examine the \fBlogfile\fR property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcs -l policy\fR -example# \fBsvcprop policy\fR -example# \fBsvccfg -s policy listprop\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following property is defined for the \fBpolicy\fR service: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -config/config_file -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This property can be modified using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) by users who have been -assigned the following authorization: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -solaris.smf.value.ipsec -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBauths\fR(1), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBrbac\fR(5). -.sp -.LP -The service needs to be refreshed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) before the new -property is effective. General non-modifiable properties can be viewed with the -\fBsvcprop\fR(1) command. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s ipsec/policy setprop config/config_file = /new/config_file\fR -# \fBsvcadm refresh policy\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, -refreshing, and requesting restart can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). A -user who has been assigned the authorization shown below can perform these -actions: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -solaris.smf.manage.ipsec -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The service's status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -The \fBipsecconf\fR command is designed to be managed by the \fBpolicy\fR -\fBsmf\fR(5) service. While the \fBipsecconf\fR command can be run from the -command line, this is discouraged. If the \fBipsecconf\fR command is to be run -from the command line, the \fBpolicy\fR \fBsmf\fR(5) service should be disabled -first. See \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ipseckey.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ipseckey.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 180635151b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ipseckey.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1628 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH IPSECKEY 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -ipseckey \- manually manipulate an IPsec Security Association Database (SADB) -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] \fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR \fB-c\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] [delete | delete-pair | get] SA_TYPE {EXTENSION \fIvalue\fR...} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-np\fR] [monitor | passive_monitor | pmonitor] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] flush {SA_TYPE} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] dump {SA_TYPE} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] save SA_TYPE {\fIfilename\fR} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBipseckey\fR [\fB-nvp\fR] \fB-s\fR \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBipseckey\fR command is used to manually manipulate the security -association databases of the network security services, \fBipsecah\fR(7P) and -\fBipsecesp\fR(7P). You can use the \fBipseckey\fR command to set up security -associations between communicating parties when automated key management is not -available. -.sp -.LP -While the \fBipseckey\fR utility has only a limited number of general options, -it supports a rich command language. The user may specify requests to be -delivered by means of a programmatic interface specific for manual keying. See -\fBpf_key\fR(7P). When \fBipseckey\fR is invoked with no arguments, it will -enter an interactive mode which prints a prompt to the standard output and -accepts commands from the standard input until the end-of-file is reached. Some -commands require an explicit security association ("\fBSA\fR") type, while -others permit the \fBSA\fR type to be unspecified and act on all \fBSA\fR -types. -.sp -.LP -\fBipseckey\fR uses a \fBPF_KEY\fR socket and the message types \fBSADB_ADD\fR, -\fBSADB_DELETE\fR, \fBSADB_GET\fR, \fBSADB_UPDATE\fR, \fBSADB_FLUSH\fR, and -\fBSADB_X_PROMISC\fR. Thus, you must be a superuser to use this command. -.sp -.LP -\fBipseckey\fR handles sensitive cryptographic keying information. Please read -the \fBSecurity\fR section for details on how to use this command securely. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR [\fIfilename\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Analogous to the \fB-f\fR option (see following), except that the input is not -executed but only checked for syntactical correctness. Errors are reported to -\fBstderr\fR. This option is provided to debug configurations without making -changes. See \fBSECURITY\fR and "Service Management Facility" for more -information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR [\fIfilename\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read commands from an input file, \fIfilename\fR. The lines of the input file -are identical to the command line language. The \fBload\fR command provides -similar functionality. The \fB-s\fR option or the \fBsave\fR command can -generate files readable by the \fB-f\fR argument. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prevent attempts to print host and network names symbolically when reporting -actions. This is useful, for example, when all name servers are down or are -otherwise unreachable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Paranoid. Do not print any keying material, even if saving \fBSA\fRs. Instead -of an actual hexadecimal digit, print an \fBX\fR when this flag is turned on. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR [\fIfilename\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The opposite of the \fB-f\fR option. If '\fB-\fR' is given for a -\fIfilename\fR, then the output goes to the standard output. A snapshot of all -current \fBSA\fR tables will be output in a form readable by the \fB-f\fR -option. The output will be a series of \fBadd\fR commands, but with some names -not used. This occurs because a single name may often indicate multiple -addresses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. Print the messages being sent into the \fBPF_KEY\fR socket, and print -raw seconds values for lifetimes. -.RE - -.SH COMMANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add an \fBSA\fR. Because it involves the transfer of keying material, it cannot -be invoked from the shell, lest the keys be visible in \fBps\fR(1) output. It -can be used either from the interactive \fBipseckey>\fR prompt or in a command -file specified by the \fB-f\fR command. The \fBadd\fR command accepts all -extension-value pairs described below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Update \fBSA\fR lifetime, and in the cases of larval \fBSA\fRs (leftover from -aborted automated key management), keying material and other extensions. Like -\fBadd\fR, this command cannot be invoked from the shell because keying -material would be seen by the \fBps\fR(1) command. It can be used either from -the interactive \fBipseckey>\fR prompt or in a command file specified by the -\fB-f\fR command. The \fBupdate\fR command accepts all extension-value pairs, -but normally is only used for \fBSA\fR lifetime updates. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdate-pair\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As update, but apply the update to the SA and its paired SA, if there is one. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete a specific \fBSA\fR from a specific \fBSADB\fR. This command requires -the \fBspi\fR extension, and the \fBdest\fR extension for IPsec \fBSA\fRs. -Other extension-value pairs are superfluous for a delete message. If the SA to -be deleted is paired with another SA, the SA is deleted and the paired SA is -updated to indicate that it is now unpaired. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete-pair\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete a specific SA from a specific SADB. If the SA is paired with another SA, -delete that SA too. This command requires the \fBspi\fR extension and the -\fBdest\fR extension for the IPsec SA, or its pair. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lookup and display a security association from a specific \fBSADB\fR. Like -\fBdelete\fR, this command only requires \fBspi\fR and \fBdest\fR for IPsec. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBflush\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove all \fBSA\fR for a given \fBSA_TYPE\fR, or all \fBSA\fR for all types. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmonitor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Continuously report on any \fBPF_KEY\fR messages. This uses the -\fBSADB_X_PROMISC\fR message to enable messages that a normal \fBPF_KEY\fR -socket would not receive to be received. See \fBpf_key\fR(7P). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpassive_monitor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Like monitor, except that it does not use the \fBSADB_X_PROMISC\fR message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpmonitor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Synonym for \fBpassive_monitor\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdump\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Will display all \fBSA\fRs for a given \fBSA\fR type, or will display all -\fBSA\fRs. Because of the large amount of data generated by this command, there -is no guarantee that all \fBSA\fR information will be successfully delivered, -or that this command will even complete. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsave\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Is the command analog of the \fB-s\fR option. It is included as a command to -provide a way to snapshot a particular \fBSA\fR type, for example, \fBesp\fR or -\fBah\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhelp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints a brief summary of commands. -.RE - -.SS "\fBSA_TYPE\fR" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies all known \fBSA\fR types. This type is only used for the \fBflush\fR -and \fBdump\fR commands. This is equivalent to having no \fBSA\fR type for -these commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBah\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the IPsec Authentication Header ("\fBAH\fR") \fBSA\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBesp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the IPsec Encapsulating Security Payload ("\fBESP\fR") \fBSA\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXTENSION VALUE TYPES -Commands like \fBadd\fR, \fBdelete\fR, \fBget\fR, and \fBupdate\fR require that -certain extensions and associated values be specified. The extensions will be -listed here, followed by the commands that use them, and the commands that -require them. Requirements are currently documented based upon the IPsec -definitions of an \fBSA\fR. Required extensions may change in the future. -\fB\fR can be in either hex (\fB0xnnn\fR), decimal (\fBnnn\fR) or octal -(\fB0nnn\fR).\fB\fR is a text string. \fB\fR is a long -hexadecimal number with a bit-length. Extensions are usually paired with -values; however, some extensions require two values after them. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBspi \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the security parameters index of the \fBSA\fR. This extension is -required for the \fBadd\fR, \fBdelete\fR, \fBget\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpair-spi \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When \fBpair-spi\fR is used with the \fBadd\fR or \fBupdate\fR commands, the SA -being added or updated will be paired with the SA defined by \fBpair-spi\fR. A -pair of SAs can be updated or deleted with a single command. -.sp -The two SAs that make up the pair need to be in opposite directions from the -same pair of IP addresses. The command will fail if either of the SAs specified -are already paired with another SA. -.sp -If the pair-spi token is used in a command and the SA defined by pair-spi does -not exist, the command will fail. If the command was \fBadd\fR and the pairing -failed, the SA to be added will instead be removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinbound | outbound\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -These optional flags specify the direction of the SA. When the \fBinbound\fR or -\fBoutbound\fR flag is specified with the \fBadd\fR command, the kernel will -insert the new SA into the specified hash table for faster lookups. If the flag -is omitted, the kernel will decide into which hash table to insert the new SA -based on its knowledge the IP addresses specified with the \fBsrc\fR and -\fBdst\fR extensions. -.sp -When these flags are used with the \fBupdate\fR, \fBdelete\fR, -\fBupdate-pair\fR or \fBget\fR commands, the flags provide a hint as to the -hash table in which the kernel should find the SA. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreplay\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the replay window size. If not specified, the replay window size is -assumed to be zero. It is not recommended that manually added \fBSA\fRs have a -replay window. This extension is used by the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR -commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreplay_value\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the replay value of the SA. This extension is used by the \fBadd\fR -and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstate \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the \fBSA\fR state, either by numeric value or by the strings -"\fBlarval\fR", "\fBmature\fR", "\fBdying\fR" or "\fBdead\fR". If not -specified, the value defaults to \fBmature\fR. This extension is used by the -\fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauth_alg \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBauthalg |\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the authentication algorithm for an \fBSA\fR, either by numeric -value, or by strings indicating an algorithm name. Current authentication -algorithms include: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHMAC-MD5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBmd5\fR, \fBhmac-md5\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHMAC-SH-1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsha\fR, \fBsha-1\fR, \fBhmac-sha1\fR, \fBhmac-sha\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHMAC-SHA-256\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsha256\fR, \fBsha-256\fR, \fBhmac-sha256\fR, \fBhmac-sha-256\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHMAC-SHA-384\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsha384\fR, \fBsha-384\fR, \fBhmac-sha384\fR, \fBhmac-sha-384\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHMAC-SHA-512\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsha512\fR, \fBsha-512\fR, \fBhmac-sha512\fR, \fBhmac-sha-512\fR -.RE - -Often, algorithm names will have several synonyms. This extension is required -by the \fBadd\fR command for certain \fBSA\fR types. It is also used by the -\fBupdate\fR command. -.sp -Use the \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) command to obtain the complete list of -authentication algorithms. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencr_alg \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBencralg \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the encryption algorithm for an SA, either by numeric value, or by -strings indicating an algorithm name. Current encryption algorithms include DES -("\fBdes\fR"), Triple-DES ("\fB3des\fR"), Blowfish ("blowfish"), and AES -("aes"). This extension is required by the add command for certain \fBSA\fR -types. It is also used by the \fBupdate\fR command. -.sp -Use the \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) command to obtain the complete list of encryption -algorithms. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The next six extensions are lifetime extensions. There are two varieties, -"\fBhard\fR" and "\fBsoft\fR". If a \fBhard\fR lifetime expires, the \fBSA\fR -will be deleted automatically by the system. If a \fBsoft\fR lifetime expires, -an \fBSADB_EXPIRE\fR message will be transmitted by the system, and its state -will be downgraded to \fBdying\fR from \fBmature\fR. See \fBpf_key\fR(7P). The -\fBmonitor\fR command to \fBkey\fR allows you to view \fBSADB_EXPIRE\fR -messages. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBidle_addtime\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBidle_usetime\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of seconds that this SA can exist if the SA is not used -before the SA is revalidated. If this extension is not present, the default -value is half of the \fBhard_addtime\fR (see below). This extension is used by -the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsoft_bytes \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBhard_bytes \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of bytes that this \fBSA\fR can protect. If this extension -is not present, the default value is zero, which means that the \fBSA\fR will -not expire based on the number of bytes protected. This extension is used by -the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsoft_addtime \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBhard_addtime \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of seconds that this \fBSA\fR can exist after being added -or updated from a larval \fBSA\fR. An update of a mature \fBSA\fR does not -reset the initial time that it was added. If this extension is not present, the -default value is zero, which means the \fBSA\fR will not expire based on how -long it has been since it was added. This extension is used by the \fBadd\fR -and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsoft_usetime \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBhard_usetime \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of seconds this \fBSA\fR can exist after first being used. -If this extension is not present, the default value is zero, which means the -\fBSA\fR will not expire based on how long it has been since it was added. This -extension is used by the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsaddr \fIaddress\fR | \fIname\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBsrcaddr \fIaddress\fR | \fIname\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBsaddr6 \fIIPv6 address\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBsrcaddr6 \fIIPv6 address\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBsrc \fIaddress\fR | \fIname\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBsrc6 \fIIPv6 address\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsrcaddr \fIaddress\fR\fR and \fBsrc \fIaddress\fR\fR are synonyms that -indicate the source address of the \fBSA\fR. If unspecified, the source address -will either remain unset, or it will be set to a wildcard address if a -destination address was supplied. To not specify the source address is valid -for IPsec \fBSA\fRs. Future \fBSA\fR types may alter this assumption. This -extension is used by the \fBadd\fR, \fBupdate\fR, \fBget\fR and \fBdelete\fR -commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdaddr \fI
\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdstaddr \fI
\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdaddr6 \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdstaddr6 \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdst \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdst6 \fI\fR|\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBdstaddr \fI\fR\fR and \fBdst \fI\fR\fR are synonyms that -indicate the destination address of the \fBSA\fR. If unspecified, the -destination address will remain unset. Because IPsec \fBSA\fRs require a -specified destination address and \fBspi\fR for identification, this extension, -with a specific value, is required for the \fBadd\fR, \fBupdate\fR, \fBget\fR -and \fBdelete\fR commands. -.sp -If a name is given, \fBipseckey\fR will attempt to invoke the command on -multiple \fBSA\fRs with all of the destination addresses that the name can -identify. This is similar to how \fBipsecconf\fR handles addresses. -.sp -If \fBdst6\fR or \fBdstaddr6\fR is specified, only the IPv6 addresses -identified by a name are used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsport\fR specifies the source port number for an SA. It should be used in -combination with an upper-layer protocol (see below), but it does not have to -be. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sport specifies the destination port number for an SA. It should be used in -combination with an upper-layer protocol (see below), but it does not have to -be. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencap\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies the protocol used to encapsulate NAT-traversal IPsec packets. Other -NAT-traversal parameters (\fBnat_*\fR) are below. The only acceptable value -for \fI\fR currently is \fBudp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproto\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBulp\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBproto\fR, and its synonym \fBulp\fR, specify the IP protocol number of the -SA. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnat_loc\fR \fI
\fR|\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the local address in the SA (source or destination) is behind a NAT, this -extension indicates the NAT node's globally-routable address. This address can -match the SA's local address if there is a \fBnat_lport\fR (see below) -specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnat_rem\fR \fI
\fR|\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the remote address in the SA (source or destination) is behind a NAT, this -extension indicates that node's internal (that is, behind-the-NAT) address. -This address can match the SA's local address if there is a \fBnat_rport\fR -(see below) specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnat_lport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies the local UDP port on which encapsulation of ESP occurs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnat_rport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies the remote UDP port on which encapsulation of ESP occurs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBisrc\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBinnersrc\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBisrc6\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBinnersrc6\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBproxyaddr\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBproxy\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBisrc\fR \fI
\fR[/\fI\fR] and \fBinnersrc\fR -\fI
\fR[/\fI\fR] are synonyms. They indicate the inner source -address for a tunnel-mode SA. -.sp -An inner-source can be a prefix instead of an address. As with other address -extensions, there are IPv6-specific forms. In such cases, use only -IPv6-specific addresses or prefixes. -.sp -Previous versions referred to this value as the proxy address. The usage, while -deprecated, remains. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBidst\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBinnerdst\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBidst6\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBinnerdst6\fR \fI
\fR | \fI\fR[/\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBidst\fR \fI
\fR[/\fI\fR] and \fBinnerdst\fR -\fI
\fR[/\fI\fR] are synonyms. They indicate the inner -destination address for a tunnel-mode SA. -.sp -An inner-destination can be a prefix instead of an address. As with other -address extensions, there are IPv6-specific forms. In such cases, use only -IPv6-specific addresses or prefixes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinnersport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBisport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBinnersport\fR specifies the source port number of the inner header for a -tunnel-mode SA. It should be used in combination with an upper-layer protocol -(see below), but it does not have to be. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinnerdport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBidport\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBinnerdport\fR specifies the destination port number of the inner header for -a tunnel-mode SA. It should be used in combination with an upper-layer protocol -(see below), but it does not have to be. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBiproto\fR \fI\fR\fBiulp\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBiproto\fR, and its synonym \fBiulp\fR, specify the IP protocol number of the -inner header of a tunnel-mode SA. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauthkey \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the authentication key for this \fBSA\fR. The key is expressed as a -string of hexadecimal digits, with an optional \fB/\fR at the end, for example, -\fB123/12\fR. Bits are counted from the most-significant bits down. For -example, to express three '1' bits, the proper syntax is the string -"\fBe/3\fR". For multi-key algorithms, the string is the concatenation of the -multiple keys. This extension is used by the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR -commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencrkey \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the encryption key for this \fBSA\fR. The syntax of the key is the -same as \fBauthkey\fR. A concrete example of a multi-key encryption algorithm -is \fB3des\fR, which would express itself as a 192-bit key, which is three -64-bit parity-included \fBDES\fR keys. This extension is used by the \fBadd\fR -and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Certificate identities are very useful in the context of automated key -management, as they tie the \fBSA\fR to the public key certificates used in -most automated key management protocols. They are less useful for manually -added \fBSA\fRs. Unlike other extensions, \fBsrcidtype\fR takes two values, a -\fItype\fR, and an actual \fIvalue\fR. The type can be one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprefix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An address prefix. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfqdn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A fully-qualified domain name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdomain\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Domain name, synonym for \fBfqdn\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBuser_fqdn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User identity of the form \fB\fIuser\fR@\fIfqdn\fR\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmailbox\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Synonym for \fBuser_fqdn\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fIvalue\fR is an arbitrary text string that should identify the -certificate. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsrcidtype \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a source certificate identity for this \fBSA\fR. This extension is -used by the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdstidtype \fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a destination certificate identity for this \fBSA\fR. This extension -is used by the \fBadd\fR and \fBupdate\fR commands -.RE - -.SS "Tunnel Mode versus Transport Mode SAs" -An IPsec SA is a Tunnel Mode SA if the "proto" value is either 4 (\fBipip\fR) -or 41 (\fBipv6\fR) \fBand\fR there is an inner-address or inner-port value -specified. Otherwise, the SA is a Transport Mode SA. -.SH SECURITY -Keying material is very sensitive and should be generated as randomly as -possible. Some algorithms have known weak keys. IPsec algorithms have built-in -weak key checks, so that if a weak key is in a newly added \fBSA\fR, the -\fBadd\fR command will fail with an invalid value. -.sp -.LP -The \fBipseckey\fR command allows a privileged user to enter cryptographic -keying information. If an adversary gains access to such information, the -security of IPsec traffic is compromised. The following issues should be taken -into account when using the \fBipseckey\fR command. -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Is the \fBTTY\fR going over a network (interactive mode)? -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If it is, then the security of the keying material is the security of the -network path for this \fBTTY\fR's traffic. Using \fBipseckey\fR over a -clear-text \fBtelnet\fR or \fBrlogin\fR session is risky. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Even local windows might be vulnerable to attacks where a concealed program -that reads window events is present. -.RE -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Is the file accessed over the network or readable to the world (\fB-f\fR -option)? -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A network-mounted file can be sniffed by an adversary as it is being read. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A world-readable file with keying material in it is also risky. -.RE -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -The \fBipseckey\fR command is designed to be managed by the \fBmanual-key\fR -\fBsmf\fR(5) service. Because the \fBsmf\fR(5) log files are world-readable, -the \fBipseckey\fR does not record any syntax errors in the log files, as these -errors might include secret information. -.sp -If a syntax error is found when the \fBmanual-key\fR \fBsmf\fR(5) service is -enabled, the service enters maintenance mode. The log file will indicate that -there was a syntax error, but will not specify what the error was. -.sp -The administrator should use \fBipeckey\fR \fB-c\fR \fIfilename\fR from the -command line to discover the cause of the errors. See \fBOPTIONS\fR. -.RE -.sp -.LP -If your source address is a host that can be looked up over the network and -your naming system itself is compromised, then any names used will not be -trustworthy. -.sp -.LP -Security weaknesses often lie in misapplication of tools, not in the tools -themselves. Administrators are urged to be cautious when using \fBipseckey\fR. -The safest mode of operation is probably on a console or other hard-connected -\fBTTY\fR. -.sp -.LP -For further thoughts on this subject, see the afterward by Matt Blaze in Bruce -Schneier's \fIApplied Cryptography: Protocols, Algorithms, and Source Code in -C\fR. -.SS "Service Management Facility" -IPsec manual keys are managed by the service management facility, \fBsmf\fR(5). -The services listed below manage the components of IPsec. These services are -delivered as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/ipsec/policy:default (enabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/ipsecalgs:default (enabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/manual-key:default (disabled) -svc:/network/ipsec/ike:default (disabled) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The manual-key service is delivered disabled. The system administrator must -create manual IPsec Security Associations (SAs), as described in this man page, -before enabling that service. -.sp -.LP -The policy service is delivered enabled, but without a configuration file, so -that, as a starting condition, packets are not protected by IPsec. After you -create the configuration file \fB/etc/inet/ipsecinit.conf\fR and refresh the -service (\fBsvcadm refresh\fR, see below), the policy contained in the -configuration file is applied. If there is an error in this file, the service -enters maintenance mode. See \fBipsecconf\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Services that are delivered disabled are delivered that way because the system -administrator must create configuration files for those services before -enabling them. See \fBike.config\fR(4) for the \fBike\fR service. -.sp -.LP -See \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M) for the \fBipsecalgs\fR service. -.sp -.LP -The correct administrative procedure is to create the configuration file for -each service, then enable each service using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If the configuration needs to be changed, edit the configuration file then -refresh the service, as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcadm refresh manual-key\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBWarning:\fR To prevent \fBipseckey\fR complaining about duplicate -Associations, the \fBipseckey\fR command flushes the Security Association Data -Base (SADB) when the \fBipseckey\fR command is run from \fBsmf\fR(5), before -adding any new Security Associations defined in the configuration file. This -differs from the command line behavior where the SADB is not flushed before -adding new Security Associations. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmf\fR(5) framework will record any errors in the service-specific log -file. Use any of the following commands to examine the \fBlogfile\fR property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcs -l manual-key\fR -example# \fBsvcprop manual-key\fR -example# \fBsvccfg -s manual-key listprop\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following property is defined for the \fBmanual-key\fR service: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -config/config_file -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This property can be modified using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) by users who have been -assigned the following authorization: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -solaris.smf.value.ipsec -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBauths\fR(1), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBrbac\fR(5). -.sp -.LP -The service needs to be refreshed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) before the new -property is effective. General non-modifiable properties can be viewed with the -\fBsvcprop\fR(1) command. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s ipsec/manual-key setprop config/config_file = \e -/new/config_file\fR -# \fBsvcadm refresh manual-key\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, -refreshing, and requesting restart can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). A -user who has been assigned the authorization shown below can perform these -actions: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -solaris.smf.manage.ipsec -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The service's status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -The \fBipseckey\fR command is designed to be run under \fBsmf\fR(5) management. -While the \fBipsecconf\fR command can be run from the command line, this is -discouraged. If the \fBipseckey\fR command is to be run from the command line, -the \fBmanual-key\fR \fBsmf\fR(5) service should be disabled first. See -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M). -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fREmptying Out All \fBSA\fRs -.sp -.LP -To empty out all \fBSA\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey flush\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRFlushing Out IPsec AH \fBSA\fRs Only -.sp -.LP -To flush out only IPsec \fBAH\fR \fBSA\fRs: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey flush ah\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSaving All \fBSA\fRs To Standard Output -.sp -.LP -To save all \fBSA\fRs to the standard output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey save all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSaving \fBESP\fR \fBSA\fRs To The File \fB/tmp/snapshot\fR -.sp -.LP -To save \fBESP\fR \fBSA\fRs to the file \fB/tmp/snapshot\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey save esp /tmp/snapshot\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDeleting an IPsec \fBSA\fR -.sp -.LP -To delete an IPsec \fBSA\fR, only the \fBSPI\fR and the destination address are -needed: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey delete esp spi 0x2112 dst 224.0.0.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -An alternative would be to delete the SA and the SAs pair if it has one: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey delete-pair esp spi 0x2112 dst 224.0.0.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRGetting Information on an IPsec \fBSA\fR -.sp -.LP -Likewise, getting information on a \fBSA\fR only requires the destination -address and \fBSPI\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey get ah spi 0x5150 dst mypeer\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRAdding or Updating IPsec \fBSA\fRs -.sp -.LP -Adding or updating \fBSA\fRs requires entering interactive mode: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey\fR -ipseckey> \fBadd ah spi 0x90125 src me.example.com dst you.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey 1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef\fR -ipseckey> \fBupdate ah spi 0x90125 dst you.example.com hard_bytes \e - 16000000\fR -ipseckey> \fBexit\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Adding two SAs that are linked together as a pair: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey\fR -ipseckey> \fBadd esp spi 0x2345 src me.example.com dst you.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey bde359723576fdea08e56cbe876e24ad \e - encralg des encrkey be02938e7def2839\fR -ipseckey> \fBadd esp spi 0x5432 src me.example.com dst you.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey bde359723576fdea08e56cbe876e24ad \e - encralg des encrkey be02938e7def2839 pair-spi 0x2345\fR -ipseckey> \fBexit\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRAdding an \fBSA\fR in the Opposite Direction -.sp -.LP -In the case of IPsec, \fBSA\fRs are unidirectional. To communicate securely, a -second \fBSA\fR needs to be added in the opposite direction. The peer machine -also needs to add both \fBSA\fRs. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey\fR -ipseckey> \fBadd ah spi 0x2112 src you.example.com dst me.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey bde359723576fdea08e56cbe876e24ad \e - hard_bytes 16000000\fR -ipseckey> \fBexit\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRMonitoring \fBPF_KEY\fR Messages -.sp -.LP -Monitoring for \fBPF_KEY\fR messages is straightforward: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey monitor\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRUsing Commands in a File -.sp -.LP -Commands can be placed in a file that can be parsed with the \fB-f\fR option. -This file may contain comment lines that begin with the "#" symbol. For -example: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# This is a sample file for flushing out the ESP table and -# adding a pair of SAs. - -flush esp - -### Watch out! I have keying material in this file. See the -### SECURITY section in this manual page for why this can be -### dangerous . - -add esp spi 0x2112 src me.example.com dst you.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey bde359723576fdea08e56cbe876e24ad \e - encralg des encrkey be02938e7def2839 hard_usetime 28800 -add esp spi 0x5150 src you.example.com dst me.example.com \e - authalg md5 authkey 930987dbe09743ade09d92b4097d9e93 \e - encralg des encrkey 8bd4a52e10127deb hard_usetime 28800 - -## End of file - This is a gratuitous comment -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRAdding SAs for IPv6 Addresses -.sp -.LP -The following commands from the interactive-mode create an SA to protect IPv6 -traffic between the site-local addresses - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example # \fBipseckey\fR -ipseckey> \fBadd esp spi 0x6789 src6 fec0:bbbb::4483 dst6 fec0:bbbb::7843\e - authalg md5 authkey bde359723576fdea08e56cbe876e24ad \e - encralg des encrkey be02938e7def2839 hard_usetime 28800\fR -ipseckey>\fBexit\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRLinking Two SAs as a Pair -.sp -.LP -The following command links two SAs together, as a pair: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBipseckey update esp spi 0x123456 dst 192.168.99.2 \e -pair-spi 0x654321\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inet/secret/ipseckeys\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default configuration file used at boot time. See "Service Management Facility" -and \fBSECURITY\fR for more information. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBps\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBipsecconf\fR(1M), -\fBipsecalgs\fR(1M), \fBroute\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBike.config\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBipsec\fR(7P), -\fBipsecah\fR(7P), \fBipsecesp\fR(7P), \fBpf_key\fR(7P) -.sp -.LP -Schneier, B., \fIApplied Cryptography: Protocols, Algorithms, and Source Code -in C\fR. Second ed. New York, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1996. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -The \fBipseckey\fR command parses the configuration file and reports any -errors. In the case of multiple errors, \fBipseckey\fR reports as many of these -as possible. -.sp -.LP -The \fBipseckey\fR command does not attempt to use a \fBCOMMAND\fR that has a -syntax error. A \fBCOMMAND\fR might be syntactically correct but can -nevertheless generate an error because the kernel rejected the request made to -\fBpf_key\fR(7P). This might occur because a key had an invalid length or -because an unsupported algorithm was specified. -.sp -.LP -If there are any errors in the configuration file, ipseckey reports the number -of valid COMMANDS and the total number of COMMANDS parsed. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBParse error on line \fIN\fR.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If an interactive use of \fBipseckey\fR would print usage information, this -would print instead. Usually proceeded by another diagnostic. Because -\fBCOMMANDS\fR can cover more than a single line in the configuration file by -using the backslash character to delimit lines, its not always possible to -pinpoint in the configuration file the exact line that caused the error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUnexpected end of command line.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An additional argument was expected on the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBUnknown\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A value for a specific extension was unknown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAddress type \fIN\fR not supported.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A name-to-address lookup returned an unsupported address family. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fIN\fR is not a bit specifier\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBbit length \fIN\fR is too big for\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBstring is not a hex string\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Keying material was not entered appropriately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCan only specify single\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A duplicate extension was entered. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDon't use extension for \fI\fR for \fI\fR\&.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An extension not used by a command was used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOne of the entered values is incorrect: Diagnostic code \fINN\fR: -\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This is a general invalid parameter error. The diagnostic code and message -provides more detail about what precise value was incorrect and why. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -In spite of its IPsec-specific name, \fBipseckey\fR is analogous to -\fBroute\fR(1M), in that it is a command-line interface to a socket-based -administration engine, in this case, \fBPF_KEY\fR. \fBPF_KEY\fR was originally -developed at the United States Naval Research Laboratory. -.sp -.LP -To have machines communicate securely with manual keying, \fBSA\fRs need to be -added by all communicating parties. If two nodes wish to communicate securely, -both nodes need the appropriate \fBSA\fRs added. -.sp -.LP -In the future \fBipseckey\fR may be invoked under additional names as other -security protocols become available to \fBPF_KEY\fR. -.sp -.LP -This command requires \fBsys_ip_config\fR privilege to operate and thus can run -in the global zone and in exclusive-IP zones. The global zone can set up -security associations with \fBipseckey\fR to protect traffic for shared-IP -zones on the system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/iscsiadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/iscsiadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 781ce9f8d0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/iscsiadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1377 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ISCSIADM 1M "Jul 16, 2009" -.SH NAME -iscsiadm \- enable management of iSCSI initiators -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBiscsiadm\fR \fIsubcommand\fR \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIoperand\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBiscsiadm\fR command enables management of the iSCSI (Internet SCSI) -initiator on a host. \fBiscsiadm\fR is implemented as a set of subcommands, -many with their own options, which are described in the section for that -subcommand. Options not associated with a particular subcommand are described -under OPTIONS. -.sp -.LP -\fBiscsiadm\fR works only when the following service is online: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/iscsi/initiator:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBiscsiadm\fR command supports the following subcommands, which are -described in detail in subsections that follow: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Adds element(s) to an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Lists element(s) of an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodify\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Modifies attributes of an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremove\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Removes an element from an object. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBiscsiadm\fR subcommands operate on a \fIdirect-object\fR. These are -described in the section for each subcommand. -.sp -.LP -The \fBiscsiadm\fR command supports the Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) -for the discovery of iSCSI targets. The command supports the Challenge -Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) for authentication. -.SS "\fBadd\fR Subcommand" -.sp -.LP -The syntax for the \fBadd\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# iscsiadm add \fIdirect_object\fR [\fIoperands\fR...] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd\fR subcommand adds the following \fIdirect_object\fRs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdiscovery-address\fR \fIdiscovery-address\fR [...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a target to a list of discovery addresses. A discovery address (as in the -syntax shown below) is an IP \fIaddress\fR:\fIport\fR combination used in a -SendTargets discovery session. Using this discovery approach, a target device -can inform an initiator of the target address and target name of each target -exposed by that device. Connection to a target is not attempted unless the -SendTargets method of discovery has been enabled on the host. You enable this -method with the \fBmodify\fR subcommand. -.sp -The \fIdiscovery-address\fR parameter is formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -<\fIIP address\fR>[:\fIport\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -If \fIport\fR is not specified, the default of 3260 will be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBisns-server\fR \fIisns-server\fR [...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add an iSNS server to the list of iSNS server addresses. An iSNS server address -(specified in the syntax shown below) is an IP address-port combination used in -an iSNS discovery session. By using iSNS discovery, an iSNS server can provide -an initiator with information about a portal and the name of each target that -belongs to the same discovery domain as that of the initiator. Connection to -the iSNS server is not attempted unless the iSNS method of discovery has been -enabled on the host. You enable this method with the \fBmodify\fR subcommand, -described below. -.sp -The \fIisns-server\fR parameter is formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIIP_address\fR[:\fIport\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -If a port is not specified, the default of 3205 is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatic-config\fR \fIstatic_target\fR [...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a target to the list of statically configured targets. A connection to the -target will not be attempted unless the static configuration method of -discovery has been enabled. -.sp -The \fIstatic_target\fR parameter is formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR,\fI\fR[:\fIport-number\fR][,\fItpgt\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -\fI\fR can be up to 223 characters. -.RE - -.SS "\fBlist\fR Subcommand" -.sp -.LP -The syntax for the \fBlist\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# iscsiadm list \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist\fR subcommand displays data for the following \fIdirect-object\fRs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdiscovery\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the discovery methods and their current activation state, enabled or -disabled. Discovery methods are: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Static -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -SendTargets -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitiator-node\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information for the initiator node on the host. The iSCSI initiator node -represents a logical HBA and is a logical host connection point for iSCSI -targets. The parameter values listed in the response are default parameter -settings for the initiator. Each connected target for an initiator can have -parameter values that differ from the parameter values on the initiator node. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatic-config\fR [\fIstatic_target\fR[, ...]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the target name and address for specified targets or, if no static -targets are specified, all statically discovered targets. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget\fR [\fB-S\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fItarget\fR[, ...]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists a target's current parameters, connection state, and which method was -used for the target's discovery. Reports information for specified targets or, -if no targets are specified, all targets that have been discovered or have had -parameters modified by the \fBmodify target\fR subcommand. -.sp -When used with the \fB-S\fR option for a specified target, this subcommand -returns: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -target name -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -logical unit number -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -vendor ID -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -product ID -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -OS device name (for example, \fB/dev/rdsk/c0t2d0s0\fR) -.RE -The \fB-v\fR options gives more details, such as the current login parameters, -the detailed connection information, and the discovery method used to discover -the target. -.sp -A return of \fBNA\fR as the discovery method parameter indicates that the -target was created with a \fBiscsiadm modify target-param\fR command and does -not exist as a discovered object. To remove such targets, use \fBiscsiadm -remove target-param\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget-param\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fItarget\fR [...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists a target's default and user-defined parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdiscovery-address\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fIdiscovery-address\fR[, ...]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the \fBdiscovery-address\fR objects that have been added using the -\fBiscsiadm add discovery-address\fR subcommand. -.sp -When used with the \fB-v\fR option, lists all known targets at a specified -\fIdiscovery-address\fR. The \fB-v\fR option returns one or more target names -along with zero or more target addresses and associated target portal group -tags (TPGT), if applicable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBisns-server\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fIisns-server\fR[, ...]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the \fBisns-server\fR objects that have been added using the -\fBiscsiadm\fR \fBadd\fR \fBisns-server\fR subcommand. -.sp -When used with the \fB-v\fR option, this subcommand lists all known targets at -a specified \fBisns-server\fR address. The \fB-v\fR option returns one of more -target names along with zero or more target addresses and associated target -portal group tags, if applicable. -.RE - -.SS "\fBmodify\fR Subcommand" -.sp -.LP -The syntax for the \fBmodify\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# iscsiadm modify \fIdirect_object\fR [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify\fR subcommand supports the following \fIdirect_object\fRs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdiscovery\fR [\fIoptions\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enabling a discovery method initiates a discovery using that method. Disabling -a discovery method that is currently enabled does not affect connections to any -targets that have already been discovered by that method. -.sp -Options for \fBmodify discovery\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR, \fB-iSNS\fR \fBenable\fR | \fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable iSNS discovery. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-static\fR \fBenable\fR | \fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable static discovery. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-sendtargets\fR \fBenable\fR | \fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable SendTargets discovery. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitiator-node\fR [\fIoptions\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies an initiator's properties. If a target is currently connected, this -operation can succeed. However, the modified set of parameters will not be in -effect for that target until an existing connection session no longer exists -and a new connection has been established. The options \fB-C\fR and -\fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-secret\fR require a CHAP secret entry in response to a prompt. -.sp -For iSCSI booting when the Solaris I/O multipathing feature (formerly known as -Sun StorEdge Traffic Manager [STMS] or MPxIO) is disabled, you can modify only -the following initiator-node options: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-r\fR, \fB--radius-server\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-R\fR, \fB--radius-access\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-P\fR, \fB--radius-shared-secret\fR -.RE -For iSCSI booting when the Solaris I/O multipathing feature is enabled, you can -modify only the following initiator-node options: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-h\fR, \fB--headerdigest\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-d\fR, \fB--datadigest\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB-c\fR, \fB--configured-sessions\fR -.RE -Options for \fBmodify initiator-node\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-node-alias\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies the initiator node alias. Maximum length of 223 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-authentication\fR \fBchap\fR | \fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the authentication mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the CHAP secret value. There is no default value. Maximum length is 16 -characters; minimum required length is 12 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR, \fB--configured-sessions\fR \fI\fR | \fI\fR[,\fI\fR\&...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the number of configured iSCSI sessions that will be created for each -iSCSI target. The feature should be used in combination with the Solaris I/O -multipathing feature described in \fBscsi_vhci\fR(7D). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR, \fB--datadigest\fR \fBnone\fR | \fBCRC32\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets whether CRC32 is enabled to check SCSI data transfers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-name\fR \fICHAP name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a CHAP username. If you do not use this option, upon initialization, -the CHAP name is set to the initiator node name. When the authentication method -is set to CHAP (see \fB-a\fR/\fB-\fR\fB-authentication\fR option, above), the -CHAP username is displayed with the command \fBiscsiadm list initiator-node\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR, \fB--headerdigest\fR \fBnone\fR | \fBCRC32\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets whether CRC32 is enabled to check SCSI packet headers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-node-name\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies the initiator node name. Maximum of 223 characters. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -During Solaris installation, the initiator node name is set to a globally -unique value. Changing this value can adversely affect operation within the -iSCSI network. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR, \fB--radius-shared-secret\fR (exclusive)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the RADIUS shared secret. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR, \fB--radius-access\fR \fBenable\fR | \fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets whether a RADIUS server will be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR, \fB--radius-server\fR \fI\fR[:\fI\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the IP address and port of the radius server to be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-tunable-param\fR -<<\fItunable-prop\fR>=<\fIvalue\fR>, ...>\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify one or more tunable parameters for all targets that initiator node -connected. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -These values should only be modified by an administrator with a good working -knowledge of the parameter's impact within the iSCSI network. -.RE -Supported tunable-prop options are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrecv-login-rsp-timeout\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Session Login Response Time -.sp -The \fBrecv-login-rsp-timeout\fR option specifies how long iSCSI initiator will -wait for the response of iSCSI session login request from the iSCSI target. -Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 60 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconn-login-max\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximized Connection Retry Time -.sp -The \fBconn-login-max\fR option lets the iSCSI initiator reestablish the -connection to the target in case of IO timeout or connection failure during the -given time window. Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 180 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpolling-login-delay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Login Retry Time Interval -.sp -The \fBpolling-login-delay\fR option specifies the time interval between each -login retry when iSCSI initiator to target IO timeout or connection failure. -Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 60 seconds. -.RE - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget-param\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fItarget\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies a target's parameters. If a target is currently connected, the modify -operation will succeed, although the modified settings might not take effect -for a few seconds. To confirm that these settings are active, use \fBiscsiadm -list target\fR \fB-v\fR. If a specified target is not associated with any -discovery method, a target object is created with the specified parameters. -After using this command to modify a target's parameters, the new parameters -will persist until they are modified or removed with a \fBiscsiadm remove -target-param\fR command on that target. The options \fB-C\fR and -\fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-secret\fR require a CHAP secret entry in response to a prompt. -.sp -Options for \fBmodify target-param\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-B\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-bi-directional-authentication enable | disable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the bidirectional option. If set to \fBenable\fR, the initiator performs -bidirectional authentication for the specified target. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the target's CHAP secret value. There is no default value. Maximum -acceptable length is 16 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-configured-sessions\fR \fI\fR | \fI\fR[,\fI\fR\&...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the number of configured iSCSI sessions that will be created for each -iSCSI target. The feature should be used in combination with the Solaris I/O -multipathing feature described in \fBscsi_vhci\fR(7D). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-datadigest\fR \fBnone\fR | \fBCRC32\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets whether CRC32 is enabled or disabled for the data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-CHAP-name\fR \fICHAP name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets a CHAP username. If you do not use this option, upon initialization, the -CHAP name is set to the target name. When the authentication method is set to -CHAP (see \fB-a\fR/\fB-\fR\fB-authentication\fR option, under the -\fBinitiator-node\fR direct object, above), the CHAP username is displayed with -the command \fBiscsiadm list initiator-node\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-headerdigest\fR \fBnone\fR | \fBCRC32\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets whether CRC32 is enabled or disabled for the header. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-login-param\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify one or more login parameter settings. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -These values should only be modified by an administrator with a good working -knowledge of the parameter's impact within the iSCSI network. -.RE -The login parameters are derived from iSCSI proposed standard RFC 3720. Valid -values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdataseqinorder\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -\fByes\fR or \fBno\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaulttime2retain\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -0-3600 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaulttime2wait\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -0-3600 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirstburstlength\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -512 to 2^24-1 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBimmediatedata\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -\fByes\fR or \fBno\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitialr2t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -\fByes\fR or \fBno\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxburstlength\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -512 to 2^24-1 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdatapduinorder\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -\fByes\fR or \fBno\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxoutstandingr2t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -1 to 65535 -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxrecvdataseglen\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -512 to 2^24-1 -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-tunable-param\fR -<<\fItunable-prop\fR>=<\fIvalue\fR>, ...>\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify one or more tunable parameters for all targets that initiator node -connected. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -Tunable values should only be modified by an administrator with a good working -knowledge of the parameter's impact within the iSCSI network. -.RE -Supported \fItunable-prop\fR options are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrecv-login-rsp-timeout\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Session Login Response Time -.sp -The \fBrecv-login-rsp-timeout\fR option specifies how long iSCSI initiator will -wait for the response of iSCSI session login request from the iSCSI target. -Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 60 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconn-login-max\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximized Connection Retry Time -.sp -The \fBconn-login-max\fR option lets the iSCSI initiator reestablish the -connection to the target in case of IO timeout or connection failure during the -given time window. Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 180 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpolling-login-delay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Login Retry Time Interval -.sp -The \fBpolling-login-delay\fR option specifies the time interval between each -login retry when iSCSI initiator to target IO timeout or connection failure. -Valid value is from 0 to 60*60, default to 60 seconds. -.RE - -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "\fBremove\fR Subcommand" -.sp -.LP -The syntax for the \fBremove\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# iscsiadm remove \fIdirect_object\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBremove\fR subcommand supports the following \fIdirect_object\fRs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdiscovery-address\fR \fIdiscovery-address\fR, ...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes a target device from the list of discovery addresses. A discovery -address (as in the syntax shown below) is an IP address-port combination used -in a SendTargets discovery session. Using this discovery approach, a target -device can inform an initiator of the target address and target name of each -target exposed by that device. If any target exposed by the discovery address -is currently mounted or there is active I/O on the device, an error of "logical -unit in use" is returned and the operation fails. If the associated devices are -not in use, they are removed. -.sp -\fIdiscovery-address\fR must be formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR[:\fI\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -There are no options associated with this direct object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBisns-server\fR \fIisns-server\fR, ...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes an iSNS server from the list of iSNS server addresses. An iSNS server -address (specified in the syntax shown below) is an IP address-port combination -used in an iSNS discovery session. By using iSNS discovery, an iSNS server can -provide an initiator with information about a portal and the name of each -target that belongs to the same discovery domain as that of the initiator. If -any target discovered by means of iSNS is currently mounted or there is active -I/O on the device, an error of "logical unit in use" is returned and the -operation fails. If the associated devices are not in use, they are removed. -.sp -\fIisns-server\fR must be formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIIP_address\fR[:\fIport\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -There are no options associated with this direct object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatic-config\fR \fIstatic_target\fR, ...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes a target from the list of statically discovered targets. If the target -being removed is currently mounted or there is active I/O on the device, an -error of "logical unit in use" is returned and the operation fails. If a device -is not in use, it will be removed. -.sp -\fIstatic_target\fR must be formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR,\fI\fR[:\fIport-number\fR][,\fItpgt\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -There are no options associated with this direct object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget-param\fR \fItarget-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes target specified by \fItarget-name\fR. The target name is formatted as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -There are no options associated with this direct object. For iSCSI booting when -the Solaris I/O multipathing feature (formerly known as Sun StorEdge Traffic -Manager [STMS] or MPxIO) is enabled, you cannot remove the target. -.RE - -.SS "Proper Use of Discovery Methods" -.sp -.LP -Do not configure a target to be discovered by both static and dynamic discovery -methods. The consequence of using redundant discovery methods might be slow -performance when communicating with the iSCSI target device. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following generic options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-version\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Displays version information. Stops interpretation of subsequent arguments. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-help\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Displays help information. Can be used following an \fBiscsiadm\fR command with -no arguments, following a subcommand, or following a subcommand-direct object -combination. Responds with help information appropriate for your entry. For -example, if you enter: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm modify initiator-node --help\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...\fBiscsiadm\fR responds with a display of the options available for that -combination of subcommand and direct object. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding a Discovery Address -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBadd\fR subcommand to add a discovery address. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm add discovery-address 10.0.0.1:3260 10.0.0.2:3260\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAdding a Static Target -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBadd\fR subcommand to add a static target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm add static-config \e -iqn.1999-08.com.array:sn.01234567,10.0.0.1:3260\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing Current Discovery Settings -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist\fR subcommand to list current discovery -settings. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list discovery\fR - Discovery: - Static: enabled - Send Targets: disabled - iSNS: enabled -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRObtaining Verbose Discovery Output -.sp -.LP -The following commands uses the \fB-v\fR option (one with, one without) with -the \fBlist\fR subcommand to obtain verbose output. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list discovery-address\fR - Discovery Address: 10.0.0.1:3260 - Discovery Address: 10.0.0.2:3260 - -# \fBiscsiadm list discovery-address -v 10.0.0.1:3260\fR - Discovery Address: 10.0.0.1:3260 - Target name: eui.210000203787d1f7 - Target address: 10.0.0.1:3260 - Target name: eui.210000203787a693 - Target address: 10.0.0.1:3260 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDisplaying Information on the Initiator -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist\fR subcommand to display information on -the initiator. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list initiator-node\fR -Initiator node name: iqn.1986-03.com.company.central.interopv20-1 -Initiator node alias: interopv20-1 - Login Parameters (Default/Configured): - Header Digest: NONE/NONE - Data Digest: NONE/NONE - Authentication Type: CHAP - CHAP Name: iqn.1986-03.com.company.central.interopv20-1 - RADIUS Server: NONE - RADIUS access: disabled - Tunable Parameters (Default/Configured): - Session Login Response Time: 60/- - Maximum Connection Retry Time: 180/- - Login Retry Time Interval: 60/- - Configured Sessions: 1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDisplaying Static Configuration Information -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist\fR subcommand to display information -about static configurations. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list static-config\fR - Static target: eui.210000203787a693,10.0.0.1:3260 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRDisplaying Target Information -.sp -.LP -The following commands show the use of the \fBlist\fR subcommand with various -options to display information about targets. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list target\fR -Target: iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1 - Alias: - - TPGT: 12288 - ISID: 4000002a0000 - Connections: 1# \fBiscsiadm list target -v iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1\fR -Target: iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1 - Alias: - - TPGT: 12288 - ISID: 4000002a0000 - Connections: 1 - CID: 0 - IP address (Local): 10.4.52.158:32803 - IP address (Peer): 10.4.49.70:3260 - Discovery Method: SendTargets - Login Parameters (Negotiated): - Data Sequence In Order: yes - Data PDU In Order: yes - Default Time To Retain: 20 - Default Time To Wait: 2 - Error Recovery Level: 0 - First Burst Length: 65536 - Immediate Data: yes - Initial Ready To Transfer (R2T): yes - Max Burst Length: 262144 - Max Outstanding R2T: 1 - Max Receive Data Segment Length: 65536 - Max Connections: 1 - Header Digest: NONE - Data Digest: NONE -# \fBiscsiadm list target -S iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1\fR -Target: iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1 - Alias: - - TPGT: 12288 - ISID: 4000002a0000 - Connections: 1 - LUN: 6 - Vendor: ABCStorage - Product: iSCSI Target - OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c3t1d0s2 - LUN: 5 - Vendor: ABCStorage - Product: iSCSI Target - OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c3t0d0s2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDisplaying Target Parameter Information -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist\fR subcommand to display target -information for a specific target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm list target-param -v iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1\fR -Target: iqn.2004-05.com.abcStorage:Tgt-1 - Alias: - - Bi-directional Authentication: disabled - Authentication Type: NONE - Login Parameters (Default/Configured): - Data Sequence In Order: yes/- - Data PDU In Order: yes/- - Default Time To Retain: 20/- - Default Time To Wait: 2/- - Error Recovery Level: 0/- - First Burst Length: 65536/- - Immediate Data: yes/- - Initial Ready To Transfer (R2T): yes/- - Max Burst Length: 262144/- - Max Outstanding R2T: 1/- - Max Receive Data Segment Length: 65536/- - Max Connections: 1/- - Header Digest: NONE/- - Data Digest: NONE/- - Tunable Parameters (Default/Configured): - Session Login Response Time: 60/- - Maximum Connection Retry Time: 180/- - Login Retry Time Interval: 60/- - Configured Sessions: 1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fREnabling Static Discovery Method -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBmodify\fR subcommand to enable the static -discovery method. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm modify discovery --static enable\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRSetting the IP Address for the Radius Server -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBmodify\fR subcommand to set the IP address -for the radius server, which will be used for CHAP authentication. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm modify initiator --radius-server 10.0.0.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRSetting the Node Name for Initiator -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBmodify\fR subcommand to set the node name for -the initiator node. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm modify initiator-node -N iqn.2004-10.com.SUN.host-1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRChanging Target Parameters -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBmodify\fR subcommand to change the target -parameters for a specified target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm modify target-param -d none -h none eui.210000203787a693\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRRemoving a Discovery Address -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBremove\fR subcommand to remove a discovery -address. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm remove discovery-address 10.0.0.1:3260\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRRemoving Target Parameters -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBremove\fR subcommand to remove a set of -target parameters. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBiscsiadm remove target-param eui.210000203787a693\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBiscsi\fR(7D), \fBscsi_vhci\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fISystem Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/isns.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/isns.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 159cff834c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/isns.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ISNS 1M "Nov 8, 2007" -.SH NAME -isns \- Internet Storage Name Service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/isns\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) provides consolidated discovery -services for Internet SCSI (iSCSI) and Internet Fibre Channel Protocol (iFCP) -devices in an IP network. iSNS uses a client/server mechanism: servers store -configuration information for clients, and provide that information upon a -client's request. IETF RFC 4171 describes the protocols between the server and -client. -.sp -.LP -This man page provides a summary of the Solaris iSNS server implementation. The -current implementation does not support iFCP devices. -.sp -.LP -Solaris iSNS server is implemented as the daemon \fBisns\fR, which binds to the -well -known port 3205 to service client requests. The daemon is started by the -service management facility (\fBsmf\fR(5)), using the fault management resource -identifier (FMRI): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/isns_server -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Use \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) to enable \fBisns\fR. Enabling the service means that it -starts and runs automatically whenever the operating system is booted. The -state of service can be displayed with the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -The service properties listed below can be managed using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M). The -default value is assigned per RFC 4171 and implementation choice. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdata_store_location\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration data store location. The default location is -\fB/etc/isns/isnsdata.xml\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESI_retry_threshold_count\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Entity Status Inquiry retry threshold counter. The default count is \fB3\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBManagement_SCNs_Enabled\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boolean that determines whether Management State Change Notification is -enabled. The default is \fByes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAuthorized_Control_Nodes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Control node names. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -After changing a property value, you must use \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) \fBrefresh\fR to -enable \fBisns\fR to recognize the new value. If you change the -\fBdata_store_location\fR property, you must enter a \fBsvcadm restart\fR -command for the change to take effect. -.sp -.LP -RFC 4171 defines the default discovery domain, the default domain set, and the -"Default DD/DDS" setting with the intent of managing clients that have not been -assigned to any user-defined discovery domain. The server adopts the following -behaviors with respect to the default discovery domain and domain set: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -An unassigned client is added to the default discovery domain. A newly -registered client or a client that was removed from its last discovery domain -membership is considered to be an unassigned client. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -When a client gets assigned to a user-defined discovery domain, the server will -remove the client from the default discovery domain. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The default discovery domain set is allowed to be administratively activated or -deactivated in order to let the administrator control discovery among clients -in the default discovery domain. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -It is not allowed to administratively add a client to the default discovery -domain, nor to administratively add a user-defined discovery domain to the -default discovery domain set. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The default state of the Default discovery domain set is inactive. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The \fBisns\fR server supports certain \fBrbac\fR(5) authorizations that allow -you to administer \fBisns\fR activity. These authorizations include the -following \fBauth_attr\fR(4) privileges: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsolaris.isnsmgr.write\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Required to create a discovery domain or domain set, to enable/disable a -discovery domain set and to change grouping of iSNS clients in a discovery -domain or grouping of discovery domains in a discovery domain set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsolaris.smf.manage.isns\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Required to manage the \fBisns\fR server through the \fBsmf\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsolaris.smf.value.isns\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Required to change the SMF service properties associated with \fBisns\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The iSNS Server Management profile (see \fBprof_attr\fR(4)) includes all of the -preceding authorizations. See \fBrbac\fR(5) for an overview of roles and -authorizations. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -There are no options supported by the \fBisns\fR daemon. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRStarting an \fBisns\fR Server -.sp -.LP -The following command starts the \fBisns\fR server. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvcadm enable svc:/network/isns_server\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRStopping an \fBisns\fR Server -.sp -.LP -The following command stops the \fBisns\fR server. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvcadm disable svc:/network/isns_server\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRChanging an \fBisns\fR Property -.sp -.LP -The following sequence of commands changes the value of the -\fBESI_retry_threshold_count\fR property. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/network/isns_server setprop \e -config/ESI_retry_threshold_count = 6\fR -# \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/network/isns_server\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/sbin/isns\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -iSNS daemon binary. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Standard -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBisnsadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -It is strongly recommended that you restart the server (\fBsvcadm restart\fR) -after a service property is changed. This allows the server to apply a uniform -setting for existing and new clients. -.sp -.LP -A control node, as described in RFC 4171, is not required to administer the -server. Control node operations can be achieved through the \fBisnsadm\fR(1M) -command interface on the local host. For example, \fBisnsadm\fR enables you to -create a discovery domain and a discovery domain set and to add a member to it, -in order to create discovery domain and discovery domain set associations. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/isnsadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/isnsadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0aee600d1d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/isnsadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,763 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ISNSADM 1M "Sep 25, 2008" -.SH NAME -isnsadm \- administer the internet Storage Name Server (iSNS) server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBisnsadm\fR \fIoptions\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBisnsadm\fR \fIsubcommand\fR [\fIsubcommand_options\fR] [\fIoperand\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBisnsadm\fR command is the command-line interface to the Internet Storage -Name Service (iSNS) server. \fBisnsadm\fR comprises a set of subcommands, -described in their own section, each of which accomplishes one of the iSNS -server management functions. -.sp -.LP -For any operations that will change the iSNS configurations the -\fBsolaris.isnsmgr.write\fR authorization is required. Refer to \fBisns\fR(1M). -For read operations, the command does not require special authorizations. -.sp -.LP -\fBisnsadm\fR has a set of general options and a set of subcommand-specific -options. The first category is described under OPTIONS; the second category is -described in the context of each subcommand description. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR, \fB--help\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays context help. Stops interpretation of any subsequent arguments. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays version information. Stops interpretation of any subsequent -arguments. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are used by one or more \fBisnsadm\fR subcommands. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIiscsi-node-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -iSCSI target or iSCSI initiator symbolic name. A string with a maximum length -of 223 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Discovery domain symbolic name. A string with a maximum length of 256 -characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Discovery domain set symbolic name. A string with a maximum length of 256 -characters. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.sp -.LP -The \fBisnsadm\fR command supports the subcommands described below. -.SS "\fBadd-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd-dd\fR subcommand adds a discovery domain to a discovery domain set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm add-dd \fIoption\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBadd-dd\fR has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a discovery domain set. -.RE - -.SS "\fBadd-node\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd-node\fR subcommand adds a node to a specified discovery-domain. -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd-node\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm add-node \fIoption\fR \fIiscsi-node-name\fR,...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBadd-node\fR has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR,\fB--dd\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a discovery domain. -.RE - -.SS "\fBcreate-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate-dd\fR subcommand creates a discovery domain with the name you -specify. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm create-dd \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBcreate-dd\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBcreate-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate-dd-set\fR subcommand creates a discovery domain set with the name -you specify. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm create-dd-set \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBcreate-dd-set\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBdelete-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBdelete-dd\fR subcommand deletes a discovery domain of the name you -specify. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdelete-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm delete-dd \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBdelete-dd\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBdelete-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBdelete-dd-set\fR subcommand deletes a discovery domain set of the name -you specify. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdelete-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm delete-dd-set \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBdelete-dd-set\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBdisable-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBdisable-dd-set\fR subcommand disables a discovery domain set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdisable-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm disable-dd-set \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBdisable-dd-set\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBenable-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBenable-dd-set\fR subcommand enables a discovery domain set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBenable-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm enable-dd-set \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBenable-dd-set\fR has no options. -.SS "\fBlist-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-dd\fR subcommand displays information about discovery domains. If -no operand is specified, it lists all discovery domains that currently exist on -the iSNS server. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-dd [\fIoption\fR] [\fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR, ...]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBlist-dd\fR supports the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the member contents of the discovery domain(s). -.RE - -.SS "\fBlist-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-dd-set\fR subcommand lists the discovery domain sets, both enabled -and disabled, that exist on the iSNS server. Note that there is no \fBdd-set\fR -registration. If no operand is specified, it lists all of the discovery domain -sets. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-dd-set [\fIoption\fR] [\fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR, ...]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBlist-dd-set\fR supports the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shows all discovery domains within the discovery domain set. -.RE - -.SS "\fBlist-node\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-node\fR subcommand displays information about nodes that are -currently registered with the iSNS server or that are not registered and belong -to non-default discovery-domain(s). For the latter case, the node has its type -field shown as \fBunknown\fR. If no operand is specified, \fBlist-node\fR lists -all nodes known by the iSNS server. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist-node\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-node [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIiscsi-node-name\fR, ...]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBlist-node\fR supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB--target\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Filters the list to display only iSCSI target nodes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR, \fB--initiator\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Filters the list to display only iSCSI initiator nodes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays details about a node. Without this option, only the name, alias, and -type information are displayed. -.RE - -.SS "\fBmodify-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify-dd\fR subcommand modifies an attribute of a specified discovery -domain. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm modify-dd \fIoption\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBmodify-dd\fR has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the new name of a discovery domain to be applied to an existing -discovery-domain. -.RE - -.SS "\fBmodify-dd-set\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify-dd-set\fR subcommand modifies a discovery domain set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify-dd-set\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm modify-dd-set \fIoption\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBmodify-dd-set\fR has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the new name of a discovery domain set to be applied to an existing -discovery-domain-set. -.RE - -.SS "\fBremove-dd\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBremove-dd\fR subcommand removes the association with a specified -discovery domain set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBremove-dd\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm remove-dd \fIoption\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBremove-dd\fR has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-set-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the discovery domain set from which the discovery domain will be -removed. -.RE - -.SS "\fBremove-node\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBremove-node\fR subcommand removes a node. -.sp -.LP -The \fBremove-node\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm remove-node \fIoption\fR \fIiscsi-node-name\fR, ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBremove-node\fR has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdiscovery-domain-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the discovery domain from which a node will be removed. -.RE - -.SS "\fBshow-config\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBshow-config\fR subcommand displays the iSNS server administrative -settings. Note that the setting can be modified by means of the service -management facility (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). Refer to \fBisns\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The \fBshow-config\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm show-config\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBshow-config\fR has no options. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying Clients -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBlist-node\fR subcommand displays clients. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-node -v\fR -iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.45173FEA.engr - Alias: STK5320_NAS - Type: Target - Network Entity: SE5310 - Portal: 172.20.57.95:3260 - Portal Group: 1 - Portal: 172.20.56.95:3260 - Portal Group: 1 - DD Name: Default -iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.454F00A2.acct - Alias: - Type: Target - Network Entity: SE5310 - Portal: 172.20.57.95:3260 - Portal Group: 1 - Portal: 172.20.56.95:3260 - Portal Group: 1 - DD Name: Default -iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:e00000000000.46fd8e2b - Alias: host-x2100 - Type: Initiator - Network Entity: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:e00000000000.46fd8e2b - Portal: 172.20.236.123:58530 - Portal Group: 1 - DD Name: Default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying a Discovery Domain -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBlist-dd\fR subcommand displays discovery domains. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-dd -v\fR -DD name: Default - DD set(s): Default - iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.45173FEA.engr - iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.454F00A2.acct - iSCSI name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:e00000000000.46fd8e2b -DD name: acct-dd -DD name: engineering-dd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRAdding a Node -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBadd-node\fR subcommand adds a node to a discovery -domain, creating a discovery domain membership. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm add-node -d engineering-dd \e -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.454F00A2.engr\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRRemoving a Node -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBremove-node\fR subcommand removes a node from a -discovery domain, thereby removing a discovery domain membership. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm remove-node -d acct-dd \e -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:000e0c9f10da.454F00A2.acct\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRCreating a Discovery Domain Set -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBcreate-dd-set\fR subcommand creates a discovery -domain set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm create-dd-set operation-dd-set\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDisplaying a Discovery Domain Set -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBlist-dd-set\fR subcommand displays discovery domain -sets. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-dd-set -v\fR -DD Set name: Default - State: Disabled - DD Name: Default -DD Set name: operation-dd-set - State: Disabled -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRAdding a Discovery Domain -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBadd-dd\fR subcommand adds a discovery domain to a -discovery domain set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm add-dd -s operation-dd-set engineering-dd\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDisplaying a Discovery Domain Set -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBlist-dd-set\fR displays the attributes of a -discovery domain set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm list-dd-set\fR -DD Set name: Default - State: Disabled - DD Name: Default -DD Set name: operation-dd-set - State: Disabled - DD Name: engineering-dd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fREnabling a Discovery Domain Set -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBenable-dd-set\fR subcommand enables a discovery -domain set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm enable-dd-set Default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRDisabling a Discovery Domain Set -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBdisable-dd-set\fR subcommand disables a discovery -domain set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm disable-dd-set Default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRDisplaying Administrative Settings -.sp -.LP -The following use of the \fBshow-config\fR subcommand displays current -administrative settings. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBisnsadm show-config\fR - Data Store Location: /etc/isns/isnsdata.xml - Entity Status Inquiry Non-Response Threshold: 3 - Management SCN Enabled: yes - Authorized Control Node Names: - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBiscsiadm\fR(1M), \fBiscsitadm\fR(1M), \fBisns\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -When a subcommand is invoked with multiple operands and there are failures on -one or more, but not all, operands, \fBisnsadm\fR displays a generic message -indicating partial failure, with list of failed operands. An error on a -specific operand can be found by issuing the same subcommand on the failing -operand. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/itadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/itadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f57fe25f24..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/itadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,986 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.TH ITADM 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -itadm \- administer iSCSI targets -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR create-target [\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR radius | chap | none | default] - [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] [\fB-n\fR,\fB--node-name\fR \fItarget_node_name\fR] - [\fB-l\fR,\fB--alias\fR \fIalias\fR] [\fB-t\fR,\fB--tpg\fR \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR modify-target [\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR radius | chap | none | default] - [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] [\fB-n\fR,\fB--node-name\fR \fInew_target_node_name\fR] - [\fB-l\fR,\fB--alias\fR \fIalias\fR] [\fB-t\fR,\fB--tpg\fR \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR]] \fItarget_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR delete-target [\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR] \fItarget_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR list-target [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] [\fItarget_node_name\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR create-tpg \fItpg_name\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR] [\fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR list-tpg [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] [\fItpg_name\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR delete-tpg [\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR] \fItpg_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR create-initiator [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR modify-initiator [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR list-initiator [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR delete-initiator \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR modify-defaults [\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR radius | chap | none] - [\fB-r\fR,\fB--radius-server\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]] [\fB-d\fR,\fB--radius-secret\fR] - [\fB-D\fR,\fB--radius-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR][\fB-i\fR,\fB--isns\fR enable | disable] - [\fB-I\fR,\fB--isns-server\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR][,\fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBitadm\fR list-defaults [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBitadm\fR command manages Internet SCSI (iSCSI) target nodes within the -SCSI Target Mode Framework described in \fBstmfadm\fR(1M) and -\fBlibstmf\fR(3LIB). This allows the iSCSI initiators to access STMF logical -units using the iSCSI protocol. In addition to iSCSI target nodes, \fBitadm\fR -manages two other classes of managed objects: iSCSI Target Portal Groups, and -iSCSI Initiator Node Contexts. -.sp -.LP -\fBitadm\fR is implemented as a set of subcommands with options and operands -for each subcommand. These subcommands are described in their own section, -below. In addition to its subcommands, \fBitadm\fR has a help command, which -displays the utility's usage information. The help command is invoked with the -\fB-?\fR option. -.SS "iSCSI Target Portal Groups" -.LP -An iSCSI Target Network Portal is an IP address and TCP port that can be used -by an initiator node to connect to an iSCSI target. A collection of these -portals is called a Target Portal Group (TPG). You can use a TPG to limit -access to an iSCSI target. Use the \fBitadm modify\fR \fB-t\fR command to bind -a specific iSCSI target to the TPG. An iSCSI listener is created on each IP -address that belongs to the TPG, and listens for connections to the iSCSI -target. -.sp -.LP -A TPG is identified by a unique name provided when the TPG is created. A -numerical "Target Portal Group Tag" from the range 2-65535 is automatically -generated when the TPG is created. The Target Portal Group Tag 1 is reserved -for the "default" target portal group that is used when no explicit Target -Portal Groups are set on the target. The portal for the default TPG matches -requests from all network interfaces on port 3260. -.SS "iSCSI Initiator Node Contexts" -.LP -Certain operations such as authentication by means of Challenge Handshake -Authentication Protocol (CHAP) require parameters associated with a remote -iSCSI Initiator Node. These parameters are associated with an iSCSI Initiator -Node Context. An iSCSI Initiator Node Context is identified by its Initiator -Node Name, formatted in either IQN or EUI format (see RFC 3720). For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:e00000000000.47d55444 -eui.02004567A425678D -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Specifying IP Addresses" -.LP -A number of \fBitadm\fR subcommands require that you specify one or more IP -addresses with optional port numbers. For IPv4, use standard dotted decimal -notation. For IPv6, enclose addresses in square brackets. The following are -example specifications. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBIPv4\fR: 10.2.4.1 - 10.2.4.1:3260 -\fBIPv6\fR: [1080:0:0:0:8:800:200C:417A] - [1080:0:0:0:8:800:200C:417A]:3260 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The following are the \fBitadm\fR subcommands with their options. -.SS "\fBitadm create-target\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm create-target [-a,--auth-method radius | chap | none | default] - [-s,--chap-secret] - [-S,--chap-secret-file \fIpath\fR] [-u,--chap-user \fIchap-user-name\fR] - [-n,--node-name \fItarget_node_name\fR] [-l,--alias \fIalias\fR] - [-t,--tpg \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR,...]] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Create a iSCSI target with the specified options. Options are as follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR \fBradius | chap | none | default\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the authentication method to use for the target. Valid values are -\fBradius\fR, \fBchap\fR, and \fBnone\fR. \fBchap\fR indicates that initiators -connecting to this target must be authenticated using the Challenge Handshake -Authentication Protocol (CHAP). \fBradius\fR indicates initiators should also -be authenticated by means of CHAP but the required authentication parameters -should be obtained from a central RADIUS server (see the \fBradius-server\fR -and \fBradius-secret\fR options). \fBnone\fR means that no authentication is -required to connect to the target. \fBdefault\fR means the target will use the -global setting of this property. (See the \fBmodify-defaults\fR subcommand.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The CHAP secret to send during mutual CHAP authentication. There is no default -for this property. Maximum length is 255 characters; minimum required length is -12 characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Path to a temporary file containing the CHAP secret as described in the -\fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the CHAP username for a target for use in mutual CHAP authentication. -This value is allowed only for targets, cannot be set globally, and is used -only when the initiator node is configured to use mutual CHAP authentication. -If no value is specified then the target node name is used as the username. See -\fBiscsiadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR,\fB--node-name\fR \fItarget_node_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An iSCSI Target Node is identified by its Target Node Name, formatted in either -IQN or EUI format (see RFC 3720). This option establishes that name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR,\fB--alias\fR \fIalias\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An alternate identifier associated with a target node. The identifier does not -need to be unique. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR,\fB--tpg\fR \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A list of Target Portal Group (TPG) identifiers that specifies the TPGs that an -initiator can use to access a specific target or the keyword \fBdefault\fR. If -\fBdefault\fR is specified, the target will use the default portal, -\fBINADDR_ANY:3260\fR. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm modify-target\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm modify-target [\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR radius | chap | none | default] - [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] [\fB-n\fR,\fB--node-name\fR \fInew_tgt_node_name\fR] - [\fB-l\fR,\fB--alias\fR \fIalias\fR] [\fB-t\fR,\fB--tpg\fR \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR]] \fItarget_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Modify an iSCSI target according to the specified options. Options are as -follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR \fBradius | chap | none | default\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. To remove an -explicitly set CHAP username use \fB-u\fR \fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR,\fB--node-name\fR \fItarget_node_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Renames the target. See also the description of \fB-n\fR under the -\fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR,\fB--alias\fR \fIalias\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. To remove an -explicitly set alias use \fB-l\fR \fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR,\fB--tpg\fR \fItpg-name\fR[,\fItpg-name\fR,...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm list-target\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm list-target [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] [\fItarget_node_name\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List information about the configured targets. If \fItarget_node_name\fR is -specified, list only the information for that target. Options are as follows. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used for scripting mode. Do not print headers and separate fields by a single -tab instead of arbitrary white space. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm delete-target\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm delete-target [\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR] \fItarget_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Delete the target specified by \fItarget_node_name\fR. The target must be -\fBoffline\fR before it can be deleted. Option is as follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the target persists in an online state, this option attempts to offline the -target before deleting it. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm create-tpg\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm create-tpg \fItpg_name\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Create an iSCSI target portal group made up of the specified portals and assign -it the identifier \fItpg_name\fR. Each portal is an IP address and port pair. -IPv4 portals are specified in dotted address notation, for example, -\fB172.31.255.255\fR. IPv6 portal addresses must be enclosed in square -brackets. -.sp -.LP -This subcommand has no options. -.SS "\fBitadm list-tpg\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm list-tpg [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] [\fItpg_name\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List information about the configured target portal group. If \fItpg_name\fR is -specified then list only the information about the target portal group -associated with that \fItpg_name\fR. Options are as follows. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used for scripting mode. Do not print headers and separate fields by a single -tab instead of arbitrary white space. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm delete-tpg\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm delete-tpg [\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR] \fItpg_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Delete the target portal group associated with \fItpg_name\fR. Option is as -follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR,\fB--force\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the TPG is associated with any targets, the request to delete will be denied -unless this option is specified. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm create-initiator\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm create-initiator [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Configure parameters associated with the remote initiator named -\fIinitiator_node_name\fR. Options are as follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the CHAP username for an initiator, for use in CHAP authentication. -If no value is specified then the initiator node name is used as the username. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm modify-initiator\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm modify-initiator [\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR] [\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Modify parameters associated with the remote initiator named -\fIinitiator_node_name\fR. Options are as follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR,\fB--chap-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR,\fB--chap-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As described under the \fBcreate-target\fR subcommand, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR,\fB--chap-user\fR \fIchap-user-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the CHAP username for an initiator, for use in CHAP authentication. -If no value is specified then the initiator node name is used as the username. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm delete-initiator\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm delete-initiator \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Delete parameters associated with the remote initiator named -\fIinitiator_node_name\fR. This subcommand has no options. -.SS "\fBitadm list-initiator\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -\fBitadm\fR list-initiator [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] [\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR] \fIinitiator_node_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List parameters associated with the initiator named \fIinitiator_node_name\fR. -Options are as follows. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used for scripting mode. Do not print headers and separate fields by a single -tab instead of arbitrary white space. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR,\fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm modify-defaults\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm modify-defaults [\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR radius | chap | none] - [\fB-r\fR,\fB--radius-server\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]] [\fB-d\fR,\fB--radius-secret\fR] - [\fB-D\fR,\fB--radius-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR][\fB-i\fR,\fB--isns\fR enable | disable] - [\fB-I\fR,\fB--isns-server\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR][,\fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]]] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Modify default parameters. Options are as follows. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR,\fB--auth-method\fR \fBradius | chap | none\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the default authentication method to use for all targets. Valid -values are \fBradius\fR, \fBchap\fR, and \fBnone\fR. \fBchap\fR indicates that -initiators connecting to this target must be authenticated using Challenge -Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP). \fBradius\fR indicates initiators -should also be authenticated by means of CHAP, but the required authentication -parameters should be obtained from a central RADIUS server. (See -\fB--radius-server\fR and \fB--radius-secret\fR options.) \fBnone\fR means that -no authentication is required to connect to the target. Individual targets can -override this global setting using the \fB-a\fR option of the -\fBcreate-target\fR and \fBmodify-target\fR subcommands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR,\fB--radius-secret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -RADIUS Shared Secret for centralized CHAP authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR,\fB--radius-secret-file\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Path to a temporary file containing the CHAP secret as described in the -\fB-d\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR,\fB--sns\fR \fBenable | disable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies whether targets should be registered with the set of defined iSCSI -Name Service (iSNS) servers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR,\fB--isns-server\fR -\fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR][,\fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR],...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines a list of iSNS servers with which iSCSI target nodes will be registered -when the \fBisns\fR option associated with the respective target is set. Up to -eight iSNS servers can be specified. To remove all iSNS servers, use \fB-I\fR -\fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR,\fB--radius-server\fR \fIIP-address\fR[:\fIport\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the IP address of the RADIUS server used for centralized CHAP -authentication. -.RE - -.SS "\fBitadm list-defaults\fR" -.in +2 -.nf -itadm list-defaults [\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List information about the default properties. Option is as follows. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR,\fB--parsable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used for scripting mode. Do not print headers and separate fields by a single -tab instead of arbitrary white space. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating a Target -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm create-target\fR -Target iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:72e1b181-7bce-c0e6-851e-ec0d8cf14b7a -successfully created -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRCreating a Target with a Specific Name -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a target with a specific IQN. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm create-target -n eui.20387ab8943ef7548\fR -or: -# \fBitadm create-target \e --n iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:a9a366f8-cc2b-f291-840948c7f29e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRChanging a Name -.sp -.LP -The following command changes an IQN for an existing target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm modify-target -n eui.20387ab8943ef7548 \e -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:a9a366f8-909b-cc2b-f291-840948c7f29e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSetting up CHAP Authentication -.sp -.LP -The following command sets up CHAP authentication for a target using the -default CHAP username. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm modify-initiator -s iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:e00000000000.47d55444\fR -\fBEnter CHAP secret:\fR ********* -\fBRe-enter secret:\fR ********* - -# \fBitadm modify-target -a chap eui.20387ab8943ef7548\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRCreating Target Portal Groups -.sp -.LP -The following command creates two target portal groups, \fBA\fR and \fBB\fR, -using port 8000 for the addresses in TPG 2. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm create-tpg A 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.2\fR -# \fBitadm create-tpg B 192.168.0.2:8000 192.168.0.2:8000\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRConfiguring a Target to Use TPGs -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a target to use TPGs A and B. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm modify-target -t A,B eui.20387ab8943ef7548\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRSetting up RADIUS Authentication for Specific Target -.sp -.LP -The following command sets up RADIUS authentication for a specific target. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm modify-defaults -r 192.168.10.1 -d\fR -\fBEnter RADIUS secret:\fR ********* -\fBRe-enter secret:\fR ********* - -# \fBitadm modify-target -a radius eui.20387ab8943ef7548\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRSetting up RADIUS Authentication for All Targets -.sp -.LP -The following command sets up RADIUS authentication for all targets. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm modify-defaults -d -r 192.168.10.1 -a radius\fR -\fBEnter RADIUS secret:\fR ********* -\fBRe-enter secret:\fR ********* -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The preceding command assumes all targets were created with \fB-a\fR -\fBdefault\fR. - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRListing Default Properties -.sp -.LP -The following command lists default properties. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm list-defaults\fR -iSCSI Target Default Properties: - -alias: \fInone\fR -auth: \fInone\fR -radiusserver: \fInone\fR -radiussecret: unset -isns: disabled -isnsserver: 2.3.4.5,4.5.6.7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRListing Targets -.sp -.LP -The following command lists targets. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm list-target\fR -TARGET NAME STATE SESSIONS -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:72e1b181-7bce-c0e6-851e-ec0d8cf14b7a online 0 -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:2cb0c526-c05a-e279-e396-a367006f4227 online 0 -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:d14125bb-1c9d-c28d-97b0-f89259b642f3 online 0 -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:03ff9fc5-794a-e9b4-a081-bb82917c292a online 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRListing Targets (Verbose) -.sp -.LP -The following command lists targets with the verbose option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm list-target -v\fR -TARGET NAME STATE SESSIONS -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:d23e68d8-2d79-c988-98e7-a6361689d33c online 0 - alias: - - auth: none (defaults) - targetchapuser: - - targetchapsecret: unset - tpg-tags: default -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:94ec46d4-c8e1-6993-ef03-ffc1dcd66606 online 1 - alias: - - auth: chap - targetchapuser: - - targetchapsecret: unset - tpg-tags: nge1_ipv4 = 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRListing a Specific Target -.sp -.LP -The following command lists targets with the verbose option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBitadm list-target -v \e -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:2cb0c526-c05a-e279-e396-a367006f4227\fR -TARGET NAME STATE SESSIONS -iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:2cb0c526-c05a-e279-e396-a367006f4227 online 1 - alias: - - auth: chap - targetchapuser: - - targetchapsecret: unset - tpg-tags: nge1_ipv4 = 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBiscsiadm\fR(1M), \fBstmfadm\fR(1M), \fBlibstmf\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/k5srvutil.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/k5srvutil.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3520371443..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/k5srvutil.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH K5SRVUTIL 1M "Jul 25, 2015" -.SH NAME -k5srvutil \- host key table (keytab) manipulation utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/k5srvutil\fR \fIoperation\fR [\fB-ik\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBk5srvutil\fR command allows a system manager to list or change keys -currently in his keytab or to add new keys to the keytab. -.sp -.LP -The operand \fIoperation\fR must be one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Lists the keys in a keytab, showing version number and principal name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchange\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Changes all the keys in the keytab to new randomly-generated keys, updating the -keys in the Kerberos server's database to match those by using the \fBkadmin\fR -protocol. If a key's version number does not match the version number stored in -the Kerberos server's database, the operation fails. The old keys are retained -so that existing tickets continue to work. If the \fB-i\fR flag is specified, -\fBk5srvutil\fR prompts for \fByes\fR or \fBno\fR before changing each key. If -the \fB-k\fR option is used, the old and new keys are displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelold\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Deletes keys that are not the most recent version from the keytab. This -operation should be used at some point after a change operation to remove old -keys. If the \fB-i\fR flag is specified, \fBk5srvutil\fR asks the user whether -the old keys associated with each principal should be removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Deletes particular keys in the keytab, interactively prompting for each key. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -In all cases, the default keytab file is \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR unless -overridden by the \fB-f\fR option. -.sp -.LP -\fBk5srvutil\fR uses the \fBkadmin\fR(1M) program to edit the keytab in place. -However, old keys are retained, so they are available in case of failure. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify a keytab file other than the default file, \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Prompts user before changing keys when using the \fBchange\fR or \fBdelold\fR -operands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Displays old and new keys when using the \fBchange\fR operand. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBktutil\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadb.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kadb.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 25a2089f0e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadb.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KADB 1M "Dec 9, 2017" -.SH NAME -kadb \- a kernel debugger -.SH SYNOPSIS -.SS "SPARC" -.LP -.nf -\fBok\fR boot \fIdevice_specifier\fR kadb [\fB-d\fR] [\fIboot-flags\fR] -.fi - -.SS "x86" -.LP -.nf -\fBselect\fR (b)oot or (i)nterpreter: b kadb [\fB-d\fR] [\fIboot-flags\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBkadb\fR, an interactive kernel debugger, has been replaced by \fBkmdb\fR(1). -For backwards compatibility, the methods used to load \fBkadb\fR will be -interpreted as requests to load \fBkmdb\fR(1). Unlike with the compatibility -link from \fBadb\fR(1) to \fBmdb\fR(1), \fBkmdb\fR(1) will always load in its -native user interface mode, regardless of the name used to load it. -.sp -.LP -\fBkmdb\fR(1) is based on \fBmdb\fR(1), and thus shares \fBmdb\fR's user -interface style and feature set. The \fBmdb\fR(1) man page describes the -features and operation of \fBmdb\fR. The \fBkmdb\fR(1) man page describes the -differences between \fBmdb\fR and \fBkmdb\fR. This man page describes the major -changes and incompatibilities between \fBkadb\fR and \fBkmdb\fR. -.sp -.LP -Consult the \fIModular Debugger Guide\fR for a detailed description of -both \fBmdb\fR and \fBkmdb\fR. -.SS "Major changes" -.LP -This section briefly lists the major differences between \fBkadb\fR and -\fBkmdb\fR. It is not intended to be exhaustive. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDebugger Loading and Unloading\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkmdb\fR(1) may be loaded at boot, as with \fBkadb\fR. It may also be loaded -after boot, thus allowing for kernel debugging and execution control without -requiring a system reboot. If \fBkmdb\fR(1) is loaded after boot, it may be -unloaded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmdb Feature Set\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The features introduced by \fBmdb\fR(1), including access to kernel type data, -debugger commands (dcmds), debugger modules (dmods), and enhanced execution -control facilities, are available under \fBkmdb\fR(1). Support for changing the -representative CPU (:x) is available for both SPARC and x86. Furthermore, full -execution-control facilities are available after the representative CPU has -been changed. -.RE - -.SS "Significant Incompatibilities" -.LP -This section lists the significant features that have changed incompatibly -between \fBkadb\fR and \fBkmdb\fR(1). It is not intended to be exhaustive. All -\fBkmdb\fR(1) commands referenced here are fully described in the \fBkmdb\fR(1) -man page. A description as well as examples can be found in the \fIModular -Debugger Guide\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDeferred Breakpoints\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The kadb-style "module#symbol:b" syntax is not supported under \fBkmdb\fR(1). -Instead, use "::bp module`symbol". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBWatchpoints\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The ::wp dcmd is the preferred way to set watchpoint with \fBkmdb\fR. Various -options are available to control the type of watchpoint set, including \fB-p\fR -for physical watchpoints (SPARC only), and \fB-i\fR for I/O port watchpoints -(x86 only). $l is not supported, therefore, the watchpoint size must be -specified for each watchpoint created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBAccess to I/O Ports (x86 only)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The commands used to access I/O ports under \fBkadb\fR have been replaced with -the ::in and ::out dcmds. These two dcmds allow both read and write of all I/O -port sizes supported by \fBkadb\fR. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBadb\fR(1), \fBmdb\fR(1), \fBkmdb\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIModular Debugger Guide\fR: -.sp -.LP -https://illumos.org/books/mdb/ diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0a9106ee2d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1509 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KADMIN 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -kadmin, kadmin.local \- Kerberos database administration program -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kadmin\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprincipal\fR] [\fB-q\fR \fIquery\fR] - [\fB-s\fR \fIadmin_server\fR [\fI:port\fR]] [ [\fB-c\fR \fIcredential_cache\fR] - | [\fB-k\fR [\fB-t\fR \fIkeytab\fR]] | [\fB-w\fR \fIpassword\fR]] [\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kadmin.local\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprincipal\fR] - [\fB-q\fR \fIquery\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdbname\fR] [\fB-e\fR "\fIenc:salt...\fR"] [\fB-m\fR] [\fB-D\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBkadmin\fR and \fBkadmin.local\fR are interactive command-line interfaces to -the Kerberos V5 administration system. They provide for the maintenance of -Kerberos principals, policies, and service key tables (keytabs). \fBkadmin\fR -and \fBkadmin.local\fR provide identical functionality; the difference is that -\fBkadmin.local\fR can run only on the master KDC and does not use Kerberos -authentication. -.sp -.LP -Except as explicitly noted otherwise, this man page uses \fBkadmin\fR to refer -to both versions. -.sp -.LP -By default, both versions of \fBkadmin\fR attempt to determine your user name -and perform operations on behalf of your "\fIusername\fR/\fIadmin\fR" instance. -Operations performed are subject to privileges granted or denied to this user -instance by the Kerberos ACL file (see \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4)). You may perform -administration as another user instance by using the \fB-p\fR option. -.sp -.LP -The remote version, \fBkadmin\fR, uses Kerberos authentication and an encrypted -RPC to operate securely from anywhere on the network. It normally prompts for a -password and authenticates the user to the Kerberos administration server, -\fBkadmind\fR, whose service principal is \fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR. Some options -specific to the remote version permit the password prompt to be bypassed. The -\fB-c\fR option searches the named credentials cache for a valid ticket for the -\fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR service and uses it to authenticate the user to the -Kerberos admin server without a password. The \fB-k\fR option searches a keytab -for a credential to authenticate to the \fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR service, and -again no password is collected. If \fBkadmin\fR has collected a password, it -requests a \fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR Kerberos service ticket from the KDC, and -uses that service ticket to interact with \fBkadmind\fR. -.sp -.LP -The local version, \fBkadmin.local\fR, must be run with an effective UID of -root, and normally uses a key from the \fB/var/krb5/.k5.\fR\fIrealm\fR stash -file (see \fBkdb5_util\fR(1M)) to decrypt information from the database rather -than prompting for a password. The \fB-m\fR option will bypass the -\fB\&.k5.\fR\fIrealm\fR stash file and prompt for the master password. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcredentials_cache\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Search \fIcredentials_cache\fR for a service ticket for the -\fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR service; it can be acquired with the \fBkinit\fR(1) -program. If this option is not specified, \fBkadmin\fR requests a new service -ticket from the KDC, and stores it in its own temporary credentials cache. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdbname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a non-standard database name. [Local only] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Turn on debug mode. [Local only] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fI"enc:salt ..."\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a different encryption type and/or key salt. [Local only] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR [\fB-t\fR \fIkeytab\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the default keytab (\fB-k\fR) or a specific keytab (\fB-t\fR \fIkeytab\fR) -to decrypt the KDC response instead of prompting for a password. In this case, -the default principal will be \fBhost\fR/\fBhostname\fR. This is primarily used -for keytab maintenance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Accept the database master password from the keyboard rather than using the -\fB/var/krb5/.k5.\fIrealm\fR\fR stash file. [Local only] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Authenticate \fIprincipal\fR to the \fBkadmin/\fR\fIfqdn\fR service. Otherwise, -\fBkadmin\fR will append \fB/admin\fR to the primary principal name of the -default credentials cache, the value of the \fBUSER\fR environment variable, or -the username as obtained with \fBgetpwuid\fR, in that order of preference. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR \fIquery\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Pass \fIquery\fR directly to \fBkadmin\fR, which will perform \fIquery\fR and -then exit. This can be useful for writing scripts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIrealm\fR as the default database realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIadmin_server\fR[\fI:port\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Administer the specified \fIadmin\fR server at the specified port number -(\fIport\fR). This can be useful in administering a realm not known to your -client. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIpassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIpassword\fR instead of prompting for one. Note that placing the password -for a Kerberos principal with administration access into a shell script can be -dangerous if unauthorized users gain read access to the script or can read -arguments of this command through \fBps\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Pass database-specific arguments to \fBkadmin\fR. Supported arguments are for -LDAP and the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in. These arguments are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbinddn\fR=\fIbinddn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -LDAP simple bind DN for authorization on the directory server. Overrides the -\fBldap_kadmind_dn\fR parameter setting in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbindpwd\fR=\fIbindpwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bind password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdbname\fR=\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in, specifies a name for the Kerberos database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnconns\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum number of server connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBport\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory server connection port. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH COMMANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist_requests\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists all the commands available for \fBkadmin\fR. Aliased by \fBlr\fR and -\fB?\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget_privs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the current Kerberos administration privileges (ACLs) for the principal -that is currently running \fBkadmin\fR. The privileges are based on the -\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR file on the master KDC. Aliased by \fBgetprivs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fBadd_principal\fR \fB[\fIoptions\fR]\fR \fB\fInewprinc\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates a new principal, \fInewprinc\fR, prompting twice for a password. If the -\fB-policy\fR option is not specified and a policy named \fBdefault\fR exists, -then the \fBdefault\fR policy is assigned to the principal; note that the -assignment of the \fBdefault\fR policy occurs automatically only when a -principal is first created, so the \fBdefault\fR policy must already exist for -the assignment to occur. The automatic assignment of the \fBdefault\fR policy -can be suppressed with the \fB-clearpolicy\fR option. This command requires the -\fBadd\fR privilege. Aliased by \fBaddprinc\fR and \fBank\fR. The options are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-expire\fR \fIexpdate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expiration date of the principal. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR section for -the valid absolute time formats that you can specify for \fIexpdate\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-pwexpire\fR \fIpwexpdate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Password expiration date. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR section for the -valid absolute time formats that you can specify for \fIpwexpdate\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxlife\fR \fImaxlife\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum ticket life for the principal. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR section -for the valid time duration formats that you can specify for \fImaxlife\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxrenewlife\fR \fImaxrenewlife\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum renewable life of tickets for the principal. See the \fBTime\fR -\fBFormats\fR section for the valid time duration formats that you can specify -for \fImaxrenewlife\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-kvno\fR \fIkvno\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Explicitly set the key version number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-policy\fR \fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Policy used by the principal. If both the \fB-policy\fR and \fB-clearpolicy\fR -options are not specified, the \fBdefault\fR policy is used if it exists; -otherwise, the principal will have no policy. Also note that the password and -principal name must be different when you add a new principal with a specific -policy or the \fBdefault\fR policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-clearpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-clearpolicy\fR prevents the \fBdefault\fR policy from being assigned when -\fB-policy\fR is not specified. This option has no effect if the \fBdefault\fR -policy does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_postdated\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_postdated\fR prohibits the principal from obtaining postdated -tickets. (Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_POSTDATED\fR flag.) -\fB+allow_postdated\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_forwardable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_forwardable\fR prohibits the principal from obtaining forwardable -tickets. (Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_FORWARDABLE\fR flag.) -\fB+allow_forwardable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_renewable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_renewable\fR prohibits the principal from obtaining renewable -tickets. (Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_RENEWABLE\fR flag.) -\fB+allow_renewable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_proxiable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_proxiable\fR prohibits the principal from obtaining proxiable -tickets. (Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_PROXIABLE\fR flag.) -\fB+allow_proxiable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_dup_skey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_dup_skey\fR disables user-to-user authentication for the principal by -prohibiting this principal from obtaining a session key for another user. (Sets -the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_DUP_SKEY\fR flag.) \fB+allow_dup_skey\fR clears this -flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBrequires_preauth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+requires_preauth\fR requires the principal to preauthenticate before being -allowed to \fBkinit\fR. (Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_PRE_AUTH\fR flag.) -\fB-requires_preauth\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBrequires_hwauth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+requires_hwauth\fR requires the principal to preauthenticate using a -hardware device before being allowed to kinit. (Sets the -\fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_HW_AUTH\fR flag.) \fB-requires_hwauth\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_svr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_svr\fR prohibits the issuance of service tickets for the principal. -(Sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_SVR\fR flag.) \fB+allow_svr\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_tgs_req\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_tgs_req\fR specifies that a Ticket-Granting Service (TGS) request for -a service ticket for the principal is not permitted. This option is useless for -most things. \fB+allow_tgs_req\fR clears this flag. The default is -\fB+allow_tgs_req\fR. In effect, \fB-allow_tgs_req\fR sets the -\fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_TGT_BASED\fR flag on the principal in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBallow_tix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_tix\fR forbids the issuance of any tickets for the principal. -\fB+allow_tix\fR clears this flag. The default is \fB+allow_tix\fR. In effect, -\fB-allow_tix\fR sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_ALL_TIX\fR flag on the principal -in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBneedchange\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+needchange\fR sets a flag in attributes field to force a password change; -\fB-needchange\fR clears it. The default is \fB-needchange\fR\&. In effect, -\fB+needchange\fR sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_PWCHANGE\fR flag on the -principal in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fB-\fR|\fB+\fR}\fBpassword_changing_service\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+password_changing_service\fR sets a flag in the attributes field marking -this as a password change service principal (useless for most things). -\fB-password_changing_service\fR clears the flag. This flag intentionally has a -long name. The default is \fB-password_changing_service\fR\&. In effect, -\fB+password_changing_service\fR sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_PWCHANGE_SERVICE\fR flag -on the principal in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-randkey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the key of the principal to a random value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-pw\fR \fB\fIpassword\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the key of the principal to the specified string and does not prompt for a -password. Note that using this option in a shell script can be dangerous if -unauthorized users gain read access to the script. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR "enc:salt ..."\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Override the list of enctype:salttype pairs given in \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) for -setting the key of the principal. The quotes are necessary if there are -multiple enctype:salttype pairs. One key for each similar enctype and same -salttype will be created and the first one listed will be used. For example, in -a list of two similar enctypes with the same salt, "des-cbc-crc:normal -des-cbc-md5:normal", one key will be created and it will be of type -des-cbc-crc:normal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBaddprinc tlyu/admin\fR -WARNING: no policy specified for "tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM"; -defaulting to no policy. -Enter password for principal tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM: -Re-enter password for principal tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM: -Principal "tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM" created. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_ADD\fR (requires \fBadd\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_BAD_MASK\fR (should not happen) -.sp -\fBKADM5_DUP\fR (principal exists already) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_POLICY\fR (policy does not exist) -.sp -\fBKADM5_PASS_Q_*\fR (password quality violations) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete_principal\fR [\fB-force\fR] \fIprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the specified principal from the database. This command prompts for -deletion, unless the \fB-force\fR option is given. This command requires the -\fBdelete\fR privilege. Aliased by \fBdelprinc\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBdelprinc mwm_user\fR -Are you sure you want to delete the principal -"mwm_user@EXAMPLE.COM"? (yes/no): \fByes\fR -Principal "mwm_user@EXAMPLE.COM" deleted. -Make sure that you have removed this principal from -all kadmind ACLs before reusing. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_DELETE\fR (requires \fBdelete\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_PRINC\fR (principal does not exist) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodify_principal\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies the specified principal, changing the fields as specified. The options -are as above for \fBadd_principal\fR, except that password changing is -forbidden by this command. In addition, the option \fB-clearpolicy\fR will -clear the current policy of a principal. This command requires the \fBmodify\fR -privilege. Aliased by \fBmodprinc\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_MODIFY\fR (requires \fBmodify\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_PRINC\fR (principal does not exist) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_POLICY\fR (policy does not exist) -.sp -\fBKADM5_BAD_MASK\fR (should not happen) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchange_password\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Changes the password of \fIprincipal\fR. Prompts for a new password if neither -\fB-randkey\fR or \fB-pw\fR is specified. Requires the \fBchangepw\fR -privilege, or that the principal that is running the program to be the same as -the one changed. Aliased by \fBcpw\fR. The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-randkey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the key of the principal to a random value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-pw\fR \fIpassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the password to the specified string. Not recommended. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR "enc:salt ..."\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Override the list of enctype:salttype pairs given in \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) for -setting the key of the principal. The quotes are necessary if there are -multiple enctype:salttype pairs. For each key, the first matching similar -enctype and same salttype in the list will be used to set the new key(s). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-keepold\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Keeps the previous kvno's keys around. There is no easy way to delete the old -keys, and this flag is usually not necessary except perhaps for TGS keys as it -will allow existing valid TGTs to continue to work. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBcpw systest\fR -Enter password for principal systest@EXAMPLE.COM: -Re-enter password for principal systest@EXAMPLE.COM: -Password for systest@EXAMPLE.COM changed. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_MODIFY\fR (requires the \fBmodify\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_PRINC\fR (principal does not exist) -.sp -\fBKADM5_PASS_Q_*\fR (password policy violation errors) -.sp -\fBKADM5_PASS_REUSE\fR (password is in principal's password history) -.sp -\fBKADM5_PASS_TOOSOON\fR (current password minimum life not expired) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget_principal\fR [\fB-terse\fR] \fIprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Gets the attributes of \fIprincipal\fR. Requires the \fBinquire\fR privilege, -or that the principal that is running the program to be the same as the one -being listed. With the \fB-terse\fR option, outputs fields as quoted -tab-separated strings. Aliased by \fBgetprinc\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExamples:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBgetprinc tlyu/admin\fR -Principal: tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM -Expiration date: [never] -Last password change: Thu Jan 03 12:17:46 CET 2008 -Password expiration date: [none] -Maximum ticket life: 24855 days 03:14:07 -Maximum renewable life: 24855 days 03:14:07 -Last modified: Thu Jan 03 12:17:46 CET 2008 (root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM) -Last successful authentication: [never] -Last failed authentication: [never] -Failed password attempts: 0 -Number of keys: 5 -Key: vno 2, AES-256 CTS mode with 96-bit SHA-1 HMAC, no salt -Key: vno 2, AES-128 CTS mode with 96-bit SHA-1 HMAC, no salt -Key: vno 2, Triple DES cbc mode with HMAC/sha1, no salt -Key: vno 2, ArcFour with HMAC/md5, no salt -Key: vno 2, DES cbc mode with RSA-MD5, no salt -Attributes: REQUIRES_PRE_AUTH -Policy: [none] -kadmin: \fBgetprinc -terse tlyu/admin\fR -"tlyu/admin@EXAMPLE.COM" 0 1199359066 0 2147483647 -"root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM" 1199359066 128 2 0 "[none]" 21474836 -47 0 0 0 5 1 2 18 0 1 2 -17 0 1 2 16 0 1 2 23 0 12 - 3 0 -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_GET\fR (requires the get [inquire] privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_PRINC\fR (principal does not exist) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist_principals\fR [\fIexpression\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Retrieves all or some principal names. \fIexpression\fR is a shell-style glob -expression that can contain the wild-card characters ?, *, and []'s. All -principal names matching the expression are printed. If no expression is -provided, all principal names are printed. If the expression does not contain -an "@" character, an "@" character followed by the local realm is appended to -the expression. Requires the \fBlist\fR privilege. Aliased by \fBlistprincs\fR, -\fBget_principals\fR, and \fBgetprincs\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExamples:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBlistprincs test*\fR -test3@EXAMPLE.COM -test2@EXAMPLE.COM -test1@EXAMPLE.COM -testuser@EXAMPLE.COM -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd_policy\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds the named policy to the policy database. Requires the \fBadd\fR privilege. -Aliased by \fBaddpol\fR. The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxlife\fR \fImaxlife\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sets the maximum lifetime of a password. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR -section for the valid time duration formats that you can specify for -\fImaxlife\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-minlife\fR \fIminlife\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sets the minimum lifetime of a password. See the \fBTime\fR \fBFormats\fR -section for the valid time duration formats that you can specify for -\fIminlife\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-minlength\fR \fIlength\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sets the minimum length of a password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-minclasses\fR \fInumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sets the minimum number of character classes allowed in a password. The valid -values are: -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -only letters (himom) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -both letters and numbers (hi2mom) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -letters, numbers, and punctuation (hi2mom!) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-history\fR \fInumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -sets the number of past keys kept for a principal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_ADD\fR (requires the \fBadd\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_DUP\fR (policy already exists) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete_policy\fR \fB[-force]\fR \fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the named policy. Unless the \fB-force\fR option is specified, prompts -for confirmation before deletion. The command will fail if the policy is in use -by any principals. Requires the \fBdelete\fR privilege. Aliased by -\fBdelpol\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBdel_policy guests\fR -Are you sure you want to delete the -policy "guests"? (yes/no): \fByes\fR -Policy "guests" deleted. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_DELETE\fR (requires the delete privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_POLICY\fR (policy does not exist) -.sp -\fBKADM5_POLICY_REF\fR (reference count on policy is not zero) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fBmodify_policy\fR \fB[\fIoptions\fR]\fR \fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies the named policy. Options are as above for \fBadd_policy\fR. Requires -the \fBmodify\fR privilege. Aliased by \fBmodpol\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_MODIFY\fR (requires the \fBmodify\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_POLICY\fR (policy does not exist) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget_policy\fR [\fB-terse\fR] \fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the values of the named policy. Requires the \fBinquire\fR privilege. -With the \fB-terse\fR flag, outputs the fields as quoted strings separated by -tabs. Aliased by \fBgetpol\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExamples:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBget_policy admin\fR -Policy: admin -Maximum password life: 180 days 00:00:00 -Minimum password life: 00:00:00 -Minimum password length: 6 -Minimum number of password character classes: 2 -Number of old keys kept: 5 -Reference count: 17 -kadmin: \fBget_policy -terse\fR -admin admin 15552000 0 6 2 5 17 -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBErrors:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKADM5_AUTH_GET\fR (requires the \fBget\fR privilege) -.sp -\fBKADM5_UNK_POLICY\fR (policy does not exist) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist_policies\fR [\fIexpression\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Retrieves all or some policy names. \fIexpression\fR is a shell-style glob -expression that can contain the wild-card characters ?, *, and []'s. All policy -names matching the expression are printed. If no expression is provided, all -existing policy names are printed. Requires the \fBlist\fR privilege. Aliased -by \fBlistpols\fR, \fBget_policies\fR, and \fBgetpols\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExamples:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBlistpols\fR -test-pol dict-only once-a-min test-pol-nopw -kadmin: \fBlistpols t*\fR -test-pol test-pol-nopw kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBktadd\fR [\fB-k\fR \fIkeytab\fR] [\fB-q\fR] [\fB-e\fR -\fB\fIenctype\fR:salt\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a principal or all principals matching \fIprinc-exp\fR to a keytab, -randomizing each principal's key in the process. -.sp -\fBktadd\fR requires the \fBinquire\fR and \fBchangepw\fR privileges. An entry -for each of the principal's unique encryption types is added, ignoring multiple -keys with the same encryption type but different \fBsalt\fR types. If the -\fB-k\fR argument is not specified, the default keytab file, -\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR, is used. -.sp -The "\fB-e\fR \fB\fIenctype\fR:salt\fR" option overrides the list of -\fIenctypes\fR given in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), in the \fBpermitted_enctypes\fR -parameter. If "\fB-e\fR \fB\fIenctype\fR:salt\fR" is not used and -\fBpermitted_enctypes\fR is not defined in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), a key for each -\fIenctype\fR supported by the system on which \fBkadmin\fR is run will be -created and added to the \fBkeytab\fR. Restricting the \fIenctypes\fR of keys -in the \fBkeytab\fR is useful when the system for which keys are being created -does not support the same set of \fIenctypes\fR as the KDC. Note that -\fBktadd\fR modifies the \fIenctype\fR of the keys in the principal database as -well. -.sp -If the \fB-q\fR option is specified, less status information is displayed. -Aliased by \fBxst\fR. The \fB-glob\fR option requires the \fBlist\fR privilege. -Also, note that if you use \fB-glob\fR to create a keytab, you need to remove -\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.keytab\fR and create it again if you want to use \fB-p\fR -\fB*/admin\fR with \fBkadmin\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprinc-exp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIprinc-exp\fR follows the same rules described for the \fBlist_principals\fR -command. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBktadd -k /tmp/new-keytab nfs/chicago\fR -Entry for principal nfs/chicago with kvno 2, -encryption type DES-CBC-CRC added to keytab -WRFILE:/tmp/new-keytab. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBktremove\fR [\fB-k\fR \fIkeytab\fR] [\fB-q\fR] \fIprincipal\fR -[\fIkvno\fR | \fBall\fR | \fBold\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes entries for the specified principal from a keytab. Requires no -privileges, since this does not require database access. If \fBall\fR is -specified, all entries for that principal are removed; if \fBold\fR is -specified, all entries for that principal except those with the highest kvno -are removed. Otherwise, the value specified is parsed as an integer, and all -entries whose \fBkvno\fR match that integer are removed. If the \fB-k\fR -argument is not specified, the default keytab file, -\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR, is used. If the \fB-q\fR option is specified, less -status information is displayed. Aliased by \fBktrem\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExample:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBktremove -k /tmp/new-keytab nfs/chicago\fR -Entry for principal nfs/chicago with kvno 2 -removed from keytab -WRFILE:/tmp/new-keytab. -kadmin: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quits \fBkadmin\fR. Aliased by \fBexit\fR and \fBq\fR. -.RE - -.SS "Time Formats" -Various commands in \fBkadmin\fR can take a variety of time formats, specifying -time durations or absolute times. The \fBkadmin\fR option variables -\fImaxrenewlife\fR, \fImaxlife\fR, and \fIminlife\fR are time durations, -whereas \fIexpdate\fR and \fIpwexpdate\fR are absolute times. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBExamples:\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -kadmin: \fBmodprinc -expire "12/31 7pm" jdb\fR -kadmin: \fBmodprinc -maxrenewlife "2 fortnight" jdb\fR -kadmin: \fBmodprinc -pwexpire "this sunday" jdb\fR -kadmin: \fBmodprinc -expire never jdb\fR -kadmin: \fBmodprinc -maxlife "7:00:00pm tomorrow" jdb\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Note that times which do not have the "ago" specifier default to being absolute -times, unless they appear in a field where a duration is expected. In that -case, the time specifier will be interpreted as relative. Specifying "ago" in a -duration can result in unexpected behavior. -.sp -.LP -The following time formats and units can be combined to specify a time. The -time and date format examples are based on the date and time of July 2, 1999, -1:35:30 p.m. -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -l l -l l . -\fBTime Format\fR \fBExamples\fR -\fIhh\fR[:\fImm\fR][:\fIss\fR][am/pm/a.m./p.m.] 1p.m., 1:35, 1:35:30pm -.TE - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l -l l . -\fBVariable\fR \fBDescription\fR -\fIhh\fR T{ -hour (12-hour clock, leading zero permitted but not required) -T} -\fImm\fR minutes -\fIss\fR seconds -.TE - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -l l -l l . -\fBDate Format\fR \fBExamples\fR -\fImm\fR/\fBdd\fR[/\fIyy\fR] 07/02, 07/02/99 -\fIyyyy\fR-\fImm\fR-\fBdd\fR 1999-07-02 -\fBdd\fR-\fImonth\fR-\fIyyyy\fR 02-July-1999 -\fImonth\fR [,\fIyyyy\fR] Jul 02, July 02,1999 -\fBdd\fR \fImonth\fR[ \fIyyyy\fR] 02 JULY, 02 july 1999 -.TE - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l -l l . -\fBVariable\fR \fBDescription\fR -\fBdd\fR day -\fImm\fR month -\fIyy\fR T{ -year within century (00-38 is 2000 to 2038; 70-99 is 1970 to 1999) -T} -\fIyyyy\fR year including century -\fImonth\fR locale's full or abbreviated month name -.TE - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -l l -l l . -\fBTime Units\fR \fBExamples\fR -[+|- \fI#\fR] year "-2 year" -[+|- \fI#\fR] month "2 months" -[+|- \fI#\fR] fortnight -[+|- \fI#\fR] week -[+|- \fI#\fR] day -[+|- \fI#\fR] hour -[+|- \fI#\fR] minute -[+|- \fI#\fR] min -[+|- \fI#\fR] second -[+|- \fI#\fR] sec -tomorrow -yesterday -today -now -this "this year" -last "last saturday" -next "next month" -sunday -monday -tuesday -wednesday -thursday -friday -saturday -never -.TE - -.sp -.LP -You can also use the following time modifiers: \fBfirst\fR, \fBsecond\fR, -\fBthird\fR, \fBfourth\fR, \fBfifth\fR, \fBsixth\fR, \fBseventh\fR, -\fBeighth\fR, \fBninth\fR, \fBtenth\fR, \fBeleventh\fR, \fBtwelfth\fR, and -\fBago\fR. -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBkadmin\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPAGER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command to use as a filter for paging output. This can also be used to -specify options. The default is \fBmore\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The update log file for incremental propagation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database. Contains policy information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lock file for the Kerberos administrative database. This file works backwards -from most other lock files (that is, \fBkadmin\fR will exit with an error if -this file does \fInot\fR exist). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/kadm5.dict\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dictionary of strings explicitly disallowed as passwords. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of principals and their \fBkadmin\fR administrative privileges. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Keytab for \fBkadmind\fR principals: \fBkadmin\fR/\fIfqdn\fR, -\fBchangepw\fR/\fIfqdn\fR, and \fBkadmin\fR/\fBchangepw\fR. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBmore\fR(1), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M), \fBkproplog\fR(1M), -\fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5) -.SH HISTORY -The \fBkadmin\fR program was originally written by Tom Yu at MIT, as an -interface to the OpenVision Kerberos administration program. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -The \fBkadmin\fR command is currently incompatible with the MIT \fBkadmind\fR -daemon interface, so you cannot use this command to administer an MIT-based -Kerberos database. However, clients running the Solaris implementation of -Kerberos can still use an MIT-based KDC. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmind.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmind.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 99ef98295b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kadmind.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1987, 1989 by the Student Information Processing Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For copying and distribution information, please see the file kerberosv5/mit-sipb-copyright.h. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KADMIND 1M "Oct 29, 2015" -.SH NAME -kadmind \- Kerberos administration daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/krb5/kadmind\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-m\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIport-number\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] - \fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBkadmind\fR runs on the master key distribution center (\fBKDC\fR), which -stores the principal and policy databases. \fBkadmind\fR accepts remote -requests to administer the information in these databases. Remote requests are -sent, for example, by \fBkpasswd\fR(1) and \fBkadmin\fR(1M) commands, both of -which are clients of \fBkadmind\fR. When you install a \fBKDC\fR, -\fBkadmind\fR is set up in the \fBinit\fR scripts to start automatically -when the \fBKDC\fR is rebooted. -.sp -.LP -\fBkadmind\fR requires a number of configuration files to be set up for it to -work: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kdc.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBKDC\fR configuration file contains configuration information for the -\fBKDC\fR and the Kerberos administration system. \fBkadmind\fR understands a -number of configuration variables (called relations) in this file, some of -which are mandatory and some of which are optional. In particular, -\fBkadmind\fR uses the \fBacl_file\fR, \fBdict_file\fR, \fBadmin_keytab\fR, and -\fBkadmind_port\fR relations in the [\fIrealms\fR] section. Refer to the -\fBkdc.conf\fR(4) man page for information regarding the format of the -\fBKDC\fR configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkadmind\fR requires a \fBkeytab\fR (key table) containing correct entries -for the \fBkadmin\fR/\fIfqdn\fR, \fBkadmin\fR/\fBchangepw\fR and -\fBkadmin\fR/\fBchangepw\fR principals for every realm that \fBkadmind\fR -answers requests. The \fBkeytab\fR can be created with the -\fBkadmin.local\fR(1M) or \fBkdb5_util\fR(1M) command. The location of the -keytab is determined by the \fBadmin_keytab\fR relation in the -\fBkdc.conf\fR(4) file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkadmind\fR uses an \fBACL\fR (access control list) to determine which -principals are allowed to perform Kerberos administration actions. The path of -the \fBACL\fR file is determined by the \fBacl_file\fR relation in the -\fBkdc.conf\fR file. See \fBkdc.conf\fR(4). For information regarding the -format of the \fBACL\fR file, refer to \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4). -.sp -The \fBkadmind\fR daemon will need to be restarted to reread the -\fBkadm5.acl\fR file after it has been modified. You can do this, as root, with -the following command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# svcadm restart svc:/network/security/kadmin:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -After \fBkadmind\fR begins running, it puts itself in the background and -disassociates itself from its controlling terminal. -.sp -.LP -\fBkadmind\fR can be configured for incremental database propagation. -Incremental propagation allows slave KDC servers to receive principal and -policy updates incrementally instead of receiving full dumps of the database. -These settings can be changed in the \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) file: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsunw_dbprop_enable = [true | false]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable incremental database propagation. Default is \fBfalse\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsunw_dbprop_master_ulogsize = N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the maximum amount of log entries available for incremental -propagation to the slave KDC servers. The maximum value that this can be is -2500 entries. Default value is 1000 entries. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBkiprop/\fR\fI\fR\fB@\fR\fI\fR principal must exist in -the master's \fBkadm5.keytab\fR file to enable the slave to authenticate -incremental propagation from the master. In the principal syntax above, -\fI\fR is the master KDC's host name and \fI\fR is the realm -in which the master KDC resides. -.sp -.LP -Kerberos client machines can automatically migrate Unix users to the default -Kerberos realm specified in the local \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), if the user does not -have a valid kerberos account already. You achieve this by using the -\fBpam_krb5_migrate\fR(5) service module for the service in question. The -Kerberos service principal used by the client machine attempting the migration -needs to be validated using the \fBu\fR privilege in \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4). When -using the \fBu\fR privilege, \fBkadmind\fR validates user passwords using PAM, -specifically using a \fBPAM_SERVICE\fR name of \fBk5migrate\fR by calling -\fBpam_authenticate\fR(3PAM) and \fBpam_acct_mgmt\fR(3PAM). -.sp -.LP -A suitable PAM stack configuration example for \fBk5migrate\fR would look like: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -k5migrate auth required pam_unix_auth.so.1 -k5migrate account required pam_unix_account.so.1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that \fBkadmind\fR does not put itself in the background and does not -disassociate itself from the terminal. In normal operation, you should use the -default behavior, which is to allow the daemon to put itself in the background. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the master database password should be retrieved from the -keyboard rather than from the stash file. When using \fB-m\fR, the -\fBkadmind\fR daemon receives the password prior to putting itself in the -background. If used in combination with the \fB-d\fR option, you must -explicitly place the daemon in the background. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIport-number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the port on which the \fBkadmind\fR daemon listens for connections. -The default is controlled by the \fBkadmind_port\fR relation in the -\fBkdc.conf\fR(4) file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the default realm that \fBkadmind\fR serves. If \fIrealm\fR is not -specified, the default \fIrealm\fR of the host is used. \fBkadmind\fR answers -requests for any realm that exists in the local \fBKDC\fR database and for -which the appropriate principals are in its \fBkeytab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Pass database-specific arguments to \fBkadmind\fR. Supported arguments are for -LDAP and the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in. These arguments are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbinddn\fR=\fIbinddn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -LDAP simple bind DN for authorization on the directory server. Overrides the -\fBldap_kadmind_dn\fR parameter setting in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbindpwd\fR=\fIbindpwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bind password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdbname\fR=\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in, specifies a name for the Kerberos database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnconns\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum number of server connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBport\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory server connection port. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The update log file for incremental propagation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database containing policy information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database lock file. This file works backwards from most -other lock files (that is, \fBkadmin\fR exits with an error if this file does -not exist). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/kadm5.dict\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dictionary of strings explicitly disallowed as passwords. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of principals and their \fBkadmin\fR administrative privileges. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Keytab for \fBkadmin\fR principals: \fBkadmin\fR/\fIfqdn\fR, -\fBchangepw\fR/\fIfqdn\fR, and \fBkadmin\fR/\fBchangepw\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kdc.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKDC\fR configuration information. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), -\fBkadmin.local\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M), -\fBkproplog\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBpam_acct_mgmt\fR(3PAM), -\fBpam_authenticate\fR(3PAM), \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), -\fBkrb5envvar\fR(5), \fBpam_krb5_migrate\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The Kerberos administration daemon (\fBkadmind\fR) is now compliant with the -change-password standard mentioned in RFC 3244, which means it can now handle -change-password requests from non-Solaris Kerberos clients. -.sp -.LP -The \fBkadmind\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/security/kadmin -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kclient.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kclient.1m deleted file mode 100644 index caca84423a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kclient.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,589 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KCLIENT 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -kclient \- set up a machine as a Kerberos client -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kclient\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIrealm\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIkdc\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIadminuser\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fIfilepath\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdnsarg\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfqdn_list\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIlogical_host_name\fR] - [\fB-k\fR \fIkdc_list\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImaster_kdc\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprofile\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIpam_service\fR] - [\fB-T\fR \fIkdc_vendor\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -By specifying the various command options, you can use the \fBkclient\fR -utility to: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure a machine as a Kerberos client for a specified realm and for KDC by -setting up \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Add the Kerberos host principal to the local host's \fBkeytab\fR file -(\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Set up the machine to do kerberized NFS. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Bring over a master \fBkrb5.conf\fR copy from a specified pathname. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setup a machine to do server and/or host/domain name-to-realm mapping lookups -by means of DNS. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure a Kerberos client to use an MS Active Directory server. This -generates a \fBkeytab\fR file with the Kerberos client's service keys -populated. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setup a Kerberos client that has no service keys. This is useful when the -client does not require service keys, because the client does not wish to host -a service that uses Kerberos for security. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure a Kerberos client that is part of a cluster. This option requires the -logical host name of the cluster so that the proper service keys are created -and populated in the client's \fBkeytab\fR file. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setup a Kerberos client to join an environment that consists of Kerberos -servers that are non-Solaris and non-MS Active Directory servers. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure \fBpam.conf\fR(4) to use Kerberos authentication for specified -services. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure the client as a simple NTP broadcast/multicast client. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Specify custom domain/host name-to-realm name mappings. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setup the Kerberos client to use multiple KDC servers. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The \fBkclient\fR utility needs to be run on the client machine with root -permission and can be run either interactively or non-interactively. In the -non-interactive mode, the user feeds in the required inputs by means of a -profile, command-line options, or a combination of profile and command-line -options. The user is prompted for "required" parameter values (\fBrealm\fR and -\fBadminuser\fR), if found missing in the non-interactive run. The interactive -mode is invoked when the utility is run without any command-line arguments. -.sp -.LP -Both the interactive and non-interactive forms of \fBkclient\fR can add the -\fBhost/fqdn\fR entry to the local host's \fBkeytab\fR file. They also can -require the user to enter the password for the administrative user requested, -to obtain the Kerberos Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) for \fBadminuser\fR. The -\fBhost/fqdn\fR, \fBnfs/fqdn\fR, and \fBroot/fqdn\fR principals can be added to -the KDC database (if not already present) before their possible addition to the -local host's \fBkeytab\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBkclient\fR utility assumes that the local host has been setup for DNS -and requires the presence of a valid \fBresolv.conf\fR(4). Also, \fBkclient\fR -can fail if the localhost time is not synchronized with that of the KDC. For -Kerberos to function the localhost time must be within five minutes of that of -the KDC. It is advised that both systems run some form of time synchronization -protocol, such as the Network Time Protocol (NTP). See the \fBntpd\fR man page, -delivered in the \fBSUNWntpu\fR package (not a SunOS man page). -.SH OPTIONS -The non-interactive mode supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set up the machine for kerberized NFS. This involves making changes to -\fBkrb5*\fR security flavors in \fBnfssec.conf\fR(4). This option will also add -\fBnfs/fqdn\fR and \fBroot/fqdn\fR entries to the local host's \fBkeytab\fR -file if the \fB-K\fR option has not been specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR [ \fIrealm\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the Kerberos realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIkdc_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-k\fR option specifies the KDC host names for the Kerberos client. -\fIkdc_list\fR is a comma-separated list of KDCs. If the \fB-m\fR option is not -used, it is assumed that the first (or only) host in \fIkdc_list\fR is the -master KDC host name. Note that the list specified is used verbatim. This is -helpful when specifying non-fully qualified KDC host names that can be -canonicalized by DNS. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR [ \fIadminuser\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the Kerberos administrative user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fIkdc_vendor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure the Kerberos client to associate with a third party server. Valid -\fIkdc_vendor\fR currently supported are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBms_ad\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Microsoft Active Directory -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -MIT KDC server -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBheimdal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Heimdal KDC server -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshishi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shishi KDC server -.RE - -Knowing the administrative password will be required to associate the client -with the server if the \fBms_ad\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR [ \fIfilepath\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the pathname to the \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) master file, to be copied over -to the local host. The path specified normally points to a master copy on a -remote host and brought over to the local host by means of NFS. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR [ \fIdnsarg\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the DNS lookup option to be used and specified in the -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) file. Valid \fIdnsarg\fR entries are: \fBnone\fR, -\fBdns_lookup_kdc\fR, \fBdns_lookup_realm\fR and \fBdns_fallback\fR. Any other -entry is considered invalid. The latter three \fIdnsarg\fR values assume the -same meaning as those described in \fBkrb5.conf\fR. \fBdns_lookup_kdc\fR -implies DNS lookups for the KDC and the other servers. \fBdns_lookup_realm\fR -is for host/domain name-to-realm mapping by means of DNS. \fBdns_fallback\fR is -a superset and does DNS lookups for both the servers and the host/domain -name-to-realm mapping. A lookup option of \fBnone\fR specifies that DNS is not -be used for any kind of mapping lookup. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIdomain_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the host and/or domain names to be mapped to the Kerberos client's -default realm name. \fIdomain_list\fR is a comma-separated list, for example -"\fBexample.com,host1.example.com\fR". If the \fB-D\fR option is not used, then -only the client's domain is used for this mapping. For example, if the client -is \fBhost1.eng.example.com\fR, then the domain that is mapped to the -\fBEXAMPLE.COM\fR realm is \fBexample.com\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure the Kerberos client without service keys, which are usually stored in -\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR. This is useful in the following scenarios: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The client IP address is dynamically assigned and therefore does not host -Kerberized services. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Client has a static IP address, but does not want to host any Kerberized -services. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Client has a static IP address, but the local administrator does not currently -have service keys available for the machine. It is expected that, at a later -time, these keys will be installed on the machine. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR [ \fIfqdn_list\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option creates a service principal entry (host/nfs/root) associated with -each of the listed fqdn's, if required, and subsequently adds the entries to -the local host's \fBkeytab\fR. -.sp -\fIfqdn_list\fR is a comma-separated list of one or more fully qualified DNS -domain names. -.sp -This option is especially useful in Kerberos realms having systems offering -kerberized services, but situated in multiple different DNS domains. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIlogical_host_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the Kerberos client is a node in a cluster. The -\fIlogical_host_name\fR is the logical host name given to the cluster. The -resulting \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.conf\fR and \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR files must -be manually copied over to the other members of the cluster. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImaster_kdc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option specifies the master KDC to be used by the Kerberos client. -\fImaster_kdc\fR is the host name of the master KDC for the client. If the -\fB-m\fR option is not used, then it is assumed that the first KDC host name -listed with the \fB-k\fR option is the master KDC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR [ \fIprofile\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the profile to be used to enable the reading in of the values of all -the parameters required for setup of the machine as a Kerberos client. -.sp -The profile should have entries in the format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIPARAM\fR \fI\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Valid \fIPARAM\fR entries are: \fBREALM\fR, \fBKDC\fR, \fBADMIN\fR, -\fBFILEPATH\fR, \fBNFS\fR, \fBDNSLOOKUP\fR, \fBFQDN\fR, \fBNOKEY\fR, -\fBNOSOL\fR, \fBLHN\fR, \fBKDCVENDOR\fR, \fBRMAP\fR, \fBMAS\fR, and \fBPAM\fR. -.sp -These profile entries correspond to the \fB-R\fR [\fIrealm\fR], \fB-k\fR -[\fIkdc\fR], \fB-a\fR [\fIadminuser\fR], \fB-c\fR [\fIfilepath\fR], \fB-n\fR, -\fB-d\fR [\fIdnsarg\fR], \fB-f\fR [\fIfqdn_list\fR], \fB-K\fR, \fB-h\fR -[\fIlogical_host_name\fR], \fB-T\fR [\fIkdc_vendor\fR], \fB-D\fR -[\fIdomain_list\fR], \fB-m\fR [\fImaster_kdc\fR], and \fB-s\fR -[\fIpam_service\fR] command-line options, respectively. Any other \fIPARAM\fR -entry is considered invalid and is ignored. -.sp -The NFS profile entry can have a value of 0 (do nothing) or 1 (operation is -requested). Any other value is considered invalid and is ignored. -.sp -Keep in mind that the command line options override the \fIPARAM\fR values -listed in the profile. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIpam_service\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the PAM service names, listed in \fIpam_service\fR, are -authenticated through Kerberos before any other type of authentication. Using -this option updates \fBpam.conf\fR(4) to include \fBpam_krb5\fR(5) to existing -authentication stacks for the specified service(s) in \fIpam_service\fR. An -example of a possible \fIpam_service\fR value is: \fBdtlogin,sshd-kbdint\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting Up a Kerberos Client Using Command-Line Options -.sp -.LP -To setup a Kerberos client using the \fBclntconfig/admin\fR administrative -principal for realm \fB\&'EXAMPLE.COM', kdc `example1.example.com'\fR and -that also does kerberized NFS, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/sbin/kclient -n -R EXAMPLE.COM -k example1.example.com -a clntconfig -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Alternatively, to set up a Kerberos client using the \fBclntconfig/admin\fR -administrative principal for the realm \fB`EAST.EXAMPLE.COM', kdc -`example2.east.example.com'\fR and that also needs service principal(s) created -and/or added to the local \fBkeytab\fR for multiple DNS domains, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/sbin/kclient -n -R EAST.EXAMPLE.COM -k example2.east.example.com \e --f west.example.com,central.example.com -a clntconfig -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Note that the \fBkrb5\fR administrative principal used by the administrator -needs to have only \fBadd\fR, \fBinquire\fR, \fBchange-pwd\fR and \fBmodify\fR -privileges (for the principals in the KDC database) in order for the -\fBkclient\fR utility to run. A sample \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4) entry is: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -clntconfig/admin@EXAMPLE.COM acmi -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting Up a Kerberos Client Using the Profile Option -.sp -.LP -To setup a Kerberos client using the \fBclntconfig/admin\fR administrative -principal for realm \fB`EXAMPLE.COM', kdc `example1.example.com'\fR and that -also copies over the master \fBkrb5.conf\fR from a specified location, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/sbin/kclient -p /net/example1.example.com/export/profile.krb5 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The contents of \fBprofile.krb5\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -REALM EXAMPLE.COM -KDC example1.example.com -ADMIN clntconfig -FILEPATH /net/example1.example.com/export/krb5.conf -NFS 0 -DNSLOOKUP none -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSetting Up a Kerberos Client That Has a Dynamic IP Address -.sp -.LP -In this example a Kerberos client is a DHCP client that has a dynamic IP -address. This client does not wish to host any Kerberized services and -therefore does not require a \fBkeytab\fR (\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR) file. - -.sp -.LP -For this type of client the administrator would issue the following command to -configure this machine to be a Kerberos client of the \fBEXAMPLE.COM\fR realm -with the KDC server \fBkdc1.example.com\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fB/usr/sbin/kclient -K -R EXAMPLE.COM -k kdc1.example.com\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos access control list (ACL) file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default location for the local host's configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default location for the local host's \fBkeytab\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nfssec.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File listing NFS security modes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -DNS resolver configuration file. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBencrypt\fR(1), \fBksh93\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M), \fBsmbadm\fR(1M), \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBnfssec.conf\fR(4), \fBpam.conf\fR(4), -\fBresolv.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpam_krb5\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -\fBfqdn\fR stands for the Fully Qualified Domain Name of the local host. The -\fBkclient\fR utility saves copies of both the \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) and -\fBnfssec.conf\fR(4) files to files with corresponding names and \fB\&.sav\fR -extensions. The optional copy of the \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) master file is neither -encrypted nor integrity-protected and it takes place over regular NFS. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_ldap_util.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_ldap_util.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0e8923241c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_ldap_util.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1177 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" This manual page is derived from documentation obtained from The Massachusetts Institute of Technology. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KDB5_LDAP_UTIL 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -kdb5_ldap_util \- Kerberos configuration utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR [\fB-D\fR \fIuser_dn\fR [\fB-w\fR \fIpasswd\fR]] [\fB-H\fR \fIldap_uri\fR] \fIcommand\fR - [\fIcommand_options\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR utility allows an administrator to manage realms, -Kerberos services, and ticket policies. The utility offers a set of general -options, described under OPTIONS, and a set of commands, which, in turn, have -their own options. Commands and their options are described in their own -subsections, below. -.SH OPTIONS -\fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR has a small set of general options that apply to the -\fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR utility itself and a larger number of options that apply -to specific commands. A number of these command-specific options apply to -multiple commands and are described in their own section, below. -.SS "General Options" -The following general options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIuser_dn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the distinguished name (DN) of a user who has sufficient rights to -perform the operation on the LDAP server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR \fIldap_uri\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the URI of the LDAP server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIpasswd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the password of \fIuser_dn\fR. This option is not recommended. -.RE - -.SS "Common Command-specific Options" -The following options apply to a number of \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR commands. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-subtrees\fR \fIsubtree_dn_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list -contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by a colon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-sscope\fR \fIsearch_scope\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the scope for searching the principals under a subtree. The possible -values are 1 or \fBone\fR (one level), 2 or \fBsub\fR (subtrees). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-containerref\fR \fIcontainer_reference_dn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm -will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the -principals will be created in the realm container. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxtktlife\fR \fImax_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxrenewlife\fR \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the Kerberos realm of the database; by default the realm returned by -\fBkrb5_default_local_realm\fR(3LIB) is used. -.RE - -.SH \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR COMMANDS -The \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR utility comprises a set of commands, each with its own -set of options. These commands are described in the following subsections. -.SS "The \fBcreate\fR Command" -The \fBcreate\fR command creates a realm in a directory. The command has the -following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -create \e -[-subtrees \fIsubtree_dn_list\fR] -[-sscope \fIsearch_scope\fR] -[-containerref \fIcontainer_reference_dn\fR] -[-k \fImkeytype\fR] -[-m|-P \fIpassword\fR| -sf \fIstashfilename\fR] -[-s] -[-r \fIrealm\fR] -[-maxtktlife \fImax_ticket_life\fR] -[-kdcdn \fIkdc_service_list\fR] -[-admindn \fIadmin_service_list\fR] -[-maxrenewlife \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR] -[\fIticket_flags\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-subtree\fR \fIsubtree_dn_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-sscope\fR \fIsearch_scope\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-containerref\fR \fIcontainer_reference_dn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fImkeytype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the key type of the master key in the database; the default is that -given in \fBkdc.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the master database password should be read from the TTY rather -than fetched from a file on the disk. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the master database password. This option is not recommended. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-sf\fR \fIstashfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the stash file of the master database password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the stash file is to be created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxtktlife\fR \fImax_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxrenewlife\fR \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIticket_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the ticket flags. If this option is not specified, by default, none -of the flags are set. This means all the ticket options will be allowed and no -restriction will be set. See "Ticket Flags" for a list and descriptions of -these flags. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBmodify\fR Command" -The \fBmodify\fR command modifies the attributes of a realm. The command has -the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -modify \e -[-subtrees \fIsubtree_dn_list\fR] -[-sscope \fIsearch_scope\fR] -[-containerref \fIcontainer_reference_dn\fR] -[-r \fIrealm\fR] -[-maxtktlife \fImax_ticket_life\fR] -[-maxrenewlife \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR] -[\fIticket_flags\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-subtree\fR \fIsubtree_dn_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-sscope\fR \fIsearch_scope\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-containerref\fR \fIcontainer_reference_dn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxtktlife\fR \fImax_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxrenewlife\fR \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIticket_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the ticket flags. If this option is not specified, by default, none -of the flags are set. This means all the ticket options will be allowed and no -restriction will be set. See "Ticket Flags" for a list and descriptions of -these flags. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBview\fR Command" -The \fBview\fR command displays the attributes of a realm. The command has the -following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -view [-r \fIrealm\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBview\fR command has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBdestroy\fR Command" -The \fBdestroy\fR command destroys a realm, including the master key stash -file. The command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -destroy [-f] [-r \fIrealm\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBdestroy\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If specified, \fBdestroy\fR does not prompt you for confirmation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBlist\fR Command" -The \fBlist\fR command displays the names of realms. The command has the -following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -list -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist\fR command has no options. -.SS "The \fBstashsrvpw\fR Command" -The \fBstashsrvpw\fR command enables you to store the password for service -object in a file so that a KDC and Administration server can use it to -authenticate to the LDAP server. The command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -stashsrvpw [-f \fIfilename\fR] \fIservicedn\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBstashsrvpw\fR command has the following option and argument: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the complete path of the service password file. The default is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/var/krb5/service_passwd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIservicedn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the distinguished name (DN) of the service object whose password is -to be stored in file. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBcreate_policy\fR Command" -The \fBcreate_policy\fR command creates a ticket policy in a directory. The -command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -create_policy \e -[-r \fIrealm\fR] -[-maxtktlife \fImax_ticket_life\fR] -[-maxrenewlife \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR] -[\fIticket_flags\fR] -\fIpolicy_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate_policy\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxtktlife\fR \fImax_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-maxrenewlife\fR \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIticket_flags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the ticket flags. If this option is not specified, by default, none -of the flags are set. This means all the ticket options will be allowed and no -restriction will be set. See "Ticket Flags" for a list and descriptions of -these flags. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpolicy_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the name of the ticket policy. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBmodify_policy\fR Command" -The \fBmodify_policy\fR command modifies the attributes of a ticket policy. The -command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -modify_policy \e -[-r \fIrealm\fR] -[-maxtktlife \fImax_ticket_life\fR] -[-maxrenewlife \fImax_renewable_ticket_life\fR] -[\fIticket_flags\fR] -\fIpolicy_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify_policy\fR command has the same options and argument as those for -the \fBcreate_policy\fR command. -.SS "The \fBview_policy\fR Command" -The \fBview_policy\fR command displays the attributes of a ticket policy. The -command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -view_policy [-r \fIrealm\fR] \fIpolicy_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBview_policy\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpolicy_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the name of the ticket policy. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBdestroy_policy\fR Command" -The \fBdestroy_policy\fR command destroys an existing ticket policy. The -command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -destroy_policy [-r \fIrealm\fR] [-force] \fIpolicy_name\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBdestroy_policy\fR command has the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-force\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forces the deletion of the policy object. If not specified, you will be -prompted for confirmation before the policy is deleted. Enter \fByes\fR to -confirm the deletion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpolicy_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the name of the ticket policy. -.RE - -.SS "The \fBlist_policy\fR Command" -The \fBlist_policy\fR command lists the ticket policies in the default or a -specified realm. The command has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -list_policy [-r \fIrealm\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist_policy\fR command has the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See "Common Command-specific Options," above. -.RE - -.SH TICKET FLAGS -A number of \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR commands have \fBticket_flag\fR options. These -flags are described as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_dup_skey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_dup_skey\fR disables user-to-user authentication for principals by -prohibiting principals from obtaining a session key for another user. This -setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_DUP_SKEY\fR flag. \fB+allow_dup_skey\fR -clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_forwardable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_forwardable\fR prohibits principals from obtaining forwardable -tickets. This setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_FORWARDABLE\fR flag. -\fB+allow_forwardable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_postdated\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_postdated\fR prohibits principals from obtaining postdated tickets. -This setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_POSTDATED\fR flag. -\fB+allow_postdated\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_proxiable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_proxiable\fR prohibits principals from obtaining proxiable tickets. -This setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_PROXIABLE\fR flag. -\fB+allow_proxiable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_renewable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_renewable\fR prohibits principals from obtaining renewable tickets. -This setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_RENEWABLE\fR flag. -\fB+allow_renewable\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_svr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_svr\fR prohibits the issuance of service tickets for principals. This -setting sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_SVR\fR flag. \fB+allow_svr\fR clears -this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_tgs_req\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_tgs_req\fR specifies that a Ticket-Granting Service (TGS) request for -a service ticket for principals is not permitted. This option is useless for -most purposes. \fB+allow_tgs_req\fR clears this flag. The default is -\fB+allow_tgs_req\fR. In effect, \fB-allow_tgs_req\fR sets the -\fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_TGT_BASED\fR flag on principals in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}allow_tix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB-allow_tix\fR forbids the issuance of any tickets for principals. -\fB+allow_tix\fR clears this flag. The default is \fB+allow_tix\fR. In effect, -\fB-allow_tix\fR sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_DISALLOW_ALL_TIX\fR flag on principals in -the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}needchange\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+needchange\fR sets a flag in the attributes field to force a password -change; \fB-needchange\fR clears that flag. The default is \fB-needchange\fR. -In effect, \fB+needchange\fR sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_PWCHANGE\fR flag on -principals in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}password_changing_service\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+password_changing_service\fR sets a flag in the attributes field marking a -principal as a password-change-service principal (a designation that is most -often not useful). \fB-password_changing_service\fR clears the flag. That this -flag has a long name is intentional. The default is -\fB-password_changing_service\fR. In effect, \fB+password_changing_service\fR -sets the \fBKRB5_KDB_PWCHANGE_SERVICE\fR flag on principals in the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}requires_hwauth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB+requires_hwauth\fR requires principals to preauthenticate using a hardware -device before being allowed to \fBkinit\fR(1). This setting sets the -\fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_HW_AUTH\fR flag. \fB-requires_hwauth\fR clears this flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB{-|+}requires_preauth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -+\fBrequires_preauth\fR requires principals to preauthenticate before being -allowed to \fBkinit\fR(1). This setting sets the -\fBKRB5_KDB_REQUIRES_PRE_AUTH\fR flag. \fB-requires_preauth\fR clears this -flag. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBcreate\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBcreate\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -create -subtrees o=org -sscope SUB -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Initializing database for realm 'ATHENA.MIT.EDU' -You will be prompted for the database Master Password. -It is important that you NOT FORGET this password. -Enter KDC database master key: \fImaster key entered\fR -Re-enter KDC database master key to verify: \fImaster key re-entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing \fBmodify\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBmodify\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -modify +requires_preauth -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing \fBview\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBview\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -view -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU\fR - Password for "cn=admin,o=org": - Realm Name: ATHENA.MIT.EDU - Subtree: ou=users,o=org - Subtree: ou=servers,o=org - SearchScope: ONE - Maximum ticket life: 0 days 01:00:00 - Maximum renewable life: 0 days 10:00:00 - Ticket flags: DISALLOW_FORWARDABLE REQUIRES_PWCHANGE -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUsing \fBdestroy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBdestroy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -destroy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Deleting KDC database of 'ATHENA.MIT.EDU', are you sure? -(type 'yes' to confirm)? \fByes\fR -OK, deleting database of 'ATHENA.MIT.EDU'... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRUsing \fBlist\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBlist\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu list\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Re-enter Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword re-entered\fR -ATHENA.MIT.EDU -OPENLDAP.MIT.EDU -MEDIA-LAB.MIT.EDU -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRUsing \fBstashsrvpw\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBstashsrvpw\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util stashsrvpw -f \e -/home/andrew/conf_keyfile cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=service-kdc,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Re-enter password for "cn=service-kdc,o=org": \fIpassword re-entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRUsing \fBcreate_policy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBcreate_policy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -create_policy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU \e --maxtktlife "1 day" -maxrenewlife "1 week" \e --allow_postdated +needchange -allow_forwardable \fItktpolicy\fR\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRUsing \fBmodify_policy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBmodify_policy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -modify_policy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU \e --maxtktlife "60 minutes" -maxrenewlife "10 hours" \e -+allow_postdated -requires_preauth \fItktpolicy\fR\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRUsing \fBview_policy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBview_policy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -view_policy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU \fItktpolicy\fR\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR - Ticket policy: tktpolicy - Maximum ticket life: 0 days 01:00:00 - Maximum renewable life: 0 days 10:00:00 - Ticket flags: DISALLOW_FORWARDABLE REQUIRES_PWCHANGE -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRUsing \fBdestroy_policy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBdestroy_policy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -destroy_policy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU \fItktpolicy\fR\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -This will delete the policy object 'tktpolicy', are you sure? -(type 'yes' to confirm)? \fByes\fR -** policy object '\fItktpolicy\fR' deleted. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRUsing \fBlist_policy\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBlist_policy\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org -H ldaps://ldap-server1.mit.edu \e -list_policy -r ATHENA.MIT.EDU\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -tktpolicy -tmppolicy -userpolicy -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRUsing \fBsetsrvpw\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBsetsrvpw\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util setsrvpw -D cn=admin,o=org setsrvpw \e --fileonly -f /home/andrew/conf_keyfile cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Password for "cn=service-kdc,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Re-enter password for "cn=service-kdc,o=org": \fIpassword re-entered\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRUsing \fBcreate_service\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBcreate_service\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org create_service \e --kdc -randpw -f /home/andrew/conf_keyfile cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -File does not exist. Creating the file /home/andrew/conf_keyfile... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRUsing \fBmodify_service\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBmodify_service\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org modify_service \e --realm ATHENA.MIT.EDU cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -Changing rights for the service object. Please wait ... done -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 15 \fRUsing \fBview_service\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBview_service\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org view_service \e -cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR - Service dn: cn=service-kdc,o=org - Service type: kdc - Service host list: - Realm DN list: cn=ATHENA.MIT.EDU,cn=Kerberos,cn=Security -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 16 \fRUsing \fBdestroy_service\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBdestroy_service\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org destroy_service \e -cn=service-kdc,o=org\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -This will delete the service object 'cn=service-kdc,o=org', are you sure? -(type 'yes' to confirm)? \fByes\fR -** service object 'cn=service-kdc,o=org' deleted. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 17 \fRUsing \fBlist_service\fR -.sp -.LP -The following is an example of the use of the \fBlist_service\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBkdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,o=org list_service\fR -Password for "cn=admin,o=org": \fIpassword entered\fR -cn=service-kdc,o=org -cn=service-adm,o=org -cn=service-pwd,o=org -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBkinit\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_util.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_util.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0ec8d80a48..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdb5_util.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,519 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KDB5_UTIL 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -kdb5_util \- Kerberos Database maintenance utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kdb5_util\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdbname\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIstashfile_name\fR] - [\fB-k\fR \fImkeytype\fR] [\fB-m\fR ] [\fB-M\fR \fImkeyname\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIpassword\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] - [\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR]... \fIcmd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBkdb5_util\fR utility enables you to create, dump, load, and destroy the -Kerberos V5 database. You can also use \fBkdb5_util\fR to create a stash file -containing the Kerberos database master key. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdbname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the database name. \fB\&.db\fR is appended to whatever name is -specified. You can specify an absolute path. If you do not specify the \fB-d\fR -option, the default database name is \fB/var/krb5/principal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIstashfile_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the stash file name. You can specify an absolute path. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fImkeytype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the master key type. Valid values are \fBdes3-cbc-sha1\fR, -\fBdes-cbc-crc\fR, \fBdes-cbc-md5\fR, \fBdes-cbc-raw\fR, -\fBarcfour-hmac-md5\fR, \fBarcfour-hmac-md5-exp\fR, -\fBaes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96\fR, and \fBaes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enter the master key manually. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fImkeyname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the master key name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the specified \fIpassword\fR instead of the stash file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIrealm\fR as the default database realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Pass database-specific arguments to \fBkadmin\fR. Supported arguments are for -LDAP and the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in. These arguments are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbinddn\fR=\fIbinddn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -LDAP simple bind DN for authorization on the directory server. Overrides the -\fBldap_kadmind_dn\fR parameter setting in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbindpwd\fR=\fIbindpwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bind password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdbname\fR=\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For the \fBBerkeley-db2\fR plug-in, specifies a name for the Kerberos database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnconns\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum number of server connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBport\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory server connection port. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies whether to create, destroy, dump, or load the database, or to create -a stash file. -.sp -You can specify the following commands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR \fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates the database specified by the \fB-d\fR option. You will be prompted for -the database master password. If you specify \fB-s\fR, a stash file is created -as specified by the \fB-f\fR option. If you did not specify \fB-f\fR, the -default stash file name is \fB/var/krb5/.k5.realm\fR. If you use the \fB-f\fR, -\fB-k\fR, or \fB-M\fR options when you create a database, then you must use the -same options when modifying or destroying the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdestroy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Destroys the database specified by the \fB-d\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstash\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates a stash file. If \fB-f\fR was not specified, the default stash file -name is \fB/var/krb5/.k5.realm\fR. You will be prompted for the master database -password. This command is useful when you want to generate the stash file from -the password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdump\fR [\fB-old\fR] [\fB-b6\fR] [\fB-b7\fR] [\fB-ov\fR] [\fB-verbose\fR] -[\fB-mkey_convert\fR] [\fB-new_mkey_file\fR \fImkey_file\fR] [\fB-rev\fR] -[\fB-recurse\fR] [\fIfilename\fR [\fIprincipals\fR...]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dumps the current Kerberos and KADM5 database into an ASCII file. By default, -the database is dumped in current format, "\fBkdb5_util load_dumpversion 5\fR". -If \fIfilename\fR is not specified or is the string "-", the dump is sent to -standard output. Options are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-old\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the dump to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 5 and earlier dump format -("\fBkdb5_edit load_dump version 2.0\fR"). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the dump to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 6 format ("\fBkdb5_edit load_dump -version 3.0\fR"). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b7\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the dump to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 7 format ("\fBkdb5_util load_dump -version 4\fR"). This was the dump format produced on releases prior to 1.2.2. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-ov\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the dump to be in \fBovsec_adm_export\fR format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the name of each principal and policy to be displayed as it is dumped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-mkey_convert\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prompts for a new master key. This new master key will be used to re-encrypt -the key data in the dumpfile. The key data in the database will not be changed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-new_mkey_file\fR \fImkey_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The filename of a stash file. The master key in this stash file will be used to -re-encrypt the key data in the dumpfile. The key data in the database will not -be changed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-rev\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dumps in reverse order. This might recover principals that do not dump -normally, in cases where database corruption has occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-recurse\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the dump to walk the database recursively (\fBbtree\fR only). This might -recover principals that do not dump normally, in cases where database -corruption has occurred. In cases of such corruption, this option will probably -retrieve more principals than will the \fB-rev\fR option. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBload\fR [\fB-old\fR] [\fB-b6\fR] [\fB-b7\fR] [\fB-ov\fR] [\fB-hash\fR] -[\fB-verbose\fR] [\fB-update\fR] \fIfilename\fR \fIdbname\fR -[\fIadmin_dbname\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Loads a database dump from \fIfilename\fR into \fIdbname\fR. Unless the -\fB-old\fR or \fB-b6\fR option is specified, the format of the dump file is -detected automatically and handled appropriately. Unless the \fB-update\fR -option is specified, \fBload\fR creates a new database containing only the -principals in the dump file, overwriting the contents of any existing database. -The \fB-old\fR option requires the database to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 5 or -earlier format ("\fBkdb5_edit load_dump version 2.0\fR"). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires the database to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 6 format ("\fBkdb5_edit -load_dump version 3.0\fR"). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b7\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires the database to be in the Kerberos 5 Beta 7 format ("\fBkdb5_util -load_dump version 4\fR"). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-ov\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires the database to be in \fBovsec_adm_import\fR format. Must be used with -the \fB-update\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-hash\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires the database to be stored as a hash. If this option is not specified, -the database will be stored as a \fBbtree\fR. This option is not recommended, -as databases stored in hash format are known to corrupt data and lose -principals. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the name of each principal and policy to be displayed as it is dumped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-update\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Records from the dump file are added to or updated in the existing database. -Otherwise, a new database is created containing only what is in the dump file -and the old one is destroyed upon successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Required argument that specifies a path to a file containing database dump. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdbname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Required argument that overrides the value specified on the command line or -overrides the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIadmin_dbname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Optional argument that is derived from \fIdbname\fR if not specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating File that Contains Information about Two Principals -.sp -.LP -The following example creates a file named \fBslavedata\fR that contains the -information about two principals, \fBjdb@EXAMPLE.COM\fR and \fBpak@EXAMPLE.COM\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/krb5/bin/kdb5_util dump -verbose slavedata -jdb@EXAMPLE.COM pak@EXAMPLE.COM -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database. Contains policy information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lock file for the Kerberos administrative database. This file works backwards -from most other lock files (that is, \fBkadmin\fR exits with an error if this -file does not exist). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The update log file for incremental propagation. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), -\fBkadmin.local\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M), \fBkproplog\fR(1M), -\fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdcmgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kdcmgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a724972cfa..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kdcmgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KDCMGR 1M "Sep 19, 2007" -.SH NAME -kdcmgr \- set up a Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC) -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kdcmgr\fR [\fB-a\fR \fIadmprincipal\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIenctype\fR] - [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpwfile\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] \fIsubcommand\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -Use the \fBkdcmgr\fR utility to do the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure a master Key Distribution Center (KDC) server. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Configure a slave KDC. This assumes that a master KDC has already been -configured. The default propagation method configured is incremental -propagation. See \fBkpropd\fR(1M). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Specify a list of slave KDCs to configure service principals and create access -control list for those slaves on the master KDC. -.RE -.sp -.LP -If you specify no options, \fBkdcmgr\fR prompts you for required information, -including a password to generate the master key and a password for the -administrative principal. When you specify sufficient options, you are still -prompted for these passwords, unless you specified the \fB-p\fR \fIpwfile\fR -option. -.sp -.LP -The \fBkdcmgr\fR utility must be run as superuser or by someone who has the -Primary Administrator role. The command must be run on the server from which it -is invoked. -.sp -.LP -Note that \fBkdcmgr\fR requires the user to enter sensitive information, such -as the password used to generate the database's master key and the password for -the administrative principal. Great care must be taken to ensure that the -connection to the server is secured over the network, by using a protocol such -as \fBssh\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -You must also exercise great care when selecting the administrative and master -key passwords. They should be derived from non-dictionary words and a long -string of characters consisting of all of the following character classes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -special characters (for example, !@#$%^&*) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -numerals (0-9) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -uppercase letters -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -lowercase letters -.RE -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIadmprincipal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When creating a master KDC, specifies the administrative principal, -\fIadmprincipal\fR, that will be created. -.sp -When creating a slave KDC, \fIadmprincipal\fR is used to authenticate as the -administrative principal. -.sp -If you omit \fB-a\fR, the suggested default administrative principal name is -the output of \fBlogname\fR(1) appended by \fB/admin\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIenctype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the encryption type to be used when creating the key for the master -key, which is used to encrypt all principal keys in the database. The set of -valid encryption types used here are described in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) under the -\fBpermitted_enctypes\fR option. Note that the encryption type specified here -must be supported on all KDCs or else they will not be able to decrypt any of -the principal keys. Solaris 9 and earlier releases support only the -\fBdes-cbc-crc\fR encryption type for the master key. Therefore, if any of the -master or slave KDCs are of these older releases, then \fB-e\fR -\fBdes-cbc-crc\fR would need to be specified on all KDCs configured with -\fBkdcmgr\fR. -.sp -The default encryption type is \fBaes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays usage information for \fBkdcmgr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpwfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Provides the location of the password file that contains the password used to -create the administrative principal and/or master key. -.sp -\fBWarning:\fR This option should be used with great care. Make sure that this -\fIpwfile\fR is accessible only by a privileged user and on a local file -system. Once the KDC has been configured, you should remove \fIpwfile\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default realm for this server. -.sp -If the \fB-r\fR option is not specified, \fBkdcmgr\fR attempts to obtain the -machine's local domain name by submitting the canonical form of the machine's -host name to DNS and using the return value to derive the domain name. If -successful, the domain name is converted to uppercase and proposed as the -default realm name. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.sp -.LP -The following subcommands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR [ \fImaster\fR ]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR [ \fB-m\fR \fImasterkdc\fR ] slave\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Creates a KDC. If no option is specified, an attempt to create a master KDC is -made. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR [ \fImaster\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a master KDC. Upon successful configuration the \fBkrb5kdc\fR(1M) and -\fBkadmind\fR(1M) are enabled on the machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR [ \fB-m\fR \fImasterkdc\fR ] slave\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configures a slave KDC. After configuration, the \fBkrb5kdc\fR(1M) and -\fBkpropd\fR(1M) services are enabled on the machine. -.sp -\fImasterkdc\fR specifies the master KDC to authenticate and with which to -perform administrative tasks. If the \fB-m\fR option is not specified, you are -prompted for a master KDC host name. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdestroy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove all Kerberos configuration and database files associated with the KDC -server. A confirmation is required before these files are deleted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatus\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Determines the role of the KDC, master or slave, and outputs this and the state -of such associated processes as: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBkrb5kdc\fR(1M) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBkadmind\fR(1M) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBkpropd\fR(1M) -.RE -The subcommand also displays information on incremental propagation if the -configuration has this feature enabled, as well as any issues with dependent -files. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting up a Master KDC -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a master KDC with the administrative principal -\fBuser1/admin\fR and with the realm name \fBEXAMPLE.COM\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBkdcmgr -a user1/admin -r EXAMPLE.COM create\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that a password will be required to assign to the newly created -\fBuser1/admin\fR principal. The password for the master key will also need to -be provided. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting up a Slave KDC -.sp -.LP -The following command configures a slave KDC, authenticates with the -administrative principal \fBuser1/admin\fR, specifies \fBkdc1\fR as the master, -and uses the \fBEXAMPLE.COM\fR realm name: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBkdcmgr -a user1/admin -r EXAMPLE.COM create -m kdc1 slave\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that you must enter the correct password for \fBuser1/admin\fR and that -the master KDC must already have been created before entering this command. The -correct password for the master key is also required. - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Main Kerberos configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kdc.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -KDC configuration, used by both master and slave servers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default location of the local host's service keys. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative access control list (ACL). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kadm5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Service keys specific to \fBkadmind\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos policy database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used by slaves to indicate from which server to receive updates. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command line interface (CLI) is Uncommitted. The CLI output is Not an -Interface. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlogname\fR(1), \fBssh\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M), \fBkpropd\fR(1M), -\fBkrb5kdc\fR(1M), \fBping\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kernel.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kernel.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f67bb37af9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kernel.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,392 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KERNEL 1M "Nov 27, 2007" -.SH NAME -kernel \- UNIX system executable file containing basic operating system -services -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBkernel-name\fR [\fB-asrvx\fR] [\fB-m \fIsmf_options\fR\fR] [\fB-i \fIaltinit\fR\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The operating system image, or kernel, is the collection of software comprising -the image files (\fBunix\fR and \fBgenunix\fR) and the modules loaded at any -instant in time. The system will not function without a kernel to control it. -.sp -.LP -The kernel is loaded by the \fBboot\fR(1M) command in a machine-specific way. -The kernel may be loaded from disk, \fBCD-ROM\fR, or DVD (\fBdiskfull boot\fR) -or over the network (\fBdiskless boot\fR). In either case, the directories -under \fB/platform\fR and \fB/kernel\fR must be readable and must contain -executable code which is able to perform the required kernel service. If the -\fB-a\fR flag is given, the user is able to supply different pathnames for the -default locations of the kernel and modules. See \fBboot\fR(1M) for more -information on loading a specific kernel. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmoddir\fR variable contains a list of module directories separated by -whitespace. moddir can be set in the \fB/etc/system\fR file. The minimal -default is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/platform/platform-name/kernel /kernel /usr/kernel -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This default can be supplemented by a specific platform. It is common for many -SPARC systems to override the default path with: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/platform/\fIplatform-name\fR/kernel:/platform/\fIhardware-class-name\fR\e - /kernel:/kernel:/usr/kernel -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIplatform-name\fR can be found using the \fB-i\fR option of -\fBuname\fR(1), and \fIhardware-class-name\fR can be found using the \fB-m\fR -option of \fBuname\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -The kernel configuration can be controlled using the \fB/etc/system\fR file -(see \fBsystem\fR(4)). -.sp -.LP -\fBgenunix\fR is the platform-independent component of the base kernel. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Asks the user for configuration information, such as where to find the system -file, where to mount \fBroot\fR, and even override the name of the kernel -itself. Default responses will be contained in square brackets ([ ]), and the -user may simply enter RETURN to use the default response (note that RETURN is -labeled ENTER on some keyboards). To help repair a damaged \fB/etc/system\fR -file, enter \fB/dev/null\fR at the prompt that asks for the pathname of the -system configuration file. See \fBsystem\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIaltinit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select an alternative executable to be the primordial process. \fIaltinit\fR -must be a valid path to an executable. The default primordial process is -\fBinit\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIsmf_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIsmf_options\fR include two categories of options to control booting -behavior of the service management facility: recovery options and messages -options. -.sp -Message options determine the type and amount of messages that \fBsmf\fR(5) -displays during boot. Service options determine the services which are used to -boot the system. -.sp -Recovery options -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdebug\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints standard per-service output and all \fBsvc.startd\fR messages to log. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImilestone=[milestone]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boot with some SMF services temporarily disabled, as indicated by -\fImilestone\fR. \fImilestone\fR can be "none", "single-user", "multi-user", -"multi-user-server", or "all". See the \fBmilestone\fR subcommand of -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -Messages options -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIquiet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints standard per-service output and error messages requiring administrative -intervention. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIverbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints standard per-service output with more informational messages. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reconfiguration boot. The system will probe all attached hardware devices and -configure the logical namespace in \fB/dev\fR. See \fBadd_drv\fR(1M) and -\fBrem_drv\fR(1M) for additional information about maintaining device drivers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boots only to init level 's'. See \fBinit\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Boots with verbose messages enabled. If this flag is not given, the messages -are still printed, but the output is directed to the system logfile. See -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does not boot in clustered mode. This option only has an effect when a version -of Sun Cluster software that supports this option has been installed. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.sp -.LP -See \fBboot\fR(1M) for examples and instructions on how to boot. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/kernel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains kernel components common to all platforms within a particular -instruction set that are needed for booting the system. of the core image file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/\fIplatform-name\fR/kernel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The platform-specific kernel components. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/\fIhardware-class-name\fR\fR\fB/kernel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The kernel components specific to this hardware class. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/kernel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains kernel components common to all platforms within a particular -instruction set. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The directories in this section can potentially contain the following -subdirectories: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdrv\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Loadable device drivers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBexec\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The modules that execute programs stored in various file formats. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfs\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File system modules -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmisc\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Miscellaneous system-related modules -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsched\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operating system schedulers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstrmod\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System V STREAMS loadable modules -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsys\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Loadable system calls -.RE - -.SS "SPARC" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcpu\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Processor specific modules -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtod\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Time-Of-Day hardware interface modules -.RE - -.sp -.LP -As only 64-bit SPARC platforms are supported, all SPARC executable modules are -contained within \fBsparcv9\fR directories in the directories listed above. -.SS "x86" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmach\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -x86 hardware support -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Modules comprising the 32-bit x86 kernel are contained in the above -directories, with the 64-bit x86 kernel components contained within \fBamd64\fR -subdirectories. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuname\fR(1), \fBisainfo\fR(1), \fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBboot\fR(1M), -\fBinit\fR(1M), \fBkadb\fR(1M), \fBrem_drv\fR(1M), \fBsavecore\fR(1M), -\fBsvc.startd\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBsystem\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS) -.SS "SPARC Only" -.sp -.LP -\fBmonitor\fR(1M) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -The kernel gives various warnings and error messages. If the kernel detects an -unrecoverable fault, it will panic or halt. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Reconfiguration boot will, by design, not remove \fB/dev\fR entries for some -classes of devices that have been physically removed from the system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/keyserv.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/keyserv.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7de20b8faa..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/keyserv.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KEYSERV 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -keyserv \- server for storing private encryption keys -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBkeyserv\fR [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-d\fR | \fB-e\fR] [\fB-D\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsizespec\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBkeyserv\fR is a daemon that is used for storing the private encryption keys -of each user logged into the system. These encryption keys are used for -accessing secure network services such as secure \fBNFS\fR. -.sp -.LP -Normally, root's key is read from the file \fB/etc/.rootkey\fR when the daemon -is started. This is useful during power-fail reboots when no one is around to -type a password. -.sp -.LP -\fBkeyserv\fR does not start up if the system does not have a secure \fBrpc\fR -domain configured. Set up the domain name by using the -\fB/usr/bin/domainname\fR command. Usually the -\fBsvc:/system/identity:domain\fR service reads the domain from -\fB/etc/defaultdomain\fR. Invoking the \fBdomainname\fR command without -arguments tells you if you have a domain set up. -.sp -.LP -The \fB/etc/default/keyserv\fR file contains the following default parameter -settings. See . -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBENABLE_NOBODY_KEYS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Specifies whether default keys for \fBnobody\fR are used. -\fBENABLE_NOBODY_KEYS=NO\fR is equivalent to the \fB-d\fR command-line option. -The default value for \fBENABLE_NOBODY_KEYS\fR is \fBYES\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Do not use disk caches. This option overrides any \fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Run in debugging mode and log all requests to \fBkeyserv\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Disable the use of default keys for \fBnobody\fR. See . -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Enable the use of default keys for \fBnobody\fR. This is the default behavior. -See . -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Root's secret key is not read from \fB/etc/.rootkey\fR. Instead, \fBkeyserv\fR -prompts the user for the password to decrypt root's key stored in the -\fBpublickey\fR database and then stores the decrypted key in -\fB/etc/.rootkey\fR for future use. This option is useful if the -\fB/etc/.rootkey\fR file ever gets out of date or corrupted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsizespec\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify the size of the extended Diffie-Hellman common key disk caches. The -\fIsizespec\fR can be one of the following forms: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImechtype\fR=\fBsize\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -\fBsize\fR is an integer specifying the maximum number of entries in the cache, -or an integer immediately followed by the letter \fIM\fR, denoting the maximum -size in MB. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsize\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This form of \fIsizespec\fR applies to all caches. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/.rootkey\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/keyserv\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Contains default settings. You can use command-line options to override these -settings. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBkeylogin\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBkeylogout\fR(1), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBpublickey\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBkeyserv\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/keyserv:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/killall.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/killall.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2f41c9da65..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/killall.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KILLALL 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -killall \- kill all active processes -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/killall\fR [\fIsignal\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBkillall\fR is used by \fBshutdown\fR(1M) to kill all active processes not -directly related to the shutdown procedure. -.sp -.LP -\fBkillall\fR terminates all processes with open files so that the mounted file -systems will be unbusied and can be unmounted. -.sp -.LP -\fBkillall\fR sends \fIsignal\fR (see \fBkill\fR(1)) to the active processes. -If no \fIsignal\fR is specified, a default of \fB15\fR is used. -.sp -.LP -The \fBkillall\fR command can be run only by the super-user. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), \fBfuser\fR(1M), \fBshutdown\fR(1M), -\fBsignal\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kprop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kprop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2db594c81a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kprop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1987, 1989 by the Student Information Processing Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For copying and distribution information, please see the file kerberosv5/mit-sipb-copyright.h. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KPROP 1M "Oct 29, 2015" -.SH NAME -kprop \- Kerberos database propagation program -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/krb5/kprop\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIport-number\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIkeytab\fR] [\fIhost\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBkprop\fR is a command-line utility used for propagating a Kerberos database -from a master \fBKDC\fR to a slave \fBKDC\fR. This command must be run on the -master \fBKDC\fR. See the \fISolaris System Administration Guide, Vol. 6\fR on -how to set up periodic propagation between the master \fBKDC\fR and slave -\fBKDC\fRs. -.sp -.LP -To propagate a Kerberos database, the following conditions must be met: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The slave \fBKDC\fRs must have an \fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR file that contains -the principals for the master \fBKDC\fR and all the slave \fBKDC\fRs. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A keytab containing a host principal entry must exist on each slave \fBKDC\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The database to be propagated must be dumped to a file using -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M). -.RE -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Enable debug mode. Default is debug mode disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -File to be sent to the slave \fBKDC\fR. Default is the -\fB/var/krb5/slave_datatrans\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIport-number\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Propagate \fIport-number\fR. Default is port \fB754\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Realm where propagation will occur. Default \fIrealm\fR is the local realm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIkeytab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Location of the keytab. Default location is \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIhost\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Name of the slave \fBKDC\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRPropagating the Kerberos Database -.sp -.LP -The following example propagates the Kerberos database from the -\fB/tmp/slave_data\fR file to the slave \fBKDC\fR \fBlondon\fR. The machine -\fBlondon\fR must have a host principal keytab entry and the \fBkpropd.acl\fR -file must contain an entry for the all the \fBKDC\fRs. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# kprop -f /tmp/slave_data london -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -List of principals of all the KDCs; resides on each slave KDC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/krb5.keytab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Keytab for Kerberos clients. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/slave_datatrans\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Kerberos database propagated to the KDC slaves. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), -\fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), \fBkadmin.local\fR(1M), -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kpropd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kpropd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0279b6d380..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kpropd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1987, 1989 by the Student Information Processing Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For copying and distribution information, please see the file kerberosv5/mit-sipb-copyright.h. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KPROPD 1M "Jul 11, 2005" -.SH NAME -kpropd \- Kerberos propagation daemon for slave KDCs -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/krb5/kpropd\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fItemp_dbfile\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIdbfile\fR] - [\fB-p\fR \fIkdb_util\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIport_number\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] - [\fB-s\fR \fIsrv_tabfile\fR] [\fB-S\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIacl_file\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBkpropd\fR command runs on the slave KDC server. It listens for update -requests made by \fBkprop\fR(1M) from the master KDC and periodically requests -incremental updates from the master KDC. -.sp -.LP -When the slave receives a kprop request from the master, \fBkpropd\fR copies -principal data to a temporary text file. Next, \fBkpropd\fR invokes -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M) (unless a different database utility is selected) to load -the text file in database format. -.sp -.LP -When the slave periodically requests incremental updates, \fBkpropd\fR update -its \fBprincipal.ulog\fR file with any updates from the master. -\fBkproplog\fR(1M) can be used to view a summary of the update entry log on the -slave KDC. -.sp -.LP -kpropd is not configured for incremental database propagation by default. These -settings can be changed in the \fBkdc.conf\fR(4) file: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsunw_dbprop_enable = [true | false]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables or disables incremental database propagation. Default is \fBfalse\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsunw_dbprop_slave_poll = N[s, m, h]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies how often the slave KDC polls for any updates that the master might -have. Default is \fB2m\fR (two minutes). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBkiprop/\fI\fR@\fI\fR\fR principal must exist in the -slave's \fBkeytab\fR file to enable the master to authenticate incremental -propagation requests from the slave. In this syntax, \fI\fR is the -slave KDC's host name and \fI\fR is the realm in which the slave KDC -resides. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Enable debug mode. Default is debug mode disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fItemp_dbfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -The location of the slave's temporary principal database file. Default is -\fB/var/krb5/from_master\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIdbfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -The location of the slave's principal database file. Default is -\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIkdb_util\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -The location of the Kerberos database utility used for loading principal -databases. Default is \fB/usr/sbin/kdb5_util\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIport_number\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specifies the port number on which \fBkpropd\fR will listen. Default is 754 -(service name: \fBkrb5_prop\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specifies from which Kerberos realm kpropd will receive information. Default is -specified in \fB/etc/krb5/krb5.conf\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsrv_tabfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -The location of the service table file used to authenticate the \fBkpropd\fR -daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Run the daemon in standalone mode, instead of having \fBinetd\fR listen for -requests. Default is non-standalone mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIacl_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -The location of the \fBkpropd\fR's access control list to verify if this server -can run the \fBkpropd\fR daemon. The file contains a list of principal name(s) -that will be receiving updates. Default is \fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The update log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kdc.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -KDC configuration information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -List of principals of all the KDCs; resides on each slave KDC. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/from_master\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Temporary file used by kpropd before loading this to the principal database. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkprop\fR(1M), \fBkproplog\fR(1M), \fBkdc.conf\fR(4), -\fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBkprop\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/security/krb5_prop:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kproplog.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kproplog.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ab362ae0c6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kproplog.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KPROPLOG 1M "Oct 29, 2015" -.SH NAME -kproplog \- display the contents of the Kerberos principal update log -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/kproplog\fR [\fB-h\fR | \fB-e\fR \fInum\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBkproplog\fR displays the contents of the Kerberos principal update log -to standard output. This command can be used to keep track of the incremental -updates to the principal database, which is enabled by default. The -\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR file contains the update log maintained by the -\fBkadmind\fR(1M) process on the master KDC server and the \fBkpropd\fR(1M) -process on the slave KDC servers. When updates occur, they are logged to this -file. Subsequently any KDC slave configured for incremental updates will -request the current data from the master KDC and update their -\fBprincipal.ulog\fR file with any updates returned. -.sp -.LP -The \fBkproplog\fR command can only be run on a KDC server by someone with -privileges comparable to the superuser. It will display update entries for that -server only. -.sp -.LP -If no options are specified, the summary of the update log is displayed. If -invoked on the master, all of the update entries are also displayed. When -invoked on a slave KDC server, only a summary of the updates are displayed, -which includes the serial number of the last update received and the associated -time stamp of the last update. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display a summary of the update log. This information includes the database -version number, state of the database, the number of updates in the log, the -time stamp of the first and last update, and the version number of the first -and last update entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\ \fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display the last \fInum\fR update entries in the log. This is useful when -debugging synchronization between KDC servers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display individual attributes per update. An example of the output generated -for one entry: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Update Entry - Update serial # : 4 - Update operation : Add - Update principal : test@EXAMPLE.COM - Update size : 424 - Update committed : True - Update time stamp : Fri Feb 20 23:37:42 2004 - Attributes changed : 6 - Principal - Key data - Password last changed - Modifying principal - Modification time - TL data -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.ulog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The update log file for incremental propagation. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBkadmin\fR(1M), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkprop\fR(1M), \fBkpropd\fR(1M), \fBkadm5.acl\fR(4), -\fBkdc.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/krb5kdc.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/krb5kdc.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2b2f4bd017..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/krb5kdc.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1987, 1989 by the Student Information Processing Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For copying and distribution information, please see the file kerberosv5/mit-sipb-copyright.h. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KRB5KDC 1M "Oct 29, 2015" -.SH NAME -krb5kdc \- KDC daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/krb5/krb5kdc\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdbpath\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR] [\fB-m\fR] - [\fB-k\fR \fImasterenctype\fR] [\fB-M\fR \fImasterkeyname\fR] - [\fB-p\fR \fIport\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBkrb5kdc\fR is the daemon that runs on the master and slave \fBKDC\fRs to -process the Kerberos tickets. For Kerberos to function properly, \fBkrb5kdc\fR -must be running on at least one \fBKDC\fR that the Kerberos clients can access. -Prior to running \fBkrb5kdc\fR, you must initialize the Kerberos database using -\fBkdb5_util\fR(1M). See the \fI\fR for information regarding how to set up -\fBKDC\fRs and initialize the Kerberos database. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdbpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the path to the database; default value is \fB/var/krb5\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fImasterenctype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the encryption type for encrypting the database. The default value is -\fBdes-cbc-crc\fR. \fBdes3-cbc-sha1\fR, \fBarcfour-hmac-md5\fR, -\fBarcfour-hmac-md5-exp\fR, \fBaes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96\fR, and -\fBaes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96\fR are also valid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify that the master key for the database is to be entered manually. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fImasterkeyname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the principal to retrieve the master Key for the database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify that \fBkrb5kdc\fR should not detach from the terminal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the port that will be used by the \fBKDC\fR to listen for incoming -requests. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrealm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the realm name; default is the local realm name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIdb_args\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Pass database-specific arguments to \fBkadmin\fR. Supported arguments are for -the LDAP plug-in. These arguments are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbinddn\fR=\fIbinddn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the DN of the object used by the KDC server to bind to the LDAP -server. This object should have the rights to read the realm container, -principal container and the subtree that is referenced by the realm. Overrides -the \fBldap_kdc_dn\fR parameter setting in \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbindpwd\fR=\fIbindpwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the password for the above-mentioned \fIbinddn\fR. It is recommended -not to use this option. Instead, the password can be stashed using the -\fBstashsrvpw\fR command of \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnconns\fR=\fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of connections to be maintained per LDAP server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhost\fR=\fIldapuri\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies, by an LDAP URI, the LDAP server to which to connect. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.db\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos principal database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database. This file contains policy information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/krb5/principal.kadm5.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Kerberos administrative database lock file. This file works backwards from most -other lock files (that is, \fBkadmin\fR will exit with an error if this file -does \fInot\fR exist). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kdc.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBKDC\fR configuration file. This file is read at startup. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/kpropd.acl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File that defines the access control list for propagating the Kerberos database -using \fBkprop\fR. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBkpasswd\fR(1), \fBkadmind\fR(1M), -\fBkadmin.local\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_util\fR(1M), \fBkdb5_ldap_util\fR(1M), -\fBlogadm\fR(1M), \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkrb5envvar\fR(5), -\fBkerberos\fR(5), -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The following signal has the specified effect when sent to the server process -using the \fBkill\fR(1)command: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGHUP\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkrb5kdc\fR closes and re-opens log files that it directly opens. This can be -useful for external log-rotation utilities such as \fBlogadm\fR(1M). If this -method is used for log file rotation, set the \fBkrb5.conf\fR(4) -\fBkdc_rotate\fR period relation to \fBnever\fR. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ksslcfg.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ksslcfg.1m deleted file mode 100644 index efe6124d87..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ksslcfg.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,409 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KSSLCFG 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -ksslcfg \- enable and configure SMF instance of Kernel SSL -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR create \fB-f\fR pkcs11 \fB-T\fR \fItoken_label\fR \fB-C\fR \fIcertificate_label\fR - [\fB-d\fR \fIsofttoken_directory\fR] - [\fB-p\fR \fIpassword_file\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR]] - [\fB-h\fR \fIca_certchain_file\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIciphersuites\fR] - [\fB-t\fR \fIssl_session_cache_timeout\fR] - [\fB-z\fR \fIssl_session_cache_size\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-x\fR \fIproxy_port\fR [\fIhost\fR] \fIssl_port\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR create \fB-f\fR pkcs12 \fB-i\fR \fIcert_and_key_pk12file\fR - [\fB-p\fR \fIpassword_file\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR]] - [\fB-c\fR \fIciphersuites\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIssl_session_cache_timeout\fR] - [\fB-z\fR \fIssl_session_cache_size\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-x\fR \fIproxy_port\fR [\fIhost\fR] \fIssl_port\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR create \fB-f\fR pem \fB-i\fR \fIcert_and_key_pemfile\fR - [\fB-p\fR \fIpassword_file\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR]] - [\fB-c\fR \fIciphersuites\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIssl_session_cache_timeout\fR] - [\fB-z\fR \fIssl_session_cache_size\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-x\fR \fIproxy_port\fR [\fIhost\fR] \fIssl_port\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR delete [\fB-v\fR] [\fIhost\fR] \fIssl_port\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR \fB-V\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBksslcfg\fR \fB-?\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBksslcfg\fR manages \fBsmf\fR(5) instances for the Kernel SSL proxy module. -An SSL-enabled web server can use the services of its Kernel SSL proxy to -improve the performance of the HTTPS packets processing. It does so by creating -an instance of the Kernel SSL service, specifying the SSL proxy port and -parameters, and by listening on the proxy port. -.sp -.LP -The \fBcreate\fR subcommand creates an instance and enables the service for the -given address and SSL port. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdelete\fR subcommand disables the service for the given address and -port, if it is enabled, and deletes the instance from the SMF repository. -.sp -.LP -\fBksslcfg\fR can be run as root or by other users assigned to the Network -Security profile. See \fBrbac\fR(5) and \fBuser_attr\fR(4). You must run -\fBksslcfg\fR to configure your Kernel SSL proxy before you start your -application. -.sp -.LP -\fBksslcfg\fR allows you to specify an \fIssl_port\fR operand, described under -OPERANDS, and, with the \fB-x\fR option, a \fIproxy_port\fR value. When -specified for use with the Kernel SSL proxy, these values cannot also be -configured for the Solaris Network Cache and Acceleration (NCA) feature. See -\fBnca\fR(1) for a description of the NCA feature. -.sp -.LP -The Fault Managed Resource Identifier (FMRI) for the kernel SSL proxy instances -is \fBsvc://network/ssl/proxy\fR. \fBksslcfg\fR creates an instance of that -service unique to the combination of host and SSL port. Instance FMRIs for -particular proxy entries can be found with \fBsvcs\fR(1) and used for -dependencies of other services. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIciphersuites\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set of ciphers a client is allowed to negotiate in a sorted order. The -supported SSL version3 and TLS ciphers are listed below. Note that the names -are case-insensitive. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -rsa_rc4_128_sha -rsa_rc4_128_md5 -rsa_aes_256_cbc_sha -rsa_aes_128_cbc_sha -rsa_3des_ede_cbc_sha -rsa_des_cbc_sha -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIkey_format\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses the certificate/key format specified in \fIkey_format\fR. The supported -options are \fBpkcs11\fR, \fBpkcs12\fR, and \fBpem\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIkey_and_certificate_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When \fBpkcs12\fR or \fBpem\fR is specified with the \fB-f\fR option, reads a -key and a certificate of the web server from \fIkey_and_certificate_file\fR. -This file can also contain any intermediate CA certificates that form the -certificate chain to the root CA for the server certificate. These certificates -must follow the server certificate in the file and the order must be bottom up: -lowest level CA certificate followed by the next higher level CA certificate, -and so on. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIcertificate_label\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -PKCS#11 can store multiple certificates in single token. This option enables -you to specify a single certificate, identified by \fIcertificate_label\fR. -This label must match the \fBCKA_LABEL\fR on the certificate object in the -token specified by \fB-T\fR. This option is to be used only with \fB-f\fR -\fBpkcs11\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIsofttoken_directory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option is applicable only with the \fBpkcs11\fR key format, when the token -label is the Sun Software PKCS#11 softtoken. Use this option to override the -default location of the PKCS#11 softtoken directory (\fB$HOME/.sunw\fR). See -\fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIca_certchain_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When \fBpkcs11\fR is specified with the \fB-f\fR option, reads a set of -intermediate CA certificates that form the certificate chain to the root CA for -the server certificate (specified with the \fB-C\fR option), from -\fIca_certchain_file\fR. The file must be in PEM format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpassword_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Obtains the password used to encrypt the private key from \fIpassword_file\fR. -When using the \fBpkcs11\fR option (see \fB-f\fR, above), the password is used -to authenticate the user to the PKCS #11 token. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIssl_session_cache_timeout\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The timeout value, in seconds, for an SSL session. It corresponds to -\fBSSL3SessionTimeout\fR of the Sun ONE web server configuration or -\fBSSLSessionCacheTimeout\fR of \fBmod_ssl\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fItoken_label\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When \fBpkcs11\fR is specified with \fB-f\fR, uses the PKCS#11 token specified -in \fItoken_label\fR. Use \fBcryptoadm list\fR \fB-v\fR to display all PKCS#11 -tokens available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The username of the user who owns the password file. If omitted, the system -will try to read the password file as root. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the version. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIproxy_port\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The SSL proxy port. The port number is designated exclusively for clear-text -HTTP communication between the web server and the kernel SSL proxy module. No -external HTTP packets are delivered to this port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIssl_session_cache_size\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of SSL sessions that can be cached. It corresponds to -\fBSSLCacheEntries\fR of the Sun ONE web server configuration. When this option -is not specified, the default is 5000 entries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the usage of the command. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB[\fIhost\fR] [\fIssl_port\fR]\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -The address and the port of the web server for which the kernel SSL entry is -created. If \fIhost\fR is omitted, the entry will be used for all requests that -arrived at the \fIssl_port\fR, regardless of the destination address. Both a -host name and an IP address are acceptable forms for \fIhost\fR. \fIssl_port\fR -is required. Typically, this has a value of 443. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRCreate and Enable a Kernel SSL Instance -.sp -.LP -The following command creates and enables a Kernel SSL instance using a -certificate and a key in PKCS#11 format. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBksslcfg create -f pkcs11 -T "Sun Software PKCS#11 softtoken" \e --C "Server-Cert" -p /some/directory/password -u webservd \e --x 8080 www.example.com 443\fR - -% \fBsvcs svc:/network/ssl/proxy\fR -STATE STIME FMRI -online Sep_27 svc:/network/ssl/proxy:kssl-www-example-com-443 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRCreate and Enable a Default Instance for All Addresses -.sp -.LP -The following command creates and enables a default instance for all addresses -from a certificate and key in a \fBpkcs#12\fR file. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBksslcfg create -x 8888 -f pkcs12 -i /some/directory/keypair.p12 \e - -p /some/directory/password -u webservd 443\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCreate and Enable an Instance with Specific Cipher Suites -.sp -.LP -The following command creates and enables an instance with specific cipher -suites. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBksslcfg create -x 8080 -f pem \e --i /some/directory/keypair.pem -p /some/directory/password \e --c "rsa_rc4_128_md5,rsa_rc4_128_sha" \e -209.249.116.195 443\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisable and Delete an Instance -.sp -.LP -The following command disables and deletes an instance. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBksslcfg delete www.example.com 443\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Command line options are Evolving; command output is Unstable. The FMRI service -name (\fBsvc://network/ssl/proxy\fR) is Unstable, as is the FMRI instance's -name format. The utility name is Stable. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBnca\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBcryptoadm\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBpkcs11_softtoken\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -\fBksslcfg\fR \fBcreate\fR without an host argument creates an \fBINADDR_ANY\fR -\fBsmf\fR instance. \fBksslcfg\fR \fBdelete\fR without an host argument deletes -only the \fBINADDR_ANY\fR instance. \fBksslcfg\fR \fBdelete\fR needs a host -argument to delete any non-\fBINADDR_ANY\fR instance. -.sp -.LP -On a system with \fBzones\fR(5) installed, the \fBksslcfg\fR command can be -used only in the global zone at this time. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/kstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/kstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8983df7266..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/kstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,382 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KSTAT 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -kstat \- display kernel statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBkstat\fR [\fB-Cjlpq\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImodule\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIinstance\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIstatistic\fR] - [interval [count]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBkstat\fR [\fB-Cjlpq\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] - [\fImodule\fR[:\fIinstance\fR[:\fIname\fR[:\fIstatistic\fR]]]]... - [interval [count]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBkstat\fR utility examines the available kernel statistics, or kstats, on -the system and reports those statistics which match the criteria specified on -the command line. Each matching statistic is printed with its module, instance, -and name fields, as well as its actual value. -.sp -.LP -Kernel statistics may be published by various kernel subsystems, such as -drivers or loadable modules; each kstat has a module field that denotes its -publisher. Since each module might have countable entities (such as multiple -disks associated with the \fBsd\fR(7D) driver) for which it wishes to report -statistics, the kstat also has an instance field to index the statistics for -each entity; kstat instances are numbered starting from zero. Finally, the -kstat is given a name unique within its module. -.sp -.LP -Each kstat may be a special kstat type, an array of name-value pairs, or raw -data. In the name-value case, each reported value is given a label, which we -refer to as the statistic. Known raw and special kstats are given statistic -labels for each of their values by \fBkstat\fR; thus, all published values can -be referenced as \fImodule\fR:\fIinstance\fR:\fIname\fR:\fIstatistic\fR. -.sp -.LP -When invoked without any module operands or options, kstat will match all -defined statistics on the system. Example invocations are provided below. All -times are displayed as fractional seconds since system boot. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The tests specified by the following options are logically ANDed, and all -matching kstats will be selected. A regular expression containing shell -metacharacters must be protected from the shell by enclosing it with the -appropriate quotes. -.sp -.LP -The argument for the \fB-c\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-m\fR, \fB-n\fR, and \fB-s\fR -options may be specified as a shell glob pattern, or a regular expression -enclosed in '/' characters. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays output in parsable format with a colon as separator. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays only kstats that match the specified class. \fIclass\fR is a -kernel-defined string which classifies the "type" of the kstat. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinstance\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays only kstats that match the specified instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays output in JSON format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Lists matching kstat names without displaying values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImodule\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays only kstats that match the specified module. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays only kstats that match the specified name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays output in parsable format. All example output in this document is -given in this format. If this option is not specified, \fBkstat\fR produces -output in a human-readable, table format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays no output, but return appropriate exit status for matches against -given criteria. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIstatistic\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays only kstats that match the specified statistic. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR d | u\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Displays a time stamp before each statistics block, either in \fBdate\fR(1) -format (\fBd\fR) or as an alphanumeric representation of the value returned by -\fBtime\fR(2) (\fBu\fR). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImodule\fR:\fIinstance\fR:\fIname\fR:\fIstatistic\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Alternate method of specifying module, instance, name, and statistic as -described above. Each of the module, instance, name, or statistic specifiers -may be a shell glob pattern or a regular expression enclosed by '/' -characters. It is possible to use both specifier types within a single operand. -Leaving a specifier empty is equivalent to using the '*' glob pattern for that -specifier. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of seconds between reports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of reports to be printed. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -In the following examples, all the command lines in a block produce the same -output, as shown immediately below. The exact statistics and values will of -course vary from machine to machine. -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p -m unix -i 0 -n system_misc -s 'avenrun*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p -s 'avenrun*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p 'unix:0:system_misc:avenrun*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p ':::avenrun*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p ':::/^avenrun_[0-9]+min$/'\fR - -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 3 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 4 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p -m cpu_stat -s 'intr*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p cpu_stat:::/^intr/\fR - -cpu_stat:0:cpu_stat0:intr 29682330 -cpu_stat:0:cpu_stat0:intrblk 87 -cpu_stat:0:cpu_stat0:intrthread 15054222 -cpu_stat:1:cpu_stat1:intr 426073 -cpu_stat:1:cpu_stat1:intrblk 51 -cpu_stat:1:cpu_stat1:intrthread 289668 -cpu_stat:2:cpu_stat2:intr 134160 -cpu_stat:2:cpu_stat2:intrblk 0 -cpu_stat:2:cpu_stat2:intrthread 131 -cpu_stat:3:cpu_stat3:intr 196566 -cpu_stat:3:cpu_stat3:intrblk 30 -cpu_stat:3:cpu_stat3:intrthread 59626 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p :::state ':::avenrun*'\fR -example$ \fBkstat -p :::state :::/^avenrun/\fR - -cpu_info:0:cpu_info0:state on-line -cpu_info:1:cpu_info1:state on-line -cpu_info:2:cpu_info2:state on-line -cpu_info:3:cpu_info3:state on-line -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 4 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 10 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p 'unix:0:system_misc:avenrun*' 1 3\fR -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 15 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 11 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 21 - -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 15 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 11 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 21 - -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 15 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 11 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 21 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p -T d 'unix:0:system_misc:avenrun*' 5 2\fR -Thu Jul 22 19:39:50 1999 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 12 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 0 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 11 - -Thu Jul 22 19:39:55 1999 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 12 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 0 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 11 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRUsing the \fBkstat\fR Command -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example$ \fBkstat -p -T u 'unix:0:system_misc:avenrun*'\fR -932668656 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_15min 14 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_1min 5 -unix:0:system_misc:avenrun_5min 18 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -One or more statistics were matched. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -No statistics were matched. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -A fatal error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/kstat\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -kernel statistics driver -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdate\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBtime\fR(2), \fBgmatch\fR(3GEN), -\fBkstat\fR(3KSTAT), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBregex\fR(5), \fBkstat\fR(7D), -\fBsd\fR(7D), \fBkstat\fR(9S) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the pattern argument contains glob or RE metacharacters which are also -shell metacharacters, it will be necessary to enclose the pattern with -appropriate shell quotes. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ktkt_warnd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ktkt_warnd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4605b6570e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ktkt_warnd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1987, 1989 by the Student Information Processing Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. For copying and distribution information, please see the file kerberosv5/mit-sipb-copyright.h. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH KTKT_WARND 1M "Mar 21, 2005" -.SH NAME -ktkt_warnd \- Kerberos warning daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/krb5/ktkt_warnd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBktkt_warnd\fR is a daemon on Kerberos clients that can warn users when their -Kerberos tickets are about to expire or renew the tickets before they expire. -It is invoked by \fBinetd\fR when a ticket-granting ticket (TGT) is obtained -for the first time, such as after using the \fBkinit\fR command. -\fBktkt_warnd\fR can be configured through the \fB/etc/krb5/warn.conf\fR file -on the client. In \fBwarn.conf\fR, you can specify that you be supplied notice, -through \fBsyslog\fR or terminal or mail, of ticket expiration or to renew the -TGT. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/krb5/warn.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Kerberos warning configuration file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBwarn.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBkerberos\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBktkt_warnd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/security/ktkt_warn:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 914d56fe52..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LABELIT 1M "Oct 31, 2000" -.SH NAME -labelit \- list or provide labels for file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlabelit\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific-options\fR] \fIspecial\fR - [\fIoperands\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlabelit\fR utility is used to write or display labels on unmounted disk -file systems. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify the \fIFSType\fR on which to operate. The \fIFSType\fR should either be -specified here or be determinable from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR by matching the -\fIspecial\fR with an entry in the table. If no matching entry is found, the -default file system type specified in \fB/etc/default/fs\fR will be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Echo complete command line. This option may be used to verify and validate the -command line. Additional information obtained using a \fB/etc/vfstab\fR lookup -is included in the output. The command is not executed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify \fIFSType\fR-specific options. See the manual page for the -\fBlabelit\fR module specific to the file system type. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported. If no operands are specified, -\fBlabelit\fR will display the value of the labels. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIspecial\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The disk partition (for example, \fB/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s6\fR). The device may not -be on a remote machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoperands\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -\fIFSType\fR-specific operands. Consult the manual page of the -\fIFSType\fR-specific \fBlabelit\fR command for detailed descriptions. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBlabelit\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Write or display of labels was successful. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -List of default parameters for each file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/fs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Default local file system type. Default values can be set for the following -flags in \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. For example: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOCAL=ufs\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBLOCAL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The default partition for a command if no \fIFSType\fR is specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit_hsfs\fR(1M), \fBlabelit_udfs\fR(1M), \fBlabelit_ufs\fR(1M), -\fBvolcopy\fR(1M), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This utility may not be supported for all \fIFSTypes\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_hsfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_hsfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0ae31154b2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_hsfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1992, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LABELIT_HSFS 1M "Mar 20, 1992" -.SH NAME -labelit_hsfs \- provide and print labels for hsfs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/labelit\fR \fB-F\fR hsfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit\fR can be used to provide labels for unmounted CD-ROM images -(CD-ROMs may not be labeled, as they are read-only media). -.sp -.LP -\fIgeneric_options\fR are options supported by the generic \fBlabelit\fR -command. -.sp -.LP -If no \fIspecific_options\fR are specified, \fBlabelit\fR prints the current -value of all label fields. -.sp -.LP -The \fIspecial\fR name should be the physical disk section (for example, -\fB/dev/dsk/c0d0s6\fR). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Use one or more of the following \fIname\fR=\fIvalue\fR pairs separated by -commas (with no intervening spaces) to specify values for specific label -fields. According to the ISO 9660 specification, only certain sets of -characters may be used to fill in these labels. Thus, ``d-characters'' below -refers to the characters `A' through `Z', the digits `0' through `9', and the -`_' (underscore) character. ``a-characters'' below refers to `A' through `Z', -`0' through `9', space, and the following characters: !"%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?_. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBabsfile=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Abstract file identifier, d-characters, 37 characters maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapplid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Application identifier, d-characters, 128 characters maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbibfile=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Bibliographic file identifier, d-characters, 37 characters maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcopyfile=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Copyright file identifier, d-characters, 128 maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprepid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Data preparer identifier, d-characters, 128 maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpubid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Publisher identifier, d-characters, 128 maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsysid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -System identifier, a-characters, 32 maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvolid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Volume identifier, d-characters, 32 maximum. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvolsetid=\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Volume set identifier, d-characters, 128 maximum. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit\fR(1M), \fBvolcopy\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_udfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_udfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 41f6449b7a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_udfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LABELIT_UDFS 1M "Oct 31, 2000" -.SH NAME -labelit_udfs \- provide and print labels for udf file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlabelit\fR \fB-F \fR udfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR - [\fIfsname\fR \fIvolume\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlabelit\fR command writes labels on an unmounted disk that contains a -universal disk file (\fBudf\fR) system. These labels can be used to identify -volumes. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify \fIgeneric_options\fR supported by the generic \fBlabelit\fR command. -See \fBlabelit\fR(1M) for descriptions of supported options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify udfs-file-system-specific options in a comma-separated list with no -intervening spaces. The following \fIspecific_options\fR are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlvinfo1=\fR\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specify information to be inserted in the \fBLVInfo1\fR field of the -Implementation Use Volume Descriptor. Information in \fBLVInfo1\fR is generally -used to identify the person creating the file system. The maximum length of the -string specified is 35 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlvinfo2=\fR\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specify information to be inserted into the \fBLVInfo2\fR field of the -Implementation Use Volume Descriptor. Information in \fBLVInfo2\fR is generally -used to identify the organization responsible for creating the file system. The -maximum length of the string specified is 35 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlvinfo3=\fR\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specify information to be inserted into the \fBLVInfo3\fR field of the -Implementation Use Volume Descriptor. Information in \fBLVInfo3\fR is generally -used to identify the contact information for the medium. The maximum length of -the string specified is 35 bytes. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIspecial\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specify \fIspecial\fR as the physical disk slice, for example, -\fB/dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s6\fR. The device can not be on a remote machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfsname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specify \fIfsname\fR as the mount point, (for example, \fBroot\fR, \fBu1\fR, -and so forth), of the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specify \fIvolume\fR as the physical volume name. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If none of the options (\fIfsname\fR, \fIvolume\fR, \fIspecific_options\fR) is -specified, \fBlabelit\fR prints the current values of \fIfsname\fR, -\fIvolume\fR, \fBLVInfo1\fR, \fBLVInfo2\fR and \fBLVInfo3\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_ufs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_ufs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9111096be5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/labelit_ufs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LABELIT_UFS 1M "Apr 15, 2003" -.SH NAME -labelit_ufs \- provide and print labels for ufs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlabelit\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR [\fIfsname\fR \fIvolume\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit\fR is used to write labels on unmounted disk file systems. Such -labels may be used to uniquely identify volumes and are used by volume-oriented -programs such as \fBvolcopy\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following option is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -options supported by the generic \fBlabelit\fR command. See -\fBlabelit\fR(1M). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIspecial\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -name should be the physical disk section (for example, \fB/dev/dsk/c0d0s6\fR). -The device may not be on a remote machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfsname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -represents the mount point (for example, \fBroot\fR, \fBu1\fR, and so on) of -the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -may be used to represent the physical volume name. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If \fIfsname\fR and \fIvolume\fR are not specified, \fBlabelit\fR prints the -current values of these labels. Both \fIfsname\fR and \fIvolume\fR are -limited to six or fewer characters. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Write or display of labels was successful. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlabelit\fR(1M), \fBvolcopy\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBufs\fR(7FS) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/latencytop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/latencytop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e0c7e7ee88..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/latencytop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LATENCYTOP 1M "Sep 29, 2009" -.SH NAME -latencytop \- report latency-related statistics in system and in applications -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlatencytop\fR [\fB-t\fR \fIinterval\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIlog_file\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIlog_level\fR] - [\fB-f\fR [no]\fIfeature\fR,...] [\fB-l\fR \fIlog_interval\fR] [\fB-h\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -LatencyTOP is an observability tool that reports statistics about latencies in -the system and in applications. The tool reports statistics about where and -what kind of latencies are happening in the system and in the applications that -are running on the system. The statistics then can be used to improve -performance throughput of applications and system, as you remove the identified -latencies. -.sp -.LP -The tool analyzes system activity periodically and displays the data in the -output window. Two types of latencies are tracked: an LWP going in and out of -sleep and an LWP spinning order to acquire a synchronization object. The tool -uses the Solaris DTrace framework to collect the statistics corresponding to -these two scenarios of inactivity of the system and application LWPs. -.sp -.LP -The output window is divided into two sections. An upper part displays the -system-wide statistics, while the lower part displays statistics about -individual processes. The user can navigate the list of processes (using the -left- and right-arrow keys) and select the list they are interested in. The -tool will then display statistics about that selected process in the lower part -of the window. If the t or T key is pressed, the tool displays the LWP-specific -view of that selected process. The t or T key can be used to toggle between the -process-view and the thread-view. -.sp -.LP -During execution, a user can force a refresh of the analysis by pressing the r -or R key. The interval time is restored to the default or to a specified value -(if -t was used). To quit the application, the user must press the q or Q key. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR, \fB--feature\fR [\fBno\fR]\fIfeature1\fR,[\fBno\fR]\fIfeature2\fR,... -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables/disables features in LatencyTOP. Features can be only one of the -following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -[\fBno\fR]\fBfilter\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Filter large interruptible latencies, for example, sleep. The default is -\fBoff\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -[\fBno\fR]\fBsched\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Monitors \fBsched\fR (PID=0). The default is \fBoff\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -[\fBno\fR]\fBsobj\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Monitors synchronize objects. The default is \fBon\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -[\fBno\fR]\fBlow\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lower overhead by sampling small latencies. Enabling this feature will lower -CPU utilization by estimating small latencies statistically. Use it for heavy -workloads such as a very busy web server. The default is \fBoff\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the command's usage. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIlog_level\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the level of logging in the log file. Valid values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBnone\fR (default) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBunknown\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBall\fR -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR [\fIlog_interval\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Writes data to the log file every \fIlog_interval\fR seconds; -\fIlog_interval\fR must be greater than 60. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIlog_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the log file where output will be written. The default log file is -\fB/var/log/latencytop.log\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the interval, in seconds, at which the tool collects statistics from -the system. The possible values are between 1 and 60; the default is 5 seconds. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRRunning the Tool -.sp -.LP -The following command launches the tool with default values for options. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBlatencytop\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting the Interval -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the sampling interval to two seconds. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBlatencytop -t 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSpecifying the Log File -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the log file to \fB/tmp/latencytop.log\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBlatencytop -o /tmp/latencytop.log\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSpecifying the Log Level -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the log level to \fBall\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBlatencytop -l 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fREnabling Tracing of Latencies -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the tracing of latencies caused by -synchronization objects. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBlatencytop -f sobj\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Architecture x86, SPARC -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdtrace\fR(1M), \fBkstat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -You must have DTrace privileges to run LatencyTOP. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldap_cachemgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ldap_cachemgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3709d5d50b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldap_cachemgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LDAP_CACHEMGR 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -ldap_cachemgr \- LDAP daemon to manage client configuration for LDAP based -Network Information Service lookups -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/ldap/ldap_cachemgr\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIlog-file\fR] [\fB-g\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR daemon is a process that provides an up-to-date -configuration cache for LDAP naming services. It is started during multi-user -boot. -.sp -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR utility provides caching for all parameters as -specified and used by the LDAP naming service clients. The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR -utility uses the cache files which are originally created by executing the -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) utility, as cold start files. Updates to the cache files -take place dynamically if profiles are used to configure the client. See the -\fBinit\fR option to \fBldapclient\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR utility helps improve the performance of the clients -that are using LDAP as the Naming service repository. In order for the LDAP -naming services to function properly, the \fBldap_cachemgr\fR daemon must be -running. \fBldap_cachemgr\fR also improves system security by making the -configuration files readable by superuser only. -.sp -.LP -The cache maintained by this daemon is shared by all the processes that access -LDAP Naming information. All processes access this cache through a door call. -On startup, \fBldap_cachemgr\fR initializes the cache from the cache files. See -\fBldapclient\fR(1M). Thus, the cache survives machine reboots. -.sp -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR daemon also acts as its own administration tool. If an -instance of \fBldap_cachemgr\fR is already running, commands are passed -transparently to the running version. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print current configuration and statistics to standard output. This is the only -option executable without superuser privileges. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlog-file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cause \fBldap_cachemgr\fR to use a log file other than the default -\fB/var/ldap/cachemgr.log\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRStopping and Restarting the \fBldap_cachemgr\fR Daemon -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to stop and to restart the \fBldap_cachemgr\fR -daemon. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# svcadm disable network/ldap/client -example# svcadm enable network/ldap/client -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRForcing \fBldap_cachemgr\fR to Reread Configuration Files -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to force \fBldap_cachemgr\fR to reread the -\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_file\fR and \fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_cred\fR files - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# pkill -HUP ldap_cachemgr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/cachemgr.log\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_file\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_cred\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Files containing the LDAP configuration of the client. These files are not to -be modified manually. Their content is not guaranteed to be human readable. Use -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) to update these files. -.RE - -.SH WARNINGS -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR utility is included in the current Solaris release on -an uncommitted basis only. It is subject to change or removal in a future minor -release. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), \fBldaplist\fR(1), -\fBldapmodify\fR(1), \fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), \fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBpkill\fR(1), -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBidsconfig\fR(1M), \fBldapaddent\fR(1M), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fBresolv.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBldap_cachemgr\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/ldap/client -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapaddent.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapaddent.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2fd88040df..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapaddent.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,575 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LDAPADDENT 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -ldapaddent \- create LDAP entries from corresponding /etc files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR [\fB-cpv\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR] [\fB-b\fR \fIbaseDN\fR] - \fB-D\fR \fIbindDN\fR [\fB-w\fR \fIbind_password\fR] [\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] - \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR [\fB-cpv\fR] \fB-a\fR sasl/GSSAPI [\fB-b\fR \fIbaseDN\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] - \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR \fB-d\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR] [\fB-D\fR \fIbindDN\fR] - [\fB-w\fR \fIbind_password\fR] [\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR [\fB-cpv\fR] \fB-h\fR \fILDAP_server\fR[:\fIserverPort\fR] [\fB-M\fR \fIdomainName\fR] - [\fB-N\fR \fIprofileName\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIcertifPath\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbaseDN\fR] \fB-D\fR \fIbindDN\fR [\fB-w\fR \fIbind_password\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] - [\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR [\fB-cpv\fR] \fB-h\fR \fILDAP_server\fR[:\fIserverPort\fR] [\fB-M\fR \fIdomainName\fR] - [\fB-N\fR \fIprofileName\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIcertifPath\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbaseDN\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBldapaddent\fR \fB-d\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fB-h\fR \fILDAP_server\fR[:\fIserverPort\fR] [\fB-M\fR \fIdomainName\fR] - [\fB-N\fR \fIprofileName\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIcertifPath\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbaseDN\fR] \fB-D\fR \fIbindDN\fR [\fB-w\fR \fIbind_password\fR] [\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] - \fIdatabase\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBldapaddent\fR creates entries in LDAP containers from their corresponding -\fB/etc\fR files. This operation is customized for each of the standard -containers that are used in the administration of Solaris systems. The -\fIdatabase\fR argument specifies the type of the data being processed. Legal -values for this type are one of \fBaliases\fR, \fBauto_*\fR, \fBbootparams\fR, -\fBethers\fR, \fBgroup\fR, \fBhosts\fR (including both IPv4 and IPv6 -addresses), \fBipnodes\fR (alias for \fBhosts\fR), \fBnetgroup\fR, -\fBnetmasks\fR, \fBnetworks\fR, \fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow\fR, \fBprotocols\fR, -\fBpublickey\fR, \fBrpc\fR, and \fBservices\fR. In addition to the preceding, -the \fIdatabase\fR argument can be one of the RBAC-related files (see -\fBrbac\fR(5)): -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/auth_attr\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/prof_attr\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/exec_attr\fR -.RE -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBldapaddent\fR reads from the standard input and adds this data -to the LDAP container associated with the database specified on the command -line. An input file from which data can be read is specified using the \fB-f\fR -option. -.sp -.LP -If you specify the \fB-h\fR option, \fBldapaddent\fR establishes a connection -to the server indicated by the option in order to obtain a \fBDUAProfile\fR -specified by the \fB-N\fR option. The entries will be stored in the directory -described by the configuration obtained. -.sp -.LP -By default (if the \fB-h\fR option is not specified), entries will be stored in -the directory based on the client's configuration. To use the utility in the -default mode, the Solaris LDAP client must be set up in advance. -.sp -.LP -The location where entries are to be written can be overridden by using the -\fB-b\fR option. -.sp -.LP -If the entry to be added exists in the directory, the command displays an error -and exits, unless the \fB-c\fR option is used. -.sp -.LP -Although, there is a \fBshadow\fR database type, there is no corresponding -\fBshadow\fR container. Both the \fBshadow\fR and the \fBpasswd\fR data is -stored in the \fBpeople\fR container itself. Similarly, data from -\fBnetworks\fR and \fBnetmasks\fR databases are stored in the \fBnetworks\fR -container. -.sp -.LP -The \fBuser_attr\fR data is stored by default in the -\fBpeople\fR container. The \fBprof_attr\fR and \fBexec_attr\fR data is stored -by default in the \fBSolarisProfAttr\fR container. -.sp -.LP -You must add entries from the \fBpasswd\fR database before you attempt to add -entries from the \fBshadow\fR database. The addition of a \fBshadow\fR entry -that does not have a corresponding \fBpasswd\fR entry will fail. -.sp -.LP -The \fBpasswd\fR database must precede the \fBuser_attr\fR database. -.sp -.LP -For better performance, the recommended order in which the databases should be -loaded is as follows: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBpasswd\fR database followed by \fBshadow\fR database -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBnetworks\fR database followed by \fBnetmasks\fR database -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBbootparams\fR database followed by \fBethers\fR database -.RE -.sp -.LP -Only the first entry of a given type that is encountered will be added to the -LDAP server. The \fBldapaddent\fR command skips any duplicate entries. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The \fBldapaddent\fR command supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIauthenticationMethod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify authentication method. The default value is what has been configured in -the profile. The supported authentication methods are: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBsimple\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBsasl/CRAM-MD5\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBsasl/DIGEST-MD5\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBtls:simple\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBtls:sasl/CRAM-MD5\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBtls:sasl/DIGEST-MD5\fR -.RE -Selecting \fBsimple\fR causes passwords to be sent over the network in clear -text. Its use is strongly discouraged. Additionally, if the client is -configured with a profile which uses no authentication, that is, either the -\fBcredentialLevel\fR attribute is set to \fBanonymous\fR or -\fBauthenticationMethod\fR is set to \fBnone\fR, the user must use this option -to provide an authentication method. If the authentication method is -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR, \fIbindDN\fR and \fIbindPassword\fR is not required and the -\fBhosts\fR and \fBipnodes\fR fields of \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR must be -configured as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -hosts: dns files -ipnodes: dns files -.fi -.in -2 - -See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\ \fIbaseDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create entries in the \fIbaseDN\fR directory. \fIbaseDN\fR is not relative to -the client's default search base, but rather. it is the actual location where -the entries will be created. If this parameter is not specified, the first -search descriptor defined for the service or the default container will be -used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Continue adding entries to the directory even after an error. Entries will not -be added if the directory server is not responding or if there is an -authentication problem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\ \fIbindDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an entry which has write permission to the \fIbaseDN\fR. When used with -\fB-d\fR option, this entry only needs read permission. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dump the LDAP container to the standard output in the appropriate format for -the given database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates input file to read in an \fB/etc/\fR file format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fILDAP_server\fR[:\fIserverPort\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an address (or a name) and an optional port of the LDAP server in which -the entries will be stored. The current naming service specified in the -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR file is used. The default value for the port is \fB389\fR, -except when TLS is specified as the authentication method. In this case, the -default LDAP server port number is \fB636\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR\ \fIpasswdFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a file containing the password for the bind DN or the password for the -SSL client's key database. To protect the password, use this option in scripts -and place the password in a secure file. This option is mutually exclusive of -the \fB-w\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\ \fIdomainName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of a domain served by the specified server. If not specified, the -default domain name will be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR\ \fIprofileName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the \fBDUAProfile\fR name. A profile with such a name is supposed to -exist on the server specified by \fB-h\fR option. Otherwise, a default -\fBDUAProfile\fR will be used. The default value is \fBdefault\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\ \fIcertifPath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The certificate path for the location of the certificate database. The value is -the path where security database files reside. This is used for TLS support, -which is specified in the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR and -\fBserviceAuthenticationMethod\fR attributes. The default is \fB/var/ldap\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process the \fBpassword\fR field when loading password information from a file. -By default, the \fBpassword\fR field is ignored because it is usually not -valid, as the actual password appears in a \fBshadow\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\ \fIbindPassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Password to be used for authenticating the \fIbindDN\fR. If this parameter is -missing, the command will prompt for a password. \fBNULL\fR passwords are not -supported in LDAP. -.sp -When you use \fB-w\fR\ \fIbindPassword\fR to specify the password to be used -for authentication, the password is visible to other users of the system by -means of the \fBps\fR command, in script files or in shell history. -.sp -If you supply "\fB-\fR" (hyphen) as a password, you will be prompted to enter a -password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdatabase\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the database or service name. Supported values are: \fBaliases\fR, -\fBauto_*\fR, \fBbootparams\fR, \fBethers\fR, \fBgroup\fR, \fBhosts\fR -(including IPv6 addresses), \fBnetgroup\fR, \fBnetmasks\fR, \fBnetworks\fR, -\fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow\fR, \fBprotocols\fR, \fBpublickey\fR, \fBrpc\fR, and -\fBservices\fR. Also supported are \fBauth_attr\fR, \fBprof_attr\fR, -\fBexec_attr\fR, \fBuser_attr\fR, and \fBprojects\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding Password Entries to the Directory Server -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to add password entries to the directory -server: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapaddent -D "cn=directory manager" -w secret \e - -f /etc/passwd passwd\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAdding Group Entries -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to add \fBgroup\fR entries to the directory -server using \fBsasl/CRAM-MD5\fR as the authentication method: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapaddent -D "cn=directory manager" -w secret \e - -a "sasl/CRAM-MD5" -f /etc/group group\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRAdding \fBauto_master\fR Entries -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to add \fBauto_master\fR entries to the -directory server: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapaddent -D "cn=directory manager" -w secret \e - -f /etc/auto_master auto_master\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDumping \fBpasswd\fR Entries from the Directory to File -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to dump \fBpassword\fR entries from the -directory to a file \fBfoo\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapaddent -d passwd > foo\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRAdding Password Entries to a Specific Directory Server -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to add password entries to a directory server -that you specify: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapaddent -h 10.10.10.10:3890 \e --M another.domain.name -N special_duaprofile \e --D "cn=directory manager" -w secret \e --f /etc/passwd passwd\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_file\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_cred\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Files containing the LDAP configuration of the client. These files are not to -be modified manually. Their content is not guaranteed to be human readable. Use -\fBldapclient\fR(1M) to update these files. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBldaplist\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), \fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBidsconfig\fR(1M), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH CAUTION -.LP -Currently StartTLS is not supported by \fBlibldap.so.5\fR, therefore the port -number provided refers to the port used during a TLS open, rather than the port -used as part of a StartTLS sequence. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --h foo:1000 -a tls:simple -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The preceding refers to a raw TLS open on host \fBfoo\fR port 1000, not an -open, StartTLS sequence on an unsecured port 1000. If port 1000 is unsecured -the connection will not be made. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapclient.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapclient.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bb8162458d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldapclient.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1179 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LDAPCLIENT 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -ldapclient \- initialize LDAP client machine or output an LDAP client profile -in LDIF format -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] init [\fB-a\fR profileName=\fIprofileName\fR] - [\fB-a\fR domainName=\fIdomain\fR] [\fB-a\fR proxyDN=\fIproxyDN\fR] - [\fB-a\fR proxyPassword=\fIpassword\fR] - [\fB-a\fR authenticationMethod=\fIauthenticationMethod\fR] - [\fB-a\fR enableShadowUpdate=true | false] - [\fB-a\fR adminDN=\fIadminDN\fR] - [\fB-a\fR adminPassword=\fIadminPassword\fR] - [\fB-a\fR certificatePath=\fIpath\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIbindDN\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIbindPassword\fR] - [\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] [\fB-y\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR] - [\fB-z\fR \fIadminrPasswdFile\fR] \fILDAP_server\fR[:\fIport_number\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] manual [\fB-a\fR attrName=\fIattrVal\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] mod [\fB-a\fR attrName=\fIattrVal\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] list -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] uninit -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ldapclient\fR [\fB-v\fR | \fB-q\fR] genprofile \fB-a\fR profileName=\fIprofileName\fR - [\fB-a\fR attrName=\fIattrVal\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBldapclient\fR utility can be used to: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -initialize LDAP client machines -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -restore the network service environment on LDAP clients -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -list the contents of the LDAP client cache in human readable format. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The \fBinit\fR form of the \fBldapclient\fR utility is used to initialize an -LDAP client machine, using a profile stored on an LDAP server specified by -\fBLDAP_server\fR. The LDAP client will use the attributes in the specified -profile to determine the configuration of the LDAP client. Using a -configuration profile allows for easy installation of LDAP client and -propagation of configuration changes to LDAP clients. The -\fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M) utility will update the LDAP client configuration when -its cache expires by reading the profile. For more information on the -configuration profile refer to IETF document \fIA Configuration Schema for LDAP -Based Directory User Agents\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmanual\fR form of the \fBldapclient\fR utility is used to initialize an -LDAP client machine manually. The LDAP client will use the attributes specified -on the command line. Any unspecified attributes will be assigned their default -values. At least one server must be specified in the \fBdefaultServerList\fR or -the \fBpreferredServerList\fR attributes.The \fBdomainName\fR attribute must be -specified if the client's \fBdomainName\fR is not set. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmod\fR form of the \fBldapclient\fR utility is used to modify the -configuration of an LDAP client machine that was setup manually. This option -modifies only those LDAP client configuration attributes specified on the -command line. The \fBmod\fR option should only be used on LDAP clients that -were initialized using the \fBmanual\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Regardless of which method is used for initialization, if a client is to be -configured to use a proxy \fBcredentialLevel\fR, proxy credentials must be -provided using \fB-a\fR \fBproxyDN=\fIproxyDN\fR\fR and \fB-a\fR -\fBproxyPassword=\fIproxyPassword\fR\fR options. However, if \fB-a\fR -\fBproxyPassword=\fIproxyPassword\fR\fR is not specified, \fBldapclient\fR will -prompt for it. Note that \fINULL\fR passwords are not allowed in LDAP. If a -self \fBcredentialLevel\fR is configured, \fBauthenticationMethod\fR must be -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR. -.sp -.LP -Similarly, if a client is to be configured to enable shadow information update -and use a proxy credentialLevel, administrator credentials must be provided -using \fB-a\fR \fBadminDN=\fR\fIadminDN\fR and \fB-a\fR -\fBadminPassword=\fR\fIadminPassword\fR. However, the shadow information update -does not need the administrator credentials if a self \fBcredentialLevel\fR is -configured. -.sp -.LP -If any file is modified during installation, it will be backed up to -\fB/var/ldap/restore\fR. The files that are typically modified during -initialization are: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/defaultdomain\fR (if it exists) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/yp/binding/`domainname`\fR (for a NIS(YP) client) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_file\fR (for an existing LDAP client) -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_cred\fR (for an existing LDAP client) -.RE -.sp -.LP -\fBldapclient\fR does not set up a client to resolve hostnames using DNS. It -simply copies \fB/etc/nsswitch.ldap\fR to \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR. If you -prefer to use DNS for host resolution, please refer to the DNS documentation -for information on setting up DNS. See \fBresolv.conf\fR(4). If you want to use -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR as the authentication method, you have to use DNS for -\fBhosts\fR and \fBipnodes\fR resolution. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist\fR form of the \fBldapclient\fR utility is used to list the LDAP -client configuration. The output will be human readable. LDAP configuration -files are not guaranteed to be human readable. Note that for security reason, -the values for adminDN and adminPassword will not be displayed. -.sp -.LP -The \fBuninit\fR form of the \fBldapclient\fR utility is used to uninitialize -the network service environment, restoring it to the state it was in prior to -the last execution of \fBldapclient\fR using \fBinit\fR or \fBmanual\fR. The -restoration will succeed only if the machine was initialized with the -\fBinit\fR or \fBmanual\fR form of \fBldapclient\fR, as it uses the backup -files created by these options. -.sp -.LP -The \fBgenprofile\fR option is used to write an LDIF formatted configuration -profile based on the attributes specified on the command line to standard -output. This profile can then be loaded into an LDAP server to be used as the -client profile, which can be downloaded by means of the \fBldapclient init\fR -command. Loading the LDIF formatted profile to the directory server can be done -through \fBldapadd\fR(1), or through any server specific import tool. Note that -the attributes \fBproxyDN\fR, \fBproxyPassword\fR, \fBcertificatePath\fR, -\fBdomainName\fR, \fBenableShadowUpdate\fR, \fBadminDN\fR, and -\fBadminPassword\fR are not part of the configuration profile and thus are not -permitted. -.sp -.LP -You must have superuser privileges to run the \fBldapclient\fR command, except -with the \fBgenprofile\fR option. -.sp -.LP -To access the information stored in the directory, clients can either -authenticate to the directory, or use an unauthenticated connection. The LDAP -client is configured to have a credential level of either \fBanonymous\fR or -\fBproxy\fR. In the first case, the client does not authenticate to the -directory. In the second case, client authenticates to the directory using a -proxy identity for read access, and using a administrator identity for write -access if \fBenableShadowUpdate\fR is configured. In the third case, client -authenticates to the directory using a Kerberos principal that is mapped to an -LDAP identity by the LDAP server. Refer to the chapter on implementing security -in the \fISystem Administration Guide: Naming and Directory Services (DNS, NIS, -and LDAP)\fR or your appropriate directory server documentation for identity -mapping details. -.sp -.LP -If a client is configured to use an identity, you can configure which -authentication method the client will use. The LDAP client supports the -following authentication methods: -.br -.in +2 -\fBnone\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBsimple\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBsasl/CRAM-MD5\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBsasl/DIGEST-MD5\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBtls:none\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBtls:simple\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBtls:sasl/CRAM-MD5\fR -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fBtls:sasl/DIGEST-MD5\fR -.in -2 -.sp -.LP -Note that some directory servers may not support all of these authentication -methods. For \fBsimple\fR, be aware that the bind password will be sent in the -clear to the LDAP server. For those authentication methods using TLS (transport -layer security), the entire session is encrypted. You will need to install the -appropriate certificate databases to use TLS. Note that the \fBtls:none\fR -authentication method requires a \fBcredentialLevel\fR of \fBproxy\fR to -take effect. -.SS "Commands" -The following commands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initialize client from a profile on a server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmanual\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Manually initialize client with the specified attribute values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify attribute values in the configuration file after a manual initialization -of the client. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write the contents of the LDAP client cache to standard output in human -readable form. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBuninit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uninitialize an LDAP client, assuming that \fBldapclient\fR was used to -initialize the client. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgenprofile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Generate a configuration profile in LDIF format that can then be stored in the -directory for clients to use, with the \fBinit\fR form of this command. -.RE - -.SS "Attributes" -The following attributes are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadminDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the Bind Distinguished Name for the administrator identity that is used -for shadow information update. This option is required if the credential level -is \fBproxy\fR, and \fBenableShadowUpdate\fR is set to \fBtrue\fR. There is no -default value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadminPassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the administrator password. This option is required if the credential -level is \fBproxy\fR, and \fBenableShadowUpdate\fR is set to \fBtrue\fR. There -is no default value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBattributeMap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a mapping from an attribute defined by a service to an attribute in an -alternative schema. This can be used to change the default schema used for a -given service. The syntax of \fBattributeMap\fR is defined in the profile IETF -draft. This option can be specified multiple times. The default value for all -services is \fINULL\fR. In the example, -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -attributeMap: passwd:uid=employeeNumber -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -the LDAP client would use the LDAP attribute \fBemployeeNumber\fR rather than -\fBuid\fR for the \fBpasswd\fR service. This is a multivalued attribute. -.sp -To use rfc2307bis style groups (with a DN rather than username as the -attribute value), map the \fBmemberUid\fR attribute to the group attribute -being used (typically either \fBuniqueMember\fR or \fBmember\fR), for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -attributeMap: group:memberUid=uniqueMember -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Group membership in a given directory is expected to be maintained with -either username format member attributes, or DN format member attributes. If -both are present they must describe identical memberships or unexpected -results may be obtained. For DN format attributes, the username is required -to be the RDN of the entry. Note that nested groups are not currently -supported, and unexpected results may be obtained if they are used. - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauthenticationMethod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the default authentication method used by all services unless -overridden by the \fBserviceAuthenticationMethod\fR attribute. Multiple values -can be specified by using a semicolon-separated list. The default value is -\fBnone\fR. For those services that use \fBcredentialLevel\fR and -\fBcredentialLevel\fR is \fBanonymous\fR, this attribute is ignored. Services -such as \fBpam_ldap\fR will use this attribute, even if \fBcredentialLevel\fR -is anonymous. The supported authentication methods are described above. If the -authenticationMethod is \fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR, the \fBhosts\fR and \fBipnodes\fR of -\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR must be configured with DNS support, for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -hosts: dns files -ipnodes: dns files -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbindTimeLimit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum time in seconds that a client should spend performing a bind -operation. Set this to a positive integer. The default value is 30. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcertificatePath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The certificate path for the location of the certificate database. The value is -the path where security database files reside. This is used for TLS support, -which is specified in the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR and -\fBserviceAuthenticationMethod\fR attributes. The default is \fB/var/ldap\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcredentialLevel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the credential level the client should use to contact the directory. -The credential levels supported are either \fBanonymous\fR or \fBproxy\fR. If a -\fBproxy\fR credential level is specified, then the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR -attribute must be specified to determine the authentication mechanism. Also, if -the credential level is \fBproxy\fR and at least one of the authentication -methods require a bind DN, the \fBproxyDN\fR and \fBproxyPassword\fR attribute -values must be set. In addition, if \fBenableShadowUpdate\fR is set to -\fBtrue\fR, the \fBadminDN\fR and \fBadminPassword\fR values must be set. If a -self credential level is specified, the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR must be -\fBsasl/GSSAPI\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaultSearchBase\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the default search base DN. There is no default. The -\fBserviceSearchDescriptor\fR attribute can be used to override the -\fBdefaultSearchBase\fR for given services. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaultSearchScope=one | sub\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the default search scope for the client's search operations. This -default can be overridden for a given service by specifying a -\fBserviceSearchDescriptor\fR. The default is one level search. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaultServerList\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A space separated list of server names or server addresses, either IPv4 or -IPv6. If you specify server names, be sure that the LDAP client can resolve the -name without the LDAP name service. You must resolve the LDAP servers' names by -using either \fBfiles\fR or \fBdns\fR. If the LDAP server name cannot be -resolved, your naming service will fail. -.sp -The port number is optional. If not specified, the default LDAP server port -number 389 is used, except when TLS is specified in the authentication method. -In this case, the default LDAP server port number is 636. -.sp -The format to specify the port number for an IPv6 address is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -[ipv6_addr]:port -.fi -.in -2 - -To specify the port number for an IPv4 address, use the following format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ipv4_addr:port -.fi -.in -2 - -If the host name is specified, use the format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -host_name:port -.fi -.in -2 - -If you use TLS, the LDAP server's hostname must match the hostname in the TLS -certificate. Typically, the hostname in the TLS certificate is a fully -qualified domain name. With TLS, the LDAP server host addresses must resolve to -the hostnames in the TLS certificate. You must use \fBfiles\fR or \fBdns\fR to -resolve the host address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdomainName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the DNS domain name. This becomes the default domain for the machine. -The default is the current domain name. This attribute is only used in client -initialization. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenableShadowUpdate=true | false\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify whether the client is allowed to update shadow information. If set to -\fBtrue\fR and the credential level is \fBproxy\fR, \fBadminDN\fR and -\fBadminPassword\fR must be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfollowReferrals=true | false\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the referral setting. A setting of true implies that referrals will be -automatically followed and false would result in referrals not being followed. -The default is true. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBobjectclassMap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a mapping from an \fBobjectclass\fR defined by a service to an -\fBobjectclass\fR in an alternative schema. This can be used to change the -default schema used for a given service. The syntax of \fBobjectclassMap\fR is -defined in the profile IETF draft. This option can be specified multiple times. -The default value for all services is \fINULL\fR. In the example, -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -objectclassMap=passwd:posixAccount=unixAccount -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -the LDAP client would use the LDAP \fBobjectclass\fR of \fBunixAccount\fR -rather than the \fBposixAccount\fR for the \fBpasswd\fR service. This is a -multivalued attribute. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpreferredServerList\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the space separated list of server names or server addresses, either -IPv4 or IPv6, to be contacted before servers specified by the -\fBdefaultServerList\fR attribute. If you specify server names, be sure that -the LDAP client can resolve the name without the LDAP name service. You must -resolve the LDAP servers' names by using either \fBfiles\fR or \fBdns\fR. If -the LDAP server name cannot be resolved, your naming service will fail. -.sp -The port number is optional. If not specified, the default LDAP server port -number 389 is used, except when TLS is specified in the authentication method. -In this case, the default LDAP server port number is 636. -.sp -The format to specify the port number for an IPv6 address is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -[ipv6_addr]:port -.fi -.in -2 - -To specify the port number for an IPv4 address, use the following format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ipv4_addr:port -.fi -.in -2 - -If the host name is specified, use the format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -host_name:port -.fi -.in -2 - -If you use TLS, the LDAP server's hostname must match the hostname in the TLS -certificate. Typically, the hostname in the TLS certificate is a fully -qualified domain name. With TLS, the LDAP server host addresses must resolve to -the hostnames in the TLS certificate. You must use \fBfiles\fR or \fBdns\fR to -resolve the host address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprofileName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the profile name. For \fBldapclient init\fR, this attribute is the name -of an existing profile which may be downloaded periodically depending on the -value of the \fBprofileTTL\fR attribute. For \fBldapclient genprofile\fR, this -is the name of the profile to be generated. The default value is \fBdefault\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprofileTTL\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the TTL value in seconds for the client information. This is only -relevant if the machine was initialized with a client profile. If you do not -want \fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M) to attempt to refresh the LDAP client -configuration from the LDAP server, set \fBprofileTTL\fR to 0 (zero). Valid -values are either zero 0 (for no expiration) or a positive integer in seconds. -The default value is 12 hours. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproxyDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the Bind Distinguished Name for the proxy identity. This option is -required if the credential level is \fBproxy\fR, and at least one of the -authentication methods requires a bind DN. There is no default value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproxyPassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify client proxy password. This option is required if the credential level -is \fBproxy\fR, and at least one of the authentication methods requires a bind -DN. There is no default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsearchTimeLimit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify maximum number of seconds allowed for an LDAP search operation. The -default is 30 seconds. The server may have its own search time limit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBserviceAuthenticationMethod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify authentication methods to be used by a service in the form -\fIservicename\fR:\fBauthenticationmethod\fR, for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pam_ldap:tls:simple -.fi -.in -2 - -For multiple authentication methods, use a semicolon-separated list. The -default value is no service authentication methods, in which case, each service -would default to the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR value. The supported -authentications are described above. -.sp -Three services support this feature: \fBpasswd-cmd\fR, \fBkeyserv\fR, and -\fBpam_ldap\fR. The \fBpasswd-cmd\fR service is used to define the -authentication method to be used by \fBpasswd\fR(1) to change the user's -password and other attributes. The \fBkeyserv\fR service is used to identify -the authentication method to be used by the \fBchkey\fR(1) and \fBnewkey\fR(1M) -utilities. The \fBpam_ldap\fR service defines the authentication method to be -used for authenticating users when \fBpam_ldap\fR(5) is configured. If this -attribute is not set for any of these services, the \fBauthenticationMethod\fR -attribute is used to define the authentication method. This is a multivalued -attribute. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBserviceCredentialLevel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify credential level to be used by a service. Multiple values can be -specified in a space-separated list. The default value for all services is -\fINULL\fR. The supported credential levels are: \fBanonymous\fR or -\fBproxy\fR. At present, no service uses this attribute. This is a multivalued -attribute. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBserviceSearchDescriptor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Override the default base DN for LDAP searches for a given service. The format -of the descriptors also allow overriding the default search scope and search -filter for each service. The syntax of \fBserviceSearchDescriptor\fR is defined -in the profile IETF draft. The default value for all services is \fINULL\fR. -This is a multivalued attribute. In the example, -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -serviceSearchDescriptor=passwd:ou=people,dc=a1,dc=example,dc=com?one -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -the LDAP client would do a one level search in -\fBou=people,dc=a1,dc=example,dc=com\fR rather than -\fBou=people,\fIdefaultSearchBase\fR\fR for the \fBpasswd\fR service. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBattrName=\fR\fIattrValue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBattrName\fR and its value. See \fBSYNOPSIS\fR for a complete list of -possible attribute names and values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIbindDN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies an entry that has read permission for the requested database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a file containing the password for the bind DN or the password for the -SSL client's key database. To protect the password, use this option in scripts -and place the password in a secure file. This option is mutually exclusive of -the \fB-w\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quiet mode. No output is generated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIbindPassword\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Password to be used for authenticating the bind DN. If this parameter is -missing, the command will prompt for a password. \fBNULL\fR passwords are not -supported in LDAP. -.sp -When you use \fB-w\fR \fIbindPassword\fR to specify the password to be used for -authentication, the password is visible to other users of the system by means -of the \fBps\fR command, in script files, or in shell history. -.sp -If you supply "\fB-\fR" (hyphen) as a password, the command will prompt for a -password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR \fIpasswdFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a file containing the password for the proxy DN. To protect the -password, use this option in scripts and place the password in a secure file. -This option is mutually exclusive of the \fB-a\fR \fIproxyPassword\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIadminrPasswdFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a file containing the password for the \fBadminDN\fR. To protect the -password, use this option in scripts and place the password in a secure file. -This option is mutually exclusive of the \fB-a\fR \fIadminPassword\fR option. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fILDAP_server\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An address or a name for the LDAP server from which the profile will be loaded. -The current naming service specified in the \fBnsswitch.conf\fR file is used. -Once the profile is loaded, the \fBpreferredServerList\fR and -\fBdefaultServerList\fR specified in the profile are used. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting Up a Client By Using the Default Profile Stored on a -Specified LDAP Server -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to set up a client using the default profile -stored on the specified LDAP server. This command will only be successful if -either the credential level in the profile is set to \fBanonymous\fR or the -authentication method is set to \fBnone\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient init 172.16.100.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting Up a Client By Using the \fBsimple\fR Profile Stored on -a Specified LDAP Server -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to set up a client using the \fBsimple\fR -profile stored on the specified LDAP server. The domainname is set to -\fBxyz.example.com\fR and the proxyPassword is \fBsecret\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient init -a profileName=simple \e --a domainName=xyz.example.com \e --a proxyDN=cn=proxyagent,ou=profile,dc=xyz,dc=example,dc=com \e --a proxyPassword=secret '['fe80::a00:20ff:fea3:388']':386\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSetting Up a Client Using Only One Server -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to set up a client using only one server. The -authentication method is set to \fBnone\fR, and the search base is -\fBdc=example,dc=com\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient manual -a authenticationMethod=none \e --a defaultSearchBase=dc=example,dc=com \e --a defaultServerList=172.16.100.1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSetting Up a Client Using Only One Server That Does Not Follow -Referrals -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to set up a client using only one server. The -credential level is set to \fBproxy\fR. The authentication method of is -\fBsasl/CRAM-MD5\fR, with the option not to follow referrals. The domain name -is \fBxyz.example.com\fR, and the LDAP server is running on port number 386 -at IP address \fB172.16.100.1\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient manual \e --a credentialLevel=proxy \e --a authenticationMethod=sasl/CRAM-MD5 \e --a proxyPassword=secret \e --a proxyDN=cn=proxyagent,ou=profile,dc=xyz,dc=example,dc=com \e --a defaultSearchBase=dc=xyz,dc=example,dc=com \e --a domainName=xyz.example.com \e --a followReferrals=false \e --a defaultServerList=172.16.100.1:386\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRUsing \fBgenprofile\fR to Set Only the \fBdefaultSearchBase\fR -and the Server Addresses -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to use the \fBgenprofile\fR command to set the -\fBdefaultSearchBase\fR and the server addresses. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient genprofile -a profileName=myprofile \e --a defaultSearchBase=dc=eng,dc=sun,dc=com \e --a "defaultServerList=172.16.100.1 172.16.234.15:386" \e -> myprofile.ldif\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRCreating a Profile on IPv6 servers -.sp -.LP -The following example creates a profile on IPv6 servers - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient genprofile -a profileName=eng \e --a credentialLevel=proxy \e --a authenticationMethod=sasl/DIGEST-MD5 \e --a defaultSearchBase=dc=eng,dc=example,dc=com \e --a "serviceSearchDescriptor=passwd:ou=people,dc=a1,dc=example,dc=com?one"\e --a preferredServerList= '['fe80::a00:20ff:fea3:388']' \e --a "defaultServerList='['fec0::111:a00:20ff:fea3:edcf']' \e - '['fec0::111:a00:20ff:feb5:e41']'" > eng.ldif\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRCreating a Profile That Overrides Every Default Value -.sp -.LP -The following example shows a profile that overrides every default value. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBldapclient genprofile -a profileName=eng \e --a credentialLevel=proxy -a authenticationMethod=sasl/DIGEST-MD5 \e --a bindTimeLimit=20 \e --a defaultSearchBase=dc=eng,dc=example,dc=com \e --a "serviceSearchDescriptor=passwd:ou=people,dc=a1,dc=example,dc=com?one"\e --a serviceAuthenticationMethod=pam_ldap:tls:simple \e --a defaultSearchScope=sub \e --a attributeMap=passwd:uid=employeeNumber \e --a objectclassMap=passwd:posixAccount=unixAccount \e --a followReferrals=false -a profileTTL=6000 \e --a preferredServerList=172.16.100.30 -a searchTimeLimit=30 \e --a "defaultServerList=172.16.200.1 172.16.100.1 192.168.5.6" > eng.ldif\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The command successfully executed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. An error message is output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB2\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBproxyDN\fR and \fBproxyPassword\fR attributes are required, but they are not -provided. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_cred\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB/var/ldap/ldap_client_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contain the LDAP configuration of the client. These files are not to be -modified manually. Their content is not guaranteed to be human readable. Use -\fBldapclient\fR to update them. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/defaultdomain\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System default domain name, matching the domain name of the data in the LDAP -servers. See \fBdefaultdomain\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration file for the name-service switch. See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.ldap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sample configuration file for the name-service switch configured with LDAP and -files. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBchkey\fR(1), \fBldap\fR(1), \fBldapadd\fR(1), \fBldapdelete\fR(1), -\fBldaplist\fR(1), \fBldapmodify\fR(1), \fBldapmodrdn\fR(1), -\fBldapsearch\fR(1), \fBidsconfig\fR(1M), \fBldapaddent\fR(1M), -\fBldap_cachemgr\fR(1M), \fBdefaultdomain\fR(4), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBresolv.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH CAUTION -Currently \fBStartTLS\fR is not supported by \fBlibldap.so.5\fR, therefore the -port number provided refers to the port used during a TLS open, rather than the -port used as part of a \fBStartTLS\fR sequence. To avoid timeout delays, mixed -use of TLS and non-TLS authentication mechanisms is not recommended. -.sp -.LP -For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --h foo:1000 -a authenticationMethod=tls:simple -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...or: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -defaultServerList= foo:1000 -authenticationMethod= tls:simple -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The preceding refers to a raw TLS open on host \fBfoo\fR port 1000, not an -open, StartTLS sequence on an unsecured port 1000. If port 1000 is unsecured -the connection will not be made. -.sp -.LP -As a second example, the following will incur a significant timeout delay while -attempting the connection to \fBfoo:636\fR with an unsecured bind. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -defaultServerList= foo:636 foo:389 -authenticationMethod= simple -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldmad.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ldmad.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 49054921df..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ldmad.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LDMAD 1M "Sep 8, 2009" -.SH NAME -ldmad \- Logical Domains Agents daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/ldoms/ldmad\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBldmad\fR daemon is part of the framework that enables Logical Domain -agents to run on a Logical Domain. A Logical Domain agent is a component that -interacts with the control domain for providing features or information. -.sp -.LP -\fBldmad\fR is responsible for running agents on a Logical Domain and must be -enabled to ensure proper functionality of all features provided by the domain -manager on the control domain. It is started at boot time and has no -configuration options. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Unstable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBsyslog.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -\fBldmad\fR uses \fBsyslog\fR(3C) to report status and error messages. All of -the messages are logged with the \fBLOG_DAEMON\fR facility. Error messages are -logged with the \fBLOG_ERR\fR and \fBLOG_NOTICE\fR priorities, and -informational messages are logged with the \fBLOG_INFO\fR priority. The default -entries in the \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR file log all of the \fBldmad\fR error -messages to the \fB/var/adm/messages\fR log. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBldmad\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/ldoms/agents:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/link.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/link.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5d49d65f29..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/link.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2002Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LINK 1M "Oct 9, 2002" -.SH NAME -link, unlink \- link and unlink files and directories -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/link \fR \fIexisting-file\fR \fInew-file\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/xpg4/bin/link \fR \fIexisting-file\fR \fInew-file\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/unlink\fR \fIfile\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlink\fR and \fBunlink\fR commands link and unlink files and directories. -Only super-users can use these commands on directories. -.sp -.LP -Use \fBlink\fR to create a new file that points to an existing file. The -\fIexisting-file\fR and \fInew-file\fR operands specify the existing file and -newly-created files. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBlink\fR and \fBunlink\fR directly invoke the \fBlink\fR(2) and -\fBunlink\fR(2) system calls, performing exactly what they are told to do and -abandoning all error checking. This differs from the \fBln\fR(1) command. See -\fBln\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -While linked files and directories can be removed using \fBunlink\fR, it is -safer to use \fBrm\fR(1) and \fBrmdir\fR(1) instead. See \fBrm\fR(1) and -\fBrmdir\fR(1). -.SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/link" -.sp -.LP -If the existing file being hard linked is itself a symbolic link, then the -newly created file (\fInew-file\fR) will be a hard link to the file referenced -by the symbolic link, not to the symbolic link object itself -(\fIexisting-file\fR). -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIexisting-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the name of the existing file to be linked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the name of the file to be unlinked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInew-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the name of newly created (linked) file. -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.LP -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBlink\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, -\fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.SS "/usr/xpg4/bin/link" -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Standard -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBln\fR(1), \fBrm\fR(1), \fBlink\fR(2), \fBunlink\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/listdgrp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/listdgrp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 19155b1d56..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/listdgrp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LISTDGRP 1M "Jul 5, 1990" -.SH NAME -listdgrp \- lists members of a device group -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/listdgrp\fR \fIdgroup\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBlistdgrp\fR displays the members of the device groups specified by the -\fIdgroup\fR list. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAn example of \fBlistdgrp\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following example lists the devices that belong to group \fBpartitions\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% listdgrp partitions - root - swap - usr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command was syntax incorrect, an invalid option used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -A device group table could not be opened for reading. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -A device group \fIdgroup\fR could not be found in the device group table. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dgroup.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Device group table. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBputdgrp\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/listen.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/listen.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3082f614f9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/listen.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LISTEN 1M "Apr 3, 1997" -.SH NAME -listen \- network listener daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/saf/listen\fR [\fB-m\fR \fIdevstem\fR] \fInet_spec\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlisten\fR process ``listens'' to a network for service requests, accepts -requests when they arrive, and invokes servers in response to those service -requests. The network listener process may be used with any connection-oriented -network (more precisely, with any connection-oriented transport provider) that -conforms to the Transport Layer Interface (TLI) Specification. -.sp -.LP -The listener internally generates a pathname for the minor device for each -connection; it is this pathname that is used in the \fButmpx\fR entry for a -service, if one is created. By default, this pathname is the concatenation of -the prefix \fB/dev/\fR\fInetspec\fR with the decimal representation of the -minor device number. In either case, the representation of the minor device -number will be at least two digits (for example, 05 or 27), or longer when it -is necessary to accommodate minor device numbers larger than 99. -.SH SERVER INVOCATION -.sp -.LP -When a connection indication is received, the listener creates a new transport -endpoint and accepts the connection on that endpoint. Before giving the file -descriptor for this new connection to the server, any designated STREAMS -modules are pushed and the configuration script is executed, (if one exists). -This file descriptor is appropriate for use with either TLI (see -\fBt_sync\fR(3NSL) ) or the sockets interface library. -.sp -.LP -By default, a new instance of the server is invoked for each connection. When -the server is invoked, file descriptor 0 refers to the transport endpoint, and -is open for reading and writing. File descriptors 1 and 2 are copies of file -descriptor 0; no other file descriptors are open. The service is invoked with -the user and group IDs of the user name under which the service was registered -with the listener, and with the current directory set to the HOME directory of -that user. -.sp -.LP -Alternatively, a service may be registered so that the listener will pass -connections to a standing server process through a FIFO or a named stream, -instead of invoking the server anew for each connection. In this case, the -connection is passed in the form of a file descriptor that refers to the new -transport endpoint. Before the file descriptor is sent to the server, the -listener interprets any configuration script registered for that service using -\fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), although \fBdoconfig\fR is invoked with both the -\fBNORUN\fR and \fBNOASSIGN\fR flags. The server receives the file descriptor -for the connection in a \fBstrrecvfd\fR structure using an \fBI_RECVFD\fR -\fBioctl\fR(2). -.sp -.LP -For more details about the listener and its administration, see -\fBnlsadmin\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fIdevstem\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The listener will use \fIdevstem\fR as the prefix for the pathname. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/\fR\fI*\fR -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsac\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), -\fBioctl\fR(2), \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), \fBnlsgetcall\fR(3NSL), -\fBnlsprovider\fR(3NSL), \fBt_sync\fR(3NSL), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBstreamio\fR(7I) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -When passing a connection to a standing server, the user and group IDs -contained in the \fBstrrecvfd\fR structure will be those for the listener (that -is, they will both be 0); the user name under which the service was registered -with the listener is not reflected in these IDs. -.sp -.LP -When operating multiple instances of the listener on a single transport -provider, there is a potential race condition in the binding of addresses -during initialization of the listeners, if any of their services have -dynamically assigned addresses. This condition would appear as an inability of -the listener to bind a static-address service to its otherwise valid address, -and would result from a dynamic-address service having been bound to that -address by a different instance of the listener. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/locator.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/locator.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c87f500e02..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/locator.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LOCATOR 1M "Sep 4, 2001" -.SH NAME -locator \- location indicator control -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB /usr/sbin/locator\fR [\fB-f\fR | \fB-n\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The locator command sets or queries the state of the system locator if such a -device exists. -.sp -.LP -Without options, the locator command reports the current state of the system. -.sp -.LP -The privileges required to use this command are hardware dependent. Typically, -only the super user can get or set a locator. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Turns the locator off. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Turns the locator on. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBlocator\fR Command on a Platform Which Has a -System Locator LED -.sp -.LP -When issued on a platform which has a system locator \fBLED\fR, the following -command turns the locator on: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBlocator \fR\fB-n\fR -# \fBlocator\fR -The 'system' locator is on -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing the \fBlocator\fR Command on a Platform Which Does Not -Have a System Locator LED -.sp -.LP -When issued on a platform which does not have a system locator \fBLED\fR, the -following command attempts to turn the locator on. The command returns an error -message. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBlocator \fR\fB-n\fR -\&'system' locator not found -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command line input. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The requested operation failed. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lockfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lockfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3807d0461c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lockfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,345 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LOCKFS 1M "Jan 2, 2008" -.SH NAME -lockfs \- change or report file system locks -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/lockfs\fR [\fB-adefhnuw\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIstring\fR] [\fIfile-system\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBlockfs\fR is used to change and report the status of file system locks. -\fBlockfs\fR reports the lock status and unlocks the file systems that were -improperly left locked. -.sp -.LP -Using \fBlockfs\fR to lock a file system is discouraged because this requires -extensive knowledge of SunOS internals to be used effectively and correctly. -.sp -.LP -When invoked with no arguments, \fBlockfs\fR lists the \fBUFS\fR file systems -that are locked. If \fIfile-system\fR is not specified, and \fB-a\fR is -specified, \fBlockfs\fR is run on all mounted, \fBUFS\fR type file systems. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The options are mutually exclusive: \fBwndheuf\fR. If you do specify more than -one of these options on a \fBlockfs\fR command line, the utility does not -protest and invokes only the last option specified. In particular, you cannot -specify a flush (\fB-f\fR) and a lock (for example, \fB-w\fR) on the same -command line. However, all locking operations implicitly perform a flush, so -the \fB-f\fR is superfluous when specifying a lock. -.sp -.LP -You must be super-user to use any of the following options, with the exception -of \fB-a\fR, \fB-f\fR and \fB-v\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Apply command to all mounted, \fBUFS\fR type file systems. \fIfile-system\fR is -ignored when \fB-a\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Accept a string that is passed as the comment field. The \fB-c\fR only takes -affect when the lock is being set using the \fB-d\fR, \fB-h\fR, \fB-n\fR, -\fB-u\fR, or \fB-w\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete-lock (\fBdlock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. dlock suspends -access that could remove directory entries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Error-lock (\fBelock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. elock blocks all -local access to the locked file system and returns \fBEWOULDBLOCK\fR on all -remote access. File systems are elocked by \fBUFS\fR on detection of internal -inconsistency. They may only be unlocked after successful repair by \fBfsck\fR, -which is usually done automatically (see \fBmount_ufs\fR(1M)). elocked file -systems can be unmounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force a synchronous flush of all data that is dirty at the time \fBfsflush\fR -is run to its backing store for the named file system (or for all file -systems.) -.sp -It is a more reliable method than using \fBsync\fR(1M) because it does not -return until all possible data has been pushed. In the case of \fBUFS\fR -filesystems with logging enabled, the log is also rolled before returning. -Additional data can be modified by the time \fBfsflush\fR exits, so using one -of the locking options is more likely to be of general use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hard-lock (\fBhlock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. hlock returns an error -on every access to the locked file system, and cannot be unlocked. hlocked file -systems can be unmounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name-lock (\fBnlock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. nlock suspends -accesses that could change or remove existing directories entries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unlock (\fBulock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. ulock awakens suspended -accesses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable verbose output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write-lock (\fBwlock\fR) the specified \fIfile-system\fR. wlock suspends writes -that would modify the file system. Access times are not kept while a file -system is write-locked. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile-system\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A list of path names separated by whitespace. Note that \fIfile-system\fR can -be a directory rather than the specific name of a file system, such as \fB/\fR -or \fB/usr\fR. For example, if you specify \fB/export/home\fR as an argument to -a \fBlockfs\fR command and \fB/export/home\fR is mounted on the root (\fB/\fR) -file system, the \fBlockfs\fR command will take effect on the root file system. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBlockfs\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBlockfs\fR \fB-a\fR -.sp -.LP -In the following examples, \fIfilesystem\fR is the pathname of the mounted-on -directory (mount point). \fBLocktype\fR is one of "\fBwrite\fR," "\fIname\fR," -"\fIdelete\fR," "\fIhard\fR," or "\fIunlock\fR". When enclosed in parenthesis, -the lock is being set. \fBComment\fR is a string set by the process that last -issued a lock command. - -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the \fBlockfs\fR output when only the \fB-a\fR -option is specified. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/lockfs -a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l l -l l l . -Filesystem Locktype Comment -/ unlock -/var unlock -.TE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing \fBlockfs\fR \fB-w\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the \fBlockfs\fR output when the \fB-w\fR option is -used to write lock the \fB/var\fR file system and the comment string is set -using the \fB-c\fR option. The \fB-a\fR option is then specified on a separate -command line. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/lockfs -w -c "lockfs: write lock example" /var\fR -example# \fB/usr/sbin/lockfs -a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l l -l l l . -Filesystem Locktype Comment -/ unlock -/var write lockfs: write lock example -.TE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing \fBlockfs\fR \fB-u\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the \fBlockfs\fR output when the \fB-u\fR option is -used to unlock the \fB/var\fR file system and the comment string is set using -the \fB-c\fR option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/lockfs -uc "lockfs: unlock example" /var\fR -example# \fB/usr/sbin/lockfs /var\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l l -l l l . -Filesystem Locktype Comment -/var unlock lockfs: unlock example -.TE - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBmount_ufs\fR(1M), \fBsync\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBufs\fR(7FS), -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile system\fR\fB: Not owner\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -You must be root to use this command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile system\fR \fB:Deadlock condition detected/avoided\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A file is enabled for accounting or swapping, on \fIfile system\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile system\fR\fB: Device busy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Another process is setting the lock on \fIfile system\fR. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lockstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lockstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a6798ed849..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lockstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,863 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LOCKSTAT 1M "Dec 10, 2017" -.SH NAME -lockstat \- report kernel lock and profiling statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlockstat\fR [\fB-ACEHI\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIevent_list\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIrate\fR] - [\fB-b\fR | \fB-t\fR | \fB-h\fR | \fB-s\fR \fIdepth\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fInrecords\fR] - [\fB-l\fR \fIlock\fR [, \fIsize\fR]] [\fB-d\fR \fIduration\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIfunction\fR [, \fIsize\fR]] [\fB-T\fR] [\fB-ckgwWRpP\fR] [\fB-D\fR \fIcount\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIopt\fR [=val]] \fIcommand\fR [\fIargs\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBlockstat\fR utility gathers and displays kernel locking and profiling -statistics. \fBlockstat\fR allows you to specify which events to watch (for -example, spin on adaptive mutex, block on read access to rwlock due to waiting -writers, and so forth) how much data to gather for each event, and how to -display the data. By default, \fBlockstat\fR monitors all lock contention -events, gathers frequency and timing data about those events, and displays the -data in decreasing frequency order, so that the most common events appear -first. -.sp -.LP -\fBlockstat\fR gathers data until the specified command completes. For example, -to gather statistics for a fixed-time interval, use \fBsleep\fR(1) as the -command, as follows: -.sp -.LP -\fBexample#\fR \fBlockstat\fR \fBsleep\fR \fB5\fR -.sp -.LP -When the \fB-I\fR option is specified, \fBlockstat\fR establishes a -per-processor high-level periodic interrupt source to gather profiling data. -The interrupt handler simply generates a \fBlockstat\fR event whose caller is -the interrupted PC (program counter). The profiling event is just like any -other \fBlockstat\fR event, so all of the normal \fBlockstat\fR options are -applicable. -.sp -.LP -\fBlockstat\fR relies on DTrace to modify the running kernel's text to -intercept events of interest. This imposes a small but measurable overhead on -all system activity, so access to \fBlockstat\fR is restricted to super-user by -default. The system administrator can permit other users to use \fBlockstat\fR -by granting them additional DTrace privileges. Refer to the \fIDynamic -Tracing Guide\fR for more information about DTrace security features. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.SS "Event Selection" -.LP -If no event selection options are specified, the default is \fB-C\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Watch all lock events. \fB-A\fR is equivalent to \fB-CH\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Watch contention events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Watch error events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fIevent_list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only watch the specified events. \fIevent\fR \fIlist\fR is a comma-separated -list of events or ranges of events such as 1,4-7,35. Run \fBlockstat\fR with no -arguments to get a brief description of all events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Watch hold events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Watch profiling interrupt events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-i\fR \fIrate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Interrupt rate (per second) for \fB-I\fR. The default is 97 Hz, so that -profiling doesn't run in lockstep with the clock interrupt (which runs at 100 -Hz). -.RE - -.SS "Data Gathering" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIarg\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or modify a DTrace runtime option or D compiler option. The list of -options is found in the \fI\fR. Boolean options are enabled by specifying their -name. Options with values are set by separating the option name and value with -an equals sign (=). -.RE - -.SS "Data Gathering (Mutually Exclusive)" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Basic statistics: lock, caller, number of events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Histogram: Timing plus time-distribution histograms. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-s\fR \fIdepth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Stack trace: Histogram plus stack traces up to \fIdepth\fR frames deep. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Timing: Basic plus timing for all events [default]. -.RE - -.SS "Data Filtering" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-d\fR \fIduration\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only watch events longer than \fIduration\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-f\fR \fIfunc[,size]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only watch events generated by \fIfunc\fR, which can be specified as a symbolic -name or hex address. \fIsize\fR defaults to the \fBELF\fR symbol size if -available, or \fB1\fR if not. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR \fIlock[,size]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only watch \fIlock\fR, which can be specified as a symbolic name or hex -address. \fBsize\fR defaults to the \fBELF\fR symbol size or \fB1\fR if the -symbol size is not available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-n\fR \fInrecords\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum number of data records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trace (rather than sample) events [off by default]. -.RE - -.SS "Data Reporting" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Coalesce lock data for lock arrays (for example, \fBpse_mutex[]\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-D\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only display the top \fIcount\fR events of each type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show total events generated by function. For example, if \fBfoo()\fR calls -\fBbar()\fR in a loop, the work done by \fBbar()\fR counts as work generated by -\fBfoo()\fR (along with any work done by \fBfoo()\fR itself). The \fB-g\fR -option works by counting the total number of stack frames in which each -function appears. This implies two things: (1) the data reported by \fB-g\fR -can be misleading if the stack traces are not deep enough, and (2) functions -that are called recursively might show greater than 100% activity. In light of -issue (1), the default data gathering mode when using \fB-g\fR is \fB-s\fR -\fB50\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Coalesce PCs within functions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-o\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Direct output to \fIfilename\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort data by (\fIcount * time\fR) product. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Parsable output format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display rates (events per second) rather than counts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-W\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Whichever: distinguish events only by caller, not by lock. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Wherever: distinguish events only by lock, not by caller. -.RE - -.SH DISPLAY FORMATS -.LP -The following headers appear over various columns of data. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCount\fR or \fBops/s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of times this event occurred, or the rate (times per second) if \fB-R\fR -was specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBindv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Percentage of all events represented by this individual event. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgenr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Percentage of all events generated by this function. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcuml\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cumulative percentage; a running total of the individuals. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrcnt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Average reference count. This will always be \fB1\fR for exclusive locks -(mutexes, spin locks, rwlocks held as writer) but can be greater than \fB1\fR -for shared locks (rwlocks held as reader). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnsec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Average duration of the events in nanoseconds, as appropriate for the event. -For the profiling event, duration means interrupt latency. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Address of the lock; displayed symbolically if possible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCPU+PIL\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBCPU\fR plus processor interrupt level (\fBPIL\fR). For example, if \fBCPU\fR -4 is interrupted while at \fBPIL\fR 6, this will be reported as \fBcpu[4]+6\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCaller\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Address of the caller; displayed symbolically if possible. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRMeasuring Kernel Lock Contention -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat sleep 5\fR -Adaptive mutex spin: 2210 events in 5.055 seconds (437 events/sec) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 269 12% 12% 1.00 2160 service_queue background+0xdc - 249 11% 23% 1.00 86 service_queue qenable_locked+0x64 - 228 10% 34% 1.00 131 service_queue background+0x15c - 68 3% 37% 1.00 79 0x30000024070 untimeout+0x1c - 59 3% 40% 1.00 384 0x300066fa8e0 background+0xb0 - 43 2% 41% 1.00 30 rqcred_lock svc_getreq+0x3c - 42 2% 43% 1.00 341 0x30006834eb8 background+0xb0 - 41 2% 45% 1.00 135 0x30000021058 untimeout+0x1c - 40 2% 47% 1.00 39 rqcred_lock svc_getreq+0x260 - 37 2% 49% 1.00 2372 0x300068e83d0 hmestart+0x1c4 - 36 2% 50% 1.00 77 0x30000021058 timeout_common+0x4 - 36 2% 52% 1.00 354 0x300066fa120 background+0xb0 - 32 1% 53% 1.00 97 0x30000024070 timeout_common+0x4 - 31 1% 55% 1.00 2923 0x300069883d0 hmestart+0x1c4 - 29 1% 56% 1.00 366 0x300066fb290 background+0xb0 - 28 1% 57% 1.00 117 0x3000001e040 untimeout+0x1c - 25 1% 59% 1.00 93 0x3000001e040 timeout_common+0x4 - 22 1% 60% 1.00 25 0x30005161110 sync_stream_buf+0xdc - 21 1% 60% 1.00 291 0x30006834eb8 putq+0xa4 - 19 1% 61% 1.00 43 0x3000515dcb0 mdf_alloc+0xc - 18 1% 62% 1.00 456 0x30006834eb8 qenable+0x8 - 18 1% 63% 1.00 61 service_queue queuerun+0x168 - 17 1% 64% 1.00 268 0x30005418ee8 vmem_free+0x3c -[...] - -R/W reader blocked by writer: 76 events in 5.055 seconds (15 events/sec) - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 23 30% 30% 1.00 22590137 0x300098ba358 ufs_dirlook+0xd0 - 17 22% 53% 1.00 5820995 0x3000ad815e8 find_bp+0x10 - 13 17% 70% 1.00 2639918 0x300098ba360 ufs_iget+0x198 - 4 5% 75% 1.00 3193015 0x300098ba360 ufs_getattr+0x54 - 3 4% 79% 1.00 7953418 0x3000ad817c0 find_bp+0x10 - 3 4% 83% 1.00 935211 0x3000ad815e8 find_read_lof+0x14 - 2 3% 86% 1.00 16357310 0x300073a4720 find_bp+0x10 - 2 3% 88% 1.00 2072433 0x300073a4720 find_read_lof+0x14 - 2 3% 91% 1.00 1606153 0x300073a4370 find_bp+0x10 - 1 1% 92% 1.00 2656909 0x300107e7400 ufs_iget+0x198 -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRMeasuring Hold Times -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -H -D 10 sleep 1\fR -Adaptive mutex spin: 513 events -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 480 5% 5% 1.00 1136 0x300007718e8 putnext+0x40 - 286 3% 9% 1.00 666 0x3000077b430 getf+0xd8 - 271 3% 12% 1.00 537 0x3000077b430 msgio32+0x2fc - 270 3% 15% 1.00 3670 0x300007718e8 strgetmsg+0x3d4 - 270 3% 18% 1.00 1016 0x300007c38b0 getq_noenab+0x200 - 264 3% 20% 1.00 1649 0x300007718e8 strgetmsg+0xa70 - 216 2% 23% 1.00 6251 tcp_mi_lock tcp_snmp_get+0xfc - 206 2% 25% 1.00 602 thread_free_lock clock+0x250 - 138 2% 27% 1.00 485 0x300007c3998 putnext+0xb8 - 138 2% 28% 1.00 3706 0x300007718e8 strrput+0x5b8 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRMeasuring Hold Times for Stack Traces Containing a Specific -Function -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -H -f tcp_rput_data -s 50 -D 10 sleep 1\fR -Adaptive mutex spin: 11 events in 1.023 seconds (11 -events/sec) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller - 9 82% 82% 1.00 2540 0x30000031380 tcp_rput_data+0x2b90 - - nsec ------ Time Distribution ------ count Stack - 256 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ 5 tcp_rput_data+0x2b90 - 512 |@@@@@@ 2 putnext+0x78 - 1024 |@@@ 1 ip_rput+0xec4 - 2048 | 0 _c_putnext+0x148 - 4096 | 0 hmeread+0x31c - 8192 | 0 hmeintr+0x36c - 16384 |@@@ 1 -sbus_intr_wrapper+0x30 -[...] - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller - 1 9% 91% 1.00 1036 0x30000055380 freemsg+0x44 - - nsec ------ Time Distribution ------ count Stack - 1024 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ 1 freemsg+0x44 - tcp_rput_data+0x2fd0 - putnext+0x78 - ip_rput+0xec4 - _c_putnext+0x148 - hmeread+0x31c - hmeintr+0x36c - -sbus_intr_wrapper+0x30 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRBasic Kernel Profiling -.sp -.LP -For basic profiling, we don't care whether the profiling interrupt sampled -\fBfoo()\fR\fB+0x4c\fR or \fBfoo()\fR\fB+0x78\fR; we care only that it sampled -somewhere in \fBfoo()\fR, so we use \fB-k\fR. The \fBCPU\fR and \fBPIL\fR -aren't relevant to basic profiling because we are measuring the system as a -whole, not a particular \fBCPU\fR or interrupt level, so we use \fB-W\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -kIW -D 20 ./polltest\fR -Profiling interrupt: 82 events in 0.424 seconds (194 -events/sec) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Hottest CPU+PIL Caller ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - 8 10% 10% 1.00 698 cpu[1] utl0 - 6 7% 17% 1.00 299 cpu[0] read - 5 6% 23% 1.00 124 cpu[1] getf - 4 5% 28% 1.00 327 cpu[0] fifo_read - 4 5% 33% 1.00 112 cpu[1] poll - 4 5% 38% 1.00 212 cpu[1] uiomove - 4 5% 43% 1.00 361 cpu[1] mutex_tryenter - 3 4% 46% 1.00 682 cpu[0] write - 3 4% 50% 1.00 89 cpu[0] pcache_poll - 3 4% 54% 1.00 118 cpu[1] set_active_fd - 3 4% 57% 1.00 105 cpu[0] syscall_trap32 - 3 4% 61% 1.00 640 cpu[1] (usermode) - 2 2% 63% 1.00 127 cpu[1] fifo_poll - 2 2% 66% 1.00 300 cpu[1] fifo_write - 2 2% 68% 1.00 669 cpu[0] releasef - 2 2% 71% 1.00 112 cpu[1] bt_getlowbit - 2 2% 73% 1.00 247 cpu[1] splx - 2 2% 76% 1.00 503 cpu[0] mutex_enter - 2 2% 78% 1.00 467 cpu[0]+10 disp_lock_enter - 2 2% 80% 1.00 139 cpu[1] default_copyin ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRGenerated-load Profiling -.sp -.LP -In the example above, 5% of the samples were in \fBpoll()\fR. This tells us how -much time was spent inside \fBpoll()\fR itself, but tells us nothing about how -much work was \fBgenerated\fR by \fBpoll()\fR; that is, how much time we spent -in functions called by \fBpoll()\fR. To determine that, we use the \fB-g\fR -option. The example below shows that although \fBpolltest\fR spends only 5% of -its time in \fBpoll()\fR itself, \fBpoll()\fR-induced work accounts for 34% of -the load. - -.sp -.LP -Note that the functions that generate the profiling interrupt -(\fBlockstat_intr()\fR, \fBcyclic_fire()\fR, and so forth) appear in every -stack trace, and therefore are considered to have generated 100% of the load. -This illustrates an important point: the generated load percentages do -\fBnot\fR add up to 100% because they are not independent. If 72% of all stack -traces contain both \fBfoo()\fR and \fBbar()\fR, then both \fBfoo()\fR and -\fBbar()\fR are 72% load generators. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -kgIW -D 20 ./polltest\fR -Profiling interrupt: 80 events in 0.412 seconds (194 events/sec) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Count genr cuml rcnt nsec Hottest CPU+PIL Caller -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 80 100% ---- 1.00 310 cpu[1] lockstat_intr - 80 100% ---- 1.00 310 cpu[1] cyclic_fire - 80 100% ---- 1.00 310 cpu[1] cbe_level14 - 80 100% ---- 1.00 310 cpu[1] current_thread - 27 34% ---- 1.00 176 cpu[1] poll - 20 25% ---- 1.00 221 cpu[0] write - 19 24% ---- 1.00 249 cpu[1] read - 17 21% ---- 1.00 232 cpu[0] write32 - 17 21% ---- 1.00 207 cpu[1] pcache_poll - 14 18% ---- 1.00 319 cpu[0] fifo_write - 13 16% ---- 1.00 214 cpu[1] read32 - 10 12% ---- 1.00 208 cpu[1] fifo_read - 10 12% ---- 1.00 787 cpu[1] utl0 - 9 11% ---- 1.00 178 cpu[0] pcacheset_resolve - 9 11% ---- 1.00 262 cpu[0] uiomove - 7 9% ---- 1.00 506 cpu[1] (usermode) - 5 6% ---- 1.00 195 cpu[1] fifo_poll - 5 6% ---- 1.00 136 cpu[1] syscall_trap32 - 4 5% ---- 1.00 139 cpu[0] releasef - 3 4% ---- 1.00 277 cpu[1] polllock -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRGathering Lock Contention and Profiling Data for a Specific -Module -.sp -.LP -In this example we use the \fB-f\fR option not to specify a single function, -but rather to specify the entire text space of the \fBsbus\fR module. We gather -both lock contention and profiling statistics so that contention can be -correlated with overall load on the module. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBmodinfo | grep sbus\fR - 24 102a8b6f b8b4 59 1 sbus (SBus (sysio) nexus driver) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -kICE -f 0x102a8b6f,0xb8b4 sleep 10\fR -Adaptive mutex spin: 39 events in 10.042 seconds (4 events/sec) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 15 38% 38% 1.00 206 0x30005160528 sync_stream_buf - 7 18% 56% 1.00 14 0x30005160d18 sync_stream_buf - 6 15% 72% 1.00 27 0x300060c3118 sync_stream_buf - 5 13% 85% 1.00 24 0x300060c3510 sync_stream_buf - 2 5% 90% 1.00 29 0x300060c2d20 sync_stream_buf - 2 5% 95% 1.00 24 0x30005161cf8 sync_stream_buf - 1 3% 97% 1.00 21 0x30005161110 sync_stream_buf - 1 3% 100% 1.00 23 0x30005160130 sync_stream_buf -[...] - -Adaptive mutex block: 9 events in 10.042 seconds (1 events/sec) - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Lock Caller -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 4 44% 44% 1.00 156539 0x30005160528 sync_stream_buf - 2 22% 67% 1.00 763516 0x30005160d18 sync_stream_buf - 1 11% 78% 1.00 462130 0x300060c3510 sync_stream_buf - 1 11% 89% 1.00 288749 0x30005161110 sync_stream_buf - 1 11% 100% 1.00 1015374 0x30005160130 sync_stream_buf -[...] - -Profiling interrupt: 229 events in 10.042 seconds (23 events/sec) - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec Hottest CPU+PIL Caller - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - 89 39% 39% 1.00 426 cpu[0]+6 sync_stream_buf - 64 28% 67% 1.00 398 cpu[0]+6 sbus_intr_wrapper - 23 10% 77% 1.00 324 cpu[0]+6 iommu_dvma_kaddr_load - 21 9% 86% 1.00 512 cpu[0]+6 iommu_tlb_flush - 14 6% 92% 1.00 342 cpu[0]+6 iommu_dvma_unload - 13 6% 98% 1.00 306 cpu[1] iommu_dvma_sync - 5 2% 100% 1.00 389 cpu[1] iommu_dma_bindhdl -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRDetermining the Average PIL (processor interrupt level) for a -CPU -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -Iw -l cpu[3] ./testprog\fR - -Profiling interrupt: 14791 events in 152.463 seconds (97 events/sec) - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec CPU+PIL Hottest Caller - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -13641 92% 92% 1.00 253 cpu[3] (usermode) - 579 4% 96% 1.00 325 cpu[3]+6 ip_ocsum+0xe8 - 375 3% 99% 1.00 411 cpu[3]+10 splx - 154 1% 100% 1.00 527 cpu[3]+4 fas_intr_svc+0x80 - 41 0% 100% 1.00 293 cpu[3]+13 send_mondo+0x18 - 1 0% 100% 1.00 266 cpu[3]+12 zsa_rxint+0x400 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDetermining which Subsystem is Causing the System to be Busy -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlockstat -s 10 -I sleep 20\fR - -Profiling interrupt: 4863 events in 47.375 seconds (103 events/sec) - -Count indv cuml rcnt nsec CPU+PIL Caller - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -1929 40% 40% 0.00 3215 cpu[0] usec_delay+0x78 - nsec ------ Time Distribution ------ count Stack - 4096 |@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ 1872 ata_wait+0x90 - 8192 | 27 acersb_get_intr_status+0x34 - 16384 | 29 ata_set_feature+0x124 - 32768 | 1 ata_disk_start+0x15c - ata_hba_start+0xbc - ghd_waitq_process_and \e - _mutex_hold+0x70 - ghd_waitq_process_and \e - _mutex_exit+0x4 - ghd_transport+0x12c - ata_disk_tran_start+0x108 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[...] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdtrace\fR(1M), \fBplockstat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlockstat\fR(7D), -\fBmutex\fR(9F), \fBrwlock\fR(9F) -.sp -.LP -\fIDynamic Tracing Guide\fR: -.sp -.LP -https://illumos.org/books/dtrace/ - -.SH NOTES -.LP -Tail-call elimination can affect call sites. For example, if -\fBfoo()\fR\fB+0x50\fR calls \fBbar()\fR and the last thing \fBbar()\fR does is -call \fBmutex_exit()\fR, the compiler can arrange for \fBbar()\fR to branch to -\fBmutex_exit()\fR with a return address of \fBfoo()\fR\fB+0x58\fR. Thus, the -\fBmutex_exit()\fR in \fBbar()\fR will appear as though it occurred at -\fBfoo()\fR\fB+0x58\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBPC\fR in the stack frame in which an interrupt occurs can be bogus -because, between function calls, the compiler is free to use the return address -register for local storage. -.sp -.LP -When using the \fB-I\fR and \fB-s\fR options together, the interrupted PC will -usually not appear anywhere in the stack since the interrupt handler is entered -asynchronously, not by a function call from that \fBPC\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlockstat\fR technology is provided on an as-is basis. The format and -content of \fBlockstat\fR output reflect the current kernel -implementation and are therefore subject to change in future releases. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lofiadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lofiadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 079caf2502..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lofiadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,640 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome -.\" Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.Dd Jun 14, 2016 -.Dt LOFIADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm lofiadm -.Nd administer files available as block devices through lofi -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Op Fl l -.Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Fl c -.Ar crypto_algorithm -.Fl a -.Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Fl c Ar crypto_algorithm -.Fl k Ar raw_key_file -.Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Fl c Ar crypto_algorithm -.Fl T Ar token_key -.Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Fl c Ar crypto_algorithm -.Fl T Ar token_key -.Fl k Ar wrapped_key_file -.Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Op Fl r -.Fl c Ar crypto_algorithm -.Fl e -.Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -.Nm -.Fl C Ar algorithm -.Op Fl s Ar segment_size -.Ar file -.Nm -.Fl d Ar file Ns | Ns Ar device -.Nm -.Fl U Ar file -.Nm -.Op Ar file Ns | Ns device -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -administers -.Sy lofi , -the loopback file driver. -.Sy lofi -allows a file to be associated with a block device. -That file can then be accessed through the block device. -This is useful when the file contains an image of some filesystem (such as a -floppy or -.Sy CD-ROM -image), because the block device can then be used with the normal system -utilities for mounting, checking or repairing filesystems. -See -.Xr fsck 1M -and -.Xr mount 1M . -.Pp -Use -.Nm -to add a file as a loopback device, remove such an -association, or print information about the current associations. -.Pp -Encryption and compression options are mutually exclusive on the command line. -Further, an encrypted file cannot be compressed later, nor can a compressed -file be encrypted later. -.Pp -In the global zone, -.Nm -can be used on both the global -zone devices and all devices owned by other non-global zones on the system. -.Ss Labeled Devices -If the command line flag, -.Fl l , -is used while creating a loopack device, -.Sy lofi -will create a labeled loopback -device, and will generate device links in -.Pa /dev/{dsk,rdsk} -directories for partitions or slices. -.Pp -Before using these devices, users should create or verify -partitioning by using partition management tools such as -.Xr format 1M and -.Xr fdisk 1M . -Once the device has been appropriately partitioned, the labeled -device can be used as normal disk to create and mount file systems and to store -data. -Mappings created by -.Nm -are not permanent and not persisted by the system. -If power is lost or the system is rebooted, then the mappings will need to be -created again. -.Pp -The partition table requires space from the mapped file. -.Sy lofi -does not support converting previously created unlabeled loopback device images -to labeled loopback devices. -If an unlabeled device is used as a labeled device, writing to it will corrupt -it. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a Ar file Op Ar device -Add -.Sy file -as a block device. -.Pp -If -.Sy device -is not specified, an available device is picked. -.Pp -If -.Sy device -is specified, -.Nm -attempts to assign it to -.Sy file . -.Sy device -must be available or -.Nm -will fail. -The ability to specify a device is provided for use in scripts that wish to -reestablish a particular set of associations. -A device may not be specified when using a labeled lofi device. -.It Fl C Ar {gzip | gzip-N | lzma} -Compress the file with the specified compression algorithm. -.Pp -The -.Sy gzip -compression algorithm uses the same compression as the open-source -.Sy gzip -command. -You can specify the -.Sy gzip -level by using the value gzip-\fR\fIN\fR where \fIN\fR is 6 (fast) or 9 -(best compression ratio). -Currently, -.Sy gzip , -without a number, is equivalent to -.Sy gzip-6 -(which is also the default for the -.Sy gzip -command). -.Pp -.Sy lzma -stands for the LZMA (Lempel-Ziv-Markov) compression algorithm. -.Pp -Note that you cannot write to a compressed file, nor can you mount a compressed -file read/write. -.It Fl d Ar file Ns | Ns Ar device -Remove an association by -.Sy file -or -.Sy device -name, if the associated block device is not busy, and deallocates the block -device. -.It Fl l -This option should be used with -.Fl a -option to create labeled loopback device. -If created in local zone, the device has to be enabled in zone configuration. -.It Fl r -If the -.Fl r -option is specified before the -.Fl a -option, the -.Sy device -will be opened read-only. -.It Fl s Ar segment_size -The segment size to use to divide the file being compressed. -.Sy segment_size -can be an integer multiple of 512. -.It Fl U Ar file -Uncompress a compressed file. -.El -.Pp -The following options are used when the file is encrypted: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c Ar crypto_algorithm -Select the encryption algorithm. -The algorithm must be specified when encryption is enabled because the algorithm -is not stored in the disk image. -.Pp -If none of -.Fl e , -.Fl k , -or -.Fl T -is specified, -.Nm -prompts for a passphrase, with a minimum length of eight characters, to be -entered. -The passphrase is used to derive a symmetric encryption key using PKCS#5 PBKD2. -.It Fl k Ar raw_key_file | Ar wrapped_key_file -Path to raw or wrapped symmetric encryption key. -If a PKCS#11 object is also given with the -.Fl T -option, then the key is wrapped by that object. -If -.Fl T -is not specified, the key is used raw. -.It Fl T Ar token_key -The key in a PKCS#11 token to use for the encryption or for unwrapping the key -file. -.Pp -If -.Fl k -is also specified, -.Fl T -identifies the unwrapping key, which must be an RSA private key. -.It Fl e -Generate an ephemeral symmetric encryption key. -.El -.Sh OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Ar crypto_algorithm -One of: -.Sy aes-128-cbc , -.Sy aes-192-cbc , -.Sy aes-256-cbc , -.Sy des3-cbc , -.Sy blowfish-cbc . -.It Ar device -Display the file name associated with the block device -.Sy device . -.Pp -Without arguments, print a list of the current associations. -Filenames must be valid absolute pathnames. -.Pp -When a file is added, it is opened for reading or writing by root. -Any restrictions apply (such as restricted root access over -.Sy NFS Ns ). -The file is held open until the association is removed. -It is not actually accessed until the block device is used, so it will never be -written to if the block device is only opened read-only. -.Pp -Note that the filename may appear as "?" if it is not possible to resolve the -path in the current context (for example, if it's an NFS path in a non-global -zone). -.It Ar file -Display the block device associated with -.Sy file . -.It Ar raw_key_file -Path to a file of the appropriate length, in bits, to use as a raw symmetric -encryption key. -.It Ar token_key -PKCS#11 token object in the format: -.Pp -.Ar token_name Ns \&: Ns Ar manufacturer_id Ns \&: Ns -.Ar serial_number Ns \&: Ns Ar key_label -.Pp -All but the key label are optional and can be empty. -For example, to specify a token object with only its key label -.Sy MylofiKey , -use -.Fl T Sy :::MylofiKey . -.It Ar wrapped_key_file -Path to file containing a symmetric encryption key wrapped by the RSA private -key specified by -.Fl T . -.El -.Sh ENVIRONMENT -See -.Xr environ 5 -for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of -.Nm -: -.Sy LC_CTYPE , -.Sy LC_MESSAGES -and -.Sy NLSPATH . -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy 0 -Successful completion. -.It Sy >0 -An error occurred. -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy Example 1 No Mounting an Existing CD-ROM Image -You should ensure that Solaris understands the image before creating the -.Sy CD . -.Sy lofi -allows you to mount the image and see if it works. -.Pp -This example mounts an existing -.Sy CD-ROM -image -.Pf ( Sy sparc.iso Ns ), -of the -.Sy Red Hat 6.0 CD -which was downloaded from the Internet. -It was created with the -.Sy mkisofs -utility from the Internet. -.Pp -Use -.Nm -to attach a block device to it: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -a /home/mike_s/RH6.0/sparc.iso -/dev/lofi/1 -.Ed -.Pp -.Nm -picks the device and prints the device name to the standard -output. -You can run -.Nm -again by issuing the following command: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -/dev/lofi/1 /home/mike_s/RH6.0/sparc.iso - -.Ed -.Pp -Or, you can give it one name and ask for the other, by issuing the following -command: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm /dev/lofi/1 -/home/mike_s/RH6.0/sparc.iso -.Ed -.Pp -Use the -.Xr mount 1M -command to mount the image: -.Bd -literal -# mount -F hsfs -o ro /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -.Ed -.Pp -Check to ensure that Solaris understands the image: -.Bd -literal -# df -k /mnt -Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on -/dev/lofi/1 512418 512418 0 100% /mnt -# ls /mnt -\&./ RedHat/ doc/ ls-lR rr_moved/ -\&../ TRANS.TBL dosutils/ ls-lR.gz sbin@ -\&.buildlog bin@ etc@ misc/ tmp/ -COPYING boot/ images/ mnt/ usr@ -README boot.cat* kernels/ modules/ -RPM-PGP-KEY dev@ lib@ proc/ -.Ed -.Pp -Solaris can mount the CD-ROM image, and understand the filenames. -The image was created properly, and you can now create the -.Sy CD-ROM -with confidence. -.Pp -As a final step, unmount and detach the images: -.Bd -literal -# umount /mnt -# lofiadm -d /dev/lofi/1 -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2 No Mounting a Floppy Image -This is similar to the first example. -.Pp -Using -.Sy lofi -to help you mount files that contain floppy images is helpful -if a floppy disk contains a file that you need, but the machine which you are -on does not have a floppy drive. -It is also helpful if you do not want to take the time to use the -.Sy dd -command to copy the image to a floppy. -.Pp -This is an example of getting to -.Sy MDB -floppy for Solaris on an x86 platform: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -a /export/s28/MDB_s28x_wos/latest/boot.3 -/dev/lofi/1 -# mount -F pcfs /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -# ls /mnt -\&./ COMMENT.BAT* RC.D/ SOLARIS.MAP* -\&../ IDENT* REPLACE.BAT* X/ -APPEND.BAT* MAKEDIR.BAT* SOLARIS/ -# umount /mnt -# lofiadm -d /export/s28/MDB_s28x_wos/latest/boot.3 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 3 No Making a Sy UFS No Filesystem on a File -Making a -.Sy UFS -filesystem on a file can be useful, particularly if a test -suite requires a scratch filesystem. -It can be painful (or annoying) to have to repartition a disk just for the test -suite, but you do not have to. -You can -.Sy newfs -a file with -.Sy lofi . -.Pp -Create the file: -.Bd -literal -# mkfile 35m /export/home/test -.Ed -.Pp -Attach it to a block device. -You also get the character device that -.Sy newfs -requires, so -.Sy newfs -that: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -a /export/home/test -/dev/lofi/1 -# newfs /dev/rlofi/1 -newfs: construct a new file system /dev/rlofi/1: (y/n)? y -/dev/rlofi/1: 71638 sectors in 119 cylinders of 1 tracks, 602 sectors - 35.0MB in 8 cyl groups (16 c/g, 4.70MB/g, 2240 i/g) -super-block backups (for fsck -F ufs -o b=#) at: - 32, 9664, 19296, 28928, 38560, 48192, 57824, 67456, -.Ed -.Pp -Note that -.Sy ufs -might not be able to use the entire file. -Mount and use the filesystem: -.Bd -literal -# mount /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -# df -k /mnt -Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on -/dev/lofi/1 33455 9 30101 1% /mnt -# ls /mnt -\&./ ../ lost+found/ -# umount /mnt -# lofiadm -d /dev/lofi/1 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 4 No Creating a PC (FAT) File System on a Unix File -The following series of commands creates a -.Sy FAT -file system on a Unix file. -The file is associated with a block device created by -.Nm -. -.Bd -literal -# mkfile 10M /export/test/testfs -# lofiadm -a /export/test testfs -/dev/lofi/1 -.Ed -.Pp -Note use of -.Sy rlofi , -not -.Sy lofi , -in following command. -.Bd -literal -# mkfs -F pcfs -o nofdisk,size=20480 /dev/rlofi/1 -Construct a new FAT file system on /dev/rlofi/1: (y/n)? y -# mount -F pcfs /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -# cd /mnt -# df -k . -Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on -/dev/lofi/1 10142 0 10142 0% /mnt -.Ed -.It Sy Example 5 No Compressing an Existing CD-ROM Image -The following example illustrates compressing an existing CD-ROM image -.Pf ( Sy solaris.iso Ns ), -verifying that the image is compressed, and then uncompressing it. -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -C gzip /export/home/solaris.iso -.Ed -.Pp -Use -.Nm -to attach a block device to it: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -a /export/home/solaris.iso - /dev/lofi/1 -.Ed -.Pp -Check if the mapped image is compressed: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -/dev/lofi/1 /export/home/solaris.iso Compressed(gzip) -/dev/lofi/2 /export/home/regular.iso - -.Ed -.Pp -Unmap the compressed image and uncompress it: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -d /dev/lofi/1 -# lofiadm -U /export/home/solaris.iso -.Ed -.It Sy Example 6 No Creating an Encrypted UFS File System on a File -This example is similar to the example of making a UFS filesystem on a file, -above. -.Pp -Create the file: -.Bd -literal -# mkfile 35m /export/home/test -.Ed -.Pp -Attach the file to a block device and specify that the file image is encrypted. -As a result of this command, you obtain the character device, which is -subsequently used by -.Sy newfs : -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -c aes-256-cbc -a /export/home/secrets -Enter passphrase: My-M0th3r;l0v3s_m3+4lw4ys! (not echoed) -Re-enter passphrase: My-M0th3r;l0v3s_m3+4lw4ys! (not echoed) -/dev/lofi/1 - -# newfs /dev/rlofi/1 -newfs: construct a new file system /dev/rlofi/1: (y/n)? y -/dev/rlofi/1: 71638 sectors in 119 cylinders of 1 tracks, 602 sectors - 35.0MB in 8 cyl groups (16 c/g, 4.70MB/g, 2240 i/g) -super-block backups (for fsck -F ufs -o b=#) at: -32, 9664, 19296, 28928, 38560, 48192, 57824, 67456, -.Ed -.Pp -The mapped file system shows that encryption is enabled: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -/dev/lofi/1 /export/home/secrets Encrypted -.Ed -.Pp -Mount and use the filesystem: -.Bd -literal -# mount /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -# cp moms_secret_*_recipe /mnt -# ls /mnt -\&./ moms_secret_cookie_recipe moms_secret_soup_recipe -\&../ moms_secret_fudge_recipe moms_secret_stuffing_recipe -lost+found/ moms_secret_meatloaf_recipe moms_secret_waffle_recipe -# umount /mnt -# lofiadm -d /dev/lofi/1 -.Ed -.Pp -Subsequent attempts to map the filesystem with the wrong key or the wrong -encryption algorithm will fail: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -c blowfish-cbc -a /export/home/secrets\fR -Enter passphrase: mommy (not echoed) -Re-enter passphrase: mommy (not echoed) -lofiadm: could not map file /root/lofi: Invalid argument -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -# -.Ed -.Pp -Attempts to map the filesystem without encryption will succeed, however -attempts to mount and use the filesystem will fail: -.Bd -literal -# lofiadm -a /export/home/secrets -/dev/lofi/1 -# lofiadm -Block Device File Options -/dev/lofi/1 /export/home/secrets - -# mount /dev/lofi/1 /mnt -mount: /dev/lofi/1 is not this fstype -# -.Ed -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr fdisk 1M , -.Xr format 1M , -.Xr fsck 1M , -.Xr mount 1M , -.Xr mount_ufs 1M , -.Xr newfs 1M , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr lofi 7D , -.Xr lofs 7FS -.Sh NOTES -Just as you would not directly access a disk device that has mounted file -systems, you should not access a file associated with a block device except -through the -.Sy lofi -file driver. -It might also be appropriate to ensure that the file has appropriate permissions -to prevent such access. -.Pp -The abilities of -.Nm -, and who can use them, are controlled by the -permissions of -.Pa /dev/lofictl . -Read-access allows query operations, such as -listing all the associations. -Write-access is required to do any state-changing operations, like adding an -association. -As shipped, -.Pa /dev/lofictl -is owned by -.Sy root , -in group -.Sy sys , -and mode -.Sy 0644 , -so all users can do query operations but only root can change anything. -The administrator can give users write-access, allowing them to add or -delete associations, but that is very likely a security hole and should -probably only be given to a trusted group. -.Pp -When mounting a filesystem image, take care to use appropriate mount options. -In particular, the -.Sy nosuid -mount option might be appropriate for -.Sy UFS -images whose origin is unknown. -Also, some options might not be useful or appropriate, like -.Sy logging -or -.Sy forcedirectio -for -.Sy UFS . -For compatibility purposes, a raw device is also exported along with the block -device. -For example, -.Xr newfs 1M -requires one. -.Pp -The output of -.Nm -(without arguments) might change in future releases. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/logadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/logadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index cd9d95933c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/logadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,913 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LOGADM 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -logadm \- manage endlessly growing log files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBlogadm\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlogadm\fR [\fB-\fIoptions\fR\fR] \fIlogname\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBlogadm\fR is a general log rotation tool that is suitable for running from -\fBcron\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Without arguments, \fBlogadm\fR reads the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file, and for -every entry found in that file checks the corresponding log file to see if it -should be rotated. Typically this check is done each morning by an entry in the -root's \fBcrontab\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the \fIlogname\fR argument is specified, \fBlogadm\fR renames the -corresponding log file by adding a suffix so that the most recent log file ends -with \fB\&.0\fR (that is, \fIlogfile\fR\fB\&.0\fR), the next most recent ends -with \fB\&.1\fR (that is, \fIlogfile\fR\fB\&.1\fR), and so forth. By default, -ten versions of old log files are kept (that is, \fIlogfile\fR\fB\&.0\fR -through \fIlogfile\fR\fB\&.9\fR). At the point when what would be the eleventh -file is logged, \fBlogadm\fR automatically deletes the oldest version to keep -the count of files at ten. -.sp -.LP -\fBlogadm\fR takes a number of \fIoptions\fR. You can specify these options on -the command line or in the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file. The \fBlogadm\fR -command searches \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR for lines of the form \fIlogname\fR -\fIoptions\fR -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies an entry in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. This can be a name or the -pathname of the log file. If you specify a log file, rather than a name, for -this field, it must be a fully qualified pathname. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoptions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies command line options exactly as they would be entered on the command -line. This allows commonly used log rotation policies to be stored in the -\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.sp -If \fIoptions\fR are specified both in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR and on the -command line, those in the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file are applied first. -Therefore, the command line options override those in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. -.sp -Log file names specified in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR may contain filename -substitution characters such as \fB*\fR and \fB?\fR, that are supported by -\fBcsh\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Two options control when a log file is rotated. They are: \fB-s\fR size -\fB-p\fR period. -.sp -.LP -When using more than one of these options at a time, there is an implied -\fBand\fR between them. This means that all conditions must be met before the -log is rotated. -.sp -.LP -If neither of these two options are specified, the default conditions for -rotating a log file are: \fB\fR\fB-s\fR \fB1b\fR \fB-p\fR \fB1w\fR, which means -the log file is only rotated if the size is non-zero and if at least 1 week has -passed since the last time it was rotated. -.sp -.LP -By specifying \fB\fR\fB-p\fR \fBnever\fR as a rotation condition, any other -rotation conditions are ignored and \fBlogadm\fR moves on to the expiration of -old log files. By specifying \fB\fR\fB-p\fR \fBnow\fR as a rotation condition, -a log rotation is forced. -.sp -.LP -Unless specified by the \fB-o\fR, \fB-g\fR, or \fB-m\fR options, \fBlogadm\fR -replaces the log file (after renaming it) by creating an empty file whose -owner, group ID, and permissions match the original file. -.sp -.LP -Three options control when old log files are expired: \fB-A\fR age \fB-C\fR -count \fB-S\fR size. These options expire the oldest log files until a -particular condition or conditions are met. For example, the combination of the -\fB\fR\fB-C\fR \fB5\fR and \fB\fR\fB-S\fR \fB10m\fR options expires old log -files until there are no more than 5 of them \fBand\fR their combined disk usage -is no more than 10 megabytes. If none of these options are specified, the -default expiration is \fB\fR\fB-C\fR \fB10\fR which keeps ten old log files. If -no files are to be expired, use \fB\fR\fB-C\fR \fB0\fR to prevent expiration by -default. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIpost_command\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute the \fIpost_command\fR after renaming the log file. \fIpost_command\fR -is passed to \fBsh\fR \fB-c\fR. -.sp -Specify \fIpost_command\fR as a valid shell command. Use quotes to protect -spaces or shell metacharacters in \fIpost_command\fR. -.sp -This option can be used to restart a daemon that is writing to the file. When -rotating multiple logs with one \fBlogadm\fR command, \fIpost_command\fR is -executed only once after all the logs are rotated, not once per rotated log. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIage\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete any versions that have not been modified for the amount of time -specified by \fIage\fR. -.sp -Specify \fIage\fR as a number followed by an \fBh\fR (hours), \fBd\fR (days), -\fBw\fR(weeks), \fBm\fR (months), or \fBy\fR (years). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIpre_command\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute \fIpre_command\fR before renaming the log file. \fIpre_command\fR is -passed to \fBsh\fR \fB-c\fR. -.sp -Specify \fIpre_command\fR as a valid shell command. Use quotes to protect -spaces or shell metacharacters in the \fIpre_command\fR. -.sp -This option can be used to stop a daemon that is writing to the file. When -rotating multiple logs with one \fBlogadm\fR command, \fIpre_command\fR is -executed only once before all the logs are rotated, not once per rotated log. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rotate the log file by copying it and truncating the original logfile to zero -length, rather than renaming the file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the oldest versions until there are not more than \fIcount\fR files -left. -.sp -If no expire options (\fB-A\fR, \fB-C\fR, or \fB-S\fR) are specified, -\fB\fR\fB-C\fR \fB10\fR is the default. To prevent the default expire rule from -being added automatically, specify \fB\fR\fB-C\fR \fB0\fR . -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fImail_addr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Send error messages by email to \fImail_addr\fR. -.sp -As \fBlogadm\fR is typically run from \fBcron\fR(1M), error messages are -captured by \fBcron\fR and mailed to the owner of the \fBcrontab\fR. -.sp -This option is useful if you want the mail regarding error messages to go to -another address instead. If no errors are encountered, no mail message is -generated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR \fIcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute \fIcmd\fR to expire the file, rather than deleting the old log file to -expire it. -.sp -\fIcmd\fR is passed it to \fBsh\fR \fB-c\fR. The file is considered expired -after \fIcmd\fR completes. If the old log file is not removed or renamed by the -\fIcmd\fR, \fBlogadm\fR considers it for expiration the next time that it runs -on the specified log file. If present, the keyword \fB$file\fR is expanded in -the specified \fIcmd\fR to the name of the file being expired. -.sp -This option is useful for tasks such as mailing old log files to -administrators, or copying old log files to long term storage. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIconf_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIconf_file\fR instead of \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. -.sp -This option allows non-root users to keep their own \fBlogadm\fR configuration -files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new empty file with the \fBID\fR specified by \fIgroup\fR, instead of -preserving the group \fBID\fR of the log file. -.sp -Specify \fIgroup\fR by name or by numeric group \fBID\fR, as accepted by -\fBchgrp\fR(1). -.sp -This option requires the ability to change file group ownership using the -\fBchgrp\fR(1) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print a help message that describes \fBlogadm\fR's options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use local time rather than the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) when naming -rotated log files (see the discussion of percent sequences in the templates -supplied with the \fB-t\fR option). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new empty file with the mode specified by \fImode\fR, instead of -preserving the mode of the log file. -.sp -Specify \fImode\fR in any form that is accepted by the \fBchmod\fR(1) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fIcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIcmd\fR to rename the log file. If the keyword \fB$file\fR is specified, -it is expanded to the name of the log file. Similarly, the keyword \fB$nfile\fR -is expanded to the new name of the log file. The \fB$nfile\fR keyword is only -available with commands provided with the \fB-M\fR option. After the command -completes, the log file is replaced by the rotate file. The default \fIcmd\fR -is "\fB/bin/mv\fR \fB$file\fR\fB\fR\fB$nfile\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the actions that the \fBlogadm\fR command will perform without actually -performing them. -.sp -This option is useful for checking arguments before making any changes to the -system. -.sp -It is important to remember, however, that since log rotating actions are only -printed with this option, \fBlogadm\fR might not find files that need expiring, -but if run without the \fB-n\fR \fBlogadm\fR might create a file that needs -expiring by performing the log rotating actions. Therefore, if you see no files -being expired with the \fB-n\fR option, files still might be expired without -it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prevent an error message if the specified logfile does not exist. Normally, -\fBlogadm\fR produces an error message if the log file is not found. With -\fB-N\fR, if the log file doesn't exist \fBlogadm\fR moves on to the expire -rules (if any) and then to the next log file (if any), without creating the -empty replacement log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIowner\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create the new empty file with \fIowner\fR, instead of preserving the owner of -the log file. -.sp -Specify \fIowner\fR in any form that is accepted by the \fBchown\fR(1) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIperiod\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rotate a log file after the specified time period (\fIperiod\fR). -.sp -Specify \fIperiod\fR as a number followed by \fBd\fR for days, \fBh\fR for -hours, \fBw\fR for weeks, \fBm\fR for months (30 days) or \fBy\fR for years. -There are also two special values for period: \fBnow\fR and \fBnever\fR. -"\fB\fR\fB-p\fR \fBnow\fR" forces log rotation. "\fB\fR\fB-p\fR \fBnever\fR" -forces no log rotation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fItimestamp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used by \fBlogadm\fR to record the last time the log was rotated in -\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. -.sp -This option uses \fItimestamp\fR to determine if the log rotation period has -passed. The format of \fItimestamp\fR matches the format generated by -\fBctime\fR(3C), with quotes around it to protect embedded spaces. -\fItimestamp\fR is always recorded in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) -timezone. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove any entries corresponding to the specified \fIlogname\fR from the -\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run the \fIcmd\fR when an old log file is created by a log rotation. If the -keyword \fB$file\fR is embedded in the specified command, it is expanded to the -name of the old log file just created by log rotation. -.sp -This option is useful for processing log file contents after rotating the log. -\fIcmd\fR is executed by passing it to \fBsh\fR \fB-c\fR. When rotating -multiple logs with one logadm command, the command supplied with \fB-R\fR is -executed once every time a log is rotated. This is useful for post-processing a -log file (that is, sorting it, removing uninteresting lines, etc.). The -\fB-a\fR option is a better choice for restarting daemons after log rotation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rotate the log file only if its size is greater than or equal to \fIsize\fR. -.sp -Specify \fIsize\fR as a number followed by the letter \fBb\fR for bytes, -\fBk\fR for kilobytes, \fBm\fR for megabytes, or \fBg\fR for gigabytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the oldest versions until the total disk space used by the old log files -is less than the specified size. -.sp -Specify \fIsize\fR as a number followed by the letter \fBb\fR for bytes, -\fBk\fR for kilobytes, \fBm\fR for megabytes, or \fBg\fR for gigabytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItemplate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the template to use when renaming log files. -.sp -\fItemplate\fR can be a simple name, such as \fB/var/adm/oldfile\fR, or it can -contain special keywords which are expanded by \fBlogadm\fR and are in the form -\fB$\fR\fIword\fR. Allowed sequences are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIbasename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The log file name, without the directory name -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIdirname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The directory of the file to be rotated -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIdomain\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBdomainname\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The full path name of the file to be rotated -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIisa\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-p\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fImachine\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-m\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The version number, \fB0\fR is most recent, \fB1\fR is next most recent, and so -forth -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The same as $\fIn\fR, but starts at \fB1\fR instead of zero -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fInodename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-n\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIplatform\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-i\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIrelease\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBuname\fR \fB-r\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIsecs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of seconds since \fB00:00:00 UTC, January 1,1970\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIzonename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Expands to the output of \fBzonename\fR(1). -.RE - -To actually have the dollar sign character in the file name, use \fB$$\fR. Any -percent sequences allowed by \fBstrftime\fR(3C) are also allowed, for example, -\fB%d\fR expands to the day of the month. To actually have a percent sign -character in the file name, use \fB%%\fR. Both dollar-sign keywords and percent -sequences can appear anywhere in the template. If the template results in a -pathname with non-existent directories, they are created as necessary when -rotating the log file. -.sp -If no \fB-t\fR option is specified, the default template is \fB$file.$n\fR. -Actual \fBrotation\fR of log files, where each version is shifted up until it -expires is done using the \fB$n\fR keyword. If the template does not contain -the \fB$n\fR keyword, the log file is simply renamed to the new name and then -the expire rules, if any, are applied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fIpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Normally \fBlogadm\fR looks for a list of old log files by turning the template -(specified with the \fB-t\fR option) into a pattern and finding existing files -whose names match that pattern. The \fB-T\fR option causes the given pattern to -be used instead. -.sp -This option is useful if another program fiddles with the old log file names, -like a \fBcron\fR job to compress them over time. The pattern is in the form of -a pathname with special characters such as \fB*\fR and \fB?\fR as supported by -\fBcsh\fR(1) filename substitution. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print information about the actions being executed in verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Validate the configuration file. -.sp -This option validates that an entry for the specified \fIlogname\fR exists in -the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file and is syntactically correct. If \fIlogname\fR -is not specified, all entries in the configuration file are validated. If a -\fBlogname\fR argument is specified, the command validates the syntax of that -entry. If the entry is found, it is printed and the exit value of the command -is true. Otherwise the exit value is false. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIentryname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write an entry into the config file (that is, \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR) that -corresponds to the current command line arguments. If an entry already existed -for the specified \fIentryname\fR, it is removed first. This is the preferred -method for updating \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR, because it prevents syntax errors. -The \fIentryname\fR is an argument to an invocation of \fBlogadm\fR. -\fIentryname\fR might be chosen as something easy to remember or it can be the -pathname of the log file. If a pathname, rather than a name is used, it must be -a fully qualified pathname. -.sp -If no log file name is provided on a \fBlogadm\fR command line, the entry name -is assumed to be the same as the log file name. For example, the following two -lines achieve the same thing, keeping two copies of rotated log files: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% logadm -C2 -w mylog /my/really/long/log/file/name -% logadm -C2 -w /my/really/long/log/file/name -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Compress old log files after all other commands have been executed. \fIcount\fR -of the most recent log files are left uncompressed, therefore making the -\fIcount\fR most recent files easier to peruse. Use \fIcount\fR of zero to -compress all old logs. -.sp -The compression is done with \fBgzip\fR(1) and the resulting log file has the -suffix of \fB\&.gz\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies the name of the entry in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR. If the log file -name is specified in the \fIlogname\fR field, it is assumed that \fIlogname\fR -is the same as the actual log file name. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRRotating a File and Keeping Previous Versions -.sp -.LP -The following example rotates the \fB/var/adm/exacct/proc\fR file, keeping ten -previous versions in \fB/var/adm/exacct/proc.0\fR through -\fB/var/adm/exacct/proc.9\fR. - -.sp -.LP -Tell \fBlogadm\fR to copy the file and truncate it. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - % logadm -c /var/adm/exacct/proc -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRotating syslog -.sp -.LP -The following example rotates \fBsyslog\fR and keeps eight log files. Old log -files are put in the directory \fB/var/oldlogs\fR instead of \fB/var/log\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% logadm -C8 -t'/var/oldlogs/syslog.$n' /var/log/syslog -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRotating /var/adm/sulog and Expiring Based on Age -.sp -.LP -The following entry in the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file rotates the -\fB/var/adm/sulog\fR file and expires any copies older than 30 days. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/var/adm/sulog -A 30d -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRRotating Files and Expiring Based on Disk Usage -.sp -.LP -The following entry in the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file rotates the -\fB/var/adm/sulog\fR file and expires old log files when more than 100 -megabytes are used by the sum of all the rotated log files. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/var/adm/sulog -S 100m -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRCreating an Entry that Stores the Logfile Name -.sp -.LP -This example creates an entry storing the log file name and the fact that we -want to keep 20 copies in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR, but the \fB\fR\fB-p\fR -\fBnever\fR means the entry is ignored by the normal \fBlogadm\fR run from -root's crontab every morning. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% logadm -w locallog /usr/local/logfile -C20 -p never -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Use the following entry on the command line to override the \fB\fR\fB-p\fR -\fBnever\fR option: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - % logadm -p now locallog -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRRotating the apache Error and Access Logs -.sp -.LP -The following example rotates the apache error and access logs monthly to -filenames based on current year and month. It keeps the 24 most recent copies -and tells apache to restart after renaming the logs. - -.sp -.LP -This command is run once, and since the \fB-w\fR option is specified, an entry -is made in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR so the apache logs are rotated from now on. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - % logadm -w apache -p 1m -C 24\e - -t '/var/apache/old-logs/$basename.%Y-%m'\e - -a '/usr/apache/bin/apachectl graceful'\e - '/var/apache/logs/*{access,error}_log' -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This example also illustrates that the entry name supplied with the \fB-w\fR -option doesn't have to match the log file name. In this example, the entry name -is \fBapache\fR and once the line has been run, the entry in -\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR can be forced to run by executing the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% logadm -p now apache -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Because the expression matching the apache log file names was enclosed in -quotes, the expression is stored in \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR, rather than the -list of files that it expands to. This means that each time \fBlogadm\fR runs -from \fBcron\fR it expands that expression and checks all the log files in the -resulting list to see if they need rotating. - -.sp -.LP -The following command is an example without the quotes around the log name -expression. The shell expands the last argument into a list of log files that -exist at the time the command is entered, and writes an entry to -\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR that rotates the files. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -logadm -w apache /var/apache/logs/*_log -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -configuration file for \fBlogadm\fR command -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBchgrp\fR(1), \fBchmod\fR(1), \fBchown\fR(1), \fBcsh\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), -\fBcron\fR(1M), \fBctime\fR(3C), \fBstrftime\fR(3C), \fBlogadm.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -When \fBlogadm\fR applies expire conditions (supplied by the \fB-A\fR, -\fB-C\fR, and \fB-S\fR options), it deletes files, the oldest first, until the -conditions are satisfied. If the template used for naming the old logs -contained \fB$n\fR or \fB$N\fR, \fBlogadm\fR picks the highest value of -\fB$n\fR or \fB$N\fR found in the old log file names first. If the template -used is something else, \fBlogadm\fR uses the modification time to determine -which files to expire first. This may not be the expected behavior if an old -log file has been modified since it was rotated. -.sp -.LP -Depending on log file sizes and number of log files, log file rotations can be -very time-consuming. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBlogadm\fR works in \fBGMT\fR. Therefore, all entries written to -the \fB/etc/logadm.conf\fR file (see \fBlogadm.conf\fR(4)) will have a -\fBGMT\fR timestamp. Users can use the \fB-l\fR option to set \fBlogadm\fR to -local time. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/logins.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/logins.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 187e7a76ab..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/logins.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LOGINS 1M "Sep 6, 2005" -.SH NAME -logins \- list user and system login information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/logins\fR [\fB-admopstux\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup...\fR] - [\fB-l\fR \fIlogin_name...\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -This command displays information on user and system logins known to the -system. Contents of the output is controlled by the command options and can -include the following: user or system login, user id number, \fBpasswd\fR -account field value (user name or other information), primary group name, -primary group id, multiple group names, multiple group ids, home directory, -login shell, and four password aging parameters. The default information is the -following: login id, user id, primary group name, primary group id and the -account field value. Output is sorted by user id, system logins, followed by -user logins. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -Options may be used together. If so, any login that matches any criteria are -displayed. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Add two password expiration fields to the display. The fields show how many -days a password can remain unused before it automatically becomes inactive, and -the date that the password expires. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects logins with duplicate uids. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects all users belonging to \fBgroup\fR, sorted by login. Multiple groups -can be specified as a comma-separated list. When the \fB-l\fR and \fB-g\fR -options are combined, a user is only listed once, even if the user belongs to -more than one of the selected groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR \fIlogin_name...\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects the requested login. Multiple logins can be specified as a -comma-separated list. Depending on the nameservice lookup types set in -\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR, the information can come from the \fB/etc/passwd\fR -and \fB/etc/shadow\fR files and other nameservices. When the \fB-l\fR and -\fB-g\fR options are combined, a user is only listed once, even if the user -belongs to more than one of the selected groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Displays multiple group membership information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Formats output into one line of colon-separated fields. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects logins with no passwords. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects all system logins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Sorts output by login instead of by uid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Selects all user logins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Prints an extended set of information about each selected user. The extended -information includes home directory, login shell and password aging -information, each displayed on a separate line. The password information -currently consists of password status: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Account has no password -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Account is locked for \fBUNIX\fR authentication -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Account is a no login account -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Account probably has a valid password -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUN\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Account password status is unknown. That is, it is not a recognizable hashed -password or any of the above entries. See \fBcrypt\fR(3C) for valid password -hashes. -.RE - -If the login is passworded, status is followed by the date the password was -last changed, the number of days required between changes, and the number of -days allowed before a change is required. The password aging information shows -the time interval that the user receives a password expiration warning message -(when logging on) before the password expires. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBcrypt\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpadmin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpadmin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 006d0994cf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpadmin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1354 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPADMIN 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -lpadmin \- configure the LP print service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-p\fR \fIprinter\fR {\fIoptions\fR} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-x\fR \fIdest\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-d\fR [\fIdest\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-S\fR \fIprint-wheel\fR \fB-T\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIalert-type\fR] [\fB-W\fR \fIminutes\fR] - [\fB-Q\fR \fIrequests\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBlpadmin\fR configures the LP print service by defining printers and devices. -It is used to add and change printers, to remove printers from service, to set -or change the system default destination, to define alerts for printer faults, -and to mount print wheels. -.SH OPTIONS -The \fBlpadmin\fR command has options for: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Adding or changing a printer -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Removing a printer destination -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setting or changing the system default destination -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Setting an alert for a print wheel -.RE -.sp -.LP -The options for each of the above categories are specified in the following -subsections. -.sp -.LP -Several options support the use of lists. A list might contain, for example, -user names, printers, printer forms, or content types. A list of multiple items -can have the form of either comma-separated names or have the entire list -enclosed by double quotes with a space between each name. For example, both -lists below are acceptable: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -one,two,three -"one two three" -.fi -.in -2 - -.SS "Adding or Changing a Printer" -The first form of the \fBlpadmin\fR command (\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-p\fR -\fIprinter\fR {\fIoptions\fR}) configures a new printer or changes the -configuration of an existing printer. It also starts the print scheduler. -.sp -.LP -When creating a new printer, one of three options (\fB-v\fR, \fB-U\fR, or -\fB-s\fR) must be supplied. In addition, only one of the following can be -supplied: \fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, or \fB-m\fR; if none of these three options is -supplied, the model standard is used. The \fB-h\fR and \fB-l\fR options are -mutually exclusive. Printer and class names must be no longer than 14 -characters and must consist entirely of the characters \fBA\fR-\fBZ\fR, -\fBa\fR-\fBz\fR, \fB0\fR-\fB9\fR, dash (\fB-\fR) and underscore (\fB_\fR). If -\fB-s\fR is specified, the following options are invalid: \fB-A\fR, \fB-e\fR, -\fB-F\fR, \fB-h\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-l\fR, \fB-M\fR, \fB-m\fR, \fB-o\fR, \fB-U\fR, -\fB-v\fR, and \fB-W\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following options can appear in any order. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIalert-type\fR [\fB-W\fR \fIminutes\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-A\fR option is used to define an alert that informs the administrator -when a printer fault is detected, and periodically thereafter, until the -printer fault is cleared by the administrator. The \fIalert-types\fR are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmail\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Send the alert message using mail (see \fBmail\fR(1)) to the administrator. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwrite\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Write the message to the terminal on which the administrator is logged in. If -the administrator is logged in on several terminals, one is chosen arbitrarily. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquiet\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages for the current condition. An administrator can use this -option to temporarily stop receiving further messages about a known problem. -Once the fault has been cleared and printing resumes, messages are sent again -when another fault occurs with the printer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshowfault\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Attempt to execute a fault handler on each system that has a print job in the -queue. The fault handler is \fB/etc/lp/alerts/printer\fR. It is invoked with -three parameters: \fIprinter_name\fR, \fBdate\fR, \fIfile_name\fR. The -\fIfile_name\fR is the name of a file containing the fault message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages; any existing alert definition for the printer is removed. -No alert is sent when the printer faults until a different alert-type (except -\fBquiet\fR) is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIshell-command\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run the \fIshell-command\fR each time the alert needs to be sent. The shell -command should expect the message in standard input. If there are blank spaces -embedded in the command, enclose the command in quotes. Notice that the -\fBmail\fR and \fBwrite\fR values for this option are equivalent to the values -\fBmail\fR \fIuser-name\fR and \fBwrite\fR \fIuser-name\fR respectively, where -\fIuser-name\fR is the current name for the administrator. This is the login -name of the person submitting this command unless he or she has used the -\fBsu\fR command to change to another user ID. If the \fBsu\fR command has been -used to change the user ID, then the \fIuser-name\fR for the new ID is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display the type of the alert for the printer fault. No change is made to the -alert. -.RE - -When a fault occurs, the printing subsystem displays a message indicating that -printing for a specified printer has stopped and the reason for the stoppage. -The message also indicates that printing will restart in a few minutes and that -you can enter an \fBenable\fR command if you want to restart sooner than that. -.sp -Following a fault that occurs in the middle of a print job, the job is -reprinted from the beginning. An exception to this occurs when you enter a -command, such as the one shown below, that changes the page list to be printed. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fB\fR\fBlp\fR\fB \fR\fB-i\fR\fB \fIrequest-id\fR \fR\fB-P\fR\fB ...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -For a given print request, the presence of multiple reasons for failure -indicate multiple attempts at printing. -.sp -The \fBLP\fR print service can detect printer faults only through an adequate -fast filter and only when the standard interface program or a suitable -customized interface program is used. Furthermore, the level of recovery after -a fault depends on the capabilities of the filter. -.sp -If, instead of a single printer, the keyword \fBall\fR is displayed in an -alert, the alert applies to all printers. -.sp -If the \fB-W\fR option is not used to arrange fault alerting for \fIprinter\fR, -the default procedure is to mail one message to the administrator of -\fIprinter\fR per fault. This is equivalent to specifying \fB-W\fR \fBonce\fR -or \fB-W\fR \fB0\fR. If \fIminutes\fR is a number greater than zero, an alert -is sent at intervals specified by \fIminutes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insert \fIprinter\fR into the specified \fIclass\fR. \fIclass\fR is created if -it does not already exist. This option requires the \fB-U\fR \fIdial-info\fR or -\fB-v\fR \fIdevice\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Save this \fIcomment\fR for display whenever a user asks for a full description -of \fIprinter\fR (see \fBlpstat\fR(1)). The LP print service does not interpret -this comment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIprinter\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Copy the interface program of an existing \fIprinter\fR to be the interface -program for \fIprinter\fR. (Options \fB-i\fR and \fB-m\fR must not be specified -with this option.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fBallow\fR:\fIform-list\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fBdeny\fR:\fIform-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or deny the forms in \fIform-list\fR to be printed on \fIprinter\fR. By -default no forms are allowed on a new printer. -.sp -For each printer, the \fBLP\fR print service keeps two lists of forms: an -``allow-list'' of forms that can be used with the printer, and a ``deny-list'' -of forms that cannot be used with the printer. With the \fB\fR\fB-f\fR\fB -allow\fR option, the forms listed are added to the allow-list and removed from -the deny-list. With the \fB-f\fR \fBdeny\fR option, the forms listed are added -to the deny-list and removed from the allow-list. -.sp -If the allow-list is not empty, only the forms in the list can be used on the -printer, regardless of the contents of the deny-list. If the allow-list is -empty, but the deny-list is not, the forms in the deny-list cannot be used with -the printer. All forms can be excluded from a printer by specifying \fB-f\fR -\fBdeny:all\fR. All forms can be used on a printer (provided the printer can -handle all the characteristics of each form) by specifying \fB-f\fR -\fBallow:all\fR. -.sp -The \fBLP\fR print service uses this information as a set of guidelines for -determining where a form can be mounted. Administrators, however, are not -restricted from mounting a form on any printer. If mounting a form on a -particular printer is in disagreement with the information in the allow-list or -deny-list, the administrator is warned but the mount is accepted. Nonetheless, -if a user attempts to issue a print or change request for a form and printer -combination that is in disagreement with the information, the request is -accepted only if the form is currently mounted on the printer. If the form is -later unmounted before the request can print, the request is canceled and the -user is notified by mail. -.sp -If the administrator tries to specify a form as acceptable for use on a printer -that does not have the capabilities needed by the form, the command is -rejected. -.sp -Notice the other use of \fB-f\fR, with the \fB-M\fR option, below. -.sp -The \fB-T\fR option must be invoked first with \fBlpadmin\fR to identify the -printer type before the \fB-f\fR option can be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIfault-recovery\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option specifies the recovery to be used for any print request that is -stopped because of a printer fault, according to the value of -\fIfault-recovery\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcontinue\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Continue printing on the top of the page where printing stopped. This requires -a filter to wait for the fault to clear before automatically continuing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbeginning\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Start printing the request again from the beginning. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwait\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Disable printing on \fIprinter\fR and wait for the administrator or a user to -enable printing again. -.sp -During the wait, the administrator or the user who submitted the stopped print -request can issue a change request that specifies where printing should resume. -(See the \fB-i\fR option of the \fBlp\fR command.) If no change request is made -before printing is enabled, printing resumes at the top of the page where -stopped, if the filter allows; otherwise, the request is printed from the -beginning. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicate that the device associated with the printer is hardwired. If neither -of the mutually exclusive options, \fB-h\fR and \fB-l\fR, is specified, -\fB-h\fR is assumed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterface\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Establish a new interface program for \fIprinter\fR. \fIinterface\fR is the -pathname of the new program. (The \fB-e\fR and \fB-m\fR options must not be -specified with this option.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR \fIcontent-type-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow \fIprinter\fR to handle print requests with the content types listed in a -\fIcontent-type-list\fR. -.sp -The type \fBsimple\fR is recognized as the default content type for files in -the UNIX system. A \fBsimple\fR type of file is a data stream containing only -printable \fBASCII\fR characters and the following control characters: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c c -l l l . -Control Char Octal Value Meaning -BACKSPACE 10 Move back one char, except - at beginning of line -TAB 11 Move to next tab stop -LINEFEED 12 Move to beginning of - (newline) next line -FORMFEED 14 Move to beginning of - next page -RETURN 15 Move to beginning of - current line -.TE - -To prevent the print service from considering \fBsimple\fR a valid type for the -printer, specify either an explicit value (such as the printer type) in the -\fIcontent-type-list\fR, or an empty list. If you do want \fBsimple\fR included -along with other types, you must include \fBsimple\fR in the -\fIcontent-type-list\fR. -.sp -In addition to content types defined by the print administrator, the type -\fBPostScript\fR is recognized and supported by the Solaris print subsystem. -This includes filters to support \fBPostScript\fR as the printer content type. -.sp -The type \fBany\fR is recognized as a special content type for files. When -declared as the input type for a printer, it signals the print sub-system not -to do any filtering on the file before sending it to the printer. -.sp -Except for \fBsimple\fR and \fBany\fR, each \fIcontent-type\fR name is -determined by the administrator. If the printer type is specified by the -\fB-T\fR option, then the printer type is implicitly considered to be also a -valid content type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicate that the device associated with \fIprinter\fR is a login terminal. The -LP scheduler (\fBlpsched\fR) disables all login terminals automatically each -time it is started. (The \fB-h\fR option must not be specified with this -option.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImodel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select \fImodel\fR interface program, provided with the \fBLP\fR print service, -for the printer. (Options \fB-e\fR and \fB-i\fR must not be specified with this -option.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fB-f\fR \fIform-name\fR [\fB-a\fR [\fB-o\fR \fBfilebreak\fR]] -[\fB-t\fR \fItray-number\fR]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the form \fIform-name\fR on \fIprinter\fR. Print requests that need the -pre-printed form \fIform-name\fR is printed on \fIprinter\fR. If more than one -printer has the form mounted and the user has specified \fBany\fR (with the -\fB-d\fR option of the \fBlp\fR command) as the printer destination, then the -print request is printed on the one printer that also meets the other needs of -the request. -.sp -The page length and width, and character and line pitches needed by the form -are compared with those allowed for the printer, by checking the capabilities -in the \fBterminfo\fR database for the type of printer. If the form requires -attributes that are not available with the printer, the administrator is warned -but the mount is accepted. If the form lists a print wheel as mandatory, but -the print wheel mounted on the printer is different, the administrator is also -warned but the mount is accepted. -.sp -If the \fB-a\fR option is given, an alignment pattern is printed, preceded by -the same initialization of the physical printer that precedes a normal print -request, with one exception: no banner page is printed. Printing is assumed to -start at the top of the first page of the form. After the pattern is printed, -the administrator can adjust the mounted form in the printer and press return -for another alignment pattern (no initialization this time), and can continue -printing as many alignment patterns as desired. The administrator can quit the -printing of alignment patterns by typing \fBq\fR. -.sp -If the \fB-o\fR \fBfilebreak\fR option is given, a formfeed is inserted between -each copy of the alignment pattern. By default, the alignment pattern is -assumed to correctly fill a form, so no formfeed is added. -.sp -If the \fB-t\fR \fItray-number\fR option is specified, printer tray -\fItray-number\fR is used. -.sp -A form is ``unmounted'' either by mounting a new form in its place or by using -the \fB-f\fR \fBnone\fR option. By default, a new printer has no form mounted. -.sp -Notice the other use of \fB-f\fR without the \fB-M\fR option above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR \fB-S\fR \fIprint-wheel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the \fIprint-wheel\fR on \fIprinter\fR. Print requests that need the -\fIprint-wheel\fR are printed on \fIprinter\fR. If more than one printer has -\fIprint-wheel\fR mounted and the user has specified \fBany\fR (with the -\fB-d\fR option of the \fBlp\fR command) as the printer destination, then the -print request is printed on the one printer that also meets the other needs of -the request. -.sp -If the \fIprint-wheel\fR is not listed as acceptable for the printer, the -administrator is warned but the mount is accepted. If the printer does not take -print wheels, the command is rejected. -.sp -A print wheel is ``unmounted'' either by mounting a new print wheel in its -place or by using the option \fB-S\fR \fBnone\fR. By default, a new printer has -no print wheel mounted. -.sp -Notice the other uses of the \fB-S\fR option without the \fB-M\fR option -described below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIppdfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a \fBPPD\fR file for creating and modifying printer queues. -\fIppdfilename\fR is the full path and file name to the \fBPPD\fR file. Used in -conjunction with the \fB-p\fR, \fB-d\fR, \fB-x\fR, or \fB-S\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIoption\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-o\fR option defines default printer configuration values given to an -interface program. The default can be explicitly overwritten for individual -requests by the user (see \fBlp\fR(1)), or taken from a preprinted form -description (see \fBlpforms\fR(1M) and \fBlp\fR(1)). -.sp -There are several options which are predefined by the system. In addition, any -number of key-value pairs can be defined. See the section "Predefined Options -Used with the \fB-o\fR Option", below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpaper-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a paper type list that the printer supports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove \fIprinter\fR from the specified \fIclass\fR. If \fIprinter\fR is the -last member of \fIclass\fR, then \fIclass\fR is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow either the print wheels or aliases for character sets named in \fIlist\fR -to be used on the printer. -.sp -If the printer is a type that takes print wheels, then \fIlist\fR is a comma or -space separated list of print wheel names. These are the only print wheels -considered mountable on the printer. (You can always force a different print -wheel to be mounted.) Until the option is used to specify a list, no print -wheels are considered mountable on the printer, and print requests that ask for -a particular print wheel with this printer are rejected. -.sp -If the printer is a type that has selectable character sets, then \fIlist\fR is -a list of character set name ``mappings'' or aliases. Each ``mapping'' is of -the form \fIknown-name=alias\fR The \fIknown-name\fR is a character set number -preceded by \fBcs\fR (such as \fBcs3\fR for character set three) or a character -set name from the \fBterminfo\fR database entry \fBcsnm\fR. See -\fBterminfo\fR(4). If this option is not used to specify a list, only the names -already known from the \fBterminfo\fR database or numbers with a prefix of -\fBcs\fR is acceptable for the printer. If \fIlist\fR is the word \fBnone\fR, -any existing print wheel lists or character set aliases are removed. -.sp -Notice the other uses of the \fB-S\fR with the \fB-M\fR option described above. -.sp -The \fB-T\fR option must be invoked first with \fBlpadmin\fR to identify the -printer type before the \fB-S\fR option can be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsystem-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-s\fR option can be used for both remote or local printers. For remote -printers: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsystem-name\fR[\fB!\fR\fIprinter-name\fR] (UUCP format)\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIprinter-name\fR\fB@\fR\fIsystem-name\fR (RCMD format)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Make a remote printer (one that must be accessed through another system) -accessible to users on your system. \fIsystem-name\fR is the name of the remote -system on which the remote printer is located it. \fIprinter-name\fR is the -name used on the remote system for that printer. For example, if you want to -access \fIprinter1\fR on \fIsystem1\fR and you want it called \fIprinter2\fR on -your system: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB-p\fR \fIprinter2\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsystem1\fR\fB!\fR\fIprinter1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB-p\fR \fIprinter2\fR \fB-s\fR \fIprinter1\fR\fB@\fR\fIsystem1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIscheme\fR\fB://\fR\fIend-point\fR (URI format)\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Make a remote printer (one that must be accessed through another system) -accessible to users on your system. The supported schemes include \fBlpd\fR and -\fBipp\fR. Specify URI's using the \fBlpd\fR format as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlpd://\fR\fIserver\fR/\fIprinters\fR/\fIqueue\fR\fB[#Solaris]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -URI's using the \fBipp\fR format are defined by the remote print server. They -are generally of the format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBipp://\fR\fIserver\fR\fB/\fR\fIprinters\fR\fB/\fR\fIqueue\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -In either case, \fIserver\fR specifies the hostname or IP address of the remote -print server, \fIqueue\fR specifies the name of the print queue on the remote -print server, and the optional \fB#Solaris\fR specifies that the remote print -server is a Solaris server when \fBlpd\fR URI format is being used. -.sp -For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB-p\fR \fIprinter\fR \fB-s\fR \fBlpd://\fR\fIserver\fR\fB/\fR\fIprinters\fR\fB/\fR\fIqueue\fR\fB#Solaris\fR -\fB-p\fR \fIprinter\fR \fB-s\fR \fBipp://\fR\fIserver\fR\fB/\fR\fIprinters\fR\fB/\fR\fIqueue\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -For local printers: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR "\fBlocalhost\fR"\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Use \fBlocalhost\fR for the \fIsystem-name\fR to be used by the print service. -In an environment where the nodename is variable, print queues are invalidated -when the nodename changes. Using \fBlocalhost\fR as the \fIsystem-name\fR -allows print queues to be maintained across changing nodenames. The -\fIsystem-name\fR, as used by the print service, is only set to \fBlocalhost\fR -when explicitly set with this option; by default, \fBlpadmin\fR sets -\fIsystem-name\fR to \fInodename\fR. For example, if you want to configure a -new printer on the local system, and want it called \fIprinter3\fR: -.sp -\fB-p\fR \fIprinter3\fR \fB-s\fR \fIlocalhost\fR \fB-v\fR \fIdevice\fR -.sp -This option should never be used when creating name service maps. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fIprinter-type-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identify the printer as being of one or more \fIprinter-type\fRs. Each -\fIprinter-type\fR is used to extract data from the \fBterminfo\fR database; -this information is used to initialize the printer before printing each user's -request. Some filters might also use a \fIprinter-type\fR to convert content -for the printer. If this option is not used, the default \fIprinter-type\fR is -\fBunknown\fR. No information is extracted from \fBterminfo\fR so each user -request is printed without first initializing the printer. Also, this option -must be used if the following are to work: \fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB cpi\fR, -\fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB lpi\fR, \fB\fR\fB-o\fR width, and \fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB length\fR -options of the \fBlpadmin\fR and \fBlp\fR commands, and the \fB-S\fR and -\fB-f\fR options of the \fBlpadmin\fR command. -.sp -If the \fIprinter-type-list\fR contains more than one type, then the -\fIcontent-type-list\fR of the \fB-I\fR option must either be specified as -\fBsimple\fR, as empty (\fB\fR\fB-I\fR\fB ""\fR), or not specified at all. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-t\fR\fInumber-of-trays\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the number of trays when creating the printer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fBallow:\fR\fIlogin-ID-list\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fBdeny:\fR\fIlogin-ID-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or deny the users in \fIlogin-ID-list\fR access to the printer. By -default all users are allowed on a new printer. The \fIlogin-ID-list\fR -argument can include any or all of the following constructs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -a user on any system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem-name\fR\fB!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -a user on system \fIsystem-name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem-name\fR\fB!all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -all users on system \fIsystem-name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -a user on all systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -all users on all systems -.RE - -For each printer, the \fBLP\fR print service keeps two lists of users: an -``allow-list'' of people allowed to use the printer, and a ``deny-list'' of -people denied access to the printer. With the \fB\fR\fB-u\fR\fB allow\fR -option, the users listed are added to the allow-list and removed from the -deny-list. With the \fB\fR\fB-u\fR\fB deny\fR option, the users listed are -added to the deny-list and removed from the allow-list. -.sp -If the allow-list is not empty, only the users in the list can use the printer, -regardless of the contents of the deny-list. If the allow-list is empty, but -the deny-list is not, the users in the deny-list cannot use the printer. All -users can be denied access to the printer by specifying \fB\fR\fB-u\fR\fB -deny:all\fR. All users can use the printer by specifying \fB\fR\fB-u\fR\fB -allow:all\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-U\fR option allows your print service to access a remote printer. (It -does not enable your print service to access a remote printer service.) -Specifically, \fB-U\fR assigns the ``dialing'' information \fIdial-info\fR to -the printer. \fIdial-info\fR is used with the \fBdial\fR routine to call the -printer. Any network connection supported by the Basic Networking Utilities -works. \fIdial-info\fR can be either a phone number for a modem connection, or -a system name for other kinds of connections. Or, if \fB-U\fR \fBdirect\fR is -given, no dialing takes place, because the name \fBdirect\fR is reserved for a -printer that is directly connected. If a system name is given, it is used to -search for connection details from the file \fB/etc/uucp/Systems\fR or related -files. The Basic Networking Utilities are required to support this option. By -default, \fB\fR\fB-U\fR\fB direct\fR is assumed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-v\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Associate a \fIdevice\fR with \fIprinter\fR. \fIdevice\fR is the path name of a -file that is writable by \fBlp\fR. Notice that the same \fIdevice\fR can be -associated with more than one printer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fIscheme\fR\fB://\fR\fIend-point\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Associate a network attached device with printer. -.sp -\fIscheme\fR is the method or protocol used to access the network attached -device and \fIend-point\fR is the information necessary to contact that network -attached device. Use of this device format requires the use of the \fBuri\fR -interface script and can only be used with the \fBsmb\fR scheme at this time. -.sp -For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# lpadmin \fB-p\fR \fIqueue\fR \fB-v\fR \fBsmb://smb-\fR\fIservice\fR\fB/\fR\fIprinter\fR \fB-m\fR \fBuri\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -See the \fBsmbspool\fR man page for details. -.RE - -.SS "Removing a Printer Destination" -The \fB-x\fR \fIdest\fR option removes the destination \fIdest\fR (a printer or -a class), from the \fBLP\fR print service. If \fIdest\fR is a printer and is -the only member of a class, then the class is deleted, too. If \fIdest\fR is -\fBall\fR, all printers and classes are removed. If there are no remaining -local printers and the scheduler is still running, the scheduler is shut down. -.sp -.LP -No other \fIoptions\fR are allowed with \fB-x\fR. -.SS "Setting/Changing the System Default Destination" -The \fB-d\fR [\fIdest\fR] option makes \fIdest\fR (an existing printer or -class) the new system default destination. If \fIdest\fR is not supplied, then -there is no system default destination. No other \fIoptions\fR are allowed with -\fB-d\fR. -.SS "Setting an Alert for a Print Wheel" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIprint-wheel\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIalert-type\fR] [\fB-W\fR -\fIminutes\fR] [\fB-Q\fR \fIrequests\fR] \fB-T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-S\fR \fIprint-wheel\fR option is used with the \fB-A\fR -\fIalert-type\fR option to define an alert to mount the print wheel when there -are jobs queued for it. If this command is not used to arrange alerting for a -print wheel, no alert is sent for the print wheel. Notice the other use of -\fB-A\fR, with the \fB-p\fR option, above. -.sp -The \fIalert-types\fR are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmail\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Send the alert message using the \fBmail\fR command to the administrator. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwrite\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Write the message, using the \fBwrite\fR command, to the terminal on which the -administrator is logged in. If the administrator is logged in on several -terminals, one is arbitrarily chosen. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquiet\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages for the current condition. An administrator can use this -option to temporarily stop receiving further messages about a known problem. -Once the \fIprint-wheel\fR has been mounted and subsequently unmounted, -messages are sent again when the number of print requests reaches the threshold -specified by the \fB-Q\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages until the \fB-A\fR option is given again with a different -\fIalert-type\fR (other than \fBquiet\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIshell-command\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run the \fIshell-command\fR each time the alert needs to be sent. The shell -command should expect the message in standard input. If there are blanks -embedded in the command, enclose the command in quotes. Notice that the -\fBmail\fR and \fBwrite\fR values for this option are equivalent to the values -\fBmail\fR \fIuser-name\fR and \fBwrite\fR \fIuser-name\fR respectively, where -\fIuser-name\fR is the current name for the administrator. This is the login -name of the person submitting this command unless he or she has used the -\fBsu\fR command to change to another user ID. If the \fBsu\fR command has been -used to change the user ID, then the \fIuser-name\fR for the new ID is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display the type of the alert for the print wheel on standard output. No change -is made to the alert. -.RE - -The message sent appears as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -The print wheel \fIprint-wheel\fR needs to be mounted -on the printer(s): -\fIprinter\fR(\fIinteger1\fRrequests) \fIinteger2\fR print requests -await this print wheel. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The printers listed are those that the administrator had earlier specified were -candidates for this print wheel. The number \fIinteger1\fR listed next to each -printer is the number of requests eligible for the printer. The number -\fIinteger2\fR shown after the printer list is the total number of requests -awaiting the print wheel. It is less than the sum of the other numbers if some -requests can be handled by more than one printer. -.sp -If the \fIprint-wheel\fR is \fBall\fR, the alerting defined in this command -applies to all print wheels already defined to have an alert. -.sp -If the \fB-W\fR option is not given, the default procedure is that only one -message is sent per need to mount the print wheel. Not specifying the \fB-W\fR -option is equivalent to specifying \fB\fR\fB-W\fR\fB once\fR or \fB-W\fR -\fB0\fR. If \fIminutes\fR is a number greater than zero, an alert is sent at -intervals specified by \fIminutes\fR. -.sp -If the \fB-Q\fR option is also given, the alert is sent when a certain number -(specified by the argument \fIrequests\fR) of print requests that need the -print wheel are waiting. If the \fB-Q\fR option is not given, or \fIrequests\fR -is 1 or \fBany\fR (which are both the default), a message is sent as soon as -anyone submits a print request for the print wheel when it is not mounted. -.RE - -.SH PREDEFINED OPTIONS USED WITH THE \fB-o\fR OPTION -A number of options, described below, are predefined for use with \fB-o\fR. -These options are used for adjusting printer capabilities, adjusting printer -port characteristics, configuring network printers, and controlling the use of -banner. The \fB-o\fR also supports an arbitrary \fB\fIkeyword\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR -format, which is referred to below as an undefined option. -.SS "Adjusting Printer Capabilities" -The \fBlength\fR, \fBwidth\fR, \fBcpi\fR, and \fBlpi\fR parameters can be used -in conjunction with the \fB-o\fR option to adjust printer capabilities. The -format of the parameters and their values is as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -length=\fIscaled-decimal-number\fR -width=\fIscaled-decimal-number\fR -cpi=\fIscaled-decimal-number\fR -lpi=\fIscaled-decimal-number\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The term \fIscaled-decimal-number\fR refers to a non-negative number used to -indicate a unit of size. The type of unit is shown by a ``trailing'' letter -attached to the number. Three types of \fIscaled-decimal-numbers\fR can be used -with the LP print service: numbers that show sizes in centimeters (marked with -a trailing \fBc\fR); numbers that show sizes in inches (marked with a trailing -\fBi\fR); and numbers that show sizes in units appropriate to use (without a -trailing letter), that is, lines, characters, lines per inch, or characters per -inch. -.sp -.LP -The option values must agree with the capabilities of the type of physical -printer, as defined in the terminfo database for the printer type. If they do -not, the command is rejected. -.sp -.LP -The defaults are defined in the \fBterminfo\fR entry for the specified printer -type. The defaults can be reset by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o length= -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o width= -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o cpi= -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o lpi=\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Adjusting Printer Port Characteristics" -You use the \fBstty\fR keyword in conjunction with the o option to adjust -printer port characteristics. The general form of the \fBstty\fR portion of the -command is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBstty="'\fR\fIstty-option-list\fR'" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fIstty-option-list\fR is not checked for allowed values, but is passed -directly to the \fBstty\fR program by the standard interface program. Any error -messages produced by \fBstty\fR when a request is processed (by the standard -interface program) are mailed to the user submitting the request. -.sp -.LP -The default for \fBstty\fR is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -stty="'9600 cs8 -cstopb -parenb ixon - -ixany opost -olcuc onlcr - -ocrnl -onocr - -onlret -ofill nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0 ff0'" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The default can be reset by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o stty=\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Configuring Network Printers" -The \fBdest\fR, \fBprotocol\fR, \fBbsdctrl\fR, and \fBtimeout\fR parameters are -used in conjunction with the \fB-o\fR option to configure network printers. The -format of these keywords and their assigned values is as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -dest=\fIstring\fR protocol=\fIstring\fR bsdctrl=\fIstring\fR \e - timeout=\fInon-negative-integer-seconds\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -These four options are provided to support network printing. Each option is -passed directly to the interface program; any checking for allowed values is -done there. -.sp -.LP -The value of \fBdest\fR is the name of the destination for the network printer; -the semantics for value \fBdest\fR are dependent on the printer and the -configuration. There is no default. -.sp -.LP -The value of option \fBprotocol\fR sets the over-the-wire protocol to the -printer. The default for option \fBprotocol\fR is \fBbsd\fR. The value of -option \fBbsdctrl\fR sets the print order of control and data files (BSD -protocol only); the default for this option is \fBcontrol file first\fR. The -value of option \fBtimeout\fR sets the seed value for backoff time when the -printer is busy. The default value for the \fBtimeout\fR option is \fB10\fR -seconds. The defaults can be reset by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o protocol= -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR \fR\fB-o bsdctrl=\fR -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o timeout= -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Controlling the Use of the Banner Page" -Use the following commands to control the use of the banner page: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprinter\fR -o nobanner\fR -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprinter\fR -o banner\fR -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprinter\fR -o banner=always\fR -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprinter\fR -o banner=never\fR -\fBlpadmin -p \fIprinter\fR -o banner=optional\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The first and fifth commands (\fB-o\fR \fBnobanner\fR and \fB-o\fR -\fBbanner=optional\fR) are equivalent. The default is to print the banner page, -unless a user specifies \fB-o\fR \fBnobanner\fR on an \fBlp\fR command line. -.sp -.LP -The second and third commands (\fB-o\fR \fBbanner\fR and \fB-o\fR -\fBbanner=always\fR) are equivalent. Both cause a banner page to be printed -always, even if a user specifies \fBlp\fR \fB-o\fR \fBnobanner\fR. The root -user can override this command. -.sp -.LP -The fourth command (\fB-o\fR \fBbanner=never\fR) causes a banner page never to -be printed, even if a user specifies \fBlp\fR \fB-o\fR \fBbanner\fR. The root -user can override this command. -.SS "Undefined Options" -The \fB-o\fR option supports the use of arbitrary, user-defined options with -the following format: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Each \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR is passed directly to the interface program. -Any checking for allowed values is done in the interface program. -.sp -Any default values for a given \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR option are defined -in the interface program. If a default is provided, it can be reset by typing -the key without any value: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -lpadmin -p \fIprintername\fR -o \fIkey\fR= -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-p\fR \fIprinter\fR \fB-o\fR \fBfoo | nofoo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets boolean values \fBfoo=true | foo=false\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -In the following examples, \fIprtr\fR can be any name up to 14 characters and -can be the same name as the \fBping\fR(1M) name. -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConfiguring an HP Postscript Printer with a Jet Direct Network -Interface -.sp -.LP -The following example configures an HP postscript printer with a jet direct -network interface: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlpadmin -p \fIprtr\fR -v /dev/null -m netstandard \e - -o dest=\fIping_name_of_prtr\fR:9100 -o protocol=tcp -T PS -I \e - postscript\fR -example# \fBenable \fIprtr\fR\fR -example# \fBaccept \fIprtr\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRConfiguring a Standard Postscript Network Printer -.sp -.LP -The following example configures a standard postscript network printer: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBlpadmin -p \fIprtr\fR -v /dev/null -m netstandard \e - -o dest=\fIping_name_of_prtr\fR -T PS -I postscript\fR -example# \fBenable \fIprtr\fR\fR -example# \fBaccept \fIprtr\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/lp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/lp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/lp/alerts/printer\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Fault handler for \fBlpadmin\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -System printer configuration database -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBenable\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), -\fBaccept\fR(1M), \fBlpforms\fR(1M), \fBlpsched\fR(1M), \fBlpsystem\fR(1M), -\fBping\fR(1M), \fBdial\fR(3NSL), \fBterminfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -When using lpadmin to provide access to a remote printer, remote configuration -data is stored in \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. This data includes a \fBbsdaddr\fR -and a \fBprinter-uri-supported\fR attribute. The data in this file can be -shared through the use of a network name service or replicated across multiple -systems. If the data is shared, it is important to make sure that the -\fBbsdaddr\fR and \fBprinter-uri-supported\fR contain hostname information that -is correctly resolved on all hosts sharing this data. Also, the -\fBprinter-uri-supported\fR is the preferred means of accessing remote print -service. The \fBbsdaddr\fR is supplied for backward compatibility with Solaris -2.6-10 systems. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpfilter.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpfilter.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d4a401c5e9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpfilter.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,496 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPFILTER 1M "Apr 3, 1997" -.SH NAME -lpfilter \- administer filters used with the LP print service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/lpfilter\fR \fB-f\fR \fIfilter-name\fR - {\fB-\fR | \fB-i\fR | \fB-l\fR | \fB-x\fR | \fB-F\fR \fIpathname\fR} -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpfilter\fR command is used to add, change, delete, or list a filter -used with the \fBLP\fR print service. These filters convert the content of a -file to have a content type acceptable to a printer. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -Arguments consist of the \fB-f\fR\fIfilter-name\fR option and exactly one of -the arguments appearing within braces (\fB{\fR\|\fB}\fR) in the SYNOPSIS. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\(mi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Adds or changes a filter as specified from standard input. The format of the -input is specified below. If \fB-f\fR \fBall\fR is specified with the -\fB\(mi\fR option, the specified change is made to all existing filters. This -is not useful. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilter-name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specifies the \fIfilter-name\fR of the filter to be added, changed, reset, -deleted, or listed. The filter name \fBall\fR is a special filter name defined -below. The \fB-f\fR option is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Adds or changes a filter as specified by the contents of the file -\fIpathname\fR. The format of the file's contents is specified below. If -\fB\fR\fB-f\fR\fB all\fR is specified with the \fB-F\fR option, the specified -change is made to all existing filters. This is not useful. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Resets a filter to its default settings. Using \fB\fR\fB-f\fR\fB all\fR with -the \fB-i\fR option restores all filters for which predefined settings are -available to their original settings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Lists a filter description. Using \fB-f\fR \fBall\fR with the \fB-l\fR option -produces a list of all filters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Deletes a filter. Using \fB-f\fR \fBall\fR with the \fB-x\fR option results in -all filters being deleted. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.SS "Adding or Changing a Filter" -.sp -.LP -The filter named in the \fB-f\fR option is added to the filter table. If the -filter already exists, its description is changed to reflect the new -information in the input. -.sp -.LP -When \fB\(mi\fR is specified, standard input supplies the filter description. -When \fB-F\fR is specified, the file \fIpathname\fR supplies the filter -description. One of these two options must be specified to add or change a -filter. -.sp -.LP -When an existing filter is changed with the \fB-F\fR or \fB\(mi\fR option, -lines in the filter description that are not specified in the new information -are not changed. When a new filter is added with this command, unspecified -lines receive default values. See below. -.sp -.LP -Filters are used to convert the content of a request from its initial type -into a type acceptable to a printer. For a given print request, the \fBLP\fR -print service knows the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The content type of the request (specified by \fBlp\fR \fB-T\fR or determined -implicitly). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The name of the printer (specified by \fBlp\fR \fB-d\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The printer type (specified by \fBlpadmin\fR \fB-T\fR). -.sp -The printer type is intended to be a printer model, but some people specify it -with a content type even though \fBlpadmin\fR \fB-I\fR is intended for this -purpose. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The content types acceptable to the printer (specified by \fBlpadmin\fR -\fB-I\fR\fB)\fR. -.sp -The values specified by the \fBlpadmin\fR \fB-T\fR are treated as if they were -specified by the \fB-I\fR option as well. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The modes of printing asked for by the originator of the request (specified by -various options to \fBlp\fR). -.RE -.sp -.LP -The system uses the above information to construct a list of one or more -filters that converts the document's content type into a content type -acceptable to the printer and consumes all \fBlp\fR arguments that invoke -filters (\fB-y\fR and \fB-P\fR). -.sp -.LP -The contents of the file (specified by the \fB-F\fR option) and the input -stream from standard input (specified by \fB\(mi\fR) must consist of a series -of lines, such that each line conforms to the syntax specified by one of the -seven lines below. All lists are comma or space separated. Each item contains a -description. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBInput types: \fR\fIcontent-type-list\fR -\fBOutput types: \fR\fIcontent-type-list\fR -\fBPrinter types: \fR\fIprinter-type-list\fR -\fBPrinters: \fR\fIprinter-list\fR -\fBFilter type: \fR\fIfilter-type\fR -\fBCommand: \fR\fIshell-command\fR -\fBOptions: \fR\fItemplate-list\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBInput\fR \fBtypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This gives the content types that can be accepted by the filter. The default is -\fBany\fR. The document content type must be a member of this list for the -initial filter in the sequence. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOutput\fR \fBtypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This gives the content types that the filter can produce from any of the input -(content) types. The default is \fBany\fR. The intersection of the output -types of this list and the content types acceptable to the printer (from -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-I\fR and \fBlpadmin \fR\fB-T\fR) must be non-null for the -last filter in the sequence. For adjacent filters in the sequence, the -intersection of output types of one and the input types of the next must be -non-null. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPrinter\fR \fBtypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This gives the printer types for which this printer can be used. The \fBLP\fR -print service will restrict the use of the filter to these printer types (from -\fBlpadmin\fR \fB-T\fR). The default is \fBany\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPrinters\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This gives the names of the printers for which the filter can be used. The -\fBLP\fR print service will restrict the use of the filter to just the printers -named. The default is \fBany\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFilter\fR \fBtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This marks the filter as a \fBslow\fR filter or a \fBfast\fR filter. Slow -filters are generally those that take a long time to convert their input (that -is, minutes or hours). They are run before the job is scheduled for a printer, -to keep the printers from being tied up while the filter is running. If a -listed printer is on a remote system, the filter type for it must have the -value \fBslow\fR. That is, if a client defines a filter, it must be a slow -filter. Fast filters are generally those that convert their input quickly (that -is, faster than the printer can process the data), or those that must be -connected to the printer when run. Fast filters will be given to the interface -program to run while connected to the physical printer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCommand\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This specifies which program to run to invoke the filter. The full program -pathname as well as fixed options must be included in the \fIshell-command\fR; -additional options are constructed, based on the characteristics of each print -request and on the \fBOptions\fR field. A command must be given for each -filter. The command must accept a data stream as standard input and produce the -converted data stream on its standard output. This allows filter pipelines to -be constructed to convert data not handled by a single filter. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOptions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -This is a comma-separated list of templates used by the \fBLP\fR print -service to construct options to the filter from the characteristics of each -print request listed in the table later. The \fB-y\fR and \fB- P\fR arguments -to the \fBlp\fR command cause a filter sequence to be built even if there is no -need for a conversion of content types. -.sp -In general, each template is of the following form: -.sp -\fIkeyword pattern \fR\fB=\fR \fIreplacement\fR -.sp -The \fIkeyword\fR names the characteristic that the template attempts to map -into a filter-specific option; each valid \fIkeyword\fR is listed in the table -below. -.sp -A \fIpattern\fR is one of the following: a literal pattern of one of the forms -listed in the table, a single asterisk (\fB*\fR), or a regular expression. If -\fIpattern\fR matches the value of the characteristic, the template fits and -is used to generate a filter-specific option. The \fIreplacement\fR is what -will be used as the option. -.sp -Regular expressions are the same as those found on the \fBregexp\fR(5) manual -page. This includes the \fB\e(\fR\&...\fB\e)\fR and \fB\e\fR\fIn\fR -constructions, which can be used to extract portions of the \fIpattern\fR for -copying into the \fIreplacement\fR, and the \fB&\fR, which can be used to copy -the entire \fIpattern\fR into the \fIreplacement\fR. -.sp -The \fIreplacement\fR can also contain a \fB*\fR; it too, is replaced with the -entire \fIpattern\fR, just like the \fB&\fR of \fBregexp\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The keywords are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -lp Option Characteristic \fIkeyword\fR Possible \fIpatterns\fR - --T Content type INPUT content-type - (input) - -Not applicable Content type OUTPUT content-type - (output) - -not applicable Printer type TERM printer-type - --d Printer name PRINTER \fIprinter-name\fR - --f, -o cpi= Character pitch CPI integer - --f, -o lpi= Line pitch LPI integer - --f, -o length= Page length LENGTH integer - --f, -o width= Page width WIDTH integer - --P Pages to print PAGES page-list - --S Character set CHARSET character-set-name - Print wheel CHARSET print-wheel-name - --f Form name FORM form-name - --y Modes MODES mode - --n Number of COPIES \fIinteger\fR - copies -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Resetting a Filter to Defaults" -.sp -.LP -If the filter named is one originally delivered with the \fBLP\fR print -service, the \fB-i\fR option restores the original filter description. -.SS "Deleting a Filter" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-x\fR option is used to delete the filter specified in filter-name -from the \fBLP\fR filter table. -.SS "Listing a Filter Description" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-l\fR option is used to list the description of the filter named in -filter-name. If the command is successful, the following message is sent to -standard output: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBInput types: \fR\fIcontent-type-list\fR -\fBOutput types: \fR\fIcontent-type-list\fR -\fBPrinter types: \fR\fIprinter-type-list\fR -\fBPrinters: \fR\fIprinter-list\fR -\fBFilter type: \fR\fIfilter-type\fR -\fBCommand: \fR\fIshell-command\fR -\fBOptions: \fR\fItemplate-list\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If the command fails, an error message is sent to standard error. -.SS "Large File Behavior" -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBlpfilter\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRPrinting with the landscape option -.sp -.LP -For example, the template - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBMODES landscape = \fR\fB-l\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -shows that if a print request is submitted with the \fB-y\fR \fBlandscape\fR -option, the filter will be given the option \fB-l\fR. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSelecting the printer type -.sp -.LP -As another example, the template - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBTERM * = \fR\fB-T\fR\fB *\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -shows that the filter will be given the option \fB-T\fR \fIprinter-type\fR for -whichever \fIprinter-type\fR is associated with a print request using the -filter. - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing the keywords table -.sp -.LP -Consider the template - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBMODES prwidth\e=\e(.*\e) = \fR\fB-w\fR\fB\e1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Suppose a user gives the command - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBlp -y prwidth=10\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -From the table above, the \fBLP\fR print service determines that the \fB-y\fR -option is handled by a \fBMODES\fR template. The \fBMODES\fR template here -works because the pattern prwidth=) matches the prwidth=10 given by the user. -The replacement -w1 causes the \fBLP\fR print service to generate the filter -option \fB-w10\fR. If necessary, the \fBLP\fR print service will construct a -filter pipeline by concatenating several filters to handle the user's file and -all the print options. See \fBsh\fR(1) for a description of a pipeline. If the -print service constructs a filter pipeline, the \fBINPUT\fR and \fBOUTPUT\fR -values used for each filter in the pipeline are the types of input and output -for that filter, not for the entire pipeline. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBregexp\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If the \fBlp\fR command specifies more than one document, the filtering chain -is determined by the first document. Other documents may have a different -format, but they will print correctly only if the filter chain is able to -handle their format. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpforms.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpforms.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bf3377968d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpforms.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPFORMS 1M "Apr 3, 1997" -.SH NAME -lpforms \- administer forms used with the LP print service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpforms\fR \fB-f\fR \fIform-name\fR \fIoption\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpforms\fR \fB-f\fR \fIform-name\fR \fB-A\fR \fIalert-type\fR [\fB-P\fR \fIpaper-name\fR [\fB-d\fR]] - [\fB-Q\fR \fIrequests\fR] [\fB-W\fR \fIminutes\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpforms\fR command administers the use of preprinted forms, such as -company letterhead paper, with the LP print service. A form is specified by its -\fIform-name\fR. Users may specify a form when submitting a print request (see -\fBlp\fR(1)). The argument \fBall\fR can be used instead of \fIform-name\fR -with either of the command lines shown above. The first command line allows -the administrator to add, change, and delete forms, to list the attributes of -an existing form, and to allow and deny users access to particular forms. The -second command line is used to establish the method by which the administrator -is alerted that the form \fIform-name\fR must be mounted on a printer. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIform-name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify a form. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The first form of \fBlpforms\fR requires that one of the following -\fIoption\fRs (\fB\(mi\fR, \fB-l\fR, \fB-F\fR, \fB-x\fR) must be used: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -To add or change form \fIform-name\fR, as specified by the information in -\fIpathname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\(mi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -To add or change form \fIform-name\fR, as specified by the information from -standard input. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -To list the attributes of form \fIform-name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -To delete form \fIform-name\fR (this option must be used separately; it may not -be used with any other option). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The second form of the \fBlpforms\fR command requires the \fB-A\fR -\fIalert-type\fR option. The other options are optional. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIalert-type\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Defines an alert to mount the form when there are queued jobs which need it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpaper-name\fR [ \fB-d\fR ]\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the paper name when creating the form. If \fB-d\fR is specified, this -paper is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR \fIrequests\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -An alert will be sent when a certain number of print requests that need the -form are waiting. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-W\fR \fIminutes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -An alert will be sent at intervals specified by minutes. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.SS "Adding or Changing a Form" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-F\fR \fIpathname\fR option is used to add a new form, \fIform-name\fR, -to the LP print service, or to change the attributes of an existing form. The -form description is taken from \fIpathname\fR if the \fB-F\fR option is given, -or from the standard input if the \fB\(mi\fR option is used. One of these two -options must be used to define or change a form. -.sp -.LP -\fIpathname\fR is the path name of a file that contains all or any subset of -the following information about the form. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBPage length\fR: \fIscaled-decimal-number1\fR -\fBPage width\fR: \fIscaled-decimal-number2\fR -\fBNumber of pages\fR: \fIinteger\fR -\fBLine pitch\fR: \fIscaled-decimal-number3\fR -\fBCharacter pitch\fR: \fIscaled-decimal-number4\fR -\fBCharacter set choice\fR: \fIcharacter-set/print-wheel\fR [\fBmandatory\fR] -\fBRibbon color\fR: \fIribbon-color\fR -\fBComment:\fR -\fIcomment\fR -\fBAlignment pattern\fR: [\fIcontent-type\fR] -\fIcontent\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The term ``scaled-decimal-number'' refers to a non-negative number used to -indicate a unit of size. The type of unit is shown by a ``trailing'' letter -attached to the number. Three types of scaled decimal numbers can be used with -the LP print service: numbers that show sizes in centimeters (marked with a -trailing \fBc\fR); numbers that show sizes in inches (marked with a trailing -\fBi\fR); and numbers that show sizes in units appropriate to use (without a -trailing letter); lines, characters, lines per inch, or characters per inch. -.sp -.LP -Except for the last two lines, the above lines may appear in any order. The -\fBComment:\fR and \fIcomment\fR items must appear in consecutive order but may -appear before the other items, and the \fBAlignment pattern:\fR and the -\fIcontent\fR items must appear in consecutive order at the end of the file. -Also, the \fIcomment\fR item may not contain a line that begins with any of the -key phrases above, unless the key phrase is preceded with a \fB>\fR sign. Any -leading > sign found in the \fIcomment\fR will be removed when the comment is -displayed. There is no case distinction among the key phrases. -.sp -.LP -When this command is issued, the form specified by \fIform-name\fR is added to -the list of forms. If the form already exists, its description is changed to -reflect the new information. Once added, a form is available for use in a print -request, except where access to the form has been restricted, as described -under the \fB-u\fR option. A form may also be allowed to be used on certain -printers only. -.sp -.LP -A description of each form attribute is below: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPage length\fR and \fBPage Width\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Before printing the content of a print request needing this form, the generic -interface program provided with the LP print service will initialize the -physical printer to handle pages \fIscaled-decimal-number1\fR long, and -\fIscaled-decimal-number2\fR wide using the printer type as a key into the -\fBterminfo\fR(4) database. The page length and page width will also be passed, -if possible, to each filter used in a request needing this form. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNumber of pages\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Each time the alignment pattern is printed, the LP print service will attempt -to truncate the \fIcontent\fR to a single form by, if possible, passing to each -filter the page subset of 1-\fIinteger\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLine pitch\fR and \fBCharacter pitch\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Before printing the content of a print request needing this form, the interface -program provided with the LP print service will initialize the physical -printer to handle these pitches, using the printer type as a key into the -\fBterminfo\fR(4) database. Also, the pitches will be passed, if possible, to -each filter used in a request needing this form. \fIscaled-decimal-number3\fR -is in lines-per-centimeter if a \fBc\fR is appended, and lines-per-inch -otherwise; similarly, \fIscaled-decimal-number4\fR is in -characters-per-centimeter if a \fBc\fR is appended, and characters-per-inch -otherwise. The character pitch can also be given as \fBelite\fR (12 -characters-per-inch), \fBpica\fR (10 characters-per-inch), or \fBcompressed\fR -(as many characters-per-inch as possible). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCharacter set choice\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the LP print service alerts an administrator to mount this form, it will -also mention that the print wheel \fIprint-wheel\fR should be used on those -printers that take print wheels. If printing with this form is to be done on a -printer that has selectable or loadable character sets instead of print wheels, -the interface programs provided with the LP print service will automatically -select or load the correct character set. If \fBmandatory\fR is appended, a -user is not allowed to select a different character set for use with the form; -otherwise, the character set or print wheel named is a suggestion and a default -only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRibbon color\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the LP print service alerts an administrator to mount this form, it will -also mention that the color of the ribbon should be \fIribbon-color\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBComment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The LP print service will display the \fIcomment\fR unaltered when a user asks -about this form (see \fBlpstat\fR(1)). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAlignment pattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When mounting this form, an administrator can ask for the \fIcontent\fR to be -printed repeatedly, as an aid in correctly positioning the preprinted form. The -optional \fIcontent-type\fR defines the type of printer for which \fIcontent\fR -had been generated. If \fIcontent-type\fR is not given, \fBsimple\fR is -assumed. Note that the \fIcontent\fR is stored as given, and will be readable -only by the user \fBlp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When an existing form is changed with this command, items missing in the new -information are left as they were. When a new form is added with this command, -missing items will get the following defaults: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Page Length: \fB66\fR -Page Width: \fB80\fR -Number of Pages: \fB1\fR -Line Pitch: \fB6\fR -Character Pitch: \fB10\fR -Character Set Choice: \fBany\fR -Ribbon Color: \fBany\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Deleting a Form" -.sp -.LP -LP print service" The \fB-x\fR option is used to delete the form -\fIform-name\fR from the LP print service. -.SS "Listing Form Attributes" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-l\fR option is used to list the attributes of the existing form -\fIform-name\fR. The attributes listed are those described under \fBAdding and -Changing a Form,\fR above. Because of the potentially sensitive nature of the -alignment pattern, only the administrator can examine the form with this -command. Other people may use the \fBlpstat\fR(1) command to examine the -non-sensitive part of the form description. -.SS "Allowing and Denying Access to a Form" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-u\fR option, followed by the argument \fBallow:\fR\fIlogin-ID-list\fR -or \fB\fR\fB-u\fR \fBdeny:\fR\fIlogin-ID-list\fR lets you determine which users -will be allowed to specify a particular form with a print request. This option -can be used with the \fB-F\fR or \fB\(mi\fR option, each of which is described -above under \fBAdding or Changing a Form\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fIlogin-ID-list\fR argument may include any or all of the following -constructs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on any system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem_name\fR\fB!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on system \fIsystem_name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem_name\fR\fB!all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -All users on system \fIsystem_name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on all systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -All users on all systems -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The LP print service keeps two lists of users for each form: an ``allow-list'' -of people allowed to use the form, and a ``deny-list'' of people that may not -use the form. With the \fB\fR\fB-u\fR \fBallow\fR option, the users listed are -added to the allow-list and removed from the deny-list. With the \fB\fR\fB-u\fR -\fBdeny\fR option, the users listed are added to the deny-list and removed -from the allow-list. (Both forms of the \fB-u\fR option can be run together -with the \fB-F\fR or the \fB\(mi\fR option.) -.sp -.LP -If the allow-list is not empty, only the users in the list are allowed access -to the form, regardless of the content of the deny-list. If the allow-list is -empty but the deny-list is not, the users in the deny-list may not use the -form, (but all others may use it). All users can be denied access to a form by -specifying \fB\fR\fB-f\fR \fBdeny:all\fR. All users can be allowed access to a -form by specifying \fB\fR\fB-f\fR \fBallow:all\fR. (This is the default.) -.SS "Setting an Alert to Mount a Form" -.sp -.LP -The \fB\fR\fB-f\fR \fIform-name\fR option is used with the \fB\fR\fB-A\fR -\fIalert-type\fR option to define an alert to mount the form when there are -queued jobs which need it. If this option is not used to arrange alerting for a -form, no alert will be sent for that form. -.sp -.LP -The method by which the alert is sent depends on the value of the -\fIalert-type\fR argument specified with the \fB-A\fR option. The -\fIalert-types\fR are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmail\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Send the alert message using the \fBmail\fR command to the administrator. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwrite\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Write the message, using the \fBwrite\fR command, to the terminal on which the -administrator is logged in. If the administrator is logged in on several -terminals, one is arbitrarily chosen. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquiet\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages for the current condition. An administrator can use this -option to temporarily stop receiving further messages about a known problem. -Once the form \fIform-name\fR has been mounted and subsequently unmounted, -messages will again be sent when the number of print requests reaches the -threshold specified by the \fB-Q\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshowfault\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Attempt to execute a form alert handler on each system that has a print job for -that form in the queue. The fault handler is \fB/etc/lp/alerts/form\fR. It is -invoked with three parameters: \fIform_name\fR, \fBdate\fR, \fIfile_name\fR. -\fIfile_name\fR is the name of a file containing the form alert message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Do not send messages until the \fB-A\fR option is given again with a different -\fIalert-type\fR (other than \fBquiet\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIshell-command\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run the \fIshell-command\fR each time the alert needs to be sent. The shell -command should expect the message in standard input. If there are blank spaces -embedded in the command, enclose the command in quotes. Note that the -\fBmail\fR and \fBwrite\fR values for this option are equivalent to the values -\fBmail\fR \fIlogin-ID\fR and \fBwrite\fR \fIlogin-ID\fR respectively, where -\fIlogin-ID\fR is the current name for the administrator. This will be the -login name of the person submitting this command unless he or she has used the -\fBsu\fR command to change to another login-ID. If the \fBsu\fR command has -been used to change the user ID, then the \fIuser-name\fR for the new ID is -used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display the type of the alert for the form on standard output. No change is -made to the alert. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The message sent appears as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -The form \fIform-name\fR needs to be mounted -on the printer(s):\fIprinter\fR (\fIinteger1\fR \fBrequests)\fR. -\fIinteger2\fR print requests await this form. -Use the \fIribbon-color\fR ribbon. -Use the \fIprint-wheel\fR print wheel, if appropriate. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The printers listed are those that the administrator has specified as -candidates for this form. The number \fIinteger1\fR listed next to each printer -is the number of requests eligible for the printer. The number \fIinteger2\fR -shown after the list of printers is the total number of requests awaiting the -form. It will be less than the sum of the other numbers if some requests can be -handled by more than one printer. The \fIribbon-color\fR and \fIprint-wheel\fR -are those specified in the form description. The last line in the message is -always sent, even if none of the printers listed use print wheels, because the -administrator may choose to mount the form on a printer that does use a print -wheel. -.sp -.LP -Where any color ribbon or any print wheel can be used, the statements above -will read: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBUse any ribbon.\fR -\fBUse any print-wheel.\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If \fIform-name\fR is \fBany\fR, the \fIalert-type\fR defined in this command -applies to any form for which an alert has not yet been defined. If -\fIform-name\fR is \fBall\fR, the \fIalert-type\fR defined in this command -applies to all forms. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-W\fR \fIminutes\fR option is not given, the default procedure is -that only one message will be sent per need to mount the form. Not specifying -the \fB-W\fR option is equivalent to specifying \fB\fR\fB-W\fR \fBonce\fR or -\fB-W\fR \fB0\fR. If \fIminutes\fR is a number greater than \fB0\fR, an alert -will be sent at intervals specified by \fIminutes\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-Q\fR \fIrequests\fR option is also given, the alert will be sent -when a certain number (specified by the argument \fIrequests\fR) of print -requests that need the form are waiting. If the \fB-Q\fR option is not given, -or the value of \fIrequests\fR is \fB1\fR or \fBany\fR (which are both the -default), a message is sent as soon as anyone submits a print request for the -form when it is not mounted. -.SS "Listing the Current Alert" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-f\fR option, followed by the \fB-A\fR option and the argument -\fBlist\fR is used to list the \fIalert-type\fR that has been defined for the -specified form \fIform-name\fR. No change is made to the alert. If -\fIform-name\fR is recognized by the LP print service, one of the following -lines is sent to the standard output, depending on the type of alert for the -form. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\(mi\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -\fBWhen\fR \fIrequests\fR \fBrequests are queued:\fR \fBalert -with\fR\fIshell-command\fR \fBevery\fR \fIminutes\fR \fBminutes\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\(mi\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -\fBWhen\fR \fIrequests\fR \fBrequests are queued:\fR \fBwrite to\fR -\fIuser-name\fR \fBevery\fR \fIminutes\fR \fBminutes\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\(mi\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -\fBWhen\fR \fIrequests\fR \fBrequests are queued:\fR \fBmail to\fR -\fIuser-name\fR \fBevery\fR \fIminutes\fR \fBminutes\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\(mi\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -\fBNo alert\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The phrase \fBevery\fR \fIminutes\fR \fBminutes\fR is replaced with \fBonce\fR -if \fIminutes\fR (\fB-W\fR\fI\fR\fIminutes\fR) is 0. -.SS "Terminating an Active Alert" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-A\fR \fBquiet\fR option is used to stop messages for the current -condition. An administrator can use this option to temporarily stop receiving -further messages about a known problem. Once the form has been mounted and then -unmounted, messages will again be sent when the number of print requests -reaches the threshold \fIrequests\fR. -.SS "Removing an Alert Definition" -.sp -.LP -No messages will be sent after the \fB-A\fR \fBnone\fR option is used until the -\fB-A\fR option is given again with a different \fIalert-type\fR. This can be -used to permanently stop further messages from being sent as any existing -alert definition for the form will be removed. -.SS "Large File Behavior" -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBlpforms\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/lp/alerts/form\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Fault handler for \fBlpform\fR. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBterminfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpget.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpget.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 19e2eeb388..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpget.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPGET 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -lpget \- get printing configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpget\fR [\fB-k\fR \fIkey\fR] [\fIdestination\fR... | list] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBlpget\fR utility reads printing configuration information from the -configuration databases in \fB$HOME/.printers\fR, \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR, -and \fBprinters.conf.byname\fR. This -information, called a \fIconfiguration report\fR, is displayed to the standard -output. See \fBprinters\fR(4) and \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information about -the printer configuration databases. -.sp -.LP -\fBlpget\fR displays a configuration report for all keys for the specified -destination or destinations by default. Use the \fB-k\fR option to display a -configuration report for specific keys. Use the \fBlist\fR operand to display a -configuration report for all configured destinations. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following option is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Displays a configuration report for \fIkey\fR. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for -information about specifying \fIkey\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdestination\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Displays a configuration report for \fIdestination\fR. Destination can be -either a printer of a class of printers. See \fBlpadmin\fR(1M). Specify -\fIdestination\fR using atomic or POSIX-style -(\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) names. See \fBprinters.conf \fR(4) for -information regarding the naming conventions for atomic names and -\fBstandards\fR(5) for information concerning POSIX. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Displays a configuration report for all configured destinations. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying a Configuration Report for the \fBbsdaddr\fR Key -.sp -.LP -The following example displays a configuration report for the \fBbsdaddr\fR -key for printer \fBcatalpa\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBlpget -k bsdaddr catalpa\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRA Configuration Report for all Keys for all Configured -Destinations -.sp -.LP -The following example displays a configuration report for all keys for all -configured destinations. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBlpget list\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -System printer configuration database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.printers\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -User-configurable printer database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprinters.conf.byname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -\fBNIS\fR version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Level Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpc\fR(1B), \fBlpq\fR(1B), \fBlpr\fR(1B), -\fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpset\fR(1M), \fBprinters\fR(4), -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -Be mindful of the following if the LDAP database is used as the name service. -If the \fBldapclient\fR(1M) server is a replica LDAP server, LDAP printer -database updates may not appear immediately, as the replica server may not not -have been updated by the master server and can be out of sync. For example, a -printer that you deleted by using \fBlpset\fR(1M) may still appear in the -printer list you display with \fBlpget\fR until the replica is updated from the -master. Replica servers vary as to how often they are updated from the master. -Refer to the \fI\fR for more information on LDAP replication. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpmove.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpmove.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 797774a118..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpmove.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPMOVE 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -lpmove \- move print requests -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpmove\fR [\fIrequest-ID\fR] \fIdestination\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpmove\fR \fIsource\fR \fIdestination\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBlpmove\fR command moves print requests queued by \fBlp\fR(1) or -\fBlpr\fR(1B) between destinations. -.sp -.LP -The first form of \fBlpmove\fR moves specific print requests (\fIrequest-ID\fR) -to a specific \fIdestination\fR. -.sp -.LP -The second form of the \fBlpmove\fR command moves all print requests from one -destination (\fIdestination1\fR) to another (\fIdestination2\fR). This form of -\fBlpmove\fR also rejects new print requests for \fIdestination1\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBlpmove\fR moves individual requests or entire queues only within an instance -of a print service, not between a local and a remote queues or local queues on -different instances of a print service. Requests can only be moved if the print -service or protocol supports it. The LP print server and IPP print protocol -both support moving requests between queues. The BSD print protocol does not. -.sp -.LP -When moving requests, \fBlpmove\fR does not check the acceptance status of the -destination to which the print requests are being moved (see \fBaccept\fR(1M)). -\fBlpmove\fR does not move requests that have options (for example, content -type or requiring a special form) that cannot be handled by the new -destination. -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIrequest-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The specific print request to be moved. Specify \fIrequest-ID\fR as the -identifier associated with a print request as reported by \fBlpstat\fR. See -\fBlpstat\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdestination\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The name of the printer or class of printers (see \fBlpadmin\fR(1M)) to which -\fBlpmove\fR moves a \fIspecified\fR print request. Specify \fIdestination\fR -using atomic, URI-style (\fIscheme\fR://\fIendpoint\fR), POSIX-style -(\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) syntax. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsource\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The name of the destination from which \fBlpmove\fR moves \fIall\fR print -requests. Specify \fIdestination\fR using atomic, URI-style -(\fIscheme\fR\fB://\fR\fIendpoint\fR), POSIX-style -(\fIserver\fR\fB:\fR\fIdestination\fR) syntax. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information regarding the naming conventions for -atomic names and \fBstandards\fR(5) for information regarding POSIX. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -System printer configuration database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.printers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -User-configurable printer database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBou=printers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -LDAP version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprinters.conf.byname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -\fBNIS\fR version of \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpr\fR(1B), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBaccept\fR(1M), -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpsched\fR(1M), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fISystem Administration Guide: Solaris Printing\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -When IPP is in use, the user is prompted for a passphrase if the remote print -service is configured to require authentication. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsched.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsched.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ad9a1c8072..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsched.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPSCHED 1M "Sep 3, 2004" -.SH NAME -lpsched \- start the LP print service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpsched\fR [\fB-f\fR \fInum_filters\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fInum_notifiers\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIfd_limit\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIreserved_fds\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpsched\fR command starts or restarts the \fBLP\fR print service. -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpshut\fR command stops the \fBLP\fR print service. Printers that are -restarted using \fBlpsched\fR reprint (in their entirety) print requests that -were stopped by \fBlpshut\fR. See \fBlpshut\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -It is recommended that you start and stop the LP print service using -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M). See \fBNOTES\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fI num_filters\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specifies the number of concurrent slow filters that may be run on a print -server. A default value of \fB1\fR is used if none is specified. Depending on -server configuration, a value of \fB1\fR may cause printers to remain idle -while there are jobs queued to them. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fI num_notifiers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specifies the number of concurrent notification processes that can run on a -print server. A default value of \fB1\fR is used when none is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fI fd_limit\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specifies the file descriptor resource limit for the \fBlpsched\fR process. A -default value of \fB4096\fR is used if none is specified. On extremely large -and active print servers, it may be necessary to increase this value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fI reserved_fds\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specifies the number of file descriptors that the scheduler reserves for -internal communications under heavy load. A default value of \fB2\fR is used -when none is specified. It should not be necessary to modify this value unless -instructed to do so when troubleshooting problems under high load. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/lp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -\fBLP\fR print queue. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), -\fBlpmove\fR(1M), \fBlpshut\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpsched\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/application/print/server -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpset.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpset.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a25eed3fc5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpset.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPSET 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -lpset \- set printing configuration in /etc/printers.conf or other supported -databases -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBlpset\fR [\fB-n\fR system | fnsldap] [\fB-x\fR] - [ [\fB-D\fR binddn] [\fB-w\fR passwd] [\fB-h\fR ldaphost]] - [\fB-a\fR \fIkey=value\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIkey\fR] \fIdestination\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBlpset\fR utility sets printing configuration information in the system -configuration databases. Use \fBlpset\fR to create and update printing -configuration in \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. -See \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) and \fBprinters.conf\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -Only a superuser or a member of Group 14 may execute \fBlpset\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fBsystem\fR|\fBldap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Create or update the configuration information for the \fIdestination\fR entry -in \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR or LDAP printer contexts. \fBsystem\fR specifies -that the information is created or updated in \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR. -\fBldap\fR specifies that the information is written to an LDAP server. -.sp -If \fB-n\fR is not specified, \fBsystem\fR is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Remove all configuration for the \fIdestination\fR entry from the database -specified by the \fB-n\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Configure the specified \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR pair for the -\fIdestination\fR. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information regarding the -specification of \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR pairs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Delete the configuration option specified by \fIkey\fR for the -\fIdestination\fR entry. See \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information regarding -the specification of \fIkey\fR and \fIkey\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR pairs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fBbinddn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Use the distinguished name (DN) \fBbinddn\fR to bind to the LDAP directory -server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fBpasswd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Use \fBpasswd\fR as the password for authentication to the LDAP directory -server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fBldaphost\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Specify an alternate host on which the LDAP server is running. This option is -only used when \fBldap\fR is specified as the naming service. If this option is -not specified, the default is the current host system. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdestination\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specifies the entry in \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR or -LDAP, in which to create or modify information. \fIdestination\fR names a -printer of class of printers. See \fBlpadmin\fR(1M). Each entry in -\fBprinters.conf\fR describes one destination. Specify \fIdestination\fR using -atomic names. POSIX-style destination names are not acceptable. See -\fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for information regarding the naming conventions for -atomic names and \fBstandards\fR(5) for information regarding POSIX. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRRemoving All Existing Printing Configuration Information -.sp -.LP -The following example removes all existing printing configuration information -for destination \fBdogs\fR from \fB/etc/printers.conf\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBlpset -x dogs\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting a \fBkey=value\fR Pair in LDAP -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBlpset -n ldap -h ldapl.example.com -D "cn=Directory Manager" \e - -w passwd -a key1=value1 printer1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/printers.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -System configuration database. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Level Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpc\fR(1B), \fBlpq\fR(1B), \fBlpr\fR(1B), -\fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBldapclient\fR(1M), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpget\fR(1M), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -If the \fBldap\fR database is used, the printer administrator should be mindful -of the following when updating printer information. -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Because the domain information for the printer being updated is extracted -from the \fBldapclient\fR(1M) configuration, the LDAP server being updated must -host the same domain that is used by the current \fBldapclient\fR(1M) server. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -If the LDAP server being updated is a replica LDAP server, the updates will -be referred to the master LDAP server and completed there. The updates might be -out of sync and not appear immediately, as the replica server may not have -been updated by the master server. For example, a printer that you deleted by -using \fBlpset\fR may still appear in the printer list you display with -\fBlpget\fR until the replica is updated from the master. Replica servers vary -as to how often they are updated from the master. See \fISystem Administration -Guide: Solaris Printing\fR for information on LDAP server replication. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Although users can use the LDAP command line utilities \fBldapadd\fR(1) and -\fBldapmodify\fR(1) to update printer entries in the directory, the preferred -method is to use \fBlpset\fR. Otherwise, if the \fBldapadd\fR and -\fBldapmodify\fR utilities are used, the administrator must ensure that the -\fBprinter-name\fR attribute value is unique within the \fBou=printers\fR -container on the LDAP server. If the value is not unique, the result of -modifications done using \fBlpset\fR or the Solaris Print Manager, -\fBprintmgr\fR(1M) may be unpredictable. -.RE diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpshut.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpshut.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 30e58adfae..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpshut.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPSHUT 1M "Jan 8, 1998" -.SH NAME -lpshut \- stop the LP print service -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpshut\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpshut\fR command stops the \fBLP\fR print service. -.sp -.LP -Printers that are printing when \fBlpshut\fR is invoked stop printing. Start or -restart printers using \fBlpsched\fR(1M). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/lp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -\fBLP\fR print queue. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBlpstat\fR(1), \fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpmove\fR(1M), -\fBlpsched\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsystem.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsystem.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 827055fd62..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpsystem.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPSYSTEM 1M "Feb 19, 1999" -.SH NAME -lpsystem \- register remote systems with the print service -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpsystem\fR command is obsolete, and could be removed at any time. The -print system no longer uses the information generated by \fBlpsystem\fR. See -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpusers\fR(1M) or \fBprinters.conf\fR(4) for equivalent -functionality. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Level Obsolete* -.TE - -.sp -.LP -* This command could be removed at any time. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlpadmin\fR(1M), \fBlpusers\fR(1M), \fBprinters.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpusers.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/lpusers.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9637e3bdd5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/lpusers.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LPUSERS 1M "Aug 19, 1996" -.SH NAME -lpusers \- set printing queue priorities -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBlpusers\fR \fB-d\fR \fIpriority-level\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpusers\fR \fB-q\fR \fIpriority-level\fR \fB-u\fR \fIlogin-ID-list\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpusers\fR \fB-u\fR \fIlogin-ID-list\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpusers\fR \fB-q\fR \fIpriority-level\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlpusers\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBlpusers\fR command sets limits to the queue priority level that can be -assigned to jobs submitted by users of the LP print service. -.sp -.LP -The first form of the command (with \fB-d\fR) sets the system-wide priority -default to \fIpriority-level\fR, where \fIpriority-level\fR is a value of 0 to -39, with 0 being the highest priority. If a user does not specify a priority -level with a print request (see \fBlp\fR(1)), the default priority level is -used. Initially, the default priority level is 20. -.sp -.LP -The second form of the command (with \fB-q\fR and \fB-u\fR) sets the default -highest \fIpriority-level\fR (\|0-39\|) that the users in \fIlogin-ID-list\fR -can request when submitting a print request. The \fIlogin-ID-list\fR argument -may include any or all of the following constructs: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on any system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem_name\fR\fB!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on the system \fIsystem_name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsystem_name\fR\fB!all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -All users on system \fIsystem_name\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall!\fR\fIlogin-ID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -A user on all systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -All users on all systems -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Users that have been given a limit cannot submit a print request with a higher -priority level than the one assigned, nor can they change a request that has -already been submitted to have a higher priority. Any print requests submitted -with priority levels higher than allowed will be given the highest priority -allowed. -.sp -.LP -The third form of the command (with \fB-u\fR) removes any explicit priority -level for the specified users. -.sp -.LP -The fourth form of the command (with \fB-q\fR) sets the default highest -priority level for all users not explicitly covered by the use of the second -form of this command. -.sp -.LP -The last form of the command (with \fB-l\fR) lists the default priority level -and the priority limits assigned to users. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI priority-level\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the system-wide priority default to \fIpriority-level\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the default priority level and the priority limits assigned to users. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fI priority-level\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default highest priority level for all users not explicitly covered. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fI priority-level\fR \fB-u\fR\fI login-ID-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default highest \fIpriority-level\fR that the users in -\fIlogin-ID-list\fR can request when submitting a print request. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fI login-ID-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove any explicit priority level for the specified users. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlp\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/luxadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/luxadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4bd782458b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/luxadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1265 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH LUXADM 1M "May 17, 2020" -.SH NAME -luxadm \- administer Sun Fire 880 storage subsystem and FC_AL devices -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBluxadm\fR [\fIoptions\fR]... \fIsubcommand\fR [\fIoptions\fR]... \fIenclosure\fR - [,\fIdev\fR] | \fIpathname\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBluxadm\fR program is an administrative command that manages the -\fBSENA\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, and individual Fiber -Channel Arbitrated Loop (\fBFC_AL\fR) devices. \fBluxadm\fR performs a variety -of control and query tasks depending on the command line arguments and options -used. -.sp -.LP -The command line must contain a subcommand. The command line may also contain -options, usually at least one enclosure name or pathname, and other parameters -depending on the subcommand. You need specify only as many characters as are -required to uniquely identify a subcommand. -.sp -.LP -Specify the device that a subcommand interacts with by entering a pathname. For -the \fBSENA\fR subsystem, a disk device or enclosure services controller may -instead be specified by entering the World Wide Name (\fBWWN\fR) for the device -or a port to the device. The device may also be specified by entering the name -of the \fBSENA\fR enclosure, and an optional identifier for the particular -device in the enclosure. The individual \fBFC_AL\fR devices may be specified by -entering the \fBWWN\fR for the device or a port to the device. -.SS "Pathname" -Specify the device or controller by either a complete physical pathname or a -complete logical pathname. -.sp -.LP -For \fBSENA,\fR a typical physical pathname for a device is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/devices/sbus@1f,0/SUNW,socal@1,0/sf@0,0/ssd@w2200002037000f96, - 0:a,raw -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For all \fBSENA IBs\fR (Interface Boards) and Sun Fire 880 SES device -controllers on the system, a logical link to the physical paths is kept in the -directory \fB/dev/es\fR. An example of a logical link is \fB/dev/es/ses0\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBWWN\fR may be used in place of the pathname to select an \fBFC_AL\fR -device, \fBSENA\fR subsystem IB, or Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem. -The \fBWWN\fR is a unique 16 hexadecimal digit value that specifies either the -port used to access the device or the device itself. A typical \fBWWN\fR value -is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -2200002037000f96 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See NOTES for more information on the \fBWWN\fR formats. -.sp -.LP -For a disk in a Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, a typical physical -pathname is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/devices/pci@8,600000/SUNW,qlc@2/fp@0,0/ssd@w2100002037a6303c,0:a -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -and a typical logical pathname is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/dev/rdsk/c2t8d0s2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For individual FC_AL devices, a typical physical pathname is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/devices/sbus@3.0/SUNW,socal@d,10000/sf@0,0/ssd@w2200002037049fc3,0:a,raw -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -and a typical logical pathname is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/dev/rdsk/c1t0d0s2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Enclosure" -For \fBSENA,\fR a device may be identified by its enclosure name and slotname: -.br -.in +2 -\fIbox_name\fR[\fB,f\fR\fIslot_number\fR] -.in -2 -.br -.in +2 -\fIbox_name\fR[\fB,r\fR\fIslot_number\fR] -.in -2 -.sp -.LP -\fIbox_name\fR is the name of the \fBSENA\fR enclosure, as specified by the -\fBenclosure_name\fR subcommand. When used without the optional -\fIslot_number\fR parameter, the \fIbox_name\fR identifies the \fBSENA\fR -subsystem \fBIB.\fR -.sp -.LP -\fBf\fR or \fBr\fR specifies the front or rear slots in the \fBSENA\fR -enclosure. -.sp -.LP -\fIslot_number\fR specifies the slot number of the device in the \fBSENA\fR -enclosure, \fB0-6\fR or \fB0-10\fR. -.sp -.LP -For a Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, a device may also be identified -by its enclosure name and slot name. However, there is only one set of disks: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIbox_name\fR[,\fIsslot_number\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fIbox_name\fR is the name of the Sun Fire 880 enclosure, as specified by the -\fBenclosure_name\fR subcommand. When used without the optional -\fIslot_number\fR parameter, \fIbox_name\fR identifies the Sun Fire 880 -internal storage subsystem enclosure services device. Use \fIs\fR to specify -the disk slot number in the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, \fB0\fR - -\fB11\fR. -.sp -.LP -See \fBdisks\fR(1M) and \fBdevlinks\fR(1M) for additional information on -logical names for disks and subsystems. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported by all subcommands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Expert mode. This option is not recommended for the novice user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Options that are specific to particular subcommands are described with the -subcommand in the \fBUSAGE\fR section. -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIenclosure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIbox_name\fR of the \fBSENA\fR or Sun Fire 880 internal storage -subsystem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfibre_channel_HBA_port\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path to the host controller port. A typical path is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - /devices/pci@8,600000/pci@1/SUNW,qlc@4/fp@0,0:devctl -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The logical or physical path of a \fBSENA IB\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage -subsystem, or disk device. \fIpathname\fR can also be the \fBWWN\fR of a -\fBSENA IB\fR, \fBSENA\fR disk, or individual \fBFC_AL\fR device. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.SS "Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisplay\fR \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdisplay\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdisplay\fR \fB-r\fR \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBdisplay\fR \fB-v\fR \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays enclosure or device specific data. -.sp -Subsystem data consists of enclosure environmental sense information and status -for all subsystem devices, including disks. -.sp -Disk data consists of inquiry, capacity, and configuration information. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays performance information for the device or subsystem specified by -\fIpathname\fR. This option only applies to subsystems that accumulate -performance information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays error information for the \fBFC_AL\fR device specified by the -pathname, or, if the path is a \fBSENA,\fR for all devices on the loop. The -\fB-r\fR option only applies to \fBSENA\fR subsystems and individual -\fBFC_AL\fR devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays in verbose mode, including mode sense data. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdownload\fR [ \fB-s\fR ] [ \fB-f\fR \fIfilename_path\fR ] -\fIenclosure\fR.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Download the prom image pointed to the SENA subsystem Interface Board unit or -the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem specified by the enclosure or -pathname. -.sp -When the \fBSENA's\fR download is complete, the \fBSENA\fR will be reset and -the downloaded code executed. If no filename is specified, the default prom -image will be used. The default prom image for the \fBSENA\fR is in the -directory \fB/usr/lib/locale/C/LC_MESSAGES\fR and is named \fBibfirmware\fR -.sp -When the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem's download is complete, the -subsystem resets and the downloaded code begins execution. The default firmware -image for the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem is in: -\fB/usr/platform/SUNW,Sun-Fire-880/lib/images/int_fcbpl_fw\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Save. The \fB-s\fR option is used to save the downloaded firmware in the -FEPROM. If \fB-s\fR is not specified, the downloaded firmware will not be saved -across power cycles. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR option does not apply to the Sun Fire 880 internal storage -subsystem as it always stores downloaded firmware in the flash memory. -.sp -When using the \fB-s\fR option, the \fBdownload\fR subcommand modifies the -\fBFEPROM\fR on the subsystem and should be used with \fIcaution\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenclosure_name\fR \fInew_name\fR \fIenclosure\fR | \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the enclosure name of the enclosure or enclosures specified by the -enclosure or pathname. The new name (\fInew_name\fR) must be 16 or less -characters. Only alphabetic or numeric characters are acceptable. This -subcommand applies only to the SENA and the Sun Fire 880 internal storage -subsystem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailover primary\fR | \fBsecondary\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select which Sun Storage T3 storage array partner group controller accesses a -given logical volume. If \fBprimary\fR is specified, the logical volume is -accessed through the primary controller. If \fBsecondary\fR is specified, the -logical volume is accessed through the secondary controller specified by -\fIpathname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfcal_s_download\fR [ \fB-f\fR \fIfcode-file\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Download the fcode contained in the file \fIfcode-file\fR into \fIall\fR the -\fBFC100/S\fR Sbus Cards. This command is interactive and expects user -confirmation before downloading the fcode. -.sp -Use \fBfcal_s_download\fR \fIonly\fR in single-user mode. Using -\fBfcal_s_download\fR to update a host adapter while there is \fBI/O\fR -activity through that adapter \fIwill\fR cause the adapter to reset. Newly -updated FCode will not be executed or visible until a system reboot. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfcode-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -When invoked without the \fB-f\fR option, the current version of the fcode in -each \fBFC100/S\fR Sbus card is printed. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfcode_download\fR \fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBfcode_download\fR \fB-d\fR \fIdir-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Locate the installed \fBFC/S\fR, \fBFC100/S, FC100/P\fR, or \fBFC100/2P\fR host -bus adapter cards and download the FCode files in \fIdir-name\fR to the -appropriate cards. The command determines the correct card for each type of -file, and is interactive. User confirmation is required before downloading the -FCode to each device. -.sp -Use \fBfcode_download\fR to load FCode only in single-user mode. Using -\fBfcode_download\fR to update a host adapter while there is \fBI/O\fR activity -through that adapter causes the adapter to reset. Newly updated FCode will not -be executed or visible until a system reboot. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir-name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Download the FCode files contained in the directory \fIdir-name\fR to the -appropriate adapter cards. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Prints the current version of FCode loaded on each card. No download is -performed. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinquiry\fR \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR ]\|.\|.\|.\| | -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the inquiry information for the selected device specified by the -enclosure or pathname. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinsert_device\fR [ \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\|.\|.\|. ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assist the user in the hot insertion of a new device or a chain of new devices. -Refer to \fBNOTES\fR for limitations on hotplug operations. This subcommand -applies only to the \fBSENA\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, and -individual FC_AL drives. For the \fBSENA\fR, if more than one enclosure has -been specified, concurrent hot insertions on multiple busses can be performed. -With no arguments to the subcommand, entire enclosures or individual -\fBFC_AL\fR drives can be inserted. For the \fBSENA\fR or the Sun Fire 880 -internal storage subsystem, this subcommand guides the user interactively -through the hot insertion steps of a new device or chain of devices. If a list -of disks was entered it will ask the user to verify the list of devices to be -inserted is correct, at which point the user can continue or quit. It then -interactively asks the user to insert the disk(s) or enclosure(s) and then -creates and displays the logical pathnames for the devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBled\fR \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\|.\|.\|.\|| \fIpathname\fR.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current state of the \fBLED\fR associated with the disk specified -by the enclosure or pathname. This subcommand only applies to subsystems that -support this functionality. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBled_blink\fR \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requests the subsystem to start blinking the \fBLED\fR associated with the disk -specified by the enclosure or pathname. This subcommand only applies to -subsystems that support this functionality. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBled_off\fR \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requests the subsystem to disable (turn off) the \fBLED\fR associated with the -disk specified by the enclosure or pathname. On a \fBSENA\fR subsystem, this -may or may not cause the \fBLED\fR to turn off or stop blinking depending on -the state of the \fBSENA\fR subsystem. Refer to the \fBSENA\fR Array -Installation and Service Manual (p/n 802-7573). This subcommand only applies to -subsystems that support this functionality. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBled_on\fR \fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requests the subsystem to enable (turn on) the \fBLED\fR associated with the -disk specified by the pathname. This subcommand only applies to subsystems that -support this functionality. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpower_off\fR [ \fB-F\fR ] \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|. | -\fIpathname\fR \|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When a \fBSENA\fR is addressed, this subcommand causes the \fBSENA\fR subsystem -to go into the power-save mode. The \fBSENA\fR drives are not available when in -the power-save mode. When a drive in a \fBSENA\fR is addressed the drive is set -to the drive off/unmated state. In the drive off/unmated state, the drive is -spun down (stopped) and in bypass mode. This command does not apply to the Sun -Fire 880 internal storage subsystem. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The force option only applies to the \fBSENA.\fR Instructs \fBluxadm\fR to -attempt to power off one or more devices even if those devices are being used -by this host (and are, therefore, busy). -.sp -\fBWarning\fR: Powering off a device which has data that is currently being -used will cause unpredictable results. Users should attempt to power off the -device normally (without \fB-F\fR) first, only resorting to this option when -sure of the consequences of overriding normal checks. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpower_on\fR \fIenclosure\fR[\fB,\fR\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the \fBSENA\fR subsystem to go out of the power-save mode, when this -subcommand is addressed to a \fBSENA.\fR. When this subcommand is addressed to -a drive the drive is set to its normal start-up state. This command does not -apply to the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprobe\fR [ \fB-p\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Finds and displays information about all attached \fBSENA\fR subsystems, Sun -Fire 880 internal storage subsystems, and individual \fBFC_AL\fR devices, -including the logical pathname, the \fBWWNs,\fR and enclosure names. This -subcommand warns the user if it finds different \fBSENAs\fR with the same -enclosure names. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Includes the physical pathname in the display. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBqlgc_s_download\fR [ \fB-f\fR \fIfcode-file\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Download the FCode contained in the file \fIfcode-file\fR into all the -\fBFC100/P\fR, \fBFC100/2P\fR \fBPCI\fR host adapter cards. This command is -interactive and expects user confirmation before downloading the FCode to each -device. Only use \fBqlgc_s_download\fR in single-user mode. Using -\fBqlgc_s_download\fR to update a host adapter while there is\fB I/O\fR -activity through that adapter will cause the adapter to reset. Newly updated -FCode will not be executed or visible until a system reboot. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfcode-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -When invoked without the \fB-f\fR option, the current version of the FCode in -each \fBFC100/P\fR,\fB FC100/2P PCI\fR card is printed. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrelease\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Release a reservation held on the specified disk. The pathname should be the -physical or logical pathname for the disk. -.sp -This subcommand is included for historical and diagnostic purposes only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremove_device\fR [ \fB-F\fR ] \fIenclosure\fR[,\fIdev\fR]\|.\|.\|.\|| -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assists the user in hot removing a device or a chain of devices. This -subcommand can also be used to remove entire enclosures. This subcommand -applies to the \fBSENA\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, and -individual \fBFC_AL\fR drives. Refer to \fBNOTES\fR for limitations on hotplug -operations. For the \fBSENA\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, and -individual \fBFC_AL\fR devices, this subcommand guides the user through the hot -removal of a device or devices. During execution it will ask the user to verify -the list of devices to be removed is correct, at which point the user can -continue or quit. It then prepares the disk(s) or enclosure(s) for removal and -interactively asks the user to remove the disk(s) or enclosure(s). -.sp -For Multi-Hosted disk, the steps taken are: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Issue the \fBluxadm\fR \fBremove_device\fR command on the first host. When -prompted to continue, wait. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Issue the \fBluxadm\fR \fBremove_device\fR command on the secondary hosts. When -prompted to continue, wait. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Continue with the \fBremove_device\fR command on the first host. Remove the -device when prompted to do so. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Complete the \fBluxadm\fR \fBremove_device\fR command on the additional hosts. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Instructs \fBluxadm\fR to attempt to hot plug one or more devices even if those -devices are being used by this host (and are, therefore, \fBbusy\fR or -\fBreserved\fR), to \fBforce\fR the hotplugging operation. -.sp -\fBWarning\fR: Removal of a device which has data that is currently being used -will cause unpredictable results. Users should attempt to hotplug normally -(without \fB-F\fR) first, only resorting to this option when sure of the -consequences of overriding normal hotplugging checks. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreserve\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reserve the specified disk for exclusive use by the issuing host. The pathname -used should be the physical or logical pathname for the disk. -.sp -This subcommand is included for historical and diagnostic purposes only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset_boot_dev\fR [ \fB-y\fR ] \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the boot-device variable in the system \fBPROM\fR to the physical device -name specified by \fIpathname\fR, which can be a block special device or the -pathname of the directory on which the boot file system is mounted. The command -normally runs interactively requesting confirmation for setting the default -boot-device in the \fBPROM\fR. The \fB-y\fR option can be used to run it -non-interactively, in which case no confirmation is requested or required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstart\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Spin up the specified disk(s) in a SENA. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstop\fR \fIpathname\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Spin down the specified disks in a SENA. -.RE - -.SS "SENA, Sun Fire 880 Internal Storage Subsystem, and Individual FC_AL Drive Expert Mode Subcommands" -The following subcommands are for expert use only, and are applicable only to -the \fBSENA\fR, Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem, and fiber channel -loops. They should only be used by users that are knowledgeable about the -\fBSENA\fR subsystem and fiber channel loops. -.sp -.LP -If you specify a disk to an expert subcommand that operates on a bus, the -subcommand operates on the bus to which the specified disk is attached. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fBbypass\fR \fB[\fR\fB-ab\fR\fB]\fR \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fBbypass\fR \fB-f\fR \fIenclosure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request the enclosure services controller to set the LRC (Loop Redundancy -Circuit) to the bypassed state for the port and device specified. -.sp -This subcommand supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Bypass port \fBa\fR of the device specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Bypass port \fBb\fR of the device specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fBdump_map\fR \fIfibre_channel_HBA_port\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display WWN data for a target device or host bus adapter on the specified fibre -channel port. If there are no target devices on the specified port, an error is -returned. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fBenable\fR \fB[\fR\fB-ab\fR\fB]\fR \fIenclosure\fR,\fIdev\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fBenable\fR \fB-f\fR \fIenclosure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request the enclosure services controller to set the LRC (Loop Redundancy -Circuit) to the enabled state for the port and device specified. -.sp -This subcommand supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable port \fBa\fR of the device specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable port \fBb\fR of the device specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBforcelip\fR \fIenclosure\fR[\fB,\fR\fIdev\fR] \|.\|.\|. | -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the link to reinitialize, using the Loop Initialization Primitive -(\fBLIP\fR) sequence. The enclosure or pathname can specify any device on the -loop. Use the pathname to specify a specific path for multiple loop -configurations. -.sp -This is an expert only command and should be used with caution. It will reset -all ports on the loop. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBrdls\fR \fIenclosure\fR[\fB,\fR\fIdev\fR] \|.\|.\|. | -\fIpathname\fR\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read and display the link error status information for all available devices on -the loop that contains the device specified by the enclosure or pathname. -.RE - -.SS "Other Expert Mode Subcommands" -See \fBNOTES\fR for limitations of these subcommands. They should only be used -by users that are knowledgeable about the systems they are managing. -.sp -.LP -These commands do not apply to the Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBbus_getstate\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Get and display the state of the specified bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBbus_quiesce\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Quiesce the specified bus. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBbus_reset\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Reset the specified bus only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBbus_resetall\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Reset the specified bus and all devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBbus_unquiesce\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Unquiesce the specified bus. the specified device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBdev_getstate\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Get and display the state of the specified device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBdev_reset\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Reset the specified device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBoffline\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Take the specified device offline. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fBonline\fR \fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Put the specified device online. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying the \fBSENA\fRs and Individual FC_AL Devices on a -System -.sp -.LP -The following example finds and displays all of the \fBSENA\fRs and individual -\fBFC_AL\fR devices on a system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm probe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying a \fBSENA\fR or Sun Fire 880 Internal Storage -Subsystem -.sp -.LP -The following example displays a \fBSENA\fR or Sun Fire 880 internal storage -subsystem: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display /dev/es/ses0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying Two Subsystems -.sp -.LP -The following example displays two subsystems using the enclosure names: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display BOB system1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying Information about the First Disk -.sp -.LP -The following example displays information about the first disk in the front of -the enclosure named \fBBOB.\fR Use \fBf\fR to specify the front disks. Use -\fBr\fR to specify the rear disks. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display BOB,f0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDisplaying Information on a Sun Fire 880 Internal Storage -Subsystem -.sp -.LP -The Sun Fire 880 internal storage subsystem has only one set of disks. In this -case, use \fIs\fR to specify the slot: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display BOB,s0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDisplaying Information about a \fBSENA\fR disk, an Enclosure, -or an Individual \fBFC_AL\fR Drive -.sp -.LP -The following example displays information about a \fBSENA\fR disk, an -enclosure, or an individual \fBFC_AL\fR drive with the port \fBWWN\fR of -\fB2200002037001246\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display 2200002037001246\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRUsing Unique Characters to Issue a Subcommand -.sp -.LP -The following example uses only as many characters as are required to uniquely -identify a subcommand: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm disp BOB\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDisplaying Error Information -.sp -.LP -The following example displays error information about the loop that the -enclosure \fBBOB\fR is on: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm display \fR\fB-r\fR\fB BOB\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRDownloading New Firmware into the Interface Board -.sp -.LP -The following example downloads new firmware into the Interface Board in the -enclosure named \fBBOB\fR (using the default path for the file to download): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm download \fR\fB-s\fR\fB BOB\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRDisplaying Information from the \fBSCSI\fR Inquiry Command -.sp -.LP -The following example displays information from the \fBSCSI\fR inquiry command -from all individual disks on the system, using only as many characters as -necessary to uniquely identify the inquiry subcommand: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm inq /dev/rdsk/c?t?d?s2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRHotplugging -.sp -.LP -The following example hotplugs a new drive into the first slot in the front of -the enclosure named \fBBOB:\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm insert_device BOB,f0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following example hotplugs a new drive into the first slot in the Sun Fire -880 internal storage subsystem named SF880-1: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm insert_device SF880-1,s0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRRunning an Expert Subcommand -.sp -.LP -The following example runs an expert subcommand. The subcommand forces a loop -initialization on the loop that the enclosure \fBBOB\fR is on: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBluxadm \fR\fB-e\fR\fB forcelip BOB\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRUsing the Expert Mode Hot Plugging Subcommands -.sp -.LP -An example of using the expert mode hot plugging subcommands to hot remove a -disk follows. See \fBNOTES\fR for hot plugging limitations. - -.sp -.LP -The first step reserves the SCSI device so that it can't be accessed by way of -its second SCSI bus: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBluxadm reserve /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRTaking the Disk to be Removed Offline -.sp -.LP -The next two steps take the disk to be removed offline then quiesce the bus: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBluxadm \fR\fB-e\fR\fB offline /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -example# \fBluxadm -e bus_quiesce /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 15 \fRUnquiescing the Bus -.sp -.LP -The user then removes the disk and continues by unquiescing the bus, putting -the disk back online, then unreserving it: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBluxadm \fR\fB-e\fR\fB bus_unquiesce /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -example# \fBluxadm \fR\fB-e\fR\fB online /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -example# \fBluxadm release /dev/rdsk/c1t8d0s2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for a description of the \fBLANG\fR environment variable -that affects the execution of \fBluxadm\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\(mi1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/firmware/fc_s/fc_s_fcode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/locale/C/LC_MESSAGES/ibfirmware\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdevlinks\fR(1M), \fBdisks\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), -\fBses\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -Currently, only some device drivers -support hot plugging. If hot plugging is attempted on a disk or bus where it is -not supported, an error message of the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -luxadm: can't acquire "PATHNAME": No such file or directory -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -will be displayed. -.sp -.LP -You must be careful not to quiesce a bus that contains the root or the -\fB/usr\fR filesystems or any swap data. If you do quiesce such a bus a -deadlock can result, requiring a system reboot. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mail.local.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mail.local.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8245213326..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mail.local.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Eric P. Allman -.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display -.\" the following acknowledgement: This product includes software developed by the University of California, Berkeley and its contributors. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific -.\" prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR -.\" CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006, 2008 Sendmail, Inc. and its suppliers. All rights reserved. -.\" The following license terms and conditions apply, unless a different license is obtained from Sendmail, Inc., 6425 Christie Ave, Fourth Floor, Emeryville, CA 94608, USA, or by electronic mail at license@sendmail.com. License Terms: Use, Modification and Redistribution -.\" (including distribution of any modified or derived work) in source and binary forms is permitted only if each of the following conditions is met: 1. Redistributions qualify as "freeware" or "Open Source Software" under one of the following terms: (a) Redistributions are made at no charge -.\" beyond the reasonable cost of materials and delivery. (b) Redistributions are accompanied by a copy of the Source Code or by an irrevocable offer to provide a copy of the Source Code for up to three years at the cost of materials and delivery. Such redistributions -.\" must allow further use, modification, and redistribution of the Source Code under substantially the same terms as this license. For the purposes of redistribution "Source Code" means the complete compilable and linkable source code of sendmail including all modifications. -.\" 2. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notices as they appear in each source code file, these license terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below. 3. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the Copyright Notice, these license -.\" terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below, in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. For the purposes of binary distribution the "Copyright Notice" refers to the following language: "Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Sendmail, -.\" Inc. All rights reserved." 4. Neither the name of Sendmail, Inc. nor the University of California nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. The name "sendmail" is a trademark -.\" of Sendmail, Inc. 5. All redistributions must comply with the conditions imposed by the University of California on certain embedded code, whose copyright notice and conditions for redistribution are as follows: (a) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. -.\" All rights reserved. (b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: (i) Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of -.\" conditions and the following disclaimer. (ii) Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" (iii) Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 6. Disclaimer/Limitation of Liability: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY SENDMAIL, -.\" INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL SENDMAIL, INC., THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA OR CONTRIBUTORS -.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.TH MAIL.LOCAL 1M "Apr 11, 1997" -.SH NAME -mail.local \- store mail in a mailbox -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/mail.local\fR [\fB-f\fR \fIsender\fR] [\fB-d\fR] \fIrecipient\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmail.local\fR reads the standard input up to an end-of-file and appends it -to each user's mail file (mailbox). This program is intended to be used by -\fBsendmail\fR(1M) as a mail delivery agent for local mail. It is not a user -interface agent. -.sp -.LP -Messages are appended to the user's mail file in the \fB/var/mail\fR directory. -The user must be a valid user name. -.sp -.LP -Each delivered mail message in the mailbox is preceded by a "Unix From line" -with the following format: -.sp -.LP -\fBFrom\fR \fIsender_address\fR \fItime_stamp\fR -.sp -.LP -The \fIsender_address\fR is extracted from the \fBSMTP\fR envelope address (the -envelope address is specified with the \fB-f\fR option). -.sp -.LP -A trailing blank line is also added to the end of each message. -.sp -.LP -The mail files are locked with a \fB\&.lock\fR file while mail is appended. -.sp -.LP -The mail files are created with mode \fB660\fR, owner is set to -\fIrecipient\fR, and group is set to \fBmail\fR. If the ``biff'' service is -returned by \fBgetservbyname\fR(3SOCKET), the biff server is notified of -delivered mail. This program also computes the \fBContent-Length:\fR header -which will be used by the mailbox reader to mark the message boundary. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIsender\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the "envelope from address" of the message. This flag is technically -optional, but should be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specifies the recipient of the message. This flag is also optional and is -supported here for backward compatibility. That is, \fBmail.local\fR\fI -recipient\fR is the same as \fBmail.local\fR \fB-d\fR \fIrecipient\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Turn on \fBLMTP\fR mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIfrom\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify the sender's name (for backward compatibility). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-7\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Do not advertise 8BITMIME support in \fBLMTP\fR mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Return a permanent error instead of a temporary error if a mailbox exceeds -quota. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIrecipient\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The recipient of the mail message. -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTZ\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Used to set the appropriate time zone on the timestamp. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/local.\fR\fIXXXXXX\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -temporary files -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/lochd.\fR\fIXXXXXX\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -temporary files -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/mail/\fR\fIuser_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -user's mail file -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmail\fR(1), \fBcomsat\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), -\fBgetservbyname\fR(3SOCKET), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mailwrapper.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mailwrapper.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e1b176f5d6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mailwrapper.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: mailwrapper.8,v 1.10 2009/02/07 16:58:23 martynas Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: mailwrapper.8,v 1.11 2002/02/08 01:38:50 ross Exp $ -.\" $FreeBSD: releng/9.1/usr.sbin/mailwrapper/mailwrapper.8 205938 2010-03-30 21:54:25Z delphij $ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1998 -.\" Perry E. Metzger. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software -.\" must display the following acknowledgment: -.\" This product includes software developed for the NetBSD Project -.\" by Perry E. Metzger. -.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products -.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.Dd August 7, 2006 -.Dt MAILWRAPPER 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm \fB/usr/lib/mailwrapper\fR -.Nd invoke appropriate MTA software based on configuration file -.Sh SYNOPSIS -Special. -See below. -.Sh DESCRIPTION -At one time, the only Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) software easily available -was -.Xr sendmail 1M . -As a result of this, most Mail User Agents (MUAs) such as -.Xr mail 1 -had the path and calling conventions expected by -.Xr sendmail 1M -compiled in. -.Pp -Times have changed, however. -On a modern -.Ux -system, the administrator may wish to use one of several -available MTAs. -.Pp -It would be difficult to modify all MUA software typically available -on a system, so most of the authors of alternative MTAs have written -their front end message submission programs so that they use the same -calling conventions as -.Xr sendmail 1M -and may be put into place instead of -.Xr sendmail 1M -in -.Pa /usr/lib/sendmail . -.Pp -.Xr sendmail 1M -also typically has aliases named -.Xr mailq 1 -and -.Xr newaliases 1M -linked to it. -The program knows to behave differently when its -.Va argv[0] -is -.Dq mailq -or -.Dq newaliases -and behaves appropriately. -Typically, replacement MTAs provide similar -functionality, either through a program that also switches behavior -based on calling name, or through a set of programs that provide -similar functionality. -.Pp -Although having drop-in replacements for -.Xr sendmail 1M -helps in installing alternative MTAs, it essentially makes the -configuration of the system depend on hand installing new programs in -.Pa /usr . -This leads to configuration problems for many administrators, since -they may wish to install a new MTA without altering the system -provided -.Pa /usr . -(This may be, for example, to avoid having upgrade problems when a new -version of the system is installed over the old.) -They may also have a shared -.Pa /usr -among several -machines, and may wish to avoid placing implicit configuration -information in a read-only -.Pa /usr . -.Pp -The -.Nm -utility is designed to replace -.Pa /usr/lib/sendmail -and to invoke an appropriate MTA instead of -.Xr sendmail 1M -based on configuration information placed in -.Pa /etc/mailer.conf . -This permits the administrator to configure which MTA is to be invoked on -the system at run time. -.Pp -Other configuration files may need to be altered when replacing -.Xr sendmail 1M . -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh DIAGNOSTICS -The -.Nm -will print a diagnostic if its configuration file is missing or malformed, -or does not contain a mapping for the name under which it was invoked. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr mail 1 , -.Xr mailq 1 , -.Xr newaliases 1M , -.Xr sendmail 1M , -.Xr mailer.conf 4 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/makedbm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/makedbm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 07d0b4b90d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/makedbm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. Copyright 1989 AT&T All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MAKEDBM 1M "Aug 17, 1999" -.SH NAME -makedbm \- make a dbm file, or get a text file from a dbm file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmakedbm\fR [\fB-b\fR] [\fB-l\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-E\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIyp_input_file\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIyp_output_name\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIyp_domain_name\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fIyp_master_name\fR] [\fB-S\fR \fIdelimiter\fR] - [\fB-D\fR \fInumber_of_delimiters\fR] \fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmakedbm\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIdbmfilename\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmakedbm\fR utility takes the \fIinfile\fR and converts it to a pair of -files in \fBndbm\fR format (see \fBndbm\fR(3C)), namely -\fIoutfile\fR\fB\&.pag\fR and \fIoutfile\fR\fB\&.dir.\fR Each line of the input -file is converted to a single \fBdbm\fR record. All characters up to the first -\fBTAB\fR or \fBSPACE\fR form the key, and the rest of the line is the data. If -a line ends with `\e' (backslash), the data for that record is continued on to -the next line. \fBmakedbm\fR does not treat `#' (pound-sign) as a special -character. -.sp -.LP -Because \fBmakedbm\fR is mainly used in generating \fBdbm\fR files for the -\fBNIS\fR name service, it generates a special entry with the key -\fIyp_last_modified\fR, which is the date of \fIinfile\fR (or the current time, -if \fIinfile\fR is `\(mi'). The entries that have keys with the prefix -\fIyp_\fR are interpreted by \fBNIS\fR server utilities. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Insert the \fBYP_INTERDOMAIN\fR into the output. This key causes -\fBypserv\fR(1M) to use \fBDNS\fR for host name and address lookups for hosts -not found in the maps. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI yp_domain_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Create a special entry with the key \fIyp_domain_name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fInumber_of delimiters\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specify \fInumber_of_delimiters\fR to skip before forming the key. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Delimiters are escaped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI yp_input_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Create a special entry with the key \fIyp_input_file\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Lower case. Convert the keys of the given map to lower case, so that, for -example, host name matches succeed independent of upper or lower case -distinctions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fI yp_master_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Create a special entry with the key \fIyp_master_name\fR. If no master host -name is specified, \fIyp_master_name\fR is set to the local host name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fI yp_output_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Create a special entry with the key \fIyp_output_name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Secure map. Accept connections from secure \fBNIS\fR networks only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIdelimiter\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specify the \fIdelimiter\fR to use instead of the default delimiter for forming -the key. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fI dbmfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Undo a \fBdbm\fR file. Prints out the file in text format, one entry per line, -with a single space separating keys from values. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Input file for \fBmakedbm\fR. If \fIinfile\fR is `\fB\(mi\fR\&' (dash), the -standard input is read. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoutfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -One of two output files in \fBndbm\fR format: \fIoutfile\fR\fB\&.pag\fR and -\fIoutfile\fR\fB\&.dir.\fR -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBypserv\fR(1M), \fBndbm\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/makemap.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/makemap.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6cc65bf371..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/makemap.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Eric P. Allman -.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display -.\" the following acknowledgement: This product includes software developed by the University of California, Berkeley and its contributors. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific -.\" prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR -.\" CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006, 2008 Sendmail, Inc. and its suppliers. All rights reserved. -.\" The following license terms and conditions apply, unless a different license is obtained from Sendmail, Inc., 6425 Christie Ave, Fourth Floor, Emeryville, CA 94608, USA, or by electronic mail at license@sendmail.com. License Terms: Use, Modification and Redistribution -.\" (including distribution of any modified or derived work) in source and binary forms is permitted only if each of the following conditions is met: 1. Redistributions qualify as "freeware" or "Open Source Software" under one of the following terms: (a) Redistributions are made at no charge -.\" beyond the reasonable cost of materials and delivery. (b) Redistributions are accompanied by a copy of the Source Code or by an irrevocable offer to provide a copy of the Source Code for up to three years at the cost of materials and delivery. Such redistributions -.\" must allow further use, modification, and redistribution of the Source Code under substantially the same terms as this license. For the purposes of redistribution "Source Code" means the complete compilable and linkable source code of sendmail including all modifications. -.\" 2. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notices as they appear in each source code file, these license terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below. 3. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the Copyright Notice, these license -.\" terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below, in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. For the purposes of binary distribution the "Copyright Notice" refers to the following language: "Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Sendmail, -.\" Inc. All rights reserved." 4. Neither the name of Sendmail, Inc. nor the University of California nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. The name "sendmail" is a trademark -.\" of Sendmail, Inc. 5. All redistributions must comply with the conditions imposed by the University of California on certain embedded code, whose copyright notice and conditions for redistribution are as follows: (a) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. -.\" All rights reserved. (b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: (i) Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of -.\" conditions and the following disclaimer. (ii) Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" (iii) Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 6. Disclaimer/Limitation of Liability: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY SENDMAIL, -.\" INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL SENDMAIL, INC., THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA OR CONTRIBUTORS -.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2019 Peter Tribble. -.TH MAKEMAP 1M "Jan 21, 2019" -.SH NAME -makemap \- create database maps for sendmail -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmakemap\fR [\fB-N\fR] [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-o\fR] [\fB-r\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-C\fR \fIfile\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fIcachesize\fR] [\fB-D\fR \fIcommentchar\fR] [\fB-e\fR] [\fB-l\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIdelim\fR] - [\fB-u\fR] \fImaptype\fR \fImapname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBmakemap\fR creates the database maps used by the keyed map lookups in -\fBsendmail\fR(1M). \fBmakemap\fR reads from the standard input and outputs to -the specified \fImapname\fR. -.sp -.LP -In all cases, \fBmakemap\fR reads lines from the standard input consisting of -two words separated by whitespace. The first is the database key, the second is -the value. The value may contain \fB%\fR\fIn\fR strings to indicate parameter -substitution. Literal percents should be doubled (\fB%%\fR). Blank lines and -lines beginning with \fB#\fR are ignored. -.sp -.LP -Depending on how it is compiled, \fBmakemap\fR handles up to three different -database formats, selected using the \fImaptype\fR parameter. See -\fBOPERANDS\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-c\fR \fIcachesize\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Use the specified hash and B-Tree cache size (\fIcachesize\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-C\fR \fIfile\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Use the specified \fBsendmail\fR configuration file (\fIfile\fR) for looking up -the \fBTrustedUser\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-d\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Allow duplicate keys in the map. This is only allowed on B-Tree format maps. If -two identical keys are read, both are inserted into the map. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-D\fR \fIcommentchar\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Use the specified character to indicate a comment (which is ignored) instead of -the default of '\fB#\fR'. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-e\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Allow empty value (right hand side). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Normally, all upper case letters in the key are folded to lower case. This flag -disables that behavior. This is intended to mesh with the \fB-f\fR flag in the -\fBK\fR line in \fBsendmail.cf\fR. The value is never case folded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-l\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -List supported map types. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-N\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Include the null byte that terminates strings in the map. This must match the -\fB-N\fR flag in the \fBK\fR line in \fBsendmail.cf\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-o\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Append to an old file. This allows you to augment an existing file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-r\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Allow replacement of existing keys. Normally \fBmakemap\fR complains if you -repeat a key, and does not do the insert. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Ignore safety checks on maps being created. This includes checking for hard or -symbolic links in world writable directories. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-t\fR \fIdelim\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Use the specified delimiter (\fIdelim\fR) instead of whitespace. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-u\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Dump (unmap) the content of the database to standard output. Note that, if the -\fB-t\fR option is also provided, the specified delimiter is used when the -content is dumped instead of whitespace. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Verbosely print keys and values being added. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fImapname\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -File name of the database map being created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fImaptype\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specifies the database format. The following \fImaptype\fR parameters are -available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdbm\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Specifies \fBDBM\fR format maps. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbtree\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Specifies B-Tree format maps. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhash\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Specifies hash format maps. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBeditmap\fR(1M), \fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mdnsd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mdnsd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b2dcedd695..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mdnsd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -.\" -*- tab-width: 4 -*- -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Apple Computer, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" -.\" Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); -.\" you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You may obtain a copy of the License at -.\" -.\" http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 -.\" -.\" Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software -.\" distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, -.\" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and -.\" limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome -.\" -.Dd Jan 28, 2016 \" Date -.Dt MDNSD 1M \" Document Title -.Os illumos \" Operating System -.\" -.Sh NAME -.Nm mdnsd -.Nd Multicast and Unicast DNS daemon \" Name Description for whatis database -.\" -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.\" -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -(also known as -.Nm mDNSResponder -on some systems) -is a daemon invoked at boot time to implement Multicast DNS and DNS Service Discovery. -.Pp -.Nm -listens on UDP port 5353 for Multicast DNS Query packets. -When it receives a query for which it knows an answer, -.Nm -issues the appropriate Multicast DNS Reply packet. -.Pp -.Nm -also performs Unicast and Multicast DNS Queries on behalf of client processes, and -maintains a cache of the replies. -.Pp -.Nm -has no user-specifiable command-line argument, and users should not run -.Nm -manually. -.Sh LOGGING -There are several methods with which to examine -.Nm Ns 's internal state for debugging and diagnostic purposes. The syslog(3C) -logging levels map as follows: -.Pp -.Dl Error - Error messages -.Dl Warning - Client-initiated operations -.Dl Notice - Sleep proxy operations -.Dl Info - Informational messages -.Pp -By default, only log level Error is logged. -.Pp -A SIGUSR1 signal toggles additional logging, with Warning and Notice -enabled by default: -.Pp -.Dl % sudo pkill -USR1 mdnsd -.Pp -A SIGUSR2 signal toggles packet logging: -.Pp -.Dl % sudo pkill -USR2 mdnsd -.Pp -A SIGINFO signal will dump a snapshot summary of the internal state: -.Pp -.Dl % sudo pkill -INFO mdnsd -.Sh FILES -.Pa /usr/lib/inet/mdnsd \" Pathname -.\" -.Sh INFO -For information on Multicast DNS, see -.Pa http://www.multicastdns.org/ -.Pp -For information on DNS Service Discovery, see -.Pa http://www.dns-sd.org/ -.Pp -For information on how to use the Multicast DNS and the -DNS Service Discovery APIs on Mac OS X and other platforms, see -.Pa http://developer.apple.com/bonjour/ -.Pp -For the source code to -.Nm , see -.Pa http://developer.apple.com/darwin/projects/bonjour/ -.\" -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Volatile . -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr dns-sd 1M -.\" -.Sh NOTES -The -.Nm -service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.Dl svc:/network/dns/multicast:default -.sp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevalloc.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevalloc.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d7adede488..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevalloc.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKDEVALLOC 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -mkdevalloc \- Make device_allocate entries -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/mkdevalloc\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBmkdevalloc\fR command writes to standard out a set of -\fBdevice_allocate\fR(4) entries describing the system's frame buffer, audio -and removable media devices. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmkdevalloc\fR command is used by the \fBinit.d\fR(4) scripts to create -or update the \fB/etc/security/device_allocate\fR file. -.sp -.LP -Entries are generated based on the device special files found in \fB/dev\fR. -For the different categories of devices, the \fBmkdevalloc\fR command checks -for the following files under \fB/dev\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -audio /dev/audio, /dev/audioctl, /dev/sound/... -tape /dev/rst*, /dev/nrst*, /dev/rmt/... -floppy /dev/diskette, /dev/fd*, /dev/rdiskette, /dev/rfd* -removable disk /dev/sr*, /dev/nsr*, /dev/dsk/c0t?d0s?, /dev/rdsk/c0t?d0s? -frame buffer /dev/fb -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -All entries set the \fIdevice-minimum\fR and \fIdevice-maximum\fR fields to the -hex representations of \fBADMIN_LOW\fR and \fBADMIN_HIGH\fR, respectively. The -\fIdevice-authorization\fR field is set to \fBsolaris.device.allocate\fR, -except for the \fBframebuffer\fR entry, where it is set to \fB*\fR. The -\fIdevice-name\fR, \fIdevice-type\fR and \fIdevice-clean\fR fields are set to -the following values: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - device-name device-type device-clean - -audio audio audio audio_clean_wrapper -tape mag_tape_0,1,... st st_clean -floppy floppy_0,1,... fd disk_clean -removable disk cdrom_0,1,... sr disk_clean -frame buffer framebuffer fb /bin/true -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBallocate\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fBmkdevalloc\fR might not be supported in a future release of the Solaris -operating system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevmaps.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevmaps.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8479147cf9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkdevmaps.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKDEVMAPS 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -mkdevmaps \- make device_maps entries -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/mkdevmaps\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBmkdevmaps\fR command writes to standard out a set of -\fBdevice_maps\fR(4) entries describing the system's frame buffer, audio, and -removable media devices. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmkdevmaps\fR command is used by the \fBinit.d\fR(4) scripts to create or -update the \fB/etc/security/device_maps\fR file. -.sp -.LP -Entries are generated based on the device special files found in \fB/dev\fR. -For the different categories of devices, the \fBmkdevmaps\fR command checks for -the following files under \fB/dev\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -audio /dev/audio, /dev/audioctl, /dev/sound/... -tape /dev/rst*, /dev/nrst*, /dev/rmt/... -floppy /dev/diskette, /dev/fd*, /dev/rdiskette, /dev/rfd* -removable disk /dev/dsk/c0t?d0s?, /dev/rdsk/c0t?d0s? -frame buffer /dev/fb -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBallocate\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fBmkdevmaps\fR might not be supported in a future release of the Solaris -operating system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfifo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfifo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bbfa415651..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfifo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. gratefully acknowledges The Open Group for -.\" permission to reproduce portions of its copyrighted documentation. -.\" Original documentation from The Open Group can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/bookstore/. -.\" -.\" The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and The Open -.\" Group, have given us permission to reprint portions of their -.\" documentation. -.\" -.\" In the following statement, the phrase ``this text'' refers to portions -.\" of the system documentation. -.\" -.\" Portions of this text are reprinted and reproduced in electronic form -.\" in the SunOS Reference Manual, from IEEE Std 1003.1, 2004 Edition, -.\" Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System -.\" Interface (POSIX), The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 6, -.\" Copyright (C) 2001-2004 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics -.\" Engineers, Inc and The Open Group. In the event of any discrepancy -.\" between these versions and the original IEEE and The Open Group -.\" Standard, the original IEEE and The Open Group Standard is the referee -.\" document. The original Standard can be obtained online at -.\" http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html. -.\" -.\" This notice shall appear on any product containing this material. -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 1992, X/Open Company Limited All Rights Reserved -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" -.TH MKFIFO 1M "Jun 24, 2020" -.SH NAME -mkfifo \- make FIFO special file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/mkfifo\fR [\fB-m\fR \fImode\fR] \fIfile\fR... -.fi - -.SS "ksh93" -.nf -mkfifo [ \fIoptions\fR ] \fIfile\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.SS "/usr/bin/mkfifo" -The \fBmkfifo\fR utility creates the \fBFIFO\fR special files named by its -argument list. The arguments are taken sequentially, in the order specified; -and each \fBFIFO\fR special file is either created completely or, in the case -of an error or signal, not created at all. -.sp -.LP -If errors are encountered in creating one of the special files, \fBmkfifo\fR -writes a diagnostic message to standard error and continues with the -remaining arguments, if any. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmkfifo\fR utility calls the library routine \fBmkfifo\fR(3C), with a -\fIpath\fR argument equivalent to the \fIfile\fR argument from the command line, -and \fImode\fR is set to the equivalent of \fBa=rw\fR, modified by the current -value of the file mode creation mask \fBumask\fR(1). -.SS "ksh93" -The \fBmkfifo\fR utility creates one or more \fBFIFO\fRs. By default, the mode -of the created FIFO is \fBa=rw\fR minus the bits set in \fBumask\fR(1). -.SH OPTIONS -.SS "/usr/bin/mkfifo" -The following option is supported for \fB/usr/bin/mkfifo\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Set the file permission bits of the newly-created \fBFIFO\fR to the specified -\fImode\fR value. The \fImode\fR option-argument will be the same as the -\fImode\fR operand defined for the \fBchmod\fR(1) command. For a -symbolic mode option-argument, the \fIop\fR characters \fB+\fR and \fB\(mi\fR -will be interpreted relative to an assumed initial mode of \fBa=rw\fR. -.RE - -.SS "ksh93" -The following option is supported for \fBksh93\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB--mode=\fR\fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the mode of the created FIFO to \fImode\fR. The \fImode\fR option-argument -is a symbolic or octal mode as in \fBchmod\fR(1). Relative modes assume an -initial mode of \fBa=rw\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -A path name of the \fBFIFO\fR special file to be created. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmkfifo\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBmkfifo\fR: \fBLANG\fR, \fBLC_ALL\fR, -\fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, and \fBNLSPATH\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -All the specified \fBFIFO\fR special files were created successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Standard -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBumask\fR(1), \fBmkfifo\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBenviron\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfile.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfile.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 227c3db2a5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfile.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKFILE 1M "Feb 20, 2008" -.SH NAME -mkfile \- create a file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmkfile\fR [\fB-nv\fR] \fIsize\fR [g | k | b | m] \fIfilename\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmkfile\fR creates one or more files that are suitable for use as -\fBNFS-mounted\fR swap areas, or as local swap areas. When a root user executes -\fBmkfile()\fR, the sticky bit is set and the file is padded with zeros by -default. When non-root users execute \fBmkfile()\fR, they must manually set -the sticky bit using \fBchmod\fR(1). The default \fBsize\fR is in bytes, but -it can be flagged as gigabytes, kilobytes, blocks, or megabytes, with the -\fBg\fR, \fBk\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBm\fR suffixes, respectively. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Create an empty \fIfilename\fR. The size is noted, but disk blocks are not -allocated until data is written to them. Files created with this option cannot -be swapped over local UFS mounts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Verbose. Report the names and sizes of created files. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Success. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmkfile\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBchmod\fR(1), \fBswap\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 586378219e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKFS 1M "Nov 17, 2000" -.SH NAME -mkfs \- construct a file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmkfs\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] \fIraw_device_file\fR - [\fIoperands\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmkfs\fR utility constructs a file system on the \fIraw_device_file\fR by -calling the specific \fBmkfs\fR module indicated by \fB-F\fR\fI -FSType\fR\fB\&.\fR -.sp -.LP -\fBNote\fR: ufs file systems are normally created with the \fBnewfs\fR(1M) -command. -.sp -.LP -\fIgeneric_options\fR are independent of file system type. -\fIFSType-specific_options\fR is a comma-separated list of -\fIkeyword\fR=\fIvalue\fR pairs (with no intervening spaces), which are -\fIFSType\fR-specific. \fIraw_device_file\fR specifies the disk partition on -which to write the file system. It is required and must be the first argument -following the \fIspecific_options\fR (if any). \fIoperands\fR are -\fIFSType\fR-specific. See the \fIFSType\fR-specific manual page of \fBmkfs\fR -(for example, \fBmkfs_ufs \fR(1M)) for a detailed description. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following are the generic options for \fBmkfs\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specify the \fIFSType\fR to be constructed. If \fB-F\fR is not specified, the -\fIFSType\fR is determined from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR by matching the -\fIraw_device_file\fR with a \fBvfstab\fR entry, or by consulting the -\fB/etc/default/fs\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Echo the complete command line, but do not execute the command. The command -line is generated by using the options and arguments provided and adding to -them information derived from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR or \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. -This option may be used to verify and validate the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Return the command line which was used to create the file system. The file -system must already exist. This option provides a means of determining the -command used in constructing the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specify \fIFSType\fR-specific options. See the manual page for the \fBmkfs\fR -module specific to the file system type. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmkfs\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/fs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Default file system type. Default values can be set for the following flags in -\fB/etc/default/fs\fR. For example: \fBLOCAL=ufs\fR -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOCAL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -The default partition for a command if no \fIFSType\fR is specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -List of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmkfs_ufs\fR(1M), \fBnewfs\fR(1M), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -Manual pages for the \fIFSType\fR-specific modules of \fBmkfs\fR. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This command might not be supported for all \fIFSType\fRs. -.sp -.LP -You can use \fBlofiadm\fR to create a file that appears to a \fBmkfs\fR command -as a raw device. You can then use a \fBmkfs\fR command to create a file system -on that device. See \fBlofiadm\fR(1M) for examples of creating a UFS and a PC -(FAT) file system (using \fBmkfs_ufs\fR(1M) and \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR(1M)) on a -device created by \fBlofiadm\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_pcfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_pcfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7a82df10c7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_pcfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,375 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKFS_PCFS 1M "Dec 1, 2003" -.SH NAME -mkfs_pcfs \- construct a FAT file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmkfs\fR \fB-F\fR pcfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType_specific_options\fR] \fIraw_device_file\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpcfs\fR-specific module of \fBmkfs\fR constructs a File Allocation Table -(\fBFAT\fR) on removable media (diskette, JAZ disk, ZIP disk, PCMCIA card), a -hard disk, or a file (see NOTES). \fBFAT\fRs are the standard \fBMS-DOS\fR and -Windows file system format. Note that you can use \fBfdformat\fR(1) to -construct a FAT file system only on a diskette or PCMCIA card. -.sp -.LP -\fBmkfs\fR for \fBpcfs\fR determines an appropriate \fBFAT\fR size for the -medium, then it installs an initial boot sector and an empty \fBFAT\fR. A -sector size of 512 bytes is used. \fBmkfs\fR for \fBpcfs\fR can also install -the initial file in the file system (see the \fBpcfs\fR-specific \fB-o i\fR -option). This first file can optionally be marked as read-only, system, and/or -hidden. -.sp -.LP -If you want to construct a FAT with \fBmkfs\fR for \fBpcfs\fR on a medium that -is not formatted, you must first perform a low-level format on the medium with -\fBfdformat\fR(1) or \fBformat\fR(1M). Non-diskette media must also be -partitioned with the \fBfdisk\fR(1M) utility. Note that all existing data on -the diskette or disk partition, if any, is destroyed when a new \fBFAT\fR is -constructed. -.sp -.LP -\fIgeneric_options\fR are supported by the generic \fBmkfs\fR command. See -\fBmkfs\fR(1M) for a description of these options. -.sp -.LP -\fIraw_device_file\fR indicates the device on which to write unless the \fB-o -N\fR option has been specified, or if the \fB-V\fR or \fB-m\fR generic options -are passed from the generic \fBmkfs\fR module. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -See \fBmkfs\fR(1M) for the list of supported generic options. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIFSType_specific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -Specify \fBpcfs\fR file system-specific options in a comma-separated list with -no intervening spaces. If invalid options are specified, a warning message is -printed and the invalid options are ignored. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBb=\fIlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Label the media with volume label. The volume label is restricted to 11 -uppercase characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBB=\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Install \fIfilename\fR as the boot loader in the file system's boot sector. If -you don't specify a boot loader, an \fBMS-DOS\fR boot loader is installed. The -\fBMS-DOS\fR boot loader requires specific \fBMS-DOS\fR system files to make -the diskette bootable. See \fBNOTES\fR for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfat=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The size of a \fBFAT\fR entry. Currently, 12, 16, and 32 are valid values. The -default is 12 for diskettes, 16 for larger media. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBh\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Mark the first file installed as a hidden file. The \fB-i\fR option must also -be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhidden=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Set the number of hidden sectors to \fIn\fR. This is the number of sectors on -the physical disk preceding the start of the volume (which is the boot sector -itself). This defaults to 0 for diskettes or a computed valued (based on the -fdisk table) for disks. This option may be used only in conjunction with the -\fBnofdisk\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBi=\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Install \fIfilename\fR as the initial file in the new file system. The initial -file's contents are guaranteed to occupy consecutive clusters at the start of -the files area. When creating bootable media, a boot program should be -specified as the initial file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnofdisk\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Do not attempt to find an \fBfdisk\fR table on the medium. Instead rely on the -\fBsize\fR option for determining the partition size. By default, the created -\fBFAT\fR is 16 bits and begins at the first sector of the device. This -origination sector can be modified with the hidden option (\fB-h\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnsect=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of sectors per track on the disk. If not specified, the value is -determined by using a \fBdkio\fR(7I) ioctl to get the disk geometry, or (for -diskette) from the results of an \fBFDIOGCHAR\fR ioctl. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBntrack=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of tracks per cylinder on the disk. If not specified, the value is -determined by using a \fBdkio\fR(7I) ioctl to get the disk geometry, or (for -diskette) from the results of an \fBFDIOGCHAR\fR ioctl. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBN\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -No execution mode. Print normal output, but do not actually write the file -system to the medium. This is most useful when used in conjunction with the -verbose option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBr\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Mark the first file installed as read-only. The \fB-i\fR option must also be -specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBreserve=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Set the number of reserved sectors to \fIn\fR. This is the number of sectors in -the volume, preceding the start of the first \fBFAT\fR, including the boot -sector. The value should always be at least 1, and the default value is exactly -1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBs\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Mark the first file installed as a system file. The \fB-i\fR option must also -be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsize=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of sectors in the file system. If not specified, the value is -determined from the size of the partition given in the fdisk table or (for -diskette) by way of computation using the \fBFDIOGCHAR\fR ioctl. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBspc=\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The size of the allocation unit for space within the file system, expressed as -a number of sectors. The default value depends on the \fBFAT\fR entry size and -the size of the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBv\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Verbose output. Describe, in detail, operations being performed. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw_device_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The device on which to build the \fBFAT\fR. The device name for a diskette must -be specified as \fB/dev/rdiskette0\fR for the first diskette drive, or -\fB/dev/rdiskette1\fR for a second diskette drive. For non-diskette media, a -disk device name must be qualified with a suffix to indicate the proper -partition. For example, in the name \fB/dev/rdsk/c0t0d0p0:c\fR, the \fB:c\fR -suffix indicates that the first partition on the disk should receive the new -\fBFAT\fR. -.sp -For a file, \fIraw_device_file\fR is the block device name returned by -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.sp -.LP -The media in these examples must be formatted before running \fBmkfs\fR for -\fBpcfs\fR. See DESCRIPTION for more details. -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating a FAT File System on a Diskette -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a \fBFAT\fR file system on a diskette: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs -F pcfs /dev/rdiskette -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRCreating a FAT File System on a Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a \fBFAT\fR file system on the second fdisk -partition of a disk attached to an x86 based system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs -F pcfs /dev/rdsk/c0d0p0:d -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCreating a FAT File System on a ZIP Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a \fBFAT\fR file system on a ZIP disk located on -a SPARC based system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs -F pcfs /dev/rdsk/c0t4d0s2:c -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRCreating a FAT File System on a JAZ Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a \fBFAT\fR file system on a JAZ disk located on -a SPARC based system and overrides the sectors/track and tracks/cylinder values -obtained from the device's controller: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs -F pcfs -o nsect=32,ntrack=64 /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s2:c -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfdformat\fR(1), \fBfdisk\fR(1M), \fBformat\fR(1M), \fBlofiadm\fR(1M), -\fBmkfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfd\fR(7D), \fBdkio\fR(7I), -\fBfdio\fR(7I) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The default \fBMS-DOS\fR boot loader, which is installed by default if \fB-o -B\fR is not specified, requires specific \fBMS-DOS\fR system files to make the -diskette bootable. These \fBMS-DOS\fR files are not installed when you format a -diskette with \fBmkfs\fR for \fBpcfs\fR, which makes a diskette formatted this -way not bootable. Trying to boot from it on an x86 based system will result in -the following message: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Non-System disk or disk error -Replace and strike any key when ready -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -You must format a diskette with the \fBDOS\fR \fBformat\fR command to install -the specific \fBMS-DOS\fR system files required by the default boot loader. -.sp -.LP -You can use \fBlofiadm\fR to create a file that appears to a \fBmkfs\fR command -(for example, \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR or \fBmkfs_ufs\fR) as a raw device. You can then -use a \fBmkfs\fR command to create a file system on that device. See -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M) for examples of creating a UFS and a PC (FAT) file system on -a device created by \fBlofiadm\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_udfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_udfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7d07715ca1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_udfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKFS_UDFS 1M "Nov 17, 2000" -.SH NAME -mkfs_udfs \- construct a udfs file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmkfs\fR \fB-F udfs\fR [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] \fIraw_device_file\fR - [\fIsize\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -This is the universal disk format file system (\fBudfs\fR) -specific module of -the \fBmkfs\fR command. \fBmkfs\fR constructs a \fBudfs\fR file system with a -root directory. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -See \fBmkfs\fR(1M) for the list of supported \fIgeneric_options\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify a \fBudfs\fR-specific option. Specify \fBudfs\fR file system specific -options in a comma-separated list with no intervening spaces. If invalid -options are specified, a warning message is printed and the invalid options are -ignored. -.sp -The following \fIspecific_options\fR are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBN\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Print the file system parameters without actually creating the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBlabel=\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the label to be written into the volume header structures. Specify -\fIstring\fR as the name of the label. If \fIstring\fR is not specified, a -default \fIstring\fR is generated in the form of \fB*NoLabel*\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw_device_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - Specify the disk partition on which to write. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify the number of 512-byte blocks in the file system. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBmkfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -not currently a valid file system -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The specified device does not contain a valid \fBudfs\fR file system. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Invalid size: larger than the partition size -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Number of blocks given as parameter to create the file system is larger than -the size of the device specified. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -is mounted can't mkfs -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Device is in use, cannot create file system when the device is in use. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -preposterous size -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Negative size parameter provided is invalid. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sector size must be between 512, 8192 bytes -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Sector size given is not in the valid range. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Volume integrity sequence descriptors too long -File set descriptor too long. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Not enough space to create volume integrity sequence or file set descriptor. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs: argument out of range -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -One of the arguments is out of range. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mkfs: bad numeric arg -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -One of the arguments is potentially a bad numeric. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -You can use \fBlofiadm\fR to create a file that appears to a \fBmkfs\fR command -(for example, \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR or \fBmkfs_ufs\fR) as a raw device. You can then -use a \fBmkfs\fR command to create a file system on that device. See -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M) for examples of creating a UFS and a PC (FAT) file system on -a device created by \fBlofiadm\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_ufs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_ufs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9c10e6bcb5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkfs_ufs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,407 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKFS_UFS 1M "Mar 8, 2006" -.SH NAME -mkfs_ufs \- construct a UFS file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmkfs\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType_specific_options\fR] \fIraw_device_file\fR - [\fIsize\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The UFS-specific module of \fBmkfs\fR builds a UFS file system with a root -directory and a \fBlost+found\fR directory (see \fBfsck\fR(1M)). -.sp -.LP -The UFS-specific \fBmkfs\fR is rarely run directly. Use the \fBnewfs\fR(1M) -command instead. -.sp -.LP -\fIraw_device_file\fR indicates the disk partition on which to create the new -file system. If the \fB-o\fR \fBN\fR, \fB-V\fR, or \fB-m\fR options are -specified, the \fIraw_device_file\fR is not actually modified. \fIsize\fR -specifies the number of disk sectors in the file system, where a disk sector is -usually 512 bytes. This argument must follow the \fIraw_device_file\fR argument -and is required (even with \fB\fR\fB-o\fR\fB N\fR), unless the \fB-V\fR or -\fB-m\fR generic options are specified. -.sp -.LP -\fIgeneric_options\fR are supported by the generic \fBmkfs\fR command. See -\fBmkfs\fR(1M) for a description of these options. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following generic options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print the command line that was used to create the existing file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print the current \fBmkfs\fR command line. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following UFS-specific options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Use one or more of the following values separated by commas (with no -intervening spaces) to specify UFS-specific options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapc=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of alternate sectors per cylinder to reserve for bad block -replacement for SCSI devices only. The default is \fB0\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbsize=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The logical block size of the file system in bytes, either \fB4096\fR or -\fB8192\fR. The default is \fB8192\fR. The sun4u architecture does not support -the \fB4096\fR block size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcalcbinsb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Sends to stdout a binary (machine-readable) version of the superblock that -would be used to create a file system with the specified configuration -parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcalcsb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Sends to stdout a human-readable version of the superblock that would be used -to create a file system with the specified configuration parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcgsize=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of cylinders per cylinder group, ranging from \fB16\fR to \fB256\fR. -The default is calculated by dividing the number of sectors in the file system -by the number of sectors in a gigabyte. Then, the result is multiplied by -\fB32\fR. The default value is always between \fB16\fR and \fB256\fR. -.sp -The per-cylinder-group meta data must fit in a space no larger than what is -available in one logical file system block. If too large a \fBcgsize\fR is -requested, it is changed by the minimum amount necessary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfragsize=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The smallest amount of disk space in bytes that can be allocated to a file. -\fBfragsize\fR must be a power of 2 divisor of \fBbsize\fR, where: -.sp -\fBbsize\fR / \fBfragsize\fR is 1, 2, 4, or 8. -.sp -This means that if the logical block size is \fB4096\fR, legal values for -\fBfragsize\fR are \fB512\fR, \fB1024\fR, \fB2048\fR, and \fB4096\fR. When the -logical block size is \fB8192\fR, legal values are \fB1024\fR, \fB2048\fR, -\fB4096\fR, and \fB8192\fR. The default value is \fB1024\fR. -.sp -For file systems greater than 1 terabyte or for file systems created with the -\fBmtb=y\fR option, \fBfragsize\fR is forced to match block size (\fBbsize\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfree=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The minimum percentage of free space to maintain in the file system between 0% -and 99%, inclusively. This space is off-limits to users. Once the file system -is filled to this threshold, only the superuser can continue writing to the -file system. -.sp -The default is ((64 Mbytes/partition size) * 100), rounded down to the nearest -integer and limited between 1% and 10%, inclusively. -.sp -This parameter can be subsequently changed using the \fBtunefs\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgap=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Rotational delay. This option is obsolete in the Solaris 10 release. The value -is always set to \fB0\fR, regardless of the input value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxcontig=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The maximum number of logical blocks, belonging to one file, that are allocated -contiguously. The default is calculated as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBmaxcontig =\fR \fIdisk drive maximum transfer size / disk block size\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the disk drive's maximum transfer size cannot be determined, the default -value for \fBmaxcontig\fR is calculated from kernel parameters as follows: -.sp -If \fBmaxphys\fR is less than \fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR, which is typically 1 Mbyte, -then \fBmaxcontig\fR is set to \fBmaxphys\fR. Otherwise, \fBmaxcontig\fR is set -to \fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR. -.sp -You can set \fBmaxcontig\fR to any positive integer value. -.sp -The actual value will be the lesser of what has been specified and what the -hardware supports. -.sp -You can subsequently change this parameter by using \fBtunefs\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmtb=y\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the parameters of the file system to allow eventual growth to over a -terabyte in total file system size. This option sets \fIfragsize\fR to be the -same as \fIbsize\fR, and sets \fInbpi\fR to 1 Mbyte, unless the \fB-i\fR option -is used to make it even larger. If you explicitly set the \fIfragsize\fR or -\fInbpi\fR parameters to values that are incompatible with this option, the -user-supplied value of \fIfragsize\fR or \fInbpi\fR is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBN\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Print out the file system parameters that would be used to create the file -system without actually creating the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnbpi=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of bytes per inode, which specifies the density of inodes in the -file system. The number is divided into the total size of the file system to -determine the number of inodes to create. -.sp -This value should reflect the expected average size of files in the file -system. If fewer inodes are desired, a larger number should be used. To create -more inodes, a smaller number should be given. The default is \fB2048\fR. -.sp -The number of inodes can increase if the file system is expanded with the -\fBgrowfs\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnrpos=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of different rotational positions in which to divide a cylinder -group. The default is \fB8\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnsect=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of sectors per track on the disk. The default is \fB32\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBntrack=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The number of tracks per cylinder on the disk. The default is \fB16\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBopt=\fR\fIs\fR\||\|\fIt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The file system can either be instructed to try to minimize the \fBtime\fR -spent allocating blocks, or to try to minimize the \fBspace\fR fragmentation on -the disk. The default is \fItime\fR. -.sp -This parameter can be subsequently changed with the \fBtunefs\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrps=\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The rotational speed of the disk, in revolutions per second. The default is -\fB60\fR. -.sp -Note that you specify \fIrps\fR for \fBmkfs\fR and \fIrpm\fR for \fBnewfs\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -Alternatively, parameters can be entered as a list of space-separated values -(without keywords) whose meaning is positional. In this case, the \fB-o\fR -option is omitted and the list follows the size operand. This is the way -\fBnewfs\fR passes the parameters to \fBmkfs\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw_device_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The disk partition on which to write. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBmkfs\fR(1M), \fBnewfs\fR(1M), \fBtunefs\fR(1M), -\fBdir_ufs\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBufs\fR(7FS) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -The following error message typically occurs with very high density disks. On -such disks, the file system structure cannot encode the proper disk layout -information. However, such disks have enough onboard intelligence to make up -for any layout deficiencies, so there is no actual impact on performance. The -warning that performance might be impaired can be safely ignored. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Warning: insufficient space in super block for -rotational layout tables with nsect \fIsblock.fs_nsect\fR -and ntrak \fIsblock.fs_ntrak\fR. (File system performance may be impaired.) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following error message occurs when the disk geometry results in a -situation where the last truncated cylinder group cannot contain the correct -number of data blocks. Some disk space is wasted. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Warning: inode blocks/cyl group (\fIgrp\fR) >= data blocks (\fInum\fR) in last cylinder -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If there is only one cylinder group and if the above condition holds true, -\fBmkfs\fR fails with the following error: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -File system creation failed. There is only one cylinder group and that is -not even big enough to hold the inodes. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following error message occurs when the best calculated file system layout -is unable to include the last few sectors in the last cylinder group. This is -due to the interaction between how much space is used for various pieces of -meta data and the total blocks available in a cylinder group. Modifying -\fBnbpi\fR and \fBcpg\fR might reduce this number, but it is rarely worth the -effort. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Warning: \fInum\fR sector(s) in last cylinder group unallocated -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -You can use \fBlofiadm\fR to create a file that appears to the \fBmkfs\fR -command (for example, \fBmkfs_pcfs\fR or \fBmkfs_ufs\fR) as a raw device. You -can then use the \fBmkfs\fR command to create a file system on that device. See -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M) for examples of creating a \fBUFS\fR and a \fBPC\fR -(\fBFAT\fR) file system on a device created by \fBlofiadm\fR. -.sp -.LP -Both the block and character devices, such as devices in \fB/dev/dsk\fR and -\fB/dev/rdsk\fR, must be available prior to running the \fBmkfs\fR command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mknod.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mknod.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 11c599eec1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mknod.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKNOD 1M "Sep 16, 1996" -.SH NAME -mknod \- make a special file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmknod\fR \fIname\fR b \fImajor\fR \fIminor\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmknod\fR \fIname\fR c \fImajor\fR \fIminor\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmknod\fR \fIname\fR p -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBmknod\fR makes a directory entry for a special file. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Create a block-type special file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Create a character-type special file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Create a FIFO (named pipe). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImajor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -The \fImajor\fR device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIminor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -The \fIminor\fR device number; can be either decimal or octal. The assignment -of major device numbers is specific to each system. You must be the super-user -to use this form of the command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -A special file to be created. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmknod\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBftp\fR(1), \fBmknod\fR(2), \fBsymlink\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If \fBmknod\fR(2) is used to create a device, the major and minor device -numbers are always interpreted by the kernel running on that machine. -.sp -.LP -With the advent of physical device naming, it would be preferable to create a -symbolic link to the physical name of the device (in the \fB/devices\fR -subtree) rather than using \fBmknod\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkpwdict.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mkpwdict.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8b896093b5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mkpwdict.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MKPWDICT 1M "Jun 1, 2004" -.SH NAME -mkpwdict \- maintain password-strength checking database -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/mkpwdict\fR [\fB-s\fR \fIdict1\fR,... ,\fIdictN\fR] - [\fB-d\fR \fIdestination-path\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmkpwdict\fR command adds words to the dictionary-lookup database used by -\fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5) and \fBpasswd\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -Files containing words to be added to the database can be specified on the -command-line using the \fB-s\fR flag. These source files should have a single -word per line, much like \fB/usr/share/lib/dict/words\fR. -.sp -.LP -If \fB-s\fR is omitted, \fBmkpwdict\fR will use the value of \fBDICTIONLIST\fR -specified in \fB/etc/default/passwd\fR (see \fBpasswd\fR(1)). -.sp -.LP -The database is created in the directory specified by the \fB-d\fR option. If -this option is omitted, \fBmkpwdict\fR uses the value of \fBDICTIONDBDIR\fR -specified in \fB/etc/default/passwd\fR (see \fBpasswd\fR(1)). The default -location is \fB/var/passwd\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specifies a comma-separated list of files containing words to be added to the -dictionary-lookup database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specifies the target location of the dictionary-database. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -See \fBpasswd\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -default destination directory -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/modinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/modinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c4c31d8ef0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/modinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MODINFO 1M "Oct 1, 2002" -.SH NAME -modinfo \- display information about loaded kernel modules -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/modinfo\fR [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-w\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fImodule-id\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodinfo\fR utility displays information about the loaded modules. The -format of the information is as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIId\fR \fILoadaddr\fR \fISize\fR \fIInfo\fR \fIRev\fR \fIModule Name\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where \fIId\fR is the module ID, \fILoadaddr\fR is the starting text address in -hexadecimal, \fISize\fR is the size of text, data, and bss in hexadecimal -bytes, \fIInfo\fR is module specific information, \fIRev\fR is the revision of -the loadable modules system, and \fIModule Name\fR is the filename and -description of the module. -.sp -.LP -The module specific information is the block and character major numbers for -drivers, the system call number for system calls, and unspecified for other -module types. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display the number of instances of the module loaded and the module's current -state. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI module-id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display information about this module only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Do not truncate module information at \fB80\fR characters. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying the Status of a Module -.sp -.LP -The following example displays the status of module 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBmodinfo -i 2\fR -Id Loadaddr Size Info Rev Module Name - 2 ff08e000 1734 - 1 swapgeneric (root and swap configuration) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying the Status of Kernel Modules -.sp -.LP -The following example displays the status of some kernel modules: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBmodinfo\fR -Id Loadaddr Size Info Rev Module Name - 2 ff08e000 1734 - 1 swapgeneric - 4 ff07a000 3bc0 - 1 specfs (filesystem for specfs) - 6 ff07dbc0 2918 - 1 TS (time sharing sched class) - 7 ff0804d8 49c - 1 TS_DPTBL (Time sharing dispatch table) - 8 ff04a000 24a30 2 1 ufs (filesystem for ufs) - 9 ff080978 c640 226 1 rpcmod (RPC syscall) - 9 ff080978 c640 - 1 rpcmod (rpc interface str mod) -10 ff08cfb8 2031c - 1 ip (IP Streams module) -10 ff08cfb8 2031c 2 1 ip (IP Streams device) - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing the \fB-c\fR Option -.sp -.LP -Using the \fBmodinfo\fR command with the \fB-c\fR option displays the number of -instances of the module loaded and the module's current state. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBmodinfo -c \fR -Id Loadcnt Module Name State - 1 0 krtld UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 2 0 genunix UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 3 0 platmod UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 4 0 SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIi UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 5 0 cl_bootstrap UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 6 1 specfs LOADED/INSTALLED - 7 1 swapgeneric UNLOADED/UNINSTALLED - 8 1 TS LOADED/INSTALLED - 9 1 TS_DPTBL LOADED/INSTALLED - 10 1 ufs LOADED/INSTALLED - 11 1 fssnap_if LOADED/INSTALLED -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmodload\fR(1M), \fBmodunload\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/modload.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/modload.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c54e0b4550..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/modload.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MODLOAD 1M "Dec 1, 1993" -.SH NAME -modload \- load a kernel module -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmodload\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexec_file\fR] \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodload\fR command loads the loadable module \fIfilename\fR into the -running system. -.sp -.LP -\fIfilename\fR is an object file produced by \fBld \fR\fB-r\fR. If -\fIfilename\fR is an absolute pathname then the file specified by that absolute -path is loaded. If \fIfilename\fR does not begin with a slash (\fB/\fR), then -the path to load \fIfilename\fR is relative to the current directory unless -the \fB-p\fR option is specified. -.sp -.LP -The kernel's \fBmodpath\fR variable can be set using the \fB/etc/system\fR -file. The default value of the kernel's \fBmodpath\fR variable is set to the -path where the operating system was loaded. Typically this is \fB/kernel -/usr/kernel\fR. -.sp -.LP -For example, the following command looks for \fB\&./drv/foo\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBmodload drv/foo\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command looks for \fB/kernel/drv/foo\fR and then -\fB/usr/kernel/drv/foo\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBmodload -p drv/foo\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fI exec_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the name of a shell script or executable image file that is executed -after the module is successfully loaded. The first argument passed is the -module ID (in decimal). The other argument is module specific. The module -specific information is: the block and character major numbers for drivers, the -system call number for system calls, or, for other module types, the index -into the appropriate kernel table. See \fBmodinfo\fR(1M) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Use the kernel's internal modpath variable as the search path for the module. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBld\fR(1), \fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBmodinfo\fR(1M), -\fBmodunload\fR(1M), \fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBmodldrv\fR(9S), -\fBmodlinkage\fR(9S), \fBmodlstrmod\fR(9S), \fBmodule_info\fR(9S) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Use \fBadd_drv\fR(1M) to add device drivers, not \fBmodload\fR. See \fI\fR for -procedures on adding device drivers. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/modunload.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/modunload.1m deleted file mode 100644 index be46776171..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/modunload.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MODUNLOAD 1M "Nov 19, 2001" -.SH NAME -modunload \- unload a module -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmodunload\fR \fB-i\fR \fImodule_id\fR [\fB-e\fR \fIexec_file\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmodunload\fR unloads a loadable module from the running system. The -\fImodule_id\fR is the \fBID\fR of the module as shown by \fBmodinfo\fR(1M). If -\fBID\fR is \fB0\fR, all modules that were autoloaded which are unloadable, are -unloaded. Modules loaded by \fBmodload\fR(1M) are not affected. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexec_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the name of a shell script or executable image file to be executed -before the module is unloaded. The first argument passed is the module id (in -decimal). There are two additional arguments that are module specific. For -loadable drivers, the second argument is the driver major number. For loadable -system calls, the second argument is the system call number. For loadable exec -classes, the second argument is the index into the \fBexecsw\fR table. For -loadable filesystems, the second argument is the index into the \fBvfssw\fR -table. For loadable streams modules, the second argument is the index into the -\fBfmodsw\fR table. For loadable scheduling classes, the second argument is the -index into the class array. Minus one is passed for an argument that does not -apply. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fImodule_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the module to be unloaded. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmodinfo\fR(1M), \fBmodload\fR(1M), \fBupdate_drv\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodunload\fR command is often used on driver modules to force the system -to reread the associated driver configuration file. While this works in the -current Solaris release, it is not the supported way to reread the -configuration file and is not guaranteed to work in future releases. The -supported way for rereading driver configuration file is through the -\fBupdate_drv\fR(1M) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/monitor.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/monitor.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6a14588c16..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/monitor.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1774 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MONITOR 1M "Jul 24, 2003" -.SH NAME -monitor \- SPARC system PROM monitor -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBSTOP\(miA\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBBREAK\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBinitial system power-on\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBexit from a client program, e.g., the Operating System\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBCPU\fR board of a workstation contains one or more \fBEPROMs\fR or -\fBEEPROMs.\fR The program which executes from the \fBPROMs\fR is referred to -as "the monitor". Among other things, the monitor performs system -initialization at power-on and provides a user interface. -.SS "Monitor Prompt" -The monitor of earlier workstations was known as the \fBSunMON\fR monitor and -displayed the \fB>\fR for its prompt. See the \fBSunMON MONITOR USAGE\fR -section for further details. -.sp -.LP -Existing workstations use a monitor which is known as the OpenBoot monitor. -The OpenBoot monitor typically displays \fBok\fR as its prompt, but it may also -display the \fB>\fR prompt under certain circumstances. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB\&'auto-boot?'\fR \fBNVRAM\fR parameter is set to \fB\&'false'\fR -when the workstation is powered on, the system does not attempt to boot and the -monitor issues its prompt. If \fB\&'auto-boot'\fR is set to \fB\&'true'\fR, the -system initiates the boot sequence. The boot sequence can be aborted by -simultaneously pressing two keys on the system's keyboard: \fBL1\fR and \fBA\fR -(on older keyboards), or \fBStop\fR and \fBA\fR (on newer keyboards). Either a -lower case \fBa\fR or an upper case \fBA\fR works for the keyboard abort -sequence. If a console has been attached by way of one of the system's serial -ports then the abort sequence can be accomplished by sending a \fBBREAK\fR. See -\fBtip\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -When the \fBNVRAM\fR \fB\&'security-mode'\fR parameter has been turned on, or -when the value of the \fB\&'sunmon-compat?'\fR parameter is true, then the -OpenBoot monitor displays the message: \fBType b (boot), c (continue), or n -(new command mode)\fR -.sp -.LP -and the \fB>\fR prompt appears. -.SH OPENBOOT PROM USAGE -Some of the more useful commands that can be issued from OpenBoot's \fBok \fR -prompt are described here. Refer to the book for a complete list of -commands. -.SS "Help" -Help for various functional areas of the OpenBoot monitor can be obtained by -typing \fBhelp\fR. The help listing provides a number of other key words which -can then be used in the help command to provide further details. -.SS "NVRAM Parameters" -Each workstation contains one or more \fBNVRAM\fR devices which contains unique -system ID information, as well as a set of user-configurable parameters. The -\fBNVRAM\fR parameters allow the user a certain level of flexibility in -configuring the system to act in a given manner under a specific set of -circumstances. -.sp -.LP -See \fBeeprom\fR(1M) for a description of the parameters and information -regarding setting the parameters from the OS level. -.sp -.LP -The following commands can be used at the OpenBoot monitor to access the -\fBNVRAM\fR parameters. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprintenv\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Used to list the \fBNVRAM\fR parameters, along with their default values and -current values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsetenv\fR\fI pn pv\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Used to set or modify a parameter. The \fIpn\fR represents the parameter name, -and \fIpv\fR represents the parameter value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset-default\fR \fIpn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Used to set an individual parameter back to its default value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset-defaults\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Used to reset all parameters to their default values. (Note that -\fB\&'set-defaults'\fR only affects parameters that have assigned default -values.) -.RE - -.SS "Security Parameters" -Newer OpenBoot monitors contain user interfaces that support the storage and -listing of keys for later use by client programs. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist-security-keys\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the names of keys currently stored on a machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset-security-key\fR \fIkeyname\fR [ \fIkeydata\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Stores key data \fIkeydata\fR in a key named \fIkeyname\fR. Actual key data can -be up to 32 bytes in length. The maximum length of \fIkeyname\fR is 64 bytes, -which allows for the hex-formatted ASCII used to present the key data. If -\fIkeydata\fR is not present, \fIkeyname\fR and its corresponding data is -deleted. -.RE - -.SS "Hardware Checks and Diagnostics" -The following commands are available for testing or checking the system's -hardware. If the \fB\&'diag-switch?'\fR \fBNVRAM\fR parameter is set to true -when the system is powered on, then a Power-On Self Test (POST) diagnostic is -run, if present, sending its results messages to the system's serial port A. -Not all of the commands shown are available on all workstations. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtest-all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run the diagnostic tests on each device which has provided a self-test. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtest\fR \fBfloppy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run diagnostics on the system's floppy device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtest\fR \fB/memory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Run the main memory tests. If the \fBNVRAM\fR parameter \fB\&'diag-switch?'\fR -is set to true, then all of main memory is tested. If the parameter is false -then only the amount of memory specified in the \fB\&'selftest-#megs'\fR -\fBNVRAM\fR parameter is tested. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtest\fR \fBnet\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Test the network connection for the on-board network controller. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwatch-net\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Monitor the network attached to the on-board net controller. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwatch-net-all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Monitor the network attached to the on-board net controller, as well as the -network controllers installed in SBus slots. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwatch-clock\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Test the system's clock function. -.RE - -.SS "System Information" -The following commands are available for displaying information about the -system. Not all commands are available on all workstations. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbanner\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display the power-on banner. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&.enet-addr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display the system's Ethernet address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&.idprom\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display the formatted contents of the \fBIDPROM.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodule-info\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display information about the system's processor(s). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprobe-scsi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Identify the devices attached to the on-board \fBSCSI\fR controller. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprobe-scsi-all\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Identify the devices attached to the on-board \fBSCSI\fR controller as well as -those devices which are attached to SBus \fBSCSI\fR controllers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-disks\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the device paths for installed \fBSCSI\fR disk controllers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-displays\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the device paths for installed display devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-nets\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the device paths for installed Ethernet controllers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-sbus\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display list of installed SBus devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-tapes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the device paths for installed \fBSCSI\fR tape controllers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-ttys\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the device paths for tty devices. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&.traps\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display a list of the SPARC trap types. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&.version\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Display the version and date of the OpenBoot PROM. -.RE - -.SS "Emergency Commands" -These commands must be typed from the keyboard, they do not work from a console -which is attached by way of the serial ports. With the exception of the -\fBStop-A\fR command, these commands are issued by pressing and holding down -the indicated keys on the keyboard immediately after the system has been -powered on. The keys must be held down until the monitor has checked their -status. The \fBStop-A\fR command can be issued at any time after the console -display begins, and the keys do not need to be held down once they've been -pressed. The \fBStop-D,\fR \fBStop-F\fR and \fBStop-N\fR commands are not -allowed when one of the security modes has been set. Not all commands are -available on all workstations. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStop (L1)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Bypass the Power-On Self Test (POST). This is only effective if the system has -been placed into the diagnostic mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStop-A (L1-A)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Abort the current operation and return to the monitor's default prompt. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStop-D (L1-D)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Set the system's \fB\&'diag-switch?'\fR \fBNVRAM\fR parameter to -\fB\&'true'\fR, which places the system in diagnostic mode. POST diagnostics, -if present, are run, and the messages are displayed by way of the system's -serial port A. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStop-F (L1-F)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Enter the OpenBoot monitor before the monitor has probed the system for -devices. Issue the \fB\&'fexit'\fR command to continue with system -initialization. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStop-N (L1-N)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Causes the \fBNVRAM\fR parameters to be reset to their default values. Note -that not all parameters have default values. -.RE - -.SS "Line Editor Commands" -The following commands can be used while the monitor is displaying the \fBok\fR -prompt. Not all of these editing commands are available on all workstations. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-A\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Place the cursor at the start of line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-B\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Move the cursor backward one character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESC-B\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Move the cursor backward one word. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase the character that the cursor is currently highlighting. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESC-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase the portion of word from the cursor's present position to the end of the -word. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-E\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Place the cursor at the end of line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Move the cursor forward one character. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESC-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Move the cursor forward one word. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-H\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase the character preceding the cursor (also use Delete or Back Space) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBESC-H\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase the portion of the word which precedes the cursor (use also \fBCTRL-W)\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-K\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase from the cursor's present position to the end of the line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-L\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Show the command history list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-N\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Recall the next command from the command history list -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-P\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Recall a previous command from the command history list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-Q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Quote the next character (used to type a control character). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-R\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Retype the current line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-U\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Erase from the cursor's present position to the beginning of the line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCTRL-Y\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Insert the contents of the memory buffer into the line, in front (to the left) -of the cursor. -.RE - -.SS "nvramrc" -The \fBnvramrc\fR is an area of the system's \fBNVRAM\fR where users may store -Forth programs. The programs which are stored in the \fBnvramrc\fR are executed -each time the system is reset, provided that the \fB\&'use-nvramrc?'\fR -\fBNVRAM\fR parameter has been set to \fB\&'true'\fR. Refer to the book for -information on how to edit and use the \fBnvramrc\fR. -.SS "Restricted Monitor" -The command \fB\&'old-mode'\fR is used to move OpenBoot into a restricted -monitor mode, causing the \fB> \fR prompt to be displayed. Only three commands -are allowed while in the restricted monitor; the \fB\&'go'\fR command (to -resume a program which was interrupted with the \fBStop-A\fR command), the -\fB\&'n'\fR command (to return to the normal OpenBoot monitor), and boot -commands. The restricted monitor's boot commands approximate the older -\fBSunMON\fR monitor's boot command syntax. If a \fB\&'security-mode'\fR has -been turned on then the restricted monitor becomes the default monitor -environment. The restricted monitor may also become the default environment if -the \fB\&'sunmon-compat?' \fR \fBNVRAM\fR parameter is set to true. Not all -workstations have the \fB\&'sunmon-compat?'\fR parameter. -.SH SUNMON PROM USAGE -The following commands are available systems with older \fBSunMON\fR-based -PROM: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB+\fR|\fB\(mi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Increment or decrement the current address and display the contents of the new -location. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB^C\fR\fI source destination n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(caret-C) Copy, byte-by-byte, a block of length \fIn\fR from the \fBsource\fR -address to the \fIdestination\fR address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB^I \fR\fIprogram\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(caret-I) Display the compilation date and location of \fIprogram\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB^T \fR\fIvirtual_address\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(caret-T) Display the physical address to which \fIvirtual_address\fR is -mapped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR [ \fB!\fR ] [ \fIdevice\fR [ -\fB(\fR\fIc\fR\fB,\fR\fIu\fR\fB,\fR\fIp\|\fR\fB)\fR\fI\fR ] ] [ \fIpathname\fR -] [ \fIarguments_list\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR[\fB?\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset appropriate parts of the system and bootstrap a program. A `\fB!\fR' -(preceding the \fIdevice\fR argument) prevents the system reset from occurring. -Programs can be loaded from various devices (such as a disk, tape, or -Ethernet). `\fBb\fR' with no arguments causes a default boot, either from a -disk, or from an Ethernet controller. `\fBb?\fR' displays all boot devices and -their \fIdevice\fRs. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -one of -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBle\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Lance Ethernet -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBie\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Intel Ethernet -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -\fBSCSI\fR disk, CDROM -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBst\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -\fBSCSI\fR 1/4" or 1/2" tape -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Diskette -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -IPI disk -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Tape Master 9-track 1/2" tape -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Xylogics 7053 disk -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Xylogics 1/2" tape -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Xylogics 440/450 disk -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -A controller number (\fB0\fR if only one controller), -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -A unit number (\fB0\fR if only one driver), and -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -A partition. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -A pathname for a program such as \fB/stand/diag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIarguments_list\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -A list of up to seven arguments to pass to the program being booted. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBc [\fR\fIvirtual_address\fR\fB]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Resume execution of a program. When given, \fIvirtual_address\fR is the address -at which execution resumes. The default is the current \fBPC.\fR Registers are -restored to the values shown by the \fBd\fR, and \fBr\fR commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBd [\fR\fIwindow_number\fR\fB]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display (dump) the state of the processor. The processor state is observable -only after: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -An unexpected trap was encountered. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A user program dropped into the monitor (by calling \fIabortent\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The user manually entered the monitor by typing \fBL1\(miA\fR or \fBBREAK.\fR -.RE -The display consists of the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The special registers: \fBPSR,\fR \fBPC,\fR nPC, \fBTBR,\fR \fBWIM,\fR and Y -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Eight global registers -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -24 window registers (8 \fIin\fR, 8 \fIlocal\fR, and 8 \fIout\fR), corresponding -to one of the 7 available windows. If a Floating-Point Unit is on board, its -status register along with 32 floating-point registers are also shown. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIwindow_number\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display the indicated \fIwindow_number\fR, which can be any value between -\fB0\fR and \fB6\fR, inclusive. If no window is specified and the \fBPSR's\fR -current window pointer contains a valid window number, registers from the -window that was active just prior to entry into the monitor are displayed. -Otherwise, registers from window 0 are displayed. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBe\fR [\fIvirtual_address\fR]\|[\fIaction\fR] .\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the 16-bit word at \fIvirtual_address\fR (default zero). The address is -interpreted in the address space defined by the \fBs\fR command. See the -\fBa\fR command for a description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBf\fR\fI virtual_address1 virtual_address2 pattern \fR [\fIsize\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Fill the bytes, words, or long words from \fIvirtual_address1\fR (lower) to -\fIvirtual_address2\fR (higher) with the constant, \fIpattern\fR. The -\fBsize\fR argument can take one of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -byte format (the default) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -word format -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -long word format -.RE - -For example, the following command fills the address block from \fB0x1000\fR to -\fB0x2000\fR with the word pattern, \fB0xABCD\fR: -.sp -\fBf 1000 2000 ABCD W\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBg\fR [\fIvector\|\fR] [\fIargument\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBg\fR [\fIvirtual_address\|\fR] [\fIargument\fR\|]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Goto (jump to) a predetermined or default routine (first form), or to a -user-specified routine (second form). The value of \fIargument\fR is passed to -the routine. If the \fIvector\fR or \fIvirtual_address\fR argument is omitted, -the value in the \fBPC\fR is used as the address to jump to. -.sp -To set up a predetermined routine to jump to, a user program must, prior to -executing the monitor's \fBg\fR command, set the variable -\fB*romp->v_vector_cmd\fR to be equal to the virtual address of the desired -routine. Predetermined routines need not necessarily return control to the -monitor. -.sp -The default routine, defined by the monitor, prints the user-supplied -\fIvector\fR according to the format supplied in \fIargument\fR. This format -can be one of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -hexadecimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -decimal -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBg0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force a panic and produce a crash dump when the monitor is running as a result -of the system being interrupted, -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBg4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(Sun-4 systems only) Force a kernel stack trace when the monitor is running as -a result of the system being interrupted, -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBh\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the help menu for monitor commands and their descriptions. To return to -the monitor's basic command level, press \fBESCAPE\fR or \fBq\fR before -pressing \fBRETURN.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi \fR[\fIcache_data_offset\fR\|] [\fIaction\fR\|]\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify cache data \fBRAM\fR command. Display and/or modify one or more of the -cache data addresses. See the \fBa\fR command for a description of -\fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBj\fR [\fIcache_tag_offset\fR\|] [\fIaction\|\fR]\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify cache tag \fBRAM\fR command. Display and/or modify the contents of one -or more of the cache tag addresses. See the \fBa\fR command for a description -of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBk [\fR\fIreset_level\fR\fB]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset the system, where \fIreset_level\fR is: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Reset \fBVMEbus,\fR interrupt registers, video monitor (Sun-4 systems). This is -the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Software reset. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Power-on reset. Resets and clears the memory. Runs the \fBEPROM-based\fR -diagnostic self test, which can take several minutes, depending upon how much -memory is being tested. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the system banner. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBl\|\fR [\fIvirtual_address\fR\|]\|[\fIaction\fR]\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the long word (32 bit) at memory address \fIvirtual_address\fR (default -zero). The address is interpreted in the address space defined by the \fBs\fR -command (below). See the \fBa\fR command for a description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBm\|\fR [\fIvirtual_address\fR\|]\|[\fIaction\fR\|]\|.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the segment map entry that maps \fIvirtual_address\fR (default zero). The -address is interpreted in the address space defined by the \fBs\fR command. See -the \fBa\fR command for a description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBne\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBni\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable, enable, or invalidate the cache, respectively. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBo\|\fR [\fIvirtual_address\fR\|]\|[action\fI]\|.\|.\|.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the byte location specified by \fIvirtual_address\fR (default zero). The -address is interpreted in the address space defined by the \fBs\fR command. See -the \fBa\fR command for a description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBp\|\fR [\fIvirtual_address\fR\|]\|[\fIaction\fR].\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the page map entry that maps \fIvirtual_address\fR (default zero) in the -address space defined by the \fBs\fR command. See the \fBa\fR command for a -description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBq\|\fR [\fIeeprom_offset\fR\|]\|[\fIaction\fR\|].\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open the \fBEEPROM\fR \fIeeprom_offset\fR (default zero) in the \fBEEPROM\fR -address space. All addresses are referenced from the beginning or base of the -\fBEEPROM\fR in physical address space, and a limit check is performed to -insure that no address beyond the \fBEEPROM\fR physical space is accessed. This -command is used to display or modify configuration parameters, such as: the -amount of memory to test during self test, whether to display a standard or -custom banner, if a serial port (A or B) is to be the system console, etc. See -the \fBa\fR command for a description of \fIaction\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\|\fR [\fIregister_number\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBr\|\fR [\fIregister_type\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBr\|\fR [\fIw window_number\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display and/or modify one or more of the \fBIU\fR or \fBFPU\fR registers. A -hexadecimal \fIregister_number\fR can be one of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x00\fR\(mi\fB0x0f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(0,i0)\(miwindow(0,i7), window(0,i0)\(emwindow(0,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x16\fR\(mi\fB0x1f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(1,i0)\(miwindow(1,i7), window(1,i0)\(emwindow(1,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x20\fR\(mi\fB0x2f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(2,i0)\(miwindow(2,i7), window(2,i0)\(emwindow(2,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x30\fR\(mi\fB0x3f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(3,i0)\(miwindow(3,i7), window(3,i0)\(emwindow(3,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x40\fR\(mi\fB0x4f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(4,i0)\(miwindow(4,i7), window(4,i0)\(emwindow(4,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x50\fR\(mi\fB0x5f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(5,i0)\(miwindow(5,i7), window(5,i0)\(emwindow(5,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x60\fR\(mi\fB0x6f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -window(6,i0)\(miwindow(6,i7), window(6,i0)\(emwindow(6,i7) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x70\fR\(mi\fB0x77\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -\fBg0, g1, g2, g3, g4, g5, g6, g7\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x78\fR\(mi\fB0x7d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -\fBPSR,\fR \fBPC,\fR \fBnPC,\fR \fBWIM,\fR \fBTBR,\fR \fBY.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x7e\fR\(mi\fB0x9e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -\fBFSR,\fR f0\(mif31 -.RE - -Register numbers can only be displayed after an unexpected trap, a user program -has entered the monitor using the \fIabortent\fR function, or the user has -entered the monitor by manually typing \fBL1\(miA\fR or \fBBREAK.\fR -.sp -If a \fIregister_type\fR is given, the first register of the indicated type is -displayed. \fIregister_type\fR can be one of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -floating-point -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -global -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -special -.RE - -If \fBw\fR and a \fIwindow_number\fR (\fB0\fR\(em\fB6\fR) are given, the first -\fIin\fR-register within the indicated window is displayed. If -\fIwindow_number\fR is omitted, the window that was active just prior to -entering the monitor is used. If the \fBPSR's\fR current window pointer is -invalid, window 0 is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs [\fR\fIasi\fR\fB])\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set or display the Address Space Identifier. With no argument, \fBs\fR -displays the current Address Space Identifier. The \fIasi\fR value can be one -of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -control space -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -segment table -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Page table -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x8\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -user instruction -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0x9\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -supervisor instruction -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xa\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -user data -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -supervisor data -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -flush segment -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -flush page -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -flush context -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0xf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -cache data -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR [ \fBecho\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR [ \fIport\fR ] [ \fIoptions\fR ] [ \fIbaud_rate\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR [ \fBu\fR ] [ \fIvirtual_address\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With no arguments, display the current I/O device characteristics including: -current input device, current output device, baud rates for serial ports A and -B, an input-to-output echo indicator, and virtual addresses of mapped -\fBUART\fR devices. With arguments, set or configure the current I/O device. -With the \fBu\fR argument (\fBuu\fR.\|.\|.), set the I/O device to be the -\fIvirtual_address\fR of a \fBUART\fR device currently mapped. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBecho\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n - Can be either \fBe\fR to enable input to be echoed to the output device, or -\fBne\fR, to indicate that input is not echoed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Assign the indicated \fIport\fR to be the current I/O device. \fIport\fR can be -one of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBa\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -serial port A -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -serial port B -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -the workstation keyboard -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -the workstation screen -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIbaud_rate\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Any legal baud rate. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIoptions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -can be any combination of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -input -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBo\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -output -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -\fBUART\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -echo input to output -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBne\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -do not echo input -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -reset indicated serial port (\fBa\fR and \fBb\fR ports only) -.RE - -If either \fBa\fR or \fBb\fR is supplied, and no \fIoptions\fR are given, the -serial port is assigned for both input and output. If \fBk\fR is supplied with -no options, it is assigned for input only. If \fBs\fR is supplied with no -options, it is assigned for output only. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBv\fR\fI virtual_address1 virtual_address2 \fR [\fBsize\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the contents of \fIvirtual_address1\fR (lower) \fIvirtual_address2\fR -(higher) in the format specified by \fBsize\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -byte format (the default) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -word format -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -long word format -.RE - -Enter return to pause for viewing; enter another return character to resume the -display. To terminate the display at any time, press the space bar. -.sp -For example, the following command displays the contents of virtual address -space from address \fB0x1000\fR to \fB0x2000\fR in word format: -.sp -\fBv\fR \fB1000\fR \fB2000\fR \fBW\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\|\fR [\fIvirtual_address\|\fR]\|[\fIargument\|\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the execution vector to a predetermined or default routine. Pass -\fIvirtual_address\fR and \fIargument\fR to that routine. -.sp -To set up a predetermined routine to jump to, a user program must, prior to -executing the monitor's \fBw\fR command, set the variable -\fB*romp->v_vector_cmd\fR to be equal to the virtual address of the desired -routine. Predetermined routines need not necessarily return control to the -monitor. -.sp -The default routine, defined by the monitor, prints the user-supplied -\fIvector\fR according to the format supplied in \fIargument\fR. This format -can be one of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -hexadecimal -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB%d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -decimal -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBx\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a menu of extended tests. These diagnostics permit additional testing -of such things as the I/O port connectors, video memory, workstation memory and -keyboard, and boot device paths. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBy\|c\fR\fI context_number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBy\|p|s\|\fR\fI context_number virtual_address\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Flush the indicated context, context page, or context segment. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -flush context \fIcontext_number\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -flush the page beginning at \fIvirtual_address\fR within context -\fIcontext_number\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -flush the segment beginning at \fIvirtual_address\fR within context -\fIcontext_number\fR -.RE - -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Architecture SPARC -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBtip\fR(1), \fBboot\fR(1M), \fBeeprom\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7f493fd757..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT 1M "Sep 8, 2015" -.SH NAME -mount, umount \- mount or unmount file systems and remote resources -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR [\fB-p\fR | \fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fIcurrent_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] [\fImount_points...\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBumount\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBumount\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] [\fImount_points...\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBmount\fR attaches a file system to the file system hierarchy at the -\fImount_point\fR, which is the pathname of a directory. If \fImount_point\fR -has any contents prior to the \fBmount\fR operation, these are hidden until the -file system is unmounted. -.LP -\fBumount\fR unmounts a currently mounted file system, which may be specified -either as a \fImount_point\fR or as \fIspecial\fR, the device on which the file -system resides. -.LP -The table of currently mounted file systems can be found by examining the -mounted file system information file. This is provided by a file system that is -usually mounted on \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. The mounted file system information is -described in \fBmnttab\fR(4). Mounting a file system adds an entry to the mount -table; a \fBumount\fR removes an entry from the table. -.LP -When invoked with both the \fIspecial\fR and \fImount_point\fR arguments and -the \fB-F\fR option, \fBmount\fR validates all arguments except for -\fIspecial\fR and invokes the appropriate \fIFSType\fR-specific \fBmount\fR -module. If invoked with no arguments, \fBmount\fR lists all the mounted file -systems recorded in the mount table, \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. If invoked with a -partial argument list (with only one of \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR, or -with both \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR specified but not \fIFSType\fR), -\fBmount\fR will search \fB/etc/vfstab\fR for an entry that will supply the -missing arguments. If no entry is found, and the special argument starts with -\fB/\fR, the default local file system type specified in \fB/etc/default/fs\fR -will be used. Otherwise the default remote file system type will be used. The -default remote file system type is determined by the first entry in the -\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR file. After filling in missing arguments, \fBmount\fR -will invoke the \fIFSType\fR-specific \fBmount\fR module. -.LP -For file system types that support it, a file can be mounted directly as a file -system by specifying the full path to the file as the special argument. In -such a case, the \fBnosuid\fR option is enforced. If specific file system -support for such loopback file mounts is not present, you can still use -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M) to mount a file system image. In this case, no special -options are enforced. -.LP -Only a user with sufficient privilege (at least \fBPRIV_SYS_MOUNT\fR) can mount -or unmount file systems using \fBmount\fR and \fBumount\fR. However, any user -can use \fBmount\fR to list mounted file systems and resources. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used to specify the \fIFSType\fR on which to operate. The \fIFSType\fR must be -specified or must be determinable from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR, or by consulting -\fB/etc/default/fs\fR or \fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR [ \fImount_points\fR... ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform mount or umount operations in parallel, when possible. -.sp -If mount points are not specified, \fBmount\fR will mount all file systems -whose \fB/etc/vfstab\fR "mount at boot" field is \fByes\fR. If mount points are -specified, then \fB/etc/vfstab\fR "mount at boot" field will be ignored. -.sp -If mount points are specified, \fBumount\fR will only \fBumount\fR those mount -points. If none is specified, then \fBumount\fR will attempt to \fBunmount\fR -all file systems in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR, with the exception of certain system -required file systems: \fB/\fR, \fB/usr\fR, \fB/var\fR, \fB/var/adm\fR, -\fB/var/run\fR, \fB/proc\fR, \fB/dev/fd\fR and \fB/tmp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Forcibly unmount a file system. -.sp -Without this option, \fBumount\fR does not allow a file system to be unmounted -if a file on the file system is busy. Using this option can cause data loss for -open files; programs which access files after the file system has been -unmounted will get an error (\fBEIO\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the list of mounted file systems in the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR format. Must be -the only option specified. See \fBBUGS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the list of mounted file systems in verbose format. Must be the only -option specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Echo the complete command line, but do not execute the command. \fBumount\fR -generates a command line by using the options and arguments provided by the -user and adding to them information derived from \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. This option -should be used to verify and validate the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Options that are commonly supported by most \fIFSType\fR-specific command -modules. The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the file system without making an entry in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Globally mount the file system. On a clustered system, this globally mounts the -file system on all nodes of the cluster. On a non-clustered system this has no -effect. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fIFSType\fR-specific options in a comma separated (without spaces) -list of suboptions and keyword-attribute pairs for interpretation by the -\fIFSType\fR-specific module of the command. (See \fBmount_ufs\fR(1M).) When -you use \fB-o\fR with a file system that has an entry in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR, any -\fBmount\fR options entered for that file system in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR are -ignored. -.sp -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdevices | nodevices\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow the opening of device-special files. The default is -\fBdevices\fR. -.sp -If you use \fBnosuid\fR in conjunction with \fBdevices\fR, the behavior is -equivalent to that of \fBnosuid\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexec | noexec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow executing programs in the file system. Allow or disallow -\fBmmap\fR(2) with \fBPROT_EXEC\fR for files within the file system. The -default is \fBexec\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBloop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Ignored for compatibility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnbmand | nonbmand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow non-blocking mandatory locking semantics on this file system. -Non-blocking mandatory locking is disallowed by default. -.sp -If the file system is mounted with the \fBnbmand\fR option, then applications -can use the \fBfcntl\fR(2) interface to place non-blocking mandatory locks on -files and the system enforces those semantics. If you enable this option, it -can cause standards conformant applications to see unexpected errors. -.sp -To avoid the possibility of obtaining mandatory locks on system files, do not -use the \fBnbmand\fR option with the following file systems: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/ -/usr -/etc -/var -/proc -/dev -/devices -/system/contract -/system/object -/etc/mnttab -/etc/dfs/sharetab -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Do not use the \fBremount\fR option to change the \fBnbmand\fR disposition of -the file system. The \fBnbmand\fR option is mutually exclusive of the global -option. See \fB-g\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro | rw\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify read-only or read-write. The default is \fBrw\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsetuid | nosetuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow \fBsetuid\fR or \fBsetgid\fR execution. The default is -\fBsetuid\fR. -.sp -If you specify \fBsetuid\fR in conjunction with \fBnosuid\fR, the behavior is -the same as \fBnosuid\fR. -.sp -\fBnosuid\fR is equivalent to \fBnosetuid\fR and \fBnodevices\fR. When -\fBsuid\fR or \fBnosuid\fR is combined with \fBsetuid\fR or \fBnosetuid\fR and -\fBdevices\fR or \fBnodevices\fR, the most restrictive options take effect. -.sp -This option is highly recommended whenever the file system is shared by way of -NFS with the \fBroot=\fR option. Without it, NFS clients could add \fBsetuid\fR -programs to the server or create devices that could open security holes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsuid | nosuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow \fBsetuid\fR or \fBsetgid\fR execution. The default is -\fBsuid\fR. This option also allows or disallows opening any device-special -entries that appear within the filesystem. -.sp -\fBnosuid\fR is equivalent to \fBnosetuid\fR and \fBnodevices\fR. When -\fBsuid\fR or \fBnosuid\fR is combined with \fBsetuid\fR or \fBnosetuid\fR and -\fBdevices\fR or \fBnodevices\fR, the most restrictive options take effect. -.sp -This option is highly recommended whenever the file system is shared using NFS -with the \fBroot=\fIoption\fR\fR, because, without it, NFS clients could add -\fBsetuid\fR programs to the server, or create devices that could open security -holes. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overlay mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a pre-existing mount point without setting this flag, the mount will fail, -producing the error "device busy". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the file system read-only. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRMounting and Unmounting a DVD Image Directly -.sp -.LP -The following commands mount and unmount a DVD image. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount -F hsfs /images/solaris.iso /mnt/solaris-image\fR -# \fBumount /mnt/solaris-image\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH USAGE -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmount\fR and -\fBumount\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 -bytes). -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table of mounted file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/fs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default local file system type. Default values can be set for the following -flags in \fB/etc/default/fs\fR. For example: \fBLOCAL=ufs\fR -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOCAL:\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The default partition for a command if no \fIFSType\fR is specified. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of default parameters for each file system. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M), \fBmount_hsfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), -\fBmount_pcfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_smbfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_tmpfs\fR(1M), -\fBmount_udfs\fR(1M), \fBmount_ufs\fR(1M), \fBmountall\fR(1M), -\fBumountall\fR(1M), \fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBmmap\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), -\fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBlofs\fR(7FS), \fBpcfs\fR(7FS) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_hsfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_hsfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 27296e0241..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_hsfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,282 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT_HSFS 1M "May 29, 2008" -.SH NAME -mount_hsfs \- mount hsfs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR hsfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] [\fB-O\fR ] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR hsfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmount\fR attaches an ISO 9660 filesystem (the High Sierra file system, -\fBhsfs\fR, is a draft predecessor to ISO 9660, so the name reflects the -filesystem's history) to the file system hierarchy at the \fImount_point\fR, -which is the pathname of a directory. If \fImount_point\fR has any contents -prior to the mount operation, these are hidden until the file system is -unmounted. -.sp -.LP -If \fBmount\fR is invoked with \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR as the -only arguments, \fBmount\fR will search \fB/etc/vfstab\fR to fill in the -missing arguments, including the \fIFSType-specific_options\fR; see -\fBmount\fR(1M) for more details. -.sp -.LP -The \fBhsfs\fR file system supports direct mounting of files containing the -file system as well as block devices. See \fBmount\fR(1M) and -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -A file system conforming to ISO 9660 can contain extensions that allow it to -overcome limitations of the original ISO 9660:1988 (version 1) standard. The -following types of extensions are supported by \fBhsfs\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBRock Ridge extensions\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This is the preferred type of extension as it allows file attributes, name -length, and types equivalent to those on other UNIX-style filesystems. Example -of supported features are device special files, POSIX permissions, symbolic -links, and filenames of up to 255 bytes in length. Rock Ridge extensions also -remove the ISO9660:1988 restriction on maximum nesting depth for directories -(eight levels). \fBhsfs\fR automatically detects the presence of Rock Ridge -extensions and uses them, unless mount options are specified to disable the use -of Rock Ridge or to use a different extension. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBISO9660:1999 (version 2) extensions\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The first version of ISO9660, released in 1988, supported only uppercase ASCII -filenames of no more than 31 characters in length. ISO9660 version 2, released -in 1999, provides an extension that allows filenames of at least 207 bytes -that can use UTF-8 characters and removes the limitation on the nesting depth -for directories. Unlike Rock Ridge, it does not provide support for UNIX-style -file types and file attributes. \fBhsfs\fR automatically detects this extension -and will use it for filename lookup if no Rock Ridge extensions are found on -the media. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBJoliet extensions\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The Joliet extension was devised by Microsoft to allow Unicode (UCS-2) long -filenames with CDROM-based media. It allows filename lengths of up to 110 -Unicode characters and does not support UNIX-style file types and attributes. -\fBhsfs\fR falls back to using Joliet if such an extension is present and -neither Rock Ridge nor ISO9660 version 2 extensions are found. -.sp -If filenames are longer than the 64 UCS-2 characters officially allowed by -Microsoft (that is, 110 Unicode characters), they can translate to up to 330 -UTF-8 octets. Filenames that translate to more than 255 UTF-8 octets will be -truncated. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See \fBmount\fR(1M) for the list of supported options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBhsfs\fR file system specific options. If invalid options are -specified, a warning message is printed and the invalid options are ignored. -The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBglobal\fR | \fBnoglobal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBglobal\fR is specified and supported on the file system, and the system -in question is part of a cluster, the file system will be globally visible on -all nodes of the cluster. If \fBnoglobal\fR is specified, the mount will not be -globally visible. The default behavior is \fBnoglobal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the file system read-only. This option is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrr\fR | \fBnrr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable (\fBrr\fR) or disable (\fBnrr\fR) the use of Rock Ridge. \fBrr\fR is the -default and need not be specified. If you use \fBnrr\fR and Rock Ridge -extensions are present in the file system, ignore them and search for other -available extensions or fall back to plain ISO9660. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvers2\fR | \fBnovers2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable the use of ISO9660 version 2 extensions. If \fBvers2\fR is -specified and ISO9660 version 2 extensions are available, \fBhsfs\fR will use -ISO9660 version 2 even if the file system contains the preferred Rock Ridge -extensions as well. If \fBnovers2\fR is specified, it will fall back to using -either Joliet extensions or plain ISO9660 even if ISO9660 version 2 extensions -are available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBjoliet\fR | \fBnojoliet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable the use of Joliet extensions. If \fBjoliet\fR is specified -and Joliet extensions are available, \fBhsfs\fR will use them even if the file -system contains the preferred Rock Ridge and/or ISO9660 version 2 extensions. -If \fBnojoliet\fR is specified, it will fall back to using plain ISO9660. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnotraildot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File names on High Sierra file systems consist of a proper name and an -extension separated by a '.' (dot) character. By default, the separating dot -is always considered part of the file's name for all file access operations, -even if there is no extension present. Specifying \fBnotraildot\fR makes it -optional to specify the trailing dot to access a file whose name lacks an -extension. -.sp -\fBExceptions:\fR This option is effective only on file systems for which Rock -Ridge, ISO9660 version 2 or Joliet extensions are not active, either because -they are not present on the CD-ROM, or they have been deliberately disabled via -the \fBnrr\fR, \fBnovers2\fR and \fBnojoliet\fR option. If either extension is -active, \fBhsfs\fR quietly ignores this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnomaplcase\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File names on High Sierra/ISO9660 CD-ROMs with no extensions present should be -uppercase characters only. By default, \fBhsfs\fR maps file names read from a -\fBnon-Rock Ridge\fR disk to all lowercase characters. \fBnomaplcase\fR turns -off this mapping. The exceptions for \fBnotraildot\fR discussed above apply to -\fBnomaplcase\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overlay mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a preexisting mount point without setting this flag, the mount will fail, -producing the error: \f(CWdevice busy\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRMounting and Unmounting a DVD Image Directly -.sp -.LP -The following commands mount and unmount a DVD image. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount -F hsfs /images/solaris.iso /mnt/solaris-image\fR -# \fBumount /mnt/solaris-image\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -table of mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -list of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmountall\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(2), -\fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_nfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_nfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index caf5d86175..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_nfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,838 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2017 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd March 12, 2016 -.Dt MOUNT_NFS 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm mount_nfs -.Nd mount remote NFS resources -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm mount -.Op Fl F Sy nfs -.Op Ar generic_options -.Op Fl o Ar specific_options -.Ar resource -.Nm mount -.Op Fl F Sy nfs -.Op Ar generic_options -.Op Fl o Ar specific_options -.Ar mount_point -.Nm mount -.Op Fl F Sy nfs -.Op Ar generic_options -.Op Fl o Ar specific_options -.Ar resource mount_point -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm mount -utility attaches a named -.Ar resource -to the file system hierarchy at the pathname location -.Ar mount_point , -which must already exist. -If -.Ar mount_point -has any contents prior to the -.Nm mount -operation, the contents remain hidden until the -.Ar resource -is once again unmounted. -.Pp -.Nm -starts the -.Xr lockd 1M -and -.Xr statd 1M -daemons if they are not already running. -.Pp -If the resource is listed in the -.Pa /etc/vfstab -file, the command line can specify either -.Ar resource -or -.Ar mount_point , -and -.Nm mount -consults -.Pa /etc/vfstab -for more information. -If the -.Fl F -option is omitted, -.Nm mount -takes the file system type from -.Pa /etc/vfstab . -.Pp -If the resource is not listed in the -.Pa /etc/vfstab -file, then the command line must specify both the -.Ar resource -and the -.Ar mount_point . -.Pp -.Ar host -can be an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. -As IPv6 addresses already contain colons, enclose -.Ar host -in a pair of square brackets when specifying an IPv6 address string. -Otherwise the first occurrence of a colon can be interpreted as the separator -between the host name and path, for example, -.Li [1080::8:800:200C:417A]:tmp/file . -See -.Xr inet 7P -and -.Xr inet6 7P . -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Ar host Ns \&: Ns Ar pathname -Where -.Ar host -is the name of the NFS server host, and -.Ar pathname -is the path name of the directory on the server being mounted. -The path name is interpreted according to the server's path name parsing rules -and is not necessarily slash-separated, though on most servers, this is the -case. -.It No nfs:// Ns Ar host Ns Oo : Ns Ar port Oc Ns / Ns Ar pathname -This is an NFS URL and follows the standard convention for NFS URLs as described -in -.Rs -.%R NFS URL Scheme -.%T RFC 2224 -.Re -See the discussion of URLs and the public option under -.Sx NFS FILE SYSTEMS -for a more detailed discussion. -.It Xo -.Ar host Ns \&: Ns Ar pathname -.No nfs:// Ns Ar host Ns Oo : Ns Ar port Oc Ns / Ns Ar pathname -.Xc -.Ar host Ns \&: Ns Ar pathname -is a comma-separated list of -.Ar host Ns \&: Ns Ar pathname . -See the discussion of replicated file systems and failover under -.Sx NFS FILE SYSTEMS -for a more detailed discussion. -.It Ar hostlist pathname -.Ar hostlist -is a comma-separated list of hosts. -See the discussion of replicated file systems and failover under -.Sx NFS FILE SYSTEMS -for a more detailed discussion. -.El -.Pp -The -.Nm mount -command maintains a table of mounted file systems in -.Pa /etc/mnttab , -described in -.Xr mnttab 4 . -.Pp -.Nm mount_nfs -supports both NFSv3 and NFSv4 mounts. -The default NFS version is NFSv4. -.Ss Options -See -.Xr mount 1M -for the list of supported -.Ar generic_options . -See -.Xr share_nfs 1M -for a description of server options. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl o Ar specific_options -Set file system specific options according to a comma-separated list with no -intervening spaces. -.El -.Pp -The following list describes -.Ar specific_options : -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy acdirmax Ns = Ns Ar n -Hold cached attributes for no more than -.Ar n -seconds after directory update. -The default value is 60. -.It Sy acdirmin Ns = Ns Ar n -Hold cached attributes for at least -.Ar n -seconds after directory update. -The default value is 30. -.It Sy acregmax Ns = Ns Ar n -Hold cached attributes for no more than -.Ar n -seconds after file modification. -The default value is 60. -.It Sy acregmin Ns = Ns Ar n -Hold cached attributes for at least -.Ar n -seconds after file modification. -The default value is 3. -.It Sy actimeo Ns = Ns n -Set -.Sy min -and -.Sy max -times for regular files and directories to -.Ar n -seconds. -See -.Sx File Attributes , -below, for a description of the effect of setting this option to 0. -.Pp -See -.Sx Specifying Values for Attribute Cache Duration Options , -below, for a description of how -.Sy acdirmax , acdirmin , acregmax , acregmin , -and -.Sy actimeo -are parsed on a -.Nm mount -command line. -.It Sy bg Ns | Ns Sy fg -If the first attempt fails, retry in the background, or, in the foreground. -The default is -.Sy fg . -.It Sy forcedirectio Ns | Ns Sy noforcedirectio -If -.Sy forcedirectio -is specified, then for the duration of the mount, forced direct I/O is used. -If the filesystem is mounted using -.Sy forcedirectio , -data is transferred directly between client and server, with no buffering on the -client. -If the filesystem is mounted using -.Sy noforcedirectio , -data is buffered on the client. -.Sy forcedirectio -is a performance option that is of benefit only in large sequential data -transfers. -The default behavior is -.Sy noforcedirectio . -.It Sy grpid -By default, the GID associated with a newly created file obeys the System V -semantics; that is, the GID is set to the effective GID of the calling process. -This behavior can be overridden on a per-directory basis by setting the set-GID -bit of the parent directory; in this case, the GID of a newly created file is -set to the GID of the parent directory -.Po see -.Xr open 2 -and -.Xr mkdir 2 -.Pc . -Files created on file systems that are mounted with the -.Sy grpid -option obeys BSD semantics independent of whether the set-GID bit of the parent -directory is set; that is, the GID is unconditionally inherited from that of the -parent directory. -.It Sy hard Ns | Ns Sy soft -Continue to retry requests until the server responds -.Pq Sy hard -or give up and return an error -.Pq Sy soft . -The default value is -.Sy hard . -Note that NFSv4 clients do not support soft mounts. -.It Sy intr Ns | Ns Sy nointr -Allow -.Pq do not allow -keyboard interrupts to kill a process that is hung while waiting for a response -on a hard-mounted file system. -The default is -.Sy intr , -which makes it possible for clients to interrupt applications that can be -waiting for a remote mount. -.It Sy noac -Suppress data and attribute caching. -The data caching that is suppressed is the write-behind. -The local page cache is still maintained, but data copied into it is immediately -written to the server. -.It Sy nocto -Do not perform the normal close-to-open consistency. -When a file is closed, all modified data associated with the file is flushed to -the server and not held on the client. -When a file is opened the client sends a request to the server to validate the -client's local caches. -This behavior ensures a file's consistency across multiple NFS clients. -When -.Sy nocto -is in effect, the client does not perform the flush on close and the request for -validation, allowing the possibility of differences among copies of the same -file as stored on multiple clients. -.Pp -This option can be used where it can be guaranteed that accesses to a specified -file system are made from only one client and only that client. -Under such a condition, the effect of -.Sy nocto -can be a slight performance gain. -.It Sy port Ns = Ns Ar n -The server IP port number. -The default is -.Dv NFS_PORT . -If the -.Sy port -option is specified, and if the resource includes one or more NFS URLs, and if -any of the URLs include a port number, then the port number in the option and in -the URL must be the same. -.It Sy posix -Request POSIX.1 semantics for the file system. -Requires a mount Version 2 -.Xr mountd 1M -on the server. -See -.Xr standards 5 -for information regarding POSIX. -.It Sy proto Ns = Ns Ar netid Ns | Ns Sy rdma -By default, the transport protocol that the NFS mount uses is the first -available RDMA transport supported both by the client and the server. -If no RDMA transport is found, then it attempts to use a TCP transport or, -failing that, a UDP transport, as ordered in the -.Pa /etc/netconfig -file. -If it does not find a connection oriented transport, it uses the first available -connectionless transport. -Use this option to override the default behavior. -.Pp -.Sy proto -is set to the value of -.Ar netid -or -.Sy rdma . -.Ar netid -is the value of the -.Sy network_id -field entry in the -.Pa /etc/netconfig -file. -.Pp -The UDP protocol is not supported for NFS Version 4. -If you specify a UDP protocol with the -.Sy proto -option, NFS version 4 is not used. -.It Sy public -The -.Sy public -option forces the use of the public file handle when connecting to the NFS -server. -The resource specified might not have an NFS URL. -See the discussion of URLs and the public option under -.Sx NFS FILE SYSTEMS -for a more detailed discussion. -.It Sy quota Ns | Ns Sy noquota -Enable or prevent -.Xr quota 1M -to check whether the user is over quota on this file system; if the file system -has quotas enabled on the server, quotas are still checked for operations on -this file system. -.It Sy remount -Remounts a read-only file system as read-write -.Po using the -.Sy rw -option -.Pc . -This option cannot be used with other -.Fl o -options, and this option works only on currently mounted read-only file systems. -.It Sy retrans Ns = Ns Ar n -Set the number of NFS retransmissions to -.Ar n . -The default value is 5. -For connection-oriented transports, this option has no effect because it is -assumed that the transport performs retransmissions on behalf of NFS. -.It Sy retry Ns = Ns Ar n -The number of times to retry the -.Nm mount -operation. -The default for the -.Nm mount -command is 10000. -.Pp -The default for the automounter is 0, in other words, do not retry. -You might find it useful to increase this value on heavily loaded servers, where -automounter traffic is dropped, causing unnecessary -.Qq server not responding -errors. -.It Sy rsize Ns = Ns Ar n -Set the read buffer size to a maximum of -.Ar n -bytes. -The default value is 1048576 when using connection-oriented transports with -Version 3 or Version 4 of the NFS protocol, and 32768 when using connection-less -transports. -The default can be negotiated down if the server prefers a smaller transfer -size. -.Qq Read -operations may not necessarily use the maximum buffer size. -When using Version 2, the default value is 32768 for all transports. -.It Sy sec Ns = Ns Ar mode -Set the security -.Ar mode -for NFS transactions. -If -.Sy sec Ns = -is not specified, then the default action is to use AUTH_SYS over NFS Version 2 -mounts, use a user-configured default -.Sy auth -over NFS version 3 mounts, or to negotiate a mode over Version 4 mounts. -.Pp -The preferred mode for NFS Version 3 mounts is the default mode specified in -.Pa /etc/nfssec.conf -.Po see -.Xr nfssec.conf 4 -.Pc -on the client. -If there is no default configured in this file or if the server does not export -using the client's default mode, then the client picks the first mode that it -supports in the array of modes returned by the server. -These alternatives are limited to the security flavors listed in -.Pa /etc/nfssec.conf . -.Pp -NFS Version 4 mounts negotiate a security mode when the server returns an array -of security modes. -The client attempts the mount with each security mode, in order, until one is -successful. -.Pp -Only one mode can be specified with the -.Sy sec Ns = -option. -See -.Xr nfssec 5 -for the available -.Ar mode -options. -.It Sy secure -This option has been deprecated in favor of the -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy dh -option. -.It Sy timeo Ns = Ns Ar n -Set the NFS timeout to -.Ar n -tenths of a second. -The default value is 11 tenths of a second for connectionless transports, and -600 tenths of a second for connection-oriented transports. -This value is ignored for connectionless transports. -Such transports might implement their own timeouts, which are outside the -control of NFS. -.It Sy vers Ns = Ns Ar "NFS version number" -By default, the version of NFS protocol used between the client and the server -is the highest one available on both systems. -If the NFS server does not support the client's default maximum, the next lowest -version attempted until a matching version is found. -See -.Xr nfs 4 -for more information on setting default minimum and maximum client versions. -.It Sy wsize Ns = Ns Ar n -Set the write buffer size to a maximum of -.Ar n -bytes. -The default value is 1048576 when using connection-oriented transports with -Version 3 or Version 4 of the NFS protocol, and 32768 when using connection-less -transports. -The default can be negotiated down if the server prefers a smaller transfer -size. -.Qq Write -operations may not necessarily use the maximum buffer size. -When using Version 2, the default value is 32768 for all transports. -.It Sy xattr Ns | Ns Sy noxattr -Allow or disallow the creation and manipulation of extended attributes. -The default is -.Sy xattr . -See -.Xr fsattr 5 -for a description of extended attributes. -.El -.Sh NFS FILE SYSTEMS -.Ss Background versus Foreground -File systems mounted with the -.Sy bg -option indicate that -.Nm mount -is to retry in the background if the server's mount daemon -.Pq Xr mountd 1M -does not respond. -.Nm mount -retries the request up to the count specified in the -.Sy retry Ns = Ns Ar n -option -.Po note that the default value for -.Sy retry -differs between -.Nm mount -and -.Nm automount ; -see the description of -.Sy retry , -above -.Pc . -Once the file system is mounted, each NFS request made in the kernel waits -.Sy timeo Ns = Ns Ar n -tenths of a second for a response. -If no response arrives, the time-out is multiplied by 2 and the request is -retransmitted. -When the number of retransmissions has reached the number specified in the -.Sy retrans Ns = Ns Ar n -option, a file system mounted with the -.Sy soft -option returns an error on the request; one mounted with the -.Sy hard -option prints a warning message and continues to retry the request. -.Ss Hard versus Soft -File systems that are mounted read-write or that contain executable files should -always be mounted with the -.Sy hard -option. -Applications using -.Sy soft -mounted file systems can incur unexpected I/O errors, file corruption, and -unexpected program core dumps. -The -.Sy soft -option is not recommended. -.Ss Authenticated requests -The server can require authenticated NFS requests from the client. -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy dh -authentication might be required. -See -.Xr nfssec 5 . -.Ss URLs and the public option -If the -.Sy public -option is specified, or if the -.Ar resource -includes and NFS URL, -.Nm mount -attempts to connect to the server using the public file handle lookup protocol. -See -.Rs -.%R WebNFS Client Specification -.%T RFC 2054 -.Re -If the server supports the public file handle, the attempt is successful; -.Nm mount -does not need to contact the server's -.Xr rpcbind 1M -and the -.Xr mountd 1M -daemons to get the port number of the -.Nm mount -server and the initial file handle of -.Ar pathname , -respectively. -If the NFS client and server are separated by a firewall that allows all -outbound connections through specific ports, such as -.Dv NFS_PORT , -then this enables NFS operations through the firewall. -The public option and the NFS URL can be specified independently or together. -They interact as specified in the following matrix: -.Bd -literal - Resource Style - - host:pathname NFS URL - -public option Force public file Force public file - handle and fail handle and fail - mount if not supported. mount if not supported. - - Use Native paths. Use Canonical paths. - -default Use MOUNT protocol. Try public file handle - with Canonical paths. - Fall back to MOUNT - protocol if not - supported. -.Ed -.Pp -A Native path is a path name that is interpreted according to conventions used -on the native operating system of the NFS server. -A Canonical path is a path name that is interpreted according to the URL rules. -See -.Rs -.%R Uniform Resource Locators (URL) -.%T RFC 1738 -.Re -.Ss Replicated file systems and failover -.Ar resource -can list multiple read-only file systems to be used to provide data. -These file systems should contain equivalent directory structures and identical -files. -It is also recommended that they be created by a utility such as -.Xr rdist 1 . -The file systems can be specified either with a comma-separated list of -.Pa host:/pathname -entries and/or NFS URL entries, or with a comma-separated list of hosts, if all -file system names are the same. -If multiple file systems are named and the first server in the list is down, -failover uses the next alternate server to access files. -If the read-only option is not chosen, replication is disabled. -File access, for NFS Versions 2 and 3, is blocked on the original if NFS locks -are active for that file. -.Ss File Attributes -To improve NFS read performance, files and file attributes are cached. -File modification times get updated whenever a write occurs. -However, file access times can be temporarily out-of-date until the cache gets -refreshed. -.Pp -The attribute cache retains file attributes on the client. -Attributes for a file are assigned a time to be flushed. -If the file is modified before the flush time, then the flush time is extended -by the time since the last modification -.Po under the assumption that files that changed recently are likely to change -soon -.Pc . -There is a minimum and maximum flush time extension for regular files and for -directories. -Setting -.Sy actimeo Ns = Ns Ar n -sets flush time to -.Ar n -seconds for both regular files and directories. -.Pp -Setting -.Sy actimeo Ns = Ns Sy 0 -disables attribute caching on the client. -This means that every reference to attributes is satisfied directly from the -server though file data is still cached. -While this guarantees that the client always has the latest file attributes from -the server, it has an adverse effect on performance through additional latency, -network load, and server load. -.Pp -Setting the -.Sy noac -option also disables attribute caching, but has the further effect of disabling -client write caching. -While this guarantees that data written by an application is written directly to -a server, where it can be viewed immediately by other clients, it has a -significant adverse effect on client write performance. -Data written into memory-mapped file pages -.Pq Xr mmap 2 -are not written directly to this server. -.Ss Specifying Values for Attribute Cache Duration Options -The attribute cache duration options are -.Sy acdirmax , acdirmin , acregmax , acregmin , -and -.Sy actimeo , -as described under -.Sx Options. -A value specified for -.Sy actimeo -sets the values of all attribute cache duration options except for any of these -options specified following -.Sy actimeo -on a -.Nm mount -command line. -For example, consider the following command: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -example# mount -o acdirmax=10,actimeo=1000 server:/path /localpath -.Ed -.Pp -Because -.Sy actimeo -is the last duration option in the command line, its value -.Pq 1000 -becomes the setting for all of the duration options, including -.Sy acdirmax . -Now consider: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -example# mount -o actimeo=1000,acdirmax=10 server:/path /localpath -.Ed -.Pp -Because the -.Sy acdirmax -option follows -.Sy actimeo -on the command line, it is assigned the value specified -.Pq 10 . -The remaining duration options are set to the value of -.Sy actimeo -.Pq 1000 . -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /etc/mnttab -table of mounted file systems -.It Pa /etc/dfs/fstypes -default distributed file system type -.It Pa /etc/vfstab -table of automatically mounted resources -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy Example 1 No Mounting an NFS File System -To mount an NFS file system: -.Bd -literal -example# mount serv:/usr/src /usr/src -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 2 -Mounting An NFS File System Read-Only With No suid Privileges -.Xc -To mount an NFS file system read-only with no suid privileges: -.Bd -literal -example# mount -r -o nosuid serv:/usr/src /usr/src -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 3 -Mounting An NFS File System Over Version 2, with the UDP Transport -.Xc -To mount an NFS file system over Version 2, with the UDP transport: -.Bd -literal -example# mount -o vers=2,proto=udp serv:/usr/src /usr/src -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 4 -Mounting an NFS File System Using An NFS URL -.Xc -To mount an NFS file system using an NFS URL -.Pq a canonical path : -.Bd -literal -example# mount nfs://serv/usr/man /usr/man -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 5 -Mounting An NFS File System Forcing Use Of The Public File Handle -.Xc -To mount an NFS file system and force the use of the public file handle -and an NFS URL -.Pq a canonical path -that has a non 7-bit ASCII escape sequence: -.Bd -literal -example# mount -o public nfs://serv/usr/%A0abc /mnt/test -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 6 -Mounting an NFS File System Using a Native Path -.Xc -To mount an NFS file system using a native path -.Po where the server uses colons -.Pq Qq Sy \: -as the component separator -.Pc -and the public file handle: -.Bd -literal -example# mount -o public serv:C:doc:new /usr/doc -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 7 -Mounting a Replicated Set of NFS File Systems with the Same Pathnames -.Xc -To mount a replicated set of NFS file systems with the same pathnames: -.Bd -literal -example# mount serv-a,serv-b,serv-c:/usr/man /usr/man -.Ed -.It Xo -.Sy Example 8 -Mounting a Replicated Set of NFS File Systems with Different Pathnames -.Xc -To mount a replicated set of NFS file systems with different pathnames: -.Bd -literal -example# mount serv-x:/usr/man,serv-y:/var/man,nfs://serv-z/man /usr/man -.Ed -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr rdist 1 , -.Xr lockd 1M , -.Xr mountall 1M , -.Xr mountd 1M , -.Xr nfsd 1M , -.Xr quota 1M , -.Xr statd 1M , -.Xr mkdir 2 , -.Xr mmap 2 , -.Xr mount 2 , -.Xr open 2 , -.Xr umount 2 , -.Xr mnttab 4 , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr nfssec.conf 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr fsattr 5 , -.Xr nfssec 5 , -.Xr standards 5 , -.Xr lofs 7FS , -.Xr inet 7P , -.Xr inet6 7P -.Rs -.%A Callaghan -.%A Brent -.%R WebNFS Client Specification -.%T RFC 2054 -.%D October 1996 -.Re -.Rs -.%A Callaghan -.%A Brent -.%R NFS URL Scheme -.%T RFC 2224 -.%D October 1997 -.Re -.Rs -.%A Berners-Lee -.%A Masinter -.%A McCahill -.%R Uniform Resource Locators (URL) -.%T RFC 1738 -.%D December 1994 -.Re -.Sh NOTES -An NFS server should not attempt to mount its own file systems. -See -.Xr lofs 7FS . -.Pp -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than being mounted on top of the symbolic link itself. -.Pp -SunOS 4.x used the -.Sy biod -maintenance procedure to perform parallel read-ahead and write-behind on NFS -clients. -SunOS 5.x made -.Sy biod -obsolete with multi-threaded processing, which transparently performs parallel -read-ahead and write-behind. -.Pp -Since the root -.Pq Pa / -file system is mounted read-only by the kernel during the boot process, only the -.Sy remount -option -.Po and options that can be used in conjunction with -.Sy remount -.Pc -affect the root -.Pq Pa / -entry in the -.Pa /etc/vfstab -file. -.Pp -The NFS client service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , -under the service identifier: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -svc:/network/nfs/client:default -.Ed -.Pp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . -The service's status can be queried using the -.Xr svcs 1 -command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_pcfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_pcfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a8517ea47d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_pcfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Based on mount_hsfs(1M), which is Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT_PCFS 1M "May 12, 2008" -.SH NAME -mount_pcfs \- mount pcfs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR pcfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR pcfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmount\fR attaches an \fBMS-DOS\fR file system (\fBpcfs\fR) to the file -system hierarchy at the \fImount_point\fR, which is the pathname of a -directory. If \fImount_point\fR has any contents prior to the \fBmount\fR -operation, these are hidden until the file system is unmounted. -.sp -.LP -The \fBpcfs\fR file system supports direct mounting of files containing the -file system as well as block devices. See \fBmount\fR(1M) and -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If \fBmount\fR is invoked with \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR as the only -arguments, \fBmount\fR will search \fB/etc/vfstab\fR to fill in the missing -arguments, including the \fIFSType-specific_options\fR; see \fBmount\fR(1M) for -more details. -.sp -.LP -The \fIspecial\fR argument can be one of two special device file types: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A floppy disk, such as \fB/dev/diskette0\fR or \fB/dev/diskette1\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A DOS logical drive on a hard disk expressed as -\fIdevice-name\fR\fB:\fR\fIlogical-drive\fR , where \fIdevice-name\fR specifies -the special block device-file for the whole disk and \fIlogical-drive\fR is -either a drive letter (c through z) or a drive number (1 through 24). Examples -are \fB/dev/dsk/c0t0d0p0:\fR\fIc\fR and \fB/dev/dsk/c0t0d0p0:\fR\fI1\fR. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The \fIspecial\fR device file type must have a formatted \fBMS-DOS\fR file -system with either a 12-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit File Allocation Table. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See \fBmount\fR(1M) for the list of supported options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBpcfs\fR file system-specific options. The following options are -supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclamptime\fR | \fBnoclamptime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File timestamps in \fBpcfs\fR cover a range between January 1st 1980 and -December 31st 2127. This is not equal to the range of \fBtime_t\fR on Unix for -either 32-bit or 64-bit applications. In particular, 32-bit applications fail -with \fBEOVERFLOW\fR errors on the \fBstat\fR(2) system call when timestamps -beyond the range of 32-bit \fBtime_t\fR are encountered. In order to prevent -such spurious failures, \fBpcfs\fR by default clamps timestamps to the common -subset of possible \fBpcfs\fR timestamps and the range available to 32-bit -applications in Unix. The \fBclamptime\fR mount option therefore is active by -default. If you want access to the full range of possible timestamps on -\fBpcfs\fR, mount the file system with the \fBnoclamptime\fR mount option. Note -that if \fBnoclamptime\fR is used, only 64-bit applications will have access to -timestamps beyond January 19th 2038, 03:14:06 UTC; 32-bit applications will -encounter \fBEOVERFLOW\fR errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfoldcase\fR | \fBnofoldcase\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force uppercase characters in filenames to lowercase when reading them from the -filesystem. This is for compatibility with the previous behavior of \fBpcfs\fR. -The default is \fBnofoldcase\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhidden\fR | \fBnohidden\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow listing of files with hidden or system bits set. Option -\fBhidden\fR is the default. When \fBnohidden\fR is effect, hidden and system -files are neither visible nor accessible. Note that PCFS in previous releases -of the Solaris operating system used the \fBnohidden\fR option as the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBatime\fR | \fBnoatime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable write access timestamps on DOS-formatted media. Default for -fixed disks is \fBatime\fR, while for removable media \fBnoatime\fR is used. -The latter default is so that writes to flash-based media ("memory sticks") can -be minimized, to prolong lifetime. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimezone=\fItimezone\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Timestamps on DOS-formatted media are recorded in the local time of the -recording system. This can cause confusion when accessing removable media in -which the recording and receiving system use different time zones. Use this -option to force media timestamps to be interpreted for a specific time zone. -The \fBmount_pcfs\fR command converts the given time zone name into a numerical -offset that is passed to the \fBpcfs\fR kernel module, using the same rules as -described in \fBenviron\fR(5) for the \fBTZ\fR environment variable. By -default, the \fBtimezone\fR value is taken from the \fBTZ\fR environment -variable. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -table of mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -list of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmountall\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(2), -\fBstat\fR(2), \fBtime\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBpcfs\fR(7FS) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_smbfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_smbfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 74d38ba013..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_smbfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,513 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Portions Copyright 1994-2008 The FreeBSD Project. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and -.\" the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED -.\" BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, -.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE -.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" Copyright 2012 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.TH MOUNT_SMBFS 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -mount_smbfs, umount_smbfs \- mount and unmount a shared resource from a CIFS -file server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/sbin/mount\fR [\fB-F smbfs\fR] [\fIgeneric-options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR] [\fB-O\fR] \fIresource\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/mount\fR [\fB-F smbfs\fR] [\fIgeneric-options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR] [\fB-O\fR] \fImount-point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/mount\fR [\fB-F smbfs\fR] [\fIgeneric-options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIresource\fR \fImount-point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/umount\fR [\fB-F smbfs\fR] [\fIgeneric-options\fR] \fImount-point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBmount\fR utility attaches a named resource, \fIresource\fR, to the file -system hierarchy at the path name location, \fImount-point\fR, which must -already exist. -.sp -.LP -If \fImount-point\fR has any contents prior to the \fBmount\fR operation, those -contents remain hidden until the resource is unmounted. An authorized user with -the \fBSYS_MOUNT\fR privilege can perform a \fBmount\fR operation. Also, a user -can perform SMBFS mount operations on a directory the user owns. -.sp -.LP -If the resource is listed in the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR file, you can specify either -\fIresource\fR or \fImount-point\fR as the \fBmount\fR command will consult the -\fB/etc/vfstab\fR file for more information. If the \fB-F\fR option is omitted, -\fBmount\fR takes the file system type from the entry in the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file. -.sp -.LP -If the resource is not listed in the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR file, the command line -must specify both \fIresource\fR and \fImount-point\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBumount\fR utility detaches a mounted file system from the file system -hierarchy. An authorized user with the \fBSYS_MOUNT\fR privilege can perform a -\fBumount\fR operation. Also, a user can perform SMBFS unmount operations on a -directory the user owns. -.sp -.LP -The \fBnetwork/smb/client\fR service must be enabled to successfully mount a -CIFS share. This service is enabled, by default. -.sp -.LP -To enable the service, enter the following \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvcadm enable network/smb/client\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Operands" -The \fBmount\fR command supports the following operands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIresource\fR -//[\fIworkgroup\fR;][\fIuser\fR[:\fIpassword\fR]@]\fIserver\fR/\fIshare\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -.sp -.LP -The name of the resource to be mounted. In addition to its name, you can -specify the following information about the resource: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIpassword\fR is the password associated with \fIuser\fR. If \fIpassword\fR is -not specified, the mount first attempts to use the password stored by the -\fBsmbutil login\fR command (if any). If that password fails to authenticate, -the \fBmount_smbfs\fR prompts you for a password. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIserver\fR is the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote computer. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIshare\fR is the resource name on the remote server. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIuser\fR is the remote user name. If \fIuser\fR is omitted, the logged in -user ID is used. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIworkgroup\fR is the name of the workgroup or the Windows domain in which the -user name is defined. -.sp -If the resource includes a workgroup, you must escape the semicolon that -appears after the workgroup name to prevent it from being interpreted by the -command shell. For instance, surround the entire resource name with double -quotes: \fBmount -F smbfs "//SALES;george@RSERVER" /mnt\fR. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImount-point\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path to the location where the file system is to be mounted or unmounted. -The \fBmount\fR command maintains a table of mounted file systems in the -\fB/etc/mnttab\fR file. See the \fBmnttab\fR(4) man page. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -See the \fBmount\fR(1M) man page for the list of supported -\fIgeneric-options\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIname\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR or\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the file system-specific properties. You can specify more than one -name-value pair as a list of comma-separated pairs. No spaces are permitted in -the list. The properties are as follows: - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacl\fR|\fBnoacl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable (or disable) presentation of Access Control Lists (ACLs) -on files and directories under this \fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) mount. -The default behavior is \fBnoacl\fR, which presents files and -directories as owned by the owner of the mount point and having -permissions based on \fBfileperms\fR or \fBdirperms\fR. -With the \fBacl\fR mount option, files are presented with ACLs -obtained from the SMB server. -Setting the \fBacl\fR mount option is not advised unless the system -is joined to an Active Directory domain and using \fBldap\fR(1) -so it can correctly present ACL identities from the SMB server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdirperms=\fR\fIoctaltriplet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the permissions to be assigned to directories. The value must be -specified as an octal triplet, such as \fB755\fR. The default value for the -directory mode is taken from the \fBfileperms\fR setting, with execute -permission added where \fBfileperms\fR has read permission. -.sp -Note that these permissions have no relation to the rights granted by the CIFS -server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfileperms=\fR\fIoctaltriplet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the permissions to be assigned to files. The value must be specified -as an octal triplet, such as \fB644\fR. The default value is \fB700\fR. -.sp -Note that these permissions have no relation to the rights granted by the CIFS -server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgid=\fR\fIgroupid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assigns the specified group ID to files. The default value is the group ID of -the directory where the volume is mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBintr\fR|\fBnointr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable (or disable) cancellation of \fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) I/O operations when the -user interrupts the calling thread (for example, by hitting Ctrl-C while an -operation is underway). The default is \fBintr\fR (interruption enabled), so -cancellation is normally allowed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoprompt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Suppresses the prompting for a password when mounting a share. This property -enables you to permit anonymous access to a share. Anonymous access does not -require a password. -.sp -The \fBmount\fR operation fails if a password is required, the \fBnoprompt\fR -property is set, and no password is stored by the \fBsmbutil login\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBretry_count=\fR\fInumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of SMBFS retries to attempt before the connection is -marked as broken. By default, 4 attempts are made. -.sp -The \fBretry_count\fR property value set by the \fBmount\fR command overrides -the global value set in SMF or the value set in your \fB\&.nsmbrc\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the CIFS request timeout. By default, the timeout is 15 seconds. -.sp -The \fBtimeout\fR property value set by the \fBmount\fR command overrides the -global value set in SMF or the value set in your \fB\&.nsmbrc\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBuid=\fR\fIuserid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assigns the specified user ID files. The default value is the owner ID of the -directory where the volume is mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxattr\fR|\fBnoxattr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable (or disable) Solaris Extended Attributes in this mount point. This -option defaults to \fBxattr\fR (enabled Extended Attributes), but note: if the -CIFS server does not support CIFS "named streams", \fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) forces this -option to \fBnoxattr\fR. When a mount has the \fBnoxattr\fR option, attempts to -use Solaris Extended attributes fail with EINVAL. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overlays mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a pre-existing mount point without setting this flag, the mount fails, -producing the error "device busy." -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRMounting an SMBFS Share -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to mount the \fB/tmp\fR share from the -\fBnano\fR server in the \fBSALES\fR workgroup on the local \fB/mnt\fR mount -point. You must supply the password for the \fBroot\fR user to successfully -perform the mount operation. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount -F smbfs "//SALES;root@nano.example.org/tmp" /mnt\fR -Password: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRVerifying That an SMBFS File System Is Mounted -.sp -.LP -The following example shows how to mount the \fB/tmp\fR share from the -\fBnano\fR server on the local \fB/mnt\fR mount point. You must supply the -password for the \fBroot\fR user to successfully perform the mount operation. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount -F smbfs //root@nano.example.org/tmp /mnt\fR -Password: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -You can verify that the share is mounted in the following ways: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -View the file system entry in the \fB/etc/mnttab\fR file. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBgrep root /etc/mnttab\fR -//root@nano.example.org/tmp /mnt smbfs dev=4900000 1177097833 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -View the output of the \fBmount\fR command. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount | grep root\fR -/mnt on //root@nano.example.org/tmp read/write/setuid/devices/dev=4900000 on -Fri Apr 20 13:37:13 2007 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -View the output of the \fBdf /mnt\fR command. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBdf /mnt\fR -/mnt (//root@nano.example.org/tmp): 3635872 blocks -1 files -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.sp -.LP -Obtain information about the mounted share by viewing the output of the \fBdf --k /mnt\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBdf -k /mnt\fR -Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on -//root@nano.example.org/tmp - 1882384 64448 1817936 4% /mnt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUnmounting a CIFS Share -.sp -.LP -This example assumes that a CIFS share has been mounted on the \fB/mnt\fR mount -point. The following command line unmounts the share from the mount point. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBumount /mnt\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table of mounted file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default distributed file system type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table of automatically mounted resources. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.nsmbrc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User-settable mount point configuration file to store the description for each -connection. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See the \fBattributes\fR(5) man page for descriptions of the following -attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBsmbutil\fR(1), -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmountall\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBacl\fR(2), \fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBlink\fR(2), \fBmknod\fR(2), \fBmount\fR(2), -\fBsymlink\fR(2), \fBumount\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBnsmbrc\fR(4), -\fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpcfs\fR(7FS), \fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) -.SH AUTHORS -This manual page contains material originally authored by Boris Popov, -\fBbpATbutya.kz\fR, \fBbpATFreeBSD.org\fR. -.SH NOTES -The Solaris CIFS client always attempts to use \fBgethostbyname()\fR to resolve -host names. If the host name cannot be resolved, the CIFS client uses NetBIOS -name resolution (NBNS). By default, the Solaris CIFS client permits the use of -NBNS to enable Solaris CIFS clients in Windows environments to work without -additional configuration. -.sp -.LP -Since NBNS has been exploited in the past, you might want to disable it. To -disable NBNS, set the \fBnbns-enabled\fR service management facility property -to \fBfalse\fR. By default, \fBnbns-enabled\fR is set to \fBtrue\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than being mounted on top of the symbolic link itself. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_tmpfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_tmpfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3b07dbde71..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_tmpfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2015 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT_TMPFS 1M "Mar 18, 2015" -.SH NAME -mount_tmpfs \- mount tmpfs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR [\fB-F\fR tmpfs] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBtmpfs\fR is a memory based file system which uses kernel resources relating -to the \fBVM\fR system and page cache as a file system. -.sp -.LP -\fBmount\fR attaches a \fBtmpfs\fR file system to the file system hierarchy at -the pathname location \fImount_point\fR, which must already exist. If -\fImount_point\fR has any contents prior to the \fBmount\fR operation, these -remain hidden until the file system is once again unmounted. The attributes -(mode, owner, and group) of the root of the \fBtmpfs\fR filesystem are -inherited from the underlying \fImount_point\fR, provided that those attributes -are determinable. If not, the root's attributes are set to their default -values. The mode may also be overridden by the \fBmode\fR mount option, which -takes precedence if set. -.sp -.LP -The \fIspecial\fR argument is usually specified as \fBswap\fR but is in fact -disregarded and assumed to be the virtual memory resources within the system. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specify \fBtmpfs\fR file system specific options in a comma-separated list with -no intervening spaces. If invalid options are specified, a warning message is -printed and the invalid options are ignored. The following options are -available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 19n -Remounts a file system with a new size. A size not explicitly -set with \fBremount\fR reverts to no limit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmode=\fIoctalmode\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The \fImode\fR argument controls the permissions of the \fBtmpfs\fR mount -point. The argument must be an octal number, of the form passed to -\fBchmod\fR(1). Only the access mode, setuid, setgid, and sticky bits (a mask -of \fB07777\fR) may be set. If this option is not provided then the default -mode behaviour, as described above, applies. -.RE - -.sp -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsize=\fIsz\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The \fIsz\fR argument controls the size of this particular \fBtmpfs\fR file -system. If the argument is has a `k' suffix, the number will be interpreted as -a number of kilobytes. An `m' suffix will be interpreted as a number of -megabytes. A `g' suffix will be interpreted as a number of gigabytes. A `%' -suffix will be interpreted as a percentage of the swap space available to the -zone. No suffix is interpreted as bytes. In all cases, the actual size of -the file system is the number of bytes specified, rounded up to the physical -pagesize of the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxattr\fR | \fBnoxattr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Allow or disallow the creation and manipulation of extended attributes. The -default is \fBxattr\fR. See \fBfsattr\fR(5) for a description of extended -attributes. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Overlay mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a pre-existing mount point without setting this flag, the mount will fail, -producing the error: \f(CWdevice busy\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Table of mounted file systems -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmkdir\fR(2), \fBmount\fR(2), \fBopen\fR(2), -\fBumount\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfsattr\fR(5), -\fBtmpfs\fR(7FS) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_udfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_udfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9cdc5cbeed..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_udfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT_UDFS 1M "May 12, 2008" -.SH NAME -mount_udfs \- mount a udfs file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR udfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR udfs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmount\fR utility attaches a \fBudfs\fR file system to the file system -hierarchy at the \fImount_point\fR, which is the pathname of a directory. If -\fImount_point\fR has any contents prior to the mount operation, these are -hidden until the file system is unmounted. -.sp -.LP -If mount is invoked with either \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR as the only -arguments, \fBmount\fR searches \fB/etc/vfstab\fR to fill in the missing -arguments, including the \fIspecific_options\fR. See \fBmount\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The \fBudfs\fR file system supports direct mounting of files containing the -file system as well as block devices. See \fBmount\fR(1M) and -\fBlofiadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If \fIspecial\fR and \fImount_point\fR are specified without any -\fIspecific_options\fR, the default is \fBrw\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -See \fBmount\fR(1M) for the list of supported \fIgeneric_options\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBudfs\fR file system specific options in a comma-separated list with -no intervening spaces. The following \fIspecific_options\fR are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBm\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the file system without making an entry in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBremount\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remount the file system as read-write. The option is used in conjunction with -the \fBrw\fR option. -.sp -A file system mounted read-only can be remounted as read-write. This option -fails if the file system is not currently mounted. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overlay mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a pre-existing mount point without setting this flag, the mount fails, -producing the error: \f(CWdevice busy\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table of mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBfsck_udfs\fR(1M), \fBlofiadm\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), -\fBmountall\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnot super user\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command is run by a non-root user. Run as root. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBno such device\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device name specified does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnot a directory\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified mount point is not a directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBis not an udfs file system\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device specified does not contain a udf 1.50 file system or the udfs file -system module is not available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBis already mounted\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified device is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnot a block device\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device specified is not a block device. Use block device to mount. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBwrite-protected\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device is read-only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBis corrupted. needs checking\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The file system is in an inconsistent state. Run \fBfsck\fR. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Copy-protected files can be stored on \fBDVD-ROM\fR media using Universal Disk -Format (\fBUDF\fR). Reading these copy-protected files is not possible as this -involves an authentication process. Unless an authentication process between -the host and the drive is completed, reading these copy-protected files after -mounting and before the authentication process, returns an error. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_ufs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_ufs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e910b7f87f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mount_ufs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,375 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNT_UFS 1M "Jun 22, 2009" -.SH NAME -mount_ufs \- mount ufs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR | \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmount\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fB-O\fR] \fIspecial\fR \fImount_point\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmount\fR utility attaches a \fBufs\fR file system to the file system -hierarchy at the \fImount_point\fR, which is the pathname of a directory. If -\fImount_point\fR has any contents prior to the \fBmount\fR operation, these -are hidden until the file system is unmounted. -.sp -.LP -The \fBufs\fR file system supports direct mounting of files containing the file -system as well as block devices. See \fBmount\fR(1M) and \fBlofiadm\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If \fBmount\fR is invoked with \fIspecial\fR or \fImount_point\fR as the only -arguments, \fBmount\fR will search \fB/etc/vfstab\fR to fill in the missing -arguments, including the \fIspecific_options\fR. See \fBmount\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If \fIspecial\fR and \fImount_point\fR are specified without any -\fIspecific_options\fR, the default is \fBrw\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the directory on which a file system is to be mounted is a symbolic link, -the file system is mounted on the directory to which the symbolic link refers, -rather than on top of the symbolic link itself. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -See \fBmount\fR(1M) for the list of supported \fIgeneric_options\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBufs\fR file system specific options in a comma-separated list with -no intervening spaces. If invalid options are specified, a warning message is -printed and the invalid options are ignored. The following options are -available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdfratime\fR | \fBnodfratime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -By default, writing access time updates to the disk may be deferred -(\fBdfratime\fR) for the file system until the disk is accessed for a reason -other than updating access times. \fBnodfratime\fR disables this behavior. -.sp -If power management is enabled on the system, do not set \fBnodfratime\fR -unless \fBnoatime\fR is also set. If you set \fBnodfratime\fR without setting -\fBnoatime\fR, the disk is spun up every time a file within a file system on -the disk is accessed - even if the file is not modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBforcedirectio\fR | \fBnoforcedirectio\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBforcedirectio\fR is specified and supported by the file system, then for -the duration of the mount, forced direct \fBI/O\fR will be used. If the -filesystem is mounted using \fBforcedirectio\fR, data is transferred directly -between user address space and the disk. If the filesystem is mounted using -\fBnoforcedirectio\fR, data is buffered in kernel address space when data is -transferred between user address space and the disk. \fBforcedirectio\fR is a -performance option that is of benefit only in large sequential data transfers. -The default behavior is \fBnoforcedirectio\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBglobal\fR | \fBnoglobal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBglobal\fR is specified and supported on the file system, and the system -in question is part of a cluster, the file system will be globally visible on -all nodes of the cluster. If \fBnoglobal\fR is specified, the mount will not be -globally visible. The default behavior is \fBnoglobal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBintr\fR | \fBnointr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow (do not allow) keyboard interrupts to kill a process that is waiting for -an operation on a locked file system. The default is \fBintr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlargefiles\fR | \fBnolargefiles\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBnolargefiles\fR is specified and supported by the file system, then for -the duration of the mount it is guaranteed that all regular files in the file -system have a size that will fit in the smallest object of type \fBoff_t\fR -supported by the system performing the mount. The mount will fail if there are -any files in the file system not meeting this criterion. If \fBlargefiles\fR is -specified, there is no such guarantee. The default behavior is -\fBlargefiles\fR. -.sp -If \fBnolargefiles\fR is specified, \fBmount\fR will fail for \fBufs\fR if the -file system to be mounted has contained a large file (a file whose size is -greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte) since the last invocation of \fBfsck\fR on -the file system. The large file need not be present in the file system at the -time of the mount for the mount to fail; it could have been created previously -and destroyed. Invoking \fBfsck\fR (see \fBfsck_ufs\fR(1M)) on the file system -will reset the file system state if no large files are present. After invoking -\fBfsck\fR, a successful mount of the file system with \fBnolargefiles\fR -specified indicates the absence of large files in the file system; an -unsuccessful mount attempt indicates the presence of at least one large file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogging\fR | \fBnologging\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBlogging\fR is specified, then logging is enabled for the duration of the -mounted file system. Logging is the process of storing transactions (changes -that make up a complete \fBUFS\fR operation) in a log before the transactions -are applied to the file system. Once a transaction is stored, the transaction -can be applied to the file system later. This prevents file systems from -becoming inconsistent, therefore reducing the possibility that \fBfsck\fR -might run. And, if \fBfsck\fR is bypassed, logging generally reduces the time -required to reboot a system. -.sp -The default behavior is \fBlogging\fR for all UFS file systems. -.sp -The log is allocated from free blocks in the file system, and is sized -approximately 1 Mbyte per 1 Gbyte of file system, up to a maximum of 256 -Mbytes. The log size may be larger (up to a maximum of 512 Mbytes) dependent -upon the number of cylinder groups present in the file system. -.sp -Logging is enabled on any \fBUFS\fR file system, including root (\fB/\fR), -except under the following conditions: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -When logging is specifically disabled. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If there is insufficient file system space for the log. In this case, the -following message is displayed and file system is still mounted: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mount /dev/dsk/c0t4d0s0 /mnt - /mnt: No space left on device - Could not enable logging for /mnt on /dev/dsk/c0t4d0s0. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -The log created by \fBUFS\fR logging is continually flushed as it fills up. The -log is totally flushed when the file system is unmounted or as a result of the -\fBlockfs -f\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mount the file system without making an entry in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoatime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -By default, the file system is mounted with normal access time (\fBatime\fR) -recording. If \fBnoatime\fR is specified, the file system will ignore access -time updates on files, except when they coincide with updates to the -\fBctime\fR or \fBmtime\fR. See \fBstat\fR(2). This option reduces disk -activity on file systems where access times are unimportant (for example, a -Usenet news spool). -.sp -\fBnoatime\fR turns off access time recording regardless of \fBdfratime\fR or -\fBnodfratime\fR. -.sp -The POSIX standard requires that access times be marked on files. -\fB-noatime\fR ignores them unless the file is also modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnosec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -By default, Access Control Lists (ACLs) are supported on a mounted UFS file -system. Use this option to disallow the setting or any modification of an ACL -on a file within a mounted UFS file system. See \fBgetfacl\fR(1) for background -on ACLs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBonerror\fR = \fIaction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option specifies the action that \fBUFS\fR should take to recover from an -internal inconsistency on a file system. Specify \fIaction\fR as \fBpanic\fR, -\fBlock\fR, or \fBumount\fR. These values cause a forced system shutdown, a -file system lock to be applied to the file system, or the file system to be -forcibly unmounted, respectively. The default is \fBpanic\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquota\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quotas are turned on for the file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remounts a file system with a new set of options. All options not explicitly -set with \fBremount\fR revert to their default values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrq\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read-write with quotas turned on. Equivalent to \fBrw, quota\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxattr\fR | \fBnoxattr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow or disallow the creation and manipulation of extended attributes. The -default is \fBxattr\fR. See \fBfsattr\fR(5) for a description of extended -attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overlay mount. Allow the file system to be mounted over an existing mount -point, making the underlying file system inaccessible. If a mount is attempted -on a pre-existing mount point without setting this flag, the mount will fail, -producing the error "device busy". -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRTurning Off (and On) Logging -.sp -.LP -The following command turns off logging on an already mounted file system. The -subsequent command restores logging. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mount -F ufs -o remount,nologging /export -# \fB(absence of message indicates success)\fR -# mount -F ufs -o remount,logging /export -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -In the preceding commands, the \fB-F\fR \fBufs\fR option is not necessary. - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -table of mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -list of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBgetfacl\fR(1), \fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBfsck_ufs\fR(1M), \fBlofiadm\fR(1M), -\fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmountall\fR(1M), \fBfcntl\fR(2), \fBmount\fR(2), -\fBstat\fR(2), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBfsattr\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Since the root (\fB/\fR) file system is mounted read-only by the kernel during -the boot process, only the \fBremount\fR option (and options that can be used -in conjunction with \fBremount\fR) affect the root (\fB/\fR) entry in the -\fB/etc/vfstab\fR file. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mountall.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mountall.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6a32474017..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mountall.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MOUNTALL 1M "Dec 17, 2008" -.SH NAME -mountall, umountall \- mount, unmount multiple file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmountall\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-l\fR | \fB-r\fR] [\fIfile_system_table\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBumountall\fR [\fB-k\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-l\fR | \fB-r\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-Z\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBumountall\fR [\fB-k\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIhost\fR] [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-Z\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmountall\fR is used to mount file systems specified in a file system table. -The file system table must be in \fBvfstab\fR(4) format. If no -\fIfile_system_table\fR is specified, \fB/etc/vfstab\fR is used. If \(mi is -specified as \fIfile_system_table\fR, \fBmountall\fR reads the file system -table from the standard input. \fBmountall\fR mounts only those file systems -with the \fBmount at boot\fR field set to \fByes\fR in the -\fIfile_system_table\fR. -.sp -.LP -For each file system in the file system table, the following logic is executed: -if there exists a file \fB/usr/lib/fs/\fR\fIFSType\fR\fB/fsckall\fR, where -\fIFSType\fR is the type of the file system, save that file system in a list to -be passed later, and all at once, as arguments to the -\fB/usr/lib/fs/\fR\fIFSType\fR\fB/fsckall\fR script. The -\fB/usr/lib/fs/\fR\fIFSType\fR\fB/fsckall\fR script checks all of the file -systems in its argument list to determine whether they can be safely mounted. -If no \fB/usr/lib/fs/\fR\fIFSType\fR\fB/fsckall\fR script exists for the -\fIFSType\fR of the file system, the file system is individually checked using -\fBfsck\fR(1M). If the file system does not appear mountable, it is fixed using -\fBfsck\fR before the mount is attempted. File systems with a \(mi entry in the -\fBfsckdev\fR field are mounted without first being checked. -.sp -.LP -\fBumountall\fR causes all mounted file systems in the current zone except -\fBroot\fR, \fB/usr\fR, \fB/var\fR, \fB/var/adm\fR, \fB/var/run\fR, -\fB/proc\fR, and \fB/dev/fd\fR to be unmounted. If the \fIFSType\fR is -specified, \fBmountall\fR and \fBumountall\fR limit their actions to the -\fIFSType\fR specified. There is no guarantee that \fBumountall\fR unmounts -\fIbusy\fR file systems, even if the \fB-k\fR option is specified. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specify the \fIFSType\fR of the file system to be mounted or unmounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIhost\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Unmount all file systems listed in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR that are remote-mounted -from host. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Use the \fBfuser\fR \fB-k\fR \fImount-point\fR command. See the \fBfuser\fR(1M) -for details. The \fB-k\fR option sends the \fBSIGKILL\fR signal to each process -using the file. As this option spawns kills for each process, the kill messages -might not show up immediately. There is no guarantee that \fBumountall\fR -unmounts \fIbusy\fR file systems, even if the \fB-k\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Limit the action to local file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -List the actions that would be performed for the specified options, but do not -actually execute these actions. Repeating the command without the \fB-n\fR -option executes the listed actions, assuming that the \fB/etc/mnttab\fR file -has not changed in the interval prior to repeating the command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Limit the action to remote file system types. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Do not perform the \fBumount\fR operation in parallel. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Z\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Apply the action(s) only to the file systems mounted in non-global zones. By -default, \fBumountall\fR unmounts only file systems mounted in the current -zone. Option \fB-Z\fR is ignored if used in a non-global zone. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mounted file system table -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Table of file system defaults -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/fs/\fIFSType\fR/fsckall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Script called by \fBmountall\fR to perform the file system check of all file -systems of type \fIFSType\fR -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -_ -Output Stability Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBfuser\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBmnttab\fR(4), -\fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -No messages are printed if the file systems are mountable and clean. -.sp -.LP -Error and warning messages come from \fBfsck\fR(1M) and \fBmount\fR(1M). -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -At this time, NFS is the only remote file system supported by the \fB-l\fR, -\fB-r\fR, and \fB-h\fR options. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mountd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mountd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a38cf00d32..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mountd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd March 12, 2016 -.Dt MOUNTD 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm mountd -.Nd server for NFS mount requests and NFS access checks -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm /usr/lib/nfs/mountd -.Op Fl rv -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -is an RPC server that answers requests for NFS access information and file -system mount requests. -It reads the file -.Pa /etc/dfs/sharetab -to determine which file systems are available for mounting by which remote -machines. -See -.Xr sharetab 4 . -.Nm nfsd -running on the local server will contact -.Nm -the first time an NFS client tries to access the file system to determine -whether the client should get read-write, read-only, or no access. -This access can be dependent on the security mode used in the remoted procedure -call from the client. -See -.Xr share_nfs 1M . -.Pp -The command also provides information as to what file systems are mounted by -which clients. -This information can be printed using the -.Xr showmount 1M -command. -.Pp -The -.Nm -daemon is automatically invoked by -.Xr share 1M . -.Pp -Only super user can run the mountd daemon. -.Pp -See -.Xr nfs 4 -for available configuration properties for -.Nm . -.Ss Options -The options shown below are supported for NFSv2/v3 clients. -They are not supported for NFSv4 clients. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl r -Reject mount requests from clients. -Clients that have file systems mounted will not be affected. -.It Fl v -Run the command in verbose mode. -Each time -.Nm -determines what access a client should get, it will log the result to the -console, as well as how it got that result. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /etc/dfs/sharetab -shared file system table -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr nfsd 1M , -.Xr share 1M , -.Xr share_nfs 1M , -.Xr sharectl 1M , -.Xr showmount 1M , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr sharetab 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 -.Sh NOTES -Since -.Nm -must be running for -.Nm nfsd -to function properly, -.Nm -is automatically started by the -.Sy svc:/network/nfs/server -service. -See -.Xr nfs 4 . -.Pp -Some routines that compare hostnames use case-sensitive string comparisons; -some do not. -If an incoming request fails, verify that the case of the hostname in the file -to be parsed matches the case of the hostname called for, and attempt the -request again. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mpathadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mpathadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8ab8b6511c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mpathadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,711 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MPATHADM 1M "September 12, 2020" -.SH NAME -mpathadm \- multipath discovery and administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBmpathadm\fR \fIsubcommand\fR \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIoperand\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBmpathadm\fR command enables multipathing discovery and management. The -\fBmpathadm\fR command is implemented as a set of subcommands, many with their -own options, that are described in the section for that subcommand. Options not -associated with a particular subcommand are described under OPTIONS. The -\fBmpathadm\fR subcommands operate on a \fIdirect-object\fR. These are -described in this section for each subcommand. The \fIdirect-objects\fR, -\fIinitiator-port\fR, \fItarget-port\fR, and \fIlogical-unit\fR in the -subcommands are consistent with SCSI standard definitions. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmpathadm\fR command supports the following subcommands, which are -described in detail in subsections that follow. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display a list of discovered instances for a given object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display information about a given object instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodify\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Modify properties of an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Enable an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Disable an object. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailover\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Cause target port group failover for a logical-unit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBoverride\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Set a path to be used over other paths on a logical-unit. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmpathadm\fR subcommands operate on a \fIdirect-object\fR. These are -described in this section for each subcommand. -.SS "list Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBlist\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm list \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoperands\fR...] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBlist\fR subcommand displays data for following direct-objects: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmpath-support\fR [\fImpath-support-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the multipathing support that can be administered by this CLI. This -presents itself in the form of a library name registered through the MPAPI -framework. If no mpath-support name \fImpath-support-name\fR is specified, all -registered multipathing support libraries will be displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitiator-port\fR [\fIinitiator-port-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the initiator ports that are discovered on this system. If no -\fIinitiator-port-name\fR is specified, all discovered initiator ports are -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fBlogical-unit\fR | \fBlu\fR} [\fIoptions\fR] -[\fIlogical-unit-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the information on multipath logical units. If no \fIlogical-unit-name\fR -is specified, all discovered logical-units will be displayed. -.sp -Options for \fBlist logical-unit\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-name\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Return the logical unit name that is associated with the given name string. -This name can be extracted from the output of the \fBmpathadm\fR \fBshow lu\fR -command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-target-port\fR \fItarget-port-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Return the list of logical units names that are associated with the given -\fItarget-port-name\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "\fBshow\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBshow\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm show \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoperands\fR...] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBshow\fR subcommand displays detailed information for following the -direct-objects: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmpath-support\fR [\fImpath-support-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the detailed information on the given \fImpath-support-name\fR if the name -exists. If the given \fImpath-support-name\fR supports only a limited set of -device products, the list of device products will be listed as part of the -output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitiator-port\fR -\fIinitiator-port-name\fR[,\fIinitiator-port-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the detailed information for the given \fIinitiator-port-name\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fBlogical-unit\fR | \fBlu\fR} [\fIlogical-unit-name\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the detailed information on multipath logical unit(s), including path -and target port group information. Note that the name property in the logical -unit information represents the identifier for this LUN, derived from the -hardware, and used by this system. If the name is derived from SCSI Inquiry -Vital Product Data (VPD) page 83h, the name type property represents an -associated identifier type defined by the SCSI standards. -.RE - -.SS "\fBmodify\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBmodify\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm modify \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIoperands\fR...] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmodify\fR subcommand modifies characteristics of the following -direct-objects: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmpath-support\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fImpath-support-name\fR, ...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration management of an \fImpath-support\fR. Options to modify -mpath-support are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-autofailback\fR on | off\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set \fBautofailback\fR. Applicable only when mpath-support provides auto -failback support. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-autoprobe\fR on | off\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set \fBautoprobing\fR. Applicable only when mpath-support provides auto probing -support. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-loadbalance\fR loadbalance-type\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the default load balance type. The \fBloadbalance\fR type is one of the -supported types listed in the \fBshow mpath-support\fR output. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fBlogical-unit\fR | \fBlu\fR} [\fIoptions\fR] -\fIlogical-unit-name\fR, ...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration management of a logical unit. Options to modify -\fBlogical-unit\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-autofailback\fR on | off\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set \fBautofailback\fR. Applicable only when \fBmpath-support\fR provides auto -failback support -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-autoprobe\fR on | off\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set \fBautoprobing\fR. Applicable only when \fBmpath-support\fR provides auto -probing support. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-loadbalance\fR loadbalance-type\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set load balance type for the logical unit. Applicable only when load balance -configuration is supported at the logical unit level. -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "\fBenable\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBenable\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm disable [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBenable\fR subcommand supports the following direct-objects to be -enabled: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpath\fR \fB-i\fR \fIinitiator-port-name\fR \fB-t\fR -\fItarget-port-name\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlogical-unit-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path that consists of the specified initiator port, target port, and -logical unit will be enabled. -.RE - -.SS "\fBdisable\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBdisable\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm disable [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBdisable\fR subcommand supports the following direct-objects to be -disabled: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpath\fR \fB-i\fR \fIinitiator-port-name\fR \fB-t\fR -\fItarget-port-name\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlogical-unit-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path that consists of the specified initiator port, target port, and -logical unit will be disabled. -.RE - -.SS "\fBfailover\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBfailover\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm failover \fIdirect-object\fR [\fIoperand\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBfailover\fR subcommand supports failover for the following -direct-objects: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB{\fBlogical-unit\fR | \fBlu\fR} \fIlogical-unit-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The target port group will failover when the given logical-unit is asymmetric -and supports explicit state change. The currently active target port group will -be changed to the standby state and the standby target port group will be -active. -.RE - -.SS "\fBoverride\fR Subcommand" -The syntax for the \fBoverride\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mpathadm override [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The \fBoverride\fR subcommand controls whether or not the following -direct-objects override another: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpath {\fB-i\fR \fIinitiator-port-name\fR \fB-t\fR \fItarget-port-name\fR | -\fB-c\fR}\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlogical-unit-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cause a path that consists of the specified initiator port, target port, and -logical unit to override other paths on the logical unit. Once a path overrides -other paths, the mpath-support uses only that path regardless of any other path -selection configuration. The \fB-c\fR option cancels the setting. The path that -consists of the specified initiator port, target port, and logical unit will be -disabled. -.sp -Options for override path are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-initiator-port\fR \fIinitiator-port-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represent the initiator port element of a path. Options \fB-t\fR and \fB-l\fR -must also be included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-target-port\fR \fItarget-port-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represent the target port element of a path. Options \fB-i\fR and \fB-l\fR must -also be included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-logical-unit\fR \fIlogical-unit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Represent the logical unit element of a path. Options \fB-i\fR and \fB-t\fR -must also be included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-cancel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cancels overriding setting for the given logical unit. Option \fB-l\fR must -also be included. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-version\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display the version information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR, \fB-\fR\fB-help\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Display context help. Can be used following an \fBmpathadm\fR command with no -arguments, following a subcommand, or following a subcommand direct-object -combination. Responds with help information appropriate for your entry. For -example, if you enter: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm add mpath-support-help\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&... \fBmpathadm\fR responds with a display of the options available for that -combination of subcommand and direct-object. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRObtaining a List of Multipathing Support -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist\fR subcommand to list all currently -registered \fBmpath-support\fR libraries. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm list mpath-support\fR -mpath-support: libmpscsi_vhci.so -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying the Properties of a Particular Multipathing Support -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBshow\fR subcommand to display the properties -for a currently registered \fBmpath-support\fR library. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm show mpath-support libmpscsi_vhci.so\fR -mpath-support: libmpscsi_vhci.so - Vendor: Sun Microsystems - Driver Name: scsi_vhci - Default Load Balance: round-robin - Supported Load Balance Types: - round-robin - logical-block -Allows To Activate Target Port Group Access: yes -Allows Path Override: no -Supported Auto Failback Config: 1 -Auto Failback: on -Failback Polling Rate (current/max): 0/0 -Supported Auto Probing Config: 0 -Auto Probing: NA -Probing Polling Rate (current/max): NA/NA -Supported Devices: - Vendor: SUN - Product: T300 - Revision: - Supported Load Balance Types: - round-robin - Vendor: SUN - Product: T4 - Revision: - Supported Load Balance Types: - round-robin -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRObtaining a List of Initiator Ports Discovered Through the -\fBmpath-support\fR Libraries -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBlist initiator-port\fR subcommand to display -a list of initiator ports discovered by the currently registered -\fBmpath-support\fR libraries. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm list initiator-port\fR -Initiator-Port: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:01:080020b7ac2b.437a3b3e,4000002a0000 -Initiator-Port: 2000000173018713 -Initiator-Port: 2000000173818713 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying the Properties of a Particular Initiator Port -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBshow initiator-port\fR subcommand to display -the properties of a particular initiator port discovered using the \fBlist -initiator-port\fR subcommand in an example above. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm show initiator-port 2000000173018713\fR -initiator-port: 2000000173018713 - Transport Type: Fibre Channel - OS device File: devices/pci@1f,4000/pci@2/SUNW,qlca@5/fp@0,0:fc -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDisplaying the Properties of a Particular Logical Unit -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBshow logical-unit\fR subcommand to display -the properties of the logical unit with the specified name. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm show lu /dev/rdsk/c4t60003BA27D2120004204AC2B000DAB00d0s2\fR -Logical Unit: /dev/rdsk/c4t60003BA27D2120004204AC2B000DAB00d0s2 - mpath-support libmpscsi_vhci.so - Vendor: SUN - Product: T4 - Revision: 0301 - Name Type: SCSI Inquiry VPD Page 83 type 3 - Name: 60003ba27d2120004204ac2b000dab00 - Asymmetric: yes - Current Load Balance: round-robin - Logical Unit Group ID: NA - Auto Failback: on - Auto Probing: NA - -Paths: - Initiator Port Name: 2000000173818713 - Target Port Name: 20030003ba27d212 - Override Path: NA - Path State: OK - Disabled: no - - Initiator Port Name: 2000000173018713 - Target Port Name: 20030003ba27d095 - Override Path: NA - Path State: OK - Disabled: no - -Target Port Group: - ID: 2 - Explicit Failover: yes - Access State: standby - Target Ports: - Name: 20030003ba27d212 - Relative ID: 0 - - ID: 5 - Explicit Failover: yes - Access State: active - Target Ports - Name: 20030003ba27d095 - Relative ID: 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fREnabling a Path -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fBenable path\fR subcommand to enable the path -with the specified initiator port, target port, and logical unit. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm enable path -i 2000000173018713 -t 20030003ba27d095 \e --l /dev/rdsk/c4t60003BA27D2120004204AC2B000DAB00d0s2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRModifying \fBmpath-support\fR To Turn On \fBautofailback\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmpathadm modify mpath-support -a on libmpscsi_vhci.so\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBstmsboot\fR(1M), \fBlibMPAPI\fR(3LIB), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mpstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mpstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c279136865..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mpstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,355 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MPSTAT 1M "Mar 23, 2009" -.SH NAME -mpstat \- report per-processor or per-processor-set statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/mpstat\fR [\fB-aq\fR] [\fB-p\fR | \fB-P\fR \fIset\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmpstat\fR command reports processor statistics in tabular form. Each row -of the table represents the activity of one processor. The first table -summarizes all activity since boot. Each subsequent table summarizes activity -for the preceding interval. All values are rates listed as events per second -unless otherwise noted. -.sp -.LP -During execution of the kernel status command, the \fBstate\fR of the kernel -can change. If relevant, a state change message is included in the \fBmpstat\fR -output, in one of the following forms: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -<> -<> -<> -<> -<> -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBmpstat\fR command reports the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCPU\fR or \fBSET\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Without the \fB-a\fR option, \fBmpstat\fR reports \fBCPU\fR statistics for a -processor ID. With the \fB-a\fR option, \fBmpstat\fR reports \fBSET\fR -statistics for a processor set ID. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBminf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -minor faults -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmjf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -major faults -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxcal\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -inter-processor cross-calls -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBintr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -interrupts -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBithr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -interrupts as threads (not counting clock interrupt) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcsw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -context switches -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBicsw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -involuntary context switches -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmigr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -thread migrations (to another processor) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsmtx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -spins on mutexes (lock not acquired on first try) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsrw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -spins on readers/writer locks (lock not acquired on first try) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsyscl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -system calls -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBusr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -percent user time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsys\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -percent system time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -the I/O wait time is no longer calculated as a percentage of \fBCPU\fR time, -and this statistic will always return zero. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBidl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -percent idle time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsze\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -number of processors in the requested processor set -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -processor set membership of each \fBCPU\fR -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Aggregate output by processor set. Sort the output by set. The default output -is sorted by \fBCPU\fR number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report processor set membership of each \fBCPU\fR. Sort the output by set. The -default output is sorted by \fBCPU\fR number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIset\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Display only those processors in the specified \fIset\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Suppress messages related to state changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report once each \fIinterval\fR seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Only print \fIcount\fR reports. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBmpstat\fR to Generate User and System Operation -Statistics -.sp -.LP -The following command generates processor statistics over a five-second -interval in two reports. The command shows the processor set membership of each -\fBCPU\fR. The default output is sorted by \fBCPU\fR number, aggregated by -\fIprocessor set\fR, for user (\fBusr\fR) and system (\fBsys\fR) operations. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBmpstat -ap 5 2\fR - - -SET minf mjf xcal intr ithr csw icsw migr smtx srw syscl usr sys wt idl sze - 0 6 0 355 291 190 22 0 0 0 0 43 0 2 0 43 1 - 1 24 17 534 207 200 70 1 0 2 0 600 4 1 0 84 2 - 2 19 7 353 325 318 44 0 0 5 0 345 1 1 0 94 3 - 3 36 2 149 237 236 14 0 0 4 0 97 0 0 0 98 2 -SET minf mjf xcal intr ithr csw icsw migr smtx srw syscl usr sys wt idl sze - 0 1 0 720 405 304 55 0 0 18 0 12 0 15 0 81 1 - 1 0 69 1955 230 200 313 33 4 41 9 7086 34 10 0 19 2 - 2 0 46 685 314 300 203 11 0 54 1 5287 36 6 0 28 3 - 3 0 0 14 386 384 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsar\fR(1), \fBdate\fR(1), \fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1M), \fBvmstat\fR(1M), -\fBtime\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The sum of \fBCPU\fR utilization might vary slightly from 100 due to rounding -errors in the production of a percentage figure. -.sp -.LP -The total time used for \fBCPU\fR processing is the sum of \fBusr\fR and -\fBsys\fR output values, reported for user and system operations. The \fBidl\fR -value reports the time that the \fBCPU\fR is idle for any reason other than -pending disk I/O operations. -.sp -.LP -Run the \fBiostat\fR command with the \fB-x\fR option to report I/O service -times in \fBsvc_t\fR output. The \fBiostat\fR utility also reports the same -\fBwt\fR, user (\fBus\fR), and system (\fBsy\fR) statistics. See -\fBiostat\fR(1M) for more information. -.sp -.LP -When executing in a \fBzone\fR and if the pools facility is active, -\fBmpstat\fR(1M) will only provide information for those processors which are a -member of the processor set of the pool to which the \fBzone\fR is bound. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/msgid.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/msgid.1m deleted file mode 100644 index df300bd680..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/msgid.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MSGID 1M "Oct 9, 1998" -.SH NAME -msgid \- generate message IDs -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/msgid\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBmsgid\fR utility generates message \fBID\fRs. -.sp -.LP -A message \fBID\fR is a numeric identifier that uniquely identifies a message. -Although the probability of two distinct messages having the same \fBID\fR is -high, this can be greatly reduced with the appropriate priority or -facility.level designator (see \fBsyslogd\fR(1M)). Specifically, the message -\fBID\fR is a hash signature on the message's unexpanded format string, -generated by \fBSTRLOG_MAKE_MSGID()\fR as defined in \fB\fR\&. -.sp -.LP -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M) is a simple filter that takes strings as input and produces -those same strings, preceded by their message \fBID\fRs, as output. Every -message logged by \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) includes the message \fBID\fR. The message -\fBID\fR is intended to serve as a small, language-independent identifier. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the msgid command to generate a message ID -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fBmsgid\fR command to generate a message -\fBID\fR for the \fBecho\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBecho hello | msgid\fR205790 hello -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing the msgid command to generate a message catalog -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fBmsgid\fR command to enumerate all of the -messages in the binary \fBufs\fR, to generate a message catalog. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBstrings /kernel/fs/ufs | msgid\fR - -137713 free: - freeing free frag, dev:0x%lx, blk:%ld, cg:%d, ino:%lu, fs:%s -567420 ialloccg: block not in mapfs = %s -845546 alloc: %s: file system full -\&... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlog\fR(7d) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/mvdir.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/mvdir.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b786b2c3f5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/mvdir.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH MVDIR 1M "Mar 14, 1997" -.SH NAME -mvdir \- move a directory -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/mvdir\fR \fIdirname\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBmvdir\fR moves directories within a file system. \fBdirname\fR must be a -directory. If \fIname\fR does not exist, it will be created as a directory. If -\fIname\fR does exist, and is a directory, \fBdirname\fR will be created as -\fIname/dirname\fR. \fBdirname\fR and \fIname\fR may not be on the same path; -that is, one may not be subordinate to the other. For example: -.sp -.LP -\fBexample%\fR \fBmvdir\fR \fBx/y\fR \fBx/z\fR -.sp -.LP -is legal, but -.sp -.LP -\fBexample%\fR \fBmvdir\fR \fBx/y\fR \fBx/y/z\fR -.sp -.LP -is not. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdirname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The name of the directory that is to be moved to another directory in the -filesystem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The name of the directory into which \fBdirname\fR is to be moved. If -\fIname\fR does not exist, it will be created. It may not be on the same path -as \fBdirname\fR. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBmvdir\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Operation failed. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmkdir\fR(1), \fBmv\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncaconfd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ncaconfd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 40a87cb0ff..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncaconfd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NCACONFD 1M "Oct 12, 2004" -.SH NAME -ncaconfd \- Solaris Network Cache and Accelerator (NCA) configuration daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/inet/ncaconfd\fR [\fB-al\fR ] \fIinterface1 \fR [\fIinterface2 ...\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -Use the \fBncaconfd\fR utility to set up NCA on a system. At boot time, the -\fBncakmod\fR initialization script reads in \fBnca.if\fR(4) to determine on -which interface(s) NCA should run. \fBncaconfd\fR then sets up the interface. -.sp -.LP -\fBncaconfd\fR also operates as a daemon if the \fBnca_active\fR key is set to -enabled in \fBncakmod.conf\fR(4) file. In this case, \fBncaconfd\fR will -continue as a daemon after all the NCA interfaces have been set up, listening -for routing changes. The changes are then passed to NCA to control which -interface NCA should use to make active outgoing TCP connnections. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable active connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable logging. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nca/ncakmod.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBnca\fR(1), \fBncakmod\fR(1), \fBnca.if\fR(4), \fBncakmod.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2e873216a1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NCHECK 1M "May 30, 2001" -.SH NAME -ncheck \- generate a list of path names versus i-numbers -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBncheck\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fIgeneric_options\fR] - [\fB-o\fR \fIFSType-specific_options\fR] [\fIspecial\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBncheck\fR with no options generates a path-name versus i-number list of all -files on \fIspecial\fR. If \fIspecial\fR is not specified on the command line -the list is generated for all \fIspecial\fRs in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR which have a -numeric \fBfsckpass\fR. \fIspecial\fR is the raw device on which the file -system exists. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify the \fIFSType\fR on which to operate. The \fIFSType\fR should either -be specified here or be determinable from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR by finding an -entry in the table that has a numeric \fBfsckpass\fR field and an -\fBfsckdev\fR that matches \fIspecial\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Echo the complete command line, but do not execute the command. The command -line is generated by using the options and arguments provided by the user and -adding to them information derived from \fB/etc/vfstab\fR. This option may be -used to verify and validate the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIgeneric_options\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Options that are commonly supported by most FSType-specific command modules. -The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI i-list\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Limit the report to the files on the \fIi-list\fR that follows. The -\fIi-list\fR must be separated by commas with no intervening spaces. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Print the names "." and ".\|." which are ordinarily suppressed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report only special files and files with set-user-ID mode. This option may be -used to detect violations of security policy. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify \fIFSType-specific_options\fR in a comma separated (without spaces) -list of suboptions and keyword-attribute pairs for interpretation by the -FSType-specific module of the command. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBncheck\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -list of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) Manual pages for the -FSType-specific modules of \fBncheck\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This command may not be supported for all \fIFSTypes\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck_ufs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck_ufs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ab5047305e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ncheck_ufs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NCHECK_UFS 1M "Dec 18, 1991" -.SH NAME -ncheck_ufs \- generate pathnames versus i-numbers for ufs file systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBncheck\fR \fB-F\fR ufs [\fIgeneric_options\fR] [\fB-o\fR m] [\fIspecial\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBncheck\fR \fB-F\fR \fBufs\fR generates a pathname versus i-number list of -files for the \fBufs\fR file system residing on \fIspecial\fR. Names of -directory files are followed by `\fB/.\fR'. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -See \fBncheck\fR(1M) for the list of \fIgeneric_options\fR supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specify \fBufs\fR file system specific options. The available option is: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBm\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Print mode information. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBff\fR(1M), \fBncheck\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -When the file system structure is improper, `\fB??\fR' denotes the "parent" of -a parentless file and a pathname beginning with `\fB\&.\|.\|.\fR' denotes a -loop. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ndd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ffa5b604e6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NDD 1M "Mar 13, 2009" -.SH NAME -ndd \- get and set driver configuration parameters -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBndd\fR [\fB-set\fR] \fIdriver\fR \fIparameter\fR [\fIvalue\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBndd\fR gets and sets selected configuration parameters in some kernel -drivers. Currently, \fBndd\fR only supports the drivers that implement the -\fBTCP/IP\fR Internet protocol family. Each driver chooses which parameters to -make visible using \fBndd\fR. Since these parameters are usually tightly -coupled to the implementation, they are likely to change from release to -release. Some parameters may be read-only. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-set\fR option is omitted, \fBndd\fR queries the named \fIdriver\fR, -retrieves the value associated with the specified \fIparameter\fR, and prints -it. If the \fB-set\fR option is given, \fBndd\fR passes \fIvalue\fR, which must -be specified, down to the named \fIdriver\fR which assigns it to the named -\fIparameter\fR. -.sp -.LP -By convention, drivers that support \fBndd\fR also support a special read-only -\fIparameter\fR named ``\fB?\fR'' which can be used to list the parameters -supported by the driver. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRGetting Parameters Supported By The TCP Driver -.sp -.LP -To see which parameters are supported by the TCP driver, use the following -command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBndd /dev/tcp \e?\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The parameter name ``\fB?\fR'' may need to be escaped with a backslash to -prevent its being interpreted as a shell meta character. - -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the value of the parameter \fIip_forwarding\fR in -the dual stack IP driver to zero. This disables IPv4 packet forwarding. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBndd -set /dev/ip ip_forwarding 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Similarly, in order to disable IPv6 packet forwarding, the value of parameter -\fIip6_forwarding\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBndd -set /dev/ip ip6_forwarding 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBnca\fR(1), \fBdladm\fR(1M), \fBioctl\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBarp\fR(7P), \fBip\fR(7P), \fBip6\fR(7P), \fBtcp\fR(7P), \fBudp\fR(7P) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The parameters supported by each driver may change from release to release. -Like programs that read \fB/dev/kmem\fR, user programs or shell scripts that -execute \fBndd\fR should be prepared for parameter names to change. -.sp -.LP -The \fBioctl()\fR command that \fBndd\fR uses to communicate with drivers is -likely to change in a future release. User programs should avoid making -dependencies on it. -.sp -.LP -The use of \fBndd\fR to administer Layer 2 (Data Link layer) drivers is -strongly discouraged as this capability is to be obsoleted in a future release, -replaced by \fBdladm\fR(1M). Please refer to the driver-specific man page in -section 7D of the SunOS man pages. -.sp -.LP -The meanings of many \fBndd\fR parameters make sense only if you understand how -the driver is implemented. -.sp -.LP -If a TCP driver sends a report that is truncated, it could be because that -driver uses \fBndd\fR for transporting the report. \fBndd\fR imposes a 64K -limit on such reports. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 04c3947f4d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NDMPADM 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -ndmpadm \- administer Network Data Management Protocol activities -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ndmpadm\fR [\fB-?\fR ] \fIsubcommand\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIdirect-object\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBndmpadm\fR command can be used to query the \fBndmpd\fR(1M) daemon to -get the status of active sessions, terminate a session, query backup devices, -and set or get the current NDMP (Network Data Management Protocol) service -variables and properties. \fBndmpadm\fR is implemented as a set of subcommands, -many with their own direct object, which are described in the section for a -given subcommand. Certain subcommands support options, which are described -along with the subcommand. -.sp -.LP -The \fBndmpadm\fR command supports the following subcommands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the specified authentication password handling. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the specified authentication password handling. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get the value of an NDMP configuration property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkill-sessions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Terminate an active session. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the value of an NDMP configuration property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-devices\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Get a list of tape devices connected to the server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-sessions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the details of active NDMP sessions. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following option is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display a list of all subcommands and options. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The \fBndmpadm\fR command supports the subcommands described below. -.SS "\fBdisable\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The syntax for the \fBdisable\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm disable -a \fIauth-type\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This subcommand disables the authentication type specified by \fIauth-type\fR -for an NDMP client's remote access. Valid values for \fIauth-type\fR are -\fBcram-md5\fR or \fBcleartext\fR. -.SS "\fBenable\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The syntax for the \fBenable\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm enable -a \fIauth-type\fR -u \fIusername\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This subcommand prompts for the user's password twice for confirmation and -activates the specified authentication type with the given username and -password for NDMP client access. Valid values for \fIauth-type\fR are -\fBcram-md5\fR or \fBcleartext\fR. -.SS "\fBget\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The syntax for the \fBget\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm get [-p] [\fIproperty\fR] [[-p] \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The property names are the same as used for the \fBset\fR subcommand and are -described below. If you do not specify a property, the \fBget\fR subcommand -returns all configuration properties. -.SS "\fBkill-sessions\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The \fBkill-sessions\fR subcommand allows you to terminate the session number -\fIID\fR. -.sp -.LP -The syntax for the \fBkill-sessions\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm kill-sessions \fIID\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "\fBset\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The syntax for the \fBset\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm set [-p] \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR [[-p] \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]...\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The properties you can set with the \fBset\fR subcommand are described in the -\fBndmp\fR(4) man page. -.SS "\fBshow-devices\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The syntax for the \fBshow-devices\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm show-devices\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This subcommand lists the name, vendor, serial number, and other information -about the current tape drive and libraries connected to the system. -.SS "\fBshow-sessions\fR Subcommand" -.LP -The \fBshow-sessions\fR subcommand displays details of a session. The syntax -for the \fBshow-sessions\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm show-sessions [-i tape,scsi,data,mover] [\fIID\fR]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The \fBshow-sessions\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fBtape\fR,\fBscsi\fR,\fBdata\fR,\fBmover\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identify a type of interface about which to obtain data. If no interface is -specified, \fBshow-sessions\fR displays information for all types of -interfaces. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIID\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies a particular session about which to display data. If no \fIID\fR is -specified, \fBshow-sessions\fR displays data for all sessions. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRObtaining the Status of All NDMP Connections -.sp -.LP -The following command obtains status on all connections. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm show-devices\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRObtaining the Status of Certain Types of Connections -.sp -.LP -The following command obtains status on tape and SCSI interfaces. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm show-sessions -i scsi,tape\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRLimiting Protocol Version -.sp -.LP -The following command limits the use of the NDMP protocol to version 3. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm set -p version=3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRTurning on Debugging -.sp -.LP -The following command enables debugging. It also sets the NDMP protocol to -version 3. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm set -p debug-mode=yes -p version=3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRObtaining Current Version Number -.sp -.LP -The following command obtains the version number of the currently running NDMP. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm get -p version\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRDisconnecting a Specific Session -.sp -.LP -The command shown below disconnects session 5. The session number was -previously obtained from an \fBndmpadm show-sessions\fR command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm kill-session 5\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRObtaining the Values for All NDMP Properties -.sp -.LP -The following command obtains the values for all NDMP properties. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm get\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fREnabling CRAM-MD5 Authentication -.sp -.LP -The following command enables CRAM-MD5 authentication. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm enable -a cram-md5 -u admin\fR -Enter new password:\fB*****\fR -Re-enter password:\fB*****\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRDisabling Clear Text Password Authentication -.sp -.LP -The following command disables clear text password authentication. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBndmpadm disable -a cleartext\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred, such as the \fBndmpd\fR daemon is not running, that -prevented \fBndmpadm\fR from contacting the daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command-line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdump\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBndmpd\fR(1M), \fBndmpstat\fR(1M), -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBndmp\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBndmpd\fR(1M) daemon is managed by the service management facility -(\fBsmf\fR(5)), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/ndmpd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as setting and getting a property -can be alternatively performed using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M). For example to enable -Direct Access Recovery (DAR) mode: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/system/ndmpd\fR -svc:/system/ndmpd> \fBsetprop ndmpd/dar-support = yes\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...and to get the list of properties: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/system/ndmpd\fR -svc:/system/ndmpd> \fBlistprop\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8f9a5ee825..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NDMPD 1M "Feb 24, 2014" -.SH NAME -ndmpd \- Network Data Management Protocol daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd\fR [\fB-df\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBndmpd\fR daemon handles client Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP) -requests. NDMP is an open, enterprise-wide, network-based data management -protocol used for backup and recovery. The \fBndmpd\fR daemon enables users to -manage data backup and recovery using Data Management Application (DMA) -clients. The NDMP protocol is used to coordinate data movement and control -between a DMA and an NDMP server or between two NDMP servers. - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 4n -Enables debugging mode. Overrides ndmpd/debug-mode smf(5) property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 4n -Tells NDMP server not to detach from terminal and to run in foreground. Log -messages will be printed to standard error output in addition to ndmp log -file. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB95\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred that prevented the \fBndmpd\fR daemon from initializing, such -as failure to fork a process, mutex initialization. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB96\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Configuration problem or invalid command line options. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/ndmp/ndmpd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Network data management protocol server binary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/log/ndmp/ndmplog.0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Network data management protocol log messages file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/ndmp/dumpdates\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A text file that stores information about the date and the level of dump -backups. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBndmpadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBndmpd\fR daemon is managed by the service management facility -(\fBsmf\fR(5)), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/ndmpd:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6f47540195..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndmpstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,370 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NDMPSTAT 1M "Jun 21, 2007" -.SH NAME -ndmpstat \- show NDMP backup progress statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBndmpstat\fR [\fItapes\fR] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBndmpstat\fR utility reports Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP) -statistics, among which are NDMP worker threads, disk IO, tape IO, files -operation, performance, and backup activity. -.sp -.LP -\fBndmpstat\fR reports the aggregate statistics for all tapes and disks. In -order to obtain statistics for specific tape devices, the tape device name -should be passed as argument to the utility. -.sp -.LP -When invoked, \fBndmpstat\fR begins its display with a one-line summary of the -NDMP daemon activity since the NDMP service was invoked. -.SS "Display Fields" -.sp -.LP -The fields in \fBndmpstat\fR output are described as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwthr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the number of worker threads in each of the four following states: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of worker threads running -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of blocked worker threads that are waiting for resources such as I/O -and paging -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of backup operations currently running -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of restore operations currently running -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report on usage of filesystem. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of files being read -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of files being written -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the number of disk operations per interval. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of disk blocks being read -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of disk blocks being written -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtape\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the number of tape operations per interval. There are slots for up to -four tapes, labeled with a single number. The number indicates the name of the -device under \fB/dev/rmt\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of tape blocks being read -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of tape blocks being written -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbytes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the number of bytes transferred. This is the aggregate value of both -tape and disk devices. The number is in kilobytes. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of kilobytes being read -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the number of kilobytes being written -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBperf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays a rough estimate of performance of the backup/restore operation in -megabytes per second. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -backup performance -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -restore performance -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprcnt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the comparative usage of resources, in percent. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdsk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -disk I/O time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtpe\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -tape I/O time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBotr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -other time (memory or idle) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the number of times that the statistics display is repeated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItape\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies which tapes are to be given priority in the output. A command line is -limited to a maximum of four tape devices. A common tape name is -\fB/dev/rmt/\fR\fIn\fR, where \fIn\fR is an integer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the number of seconds over which \fBndmpstat\fR summarizes activity. -The specified interval remains in effect till the command is terminated. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBndmpstat\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command displays a summary of NDMP daemon activity at five-second -intervals. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBndmpstat 5\fR -wthr file disk tape bytes perf prcnt -r w b r rd wr rd wr rd wr rd wr bk rs dsk tpe otr -1 0 3 6 50 9 1250 0 32544 4455 42335 3234 5 4 20 40 40 -1 0 0 1 1 0 128 0 0 128 64 64 1 0 0 80 20 -1 0 0 1 2 0 128 0 0 0 64 0 1 0 80 0 20 -1 0 0 1 1 0 128 0 0 0 64 0 1 0 80 0 20 -1 0 0 1 3 0 128 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 80 0 20 -1 0 0 1 1 0 128 0 0 128 64 64 1 0 0 80 20 -^C -example% -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBmpstat\fR(1M), \fBndmpd\fR(1M), \fBndmpadm\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Performance numbers are not accurate and are rounded up at the MB/sec. -boundary. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ndp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 57285b003f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ndp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2015, Joyent, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.Dd Sep 02, 2015 -.Dt NDP 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm ndp -.Nd manipulate IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol mappings -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Fl a -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Fl A Ar period -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Op Fl i Ar iface -.Ar hostname -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Op Fl i Ar iface -.Fl d Ar hostname -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Op Fl i Ar iface -.Fl f Ar filename -.Nm -.Op Fl n -.Op Fl i Ar iface -.Fl s Ar hostname lladdr -.Op Cm temp -.Op Cm any -.Op Cm router -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command displays and modifies the IPv6-to-MAC address translation -tables used by the Neighbor Discovery Protocol -.Po see Xr ndp 7P Pc . -.Pp -Given just a hostname, -.Nm -will display the current entry. -Note that when getting, setting or deleting, if a hostname refers to multiple -IPv6 addresses, the operation will apply to all of them. -.Pp -The NDP translation tables can be modified with -.Fl d , -.Fl s , -or -.Fl f . -These flags can only be used when -.Nm -is given the -.Sy PRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG -privilege. -See -.Xr privileges 5 -for further information. -.Pp -Note that NDP entries for IPMP (IP Network Multipathing) data and -test addresses are managed by the kernel and therefore cannot be -modified or deleted. -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width 6m -.It Fl a -Display all NDP entries. -Entries can be one of several types: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width 7n -.It Sy dynamic -This is a normal NDP mapping and will eventually expire. -This is the most common type of mapping for non-local addresses that will be -displayed. -.It Sy local -The IPv6 address is local to the machine. -.It Sy other -The mapping is a multicast or broadcast address, or the system is acting -as proxy for the address. -.It Sy static -The mapping is static and will not be removed from the machine over time. -.El -.Pp -Entries also exist in one of the following states: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width 12m -.It Sy INCOMPLETE -Address resolution is in progress -.It Sy REACHABLE -This address has recently been reachable -.It Sy STALE -This address may be unreachable -.It Sy DELAY -Waiting to send out reachability probes -.It Sy PROBE -Sending out probes for the address -.It Sy UNREACHABLE -The address is unreachable, and will be deleted -.It Sy UNKNOWN -The state of the entry is unknown -.El -.Pp -Using the -.Fl a -flag is equivalent to: -.sp -.Dl # netstat -p -f inet6 -.sp -If -.Fl n -is passed to -.Nm , -then it will be passed along to -.Nm netstat . -.It Fl A -Display all NDP entries every -.Ar period -seconds. -.It Fl d -Delete NDP mappings for the host called -.Ar hostname . -.It Fl f -Read in the lines from -.Ar filename -and use each one to set a mapping. -The syntax of each line is the same as the arguments to -.Fl s . -Lines beginning with `#' will be ignored. -.It Fl i -By default, -.Nm -will use the routing table to determine the appropriate interface to place the -mapping on. -This flag allows forcing a specific interface -.Ar iface . -This argument will be ignored when using the -.Fl a -or -.Fl A -flags. -.It Fl n -Disable the default translation of numeric IP addresses to host names when -printing. -.It Fl s -Add or update an NDP mapping, and set the desired properties for the entry. -The list of flags should be the full set of flags desired on the entry, i.e., -not listing a flag will remove it if it already exists. -The following flags can be used: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width Ds -.It Cm temp -The entry should be temporary and eventually expire like a normal NDP -entry. -By default, all entries created with the -.Nm -command are static, and will not be deleted. -To make a static entry temporary, it should be deleted and recreated with the -.Cm temp -flag. -.It Cm any -The address should be treated like an anycast address. -This will prevent the system from sending Neighbor Advertisements with the -Override flag. -.It Cm router -The address should be treated like a router address. -This cause the system to send Neighbor Advertisements with the Router flag. -.El -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Ss Example 1: Setting a mapping -To create a temporary mapping for an address: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# ndp -s fd00::1 90:b8:d0:4b:c7:3b temp -.Ed -.Ss Example 2: Getting a mapping -An entry can be fetched via its IP address: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# ndp fd00::1 -fd00::1 (fd00::1) at 90:b8:d0:4b:c7:3b temp -.Ed -.sp -Or via a name that resolves to that address: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# echo fd00::1 epicac >> /etc/hosts -# echo fd00::2 epicac >> /etc/hosts -# ndp epicac -fd00::1 (epicac) at 90:b8:d0:4b:c7:3b temp -fd00::2 (epicac) -- no entry -.Ed -.Ss Example 3: Deleting a mapping -An entry can be removed with the -.Fl d -flag: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# ndp -d fd00::1 -.Ed -.sp -Attempting to remove it again will print an error message: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# ndp -d fd00::1 -ndp: No entry for fd00::1 -.Ed -.Sh STABILITY -The command line options for this command are stable, but the output format -and diagnostic messages are not. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr arp 1M , -.Xr ifconfig 1M , -.Xr netstat 1M , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr privileges 5 , -.Xr ndp 7P diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/netstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/netstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e5f40aa6e8..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/netstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1093 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2019 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association. -.\" Copyright 2018, Joyent, Inc. -.\" Copyright (C) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. The Berkeley software License Agreement specifies the terms and conditions for redistribution. -.TH NETSTAT 1M "Jul 12, 2016" -.SH NAME -netstat \- show network status -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR [\fB-anuvR\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIprotocol\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-g\fR [\fB-nv\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-p\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-s\fR [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIprotocol\fR] - [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-m\fR [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fB-v\fR] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-i\fR [\fB-I\fR \fIinterface\fR] [\fB-acn\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] - [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-r\fR [\fB-acnvR\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR | \fIfilter\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-M\fR [\fB-cns\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnetstat\fR \fB-D\fR [\fB-I\fR \fIinterface\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBnetstat\fR command displays the contents of certain network-related data -structures in various formats, depending on the options you select. -.LP -The \fBnetstat\fR command has the several forms shown in the SYNOPSIS section, -above, listed as follows: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The first form of the command (with no required arguments) displays a list of -active sockets for each protocol. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The second, third, and fourth forms (\fB-g\fR, \fB-p\fR, and \fB-s\fR options) -display information from various network data structures. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The fifth form (\fB-m\fR option) displays STREAMS memory statistics. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The sixth form (\fB-i\fR option) shows the state of the interfaces. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The seventh form (\fB-r\fR option) displays the routing table. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The eighth form (\fB-M\fR option) displays the multicast routing table. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The ninth form (\fB-D\fR option) displays the state of \fBDHCP\fR on one or all -interfaces. -.RE -.LP -These forms are described in greater detail below. -.LP -With no arguments (the first form), \fBnetstat\fR displays connected sockets -for \fBPF_INET\fR, \fBPF_INET6\fR, and \fBPF_UNIX\fR, unless modified otherwise -by the \fB-f\fR option. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-a\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the state of all sockets, all routing table entries, or all interfaces, -both physical and logical. Normally, listener sockets used by server processes -are not shown. Under most conditions, only interface, host, network, and -default routes are shown and only the status of physical interfaces is shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-c\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print IPv4 networks using CIDR (x.y.z.a/NN) notation with the \fB-i\fR, -\fB-r\fR, and \fB-M\fR options. IPv6 networks default to this, but due to -backward compatibility, IPv4 ones do not without this flag. A noncontiguous -IPv4 netmask will print "/NM" if this flag is enabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limit all displays to those of the specified \fIaddress_family\fR. The value of -\fIaddress_family\fR can be one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinet\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -For the \fBAF_INET\fR address family showing IPv4 information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinet6\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -For the \fBAF_INET6\fR address family showing IPv6 information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBunix\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -For the \fBAF_UNIX\fR address family. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-f\fR \fIfilter\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With \fB-r\fR only, limit the display of routes to those matching the specified -filter. A filter rule consists of a \fIkeyword\fR:\fIvalue\fR pair. The known -keywords and the value syntax are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBaf:\fR{\fBinet\fR|\fBinet6\fR|\fBunix\fR|\fInumber\fR} -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects an address family. This is identical to \fB-f\fR \fIaddress_family\fR -and both syntaxes are supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBoutif\fR:{\fIname\fR|\fIifIndex\fR|\fBany\fR|\fBnone\fR} -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects an output interface. You can specify the interface by name (such as -\fBhme0\fR) or by \fBifIndex\fR number (for example, \fB2\fR). If \fBany\fR is -used, the filter matches all routes having a specified interface (anything -other than null). If \fBnone\fR is used, the filter matches all routes having a -null interface. Note that you can view the index number (\fIifIndex\fR) for an -interface with the \fB-a\fR option of \fBifconfig\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdst\fR:{\fIip-address\fR[/\fImask\fR]|\fBany\fR|\fBnone\fR} -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects a destination IP address. If specified with a mask length, then any -routes with matching or longer (more specific) masks are selected. If \fBany\fR -is used, then all but addresses but 0 are selected. If \fBnone\fR is used, then -address 0 is selected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBflags:\fR[\fB+ -\fR]?[\fBABDGHLMSU\fR]\fB+\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects routes tagged with the specified flags. By default, the flags as -specified must be set in order to match. With a leading \fB+\fR, the flags -specified must be set but others are ignored. With a leading \fB-\fR, the flags -specified must not be set and others are permitted. -.RE - -You can specify multiple instances of \fB-f\fR to specify multiple filters. For -example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% netstat -nr -f outif:hme0 -f outif:hme1 -f dst:10.0.0.0/8 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The preceding command displays routes within network 10.0.0.0/8, with mask -length 8 or greater, and an output interface of either \fBhme0\fR or -\fBhme1\fR, and excludes all other routes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-g\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the multicast group memberships for all interfaces. If the \fB-v\fR option -is included, source-specific membership information is also displayed. See -DISPLAYS, below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-i\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the state of the interfaces that are used for \fBIP\fR traffic. Normally -this shows statistics for the physical interfaces. When combined with the -\fB-a\fR option, this will also report information for the logical interfaces. -See \fBifconfig\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-m\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the STREAMS memory statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-n\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show network addresses as numbers. \fBnetstat\fR normally displays addresses as -symbols. This option may be used with any of the display formats. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-p\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the net to media tables. See DISPLAYS, below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-r\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the routing tables. Normally, only interface, host, network, and default -routes are shown, but when this option is combined with the \fB-a\fR option, -all routes will be displayed, including cache. If you have not set up a -multicast route, \fB-ra\fR might not show any multicast routing entries, -although the kernel will derive such an entry if needed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show per-protocol statistics. When used with the \fB-M\fR option, show -multicast routing statistics instead. When used with the \fB-a\fR option, -per-interface statistics will be displayed, when available, in addition to -statistics global to the system. See DISPLAYS, below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a time stamp. -.sp -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-u\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For each network endpoint show the list of processes which currently have an -open file descriptor pointing to that endpoint. For each process in that list, -show the username, process ID and associated program; the information -may be truncated. Where multiple processes are associated with an endpoint, -a line will be output for each process. -.sp -While the system gathers this information, the processes associated with a -given endpoint may change. If such a change occurs, it may not be reflected in -the output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. Show additional information for the sockets, STREAMS memory -statistics, routing table, and multicast group memberships. In conjunction with -the \fB-u\fR flag, show the arguments with which the process was started; -these may be truncated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-I\fR \fIinterface\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the state of a particular interface. \fIinterface\fR can be any valid -interface such as \fBhme0\fR or \fBeri0\fR. Normally, the status and statistics -for physical interfaces are displayed. When this option is combined with the -\fB-a\fR option, information for the logical interfaces is also reported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-M\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the multicast routing tables. When used with the \fB-s\fR option, show -multicast routing statistics instead. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-P\fR \fIprotocol\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limit display of statistics or state of all sockets to those applicable to -\fIprotocol\fR. The protocol can be one of \fBip\fR, \fBipv6\fR, \fBicmp\fR, -\fBicmpv6\fR, \fBicmp\fR, \fBicmpv6\fR, \fBigmp\fR, \fBudp\fR, \fBtcp\fR, -\fBrawip\fR. \fBrawip\fR can also be specified as \fBraw\fR. The command -accepts protocol options only as all lowercase. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-D\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Show the status of \fBDHCP\fR configured interfaces. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-R\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This modifier displays extended security attributes for sockets and routing -table entries. The \fB-R\fR modifier is available only if the system is -configured with the Solaris Trusted Extensions feature. -.sp -With \fB-r\fR only, this option displays the routing entries' gateway security -attributes. See \fBroute\fR(1M) for more information on security attributes. -.sp -When displaying socket information using the first form of the command, this -option displays additional information for Multi-Level Port(MLP) sockets. This -includes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The label for the peer if the socket is connected. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The following flags can be appended to the socket's "State" output: -.RS - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBP\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The socket is a MLP on zone-private IP addresses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBS\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The socket is a MLP on IP addresses shared between zones. -.RE -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display statistics accumulated since last display every \fIinterval\fR seconds, -repeating forever, unless \fIcount\fR is specified. When invoked with -\fIinterval\fR, the first row of netstat output shows statistics accumulated -since last reboot. -.sp -The following options support \fIinterval\fR: \fB-i\fR, \fB-m\fR, \fB-s\fR and -\fB-Ms\fR. Some values are configuration parameters and are just redisplayed at -each interval. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Display interface statistics the number of times specified by \fIcount\fR, at -the interval specified by \fIinterval\fR. -.RE - -.SH DISPLAYS -.SS "Active Sockets (First Form)" -The display for each active socket shows the local and remote address, the send -and receive queue sizes (in bytes), the send and receive windows (in bytes), -and the internal state of the protocol. -.LP -The symbolic format normally used to display socket addresses is either: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBhostname\fR.\fIport\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -when the name of the host is specified, or -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fInetwork\fR.\fIport\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -if a socket address specifies a network but no specific host. -.LP -The numeric host address or network number associated with the socket is used -to look up the corresponding symbolic hostname or network name in the -\fIhosts\fR or \fInetworks\fR database. -.LP -If the network or hostname for an address is not known, or if the \fB-n\fR -option is specified, the numerical network address is shown. Unspecified, or -"wildcard", addresses and ports appear as an asterisk (\fB*\fR). For more -information regarding the Internet naming conventions, refer to \fBinet\fR(7P) -and \fBinet6\fR(7P). -.LP -For SCTP sockets, because an endpoint can be represented by multiple addresses, -the verbose option (\fB-v\fR) displays the list of all the local and remote -addresses. -.SS "\fITCP Sockets\fR" -The possible state values for \fBTCP\fR sockets are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBBOUND\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Bound, ready to connect or listen. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLOSED\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Closed. The socket is not being used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLOSING\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Closed, then remote shutdown; awaiting acknowledgment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLOSE_WAIT\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Remote shutdown; waiting for the socket to close. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBESTABLISHED\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Connection has been established. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBFIN_WAIT_1\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Socket closed; shutting down connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBFIN_WAIT_2\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Socket closed; waiting for shutdown from remote. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBIDLE\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Idle, opened but not bound. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLAST_ACK\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Remote shutdown, then closed; awaiting acknowledgment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLISTEN\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Listening for incoming connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSYN_RECEIVED\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Initial synchronization of the connection under way. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSYN_SENT\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Actively trying to establish connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTIME_WAIT\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Wait after close for remote shutdown retransmission. -.RE - -.SS "\fISCTP Sockets\fR" -The possible state values for SCTP sockets are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLOSED\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Closed. The socket is not being used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLISTEN\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Listening for incoming associations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBESTABLISHED\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Association has been established. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCOOKIE_WAIT\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -\fBINIT\fR has been sent to the peer, awaiting acknowledgment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCOOKIE_ECHOED\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -State cookie from the INIT-ACK has been sent to the peer, awaiting -acknowledgement. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSHUTDOWN_PENDING\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -\fBSHUTDOWN\fR has been received from the upper layer, awaiting acknowledgement -of all outstanding \fBDATA\fR from the peer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSHUTDOWN_SENT\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -All outstanding data has been acknowledged in the \fBSHUTDOWN_SENT\fR state. -\fBSHUTDOWN\fR has been sent to the peer, awaiting acknowledgement. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSHUTDOWN_RECEIVED\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -\fBSHUTDOWN\fR has been received from the peer, awaiting acknowledgement of all -outstanding \fBDATA\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSHUTDOWN_ACK_SENT\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -All outstanding data has been acknowledged in the \fBSHUTDOWN_RECEIVED\fR -state. \fBSHUTDOWN_ACK\fR has been sent to the peer. -.RE - -.SS "Network Data Structures (Second Through Fifth Forms)" -The form of the display depends upon which of the \fB-g\fR, \fB-m\fR, \fB-p\fR, -or \fB-s\fR options you select. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-g\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the list of multicast group membership. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-m\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the memory usage, for example, STREAMS mblks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-p\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the net to media mapping table. For IPv4, the address resolution table -is displayed. See \fBarp\fR(1M). For IPv6, the neighbor cache is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-s\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the statistics for the various protocol layers. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The statistics use the MIB specified variables. The defined values for -\fBipForwarding\fR are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBforwarding (1)\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Acting as a gateway. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnot-forwarding (2)\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Not acting as a gateway. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The IPv6 and ICMPv6 protocol layers maintain per-interface statistics. If the -\fB-a\fR option is specified with the \fB-s\fR option, then the per-interface -statistics as well as the total sums are displayed. Otherwise, just the sum of -the statistics are shown. -.LP -For the second, third, and fourth forms of the command, you must specify at -least \fB-g\fR, \fB-p\fR, or \fB-s\fR. You can specify any combination of these -options. You can also specify \fB-m\fR (the fifth form) with any set of the -\fB-g\fR, \fB-p\fR, and \fB-s\fR options. If you specify more than one of these -options, \fBnetstat\fR displays the information for each one of them. -.SS "Interface Status (Sixth Form)" -The interface status display lists information for all current interfaces, one -interface per line. If an interface is specified using the \fB-I\fR option, it -displays information for only the specified interface. -.LP -The list consists of the interface name, \fBmtu\fR (maximum transmission unit, -or maximum packet size)(see \fBifconfig\fR(1M)), the network to which the -interface is attached, addresses for each interface, and counter associated -with the interface. The counters show the number of input packets, input -errors, output packets, output errors, and collisions, respectively. For -Point-to-Point interfaces, the Net/Dest field is the name or address on the -other side of the link. -.LP -If the \fB-a\fR option is specified with either the \fB-i\fR option or the -\fB-I\fR option, then the output includes names of the physical interface(s), -counts for input packets and output packets for each logical interface, plus -additional information. -.LP -If the \fB-n\fR option is specified, the list displays the IP address instead -of the interface name. -.LP -If an optional \fIinterval\fR is specified, the output will be continually -displayed in \fIinterval\fR seconds until interrupted by the user or until -\fIcount\fR is reached. See OPERANDS. -.LP -The physical interface is specified using the \fB-I\fR option. When used with -the \fIinterval\fR operand, output for the \fB-I\fR option has the following -format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -input eri0 output input (Total) output -packets errs packets errs colls packets errs packets errs colls -227681 0 659471 1 502 261331 0 99597 1 502 -10 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 -8 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 -10 0 2 0 0 10 0 2 0 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp -.LP -If the input interface is not specified, the first interface of address family -\fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR will be displayed. -.SS "Routing Table (Seventh Form)" -The routing table display lists the available routes and the status of each. -Each route consists of a destination host or network, and a gateway to use in -forwarding packets. The \fIflags\fR column shows the status of the route. These -flags are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBU\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Indicates route is \fBup\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBG\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Route is to a gateway. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBH\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Route is to a host and not a network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBM\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Redundant route established with the \fB-multirt\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBS\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Route was established using the \fB-setsrc\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBD\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Route was created dynamically by a redirect. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-a\fR option is specified, there will be routing entries with the -following flags: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBA\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Combined routing and address resolution entries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBB\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Broadcast addresses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBL\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Local addresses for the host. -.RE - -.LP -Interface routes are created for each interface attached to the local host; the -gateway field for such entries shows the address of the outgoing interface. -.LP -The \fBuse\fR column displays the number of packets sent using a combined -routing and address resolution (\fBA\fR) or a broadcast (\fBB\fR) route. For a -local (\fBL\fR) route, this count is the number of packets received, and for -all other routes it is the number of times the routing entry has been used to -create a new combined route and address resolution entry. -.LP -The \fIinterface\fR entry indicates the network interface utilized for the -route. -.SS "Multicast Routing Tables (Eighth Form)" -The multicast routing table consists of the virtual interface table and the -actual routing table. -.SS "DHCP Interface Information (Ninth Form)" -The \fBDHCP\fR interface information consists of the interface name, its -current state, lease information, packet counts, and a list of flags. -.LP -The states correlate with the specifications set forth in \fIRFC 2131\fR. -.LP -Lease information includes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -when the lease began; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -when lease renewal will begin; and -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -when the lease will expire. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The flags currently defined include: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBBOOTP\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The interface has a lease obtained through \fBBOOTP\fR (IPv4 only). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBBUSY\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The interface is busy with a \fBDHCP\fR transaction. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPRIMARY\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The interface is the primary interface. See \fBdhcpinfo\fR(1) and -\fBifconfig\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBFAILED\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The interface is in failure state and must be manually restarted. -.RE - -.LP -Packet counts are maintained for the number of packets sent, the number of -packets received, and the number of lease offers declined by the \fBDHCP\fR -client. All three counters are initialized to zero and then incremented while -obtaining a lease. The counters are reset when the period of lease renewal -begins for the interface. Thus, the counters represent either the number of -packets sent, received, and declined while obtaining the current lease, or the -number of packets sent, received, and declined while attempting to obtain a -future lease. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB/etc/default/inet_type\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -\fBDEFAULT_IP\fR setting -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBarp\fR(1M), \fBdhcpinfo\fR(1), \fBdhcpagent\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBkstat\fR(1M), \fBmibiisa\fR(1M), \fBndp\fR(1M), \fBsavecore\fR(1M), -\fBvmstat\fR(1M), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBinet_type\fR(4), \fBnetworks\fR(4), -\fBprotocols\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBdhcp\fR(5), -\fBkstat\fR(7D), \fBinet\fR(7P), \fBinet6\fR(7P) -.sp -.LP -Droms, R., \fIRFC 2131, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol\fR, Network Working -Group, March 1997. -.sp -.LP -Droms, R. \fIRFC 3315, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 -(DHCPv6)\fR. Cisco Systems. July 2003. -.SH NOTES -When displaying interface information, \fBnetstat\fR honors the -\fBDEFAULT_IP\fR setting in \fB/etc/default/inet_type\fR. If it is set to -\fBIP_VERSION4\fR, then \fBnetstat\fR will omit information relating to IPv6 -interfaces, statistics, connections, routes and the like. -.LP -However, you can override the \fBDEFAULT_IP\fR setting in -\fB/etc/default/inet_type\fR on the command-line. For example, if you have used -the command-line to explicitly request IPv6 information by using the -\fBinet6\fR address family or one of the IPv6 protocols, it will override the -\fBDEFAULT_IP\fR setting. -.LP -If you need to examine network status information following a kernel crash, use -the \fBmdb\fR(1) utility on the \fBsavecore\fR(1M) output. -.LP -The \fBnetstat\fR utility obtains TCP statistics from the system by opening -\fB/dev/tcp\fR and issuing queries. Because of this, \fBnetstat\fR might -display an extra, unused connection in \fBIDLE\fR state when reporting -connection status. -.LP -Previous versions of \fBnetstat\fR had undocumented methods for reporting -kernel statistics published using the \fBkstat\fR(7D) facility. This -functionality has been removed. Use \fBkstat\fR(1M) instead. -.LP -\fBnetstat\fR restricts its output to information that is relevant to the zone -in which \fBnetstat\fR runs. (This is true for both shared-IP and exclusive-IP -zones.) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/netstrategy.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/netstrategy.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5c3dbe8ceb..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/netstrategy.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NETSTRATEGY 1M "May 5, 2007" -.SH NAME -netstrategy \- return network configuration information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/netstrategy\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBnetstrategy\fR command determines the network configuration strategy in -use on a system and returns information in a form that is easily consumable by -a script. The command returns three tokens: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR \fI\fR \fI\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -These tokens are described as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type of filesystem that contains the bootable kernel, as would be specified in -the \fIfstype\fR column of the \fBmnttab\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the primary network interface. For a diskless machine, this is the -interface used to load the kernel. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The means by which a system obtains its IP address for booting. This can be one -of \fBrarp\fR, \fBdhcp\fR, or \fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBnetstrategy\fR command is not intended for use on a command line. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The \fBnetstrategy\fR command has no options. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Success. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!=0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/newaliases.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/newaliases.1m deleted file mode 100644 index dc0838ac7b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/newaliases.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NEWALIASES 1M "Sep 14, 2001" -.SH NAME -newaliases \- rebuild the data base for the mail aliases file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBnewaliases\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBnewaliases\fR rebuilds the random access data base for the mail aliases file -\fB/etc/mail/aliases\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBnewaliases\fR accepts all the flags that \fBsendmail\fR(1M) accepts. -However, most of these flags have no effect, except for the \fB-C\fR option and -three of the \fBProcessing\fR \fBOptions\fR that can be set from a -configuration file with the \fB-o\fR option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fI /path/to/alt/config/file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use alternate configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-oA\fR\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify possible alias files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-oL\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the default log level to \fIn\fR. Defaults to \fB9\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-on\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Validate the \fBRHS\fR of aliases when rebuilding the \fBaliases\fR(4) -database. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBnewaliases\fR runs in verbose mode (\fB-v\fR option) automatically. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRRunning the \fBnewaliases\fR Command -.sp -.LP -The following command runs \fBnewaliases\fR on an alias file different from the -\fB/etc/mail/aliases\fR default in \fBsendmail\fR(1M): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - example% \fBnewaliases \fR\fB-oA\fR\fB\fI/path/to/alternate/alias/file\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -\fBnewaliases\fR returns an exit status describing what it did. The codes are -defined in \fB/usr/include/sysexits.h\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_OK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Successful completion on all addresses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_NOUSER\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -User name not recognized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_UNAVAILABLE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Catchall. Necessary resources were not available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_SYNTAX\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Syntax error in address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_SOFTWARE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Internal software error, including bad arguments. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_OSERR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Temporary operating system error, such as "cannot fork". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_NOHOST\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Host name not recognized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_TEMPFAIL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Message could not be sent immediately, but was queued. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/aliases\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Symbolic link to \fB/etc/mail/aliases\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.pag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -\fBndbm\fR files maintained by \fBnewaliases\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.db\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Berkeley DataBase file maintained by newaliases -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBaliases\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/newfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/newfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a3d4cf4c24..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/newfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,507 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. The Berkeley software License Agreement specifies the terms and conditions for redistribution. Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.TH NEWFS 1M "Mar 1, 2007" -.SH NAME -newfs \- construct a UFS file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBnewfs\fR [\fB-NSBTv\fR] [\fImkfs-options\fR] \fIraw-device\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBnewfs\fR is a "friendly" front-end to the \fBmkfs\fR(1M) program for making -\fBUFS\fR file systems on disk partitions. \fBnewfs\fR calculates the -appropriate parameters to use and calls \fBmkfs\fR. -.sp -.LP -If run interactively (that is, standard input is a tty), \fBnewfs\fR prompts -for confirmation before making the file system. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-N\fR option is not specified and the inodes of the device are not -randomized, \fBnewfs\fR calls \fBfsirand\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -You must be super-user or have appropriate write privileges to use this -command, except when creating a \fBUFS\fR file system on a \fIdiskette\fR. See -\fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.SS "Creating a Multiterabyte UFS File System" -.sp -.LP -Keep the following limitations in mind when creating a multiterabyte UFS file -system: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fInbpi\fR is set to 1 Mbyte unless you specifically set it higher. You cannot -set \fInbpi\fR lower than 1 Mbyte on a multiterabyte UFS file system. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fIfragsize\fR is set equal to \fIbsize\fR. -.RE -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print out the file system parameters that would be used to create the file -system without actually creating the file system. \fBfsirand\fR(1M) is not -called here. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sends to stdout a human-readable version of the superblock that would be used -to create a filesystem with the specified configuration parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-B\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sends to stdout a binary (machine-readable) version of the superblock that -would be used to create a filesystem with the specified configuration -parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the parameters of the file system to allow eventual growth to over a -terabyte in total file system size. This option sets \fIfragsize\fR to be the -same as \fIbsize\fR, and sets \fInbpi\fR to 1 Mbyte, unless the \fB-i\fR option -is used to make it even larger. If you use the \fB-f\fR or \fB-i\fR options to -specify a \fIfragsize\fR or \fInbpi\fR that is incompatible with this option, -the user-supplied value of \fIfragsize\fR or \fInbpi\fR is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. \fBnewfs\fR prints out its actions, including the parameters passed to -\fBmkfs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImkfs-options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Options that override the default parameters are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIapc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of alternate sectors per cylinder to reserve for bad block -replacement for SCSI devices only. The default is \fB0\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The logical block size of the file system in bytes, either 4096 or 8192. The -default is \fB8192\fR. The sun4u architecture does not support the \fB4096\fR -block size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcgsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of cylinders per cylinder group, ranging from \fB16\fR to \fB256\fR. -The default is calculated by dividing the number of sectors in the file system -by the number of sectors in a gigabyte. Then, the result is multiplied by -\fB32\fR. The default value is always between \fB16\fR and \fB256\fR. -.sp -\fBmkfs\fR can override this value. See \fBmkfs_ufs\fR(1M) for details. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fImaxcontig\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of logical blocks, belonging to one file, that are allocated -contiguously. The default is calculated as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBmaxcontig =\fR \fIdisk drive maximum transfer size / disk block size\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the disk drive's maximum transfer size cannot be determined, the default -value for \fBmaxcontig\fR is calculated from kernel parameters as follows: -.sp -If \fBmaxphys\fR is less than \fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR, which is typically 1 Mbyte, -then \fBmaxcontig\fR is set to \fBmaxphys\fR. Otherwise, \fBmaxcontig\fR is set -to \fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR. -.sp -You can set \fBmaxcontig\fR to any positive integer value. -.sp -The actual value will be the lesser of what has been specified and what the -hardware supports. -.sp -You can subsequently change this parameter by using \fBtunefs\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIgap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rotational delay. This option is obsolete in the Solaris 10 release. The value -is always set to \fB0\fR, regardless of the input value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfragsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The smallest amount of disk space in bytes that can be allocated to a file. -\fBfragsize\fR must be a power of 2 divisor of \fBbsize\fR, where: -.sp -\fBbsize\fR / \fBfragsize\fR is 1, 2, 4, or 8. -.sp -This means that if the logical block size is \fB4096\fR, legal values for -\fBfragsize\fR are \fB512\fR, \fB1024\fR, \fB2048\fR, and \fB4096\fR. When the -logical block size is \fB8192\fR, legal values are \fB1024\fR, \fB2048\fR, -\fB4096\fR, and \fB8192\fR. The default value is \fB1024\fR. -.sp -For file systems greater than 1 terabyte or for file systems created with the -\fB-T\fR option, \fBfragsize\fR is forced to match block size (\fBbsize\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fInbpi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of bytes per inode, which specifies the density of inodes in the -file system. The number is divided into the total size of the file system to -determine the number of inodes to create. -.sp -This value should reflect the expected average size of files in the file -system. If fewer inodes are desired, a larger number should be used. To create -more inodes, a smaller number should be given. The default for \fInbpi\fR is as -follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Disk size Density - -Less than 1GB 2048 -Less than 2GB 4096 -Less than 3GB 6144 -3GB to 1 Tbyte 8192 -Greater than 1 Tbyte - or created with -T 1048576 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The number of inodes can increase if the file system is expanded with the -\fBgrowfs\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIfree\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The minimum percentage of free space to maintain in the file system, between 0% -and 99%, inclusively. This space is off-limits to users. Once the file system -is filled to this threshold, only the super-user can continue writing to the -file system. -.sp -The default is ((64 Mbytes/partition size) * 100), rounded down to the nearest -integer and limited between 1% and 10%, inclusively. -.sp -This parameter can be subsequently changed using the \fBtunefs\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fInrpos\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of different rotational positions in which to divide a cylinder -group. The default is \fB8\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspace\fR\||\|\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The file system can either be instructed to try to minimize the \fBtime\fR -spent allocating blocks, or to try to minimize the \fBspace\fR fragmentation on -the disk. The default is \fItime\fR. -.sp -This parameter can subsequently be changed with the \fBtunefs\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrpm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The rotational speed of the disk in revolutions per minute. The default is -driver- or device-specific. -.sp -Note that you specify \fIrpm\fR for \fBnewfs\fR and \fIrps\fR for \fBmkfs\fR. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The size of the file system in sectors. The default is to use the entire -partition. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIntrack\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of tracks per cylinder on the disk. The default is taken from the -disk label. -.sp -This option is not applicable for disks with EFI labels and is ignored. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIraw-device\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of a raw special device residing in the \fB/dev\fR directory (for -example, \fB/dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s6\fR) on which to create the file system. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBnewfs\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying the Parameters for the Raw Special Device -.sp -.LP -The following example verbosely displays the parameters for the raw special -device, \fBc0t0d0s6\fR. It does not actually create a new file system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# newfs \fB-Nv\fR /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s6 -mkfs \fB-F\fR ufs \fB-o\fR N /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s6 1112940 54 15 8192 1024 16 10 60 -2048 t 0 \(mi1 8 /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s6: 1112940 sectors in -1374 cylinders of 15 tracks, 54 sectors 569.8MB in 86 cyl -groups (16 c/g, 6.64MB/g, 3072 i/g) super-block backups -(for fsck \fB-b\fR #) at: -32, 13056, 26080, 39104, 52128, 65152, 78176, 91200, 104224, .\|.\|. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRCreating a \fBUFS\fR File System -.sp -.LP -The following example creates a \fBUFS\fR file system on a diskette that is -managed by a volume manager that makes use of the mount point \fB/vol\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% newfs /vol/dev/aliases/floppy0 -newfs: construct a new file system /vol/dev/aliases/floppy0: (y/n)? y -/vol/dev/aliases/floppy0: 2880 sectors in 80 cylinders of 2 tracks, -18 sectors 1.4MB in 5 cyl groups (16 c/g, 0.28MB/g, 128 i/g) -super-block backups (for fsck \fB-F\fR ufs \fB-o\fR b=#) at: -32, 640, 1184, 1792, 2336, .\|.\|. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRCreating a \fBUFS\fR File System That Will Eventually Be Grown -to a Multiterabyte UFS File System -.sp -.LP -The following example creates a \fBUFS\fR file system that will eventually be -grown to a multiterabyte UFS file system. - -.sp -.LP -This command creates a 800-Gbyte file system on the volume, -\fB/dev/md/rdsk/d99\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# newfs -T /dev/md/rdsk/d99 -newfs: construct a new file system /dev/md/rdsk/d99: (y/n)? y - /dev/md/rdsk/d99: 1677754368 sectors in 45512 cylinders of - 144 tracks, 256 sectors - 819216.0MB in 1821 cyl groups (25 c/g, 450.00MB/g, 448 i/g) .\|.\|. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Then, if you increase the volume size for this file system, you can use the -\fBgrowfs\fR command to expand the file system. The file system is grown to 1.2 -terabytes in this example: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# growfs -v /dev/md/rdsk/d99 -/usr/lib/fs/ufs/mkfs -G /dev/md/rdsk/d99 2516631552 /dev/md/rdsk/d99: - 2516631552 sectors in 68268 cylinders of 144 tracks, 256 sectors - 1228824.0MB in 2731 cyl groups (25 c/g, 450.00MB/g, 448 i/g).\|.\|. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The operation was successful. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR, \fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Usage error or internal error. A message is output to \fBSTDERR\fR explaining -the error. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Other exit values may be returned by \fBmkfs\fR(1M), which is called by -\fBnewfs\fR. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBfsck_ufs\fR(1M), \fBfsirand\fR(1M), \fBmkfs\fR(1M), -\fBmkfs_ufs\fR(1M), \fBtunefs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBufs\fR(7FS) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnewfs: No such file or directory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The device specified does not exist, or a disk partition was not specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIspecial\fR\fB: cannot open\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -You must write access to the device to use this command. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/newkey.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/newkey.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ce5db5c707..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/newkey.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NEWKEY 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -newkey \- create a new Diffie-Hellman key pair in the publickey database -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBnewkey\fR \fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR [\fB-s\fR nis | files | ldap] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnewkey\fR \fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR [\fB-s\fR nis | files | ldap] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBnewkey\fR establishes new public keys for users and machines on the network. -These keys are needed when using secure \fBRPC\fR or secure \fBNFS\fR service. -.sp -.LP -\fBnewkey\fR prompts for a password for the given \fIusername\fR or -\fBhostname\fR and then creates a new public/secret Diffie-Hellman 192 bit key -pair for the user or host. The secret key is encrypted with the given password. -The key pair can be stored in the \fB/etc/publickey\fR file or the NIS -\fBpublickey\fR map. -.sp -.LP -\fBnewkey\fR consults the \fBpublickey\fR entry in the name service switch -configuration file (see \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4)) to determine which naming -service is used to store the secure \fBRPC\fR keys. If the \fBpublickey\fR -entry specifies a unique name service, \fBnewkey\fR will add the key in the -specified name service. However, if there are multiple name services listed, -\fBnewkey\fR cannot decide which source to update and will display an error -message. The user is required to specify the source explicitly with the -\fB-s\fR option. -.sp -.LP -In the case of NIS, \fBnewkey\fR should be run by the superuser on the master -NIS server for that domain. -.sp -.LP -In the case of LDAP, \fBnewkey\fR should be run by the superuser on a machine -that also recognizes the directory manager's bind distinguished name (DN) and -password to perform an LDAP update for the host. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Create a new public/secret key pair for the privileged user at the given -\fBhostname\fR. Prompts for a password for the given \fBhostname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Create a new public/secret key pair for the given \fIusername\fR. Prompts for a -password for the given \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fBnis\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fBfiles\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fBldap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Update the database in the specified source: -\fBnis\fR (for NIS), \fBfiles\fR, or \fBldap\fR (LDAP). Other sources may be -available in the future. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBchkey\fR(1), \fBkeylogin\fR(1), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpublickey\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfs4cbd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nfs4cbd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4f1716405b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfs4cbd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NFS4CBD 1M "Apr 11, 2005" -.SH NAME -nfs4cbd \- NFS Version 4 callback daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/nfs/nfs4cbd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBnfs4cbd\fR daemon manages communication endpoints for the NFS Version 4 -protocol callback program. \fBnfs4cbd\fR runs on the NFS Version 4 client and -creates a listener port for each transport over which callbacks can be sent. -.sp -.LP -The \fBnfs4cbd\fR daemon is provided for the exclusive use of the NFS version 4 -client. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBnfs4cbd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/nfs/cbd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -If it is disabled, it will be enabled by \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M) and -\fBautomountd\fR(1M) on the first NFSv4 mount, unless its -\fBapplication/auto_enable\fR property is set to \fBfalse\fR. -.sp -.LP -This daemon might not exist in a future release of Solaris. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 82b3282718..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd February 4, 2020 -.Dt NFSD 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm nfsd -.Nd NFS daemon -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm /usr/lib/nfs/nfsd -.Op Fl a -.Op Fl c Ar max_conn -.Op Fl l Ar listen_backlog -.Op Fl p Ar protocol -.Op Fl t Ar device -.Op Ar nservers -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -is the daemon that handles client file system requests. -Only users with -.Brq Sy PRIV_SYS_NFS -and sufficient privileges to write to -.Pa /var/run -can run this daemon. -.Pp -The -.Nm -daemon is automatically invoked using -.Xr share 1M -with the -.Fl a -option. -.Pp -By default, -.Nm -starts over the TCP and UDP transports for versions 2 and 3. -By default, it starts over the TCP for version 4. -You can change this with the -.Fl p -option. -.Pp -A previously invoked -.Nm -daemon started with or without options must be stopped before invoking another -.Nm -command. -.Pp -See -.Xr nfs 4 -for available configuration properties for -.Nm . -.Ss Options -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a -Start a NFS daemon over all available connectionless and connection-oriented -transports, including UDP and TCP. -Equivalent of setting the -.Sy protocol -property to -.Sy all . -.It Fl c Ar max_conn -Set the maximum number of connections allowed to the NFS server over -connection-oriented transports. -By default, the number of connections is unlimited. -Equivalent of the -.Sy max_connections -property. -.It Fl l -Set connection queue length for the NFS server over a connection-oriented -transport. -The default value is 32 entries. -Equivalent of the -.Sy listen_backlog -property. -.It Fl p Ar protocol -Start a NFS daemon over the specified protocol. -Equivalent of the -.Sy protocol -property. -.It Fl t Ar device -Start a NFS daemon for the transport specified by the given device. -Equivalent of the -.Sy device -property. -.El -.Ss Operands -The following operands are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Ar nservers -This sets the maximum number of concurrent NFS requests that the server can -handle. -This concurrency is achieved by up to -.Ar nservers -threads created as needed in the kernel. -.Ar nservers -should be based on the load expected on this server. -16 is the usual number of -.Ar nservers . -If -.Ar nservers -is not specified, the maximum number of concurrent NFS requests will default to -1. -Equivalent of the -.Sy servers -property. -.El -.Ss Usage -If the -.Sy nfs_portmon -variable is set to non-zero value in -.Pa /etc/system , -then clients are required to use privileged ports -.Po ports < -.Dv IPPORT_RESERVED -.Pc -to get NFS services. -This variable is equal to zero by default. -This variable has been moved from the -.Qq nfs -module to the -.Qq nfssrv -module. -To set the variable, edit the -.Pa /etc/system -file and add this entry: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -set nfssrv:nfs_portmon = 1 -.Ed -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa \&.nfsXXX -Client machine pointer to an open-but-unlinked file. -.It Pa /etc/system -System configuration information file. -.It Xo -.Pa /var/nfs/v4_state -.br -.Pa /var/nfs/v4_oldstate -.Xc -Directories used by the server to manage client state information. -These directories should not be removed. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy 0 -Daemon started successfully. -.It Sy 1 -Daemon failed to start. -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr svcs 1 , -.Xr mountd 1M , -.Xr share 1M , -.Xr sharectl 1M , -.Xr sharemgr 1M , -.Xr svcadm 1M , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr sharetab 4 , -.Xr system 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr smf 5 , -.Xr zones 5 -.Sh NOTES -Manually starting and restarting -.Nm -is not recommended. -If it is necessary to do so, use -.Nm svcadm -to enable or disable the nfs service -.Pq svc:/network/nfs/server . -If it is disabled, it will be enabled by -.Xr share_nfs 1M , -unless its -.Sy application Ns / Ns Sy auto_enable -property is set to -.Sy false . -See -.Xr smf 5 -and -.Xr svcadm 1M -for more information. -.Pp -The -.Nm -service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , -under the service identifier: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -svc:/network/nfs/server -.Ed -.Pp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . -The service's status can be queried using the -.Xr svcs 1 -command. -.Pp -If -.Nm -is killed with -.Sy SIGTERM , -it will not be restarted by the service management facility. -Instead, -.Nm -can be restarted by other signals, such as -.Sy SIGINT . -.Pp -NFS service, which includes -.Nm , -can run inside a non-global zone. -See the discussion under ZONES in -.Xr nfs 4 -for more information. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfslogd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nfslogd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e5346cb861..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfslogd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NFSLOGD 1M "Nov 24, 2014" -.SH NAME -nfslogd \- nfs logging daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/nfs/nfslogd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBnfslogd\fR daemon provides operational logging to the Solaris \fBNFS\fR -server. It is the \fBnfslogd\fR daemon's job to generate the activity log by -analyzing the \fBRPC\fR operations processed by the \fBNFS\fR server. The log -will only be generated for file systems exported with logging enabled. This is -specified at file system export time by means of the \fBshare_nfs\fR(1M) -command. -.sp -.LP -NFS server logging is not supported on Solaris machines that are using NFS -Version 4. -.sp -.LP -Each record in the log file includes a time stamp, the \fBIP\fR address (or -hostname if it can be resolved) of the client system, the file or directory -name the operation was performed on, and the type of operation. In the basic -format, the operation can either be an input (i) or output (o) operation. The -basic format of the \fBNFS\fR server log is compatible with the log format -generated by the Washington University \fBFTPd\fR daemon. The log format can be -extended to include directory modification operations, such as \fBmkdir\fR, -\fBrmdir\fR, and \fBremove\fR. The extended format is not compatible with the -Washington University \fBFTPd\fR daemon format. See \fBnfslog.conf\fR(4) for -details. -.sp -.LP -The \fBNFS\fR server logging mechanism is divided in two phases. The first -phase is performed by the \fBNFS\fR kernel module, which records raw \fBRPC\fR -requests and their results in work buffers backed by permanent storage. The -location of the work buffers is specified in the /\fBetc/nfs/nfslog.conf\fR -file. Refer to \fBnfslog.conf\fR(4) for more information. The second phase -involves the \fBnfslogd\fR user-level daemon, which periodically reads the work -buffers, interprets the raw \fBRPC\fR information, groups related \fBRPC\fR -operations into single transaction records, and generates the output log. The -\fBnfslogd\fR daemon then sleeps waiting for more information to be logged to -the work buffers. The amount of time that the daemon sleeps can be configured -by modifying the \fBIDLE_TIME\fR parameter in \fB/etc/default/nfslogd\fR. The -work buffers are intended for internal consumption of the \fBnfslogd\fR daemon. -.sp -.LP -\fBNFS\fR operations use file handles as arguments instead of path names. For -this reason the \fBnfslogd\fR daemon needs to maintain a database of file -handle to path mappings in order to log the path name associated with an -operation instead of the corresponding file handle. A file handle entry is -added to the database when a client performs a lookup or other \fBNFS\fR -operation that returns a file handle to the client. -.sp -.LP -Once an \fBNFS\fR client obtains a file handle from a server, it can hold on to -it for an indefinite time, and later use it as an argument for an \fBNFS\fR -operation on the file or directory. The \fBNFS\fR client can use the file -handle even after the server reboots. Because the database needs to survive -server reboots, it is backed by permanent storage. The location of the database -is specified by the \fIfhtable\fR parameter in the \fB/etc/nfs/nfslog.conf\fR -file. This database is intended for the internal use of the \fBnfslogd\fR -daemon. -.sp -.LP -In order to keep the size of the file handle mapping database manageable, -\fBnfslogd\fR prunes the database periodically. It removes file handle entries -that have not been accessed in more than a specified amount of time. The -\fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR configurable parameter in \fB/etc/default/nfslogd\fR -specifies the interval length between successive runs of the pruning process. -A file handle record will be removed if it has not been used since the last -time the pruning process was executed. Pruning of the database can effectively -be disabled by setting the \fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR as high as \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.sp -.LP -When pruning is enabled, there is always a risk that a client may have held on -to a file handle longer than the \fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR and perform an \fBNFS\fR -operation on the file handle after the matching record in the mapping database -had been removed. In such case, the pathname for the file handle will not be -resolved, and the log will include the file handle instead of the pathname. -.sp -.LP -There are various configurable parameters that affect the behavior of the -\fBnfslogd\fR daemon. These parameters are found in \fB/etc/default/nfslogd\fR -and are described below: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUMASK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Sets the file mode for the log files, work buffer files and file handle mapping -database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMIN_PROCESSING_SIZE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specifies the minimum size, in bytes, that the buffer file must reach before -processing the work information and writing to the log file. The value of -\fBMIN_PROCESSING_SIZE\fR must be between 1 and \fBulimit\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIDLE_TIME\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, the daemon should sleep while waiting -for more information to be placed in the buffer file. \fBIDLE_TIME\fR also -determines how often the configuration file will be reread. The value of -\fBIDLE_TIME\fR must be between 1 and \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMAX_LOGS_PRESERVE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -The \fBnfslogd\fR periodically cycles its logs. \fBMAX_LOGS_PRESERVE\fR -specifies the maximum number of log files to save. When \fBMAX_LOGS_PRESERVE\fR -is reached, the oldest files will be overwritten as new log files are created. -These files will be saved with a numbered extension, beginning with -\fBfilename.0\fR. The oldest file will have the highest numbered extension up -to the value configured for \fBMAX_LOGS_PRESERVE\fR. The value of -\fBMAX_LOGS_PRESERVE\fR must be between 1 and \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCYCLE_FREQUENCY\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specifies how often, in hours, the log files are cycled. \fBCYCLE_FREQUENCY\fR -is used to insure that the log files do not get too large. The value of -\fBCYCLE_FREQUENCY\fR must be between 1 and \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMAPPING_UPDATE_INTERVAL\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specifies the time interval, in seconds, between updates of the records in the -file handle to path mapping tables. Instead of updating the \fBatime\fR of a -record each time that record is accessed, it is only updated if it has aged -based on this parameter. The record access time is used by the pruning routine -to determine whether the record should be removed from the database. The value -of this parameter must be between 1 and \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Specifies when a database record times out, in hours. If the time that elapsed -since the record was last accessed is greater than \fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR then the -record can be pruned from the database. The default value for -\fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR is 168 hours (7 days). The value of \fBPRUNE_TIMEOUT\fR -must be between 1 and \fBINT_MAX\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Daemon started successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Daemon failed to start. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nfs/nfslogtab\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nfs/nfslog.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/nfslogd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBshare_nfs\fR(1M), \fBnfslog.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBnfslogd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/nfs/log -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsmapid.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsmapid.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1eaed5f0fc..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsmapid.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd March 12, 2016 -.Dt NFSMAPID 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm nfsmapid -.Nd NFS user and group id mapping daemon -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm /usr/lib/nfs/nfsmapid -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -daemon maps to and from NFS version 4 -.Sy owner -and -.Sy owner_group -identification attributes and local UID and GID numbers used by both the NFS -version 4 client and server. -.Pp -.Nm -uses the -.Sy passwd -and -.Sy group -entries in the -.Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf -file to direct how it performs the mappings. -.Pp -The -.Nm -daemon has no external, customer-accessible interfaces. -You can, however, administratively configure -.Nm -in one of the following ways: -.Bl -bullet -.It -Set the -.Sy nfsmapid_domain -property for the -.Nm nfs -protocol using -.Xr sharectl 1M . -.It -Specify the -.Sy _nfsv4idmapdomain -DNS resource record. -.El -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr svcs 1 , -.Xr automountd 1M , -.Xr groupdel 1M , -.Xr groupmod 1M , -.Xr mount_nfs 1M , -.Xr passmgmt 1M , -.Xr share_nfs 1M , -.Xr sharectl 1M , -.Xr svcadm 1M , -.Xr userdel 1M , -.Xr usermod 1M , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr smf 5 -.Sh NOTES -The -.Nm -service is managed by the service management facility, -.Xr smf 5 , -under the service identifier: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -svc:/network/nfs/mapid -.Ed -.Pp -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using -.Xr svcadm 1M . -The service's status can be queried using the -.Xr svcs 1 -command. -.Pp -If it is disabled, it will be enabled by -.Xr mount_nfs 1M , -.Xr share_nfs 1M , -and -.Xr automountd 1M , -unless its -.Sy application Ns / Ns Sy auto_enable -property is set to -.Sy false . -.Pp -.Nm -caches a user's UID and GID. -If a user subsequently changes a UID or GID, using one of the utilities listed -below, the -.Nm -cache becomes stale. -At this point, any NFS operation that gets or set attributes will result in the -exchange of this stale information. -To resolve this situation, restart -.Nm , -as follows: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -# svcadm restart svc:/network/nfs/mapid:default -.Ed -.Pp -The utilities that allow you to change UID and GID are: -.Bl -bullet -.It -.Xr usermod 1M -.It -.Xr userdel 1M -.It -.Xr groupmod 1M -.It -.Xr groupdel 1M -.It -.Xr passmgmt 1M -.El diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c0dbc3ee0b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nfsstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,887 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NFSSTAT 1M "Jun 16, 2009" -.SH NAME -nfsstat \- NFS statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBnfsstat\fR [\fB-cnrsza\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fB-v\fR \fIversion\fR] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBnfsstat\fR \fB-m\fR [\fIpathname\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBnfsstat\fR displays statistical information about the \fBNFS\fR and -\fBRPC\fR (Remote Procedure Call), interfaces to the kernel. It can also be -used to reinitialize this information. If no options are given the default is -as follows: -.sp -.LP -\fBnfsstat\fR \fB-csnra\fR -.sp -.LP -The default displays everything, but reinitializes nothing. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display \fBNFS_ACL\fR information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display client information. Only the client side \fBNFS\fR, \fBRPC\fR, and -\fBNFS_ACL\fR information is printed. Can be combined with the \fB-n\fR, -\fB-r\fR, and \fB-a\fR options to print client side \fBNFS\fR, \fBRPC\fR, and -\fBNFS_ACL\fR information only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR [\fIpathname...\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display statistics for each \fBNFS\fR mounted file system. If \fIpathname\fR is -not specified, displays statistics for all NFS mounted file systems. If -\fIpathname\fR is specified, displays statistics for the NFS mounted file -systems indicated by \fIpathname\fR. -.sp -This includes the server name and address, mount flags, current read and write -sizes, the retransmission count, the attribute cache timeout values, failover -information, and the timers used for dynamic retransmission. The dynamic -retransmission timers are displayed only where dynamic retransmission is in -use. By default, \fBNFS\fR mounts over the \fBTCP\fR protocols and \fBNFS\fR -Version 3 mounts over either \fBTCP\fR or \fBUDP\fR do not use dynamic -retransmission. -.sp -If you specify the \fB-m\fR option, this is the only option that \fBnfsstat\fR -uses. If you specify other options with \fB-m\fR, you receive an error message -alerting that the \fB-m\fR flag cannot be combined with other options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display \fBNFS\fR information. \fBNFS\fR information for both the client and -server side are printed. Can be combined with the \fB-c\fR and \fB-s\fR options -to print client or server \fBNFS\fR information only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display \fBRPC\fR information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display server information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a time stamp. -.sp -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fIversion\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify which NFS version for which to print statistics. When followed by the -optional \fIversion\fR argument, (\fB2\fR|\fB3\fR|\fB4\fR), specifies -statistics for that version. By default, prints statistics for all versions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Zero (reinitialize) statistics. This option is for use by the super user only, -and can be combined with any of the above options to zero particular sets of -statistics after printing them. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display only count reports -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report once each interval seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the pathname of a file in an NFS mounted file system for which -statistics are to be displayed. -.RE - -.SH DISPLAYS -.LP -The server \fBRPC\fR display includes the following fields: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbadcalls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total number of calls rejected by the \fBRPC\fR layer (the sum of -\fBbadlen\fR and \fBxdrcall\fR as defined below). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbadlen\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of \fBRPC\fR calls with a length shorter than a minimum-sized -\fBRPC\fR call. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcalls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total number of \fBRPC\fR calls received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdupchecks\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of \fBRPC\fR calls that looked up in the duplicate request cache. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdupreqs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of \fBRPC\fR calls that were found to be duplicates. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnullrecv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times an \fBRPC\fR call was not available when it was thought to -be received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxdrcall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of \fBRPC\fR calls whose header could not be \fBXDR\fR decoded. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The server \fBNFS\fR display shows the number of \fBNFS\fR calls received -(\fBcalls\fR) and rejected (\fBbadcalls\fR), and the counts and percentages for -the various calls that were made. -.sp -.LP -The server \fBNFS_ACL\fR display shows the counts and percentages for the -various calls that were made. -.sp -.LP -The client \fBRPC\fR display includes the following fields: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcalls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total number of \fBRPC\fR calls made. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbadcalls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total number of calls rejected by the \fBRPC\fR layer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbadverfs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times the call failed due to a bad verifier in the response. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbadxids\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times a reply from a server was received which did not correspond -to any outstanding call. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcantconn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times the call failed due to a failure to make a connection to -the server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcantsend\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times a client was unable to send an \fBRPC\fR request over a -connectionless transport when it tried to do so. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinterrupts\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times the call was interrupted by a signal before completing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnewcreds\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times authentication information had to be refreshed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnomem\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times the call failed due to a failure to allocate memory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBretrans\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times a call had to be retransmitted due to a timeout while -waiting for a reply from the server. Applicable only to \fBRPC\fR over -connection-less transports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimeouts\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times a call timed out while waiting for a reply from the server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimers\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of times the calculated time-out value was greater than or equal to -the minimum specified time-out value for a call. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The client \fBNFS\fR display shows the number of calls sent and rejected, as -well as the number of times a \fBCLIENT\fR handle was received (\fBclgets\fR), -the number of times the \fBCLIENT\fR handle cache had no unused entries -(\fBcltoomany\fR), as well as a count of the various calls and their respective -percentages. -.sp -.LP -The client \fBNFS_ACL\fR display shows the counts and percentages for the -various calls that were made. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-m\fR option includes information about mount flags set by mount -options, mount flags internal to the system, and other mount information. See -\fBmount_nfs\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The following mount flags are set by mount options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgrpid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System V group id inheritance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhard\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Hard mount. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBintr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Interrupts allowed on hard mount. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBllock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Local locking being used (no lock manager). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoac\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Client is not caching attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnointr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No interrupts allowed on hard mount. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnocto\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No close-to-open consistency. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBretrans\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBNFS\fR retransmissions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrpctimesync\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBRPC\fR time sync. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read buffer size in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsec\fR has one of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdh\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBdes\fR-style authentication (encrypted timestamps). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkrb5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkerberos v5\fR-style authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkrb5i\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkerberos v5\fR-style authentication with integrity. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkrb5p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBkerberos v5\fR-style authentication with privacy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshort\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Short hand UNIX-style authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsys\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -UNIX-style authentication (UID, GID). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsoft\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Soft mount. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtimeo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initial \fBNFS\fR timeout, in tenths of a second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write buffer size in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following mount flags are internal to the system: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Server supports \fBNFS_ACL\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdown\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Server is down. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdynamic\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dynamic transfer size adjustment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Server supports links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmirrormount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mounted automatically by means of the \fBmirrormount\fR mechanism. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprinted\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -"Not responding" message printed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreaddir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fBreaddir\fR instead of \fBreaddirplus\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsymlink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Server supports symbolic links. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following flags relate to additional mount information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproto\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Protocol. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvers\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBNFS\fR version. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-m\fR option also provides attribute cache timeout values. The following -fields in \fB-m\fR output provide timeout values for attribute cache: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacdirmax\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum seconds to hold cached directory attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacdirmin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Minimum seconds to hold cached directory attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacregmax\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum seconds to hold cached file attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBacregmin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Minimum seconds to hold cached file attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following fields in \fB-m\fR output provide failover information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcurrserver\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Which server is currently providing \fBNFS\fR service. See the \fI\fR for -additional details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfailover\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -How many times a new server has been selected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoresponse\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -How many times servers have failed to respond. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -How many times files have been re-evaluated to the new server. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The fields in \fB-m\fR output shown below provide information on dynamic -retransmissions. These items are displayed only where dynamic retransmission is -in use. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcur\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Current backed-off retransmission value, in milliseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdev\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Estimated deviation, in milliseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsrtt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value for the smoothed round-trip time, in milliseconds. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nlsadmin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nlsadmin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 99d500d88e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nlsadmin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,386 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NLSADMIN 1M "Apr 3, 1997" -.SH NAME -nlsadmin \- network listener service administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nlsadmin\fR \fB-x\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nlsadmin\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fInet_spec\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nlsadmin\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fB-N\fR \fIport_monitor_tag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nlsadmin\fR \fB-V\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nlsadmin\fR \fB-c\fR \fIcmd\fR | \fB-o\fR \fIstreamname\fR [\fB-p\fR \fImodules\fR] - [\fB-A\fR \fIaddress\fR | \fB-D\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIprognum\fR : \fIversnum\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR is the administrative command for the network listener -process(es) on a machine. Each network has at least one instance of the network -listener process associated with it; each instance (and thus, each network) is -configured separately. The listener process ``listens'' to the network for -service requests, accepts requests when they arrive, and invokes servers in -response to those service requests. The network listener process may be used -with any network (more precisely, with any connection-oriented transport -provider) that conforms to the transport provider specification. -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR can establish a listener process for a given network, configure -the specific attributes of that listener, and start and kill the listener -process for that network. \fBnlsadmin\fR can also report on the listener -processes on a machine, either individually (per network) or collectively. -.sp -.LP -\fInet_spec\fR represents a particular listener process. Specifically, -\fInet_spec\fR is the relative path name of the entry under \fB/dev\fR for a -given network (that is, a transport provider). \fIaddress\fR is a transport -address on which to listen and is interpreted using a syntax that allows for a -variety of address formats. By default, \fIaddress\fR is interpreted as the -symbolic ASCII representation of the transport address. An \fIaddress\fR -preceded by \fB\ex\fR will let you enter an address in hexadecimal notation. -Note that \fIaddress\fR must appear as a single word to the shell, thus it must -be quoted if it contains any blanks. -.sp -.LP -Changes to the list of services provided by the listener or the addresses of -those services are put into effect immediately. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR may be used with the following combinations of options and -arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the status of all of the listener processes installed on this machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the status of the listener process for \fInet_spec\fR \fI\&.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR \fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Query the status of the listener process for the specified network, and -reflects the result of that query in its exit code. If a listener process is -active, \fBnlsadmin\fR will exit with a status of \fB0\fR; if no process is -active, the exit code will be \fB1\fR; the exit code will be greater than -\fB1\fR in case of error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print a verbose report on the servers associated with \fInet_spec,\fR giving -the service code, status, command, and comment for each. It also specifies the -\fBuid\fR the server will run as and the list of modules to be pushed, if any, -before the server is started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIservice_code net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print a report on the server associated with \fInet_spec\fR that has service -code \fIservice_code,\fR giving the same information as in the \fB-v\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-q\fR\fB \fR\fB-z\fR \fIservice_code net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Query the status of the service with service code \fIservice_code\fR on network -\fInet_spec,\fR and exits with a status of \fB0\fR if that service is enabled, -\fB1\fR if that service is disabled, and greater than \fB1\fR in case of error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR \fIaddress net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change or set the transport address on which the listener listens (the general -listener service). This address can be used by remote processes to access the -servers available through this listener (see the \fB-a\fR option, below). -.sp -If \fIaddress\fR is just a dash (" \(mi "), \fBnlsadmin\fR reports the address -currently configured, instead of changing it. -.sp -A change of address takes effect immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIaddress net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change or set the address on which the listener listens for requests for -terminal service but is otherwise similar to the \fB-l\fR option above. A -terminal service address should not be defined unless the appropriate remote -login software is available; if such software is available, it must be -configured as service code 1 (see the \fB-a\fR option, below). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initialize an instance of the listener for the network specified by -\fInet_spec;\fR that is, create and initialize the files required by the -listener as well as starting that instance of the listener. Note that a -particular instance of the listener should be initialized only once. The -listener must be initialized before assigning addresses or services. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIservice_code\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -[ \fB-p\fR \fImodules\fR ] [ \fB-w\fR \fIname\fR ] \fB-c\fR \fIcmd\fR \fB-y\fR -\fIcomment net_spec\fR -.sp -Add a new service to the list of services available through the indicated -listener. \fIservice_code\fR is the code for the service, \fIcmd\fR is the -command to be invoked in response to that service code, comprised of the full -path name of the server and its arguments, and \fIcomment\fR is a brief -(free-form) description of the service for use in various reports. Note that -\fIcmd\fR must appear as a single word to the shell; if arguments are required, -the \fIcmd\fR and its arguments must be enclosed in quotation marks. The -\fIcomment\fR must also appear as a single word to the shell. When a service is -added, it is initially enabled (see the \fB-e\fR and \fB-d\fR options, below). -.sp -Service codes are alphanumeric strings, and are administered by AT&T. The -numeric service codes 0 through 100 are reserved for internal use by the -listener. Service code 0 is assigned to the nlps server, which is the service -invoked on the general listening address. In particular, code 1 is assigned to -the remote login service, which is the service automatically invoked for -connections to the terminal login address. -.sp -If the \fB-p\fR option is specified, then \fImodules\fR will be interpreted as -a list of \fBSTREAMS\fR modules for the listener to push before starting the -service being added. The modules are pushed in the order they are specified. -\fImodules\fR should be a comma-separated list of modules, with no white space -included. -.sp -If the \fB-w\fR option is specified, then \fIname\fR is interpreted as the user -name from \fB/etc/passwd\fR that the listener should look up. From the user -name, the listener obtains the user ID, the group ID(s), and the home directory -for use by the server. If \fB-w\fR is not specified, the default is to use the -user name \fBlisten.\fR -.sp -A service must explicitly be added to the listener for each network on which -that service is to be available. This operation will normally be performed only -when the service is installed on a machine, or when populating the list of -services for a new network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-r\fR \fIservice_code net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove the entry for the \fIservice_code\fR from that listener's list of -services. This is normally done only in conjunction with the de-installation of -a service from a machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fIservice_code net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-d\fR \fIservice_code net_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable or disable (respectively) the service indicated by \fIservice_code\fR -for the specified network. The service must previously have been added to the -listener for that network (see the \fB-a\fR option, above). Disabling a service -will cause subsequent service requests for that service to be denied, but the -processes from any prior service requests that are still running will continue -unaffected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-s\fR \fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-k\fR \fInet_spec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Start and kill (respectively) the listener process for the indicated network. -These operations are normally performed as part of the system startup and -shutdown procedures. Before a listener can be started for a particular network, -it must first have been initialized (see the \fB-i\fR option, above). When a -listener is killed, processes that are still running as a result of prior -service requests will continue unaffected. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Under the Service Access Facility, it is possible to have multiple instances -of the listener on a single \fInet_spec\fR. In any of the above commands, the -option \fB\fR\fB-N\fR \fIport_monitor_tag\fR may be used in place of the -\fInet_spec\fR argument. This argument specifies the tag by which an instance -of the listener is identified by the Service Access Facility. If the \fB-N\fR -option is not specified (that is, the \fInet_spec\fR is specified in the -invocation), then it will be assumed that the last component of the -\fInet_spec\fR represents the tag of the listener for which the operation is -destined. In other words, it is assumed that there is at least one listener on -a designated \fInet_spec\fR, and that its tag is identical to the last -component of the \fInet_spec\fR. This listener may be thought of as the -primary, or default, listener for a particular \fInet_spec\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR is also used in conjunction with the Service Access Facility -commands. In that capacity, the following combinations of options can be used: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write the current version number of the listener's administrative file to the -standard output. It is used as part of the \fBsacadm\fR command line when -\fBsacadm\fR adds a port monitor to the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcmd\fR | \fB-o\fR \fIstreamname\fR [ \fB-p\fR \fImodules\fR ] [ -\fB-A\fR \fIaddress\fR | \fB-D\fR ] [ \fB-R\fR \fIprognum\fR : \fIversnum\fR -]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Format the port monitor-specific information to be used as an argument to -\fBpmadm\fR(1M) -.sp -The \fB-c\fR option specifies the full path name of the server and its -arguments. \fIcmd\fR must appear as a single word to the shell, and its -arguments must therefore be surrounded by quotes. -.sp -The \fB-o\fR option specifies the full path name of a \fBFIFO\fR or named -stream through which a standing server is actually receiving the connection. -.sp -If the \fB-p\fR option is specified, then \fImodules\fR will be interpreted as -a list of \fBSTREAMS\fR modules for the listener to push before starting the -service being added. The modules are pushed in the order in which they are -specified. \fImodules\fR must be a comma-separated list, with no white space -included. -.sp -If the \fB-A\fR option is specified, then \fIaddress\fR will be interpreted as -the server's private address. The listener will monitor this address on behalf -of the service and will dispatch all calls arriving on this address directly to -the designated service. This option may not be used in conjunction with the -\fB-D\fR option. -.sp -If the \fB-D\fR option is specified, then the service is assigned a private -address dynamically, that is, the listener will have the transport provider -select the address each time the listener begins listening on behalf of this -service. For RPC services, this option will be often be used in conjunction -with the \fB-R\fR option to register the dynamically assigned address with the -rpcbinder. This option may not be used in conjunction with the \fB-A\fR option. -.sp -When the \fB-R\fR option is specified, the service is an RPC service whose -address, program number, and version number should be registered with the -rpcbinder for this transport provider. This registration is performed each time -the listener begins listening on behalf of the service. \fIprognum\fR and -\fIversnum\fR are the program number and version number, respectively, of the -RPC service. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBnlsadmin\fR may be invoked by any user to generate reports; all operations -that affect a listener's status or configuration may only be run by a -super-user. -.sp -.LP -The options specific to the Service Access Facility may not be used together -with any other options. -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -If successful, \fBnlsadmin\fR exits with a status of 0. If \fBnlsadmin\fR -fails for any reason, it exits with a status greater than or equal to 2. See -\fB-q\fR option for a return status of 1. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlisten\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBrpcbind\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Dynamically assigned addresses are not displayed in reports as statically -assigned addresses are. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nscd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nscd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 335d5d7d34..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nscd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NSCD 1M "Mar 6, 2017" -.SH NAME -nscd \- name service cache daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/nscd\fR [\fB-f\fR \fIconfiguration-file\fR] [\fB-g\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIcachename\fR, yes - | no] [\fB-i\fR \fIcachename\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBnscd\fR daemon is a process that provides a cache for most name service -requests. The default \fIconfiguration-file\fR \fB/etc/nscd.conf\fR determines -the behavior of the cache daemon. See \fBnscd.conf\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -\fBnscd\fR provides caching for the \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBgroup\fR(4), -\fBhosts\fR(4), \fBipnodes\fR(4), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBethers\fR(4), \fBrpc\fR(4), \fBprotocols\fR(4), -\fBnetworks\fR(4), \fBbootparams\fR(4), -\fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBnetmasks\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), -\fBproject\fR(4) databases through standard \fBlibc\fR interfaces, such as -\fBgethostbyname\fR(3NSL), \fBgetipnodebyname\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBgethostbyaddr\fR(3NSL), and others. Each cache has a separate time-to-live -for its data; modifying the local database (\fB/etc/hosts\fR, -\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fR, and so forth) causes that cache to become invalidated -upon the next call to \fBnscd\fR. The shadow file is specifically not cached. -\fBgetspnam\fR(3C) calls remain uncached as a result. -.sp -.LP -\fBnscd\fR also acts as its own administration tool. If an instance of -\fBnscd\fR is already running, commands are passed to the running version -transparently. -.sp -.LP -When running with per-user lookups enabled (see \fBnscd.conf\fR(4)), \fBnscd\fR -forks one and only one child process (that is, a per-user \fBnscd\fR) on behalf -of the user making the request. The per-user \fBnscd\fR will use the -credentials of the user to open a per-user connection to the name repository -configured for the per-user style of lookups. The lookup will be performed in -the child process. The results are cached in the process and are available only -to the same user. The caches are managed exactly the same as the main -\fBnscd\fR daemon manages its own caches. Subsequent requests from the user -will be handled by that per-user \fBnscd\fR until it terminates. The per-user -\fBnscd\fR uses a configurable inactivity time-to-live (TTL) value and -terminates itself after the inactivity TTL expires. -.sp -.LP -The maximum number of per-user \fBnscd\fRs that can be created by the main -\fBnscd\fR is configurable (see \fBnscd.conf\fR(4)). After the maximum number -of them are created, the main \fBnscd\fR will use an LRU algorithm to terminate -less active child \fBnscd\fRs as needed. -.sp -.LP -The main \fBnscd\fR daemon creates, monitors, and manages all the child -\fBnscd\fRs. It creates a user's own \fBnscd\fR upon receiving the user's first -per-user lookup. When the \fBnscd\fR daemon is started, if per-user lookups are -enabled, it checks to ensure all conditions are met before getting ready to -create a per-user \fBnscd\fR. When the daemon is stopped, it terminates all the -per-user \fBnscd\fRs under its control. -.sp -.LP -Per-user \fBnscd\fRs use the same configuration as the main \fBnscd\fR. They -read and use the same default configuration file or the one specified with the -\fB-f\fR command line option. Once the configuration is read, the per-user -\fBnscd\fR will use it for its entire lifetime. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -Several of the options described below require a \fIcachename\fR specification. -Supported values for \fIcachename\fR are: \fBpasswd\fR, \fBgroup\fR, -\fBhosts\fR, \fBipnodes\fR, \fBexec_attr\fR, \fBprof_attr\fR, \fBuser_attr\fR, -\fBethers\fR, \fBrpc\fR, \fBprotocols\fR, \fBnetworks\fR, \fBbootparams\fR, -\fBauth_attr\fR, \fBservices\fR, \fBnetmasks\fR, -\fBprinters\fR, and \fBproject\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIconfiguration-file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes \fBnscd\fR to read its configuration data from the specified file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints current configuration and statistics to standard output. This is the -only option executable by non-root users. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIcachename\fR\fB, yes\fR|\fBno\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables or disables the specified cache. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIcachename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalidate the specified cache. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRStopping and restarting the \fBnscd\fR daemon. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# svcadm disable system/name-service-cache - -example# svcadm enable system/name-service-cache -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nscd.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Determines athe behavior of the cache daemon -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBgetspnam\fR(3C), \fBgethostbyname\fR(3NSL), -\fBgetipnodebyname\fR(3SOCKET), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBbootparams\fR(4), \fBethers\fR(4), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), \fBgroup\fR(4), -\fBhosts\fR(4), \fBnetmasks\fR(4), \fBnetworks\fR(4), \fBnscd.conf\fR(4), -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprinters\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBproject\fR(4), \fBprotocols\fR(4), \fBrpc\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The output from the \fB-g\fR option to \fBnscd\fR is subject to change. Do not -rely upon it as a programming interface. -.sp -.LP -The \fBnscd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/name-service-cache -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nvmeadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nvmeadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 422e6f0048..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nvmeadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,595 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2021 Oxide Computer Company -.\" Copyright 2022 Tintri by DDN, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.Dd February 15, 2022 -.Dt NVMEADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm nvmeadm -.Nd NVMe administration utility -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Fl h -.Op Ar command -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm list -.Oo -.Fl p -.Fl o Ar field Ns [,...] -.Oc -.Op Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm identify -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm get-logpage -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Ar logpage -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm get-features -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Op Ar feature-list -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm format -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Op Ar lba-format -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm secure-erase -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Op Fl c -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm detach -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm attach -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm list-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm load-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar firmware-file -.Op Ar offset -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm commit-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar slot -.Nm -.Op Fl dv -.Cm activate-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar slot -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility can be used to enumerate the NVMe controllers and their -namespaces, query hardware information from a NVMe controller or -namespace, and to format or secure-erase a NVMe controller or -namespace. -.Pp -The information returned by the hardware is printed by -.Nm -in a human-readable form were applicable. -Generally all 0-based counts are normalized and values may be -converted to human-readable units such as MB (megabytes), W (watts), -or C (degrees Celsius). -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl h -Print a short help text for -.Nm , -or for an optionally specified -.Nm -command. -.It Fl d -Enable debugging output. -.It Fl v -Enable verbose output. -.El -.Sh ARGUMENTS -.Nm -expects the following kinds of arguments: -.Bl -tag -width "ctl[/ns]" -.It Ar command -Any command -.Nm -understands. -See section -.Sx COMMANDS . -.It Ar ctl[/ns] -Specifies a NVMe controller and optionally a namespace within that -controller. -The controller name consists of the driver name -.Qq nvme -followed by an instance number. -A namespace is specified by appending a single -.Qq / -followed by the namespace ID to the controller name. -The namespace ID is the EUI64 of the namespace, or a positive non-zero -decimal number if the namespace doesn't have an EUI64. -For commands that don't change the device state multiple controllers -and namespaces can be specified as a comma-separated list. -.Pp -The list of controllers and namespaces present in the system can be -queried with the -.Cm list -command without any arguments. -.It Ar logpage -Specifies the log page name for the -.Cm get-logpage -command. -.It Ar feature-list -A comma-separated list of feature names for the -.Cm get-features -command. -Feature names can be specified in upper or lower case and can be -shortened the shortest unique name. -Some features may also have an alternative short name. -.It Ar lba-format -A non-zero integer specifying the LBA format for the -.Cm format -command. -The list of supported LBA formats on a namespace can be retrieved -with the -.Nm -.Cm identify -command. -.It Ar firmware-file -Specifies the name of a firmware file to be loaded into the controller -using the -.Cm load-firmware -command. -.It Ar offset -Specifies the byte offset at which to load -.Ar firmware-file -within the controller's upload buffer. -Vendors may require multiple images to be loaded at different offsets -before a firmware set is committed to a -.Ar slot . -.It Ar slot -Specifies the firmware slot into which a firmware set is committed -using the -.Cm commit-firmware -command, and subsequently activated with the -.Cm activate-firmware -command. -Slots and their contents can be printed using the -.Nm -.Cm list-firmware -command. -.El -.Sh COMMANDS -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list -.Oo -.Fl p -.Fl o Ar field Ns [,...] -.Oc -.Op Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Xc -Lists the NVMe controllers and their namespaces in the system and -prints a 1-line summary of their basic properties for each. -If a list of controllers and/or namespaces is given then the listing -is limited to those devices. -By default, output is human-readable; however, a parsable form can -controlled by using the following options: -.Bl -tag -width Fl -.It Fl p -Rather than printing human-readable output, outputs an entry for each of -the specified controllers and namespaces. -If no controllers or namespaces are given as arguments, then the primary -namespace of each controller is listed and if the -.Fl v -option is specified, then all of the namespaces for a controller are -listed. -This option requires that output fields be selected with the -.Fl o -option. -.It Fl o Ar field Ns [,...] -A comma-separated list of one or more output fields to be used. -Fields are listed below and the name is case insensitive. -.El -.Pp -The following fields can be specified when using the parsable form: -.Bl -tag -width CAPACITY -.It Sy MODEL -The model number of the device, generally containing information about -both the manufacturer and the product. -.It Sy SERIAL -The NVMe controller's serial number. -.It Sy FWREV -The controller's firmware revision. -.It Sy VERSION -The version of the NVMe specification the controller supports. -.It Sy SIZE -The logical size in bytes of the namespace. -.It Sy CAPACITY -The amount of logical bytes that the namespace may actually have allocated at -any time. -This may be different than size due to the use of thin provisioning or due to -administrative action. -.It Sy USED -The number of bytes used in the namespace. -.It Sy INSTANCE -The name of the device node and instance of it. -.It Sy NAMESPACE -The numerical value of the namespace which can be used as part of other -.Nm -operations. -.It Sy DISK -The name of the disk device that corresponds to the namespace, if any. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm identify -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Xc -Print detailed information about the specified controllers and/or -namespaces. -The information returned differs depending on whether a controller or -a namespace is specified. -For an explanation of the data printed by this command refer to the -description of the -.Qq IDENTIFY -admin command in the NVMe specification. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm get-logpage -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Ar logpage -.Xc -Print the specified log page of the specified controllers and/or namespaces. -Most log pages are only available on a per-controller basis. -Known log pages are: -.Bl -tag -width "firmware" -.It error -Error Information -.It health -SMART/Health Information. -A controller may support this log page on a per-namespace basis. -.It firmware -Firmware Slot Information -.El -.Pp -For an explanation of the contents of the log pages refer to the -description of the -.Qq GET LOGPAGE -admin command in the NVMe specification. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm get-features -.Ar ctl[/ns] Ns [,...] -.Op Ar feature-list -.Xc -Prints information about the specified features, or all features if -none are given, of the specified controllers and/or namespaces. -Feature names are case-insensitive, and they can be shortened as long -as they remain unique. -Some features also have alternative short names to which the same -rules apply. -The following features are supported: -.Pp -.TS -tab(:); -l l l. -FULL NAME:SHORT NAME:CONTROLLER/NAMESPACE -Arbitration::controller -Power Management::controller -LBA Range Type:range:namespace -Temperature Threshold::controller -Error Recovery::controller -Volatile Write Cache:cache:controller -Number of Queues:queues:controller -Interrupt Coalescing:coalescing:controller -Interrupt Vector Configuration:vector:controller -Write Atomicity:atomicity:controller -Asynchronous Event Configuration:event:controller -Autonomous Power State Transition::controller -Software Progress Marker:progress:controller -.TE -.Pp -For an explanation of the individual features refer to the description -of the -.Qq SET FEATURES -admin command in the NVMe specification. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm format -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Op Ar lba-format -.Xc -Formats the specified namespace or all namespaces of the specified -controller. -This command implies a -.Nm -.Cm detach -and subsequent -.Nm -.Cm attach -of the specified namespace(s), which will cause a changed LBA format -to be detected. -If no LBA format is specified the LBA format currently used by the -namespace will be used. -When formatting all namespaces without specifying a LBA format the LBA -format of namespace 1 will be used. -A list of LBA formats supported by a namespace can be queried with the -.Nm -.Cm identify -command. -.Pp -Note that not all devices support formatting individual or all -namespaces, or support formatting at all. -.Pp -LBA formats using a non-zero metadata size are not supported by -.Nm -or -.Xr nvme 7D . -.Pp -The list of supported LBA formats on a namespace can be retrieved -with the -.Nm -.Cm identify -command. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm secure-erase -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Op Fl c -.Xc -Erases the specified namespace or all namespaces of the controller. -The flag -.Fl c -will cause a cryptographic erase instead of a normal erase. -This command implies a -.Nm -.Cm detach -and -.Nm -.Cm attach -of the specified namespace(s). -.Pp -Note that not all devices support erasing individual or all -namespaces, or support erasing at all. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm detach -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Xc -Temporarily detaches the -.Xr blkdev 7D -instance from the specified namespace or all namespaces of the controller. -This will prevent I/O access to the affected namespace(s). -Detach will only succeed if the affected namespace(s) are not -currently opened. -The detached state will not persist across reboots or reloads of the -.Xr nvme 7D -driver. -.Pp -It is not an error to detach a namespace that is already detached, any such -request will be silently ignored. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm attach -.Ar ctl[/ns] -.Xc -Attaches the -.Xr blkdev 7D -instance to the specified namespace or all namespaces of the controller. -This will make I/O accesses to the namespace(s) possible again after a -previous -.Nm -.Cm detach -command. -.Pp -It is not an error to attach a namespace that is already attached, any such -request will be silently ignored. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Xc -List currently active firmware slot, the next active firmware slot, and the -current contents of all firmware slots of an NVMe controller. -This is a synonym for the -.Nm -.Cm get-logpage -.Ar ctl -.Cm firmware -command. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm load-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar firmware-file -.Op Ar offset -.Xc -Loads -.Ar firmware-file -into the controller's upload memory at -.Ar offset , -the default is 0. A vendor may require multiple files to be loaded -at different offsets before the firmware is committed to a -.Ar slot . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm commit-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar slot -.Xc -Commits firmware previously loaded by the -.Cm load-firmware -command to -.Ar slot . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm activate-firmware -.Ar ctl -.Ar slot -.Xc -Activates the firmware in slot -.Ar slot . -The firmware image in -.Ar slot -is activated at the next NVM controller reset. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width "" -.It Sy Example 1: List all NVMe controllers and namespaces -.Bd -literal -# nvmeadm list -nvme1: model: INTEL SSDPEDMD800G4, serial: CVFT4134001R800CGN, FW rev: 8DV10049, NVMe v1.0 - nvme1/1 (c1t1d0): Size = 763097 MB, Capacity = 763097 MB, Used = 763097 MB -nvme4: model: SAMSUNG MZVPV128HDGM-00000, serial: S1XVNYAGA00640, FW rev: BXW7300Q, NVMe v1.1 - nvme4/1 (c2t2d0): Size = 122104 MB, Capacity = 122104 MB, Used = 5127 MB -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2: Identify a namespace -.Bd -literal -# nvmeadm identify nvme4/1 -nvme4/1: Identify Namespace - Namespace Capabilities and Features - Namespace Size: 122104MB - Namespace Capacity: 122104MB - Namespace Utilization: 5127MB - Namespace Features - Thin Provisioning: unsupported - Number of LBA Formats: 1 - Formatted LBA Size - LBA Format: 1 - Extended Data LBA: no - Metadata Capabilities - Extended Data LBA: unsupported - Separate Metadata: unsupported - End-to-End Data Protection Capabilities - Protection Information Type 1: unsupported - Protection Information Type 2: unsupported - Protection Information Type 3: unsupported - Protection Information first: unsupported - Protection Information last: unsupported - End-to-End Data Protection Settings - Protection Information: disabled - Protection Information in Metadata: last 8 bytes - LBA Format 1 - Metadata Size: 0 bytes - LBA Data Size: 512 bytes - Relative Performance: Best -.Ed -.It Sy Example 3: Get SMART/Health information (verbose) -.Bd -literal -# nvmeadm -v get-logpage nvme4/1 health -nvme4/1: SMART/Health Information - Critical Warnings - Available Space: OK - Temperature: OK - Device Reliability: OK - Media: OK - Volatile Memory Backup: OK - Temperature: 37C - Available Spare Capacity: 100% - Available Spare Threshold: 10% - Device Life Used: 0% - Data Read: 0GB - Data Written: 64GB - Read Commands: 52907 - Write Commands: 567874 - Controller Busy: 1min - Power Cycles: 6 - Power On: 141h - Unsafe Shutdowns: 1 - Uncorrectable Media Errors: 0 - Errors Logged: 1 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 4: Get Asynchronous Event Configuration information -.Bd -literal -# nvmeadm get-features nvme0,nvme4 event,power -nvme0: Get Features - Asynchronous Event Configuration - Available Space below threshold: disabled - Temperature above threshold: disabled - Device Reliability compromised: disabled - Media read-only: disabled - Power Management - Power State: 0 -nvme4: Get Features - Asynchronous Event Configuration - Available Space below threshold: disabled - Temperature above threshold: disabled - Device Reliability compromised: disabled - Media read-only: disabled - Volatile Memory Backup failed: disabled - Power Management - Power State: 0 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 5: Load and activate firmware -.Bd -literal -# nvmeadm list-firmware nvme3 -nvme3: Firmware Slot Information - Active Firmware Slot: 4 - Next Firmware Slot: 4 - Firmware Revision for Slot 1: KNGND110 (read-only) - Firmware Revision for Slot 2: KNGND110 - Firmware Revision for Slot 3: KNGND110 - Firmware Revision for Slot 4: KNGND112 - Firmware Revision for Slot 5: KNGND110 - -# nvmeadm -v load-firmware nvme3 KNGND113.bin -1740544 bytes downloaded. - -# nvmeadm -v commit-firmware nvme3 5 -Firmware committed to slot 5. - -# nvmeadm -v activate-firmware nvme3 5 -Slot 5 activated: NVM subsystem reset required - power cycle your system. - -# nvmeadm list-firmware nvme3 -nvme3: Firmware Slot Information - Active Firmware Slot: 4 - Next Firmware Slot: 5 - Firmware Revision for Slot 1: KNGND110 (read-only) - Firmware Revision for Slot 2: KNGND110 - Firmware Revision for Slot 3: KNGND110 - Firmware Revision for Slot 4: KNGND112 - Firmware Revision for Slot 5: KNGND113 -.Ed -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -The command line interface of -.Nm -is -.Sy Evolving . -The output of -.Nm -is -.Sy Not-an-Interface -and may change any time. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr nvme 7D -.Pp -.Lk http://www.nvmexpress.org/specifications/ "NVMe specifications" diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/nwamd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/nwamd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f27b262132..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/nwamd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH NWAMD 1M "Nov 24, 2008" -.SH NAME -nwamd \- network auto-magic daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/lib/inet/nwamd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBnwamd\fR is a system daemon to manage network interfaces. -.sp -.LP -This daemon is started automatically and should not be invoked directly. It -does not constitute a programming interface. -.SS "Operation" -.sp -.LP -Whether this daemon is enabled or not depends on your installation medium. To -check from within the GNOME desktop environment, double click on the "Network -Manager" icon to open the "Connection Properties" window. If "Configure network -automatically" is checked, then auto-magic mode is enabled. To check from the -command line, enter the following: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBsvcs svc:/network/physical\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Two instances will be listed, one online and the other disabled. If the "nwam" -instance is online, then this daemon is running. -.sp -.LP -To switch between manual and auto-magic mode, you can use the Network Monitor -applet available within the GNOME desktop environment. You can also switch -manually from the command line by entering: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBsvcadm disable svc:/network/physical:default\fR -% \fBsvcadm enable svc:/network/physical:nwam\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To go from auto-magic mode to manual mode: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBsvcadm disable svc:/network/physical:nwam\fR -% \fBsvcadm enable svc:/network/physical:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -When switching modes like this, keep in mind that all network interfaces will -be brought down then back up. Therefore, if a different \fBIP\fR address is -configured in this process, existing applications and sessions might be -disrupted. -.sp -.LP -There is a limitation that only one link is active at a time in auto-magic -mode. This mode is not recommended for machines that use more than one link at -a time. For machines with wired and wireless links, wired link are preferred by -default, although this can be adjusted from the GNOME NWAM Manager menu -(right-click on the icon), or from the command line, by editing the plain text -file \fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR. For the latter (hand-editing) procedure, the first -instance of a link in \fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR sets the priority of that link. -Subsequent instances of that link set parameters associated with the interface -on that link. -.sp -.LP -The \fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR interface is volatile and might change in a future -release. -.SS "Static IP Addresses" -.sp -.LP -A static IP address can be configured by changing the line in the -\fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR file that contains an interface name and the name of the -method for obtaining an IP address. It might look like: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -nge0 dhcp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Change this line to one that looks like: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -nge0 static \fII\fR1.\fII\fR2.\fII\fR3.\fII\fR4/\fIP\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...where the I's are the digits of the IPv4 address and the \fIP\fR is an -optional prefix. If the prefix is not provided, it is derived, using classful -assumptions. -.SS "Configuring IPv6" -.sp -.LP -IPv6 is configured by default on a link. It can also be explicitly added in the -\fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR file by providing a line that contains an interface name -and the string \fBipv6\fR. It might look like: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -nge0 ipv6 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If IPv6 should not be plumbed on a given link, a \fBnoipv6\fR entry should be -created in the \fB/etc/nwam/llp\fR file for that link. It might look like: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -nge0 noipv6 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -An optional static IPv6 address can be provided on the same line, immediately -after the \fBipv6\fR token. Whether you provide a static address or not, IPv6 -will use DHCPv6 or stateless address configuration, as directed by the local -network configuration. -.SS "PROFILES" -.sp -.LP -All interfaces listed in this section are volatile and may change in a future -release. They are documented here so that those wishing to experiment with this -may do so. -.sp -.LP -Profiles are a mechanism for making multiple related changes to the system -configuration after \fBIP\fR service is available. -.sp -.LP -There is no direct support for the profiles yet, but a "roll your own" -mechanism is provided for now. Once an interface is brought up and an \fBIP\fR -address is configured for it, the daemon looks for the file -\fB/etc/nwam/ulp/check-conditions\fR. If this file exists and is executable, it -is run. This should print a single line of output, which is the name of the -profile that the user wishes to activate based on the current conditions. If -such a line is read successfully (\fIfoo\fR in this example), then -\fB/etc/nwam/ulp/foo/bringup\fR is executed. Likewise, when the interface gets -torn down for whatever reason, \fB/etc/nwam/ulp/foo/teardown\fR is executed. -The "bringup" and "teardown" scripts are invoked via \fBpfexec\fR(1) with -default basic privileges. Samples for each of these scripts can be found at: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -http://opensolaris.org/os/project/nwam/prototype/check-conditions -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -http://opensolaris.org/os/project/nwam/prototype/bringup -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -http://opensolaris.org/os/project/nwam/prototype/teardown -.RE -.SS "Wireless" -.sp -.LP -If no wired link is available, a scan for wireless \fBLAN\fRs is done, and the -resulting list offered via a \fBGUI\fR popup window prompts the console user to -select a preference. If a successful connection is made, the \fBWLAN\fR in -question is stored in the plain text file \fB/etc/nwam/known_wifi_nets\fR and -the daemon may connect to any \fBWLAN\fR in that list without prompting the -user again. If a user wishes to add other preferences or revoke existing ones, -he can do so by bringing up the NWAM Manager menu with right-click on the icon, -and then selecting "Manage Favorite Wireless Networks...". A user can also edit -the \fBknown_wifi_nets\fR file directly. This interface is volatile and might -change in a future release. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -See also \fBnwam-manager(1M)\fR, available in the JDS/GNOME man page -collection. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The networking service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/physical -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/obpsym.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/obpsym.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f9b35d386e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/obpsym.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH OBPSYM 1M "Dec 13, 2001" -.SH NAME -obpsym \- Kernel Symbolic Debugging for OpenBoot Firmware -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBmodload\fR \fB-p\fR misc/obpsym -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBobpsym\fR is a kernel module that installs OpenBoot callback handlers that -provide kernel symbol information to OpenBoot. OpenBoot firmware user interface -commands use the callbacks to convert numeric \fIaddresses\fR to kernel symbol -names for display purposes, and to convert kernel symbol names to numeric -\fIliterals\fR allowing symbolic names to be used as input arguments to user -interface commands. -.sp -.LP -Once \fBobpsym\fR is installed, kernel symbolic names may be used anywhere at -the OpenBoot firmware's user interface command prompt in place of a literal -(numeric) string. For example, if \fBobpsym\fR is installed, the OpenBoot -firmware commands \fBctrace\fR and \fBdis\fR typically display symbolic names -and offsets in the form \fImodname:symbolname + offset.\fR User interface -Commands such as \fBdis\fR can be given a kernel symbolic name such as -\fBufs:ufs_mount\fR instead of a numeric address. -.sp -.LP -Placing the command -.sp -.LP -\fBforceload: misc/obpsym\fR -.sp -.LP -into the \fBsystem\fR(4) file forces the kernel module \fBmisc/obpsym\fR to be -loaded and activates the kernel callbacks during the kernel startup sequence. -.sp -.LP -\fBobpsym\fR may be useful as a kernel debugger in situations where other -kernel debuggers are not useful. For example, on SPARC machines, if -\fBobpsym\fR is loaded, you may be able to use the OpenBoot firmware's -\fBctrace\fR command to display symbolic names in the stack backtrace after a -watchdog reset. -.SS "Kernel Symbolic Name Syntax" -.sp -.LP -The syntax for a kernel symbolic name is: -.sp -.LP -\fB\fR [ \fImodule-name\fR \fB:\fR ] \fIsymbol-name\fR -.sp -.LP -Where \fImodule-name\fR is the name of the kernel module that the symbol -\fIsymbol-name\fR appears in. A \fINULL\fR module name is taken as "all -modules, in no particular order" by \fBobpsym\fR. The module name \fBunix\fR is -equivalent to a \fINULL\fR module name, so that conflicts with words defined in -the firmware's vocabulary can be avoided. -.sp -.LP -Typically, OpenBoot firmware reads a word from the input stream and looks the -word up in its internal \fIvocabulary\fR before checking if the word is a -\fIliteral\fR. Thus, kernel symbols, such as \fBreset\fR may be given as -\fBunix:reset\fR to avoid the unexpected side effect of the firmware finding -and executing a matching word in its vocabulary. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/system\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system configuration information file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/platform/\fR\fIplatform-name\fR\fB/kernel/misc/obpsym\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkadb\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBmodload\fR(1M), \fBmodunload\fR(1M), -\fBuname\fR(1), \fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -Some OpenBoot firmware user interface commands may use system resources -incompatibly with the way they are used by the Unix kernel. These commands and -the use of this feature as a kernel debugger may cause interactions that the -Unix kernel is not prepared to deal with. If this occurs, the Unix kernel -and/or the OpenBoot firmware user interface commands may react unpredictably -and may panic the system, or may hang or may cause other unpredictable results. -For these reasons, the use of this feature is only minimally supported and -recommended to be used only as a kernel debugger of "last resort". -.sp -.LP -If a breakpoint or watchpoint is triggered while the console frame buffer is -powered off, the system can crash and be left in a state from which it is -difficult to recover. If one of these is triggered while the monitor is powered -off, you will not be able to see the debugger output. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fIplatform-name\fR can be found using the \fB-i\fR option of \fBuname\fR(1) -.sp -.LP -\fBobpsym\fR is supported only on architectures that support OpenBoot firmware. -.sp -.LP -On some systems, OpenBoot must be completely RAM resident so the \fBobpsym\fR -symbol callback support can be added to the firmware, if the firmware doesn't -include support for the symbol callbacks. On these systems, \fBobpsym\fR may -complain that it requires that "you must use ramforth to use this module". -.sp -.LP -See the for details on how to use the \fIramforth\fR command, how to place the -command into \fInvramrc\fR, and how to set \fIuse-nvramrc?\fR to \fBtrue\fR. On -systems with version 1.x OpenBoot firmware, \fInvramrc\fR doesn't exist, and -the \fIramforth\fR command must be typed manually after each reset, in order to -use this module. -.sp -.LP -Once installed, the symbol table callbacks can be disabled by using the -following OpenBoot firmware command: -.sp -.LP -\fB0 0 set-symbol-lookup\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/oplhpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/oplhpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c7f5f62d29..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/oplhpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH OPLHPD 1M "May 23, 2006" -.SH NAME -oplhpd \- Hot plug daemon for SPARC Enterprise Server line -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise/lib/sparcv9/lib/oplhpd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The hot plug daemon for \fBSPARC\fR Enterprise Servers is a daemon process that -runs on the \fBSUNW\fR,\fBSPARC\fR-Enterprise family of servers. The daemon is -started by the service management facility (see \fBsmf\fR(5)) and communicates -with the service processor when hot plug \fBPCI\fR cassettes change their -dynamic reconfiguration state. -.sp -.LP -The service \fBFMRI\fR for \fBoplhpd\fR is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/platform/sun4u/oplhpd:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A domain supports only one running \fBoplhpd\fR process at a time. -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -\fBOPLHPD\fR uses \fBsyslog\fR(3C) to report status and error messages. All of -the messages are logged with the \fBLOG_DAEMON\fR facility. -.sp -.LP -Error messages are logged with the \fBLOG_ERR\fR and \fBLOG_NOTICE\fR -priorities, and informational messages are logged with the \fBLOG_DEBUG\fR -priority. The default entries in the \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR file log all of the -\fBOPLHPD\fR error messages to the \fB/var/adm/messages log\fR. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), -\fBsyslog.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/passmgmt.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/passmgmt.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7c6f210dbe..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/passmgmt.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PASSMGMT 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -passmgmt \- password files management -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-a\fR \fIoptions\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-m\fR \fIoptions\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-d\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpassmgmt\fR command updates information in the password files. This -command works with both \fB/etc/passwd\fR and \fB/etc/shadow\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-a\fR adds an entry for user \fIname\fR to the password -files. This command does not create any directory for the new user and the new -login remains locked (with the string \fB*LK*\fR in the password field) until -the \fBpasswd\fR(1) command is executed to set the password. -.sp -.LP -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-m\fR modifies the entry for user \fIname\fR in the password -files. The name field in the \fB/etc/shadow\fR entry and all the fields (except -the password field) in the \fB/etc/passwd\fR entry can be modified by this -command. Only fields entered on the command line will be modified. -.sp -.LP -\fBpassmgmt\fR \fB-d\fR deletes the entry for user \fIname\fR from the password -files. It will not remove any files that the user owns on the system; they must -be removed manually. -.sp -.LP -\fBpassmgmt\fR can be used only by the super-user. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -A short description of the login, enclosed in quotes. It is limited to a -maximum of 128 characters and defaults to an empty field. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the expiration date for a login. After this date, no user will be able -to access this login. The expire option argument is a date entered using one of -the date formats included in the template file \fB/etc/datemsk\fR. See -\fBgetdate\fR(3C). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The maximum number of days allowed between uses of a login ID before that -\fBID\fR is declared invalid. Normal values are positive integers. A value of -\fB0\fR defeats the status. -.sp -Changing the password reactivates an account for the inactivity period. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-g\fR \fIgid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -\fBGID\fR of \fIname\fR. This number must range from 0 to the maximum -non-negative value for the system. The default is 1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-h\fR \fIhomedir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Home directory of \fIname\fR. It is limited to a maximum of 256 characters and -defaults to \fB/usr/\fR\fIname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Set a \fIkey=value\fR pair. See \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), and -\fBprof_attr\fR(4). The valid \fIkey=value\fR pairs are defined in -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), but the "type" key is subject to the \fBusermod\fR(1M) and -\fBrolemod\fR(1M) restrictions. Multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs may be added -with multiple \fB-K\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -A directory that contains skeleton information (such as \fB\&.profile\fR) that -can be copied into a new user's home directory. This directory must already -exist. The system provides the \fB/etc/skel\fR directory that can be used for -this purpose. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlogname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -This option changes the \fIname\fR to \fIlogname\fR. It is used only with the -\fB-m\fR option. The total size of each login entry is limited to a maximum of -511 bytes in each of the password files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -This option allows a \fBUID\fR to be non-unique. It is used only with the -\fB-u\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Login shell for \fIname\fR. It should be the full pathname of the program that -will be executed when the user logs in. The maximum size of \fIshell\fR is 256 -characters. The default is for this field to be empty and to be interpreted as -\fB/usr/bin/sh\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -\fBUID\fR of the \fIname\fR. This number must range from 0 to the maximum -non-negative value for the system. It defaults to the next available \fBUID\fR -greater than 99. Without the \fB-o\fR option, it enforces the uniqueness of a -\fBUID.\fR -.RE - -.SH FILES -.in +2 -.nf -\fB/etc/passwd\fR -\fB/etc/shadow\fR -\fB/etc/opasswd\fR -\fB/etc/oshadow\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBrolemod\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), -\fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBshadow\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The \fBpassmgmt\fR command exits with one of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Success. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Permission denied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command syntax. Usage message of the \fBpassmgmt\fR command is -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid argument provided to option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -UID in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Inconsistent password files (for example, \fIname\fR is in the -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file and not in the \fB/etc/shadow\fR file, or vice versa). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unexpected failure. Password files unchanged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB7\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unexpected failure. Password file(s) missing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Password file(s) busy. Try again later. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fIname\fR does not exist (if \fB-m\fR or \fB-d\fR is specified), already -exists (if \fB-a\fR is specified), or \fBlogname\fR already exists (if -\fB\fR\fB-m\fR \fB-l\fR is specified). -.RE - -.SH NOTES -.LP -Do not use a colon (\fB:\fR) or \fBRETURN\fR as part of an argument. It is -interpreted as a field separator in the password file. The \fBpassmgmt\fR -command will be removed in a future release. Its functionality has been -replaced and enhanced by \fBuseradd\fR, \fBuserdel\fR, and \fBusermod\fR. These -commands are currently available. -.sp -.LP -This command only modifies password definitions in the local \fB/etc/passwd\fR -and \fB/etc/shadow\fR files. If a network nameservice -is being used to supplement the local files with additional entries, -\fBpassmgmt\fR cannot change information supplied by the network nameservice. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pbind.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pbind.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 49a13a7cde..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pbind.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,356 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2015 Ryan Zezeski -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PBIND 1M "Feb 25, 2008" -.SH NAME -pbind \- control and query bindings of processes or LWPs -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR \fB-b\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR \fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR \fB-e\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR \fIcmd\fR [\fIargs\fR...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR [\fB-q\fR] [\fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR \fB-Q\fR [\fIprocessor_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR \fB-u\fR \fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpbind\fR \fB-U\fR [\fIprocessor_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBpbind\fR controls and queries bindings of processes and LWPs (lightweight -processes) to processors. \fBpbind\fR can also remove processor bindings that -were previously established. -.sp -.LP -When an LWP is bound to a processor, it will be executed only by that processor -except when the LWP requires a resource that is provided only by another -processor. The binding is not exclusive, that is, the processor is free to -execute other LWPs as well. -.sp -.LP -Bindings are inherited, so new LWPs and processes created by a bound LWP will -have the same binding. Binding an interactive shell to a processor, for -example, binds all commands executed by the shell. -.sp -.LP -The \fIprocessor_id\fR must be present and on-line. Use the -\fBpsrinfo(1M)\fR command to determine which processors are -available. -.sp -.LP -Superusers may bind or unbind any process or LWP, while other users can bind or -unbind any process or LWP for which they have permission to signal, that is, -any process that has the same effective user ID as the user. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Binds all or a subset of the LWPs of the specified processes to -\fIprocessor_id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-e\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Execute a command while bound to \fIprocessor_id\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the bindings of the specified processes or of all processes. If a -process is composed of multiple LWPs which have different bindings and the LWPs -are not explicitly specified, the bindings of only one of the bound LWPs will -be displayed. The bindings of a subset of LWPs can be displayed by appending -"/lwpids" to the process \fBID\fRs. Multiple LWPs may be selected using "-" and -"," delimiters. See EXAMPLES. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the LWPs bound to the specified list of processors, or all LWPs with -processor bindings. For processes composed of multiple LWPs, the bindings of -individual LWPs will be displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes the bindings of all or a subset of the LWPs of the specified processes, -allowing them to be executed on any on-line processor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes the bindings of all LWPs bound to the specified list of processors, or -to any processor if no argument is specified. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The process \fBID\fR of the process to be controlled or queried. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlwpid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The set of LWP IDs of the specified process to be controlled or queried. The -syntax for selecting \fBLWP\fR \fBID\fRs is as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -2,3,4-8 LWP IDs 2, 3, and 4 through 8 --4 LWPs whose IDs are 4 or below -4- LWPs whose IDs are 4 or above -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprocessor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The processor \fBID\fR of the processor to be controlled or queried. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fIcmd [args...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command to execute along with optional arguments. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRBinding Processes -.sp -.LP -The following example binds processes 204 and 223 to processor 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -b 2 204 223\fR -process id 204: was 2, now 2 -process id 223: was 3, now 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUnbinding a Process -.sp -.LP -The following example unbinds process 204: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -u 204\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRQuerying Bindings -.sp -.LP -The following example queries bindings. It demonstrates that process 1 is bound -to processor 0, process 149 has at least one LWP bound to CPU3, and process 101 -has no bound LWPs. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -q 1 149 101\fR -process id 1: 0 -process id 149: 3 -process id 101: not bound -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRQuerying LWP Bindings -.sp -.LP -The following example queries bindings of LWPs. It demonstrates that LWP 1 of -process 149 is bound to CPU3, and LWP 2 of process 149 is not bound. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -q 149/1-2\fR -lwp id 149/1: 3 -lwp id 149/2: not bound -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRQuerying LWP Bindings for Processor 2: -.sp -.LP -The following example queries all LWPs bound to processor 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -Q 2\fR -lwp id 149/4: 2 -lwp id 149/5: 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRExecuting a bound command: -.sp -.LP -The following example executes ls while bound to processor 6: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpbind -e 6 ls -la -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBprocessor_bind\fR(2), -\fBprocessor_info\fR(2), \fBsysconf\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpbind: cannot query pid 31: No such process\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The process specified did not exist or has exited. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpbind: cannot bind pid 31: Not owner\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The user does not have permission to bind the process. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpbind: cannot bind pid 31: Invalid argument\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor is not on-line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpbind: failed to exec\fR \fIcmd\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Could not resolve the \fIcmd\fR from \fBPATH\fR. -.RE diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pcitool.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pcitool.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e0c1891a0a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pcitool.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 2018 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd February 12, 2018 -.Dt PCITOOL 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm pcitool -.Nd interrupt routing tool -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Ss Sy x86 -.Nm -.Cm pci@ Ns Ar unit-address Ns | Ns Cm niu@ Ns Ar unit-address -.Fl i Ar cpu# Ns \&, Ns Ar ino# Ns | Ns Cm all -.Op Fl qv -.Op Fl r Oo Fl c Oc Ns | Ns Fl w Ar cpu# Oo Fl g Oc -.Ss SPARC -.Nm -.Cm pci@ Ns Ar unit-address Ns | Ns Cm niu@ Ns Ar unit-address -.Fl i Ar ino# Ns | Ns Cm all -.Op Fl qv -.Op Fl r Oo Fl c Oc Ns | Ns Fl w Ar cpu# Oo Fl g Oc -.Nm -.Cm pci@ Ns Ar unit-address -.Fl m Ar msi# Ns | Ns Cm all -.Op Fl qv -.Op Fl r Oo Fl c Oc Ns | Ns Fl w Ar cpu# Oo Fl g Oc -.Sh DESCRIPTION -.Nm -is a low-level tool which provides a facility for getting and setting interrupt -routing information. -.Ss Interrupt Routing -On x86 platforms, both INOs and MSI/Xs are mapped to the same interrupt vectors. -Use -.Nm Fl i -option to retrieve and reroute any interrupt vectors (both INO and MSI/Xs). -.Pp -On SPARC platforms, the INO is mapped to an interrupt mondo, where as one or -more MSI/Xs are mapped to an INO. -So, INO and MSI/Xs are individually retargetable. -Use -.Nm Fl i -option to retrieve or reroute a given INO, where as use -.Nm Fl m -option for MSI/Xs. -.Pp -The following options are supported by -.Nm -for interrupt routing: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c -.Pq Used with Fl r . -Dump interrupt controller information. -.It Fl g -.Pq Used with Fl w . -On some platforms (such as x86) multiple MSI interrupts of a single function -need to be rerouted together. -Use -.Fl g -to do this. -.Fl g -works only on supported platforms and only for groups of MSI interrupts. -(A "group" of 1 is accepted). -When -.Fl g -is used, the vector provided must be the lowest-numbered vector of the group. -The size of the group is determined internally. -.It Fl i -Display device and CPU routing information for INOs on a given nexus, -or reroute the given INO or INO group to a specific CPU. -.It Fl m -.Pq SPARC only -Display device and CPU routing information for MSI/Xs on a given nexus, -or reroute the given MSI/X or MSI/X group to a specific CPU. -.It Fl q -No errors reported as messages. -Unix error status still returned by program, however. -.It Fl r -Display device and CPU routing information for INOs on a given nexus. -The device path and instance number of each device for each displayed INO will -be shown. -On some platforms, interrupts dedicated to the root complex are indicated with -.Ql (Internal) -appended to their pathname. -Default if neither -.Fl r -nor -.Fl w -are specified. -.It Fl v -Verbose output. -.It Fl w -Route the given INO or MSI/X to the given CPU. -Display the new and original routing information. -The INO or MSI/X must be specified. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The following error statuses are returned to the shell: -.Bl -tag -width Er -.It Er 0 -No error -.It Er EINVAL -Out-of-range, misaligned or otherwise invalid argument has been passed in. -.It Er ETIME -Timeout waiting for pending interrupt to settle before changing interrupts to -a new CPU. -.It Er EIO -An IO error occurred. -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy Example 1 No Showing INOs or MSI/Xs -The command for showing all INOs on /pci@0,0 is: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i all -.Ed -.Pp -The command for showing ino <0x0,0x21> on the same root nexus, along with sample -output, is: -.Pp -On x86 platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 0,21 -0x0,0x21: mpt 0 /pci@7b,0/pci1022,7458@11/pci1000,3060@2 -.Ed -.Pp -On SPARC platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 21 -0x0,0x21: mpt 0 /pci@7b,0/pci1022,7458@11/pci1000,3060@2 -.Ed -.Pp -The command for showing MSI 0x1 on the same root nexus, along with sample -output, is: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -m 0x1 -0x0,0x1: pcieb 0 /pci@7b,0/pci10de,5d@e -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2 No Rerouting INOs or MSI/Xs -Successful rerouting ino 21 above from cpu 0 to cpu 1 gives the following -output: -.Pp -On x86 platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 0,21 -w 1 -0x0,0x21 -> 0x1,0x20 -.Ed -.Pp -On SPARC platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 21 -w 1 -0x0,0x21 -> 0x1,0x21 -.Ed -.Pp -Successful rerouting msi 1 above from cpu 1 to cpu 0 gives the following -output: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -m 1 -w 0 -0x1,0x1 -> 0x0,0x1 -.Ed -.Pp -Successful rerouting a group of INOs starting at 24 from cpu 0 to cpu 1 gives -the following output: -.Pp -On x86 platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 3,24 -w 1 -g -0x3,0x24 => 0x1,0x22 -.Ed -.Pp -On SPARC platform: -.Bd -literal -# pcitool /pci@0,0 -i 24 -w 1 -g -0x3,0x24 => 0x1,0x22 -.Ed -.El -.Sh ARCHITECTURE -.Sy PCI-based systems -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Volatile -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr su 1M , -.Xr pci 4 , -.Xr user_attr 4 , -.Xr rbac 5 -.Pp -PCI specification -.Po available from -.Lk https://pcisig.com -.Pc -.Sh NOTES -All values are entered in hex. -.Pp -Not all commands are applicable to all platforms. -.Pp -The user must have all privileges in order to access interrupt information. -A regular user can access interrupt information when -.Xr su 1M -to root or granted the -.Qq Maintenance and Repair -rights profile in the -.Pa user_attr -file. -See -.Xr user_attr 4 -and -.Xr rbac 5 . diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/picld.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/picld.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d233fb7444..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/picld.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PICLD 1M "May 16, 2020" -.SH NAME -picld \- PICL daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/picl/picld\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The Platform Information and Control Library (\fBPICL\fR) provides a mechanism -to publish platform-specific information for clients to access in a -platform-independent way. \fBpicld\fR maintains and controls access to the -\fBPICL\fR information from clients and plug-in modules. The daemon is started -in both single-user and multi-user boot mode. -.sp -.LP -Upon startup, the \fBPICL\fR daemon loads and initializes the plug-in modules. -These modules use the \fBlibpicltree\fR(3PICLTREE) interface to create nodes -and properties in the \fBPICL\fR tree to publish platform configuration -information. After the plug-in modules are initialized, the daemon opens the -\fBPICL\fR daemon door to service client requests to access information in the -\fBPICL\fR tree. -.SS "PICL Tree" -The \fBPICL\fR tree is the repository of all the nodes and properties created -by the plug-in modules to represent the platform configuration. Every node in -the \fBPICL\fR tree is an instance of a well-defined \fBPICL\fR class. The name -of the base \fBPICL\fR class is \fBpicl\fR, which defines a basic set of -properties that all nodes in the tree must possess. Two of those properties are -\fBname\fR and \fB_class\fR, where \fBname\fR contains the name of the node, -and the \fB_class\fR contains the \fBPICL\fR class name of the node. Certain -nodes in the \fBPICL\fR tree have well-known names. For example, the name of -the root node of the \fBPICL\fR tree is \fB/\fR and the name of the root node -of the sub-tree containing platform device nodes is \fBplatform\fR. -.SS "PICL plug-in Modules" -The \fBPICL\fR plug-in modules are shared objects that publish -platform-specific data in the \fBPICL\fR tree. They are located in well-known -directories so that the daemon can locate and load them. -.sp -.LP -Plug-in modules are located in one of the following plug-in directories -depending on the platform-specific nature of the data that they collect and -publish: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/usr/platform/`uname -i`/lib/picl/plugins -/usr/platform/`uname -m`/lib/picl/plugins -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A plug-in module can specify its dependency on another plug-in module using the -\fB-l\fR or \fB-R\fR linker option. The plug-ins are loaded by the daemon using -\fBdlopen\fR(3C) according to the specified dependencies. Each plug-in module -must define a \fB\&.init\fR section, which is executed when the plug-in module -is loaded, to register themselves with the daemon. See -\fBpicld_plugin_register\fR(3PICLTREE) for additional information on plug-in -registration. -.sp -.LP -The plug-in modules use the \fBlibpicltree\fR(3PICLTREE) interface to publish -nodes and properties in the \fBPICL\fR tree so that clients can access them. -.sp -.LP -When the \fBPICL\fR daemon invokes the initialization routine of the plug-in -module, the plug-in collects the platform information and creates nodes and/or -properties to represent the configuration in the \fBPICL\fR tree. A plug-in can -create additional threads to monitor the platform configuration and update the -\fBPICL\fR tree with any changes. This enables a \fBPICL\fR plug-in to operate -as a daemon within the \fBPICL\fR framework. -.sp -.LP -An environmental monitor is an example of a plug-in module that uses a thread -to monitor the temperatures and fan speeds of the platform, then publishes the -environmental information in the \fBPICL\fR tree so clients can access them. -.sp -.LP -Clients use the \fBlibpicl\fR(3PICL) interface to send requests to \fBpicld\fR -for accessing the \fBPICL\fR tree. -.SH EXIT STATUS -\fBpicld\fR does not return an exit status. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/picld_door\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -\fBPICL\fR daemon door -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/picl/picld\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -\fBPICL\fR daemon -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), \fBlibpicl\fR(3PICL), -\fBlibpicltree\fR(3PICLTREE), \fBpicld_log\fR(3PICLTREE), -\fBpicld_plugin_register\fR(3PICLTREE), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -The \fBpicld\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/picl -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ping.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ping.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9733d6d717..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ping.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,473 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright 2015, Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PING 1M "May 21, 2015" -.SH NAME -ping \- send ICMP (ICMP6) ECHO_REQUEST packets to network hosts -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ping\fR \fIhost\fR [\fItimeout\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ping\fR \fB-s\fR [\fB-l\fR | \fB-U\fR] [\fB-abdDLnrRv\fR] [\fB-A\fR \fIaddr_family\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fItraffic_class\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgateway\fR [\fB-g\fR \fIgateway\fR...]] - [\fB-N\fR \fInext_hop_router\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIflow_label\fR] [\fB-I\fR \fIinterval\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIinterface\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fItos\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIport\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIttl\fR] \fIhost\fR - [\fIdata_size\fR] [\fInpackets\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The utility \fBping\fR utilizes the \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR in IPv6) protocol's -\fBECHO_REQUEST\fR datagram to elicit an \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) -\fBECHO_RESPONSE\fR from the specified \fIhost\fR or network \fIgateway\fR. If -\fIhost\fR responds, \fBping\fR will print: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIhost\fR is alive -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -on the standard output and exit. Otherwise, after \fItimeout\fR seconds, it -will write: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -no answer from \fIhost\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The default value of \fItimeout\fR is \fB20\fR seconds. -.sp -.LP -When you specify the s flag, sends one datagram per second (adjust with -\fB-I\fR) and prints one line of output for every \fBECHO_RESPONSE\fR that it -receives. \fBping\fR produces no output if there is no response. In this second -form, \fBping\fR computes round trip times and packet loss statistics; it -displays a summary of this information upon termination or timeout. The default -\fIdata_size\fR is \fB56\fR bytes, or you can specify a size with the -\fIdata_size\fR command-line argument. If you specify the optional -\fInpackets\fR, \fBping\fR sends \fBping\fR requests until it either sends -\fInpackets\fR requests or receives \fInpackets\fR replies. -.sp -.LP -When using \fBping\fR for fault isolation, first \fBping\fR the local host to -verify that the local network interface is running. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\ \fIaddr_family\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the address family of the target host. \fIaddr_family\fR can be either -\fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR. Address family determines which protocol to use. For -an argument of \fBinet\fR, IPv4 is used. For \fBinet6\fR, IPv6 is used. -.sp -By default, if the name of a host is provided, not the literal \fBIP\fR -address, and a valid IPv6 address exists in the name service database, -\fBping\fR will use this address. Otherwise, if the name service database -contains an IPv4 address, it will try the IPv4 address. -.sp -Specify the address family \fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR to override the default -behavior. If the argument specified is \fBinet\fR, \fBping\fR will use the IPv4 -address associated with the host name. If none exists, \fBping\fR will state -that the host is unknown and exit. It does not try to determine if an IPv6 -address exists in the name service database. -.sp -If the specified argument is \fBinet6\fR, \fBping\fR uses the IPv6 address that -is associated with the host name. If none exists, \fBping\fR states that the -host is unknown and exits. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Don't allow probe packets to be fragmented. If the packet size exceeds the MTU -of a gateway it passes through, the gateway will reject it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\ \fIflow_label\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the flow label of probe packets. The value must be an integer in the -range from 0 to 1048575. This option is valid only on IPv6. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR \fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Turn on the statistics mode and specify the interval between successive -transmissions. The default is one second. See the discussion of the \fB-s\fR -option. The minimum interval is 0.01 seconds. It is an error to specify -a smaller interval. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Turn off loopback of multicast packets. Normally, members are in the host group -on the outgoing interface, a copy of the multicast packets will be delivered to -the local machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR \fInext_hop_router\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify a next-hop router so that the probe packet goes through the specified -router along its path to the target host. This option essentially bypasses the -system routing table and leaves the probe packet header unmodified. Only one -next-hop router can be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\ \fItos\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Set the type of service (\fItos\fR) in probe packets to the specified value. -The default is zero. The value must be an integer in the range from 0 to 255. -Gateways also in the path can route the probe packet differently, depending -upon the value of \fItos\fR that is set in the probe packet. This option is -valid only on IPv4. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Record route. Sets the IPv4 record route option, which stores the route of the -packet inside the IPv4 header. The contents of the record route are only -printed if the \fB-v\fR and \fB-s\fR options are given. They are only set on -return packets if the target host preserves the record route option across -echos, or the \fB-l\fR option is given. This option is valid only on IPv4. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Send \fBUDP\fR packets instead of \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) packets. \fBping\fR -sends \fBUDP\fR packets to consecutive ports expecting to receive back -\fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) \fBPORT_UNREACHABLE\fR from the target host. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -\fBping\fR all addresses, both IPv4 and IPv6, of the multihomed destination. -The output appears as if \fBping\fR has been run once for each \fBIP\fR address -of the destination. If this option is used together with \fB-A\fR, \fBping\fR -probes only the addresses that are of the specified address family. When used -with the \fB-s\fR option and \fInpackets\fR is not specified, \fBping\fR -continuously probes the destination addresses in a round robin fashion. If -\fInpackets\fR is specified, \fBping\fR sends \fInpackets\fR number of probes -to each \fBIP\fR address of the destination and then exits. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Bypass the global IPsec policy and send and receive packets in the clear for -this connection only. This option can be used to troubleshoot network -connectivity independent of IPsec. Because this option bypasses system-wide -policy for this connection, it can only be used by superuser or a user granted -the sys_net_config privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\ \fItraffic_class\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the traffic class of probe packets. The value must be an integer in the -range from 0 to 255. Gateways along the path can route the probe packet -differently, depending upon the value of \fItraffic_class\fR set in the probe -packet. This option is valid only on IPv6. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Set the \fBSO_DEBUG\fR socket option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\ \fIgateway\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify a loose source route gateway so that the probe packet goes through the -specified host along the path to the target host. The maximum number of -gateways is 8 for IPv4 and 127 for IPv6. Note that some factors such as the -link \fBMTU\fR can further limit the number of gateways for IPv6. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterface_address\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the outgoing interface address to use for multicast packets for IPv4 -and both multicast and unicast packets for IPv6. The default interface address -for multicast packets is determined from the (unicast) routing tables. -\fIinterface_address\fR can be a literal \fBIP\fR address, for example, -\fB10.123.100.99\fR, or an interface name, for example, \fBeri0\fR, or an -interface index, for example \fB2\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Use to send the probe packet to the given host and back again using loose -source routing. Usually specified with the \fB-R\fR option. If any gateways are -specified using \fB-g\fR, they are visited twice, both to and from the -destination. This option is ignored if the \fB-U\fR option is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Show network addresses as numbers. \fBping\fR normally does a reverse name -lookup on the IP addresses it extracts from the packets received. The \fB-n\fR -option blocks the reverse lookup, so \fBping\fR prints IP addresses instead of -host names. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\ \fIport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Set the base \fBUDP\fR \fIport\fR number used in probes. This option is used -with the \fB-U\fR option. The default base \fIport\fR number is 33434. The -\fBping\fR utility starts setting the destination port number of \fBUDP\fR -packets to this base and increments it by one at each probe. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Bypass the normal routing tables and send directly to a host on an attached -network. If the host is not on a directly attached network, an error is -returned. This option can be used to \fBping\fR a local host through an -interface that has been dropped by the router daemon. See \fBin.routed\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Send one datagram per second and collect statistics. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\ \fIttl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Specify the IPv4 time to live, or IPv6 hop limit, for unicast and multicast -packets. The default time to live (hop limit) for unicast packets can be set -with the \fBndd\fR module, \fB/dev/icmp\fR, using the \fBicmp_ipv4_ttl\fR -variable for IPv4 and the \fBicmp_ipv6_hoplimit\fR variable for IPv6. The -default time to live (hop limit) for multicast is one hop. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -For further information, see \fBndd\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Verbose output. List any \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) packets, other than replies -from the target host. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIhost\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The network host -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBping\fR With IPv6 -.sp -.LP -This example shows \fBping\fR sending probe packets to all the IPv6 addresses -of the host \fBxyz\fR, one at a time. It sends an \fBICMP6\fR -\fBECHO_REQUEST\fR every second until the user interrupts it. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -istanbul% \fBping -s -A inet6 -a xyz\fR -PING xyz: 56 data bytes -64 bytes from xyz (4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=0. time=0.479 ms -64 bytes from xyz (fec0::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=1. time=0.843 ms -64 bytes from xyz (4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=2. time=0.516 ms -64 bytes from xyz (fec0::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=3. time=4.943 ms -64 bytes from xyz (4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=4. time=0.485 ms -64 bytes from xyz (fec0::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed): icmp_seq=5. time=2.201 ms -^C -----xyz PING Statistics---- -6 packets transmitted, 6 packets received, 0% packet loss -round-trip (ms) min/avg/stddev = 0.479/1.583/4.943/1.823 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing \fBndd\fR to Set the \fBicmp_ipv6_hoplimit\fR -.sp -.LP -This example shows the \fBndd\fR module, \fB/dev/icmp\fR, used to set the -\fBicmp_ipv6_hoplimit\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ndd -set /dev/icmp icmp_ipv6_hoplimit 100 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful operation; the machine is alive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error has occurred. Either a malformed argument has been specified, or the -machine was not alive. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBin.routed\fR(1M), \fBndd\fR(1M), \fBnetstat\fR(1M), -\fBrpcinfo\fR(1M), \fBtraceroute\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBicmp\fR(7P), -\fBicmp6\fR(7P) - -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fBping: warning: ICMP responses received, but name service lookups -are taking a while. Use ping -n to disable name service lookups.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the -.B -n -flag is not specified, -.B ping -tries to lookup the name corresponding to the IP address that it -received via name services. If name services are unavailable, it may -take time before the system properly times out the name service lookups. -As a result, it may appear that no ICMP replies are being received when -they in fact are. This diagnostic indicates that this has occurred and -indicates that there are valid responses and that using the -.B -n -flag will stop this from occurring. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBping: warning: timing accuracy diminished -- setsockopt -SO_TIMESTAMP failed\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -By default, the system attempts to use the -.B SO_TIMESTAMP -socket option to allow for more accurate time stamps that reflect when -the ICMP echo replies were received by the system as opposed to when -they were received by the -.B ping -command. These differences may occur because an operator stopped the -process or because -.B ping -was blocked up behind a name service look up. When this diagnostic is -emitted, the -.B ping -command will continue to function, but it will be doing the time -stamping itself, which may cause the timing intervals reported to be -longer than they actually are. -.RE diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 65120ba7d5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,470 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PKGADD 1M "Mar 2, 2017" -.SH NAME -pkgadd \- transfer software packages to the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadd\fR [\fB-nv\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIadmin\fR] [\fB-G\fR] [ [\fB-M\fR] \fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIresponse\fR] [\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR] - [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR | \fB-d\fR \fIdatastream\fR \fIpkginst\fR | all] - [\fIpkginst\fR | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR [\fI, category\fR]...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadd\fR \fB-s\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR | \fB-d\fR \fIdatastream\fR \fIpkginst\fR | all] - [\fIpkginst\fR | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR [\fI, category\fR]...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBpkgadd\fR transfers the contents of a software package from the distribution -medium or directory to install it onto the system. Used without the \fB-d\fR -\fIdevice\fR source specifier, \fBpkgadd\fR looks in the default spool -directory (\fB/var/spool/pkg\fR) for the package. Used with the \fB-s\fR -option, it writes the package to a spool directory instead of installing it. -.sp -.LP -The \fBpkgadd\fR utility requires an amount of temporary space the size of the -package that is being installed. \fBpkgadd\fR determines which temporary -directory to use by checking for the existence of the \fB$TMPDIR\fR environment -variable. If \fB$TMPDIR\fR is not defined, \fBpkgadd\fR uses \fBP_tmpdir\fR -from \fBstdio.h\fR. \fBP_tmpdir\fR has a default of \fB/var/tmp/\fR. -.sp -.LP -Certain unbundled and third-party packages are no longer entirely compatible -with the latest version of \fBpkgadd\fR. These packages require user -interaction throughout the installation and not just at the very beginning, or -require that their request scripts be run as the root user. -.sp -.LP -To install these older packages (released prior to Solaris 2.4), set the -following environment variable: \fBNONABI_SCRIPTS=TRUE\fR -.sp -.LP -As long as this environment variable is set, \fBpkgadd\fR permits keyboard -interaction throughout the installation and package request scripts are run as -\fBroot\fR. -.sp -.LP -If you have package request scripts that require running as user \fBroot\fR -(instead of \fBnoaccess\fR [the default] or user \fBinstall\fR), use the -\fBrscript_alt\fR parameter in the \fBadmin\fR(4) file to make an appropriate -selection. See \fBadmin\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -Note that, in Solaris 8 and Solaris 9, the default user when running a request -script was either \fBroot\fR or \fBnobody\fR, depending on the operating -system's patch level. In the current release, the default user is -\fBnoaccess\fR. -.sp -.LP -When running \fBpkgadd\fR in the global zone (see \fBzones\fR(5)), a package -that contains a request script (see \fBpkgask\fR(1M)) is added only to the -global zone. The package is not propagated to any current or -yet-to-be-installed non-global zone. This behavior mimics the effect of the -\fB-G\fR option, described below. -.sp -.LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 -GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR, \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a -datastream of up to 4 GB. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-d\fR, \fB-Y\fR, and \fIpkginst\fR arguments shown in the SYNOPSIS are -described under OPERANDS, following OPTIONS. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The supported options are described as follows. The \fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR -source specifier is described under OPERANDS, below. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-a\fR \fIadmin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Define an installation administration file, \fIadmin\fR, to be used in place of -the default administration file. The token \fBnone\fR overrides the use of any -\fIadmin\fR file, and thus forces interaction with the user. Unless a full path -name is given, \fBpkgadd\fR first looks in the current working directory for -the administration file. If the specified administration file is not in the -current working directory, \fBpkgadd\fR looks in the -\fB/var/sadm/install/admin\fR directory for the administration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add package(s) in the current zone only. When used in the global zone, the -package is added to the global zone only and is not propagated to any existing -or yet-to-be-created non-global zone. When used in a non-global zone, the -package(s) are added to the non-global zone only. -.sp -This option causes package installation to fail if, in the \fBpkginfo\fR file -for a package, \fBSUNW_PKG_ALLZONES\fR is set to true. See \fBpkginfo\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Instruct \fBpkgadd\fR not to use the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file for determining the client's mount points. This option assumes the mount -points are correct on the server and it behaves consistently with Solaris 2.5 -and earlier releases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Installation occurs in non-interactive mode. Suppress output of the list of -installed files. The default mode is interactive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-r\fR \fIresponse\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identify a file or directory which contains output from a previous -\fBpkgask\fR(1M) session. This file supplies the interaction responses that -would be requested by the package in interactive mode. \fIresponse\fR must be a -full pathname. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Define the full path name of a directory to use as the \fIroot_path\fR. All -files, including package system information files, are relocated to a directory -tree starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. The \fIroot_path\fR may be -specified when installing to a client from a server (for example, -\fB/export/root/client1\fR). -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-s\fR \fIspool\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write the package into the directory \fIspool\fR instead of installing it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trace all of the scripts that get executed by \fBpkgadd\fR, located in the -\fIpkginst\fR\fB/install\fR directory. This option is used for debugging the -procedural and non-procedural scripts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternative \fIfs_file\fR to map the client's file systems. For -example, used in situations where the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file is non-existent or unreliable. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When executed without options or operands, \fBpkgadd\fR uses -\fB/var/spool/pkg\fR (the default spool directory). -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.SS "Sources" -.LP -By default, pkgadd looks in the \fB/var/spool/pkg\fR directory when searching -for instances of a package to install or spool. Optionally, the source for the -package instances to be installed or spooled can be specified using: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdatastream\fR \fIpkgname\fR,... | \fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Install or copy a package from \fIdevice\fR. \fIdevice\fR can be any of the -following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A full path name to a directory or the identifiers for tape, floppy disk, or -removable disk (for example, \fB/var/tmp\fR or -\fB/floppy/\fIfloppy_name\fR\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A device alias (for example, \fB/floppy/floppy0\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -A datastream created by \fBpkgtrans\fR (see \fBpkgtrans\fR(1)). -.RE -The second form of the \fB-d\fR specifier, above, indicates the syntax you use -when specifying a datastream. In this case you must specify either a -comma-separated list of package names or the keyword \fBall\fR. -.RE - -.SS "Instances" -.LP -By default, \fBpkgadd\fR searches the specified source, and presents an -interactive menu allowing the user to select which package instances found on -the source are to be installed. As an alternative, the package instances to be -installed can be specified using: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpkginst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The package instance or list of instances to be installed. The token \fBall\fR -may be used to refer to all packages available on the source medium. The format -\fIpkginst\fR\fB\&.*\fR can be used to indicate all instances of a package. -.sp -The asterisk character (\fB*\fR) is a special character to some shells and may -need to be escaped. In the C-Shell, the asterisk must be surrounded by single -quotes (\fB\&'\fR) or preceded by a backslash (\fB\e\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR[,\fIcategory\fR...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Install packages based on the value of the \fBCATEGORY\fR parameter stored in -the package's \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. All packages on the source medium whose -\fBCATEGORY\fR matches one of the specified categories will be selected for -installation or spooling. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRInstalling a Package from a Solaris DVD -.sp -.LP -The following example installs a package from a Solaris DVD. You are prompted -for the name of the package you want to install. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBpkgadd -d /cdrom/cdrom0/s0/Solaris_10/Product\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRInstalling a Set of Packages from a Datastream -.sp -.LP -The example command shown below installs all of the packages in the datastream -specified by the \fB-d\fR source specifier. Prior to this command, this -datastream must have been created with the \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBpkgadd -d /var/tmp/datastream all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The keyword \fBall\fR specifies that all of the packages found in the -designated datastream will be installed. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Fatal error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Warning. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Interruption. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Administration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Administration. Interaction is required. Do not use \fBpkgadd\fR \fB-n\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reboot after installation of all packages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB20\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reboot after installation of this package. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/sadm/install/logs/\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Location where \fBpkgadd\fR logs an instance of software installation. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadm\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), -\fBpkgchk\fR(1M), \fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBremovef\fR(1M), \fBadmin\fR(4), -\fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) - -.SH NOTES -.LP -When transferring a package to a spool directory, the \fB-r\fR, \fB-n\fR, and -\fB-a\fR options cannot be used. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-r\fR option can be used to indicate a directory name as well as a -filename. The directory can contain numerous response files, each sharing the -name of the package with which it should be associated. This would be used, for -example, when adding multiple interactive packages with one invocation of -\fBpkgadd\fR. In this situation, each package would need a response file. If -you create response files with the same name as the package (for example, -\fBpkinst1\fR and \fBpkinst2\fR), then name the directory in which these files -reside after the \fB-r\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-n\fR option causes the installation to halt if any interaction is -needed to complete it. -.sp -.LP -If the default \fIadmin\fR file is too restrictive, the administration file may -need to be modified to allow for total non-interaction during a package -installation. See \fBadmin\fR(4) for details. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b204fe0f4f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PKGADM 1M "Mar 2, 2017" -.SH NAME -pkgadm \- manage packaging system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadm dbstatus\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIrootpath\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadm sync\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIrootpath\fR] [\fB-q\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadm\fR \fB-V\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgadm\fR \fB-?\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpkgadm\fR utility is used for managing the packaging -system. It has several subcommands that perform various operations relating to -packaging. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsync\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Writes the contents file and rolls the contents log file. With use of the -\fB-q\fR option, forces the contents file server to quit. -.RE - -.SS "Internal Install Database" -.LP -The Solaris operating system relies upon enhanced System V revision 4 (SVr4) -packages as the basis for its software installation and revision management. -The package maintenance software stores information about installed packages in -an internal database. The \fBpkgadm\fR subcommand \fBdbstatus\fR is used to -determine how the package internal database is implemented. The \fBdbstatus\fR -command returns a string that indicates the type of internal database in use. -In the current implementation, the \fBdbstatus\fR command always returns the -string \fBtext\fR, which indicates that the \fBcontents\fR(4) package database -is in use. Future releases of Solaris might supply alternative database -implementations. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -(Applies to \fBsync\fR subcommand.) Shuts down the contents file cache daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIrootpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the full name of a directory to use as the root (\fB/\fR) path. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print version associated with packaging tools. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print help message. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSynchronizing the contents file -.sp -.LP -The following example forces any pending changes to the contents(4) file to be flushed and the pkgserv daemon to shut down. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% pkgadm sync -q -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -successful completion -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -fatal error -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), -\fBpkgask\fR(1M), \fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBremovef\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBadmin\fR(4), \fBcontents\fR(4), \fBexec_attr\fR(4), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -The service for \fBpkgadm\fR is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/pkgserv -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgask.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgask.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 620631f350..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgask.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PKGASK 1M "Apr 6, 2005" -.SH NAME -pkgask \- stores answers to a request script -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgask\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] \fB-r\fR \fIresponse\fR \fIpkginst\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBpkgask\fR allows the administrator to store answers to an interactive -package (one with a \fBrequest\fR script, that is, a user-created file that -must be named \fBrequest\fR). Invoking this command generates a response file -that is then used as input at installation time. The use of this response file -prevents any interaction from occurring during installation since the file -already contains all of the information the package needs. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI device\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Run the request script for a package on \fIdevice\fR. \fIdevice\fR can be a -directory pathname or the identifiers for tape, floppy disk or removable disk -(for example, \fB/var/tmp\fR, \fB/dev/diskette\fR, and \fB/dev/dsk/c1d0s0\fR). -The default device is the installation spool directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR\fI root_path\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Define the full path name of a directory to use as the \fIroot_path\fR. All -files, including package system information files, are relocated to a directory -tree starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fI response\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Identify a file or directory which should be created to contain the responses -to interaction with the package. The name must be a full pathname. The file, or -directory of files, can later be used as input to the \fBpkgadd\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpkginst\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Specify the package instance, or list of instances for which \fBrequest\fR -scripts will be created. The token \fBall\fR may be used to refer to all -packages available on the source medium. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgchk\fR(1M), -\fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBremovef\fR(1M), \fBadmin\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fB-r\fR option can be used to indicate a directory name as well as a -filename. The directory name is used to create numerous response files, each -sharing the name of the package with which it should be associated. This would -be used, for example, when you will be adding multiple interactive packages -with one invocation of \fBpkgadd\fR(1M). Each package would need a response -file. To create multiple response files with the same name as the package -instance, name the directory in which the files should be created and supply -multiple instance names with the \fBpkgask\fR command. When installing the -packages, you will be able to identify this directory to the \fBpkgadd\fR(1M) -command. -.sp -.LP -If the default \fBadmin\fR file is too restrictive, the administration file may -need to be modified to allow for total non-interaction during a package -installation. See \fBadmin\fR(4) for details. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgchk.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgchk.1m deleted file mode 100644 index eb0600dc28..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgchk.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,414 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PKGCHK 1M "Oct 30, 2007" -.SH NAME -pkgchk \- check package installation accuracy -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgchk\fR [\fB-l\fR | \fB-acfnqvx\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIfile\fR | -] - [\fB-p\fR \fIpath\fR... | \fB-P\fR \fIpartial-path\fR...] [\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] - [ [\fB-m\fR \fIpkgmap\fR [\fB-e\fR \fIenvfile\fR]] | pkginst... | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR,\fIcategory\fR\&.\|.\|.] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgchk\fR \fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR [\fB-l\fR | \fB-fv\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIfile\fR | -] [\fB-M\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpath\fR]... - [\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR] - [pkginst... | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR[,\fIcategory\fR\&.\|.\|.]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBpkgchk\fR checks the accuracy of installed files or, by using the \fB-l\fR -option, displays information about package files. \fBpkgchk\fR checks the -integrity of directory structures and files. Discrepancies are written to -standard error along with a detailed explanation of the problem. -.sp -.LP -The first synopsis defined above is used to list or check the contents and/or -attributes of objects that are currently installed on the system, or in the -indicated \fBpkgmap\fR. Package names may be listed on the command line, or by -default, the entire contents of a machine will be checked. -.sp -.LP -The second synopsis is used to list or check the contents of a package which -has been spooled on the specified device, but not installed. Note that -attributes cannot be checked for spooled packages. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Audit the file attributes only and do not check file contents. Default is to -check both. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Audit the file contents only and do not check file attributes. Default is to -check both. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the device on which a spooled package resides. \fIdevice\fR can be a -directory path name or the identifiers for tape, floppy disk, or removable disk -(for example, \fB/var/tmp\fR or \fB/dev/diskette\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-e\fR \fIenvfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request that the package information file named as \fIenvfile\fR be used to -resolve parameters noted in the specified \fBpkgmap\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Correct file attributes if possible. If used with the \fB-x\fR option, this -option removes hidden files. When \fBpkgchk\fR is invoked with this option, it -creates directories, named pipes, links, and special devices if they do not -already exist. If the \fB-d\fR option calls out an uninstalled package, the -\fB-f\fR option will only take effect if the package is in directory (not -stream) format. All file attributes will be set to agree with the entries in -the \fBpkgmap\fR file except that setuid, setgid, and sticky bits will not be -set in the mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-i\fR \fIfile\fR | \fB-\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read a list of path names from \fIfile\fR or from stdin (\fB-\fR) and compare -this list against the installation software database or the indicated -\fBpkgmap\fR file. Path names that are not contained in \fIfile\fR or stdin are -not checked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List information on the selected files that make up a package. This option is -not compatible with the \fB-a\fR, \fB-c\fR, \fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, and \fB-v\fR -options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fBpkgmap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Check the package against the package map file, \fBpkgmap\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Instruct \fBpkgchk\fR not to use the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file for determining the client's mount points. This option assumes the mount -points are correct on the server and it behaves consistently with Solaris 2.5 -and earlier releases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not check volatile or editable files' contents. This should be used for most -post-installation checking. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-p\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Check the accuracy only of the path name or path names listed. \fIpath\fR can -be one or more path names separated by commas (or by whitespace, if the list is -quoted). -.sp -To specify a \fIpath\fR that includes a comma, you must use the \fB-i\fR -option, described above. See EXAMPLES. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-P\fR \fIpartial-path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Check the accuracy of only the partial path name or path names listed. -\fIpartial-path\fR can be one or more partial path names separated by commas -(or by whitespace, if the list is quoted). This option can be used instead of -\fB-p\fR and is not compatible with the other option. This option matches any -path name that contains the string contained in the partial path. See the note -about paths that contain commas in the description of \fB-p\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quiet mode. Do not give messages about missing files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Define the full name of a directory to use as the \fIroot_path\fR. All files, -including package system information files, are relocated to a directory tree -starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. The \fIroot_path\fR may be specified -when installing to a client from a server (for example, -\fB/export/root/client1\fR). -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Files are listed as processed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternative \fIfs_file\fR to map the client's file systems. For -example, used in situations where the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file is non-existent or unreliable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Search exclusive directories, looking for files which exist that are not in the -installation software database or the indicated \fBpkgmap\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Check packages based on the value of the \fBCATEGORY\fR parameter stored in the -installed or spooled package's \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpkginst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The package instance or instances to be checked. The format -\fIpkginst\fR\fB\&.*\fR can be used to check all instances of a package. The -default is to display all information about all installed packages. -.sp -The asterisk character (\fB*\fR) is a special character to some shells and may -need to be escaped. In the C-Shell, an asterisk must be surrounded by single -quotes (\fB\&'\fR) or preceded by a backslash (\e); -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpartial-path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A portion of a path, such as a file or directory name. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBpkgchk\fR for Displaying Package Installation -Information -.sp -.LP -The following example displays package installation information for -\fB/usr/bin/ls\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpkgchk -l -p /usr/bin/ls\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRChecking on Java Font Properties -.sp -.LP -The following example displays package installation information for all Java -font properties installed on the system. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpkgchk -l -P font.properties\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSpecifying a Path That Contains a Comma -.sp -.LP -Assume you want to specify the path: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/platform/SUNW,Netra-T12/lib -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List this path in a file. Here is one way in which you can do that: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBecho "/platform/SUNW,Netra-T12/lib" > /tmp/p\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -You can then enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpkgchk -i /tmp/p -l\fR -Pathname: /platform/SUNW,Netra-T12/lib -Type: directory -Expected mode: 0755 -Expected owner: root -Expected group: bin -Referenced by the following packages: - SUNWcar -Current status: installed -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), -\fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 -GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a -datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgrm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgrm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ae73ea98bf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pkgrm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,309 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PKGRM 1M "Oct 30, 2007" -.SH NAME -pkgrm \- remove a package from the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgrm\fR [\fB-nv\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIadmin\fR] [ [\fB-A\fR | \fB-M\fR] \fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] - [\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR] - [pkginst... | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR[,\fIcategory\fR\&.\|.\|.]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpkgrm\fR \fB-s\fR \fIspool\fR - [pkginst... | \fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR[,\fIcategory\fR\&.\|.\|.]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBpkgrm\fR will remove a previously installed or partially installed package -from the system. A check is made to determine if any other packages depend on -the one being removed. If a dependency exists, the action taken is defined in -the \fBadmin\fR file. -.sp -.LP -The default state for the command is in interactive mode, meaning that prompt -messages are given during processing to allow the administrator to confirm the -actions being taken. Non-interactive mode can be requested with the \fB-n\fR -option. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-s\fR option can be used to specify the directory from which spooled -packages should be removed. -.sp -.LP -Certain unbundled and third-party packages are no longer entirely compatible -with the latest version of \fBpkgrm\fR. These packages require user interaction -throughout the removal and not just at the very beginning. -.sp -.LP -To remove these older packages (released prior to Solaris 2.4), set the -following environment variable:\fBNONABI_SCRIPTS=TRUE\fR \fBpkgrm\fR permits -keyboard interaction throughout the removal as long as this environment -variable is set. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIadmin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the installation administration file, \fBadmin\fR, in place of the default -\fBadmin\fR file. \fBpkgrm\fR first looks in the current working directory for -the administration file. If the specified administration file is not in the -current working directory, \fBpkgrm\fR looks in the -\fB/var/sadm/install/admin\fR directory for the administration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove the package files from the client's file system, absolutely. If a file -is shared with other packages, the default behavior is to not remove the file -from the client's file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Instruct \fBpkgrm\fR not to use the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file for determining the client's mount points. This option assumes the mount -points are correct on the server and it behaves consistently with Solaris 2.5 -and earlier releases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Non-interactive mode. If there is a need for interaction, the command will -exit. -.sp -Use of this option requires that at least one package instance be named upon -invocation of the command. Certain conditions must exist for a package to be -removed non-interactively or a non-restrictive \fBadmin\fR file needs to be -used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the full path name of a directory to use as the \fIroot_path\fR. All -files, including package system information files, are relocated to a directory -tree starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIspool\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove the specified package(s) from the directory \fIspool\fR. The default -directory for spooled packages is \fB/var/sadm/pkg\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trace all of the scripts that get executed by \fBpkgrm\fR, located in the -\fIpkginst\fR\fB/install\fR directory. This option is used for debugging the -procedural and non-procedural scripts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternative \fIfs_file\fR to map the client's file systems. Used in -situations where the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR file is -non-existent or unreliable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Y\fR \fIcategory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove packages based on the value of the \fBCATEGORY\fR parameter stored in -the installed or spooled package's \fBpkginfo\fR(4) file. No package with the -\fBCATEGORY\fR value of \fBsystem\fR can removed from the file system with this -option. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpkginst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the package to be removed. The format \fIpkginst\fR\fB\&.*\fR can be -used to remove all instances of a package. -.sp -The asterisk character (\fB*\fR) is a special character to some shells and may -need to be escaped. In the C-Shell, "\fB*\fR" must be surrounded by single -quotes (\fB\&'\fR) or preceded by a backslash (\e). -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRRemoving All Instances of \fBSUNWjunk\fR from \fBclient1\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example removes all instances of \fBSUNWjunk\fR from -\fBclient1\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% pkgrm \fB-R\fR /export/root/client1 SUNWjunk* -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note the caveat on the use of the \fB-R\fR option in the description of that -option, above. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Fatal error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Warning. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Interruption. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Administration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reboot after removal of all packages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB20\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reboot after removal of this package. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), -\fBpkgchk\fR(1M), \fBremovef\fR(1M), \fBadmin\fR(4), \fBpkginfo\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 -GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a -datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/plockstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/plockstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5c22d6cfaf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/plockstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PLOCKSTAT 1M "May 23, 2020" -.SH NAME -plockstat \- report user-level lock statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBplockstat\fR [\fB-vACHV\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIdepth\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIsecs\fR] - [\fB-x\fR \fIarg\fR [=val]] \fIcommand\fR [\fIarg\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBplockstat\fR [\fB-vACHV\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIdepth\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIsecs\fR] - [\fB-x\fR \fIarg\fR [=val]] \fB-p\fR \fIpid\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBplockstat\fR utility gathers and displays user-level locking statistics. -By default, \fBplockstat\fR monitors all lock contention events, gathers -frequency and timing data about those events, and displays the data in -decreasing frequency order, so that the most common events appear first. -.sp -.LP -\fBplockstat\fR gathers data until the specified command completes or the -process specified with the \fB-p\fR option completes. -.sp -.LP -\fBplockstat\fR relies on DTrace to instrument a running process or a command -it invokes to trace events of interest. This imposes a small but measurable -performance overhead on the processes being observed. Users must have the -\fBdtrace_proc\fR privilege and have permission to observe a particular process -with \fBplockstat\fR. Refer to the \fIDynamic Tracing Guide\fR for more -information about DTrace security features. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Watch all lock events. This option is equivalent to \fB-CH\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Watch contention events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Watch hold events. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIsecs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Exit after the number of seconds specified have elapsed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display only the specified number of entries for each output category. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIdepth\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Record a stack trace rather than just the calling function. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify a process ID from which \fBplockstat\fR is to gather data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Print out a message to indicate that tracing has started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIarg\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Enable or modify a DTrace runtime option or D compiler option. The list of -options is found in the \fIDynamic Tracing Guide\fR. Boolean options -are enabled by specifying their name. Options with values are set by separating -the option name and value with an equals sign (\fB=\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Print the DTrace commands used to gather the data. The output can then be used -directly with the \fBdtrace\fR(1M) command. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIarg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A string to be passed as an argument to \fIcommand\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The name of a utility to be invoked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A positive integer value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A process identifier for a process to be monitored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIsecs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Duration specified as a positive integer number of seconds. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command-line syntax is Evolving. The human-readable output is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdtrace\fR(1M), \fBlockstat\fR(1M), \fBmutex_init\fR(3C), -\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fR(3C), \fBpthread_rwlock_rdlock\fR(3C), -\fBpthread_rwlock_wrlock\fR(3C), \fBpthread_rwlock_unlock\fR(3C), -\fBrwlock\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfasttrap\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fIDynamic Tracing Guide\fR: -.sp -.LP -https://illumos.org/books/dtrace/ diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pmadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pmadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a961c3050a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pmadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,586 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PMADM 1M "Nov 10, 1998" -.SH NAME -pmadm \- port monitor administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR | \fB-t\fR \fItype\fR] \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR \fB-i\fR \fIid\fR \fB-m\fR \fIpmspecific\fR \fB-v\fR \fIver\fR - [\fB-f\fR xu] - [\fB-y\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fI script\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-r\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-e\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-d\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-l\fR [\fB-t\fR \fItype\fR | \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-L\fR [\fB-t\fR \fItype\fR | \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-g\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR [\fB-z\fR \fIscript\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpmadm\fR \fB-g\fR \fB-s\fR \fIsvctag\fR \fB-t\fR \fItype\fR \fB-z\fR \fIscript\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBpmadm\fR is the administrative command for the lower level of the Service -Access Facility hierarchy, that is, for service administration. A port may have -only one service associated with it although the same service may be available -through more than one port. In order to uniquely identify an instance of a -service, the \fBpmadm\fR command must identify both the port monitor or port -monitors through which the service is available (\fB-p\fR or \fB-t\fR) and the -service (\fB-s\fR). See . -.sp -.LP -\fBpmadm\fR performs the following functions: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -adds or removes a service -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -enables or disables a service -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -installs or replaces a per-service configuration script -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -prints requested service information -.RE -.sp -.LP -Any user on the system may invoke \fBpmadm\fR to request service status -(\fB-l\fR or \fB-L\fR) or to print per-service configuration scripts (\fB-g\fR -without the \fB-z\fR option). \fBpmadm\fR with other options may be executed -only by a privileged user. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Add a service. \fBpmadm\fR adds an entry for the new service to the port -monitor's administrative file. Because of the complexity of the options and -arguments that follow the \fB-a\fR option, it may be convenient to use a -command script or the menu system to add services. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Disable a service. Add \fBx\fR to the flag field in the entry for the service -\fIsvctag\fR in the port monitor's administrative file. This is the entry used -by port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. See the \fB-f\fR option, below, for a description -of the flags available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Enable a service. Remove \fBx\fR from the flag field in the entry for the -service \fIsvctag\fR in the port monitor administrative file. This is the entry -used by port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. See the \fB-f\fR option, below, for a -description of the flags available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fBxu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The \fB-f\fR option specifies one or both of the following two flags which are -then included in the flag field of the entry for the new service in the port -monitor's administrative file. If the \fB-f\fR option is not included, no flags -are set and the default conditions prevail. By default, a new service is -enabled and no \fButmpx\fR entry is created for it. An \fB-f\fR option without -a following argument is illegal. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Do not enable the service \fIsvctag\fR available through port monitor -\fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Create a \fButmpx\fR entry for service \fIsvctag\fR available through port -monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Print, install, or replace a per-service configuration script. The \fB-g\fR -option with a \fB-p\fR option and a \fB-s\fR option prints the per-service -configuration script for service \fIsvctag\fR available through port monitor -\fIpmtag\fR. The \fB-g\fR option with a \fB-p\fR option, a \fB-s\fR option, and -a \fB-z\fR option installs the per-service configuration script contained in -the file \fBscript\fR as the per-service configuration script for service -\fIsvctag\fR available through port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. The \fB-g\fR option -with a \fB- s\fR option, a \fB-t\fR option, and a \fB-z\fR option installs the -file \fBscript\fR as the per-service configuration script for service -\fIsvctag\fR available through any port monitor of type \fBtype\fR. Other -combinations of options with \fB-g\fR are invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -\fBid\fR is the identity that is to be assigned to service \fIsvctag\fR when it -is started. \fBid\fR must be an entry in \fB/etc/passwd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The \fB-l\fR option requests service information. Used by itself and with the -options described below, it provides a filter for extracting information in -several different groupings. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -By itself, the \fB-l\fR option lists all services on the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR\fB \fR\fB-p\fR\fB \fR\fIpmtag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Lists all services available through port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR\fB \fR\fB-s\fR\fB \fR\fIsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Lists all services with tag \fIsvctag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR\fB \fR\fB-p\fR\fB \fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB-s\fR\fIsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Lists service \fIsvctag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR\fB \fR\fB-t\fR\fB \fR\fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Lists all services available through port monitors of type \fBtype\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-l\fR\fB \fR\fB-t\fR\fB \fR\fItype\fR\fB-s\fR\fIsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Lists all services with tag \fIsvctag\fR available through a port monitor of -type \fBtype\fR. -.RE - -Other combinations of options with \fB-l\fR are invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The \fB-L\fR option is identical to the \fB-l\fR option except that output is -printed in a condensed format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fI pmspecific\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -\fIpmspecific\fR is the port monitor-specific portion of the port monitor -administrative file entry for the service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fI pmtag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the tag associated with the port monitor through which a service -(specified as \fB\fR\fB-s\fR\fB \fR\fIsvctag\fR) is available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Remove a service. When \fBpmadm\fR removes a service, the entry for the service -is removed from the port monitor's administrative file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI svctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the service tag associated with a given service. The service tag is -assigned by the system administrator and is part of the entry for the service -in the port monitor's administrative file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fI type\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the port monitor type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fI ver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Specifies the version number of the port monitor administrative file. The -version number may be given as -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB-v\fR \fB\&'\fR\fIpmspec\fR \fB-V\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fIpmspec\fR is the special administrative command for port monitor -\fIpmtag\fR. This special command is \fBttyadm\fR for \fBttymon\fR and -\fBnlsadmin\fR for \fBlisten\fR. The version stamp of the port monitor is known -by the command and is returned when \fIpmspec\fR is invoked with a \fB-V\fR -option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR\fI comment\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Associate \fIcomment\fR with the service entry in the port monitor -administrative file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR\fI script\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Used with the \fB-g\fR option to specify the name of the file that contains the -per-service configuration script. Modifying a configuration script is a -three-step procedure. First a copy of the existing script is made (\fB-g\fR -alone). Then the copy is edited. Finally, the copy is put in place over the -existing script (\fB-g\fR with \fB-z\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Options that request information write the requested information to the -standard output. A request for information using the \fB-l\fR option prints -column headers and aligns the information under the appropriate headings. In -this format, a missing field is indicated by a hyphen. A request for -information in the condensed format using the \fB-L\fR option prints the -information in colon-separated fields; missing fields are indicated by two -successive colons. \fB#\fR is the comment character. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding a Service to a Port Monitor with the Tag \fBpmtag\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a service to a port monitor with tag \fBpmtag\fR and -gives the service the tag \fBsvctag\fR. The port monitor-specific information -is generated by \fBspecpm\fR. The service defined by \fBsvctag\fR will be -invoked with identity \fBroot\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -a -p pmtag -s svctag -i root -m `specpm -a arg1 -b arg2`-v `specpm -V` -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAdding a Service with Service Tab \fBsvctag\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a service with service tag \fBsvctag\fR, identity -\fBguest\fR, and port monitor-specific information generated by \fBspecpm\fR to -all port monitors of type \fBtype\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -a -s svctag -i guest -t type -m `specpm -a arg1 -b arg2`-v `specpm -V` -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRemoving a Service -.sp -.LP -The following command removes the service \fBsvctag\fR from port monitor -\fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -r -p pmtag -s svctag -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fREnabling a Service -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the service \fBsvctag\fR available through port -monitor \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -e -p pmtag -s svctag -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRDisabling a Service -.sp -.LP -The following command disables the service \fBsvctag\fR available through port -monitor \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -d -p pmtag -s svctag -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRListing Status Information -.sp -.LP -The following command lists status information for all services: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -l -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRListing Status Information -.sp -.LP -The following command lists status information for all services available -through the port monitor with tag \fBports\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -l -p ports -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRListing Status Information in Condensed Format -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the status information for all services available -through the port monitor with tag \fBports\fR in condensed format: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -L -p ports -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRListing Status Information for All Services -.sp -.LP -List status information for all services available through port monitors of -type \fBlisten\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -l -t listen -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRPrinting the per-service Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command prints the per-service configuration script associated -with the service \fBsvctag\fR available through port monitor \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -pmadm -g -p pmtag -s svctag -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Operation failed. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/\fR\fIsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsac\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pmconfig.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pmconfig.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 05e34b317a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pmconfig.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Peter Tribble -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PMCONFIG 1M "May 1, 2017" -.SH NAME -pmconfig \- Configure the Power Management system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/pmconfig\fR [\fB-r\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpmconfig\fR utility sets the Power Management and suspend-resume -configuration. User has permission to change Power Management configuration -using \fBpmconfig\fR only if he is allowed to do so according to -\fBPMCHANGEPERM\fR keyword of \fB/etc/default/power\fR. User has permission to -change the suspend-resume configuration using \fBpmconfig\fR only if he is -allowed to do so according to the \fBCPRCHANGEPERM\fR keyword of -\fB/etc/default/power\fR. See FILES section below for a description of the -\fBPMCHANGEPERM\fR and \fBCPRCHANGEPERM\fR keywords of -\fB/etc/default/power\fR. -.sp -.LP -Based on user permissions, \fBpmconfig\fR first resets the Power Management -and/or suspend-resume state back to its default and then reads the new -Power Management and/or suspend-resume configuration from -\fB/etc/power.conf\fR and issues the commands to activate the new -configuration. The \fBpmconfig\fR utility is run at system boot. This utility -can also be run from the command line after manual changes have been made to -the \fB/etc/power.conf\fR file. For changes made to the -\fB/etc/power.conf\fR file to take effect, users must run \fBpmconfig\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Reset Power Management and suspend-resume state to default and exit. User -must have both Power Management and suspend-resume configuration permission -for this option. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Upon successful completion -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/power.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -System Power Management configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/power\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -File that controls permissions for system's Power Management and -suspend-resume features. The \fBPMCHANGEPERM\fR keyboard controls the Power -Management configuration permissions, while the \fBCPRCHANGEPERM\fR keyword -controls the suspend-resume configuration permissions. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Allowed values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Any user can change the configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -No one except super-user can change the configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -A user in this user list or a super-user can change the configuration. The -user list is a space and/or comma (,) separated list. You must enclose the list -in < and > characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconsole-owner\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -A user who owns the system console device node or a super-user can change the -configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The default values are \fBPMCHANGEPERM=console-owner\fR and -\fBCPRCHANGEPERM=console-owner\fR. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Unstable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBpowerd\fR(1M), \fBpower.conf\fR(4), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBcpr\fR(7), \fBpm\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fIUsing Power Management\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBpmconfig\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/power:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -If the program cannot open the configuration file, it prints an error message -to standard error. If the program encounters a syntax error in the -configuration file, it prints an error message and the line number of the error -in the configuration file. It then skips the rest of the information on that -line and processes the next line. Any configuration information already -processed on the line containing the error is used. If user does not have -permission to change Power Management and/or suspend-resume configuration, and -configuration file has entries for which user doesn't have permission, it -process the entries for which user has permissions and prints error on rest. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/polkit-is-privileged.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/polkit-is-privileged.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f521bdf9d8..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/polkit-is-privileged.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POLKIT-IS-PRIVILEGED 1M "Aug 22, 2006" -.SH NAME -polkit-is-privileged \- check PolicyKit privileges -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpolkit-is-privileged\fR [\fB-hvV\fR] \fB-u\fR \fIuser\fR \fB-p\fR \fIprivilege\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIresource\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpolkit-is-privileged\fR command queries system policy to determine -whether a user is allowed for a given privilege and resource. The resource name -can be omitted. On the Solaris operating system, RBAC authorizations names -should be used as privilege names. -.sp -.LP -Currently, the only consumer of PolicyKit is \fBhald\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR, \fB--help\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display list of options and exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprivilege\fR, \fB--privilege\fR \fIprivilege\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of privilege associated with user. Command tests for this privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIresource\fR, \fB--resource\fR \fIresource\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of resource associated with user and privilege. Command tests for this -resource. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIuser\fR, \fB--user\fR \fIuser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User name or user id that is tested for. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays version number. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBhald\fR(1M), \fBgetauthattr\fR(3SECDB), -\fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), -\fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pooladm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pooladm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 56b0745329..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pooladm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POOLADM 1M "Dec 1, 2005" -.SH NAME -pooladm \- activate and deactivate the resource pools facility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/pooladm\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-s\fR] [\fB-c\fR] [\fIfilename\fR] | \fB-x\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/pooladm\fR [\fB-d\fR | \fB-e\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpooladm\fR command provides administrative operations on pools and sets. -\fBpooladm\fR reads the specified filename and attempts to activate the pool -configuration contained in it. -.sp -.LP -Before updating the current pool run-time configuration, \fBpooladm\fR -validates the configuration for correctness. -.sp -.LP -Without options, \fBpooladm\fR prints out the current running pools -configuration. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Instantiate the configuration at the given location. If a filename is not -specified, it defaults to \fB/etc/pooladm.conf\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Disable the pools facility so that pools can no longer be manipulated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable the pools facility so that pools can be manipulated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Validate the configuration without actually updating the current active -configuration. Checks that there are no syntactic errors and that the -configuration can be instantiated on the current system. No validation of -application specific properties is performed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Update the specified location with the details of the current dynamic -configuration. -.sp -This option requires update permission for the configuration that you are going -to update. If you use this option with the \fB-c\fR option, the dynamic -configuration is updated before the static location. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove the currently active pool configuration. Destroy all defined resources, -and return all formerly partitioned components to their default resources. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Use the configuration contained within this file. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRInstantiating a Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command instantiates the configuration contained at -\fB/home/admin/newconfig\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/pooladm \fR\fB-c\fR\fB /home/admin/newconfig\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRValidating the Configuration Without Instantiating It -.sp -.LP -The following command attempts to instantiate the configuration contained at -\fB/home/admin/newconfig\fR. It displays any error conditions that it -encounters, but does not actually modify the active configuration. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/pooladm \fR\fB-n\fR\fB \fR\fB-c\fR\fB /home/admin/newconfig\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRemoving the Current Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command removes the current pool configuration: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/pooladm \fR\fB-x\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fREnabling the Pools Facility -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the pool facility: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/pooladm -e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fREnabling the Pools Facility Using SMF -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the pool facility through use of the Service -Management Facility. See \fBsmf\fR(5). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/svcadm enable svc:/system/pools:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRSaving the Active Configuration to a Specified Location -.sp -.LP -The following command saves the active configuration to -\fB/tmp/state.backup\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fB/usr/sbin/pooladm -s /tmp/state.backup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/pooladm.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Configuration file for \fBpooladm\fR. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The invocation is Evolving. The output is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpoolcfg\fR(1M), \fBpoolbind\fR(1M), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBpset_destroy\fR(2), \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Resource bindings that are not presented in the form of a binding to a -partitionable resource, such as the scheduling class, are not necessarily -modified in a \fBpooladm\fR \fB-x\fR operation. -.sp -.LP -The pools facility is not active by default when Solaris starts. \fBpooladm\fR -\fB-e\fR explicitly activates the pools facility. The behavior of certain APIs -related to processor partitioning and process binding are modified when pools -is active. See \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB). -.sp -.LP -You cannot enable the pools facility on a system where processor sets have been -created. Use the \fBpsrset\fR(1M) command or \fBpset_destroy\fR(2) to destroy -processor sets manually before you enable the pools facility. -.sp -.LP -Because the Resource Pools facility is an \fBsmf\fR(5) service, it can also be -enabled and disabled using the standard SMF interfaces. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolbind.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/poolbind.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 806f65c131..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolbind.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POOLBIND 1M "Feb 9, 2005" -.SH NAME -poolbind \- bind processes, tasks, or projects or query binding of processes to -resource pools -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolbind\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpoolname\fR \fB-e\fR \fIcommand\fR [\fIarguments\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolbind\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpoolname\fR [\fB-i\fR \fIidtype\fR] \fIid\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolbind\fR \fB-q\fR \fIpid\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolbind\fR \fB-Q\fR \fIpid\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpoolbind\fR command allows an authorized user to bind zones, projects, -tasks, and processes to pools. With the \fB-e\fR option (see below), it can -execute a command you specify, placing the executed command in a specified -pool. It can also enable you to query a process to determine which pool a -process is bound to. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIcommand\fR [\fIarguments\fR...]\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Executes \fIcommand\fR, bound to the pool you specify with \fB-p\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIidtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -This option, together with the \fIidlist\fR arguments, specifies one or more -processes to which the poolbind command is to apply. The interpretation of -\fIidlist\fR depends on the value of \fIidtype\fR. The valid \fIidtype\fR -arguments and corresponding interpretations of \fIidlist\fR are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fIidlist\fR is a list of process \fBID\fRs. Binds the specified processes to -the specified pool. This is the default behavior if no idtype is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItaskid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fIidlist\fR is a list of task IDs. Bind all processes within the list of task -IDs to the specified pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprojid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fIidlist\fR is a list of project \fBID\fRs. Bind all processes within the list -of projects to the specified pool. Each project \fBID\fR can be specified as -either a project name or a numerical project \fBID\fR. See \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIzoneid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -\fIidlist\fR is a list of zone \fBID\fRs. Bind all processes within the list of -zones to the specified pool. Each zone \fBID\fR can be specified as either a -zone name or a numerical zone \fBID\fR. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpoolname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specifies the name of a pool to which the specified zone, project, tasks, or -processes are to be bound. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR \fIpid\fR ...\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Queries the pool bindings for a given list of process \fBID\fRs. If the -collection of resources associated with the process does not correspond to any -currently existing pool, or if there are multiple pools with the set of -resources that the process is bound to, the query fails for that particular -process \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR \fIpid\fR ...\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - Queries the resource bindings for a given list of process IDs. The resource -bindings are each reported on a separate line. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRBinding All Processes -.sp -.LP -The following command binds all processes in projects \fB5\fR and \fB7\fR to -the pool \fBweb_app\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# /usr/sbin/poolbind \fB-p\fR web_app \fB-i\fR projid 5 7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRBinding the Running Shell -.sp -.LP -The following command binds the running shell to the pool \fBweb_app\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - example# /usr/sbin/poolbind \fB-p\fR web_app $$ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRQuerying the Pool Bindings -.sp -.LP -The following command queries the bindings to verify that the shell is bound to -the given pool: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# /usr/sbin/poolbind \fB-q\fR $$ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRQuerying the Resource Bindings -.sp -.LP -The following command queries the bindings to verify that the shell is bound to -the given resources: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# /usr/sbin/poolbind \fB-Q\fR $$ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Requested operation could not be completed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The invocation is Evolving. The output is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpooladm\fR(1M), \fBpoolcfg\fR(1M), \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), \fBproject\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolcfg.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/poolcfg.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1f326abc48..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolcfg.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,479 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POOLCFG 1M "Nov 29, 2007" -.SH NAME -poolcfg \- create and modify resource pool configuration files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolcfg\fR \fB-c\fR \fIcommand\fR [\fB-d\fR | [\fIfilename\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolcfg\fR \fB-f\fR \fIcommand_file\fR [\fB-d\fR | [\fIfilename\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/poolcfg\fR \fB-h\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpoolcfg\fR utility provides configuration operations on pools and sets. -These operations are performed upon an existing configuration and take the form -of modifications to the specified configuration file. If you use the \fB-d\fR -option, the modifications occur to the kernel state. Actual activation of the -resulting configuration is achieved by way of the \fBpooladm\fR(1M) utility. -.sp -.LP -Pools configuration files are structured files that must have been constructed -using \fBpoolcfg\fR itself or \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB) directly. -.sp -.LP -An invocation of \fBpoolcfg\fR with the pool dynamic location and write -permission will hang if the dynamic location has already been opened for -writing. -.sp -.LP -The configurations which are created by this utility can be used by -\fBpooladm\fR to instantiate the configuration upon a target host. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify \fIcommand\fR as an editing command. See \fBUSAGE\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Operate directly on the kernel state. No \fIfilename\fR is allowed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIcommand_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Take the commands from \fIcommand_file\fR. \fIcommand_file\fR consists of -editing commands, one per line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Display extended information about the syntax of editing commands. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.SS "Scripts" -.sp -.LP -A script consists of editing commands, one per line, of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinfo [\fIentity-name\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display configuration (or specified portion) in human readable form to standard -output. If no entity is specified, system information is displayed. Therefore, -\fBpoolcfg\fR \fB-c\fR \fB\&'info' afile\fR is an equivalent invocation to -\fBpoolcfg\fR \fB-c\fR \fB\&'info system name' afile\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcreate \fIentity-name\fR [\fIproperty-list\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Make an entity of the specified type and name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdestroy \fIentity-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove the specified entity. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmodify \fIentity-name\fR [\fIproperty-list\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the listed properties on the named entity. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBassociate \fIpool-name\fR [\fIresource-list\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Connect one or more resources to a pool, or replace one or more existing -connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtransfer to\fR [\fIresourcetype\fR] \fIname\fR[\fIcomponent-list\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Transfer one or more discrete components to a resource . -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtransfer [\fIquantity\fR] from [\fIresourcetype\fR] [\fIsrc\fR] to -[\fItgt\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Transfer a resource quantity from \fIsrc\fR to \fItgt\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtransfer [\fIquantity\fR] to [\fIresourcetype\fR] [\fItgt\fR] from -[\fIsrc\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Transfer a resource quantity to \fItgt\fR from \fIsrc\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdiscover\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a system entity, with one pool entity and resources to match current -system configuration. All discovered resources of each resource type are -recorded in the file, with the single pool referring to the default resource -for each resource type. -.sp -This command is a NO-OP when \fBpoolcfg\fR operates directly on the kernel. See -the \fB-d\fR option. -.sp -You should avoid use of this command. The preferred method for creating a -configuration is to export the dynamic configuration using \fBpooladm\fR(1M) -with the \fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBrename \fIentity-name\fR to \fInew-name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the name of an entity on the system to its new name. -.RE - -.SS "Property Lists" -.sp -.LP -The property list is specified by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -( proptype name = value [ ; proptype name = value ]* ) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where the last definition in the sequence for a given proptype, name pair is -the one that holds. For property deletion, use \fB~ proptype name\fR. -.SS "Resource Lists" -.sp -.LP -A resource list is specified by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -( resourcetype name [ ; resourcetype name ]* ) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where the last specification in the sequence for a resource is the one that -holds. There is no deletion syntax for resource lists. -.SS "Component Lists" -.sp -.LP -A component list is specified by: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -( componenttype name [ ; componenttype name ]* ) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -where the last specification in the sequence for a component is the one that -holds. There is no deletion syntax for component lists. -.SS "Recognized Entities" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsystem\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Machine level entity -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpool\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Named collection of resource associations -.RE - -.SS "Resource Types" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpset\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Processor set resource -.RE - -.SS "Property Types" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBboolean\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Takes one of two values true or false. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBint\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A 64-bit signed integer value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuint\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A 64-bit unsigned integer value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstring\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Strings are delimited by quotes (\fB"\fR), and support the character escape -sequences defined in \fBformats\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfloat\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Scientific notation is not supported. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRWriting a poolcfg Script -.sp -.LP -The following \fBpoolcfg\fR script creates a pool named \fBAccounting\fR, and a -processor set, \fBsmall-1\fR. The processor set is created first, then the pool -is created and associated with the set. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -create pset small-1 ( uint pset.min = 1 ; uint pset.max = 4) -create pool Accounting -associate pool Accounting ( pset small-1 ) -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRReporting on \fBpool_0\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command reports on \fBpool_0\fR to standard output in human -readable form: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # poolcfg -c 'info pool pool_0' /etc/pooladm.conf -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDestroying pool_0 and Its Associations -.sp -.LP -The following command destroys \fBpool_0\fR and associations, but not the -formerly associated resources: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# poolcfg -c 'destroy pool pool_0' /etc/pooladm.conf -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying the Current Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the current configuration: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ poolcfg -c 'info' /etc/pooladm.conf -system example_system - int system.version 1 - boolean system.bind-default true - string system.comment Discovered by libpool - - pool pool_default - boolean pool.default true - boolean pool.active true - int pool.importance 5 - string pool.comment - string.pool.scheduler FSS - pset pset_default - - pset pset_default - int pset.sys_id -1 - string pset.units population - boolean pset.default true - uint pset.max 4294967295 - uint pset.min 1 - string pset.comment - boolean pset.escapable false - uint pset.load 0 - uint pset.size 2 - - cpu - int cpu.sys_id 0 - string cpu.comment - - cpu - int cpu.sys_id 2 - string cpu.comment -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRMoving cpu with ID 2 to Processor Set pset1 in the Kernel -.sp -.LP -The following command moves \fBcpu\fR with ID \fB2\fR to processor set -\fBpset1\fR in the kernel: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# poolcfg -dc 'transfer to pset pset1 ( cpu 2 )' -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRMoving 2 cpus from Processor Set pset1 to Processor Set pset2 -in the Kernel -.sp -.LP -The following command moves 2 \fBcpu\fRs from processor set \fBpset1\fR to -processor set \fBpset2\fR in the kernel: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# poolcfg -dc 'transfer 2 from pset pset1 to pset2' -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The invocation is Committed. The output is Uncommitted. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpooladm\fR(1M), \fBpoolbind\fR(1M), \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBformats\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/poold.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/poold.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 84039a1b34..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/poold.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POOLD 1M "Dec 1, 2005" -.SH NAME -poold \- automated resource pools partitioning daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpoold\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIlevel\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBpoold\fR provides automated resource partitioning facilities. \fBpoold\fR -can be enabled or disabled using the Solaris Service Management Facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5). \fBpoold\fR requires the Resource Pools facility to be active in -order to operate. -.sp -.LP -The dynamic resource pools service's fault management resource identifier -(FMRI) is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/pools/dynamic -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The resource pools service's FMRI is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/pools -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\fBpoold\fR's configuration details are held in a \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB) -configuration and you can access all customizable behavior from this -configuration. -.sp -.LP -\fBpoold\fR periodically examines the load on the system and decides whether -intervention is required to maintain optimal system performance with respect to -resource consumption. \fBpoold\fR also responds to externally initiated (with -respect to \fBpoold\fR) changes of either resource configuration or objectives. -.sp -.LP -If intervention is required, \fBpoold\fR attempts to reallocate the available -resources to ensure that performance objectives are satisfied. If it is not -possible for \fBpoold\fR to meet performance objectives with the available -resources, then a message is written to the log. \fBpoold\fR allocates scarce -resources according to the objectives configured by the administrator. The -system administrator must determine which resource pools are most deserving of -scarce resource and indicate this through the importance of resource pools and -objectives. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlevel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specify the verbosity level for logging information. -.sp -Specify \fIlevel\fR as \fBALERT\fR, \fBCRIT\fR, \fBERR\fR, \fBWARNING\fR, -\fBNOTICE\fR, \fBINFO\fR, and \fBDEBUG\fR. If \fIlevel\fR is not supplied, then -the default logging level is \fBINFO\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBALERT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n - A condition that should be corrected immediately, such as a corrupted system -database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCRIT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Critical conditions, such as hard device errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBERR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBWARNING\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Warning messages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNOTICE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n - Conditions that are not error conditions, but that may require special -handling. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINFO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Informational messages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEBUG\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Messages that contain information normally of use only when debugging a -program. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When invoked manually, with the \fB-l\fR option, all log output is directed to -standard error. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRModifying the Default Logging Level -.sp -.LP -The following command modifies the default logging level to \fBERR\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/lib/pool/poold -l ERR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fREnabling Dynamic Resource Pools -.sp -.LP -The following command enables dynamic resource pools: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/sbin/svcadm enable svc:/system/pools/dynamic -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The invocation is Evolving. The output is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpooladm\fR(1M), \fBpoolbind\fR(1M), \fBpoolcfg\fR(1M), \fBpoolstat\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBpool_set_status\fR(3POOL), \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/poolstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 95cad74a03..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/poolstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POOLSTAT 1M "Jun 16, 2009" -.SH NAME -poolstat \- report active pool statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpoolstat\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpool-list\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrset-list\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpoolstat\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpool-list\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIformat\fR \fB-r\fR \fIrset-list\fR] - [\fB-T\fR u | d ] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpoolstat\fR utility iteratively examines all active pools on the system. -It reports statistics based on the selected output mode. \fBpoolstat\fR -provides options to examine only specified pools and report resource -set-specific statistics. -.sp -.LP -Without options, \fBpoolstat\fR examines all pools, reports basic statistics -for their resource sets, and exits. -.SS "DISPLAY FORMATS" -.sp -.LP -In default output format, \fBpoolstat\fR outputs a header line and a line for -each pool. The line begins with the pool ID and its name, followed by a column -of statistical data for the processor set attached to the pool. -.sp -.LP -The columns are defined as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Pool ID. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpool\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Pool name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Resource set id. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrset\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Resource set name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Resource set type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmin\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Minimum resource set size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmax\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Maximum resource set size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsize\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Current resource set size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBused\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The measure of how much of the resource set is currently is use. This is -calculated as the percentage utilization of the resource set multiplied by its -size. If resource set has been reconfigured during last sampling interval, this -value might be not reported (\fB-\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBload\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -The absolute representation of the load that is put on the resource set. For -the definition of this property see \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB). -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIformat\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Report statistics according to the format specification given in format. See -\fBDISPLAY FORMATS\fR. -.sp -The \fB-o\fR option accepts lists as arguments. Items in a list can be either -separated by commas or enclosed in quotes and separated by commas or spaces. -.sp -You can specify multiple \fB-o\fR options. The format specification is -interpreted as the whitespace separated concatenation of all the format option -arguments. -.sp -The \fB-o\fR option must be used in conjunction with the \fB-r\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpool-list\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Report only pools whose names are in the given list. If the -r option is also -used, this option selects only resource sets which belong to pools in the given -list. Statistics for pools or resource sets are reported in the same order in -which pool names are listed on the pool-list. Pool can be specified by name or -by ID. -.sp -The \fB-p\fR option accepts lists as arguments. Items in a \fIpool-list\fR can -only be separated by spaces. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrset-list\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Report resource set statistics. If the \fIrset-list\fR argument is "\fBall\fR", -then all possible resource set types are selected. -.sp -The \fB-r\fR option accepts lists as arguments. Items in a list can be either -separated by commas or enclosed in quotes and separated by commas or spaces. -.sp -The following resource set types are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -All resource set types -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpset\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Processor set -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display a time stamp. -.sp -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The number of times that the statistics are repeated. By default, poolstat -reports statistics only once. -.sp -If neither interval nor count are specified, statistics are reported once. If -interval is specified and count is not, statistics are reported indefinitely. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The sampling interval in seconds. -.sp -If neither interval nor count are specified, statistics are reported once. If -interval is specified and count is not, statistics are reported indefinitely. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBpoolstat\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the default output from the \fBpoolstat\fR utility: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% poolstat - pset - id pool size used load - 0 pool_default 4 3.6 6.2 - 1 pool_admin 4 3.3 8.4 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRReporting Resource Set Statistics -.sp -.LP -The following example reports resource set statistics. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - -% poolstat -r pset - id pool type rid rset min max size used load - 0 pool_default pset -1 pset_default 1 65K 2 1.2 8.3 - 1 pool_admin pset 1 pset_admin 1 1 1 0.4 5.2 - 2 pool_other pset -1 pset_default 1 65K 2 1.2 8.3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Resource sets attached to multiple pools, as \fBpset_default\fR in the example -above, are listed multiple times, once for each pool. - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRestricting the Output to the List of Pools -.sp -.LP -The following example restricts the output to the list of pools - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% poolstat -p pool_default - pset - id pool size used load - 0 pool_default 8 5.3 10.3 - -% poolstat -p 'pool_admin pool_default' - pset - id pool size used load - 1 pool_admin 6 4.3 5.3 - 0 pool_default 2 1.9 2.0 - -% poolstat -r all -p 'pool_admin pool_default' - id pool type rid rset min max size used load - 1 pool_admin pset 1 pset_admin 1 1 1 0.9 2.3 - 2 pool_default pset -1 pset_default 1 65K 2 2.0 2.0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRCustomizing Output -.sp -.LP -The following example customizes output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% poolstat -r -o pool,rset,size,load - pool rset size load - pool_default pset_default 4 4.5 - pool_admin pset_admin 4 2.1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The system ids associated with resources can change after the system reboots or -the resource configuration is altered. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ports.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ports.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 377b00cf13..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ports.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PORTS 1M "Nov 8, 2002" -.SH NAME -ports \- creates /dev entries and inittab entries for serial lines -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ports\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M) is now the preferred command for \fB/dev\fR and -\fB/devices\fR and should be used instead of \fBports\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBports\fR command creates symbolic links in the \fB/dev/term\fR and -\fB/dev/cua\fR directories to the serial-port character device files in -\fB/devices\fR and adds new entries in \fB/etc/inittab\fR for non-system ports -found. System-board ports are given single lower-case letters for names (such -as \fBa\fR and \fBb\fR) while other ports are named numerically. -.sp -.LP -\fBports\fR searches the kernel device tree to find the serial devices attached -to the system. It also checks \fB/dev/term\fR and \fB/dev/cua\fR to see what -symbolic links to serial devices already exist. \fBports\fR then performs the -following: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Assigns new numbers (or letters for system-board ports) to ports that are -attached to the system but do not have \fB/dev/term\fR and \fB/dev/cua\fR -entries. The numbers or letters assigned are the lowest-unused numbers or -letters. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Removes dangling links: links from \fB/dev/term\fR and \fB/dev/cua\fR -pointing to no-longer-existing ports. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Creates new \fB/dev/term\fR and \fB/dev/cua\fR links for new serial devices. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -Invokes \fBsacadm\fR(1M) to make new port monitor entries for the new -devices. This is not done automatically for on-board ports; on workstations -these ports are often not used for dial-in sessions, so a port-monitor for one -of these ports must be created explicitly. -.RE -.sp -.LP -If the configuration has not changed, ports exits without doing anything. -.SS "Notice to Driver Writers" -.sp -.LP -\fBports\fR considers devices with a node type of \fBDDI_NT_SERIAL,\fR -\fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_MB,\fR \fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_DO,\fR or \fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_MB_DO\fR to -be serial port devices. Devices with one of these node types must create minor -device names that obey the following conventions when calling -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F). -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The minor name for non-system port devices (\fBDDI_NT_SERIAL\fR) consists of an -\fBASCII\fR numeric string, where the first port on the device is named -\fB0\fR, the second named \fB1\fR, the third named \fB2\fR, up to the number of -ports provided by the device. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The minor name for non-system dialout devices (\fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_DO\fR) is the -\fBASCII\fR numeric port name, concatenated with \fB,cu\fR. For example, the -minor name for the first dialout port on the serial board is \fB0,cu\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The minor name for system-board port devices (\fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_MB\fR) consists -of a string containing a single \fBASCII\fR lowercase character, where the -first port on the device is named \fBa\fR, the second is named \fBb\fR, the -third is named \fBc\fR, for all ports on the device (or up through port -\fBz\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The minor name for system-board dialout devices (\fBDDI_NT_SERIAL_MB_DO\fR) -consists of the lowercase character port name, concatenated with \fB,cu\fR. For -example, the minor name for the first dialout port on the on-board serial -device is \fBa,cu\fR. -.RE -.sp -.LP -To prevent \fBdisks\fR from attempting to automatically generate links for a -device, drivers must specify a private node type and refrain from using one of -the above node types when calling \fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fI rootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Causes \fBports\fR to presume that the \fB/dev/term\fR, \fB/dev/cua\fR, and -\fB/devices\fR directories are found under \fIrootdir\fR, not directly under -\fB/\fR. If this argument is specified, \fBsacadm\fR(1M) is not invoked, since -it would update terminal administration files under \fB/etc\fR without regard -to the \fIrootdir\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating the Serial and Dialout Minor Device Nodes -.sp -.LP -The following example creates the serial and dialout minor device nodes from -the \fBxkserial\fR driver's \fBattach\fR(9E) function: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/* -* Create the minor number by combining the instance number -* with the port number. -*/ #define XKNUMPORTS 8 -#define XKMINORNUM(i, p) ((i) << 4 | (p)) -#define XKMINORNUM_DO(i, p) ((i) << 4 | (p) | 0x80) -int -xkserialattach(dev_info_t *dip, ddi_attach_cmd_t cmd) -{ - int instance, portnum; - char name[8]; - /* other stuff in attach... */ - instance = ddi_get_instance(dip); - for (portnum = 0; portnum < XKNUMPORTS; portnum++) { - /* - * create the serial port device - */ - sprintf(name, "%d", portnum); - ddi_create_minor_node(dip, name, S_IFCHR, - XKMINORNUM(instance, portnum), DDI_NT_SERIAL, 0); - - /* - * create the dialout device - */ - sprintf(name,"%d,cu", portnum); - ddi_create_minor_node(dip, name, S_IFCHR, - XKMINORNUM_DO(instance, portnum), DDI_NT_SERIAL_DO, 0); - } -} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRInstalling the \fBxkserial\fR Port Driver on a Sun Fire 4800 -.sp -.LP -The following example installs the \fBxkserial\fR port driver on a Sun Fire -4800 (with the driver controlling the fictional XKSerial 8 port serial board), -with these special files in \fB/devices\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /devices/ssm@0,0/pci@18,700000/pci@1/xkserial@f,800000/ -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 16 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:0 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 144 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:0,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 17 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:1 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 145 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:1,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 18 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:2 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 146 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:2,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 19 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:3 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 147 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:3,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 20 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:4 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 148 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:4,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 21 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:5 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 149 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:5,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 22 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:6 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 150 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:6,cu -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 23 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:7 -crw-r----- 1 root sys 32, 151 Aug 29 00:02 xkserial@2000:7,cu -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fB/dev/term\fR contain symbolic links to the serial port device nodes in -\fB/devices\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/term -/dev/term/0 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:0 -/dev/term/1 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:1 -/dev/term/2 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:2 -/dev/term/3 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:3 -/dev/term/4 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:4 -/dev/term/5 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:5 -/dev/term/6 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:6 -/dev/term/7 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:7 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -and \fB/dev/cua\fR contain symbolic links to the dialout port device nodes in -\fB/devices\fR - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/cua - -/dev/cua/0 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:0,cu -/dev/cua/1 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:1,cu -/dev/cua/2 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:2,cu -/dev/cua/3 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:3,cu -/dev/cua/4 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:4,cu -/dev/cua/5 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:5,cu -/dev/cua/6 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:6,cu -/dev/cua/7 -> ../../devices/[....]/xkserial@2000:7,cu -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/term/\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Logical serial port devices -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/cua/\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Logical dialout port devices -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inittab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBdrvconfig\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), -\fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS), \fBattach\fR(9E), -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/powerd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/powerd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 85e74a838a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/powerd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POWERD 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -powerd \- power manager daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/power/powerd\fR [\fB-n\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpowerd\fR daemon is started by \fBpmconfig\fR(1M) to monitor system -activity and perform an automatic shutdown using the suspend-resume feature. -When the system is suspended, complete current state is saved on the disk -before power is removed. On reboot, the system automatically starts a resume -operation and the system is restored to the same state it was in immediately -prior to suspend. -.sp -.LP -Immediately prior to system shutdown, the daemon notifies \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) of -the shutdown, which broadcasts a notification. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following option is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -No broadcast mode. The daemon silently shuts down the system without notifying -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/power.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Power Management configuration information file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Unstable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpmconfig\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBpower.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBcpr\fR(7), \fBpm\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fIUsing Power Management\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/powertop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/powertop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8307bdf330..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/powertop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH POWERTOP 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -powertop \- report and analyze events that affect power management -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpowertop\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIinterval\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-h\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBPowerTOP\fR is an observability tool that shows how effectively the system -is taking advantage of the CPU's power management features. By running the tool -on an otherwise idle system, the user can see for how long the CPU is running -at different power states. Ideally, an unutilized (idle) system spends 100% -of its time running at the lowest power state, but because of background user -and kernel activity (random software periodically waking to poll status), idle -systems can consume more power than they should. -.sp -.LP -The tool analyzes system activity periodically and displays a summary of how -long the processor is executing at each supported power state. It also displays -the top activities responsible for causing the CPU to wake up and use more -energy. This report allows the user to identify and diagnose problematic areas -of the system and optimize its power efficiency. -.sp -.LP -\fBPowerTOP\fR averages the amount of activity that is preventing the CPU from -entering a lower power state and presents it on the "Wakeups-from-idle per -second" field. This value represents the total number of wake-ups divided by -the current interval. Notice that not all events are displayed on the screen at -all times. -.sp -.LP -During execution, a user can force a refresh of the analysis by pressing the -\fBR\fR key. The interval time is restored to the default or to a specified -value. To quit the application, the user must press the \fBQ\fR key. -.sp -.LP -If you are running as root (superuser) or in the Primary Administrator role, -the tool makes suggestions as how the system can be improved from a power -management perspective. -.sp -.LP -PowerTOP allows you to freeze each of its three subwindows, enabling you to -better analyze each subwindow's contents. When you have three different DTrace -scripts running at the same time, freezing subwindows lowers CPU consumption. -This feature is activated by pressing the \fBi\fR, \fBf\fR, or \fBe\fR key -while the tool running. Pressing one of these keys freezes the idle, -frequency, or event report, respectively. Pressing it once more, unfreezes it. -This feature is most useful when invoked while the application being analyzed -is running. -.sp -.LP -\fBPowerTOP\fR runs on \fBxVM\fR(5) domains. However, the report for idle state -transitions might or might not be accurate as the physical CPU can be shared by -different virtual CPUs. Both wakeup count and event report displays information -regarding the current virtualized environment. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR [\fIprocessor_id\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies which CPU the tool should observe. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR [\fIcount\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dumps the results of \fIcount\fR analysis of system activity to the screen. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the command's usage. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR [\fIinterval\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the interval, in seconds, at which the tool analyzes the system. The -possible values are between 1 and 100; the default is 5 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Switches to verbose mode, including noting firings of the kernel cyclic -subsystem in the event report. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting the Interval -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the interval to two seconds. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBpowertop -t 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAnalyzing and Dumping System Activity -.sp -.LP -The following command analyzes and dumps system activity to the standard output -four times. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBpowertop -d 4\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRReporting Cyclic Subsystem Activity -.sp -.LP -The following command reports cyclic subsystem activity. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBpowertop -v\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRAnalyzing Activity on a Specific Processor -.sp -.LP -The following command runs PowerTOP and only displays data for CPU 3: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBpowertop -c 3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Incorrect usage. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Architecture x86, SPARC -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBkstat\fR(1M), \fBpmconfig\fR(1M), \fBpowerd\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), -\fBuadmin\fR(2), \fBlibdevinfo\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBxVM\fR(5), -\fBcpr\fR(7), \fBpm\fR(7D), \fBpm-components\fR(9P), \fBremovable-media\fR(9P) -.SH USAGE -.LP -You must have \fBDTrace\fR privileges to run \fBPowerTOP\fR and root -(superuser) privileges or assume the Primary Administrator role for the tool to -suggest improvements to the system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ppdmgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ppdmgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index be63ba9bc5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ppdmgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PPDMGR 1M "Mar 9, 2007" -.SH NAME -ppdmgr \- utility for managing PPD files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBppdmgr\fR \fB-a\fR \fIppd_filename_path\fR [\fB-L\fR \fIlabel\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIppd_repository_name\fR] [\fB-w\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBppdmgr\fR \fB-r\fR [\fB-L\fR \fIlabel\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIppd_repository_name\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBppdmgr\fR \fB-u\fR [\fB-L\fR \fIlabel\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIppd_repository_name\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The PPD File Manager adds PPD files to the print system's PPD file -repositories. When changes in the PPD file repositories are made by the -utility, they are reflected in the Solaris Print Manager (see -\fBprintmgr\fR(1M)) GUI printer driver field when adding or modifying local -attached or network attached printers. -.sp -.LP -Multiple PPD file repositories may be available. PPD files that are supplied -with the system are available in the "\fBsystem\fR" repository. PPD files that -are supplied by third party vendors may be available in the "\fBvendor\fR" -repository. PPD files that are supplied by system administrators may be -available in the "\fBadmin\fR" repository, and PPD files that are added using -this utility are available in the "user" repository. When this utility is used -to update or rebuild printer information reflected in the \fBprintmgr\fR(1M), -the special reserved repository name "\fBall\fR" can be used to specify all of -the available PPD file repositories. -.sp -.LP -PPD files are grouped under a user-provided "label" within the print system's -PPD file repository to allow easier selection of a printer driver through the -\fBprintmgr\fR GUI. The special reserved label name "\fBall\fR" can be used to -specify all of the available labels in a PPD file repository. The results are -undefined if a label name contains characters that are not in the portable -filename character set or if a label name starts with a hyphen (-). A label -name may not contain a semi-colon (:). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following subcommand are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIppd_file_path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a copy of \fIppd_file_path\fR to the system under the specified label in -the specified repository, where \fIppd_file_path\fR is the full path and file -name to the PPD file. The utility accepts a valid PPD file with either a -\fB\&.ppd\fR or \fB\&.ppd.gz\fR (gzipped) extension. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR \fIlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies a label to group PPD files under. When specified with the \fB-a\fR -option, the default label is "\fBuser\fR". When specified with the \fB-r\fR or -\fB-u\fR option, the default label is "\fBall\fR". The following are reserved -labels: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcaches\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -may never be specified -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBppdcache\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -may never be specified -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmanufaliases\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -may never be specified -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBall\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -applies the specified action to all labels in a repository, and may only be -specified with the \fB-r\fR or \fB-u\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSUNW*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -anything starting with \fBSUNW\fR is reserved and should not be specified with -the \fB-a\fR option. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIrepository_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the name of a PPD file repository representing one of the PPD file -installation locations. Possible repository names include: "\fBuser\fR", -"\fBadmin\fR", "\fBvendor\fR", "\fBsystem\fR", and "\fBall\fR". -.sp -The repository name "\fBall\fR" signifies all of the possible repository names. -The default repository name is "\fBuser\fR". Only the "\fBuser\fR" or -"\fBadmin\fR" repository may be specified with the \fB-a\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rebuilds the cache information for the specified label in the specified -repository. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Updates the cache information for the specified label in the specified -repository. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write the full path of the added PPD file. This option is only valid with the -\fB-a\fR option. Otherwise, this option is ignored. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding a copy of a PPD file to the repository -.sp -.LP -The following commands add a copy of a PPD file to the "\fBuser\fR" repository -under the "\fBuser\fR" label: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ppdmgr -a /net/somesystem/ppdfiles/ppdfile.ppd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -or - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ppdmgr -a /net/somesystem/ppdfiles/ppdfile.ppd -L user -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a copy of a PPD file to the "\fBuser\fR" repository -under the "\fBPhoto\fR" label and write the full path of the added copy to -standard output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ppdmgr -a /net/somesystem/ppdfiles/ppdfile.ppd -L "Photo" -w -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUpdating the cache for the PPD files -.sp -.LP -The following commands update the cache for the PPD files under the "\fBall\fR" -labels in the "\fBuser\fR" repository: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # ppdmgr -u -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -or - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # ppdmgr -u -R user -L all -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command updates the cache for the PPD files under the "photo" -label in the "\fBuser\fR" repository: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - # ppdmgr -u -R user -L Photo -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRebuilding the cache for the PPD files -.sp -.LP -The following command rebuilds the cache for the PPD files under the "Photo" -label in the "\fBuser\fR" repository: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ppdmgr -r -R user -L Photo -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBprintmgr\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pppd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4a2bdb360d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2722 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1989 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising materials, and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed by Carnegie Mellon University. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED -.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Right Reserved. -.TH PPPD 1M "February 5, 2022" -.SH NAME -pppd \- point to point protocol daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBpppd\fR [\fItty_name\fR] [\fIspeed\fR] [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The point-to-point protocol (PPP) provides a method for transmitting datagrams -over serial point-to-point links. PPP is composed of three components: a -facility for encapsulating datagrams over serial links, an extensible link -control protocol (LCP), and a family of network control protocols (NCP) for -establishing and configuring different network-layer protocols. -.sp -.LP -The encapsulation scheme is provided by driver code in the kernel. \fBpppd\fR -provides the basic LCP authentication support and several NCPs for establishing -and configuring the Internet Protocol (referred to as the IP Control Protocol -or "IPCP") and IPv6 (IPV6CP). -.SH OPTIONS -The following sections discuss the \fBpppd\fR options: -.SS "Options Files" -Options are taken from files and the command line. \fBpppd\fR reads options -from the files \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR, \fB$HOME/.ppprc\fR and -\fB/etc/ppp/options.\fR\fIttyname\fR (in that order) before processing the -options on the command line. (Command-line options are scanned for the terminal -name before the \fBoptions\fR.\fIttyname\fR file is read.) To form the name of -the \fBoptions\fR.\fIttyname\fR file, the initial \fB/dev/\fR is removed from -the terminal name, and any remaining forward slash characters (/) are replaced -with dots. For example, with serial device \fB/dev/cua/a\fR, option file -\fB/etc/ppp/options.cua.a\fR is read. -.sp -.LP -An options file is parsed into a series of words that are delimited by -whitespace. Whitespace can be included in a word by enclosing the word in -double-quotes ("). A backslash (\e) quotes the succeeding character. A hash (#) -starts a comment, which continues until the end of the line. There is no -restriction on using the \fBfile\fR or \fBcall\fR options within an options -file. -.SS "Frequently Used Options" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Communicate over the named device. The string \fB/dev/\fR is prepended if -necessary. If no device name is given, or if the name of the terminal connected -to the standard input is given, \fBpppd\fR uses that terminal and does not fork -to put itself in the background. A value for this option from a privileged -source cannot be overridden by a non-privileged user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the baud rate to <\fBspeed\fR> (a decimal number). The default is to leave -the baud rate unchanged. This option is normally needed for dial-out only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBasyncmap\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the \fBasync\fR character map to \fI\fR\&. The map describes which -control characters cannot be successfully received over the serial line. -\fBpppd\fR asks the peer to send these characters as a 2-byte escape sequence. -The argument is a 32 bit hex number, with each bit representing a character to -escape. Bit 0 (00000001) represents the character 0x00; bit 31 (80000000) -represents the character 0x1f or ^_. If multiple \fBasyncmap\fR options are -given, the values are \fBORed\fR together. If no \fBasyncmap\fR option is -given, \fBpppd\fR attempts to negotiate a value of 0. If the peer agrees, this -disables escaping of the standard control characters. Use the -\fBdefault-asyncmap\fR option to disable negotiation and escape all control -characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauth\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Require the peer to authenticate itself before allowing network packets to be -sent or received. This option is the default if the system has a default route. -If the \fBauth\fR or the \fBnoauth\fR option is not specified, \fBpppd\fR -allows the peer to use only those IP addresses to which the system does not -already have a route. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcall\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Read options from the file \fB/etc/ppp/peers/\fR\fIname\fR. This file may -contain privileged options, including \fBnoauth\fR, even if \fBpppd\fR is not -being run by root. The \fIname\fR string may not begin with a slash ("/") or -include consecutive periods \fB("..")\fR as a pathname component. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcallback\fR \fB\fInumber\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Request a callback to the given telephone number using Microsoft CBCP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconnect\fR \fB\fIscript\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Use the executable or shell command specified by \fIscript\fR to set up the -serial line. This script would typically use the \fBchat\fR(1M) program to dial -the modem and start the remote \fBPPP\fR session. A value for this option -originating from a privileged source cannot be overridden by a non-privileged -user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcrtscts\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Use hardware flow control, that is, RTS/CTS, to control the flow of data on the -serial port. If the \fBcrtscts\fR, \fBnocrtscts\fR, \fBcdtrcts\fR or -\fBnocdtrcts\fR option is not provided, the hardware flow control setting for -the serial port is left unchanged. Some serial ports lack a true RTS output and -use this mode to implement unidirectional flow control. The serial port -suspends transmission when requested by the modem by means of CTS but cannot -request the modem to stop sending to the computer. This mode allows the use of -DTR as a modem control line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefaultroute\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Add a default route to the system routing tables when IPCP negotiation -successfully completes, using the peer as the gateway. This entry is removed -when the \fBPPP\fR connection is broken. This option is privileged if the -\fBnodefaultroute\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisconnect\fR \fB \fIscript\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Run the executable or shell command specified by \fIscript\fR after \fBpppd\fR -terminates the link. Typically, this script is used to command the modem to -hang up if hardware modem control signals are not available. \fBdisconnect\fR -is not run if the modem has already hung up. A value for this option -originating from a privileged source cannot be overridden by a non-privileged -user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBescape\fR \fB\fIxx,yy,...\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Specifies that certain characters be escaped on transmission regardless of -whether the peer requests them to be escaped with its \fBasync\fR control -character map. The characters to be escaped are specified as a list of hex -numbers separated by commas. Note that almost any character can be specified -for the \fBescape\fR option, unlike the \fBasyncmap\fR option which allows only -control characters to be specified. Characters that cannot be escaped are those -containing hex values 0x20 through 0x3f and 0x5e. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfile\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Read options from file \fIname\fR. If this option is used on the command line -or in \fB$HOME/.ppprc\fR, the file must be readable by the user invoking -\fBpppd\fR. See for a list of files that \fBpppd\fR always reads, regardless -of the use of this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinit\fR \fB \fIscript\fR \fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Run the executable or shell command specified by \fIscript\fR to initialize the -serial line. This script would typically use the \fBchat\fR(1M) program to -configure the modem to enable auto-answer. A value for this option from a -privileged source cannot be overridden by a non-privileged user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlock\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Directs \fBpppd\fR to create a UUCP-style lock file for the serial device to -ensure exclusive access to the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmru\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the Maximum Receive Unit (MRU) value to \fIn\fR. \fBpppd\fR asks the peer -to send packets of no more than \fIn\fR bytes. Minimum MRU value is 128. -Default MRU value is 1500. A value of 296 is recommended for slow links (40 -bytes for TCP/IP header + 256 bytes of data). For IPv6, MRU must be at least -1280. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmtu\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Set the Maximum Transmit Unit (MTU) value to \fIn\fR. Unless the peer requests -a smaller value via MRU negotiation, \fBpppd\fR requests the kernel networking -code to send data packets of no more than \fIn\fR bytes through the PPP network -interface. For IPv6, MTU must be at least 1280. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpassive\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Enables the "passive" option in the LCP. With this option, \fBpppd\fR attempts -to initiate a connection; if no reply is received from the peer, \fBpppd\fR -waits passively for a valid LCP packet instead of exiting, as it would without -this option. -.RE - -.SS "Options" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB:\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the local and/or remote interface IP addresses. Either one may be omitted, -but the colon is required. The IP addresses are specified with a host name or -in decimal dot notation, for example: \fB:10.1.2.3\fR. The default local -address is the first IP address of the system unless the \fBnoipdefault\fR -option is provided. The remote address is obtained from the peer if not -specified in any option. Thus, in simple cases, this option is not required. If -a local and/or remote IP address is specified with this option, \fBpppd\fR will -not accept a different value from the peer in the IPCP negotiation unless the -\fBipcp-accept-local\fR and/or \fBipcp-accept-remote\fR options are given, -respectively. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallow-fcs\fR \fB\fIfcs-type\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set allowable FCS type(s) for data sent to the peer. The \fIfcs-type\fR is a -comma-separated list of "crc16", "crc32", "null", or integers. By default, all -known types are allowed. If this option is specified and the peer requests a -type not listed, a LCP Configure-Nak is sent to request only the listed types. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallow-ip\fR \fB\fIaddress(es)\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow peers to use the given IP address or subnet without authenticating -themselves. The parameter is parsed in the same manner as each element of the -list of allowed IP addresses is parsed in the secrets files. See the section -more more details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbsdcomp\fR \fB\fInr,nt\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request that the peer compress packets that it sends using the BSD-Compress -scheme, with a maximum code size of \fInr\fR bits, and agree to compress -packets sent to the peer with a maximum code size of \fInt\fR bits. If \fInt\fR -is not specified, it defaults to the value given for \fInr\fR. Values in the -range 9 to 15 may be used for \fInr\fR and \fInt\fR; larger values provide -better compression but consume more kernel memory for compression dictionaries. -Alternatively, a value of 0 for \fInr\fR or \fInt\fR disables compression in -the corresponding direction. Use \fBnobsdcomp\fR or \fBbsdcomp 0\fR to disable -BSD-Compress compression entirely. If this option is read from a privileged -source, a nonprivileged user may not specify a code size larger than the value -from the privileged source. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcdtrcts\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use a non-standard hardware flow control such as DTR/CTS to control the flow of -data on the serial port. If the \fBcrtscts\fR, \fBnocrtscts\fR, \fBcdtrcts\fR -or \fBnocdtrcts\fR option is not specified, the hardware flow control setting -for the serial port is left unchanged. Some serial ports lack a true RTS -output. Such serial ports use this mode to implement true bi-directional flow -control. Note that this flow control mode does not permit using DTR as a modem -control line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchap-interval\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option is given, \fBpppd\fR will rechallenge the peer every \fIn\fR -seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchap-max-challenge\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of CHAP challenge transmissions to \fIn\fR (default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchap-restart\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the CHAP restart interval (retransmission timeout for challenges) to -\fIn\fR seconds. The default is 3. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconnect-delay\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Wait for up to \fIn\fR milliseconds after the connect script finishes for a -valid PPP packet from the peer. When the wait period elapses or when a valid -PPP packet is received from the peer, \fBpppd\fR begins negotiation by sending -its first LCP packet. The default value is 1000 (1 second). A wait period -applies only if the \fBconnect\fR or \fBpty\fR option is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdatarate\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set maximum data rate to \fIn\fR (in bytes per second) when using the -\fBpty\fR, \fBnotty\fR, \fBrecord\fR, or \fBsocket\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdebug\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, \fBpppd\fR -logs the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. -The packets are logged through syslog with facility \fBdaemon\fR and level -\fBdebug\fR. This information can be directed to a file by configuring -\fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR appropriately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefault-asyncmap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable \fBasyncmap\fR negotiation, forcing all control characters to be -escaped for both the transmit and the receive direction. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefault-fcs\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable FCS Alternatives negotiation entirely. By default, no FCS Alternatives -option is sent to the peer, but the option is accepted. If this option is -specified by the peer, then LCP Configure-Reject is sent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdefault-mru\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable MRU [Maximum Receive Unit] negotiation. With this option, \fBpppd\fR -uses the default MRU value of 1500 bytes for the transmit and receive -directions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdeflate\fR \fB\fInr,nt,e\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request that the peer compress packets that it sends, using the \fBdeflate\fR -scheme, with a maximum window size of \fI2**nr\fR bytes, and agree to compress -packets sent to the peer with a maximum window size of \fI2**nt\fR bytes and -effort level of \fIe\fR (1 to 9). If \fInt\fR is not specified, it defaults to -the value given for \fInr\fR. If \fIe\fR is not specified, it defaults to 6. -Values in the range 9 to 15 may be used for \fInr\fR and \fInt\fR; larger -values provide better compression but consume more kernel memory for -compression dictionaries. (Value 8 is not permitted due to a zlib bug.) -Alternatively, a value of 0 for \fInr\fR or \fInt\fR disables compression in -the corresponding direction. Use \fBnodeflate\fR or \fBdeflate 0\fR to disable -\fBdeflate\fR compression entirely. (Note: \fBpppd\fR requests deflate -compression in preference to BSD-Compress if the peer can do either.) If this -option is read from a privileged source, a nonprivileged user may not specify a -code size larger than the value from the privileged source. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdemand\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initiate the link only on demand, that is, when data traffic is present. With -this option, the remote IP address must be specified by the user on the command -line or in an options file. \fBpppd\fR initially configures and enables the -interface for IP traffic without connecting to the peer. When traffic is -available, \fBpppd\fR connects to the peer and performs negotiation, -authentication and other actions. When completed, \fBpppd\fR passes data -packets across the link. The \fBdemand\fR option implies the \fBpersist\fR -option. If this behavior is not desired, use the \fBnopersist\fR option after -the \fBdemand\fR option. The \fBidle\fR and \fBholdoff\fR options can be used -in conjunction with the \fBdemand\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdomain\fR \fB\fId\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Append the domain name \fId\fR to the local host name for authentication -purposes. For example, if \fBgethostname()\fR returns the name \fBporsche\fR, -but the fully qualified domain name is \fBporsche.Example.COM\fR, you could -specify \fBdomain Example.COM\fR. With this configuration, \fBpppd\fR uses the -name \fBporsche.Example.COM\fR for accessing secrets in the secrets file and as -the default name when authenticating to the peer. This option is privileged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBendpoint\fR \fB\fIendpoint-value\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the endpoint discriminator (normally used for RFC 1990 Multilink PPP -operation). The \fIendpoint-value\fR consists of a class identifier and a -class-dependent value. The class identifier is one of "null," "local," "IP," -"MAC," "magic," "phone," or a decimal integer. If present, the class-dependent -value is separated from the identifier by a colon (":") or period (".") . This -value may be a standard dotted-decimal IP address for class "IP," an optionally -colon-or-dot separated hex Ethernet address for class "MAC" (must have 6 -numbers), or an arbitrary string of bytes specified in hex with optional colon -or dot separators between bytes. Although this option is available, this -implementation does not support multilink. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfcs\fR \fB\fIfcs-type\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set FCS type(s) desired for data sent by the peer. The \fIfcs-type\fR is a -comma-separated list of \fBcrc16\fR, \fBcrc32\fR, \fBnull\fR, or integers. By -default, an FCS Alternatives option is not specified, and the medium-dependent -FCS type is used. If this option is specified and the peer sends an LCP -Configure-Nak, only the listed types are used. If none are in common, the FCS -Alternatives option is omitted from the next LCP Configure-Request to drop back -to the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhide-password\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When logging the contents of PAP packets, this option causes \fBpppd\fR to -exclude the password string from the log. This is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBholdoff\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies how many seconds to wait before re-initiating the link after it -terminates. This option is effective only if the \fBpersist\fR or \fBdemand\fR -option is used. The holdoff period is not applied if the link is terminated -because it was idle. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBident\fR \fB\fIstring\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the LCP Identification string. The default value is a version string -similar to that displayed by the \fB--version\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBidle\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that \fBpppd\fR must disconnect if the link is idle for \fIn\fR -seconds. The link is idle when no data packets (i.e. IP packets) are being sent -or received. Do not use this option with the \fBpersist\fR option but without -the \fBdemand\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-accept-local\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR accepts the peer's idea of the local IP address, -even if the local IP address is specified in an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-accept-remote\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR accepts the peer's idea of its remote IP address, -even if the remote IP address is specified in an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-max-configure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPCP Configure-Request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-max-failure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPCP Configure-NAKs sent before sending -Configure-Rejects instead to \fIn\fR (default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-max-terminate\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPCP terminate-request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipcp-restart\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the IPCP restart interval (retransmission timeout) to \fIn\fR seconds -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipparam\fR \fB\fIstring\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Provides an extra parameter to the ip-up and ip-down scripts. When this option -is given, the \fIstring\fR supplied is given as the sixth parameter to those -scripts. See the section. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6\fR -\fB\fI\fR,\fI\fR\fR -\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the local and/or remote 64-bit interface identifier. Either one may be -omitted. The identifier must be specified in standard ASCII notation of IPv6 -addresses (for example: \fB::dead:beef\fR). If the \fBipv6cp-use-ipaddr\fR -option is given, the local and remote identifiers are derived from the -respective IPv4 addresses (see above). The \fBipv6cp-use-persistent\fR option -can be used instead of the \fBipv6 ,\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-accept-local\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Accept peer's interface identifier for the local link identifier. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-max-configure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPv6CP Configure-Request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-max-failure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPv6CP Configure-NAKs sent before sending -Configure-Rejects instead to \fIn\fR (default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-max-terminate\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of IPv6CP terminate-request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-restart\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the IPv6CP restart interval (retransmission timeout) to \fIn\fR seconds -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-use-ipaddr\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If either the local or remote IPv6 address is unspecified, use the -corresponding configured IPv4 address as a default interface identifier. (This -option uses the configured addresses, not the negotiated addresses. Do not use -it with \fBipcp-accept-local\fR if the local IPv6 identifier is unspecified or -with \fBipcp-accept-remote\fR if the remote IPv6 identifier is unspecified.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6cp-use-persistent\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use uniquely-available persistent value for link local address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkdebug\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable debugging code in the kernel-level PPP driver. Argument \fIn\fR is the -sum of the following values: \fB1\fR to enable general debug messages, \fB2\fR -to request that contents of received packets be printed, and \fB4\fR to request -contents of transmitted packets be printed. Messages printed by the kernel are -logged by \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) to a file directed in the \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR -configuration file. Do not use the \fBkdebug\fR option to debug failed links. -Use the \fBdebug\fR option instead. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-echo-failure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option is given, \fBpppd\fR presumes the peer to be dead if \fIn\fR LCP -Echo-Requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP Echo-Reply. If this -happens, \fBpppd\fR terminates the connection. This option requires a non-zero -value for the \fBlcp-echo-interval\fR parameter. This option enables \fBpppd\fR -to terminate after the physical connection is broken (for example, if the modem -has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-echo-interval\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option is given, \fBpppd\fR sends an LCP Echo-Request frame to the peer -every \fIn\fR seconds. Normally the peer responds to the Echo-Request by -sending an Echo-Reply. This option can be used with the \fBlcp-echo-failure\fR -option to detect that the peer is no longer connected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-max-configure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of LCP Configure-Request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-max-failure\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of LCP Configure-NAKs sent before starting to send -Configure-Rejects instead to \fIn\fR (default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-max-terminate\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of LCP Terminate-Request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlcp-restart\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the LCP restart interval (retransmission timeout) to \fIn\fR seconds -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlinkname\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the logical name of the link to \fIname\fR. \fBpppd\fR creates a file -named \fBppp-\fR\fIname\fR\fB\&.pid\fR in \fB/var/run\fR containing its process -ID. This is useful in determining which instance of \fBpppd\fR is responsible -for the link to a given peer system. This is a privileged option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlocal\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not use modem control lines. With this option, \fBpppd\fR ignores the state -of the CD (Carrier Detect) signal from the modem and does not change the state -of the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogfd\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Send log messages to file descriptor \fIn\fR. \fBpppd\fR sends log messages to -(at most) one file or file descriptor (as well as sending the log messages to -syslog), so this option and the \fBlogfile\fR option are mutually exclusive. By -default \fBpppd\fR sends log messages to \fBstdout\fR (file descriptor 1) -unless the serial port is open on stdout. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogfile\fR \fB\fIfilename\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Append log messages to the file \fIfilename\fR (and send the log messages to -syslog). The file is opened in append mode with the privileges of the user who -invoked \fBpppd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogin\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the system password database for authenticating the peer using PAP, and -record the user in the system \fBwtmp\fR file. Note that the peer must have an -entry in the \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR file and the system password database -to be allowed access. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxconnect\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Terminate the connection after it has been available for network traffic for -\fIn\fR seconds (that is, \fIn\fR seconds after the first network control -protocol starts). An LCP Time-Remaining message is sent when the first NCP -starts, and again when 5, 2, and 0.5 minutes are remaining. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaxfail\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Terminate after \fIn\fR consecutive failed connection attempts. A value of 0 -means no limit. The default value is 10. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodem\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the modem control lines. This option is the default. With this option, -\fBpppd\fR waits for the CD (Carrier Detect) signal from the modem to be -asserted when opening the serial device (unless a connect script is specified), -and drops the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal briefly when the connection is -terminated and before executing the connect script. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBms-dns\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBpppd\fR is acting as a server for Microsoft Windows clients, this option -allows \fBpppd\fR to supply one or two DNS (Domain Name Server) addresses to -the clients. The first instance of this option specifies the primary DNS -address; the second instance (if given) specifies the secondary DNS address. If -the first instance specifies a name that resolves to multiple IP addresses, -then the first two addresses are used. (This option is present in some older -versions of \fBpppd\fR under the name \fBdns-addr\fR.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBms-lanman\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBpppd\fR connects as a client to a Microsoft server and uses MS-CHAPv1 for -authentication, this option selects the LAN Manager password style instead of -Microsoft NT. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBms-wins\fR \fB\fI\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBpppd\fR acts as a server for Microsoft Windows or Samba clients, this -option allows \fBpppd\fR to supply one or two WINS (Windows Internet Name -Services) server addresses to the clients. The first instance of this option -specifies the primary WINS address; the second instance (if given) specifies -the secondary WINS address. As with \fBms-dns\fR, if the name specified -resolves to multiple IP addresses, then the first two will be taken as primary -and secondary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBname\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the name of the local system for authentication purposes to \fIname\fR. -This is a privileged option. With this option, \fBpppd\fR uses lines in the -secrets files that have \fIname\fR as the second field to look for a secret to -use in authenticating the peer. In addition, unless overridden with the -\fBuser\fR option, \fIname\fR is used as the name to send to the peer when -authenticating the local system. (Note that \fBpppd\fR does not append the -domain name to \fIname\fR.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBno-accm-test\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable use of \fBasyncmap\fR (ACCM) checking using LCP Echo-Request messages. -If the \fBlcp-echo-failure\fR is used on an asynchronous line, \fBpppd\fR -includes all control characters in the first \fIn\fR LCP Echo-Request messages. -If the \fBasyncmap\fR is set incorrectly, the link drops rather than continue -operation with random failures. This option disables that feature. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoaccomp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable HDLC Address/Control compression in both directions (send and receive). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoauth\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not require the peer to authenticate itself. This option is privileged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnobsdcomp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disables BSD-Compress compression; \fBpppd\fR will not request or agree to -compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme. This option is not necessary if -\fBnoccp\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoccp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable CCP (Compression Control Protocol) negotiation. This option should only -be required if the peer has bugs or becomes confused by requests from -\fBpppd\fR for CCP negotiation. If CCP is disabled, then BSD and deflate -compression do not need to be separately disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnocrtscts\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable hardware flow control (i.e. RTS/CTS) on the serial port. If the -\fBcrtscts\fR, \fBnocrtscts\fR, \fBcdtrcts\fR or \fBnocdtrcts\fR options are -not given, the hardware flow control setting for the serial port is left -unchanged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnocdtrcts\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option is a synonym for \fBnocrtscts\fR. Either option will disable both -forms of hardware flow control. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnodefaultroute\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the \fBdefaultroute\fR option. You can prevent non-root users from -creating default routes with \fBpppd\fR by placing this option in the -\fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnodeflate\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disables deflate compression; \fBpppd\fR will not request or agree to compress -packets using the deflate scheme. This option is not necessary if \fBnoccp\fR -is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnodeflatedraft\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not use Internet Draft (incorrectly assigned) algorithm number for deflate -compression. This option is not necessary if \fBnoccp\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnodetach\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not detach from the controlling terminal. Without this option, \fBpppd\fR -forks to become a background process if a serial device other than the terminal -on the standard input is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoendpoint\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not send or accept the Multilink Endpoint Discriminator option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoident\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable use of LCP Identification. LCP Identification messages will not be sent -to the peer, but received messages will be logged. (Specify this option twice -to completely disable LCP Identification. In this case, \fBpppd\fR sends LCP -Code-Reject in response to received LCP Identification messages.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoip\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable IPCP negotiation and IP communication. Use this option only if the peer -has bugs or becomes confused by requests from \fBpppd\fR for IPCP negotiation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoipv6\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable IPv6CP negotiation and IPv6 communication. IPv6 is not enabled by -default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoipdefault\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disables the default behavior when no local IP address is specified, which is -to determine (if possible) the local IP address from the hostname. With this -option, the peer must supply the local IP address during IPCP negotiation -(unless it specified explicitly on the command line or in an options file). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnolog\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not send log messages to a file or file descriptor. This option cancels the -\fBlogfd\fR and \fBlogfile\fR options. \fBnologfd\fR acts as an alias for this -option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnomagic\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable magic number negotiation. With this option, \fBpppd\fR cannot detect a -looped-back line. Use this option only if the peer has bugs. Do not use this -option to work around the "Serial line is looped back" error message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnopam\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This privileged option disables use of pluggable authentication modules. If -this option is specified, \fBpppd\fR reverts to standard authentication -mechanisms. The default is not to use PAM. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnopcomp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable protocol field compression negotiation in the receive and the transmit -direction. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnopersist\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Exit once a connection has been made and terminated. This is the default unless -the \fBpersist\fR or \fBdemand\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoplink\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cause \fBpppd\fR to use I_LINK instead of I_PLINK. This is the default. When -I_LINK is used, the system cleans up terminated interfaces (even when SIGKILL -is used) but does not allow \fBifconfig\fR(1M) to unplumb PPP streams or insert -or remove modules dynamically. Use the \fBplink\fR option if \fBifconfig\fR(1M) -modinsert, modremove or unplumb support is needed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnopredictor1\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not accept or agree to Predictor-1 compression. (This option is accepted for -compatibility. The implementation does not support Predictor-1 compression.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoproxyarp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the \fBproxyarp\fR option. If you want to prevent users from creating -proxy ARP entries with \fBpppd\fR, place this option in the -\fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnotty\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Normally, \fBpppd\fR requires a terminal device. With this option, \fBpppd\fR -allocates itself a pseudo-terminal pair and uses the subsidiary as its -terminal device. \fBpppd\fR creates a child process to act as a character shunt -to transfer characters between the pseudo-terminal manager and its standard -input and output. Thus, \fBpppd\fR transmits characters on its standard output -and receives characters on its standard input even if they are not terminal -devices. This option increases the latency and CPU overhead of transferring -data over the ppp interface as all of the characters sent and received must -flow through the character shunt process. An explicit device name may not be -given if this option is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnovj\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and -the receive direction. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnovjccomp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the connection-ID compression option in Van Jacobson style TCP/IP -header compression. With this option, \fBpppd\fR does not omit the -connection-ID byte from Van Jacobson compressed TCP/IP headers, nor does it ask -the peer to do so. This option is unnecessary if \fBnovj\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpam\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This privileged option enables use of PAM. If this is specified, \fBpppd\fR -uses the \fBpam\fR(3PAM) framework for user authentication with a service name -of "ppp" if the \fBlogin\fR option and PAP authentication are used. The default -is not to use PAM. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpapcrypt\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that \fBpppd\fR should not accept a password which, before -encryption, is identical to the secret from the \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR -file. Use this option if the secrets in the \fBpap-secrets\fR file are in -\fBcrypt\fR(3C) format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpap-max-authreq\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum number of PAP authenticate-request transmissions to \fIn\fR -(default 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpap-restart\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the PAP restart interval (retransmission timeout) to \fIn\fR seconds -(default 3). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpap-timeout\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum time that \fBpppd\fR waits for the peer to authenticate itself -with PAP to \fIn\fR seconds (0= no limit). The default is 30 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpassword\fR \fB\fIstring\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Password string for authentication to the peer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpersist\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not exit after a connection is terminated; instead try to reopen the -connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBplink\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cause \fBpppd\fR to use I_PLINK instead of I_LINK. The default is to use -I_LINK, which cleans up terminated interface (even if SIGKILL is used), but -does not allow \fBifconfig\fR(1M) to unplumb PPP streams or insert or remove -modules dynamically. Use this option if \fBifconfig\fR(1M) -modinsert/modremove/unplumb support is needed. See also the \fBplumbed\fR -option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBplugin\fR \fB\fIfilename\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Load the shared library object file \fIfilename\fR as a plugin. This is a -privileged option. Unless the filename specifies an explicit path, -\fB/etc/ppp/plugins\fR and \fB/usr/lib/inet/ppp\fR will be searched for the -object to load in that order. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBplumbed\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option indicates that \fBpppd\fR should find a plumbed interface and use -that for the session. If IPv4 addresses or IPv6 interface IDs or link MTU are -otherwise unspecified, they are copied from the interface selected. This mode -mimics some of the functionality of the older \fBaspppd\fR implementation and -may be helpful when \fBpppd\fR is used with external applications that use -\fBifconfig\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpppmux\fR \fB\fItimer\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable PPP Multiplexing option negotiation and set transmit multiplexing -timeout to \fItimer\fR microseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBprivgroup\fR \fB\fIgroup-name\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows members of group \fIgroup-name\fR to use privileged options. This is a -privileged option. Because there is no guarantee that members of -\fIgroup-name\fR cannot use \fBpppd\fR to become root themselves, you should be -careful using this option. Consider it equivalent to putting the members of -\fIgroup-name\fR in the \fBroot\fR or \fBsys\fR group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBproxyarp\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add an entry to the system's Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table with the -IP address of the peer and the Ethernet address of this system. When you use -this option, the peer appears to other systems to be on the local Ethernet. The -remote address on the PPP link must be in the same subnet as assigned to an -Ethernet interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpty\fR \fB \fIscript\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the command \fIscript\fR, and not a specific terminal device is -used for serial communication. \fBpppd\fR allocates itself a pseudo-terminal -pair and uses the subsidiary as its terminal device. \fIscript\fR runs -in a child process with the pseudo-terminal manager as its standard input and -output. An explicit device name may not be given if this option is used. -(Note: if the \fBrecord\fR option is used in conjunction with the \fBpty\fR -option, the child process will have pipes on its standard input and output.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreceive-all\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR accepts all control characters from the peer, -including those marked in the receive \fBasyncmap\fR. Without this option, -\fBpppd\fR discards those characters as specified in \fIRFC 1662\fR. This -option should be used only if the peer has bugs, as is often found with -dial-back implementations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrecord\fR \fB\fIfilename\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directs \fBpppd\fR to record all characters sent and received to a file named -\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is opened in append mode, using the user's -user-ID and permissions. Because this option uses a pseudo-terminal and a -process to transfer characters between the pseudo-terminal and the real serial -device, it increases the latency and CPU overhead of transferring data over the -PPP interface. Characters are stored in a tagged format with timestamps that -can be displayed in readable form using the \fBpppdump\fR(1M) program. This -option is generally used when debugging the kernel portion of \fBpppd\fR -(especially CCP compression algorithms) and not for debugging link -configuration problems. See the \fBdebug\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremotename\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the assumed name of the remote system for authentication purposes to -\fIname\fR. Microsoft WindowsNT does not provide a system name in its CHAP -Challenge messages, and this option is often used to work around this problem. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefuse-chap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer -using standard Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP). (MS-CHAP is -not affected.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefuse-mschap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not agree to authenticate to peer with MS-CHAPv1. If this option is -specified, requests for MS-CHAPv1 authentication from the peer are declined -with LCP Configure-Nak. That option does not disable any other form of CHAP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefuse-mschapv2\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not agree to authenticate to peer with MS-CHAPv2. If specified, this option -requests that MS-CHAPv2 authentication from the peer be declined with LCP -Configure-Nak. That option does not disable any other form of CHAP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefuse-pap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer -using Password Authentication Protocol (PAP). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrequire-chap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Require the peer to authenticate itself using standard CHAP authentication. -MS-CHAP is not affected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrequire-mschap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Require the peer to authenticate itself using MS-CHAPv1 authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrequire-mschapv2\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Require the peer to authenticate itself using MS-CHAPv2 authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrequire-pap\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Require the peer to authenticate itself using PAP authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow-password\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When logging contents of PAP packets, this option causes \fBpppd\fR to show the -password string in the log message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsilent\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR will not transmit LCP packets to initiate a -connection until a valid LCP packet is received from the peer. This is like the -"passive" option with older versions of \fBpppd\fR and is retained for -compatibility, but the current \fBpassive\fR option is preferred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsmall-accm-test\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When checking the \fBasyncmap\fR (ACCM) setting, \fBpppd\fR uses all 256 -possible values by default. See \fBno-accm-test\fR. This option restricts the -test so that only the 32 values affected by standard ACCM negotiation are -tested. This option is useful on very slow links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsocket\fR \fB\fIhost\fR:\fIport\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Connect to given host and port using TCP and run PPP over this connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsync\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use synchronous HDLC serial encoding instead of asynchronous. The device used -by \fBpppd\fR with this option must have sync support. Currently supports -\fBzs\fR, \fBse\fR, and \fBhsi\fR drivers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunit\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set PPP interface unit number to \fIn\fR, if possible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBupdetach\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With this option, \fBpppd\fR detaches from its controlling terminal after -establishing the PPP connection. When this is specified, messages sent to -\fBstderr\fR by the connect script, usually \fBchat\fR(1M), and debugging -messages from the debug option are directed to \fBpppd\fR's standard output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBusehostname\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enforce the use of the hostname with domain name appended, if given, as the -name of the local system for authentication purposes. This overrides the -\fBname\fR option. Because the \fBname\fR option is privileged, this option is -normally not needed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBusepeerdns\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Ask the peer for up to two DNS server addresses. Addresses supplied by the -peer, if any, are passed to the \fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fR script in the environment -variables DNS1 and DNS2. In addition, \fBpppd\fR creates an -\fB/etc/ppp/resolv.conf\fR file containing one or two nameserver lines with the -address(es) supplied by the peer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBuser\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the name used for authenticating the local system to the peer to -\fIname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvj-max-slots\fR \fB\fIn\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the number of connection slots to be used by the Van Jacobson TCP/IP -header compression and decompression code to \fIn\fR, which must be between 2 -and 16 (inclusive). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwelcome\fR \fB\fIscript\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run the executable or shell command specified by \fIscript\fR before initiating -PPP negotiation, after the connect script, if any, has completed. A value for -this option from a privileged source cannot be overridden by a non-privileged -user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBxonxoff\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use software flow control, that is, XON/XOFF, to control the flow of data on -the serial port. -.RE - -.SS "Obsolete Options" -The following options are obsolete: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB+ua\fR \fB\fIname\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Read a PAP user name and password from the file \fIname\fR. This file must have -two lines for name and password. Name and password are sent to the peer when -the peer requests PAP authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB+ipv6\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Enable IPv6 and IPv6CP without specifying interface identifiers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB--version\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Show version number and exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB--help\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Show brief help message and exit. -.RE - -.SH EXTENDED DESCRIPTION -The following sections discuss miscellaneous features of \fBpppd\fR: -.SS "Security" -\fBpppd\fR allows system administrators to provide legitimate users with PPP -access to a server machine without fear of compromising the security of the -server or the network it runs on. Access control is provided by restricting IP -addresses the peer may use based on its authenticated identity (if any), and -through restrictions on options a non-privileged user may use. Options that -permit potentially insecure configurations are privileged. Privileged options -are accepted only in files that are under the control of the system -administrator or when \fBpppd\fR is being run by root. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBpppd\fR allows an unauthenticated peer to use a given IP address -only if the system does not already have a route to that IP address. For -example, a system with a permanent connection to the wider Internet will -normally have a default route, meaning all peers must authenticate themselves -to set up a connection. On such a system, the \fBauth\fR option is the default. -Conversely, a system with a PPP link that comprises the only connection to the -Internet probably does not possess a default route, so the peer can use -virtually any IP address without authenticating itself. -.sp -.LP -Security-sensitive options are privileged and cannot be accessed by a -non-privileged user running \fBpppd\fR, either on the command line, in the -user's \fB$HOME/.ppprc\fR file, or in an options file read using the \fBfile\fR -option. Privileged options may be used in \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file or in an -options file read using the \fBcall\fR option. If \fBpppd\fR is run by the root -user, privileged options can be used without restriction. If the -\fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file does not exist, then only root may invoke -\fBpppd\fR. The \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file must be created (but may be empty) -to allow ordinary non-root users to access \fBpppd\fR. -.sp -.LP -When opening the device, \fBpppd\fR uses the invoking user's user ID or the -root UID (that is, 0), depending if the device name was specified by the user -or the system administrator. If the device name comes from a privileged source, -that is, \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR or an options file read using the \fBcall\fR -option, \fBpppd\fR uses full root privileges when opening the device. Thus, by -creating an appropriate file under \fB/etc/ppp/peers\fR, the system -administrator can allow users to establish a PPP connection via a device that -they would not normally have access to. Otherwise \fBpppd\fR uses the invoking -user's real UID when opening the device. -.SS "Authentication" -During the authentication process, one peer convinces the other of its identity -by sending its name and some secret information to the other. During -authentication, the first peer becomes the "client" and the second becomes the -"server." Authentication names can (but are not required to) correspond to the -peer's Internet hostnames. -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR supports four authentication protocols: the Password Authentication -Protocol (PAP) and three forms of the Challenge Handshake Authentication -Protocol (CHAP). With the PAP protocol, the client sends its name and a -cleartext password to the server to authenticate itself. With CHAP, the server -initiates the authentication exchange by sending a challenge to the client who -must respond with its name and a hash value derived from the shared secret and -the challenge. -.sp -.LP -The PPP protocol is symmetrical, meaning that each peer may be required to -authenticate itself to the other. Different authentication protocols and names -can be used for each exchange. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBpppd\fR authenticates if requested and does not require -authentication from the peer. However, \fBpppd\fR does not authenticate itself -with a specific protocol if it has no secrets that can do so. -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR stores authentication secrets in the \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR (for -PAP), and \fB/etc/ppp/chap-secrets\fR (for CHAP) files. Both files use the same -format. \fBpppd\fR uses secrets files to authenticate itself to other systems -and to authenticate other systems to itself. -.sp -.LP -Secrets files contain one secret per line. Secrets are specific to a particular -combination of client and server and can only be used by that client to -authenticate itself to that server. Each line in a secrets file has a minimum -of three fields that contain the client and server names followed by the -secret. Often, these three fields are followed by IP addresses that are used by -clients to connect to a server. -.sp -.LP -A secrets file is parsed into words, with client name, server name and secrets -fields allocated one word each. Embedded spaces or other special characters -within a word must be quoted or escaped. Case is significant in all three -fields. -.sp -.LP -A secret beginning with an at sign ("@") is followed by the name of a file -containing the secret. An asterisk (*) as the client or server name matches any -name. When choosing a match, \fBpppd\fR selects the one with the fewest -wildcards. Succeeding words on a line are interpreted by \fBpppd\fR as -acceptable IP addresses for that client. IP Addresses are disallowed if they -appear in lines that contain only three words or lines whose first word begins -with a hyphen ("-"). To allow any address, use "*". An address starting with an -exclamation point ("!") indicates that the specified address is not acceptable. -An address may be followed by "/" and a number \fIn\fR to indicate a whole -subnet (all addresses that have the same value in the most significant \fIn\fR -bits). In this form, the address may be followed by a plus sign ("+") to -indicate that one address from the subnet is authorized, based on the ppp -network interface unit number in use. In this case, the host part of the -address is set to the unit number, plus one. -.sp -.LP -When authenticating the peer, \fBpppd\fR chooses a secret with the peer's name -in the first field of the secrets file and the name of the local system in the -second field. The local system name defaults to the hostname, with the domain -name appended if the \fBdomain\fR option is used. The default can be overridden -with the \fBname\fR option unless the \fBusehostname\fR option is used. -.sp -.LP -When authenticating to the peer, \fBpppd\fR first determines the name it will -use to identify itself to the peer. This name is specified with the \fBuser\fR -option. If the \fBuser\fR option is not used, the name defaults to the host -name of the local system. \fBpppd\fR then selects a secret from the secrets -file by searching for an entry with a local name in the first field and the -peer's name in the second field. \fBpppd\fR will know the name of the peer if -standard CHAP authentication is used because the peer will have sent it in the -Challenge packet. However, if MS-CHAP or PAP is being used, \fBpppd\fR must -determine the peer's name from the options specified by the user. The user can -specify the peer's name directly with the \fBremotename\fR option. Otherwise, -if the remote IP address was specified by a name, rather than in numeric form, -that name will be used as the peer's name. If that fails, \fBpppd\fR uses the -null string as the peer's name. -.sp -.LP -When authenticating the peer with PAP, the supplied password is compared with -data in the secrets file. If the password and secret do not match, the password -is encrypted using \fBcrypt()\fR and checked against the secret again. If the -\fBpapcrypt\fR option is given, the first unencrypted comparison is omitted for -better security, and entries must thus be in encrypted \fBcrypt\fR(3C) form. -.sp -.LP -If the \fBlogin\fR option is specified, the username and password are also -checked against the system password database. This allows you to set up the -\fBpap-secrets\fR file to enable PPP access only to certain users, and to -restrict the set of IP addresses available to users. Typically, when using the -\fBlogin\fR option, the secret in \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR would be "", which -matches any password supplied by the peer. This makes having the same secret in -two places unnecessary. When \fBlogin\fR is used, the \fBpam\fR option enables -access control through \fBpam\fR(3PAM). -.sp -.LP -Authentication must be completed before IPCP (or other network protocol) can be -started. If the peer is required to authenticate itself and fails, \fBpppd\fR -closes LCP and terminates the link. If IPCP negotiates an unacceptable IP -address for the remote host, IPCP is closed. IP packets are sent or received -only when IPCP is open. -.sp -.LP -To allow hosts that cannot authenticate themselves to connect and use one of a -restricted set of IP addresses, add a line to the \fBpap-secrets\fR file -specifying the empty string for the client name and secret. -.sp -.LP -Additional \fBpppd\fR options for a given peer may be specified by placing them -at the end of the secrets entry, separated by two dashes (--). For example -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -peername servername secret ip-address -- novj -.fi -.in -2 - -.SS "Routing" -When IPCP negotiation is complete, \fBpppd\fR informs the kernel of the local -and remote IP addresses for the PPP interface and creates a host route to the -remote end of the link that enables peers to exchange IP packets. Communication -with other machines generally requires further modification to routing tables -and/or Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) tables. In most cases the -\fBdefaultroute\fR and/or \fBproxyarp\fR options are sufficient for this, but -further intervention may be necessary. If further intervention is required, use -the \fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fR script or a routing protocol daemon. -.sp -.LP -To add a default route through the remote host, use the \fBdefaultroute\fR -option. This option is typically used for "client" systems; that is, end-nodes -that use the PPP link for access to the general Internet. -.sp -.LP -In some cases it is desirable to use proxy ARP, for example on a server machine -connected to a LAN, to allow other hosts to communicate with the remote host. -\fBproxyarp\fR instructs \fBpppd\fR to look for a network interface on the same -subnet as the remote host. That is, an interface supporting broadcast and ARP -that is not a point-to-point or loopback interface and that is currently up. If -found, \fBpppd\fR creates a permanent, published ARP entry with the IP address -of the remote host and the hardware address of the network interface. -.sp -.LP -When the \fBdemand\fR option is used, the interface IP addresses are already -set at the time when IPCP comes up. If \fBpppd\fR cannot negotiate the same -addresses it used to configure the interface, it changes the interface IP -addresses to the negotiated addresses. This may disrupt existing connections. -Using demand dialing with peers that perform dynamic IP address assignment is -not recommended. -.SS "Scripts" -\fBpppd\fR invokes scripts at various stages during processing that are used to -perform site-specific ancillary processing. These scripts may be shell scripts -or executable programs. \fBpppd\fR does not wait for the scripts to finish. The -scripts are executed as \fBroot\fR (with the real and effective user-id set to -0), enabling them to update routing tables, run privileged daemons, or perform -other tasks. Be sure that the contents of these scripts do not compromise your -system's security. \fBpppd\fR runs the scripts with standard input, output and -error redirected to \fB/dev/null\fR, and with an environment that is empty -except for some environment variables that give information about the link. The -\fBpppd\fR environment variables are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDEVICE\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Name of the serial tty device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIFNAME\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Name of the network interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIPLOCAL\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -IP address for the link's local end. This is set only when IPCP has started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIPREMOTE\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -IP address for the link's remote end. This is set only when IPCP has started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPEERNAME\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Authenticated name of the peer. This is set only if the peer authenticates -itself. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSPEED\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Baud rate of the tty device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBORIG_UID\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Real user-id of user who invoked \fBpppd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPPPLOGNAME\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Username of the real user-id who invoked \fBpppd\fR. This is always set. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR also sets the following variables for the ip-down and auth-down -scripts: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCONNECT_TIME\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Number of seconds between the start of PPP negotiation and connection -termination. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBYTES_SENT\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Number of bytes sent at the level of the serial port during the connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBYTES_RCVD\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Number of bytes received at the level of the serial port during the connection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLINKNAME\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Logical name of the link, set with the \fBlinkname\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If they exist, \fBpppd\fR invokes the following scripts. It is not an error if -they do not exist. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/auth-up\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Program or script executed after the remote system successfully authenticates -itself. It is executed with five command-line arguments: \fBinterface-name -peer-name user-name tty-device speed\fR. Note that this script is not executed -if the peer does not authenticate itself, for example, when the \fBnoauth\fR -option is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/auth-down\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Program or script executed when the link goes down if \fB/etc/ppp/auth-up\fR -was previously executed. It is executed in the same manner with the same -parameters as \fB/etc/ppp/auth-up\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 21n -A program or script that is executed when the link is available for sending and -receiving IP packets (that is, IPCP has come up). It is executed with six -command-line arguments: \fBinterface-name tty-device speed local-IP-address -remote-IP-address ipparam\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/ip-down\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 21n -A program or script which is executed when the link is no longer available for -sending and receiving IP packets. This script can be used for undoing the -effects of the \fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fR script. It is invoked in the same manner -and with the same parameters as the \fBip-up\fR script. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/ipv6-up\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Similar to \fB/etc/ppp/ip-up\fR, except that it is executed when the link is -available for sending and receiving IPv6 packets. Executed with six -command-line arguments: \fBinterface-name tty-device speed -local-link-local-address remote-link-local-address ipparam\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/ipv6-down\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Similar to \fB/etc/ppp/ip-down\fR, but executed when IPv6 packets can no longer -be transmitted on the link. Executed with the same parameters as the ipv6-up -script. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBauth\fR Option -.sp -.LP -The following examples assume that the \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR file contains the -\fBauth\fR option. - -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR is commonly used to dial out to an ISP. You can do this using the -"\fBpppd call isp\fR" command where the \fB/etc/ppp/peers/isp\fR file is set up -to contain a line similar to the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -cua/a 19200 crtscts connect '/usr/bin/chat -f /etc/ppp/chat-isp' noauth -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -For this example, \fBchat\fR(1M) is used to dial the ISP's modem and process -any login sequence required. The \fB/etc/ppp/chat-isp\fR file is used by -\fBchat\fR and could contain the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ABORT "NO CARRIER" -ABORT "NO DIALTONE" -ABORT "ERROR" -ABORT "NO ANSWER" -ABORT "BUSY" -ABORT "Username/Password Incorrect" -"" "at" -OK "at&f&d2&c1" -OK "atdt2468135" -"name:" "^Umyuserid" -"word:" "\eqmypassword" -"ispts" "\eq^Uppp" -"~-^Uppp-~" -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -See the \fBchat\fR(1M) man page for details of \fBchat\fR scripts. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing \fBpppd\fR with \fBproxyarp\fR -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR can also provide a dial-in ppp service for users. If the users -already have login accounts, the simplest way to set up the ppp service is to -let the users log in to their accounts and run \fBpppd\fR as shown in the -following example: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBpppd proxyarp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRProviding a User with Access to PPP Facilities -.sp -.LP -To provide a user with access to the PPP facilities, allocate an IP address for -the user's machine, create an entry in \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR or -\fB/etc/ppp/chap-secrets\fR. This enables the user's machine to authenticate -itself. For example, to enable user "Joe" using machine "joespc" to dial in to -machine "server" and use the IP address "joespc.example.net," add the following -entry to the \fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR or \fB/etc/ppp/chap-secrets\fR files: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBjoespc server "joe's secret" joespc.example.net\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Alternatively, you can create another username, for example "ppp," whose login -shell is \fB/usr/bin/pppd\fR and whose home directory is \fB/etc/ppp\fR. If you -run \fBpppd\fR this way, add the options to the \fB/etc/ppp/.ppprc\fR file. - -.sp -.LP -If your serial connection is complex, it may be useful to escape such control -characters as XON (^Q) and XOFF (^S), using \fBasyncmap a0000\fR. If the path -includes a telnet, escape ^] (\fBasyncmap 200a0000\fR). If the path includes a -\fBrlogin\fR command, add \fBescape ff\fR option to the options, because -\fBrlogin\fR removes the window-size-change sequence [0xff, 0xff, 0x73, 0x73, -followed by any 8 bytes] from the stream. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The \fBpppd\fR exit status indicates errors or specifies why a link was -terminated. Exit status values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fBpppd\fR has detached or the connection was successfully established and -terminated at the peer's request. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -An immediately fatal error occurred. For example, an essential system call -failed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -An error was detected in the options given. For example, two mutually exclusive -options were used, or \fB/etc/ppp/options\fR is missing and the user is not -root. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fBpppd\fR is not \fBsetuid-root\fR and the invoking user is not root. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The kernel does not support PPP. For example, the PPP kernel driver is not -included or cannot be loaded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fBpppd\fR terminated because it was sent a SIGINT, SIGTERM or SIGHUP signal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The serial port could not be locked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB7\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The serial port could not be opened. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The connect script failed and returned a non-zero exit status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The command specified as the argument to the \fBpty\fR option could not be run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The PPP negotiation failed because no network protocols were able to run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB11\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The peer system failed or refused to authenticate itself. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB12\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The link was established successfully, but terminated because it was idle. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB13\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The link was established successfully, but terminated because the connect time -limit was reached. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB14\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Callback was negotiated and an incoming call should arrive shortly. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB15\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The link was terminated because the peer is not responding to echo requests. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB16\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The link was terminated by the modem hanging up. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB17\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The PPP negotiation failed because serial loopback was detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB18\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -The init script failed because a non-zero exit status was returned. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB19\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Authentication to the peer failed. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/sppp\fIn\fR\fR\fB\&.pid\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Process-ID for \fBpppd\fR process on PPP interface unit \fIn\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/ppp-\fIname\fR\fR\fB\&.pid\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Process-ID for \fBpppd\fR process for logical link name (see the \fBlinkname\fR -option). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Usernames, passwords and IP addresses for PAP authentication. This file should -be owned by root and not readable or writable by any other user, otherwise -\fBpppd\fR will log a warning. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/chap-secrets\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Names, secrets and IP addresses for all forms of CHAP authentication. The -\fB/etc/ppp/pap-secrets\fR file should be owned by \fBroot\fR should not -readable or writable by any other user, otherwise, \fBpppd\fR will log a -warning. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/options\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -System default options for \fBpppd\fR, read before user default options or -command-line options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.ppprc\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -User default options, read before \fB/etc/ppp/options.\fIttyname\fR\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/options.\fIttyname\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -System default options for the serial port in use; read after -\fB$HOME/.ppprc\fR. The \fIttyname\fR component of this filename is formed when -the initial \fB/dev/\fR is stripped from the port name (if present), and -slashes (if any) are converted to dots. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/peers\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Directory with options files that may contain privileged options, even if -\fBpppd\fR was invoked by a user other than \fBroot\fR. The system -administrator can create options files in this directory to permit -non-privileged users to dial out without requiring the peer to authenticate, -but only to certain trusted peers. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBchat\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBcrypt\fR(3C), \fBpam\fR(3PAM), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -Haskin, D., Allen, E. \fIRFC 2472 - IP Version 6 Over PPP\fR. Network Working -Group. December 1998. -.sp -.LP -Jacobson, V. \fIRFC 1144, Compressing TCP/IP Headers for Low-Speed Serial -Links\fR. Network Working Group. February, 1990 -.sp -.LP -Lloyd, B., Simpson, W. \fIRFC 1334, PPP Authentication Protocols\fR. Network -Working Group. October 1992. -.sp -.LP -McGregor, G. \fIRFC 1332, The PPP Internet Protocol Control Protocol (IPCP)\fR. -Network Working Group. May 1992. -.sp -.LP -Rivest, R. \fIRFC 1321, The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm\fR. Network Working -Group. April 1992 -.sp -.LP -Simpson, W. \fIRFC 1661, The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)\fR. Network Working -Group. July 1994. -.sp -.LP -Simpson, W. \fIRFC 1662, HDLC-like Framing \fR. Network Working Group. July -1994. -.SH NOTES -These signals affect \fBpppd\fR behavior: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGINT, SIGTERM\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Terminate the link, restore the serial device settings and exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGHUP\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Terminate the link, restore the serial device settings and close the serial -device. If the \fBpersist\fR or \fBdemand\fR option is specified, \fBpppd\fR -attempts to reopen the serial device and start another connection after the -holdoff period. Otherwise \fBpppd\fR exits. If received during the holdoff -period, \fBSIGHUP\fR causes \fBpppd\fR to end the holdoff period immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGUSR1\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Toggles the state of the \fBdebug\fR option and prints link status information -to the log. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGUSR2\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Causes \fBpppd\fR to renegotiate compression. This is useful to re-enable -compression after it has been disabled as a result of a fatal decompression -error. (Fatal decompression errors generally indicate a bug in an -implementation.) -.RE - -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -Messages are sent to the syslog daemon using facility \fBLOG_DAEMON\fR. To see -error and debug messages, edit the \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR file to direct the -messages to the desired output device or file, or use the \fBupdetach\fR or -\fBlogfile\fR options. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdebug\fR option causes the contents of all LCP, PAP, CHAP or IPCP -control packets sent or received to be logged. This is useful if PPP -negotiation does not succeed or if authentication fails. -.sp -.LP -Debugging can also be enabled or disabled by sending a \fBSIGUSR1\fR signal, -which acts as a toggle to the \fBpppd\fR process. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppdump.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pppdump.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 92630d6bc3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppdump.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -.\" -*- nroff -*- -.\" manual page for pppdump -.\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All rights reserved. -.TH PPPDUMP 1M "Apr 1, 1999" -.SH NAME -pppdump \- convert PPP record file to readable format -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B pppdump -[ -.B -h -| -.B -p -[ -.B -d -]] [ -.B -r -] [ -.B -m \fImru -] [ -.I file \fR... -] -.SH DESCRIPTION -The -.B pppdump -utility converts the files written using the \fIrecord\fR option of -.B pppd -into a human-readable format. If one or more filenames are specified, -.B pppdump -will read each in turn; otherwise it will read its standard input. In -each case the result is written to standard output. -.PP -The options are as follows: -.TP -.B -h -Prints the bytes sent and received in hexadecimal. If neither this -option nor the \fB-p\fR option is specified, the bytes are printed as -the characters themselves, with non-printing and non-ASCII characters -printed as escape sequences. -.TP -.B -p -Collects the bytes sent and received into PPP packets, interpreting -the async HDLC framing and escape characters and checking the FCS -(frame check sequence) of each packet. The packets are printed as hex -values and as characters (non-printable characters are printed as -`.'). -.TP -.B -d -With the \fB-p\fR option, this option causes -.B pppdump -to decompress packets which have been compressed with the BSD-Compress -or Deflate methods. -.TP -.B -r -Reverses the direction indicators, so that `sent' is printed for -bytes or packets received, and `rcvd' is printed for bytes or packets -sent. -.TP -.BI "-m " mru -Use \fImru\fR as the MRU (maximum receive unit) for both directions of -the link when checking for over-length PPP packets (with the \fB-p\fR -option). -.SH SEE ALSO -pppd(1m) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoec.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoec.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3e42b17ee1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoec.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PPPOEC 1M "Jan 9, 2002" -.SH NAME -pppoec \- PPPoE chat utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpppoec\fR [\fB-o\fImillisecs\fR\fR] [\fB-s\fR\fImillisecs\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fIdevice\fR - [\fIservice\fR [ [except]\fIserver\fR... [only]]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpppoec\fR [\fB-o\fImillisecs\fR\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fB-i\fR [\fIdevice\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppoec\fR utility implements the client-side negotiation of PPPoE. It is -intended to be used with the \fBpppd\fR(1M) \fBconnect\fR option, in the same -manner as the \fBchat\fR(1M) utility is used for asynchronous dial-up PPP. -.sp -.LP -When given with the \fB-i\fR flag, \fBpppoec\fR sends out a broadcast query on -the given interface named by the \fIdevice\fR parameter. You can specify no -other arguments in this mode. All responding PPPoE servers and the offered -services are displayed on standard output. -.sp -.LP -Otherwise, when given without the \fB-i\fR flag, \fBpppoec\fR does the full -PPPoE client-side negotiation. The \fIdevice\fR parameter is the intended -Ethernet interface, and must already be plumbed with \fBsppptun\fR(1M). The -optional \fIservice\fR parameter specifies a particular service desired; other -offered services will be ignored. The optional \fIserver\fR parameter specifies -a specific server desired. You can specify \fIserver\fR as an Ethernet address -in the usual x:x:x:x:x:x format (with "\fB*\fR" in any of the six byte -positions interpreted to mean "any"), or as a symbolic name resolved through -\fB/etc/ethers\fR (or NIS), or as a PPPoE access concentrator name. The sense -of the match (true or false) can be inverted by specifying the keyword -\fBexcept\fR before this string. This parameter can be specified more than -once, and the first match is taken. -.sp -.LP -If you specify the \fIserver\fR parameter, then the selected servers become -"preferred." If no preferred server responds, then the first responding server -is used instead. To exclude non-matching servers entirely, append the keyword -\fBonly\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Sends out broadcast query over interface specified by \fIdevice\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Sets the initial wait time in milliseconds for PADO from the server before PADI -is retried. The default is 500 milliseconds for normal operation, or 3000 -milliseconds (3 seconds) for inquiry (\fB-i\fR) mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Sets the initial wait time in milliseconds for PADS from the server before PADR -is retried. The default is 2000 milliseconds (2 seconds). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays verbose progress messages, including all PPPoE messages sent, and all -state machine transitions. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -You normally do not need to adjust the parameters set with \fB-o\fR and -\fB-s\fR. They are provided for coping with unusually slow servers. -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -plumbed Ethernet interface -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIserver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -preferred server or, if you specify \fBonly\fR, the specified server -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIservice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -desired service; other available services are ignored -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConnecting to Any Service on \fBhme0\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command enables you to connect to any PPPoE service on -\fBhme0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/bin/pppd sppptun plugin pppoe.so \ -connect "/usr/lib/inet/pppoec hme0" debug -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Often, a command such as the preceding is specified in an \fB/etc/ppp/peers\fR -file instead. For example, enter the following in \fB/etc/ppp/peers/myisp\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sppptun -plugin pppoe.so -connect "/usr/lib/inet/pppoec hme0" -debug -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To invoke the PPP connection described in the file, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% /usr/bin/pppd call myisp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that, because the \fB/etc/ppp/peers\fR files are considered privileged by -\fBpppd\fR, you need not be root to invoke the preceding command. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRConnecting to a Particular Service -.sp -.LP -A more complex example: on \fBhme0\fR, connect to only the \fBinternet\fR -service offered by PPPoE servers with access concentrator name \fBisp\fR, but -not to any Ethernet addresses starting with \fB40:0:1a\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fB/usr/lib/inet/pppoec hme0 internet except 40:0:1a:*:*:* isp only\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that the \fBexcept 40:0:1a:*:*:*\fR filter must come before \fBisp\fR, -because the filters are first-match. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/inet/pppoec\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 27n -executable command -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/sppptun\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Solaris PPP tunneling device driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/connect-errors\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -usual location of error output (see DIAGNOSTICS, below) -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR(1M), \fBsppptun\fR(1M), \fBpppoed\fR(1M), \fBsppptun\fR(7M) -.sp -.LP -\fIRFC 2516, Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet (PPPoE)\fR, Mamakos et -al, February 1999 -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -Error messages are written to standard error, which is normally redirected by -\fBpppd\fR to \fB/etc/ppp/connect-errors\fR. The errors can also be redirected -to \fBpppd\fR's standard output by using the \fBupdetach\fR option. -.sp -.LP -If you specify the \fB-v\fR, verbose progress messages are displayed, including -all PPPoE messages sent, and all state machine transitions. Specifying the -\fBupdetach\fR or \fBnodetach\fR \fBpppd\fR option is helpful when using -verbose mode. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoed.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoed.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 36a8b83d7a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppoed.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,436 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PPPOED 1M "Jan 6, 2003" -.SH NAME -pppoed \- PPPoE server daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBppoed\fR [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppoed\fR daemon implements the server-side negotiation of PPPoE. When a -client requests service from this daemon, a copy of \fBpppd\fR(1M) is invoked -to handle the actual PPP communication. -.sp -.LP -At startup, options are read from the command line and the \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR -file. After these options have been read, options in the per-device -\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.\fIdevice\fR\fR files are read, using the device names -specified on the command line or in \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR. Device names are not -permitted in the per-device files. It is not an error if any of these files are -absent; missing files are ignored. -.sp -.LP -Options are reread in the same order on \fBSIGHUP\fR. Except for the -possibility of short delays due to the processing time, \fBSIGHUP\fR does not -interfere with any client operations. Current status, including options read, -is dumped to \fB/tmp/pppoed.\fIpid\fR\fR on \fBSIGINT\fR. -.sp -.LP -The options are used to set up a list of services to be offered to PPPoE -clients on the broadcast domains (Ethernet subnets) specified by the named -devices. Option parsing is always in one of two modes, either global mode or -service mode. The initial mode at the beginning of each file (and the command -line) is global mode. Options specified in global mode serve as default values -for subsequently defined services. Service mode is entered by the \fBservice\fR -\fIname\fR option. In this mode, the named option is defined. Options that -appear in this mode override any global mode definitions for the current -service. -.sp -.LP -The option parsing follows standard shell tokenizing rules, using whitespace to -delimit tokens, quotes to enclose strings that can contain whitespace, and -escape sequences for special characters. Environment variables are substituted -using familiar \fB$VAR\fR and \fB${VAR}\fR syntax and set using -\fBNEWVAR=\fIstring\fR\fR. Variables are both usable in subsequent options and -provided to the \fBpppd\fR(1M) processes spawned for each client, but they are -interpreted as they are encountered during option processing. Thus, all set -variables are seen by all processes spawned; position in the configuration -files has no effect on this. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppoed\fR daemon supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclient\fR [\fBexcept\fR] \fIclient-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option restricts the clients that may receive the service. If the -\fBexcept\fR keyword is given, then the clients on the list cannot access the -service, but others can. If this keyword is not given, then only the listed -clients can access the service. -.sp -This option can be specified more than once for a given service. For a given -client, first match among all listed options encountered specifies the -handling. If it matches an option with \fBexcept\fR specified, then access is -denied. Otherwise, it is granted. The \fBclient\fR list within a service is -prepended to any list specified in the global context. -.sp -If no \fBclient\fR options are given or if all options are specified with -\fBexcept\fR, then all clients are permitted by default. If any \fBclient\fR -options without \fBexcept\fR are specified, then no clients are permitted by -default. -.sp -The \fIclient-list\fR is a comma-separated list of client identifiers. The -match is made if any client on the list matches; thus, these are logically -"ORed" together. Each client identifier can be either a symbolic name (resolved -through \fB/etc/ethers\fR or NIS, as defined by \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR) or a -hexadecimal Ethernet address in the format \fBx:x:x:x:x:x\fR. In the latter -case, any byte of the address can be "\fB*\fR", which matches any value in that -position. For example, \fB40:0:1a:*:*:*\fR matches Ethernet adapters from the -manufacturer assigned block \fB40:0:1a\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdebug\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Increase debug logging detail level by one. The detail levels are 0 (no -logging), 1 (errors only; the default), 2 (warnings), 3 (informational -messages), and 4 (debug messages). Log messages are written by default to -\fBsyslog\fR(3C) using facility \fIdaemon\fR (see the \fBlog\fR option below). -When specified on the command line or in the global context of the -\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file, this option also sets the daemon's default -(non-service-related) detail level. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdevice\fR \fIdevice-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the devices on which the service is available. The \fIdevice-list\fR is -a comma-separated list of logical device names (without the leading -\fB/dev/\fR), such as \fBhme0\fR. This option is ignored if encountered in the -per-device \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.\fIdevice\fR\fR files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBextra\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies extra options to \fBpppd\fR(1M). It defaults to "\fBplugin pppoe.so -directtty\fR" and usually does not need to be overridden. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfile\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Suspends parsing of the current file, returns to global mode, and reads options -from \fIpath\fR. This file must be present and readable; if it is not, an error -is logged. When the end of that file is reached, processing returns to the -current file and the mode is reset to global again. -.sp -The global mode options specified in files read by this command use the options -set in the current file's global mode; this condition extends to any file -included by those files. All files read are parsed as though the command line -had specified this option, and thus inherit the command line's global modes. -.sp -This option can be used to revert to global mode at any point in an option file -by specifying \fBfile /dev/null\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgroup\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the group ID (symbolic or numeric) under which \fBpppd\fR is -executed. If \fBpppoed\fR is not run as root, this option is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlog\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies an alternate debug logging file. Debug messages are sent to this file -instead of \fBsyslog\fR. The special name \fBsyslog\fR is recognized to switch -logging back to \fBsyslog\fR. When specified on the command line or in the -global context of the \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file, this option also sets the -daemon's default (non-service-related) log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnodebug\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set debug logging detail level to 0 (no logging). When specified on the command -line or in the global context of the \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file, this option -also sets the daemon's default (non-service-related) detail level. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnowildcard\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the current service should not be included in response to -clients requesting "any" service. The client must ask for this service by name. -When specified on the command line or in the global context of the -\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file, this option causes \fBpppoed\fR to ignore all -wildcard service requests. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpath\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the path to the \fBpppd\fR executable. Defaults to -\fB/usr/bin/pppd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpppd\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Passes command-line arguments to \fBpppd\fR. It can be used to set the IP -addresses or configure security for the session. The default value is the empty -string. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBserver\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the PPPoE Access Concentrator name to be sent to the client. It -defaults to "Solaris PPPoE". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBservice\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Closes any service being defined and begins definition of a new service. The -same service name can be used without conflict on multiple devices. If the same -service name is used on a single device, then the last definition encountered -during parsing overrides all previous definitions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBuser\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the user ID, symbolic or numeric, under which \fBpppd\fR is executed. -If \fBpppoed\fR is not run as root, this option is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwildcard\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies that the service should be included in responses to client queries -that request "any" service, which is done by requesting a service name of -length zero. When specified on the command line or in the global context of the -\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file, this option causes \fBpppoed\fR to ignore all -wildcard service requests. This is the default. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConfiguring for Particular Services -.sp -.LP -In the \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR file: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -service internet - device $DEV - pppd "proxyarp 192.168.1.1:" -service debugging - device hme0,$DEV - pppd "debug proxyarp 192.168.1.1:" -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -You then invoke the daemon with: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fB/usr/lib/inet/pppoed DEV=eri0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The lines in \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR and the preceding command result in offering -services "internet" and "debugging" (and responding to wildcard queries) on -interface \fBeri0\fR, and offering only service "debugging" on interface -\fBhme0\fR. - -.SH SIGNALS -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppoed\fR daemon responds to the following signals: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGHUP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Causes \fBpppoed\fR to reparse the original command line and all configuration -files, and close and reopen any log files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGINT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Causes a snapshot of the state of the \fBpppoed\fR daemon to be written to -\fB/tmp/pppoed.\fIpid\fR\fR (where \fIpid\fR is the decimal process ID of the -daemon). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/inet/pppoed\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 25n -executable command -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/sppptun\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Solaris PPP tunneling device driver -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -main configuration option file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.\fIdevice\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -per-device configuration option file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe-errors\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -location of output from \fBpppd\fR's stderr -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.if\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -list of Ethernet interfaces to be plumbed at boot time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/pppoed.\fIpid\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -ASCII text file containing dumped \fBpppoed\fR state information -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR(1M), \fBpppoec\fR(1M), \fBsppptun\fR(1M), \fBsppptun\fR(7M) -.sp -.LP -Mamakos, L., et al. \fIRFC 2516, A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet -(PPPoE)\fR. Network Working Group. February 1999 -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Because \fBpppd\fR is installed setuid root, this daemon need not be run as -root. However, if it is not run as root, the \fBuser\fR and \fBgroup\fR options -are ignored. -.sp -.LP -The Ethernet interfaces to be used must be plumbed for PPPoE using the -\fBsppptun\fR(1M) utility before services can be offered. -.sp -.LP -The daemon operate runs even if there are no services to offer. If you want to -modify a configuration, it is not necessary to terminate the daemon. Simply use -\fBpkill \fR\fB-HUP\fR\fB pppoed\fR after updating the configuration files. -.sp -.LP -The PPPoE protocol is far from perfect. Because it runs directly over Ethernet, -there is no possibility of security and the MTU is limited to 1492 (violating -RFC 1661's default value of 1500). It is also not possible to run the client -and the server of a given session on a single machine with a single Ethernet -interface for testing purposes. The client and server portions of a single -session must be run on separate Ethernet interfaces with different MAC -addresses. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppstats.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pppstats.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 649d22e7c9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pppstats.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,399 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1989 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising materials, and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED -.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.TH PPPSTATS 1M "May 4, 2001" -.SH NAME -pppstats \- print PPP statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpppstats\fR [\fB-a\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-r\fR] [\fB-z\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fI\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fI\fR] - [\fIinterface\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppstats\fR utility reports PPP-related statistics at regular intervals -for the specified PPP interface. If the interface is unspecified, -\fBpppstats\fR defaults to \fBsppp0\fR. The display is split horizontally into -input and output sections containing columns of statistics describing the -properties and volume of packets received and transmitted by the interface. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The \fBpppstats\fR options are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Display absolute values rather than deltas. With this option, all reports show -statistics for the time elapsed since the link was initiated. Without this -option, the second and subsequent reports show statistics for the time since -the last report. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fB\fIcount\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Repeat the display \fIcount\fR times. If this option is not specified, the -default repeat count is 1 if the \fB-w\fR option is not specified, otherwise -infinity. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Display additional statistics summarizing the compression ratio achieved by the -packet compression algorithm in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Display additional statistics relating to the performance of the Van Jacobson -TCP header compression algorithm. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fB\fIwait\fR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Pause \fIwait\fR seconds between each display. If this option is not -specified, the default interval is five seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Instead of the standard display, show statistics indicating the performance of -the packet compression algorithm in use. -.RE - -.SH EXTENDED DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The following fields are printed on the input side when the \fB-z\fR option is -not used: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIN\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Total number of bytes received by this interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPACK\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Total number of packets received by this interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJCOMP\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Number of header-compressed TCP packets received by this interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJUNC\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Number of header-uncompressed TCP packets received by this interface. Not -reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJERR\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Number of corrupted or bogus header-compressed TCP packets received by this -interface. Not reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJTOSS\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Number of VJ header-compressed TCP packets dropped on reception by this -interface because of preceding errors. Only reported when the \fB-v\fR option -is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNON-VJ\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Total number of non-TCP packets received by this interface. Only reported when -the \fB-v\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRATIO\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Compression ratio achieved for received packets by the packet compression -scheme in use, defined as the uncompressed size divided by the compressed size. -Only reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUBYTE\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Total number of bytes received, after decompression of compressed packets. Only -reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following fields are printed on the output side: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOUT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Total number of bytes transmitted from this interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPACK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Total number of packets transmitted from this interface. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJCOMP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Number of TCP packets transmitted from this interface with VJ-compressed TCP -headers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJUNC\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Number of TCP packets transmitted from this interface with VJ-uncompressed TCP -headers. Not reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNON-VJ\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Total number of non-TCP packets transmitted from this interface. Not reported -when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJSRCH\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Number of searches for the cached header entry for a VJ header compressed TCP -packet. Only reported when the \fB-v\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVJMISS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Number of failed searches for the cached header entry for a VJ header -compressed TCP packet. Only reported when the \fB-v\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRATIO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Compression ratio achieved for transmitted packets by the packet compression -scheme in use, defined as the size before compression divided by the compressed -size. Only reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUBYTE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Total number of bytes to be transmitted before packet compression is applied. -Only reported when the \fB-r\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When the \fB-z\fR option is specified, \fBpppstats\fR displays the following -fields relating to the packet compression algorithm currently in use. If packet -compression is not in use, these fields display zeroes. The fields displayed on -the input side are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMPRESSED BYTE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of bytes of compressed packets received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMPRESSED PACK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of compressed packets received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINCOMPRESSIBLE BYTE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of bytes of incompressible packets (that is, those which were -transmitted in uncompressed form) received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINCOMPRESSIBLE PACK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of incompressible packets received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMP RATIO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Recent compression ratio for incoming packets, defined as the uncompressed size -divided by the compressed size (including both compressible and incompressible -packets). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The fields displayed on the output side are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMPRESSED BYTE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of bytes of compressed packets transmitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMPRESSED PACK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of compressed packets transmitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINCOMPRESSIBLE BYTE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of bytes of incompressible packets received; that is, those that were -transmitted by the peer in uncompressed form. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBINCOMPRESSIBLE PACK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Number of incompressible packets transmitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMP RATIO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Recent compression ratio for outgoing packets. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pptadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pptadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f13a5e32a4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pptadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd April 10, 2018 -.Dt PPTADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm pptadm -.Nd PPT administration utility -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Cm list -j -.Op Fl a -.Nm -.Cm list -.Op Fl ap Op Fl o Ar fields -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility can enumerate passthrough devices for use by a virtualized guest. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options to the -.Cm list -command are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a -Show all PPT devices, both available and assigned. -.It Fl j -Output JSON. -.It Fl o -Specify fields to output, or "all". Available fields are -dev,path,vendor,device,subvendor,subdevice,rev,label -.It Fl p -Output in a parsable format; this requires the -o option to be specified. -.El -.Sh JSON OUTPUT -The JSON output consists of an array under the key "devices" with the fields: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It dev -The PPT /dev path, if assigned and bound. -.It path -The physical /devices path. -.It vendor-id -The PCI vendor ID. -.It device-id -The PCI device ID. -.It subsystem-vendor-id -The PCI subsystem vendor ID. -.It subsystem-id -The PCI subsystem ID. -.It revision-id -The PCI device revision. -.It label -Human-readable description from the PCI database. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It /etc/ppt_aliases -Containts the bindings of PPT devices in the same format as /etc/driver_aliases -.It /etc/ppt_matches -Identifies devices that PPT could be bound to, either by physical path, or by -PCI ID. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/praudit.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/praudit.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 177d86843e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/praudit.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2019 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRAUDIT 1M "Aug 13, 2019" -.SH NAME -praudit \- print contents of an audit trail file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBpraudit\fR [\fB-r|-s\fR] [\fB-lx\fR] [\fB-d\fR\fIdel\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fIfilename\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBpraudit\fR reads the listed \fIfilename\fRs (or standard input, if no -\fIfilename\fR is specified) and interprets the data as audit trail records as -defined in \fBaudit.log\fR(4). By default, times, user and group \fBID\fRs -(\fBUID\fRs and \fBGID\fRs, respectively) are converted to their \fBASCII\fR -representation. Record type and event fields are converted to their \fBASCII\fR -representation. A maximum of 100 audit files can be specified on the command -line. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fIdel\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIdel\fR as the field delimiter instead of the default delimiter, which is -the comma. If \fIdel\fR has special meaning for the shell, it must be quoted. -The maximum size of a delimiter is three characters. The delimiter is not -meaningful and is not used when the \fB-x\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print one line per record. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print records in their raw form. Times, \fBUID\fRs, \fBGID\fRs, record types, -and events are displayed as integers. This option is useful when naming -services are offline. The \fB-r\fR option and the \fB-s\fR option are -exclusive. If both are used, a format usage error message is output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display records in their short form. Numeric fields' ASCII equivalents are -looked up by means of the sources specified in the \fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR -file (see \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4)). All numeric fields are converted to ASCII -and then displayed. The short \fBASCII\fR representations for the record type -and event fields are used. This option and the \fB-r\fR option are exclusive. -If both are used, a format usage error message is output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print records in XML form. Tags are included in the output to identify tokens -and fields within tokens. Output begins with a valid XML prolog, which includes -identification of the DTD which can be used to parse the XML. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read group entries from the specified file. \fBGID\fRs referenced in the audit -files will be resolved to group names using this file. \fBGID\fRs not -referenced in the specified file will be resolved by the host system. This -option is useful when aggregating logs from multiple systems onto a single -host for analysis, allowing \fBGID\fRs to be resolved to the group names -appropriate to the source of the audit file. To do this, copy the -\fB/etc/group\fR file from the system from which the audit file originates -and use that as the argument to the \fB-g\fR flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Read passwd entries from the specified file. \fBUID\fRs referenced in the audit -files will be resolved to user names using this file. \fBUID\fRs not -referenced in the specified file will be resolved by the host system. This -option is useful when aggregating logs from multiple systems onto a single -host for analysis, allowing \fBUID\fRs to be resolved to the user names -appropriate to the source of the audit file. To do this, copy the -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file from the system from which the audit file originates -and use that as the argument to the \fB-p\fR flag. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_event\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Audit event definition and class mappings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/audit_class\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Audit class definitions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/xml/dtd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory containing the versioned DTD file referenced in XML output, for -example, \fBadt_record.dtd.1\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/xml/style\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory containing the versioned XSL file referenced in XML output, for -example, \fBadt_record.xsl.1\fR. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command stability is evolving. The output format is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBgetent\fR(1M), \fBaudit\fR(2), \fBgetauditflags\fR(3BSM), -\fBgetpwuid\fR(3C), \fBgethostbyaddr\fR(3NSL), \fBethers\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBgetipnodebyaddr\fR(3SOCKET), \fBaudit.log\fR(4), \fBaudit_class\fR(4), -\fBaudit_event\fR(4), \fBgroup\fR(4), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/print-service.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/print-service.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2d8a31ed48..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/print-service.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRINT-SERVICE 1M "Mar 18, 2008" -.SH NAME -print-service \- select, report, import, export active print service on a -system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprint-service\fR [\fB-s\fR \fIservice\fR [\fB-m\fR] | \fB-q\fR | \fB-e\fR \fIfile\fR | \fB-i\fR \fIfile\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBprint-service\fR utility manages print service selection, as well as -export and import of basic print queue configuration. -.sp -.LP -Only a user root privileges or with the Printer Management profile can change -the active print service or import print queue configuration. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIservice\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select the active print service for on a host. \fIservice\fR can be one of -\fBlp\fR or \fBcups\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Migrate print queue configuration during print service selection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report the active print service on a host. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Export basic print queue configuration to a file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Import basic print queue configuration from a file. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSelecting a Print Service -.sp -.LP -The following command selects the CUPS print service as the active print -service on a host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBprint-service -s cups\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRReporting the Active Print Service -.sp -.LP -The following command reports the active print service on a host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBprint-service -q\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRExporting a Print Queue Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command exports the print queue configuration from the active -print service. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBprint-service -e /tmp/queues\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRImporting a Print Queue Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command imports the print queue configuration to the active print -service. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBprint-service -i /tmp/queues\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The print queue configuration saved and restored during export, import, and -migration is limited to queue name and device name. It is likely that further -configuration changes will be required before imported or migrated print queues -become usable. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/printmgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/printmgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ef856807ba..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/printmgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRINTMGR 1M "Feb 25, 2017" -.SH NAME -printmgr \- Solaris Print Manager is a graphical user interface for managing -printers in a network -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sadm/admin/bin/printmgr\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -Solaris Print Manager is a Java-based graphical user interface that enables you -to manage local and remote printer access. This tool can be used in the -following name service environments: LDAP, NIS, and files. You must be -logged in as superuser to use this tool. -.sp -.LP -Using Solaris Printer Manager is the preferred method for managing printer -access because Solaris Print Manager centralizes printer information when it is -used in a name service environment. -.sp -.LP -Adding printer information to a name service makes access to printers available -to all systems on the network and generally makes printer administration easier -because all the information about printers is centralized. -.sp -.LP -Solaris Print Manager may be run on a remote system with the display sent to -the local system. See the \fISystem Administration Guide: Solaris Printing\fR -for instructions on setting the \fBDISPLAY\fR environment variable. -.sp -.LP -Using Solaris Print Manager to perform printer-related tasks automatically -updates the appropriate printer databases. Solaris Print Manager also includes -a command-line console that displays the \fBlp\fR command line for the add, -modify, and delete printer operations. Errors and warnings may also be -displayed when Printer Manager operations are performed. -.sp -.LP -Help is available by clicking the Help button. -.SH USAGE -.LP -Solaris Print Manager enables you to do the following tasks: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSelect a Name Service\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Select a name service for retrieving or changing printer information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBAdd Access to a Printer\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Add printer access on a printer client using Solaris Print Manager. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBAdd an Attached Printer\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -After physically attaching the printer to a system, use Solaris Print Manager -to install a local printer and make it available for printing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBAdd a Network Printer\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -After physically attaching the printer to a system, use Solaris Print Manager -to install a local printer and make it available for printing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBModify Printer Properties\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -After adding access to a printer or adding an attached or network printer, you -can modify certain printer attributes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDelete a Printer\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Delete access to a printer from the print client or delete a printer from the -print server or from the name service environment. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBldap\fR(1), \fBlpget\fR(1M), \fBlpset\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fISystem Administration Guide: Solaris Printing\fR for information on LDAP -server replication. -.sp -.LP -Although users can use the LDAP command line utilities \fBldapadd\fR(1) and -\fBldapmodify\fR(1) to update printer entries in the directory, the preferred -method is to use \fBlpset\fR. Otherwise, if the \fBlpadd\fR and \fBlpmodify\fR -utilities are used, the administrator must ensure that the \fBprinter-name\fR -attribute value is unique within the \fBou=printers\fR container on the LDAP -server. If the value is not unique, the result of modifications done using -\fBlpset\fR or the Solaris Print Manager, \fBprintmgr\fR may be unpredictable. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/projadd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/projadd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 342d96e5b1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/projadd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PROJADD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -projadd \- administer a new project on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprojadd\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] - [\fB-U\fR \fIuser\fR[,\fIuser\fR]...] [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-K\fR \fIname\fR[=\fIvalue\fR[,\fIvalue\fR]...]]... \fIproject\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBprojadd\fR adds a new project entry to the \fB/etc/project\fR file. If the -files backend is being used for the project database, the new project is -available for use immediately upon the completion of the \fBprojadd\fR command. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Add a project comment. Comments are stored in the project's entry in the -\fB/etc/project\fR file. Generally, comments contain a short description of the -project and are used as the field for the project's full name. -.sp -Specify \fIcomment\fR as a text string. \fIcomment\fR cannot contain a colon -(\fB:\fR) or NEWLINE. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify the project file to modify. If no \fIfilename\fR is specified, the -system project file, \fB/etc/project\fR, is modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a group list for the project. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIname\fR[=\fIvalue\fR[,\fIvalue\fR]...]\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify an attribute list for the project. Multiple \fB-K\fR options can be -specified to set values on multiple keys, such as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --K \fIkey1\fR=\fIvalue1\fR -K "\fIkey2\fR=(\fIvalue2a\fR),(\fIvalue2b\fR)" -.fi -.in -2 - -Resource control attributes use parentheses to specify values for a key. -Because many user shells interpret parentheses as special characters, it is -best to enclose an argument to \fB-K\fR that contains parentheses with double -quotes, as shown above and in EXAMPLES, below. See \fBresource_controls\fR(5) -for a description of the resource controls you can specify for a project. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Syntax check. Check the format of the existing system project file and -modifications only. The contents of the existing project file, such as user -names, group names, and resources that are specified in the project attributes -are not checked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -This option allows the project ID specified by the \fB-p\fR option to be -non-unique within the project file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprojid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Set the project \fBID\fR of the new project. -.sp -Specify \fIprojid\fR as a non-negative decimal integer below \fBUID_MAX\fR as -defined in \fBlimits.h\fR. \fIprojid\fR defaults to the next available unique -number above the highest number currently assigned. For example, if -\fIprojid\fRs \fB100\fR, \fB105\fR, and \fB200\fR are assigned, the next -default \fIprojid\fR is \fB201\fR. \fIprojid\fRs between \fB0\fR-\fB99\fR are -reserved. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR \fIuser\fR[,\fIuser\fR]...\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a user list for the project. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIproject\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The name of the project to create. The \fIproject\fR operand is a string -consisting of characters from the set of alphabetic characters, numeric -characters, underline (_), and hyphen (-). The period ('.') is reserved for -projects with special meaning to the operating system. The first character of -the project name must be a letter. An error message is displayed if these -restrictions are not met. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1\fR Adding a Project -.sp -.LP -The following command creates the project \fBsalesaudit\fR and sets the -resource controls specified as arguments to the \fB-K\fR option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -projadd -p 111 -G sales,finance -c "Auditing Project" \e - -K "rcap.max-rss=10GB" \e - -K "process.max-file-size=(priv,50MB,deny)" \e - -K "task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny)" salesaudit -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This command would produce the following entry in \fB/etc/project\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -salesaudit:111:Auditing Project::sales,finance: \e -process.max-file-size=(priv,52428800,deny); \e -rcap.max-rss=10737418240;task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Note that the preceding would appear as one line in \fB/etc/project\fR. - -.sp -.LP -Comparing the \fBprojadd\fR command and resulting output in \fB/etc/project\fR, -note the effect of the scaling factor in the resource cap -(\fBrcap.max-rss=10GB\fR) and the resource control -(\fBprocess.max-file-size=(priv,50MB,deny)\fR). Modifiers, such as B, KB, and -MB, and scaling factors are specified in \fBresource_controls\fR(5). - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The command syntax was invalid. A usage message for \fBprojadd\fR is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An invalid argument was provided to an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The \fIprojid\fR given with the \fB-p\fR option is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project files contain an error. See \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project to be added, group, user, or resource does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/project\fR file. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/project\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System project file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBprojects\fR(1), \fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), -\fBgrpck\fR(1M), \fBprojdel\fR(1M), \fBprojmod\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), -\fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBresource_controls\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -In case of an error, \fBprojadd\fR prints an error message and exits with a -non-zero status. -.sp -.LP -\fBprojadd\fR adds a project definition only on the local system. If a network -name service is being used to supplement the local -\fB/etc/project\fR file with additional entries, \fBprojadd\fR cannot change -information supplied by the network name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/projdel.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/projdel.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b3adbcd7a7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/projdel.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PROJDEL 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -projdel \- delete a project from the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprojdel\fR [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] \fIproject\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBprojdel\fR utility deletes a project from the system and makes the -appropriate changes to the system file. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify the project file to modify. If no \fIfilename\fR is specified, the -system project file, \fB/etc/project\fR, is modified. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIproject\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The name of the project to be deleted. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The command syntax was invalid. A usage message for \fBprojdel\fR is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An invalid argument was provided to an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The \fIprojid\fR given with the \fB-p\fR option is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project files contain an error. See \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project to be modified, group, user, or resource does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/project\fR file. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/project\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System project file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBprojects\fR(1), \fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), -\fBgrpck\fR(1M), \fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBprojadd\fR(1M), \fBprojmod\fR(1M), -\fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBproject\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBprojdel\fR prints an error message and exits with a -non-zero status. -.SH NOTES -.LP -\fBprojdel\fR deletes a project definition only on the local system. If a -network name service is being used to -supplement the local \fB/etc/project\fR file with additional entries, -\fBprojdel\fR cannot change information supplied by the network name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/projmod.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/projmod.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5225c127ae..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/projmod.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,594 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PROJMOD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -projmod \- modify a project's information on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprojmod\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-A\fR|\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR | -] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBprojmod\fR [\fB-n\fR] [\fB-A\fR|\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR | -] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] - [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-a\fR|\fB-s\fR|\fB-r\fR] [\fB-U\fR \fIuser\fR[,\fIuser\fR]...] - [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-K\fR \fIname\fR[=\fIvalue\fR[,\fIvalue\fR]...]]... - [\fB-l\fR \fInew_projectname\fR] \fIproject\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBprojmod\fR utility modifies a project's definition on the system. -\fBprojmod\fR changes the definition of the specified project and makes the -appropriate project-related system file and file system changes. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Apply the project's resource controls, as defined in the system's project -database, to the project if it is active. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify that the users, groups, attributes, or attribute values specified by -the \fB-U\fR, \fB-G\fR or \fB-K\fR options should be added to the project, -rather than replacing the existing member or attribute list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify \fIcomment\fR as a text string. Generally, \fIcomment\fR contains a -short description of the project. This information is stored in the project's -\fB/etc/project\fR entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR | -\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify the project file to modify or validate or specify input from stdin for -validation. As noted under OPERANDS, if you do not specify a project in a -\fBprojmod\fR command line, \fBprojmod\fR validates the argument to \fB-f\fR. -If you do not use this option, the system project file, \fB/etc/project\fR, is -modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...]fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a replacement list of member groups of the project. When used in -conjunction with the \fB-a\fR or \fB-r\fR options, this option specifies a list -of groups to be added or removed from the project. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIname\fR[=\fIvalue\fR[,\fIvalue\fR]...]\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a replacement list of project attributes for the project. When used in -conjunction with the \fB-a\fR, \fB-r\fR, or \fB-s\fR options, this option -specifies a list of attribute values to be added, removed, or replaced in the -project. Attributes must be delimited by semicolons (\fB;\fR). Multiple -\fB-K\fR options can be specified to set, add, remove, or substitute values on -multiple keys, such as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf --K \fIkey1\fR=\fIvalue1\fR -K "\fIkey2\fR=(\fIvalue2a\fR),(\fIvalue2b\fR)" -.fi -.in -2 - -Resource control attributes use parentheses to specify values for a key. -Because many user shells interpret parentheses as special characters, it is -best to enclose an argument to \fB-K\fR that contains parentheses with double -quotes, as shown above and in EXAMPLES, below. See \fBresource_controls\fR(5) -for a description of the resource controls you can specify for a project. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fInew_projectname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify the new project name for the project. The \fInew_projectname\fR -argument is a string consisting of characters from the set of alphabetic -characters, numeric characters, period (\fB\&.\fR), underline (\fB_\fR), and -hyphen (\fB-\fR). The first character should be alphabetic. An error message is -written if these restrictions are not met. The project name must also be unique -within the project file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Syntax check. Check the format of the existing system project file and -modifications only. The contents of the existing project file, such as user -names, group names, and resources that are specified in the project attributes -are not checked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -This option allows the project ID specified by the \fB-p\fR option to be -non-unique within the project file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprojid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a new project \fBID\fR for the project. It must be a non-negative -decimal integer less than \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR. This -value must be unique within the project file if the \fB-o\fR option is not -specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify that the users, groups, attributes, or attribute values specified by -the \fB-U\fR, \fB-G\fR or \fB-K\fR options should be removed from the project, -rather than replacing the existing member or attribute list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify that the list of attributes specified by the \fB-K\fR option should -have their values replaced. If the attributes do not exist, they are added as -if the a option was used. This option has no effect the \fB-U\fR or \fB-G\fR -options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR \fIuser\fR[,\fIuser\fR]...\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -Specify a replacement list of member users of the project. When used in -conjunction with the \fB-a\fR or \fB-r\fR options, this option specifies a list -of users to be added or removed from the project. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIproject\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -An existing project name to be modified or displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fI(none)\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -If no operand is given, the project file is validated without modifying any -project. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1\fR Using the \fB-K\fR Option for Addition of an Attribute Value -.sp -.LP -Consider the following \fBproject\fR(4) entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -salesaudit:111:Auditing Project::sales,finance: \e - process.max-file-size=(priv,52428800,deny); \e - task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The preceding would appear as one line in \fB/etc/project\fR. For this and the -following examples, the focus is on the attributes field in the \fBproject\fR -entry. That is, the last field, the field following the last semicolon. - -.sp -.LP -The attributes field for the project \fBsalesaudit\fR lists the following -resource control: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,1000,signal=KILL) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The following \fBprojmod\fR command adds an action clause to the preceding -entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# projmod -a -K "task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny)" salesaudit -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...with the resulting attributes field in the entry for \fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny),(priv,1000,signal=KILL) -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2\fR Using the \fB-K\fR Option for the Substitution of an Attribute -Value -.sp -.LP -Assume an attributes field in a \fBproject\fR(4) entry for the project -\fBsalesaudit\fR that lists the following resource control: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny),(priv,1000,signal=KILL) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The following \fBprojmod\fR command substitutes the action clause specified in -the command for the action clauses in the preceding entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# projmod -s -K "task.max-lwps=(priv,500,signal=SIGSTOP)" salesaudit -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...with the resulting attributes field in the entry for \fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,500,signal=SIGSTOP) -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 3\fR Using the \fB-K\fR Option for Removal of an Attribute Value -.sp -.LP -Assume an attributes field in a \fBproject\fR(4) entry for a project -\fBsalesaudit\fR that lists the following resource control: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny),(priv,1000,signal=KILL) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The following \fBprojmod\fR command removes the first action clause from the -preceding entry: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# projmod -r -K "task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny)" salesaudit -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...with the resulting attributes field in the entry for \fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,1000,signal=KILL) -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 4\fR Specifying Multiple Attribute Values -.sp -.LP -Suppose you want to achieve the following resource controls for the project -\fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny) -process.max-file-size=(priv,50MB,deny) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The following \fBprojmod\fR command adds these resource controls for -\fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# projmod -a -K "task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny)" \e --K "process.max-file-size=(priv,50MB,deny)" salesaudit -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...with the resulting attributes field in the entry for \fBsalesaudit\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -task.max-lwps=(priv,100,deny);process.max-file-size=(priv,52428800,deny) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -In this example, note the effect of the use of the modifier and scaling factor -for the resource control \fBprocess.max-file-size\fR. The specification in -\fBprojmod\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -"process.max-file-size=(priv,50MB,deny)" -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...becomes, in \fB/etc/project\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -process.max-file-size=(priv,52428800,deny) -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -That is, \fB50MB\fR is expanded to \fB52428800\fR. The modifiers, such as MB, -and scaling factors you can use for resource controls are specified in -\fBresource_controls\fR(5). - -.LP -\fBExample 5\fR Binding a Pool to a Project -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the \fBproject.pool\fR attribute for the project -\fBsales\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# projmod -a -K project.pool=salespool sales -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 6\fR Evaluating Input from \fBstdin\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command uses the \fB-f\fR option without a project name operand -to evaluate the contents of an NIS projects map. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ypcat project | projmod -f - -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBprojmod\fR prints an error message and exits with one -of the following values: -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The command syntax was invalid. A usage message for \fBprojmod\fR is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An invalid argument was provided to an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The \fIprojid\fR given with the \fB-p\fR option is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project files contain an error. See \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project to be modified, group, user, or resource does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The project is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/project\fR file. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System file containing group definitions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/project\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System project file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -System file containing users' encrypted passwords and related information -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), \fBprojadd\fR(1M), -\fBprojdel\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBresource_controls\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBprojmod\fR utility modifies project definitions only in the local -\fB/etc/project\fR file. If a network name service -is being used to supplement the local files with additional entries, -\fBprojmod\fR cannot change information supplied by the network name service. -However \fBprojmod\fR verifies the uniqueness of project name and project -\fBID\fR against the external name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d76f493b29..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,883 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Gary Mills -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRSTAT 1M "June 6, 2019" -.SH NAME -prstat \- report active process statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprstat\fR [\fB-acHJLmRrtTvWZ\fR] [\fB-d\fR u | d] [\fB-C\fR \fIpsrsetlist\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIlgrplist\fR] - [\fB-j\fR \fIprojlist\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fItasklist\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fIntop\fR[,\fInbottom\fR]] - [\fB-p\fR \fIpidlist\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIcpulist\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIkey\fR | \fB-S\fR \fIkey\fR ] - [\fB-u\fR \fIeuidlist\fR] [\fB-U\fR \fIuidlist\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzoneidlist\fR] [\fB-Z\fR] - [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBprstat\fR utility iteratively examines all active processes on the -system and reports statistics based on the selected output mode and sort order. -\fBprstat\fR provides options to examine only processes matching specified -\fBPID\fRs, \fBUID\fRs, zone \fBID\fRs, \fBCPU\fR \fBID\fRs, and processor set -\fBID\fRs. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-j\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-C\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-u\fR, \fB-U\fR, and -\fB-z\fR options accept lists as arguments. Items in a list can be either -separated by commas or enclosed in quotes and separated by commas or spaces. -.sp -.LP -If you do not specify an option, \fBprstat\fR examines all processes and -reports statistics sorted by \fBCPU\fR usage. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about processes and users. In this mode \fBprstat\fR -displays separate reports about processes and users at the same time. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print new reports below previous reports instead of overprinting them. -Long names are not truncated in this mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIpsrsetlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or lwps that are bound to processor sets in the given -list. Each processor set is identified by an integer as reported by -\fBpsrset\fR(1M). The load averages displayed are the sum of the load averages -of the specified processor sets (see \fBpset_getloadavg\fR(3C)). Processes with -one or more LWPs bound to processor sets in the given list are reported even -when the \fB-L\fR option is not used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fBu | d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIlgrplist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or lwps whose home \fIlgroup\fR is in the given list of -\fIlgroups\fR. No processes or lwps will be listed for invalid \fIlgroups\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about home \fIlgroup\fR. In this mode, \fBprstat\fR adds an -extra column showing process or lwps home \fIlgroup\fR with the header LGRP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-j\fR \fIprojlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or lwps whose project \fBID\fR is in the given list. Each -project \fBID\fR can be specified as either a project name or a numerical -project \fBID\fR. See \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-J\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about processes and projects. In this mode \fBprstat\fR -displays separate reports about processes and projects at the same time. -A trailing asterisk marks a long name that has been truncated -to fit the column. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fItasklist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or lwps whose task \fBID\fR is in \fItasklist\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report statistics for each light-weight process (\fBLWP\fR). By default, -\fBprstat\fR reports only the number of \fBLWP\fRs for each process. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report microstate process accounting information. This output format includes -the percentage of time the process has spent in user mode, in system mode, and -sleeping. It also includes the number of voluntary and involuntary context -switches, system calls, the number of signals received, and the percentage of -time the process has spent processing system traps, text page faults, data page -faults, waiting for user locks and waiting for \fBCPU\fR (latency time). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIntop\fR[\fI,nbottom\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Restrict number of output lines. The \fIntop\fR argument determines how many -lines of process or \fBlwp\fR statistics are reported, and the \fInbottom\fR -argument determines how many lines of user, task, project or zone statistics -are reported if the \fB-a\fR, \fB-t\fR, \fB-T\fR, \fB-J\fR or \fB-Z\fR options -are specified. By default, \fBprstat\fR displays as many lines of output that -fit in a window or terminal. When you specify the \fB-c\fR option or direct the -output to a file, the default values for \fBntop\fR and \fBnbottom\fR are -\fB15\fR and \fB5\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpidlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes whose process \fBID\fR is in the given list. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIcpulist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or \fBlwp\fRs which have most recently executed on a -\fBCPU\fR in the given list. Each \fBCPU\fR is identified by an integer as -reported by \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Put \fBprstat\fR in the real time scheduling class. When this option is used, -\fBprstat\fR is given priority over time-sharing and interactive processes. -This option is available only for superuser. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable lookups for user names and project names. (Note that this does not -apply to lookups for the \fB-j\fR, \fB-u\fR, or \fB-U\fR options.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort output lines (that is, processes, \fBlwp\fRs, or users) by \fIkey\fR in -descending order. Only one \fIkey\fR can be used as an argument. -.sp -There are five possible key values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcpu\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort by process \fBCPU\fR usage. This is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpri\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort by process priority. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBrss\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort by resident set size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsize\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort by size of process image. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBtime\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort by process execution time. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIkey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sort output lines by \fIkey\fR in ascending order. Possible \fIkey\fR values -are the same as for the \fB-s\fR option. See \fB-s\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report total usage summary for each user. The summary includes the total number -of processes or \fBLWP\fRs owned by the user, total size of process images, -total resident set size, total cpu time, and percentages of recent cpu time and -system memory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about processes and tasks. In this mode \fBprstat\fR -displays separate reports about processes and tasks at the same time. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIeuidlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes whose effective user \fBID\fR is in the given list. Each -user \fBID\fR may be specified as either a login name or a numerical user -\fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR \fIuidlis\fRt\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes whose real user \fBID\fR is in the given list. Each user -\fBID\fR may be specified as either a login name or a numerical user \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Same as \fB-m\fR, for backwards compatibility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-W\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Truncate long names even when \fBprstat\fR would normally print them -in full. -A trailing asterisk marks a long name that has been truncated -to fit the column. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzoneidlist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report only processes or LWPs whose zone ID is in the given list. Each zone ID -can be specified as either a zone name or a numerical zone ID. See -\fBzones\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Z\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about processes and zones. In this mode, \fBprstat\fR -displays separate reports about processes and zones at the same time. -A trailing asterisk marks a long name that has been truncated -to fit the column. -.RE - -.SH OUTPUT -.LP -The following list defines the column headings and the meanings of a -\fBprstat\fR report: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPID\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The process \fBID\fR of the process. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBUSERNAME\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The real user (login) name or real user \fBID\fR. -A trailing asterisk marks a long name that has been truncated -to fit the column. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSWAP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total virtual memory size of the process, including all mapped files and -devices, in kilobytes (\fBK\fR), megabytes (\fBM\fR), or gigabytes (\fBG\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBRSS\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The resident set size of the process (\fBRSS\fR), in kilobytes (\fBK\fR), -megabytes (\fBM\fR), or gigabytes (\fBG\fR). The RSS value is an estimate -provided by \fBproc\fR(4) that might underestimate the actual -per-process resident set size, but is generally accurate for the aggregated -resident set size. Users who want to get more accurate usage information for -capacity planning should use the \fB-x\fR option to \fBpmap\fR(1) for -per-process results instead. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSTATE\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The state of the process: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcpu\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process is running on \fBCPU\fR \fIN\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsleep\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sleeping: process is waiting for an event to complete. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBwait\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Waiting: process is waiting for CPU usage to drop to the CPU-caps enforced -limits. See the description of \fBCPU-caps\fR in \fBresource_controls\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBrun\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runnable: process in on run queue. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBzombie\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Zombie state: process terminated and parent not waiting. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstop\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process is stopped. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPRI\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The priority of the process. Larger numbers mean higher priority. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNICE\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Nice value used in priority computation. Only processes in certain scheduling -classes have a nice value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTIME\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The cumulative execution time for the process. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCPU\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of recent \fBCPU\fR time used by the process. If executing in a -non-global \fBzone\fR and the pools facility is active, the percentage will be -that of the processors in the processor set in use by the pool to which the -\fBzone\fR is bound. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPROCESS\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the process (name of executed file). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLWP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBlwp\fR \fBID\fR of the \fBlwp\fR being reported, as well as the LWP -name if any is set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNLWP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of \fBlwp\fRs in the process. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -With the some options, in addition to a number of the column headings shown -above, there are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNPROC\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of processes in a specified collection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBMEMORY\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Percentage of memory used by a specified collection of processes. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following columns are displayed when the \fB-v\fR or \fB-m\fR option is -specified -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBUSR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent in user mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSYS\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent in system mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTRP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent in processing system traps. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTFL\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent processing text page faults. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDFL\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent processing data page faults. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLCK\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent waiting for user locks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSLP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent sleeping. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLAT\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The percentage of time the process has spent waiting for CPU. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVCX\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of voluntary context switches. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBICX\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of involuntary context switches. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSCL\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of system calls. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSIG\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of signals received. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Under the \fB-L\fR option, one line is printed for each \fBlwp\fR in the -process and some reporting fields show the values for the \fBlwp\fR, not the -process. -.sp -.LP -The following column is displayed when the \fB-H\fR option is specified: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBLGRP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The home \fIlgroup\fR of the process or lwp. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the number of times that the statistics are repeated. By default, -\fBprstat\fR reports statistics until a termination signal is received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the sampling interval in seconds; the default interval is \fB5\fR -seconds. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRReporting the Five Most Active Super-User Processes -.sp -.LP -The following command reports the five most active super-user processes running -on \fBCPU1\fR and \fBCPU2\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% prstat -u root -n 5 -P 1,2 1 1 - -PID USERNAME SWAP RSS STATE PRI NICE TIME CPU PROCESS/LWP - 306 root 3024K 1448K sleep 58 0 0:00.00 0.3% sendmail/1 - 102 root 1600K 592K sleep 59 0 0:00.00 0.1% in.rdisc/1 - 250 root 1000K 552K sleep 58 0 0:00.00 0.0% utmpd/1 - 288 root 1720K 1032K sleep 58 0 0:00.00 0.0% sac/1 - 1 root 744K 168K sleep 58 0 0:00.00 0.0% init/1 -TOTAL: 25, load averages: 0.05, 0.08, 0.12 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying Verbose Process Usage Information -.sp -.LP -The following command displays verbose process usage information about -processes with lowest resident set sizes owned by users \fBroot\fR and -\fBjohn\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% prstat -S rss -n 5 -vc -u root,john - - PID USERNAME USR SYS TRP TFL DFL LCK SLP LAT VCX ICX SCL SIG PROCESS/LWP - 1 root 0.0 0.0 - - - - 100 - 0 0 0 0 init/1 - 102 root 0.0 0.0 - - - - 100 - 0 0 3 0 in.rdisc/1 - 250 root 0.0 0.0 - - - - 100 - 0 0 0 0 utmpd/1 -1185 john 0.0 0.0 - - - - 100 - 0 0 0 0 csh/1 - 240 root 0.0 0.0 - - - - 100 - 0 0 0 0 powerd/4 - TOTAL: 71, load averages: 0.02, 0.04, 0.08 - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdate\fR(1), \fBlgrpinfo\fR(1), \fBplgrp\fR(1), \fBproc\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1), -\fBtime\fR(2), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1M), -\fBpset_getloadavg\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fBproject\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBresource_controls\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The snapshot of system usage displayed by \fBprstat\fR is true only for a -split-second, and it may not be accurate by the time it is displayed. When the -\fB-m\fR option is specified, \fBprstat\fR tries to turn on microstate -accounting for each process; the original state is restored when \fBprstat\fR -exits. See \fBproc\fR(4) for additional information about the microstate -accounting facility. -.sp -.LP -The total memory size reported in the SWAP and RSS columns for groups of -processes can sometimes overestimate the actual amount of memory used by -processes with shared memory segments. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtconf.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtconf.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a214c21175..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtconf.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,227 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2012, Joyent, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2019, Peter tribble. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTCONF 1M "Jan 21, 2019" -.SH NAME -prtconf \- print system configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/prtconf\fR [\fB-V\fR] | [\fB-F\fR] | [\fB-m\fR] | [\fB-x\fR] | [\fB-bpv\fR] | [\fB-acdDPv\fR] - [\fIdev_path\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBprtconf\fR command prints the system configuration information. The -output includes the total amount of memory, and the configuration of system -peripherals formatted as a device tree. -.sp -.LP -If a device path is specified on the command line for those command options -that can take a device path, \fBprtconf\fR will only display information for -that device node. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-a\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display all the ancestors device nodes, up to the root node of the device tree, -for the device specified on the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-b\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display the firmware device tree root properties for the purpose of platform -identification. These properties are "name", "compatible", "banner-name" and -"model". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-c\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display the device subtree rooted at the device node specified on the command -line, that is, display all the children of the device node specified on the -command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-d\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display vendor ID and device ID for PCI and PCI Express devices, in addition to -the nodename. If the information is known, the vendor name and device name will -also be shown. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-D\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -For each system peripheral in the device tree, displays the name of the device -driver used to manage the peripheral. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-F\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Returns the device path name of the console frame buffer, -if one exists. If there is no frame buffer, \fBprtconf\fR returns a non-zero -exit code. This flag must be used by itself. It returns only the name of the -console, frame buffer device or a non-zero exit code. For example, if the -console frame buffer on a SUNW,Ultra-30 is \fBffb\fR, the command returns: -\fB/SUNW,ffb@1e,0:ffb0\fR. This option could be used to create a symlink for -\fB/dev/fb\fR to the actual console device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-m\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays the amount of system memory in megabytes. -This flag must be used by itself. -.RE - - -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-p\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays information derived from the device tree provided by the firmware -(PROM) on SPARC platforms or the booting system on x86 platforms.The device -tree information displayed using this option is a snapshot of the initial -configuration and may not accurately reflect reconfiguration events that occur -later. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-P\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Includes information about pseudo devices. By default, information regarding -pseudo devices is omitted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-v\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Specifies verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-V\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Displays platform-dependent \fBPROM\fR (on SPARC platforms) or booting system -(on x86 platforms) version information. This flag must be used by itself. The -output is a string. The format of the string is arbitrary and -platform-dependent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-x\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -A legacy flag that reported if the firmware on this system is 64-bit ready. -As illumos only runs on 64-bit platforms, this flag is kept for compatibility -only, and zero is always returned. -.sp -This flag overrides all other flags and must be used by itself. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fIdev_path\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -The path to a target device minor node, device nexus node, or device link for -which device node configuration information is displayed -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -No error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-zero\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -With the \fB-F\fR option, a non-zero return value means that the -output device is not a frame buffer. In all other cases, a -non-zero return value means that an error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -Interface Stability Unstable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBfuser\fR(1M), \fBmodinfo\fR(1M), \fBsysdef\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBopenprom\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -The output of the \fBprtconf\fR command is highly dependent on the version of -the \fBPROM\fR installed in the system. The output will be affected in -potentially all circumstances. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdriver not attached\fR message means that no driver is currently -attached to that instance of the device. In general, drivers are loaded and -installed (and attached to hardware instances) on demand, and when needed, and -may be uninstalled and unloaded when the device is not in use. -.sp -.LP -On x86 platforms, the use of \fBprtconf\fR \fB-vp\fR provides a subset of -information from \fBprtconf\fR \fB-v\fR. The value of integer properties from -\fBprtconf\fR \fB-vp\fR might require byte swapping for correct interpretation. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdiag.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdiag.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 256cd7d586..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdiag.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2019 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTDIAG 1M "Jun 13, 2019" -.SH NAME -prtdiag \- display system diagnostic information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/prtdiag\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-l\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBprtdiag\fR displays system configuration and diagnostic information on -\fBsun4u\fR, \fBsun4v\fR, and x86 systems. -.sp -.LP -The diagnostic information lists any failed field replaceable units -(\fBFRU\fRs) in the system. -.sp -.LP -The interface, output, and location in the directory hierarchy for -\fBprtdiag\fR are uncommitted and subject to change in future releases. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Log output. If failures or errors exist in the system, output this information -to \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Verbose mode. Displays the time of the most recent \fBAC\fR Power failure, and -the most recent hardware fatal error information, and (if applicable) -environmental status. The hardware fatal error information is useful to repair -and manufacturing for detailed diagnostics of \fBFRU\fRs. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -No failures or errors are detected in the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Failures or errors are detected in the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An internal \fBprtdiag\fR error occurred, for example, out of memory. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Unstable* -.TE - -.sp -.LP -*The output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBmodinfo\fR(1M), \fBprtconf\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBsysdef\fR(1M), -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBopenprom\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -.LP -Not all diagnostic and system information is available on every -platform, and therefore cannot be displayed by \fBprtdiag\fR. On those -platforms, further information can be obtained from the System Controller. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdscp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdscp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 10b7304eb2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtdscp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTDSCP 1M "Apr 25, 2006" -.SH NAME -prtdscp \- display \fBDSCP\fR \fBIP\fR addresses -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBprtdscp\fR [\fB-v\fR ] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBprtdscp\fR [\fB-v\fR ] \fB-h\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBprtdscp\fR [\fB-v\fR ] \fB-d\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBprtdscp\fR [\fB-v\fR ] \fB-s\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBprtdscp\fR displays the \fBIP\fR addresses associated with a Domain to -Service Processor Communications Protocol (\fBDSCP\fR) link. If no arguments -are specified, \fBprtdscp\fR displays the \fBIP\fR addresses on both ends of -the \fBDSCP\fR link. The \fBIP\fR address of either the Service Processor or -domain side can be displayed separately by the use of the \fB-s\fR or \fB-d\fR -options, respectively. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Verbose mode. Print additional details about the program's internal progress to -\fBstderr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Help. Print a brief synopsis of the program's usage and exit. All other command -line arguments are ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display only the local domain's \fBIP\fR address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display only the remote Service Processor's \fBIP\fR address. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying both addresses -.sp -.LP -The following example displays both the local domain's \fBIP\fR address and the -remote \fBSP\fR's \fBIP\fR address: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# prtdscp\fR -Domain Address: 192.168.103.2 -SP Address: 192.168.103.1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying the local \fBIP\fR address -.sp -.LP -The following example displays the local domain's \fBIP\fR address: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# prtdscp -d\fR -192.168.103.2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying the remote \fBIP\fR address -.sp -.LP -The following example display the remote \fBSP\fR's \fBIP\fR address: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB# prtdscp -s\fR -192.168.103.1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtfru.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtfru.1m deleted file mode 100644 index fc59f0a4cb..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtfru.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTFRU 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -prtfru \- print FRUID-specific information about the FRUs on a system or domain -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/prtfru\fR [\fB-d\fR] | [\fB-clx\fR] [\fIcontainer\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBprtfru\fR utility is used to obtain \fBFRUID\fR data from the system or -domain. Its output is that of a tree structure echoing the path in the -\fBFRU\fR (Field-Replaceable Unit) tree to each container. When a container is -found, the data from that container is printed in a tree-like structure as -well. -.sp -.LP -\fBprtfru\fR without any arguments will print the \fBFRU\fR hierarchy and all -of the \fBFRUID\fR container data. \fBprtfru\fR prints to stdout which may be -redirected to a file. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Prints \fIonly\fR the containers and their data. This option does not print the -\fBFRU\fR tree hierarchy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Prints a \fBDTD\fR for the current registry to stdout. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Prints \fIonly\fR the \fBFRU\fR tree hierarchy. This option does not print the -container data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Prints in \fBXML\fR format with a system identifier (SYSTEM) of -\fBprtfrureg.dtd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Options \fB-c\fR and \fB-l\fR can be used together to obtain a list of the -containers. -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcontainer\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The name of a particular container in the \fBFRU\fR hierarchy, that is, either -the name or path/name of a container as displayed in the \fB-l\fR option. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -All information was found and printed successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error has occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBfruadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtpicl.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtpicl.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4996941ea3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtpicl.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTPICL 1M "Jun 2, 2003" -.SH NAME -prtpicl \- print PICL tree -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/prtpicl\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIpicl_class\fR] [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBprtpicl\fR command prints the \fBPICL\fR tree maintained by the -\fBPICL\fR daemon. The output of \fBprtpicl\fR includes the name and \fBPICL\fR -class of the nodes. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIpicl_class\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Print only the nodes of the named \fBPICL\fR class. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Print in verbose mode. In verbose mode, \fBprtpicl\fR prints a list of -properties and values for each node. Verbose mode is disabled by default. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpicld\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtvtoc.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/prtvtoc.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8b353d750b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/prtvtoc.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T All Rights Reserved. Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PRTVTOC 1M "Apr 14, 2020" -.SH NAME -prtvtoc \- report information about a disk geometry and partitioning -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBprtvtoc\fR [\fB-fhs\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIvfstab\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImnttab\fR] \fIdevice\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBprtvtoc\fR command allows the contents of the label to be viewed. The -command can be used only by the super-user. -.sp -.LP -The \fIdevice\fR name can be the file name of a raw device in the form of -\fB/dev/rdsk/c*t*d*s2\fR or can be the file name of a block device in the form -of \fB/dev/dsk/c*t*d*s2\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report on the disk free space, including the starting block address of the free -space, number of blocks, and unused partitions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Omit the headers from the normal output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fI mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Use \fImnttab\fR as the list of mounted filesystems, in place of -\fB/etc/mnttab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Omit all headers but the column header from the normal output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fI vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Use \fIvfstab\fR as the list of filesystem defaults, in place of -\fB/etc/vfstab\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBprtvtoc\fR Command -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fBprtvtoc\fR command on a 424-megabyte hard -disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# prtvtoc /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s2 -* /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s2 partition map -* -* Dimensions: -* 512 bytes/sector -* 80 sectors/track -* 9 tracks/cylinder -* 720 sectors/cylinder -* 2500 cylinders -* 1151 accessible cylinders -* -* Flags: -* 1: unmountable -* 10: read-only -* First Sector Last -* Partition Tag Flags Sector Count Sector Mount Directory - 0 2 00 0 76320 76319 / - 1 3 01 76320 132480 208799 - 2 5 00 0 828720 828719 - 5 6 00 208800 131760 340559 /opt - 6 4 00 340560 447120 787679 /usr - 7 8 00 787680 41040 828719 /export/home -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The data in the \fBTag\fR column above indicates the type of partition, as -follows: - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -\fIName\fR \fINumber\fR -UNASSIGNED 0x00 -BOOT 0x01 -ROOT 0x02 -SWAP 0x03 -USR 0x04 -BACKUP 0x05 -STAND 0x06 -VAR 0x07 -HOME 0x08 -ALTSCTR 0x09 -CACHE 0x0a -RESERVED 0x0b -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The data in the \fBFlags\fR column above indicates how the partition is to be -mounted, as follows: - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l -l l . -\fIName\fR \fINumber\fR -MOUNTABLE, READ AND WRITE 0x00 -NOT MOUNTABLE 0x01 -MOUNTABLE, READ ONLY 0x10 -.TE - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing the \fBprtvtoc\fR Command with the \fB-f\fR Option -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fBprtvtoc\fR command with the \fB-f\fR option -on a 424-megabyte hard disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# prtvtoc \fB-f\fR /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s2 -FREE_START=0 FREE_SIZE=0 FREE_COUNT=0 FREE_PART=34 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing the \fBprtvtoc\fR Command on a Disk Over One Terabyte -.sp -.LP -The following example uses uses the \fBprtvtoc\fR command on a disk over one -terabyte:. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# prtvtoc /dev/rdsk/c1t1d0s2 -* /dev/rdsk/c1t1d0s2 partition map -* -* Dimensions: -* 512 bytes/sector -* 3187630080 sectors -* 3187630013 accessible sectors -* -* Flags: -* 1: unmountable -* 10: read-only -* -* First Sector Last -* Partition Tag Flags Sector Count Sector Mount Directory - 0 2 00 34 262144 262177 - 1 3 01 262178 262144 524321 - 6 4 00 524322 3187089340 3187613661 - 8 11 00 3187613662 16384 318763004 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdevinfo\fR(1M), \fBfmthard\fR(1M), \fBformat\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH WARNINGS -The \fBmount\fR command does not check the "not mountable" bit. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/psradm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/psradm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 84c58e902e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/psradm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PSRADM 1M "Apr 25, 2019" -.SH NAME -psradm \- change processor operational status -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpsradm\fR \fB-f\fR | \fB-i\fR | \fB-n\fR | \fB-s\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-F\fR] \fIprocessor_id\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsradm\fR \fB-a\fR \fB-f\fR | \fB-i\fR | \fB-n\fR | \fB-s\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-F\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsradm\fR \fB-aS\fR [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpsradm\fR utility changes the operational status of processors. The -legal states for the processor are \fBon-line\fR, \fBoff-line\fR, \fBspare\fR, -\fBfaulted\fR, \fBno-intr\fR, and \fBdisabled\fR. -.sp -.LP -An \fBon-line\fR processor processes \fBLWPs\fR (lightweight processes) and can -be interrupted by I/O devices in the system. -.sp -.LP -An \fBoff-line\fR processor does not process any \fBLWPs.\fR Usually, an -\fBoff-line\fR processor is not interruptible by I/O devices in the system. On -some processors or under certain conditions, it might not be possible to -disable interrupts for an \fBoff-line\fR processor. Thus, the actual effect of -being \fBoff-line\fR might vary from machine to machine. -.sp -.LP -A spare processor does not process any LWPs. A spare processor can be brought -\fBon-line\fR, \fBoff-line\fR or to \fBno-intr\fR by a privileged user of the -system or by the kernel in response to changes in the system state. -.sp -.LP -A faulted processor is identified by the kernel, which monitors the behavior of -processors over time. A privileged user can set the state of a faulted -processor to be \fBon-line\fR, \fBoff-line\fR, \fBspare\fR or \fBno-intr\fR, -but must use the force option to do so. -.sp -.LP -A \fBno-intr\fR processor processes \fBLWPs\fR but is not interruptible by I/O -devices. -.sp -.LP -With the \fB-aS\fR option, simultaneous multi-threading is disabled. The -a -option means "apply to every core" and is currently required. Each CPU core has -its SMT siblings placed in the \fBdisabled\fR state, and they will effectively -stay unused. That is, only one CPU in each core will be processing I/O, -scheduling processes, etc. A CPU can only be moved back out of the -\fBdisabled\fR state with the \fB-F\fR option. -.sp -.LP -A processor can not be taken \fBoff-line\fR, \fBdisabled\fR, or made \fBspare\fR -if there are LWPs that are bound to the processor unless the additional \fB-F\fR -option is used. The \fB-F\fR option removes processor bindings of such LWPs -before changing the processor's operational status. On some architectures, it -might not be possible to take certain processors \fBoff-line\fR or \fBspare\fR -if, for example, the system depends on some resource provided by the processor. -.sp -.LP -At least one processor in the system must be able to process \fBLWPs.\fR At -least one processor must also be able to be interrupted. Since an -\fBoff-line\fR or \fBspare\fR processor can be interruptible, it is possible to -have an operational system with one processor \fBno-intr\fR and all other -processors \fBoff-line\fR or \fBspare\fR but with one or more accepting -interrupts. -.sp -.LP -If any of the specified processors are powered off, \fBpsradm\fR might power on -one or more processors. -.sp -.LP -Only users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR privilege can use the -\fBpsradm\fR utility. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Perform the action on all processors, or as many as possible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Take the specified processors \fBoff-line\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Force the transition to the additional specified state. Required if one or more -of the specified processors was in the faulted state. Set the specified -processors to faulted, if no other transition option was specified. Forced -transitions can only be made to \fBfaulted\fR, \fBspare\fR, or \fBoff-line\fR -states. Administrators are encouraged to use the \fB-Q\fR option for -\fBpbind\fR(1M) to find out which threads will be affected by forced a -processor state transition. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Set the specified processors \fBno-intr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Bring the specified processors \fBon-line\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Disable simultaneous multi-threading (hyper-threading). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Make the specified processors spare. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Output a message giving the results of each attempted operation. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprocessor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The processor \fBID\fR of the processor to be set \fBon-line\fR or -\fBoff-line\fR, \fBspare\fR, or \fBno-intr\fR. -.sp -Specify \fIprocessor_id\fR as an individual processor number (for example, -\fB3\fR), multiple processor numbers separated by spaces (for example, \fB1 2 -3\fR), or a range of processor numbers (for example, \fB1-4\fR). It is also -possible to combine ranges and (individual or multiple) \fIprocessor_id\fRs -(for example, \fB1-3 5 7-8 9\fR). -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting Processors to \fBoff-line\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example sets processors 2 and 3 \fBoff-line\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% psradm \fB-f\fR 2 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting Processors to no-intr -.sp -.LP -The following example sets processors 1 and 2 \fBno-intr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% psradm \fB-i\fR 1 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRSetting Processors to \fBspare\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example sets processors 1 and 2 spare, even if either of the -processors was in the faulted state: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% psradm -F -s 1 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSetting All Processors \fBon-line\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% psradm \fB-a\fR \fB-n\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRForcing Processors to \fBoff-line\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example sets processors 1 and 2 offline, and revokes the -processor bindings from the processes bound to them: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% psradm \fB-F\fR \fB-f\fR 1 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Records logging processor status changes -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpbind\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBp_online\fR(2), -\fBprocessor_bind\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 4: Invalid argument\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor does not exist in the configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 3: Device busy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor could not be taken \fBoff-line\fR because it either has -LWPs bound to it, is the last \fBon-line\fR processor in the system, or is -needed by the system because it provides some essential service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 3: Device busy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor could not be set \fBno-intr\fR because it is the last -interruptible processor in the system, or it is the only processor in the -system that can service interrupts needed by the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 3: Device busy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor is powered off, and it cannot be powered on because -some platform-specific resource is unavailable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 0: Not owner\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The user does not have permission to change processor status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsradm: processor 2: Operation not supported\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor is powered off, and the platform does not support power -on of individual processors. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/psrinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/psrinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ce5291f2ee..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/psrinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,248 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PSRINFO 1M "Apr 25, 2019" -.SH NAME -psrinfo \- displays information about processors -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrinfo\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fIprocessor_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrinfo\fR \fB-t\fR [\fB-S state\fR | \fB-c\fR | \fB-p\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrinfo\fR \fB-r\fR [\fB\fR | \fBall\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBpsrinfo\fR displays information about processors. Each physical socket may -contain multiple cores, which in turn can contain multiple virtual processors -(also referred to as CPUs). Each virtual processor is an entity -with its own \fBID\fR, capable of executing independent threads. -.sp -.LP -Without the \fIprocessor_id\fR operand, \fBpsrinfo\fR displays one line for each -configured processor, displaying whether it is on-line, non-interruptible -(designated by no-intr), spare, off-line, faulted, disabled, or powered off, and -when that status last changed. Use the processor_id operand to display -information about a specific processor. See \fBOPERANDS\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -When used with \fB-t\fR, report the total number of CPU cores. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Display the number of physical sockets in a system. -.sp -When combined with the \fB-v\fR option, reports additional information about -each physical socket. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIpropname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Report CPU-specific properties that apply to the system as a whole. Supplying -"all" will list all such properties in \fBkey=value\fR format. Currently, the -only defined property is \fBsmt_enabled\fR, a boolean property indicating whether -simultaneous multi-threading (hyper-threading) is active or not. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fIstate\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -When used with \fB-t\fR, report the total number of CPUs in the given state. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI processor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Silent mode. Displays \fB1\fR if the specified processor is fully on-line, -or \fB0\fR otherwise. -.sp -Use silent mode when using \fBpsrinfo\fR in shell scripts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Report totals. Without arguments, reports the total number of CPUs. This can be -combined with the \fB-p\fR, \fB-c\fR, or \fB-S\fR options to modify the total. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Verbose mode. Displays additional information about the specified processors, -including: processor type, floating point unit type and clock speed. If any of -this information cannot be determined, \fBpsrinfo\fR displays \fBunknown\fR. -.sp -When combined with the \fB-p\fR option, reports additional information about -each physical processor. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprocessor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The processor \fBID\fR of the processor about which information is to be -displayed. -.sp -Specify \fIprocessor_id\fR as an individual processor number (for example, -\fB3\fR), multiple processor numbers separated by spaces (for example, \fB1 2 -3\fR), or a range of processor numbers (for example, \fB1-4\fR). It is also -possible to combine ranges and (individual or multiple) \fIprocessor_id\fRs -(for example, \fB1-3 5 7-8 9\fR). -.sp -This cannot be specified along with the \fB-r\fR or \fB-t\fR options. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying Information About All Configured Processors in -Verbose Mode -.sp -.LP -The following example displays information about all configured processors in -verbose mode. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBpsrinfo \fR\fB-v\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDetermining If a Processor is On-line -.sp -.LP -The following example uses \fBpsrinfo\fR in a shell script to determine if a -processor is on-line. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -if [ "`psrinfo \fB-s\fR 3 2> /dev/null`" \(mieq 1 ] -then - echo "processor 3 is up" -fi -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying Information About the Physical Sockets in the -System -.sp -.LP -Use the \fB-tp\fR options to report the number of sockets. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -> psrinfo -tp - 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Without the \fB-t\fR option, \fB-p\fR also takes processor IDs: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -> psrinfo -p 0 28 # IDs 0 and 28 exist on the -1 # same socket - -> psrinfo -p 0 1 # IDs 0 and 1 exist on different -2 # sockets -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In this example, virtual processors \fB0\fR and \fB28\fR exist on the same -socket. Virtual processors \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR do not. This is -specific to this example and is and not a general rule. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBp_online\fR(2), \fBprocessor_info\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpsrinfo:\fR \fBprocessor\fR \fB9:\fR \fBInvalid\fR \fBargument\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified processor does not exist. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/psrset.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/psrset.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8281dd0110..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/psrset.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,544 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2013, Joyent, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PSRSET 1M "Mar 11, 2013" -.SH NAME -psrset \- creation and management of processor sets -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-F\fR] \fIprocessor_set_id\fR \fIprocessor_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-b\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR \fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-b\fR \fB-z\fR \fIzone name\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-c\fR [\fB-F\fR] [\fIprocessor_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-d\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-e\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR \fIcommand\fR [\fIargument(s)\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-f\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR [\fB-i\fR] [\fIprocessor_set_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-n\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-p\fR [\fIprocessor_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR [\fB-q\fR] [\fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-Q\fR [\fIprocessor_set_id\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-r\fR [\fB-F\fR] \fIprocessor_id\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-u\fR \fIpid\fR [\fI/lwpid\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBpsrset\fR \fB-U\fR [\fIprocessor_set_id\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBpsrset\fR utility controls the management of processor sets. Processor -sets allow the binding of processes or LWPs to groups of processors, rather -than just a single processor. Processors assigned to processor sets can run -only LWPs that have been bound to that processor set. -.sp -.LP -This command cannot be used to modify processor disposition when pools are -enabled. Use \fBpooladm\fR(1M) and \fBpoolcfg\fR(1M) to modify processor set -configuration through the resource pools facility. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Assign the specified processors to the specified processor set. With the -additional \fB-F\fR option, all LWPs bound to the specified processors will be -unbound prior to changing processor sets. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-b\fR [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] -.ad -.RS 6n -Bind all or a subset of the \fBLWP\fRs of the specified processes to the -specified processor set. If \fB-z\fR is specified, all processes and threads -inside the specified zone are bound to the processor set. -.sp -LWPs bound to a processor set are restricted to run only on the processors in -that set. Processes can only be bound to non-empty processor sets, that is, -processor sets that have had processors assigned to them. -.sp -Bindings are inherited, so new LWPs and processes created by a bound LWP have -the same binding. Binding an interactive shell to a processor, for example, -binds all commands executed by the shell. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Create a new processor set and displays the new processor set \fBID\fR. With -the additional \fB-F\fR option, all LWPs bound to the specified processors will -be unbound prior to assigning them to the processor set being created. -.sp -If a list of processors is given, it also attempts to assign those processors -to the processor set. If this succeeds, the processors are idle until -\fBLWP\fRs are bound to the processor set. This option is restricted to users -with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR privilege. -.sp -Only a limited number of processor sets can be active (created and not -destroyed) at a given time. This limit is always be greater than the number of -processors in the system. If the \fB-c\fR option is used when the maximum -number of processor sets is already active, the command fails. -.sp -The following format is used for the first line of output of the \fB-c\fR -option when the \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR locale category specifies the "C" locale. In -other locales, the strings \fBcreated\fR, \fBprocessor\fR, and \fBset\fR can be -replaced with more appropriate strings corresponding to the locale. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -"created processor set %d\en" \fIprocessor set ID\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove the specified processor set, releasing all processors and processes -associated with it. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Execute a command (with optional arguments) in the specified processor set. -.sp -The command process and any child processes are executed only by processors in -the processor set. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Disables interrupts for all processors within the specified processor set. See -\fBpsradm\fR(1M). -.sp -If some processors in the set cannot have their interrupts disabled, the other -processors still have their interrupts disabled, and the command reports an -error and return non-zero exit status. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Forces the specified processor set operation by unbinding all threads bound to -the specified processor. Only the \fB-a\fR or the \fB-r\fR option can be used -in combination with this option. Administrators are encouraged to use the -\fB-Q\fR option for \fBpbind\fR(1M) to find out which threads will be affected -by such operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display a list of processors assigned to each named processor set. If no -argument is given, a list of all processor sets and the processors assigned to -them is displayed. This is also the default operation if the \fBpsrset\fR -command is not given an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable interrupts for all processors within the specified processor set. See -\fBpsradm\fR(1M). -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display the processor set assignments for the specified list of processors. If -no argument is given, the processor set assignments for all processors in the -system is given. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display the processor set bindings of the specified processes or of all -processes. If a process is composed of multiple \fBLWP\fRs which have different -bindings and the LWPs are not explicitly specified, the bindings of only one of -the bound \fBLWP\fRs is displayed. The bindings of a subset of LWPs can be -displayed by appending "/lwpids" to the process \fBID\fRs. Multiple LWPs may be -selected using "-" and "," delimiters. See EXAMPLES. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display the LWPs bound to the specified list of processor sets, or all LWPs -with processor set bindings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove a list of processors from their current processor sets. Processors that -are removed return to the general pool of processors. -.sp -Processors with \fBLWP\fRs bound to them using \fBpbind\fR(1M) can be assigned -to or removed from processor sets using the \fB-F\fR option. -.sp -This option is restricted to users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR -privilege. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove the processor set bindings of a subset or all the \fBLWP\fRs of the -specified processes, allowing them to be executed on any on-line processor if -they are not bound to individual processors through \fBpbind\fR. -.sp -Users with the \fBPRIV_SYS_RES_CONFIG\fR privilege can unbind any process or -LWP from any active processor set. Other users can unbind processes and LWPs -from processor sets that do not have the \fBPSET_NOESCAPE\fR attribute set. In -addition, the user must have permission to control the affected processes; the -real or effective user ID of the user must match the real or saved user ID of -the target processes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-U\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Removes the bindings of all LWPs bound to the specified list of processor sets, -or to any processor set if no argument is specified. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify \fIpid\fR as a process \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlwpid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -The set of LWP\fBID\fRs of the specified process to be controlled or queried. -The syntax for selecting LWP \fBID\fRs is as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -2,3,4-8 LWP IDs 2, 3, and 4 through 8 --4 LWPs whose IDs are 4 or below -4- LWPs whose IDs are 4 or above -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprocessor_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify \fIprocessor_id\fR as an individual processor number (for example, -\fB3\fR), multiple processor numbers separated by spaces (for example, \fB1 2 -3\fR), or a range of processor numbers (for example, \fB1-4\fR). It is also -possible to combine ranges and (individual or multiple) \fIprocessor_id\fRs -(for example, \fB1-3 5 7-8 9\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprocessor_set_id\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify \fIprocessor_set_id\fR as a processor set \fBID\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBnon-0\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Level Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpbind\fR(1M), \fBpooladm\fR(1M), \fBpoolcfg\fR(1M), \fBpsradm\fR(1M), -\fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBprocessor_bind\fR(2), \fBprocessor_info\fR(2), -\fBpset_bind\fR(2), \fBpset_create\fR(2), \fBpset_info\fR(2), -\fBsysconf\fR(3C), \fBlibpool\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBprivileges\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -The following output indicates that the specified process did not exist or has -exited: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot query pid 31: No such process -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the user does not have permission to bind -the process: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot bind pid 31: Not owner -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the user does not have permission to assign -the processor: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot assign processor 4: Not owner -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the specified processor is not on-line, or -the specified processor does not exist. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot assign processor 8: Invalid argument -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that an \fBLWP\fR in the specified process is -bound to a processor and cannot be bound to a processor set that does not -include that processor: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot bind pid 67: Device busy -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the specified processor could not be added -to the processor set. This can be due to bound \fBLWP\fRs on that processor, or -because that processor cannot be combined in the same processor set with other -processors in that set, or because the processor is the last one in its current -processor set: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot assign processor 7: Device busy -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the specified processor set does not exist: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot execute in processor set 8: Invalid argument -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the maximum number of processor sets -allowed in the system is already active: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot create processor set: Not enough space -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following output indicates that the pools facility is active. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -psrset: cannot assign processor 7: Operation not supported -psrset: cannot bind pid 31: Operation not supported -psrset: cannot bind pid 31: Operation not supported -psrset: could not create processor set: Operation not supported -psrset: could not remove processor set 1: Operation not supported -psrset: cannot exec in processor set 1: Operation not supported -psrset: cannot remove processor 7: Operation not supported -psrset: cannot unbind pid 31: Operation not supported -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/putdev.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/putdev.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4452c11b56..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/putdev.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,415 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1997 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PUTDEV 1M "Apr 3, 1997" -.SH NAME -putdev \- edits device table -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBputdev\fR \fB-a\fR \fIalias\fR [\fIattribute\fR=\fIvalue\fR [...]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBputdev\fR \fB-m\fR \fIdevice\fR \fIattribute\fR=\fIvalue\fR [\fIattribute\fR = \fIvalue\fR [...]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBputdev\fR \fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR [\fIattribute\fR [...]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBputdev\fR adds a new device to the device table, modifies an existing device -description or removes a device entry from the table. The first synopsis is -used to add a device. The second synopsis is used to modify existing entries by -adding or changing attributes. If a specified attribute is not defined, this -option adds that attribute to the device definition. If a specified attribute -is already defined, it modifies the attribute definition. The third synopsis is -used to delete either an entire device entry or, if the attribute argument is -used, to delete an attribute assignment for a device. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Add a device to the device table using the specified attributes. The device -must be referenced by its \fBalias\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove a device from the device table, when executed without the -\fIattributes\fR argument. Used with the \fIattribute\fR argument, it deletes -the given attribute specification for \fIdevice\fR from the table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Modify a device entry in the device table. If an entry already exists, it adds -any specified attributes that are not defined. It also modifies any attributes -which already have a value with the value specified by this command. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIalias\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Designates the alias of the device to be added. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIattribute\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Designates a device attribute to be added, modified, or deleted. Can be any of -the device attributes described under \fBDEVICE\fR \fBATTRIBUTES\fR except -\fBalias\fR. This prevents an accidental modification or deletion of a device's -alias from the table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Designates the pathname or alias of the device whose attribute is to be added, -modified, or removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Designates the value to be assigned to a device's attribute. -.RE - -.SH DEVICE ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -The following list shows the standard device attributes, used by applications -such as \fBufsdump\fR(1M) and \fBufsrestore\fR(1M), which can be defined for a -device. You are not limited to this list, you can define any attribute you -like. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBalias\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The unique name by which a device is known. No two devices in the database may -share the same alias name. The name is limited in length to 14 characters and -should contain only alphanumeric characters and the following special -characters if they are escaped with a backslash: underscore ( _ ), dollar sign -($), hyphen (\(mi), and period (.). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The pathname to the block special device node associated with the device, if -any. The associated major/minor combination should be unique within the -database and should match that associated with the \fBcdevice\fR field, if any. -(It is the administrator's responsibility to ensure that these -\fBmajor/minor\fR numbers are unique in the database.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcapacity\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The capacity of the device or of the typical volume, if removable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The pathname to the character special device node associated with the device, -if any. The associated major/minor combination should be unique within the -database and should match that associated with the \fBbdevice\fR field, if any. -(It is the administrator's responsibility to ensure that these -\fBmajor/minor\fR numbers are unique in the database.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcyl\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Used by the command specified in the \fBmkfscmd\fR attribute. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdesc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -A description of any instance of a volume associated with this device (such as -floppy diskette). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdpartlist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The list of disk partitions associated with this device. Used only if -\fBtype=disk\fR. The list should contain device aliases, each of which must -have \fBtype=dpart\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdparttype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The type of disk partition represented by this device. Used only if -\fBtype=dpart\fR. It should be either \fBfs\fR (for file system) or \fBdp\fR -(for data partition). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBerasecmd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The command string that, when executed, erases the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfmtcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The command string that, when executed, formats the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfsname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The file system name on the file system administered on this partition, as -supplied to the \fB/usr/sbin/labelit\fR command. This attribute is specified -only if \fBtype=dpart\fR and \fBdparttype=fs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Used by the command specified in the \fBmkfscmd\fR attribute. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmkfscmd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The command string that, when executed, places a file system on a previously -formatted device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmountpt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The default mount point to use for the device. Used only if the device is -mountable. For disk partitions where \fBtype=dpart\fR and \fBdparttype=fs\fR, -this attribute should specify the location where the partition is normally -mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnblocks\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The number of blocks in the file system administered on this partition. Used -only if \fBtype=dpart\fR and \fBdparttype=fs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBninodes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The number of inodes in the file system administered on this partition. Used -only if \fBtype=dpart\fR and \fBdparttype=fs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnorewind\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The name of the character special device node that allows access to the serial -device without rewinding when the device is closed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpathname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Defines the pathname to an i-node describing the device (used for non-block or -character device pathnames, such as directories). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -A token that represents inherent qualities of the device. Standard types -include: 9-track, ctape, disk, directory, diskette, dpart, and qtape. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvolname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The volume name on the file system administered on this partition, as supplied -to the \fB/usr/sbin/labelit\fR command. Used only if \fBtype=dpart\fR and -\fBdparttype=fs\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -A text string used to describe any instance of a volume associated with this -device. This attribute should not be defined for devices which are not -removable. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command syntax was incorrect, an invalid option was used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The device table could not be opened for reading, or a new device table could -not be created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -If executed with the \fB-a\fR option, indicates that an entry in the device -table with the alias \fBalias\fR already exits. If executed with the \fB-m\fR -or \fB-d\fR options, indicates that no entry exists for device \fIdevice\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Indicates that \fB-d\fR was requested and one or more of the specified -attributes were not defined for the device. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/device.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdevattr\fR(1M), \fBputdgrp\fR(1M), \fBufsdump\fR(1M), \fBufsrestore\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/putdgrp.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/putdgrp.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 25e688f6ce..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/putdgrp.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PUTDGRP 1M "Jul 5, 1990" -.SH NAME -putdgrp \- edits device group table -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBputdgrp\fR [\fB-d\fR] \fIdgroup\fR [\fIdevice\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBputdgrp\fR modifies the device group table. It performs two kinds of -modification. It can modify the table by creating a new device group or -removing a device group. It can also change group definitions by adding or -removing a device from the group definition. -.sp -.LP -When the command is invoked with only a \fIdgroup\fR specification, the command -adds the specified group name to the device group table if it does not already -exist. If the \fB-d\fR option is also used with only the \fIdgroup\fR -specification, the command deletes the group from the table. -.sp -.LP -When the command is invoked with both a \fIdgroup\fR and a \fIdevice\fR -specification, it adds the given device name(s) to the group definition. When -invoked with both arguments and the \fB-d\fR option, the command deletes the -device name(s) from the group definition. -.sp -.LP -When the command is invoked with both a \fIdgroup\fR and a \fIdevice\fR -specification and the device group does not exist, it creates the group and -adds the specified devices to that new group. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Delete the group or, if used with \fIdevice\fR, delete the device from a group -definition. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Specify a device group name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Specify the pathname or alias of the device that is to be added to, or deleted -from, the device group. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command syntax was incorrect, an invalid option was used, or an internal error -occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device group table could not be opened for reading or a new device group table -could not be created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -If executed with the \fB-d\fR option, indicates that an entry in the device -group table for the device group \fIdgroup\fR does not exist and so cannot be -deleted. Otherwise, indicates that the device group \fIdgroup\fR already -exists and cannot be added. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -If executed with the \fB-d\fR option, indicates that the device group -\fIdgroup\fR does not have as members one or more of the specified devices. -Otherwise, indicates that the device group \fIdgroup\fR already has one or -more of the specified devices as members. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding a new device group. -.sp -.LP -The following example adds a new device group: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBputdgrp floppies\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRAdding a device to a device group. -.sp -.LP -The following example adds a device to a device group: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBputdgrp floppies diskette2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDeleting a device group. -.sp -.LP -The following example deletes a device group: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBputdgrp \fR\fB-d\fR\fB floppies\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDeleting a device from a device group. -.sp -.LP -The following example deletes a device from a device group: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBputdgrp \fR\fB-d\fR\fB floppies diskette2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dgroup.tab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBlistdgrp\fR(1M), \fBputdev\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pwck.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pwck.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3506fbc7fe..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pwck.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T , Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PWCK 1M "Aug 27, 2008" -.SH NAME -pwck, grpck \- password/group file checkers -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/pwck\fR [\fIfilename\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/grpck\fR [\fIfilename\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBpwck\fR scans the password file and notes any inconsistencies. The checks -include validation of the number of fields, login name, user ID, group ID, and -whether the login directory and the program-to-use-as-shell exist. The default -password file is \fB/etc/passwd\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBgrpck\fR verifies all entries in the \fBgroup\fR file. This verification -includes a check of the number of fields, group name, group ID, whether any -login names belong to more than \fBNGROUPS_MAX\fR groups, and that all login -names appear in the password file. \fBgrpck\fR also issues a warning if it -finds an entry (a single line) in the \fBgroup\fR file longer than 2047 -characters. Such an entry causes group maintenance commands, such as -\fBgroupdel\fR(1M) and \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), to fail. -.sp -.LP -The default group file is \fB/etc/group\fR. -.sp -.LP -All messages regarding inconsistent entries are placed on the \fBstderr\fR -stream. -.SH FILES -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/group\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/passwd\fR -.RE -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), \fBgetpwent\fR(3C), \fBgroup\fR(4), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -Group entries in \fB/etc/group\fR with no login names are flagged. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBGroup file '\fR\fIfilename\fR\fB\&' is empty\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB/etc/passwd\fR or \fB/etc/group\fR file is an empty file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcannot open file\fR \fIfilename\fR\fB: No such file or directory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB/etc/passwd\fR or \fB/etc/group\fR file does not exist. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If no filename argument is given, \fBgrpck\fR checks the local group file, -\fB/etc/group\fR, and also makes sure that all login names encountered in the -checked group file are known to the system \fBgetpwent\fR(3C) routine. This -means that the login names may be supplied by a network name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/pwconv.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/pwconv.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8b7658f55b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/pwconv.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH PWCONV 1M "Mar 9, 1993" -.SH NAME -pwconv \- installs and updates /etc/shadow with information from /etc/passwd -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBpwconv\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBpwconv\fR command creates and updates \fB/etc/shadow\fR with information -from \fB/etc/passwd\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBpwconv\fR relies on a special value of 'x' in the password field of -\fB/etc/passwd.\fR This value of 'x' indicates that the password for the user -is already in \fB/etc/shadow\fR and should not be modified. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB/etc/shadow\fR file does not exist, this command will create -\fB/etc/shadow\fR with information from \fB/etc/passwd\fR. The command -populates \fB/etc/shadow\fR with the user's login name, password, and password -aging information. If password aging information does not exist in -\fB/etc/passwd\fR for a given user, none will be added to \fB/etc/shadow\fR. -However, the last changed information will always be updated. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB/etc/shadow\fR file does exist, the following tasks will be -performed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Entries that are in the \fB/etc/passwd\fR file and not in the -\fB/etc/shadow\fR file will be added to the \fB/etc/shadow\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Entries that are in the \fB/etc/shadow\fR file and not in the -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file will be removed from \fB/etc/shadow\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Password attributes (for example, password and aging information) that exist -in an \fB/etc/passwd\fR entry will be moved to the corresponding entry in -\fB/etc/shadow\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBpwconv\fR command can only be used by the super-user. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/opasswd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/oshadow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBpassmgmt\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -\fBpwconv\fR exits with one of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBSUCCESS.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Permission denied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command syntax. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unexpected failure. Conversion not done. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unexpected failure. Password file(s) missing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Password file(s) busy. Try again later. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Bad entry in \fB/etc/shadow\fR file. -.RE - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/quot.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/quot.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2286eaed75..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/quot.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH QUOT 1M "May 30, 2001" -.SH NAME -quot \- summarize file system ownership -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBquot\fR [\fB-acfhnv\fR] \fIfilesystem\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBquot\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-cfhnv\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBquot\fR displays the number of blocks (1024 bytes) in the named -\fIfilesystem\fR (one or more) currently owned by each user. There is a limit -of 2048 blocks. Files larger than this will be counted as a 2048 block file, -but the total block count will be correct. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Generate a report for all mounted file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display three columns giving a file size in blocks, the number of files of that -size, and a cumulative total of blocks containing files of that size or a -smaller size. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display three columns giving, for each user, the number of blocks owned, the -count of number of files, and the user name. This option is incompatible with -the \fB-c\fR and \fB-v\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Estimate the number of blocks in the file. This does not account for files with -holes in them. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Attach names to the list of files read from standard input. \fBquot\fR \fB-n\fR -cannot be used alone, because it expects data from standard input. For example, -the pipeline -.sp -\fBncheck myfilesystem | sort +0n | quot \fR\fB-n\fR\fB myfilesystem\fR -.sp -will produce a list of all files and their owners. This option is incompatible -with all other options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -In addition to the default output, display three columns containing the number -of blocks not accessed in the last 30, 60, and 90 days. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilesystem\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -mount-point of the filesystem(s) being checked -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBquot\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB32\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Error condition (bad or missing argument, bad path, or other error). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Lists mounted file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Used to obtain user names -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdu\fR(1), \fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -This command can only be used by the super-user. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/quota.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/quota.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bdf95c2430..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/quota.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH QUOTA 1M "Apr 30, 2009" -.SH NAME -quota \- display a user's ufs or zfs file system disk quota and usage -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBquota\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fIusername\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBquota\fR displays users' UFS or ZFS disk usage and limits. Only the -super-user may use the optional \fIusername\fR argument to view the limits of -other users. -.sp -.LP -\fBquota\fR without options only display warnings about mounted file systems -where usage is over quota. Remotely mounted file systems which do not have -quotas turned on are ignored. -.sp -.LP -\fIusername\fR can be the numeric UID of a user. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display user's quota on all mounted file systems where quotas exist. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBquota\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -list of currently mounted filesystems -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBedquota\fR(1M), \fBquotaon\fR(1M), \fBquotacheck\fR(1M), \fBrepquota\fR(1M), -\fBrquotad\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBquota\fR displays quotas for NFS mounted UFS- or ZFS-based file systems if -the \fBrquotad\fR daemon is running. See \fBrquotad\fR(1M). In a \fBzones\fR(5) -environment, \fBquota\fR displays quotas only for the zone in which it is -invoked. -.sp -.LP -\fBquota\fR can display entries for the same file system multiple times for -multiple mount points. For example, -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBquota -v user1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -might display identical quota information for \fBuser1\fR at the mount points -\fB/home/user1\fR, \fB/home/user2\fR, and \fB/home/user\fR, if all three mount -points are mounted from the same file system with quotas turned on. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/quotacheck.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/quotacheck.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6faf44ab5a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/quotacheck.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH QUOTACHECK 1M "Jul 31, 1998" -.SH NAME -quotacheck \- ufs file system quota consistency checker -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBquotacheck\fR [\fB-fp\fR] [\fB-v\fR] \fIfilesystem\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBquotacheck\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-fpv\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBquotacheck\fR examines each mounted ufs file system, builds a table of -current disk usage, and compares this table against the information stored in -the file system's disk quota file. If any inconsistencies are detected, both -the quota file and the current system copy of the incorrect quotas are updated. -.sp -.LP -\fIfilesystem\fR is either a file system mount point or the block device on -which the file system resides. -.sp -.LP -\fBquotacheck\fR expects each file system to be checked to have a quota file -named \fBquotas\fR in the root directory. If none is present, \fBquotacheck\fR -will not check the file system. -.sp -.LP -\fBquotacheck\fR accesses the character special device in calculating the -actual disk usage for each user. Thus, the file systems that are checked should -be quiescent while \fBquotacheck\fR is running. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Check the file systems which \fB/etc/mnttab\fR indicates are ufs file systems. -These file systems must be read-write mounted with disk quotas enabled, and -have an \fBrq\fR entry in the \fBmntopts\fR field in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Force check on file systems with logging enabled. Use in combination with the -\fB-p\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Check quotas of file systems in parallel. For file systems with logging -enabled, no check is performed unless the \fB-f\fR option is also specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Indicate the calculated disk quotas for each user on a particular file system. -\fBquotacheck\fR normally reports only those quotas modified. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBquotacheck\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -List of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBedquota\fR(1M), \fBquota\fR(1M), \fBquotaon\fR(1M), \fBrepquota\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBquotactl\fR(7I), -\fBmount_ufs\fR(1M) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/quotaon.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/quotaon.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 984083839d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/quotaon.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH QUOTAON 1M "Sep 16, 1996" -.SH NAME -quotaon, quotaoff \- turn ufs file system quotas on and off -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBquotaon\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIfilesystem\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBquotaon\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBquotaoff\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIfilesystem\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBquotaoff\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBquotaon\fR turns on disk quotas for one or more ufs file systems. -.sp -.LP -Before a file system may have quotas enabled, a file named \fBquotas\fR, owned -by root, must exist in the root directory of the file system. See -\fBedquota\fR(1M) for details on how to modify the contents of this file. -.sp -.LP -\fBquotaoff\fR turns off disk quotas for one or more ufs file systems. -.sp -.LP -The file systems specified must already be mounted. -.sp -.LP -These commands update the \fBmntopts\fR field of the appropriate entries in -\fB/etc/mnttab\fR to indicate when quotas are on or off for each file system. -If quotas are on, the string \fBquota\fR will be added to \fBmntopts\fR; if -quotas are off, the \fBquota\fR string is not present. -.sp -.LP -\fIfilesystem\fR must be either the mount point of a file system, or the block -device on which the file system resides. -.SH OPTIONS -.SS "quotaon" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This option is normally used at boot time to enable quotas. It applies only to -those file systems in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR which have ``rq'' in the \fBmntopts\fR -field, are currently mounted ``rw'', and have a \fBquotas\fR file in the root -directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display a message for each file system after quotas are turned on. -.RE - -.SS "quotaoff" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Force all file systems in \fB/etc/mnttab\fR to have their quotas disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display a message for each file system affected. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBquotaon\fR and -\fBquotaoff\fR when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 -bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mnttab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -mounted file systems -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -list of default parameters for each file system -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBedquota\fR(1M), \fBquota\fR(1M), \fBquotacheck\fR(1M), \fBrepquota\fR(1M), -\fBmnttab\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBquotactl\fR(7I) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/raidctl.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/raidctl.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 88c39038a9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/raidctl.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1074 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RAIDCTL 1M "Feb 5, 2009" -.SH NAME -raidctl \- RAID hardware utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-C\fR \fI"disks"\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIraid_level\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIcapacity\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIstripe_size\fR] [\fB-f\fR] - controller -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-d\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIvolume\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-F\fR \fIfilename\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIcontroller\fR\&.\|.\|. -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-a\fR {\fBset\fR | \fBunset\fR} \fB-g\fR \fIdisk\fR {\fBvolume\fR | \fBcontroller\fR} -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-p\fR \fI"param=value"\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIvolume\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-c\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIraid_level\fR] \fIdisk1\fR \fIdisk2\fR [\fIdisk3\fR...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-l\fR -g \fIdisk controller\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-l\fR \fIvolume\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-l\fR \fIcontroller\fR\&.\|.\|. -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR [\fB-l\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-S\fR [\fBvolume\fR | \fBcontroller\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-S\fR -g \fIdisk controller\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBraidctl\fR \fB-h\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBraidctl\fR utility is a hardware RAID configuration tool that supports -different RAID controllers by providing a CLI (command-line interface) to -end-users to create, delete or display RAID volume(s). The utility can also -used to set properties of a volume, assign hot-spare (HSP) disks to volumes or -controllers, and to update firmware/fcode/BIOS for RAID controllers. -.sp -.LP -The \fBraidctl\fR utility requires privileges that are controlled by the -underlying file-system permissions. Only privileged users can manipulate the -RAID system configuration. If a non-privileged user attempts to run -\fBraidctl\fR, the command fails with an exit status of 1. -.sp -.LP -The \fBraidctl\fR utility, as described in this man page, defines a broad set -of command line options to provide management for full-featured RAID -controllers. However, support for a given option depends on two elements: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the presence of a software driver -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -the firmware level of the RAID device -.RE -.sp -.LP -The dependency on a software driver is due to the design of \fBraidctl\fR. The -utility is built on a common library that enables the insertion of plug-in -modules for different drivers. Currently, the Solaris operating system is -shipped with a plug-in for the \fBmpt\fR driver. This plug-in does not support -all of the \fBraidctl\fR options. On a given storage device, options might be -further limited by the device's firmware level. -.sp -.LP -The level of support for the various \fBraidctl\fR options cannot be determined -by \fBraidctl\fR. The user must rely on the documentation for his RAID -controller or hardware platform. -.sp -.LP -Currently, \fBraidctl\fR Currently, \fBraidctl\fR provides some level of -support for the following RAID controllers: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -LSI1020 SCSI HBA -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -LSI1030 SCSI HBA -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -LSI1064 SAS HBA -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -LSI1068 SAS HBA -.RE -.sp -.LP -All of the above HBAs are maintained by the \fBmpt\fR driver, on X86-32/64 and -SPARC platforms. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fI"disks"\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIraid_level\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIcapacity\fR] -[\fB-s\fR \fIstripe_size\fR] [\fB-f\fR] controller\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a RAID volume using specified disks. -.sp -When creating a RAID volume using this option, the identity of the newly -created volume is automatically generated and raidctl reports it to the user. -.sp -The argument specified by this option contains the elements used to form the -volume that will be created. Elements can be either disks or sub-volumes, where -disks are separated by space(s) and a sub-volume is a set of disks grouped by -parenthesis. All disks should be in \fBC.ID.L\fR expression (for example, -\fB0.1.2\fR represents a physical disk of channel 0, target id 1, and logical -unit number 2). The argument must match the RAID level specified by the -\fB-r\fR option, even if it's omitted. This means the argument can only be: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 0\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -At least 2 disks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 1\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only 2 disks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 1E\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -At least 3 disks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 5\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -At least 3 disks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 10\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -At least 2 sub-volumes, each sub-volume must be formed by 2 disks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfor RAID 50\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -At least 2 sub-volumes, each sub-volume must be formed by at least 3 disks, and -the disk amount in each sub-volume should be the same -.RE - -For example, the expression "0.0.0 0.1.0" means that the 2 specified disks form -a RAID volume, which can either be a RAID 0 or a RAID 1 volume. "(0.0.0 -0.1.0)(0.2.0 0.3.0)" means that the first 2 disks and the last 2 disks form 2 -sub-volumes, and that these 2 sub-volumes form a RAID 10 volume. See the -\fBEXAMPLES\fR section for more samples. -.sp -The \fB-r\fR option specifies the RAID level of the volume that will be -created. Possible levels are 0, 1, 1E, 5, 10, 50. If this option is omitted, -\fBraidctl\fR creates a RAID 1 volume by default. -.sp -The \fB-z\fR option specifies the capacity of the volume that will be created. -The unit can be tera-bytes, giga-bytes, or mega-bytes (for example, 2t, 10g, -20m, and so on). If this option is omitted, \fBraidctl\fR calculates the -maximum capacity of the volume that can be created by the specified disks and -uses this value to create the volume. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR option specifies the stripe size of the volume that will be -created. The possible values are 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, or 128k. -If this option is omitted, \fBraidctl\fR chooses an appropriate value for the -volume (for example, 64k). -.sp -In some cases, the creation of a RAID volume may cause data on specified disks -to be lost (for instance, on LSI1020, LSI1030, SAS1064, or SAS1068 HBAs), and -\fBraidctl\fR prompts the user for confirmation about the creation. Use the -\fB-f\fR option to force the volume creation without prompting the user for -confirmation. -.sp -The controller argument is used to identify which RAID controller the specified -disks belongs. The \fB-l\fR option can be used to list the controller's ID -number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the RAID volume specified as volume. The volume is specified in -canonical form (for example, \fBc0t0d0\fR). -.sp -When a volume is deleted, all data is lost. Therefore, unless the \fB-f\fR -option is specified, \fBraidctl\fR prompts the user for confirmation before -deleting the volume. -.sp -When a RAID 1 volume is deleted from a LSI1020, LSI1030, SAS1064, or SAS1068 -HBA, the primary and secondary disks are "split". If the volume was in -\fBSYNCING\fR state, the primary will contain the data, and the secondary will -not. If the volume state was \fBOPTIMAL\fR, both disks will contain a complete -image of the data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIfilename\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIcontroller\fR\&.\|.\|.\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Update the firmware running on the specified controller(s). The \fBraidctl\fR -utility prompts the user for confirmation of this action, unless the \fB-f\fR -option is provided. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR {\fBset\fR | \fBunset\fR} \fB-g\fR \fIdisk\fR {\fBvolume\fR | -\fBcontroller\fR}\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the volume is specified, \fBraidctl\fR sets or unsets the disk as a local -hot-spare disk dedicated to the volume, depending on the value specified by the -\fB-a\fR option. If the controller is specified, \fBraidctl\fR sets or unsets -the disk as a global hot-spare disk. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fI"param=value"\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fIvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the property value for a given RAID volume. This option can be used to -change cache write policy or to activate a volume. When changing the cache -write policy, \fIparam\fR should be the string \fBwp\fR (\fBSET_WR_POLICY\fR), -and \fIvalue\fR can be either \fBon\fR or \fBoff\fR. When used to activate a -volume, \fIparam\fR should be \fBstate\fR and \fIvalue\fR should be -\fBactivate\fR. -.sp -Changing a RAID volume's property may affect the internal behavior of the RAID -controller, so \fBraidctl\fR prompts the user for a confirmation before -applying the change, unless the \fB-f\fR option is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIraid_level\fR] \fIdisk1\fR \fIdisk2\fR -[\fIdisk3\fR...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a volume using the specified disks. This is an alternative to the -\fB-C\fR option with similar functionality. This option is preserved for -compatibility reasons, but only works with LSI1020, LSI1030, SAS1064, and -SAS1068 HBAs to create RAID 0, RAID 1, or RAID 1E volumes. For other HBAs, the -user can only use the \fB-C\fR option. -.sp -The \fB-r\fR option can be used to specify the RAID level of the target volume. -If the \fB-r\fR option is omitted, \fBraidctl\fR will create a RAID 1 volume. -.sp -Disks must be specified in Solaris canonical format (for example, c0t0d0). -.sp -Creating a RAID 1 volume with this option replaces the contents of disk2 with -the contents of disk1. -.sp -When the user creates a RAID volume with this option, the RAID volume assumes -the identity of disk1. Other disks become invisible and the RAID volume appears -as one disk. -.sp -Creating a volume with this option is by default interactive. The user must -answer a prompt affirmatively to create the volume. Use the \fB-f\fR option to -force the volume creation without prompting the user for confirmation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR -g \fIdisk controller\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display information about the specified disk of the given controller. The -output includes the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDisk\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the disk in \fBC.ID.L\fR expression disk. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVendor\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the vendor ID string. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBProduct\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the product ID string. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCapacity\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the total capacity of the disk. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBStatus\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the current status of disk. The status can be either "\fBGOOD\fR" -(operating normally), "\fBFAILED\fR" (non-functional), or "\fBMISSING\fR" (disk -not present). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBHSP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates if the disk has been set as a global hot-spare disk, local hot-spare -disk, or a normal one. If it is a local hot-spare disk, all volumes which this -disk is assigned to are displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBGUID\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -GUID string for the specified disk. This is an additional datum and might be -unavailable in some cases. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIvolume\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display information about the specified volume. The output includes the -following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVolume\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays volume in canonical format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSub\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays sub-volumes, if the specified volume is of RAID 10 or RAID 50 volume. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDisk\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays all disks that form the specified volume. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBStripe Size\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the stripe size of the volume. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBStatus\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the status of the specified volume, or the sub-volumes or disks that -form the specified volume. For an inactive volume, the status should be -\fBINACTIVE\fR; otherwise it can be \fBOPTIMAL\fR (operating optimally), -\fBDEGRADED\fR (operating with reduced functionality), \fBFAILED\fR -(non-functional), or \fBSYNC\fR (disks are syncing). For a disk, the status -can be \fBGOOD\fR, \fBFAILED\fR, or \fBMISSING\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCache\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates whether the cache is applied to \fBI/O\fR write activities. The cache -can be either "\fBON\fR" or "\fBOFF\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBRAID level\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID level. The RAID level can be either 0, 1, 1E, 5, 10, or 50. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIcontroller ...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display information about the specified controller(s). The output includes the -following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBController\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID controller's ID number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBType\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID controller's product type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfw_version\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the controller's firmware version. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB[\fB-l\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all RAID related objects that the \fBraidctl\fR utility can manipulate, -including all available RAID controllers, RAID volumes, and physical disks. The -\fB-l\fR option can be omitted. -.sp -The output includes the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBController\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID controller's ID number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVolume\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the logical RAID volume name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDisk\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID disk in \fBC.ID.L\fR expression. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR [\fBvolume\fR | \fBcontroller\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Takes a snapshot of the RAID configuration information including all available -RAID devices, RAID controllers, volumes, and disks. -.sp -Each line of the output specifies a RAID device and its related information, -separated by space(s). All volumes and disks belong to the last specified -controller. -.sp -The output lists the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBController\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the controller ID number, and the controller type string in -double-quotation marks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBVolume\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the RAID volume name, number of component disks, the \fBC.ID.L\fR -expression of the component disks, the RAID level, and the status. The status -can be either \fBOPTIMAL\fR, \fBDEGRADED\fR, \fBFAILED\fR, or \fBSYNCING\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDisk\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the \fBC.ID.L\fR expression of the disk, and the status. The status -can be either \fBGOOD\fR, \fBFAILED\fR, or \fBHSP\fR (disk has been set as a -stand-by disk). -.RE - -If a volume or a controller is specified, a snapshot is only taken of the -information for the specified volume or controller. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR -g \fIdisk controller\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Takes a snapshot of the information for the specified disk. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print out the usage string. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating the RAID Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 0 volume of 10G on controller 0, and the -stripe size will be set to 64k: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -C "0.0.0 0.2.0" -r 0 -z 10g -s 64k 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 1 volume on controller 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -C "0.0.0 1.1.0" -r 1 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 5 volume on controller 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -C "0.0.0 0.1.0 0.2.0" -r 5 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 10 volume on controller 0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -C "(0.0.0 0.1.0)(0.2.0 0.3.0)" -r 10 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 50 volume on controller 0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -C "(0.0.0 0.1.0 0.2.0)(0.3.0 0.4.0 0.5.0)" -r 50 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying the RAID Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command displays all available controllers, volumes, and disks: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -l\fR - -Controller: 0 -Controller: 2 - Volume:c2t0d0 - Disk: 0.0.0 - Disk: 0.1.0 - Disk: 0.2.0 - Disk: 0.3.0(HSP) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command displays information about controller 2: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -l 2\fR - -Controller Type Fw_version --------------------------------------------------------------- -c2 LSI 1030 1.03.39.00 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command displays information about the specified volume: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -l c2t0d0\fR - -Volume Size Stripe Status Cache RAID - Sub Size Level - Disk --------------------------------------------------------------- -c2t0d0 10240M 64K OPTIMAL ON RAID5 - 0.0.0 5120M GOOD - 0.1.0 5120M GOOD - 0.2.0 5120M GOOD -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command displays information about disk 0.0.0 on controller 0: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -l -g 0.0.0 0\fR - -Disk Vendor Product Firmware Capacity Status HSP --------------------------------------------------------------------- -0.0.0 HITACHI H101473SCSUN72G SQ02 68.3G GOOD N/A -GUID:2000000cca02536c -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDeleting the RAID Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command deletes a volume: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -d c0t0d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUpdating Flash Images on the Controller -.sp -.LP -The following command updates flash images on the controller 0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -F lsi_image.fw 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRSetting or Unsetting a Hot-Spare Disk -.sp -.LP -The following command sets disk 0.3.0 on controller 2 as a global hot-spare -disk: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -a set -g 0.3.0 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command sets disk 0.3.0 on controller 2 as a local hot-spare disk -to volume c2t0d0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -a set -g 0.3.0 c2t0d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command converts disk 0.3.0 on controller 2 from a global -hot-spare disk to a normal one: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -a unset -g 0.3.0 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command removes disk 0.3.0 from being a local hot-spare disk from -volume c2t0d0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -a unset -g 0.3.0 c2t0d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRSetting the Volume's Property -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the write policy of the volume to "\fBoff\fR": - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -a set -p "wp=off" c0t0d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRCreating Volumes with the \fB-c\fR Option -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 1 volume: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -c c0t0d0 c0t1d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command creates a RAID 0 volume: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -c -r 0 c0t1d0 c0t2d0 c0t3d0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRTaking a Snapshot of the RAID Configuration -.sp -.LP -The following command takes a snapshot of all RAID devices: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fB# raidctl -S\fR - -1 "LSI 1030" -c1t1d0 2 0.2.0 0.3.0 1 DEGRADED -0.2.0 GOOD -0.3.0 FAILED -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command takes a snapshot about volume c1t0d0: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -S c1t0d0\fR - -c1t0d0 2 0.0.0 0.1.0 1 OPTIMAL -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command takes a snapshot about disk 0.1.0 on controller 1: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBraidctl -S -g 0.1.0 1\fR - -0.1.0 GOOD -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalid command line input or permission denied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Request operation failed. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBmpt\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -System Administration Guide: Basic Administration -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -Do not create raid volumes on internal \fBSAS\fR disks if you are going to use -the Solaris Multipathing I/O feature (also known as MPxIO). Creating a new raid -volume under Solaris Multipathing will give your root device a new \fBGUID\fR -which does not match the \fBGUID\fR for the existing devices. This will cause a -boot failure since your root device entry in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR will not match. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fB-z\fR option is not supported on systems that use the \fBmpt\fR driver -and LSI RAID controllers. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ramdiskadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ramdiskadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0079dbf6e3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ramdiskadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RAMDISKADM 1M "Mar 25, 2003" -.SH NAME -ramdiskadm \- administer ramdisk pseudo device -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ramdiskadm\fR \fB-a\fR \fIname\fR \fIsize\fR [g | m | k | b] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ramdiskadm\fR \fB-d\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ramdiskadm\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBramdiskadm\fR command administers \fBramdisk\fR(7D), the ramdisk driver. -Use \fBramdiskadm\fR to create a new named ramdisk device, delete an existing -named ramdisk, or list information about existing ramdisks. -.sp -.LP -Ramdisks created using \fBramdiskadm\fR are not persistent across reboots. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIname\fR \fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Create a ramdisk named \fIname\fR of size \fIsize\fR and its corresponding -block and character device nodes. -.sp -\fIname\fR must be composed only of the characters a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ (underbar), -and - (hyphen), but it must not begin with a hyphen. It must be no more than 32 -characters long. Ramdisk names must be unique. -.sp -The size can be a decimal number, or, when prefixed with \fB0x\fR, a -hexadecimal number, and can specify the size in bytes (no suffix), 512-byte -blocks (suffix \fBb\fR), kilobytes (suffix \fBk\fR), megabytes (suffix \fBm\fR) -or gigabytes (suffix \fBg\fR). The size of the ramdisk actually created might -be larger than that specified, depending on the hardware implementation. -.sp -If the named ramdisk is successfully created, its block device path is printed -on standard out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Delete an existing ramdisk of the name \fIname\fR. This command succeeds only -when the named ramdisk is not open. The associated memory is freed and the -device nodes are removed. -.sp -You can delete only ramdisks created using \fBramdiskadm\fR. It is not possible -to delete a ramdisk that was created during the boot process. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Without options, \fBramdiskadm\fR lists any existing ramdisks, their sizes (in -decimal), and whether they can be removed by \fBramdiskadm\fR (see the -description of the \fB-d\fR option, above). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating a 2MB Ramdisk Named \fBmydisk\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ramdiskadm -a mydisk 2m -/dev/ramdisk/mydisk -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing All Ramdisks -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ramdiskadm -Block Device Size Removable -/dev/ramdisk/miniroot 134217728 No -/dev/ramdisk/certfs 1048576 No -/dev/ramdisk/mydisk 2097152 Yes -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -\fBramdiskadm\fR returns the following exit values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBramdisk\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The abilities of \fBramdiskadm\fR and the privilege level of the person who -uses the utility are controlled by the permissions of \fB/dev/ramdiskctl\fR. -Read access allows query operations, for example, listing device information. -Write access is required to do any state-changing operations, for example, -creating or deleting ramdisks. -.sp -.LP -As shipped, \fB/dev/ramdiskctl\fR is owned by \fBroot\fR, in group \fBsys\fR, -and mode 0644, so all users can do query operations but only root can perform -state-changing operations. An administrator can give write access to -non-privileged users, allowing them to add or delete ramdisks. However, -granting such ability entails considerable risk; such privileges should be -given only to a trusted group. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 99bc27e919..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RCAPADM 1M "Mar 5, 2017" -.SH NAME -rcapadm \- configure resource capping daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrcapadm\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrcapadm\fR [ [\fB-n\fR] \fB-E\fR | \fB-D\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIinterval=value\fR,...,\fIinterval=value\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIpercent\fR] - [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR \fB-m\fR \fImaxvalue\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBrcapadm\fR command allows a user with the privileges described below to -configure various attributes of the resource capping daemon. If used without -arguments, \fBrcapadm\fR displays the current status of the resource capping -daemon if it has been configured. See \fBrcapd\fR(1M) for more information. -.sp -.LP -In the current release of the Solaris operating environment, \fBrcapadm\fR is -available to users with all privileges and to users who have the Process -Management profile in their list of profiles. The System Administrator role -includes the Process Management profile. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIpercent\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the minimum physical memory utilization for memory cap enforcement. Caps -will not be enforced until the physical memory available to processes is low. -The \fIpercent\fR value should be in the range 0 to 100. The minimum (and -default) value is \fB0\fR, which means that memory caps are always enforced. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the resource capping daemon so that it will not be started when the -system is booted. Also stop the resource capping daemon now, if the \fB-n\fR -option is not specified and it is currently running. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-E\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the resource capping daemon so that it will be started each time the -system is booted. Also start the resource capping daemon now, if the \fB-n\fR -option is not specified and it is not currently running. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinterval=value\fR,...,\fIinterval=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set intervals for various periodic operations performed by \fBrcapd\fR. All -intervals are specified in seconds. You can set the following intervals: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBscan\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The interval at which \fBrcapd\fR scans for new processes. The default scan -interval is every 15 seconds. The minimum value is 1 second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsample\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The interval of process resident set size sampling. The default sample interval -is every 5 seconds. The minimum value is 1 second. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The interval at which various paging statistics are updated by \fBrcapd\fR, in -seconds. These statistics can be viewed by using \fBrcapstat\fR(1). The -default reporting interval is every 5 seconds. When the interval is set to -\fB0\fR, statistics will not be updated. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -Paging refers to the act of relocating portions of memory, called pages, to or -from physical memory. \fBrcapd\fR pages out the most infrequently used pages. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconfig\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The reconfiguration interval, in seconds. At each reconfiguration event, -\fBrcapd\fR checks its configuration file for updates, and scans the project -databases for new project caps. The default reconfiguration interval is every -60 seconds. The minimum interval is \fB0\fR. When the interval is set to -\fB0\fR, no periodic reconfiguration occurs, although the running daemon can -still be reconfigured by sending it \fBSIGHUP\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImaxvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used in conjunction with the \fB-z\fR option. Specifies a value for -\fBrcap.max-rss\fR, a dynamically-set cap on the usage of physical memory for -the zone specified by \fB-z\fR. You can apply a scale (\fBK\fR, \fBM\fR, -\fBG\fR, \fBT\fR) to the value you specify. \fBK\fR means kilobyte; \fBM\fR, -megabyte; \fBG\fR, gigabyte; and \fBT\fR, terabyte. For example, \fB100M\fR is -100 megabytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not affect the running state of the resource capping daemon when enabling or -disabling it. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used in conjunction with the \fB-m\fR option. Specifies the zone for which you -are dynamically specifying a cap on physical memory usage (using \fB-m\fR). -.RE - -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -To set a persistent cap on memory usage within a zone, use \fBzonecfg\fR(1M). -.RE -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRConfiguring the Resource Capping Daemon with Immediate -Enforcement -.sp -.LP -# -.BI "rcapadm -E -i scan=" 15 ,sample= 5 ,report= 5 ,config= 60 " -c 0" - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSpecifying a Resource Cap for a Zone -.sp -.LP -The command shown below specifies the maximum amount of memory that can be -consumed by a specified zone. Note that this value lasts only until the next -reboot. To set a persistent cap, use \fBzonecfg\fR(1M). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBrcapadm -z testzone -m 512M\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. The modifications to the current configuration were -valid and made successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. A fatal error occurred either in obtaining or modifying the -resource capping configuration. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command-line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-z\fR and \fB-m\fR options are committed interfaces. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBrcapstat\fR(1), \fBrcapd\fR(1M), \fBzonecfg\fR(1M), \fBproject\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -"Physical Memory Control Using the Resource Capping Daemon" in \fISystem -Administration Guide: Solaris Containers-Resource Management, and Solaris -Zones\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index dd255abd79..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rcapd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RCAPD 1M "Dec 19, 2006" -.SH NAME -rcapd \- resource cap enforcement daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrcapd\fR [\fB-d\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrcapd\fR daemon enforces resource caps on collections of processes. -Per-project and per-zone physical memory caps are supported. For information -about projects, see \fBproject\fR(4). For zones information, see \fBzones\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -When the resident set size (RSS) of a collection of processes exceeds its cap, -\fBrcapd\fR takes action and reduces the RSS of the collection. -.sp -.LP -The virtual memory system divides physical memory into segments known as pages. -To read data from a file into memory, the virtual memory system reads in -individual pages. To reduce resource consumption, the daemon can page out, or -relocate, infrequently used pages to an area outside of physical memory. -.sp -.LP -In the \fBproject\fR file, caps are defined for projects that have positive -values for the following project attribute: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrcap.max-rss\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The total amount of physical memory, in bytes, that is available to the -project's member processes -.RE - -.sp -.LP -See \fBproject\fR(4) for a description of project attributes. -.sp -.LP -For a system with one or more zones, you can dynamically set the -\fBrcap.max-rss\fR value for a zone with \fBrcapadm\fR(1M). To set a persistent -cap on memory usage within a zone, you use \fBzonecfg\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -You configure \fBrcapd\fR through the use of \fBrcapadm\fR(1M). The daemon can -be monitored with \fBrcapstat\fR(1). Configuration changes are incorporated -into \fBrcapd\fR by sending it \fBSIGHUP\fR (see \fBkill\fR(1)), or according -to the configuration interval (see \fBrcapadm\fR(1M)). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following option is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Enable debug mode. Messages are displayed on the invoking user's terminal. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting Resident Set Size Cap Attribute -.sp -.LP -The following line in the \fB/etc/project\fR database sets an RSS cap of -1073741824 bytes for a project named \fBfoo\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -foo:100::foo,root::rcap.max-rss=10737418240 -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB2\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command-line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/project\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Project database. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBrcapstat\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBrcapadm\fR(1M), \fBzonecfg\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBzones\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -"Physical Memory Control Using the Resource Capping Daemon" in \fISystem -Administration Guide: Solaris Containers-Resource Management, and Solaris -Zones\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If killed with \fBSIGKILL\fR, \fBrcapd\fR can leave processes in a stopped -state. Use \fBSIGTERM\fR to cause \fBrcapd\fR to terminate properly. -.sp -.LP -A collection's RSS can exceed its cap for some time before the cap is enforced, -even if sufficient pageable memory is available. This period of time can be -reduced by shortening the RSS sampling interval with \fBrcapadm\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrcapd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/rcap:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rctladm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rctladm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c1b615c5be..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rctladm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RCTLADM 1M "Jul 2, 2007" -.SH NAME -rctladm \- display or modify global state of system resource controls -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrctladm\fR [\fB-lu\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIaction\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIaction\fR] [\fIname\fR...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrctladm\fR command allows the examination and modification of active -resource controls on the running system. An instance of a resource control is -referred to as an \fBrctl\fR. See \fBsetrctl\fR(2) for a description of an -\fBrctl\fR; see \fBresource_controls\fR(5) for a list of the \fBrctl\fRs -supported in the current release of the Solaris operating system. Logging of -\fBrctl\fR violations can be activated or deactivated system-wide and active -\fBrctl\fRs (and their state) can be listed. -.sp -.LP -An \fBrctladm\fR command without options is the equivalent of an \fBrctladm\fR -with the \fB-l\fR option. See the description of \fB-l\fR below. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIaction\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIaction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable (\fB-d\fR) or enable (\fB-e\fR) the global action on the specified -\fBrctl\fRs. If no \fBrctl\fR is specified, no action is taken and an error -status is returned. You can use the special token \fBall\fR with the disable -option to deactivate all global actions on a resource control. -.sp -You can set the \fBsyslog\fR action to a specific degree by assigning a -severity level. To do this, specify \fBsyslog=\fIlevel\fR\fR, where \fIlevel\fR -is one of the string tokens given as valid severity levels in \fBsyslog\fR(3C). -You can omit the common \fBLOG_\fR prefix on the severity level. Note that not -all \fBrctl\fRs support the \fBsyslog\fR action. See -\fBresource_controls\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List information about \fBrctl\fRs. The name, global event actions and -statuses, and global flags are displayed. If one or more name operands are -specified, only those \fBrctl\fRs matching the names are displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configure resource controls based on the contents of \fB/etc/rctladm.conf\fR. -Any name operands are ignored. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the \fBrctl\fR to operate on. Multiple \fBrctl\fR names can be -specified. If no names are specified, and the list action has been specified, -then all \fBrctl\fRs are listed. If the enable or disable action is specified, -one or more \fBrctl\fR names must be specified. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRActivating System Logging for Specific Violations -.sp -.LP -The following command activates system logging of all violations of -\fBtask.max-lwps\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# rctladm -e syslog task.max-lwps -# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRExamining the Current Status of a Specific Resource -.sp -.LP -The following command examines the current status of the \fBtask.max-lwps\fR -resource. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ rctladm -l task.max-lwps -task.max-lwps syslog=DEBUG -$ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A fatal error occurred. A message is written to standard error to indicate each -resource control for which the operation failed. The operation was successful -for any other resource controls specified as operands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/rctladm.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Each time \fBrctladm\fR is executed, it updates the contents of -\fBrctladm.conf\fR with the current configuration. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsetrctl\fR(2), \fBgetrctl\fR(2), \fBprctl\fR(1), -\fBrctlblk_get_global_flags\fR(3C), \fBrctlblk_get_global_action\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBresource_controls\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -By default, there is no global logging of \fBrctl\fR violations. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rdate.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rdate.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 510b5ba1d6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rdate.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RDATE 1M "Mar 16, 2006" -.SH NAME -rdate \- set system date from a remote host -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrdate\fR \fIhostname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrdate\fR sets the local date and time from the \fIhostname\fR given as an -argument. You must have the authorization \fBsolaris.system.date\fR on the -local system. Typically, \fBrdate\fR is used in a startup script. -.sp -.LP -\fBrdate\fR requests are responded to by the "time" service on the specified -host. To enable the "time" service, use the following commands: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svcadm enable time:stream -svcadm enable time:dgram -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -The \fBrdate\fR command is IPv6-enabled. See \fBip6\fR(7P). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBinetd.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBip6\fR(7P) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rdmsr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rdmsr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c483d803d2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rdmsr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd October 14, 2019 -.Dt RDMSR 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm rdmsr -.Nd Read Model-Specific Register -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Ar [0x]... -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command can be used to read a value out of one or more x86 MSRs, as defined by -the Intel and AMD CPU specifications. -The integer MSR number should be given (typically in 0x-prefixed hexadecimal). -It is the command-line equivalent of the -.Fn rdmsr -instruction). -.Pp -The read is done on the current CPU, which may change arbitrarily -between MSR reads: to read from a particular CPU, -.Xr pbind 1M -can be used to execute this utility. -.Sh EXIT STATUS -The -.Nm -utility exits 0 on success, or 1 if an error occurs, or at least one MSR -could not be read. -.Sh SEE ALSO -Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual Volume 4: -Model-Specific Registers diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/reboot.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/reboot.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 22ba85098e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/reboot.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. The Berkeley software License Agreement specifies the terms and conditions for redistribution. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH REBOOT 1M "August 29, 2021" -.SH NAME -reboot \- restart the operating system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/reboot\fR [\fB-dlnq\fR] [\fIboot_arguments\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/reboot\fR [\fB-f\fR [\fB-e\fR \fIenvironment\fR] | \fB-p\fR] [\fB-dlnq\fR] [\fIboot_arguments\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBreboot\fR utility restarts the kernel. The kernel is loaded into memory -by the PROM monitor, which transfers control to the loaded kernel. -.sp -.LP -On x86 systems, when the \fB-f\fR flag is specified, the running kernel will -load the next kernel into memory, then transfer control to the newly loaded -kernel. This form of \fBreboot\fR is shown in the second synopsis, above. -.sp -.LP -Although \fBreboot\fR can be run by the super-user at any time, -\fBshutdown\fR(1M) is normally used first to warn all users logged in of the -impending loss of service. See \fBshutdown\fR(1M) for details. -.sp -.LP -The \fBreboot\fR utility performs a \fBsync\fR(1M) operation on the disks, and -then a multi-user reboot is initiated. See \fBinit\fR(1M) for details. On x86 -systems, reboot may also update the boot archive as needed to ensure a -successful reboot. -.sp -.LP -The \fBreboot\fR utility normally logs the reboot to the system log daemon, -\fBsyslogd\fR(1M), and places a shutdown record in the login accounting file -\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR. These actions are inhibited if the \fB-n\fR or \fB-q\fR -options are present. -.sp -.LP -Normally, the system reboots itself at power-up or after crashes. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force a system crash dump before rebooting. See \fBdumpadm\fR(1M) for -information on configuring system crash dumps. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fB-f\fR is present, reboot to the specified boot environment. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Fast reboot, bypassing firmware and boot loader. The new kernel will be loaded -into memory by the running kernel, and control will be transferred to the newly -loaded kernel. If disk or kernel arguments are specified, they must be -specified before other boot arguments. -.sp -This option is currently available only on x86 systems. -.sp -Service \fBsvc:/system/boot-config:default\fR is enabled by default. It -requires \fBsolaris.system.shutdown\fR as \fBaction_authorization\fR and -\fBvalue_authorization\fR. When the \fBconfig/fastreboot_default\fR property is -set to \fBtrue\fR, \fBreboot\fR will behave as \fBreboot\fR \fB-f\fR. The value -of this property can be changed using \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) and \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), to -control the default reboot behavior. -.sp -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR for details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Suppress sending a message to the system log daemon, \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) about -who executed \fBreboot\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Avoid calling \fBsync\fR(2) and do not log the reboot to \fBsyslogd\fR(1M) or -to \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR. The kernel still attempts to sync filesystems prior to -reboot, except if the \fB-d\fR option is also present. If \fB-d\fR is used with -\fB-n\fR, the kernel does not attempt to sync file systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reboot to prom. This flag can be used to reboot the system through firmware -without changing the default reboot behavior as denoted by the -\fBconfig/fastreboot_default\fR property setting in \fBsystem/boot-config\fR -service. -.sp -This option is currently available only on x86 systems. The \fB-p\fR and -\fB-f\fR options are mutually exclusive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quick. Reboot quickly without halting running zones first. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIboot_arguments\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An optional \fIboot_arguments\fR specifies arguments to the \fBuadmin\fR(2) -function that are passed to the boot program and kernel upon restart. The form -and list of arguments is described in the \fBboot\fR(1M) and \fBkernel\fR(1M) -man pages. If the arguments are specified, whitespace between them is replaced -by single spaces unless the whitespace is quoted for the shell. If the -\fIboot_arguments\fR begin with a hyphen, they must be preceded by the \fB--\fR -delimiter (two hyphens) to denote the end of the \fBreboot\fR argument list. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRPassing the \fB-r\fR and \fB-v\fR Arguments to \fBboot\fR -.sp -.LP -In the following example, the delimiter \fB--\fR (two hyphens) must be used to -separate the options of \fBreboot\fR from the arguments of \fBboot\fR(1M). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -dl -- -rv\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRebooting Using a Specific Disk and Kernel -.sp -.LP -The following example reboots using a specific disk and kernel. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot disk1 kernel.test/unix\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRFast Rebooting -.sp -.LP -The following examples use the \fB-f\fR option to perform fast reboots. - -.sp -.LP -If service \fBsvc:/system/boot-config:default\fR is enabled and property -\fBconfig/fastreboot_default\fR is set to \fBtrue\fR, the \fB-f\fR option can -be omitted. - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to the default entry in the boot -menu file \fBmenu.lst\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to another UFS root disk. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -- '/dev/dsk/c1d0s0'\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to another ZFS root pool. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -- 'rpool/ROOT/root2'\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to \fBmykernel\fR on the same disk with \fB-k\fR -option. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -- '/platform/i86pc/mykernel/amd64/unix -k'\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to \fBmykernel\fR off another root disk mounted -on \fB/mnt\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -- '/mnt/platform/i86pc/mykernel/amd64/unix -k'\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to \fB/platform/i86pc/kernel/$ISADIR/unix\fR on -another boot environment named \fBsecond_root\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -e second_root\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command reboots to the same kernel with \fB-kv\fR options. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBreboot -f -- '-kv'\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following commands disable the fast-reboot-by-default behavior. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvccfg -s "system/boot-config:default" \e\fR -\fBsetprop config/fastreboot_default=false\fR -example# \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/system/boot-config:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following commands re-enable the fast-reboot-by-default behavior. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvccfg -s "system/boot-config:default" \e\fR -\fBsetprop config/fastreboot_default=true\fR -example# \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/system/boot-config:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRRebooting to a Particular Boot Menu Entry -.sp -.LP -The following commands will reboot to entry \fB2\fR in the boot menu. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBbootadm list-menu\fR -the location for the active menu is: /rpool/boot/menu.lst -Index Default Dataset Menu -0 - rpool/ROOT/test-182 test-182 -1 * rpool/ROOT/test-183 test-183 -2 - rpool/ROOT/test-183 test-183 -example# \fBreboot 2\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -login accounting file -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBmdb\fR(1), \fBboot\fR(1M), \fBdumpadm\fR(1M), \fBfsck\fR(1M), -\fBhalt\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBshutdown\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBsync\fR(1M), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), -\fBsync\fR(2), \fBuadmin\fR(2), \fBreboot\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -The \fBreboot\fR utility does not execute the scripts in -\fB/etc/rc\fInum\fR.d\fR or execute shutdown actions in \fBinittab\fR(4). To -ensure a complete shutdown of system services, use \fBshutdown\fR(1M) or -\fBinit\fR(1M) to reboot a Solaris system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rem_drv.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rem_drv.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2028948a6b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rem_drv.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH REM_DRV 1M "Aug 13, 2007" -.SH NAME -rem_drv \- remove a device driver from the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrem_drv\fR [\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR] \fIdevice_driver\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrem_drv\fR command informs the system that the device driver -\fIdevice_driver\fR is no longer valid. If possible, \fBrem_drv\fR unloads -\fIdevice_driver\fR from memory. \fBrem_drv\fR also updates the system driver -configuration files. -.sp -.LP -If \fBrem_drv\fR has been executed, the next time the system is rebooted it -automatically performs a reconfiguration boot (see \fBkernel\fR(1M)). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the path to the root directory of the diskless client. Used on the server -to execute \fBrem_drv\fR for a client. The client machine must be rebooted to -unload the driver. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-b\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove dangling device attribute nodes bound to the driver being removed. This -causes any device ownership or permissions customizations made to any node not -to be preserved if the driver is added back. Recommended for use when -reprovisioning a machine from one configuration or use to another where past -administrative customizations might not be desired. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRRemoving the \fBsd\fR Driver -.sp -.LP -The following example removes the \fBsd\fR driver from use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% rem_drv sd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRemoving a Diskless Client -.sp -.LP -The following example removes the driver from the \fBsun1\fR diskless client. -The driver is not uninstalled or unloaded until the client machine is rebooted. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% rem_drv \fB-b\fR /export/root/sun1 sd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note the caveat on the use of the \fB-b\fR option in the description of that -option, above. - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBupdate_drv\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBzones\fR(5), \fBdevfs\fR(7FS) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/remove_allocatable.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/remove_allocatable.1m deleted file mode 100644 index eb0e5960f5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/remove_allocatable.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH REMOVE_ALLOCATABLE 1M "Jul 20, 2007" -.SH NAME -remove_allocatable \- remove entries from allocation databases -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/remove_allocatable\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fB-n\fR \fIname\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/remove_allocatable\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-d\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIdev-type\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBremove_allocatable\fR removes entries of user allocatable devices from the -device allocation mechanism. \fBremove_allocatable\fR also removes entries of -some non-allocatable devices, such as printers, whose label range is managed by -the mechanism. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Removes system-supplied default attributes of the device type that is -specified with \fB-t\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Force the removal of an entry. \fBremove_allocatable\fR exits with an error if -this option is not specified when an entry with the specified device name no -longer exists. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Removes the entry for the device \fIname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIdev-type\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Removes devices of type \fIdev-type\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -When successful, \fBremove_allocatable\fR returns an exit status of \fB0\fR -(true). \fBremove_allocatable\fR returns a nonzero exit status in the event of -an error. The exit codes are as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invocation syntax error -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Unknown system error -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Device \fIname\fR or \fIdev-type\fR not found. This error occurs only when the -\fB-f\fR option is not specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Permission denied. User does not have DAC or MAC access to database. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The invocation is Uncommitted. The options are Uncommitted. The output is -Not-an-Interface. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBallocate\fR(1), \fBdeallocate\fR(1), \fBadd_allocatable\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBdevice_clean\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/removef.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/removef.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 038e9066af..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/removef.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH REMOVEF 1M "Oct 30, 2007" -.SH NAME -removef \- remove a file from software database -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBremovef\fR [ [\fB-M\fR] \fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] [\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR] \fIpkginst\fR \fIpath\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBremovef\fR [ [\fB-M\fR] \fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR] [\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR] \fB-f\fR \fIpkginst\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBremovef\fR informs the system that the user, or software, intends to remove -a pathname. Output from \fBremovef\fR is the list of input pathnames that may -be safely removed (no other packages have a dependency on them). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -After all files have been processed, \fBremovef\fR should be invoked with the -\fB-f\fR option to indicate that the removal phase is complete. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Instruct \fBremovef\fR not to use the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file for determining the client's mount points. This option assumes the mount -points are correct on the server and it behaves consistently with Solaris 2.5 -and earlier releases. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-R\fR \fIroot_path\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Define the full path name of a directory to use as the \fIroot_path\fR. All -files, including package system information files, are relocated to a directory -tree starting in the specified \fIroot_path\fR. The \fIroot_path\fR may be -specified when installing to a client from a server (for example, -\fB/export/root/client1\fR). -.sp -\fBremovef\fR inherits the value of the \fBPKG_INSTALL_ROOT\fR environment -variable. (See ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES, below.) If \fBPKG_INSTALL_ROOT\fR is set, -such as when the \fB-R\fR option is used with \fBpkgadd\fR(1M) or -\fBpkgrm\fR(1M), there is no need to use the \fBremovef\fR \fB-R\fR option. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fIfs_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternative \fIfs_file\fR to map the client's file systems. For -example, used in situations where the \fB$\fR\fIroot_path\fR\fB/etc/vfstab\fR -file is non-existent or unreliable. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The pathname to be removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpkginst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The package instance from which the pathname is being removed. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBremovef\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fBremovef\fR command in an optional pre-install -script: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -echo "The following files are no longer part of this package - and are being removed." -removef $PKGINST /myapp/file1 /myapp/file2 | -while read pathname -do - echo "$pathname" - rm \fB-f\fR $pathname -done -removef \fB-f\fR $PKGINST || exit 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.LP -\fBremovef\fR inherits the value of the following environment variable. This -variable is set when \fBpkgadd\fR(1M) or \fBpkgrm\fR(1M) is invoked with the -\fB-R\fR option. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPKG_INSTALL_ROOT\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If present, defines the full path name of a directory to use as the system's -\fBPKG_INSTALL_ROOT\fR path. All product and package information files are then -looked for in the directory tree, starting with the specified -\fBPKG_INSTALL_ROOT\fR path. If not present, the default system path of \fB/\fR -is used. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpkginfo\fR(1), \fBpkgmk\fR(1), \fBpkgparam\fR(1), \fBpkgproto\fR(1), -\fBpkgtrans\fR(1), \fBinstallf\fR(1M), \fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgask\fR(1M), -\fBpkgchk\fR(1M), \fBpkgrm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Package commands are \fBlargefile\fR(5)-aware. They handle files larger than 2 -GB in the same way they handle smaller files. In their current implementations, -\fBpkgadd\fR(1M), \fBpkgtrans\fR(1) and other package commands can process a -datastream of up to 4 GB. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/repquota.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/repquota.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9630b81a8b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/repquota.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH REPQUOTA 1M "Sep 16, 1996" -.SH NAME -repquota \- summarize quotas for a ufs file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrepquota\fR [\fB-v\fR] \fIfilesystem\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrepquota\fR \fB-a\fR [\fB-v\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrepquota\fR prints a summary of the disk usage and quotas for the specified -ufs file systems. The current number of files and amount of space (in -kilobytes) is printed for each user along with any quotas created with -\fBedquota\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The \fIfilesystem\fR must have the file \fBquotas\fR in its root directory. -.sp -.LP -Only the super-user may view quotas which are not their own. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Report on all mounted ufs file systems that have \fBrq\fR in the \fBmntopts\fR -field of the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Report quotas for all users, even those who do not consume resources. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBrepquota\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBedquota\fR(1M), \fBquota\fR(1M), \fBquotacheck\fR(1M), \fBquotaon\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBquotactl\fR(7I) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmmount.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rmmount.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 177262f2eb..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmmount.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RMMOUNT 1M "Mar 1, 2007" -.SH NAME -rmmount \- removable media mounter for CD-ROM, floppy, Jaz drive, and others -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rmmount\fR [\fB-D\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrmmount\fR utility is a removable media mounter that is executed by -volume management whenever a removable medium, such as a \fBCD-ROM\fR or a -floppy, is inserted. Removable media is managed by an application or a volume -manager. \fBrmmount\fR can also be called by using \fBvolrmmount\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -Upon insertion of a medium and following invocation of the \fBvolcheck\fR(1) -command, \fBrmmount\fR determines what type of file system (if any) is on that -medium. If a file system is present, \fBrmmount\fR mounts the file system in -one of the locations listed below. -.sp -.LP -For a diskette (floppy): -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/floppy/floppy0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -symbolic link to mounted floppy in local floppy drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/floppy/floppy_name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -mounted named floppy -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/floppy/unnamed_floppy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -mounted unnamed floppy -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For a CD-ROM or a DVD-ROM: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/cdrom/cdrom0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -symbolic link to mounted \fBCD-ROM\fR in local \fBCD-ROM\fR drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/cdrom/CD-ROM_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted named \fBCD-ROM\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/cdrom/CD-ROM_name/partition\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted named \fBCD-ROM\fR with partitioned file system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/cdrom/unnamed_cdrom\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted unnamed \fBCD-ROM\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For a Zip drive: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/zip0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -symbolic link to mounted Zip medium in local Zip drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIZip_name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted named Zip medium -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIZip_name\fR/partition\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted named Zip medium with partitioned file system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/unnamed_zip\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted unnamed Zip medium -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For a Jaz drive: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/jaz0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -symbolic link to mounted Jaz medium in local Jaz drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIJaz_name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted named Jaz medium -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIJaz_name\fR/partition\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted named Jaz medium with partitioned file system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/unnamed_Jaz\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 30n -mounted unnamed Jaz medium -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For a generic "rmdisk" drive: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/rmdisk0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -symbolic link to mounted removable medium in local removable medium drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIrmdisk_name\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted named removable medium -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/\fIrmdisk_name\fR/partition\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted named removable medium with partitioned file system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/rmdisk/unnamed_rmdisk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -mounted unnamed removable medium -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the media is read-only (for example, a \fBCD-ROM\fR or a floppy with -write-protect tab set), the file system is mounted read-only. -.sp -.LP -If a file system is not identified, \fBrmmount\fR does not mount a file system. -See the \fI\fR for more information on the location of \fBCD-ROM\fR, floppy, -and other media without file systems. -.sp -.LP -If a file system type has been determined, it is then checked to see that it is -"clean." If the file system is "dirty," \fBfsck\fR \fB-p\fR (see -\fBfsck\fR(1M)) is run in an attempt to clean it. If \fBfsck\fR fails, the file -system is mounted read-only. -.sp -.LP -After the mount is complete, "actions" associated with the media type are -executed. These actions allow for the notification to other programs that new -media are available. -.sp -.LP -Actions are executed in the order in which they appear in the configuration -file. The action function can return either \fB1\fR or \fB0\fR. If it returns -\fB0\fR, no further actions will be executed. This allows the function to -control which applications are executed. -.sp -.LP -In order to execute an action, \fBrmmount\fR performs a \fBdlopen\fR(3C) on the -shared object and calls the action function defined within it. The definition -of the interface to actions can be found in \fB/usr/include/rmmount.h\fR. -.sp -.LP -File systems mounted by \fBrmmount\fR are always mounted with the \fBnosuid\fR -flag set, thereby disabling setuid programs and access to block or character -devices in that file system. Upon ejection, \fBrmmount\fR unmounts mounted file -systems and executes actions associated with the media type. If a file system -is "busy" (that is, it contains the current working directory of a live -process), the ejection will fail. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Turn on the debugging output from the \fBrmmount\fR \fBdprintf\fR calls. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/rmmount/*.so.1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -shared objects used by \fBrmmount\fR. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBvolcheck\fR(1), \fBvolrmmount\fR(1), \fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBdlopen\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmt.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rmt.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b96237e703..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmt.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University -.\" of California. All rights reserved. The Berkeley software License Agreement -.\" specifies the terms and conditions for redistribution. Copyright (c) 1995 -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" from UCB 4.3 -.TH RMT 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -rmt \- remote magtape protocol module -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rmt\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBrmt\fR is a program used by the remote dump and restore programs in -manipulating a magnetic tape drive through an interprocess communication -connection. \fBrmt\fR is normally started up with an \fBrexec\fR(3SOCKET) or -\fBrcmd\fR(3SOCKET) call. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrmt\fR program accepts requests that are specific to the manipulation of -magnetic tapes, performs the commands, then responds with a status indication. -All responses are in \fBASCII\fR and in one of two forms. Successful commands -have responses of: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBA\fR\fInumber\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -where \fInumber\fR is an \fBASCII\fR representation of a decimal number. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Unsuccessful commands are responded to with: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBE\fR\fIerror-number\fR\fB\en\fR\fIerror-message\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -where \fIerror-number\fR is one of the possible error numbers described in -\fBIntro\fR(3), and \fIerror-message\fR is the corresponding error string as -printed from a call to \fBperror\fR(3C). -.RE - -.sp -.LP - The protocol consists of the following commands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBS\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Return the status of the open device, as obtained with a \fBMTIOCGET\fR -\fBioctl\fR call. If the operation was successful, an "ack" is sent with the -size of the status buffer, then the status buffer is sent (in binary). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBC\fR\fIdevice\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Close the currently open device. The \fIdevice\fR specified is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBI\fR\fIoperation\fR\fB\en\fR\fIcount\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Perform a \fBMTIOCOP\fR \fBioctl\fR(2) command using the specified parameters. -The parameters are interpreted as the \fBASCII\fR representations of the -decimal values to place in the \fImt_op\fR and \fImt_count\fR fields of the -structure used in the \fBioctl\fR call. When the operation is successful the -return value is the \fIcount\fR parameter. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL\fR\fIoffset\fR\fB\en\fR\fBwhence\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Perform an \fBlseek\fR(2) operation using the specified parameters. The -response value is returned from the \fBlseek\fR call. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBO\fR\fIdevice\fR\fB\en\fR\fImode\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Open the specified \fIdevice\fR using the indicated \fImode\fR. \fIdevice\fR is -a full pathname, and \fImode\fR is an \fBASCII\fR representation of a decimal -number suitable for passing to \fBopen\fR(9E). If a device is already open, it -is closed before a new open is performed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBR\fR\fIcount\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Read \fIcount\fR bytes of data from the open device. \fBrmt\fR performs the -requested \fBread\fR(9E) and responds with \fBA\fR\fIcount-read\en\fR if the -read was successful; otherwise an error in standard format is returned. If the -read was successful, the data read is sent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBW\fR\fIcount\fR\fB\en\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Write data onto the open device. \fBrmt\fR reads \fIcount\fR bytes from the -connection, aborting if a premature \fBEOF\fR is encountered. The response -value is returned from the \fBwrite\fR(9E) call. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Any other command causes \fBrmt\fR to exit. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBufsdump\fR(1M), \fBufsrestore\fR(1M), \fBIntro\fR(3), \fBioctl\fR(2), -\fBlseek\fR(2), \fBperror\fR(3C), \fBrcmd\fR(3SOCKET), \fBrexec\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBmtio\fR(7I), \fBopen\fR(9E), \fBread\fR(9E), -\fBwrite\fR(9E) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -All responses are of the form described above. -.SH BUGS -.LP -Do not use this for a remote file access protocol. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmvolmgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rmvolmgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9eba83e692..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rmvolmgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RMVOLMGR 1M "Nov 28, 2006" -.SH NAME -rmvolmgr \- HAL-aware removable volume manager -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rmvolmgr\fR [\fB-chns\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrmvolmgr\fR command is a volume manager that can automatically mount and -unmount removable media and hot-pluggable storage. The default mount point is -\fB/media\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBrmvolmgr\fR is one of a number of Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)-aware -tools that are shipped with the Solaris operating system. See \fBhald\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Multiple instances of \fBrmvolmgr\fR can be run simultaneously. A system -instance of \fBrmvolmgr\fR runs by default as a service management facility -(SMF) service (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). Its fault management resource identifier -(FMRI) is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -You can run your own instance of \fBrmvolmgr\fR by adding it to the -\fB\&.xinitrc\fR file or a similar session startup script. In such a case, the -\fBsystem\fR \fBrmvolmgr\fR instance will not manage volumes that belong to -you, the owner of the startup script. For example, a user logged on to the -workstation console (\fB/dev/console\fR) who invokes his own instance of -\fBrmvolmgr\fR will own locally connected devices, such as CD-ROM drives and -devices connected to the local USB or FireWire ports. -.sp -.LP -In addition to mounting volumes under \fB/media\fR, \fBrmvolmgr\fR also creates -legacy symbolic links under \fB/cdrom\fR, \fB/floppy\fR, and \fB/rmdisk\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBrmvolmgr\fR also provides backwards compatibility with CDE removable media -interfaces by maintaining notification files under \fB/tmp/.removable\fR. This -functionality can be disabled by using the \fB-c\fR option. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-c\fR and \fB-n\fR options can also be specified as SMF properties. See -"Examples." -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Disable CDE compatibility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display help information and exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Do not create legacy mountpoint symbolic links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Invoke in system instance mode. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing SMF Properties to Set Options -.sp -.LP -The following \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) command and subcommands use SMF properties to -set the \fB-c\fR and \fB-n\fR options. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvccfg\fR -svc:> \fBselect rmvolmgr\fR -svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr> \fBlistprop rmvolmgr/*\fR -rmvolmgr/legacy_mountpoints boolean true -rmvolmgr/cde_compatible boolean true -svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr> \fBsetprop \e - rmvolmgr/legacy_mountpoints=false\fR -svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr> \fBsetprop rmvolmgr/cde_compatible=false\fR -svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr> \fBexit\fR -example# -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Volatile -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBhald\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBhal\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/roleadd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/roleadd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f8674edbef..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/roleadd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,530 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2006 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ROLEADD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -roleadd \- administer a new role account on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBroleadd\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] [\fB-m\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR]] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] \fIrole\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroleadd\fR \fB-D\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] - [\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR] [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBroleadd\fR adds a role entry to the \fB/etc/passwd\fR and \fB/etc/shadow\fR -and \fB/etc/user_attr\fR files. The \fB-A\fR and \fB-P\fR options respectively -assign authorizations and profiles to the role. The \fB-p\fR option associates -a project with the role. The \fB-K\fR option adds a \fIkey=value\fR pair to -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR for the role. Multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs can be added -with multiple \fB-K\fR options. -.sp -.LP -\fBroleadd\fR also creates supplementary group memberships for the role -(\fB-G\fR option) and creates the home directory (\fB-m\fR option) for the role -if requested. The new role account remains locked until the \fBpasswd\fR(1) -command is executed. -.sp -.LP -Specifying \fBroleadd\fR \fB-D\fR with the \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, -\fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-K\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-P\fR, or -\fB-s\fR option (or any combination of these options) sets the default values -for the respective fields. See the \fB-D\fR option. Subsequent -\fBroleadd\fR commands without the \fB-D\fR option use these arguments. -.sp -.LP -The system file entries created with this command have a limit of 512 -characters per line. Specifying long arguments to several options can exceed -this limit. -.sp -.LP -\fBroleadd\fR requires that usernames be in the format described in -\fBpasswd\fR(4). A warning message is displayed if these restrictions are not -met. See \fBpasswd\fR(4) for the requirements for usernames. -.LP -To change the action of \fBroleadd\fR when the traditional login name -length limit of eight characters is exceeded, edit the file -\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR by removing the \fB#\fR (pound sign) before the -appropriate \fBEXCEED_TRAD=\fR entry, and adding it before the others. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma separated authorizations defined in \fBauth_attr\fR(4). Only -a user or role who has \fBgrant\fR rights to the authorization can assign it to -a role. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The base directory for new role home directories (see the \fB-d\fR option -below). The directory named by \fIbase_dir\fR must already exist and be an -absolute path. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A text string. It is generally a short description of the role. This -information is stored in the role's \fB/etc/passwd\fR entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The home directory of the new role. If not supplied, it defaults to -\fIbase_dir\fR/\fIaccount_name\fR, where \fIbase_dir\fR is the base directory -for new login home directories and \fIaccount_name\fR is the new role name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the default values for \fBgroup\fR, \fBbase_dir\fR, \fBskel_dir\fR, -\fBshell\fR, \fBinactive\fR, \fBexpire\fR, \fBproj\fR, \fBprojname\fR and -\fBkey=value\fR pairs. When used with the \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, -\fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-p\fR, or \fB-K\fR, options, the \fB-D\fR -option sets the default values for the specified fields. The default values -are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBgroup\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBother\fR (\fBGID\fR of 1) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbase_dir\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/home\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBskel_dir\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/etc/skel\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshell\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/bin/pfsh\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinactive\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB0\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBexpire\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBauths\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprofiles\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBproj\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB3\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprojname\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBdefault\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBkey=value\fR (pairs defined in \fBuser_attr\fR(4)) -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -not present -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the expiration date for a role. After this date, no user is able to -access this role. The expire option argument is a date entered using one of -the date formats included in the template file \fB/etc/datemsk\fR. See -\fBgetdate\fR(3C). -.sp -If the date format that you choose includes spaces, it must be quoted. For -example, you can enter \fB10/6/90\fR or \fBOctober 6, 1990\fR. A null value -(\fB" "\fR) defeats the status of the expired date. This option is useful for -creating temporary roles. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of days allowed between uses of a role ID before that -\fBID\fR is declared invalid. Normal values are positive integers. A value of -\fB0\fR defeats the status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An existing group's integer \fBID\fR or character-string name. Without the -\fB-D\fR option, it defines the new role's primary group membership and -defaults to the default group. You can reset this default value by invoking -\fBroleadd\fR \fB-D\fR \fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR. GIDs 0-99 are reserved for -allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated existing groups, specified by integer \fBID\fR or -character-string name. It defines the new role's supplementary group -membership. Any duplicate groups between the \fB-g\fR and \fB-G\fR options are -ignored. No more than \fBNGROUPS_MAX\fR groups can be specified. GIDs 0-99 are -reserved for allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A directory that contains skeleton information (such as \fB\&.profile\fR) that -can be copied into a new role's home directory. This directory must already -exist. The system provides the \fB/etc/skel\fR directory that can be used for -this purpose. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A \fIkey=value\fR pair to add to the role's attributes. Multiple \fB-K\fR -options may be used to add multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs. The generic \fB-K\fR -option with the appropriate key may be used instead of the specific implied key -options (\fB-A\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-P\fR). See \fBuser_attr\fR(4) for a -list of valid \fIkey=value\fR pairs. The "type" key is not a valid key for this -option. Keys cannot be repeated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create the new role's home directory if it does not already exist. If the -directory already exists, it must have read, write, and execute permissions by -\fIgroup\fR, where \fIgroup\fR is the role's primary group. -.sp -If the parent directory of the role's home directory is located on a separate -\fBZFS\fR file system and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the -parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set to the value \fBYES\fR, a new \fBZFS\fR -file system will be created for the role. -.sp -If the \fB-z\fR option is specified, \fBroleadd\fR will always try to create -a new file system for the home directory. -.sp -If the \fB-Z\fR option is specified, a new file system will never be created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option allows a \fBUID\fR to be duplicated (non-unique). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the project with which the added role is associated. See the -\fIprojname\fR field as defined in \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated execution profiles defined in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Full pathname of the program used as the role's shell on login. It defaults to -an empty field causing the system to use \fB/bin/pfsh\fR as the default. The -value of \fIshell\fR must be a valid executable file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBUID\fR of the new role. This \fBUID\fR must be a non-negative decimal -integer below \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR\&. The \fBUID\fR -defaults to the next available (unique) number above the highest number -currently assigned. For example, if \fBUID\fRs 100, 105, and 200 are assigned, -the next default \fBUID\fR number will be 201. \fBUID\fRs \fB0\fR-\fB99\fR are -reserved for allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.LP -\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/datemsk\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/passwd\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/shadow\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/group\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/skel\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/usr/include/limits.h\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBpfsh\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), -\fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), -\fBgrpck\fR(1M), \fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBpwck\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), -\fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBgetdate\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBroleadd\fR prints an error message and exits with a -non-zero status. -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that \fBlogin\fR specified is already in use: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: ERROR: login is already in use. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -is not unique: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: ERROR: uid \fIuid\fR is already in use. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIgroup\fR specified with the \fB-g\fR option -is already in use: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: ERROR: group \fIgroup\fR does not exist. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -is in the range of reserved \fBUID\fRs (from \fB0\fR-\fB99\fR): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: WARNING: uid \fIuid\fR is reserved. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -exceeds \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: ERROR: uid \fIuid\fR is too big. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fB/etc/passwd\fR or \fB/etc/shadow\fR files -do not exist: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: roleadd: ERROR: Cannot update system files - login cannot be created. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH NOTES -.LP -If a network nameservice is being used to supplement the local -\fB/etc/passwd\fR file with additional entries, \fBroleadd\fR cannot change -information supplied by the network nameservice. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/roledel.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/roledel.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e14805a55b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/roledel.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ROLEDEL 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -roledel \- delete a role's login from the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBroledel\fR [\fB-r\fR] \fIrole\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBroledel\fR utility deletes a role account from the system and makes the -appropriate account-related changes to the system file and file system. -\fBroledel\fR also removes the role from each user's list of assumable roles. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove the role's home directory from the system. This directory must exist. -The files and directories under the home directory will no longer be accessible -following successful execution of the command. -.sp -If the role's home directory is located on a separate \fBZFS\fR file system and -the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set -to the value \fBYES\fR, the file system will be destroyed. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIrole\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -An existing role name to be deleted. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Invalid command syntax. A usage message for the \fBroledel\fR command is -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The account to be removed does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The account to be removed is in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/group\fR or \fB/etc/user_attr\fR file but the login -is removed from the \fB/etc/passwd\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB12\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot remove or otherwise modify the home directory. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -configuration file for user and role administrative commands -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing roles' encrypted passwords and related information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing group definitions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/user_attr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing additional role attributes -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), -\fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), -\fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBroleadd\fR(1M), \fBrolemod\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), -\fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBroledel\fR utility only deletes an account definition that is in the -local \fB/etc/group\fR, \fB/etc/passwd\fR, \fB/etc/shadow\fR, and -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR file. file. If a network name service -is being used to supplement the local \fB/etc/passwd\fR file with -additional entries, \fBroledel\fR cannot change information supplied by the -network name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rolemod.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rolemod.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 320e8baec0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rolemod.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,439 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ROLEMOD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -rolemod \- modify a role's login information on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrolemod\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR [\fB-m\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR]]] [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fInew_name\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] - [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] \fIrole\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBrolemod\fR utility modifies a role's login information on the system. It -changes the definition of the specified login and makes the appropriate -login-related system file and file system changes. -.sp -.LP -The system file entries created with this command have a limit of 512 -characters per line. Specifying long arguments to several options can exceed -this limit. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma separated authorizations as defined in \fBauth_attr\fR(4). -Only a user or role who has \fBgrant\fR rights to the \fBauthorization\fR can -assign it to an account. This replaces any existing authorization setting. If -an empty authorization list is specified, the existing setting is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a comment string. \fIcomment\fR can be any text string. It is generally -a short description of the login, and is currently used as the field for the -role's full name. This information is stored in the role's \fB/etc/passwd\fR -entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the new home directory of the role. It defaults to -\fIbase_dir/login\fR, where \fIbase_dir\fR is the base directory for new login -home directories, and \fBlogin\fR is the new login. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the expiration date for a role. After this date, no role will be able -to access this login. The expire option argument is a date entered using one of -the date formats included in the template file \fB/etc/datemsk\fR. See -\fBgetdate\fR(3C). -.sp -For example, you may enter \fB10/6/90\fR or \fBOctober 6, 1990\fR. A value of -\fB`` ''\fR defeats the status of the expired date. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the maximum number of days allowed between uses of a login \fBID\fR -before that login \fBID\fR is declared invalid. Normal values are positive -integers. A value of \fB0\fR defeats the status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an existing group's integer \fBID\fR or character-string name. It -redefines the role's primary group membership. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated existing groups, specified by integer \fBID\fR or -character-string name. It redefines the role's supplementary group membership. -Any duplicate groups between the \fB-g\fR and \fB-G\fR options are ignored. -No more than \fBNGROUPS_UMAX\fR groups may be specified as defined in -\fB\fR\&. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Replace existing or add to a role's \fIkey=value\fR pair attributes. Multiple -\fB-K\fR options can be used to replace or add multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs. -However, keys must not be repeated. The generic \fB-K\fR option with the -appropriate key may be used instead of the specific implied key options -(\fB-A\fR and \fB-P\fR). See \fBuser_attr\fR(4) for a list of valid -\fIkey=value\fR pairs. -.sp -The keyword \fBtype\fR can be specified with the value \fBrole\fR or the value -\fBnormal\fR. When using the value \fBnormal\fR, the account changes from a -role user to a normal user; using the value \fBrole\fR keeps the account a role -user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fInew_logname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the new login name for the role. The \fInew_logname\fR argument is a -string of no more than eight bytes consisting of characters from the set of -alphabetic characters, numeric characters, period (\fB\&.\fR), underline -(\fB_\fR), and hyphen (\fB\(mi\fR). The first character should be alphabetic and -the field should contain at least one lower case alphabetic character. A -warning message will be written if these restrictions are not met. A future -release may refuse to accept login fields that do not meet these -requirements. The \fInew_logname\fR argument must contain at least one -character and must not contain a colon (\fB:\fR) or \fBNEWLINE\fR (\fB\en\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Move the role's home directory to the new directory specified with the \fB-d\fR -option. If the directory already exists, it must have permissions -read/write/execute by \fIgroup\fR, where \fIgroup\fR is the role's primary -group. -.sp -If the role's old home directory was located on a separate \fBZFS\fR file system -and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR -set to the value \fBYES\fR, the file system will be destroyed after the home -directory is moved. If the parent directory of the role's new home directory is -located on a separate \fBZFS\fR filesystem and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR -file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set to the value \fBYES\fR, a new -\fBZFS\fR file system will be created. -.sp -If the \fB-z\fR option is specified, \fBrolemod\fR will always try to create a -new file system for the home directory and destroy the old one. -.sp -If the \fB-Z\fR option is specified, a new file system will never be created, -and the old one will never be destroyed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option allows the specified \fBUID\fR to be duplicated (non-unique). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated execution profiles defined in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). -This replaces any existing profile setting. If an empty profile list is -specified, the existing setting is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the full pathname of the program that is used as the role's shell on -login. The value of \fIshell\fR must be a valid executable file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a new \fBUID\fR for the role. It must be a non-negative decimal integer -less than \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR\&. The \fBUID\fR -associated with the role's home directory is not modified with this option; a -role will not have access to their home directory until the \fBUID\fR is -manually reassigned using \fBchown\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An existing login name to be modified. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBrolemod\fR prints an error message and exits with one -of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command syntax was invalid. A usage message for the \fBrolemod\fR command -is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An invalid argument was provided to an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIuid\fR given with the \fB-u\fR option is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The password files contain an error. \fBpwconv\fR(1M) can be used to correct -possible errors. See \fBpasswd\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The login to be modified does not exist, the \fIgroup\fR does not exist, or the -login shell does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The login to be modified is in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fInew_logname\fR is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/group\fR or \fB/etc/user_attr\fR file. Other update -requests will be implemented. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB11\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insufficient space to move the home directory (\fB-m\fR option). Other update -requests will be implemented. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB12\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unable to complete the move of the home directory to the new home directory. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -configuration file for user and role administrative commands -.RE - -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing group definitions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/datemsk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file of date formats -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing users' and roles' encrypted passwords and related -information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/user_attr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing additional user and role attributes -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBchown\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBgroupadd\fR(1M), -\fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), \fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBpwconv\fR(1M), -\fBroleadd\fR(1M), \fBroledel\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), -\fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBgetdate\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/root_archive.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/root_archive.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1b59d93e78..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/root_archive.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" Copyright 2012 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.TH ROOT_ARCHIVE 1M "Sep 9, 2009" -.SH NAME -root_archive \- manage bootable miniroot archives -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/boot/solaris/bin/root_archive\fR pack \fIarchive\fR \fIroot\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/boot/solaris/bin/root_archive\fR unpack \fIarchive\fR \fIroot\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBroot_archive\fR utility is used to manipulate boot archives. -The utility can pack and unpack boot archives and image miniroots. Both \fBufs\fR and \fBhsfs\fR -(\fBiso9660\fR) format archives can be unpacked, although only \fBufs\fR format -is generated when packing. -.sp -.LP -For normal, boot-related system administration, \fBbootadm\fR(1M) is recommended. -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.sp -.LP -The \fBroot_archive\fR command has the following subcommands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpack\fR \fIarchive\fR \fIroot\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Pack the contents of the root directory into the boot archive \fIarchive\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunpack\fR \fIarchive\fR \fIroot\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 21n -Unpack the contents of the boot archive named \fIarchive\fR to the directory -named \fIroot\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The command completed successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -The command exited due to an error. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcpio\fR(1), \fBbootadm\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBlofi\fR(7D) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/route.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/route.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1e470b2fc0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/route.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,769 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (C) 2021 H. William Welliver -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ROUTE 1M "August 29, 2021" -.SH NAME -route \- manually manipulate the routing tables -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBroute\fR [\fB-fnvq\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] \fIsub-command\fR [ [\fImodifiers\fR] \fIargs\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroute\fR [\fB-fnvq\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] [\fB-p\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR]] add | delete [\fImodifiers\fR] \fIdestination\fR \fIgateway\fR - [\fIargs\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroute\fR [\fB-fnvq\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] change | get [\fImodifiers\fR] \fIdestination\fR - [\fIgateway\fR [\fIargs\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroute\fR [\fB-fn\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] monitor [\fImodifiers\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroute\fR [\fB-fnvq\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] flush [\fImodifiers\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBroute\fR \fB-p\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] show -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBroute\fR manually manipulates the network routing tables. These tables are -normally maintained by the system routing daemon, such as \fBin.routed\fR(1M) -and \fBin.ripngd\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -\fBroute\fR supports a limited number of general options, but a rich command -language. Users can specify an arbitrary request that can be delivered by means -of the programmatic interface discussed in \fBroute\fR(7P). -.sp -.LP -\fBroute\fR uses a routing socket and the new message types \fBRTM_ADD\fR, -\fBRTM_DELETE\fR, \fBRTM_GET\fR, and \fBRTM_CHANGE\fR. While only superusers -can modify routing tables, the \fBRTM_GET\fR operation is allowed for -non-privileged users. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Flush the routing tables of all gateway entries. If you use the \fB-f\fR option -in conjunction with any of the \fBroute\fR subcommands, \fBroute\fR flushes -the gateways before performing the subcommand. Specify the table to flush by -placing the \fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR modifier immediately after the \fB-f\fR -option. If unspecified, flushing IPv4 (\fBinet\fR) routes is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Prevent attempts to print host and network names symbolically when reporting -actions. This option is useful when name servers are unavailable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Make changes to the network route tables persistent across system restarts. The -operation is applied to the network routing tables first and, if successful, is -then applied to the list of saved routes used at system startup. In determining -whether an operation was successful, a failure to add a route that already -exists or to delete a route that is not in the routing table is ignored. At -startup, any directly reachable routes (those specified with the -\fB-interface\fR or \fB-iface\fR options) will be created first, followed by -any remaining routes. Particular care should be taken when using host or network -names in persistent routes, as network-based name resolution services are not -available at the time routes are added at startup. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Suppress all output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify an alternate root directory where \fBroute\fR applies changes. This -option is ignored unless used in conjunction with the \fB-p\fR option. When -\fB-R\fR is specified, route changes are applied only to the list of saved -routes to be used at startup, \fBnot\fR to the network routing tables. In -addition, certain checks, such as the existence of network interfaces used with -\fB-ifp\fR, are skipped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Print additional details in verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Apply commands to the zone \fIzone\fR. The zone must be running and must not -be a shared-\fBIP\fR zone. -.RE - -.SS "Subcommands" -The following subcommands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Add a route. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchange\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Change aspects of a route (such as its gateway). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Delete a specific route. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBflush\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Remove all gateway entries from the routing table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Look up and display the route for a destination. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmonitor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Continuously report any changes to the routing information base, routing lookup -misses, or suspected network partitionings. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display the list of routes to be applied at system startup. Can be used only in -conjunction with the \fB-p\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBadd\fR and \fBdelete\fR subcommands have the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -route [ -fnvq ] cmd \fIdestination\fR \fIgateway\fR [metric/netmask] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIcmd\fR is \fBadd\fR or \fBdelete\fR, \fIdestination\fR is the -destination host or network, and \fIgateway\fR is the next-hop intermediary -through which packets should be routed. Modifiers described in \fBOPERANDS\fR -can be placed anywhere on the command line. -.sp -.LP -The \fBget\fR and \fBchange\fR subcommands have the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -route [ -fnvq ] \fIcmd\fR \fIdestination\fR [\fIgateway\fR [metric/netmask]] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where \fIcmd\fR is \fBget\fR or \fBchange\fR, \fIdestination\fR is the -destination host or network, and \fIgateway\fR is the next-hop intermediary -through which packets should be routed. Modifiers described in \fBOPERANDS\fR -can be placed anywhere on the command line. -.sp -.LP -The \fBmonitor\fR subcommand has the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -route monitor [ -inet | -inet6 ] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH OPERANDS -\fBroute\fR executes its subcommands on routes to destinations by way of -gateways. -.SS "Destinations and Gateways" -By default, destination and gateway addresses are interpreted as IPv4 -addresses. All symbolic names are tried first as a host name, using -\fBgetipnodebyname\fR(3SOCKET). If this lookup fails in the AF_INET case, -\fBgetnetbyname\fR(3SOCKET) interprets the name as that of a network. -.sp -.LP -Including an optional modifier on the command line before the address changes -how the \fBroute\fR subcommand interprets it. -.sp -.LP -The following modifiers are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-inet\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Force the address to be interpreted as an IPv4 address, that is, under the -\fBAF_INET\fR address family. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-inet6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Force the address to be interpreted as an IPv6 address, that is, under the -\fBAF_INET6\fR address family. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For IPv4 addresses, routes to a particular host are by default distinguished -from those to a network by interpreting the Internet address specified as the -destination. If the destination has a \fBlocal address part\fR (that is, the -portion not covered by the netmask) of \fB0\fR, or if the destination is -resolved as the symbolic name of a network, then the route is assumed to be to -a network; otherwise, it is presumed to be a route to a host. -.sp -.LP -You can force this selection by using one of the following modifiers: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-host\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Force the destination to be interpreted as a host. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-net\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Force the destination to be interpreted as a network. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For example: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Destination Destination Equivalent -_ -\fB128.32\fR \fB-host\fR \fB128.0.0.32\fR -\fB128.32.130\fR \fB-host\fR \fB128.32.0.130\fR -\fB-net\fR \fB128.32\fR \fB128.32.0.0\fR -\fB-net\fR \fB128.32.130\fR \fB\fR\fB128.32.130.0\fR -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Two modifiers avoid confusion between addresses and keywords (for example, -\fBhost\fR used as a symbolic host name). You can distinguish a -\fIdestination\fR by preceding it with the \fB-dst\fR modifier. You can -distinguish a gateway address by using the \fB-gateway\fR modifier. If the -destination is directly reachable by way of an interface requiring no -intermediary IP router to act as a gateway, this can be indicated by using the -\fB-interface\fR or \fB-iface\fR modifier. -.sp -.LP -In the following example, the route does not refer to an external gateway -(router), but rather to one of the machine's interfaces. Packets with IP -destination addresses matching the destination and mask on such a route are -sent out on the interface identified by the gateway address. For interfaces -using the ARP protocol, this type of route is used to specify that all matching -destinations are local to the physical link. That is, a host could be -configured to ARP for all addresses, without regard to the configured interface -netmask, by adding a default route using this command. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# route add default \fIhostname\fR -interface -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -where gateway address \fIhostname\fR is the name or IP address associated with -the network interface over which all matching packets should be sent. On a host -with a single network interface, \fIhostname\fR is usually the same as the -\fInodename\fR returned by the \fBuname -n\fR command. See \fBuname\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -For backward compatibility with older systems, directly reachable routes can -also be specified by placing a \fB0\fR after the gateway address: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# route add default \fIhostname\fR 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This value was once a route metric, but this metric is no longer used. If the -value is specified as \fB0\fR, then the destination is directly reachable -(equivalent to specifying \fB-\fR\fBinterface\fR). If it is non-zero but cannot -be interpreted as a subnet mask, then a gateway is used (default). -.sp -.LP -With the \fBAF_INET\fR address family or an IPv4 address, a separate subnet -mask can be specified. This can be specified in one of the following ways: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IP address following the gateway address . This is typically specified in -\fIdecimal dot\fR notation as for \fBinet_addr\fR(3C) rather than in -symbolic form. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -IP address following the \fB-netmask\fR qualifier. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Slash character and a decimal length appended to the destination address. -.RE -.sp -.LP -If a subnet mask is not specified, the mask used is the subnet mask of the -output interface selected by the gateway address, if the classful network of -the destination is the same as the classful network of the interface. -Otherwise, the classful network mask for the destination address is used. -.sp -.LP -Each of the following examples creates an IPv4 route to the destination -\fB192.0.2.32\fR subnet with a subnet mask of \fB255.255.255.224\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# route add 192.0.2.32/27 somegateway -example# route add 192.0.2.32 -netmask 255.255.255.224 somegateway -example# route add 192.0.2.32 somegateway 255.255.255.224 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For IPv6, only the slash format is accepted. The following example creates an -IPv6 route to the destination \fB33fe::\fR with a netmask of \fB16\fR one-bits -followed by 112 zero-bits. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# route add -inet6 3ffe::/16 somegateway -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In cases where the gateway does not uniquely identify the output interface (for -example, when several interfaces have the same address), you can use the -\fB-ifp\fR \fIifname\fR modifier to specify the interface by name. For -example, \fB\fR\fB-ifp\fR \fBlo0\fR associates the route with the \fBlo0\fR -interface. If the named interface is an underlying interface in an IPMP (IP -multipathing) group, then requests to add a route will automatically be -translated to the corresponding IPMP IP interface, and requests to delete or -change a route on an underlying interface will fail. -.SS "Routing Flags" -Routes have associated flags that influence operation of the protocols when -sending to destinations matched by the routes. These flags can be set (and in -some cases cleared, indicated by \fB~\fR) by including the following modifiers -on the command line: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c c -l l l . -Modifier Flag Description -_ -\fB-interface\fR \fB~RTF_GATEWAY\fR Destination is directly reachable -\fB-iface\fR \fB~RTF_GATEWAY\fR Alias for interface modifier -\fB-static\fR \fBRTF_STATIC\fR Manually added route -\fB-nostatic\fR \fB~RTF_STATIC\fR T{ -Pretend route was added by kernel or routing daemon -T} -\fB-reject\fR \fBRTF_REJECT\fR Emit an ICMP unreachable when matched -\fB-blackhole\fR \fBRTF_BLACKHOLE\fR Silently discard packets during updates -\fB-proto1\fR \fBRTF_PROTO1\fR Set protocol specific routing flag #1 -\fB-proto2\fR \fBRTF_PROTO2\fR Set protocol specific routing flag #2 -\fB-private\fR \fBRTF_PRIVATE\fR Do not advertise this route -\fB-multirt\fR \fBRTF_MULTIRT\fR Creates the specified redundant route -\fB-setsrc\fR \fBRTF_SETSRC\fR Assigns the default source address -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The optional modifiers \fB-rtt\fR, \fB-rttvar\fR, \fB-sendpipe\fR, -\fB-recvpipe\fR, \fB-mtu\fR, \fB-hopcount\fR, \fB-expire\fR, and -\fB-ssthresh\fR provide initial values to quantities maintained in the routing -entry by transport level protocols, such as \fBTCP\fR. These can be -individually locked either by preceding each modifier to be locked by the -\fB-lock\fR meta-modifier, or by specifying that all ensuing metrics can be -locked by the \fB-lockrest\fR meta-modifier. -.sp -.LP -Some transport layer protocols can support only some of these metrics. The -following optional modifiers are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-expire\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Lifetime for the entry. This optional modifier is not currently supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-hopcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Maximum hop count. This optional modifier is not currently supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-mtu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Maximum MTU in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-recvpipe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Receive pipe size in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-rtt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Round trip time in microseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-rttvar\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Round trip time variance in microseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-sendpipe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Send pipe size in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-ssthresh\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Send pipe size threshold in bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-secattr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Security attributes of the route. This modifier is available only if the system -is configured with the Solaris Trusted Extensions feature. -.sp -The \fB-secattr\fR modifier has the following format: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -min_sl=\fIval\fR,max_sl=\fIval\fR,doi=\fIval\fR,cipso -.fi -.in -2 - -or: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sl=VAL,doi=VAL,cipso -.fi -.in -2 - -In the first form, above, the \fIval\fR for \fBmin_sl\fR and \fBmax_sl\fR is a -sensitivity label in either hex or string form. The \fIval\fR for \fBdoi\fR is -a non-negative integer. The route will apply only for packets with the same -domain of interpretation as defined by the \fBdoi\fR value and within the -accreditation range defined by the \fBmin_sl\fR and \fBmax_sl\fR values. The -\fBcipso\fR keyword is optional and set by default. Valid \fBmin_sl\fR, -\fBmax_sl\fR and \fBdoi\fR keyword/value pairs are mandatory. Note that if -\fIval\fR contains a space, it must be protected by double quotes. -.sp -The second form, above, is equivalent to specifying the first form with the -same \fBVAL\fR for \fBmin_sl\fR and \fBmax_sl\fR. The second form should be -used for the \fBget\fR command, because \fBget\fR uses only a single -sensitivity label. -.RE - -.SS "Compatibility" -The modifiers \fBhost\fR and \fBnet\fR are taken to be equivalent to -\fB-\fR\fBhost\fR and \fB-net\fR\fB\fR. To specify a symbolic address that -matches one of these names, use the \fBdst\fR or \fBgateway\fR keyword to -distinguish it. For example: \fB\fR\fB-dst\fR \fBhost\fR -.sp -.LP -The following two flags are also accepted for compatibility with older systems, -but have no effect. -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Modifier Flag -_ -\fB-cloning\fR RTF_CLONING -\fB-xresolve\fR RTF_XRESOLVE -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The \fB\fR\fB-ifa\fR \fBhostname\fR modifier is also accepted, but has no -effect. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/defaultrouter\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -List of default routers -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/hosts\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -List of host names and net addresses -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/networks\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -List of network names and addresses -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBuname\fR(1), \fBin.ripngd\fR(1M), \fBin.routed\fR(1M), \fBnetstat\fR(1M), -\fBrouted\fR(1M), \fBioctl\fR(2), \fBgetipnodebyname\fR(3SOCKET), -\fBgetnetbyname\fR(3SOCKET), \fBinet_addr\fR(3C), \fBdefaultrouter\fR(4), -\fBhosts\fR(4), \fBnetworks\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBARP\fR(7P), -\fBip\fR(7P), \fBroute\fR(7P), \fBrouting\fR(7P) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd\fR [ \fBhost\fR\||\ \fBnetwork\|]\fR \fIdestination\fR:\fIgateway\fR -\fIflags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified route is being added to the tables. The values printed are from -the routing table entry supplied in the \fBioctl\fR(2) call. If the gateway -address used was not the primary address of the gateway (the first one returned -by \fBgetipnodebyname\fR(3SOCKET)) the gateway address is printed numerically -as well as symbolically. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR [ \fBhost\fR\||\ \fBnetwork\fR\|] -\fIdestination\fR:\fIgateway\fR \fIflags\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBchange\fR [ \fBhost\fR\||\ \fBnetwork\fR\|] -\fIdestination\fR:\fIgateway\fR \fIflags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -As \fBadd\fR, but when deleting or changing an entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdestination\fR \fBdone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the \fB-f\fR flag is specified, or the \fBflush\fR subcommand is used, -each routing table entry deleted is indicated with a message of this form. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNetwork is unreachable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An attempt to add a route failed because the gateway listed was not on a -directly-connected network. Give the next-hop gateway instead. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnot in table\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A \fBdelete\fR operation was attempted for an entry that is not in the table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBentry exists\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An \fBadd\fR operation was attempted for a route that already exists in the -kernel. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrouting table overflow\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An operation was attempted, but the system was unable to allocate memory to -create the new entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinsufficient privileges\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An attempt to add, delete, change, or flush a route failed because the calling -process does not have appropriate privileges. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -Specifying that destinations are local (with the \fB-interface\fR modifier) -assumes that the routers implement \fBproxy ARP\fR, meaning that they respond -to ARP queries for all reachable destinations. Normally, using either router -discovery or RIP is more reliable and scalable than using proxy ARP. See -\fBin.routed\fR(1M) for information related to RIP. -.sp -.LP -Combining the all destinations are local route with subnet or network routes -can lead to unpredictable results. The search order as it relates to the all -destinations are local route are undefined and can vary from release to -release. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/routeadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/routeadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a3496050e6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/routeadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,547 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH ROUTEADM 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -routeadm \- IP forwarding and routing configuration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrouteadm\fR [\fB-p\fR [\fIoption\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrouteadm\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIoption\fR ...] [\fB-d\fR \fIoption\fR...] - [\fB-r\fR \fIoption\fR...] [\fB-s\fR \fIvar\fR=\fIvalue\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrouteadm\fR [\fB-l\fR \fIfmri\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrouteadm\fR [\fB-m\fR \fIfmri\fR \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR [\fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR]...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrouteadm\fR [\fB-u\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBrouteadm\fR command is used to administer system-wide configuration for -IP forwarding and routing. IP forwarding is the passing of IP packets from one -network to another; IP routing is the use of a routing protocol to determine -routes. -.sp -.LP -IP forwarding and routing functions are also represented as services within the -service management facility (SMF), and can be administered by means of -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M) also, using the following fault management resource -identifiers (FMRIs): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/ipv4-forwarding:default -svc:/network/ipv6-forwarding:default -svc:/network/routing/route:default -svc:/network/routing/ripng:default -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -See EXAMPLES for relevant examples. -.sp -.LP -In addition to enabling and disabling routing and forwarding, \fBrouteadm\fR is -used to interact with SMF-based routing daemon services. Routing daemon -services are identified by the presence of a \fBrouteadm\fR application -property group, which \fBrouteadm\fR uses in administering the given service. -Routing daemon services can also specify properties relating to their operation -in the \fBrouting\fR application property group; these can be modified by means -of routeadm -m. If an FMRI for a service without such a property group is -specified, an error is issued and the operation is not carried out. If a -routing daemon has not been converted to SMF, the \fBipv4\fI[or -6]\fR-routing-daemon\fR, \fBipv4\fI[or 6]\fR-routing-daemon-args\fR, and -\fBipv4\fI[or 6]\fR-routing-stop-cmd\fR variables can be used to specify the -appropriate daemon for IPv4 or IPv6 routing. \fBrouteadm\fR will then run that -daemon using the \fBsvc:/network/routing/legacy-routing:ipv4\fR\fI[or 6]\fR -service as appropriate. This conversion process occurs when you issue an enable -(\fB-e\fR), disable (\fB-d\fR) or an update (\fB-u\fR) command. -.sp -.LP -The first usage, in the SYNOPSIS above, reports the current configuration. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following command-line options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR [\fIoption\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the configuration in parsable format. If \fIoption\fR is specified, only -the configuration for the specified option or variable is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIroot-dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternate root directory where \fBrouteadm\fR applies changes. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIoption\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the specified option. The effect is to prepare the associated services -(\fBsvc:/network/ipv4-forwarding:default\fR in the case of -\fBipv4-forwarding\fR) for enabling. By means of the \fBrouting-svcs\fR -variable, the routing daemons are specified to be enabled on subsequent boot or -when \fBrouteadm\fR \fB-u\fR is run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIoption\fR...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the specified option. The effect is to prepare the associated services -(\fBsvc:/network/ipv4-forwarding:default\fR in the case of -\fBipv4-forwarding\fR) for enabling. By means of the \fBrouting-svcs\fR -variable, the routing daemons are specified to be disabled on subsequent boot -or when \fBrouteadm\fR \fB-u\fR is run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIfmri\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all properties in the routing application property group for the SMF -routing daemon service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIfmri\fR\ \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change property value of property \fIkey\fR to \fIvalue\fR in routing -application property group for the SMF routing daemon service. For multi-valued -properties, the property name can be used multiple times in the modify -operation, and each associated value will be added. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIoption...\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Revert the specified option to the system default. The system defaults are -specified in the description of each \fIoption\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Apply the currently configured options to the running system. These options -might include enabling or disabling IP forwarding and launching or killing -routing daemons, if any are specified. It does not alter the state of the -system for those settings that have been set to default. This option is meant -to be used by administrators who do not want to reboot to apply their changes. -In addition, this option upgrades non-SMF configurations from the invocations -of daemon stop commands, which might include a set of arguments, to a simple -enabling of the appropriate service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIkey\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify string values for specific variables in a comma-separated list with no -intervening spaces. If invalid options are specified, a warning message is -displayed and the program exits. The following variables can be specified: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrouting-svcs=\fR\fIfmrilist\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the routing daemon services to be enabled. Routing daemon services -are determined to be IPv4 or IPv6 (and so enabled or disabled when -\fBrouteadm\fR \fB-e\fR/\fB-d\fR \fBipv4\fR\fI(6)\fR\fB-routing\fR is run) on -the basis of property values in the \fBrouteadm\fR application property group. -Default: \fBroute:default ripng:default\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4-routing-daemon=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the routing daemon to be started when \fBipv4-routing\fR is enabled. -The routing daemon specified must be an executable binary or shell-script. If -the specified program maps to an SMF service, the service will be used, and -daemon arguments to the program will be transferred to the properties of the -service at enable time. Default: \fB""\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4-routing-daemon-args=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the startup arguments to be passed to the \fBipv4-routing-daemon\fR -when \fBipv4-routing\fR is enabled. Default: no arguments -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4-routing-stop-cmd=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the command to be executed to stop the routing daemon when -\fBipv4-routing\fR is disabled. \fI\fR can be an executable binary or -shell-script, or a string that can be parsed by \fBsystem\fR(3C). Default: -\fB""\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6-routing-daemon=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the routing daemon to be started when \fBipv6-routing\fR is enabled. -The routing daemon specified must be an executable binary or shell-script. If -the specified program maps to an SMF service, the service will be used, and -daemon arguments to the program will be transferred to the properties of the -service at enable time. Default: \fB""\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6-routing-daemon-args=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the startup arguments to be passed to the \fBipv6-routing-daemon\fR -when \fBipv6-routing\fR is enabled. Default: \fB""\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6-routing-stop-cmd=\fI\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the command to be executed to stop the routing daemon when -\fBipv6-routing\fR is disabled. \fI\fR can be an executable binary or -shell-script, or a string that can be parsed by \fBsystem\fR(3C). Default: -\fB""\fR -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Multiple \fB-e\fR, \fB-d\fR, and \fB-r\fR options can be specified on the -command line. Changes made by \fB-e\fR, \fB-d\fR, and \fB-r\fR are persistent, -but are not applied to the running system unless \fBrouteadm\fR is called later -with the \fB-u\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Use the following options as arguments to the \fB-e\fR, \fB-d\fR, and \fB-r\fR -options (shown above as \fIoption...\fR). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4-forwarding\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Controls the global forwarding configuration for all IPv4 interfaces. The -system default is \fBdisabled\fR. If enabled, IP will forward IPv4 packets to -and from interfaces when appropriate. If disabled, IP will not forward IPv4 -packets to and from interfaces when appropriate. The SMF service associated -with this configuration variable is \fBsvc:/network/routing/ipv4-forwarding\fR. -This service will be enabled or disabled as appropriate when \fBrouteadm\fR is -called with the \fBu\fR option. As an alternative, you can use -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Services that require \fBipv4-forwarding\fR to be enabled -should specify a dependency on this service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv4-routing\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Determines whether an IPv4 routing daemon is run. The system default is -\fBenabled\fR unless the \fB/etc/defaultrouter\fR file exists (see -\fBdefaultrouter\fR(4)), in which case the default is \fBdisabled\fR. The value -of this option reflects the state of all IPv4 routing services, such that if -any IPv4 routing service is enabled, \fBipv4-routing\fR is enabled. This allows -users to interact with routing services using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), as well as -through \fBrouteadm\fR. IPv4 routing services, specified by means of the -\fBrouting-svcs\fR variable, will be prepared for enable on next boot when the -user explicitly enables \fBipv4-routing\fR. The SMF routing daemon service for -\fBin.routed\fR (\fBsvc:/network/routing/route:default\fR) is specified by -default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6-forwarding\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Controls the global forwarding configuration for all IPv6 interfaces. The -system default is \fBdisabled\fR. If enabled, IP will forward IPv6 packets to -and from interfaces when appropriate. If disabled, IP will not forward IPv6 -packets to and from interfaces when appropriate. The SMF service associated -with this configuration variable is \fBsvc:/network/routing/ipv6-forwarding\fR. -This service will be enabled or disabled as appropriate when \fBrouteadm\fR is -called with the \fB-u\fR option, or \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) is used. Services that -require \fBipv6-forwarding\fR to be enabled should specify a dependency on this -service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBipv6-routing\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Determines whether an IPv6 routing daemon is run. The system default is -\fBdisabled\fR. The value of this option reflects the state of all IPv6 routing -services, such that, if any IPv6 routing service is enabled, \fBipv6-routing\fR -is enabled. This allows users to interact with routing services via -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M) as well as through \fBrouteadm\fR. IPv6 routing services, -specified by means of the \fBrouting-svcs\fR variable, will be prepared for -enable on next boot when the user explicitly enables \fBipv6-routing\fR. The -SMF routing daemon service for \fBin.ripngd\fR -(\fBsvc:/network/routing/ripng:default\fR) is specified by default. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The forwarding and routing settings are related but not mutually dependent. For -example, a router typically forwards IP packets and uses a routing protocol, -but nothing would prevent an administrator from configuring a router that -forwards packets and does not use a routing protocol. In that case, the -administrator would enable forwarding, disable routing, and populate the -router's routing table with static routes. -.sp -.LP -The forwarding settings are global settings. Each interface also has an -\fBIFF_ROUTER\fR forwarding flag that determines whether packets can be -forwarded to or from a particular interface. That flag can be independently -controlled by means of \fBifconfig\fR(1M)'s router option. When the global -forwarding setting is changed (that is, \fB-u\fR is issued to change the value -from \fBenabled\fR to \fBdisabled\fR or vice-versa), all interface flags in the -system are changed simultaneously to reflect the new global policy. Interfaces -configured by means of DHCP automatically have their interface-specific -\fBIFF_ROUTER\fR flag cleared. -.sp -.LP -When a new interface is plumbed by means of \fBifconfig\fR, the value of the -interface-specific forwarding flag is set according to the current global -forwarding value. Thus, the forwarding value forms the "default" for all new -interfaces. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fREnabling IPv4 Forwarding -.sp -.LP -IPv4 forwarding is disabled by default. The following command enables IPv4 -forwarding: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBrouteadm -e ipv4-forwarding\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRApply Configured Settings to the Running System -.sp -.LP -In the previous example, a system setting was changed, but will not take effect -until the next reboot unless a command such as the following is used: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBrouteadm -u\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -An alternative to the above two steps is to simply enable the equivalent SMF -service: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcadm enable svc:/network/ipv4-forwarding\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...or, using the abbreviated FMRI: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsvcadm enable ipv4-forwarding\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRMaking a Setting Revert to its Default -.sp -.LP -To make the setting changed in the first example revert to its default, enter -the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBrouteadm -r ipv4-forwarding\fR -example# \fBrouteadm -u\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRStarting \fBin.routed\fR with the \fB-q\fR Flag -.sp -.LP -Setting the \fB-q\fR flag is represented in the SMF service by setting the -\fBquiet_mode\fR property to true. The following sequence of commands starts -\fBin.routed\fR with the \fB-q\fR flag: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBrouteadm -m route:default quiet_mode=true\fR -example# \fBrouteadm -e ipv4-routing -u\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBin.routed\fR(1M) for details of property names and how they relate to -daemon behavior. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!=0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -An error occurred while obtaining or modifying the system configuration. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inet/routing.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Parameters for IP forwarding and routing. (Not to be edited.) -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBin.routed\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBgateways\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.bootparamd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.bootparamd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d272855c6e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.bootparamd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.BOOTPARAMD 1M "Aug 1, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.bootparamd, bootparamd \- boot parameter server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rpc.bootparamd\fR [\fB-d\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.bootparamd\fR is a server process that provides information from a -\fBbootparams\fR database to diskless clients at boot time. See -\fBbootparams\fR(4) -.sp -.LP -The source for the \fBbootparams\fR database is determined by the -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) file (on the machine running the \fBrpc.bootparamd\fR -process). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Display debugging information. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/bootparams\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -boot parameter data base -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -configuration file for the name-service switch -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBbootparams\fR(4), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -A diskless client requires service from at least one \fBrpc.bootparamd\fR -process running on a server that is on the same IP subnetwork as the diskless -client. -.sp -.LP -Some routines that compare hostnames use case-sensitive string comparisons; -some do not. If an incoming request fails, verify that the case of the -hostname in the file to be parsed matches the case of the hostname called for, -and attempt the request again. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.bootparamd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/bootparams -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rstatd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rstatd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8ed114845b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rstatd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.RSTATD 1M "Nov 4, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.rstatd, rstatd \- kernel statistics server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/rstat/rpc.rstatd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.rstatd\fR is a server which returns performance statistics obtained from -the kernel. \fBrup\fR(1) uses \fBrpc.rstatd\fR to collect the \fBuptime\fR -information that it displays. -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.rstatd\fR is an RPC service. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBrup\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.rstatd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/rstat:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rusersd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rusersd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a0aca58b32..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rusersd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.RUSERSD 1M "Nov 4, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.rusersd, rusersd \- network username server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/rusers/rpc.rusersd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.rusersd\fR is a server that returns a list of users on the host. The -\fBrpc.rusersd\fR daemon may be started by \fBinetd\fR(1M) or \fBlisten\fR(1M). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBlisten\fR(1M), -\fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.rusersd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/rusers:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rwalld.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rwalld.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7724cb8ced..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.rwalld.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.RWALLD 1M "Nov 4, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.rwalld, rwalld \- network rwall server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/rwall/rpc.rwalld\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.rwalld\fR is a server that handles \fBrwall\fR(1M) requests. It is -implemented by calling \fBwall\fR(1M) on all the appropriate network machines. -The \fBrpc.rwalld\fR daemon may be started by \fBinetd\fR(1M) or -\fBlisten\fR(1M). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBlisten\fR(1M), -\fBrwall\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBwall\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.rwalld\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/wall:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.smserverd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.smserverd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ba618d60e3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.smserverd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.SMSERVERD 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -rpc.smserverd \- removable media device server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/smedia/rpc.smserverd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBrpc.smserverd\fR is a server that handles requests from client -applications, such as volume management software or \fBrmformat\fR(1), -for access to removable media -devices. The \fBrpc.smserverd\fR daemon is started by -\fBinetd\fR(1M) when a client makes a call to a Solaris-internal library to -access a SCSI, IDE, or USB device. The daemon is not started if a client -attempts to access a floppy or PCMCIA device. Once started, the daemon remains -active until such time as it is idle for three minutes or more. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.smserverd\fR daemon is provided for the exclusive use of the client -applications mentioned above. It has no external, customer-accessible -interfaces, including no configuration file. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBrmformat\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBrpc.smserverd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/smserver -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.sprayd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.sprayd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2cff5c7c23..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.sprayd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.SPRAYD 1M "Nov 4, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.sprayd, sprayd \- spray server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/spray/rpc.sprayd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.sprayd\fR is a server that records the packets sent by \fBspray\fR(1M). -The \fBrpc.sprayd\fR daemon may be started by \fBinetd\fR(1M) or -\fBlisten\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The service provided by \fBrpc.sprayd\fR is not useful as a networking -benchmark as it uses unreliable connectionless transports, (udp for example). -It can report a large number of packets dropped when the drops were caused by -the program sending packets faster than they can be buffered locally (before -the packets get to the network medium). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M) \fBlisten\fR(1M), -\fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBspray\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.sprayd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/spray:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.yppasswdd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.yppasswdd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 97cba40c50..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.yppasswdd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.YPPASSWDD 1M "Aug 24, 2004" -.SH NAME -rpc.yppasswdd, yppasswdd \- server for modifying NIS password file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/yp/rpc.yppasswdd\fR [\fB-D\fR \fIdirectory\fR] - [\fB-nogecos\fR] [\fB-noshell\fR] [\fB-nopw\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fIargument1\fR \fIargument2\fR...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/yp/rpc.yppasswdd\fR - [\fIpasswordfile\fR [\fIadjunctfile\fR]] - [\fB-nogecos\fR] [\fB-noshell\fR] [\fB-nopw\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fIargument1\fR \fIargument2\fR...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc.yppasswdd\fR is a server that handles password change requests from -\fByppasswd\fR(1). It changes a password entry in the \fBpasswd\fR, -\fBshadow\fR, and \fBsecurity/passwd.adjunct\fR files. The \fBpasswd\fR and -\fBshadow\fR files provide the basis for the \fBpasswd.byname\fR and -\fBpasswd.byuid\fR maps. The \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file provides the basis for -the \fBpasswd.adjunct.byname\fR and \fBpasswd.adjunct.byuid\fR maps. Entries in -the \fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow\fR or \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR files are changed only -if the password presented by \fByppasswd\fR(1) matches the encrypted password -of the entry. All password files are located in the \fBPWDIR\fR directory. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-D\fR option is given, the \fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow,\fR or -\fBpasswd.adjunct\fR files are placed under the directory path that is the -argument to \fB-D\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-noshell\fR, \fB-nogecos\fR or \fB-nopw\fR options are given, these -fields cannot be changed remotely using \fBchfn\fR, \fBchsh\fR, or -\fBpasswd\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-m\fR option is given, a \fBmake\fR(1S) is performed in \fB/var/yp\fR -after any of the \fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow\fR, or \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR files are -modified. All arguments following the flag are passed to \fBmake\fR. -.sp -.LP -The second of the listed syntaxes is provided only for backward compatibility. -If the second syntax is used, the \fBpasswordfile\fR is the full pathname of -the password file and \fBadjunctfile\fR is the full pathname of the optional -\fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file. If a shadow file is found in the same directory as -\fBpasswordfile\fR, the \fBshadowfile\fR is used as described above. Use of -this syntax and the discovery of a \fBshadowfile\fR file generates diagnostic -output. The daemon, however, starts normally. -.sp -.LP -The first and second syntaxes are mutually exclusive. You cannot specify the -full pathname of the \fBpasswd\fR, \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR files and use the -\fB-D\fR option at the same time. -.sp -.LP -The daemon is started automatically on the master server of the passwd map by -\fBypstart\fR(1M), which is invoked at boot time by the -\fBsvcs:/network/nis/server:default\fR service. -.sp -.LP -The server does not insist on the presence of a \fBshadow\fR file unless there -is no \fB-D\fR option present or the directory named with the \fB-D\fR option -is \fB/etc\fR. In addition, a \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file is not necessary. If -the \fB-D\fR option is given, the server attempts to find a -\fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file in the \fBsecurity\fR subdirectory of the named -directory. For example, in the presence of \fB-D\fR \fB/var/yp\fR the server -checks for a \fB/var/yp/security/passwd.adjunct\fR file. -.sp -.LP -If only a \fBpasswd\fR file exists, then the encrypted password is expected in -the second field. If both a \fBpasswd\fR and a \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file exist, -the encrypted password is expected in the second field of the adjunct file with -\fI##username\fR in the second field of the \fBpasswd\fR file. If all three -files are in use, the encrypted password is expected in the \fBshadow\fR file. -Any deviation causes a password update to fail. -.sp -.LP -If you remove or add a \fBshadow\fR or \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR file after -\fBrpc.yppasswdd\fR has started, you must stop and restart the daemon to enable -it to recognize the change. See \fBypstart\fR(1m) for information on restarting -the daemon. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpc.yppasswdd\fR daemon considers a shell that has a name that begins -with 'r' to be a restricted shell. By default, the daemon does not check -whether a shell begins with an '\fBr\fR'. However, you can tell it to do so by -uncommenting the \fBcheck_restricted_shell_name=1\fR line in -\fB/etc/default/yppasswdd\fR. The result will be to restrict a user's ability -to change from his default shell. See \fByppasswdd\fR(4). -.sp -.LP -On start up, \fByppasswdd\fR checks for the existence of a NIS to LDAP (N2L) -configuration file, \fB/var/yp/NISLDAPmapping\fR. If the configuration file is -present, the daemon runs in N2L mode. If the file is not present, -\fByppasswdd\fR runs in traditional, non-N2L mode. -.sp -.LP -In N2L mode, changes are written directly to the Directory Information Tree -(DIT). If the changes are written successfully, the NIS map is updated. The NIS -source files, \fBpasswd\fR, \fBshadow\fR, and \fBpasswd.adjunct\fR, for -example, are not updated. Thus, in N2L mode, the \fB-D\fR option is -meaningless. In N2L mode, \fByppasswdd\fR propagates changes by calling -\fByppush\fR(1M) instead of \fBypmake\fR(1M). The \fB-m\fR option is thus -unused. -.sp -.LP -During an NIS-to-LDAP transition, the \fByppasswdd\fR daemon uses the -N2L-specific map, \fBageing.byname\fR, to read and write password aging -information to the DIT. If you are not using password aging, then the -\fBageing.byname\fR mapping is ignored. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBmake\fR(1S), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fByppasswd\fR(1), -\fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBypmake\fR(1M), \fByppush\fR(1M), -\fBypstart\fR(1M), \fBNISLDAPmapping\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBshadow\fR(4), -\fBypfiles\fR(4), \fByppasswdd\fR(4), \fBypserv\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If \fBmake\fR has not been installed and the \fB-m\fR option is given, the -daemon outputs a warning and proceeds, effectively ignoring the \fB-m\fR flag. -.sp -.LP -When using the \fB-D\fR option, you should make sure that the \fBPWDIR\fR of -the \fB/var/yp/Makefile\fR is set accordingly. -.sp -.LP -The second listed syntax is supplied only for backward compatibility and might -be removed in a future release of this daemon. -.sp -.LP -The Network Information Service (\fBNIS\fR) was formerly known as Sun Yellow -Pages (\fBYP\fR). The functionality of the two remains the same; only the name -has changed. The name Yellow Pages is a registered trademark in the United -Kingdom of British Telecommunications PLC, and cannot be used without -permission. -.sp -.LP -The NIS server service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svcs:/network/nis/server:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.ypupdated.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.ypupdated.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6f3232cf0f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpc.ypupdated.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPC.YPUPDATED 1M "Mar 20, 2003" -.SH NAME -rpc.ypupdated, ypupdated \- server for changing NIS information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/netsvc/yp/rpc.ypupdated\fR [\fB-is\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBypupdated\fR is a daemon that updates information in the Network Information -Service (NIS). \fBypupdated\fR consults the \fBupdaters\fR(4) file in the -\fB/var/yp\fR directory to determine which \fBNIS\fR maps should be updated and -how to change them. -.sp -.LP -By default, the daemon requires the most secure method of authentication -available to it, either \fBDES\fR (secure) or \fBUNIX\fR (insecure). -.sp -.LP -On start up, \fBypupdated\fR checks for the existence of a NIS to LDAP (N2L) -configuration file, \fB/var/yp/NISLDAPmapping\fR. If the file is present, -\fBypupdated\fR generates an informational message and exits. \fBypupdated\fR -is not supported in N2L mode. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Accept \fBRPC\fR calls with the insecure \fBAUTH_UNIX\fR credentials. This -allows programmatic updating of the \fBNIS\fR maps in all networks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Accept only calls authenticated using the secure \fBRPC\fR mechanism -(\fBAUTH_DES\fR authentication). This disables programmatic updating of the -\fBNIS\fR maps unless the network supports these calls. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/yp/updaters\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Configuration file for \fBrpc.updated\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/yp/NISLDAPmapping\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Configuration file for N2L -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBkeyserv\fR(1M), \fBupdaters\fR(4), \fBNISLDAPmapping\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The Network Information Service (\fBNIS\fR) was formerly known as Sun Yellow -Pages (\fBYP\fR). The functionality of the two services remains the same. Only -the name has changed. The name Yellow Pages is a registered trademark in the -United Kingdom of British Telecommunications PLC, and it must not be used -without permission. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcbind.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcbind.1m deleted file mode 100644 index afd563c146..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcbind.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPCBIND 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -rpcbind \- universal addresses to RPC program number mapper -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcbind\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-w\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIlisten_backlog\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBrpcbind\fR is a server that converts \fBRPC\fR program numbers into -universal addresses. It must be running on the host to be able to make -\fBRPC\fR calls on a server on that machine. -.sp -.LP -When an \fBRPC\fR service is started, it tells \fBrpcbind\fR the address at -which it is listening, and the \fBRPC\fR program numbers it is prepared to -serve. When a client wishes to make an \fBRPC\fR call to a given program -number, it first contacts \fBrpcbind\fR on the server machine to determine the -address where \fBRPC\fR requests should be sent. -.sp -.LP -\fBrpcbind\fR should be started before any other \fBRPC\fR service. Normally, -standard \fBRPC\fR servers are started by port monitors, so \fBrpcbind\fR must -be started before port monitors are invoked. -.sp -.LP -When \fBrpcbind\fR is started, it checks that certain name-to-address -translation-calls function correctly. If they fail, the network configuration -databases can be corrupt. Since \fBRPC\fR services cannot function correctly in -this situation, \fBrpcbind\fR reports the condition and terminates. -.sp -.LP -\fBrpcbind\fR maintains an open transport end for each transport that it uses -for indirect calls. This is the \fBUDP\fR port on most systems. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrpcbind\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/rpc/bind -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). \fBrpcbind\fR can -only be started by the superuser or someone in the Primary Administrator role. -.sp -.LP -The configuration properties of this service can be modified with -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The following SMF property is used to allow or disallow access to \fBrpcbind\fR -by remote clients: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -config/local_only = true -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -The default value, \fBtrue\fR, shown above, disallows remote access; a value of -\fBfalse\fR allows remove access. See EXAMPLES. -.sp -.LP -The FMRI \fBsvc:network/rpc/bind\fR property group \fBconfig\fR contains the -following property settings: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable_tcpwrappers\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Specifies that the TCP wrappers facility is used to control access to TCP -services. The value \fBtrue\fR enables checking. The default value for -\fBenable_tcpwrappers\fR is \fBfalse\fR. If the \fBenable_tcpwrappers\fR -parameter is enabled, then all calls to \fBrpcbind\fR originating from -non-local addresses are automatically wrapped by the TCP wrappers facility. The -\fBsyslog\fR facility code daemon is used to log allowed connections (using the -\fBinfo\fR severity level) and denied traffic (using the \fBwarning\fR severity -level). See \fBsyslog.conf\fR(4) for a description of \fBsyslog\fR codes and -severity levels. The stability level of the TCP wrappers facility and its -configuration files is External. As the TCP wrappers facility is not controlled -by Sun, intrarelease incompatibilities are not uncommon. See -\fBattributes\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBverbose_logging\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Specifies whether the TCP wrappers facility logs all calls or just the denied -calls. The default is \fBfalse\fR. This option has no effect if TCP wrappers -are not enabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallow_indirect\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Specifies whether \fBrpcbind\fR allows indirect calls at all. By default, -\fBrpcbind\fR allows most indirect calls, except to a number of standard -services (\fBkeyserv\fR, \fBautomount\fR, \fBmount\fR, \fBnfs\fR, \fBrquota\fR, -and selected NIS and \fBrpcbind\fR procedures). Setting \fBallow_indirect\fR to -\fBfalse\fR causes all indirect calls to be dropped. The default is \fBtrue\fR. -NIS broadcast clients rely on this functionality on NIS servers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlisten_backlog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Set connection queue length for \fBrpcbind\fR over a connection-oriented -transport. The default value is 64 entries. Modification of this property will -take effect only after the \fBrpcbind\fR restart. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmax_threads\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Maximum number of worker threads spawn by \fBrpcbind\fR. The default value -is 72. The indirect \fBRPC\fR calls facility might cause a worker thread to -block for some time waiting for a response from the indirectly called \fBRPC\fR -service. To maintain basic \fBrpcbind\fR functionality, up to eight worker -threads are always reserved, and will never be used for indirect \fBRPC\fR calls. -Setting \fBmax_threads\fR to less than 9 effectively disables the indirect -calls. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Run in debug mode. In this mode, \fBrpcbind\fR does not fork when it starts. It -prints additional information during operation, and aborts on certain errors. -With this option, the name-to-address translation consistency checks are shown -in detail. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Do a warm start. If \fBrpcbind\fR aborts or terminates on \fBSIGINT\fR or -\fB\fR\fBSIGTERM\fR, it writes the current list of registered services to -\fB/var/run/daemon/portmap.file\fR and \fB/var/run/daemon/rpcbind.file\fR. Starting -\fBrpcbind\fR with the \fB-w\fR option instructs it to look for these files and -start operation with the registrations found in them. This allows \fBrpcbind\fR -to resume operation without requiring all \fBRPC\fR services to be restarted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR \fI\fIlisten_backlog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This can be used to override \fBconfig/listen_backlog\fR SMF property. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAllowing Remote Access -.sp -.LP -The following sequence of commands allows remote access to \fBrpcbind\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/network/rpc/bind setprop config/local_only = false\fR -# \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/network/rpc/bind\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/daemon/portmap.file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Stores the information for \fBRPC\fR services registered over IP based -transports for warm start purposes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/daemon/rpcbind.file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Stores the information for all registered \fBRPC\fR services for warm start -purposes. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -TCP wrappers is External. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsmf\fR(5), \fBrpcinfo\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBrpcbind\fR(3NSL), \fBsyslog.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBhosts_access\fR(4) -.SH NOTES -.LP -Terminating \fBrpcbind\fR with \fBSIGKILL\fR prevents the warm-start files from -being written. -.sp -.LP -All \fBRPC\fR servers are restarted if the following occurs: \fBrpcbind\fR -crashes (or is killed with \fBSIGKILL)\fR and is unable to write the -warm-start files; \fBrpcbind\fR is started without the \fB-w\fR option after a -graceful termination. Otherwise, the warm start files are not found by -\fBrpcbind\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7151ccea0f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rpcinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,351 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RPCINFO 1M "Feb 20, 2015" -.SH NAME -rpcinfo \- report RPC information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR [\fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR] [\fB-m\fR | \fB-s\fR] [\fIhost\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-p\fR [\fIhost\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR \fIhost\fR \fIprognum\fR [\fIversnum\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-l\fR [\fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR] \fIhost\fR \fIprognum\fR \fIversnum\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR [\fB-n\fR \fIportnum\fR] \fB-u\fR \fIhost\fR \fIprognum\fR [\fIversnum\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR [\fB-n\fR \fIportnum\fR] \fB-t\fR \fIhost\fR \fIprognum\fR [\fIversnum\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-a\fR \fIserv_address\fR \fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR \fIprognum\fR [\fIversnum\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-b\fR [\fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR] \fIprognum\fR \fIversnum\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-d\fR [\fB-T\fR \fItransport\fR] \fIprognum\fR \fIversnum\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBrpcinfo\fR makes an \fBRPC\fR call to an \fBRPC\fR server and reports what -it finds. -.sp -.LP -In the first synopsis, \fBrpcinfo\fR lists all the registered \fBRPC\fR -services with \fBrpcbind\fR on \fIhost\fR. If \fIhost\fR is not specified, the -local host is the default. If \fB-s\fR is used, the information is displayed in -a concise format. -.sp -.LP -In the second synopsis, \fBrpcinfo\fR lists all the \fBRPC\fR services -registered with \fBrpcbind\fR, version 2. Note that the format of the -information is different in the first and the second synopsis. This is because -the second synopsis is an older protocol used to collect the information -displayed (version 2 of the \fBrpcbind\fR protocol). -.sp -.LP -The third synopsis makes an \fBRPC\fR call to procedure 0 of \fIprognum\fR and -\fIversnum\fR on the specified \fIhost\fR and reports whether a response was -received. \fItransport\fR is the transport which has to be used for contacting -the given service. The remote address of the service is obtained by making a -call to the remote \fBrpcbind\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fIprognum\fR argument is a number that represents an \fBRPC\fR program -number (see \fBrpc\fR(4)). -.sp -.LP -If a \fIversnum\fR is specified, \fBrpcinfo\fR attempts to call that version of -the specified \fIprognum\fR. Otherwise, \fBrpcinfo\fR attempts to find all the -registered version numbers for the specified \fIprognum\fR by calling version -0, which is presumed not to exist; if it does exist, \fBrpcinfo\fR attempts to -obtain this information by calling an extremely high version number instead, -and attempts to call each registered version. Note that the version number is -required for \fB-b\fR and \fB-d\fR options. -.sp -.LP -The \fBEXAMPLES\fR section describe other ways of using \fBrpcinfo\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fI transport\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Specify the transport on which the service is required. If this option is not -specified, \fBrpcinfo\fR uses the transport specified in the \fBNETPATH\fR -environment variable, or if that is unset or \fINULL,\fR the transport in the -\fBnetconfig\fR(4) database is used. This is a generic option, and can be used -in conjunction with other options as shown in the \fBSYNOPSIS\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIserv_address\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Use \fIserv_address\fR as the (universal) address for the service on -\fItransport\fR to \fBping\fR procedure 0 of the specified \fIprognum\fR and -report whether a response was received. The \fB-T\fR option is required with -the \fB-a\fR option. If \fIversnum\fR is not specified, \fBrpcinfo\fR tries to -ping all available version numbers for that program number. This option avoids -calls to remote \fBrpcbind\fR to find the address of the service. The -\fIserv_address\fR is specified in universal address format of the given -transport. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Make an \fBRPC\fR broadcast to procedure 0 of the specified \fIprognum\fR and -\fIversnum\fR and report all hosts that respond. If \fItransport\fR is -specified, it broadcasts its request only on the specified transport. If -broadcasting is not supported by any transport, an error message is printed. -Use of broadcasting should be limited because of the potential for adverse -effect on other systems. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Delete registration for the \fBRPC\fR service of the specified \fIprognum\fR -and \fIversnum\fR. If \fItransport\fR is specified, unregister the service on -only that transport, otherwise unregister the service on all the transports on -which it was registered. Only the owner of a service can delete a registration, -except the superuser, who can delete any service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Display a list of entries with a given \fIprognum\fR and \fIversnum\fR on the -specified \fIhost\fR. Entries are returned for all transports in the same -protocol family as that used to contact the remote \fBrpcbind\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Display a table of statistics of \fBrpcbind\fR operations on the given -\fIhost\fR. The table shows statistics for each version of \fBrpcbind\fR -(versions 2, 3 and 4), giving the number of times each procedure was requested -and successfully serviced, the number and type of remote call requests that -were made, and information about \fBRPC\fR address lookups that were handled. -This is useful for monitoring \fBRPC\fR activities on \fIhost\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fI portnum\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Use \fIportnum\fR as the port number for the \fB-t\fR and \fB-u\fR options -instead of the port number given by \fBrpcbind\fR. Use of this option avoids a -call to the remote \fBrpcbind\fR to find out the address of the service. This -option is made obsolete by the \fB-a\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Probe \fBrpcbind\fR on \fIhost\fR using version 2 of the \fBrpcbind\fR -protocol, and display a list of all registered \fBRPC\fR programs. If -\fIhost\fR is not specified, it defaults to the local host. This option is not -useful for IPv6; use \fB-s\fR (see below) instead. Note that version 2 of the -\fBrpcbind\fR protocol was previously known as the portmapper protocol. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Display a concise list of all registered \fBRPC\fR programs on \fIhost\fR. If -\fIhost\fR is not specified, it defaults to the local host. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Make an \fBRPC\fR call to procedure 0 of \fIprognum\fR on the specified -\fIhost\fR using \fBTCP,\fR and report whether a response was received. This -option is made obsolete by the \fB-T\fR option as shown in the third synopsis. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Make an \fBRPC\fR call to procedure 0 of \fIprognum\fR on the specified -\fIhost\fR using \fBUDP,\fR and report whether a response was received. This -option is made obsolete by the \fB-T\fR option as shown in the third synopsis. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fR\fBRPC\fR services. -.sp -.LP -To show all of the \fBRPC\fR services registered on the local machine use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample%\fR \fBrpcinfo\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To show all of the \fBRPC\fR services registered with \fBrpcbind\fR on the -machine named \fBklaxon\fR use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample%\fR \fBrpcinfo\fR \fBklaxon\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The information displayed by the above commands can be quite lengthy. Use the -\fB-s\fR option to display a more concise list: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample%\fR \fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-s\fR \fBklaxon\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l l l l -l l l l l . -\fBprogram\fR \fBversion(s)\fR \fBnetid(s)\fR \fBservice\fR \fBowner\fR -\fB100000\fR \fB2,3,4\fR \fBtcp,udp,ticlts,ticots,ticotsord\fR \fBrpcbind\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100008\fR \fB1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBwalld\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100002\fR \fB2,1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBrusersd\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100001\fR \fB2,3,4\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,tcp,ticlts,udp\fR \fBrstatd\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100012\fR \fB1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBsprayd\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100007\fR \fB3\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBypbind\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100029\fR \fB1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts\fR \fBkeyserv\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100078\fR \fB4\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts\fR \fB-\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100024\fR \fB1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBstatus\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100021\fR \fB2,1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBnlockmgr\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -\fB100020\fR \fB1\fR \fBticotsord,ticots,ticlts,udp,tcp\fR \fBllockmgr\fR \fBsuperuser\fR -.TE - -.sp -.LP -To show whether the \fBRPC\fR service with program number \fIprognum\fR and -version \fIversnum\fR is registered on the machine named \fBklaxon\fR for the -transport \fBTCP\fR use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample% rpcinfo \fR\fB-T\fR\fB tcp klaxon \fR\fIprognum versnum\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To show all \fBRPC\fR services registered with version 2 of the \fBrpcbind\fR -protocol on the local machine use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample%\fR \fBrpcinfo\fR \fB-p\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To delete the registration for version 1 of the \fBwalld\fR (program number -\fB100008\fR) service for all transports use: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample# rpcinfo \fR\fB-d\fR\fB 100008 1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -or - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample# rpcinfo \fR\fB-d\fR\fB walld 1\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBrpcbind\fR(1M), \fBrpc\fR(3NSL), \fBnetconfig\fR(4), \fBrpc\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rquotad.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rquotad.1m deleted file mode 100644 index feca16055f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rquotad.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RQUOTAD 1M "Apr 30, 2009" -.SH NAME -rquotad \- remote quota server -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/nfs/rquotad\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrquotad\fR is an \fBrpc\fR(4) server which returns quotas for a user of a -local file system which is mounted by a remote machine over the \fBNFS.\fR The -results are used by \fBquota\fR(1M) to display user quotas for remote file -systems. The \fBrquotad\fR daemon is normally invoked by \fBinetd\fR(1M). -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBrquotad\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte (2^31 bytes). -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquotas\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -quota file at a UFS file system root -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBautomountd\fR(1M), \fBinetadm\fR(1M), \fBinetd\fR(1M), -\fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), \fBquota\fR(1M), \fBshare_nfs\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBrpc\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBrquotad\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/nfs/rquota -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Responsibility for -initiating and restarting this service is delegated to \fBinetd\fR(1M). Use -\fBinetadm\fR(1M) to make configuration changes and to view configuration -information for this service. The service's status can be queried using the -\fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -If it is disabled, it will be enabled by \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), -\fBshare_nfs\fR(1M), and \fBautomountd\fR(1M) unless its -\fBapplication/auto_enable\fR property is set to \fBfalse\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rsh.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rsh.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 85696ba0f4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rsh.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RSH 1M "Nov 1, 1993" -.SH NAME -rsh, restricted_shell \- restricted shell command interpreter -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/rsh\fR [\fB-acefhiknprstuvx\fR] [\fIargument\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBrsh\fR is a limiting version of the standard command interpreter \fBsh\fR, -used to restrict logins to execution environments whose capabilities are more -controlled than those of \fBsh\fR (see \fBsh\fR(1) for complete description and -usage). -.sp -.LP -When the shell is invoked, it scans the environment for the value of the -environmental variable, \fBSHELL\fR. If it is found and \fBrsh\fR is the file -name part of its value, the shell becomes a restricted shell. -.sp -.LP -The actions of \fBrsh\fR are identical to those of \fBsh\fR, except that the -following are disallowed: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -changing directory (see \fBcd\fR(1)), -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -setting the value of $\fBPATH\fR, -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -specifying path or command names containing \fB/\fR, -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -redirecting output (\fB>\fR and \fB>>\fR). -.RE -.sp -.LP -The restrictions above are enforced after \fI\&.profile\fR is interpreted. -.sp -.LP -A restricted shell can be invoked in one of the following ways: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -\fBrsh\fR is the file name part of the last entry in the \fB/etc/passwd\fR -file (see \fBpasswd\fR(4)); -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -the environment variable \fBSHELL\fR exists and \fBrsh\fR is the file name -part of its value; the environment variable \fBSHELL\fR needs to be set in the -\fB\&.login\fR file; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -the shell is invoked and \fBrsh\fR is the file name part of argument 0; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -the shell is invoked with the \fB-r\fR option. -.RE -.sp -.LP -When a command to be executed is found to be a shell procedure, \fBrsh\fR -invokes \fBsh\fR to execute it. Thus, it is possible to provide to the end-user -shell procedures that have access to the full power of the standard shell, -while imposing a limited menu of commands; this scheme assumes that the -end-user does not have write and execute permissions in the same directory. -.sp -.LP -The net effect of these rules is that the writer of the \fI\&.profile\fR (see -\fBprofile\fR(4)) has complete control over user actions by performing -guaranteed setup actions and leaving the user in an appropriate directory -(probably \fInot\fR the login directory). -.sp -.LP -The system administrator often sets up a directory of commands (that is, -\fB/usr/rbin\fR) that can be safely invoked by a restricted shell. Some systems -also provide a restricted editor, \fBred\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -Errors detected by the shell, such as syntax errors, cause the shell to return -a non-zero exit status. If the shell is being used non-interactively execution -of the shell file is abandoned. Otherwise, the shell returns the exit status of -the last command executed. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBIntro\fR(1), \fBcd\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBrsh\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), -\fBexec\fR(2), \fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprofile\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The restricted shell, \fB/usr/lib/rsh\fR, should not be confused with the -remote shell, \fB/usr/bin/rsh\fR, which is documented in \fBrsh\fR(1). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rtc.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rtc.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3ac51b4c88..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rtc.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2018 Gary Mills -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" -.Dd January 31, 2018 -.Dt RTC 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm rtc -.Nd provide all real-time clock and UTC-lag management -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Op Fl csuvw -.Op Fl z Ar zone-name -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The Real Time Clock (RTC) is the hardware device on x86 computers that maintains -the date and time. -The RTC is battery-powered, so that it keeps running when the computer is shut -down. -It can be set from the BIOS and also from the operating system running on the -computer. -The RTC has no setting for the time zone or for Daylight Saving Time (DST). -It relies on the operating system for these facilities and for automatic changes -between standard time and DST. -.Pp -On x86 systems, the -.Nm -command reconciles the difference in the way that time is established between -UNIX and Windows systems. -The internal clock on UNIX systems utilizes Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) -while Windows systems usually expect the RTC to run in local time, including DST -changes. -.Pp -Without arguments, -.Nm -displays the currently configured time zone string for the RTC. -The currently configured time zone string is based on what was last recorded by -.Nm Fl z Ar zone-name . -.Pp -The -.Nm -command is not normally run from a shell prompt; it is generally invoked by the -system. -Commands such as -.Xr date 1 -and -.Xr rdate 1M , -which are used to set the time on a system, invoke -.Nm Fl c -to ensure that daylight savings time (DST) is corrected for properly. -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c -This option checks for DST and makes corrections to the RTC if necessary. -It is normally run once a day by a -.Xr cron 1M -job. -.Pp -If there is no RTC time zone or -.Pa /etc/rtc_config -file, this option will do nothing. -.It Fl s -This option specifies that the RTC runs in local standard time all year round. -It is incompatible with Windows, but is convenient if only one operating system -is to be run on the computer. -The -.Xr cron 1M -command is not necessary, and should not be run. -.It Fl u -This option specifies that the RTC runs in UTC time. -As a side effect, it sets the time zone in -.Pa /etc/rtc_config -to UTC. -Windows can operate in UTC time, but requires a registry change to do so. -The -.Xr cron 1M -command is not necessary. -.It Fl v -This option specifies that the RTC tracks local time, including DST changes. -This is the default. -It accomodates Windows with no changes. -The -.Xr cron 1M -command is necessary to change the RTC when DST is in effect. -.It Fl w -This option does nothing. -It is present for compatibility with Solaris 11. -.It Fl z Ar zone-name -This option, which is normally run by the system at software installation time, -is used to specify the time zone in which the RTC is to be maintained. -It updates the configuration file -.Pa /etc/rtc_config -with the name of the specified zone and the current UTC lag for that zone. -If there is an existing -.Pa /etc/rtc_config -file, this command will update it. -If not, this command will create it. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width "/etc/rtc_config" -.It Pa /etc/rtc_config -The data file used to record the time zone and UTC lag. -This file is completely managed by -.Nm . -At boot time, the kernel reads the UTC lag from this file, and uses it to set -the system time. -.El -.Sh ARCHITECTURE -.Sy x86 -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr date 1 , -.Xr cron 1M , -.Xr rdate 1M , -.Xr attributes 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rtquery.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rtquery.1m deleted file mode 100644 index c388551109..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rtquery.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RTQUERY 1M "Apr 24, 2002" -.SH NAME -rtquery \- query routing daemons for their routing tables -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBrtquery\fR [\fB-np1\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fItimeout\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIaddr\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIsecret\fR] \fIhost\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBrtquery\fR [\fB-t\fR \fIoperation\fR] \fIhost\fR... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBrtquery\fR command is used to query a RIP network routing daemon, -\fBin.routed\fR(1M) or \fBGateD\fR, for its routing table by sending a request -or poll command. The routing information in any routing response packets -returned is displayed numerically and symbolically. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBrtquery\fR uses the request command. When the -p option is -specified, \fBrtquery\fR uses the poll command, an undocumented extension to -the RIP protocol supported by \fBGateD\fR. When querying \fBGateD\fR, the poll -command is preferred over the request command because the response is not -subject to Split Horizon and/or Poisoned Reverse, and because some versions of -\fBGateD\fR do not answer the request command. \fBin.routed\fR does not answer -the poll command, but recognizes requests coming from \fBrtquery\fR and so -answers completely. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrtquery\fR command is also used to turn tracing on or off in -\fBin.routed\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBpasswd=\fR\fIXXX\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fBmd5_passwd=\fR\fIXXX\fR|\fIKeyID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Causes the query to be sent with the indicated cleartext or MD5 password. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Displays only the numeric network and host addresses instead of both numeric -and symbolic names. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Uses the poll command to request full routing information from \fBGateD\fR. -This is an undocumented extension RIP protocol supported only by \fBGateD\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIaddr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Asks about the route to destination \fIaddr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIoperation\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Changes tracing, where \fIoperation\fR is one of the actions listed below. -Requests from processes not running with UID 0 or on distant networks are -generally ignored by the daemon except for a message in the system log. -\fBGateD\fR is likely to ignore these debugging requests. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBon=\fItracefile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Turns tracing on, directing tracing into the specified file. That file must -have been specified when the daemon was started or have the name, -\fB/var/log/in.routed.trace\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmore\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Increases the debugging level. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBoff\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Turns off tracing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdump\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Dumps the daemon's routing table to the current trace file. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fItimeout\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Changes the delay for an answer from each host. By default, each host is given -15 seconds to respond. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Queries using RIP version 1 instead of RIP version 2. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBin.routed\fR(1M), \fBroute\fR(1M), \fBgateways\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBicmp\fR(7P), \fBinet\fR(7P), \fBudp\fR(7P) -.sp -.LP -\fIRouting Information Protocol, RIPv1, RFC 1058\fR -.sp -.LP -\fIRouting Information Protocol, RIPv2, RFC 2453, STD 0056\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/runacct.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/runacct.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0c6bbc212a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/runacct.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,322 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RUNACCT 1M "May 11, 1999" -.SH NAME -runacct \- run daily accounting -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/acct/runacct\fR [\fImmdd\fR [\fIstate\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrunacct\fR is the main daily accounting shell procedure. It is normally -initiated using \fBcron\fR. \fBrunacct\fR processes connect, fee, disk, and -process accounting files. It also prepares summary files for \fBprdaily\fR or -billing purposes. \fBrunacct\fR is distributed only to source code licensees. -.sp -.LP -\fBrunacct\fR takes care not to damage active accounting files or summary files -in the event of errors. It records its progress by writing descriptive -diagnostic messages into \fBactive\fR. When an error is detected, a message is -written to \fB/dev/console\fR, mail (see \fBmail\fR(1)) is sent to \fBroot\fR -and \fBadm\fR, and \fBrunacct\fR terminates. \fBrunacct\fR uses a series of -lock files to protect against re-invocation. The files \fBlock\fR and -\fBlock1\fR are used to prevent simultaneous invocation, and \fBlastdate\fR is -used to prevent more than one invocation per day. -.sp -.LP -\fBrunacct\fR breaks its processing into separate, restartable \fIstates\fR -using \fBstatefile\fR to remember the last \fIstate\fR completed. It -accomplishes this by writing the \fIstate\fR name into \fBstatefile\fR. -\fBrunacct\fR then looks in \fBstatefile\fR to see what it has done and to -determine what to process next. \fIstates\fR are executed in the following -order: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSETUP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Move active accounting files into working files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBWTMPFIX\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Verify integrity of \fBwtmpx\fR file, correcting date changes if necessary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCONNECT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Produce connect session records in \fBtacct.h\fR format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPROCESS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Convert process accounting records into \fBtacct.h\fR format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMERGE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Merge the connect and process accounting records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFEES\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Convert output of \fBchargefee\fR into \fBtacct.h\fR format, merge with -connect, and process accounting records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDISK\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Merge disk accounting records with connect, process, and fee accounting -records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMERGETACCT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Merge the daily total accounting records in \fBdaytacct\fR with the summary -total accounting records in \fB/var/adm/acct/sum/tacct\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCMS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Produce command summaries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUSEREXIT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Any installation dependent accounting programs can be included here. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCLEANUP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Clean up temporary files and exit. To restart \fBrunacct\fR after a failure, -first check the \fBactive\fR file for diagnostics, then fix any corrupted data -files, such as \fBpacct\fR or \fBwtmpx\fR. The \fBlock\fR, \fBlock1\fR, and -\fBlastdate\fR files must be removed before \fBrunacct\fR can be restarted. -The argument \fImmdd\fR is necessary if \fBrunacct\fR is being restarted. -\fImmdd\fR specifies the month and day for which \fBrunacct\fR will rerun the -accounting. The entry point for processing is based on the contents of \fB -statefile\fR; to override this, include the desired \fIstate\fR on the command -line to designate where processing should begin. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRStarting \fBrunacct\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example starts \fBrunacct\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% nohup runacct 2> /var/adm/acct/nite/fd2log & -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRestarting \fBrunacct\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example restarts \fBrunacct\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% nohup runacct 0601 2>> /var/adm/acct/nite/fd2log & -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRRestarting \fBrunacct\fR at a Specific State -.sp -.LP -The following example restarts \fBrunacct\fR at a specific state: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% nohup runacct 0601 MERGE 2>> /var/adm/acct/nite/fd2log & -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -History of user access and administration information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/pacct\fR\fIincr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/active\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/daytacct\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/lock1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/lastdate\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/acct/nite/statefile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBacctcom\fR(1), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBacct\fR(1M), \fBacctcms\fR(1M), -\fBacctcon\fR(1M), \fBacctmerg\fR(1M), \fBacctprc\fR(1M), \fBacctsh\fR(1M), -\fBcron\fR(1M), \fBfwtmp\fR(1M), \fBacct\fR(2), \fBacct.h\fR(3HEAD), -\fButmpx\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -It is not recommended to restart \fBrunacct\fR in the \fBSETUP\fR \fIstate\fR. -Run \fBSETUP\fR manually and restart using: -.sp -.LP -\fBrunacct\fR \fImmdd\fR \fBWTMPFIX\fR -.sp -.LP -If \fBrunacct\fR failed in the \fBPROCESS\fR \fIstate,\fR remove the last -\fBptacct\fR file because it will not be complete. -.sp -.LP -The \fBrunacct\fR command can process a maximum of -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -6000 distinct sessions -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -1000 distinct terminal lines -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -2000 distinct login names -.RE -.sp -.LP -during a single invocation of the command. If at some point the actual number -of any one of these items exceeds the maximum, the command will not succeed. -.sp -.LP -Do not invoke \fBrunacct\fR at the same time as \fBckpacct\fR, as there may be -a conflict if both scripts attempt to execute \fBturnacct switch\fR -simultaneously. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/rwall.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/rwall.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d66b962b75..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/rwall.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1988 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH RWALL 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -rwall \- write to all users over a network -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rwall\fR \fIhostname\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rwall\fR \fB-n\fR \fInetgroup\fR... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/rwall\fR \fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR \fB-n\fR \fInetgroup\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBrwall\fR reads a message from standard input until EOF. It then sends this -message, preceded by the line: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBBroadcast Message .\|.\|.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.LP -to all users logged in on the specified host machines. With the \fB-n\fR -option, it sends to the specified network groups. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fI netgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Send the broadcast message to the specified network groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fI hostname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify the \fBhostname\fR, the name of the host machine. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBlisten\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), -\fBwall\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The timeout is fairly short to allow transmission to a large group of machines -(some of which may be down) in a reasonable amount of time. Thus the message -may not get through to a heavily loaded machine. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sac.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sac.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1e0a31879c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sac.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2002, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SAC 1M "Apr 21, 2009" -.SH NAME -sac \- service access controller -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsac\fR \fB-t\fR \fIsanity_interval\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/saf/sac\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The Service Access Controller (SAC) is the overseer of the server machine. It -is started when the server machine enters multiuser mode. The \fBSAC\fR -performs several important functions as explained below. -.SS "Customizing the SAC Environment" -.sp -.LP -When \fBsac\fR is invoked, it first looks for the per-system configuration -script \fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR. \fBsac\fR interprets \fB_sysconfig\fR to -customize its own environment. The modifications made to the \fBSAC\fR -environment by \fB_sysconfig\fR are inherited by all the children of the -\fBSAC.\fR This inherited environment may be modified by the children. -.SS "Starting Port Monitors" -.sp -.LP -After it has interpreted the \fB_sysconfig\fR file, the \fBsac\fR reads its -administrative file \fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR. \fB_sactab\fR specifies which port -monitors are to be started. For each port monitor to be started, \fBsac\fR -forks a child (see \fBfork\fR(2)) and creates a \fButmpx\fR entry with the -\fBtype\fR field set to \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fR. Each child then interprets its -per-port monitor configuration script \fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config\fR -, if the file exists. These modifications to the environment affect the port -monitor and will be inherited by all its children. Finally, the child process -\fBexec\fRs the port monitor, using the command found in the \fB_sactab\fR -entry. (See \fBsacadm\fR; this is the command given with the \fB-c\fR option -when the port monitor is added to the system.) -.SS "Polling Port Monitors to Detect Failure" -.sp -.LP -The \fB-t\fR option sets the frequency with which \fBsac\fR polls the port -monitors on the system. This time may also be thought of as half of the maximum -latency required to detect that a port monitor has failed and that recovery -action is necessary. -.SS "Administrative functions" -.sp -.LP -The Service Access Controller represents the administrative point of control -for port monitors. Its administrative tasks are explained below. -.sp -.LP -When queried (\fBsacadm\fR with either \fB-l\fR or \fB-L\fR), the Service -Access Controller returns the status of the port monitors specified, which -\fBsacadm\fR prints on the standard output. A port monitor may be in one of six -states: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBENABLED\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor is currently running and is accepting connections. See -\fBsacadm\fR(1M) with the \fB-e\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDISABLED\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor is currently running and is not accepting connections. See -\fBsacadm\fR with the \fB-d\fR option, and see \fBNOTRUNNING\fR, below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTARTING\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor is in the process of starting up. \fBSTARTING\fR is an -intermediate state on the way to \fBENABLED\fR or \fBDISABLED\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFAILED\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor was unable to start and remain running. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSTOPPING\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor has been manually terminated but has not completed its -shutdown procedure. \fBSTOPPING\fR is an intermediate state on the way to -\fBNOTRUNNING\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNOTRUNNING\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The port monitor is not currently running. (See \fBsacadm\fR with \fB-k\fR.) -This is the normal "not running" state. When a port monitor is killed, all -ports it was monitoring are inaccessible. It is not possible for an external -user to tell whether a port is not being monitored or the system is down. If -the port monitor is not killed but is in the \fBDISABLED\fR state, it may be -possible (depending on the port monitor being used) to write a message on the -inaccessible port telling the user who is trying to access the port that it is -disabled. This is the advantage of having a \fBDISABLED\fR state as well as the -\fBNOTRUNNING\fR state. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -When a port monitor terminates, the \fBSAC\fR removes the \fButmpx\fR entry for -that port monitor. -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAC\fR receives all requests to enable, disable, start, or stop port -monitors and takes the appropriate action. -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAC\fR is responsible for restarting port monitors that terminate. -Whether or not the \fBSAC\fR will restart a given port monitor depends on two -things: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The restart count specified for the port monitor when the port monitor was -added by \fBsacadm\fR; this information is included in -\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_sactab.\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The number of times the port monitor has already been restarted. -.RE -.SH SECURITY -.sp -.LP -\fBsac\fR uses \fBpam\fR(3PAM) for session management. The \fBPAM\fR -configuration policy, listed through \fB/etc/pam.conf\fR, specifies the session -management module to be used for \fBsac\fR. Here is a partial \fBpam.conf\fR -file with entries for \fBsac\fR using the UNIX session management module. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sac session required pam_unix_session.so.1 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If there are no entries for the \fBsac\fR service, then the entries for the -"other" service will be used. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fIsanity_interval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Sets the frequency (\fIsanity_interval\fR) with which \fBsac\fR polls the port -monitors on the system. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/adm/utmpx\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/saf/_log\fR -.RE -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBfork\fR(2) \fBpam\fR(3PAM), -\fBpam.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), -\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBpam_unix\fR(5) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is -provided by \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), and -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5). -.sp -.LP -The service access controller service is managed by the service management -facility, \fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/sac:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sacadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sacadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index adcb22fef0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sacadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,549 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SACADM 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -sacadm \- service access controller administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-a\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR \fB-t\fR \fItype\fR \fB-c\fR \fIcmd\fR \fB-v\fR \fIver\fR [\fB-f\fR dx] [\fB-n\fR \fIcount\fR] - [\fB-y\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIscript\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-r\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-s\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-k\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-e\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-d\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-l\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR | \fB-t\fR \fItype\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-L\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR | \fB-t\fR \fItype\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-g\fR \fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR [\fB-z\fR \fIscript\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-G\fR [\fB-z\fR \fIscript\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-x\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsacadm\fR is the administrative command for the upper level of the Service -Access Facility hierarchy (port monitor administration). \fBsacadm\fR performs -the following functions: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -adds or removes a port monitor -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -starts or stops a port monitor -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -enables or disables a port monitor -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -installs or replaces a per-system configuration script -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -installs or replaces a per-port monitor configuration script -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -prints requested port monitor information -.RE -.sp -.LP -Requests about the status of port monitors (\fB-l\fR and \fB-L\fR) and requests -to print per-port monitor and per-system configuration scripts (\fB-g\fR and -\fB-G\fR without the \fB-z\fR option) may be executed by any user on the -system. Other \fBsacadm\fR commands may be executed only by the super-user. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Add a port monitor. When adding a port monitor, \fBsacadm\fR creates the -supporting directory structure in \fB/etc/saf\fR and \fB/var/saf\fR and adds an -entry for the new port monitor to \fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR. The file -\fB_sactab\fR already exists on the delivered system. Initially, it is empty -except for a single line, which contains the version number of the Service -Access Controller. Unless the command line that adds the new port monitor -includes the \fB-f\fR option with the \fB-x\fR argument, the new port monitor -will be started. Because of the complexity of the options and arguments that -follow the \fB- a\fR option, it may be convenient to use a command script or -the menu system to add port monitors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcmd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Execute the command string \fIcmd\fR to start a port monitor. The \fB-c\fR -option may be used only with a \fB-a\fR. A \fB-a\fR option requires a \fB-c\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Disable the port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Enable the port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fBdx\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-f\fR option specifies one or both of the following two flags which are -then included in the flags field of the \fB_sactab\fR entry for the new port -monitor. If the \fB-f\fR option is not included on the command line, no flags -are set and the default conditions prevail. By default, a port monitor is -started. A \fB-f\fR option with no following argument is illegal. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBd\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Do not enable the new port monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBx\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Do not start the new port monitor. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-g\fR option is used to request output or to install or replace the -per-port monitor configuration script \fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config\fR. -\fB-g\fR requires a \fB-p\fR option. The \fB-g\fR option with only a \fB-p\fR -option prints the per-port monitor configuration script for port monitor -\fIpmtag\fR. The \fB-g\fR option with a \fB-p\fR option and a \fB-z\fR option -installs the file \fBscript\fR as the per-port monitor configuration script -for port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. Other combinations of options with \fB-g\fR are -invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-G\fR option is used to request output or to install or replace the -per-system configuration script \fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR. The \fB-G\fR option -by itself prints the per-system configuration script. The \fB-G\fR option in -combination with a \fB-z\fR option installs the file \fBscript\fR as the -per-system configuration script. Other combinations of options with a \fB-G\fR -option are invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Stop port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-l\fR option is used to request port monitor information. The \fB-l\fR -by itself lists all port monitors on the system. The \fB-l\fR option in -combination with the \fB-p\fR option lists only the port monitor specified by -\fIpmtag\fR. A \fB-l\fR in combination with the \fB-t\fR option lists all port -monitors of type \fBtype\fR. Any other combination of options with the \fB-l\fR -option is invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-L\fR option is identical to the \fB-l\fR option except that the output -appears in a condensed format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Set the restart count to \fIcount\fR. If a restart count is not specified, -count is set to \fB0\fR. A count of \fB0\fR indicates that the port monitor is -not to be restarted if it fails. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpmtag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specifies the tag associated with a port monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Remove port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. \fBsacadm\fR removes the port monitor entry -from \fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR. If the removed port monitor is not running, then -no further action is taken. If the removed port monitor is running, the Service -Access Controller (SAC) sends it \fBSIGTERM\fR to indicate that it should shut -down. Note that the port monitor's directory structure remains intact. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Start a port monitor. The SAC starts the port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fBtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specifies the port monitor type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fBver\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specifies the version number of the port monitor. This version number may be -given as -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB\fR\fB-v\fR\fB `\fR\fIpmspec\fR \fB-V\fR` -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fIpmspec\fR is the special administrative command for port monitor -\fIpmtag\fR. This special command is \fBttyadm\fR for \fBttymon\fR and -\fBnlsadmin\fR for \fBlisten\fR. The version stamp of the port monitor is known -by the command and is returned when \fIpmspec\fR is invoked with a \fB-V\fR -option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fB-x\fR option by itself tells the SAC to read its database file -(\fB_sactab\fR). The \fB-x\fR option with the \fB-p\fR option tells port -monitor \fIpmtag\fR to read its administrative file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Include \fIcomment\fR in the \fB_sactab\fR entry for port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fBscript\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Used with the \fB-g\fR and \fB-G\fR options to specify the name of a file that -contains a configuration script. With the \fB-g\fR option, \fBscript\fR is a -per-port monitor configuration script; with \fB-G\fR it is a per-system -configuration script. Modifying a configuration script is a three-step -procedure. First a copy of the existing script is made (\fB-g\fR or \fB-G\fR). -Then the copy is edited. Finally, the copy is put in place over the existing -script (\fB-g\fR or \fB-G\fR with \fB-z\fR). -.RE - -.SH OUTPUT -.sp -.LP -If successful, \fBsacadm\fR will exit with a status of \fB0\fR. If \fBsacadm\fR -fails for any reason, it will exit with a nonzero status. Options that request -information will write the information on the standard output. In the condensed -format (\fB-L\fR), port monitor information is printed as a sequence of -colon-separated fields; empty fields are indicated by two successive colons. -The standard format (\fB-l\fR) prints a header identifying the columns, and -port monitor information is aligned under the appropriate headings. In this -format, an empty field is indicated by a hyphen. The comment character is -\fB#\fR. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA sample output of the \fBsacadm\fR command. -.sp -.LP -The following command line adds a port monitor. The port monitor tag is -\fBnpack\fR; its type is \fBlisten\fR; if necessary, it will restart three -times before failing; its administrative command is \fBnlsadmin\fR; and the -configuration script to be read is in the file \fBscript\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm \fR\fB-a\fR\fB \fR\fB-p\fR\fB npack \fR\fB-t\fR\fB listen \fR\fB-c\fR\fB /usr/lib/saf/listen npack\fR -\fB\fR\fB-v\fR\fB `nlsadmin \fR\fB-V\fR\fB` \fR\fB-n\fR\fB 3 \fR\fB-z\fR\fB script\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Remove a port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-r\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Start the port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-s\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Stop the port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-k\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Enable the port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-e\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Disable the port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-d\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List status information for all port monitors: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List status information for the port monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-l\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List the same information in condensed format: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-L\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -List status information for all port monitors whose type is \fBlisten\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-l\fR \fB-t\fR \fBlisten\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Replace the per-port monitor configuration script associated with the port -monitor whose tag is \fBpmtag\fR with the contents of the file -\fBfile.config\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBsacadm\fR \fB-g\fR \fB-p\fR \fBpmtag\fR \fB-z\fR \fBfile.config\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fIpmtag\fR\fR\fB/_config\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsac\fR(1M), \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/saf.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/saf.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 56e7c77b6c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/saf.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1508 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SAF 1M "Jul 30, 1998" -.SH NAME -saf \- Service Access Facility -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAF\fR generalizes the procedures for service access so that login -access on the local system and network access to local services are managed in -similar ways. Under the \fBSAF,\fR systems may access services using a variety -of port monitors, including ttymon, the listener, and port monitors written -expressly for a user's application. The manner in which a port monitor observes -and manages access ports is specific to the port monitor and not to any -component of the \fBSAF.\fR Users may therefore extend their systems by -developing and installing their own port monitors. One of the important -features of the \fBSAF\fR is that it can be extended in this way by users. -.sp -.LP -Relative to the \fBSAF,\fR a service is a process that is started. There are no -restrictions on the functions a service may provide. The \fBSAF\fR consists of -a controlling process, the service access controller (SAC), and two -administrative levels corresponding to two levels in the supporting directory -structure. The top administrative level is concerned with port monitor -administration, the lower level with service administration. The \fBSAC\fR is -documented in the \fBsac\fR(1M) man page. The administrative levels and -associated utilities are documented in the \fISystem Administration Guide - -Volume II\fR. The requirements for writing port monitors and the functions a -port monitor must perform to run under the \fBSAF\fR and the \fBSAC\fR are -documented here. -.SS "Port Monitors" -.sp -.LP -A port monitor is a process that is responsible for monitoring a set of -homogeneous, incoming ports on a machine. A port monitor's major purpose is to -detect incoming service requests and to dispatch them appropriately. -.sp -.LP -A port is an externally seen access point on a system. A port may be an address -on a network (TSAP or PSAP), a hardwired terminal line, an incoming phone line, -etc. The definition of what constitutes a port is strictly a function of the -port monitor itself. -.sp -.LP -A port monitor performs certain basic functions. Some of these are required to -conform to the \fBSAF;\fR others may be specified by the requirements and -design of the port monitor itself. Port monitors have two main functions: -managing ports and monitoring ports for indications of activity. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPort Management\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -The first function of a port monitor is to manage a port. The actual details of -how a port is managed are defined by the person who defines the port monitor. A -port monitor is not restricted to handling a single port; it may handle -multiple ports simultaneously. -.sp -Some examples of port management are setting the line speed on incoming phone -connections, binding an appropriate network address, reinitializing the port -when the service terminates, outputting a prompt, etc. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBActivity Monitoring\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -The second function of a port monitor is to monitor the port or ports for which -it is responsible for indications of activity. Two types of activity may be -detected. -.sp -The first is an indication to the port monitor to take some port -monitor-specific action. Pressing the break key to indicate that the line speed -should be cycled is an example of a port monitor activity. Not all port -monitors need to recognize and respond to the same indications. The indication -used to attract the attention of the port monitor is defined by the person who -defines the port monitor. -.sp -The second is an incoming service request. When a service request is received, -a port monitor must be able to determine which service is being requested from -the port on which the request is received. The same service may be available on -more than one port. -.RE - -.SS "Other Port Monitor Functions" -.sp -.LP -This section briefly describes other port monitor functions. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBRestricting Access to the System\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A port monitor must be able to restrict access to the system without disturbing -services that are still running. In order to do this, a port monitor must -maintain two internal states: enabled and disabled. The port monitor starts in -the state indicated by the \fBISTATE\fR environment variable provided by the -\fBsac.\fR See sac(1M) for details. Enabling or disabling a port monitor -affects all ports for which the port monitor is responsible. If a port monitor -is responsible for a single port, only that port will be affected. If a port -monitor is responsible for multiple ports, the entire collection of ports will -be affected. Enabling or disabling a port monitor is a dynamic operation: it -causes the port monitor to change its internal state. The effect does not -persist across new invocations of the port monitor. Enabling or disabling an -individual port, however, is a static operation: it causes a change to an -administrative file. The effect of this change will persist across new -invocations of the port monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCreating \fButmpx\fR Entries\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Port monitors are responsible for creating \fButmpx\fR entries with the type -field set to USER_PROCESS for services they start. If this action has been -specified, by using the \fB-fu\fR option in the \fBpmadm\fR command line that -added the service, these \fButmpx\fR entries may in turn be modified by the -service. When the service terminates, the \fButmpx\fR entry must be set to -DEAD_PROCESS. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPort Monitor Process IDs and Lock Files\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When a port monitor starts, it writes its process id into a file named -\fB_pid\fR in the current directory and places an advisory lock on the file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBChanging the Service Environment: Running\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) Before invoking the service designated in the port monitor -administrative file, \fB_pmtab\fR, a port monitor must arrange for the -per-service configuration script to be run, if one exists, by calling the -library function \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL). Because the per-service configuration -script may specify the execution of restricted commands, as well as for other -security reasons, port monitors are invoked with root permissions. The details -of how services are invoked are specified by the person who defines the port -monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTerminating a Port Monitor\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A port monitor must terminate itself gracefully on receipt of the signal -\fBSIGTERM.\fR The termination sequence is the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -The port monitor enters the stopping state; no further service requests are -accepted. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Any attempt to re-enable the port monitor will be ignored. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -The port monitor yields control of all ports for which it is responsible. It -must be possible for a new instantiation of the port monitor to start correctly -while a previous instantiation is stopping. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -The advisory lock on the process id file is released. Once this lock is -released, the contents of the process id file are undefined and a new -invocation of the port monitor may be started. -.RE -.RE - -.SS "SAF Files" -.sp -.LP -This section briefly covers the files used by the \fBSAF.\fR -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBThe Port Monitor Administrative File\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A port monitor's current directory contains an administrative file named -\fB_pmtab\fR; \fB_pmtab\fR is maintained by the \fBpmadm\fR command in -conjunction with a port monitor-specific administrative command. -.sp -The port monitor administrative command for a listen port monitor is -\fBnlsadmin\fR(1M); the port monitor administrative command for ttymon is -\fBttyadm\fR(1M). Any port monitor written by a user must be provided with an -administrative command specific to that port monitor to perform similar -functions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPer-Service Configuration Files\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A port monitor's current directory also contains the per-service configuration -scripts, if they exist. The names of the per-service configuration scripts -correspond to the service tags in the \fB_pmtab\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPrivate Port Monitor Files\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A port monitor may create private files in the directory -\fB/var/saf/\fR\fItag\fR, where \fItag\fR is the name of the port monitor. -Examples of private files are log files or temporary files. -.RE - -.SS "The SAC/Port Monitor Interface" -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAC\fR creates two environment variables for each port monitor it -starts:\fBPMTAG\fR and \fBISTATE\fR. -.sp -.LP -This variable is set to a unique port monitor tag by the \fBSAC.\fR The port -monitor uses this tag to identify itself in response to \fBsac\fR messages. -\fBISTATE\fR is used to indicate to the port monitor what its initial internal -state should be. \fBISTATE\fR is set to "enabled" or "disabled" to indicate -that the port monitor is to start in the enabled or disabled state -respectively. -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAC\fR performs a periodic sanity poll of the port monitors. The -\fBSAC\fR communicates with port monitors through FIFOs. A port monitor should -open _pmpipe, in the current directory, to receive messages from the \fBSAC\fR -and \fB\&../_sacpipe\fR to send return messages to the \fBSAC.\fR -.SS "Message Formats" -.sp -.LP -This section describes the messages that may be sent from the \fBSAC\fR to a -port monitor (\fBsac\fR messages), and from a port monitor to the \fBSAC\fR -(port monitor messages). These messages are sent through FIFOs and are in the -form of C structures. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsac\fR Messages\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -The format of messages from the \fBSAC\fR is defined by the structure -\fBsacmsg\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -struct sacmsg -{ - int sc_size; /* size of optional data portion */ - char sc_type; /* type of message */ -}; -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBSAC\fR may send four types of messages to port monitors. The type of -message is indicated by setting the \fBsc_type\fR field of the \fBsacmsg\fR -structure to one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSC_STATUS\|\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -status request -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSC_ENABLE\|\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -enable message -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSC_DISABLE\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -disable message -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBSC_READDB\|\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -message indicating that the port monitor's _pmtab file should be read -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBsc_size\fR field indicates the size of the optional data part of the -message. See "Message Classes." For Solaris, \fBsc_size\fR should always be set -to 0. A port monitor must respond to every message sent by the \fBsac.\fR -.SS "Port Monitor Messages" -.sp -.LP -The format of messages from a port monitor to the \fBSAC\fR is defined by the -structure \fBpmmsg\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -struct pmmsg { - char pm_type; /* type of message */ - unchar_t pm_state; /* current state of port monitor */ - char pm_maxclass; /* maximum message class this port - monitor understands */ - char pm_tag[PMTAGSIZE + 1]; /* port monitor's tag */ - int pm_size; /* size of optional data portion */ -}; -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Port monitors may send two types of messages to the \fBSAC.\fR The type of -message is indicated by setting the \fBpm_type\fR field of the \fBpmmsg\fR -structure to one of the following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_STATUS\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -state information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_UNKNOWN\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -negative acknowledgment -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For both types of messages, the \fBpm_tag\fR field is set to the port monitor's -tag and the \fBpm_state\fR field is set to the port monitor's current state. -Valid states are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_STARTING\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -starting -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_ENABLED\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -enabled -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_DISABLED\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -disabled -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPM_STOPPING\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -stopping -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The current state reflects any changes caused by the last message from the -\fBSAC.\fR The status message is the normal return message. The negative -acknowledgment should be sent only when the message received is not understood. -\fBpm_size\fR indicates the size of the optional data part of the message. -\fBpm_maxclass\fR is used to specify a message class. Both are discussed under -"Message Classes." In Solaris, always set \fBpm_maxclass\fR to 1 and -\fBsc_size\fR to 0. Port monitors may never initiate messages; they may only -respond to messages that they receive. -.SS "Message Classes" -.sp -.LP -The concept of message class has been included to accommodate possible -\fBSAF\fR extensions. The messages described above are all class 1 messages. -None of these messages contains a variable data portion; all pertinent -information is contained in the message header. If new messages are added to -the protocol, they will be defined as new message classes (for example, class -2). The first message the \fBSAC\fR sends to a port monitor will always be a -class 1 message. Since all port monitors, by definition, understand class 1 -messages, the first message the \fBSAC\fR sends is guaranteed to be understood. -In its response to the \fBSAC,\fR the port monitor sets the \fBpm_maxclass\fR -field to the maximum message class number for that port monitor. The \fBSAC\fR -will not send messages to a port monitor from a class with a larger number than -the value of \fBpm_maxclass\fR. Requests that require messages of a higher -class than the port monitor can understand will fail. For Solaris, always set -\fBpm_maxclass\fR to 1. -.sp -.LP -For any given port monitor, messages of class \fBpm_maxclass\fR and messages of -all classes with values lower than \fBpm_maxclass\fR are valid. Thus, if the -\fBpm_maxclass\fR field is set to 3, the port monitor understands messages of -classes 1, 2, and 3. Port monitors may not generate messages; they may only -respond to messages. A port monitor's response must be of the same class as the -originating message. Since only the \fBSAC\fR can generate messages, this -protocol will function even if the port monitor is capable of dealing with -messages of a higher class than the \fBSAC\fR can generate. \fBpm_size\fR (an -element of the pmmsg structure) and \fBsc_size\fR (an element of the -\fBsacmsg\fR structure) indicate the size of the optional data part of the -message. The format of this part of the message is undefined. Its definition is -inherent in the type of message. For Solaris, always set both \fBsc_size\fR and -\fBpm_size\fR to \fB0\fR. -.SS "Administrative Interface" -.sp -.LP -This section discusses the port monitor administrative files available under -the \fBSAC.\fR -.SS "The SAC Administrative File _sactab" -.sp -.LP -The service access controller's administrative file contains information about -all the port monitors for which the \fBSAC\fR is responsible. This file exists -on the delivered system. Initially, it is empty except for a single comment -line that contains the version number of the \fBSAC.\fR Port monitors are added -to the system by making entries in the \fBSAC's\fR administrative file. These -entries should be made using the administrative command \fBsacadm\fR(1M) with a -\fB-a\fR option. \fBsacadm\fR(1M) is also used to remove entries from the -\fBSAC's\fR administrative file. Each entry in the \fBSAC's\fR administrative -file contains the following information. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPMTAG\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A unique tag that identifies a particular port monitor. The system -administrator is responsible for naming a port monitor. This tag is then used -by the \fBSAC\fR to identify the port monitor for all administrative purposes. -\fBPMTAG\fR may consist of up to 14 alphanumeric characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPMTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The type of the port monitor. In addition to its unique tag, each port monitor -has a type designator. The type designator identifies a group of port monitors -that are different invocations of the same entity. ttymon and listen are -examples of valid port monitor types. The type designator is used to facilitate -the administration of groups of related port monitors. Without a type -designator, the system administrator has no way of knowing which port monitor -tags correspond to port monitors of the same type. \fBPMTYPE\fR may consist of -up to 14 alphanumeric characters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLGS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The flags that are currently defined are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBd\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -When started, do not enable the port monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBx\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Do not start the port monitor. -.RE - -If no flag is specified, the default action is taken. By default a port monitor -is started and enabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRCNT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -The number of times a port monitor may fail before being placed in a failed -state. Once a port monitor enters the failed state, the \fBSAC\fR will not try -to restart it. If a count is not specified when the entry is created, this -field is set to 0. A restart count of 0 indicates that the port monitor is not -to be restarted when it fails. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMMAND\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A string representing the command that will start the port monitor. The first -component of the string, the command itself, must be a full path name. -.RE - -.SS "The Port Monitor Administrative File _pmtab" -.sp -.LP -Each port monitor will have two directories for its exclusive use. The current -directory will contain files defined by the \fBSAF\fR (\fB_pmtab\fR, -\fB_pid\fR) and the per-service configuration scripts, if they exist. The -directory \fB/var/saf/\fR\fIpmtag,\fR where \fIpmtag\fR is the tag of the port -monitor, is available for the port monitor's private files. Each port monitor -has its own administrative file. The \fBpmadm\fR(1M) command should be used to -add, remove, or modify service entries in this file. Each time a change is made -using \fBpmadm\fR(1M), the corresponding port monitor rereads its -administrative file. Each entry in a port monitor's administrative file defines -how the port monitor treats a specific port and what service is to be invoked -on that port. Some fields must be present for all types of port monitors. Each -entry must include a service tag to identify the service uniquely and an -identity to be assigned to the service when it is started (for example, root). -.sp -.LP -The combination of a service tag and a port monitor tag uniquely define an -instance of a service. The same service tag may be used to identify a service -under a different port monitor. The record must also contain port monitor -specific data (for example, for a ttymon port monitor, this will include the -prompt string which is meaningful to ttymon). Each type of port monitor must -provide a command that takes the necessary port monitor-specific data as -arguments and outputs these data in a form suitable for storage in the file. -The \fBttyadm\fR(1M) command does this for ttymon and \fBnlsadmin\fR(1M) does -it for listen. For a user-defined port monitor, a similar administrative -command must also be supplied. Each service entry in the port monitor -administrative file must have the following format and contain the information -listed below: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svctag:flgs:id:reserved:reserved:reserved:pmspecific# comment -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBSVCTAG\fR is a unique tag that identifies a service. This tag is unique only -for the port monitor through which the service is available. Other port -monitors may offer the same or other services with the same tag. A service -requires both a port monitor tag and a service tag to identify it uniquely. -\fBSVCTAG\fR may consist of up to 14 alphanumeric characters. The service -entries are defined as: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFLGS\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Flags with the following meanings may currently be included in this field: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBx\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Do not enable this port. By default the port is enabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBu\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Create a utmpx entry for this service. By default no utmpx entry is created -for the service. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBID\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The identity under which the service is to be started. The identity has the -form of a login name as it appears in \fB/etc/passwd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPMSPECIFIC\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Examples of port monitor information are addresses, the name of a process to -execute, or the name of a STREAMS-based pipe to pass a connection through. This -information will vary to meet the needs of each different type of port monitor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCOMMENT\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -A comment associated with the service entry. Port monitors may ignore the -\fIu\fR flag if creating a utmpx entry for the service is not appropriate to -the manner in which the service is to be invoked. Some services may not start -properly unless utmpx entries have been created for them (for example, login). -Each port monitor administrative file must contain one special comment of the -form: -.sp -# VERSION=value -.sp -where \fIvalue\fR is an integer that represents the port monitor's version -number. The version number defines the format of the port monitor -administrative file. This comment line is created automatically when a port -monitor is added to the system. It appears on a line by itself, before the -service entries. -.RE - -.SS "Monitor-Specific Administrative Command" -.sp -.LP -Previously, two pieces of information included in the \fB_pmtab\fR file were -described: the port monitor's version number and the port monitor part of the -service entries in the port monitor's \fB_pmtab\fR file. When a new port -monitor is added, the version number must be known so that the \fB_pmtab\fR -file can be correctly initialized. When a new service is added, the port -monitor part of the \fB_pmtab\fR entry must be formatted correctly. Each port -monitor must have an administrative command to perform these two tasks. The -person who defines the port monitor must also define such an administrative -command and its input options. When the command is invoked with these options, -the information required for the port monitor part of the service entry must be -correctly formatted for inclusion in the port monitor's \fB_pmtab\fR file and -must be written to the standard output. To request the version number the -command must be invoked with a \fB-V\fR option; when it is invoked in this way, -the port monitor's current version number must be written to the standard -output. If the command fails for any reason during the execution of either of -these tasks, no data should be written to standard output. -.SS "The Port Monitor/Service Interface" -.sp -.LP -The interface between a port monitor and a service is determined solely by the -service. Two mechanisms for invoking a service are presented here as examples. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNew Service Invocations\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The first interface is for services that are started anew with each request. -This interface requires the port monitor to first \fBfork\fR(2) a child -process. The child will eventually become the designated service by performing -an \fBexec\fR(1). Before the \fBexec\fR(1) happens, the port monitor may take -some port monitor-specific action; however, one action that must occur is the -interpretation of the per-service configuration script, if one is present. This -is done by calling the library routine \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBStanding Service Invocations\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The second interface is for invocations of services that are actively running. -To use this interface, a service must have one end of a stream pipe open and be -prepared to receive connections through it. -.RE - -.SS "Port Monitor Requirements" -.sp -.LP -To implement a port monitor, several generic requirements must be met. This -section summarizes these requirements. In addition to the port monitor itself, -an administrative command must be supplied. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBInitial Environment\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -When a port monitor is started, it expects an initial execution environment in -which: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -It has no file descriptors open -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -It cannot be a process group leader -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -It has an entry in \fB/etc/utmpx\fR of type LOGIN_PROCESS -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -An environment variable, \fBISTATE,\fR is set to "enabled" or "disabled" to -indicate the port monitor's correct initial state -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -An environment variable, \fBPMTAG,\fR is set to the port monitor's assigned tag -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The directory that contains the port monitor's administrative files is its -current directory -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -pThe port monitor is able to create private files in the directory -\fB/var/saf/\fR\fItag\fR, where \fItag\fR is the port monitor's tag -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The port monitor is running with user id 0 (root) -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBImportant Files\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -Relative to its current directory, the following key files exist for a port -monitor. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB_config\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The port monitor's configuration script. The port monitor configuration script -is run by the SAC. The \fBSAC\fR is started by \fBinit\fR(1M) as a result of an -entry in \fB/etc/inittab\fR that calls \fBsac\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB_pid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The file into which the port monitor writes its process id. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB_pmtab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The port monitor's administrative file. This file contains information about -the ports and services for which the port monitor is responsible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB_pmpipe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The\fB FIFO\fR through which the port monitor will receive messages from the -\fBSAC.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The per-service configuration script for the service with the tag \fIsvctag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&../_sacpipe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The \fBFIFO\fR through which the port monitor will send messages to -\fBsac\fR(1M). -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "Port Monitor Responsibilities" -.sp -.LP -A port monitor is responsible for performing the following tasks in addition to -its port monitor function: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Write its process id into the file \fB_pid\fR and place an advisory lock on the -file -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Terminate gracefully on receipt of the signal SIGTERM -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Follow the protocol for message exchange with the \fBSAC\fR -.RE -.sp -.LP -A port monitor must perform the following tasks during service invocation: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Create a \fButmpx\fR entry if the requested service has the \fBu\fR flag set in -\fB_pmtab\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Port monitors may ignore this flag if creating a \fButmpx\fR entry for the -service does not make sense because of the manner in which the service is to be -invoked. On the other hand, some services may not start properly unless utmpx -entries have been created for them. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Interpret the per-service configuration script for the requested service, if it -exists, by calling the \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) library routine -.RE -.SS "Configuration Files and Scripts" -.sp -.LP -The library routine \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), defined in \fBlibnsl.so\fR, -interprets the configuration scripts contained in the files -\fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR (the per-system configuration file), and -\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config\fR (per-port monitor configuration -files); and in \fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/svctag\fR (per-service -configuration files). Its syntax is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#include - int doconfig (int fd, char *script, long rflag); -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\fBscript\fR is the name of the configuration script; \fIfd\fR is a file -descriptor that designates the stream to which stream manipulation operations -are to be applied; \fIrflag\fR is a bitmask that indicates the mode in which -script is to be interpreted. \fIrflag\fR may take two values, \fBNORUN\fR and -\fBNOASSIGN,\fR which may be or'd. If \fIrflag\fR is zero, all commands in the -configuration script are eligible to be interpreted. If \fIrflag\fR has the -\fBNOASSIGN\fR bit set, the assign command is considered illegal and will -generate an error return. If \fIrflag\fR has the \fBNORUN\fR bit set, the run -and runwait commands are considered illegal and will generate error returns. If -a command in the script fails, the interpretation of the script ceases at that -point and a positive integer is returned; this number indicates which line in -the script failed. If a system error occurs, a value of \(mi1 is returned. If a -script fails, the process whose environment was being established should not be -started. In the example, \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) is used to interpret a -per-service configuration script. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\|.\|.\|. - if ((i = doconfig (fd, svctag, 0)) != 0){ - error ("doconfig failed on line %d of script %s",i,svctag); - } -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBThe Per-System Configuration File\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The per-system configuration file, \fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR, is delivered -empty. It may be used to customize the environment for all services on the -system by writing a command script in the interpreted language described in -this chapter and on the \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) manpage. When the \fBSAC\fR is -started, it calls the \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) function to interpret the per-system -configuration script. The \fBSAC\fR is started when the system enters multiuser -mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPer-Port Monitor Configuration Files\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Per-port monitor configuration scripts -(\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config)\fR are optional. They allow the user to -customize the environment for any given port monitor and for the services that -are available through the ports for which that port monitor is responsible. -Per-port monitor configuration scripts are written in the same language used -for per-system configuration scripts. The per-port monitor configuration script -is interpreted when the port monitor is started. The port monitor is started by -the \fBSAC\fR after the \fBSAC\fR has itself been started and after it has run -its own configuration script, \fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR. The per-port monitor -configuration script may override defaults provided by the per-system -configuration script. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPer-Service Configuration Files\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Per-service configuration files allow the user to customize the environment for -a specific service. For example, a service may require special privileges that -are not available to the general user. Using the language described in the -\fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL) manpage, you can write a script that will grant or limit -such special privileges to a particular service offered through a particular -port monitor. The per-service configuration may override defaults provided by -higher-level configuration scripts. For example, the per-service configuration -script may specify a set of STREAMS modules other than the default set. -.RE - -.SS "The Configuration Language" -.sp -.LP -The language in which configuration scripts are written consists of a sequence -of commands, each of which is interpreted separately. The following reserved -keywords are defined: \fBassign\fR, \fBpush\fR, \fBpop\fR, \fBrunwait\fR, and -\fBrun\fR. The comment character is #. Blank lines are not significant. No line -in a command script may exceed 1024 characters. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBassign\fR \fIvariable\fR=\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used to define environment variables; \fIvariable\fR is the name of the -environment variable and \fIvalue\fR is the value to be assigned to it. The -value assigned must be a string constant; no form of parameter substitution is -available. \fIvalue\fR may be quoted. The quoting rules are those used by the -shell for defining environment variables. \fBassign\fR will fail if space -cannot be allocated for the new variable or if any part of the specification is -invalid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpush\fR \fImodule1\fR[,\fImodule2, module3\fR, ...]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used to push STREAMS modules onto the stream designated by \fBfd\fR; -\fImodule1\fR is the name of the first module to be pushed, \fImodule2\fR is -the name of the second module to be pushed, and so on. The command will fail if -any of the named modules cannot be pushed. If a module cannot be pushed, the -subsequent modules on the same command line will be ignored and modules that -have already been pushed will be popped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpop\fR [\fImodule\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Used to pop STREAMS modules off the designated stream. If \fBpop\fR is invoked -with no arguments, the top module on the stream is popped. If an argument is -given, modules will be popped one at a time until the named module is at the -top of the stream. If the named module is not on the designated stream, the -stream is left as it was and the command fails. If \fImodule\fR is the special -keyword \fBALL\fR, then all modules on the stream will be popped. Only modules -above the topmost driver are affected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrunwait\fR \fBcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBrunwait\fR command runs a command and waits for it to complete; -\fBcommand\fR is the path name of the command to be run. The command is run -with \fB/bin/sh\fR \fB-c\fR prepended to it; shell scripts may thus be executed -from configuration scripts. The \fBrunwait\fR command will fail if command -cannot be found or cannot be executed, or if \fBcommand\fR exits with a nonzero -status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrun\fR \fBcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBrun\fR command is identical to \fBrunwait\fR except that it does not -wait for command to complete; \fBcommand\fR is the path name of the command to -be run. \fBrun\fR will not fail unless it is unable to create achild process -to execute the command. Although they are syntactically indistinguishable, some -of the commands available to \fBrun\fR and \fBrunwait\fR are interpreter -built-in commands. Interpreter built-ins are used when it is necessary to alter -the state of a process within the context of that process. The \fBdoconfig\fR -interpreter built-in commands are similar to the shell special commands and, -like these, they do not spawn another process for execution. See the -\fBsh\fR(1) man page. The initial set of built-in commands is: \fBcd\fR, -\fBulimit\fR, \fBumask\fR. -.RE - -.SS "Sample Port Monitor Code" -.sp -.LP -This example shows an example of a "null" port monitor that simply responds to -messages from the \fBSAC.\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -># include -# include -# include -# include -# include -# include - -char Scratch[BUFSIZ]; /* scratch buffer */ -char Tag[PMTAGSIZE + 1]; /* port monitor's tag */ -FILE *Fp; /* file pointer for log file */ -FILE *Tfp; /* file pointer for pid file */ -char State; /* portmonitor's current state*/ - -main(argc, argv) - int argc; - char *argv[]; -{ - char *istate; - strcpy(Tag, getenv("PMTAG")); -/* - * open up a log file in port monitor's private directory - */ - sprintf(Scratch, "/var/saf/%s/log", Tag); - Fp = fopen(Scratch, "a+"); - if (Fp == (FILE *)NULL) - exit(1); - log(Fp, "starting"); -/* - * retrieve initial state (either "enabled" or "disabled") and set - * State accordingly - */ - istate = getenv("ISTATE"); - sprintf(Scratch, "ISTATE is %s", istate); - log(Fp, Scratch); - if (!strcmp(istate, "enabled")) - State = PM_ENABLED; - else if (!strcmp(istate, "disabled")) - State = PM_DISABLED; - else { - log(Fp, "invalid initial state"); - exit(1); - } - sprintf(Scratch, "PMTAG is %s", Tag); - log(Fp, Scratch); -/* - * set up pid file and lock it to indicate that we are active - */ - Tfp = fopen("_pid", "w"); - if (Tfp == (FILE *)NULL) { - log(Fp, "couldn't open pid file"); - exit(1); - } - if (lockf(fileno(Tfp), F_TEST, 0) < 0) { - log(Fp, "pid file already locked"); - exit(1); - } - - log(Fp, "locking file"); - if (lockf(fileno(Tfp), F_LOCK, 0) < 0) { - log(Fp, "lock failed"); - exit(1); - } - fprintf(Tfp, "%d", getpid()); - fflush(Tfp); - -/* - * handle poll messages from the sac ... this function never returns - */ - handlepoll(); - pause(); - fclose(Tfp); - fclose(Fp); -} - -handlepoll() -{ - int pfd; /* file descriptor for incoming pipe */ - int sfd; /* file descriptor for outgoing pipe */ - struct sacmsg sacmsg; /* incoming message */ - struct pmmsg pmmsg; /* outgoing message */ -/* - * open pipe for incoming messages from the sac - */ - pfd = open("_pmpipe", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK); - if (pfd < 0) { - log(Fp, "_pmpipe open failed"); - exit(1); - } -/* - * open pipe for outgoing messages to the sac - */ - sfd = open("../_sacpipe", O_WRONLY); - if (sfd < 0) { - log(Fp, "_sacpipe open failed"); - exit(1); - } -/* - * start to build a return message; we only support class 1 messages - */ - strcpy(pmmsg.pm_tag, Tag); - pmmsg.pm_size = 0; - pmmsg.pm_maxclass = 1; -/* - * keep responding to messages from the sac - */ - for (;;) { - if (read(pfd, &sacmsg, sizeof(sacmsg)) != sizeof(sacmsg)) { - log(Fp, "_pmpipe read failed"); - exit(1); - } -/* - * determine the message type and respond appropriately - */ - switch (sacmsg.sc_type) { - case SC_STATUS: - log(Fp, "Got SC_STATUS message"); - pmmsg.pm_type = PM_STATUS; - pmmsg.pm_state = State; - break; - case SC_ENABLE: - /*note internal state change below*/ - log(Fp, "Got SC_ENABLE message"); - pmmsg.pm_type = PM_STATUS; - State = PM_ENABLED; - pmmsg.pm_state = State; - break; - case SC_DISABLE: - /*note internal state change below*/ - log(Fp, "Got SC_DISABLE message"); - pmmsg.pm_type = PM_STATUS; - State = PM_DISABLED; - pmmsg.pm_state = State; - break; - case SC_READDB: - /* - * if this were a fully functional port - * monitor it would read _pmtab here - * and take appropriate action - */ - log(Fp, "Got SC_READDB message"); - pmmsg.pm_type = PM_STATUS; - pmmsg.pm_state = State; - break; - default: - sprintf(Scratch, "Got unknown message <%d>", - sacmsg.sc_type); - log(Fp, Scratch); - pmmsg.pm_type = PM_UNKNOWN; - pmmsg.pm_state = State; - break; - } -/* - * send back a response to the poll - * indicating current state - */ - if (write(sfd, &pmmsg, sizeof(pmmsg)) != sizeof(pmmsg)) - log(Fp, "sanity response failed"); - } -} -/* - * general logging function - */ -log(fp, msg) - FILE *fp; - char *msg; -{ - fprintf(fp, "%d; %s\en", getpid(), msg); - fflush(fp); -} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "The sac.h Header File" -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the sac.h header file. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/* length in bytes of a utmpx id */ -# define IDLEN 4 -/* wild character for utmpx ids */ -# define SC_WILDC 0xff -/* max len in bytes for port monitor tag */ -# define PMTAGSIZE 14 -/* - * values for rflag in doconfig() - */ -/* don't allow assign operations */ -# define NOASSIGN 0x1 -/* don't allow run or runwait operations */ -# define NORUN 0x2 -/* - * message to SAC (header only). This header is forever fixed. The - * size field (pm_size) defines the size of the data portion of the - * message, which follows the header. The form of this optional data - * portion is defined strictly by the message type (pm_type). - */ -struct pmmsg { - char pm_type; /* type of message */ - unchar_t pm_state; /* current state of pm */ - char pm_maxclass; /* max message class this port monitor - understands */ - char pm_tag[PMTAGSIZE + 1]; /* pm's tag */ - int pm_size; /* size of opt data portion */ -}; -/* - * pm_type values - */ -# define PM_STATUS 1 /* status response */ -# define PM_UNKNOWN 2 /* unknown message was received */ -/* - * pm_state values - */ -/* - * Class 1 responses - */ -# define PM_STARTING 1 /* monitor in starting state */ -# define PM_ENABLED 2 /* monitor in enabled state */ -# define PM_DISABLED 3 /* monitor in disabled state */ -# define PM_STOPPING 4 /* monitor in stopping state */ -/* - * message to port monitor - */ -struct sacmsg { - int sc_size; /* size of optional data portion */ - char sc_type; /* type of message */ -}; -/* - * sc_type values - * These represent commands that the SAC sends to a port monitor. - * These commands are divided into "classes" for extensibility. Each - * subsequent "class" is a superset of the previous "classes" plus - * the new commands defined within that "class". The header for all - * commands is identical; however, a command may be defined such that - * an optional data portion may be sent in addition to the header. - * The format of this optional data piece is self-defining based on - * the command. The first message sent by the SAC - * will always be a class 1 message. The port monitor response - * indicates the maximum class that it is able to understand. Another - * note is that port monitors should only respond to a message with - * an equivalent class response (i.e. a class 1 command causes a - * class 1 response). - */ -/* - * Class 1 commands (currently, there are only class 1 commands) - */ -# define SC_STATUS 1 /* status request * -# define SC_ENABLE 2 /* enable request */ -# define SC_DISABLE 3 /* disable request */ -# define SC_READDB 4 /* read pmtab request */ -/* - * `errno' values for Saferrno, note that Saferrno is used by both - * pmadm and sacadm and these values are shared between them - */ -# define E_BADARGS 1 /* bad args/ill-formed cmd line */ -# define E_NOPRIV 2 /* user not priv for operation */ -# define E_SAFERR 3 /* generic SAF error */ -# define E_SYSERR 4 /* system error */ -# define E_NOEXIST 5 /* invalid specification */ -# define E_DUP 6 /* entry already exists */ -# define E_PMRUN 7 /* port monitor is running */ -# define E_PMNOTRUN 8 /* port monitor is not running */ -# define E_RECOVER 9 - /* in recovery */ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SS "Directory Structure" -.sp -.LP -This section gives a description of the \fBSAF\fR files and directories. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/_sysconfig\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The per-system configuration script. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/_sactab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The \fBSAC's\fR administrative file. Contains information about the port -monitors for which the SAC is responsible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The home directory for port monitor \fIpmtag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_config\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The per-port monitor configuration script for port monitor pmtag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_pmtab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -Port monitor pmtag's administrative file. Contains information about the -services for which \fIpmtag\fR is responsible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/\fR\fIsvctag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The file in which the per-service configuration script for service \fIsvctag\fR -(available through port monitor \fBpmtag\fR) is placed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fB/_pid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The file in which a port monitor writes its process id in the current directory -and places an advisory lock on the file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/saf/\fR \fBpmtag\fR \fB/_pmpipe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The file in which the port monitor receives messages from the \fBSAC\fR and -\fB\&../_sacpipe\fR and sends return messages to the \fBSAC.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/saf/_log\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The \fBSAC's\fR log file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/saf/\fR\fIpmtag\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 28n -The directory for files created by port monitor \fIpmtag,\fR for example its -log file. -.RE - -.SH LIST OF COMMANDS -.sp -.LP -The following administrative commands relate to \fBSAF.\fR -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsacadm\fR(1M)\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -port monitor administrative command -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpmadm\fR(1M)\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -service administration command -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBexec\fR(1), \fBsh\fR(1), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBnlsadmin\fR(1M), -\fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsac\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBttyadm\fR(1M), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fBdoconfig\fR(3NSL), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sar.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sar.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 854e8d5b4a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sar.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SAR 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -sar, sa1, sa2, sadc \- system activity report package -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sa/sadc\fR [\fIt\fR \fIn\fR] [\fIofile\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sa/sa1\fR [\fIt\fR \fIn\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sa/sa2\fR [\fB-aAbcdgkmpqruvwy\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fItime\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfilename\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIsec\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fItime\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -System activity data can be accessed at the special request of a user (see -\fBsar\fR(1)) and automatically, on a routine basis, as described here. The -operating system contains several counters that are incremented as various -system actions occur. These include counters for \fBCPU\fR utilization, buffer -usage, disk and tape \fBI/O\fR activity, \fBTTY\fR device activity, switching -and system-call activity, file-access, queue activity, inter-process -communications, and paging. For more general system statistics, use -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1), or \fBvmstat\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -\fBsadc\fR and two shell procedures, \fBsa1\fR and \fBsa2\fR, are used to -sample, save, and process this data. -.sp -.LP -\fBsadc\fR, the data collector, samples system data \fIn\fR times, with an -interval of \fIt\fR seconds between samples, and writes in binary format to -\fIofile\fR or to standard output. The sampling interval \fIt\fR should be -greater than 5 seconds; otherwise, the activity of \fBsadc\fR itself may affect -the sample. If \fIt\fR and \fIn\fR are omitted, a special record is written. -This facility can be used at system boot time, when booting to a multi-user -state, to mark the time at which the counters restart from zero. For example, -when accounting is enabled, the \fBsvc:/system/sar:default\fR service writes -the restart mark to the daily data file using the command entry: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -su sys -c "/usr/lib/sa/sadc /var/adm/sa/sa\&'date +%d\&'" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The shell script \fBsa1\fR, a variant of \fBsadc\fR, is used to collect and -store data in the binary file \fB/var/adm/sa/sa\fR\fIdd,\fR where \fBdd\fR is -the current day. The arguments \fIt\fR and \fIn\fR cause records to be written -\fIn\fR times at an interval of \fIt\fR seconds, or once if omitted. The -following entries in \fB/var/spool/cron/crontabs/sys\fR will produce records -every 20 minutes during working hours and hourly otherwise: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -0 * * * 0-6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 -20,40 8\(mi17 * * 1\(mi5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBcrontab\fR(1) for details. -.sp -.LP -The shell script \fBsa2\fR, a variant of \fBsar\fR, writes a daily report in -the file \fB/var/adm/sa/sar\fR\fIdd.\fR See the \fBOPTIONS\fR section in -\fBsar\fR(1) for an explanation of the various options. The following entry in -\fB/var/spool/cron/crontabs/sys\fR will report important activities hourly -during the working day: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -5 18 * * 1\(mi5 /usr/lib/sa/sa2 \fB-s\fR 8:00 \fB-e\fR 18:01 \fB-i\fR 1200 \fB-A\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/sa.adrfl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -address file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/sa/sa\fR\fBdd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Daily data file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/sa/sar\fR\fBdd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Daily report file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/cron/crontabs/sys\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBcrontab\fR(1), \fBsar\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBtimex\fR(1), -\fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBvmstat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBsar\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/sar -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sasinfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sasinfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3098e2b84d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sasinfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,733 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SASINFO 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -sasinfo \- Serial Attached SCSI HBA port command line interface -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR hba [\fB-v\fR] [\fIHBA_Name\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR hba-port [\fB-lvy\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIHBA_Name\fR] [\fIHBA_port_nam\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR expander [\fB-vt\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIHBA_port_Name\fR] [\fIExpander_SAS_Addr\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR target-port [\fB-s\fR | \fB-v\fR] [\fITarget_port_SAS_Addr\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR logical-unit | lu [\fB-v\fR] [\fIdevice_path\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR [\fB-V\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsasinfo\fR [\fB-?\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsasinfo\fR utility is a command line interface that collects -administrative information on Serial Attached SCSI-2 (SAS-2) host bus adapter -(HBA) that supports the Storage Management HBA API (SM-HBA). The utility -reports attributes of HBA ports and of expander devices and SCSI target devices -that might be connected to those HBA ports. -.sp -.LP -\fBsasinfo\fR is implemented as a set of subcommands, described below. -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The following subcommands are supported by \fBsasinfo\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhba\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information for the HBA referenced by the specified \fIHBA_name\fR. If -\fIHBA_name\fR is not specified, all HBAs on the host will be listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhba-port\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information for the HBA port referenced by the specified -\fIHBA_port_Name\fR. If \fIHBA_port_Name\fR is not specified, all HBA ports on -the host will be listed. Note that HBA ports can be dynamically -configured/unconfigured so that the number of HBA ports on an HBA can change as -connections to target devices are established. With no connections to a storage -device, no HBA port is configured. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexpander\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists hierarchical view of the expander referenced by the specified -\fIExpander_SAS_Addr\fR. If no argument is specified, all expanders that are -visible across all HBA ports on the host will be listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget-port\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists information for those target ports referenced by -\fITarget_port_SAS_Addr\fR address. If no argument is specified, all target -ports that are visible on the host will be listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogical-unit\fR | \fBlu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the logical unit referenced by the specified \fIdevice_path\fR. If -\fIdevice_path\fR is not specified, all SAS logical units will be listed, -including the SAS Management Protocol (SMP) target port. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-?\fR, \fB--help\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays usage information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR, \fB--hba\fR \fIHBA_Name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Retrieve HBA port information from the \fIHBA_Name\fR of an HBA on the host. -The \fB-a\fR option can only be used with the \fBhba-port\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR, \fB--phy-linkstat\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the link error statistics information for the \fBphy\fRs on the HBA port -referenced by the specified \fIHBA_port_Name\fR or all HBA ports if no HBA port -is specified. This option is used only with the \fBhba-port\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIHBA_port_SAS_Addr\fR, \fB--port\fR \fIHBA_port_SAS_Addr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Retrieve remote port information from the \fIHBA_port_SAS_Addr\fR of the local -HBA port on the host. The \fB-p\fR option can be used only with the -\fBexpander\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR, \fB--scsi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists SCSI attributes for target ports that are requested for display. This -option is only used for the \fBtarget-port\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display details on hardware information, such as SAS address, topology device, -and so forth, based on which subcommand is invoked. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the version information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR, \fB--phy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists the \fBphy\fR information on the HBA port specified by -\fIHBA_port_Name\fR or all HBA ports if no HBA port is specified. This option -is used only with the \fBhba-port\fR subcommand. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRListing All HBAs -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all HBAs on the host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing All HBAs with Details -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all HBAs on the host, along with related details. -Note that each HBA has two HBA ports configured, with each HBA port connected -to a storage device. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba -v\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - Manufacturer: sun - Model: SAS Gen-2 - Firmware Version: 1.1 - FCode/BIOS Version: 1.1 - Serial Number: 111-11111 - Driver Name: smvsl - Driver Version: 1.1 - Number of HBA Ports: 2 -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-1 - Manufacturer: sun - Model: SAS Gen-2 - Firmware Version: 1.1 - FCode/BIOS Version: 1.1 - Serial Number: 111-11111 - Driver Name: smvsl - Driver Version: 1.1 - Number of HBA Ports: 2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing All HBA Ports -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all HBA ports on the host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba-port\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c2 -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-1 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c3 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c4 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRListing all HBA Ports with Details -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all HBA ports, with accompanying details. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba-port -v\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Type: sas-device - State: online - Local SAS Address: 5000c50000d756aa - Attached Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a502bf - Number of Phys: 4 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c25000c50000d756cc - Type: sas-device - State: online - Local SAS Address: 5000c50000d756aa - Attached Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a503bf - Number of Phys: 4 -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-1 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c3 - Type: sas-device - State: online - Local SAS Address: 5000c50000d756cc - Attached Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a504bf - Number of Phys: 4 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c4 - Type: sas-device - State: online - Local SAS Address: 5000c50000d756cc - Attached Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a505bf - Number of Phys: 4 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRListing \fBphy\fR Information for All HBA Ports -.sp -.LP -The following command lists \fBphy\fR information for all HBA ports. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba-port -y\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Phy Information: - Identifier: 0 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 1 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 2 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 3 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c2 - Phy Information: - Identifier: 4 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 5 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 6 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 7 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-1 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c3 - Phy Information: - Identifier: 0 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 1 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 2 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 3 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c4 - Phy Information: - Identifier: 4 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 5 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 6 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Identifier: 7 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRListing \fBphy\fR Link Error Statistics for a Specific HBA Port -.sp -.LP -The following command lists \fBphy\fR link error statistics for a particular -port. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo hba-port -ly /dev/cfg/c1\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Phy Information: - Identifier: 0 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Link Error Statistics: - Invalid Dword: 0 - Running Disparity Error: 0 - Loss of Dword Sync: 0 - Reset Problem: 0 - Identifier: 1 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Link Error Statistics: - Invalid Dword: 0 - Running Disparity Error: 0 - Loss of Dword Sync: 0 - Reset Problem: 0 - Identifier: 2 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Link Error Statistics: - Invalid Dword: 0 - Running Disparity Error: 0 - Loss of Dword Sync: 0 - Reset Problem: 0 - Identifier: 3 - State: enabled - HardwareLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - ProgrammedLinkRate(Min/Max): 1.5Gbit/3Gbit - NegotiatedLinkRate: 3Gbit - Link Error Statistics: - Invalid Dword: 0 - Running Disparity Error: 0 - Loss of Dword Sync: 0 - Reset Problem: 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRListing Expanders Connected to an HBA Port -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all expanders that are visible through the -specified HBA port. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo expander -p /dev/cfg/c1\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a502bf - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a50233 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da812 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a503bf - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a502d2 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da823 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRListing Detailed Information on Expanders -.sp -.LP -The following command lists detailed information on all expanders that are -visible through the specified HBA port. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo expander -v -p /dev/cfg/c1\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a502bf - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd0 - State: online - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a50233 - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd2 - State: online - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da812 - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd3 - State: online - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a503bf - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd1 - State: online - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a502d2 - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd3 - State: online - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da823 - OS Device Name: /dev/smp/expd4 - State: online -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRListing Target Ports Attached to Expanders -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all target ports that are attached to expanders -connected to a specified HBA port. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo expander -t -p /dev/cfg/c1\fR -HBA Name: SUNW-pmcs-0 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a502bf - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a504f1 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a50233 - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a502be - Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000d2da8b2 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da812 - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a502be - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a508b2 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 1): 50800201a5a503bf - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a50421 - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2): 50800201a5a502d2 - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a503be - Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000d2da7be - Expander SAS Address(Tier 2); 5000c5000d2da823 - Target Port SAS Address: 50800201a5a503be - Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000d2da7be -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRListing Target Port Information -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all target ports discovered on the host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo target-port\fR -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae4009 -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000baef4b1 -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae3fe1 -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae49d9 -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae36c5 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRListing Target Port Information with Topology Details -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all target ports with the HBA port and expander -that they are connected to. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo target-port -v\fR -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae4009 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000baef4b1 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae3fe1 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae49d9 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae36c5 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRListing Target Ports with SCSI Information -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all target port details, including SCSI information -for each target port. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo target-port -s 5000c5000bae4009\fR -Target Port SAS Address: 5000c5000bae4009 - Type: SAS Device - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c7 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - LUN : 0 - OS Device Name : /dev/rdsk/c6t5000C5000BAE400Bd0s2 - Vendor: Sun - Product: J4400 - Device Type: Disk - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c5 - Expander Device SAS Address: 500e004aaaaaaa3f - LUN : 0 - OS Device Name : /dev/rdsk/c6t5000C5000BAE400Bd0s2 - Vendor: Sun - Product: J4400 - Device Type: Disk -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRListing the Logical Units -.sp -.LP -The following command lists the logical units on a host. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo logical-unit\fR -OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c4t50020F2300B4904Ed0s2 -OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c4t50020F230000B4AFd0s2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRListing Additional Information on Logical Units -.sp -.LP -The following command displays additional logical unit information using the -\fB-v\fR option for device \fB/dev/rmt/On\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsasinfo lu -v\fR -OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c4t50020F2300B4904Ed0s2 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Target Port SAS Address: 50020f2300b4904e - LUN: 0 - Vendor: Sun - Product: J4400 - Device Type: Disk -OS Device Name: /dev/rdsk/c4t50020F230000B4AFd0s2 - HBA Port Name: /dev/cfg/c1 - Target Port SAS Address: 50020f230063100b - LUN: 0 - Vendor: Sun - Product: J4400 - Device Type: Disk -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/savecore.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/savecore.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 051c9f2a9e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/savecore.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. The Berkeley software License Agreement specifies the terms and conditions for redistribution. -.\" Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.TH SAVECORE 1M "Jun 15, 2019" -.SH NAME -savecore \- save a crash dump of the operating system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/savecore\fR [\fB-L\fR | \fB-r\fR] [\fB-vd\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIkeyfile\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIdumpfile\fR] [\fIdirectory\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsavecore\fR utility saves a crash dump of the kernel (assuming that one -was made) and writes a reboot message in the shutdown log. By default, it is -invoked by the \fBdumpadm\fR service each time the system boots. -.sp -.LP -Depending on the \fBdumpadm\fR(1M) configuration \fBsavecore\fR saves either -the compressed or uncompressed crash dump. The compressed crash dump is saved in -the file \fIdirectory\fR\fB/vmdump.\fR\fIn\fR. -\fBsavecore\fR saves the uncompressed crash dump data in the file -\fIdirectory\fR\fB/vmcore.\fR\fIn\fR and the kernel's namelist in -\fIdirectory\fR\fB/unix.\fR\fIn.\fR The trailing \fIn\fR in the -pathnames is replaced by a number which grows every time \fBsavecore\fR is run -in that directory. -.sp -.LP -Before writing out a crash dump, \fBsavecore\fR reads a number from the file -\fIdirectory\fR\fB/minfree\fR. This is the minimum number of kilobytes that -must remain free on the file system containing \fIdirectory\fR. If after saving -the crash dump the file system containing \fIdirectory\fR would have less free -space the number of kilobytes specified in \fBminfree\fR, the crash dump is not -saved. if the \fBminfree\fR file does not exist, \fBsavecore\fR assumes a -\fBminfree\fR value of 1 megabyte. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsavecore\fR utility also logs a reboot message using facility -\fBLOG_AUTH\fR (see \fBsyslog\fR(3C)). If the system crashed as a result of a -panic, \fBsavecore\fR logs the panic string too. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Disregard dump header valid flag. Force \fBsavecore\fR to attempt to save a -crash dump even if the header information stored on the dump device indicates -the dump has already been saved. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIdumpfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Uncompress and save a crash dump and kernel namelist data from the specified -compressed dump file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIkeyfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specifies that the dump should be decrypted based on the key found -in \fIkeyfile\fR. Encrypted dumps are always decrypted before being stored -in the file system, and must always be stored compressed. (That is, -decompression can only occur on a decrypted dump.) The key must match the -key specified when dump encryption is enabled via \fBdumpadm\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Save a crash dump of the live running system, without actually -rebooting or altering the system in any way. This option forces \fBsavecore\fR -to save a live snapshot of the system to the dump device, and then immediately -to retrieve the data and to write it out to a new set of crash dump files in -the specified directory. Live system crash dumps can only be performed if you -have configured your system to have a dedicated dump device using -\fBdumpadm\fR(1M). -.sp -\fBsavecore\fR \fB-L\fR does not suspend the system, so the contents of memory -continue to change while the dump is saved. This means that live crash dumps -are not fully self-consistent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Open the dump device or file as read-only, and don't update the dump header -or do anything else that might modify the crash dump. This option can be used -to recover a crash dump from a read-only device. This flag cannot be used in -conjunction with \fB\fB-L\fR\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Verbose. Enables verbose error messages from \fBsavecore\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Save the crash dump files to the specified directory. If \fIdirectory\fR is not -specified, \fBsavecore\fR saves the crash dump files to the default -\fBsavecore\fR \fIdirectory\fR, configured by \fBdumpadm\fR(1M). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fB/vmdump.\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fB/vmcore.\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fB/unix.\fR\fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fB/bounds\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdirectory\fR\fB/minfree\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/crash/\&`uname \fR\fB-n\fR\fB\&`\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 29n -default crash dump directory -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBadb\fR(1), \fBmdb\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBdumpadm\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The system crash dump service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/dumpadm:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -If the dump device is also being used as a swap device, you must run -\fBsavecore\fR very soon after booting, before the swap space containing the -crash dump is overwritten by programs currently running. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sbdadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sbdadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5445dff56f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sbdadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SBDADM 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -sbdadm \- SCSI Block Disk command line interface -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsbdadm\fR \fBcreate-lu\fR [\fB-s\fR, \fB--size\fR \fIsize\fR] \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsbdadm\fR \fBdelete-lu\fR \fIlu_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsbdadm\fR \fBimport-lu\fR \fIlu_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsbdadm\fR \fBlist-lu\fR \fIlu_name\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsbdadm\fR \fBmodify-lu\fR [\fB-s\fR, \fB--size\fR \fIsize\fR] \fIlu_name\fR | \fIfilename\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsbdadm\fR command creates and manages SCSI-block-device-based logical -units that are registered with the SCSI Target Mode Framework (STMF). -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The \fBsbdadm\fR command supports the subcommands listed below. Note that if -you enter a question mark as an argument to the command (\fBsbdadm ?\fR), -\fBsbdadm\fR responds with a help display. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate-lu\fR [\fB-s\fR, \fB--size\fR \fIsize\fR] \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a logical unit that can be registered with the STMF. For the \fB-s\fR -option, \fIsize\fR is an integer followed by one of the following letters, to -indicate a unit of size: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -kilobyte -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBm\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -megabyte -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -gigabyte -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -terabyte -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -petabyte -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBe\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -exabyte -.RE - -If you do not specify \fIsize\fR, the size defaults to the size of -\fIfilename\fR. -.sp -The size specified can exceed the size of the file or device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete-lu\fR \fIlu_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes an existing logical unit that was created using \fBsbdadm create-lu\fR. -This effectively unloads the logical unit from the STMF framework. Any existing -data on the logical unit remains intact. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBimport-lu\fR \fIlu_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Imports and loads a logical unit into the STMF that was previously created -using \fBsbdadm create-lu\fR and was since deleted from the STMF using -\fBsbdadm delete-lu\fR. On success, the logical unit is again made available to -the STMF. \fIfilename\fR is the filename used in the \fBsbdadm create-lu\fR -command for this logical unit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist-lu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List all logical units that were created using the \fBsbdadm create-lu\fR -command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmodify-lu\fR [\fB-s\fR, \fB--size\fR \fIsize\fR] \fIlu_name\fR | -\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modifies attributes of an logical unit created using the \fBsbdadm create-lu\fR -command. For the \fB-s\fR option, \fIsize\fR is an integer value followed by a -unit specifier. The unit specifiers are as described above under -\fBcreate-lu\fR. When this option is specified, the existing size of the -logical unit is changed to the new size. -.sp -The size specified can exceed the size of the file or device represented by -\fIlu_name\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -\fBsbdadm\fR use the following operands: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of an existing file or a fully qualified path to a raw block device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIlu_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The 32-byte hexadecimal representation of the logical unit. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating a Logical Unit -.sp -.LP -The following series of commands creates a 10-gigabyte logical unit. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBtouch /export/lun/0\fR -# \fBsbdadm create-lu -s 10g /export/lun/0\fR -# \fBsbdadm create-lu /dev/rdsk/c1t1d0s0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRListing Logical Units -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all logical units. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsbdadm list-lu\fR -Found 2 LU(s) - - GUID DATA SIZE SOURCE --------------------------------- ----------- ------ -6000ae4000144f21d92c47b0dd650002 10737352704 /export/lun/0 -6000ae4000144f21d92c47b0de300032 134283264 /dev/rdsk/c1t1d0s0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBstmfadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/scadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/scadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ea5e80a080..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/scadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1074 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SCADM 1M "Dec 20, 2005" -.SH NAME -scadm \- administer System Controller (SC) -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/\fIplatform-name\fR/sbin/scadm\fR \fIsubcommand\fR [\fIoption\fR] - [\fIargument\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBscadm\fR utility administers the System Controller (\fBSC\fR). This -utility allows the host server to interact with the \fBSC\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fBscadm\fR utility \fBmust\fR be run as root. -.sp -.LP -The interface, output, and location in the directory hierarchy for \fBscadm\fR -are uncommitted and might change. -.sp -.LP -\fIplatform-name\fR is the name of the platform implementation. Use the -\fBuname\fR \fB-i\fR command to identify the platform implementation. See -\fBuname\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -The \fBscadm\fR utility has a number of subcommands. Some subcommands have -specific options and arguments associated with them. See \fBSUBCOMMANDS\fR, -\fBOPTIONS\fR, \fBOPERANDS\fR, and \fBUSAGE\fR. -.SS "SUBCOMMANDS" -.sp -.LP -Subcommands immediately follow the \fBscadm\fR command on the command line, and -are separated from the command by a SPACE. -.sp -.LP -The following subcommands are supported -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBconsolehistory\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the \fBSC\fR's console log. The \fBSC\fR maintains a running log which -captures all console output. This log is maintained as a first-in, first-out -buffer: New console output may displace old console output if the buffer is -full. By default, only the last eight kilobytes of the console log file are -displayed. -.sp -The optional \fB-a\fR argument specifies that the entire console log file be -displayed. -.sp -It is possible for the \fBSC\fR to fill this log more quickly than the -\fBconsolehistory\fR subcommand can read it. This means that it is possible for -some log data to be lost before it can be displayed. If this happens, the -\fBconsolehistory\fR subcommand displays "scadm: lost bytes of console -log data" in the log output, to indicate that some data was lost. -.sp -The format for the \fBconsolehistory\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm consolehistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The \fBconsolehistory\fR subcommand is not available on all platforms. If this -command is used on a platform that does not support it, \fBscadm\fR prints this -message: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm: command/option not supported -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -and exit with non-zero status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdate\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the \fBSC\fR's time and date -.sp -The format for the \fBdate\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm date -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdownload\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Program the \fBSC\fR's firmware. -.sp -There are two parts to the firmware, the boot monitor and the main image. -.sp -By default, The \fBscadm\fR command's download programs the main firmware -image. The \fBboot\fR argument selects programming of the boot monitor. -.sp -The format for the \fBdownload\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm download [boot] \fIfile\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfruhistory\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the contents of the "field replacable unit" log maintained by the -\fBSC\fR. By default, only the last eight kilobytes of the fru history log file -are displayed. The data in contained this log contains snapshots of the -\fBSC\fR's "showfru" command, taken whenever the system is reset, or a hot-plug -event is detected by the \fBSC\fR. -.sp -The optional \fB-a\fR argument specifies that the entire fru log file be -displayed. -.sp -It is possible for the \fBSC\fR to fill this log more quickly than the -\fBfruhistory\fR subcommand can read it. This means that it is possible for -some log data to be lost before it can be displayed. If this happens, the -\fBfruhistory\fR subcommand displays "scadm: lost bytes of fru log -data" in the log output, to indicate that some data was lost. -.sp -The format for the fruhistory subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm fruhistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The \fBfruhistory\fR subcommand is not available on all platforms. If this -command is used on a platform which does not support it, \fBscadm\fR prints -this message: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm: command/option not supported -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -and exit with non-zero status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhelp\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a list of commands. -.sp -The format for the \fBhelp\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm help -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBloghistory\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the most recent entries in the \fBSC\fR event log. The optional -\fB-a\fR argument causes the entire event log history to be displayed. The -\fB-a\fR argument is available only on platforms which support large log files. -On platforms which do not support large log files, this flag has no additional -effect. -.sp -It is possible for the \fBSC\fR to fill this log more quickly than the -\fBloghistory\fR subcommand can read it. This means that it is possible for -some log data to be lost before it can be displayed. If this happens, the -\fBloghistory\fR subcommand displays "scadm: lost events" in the log -output, to indicate that some data was lost. -.sp -The format for the \fBloghistory\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm loghistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBresetrsc\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reset the \fBSC\fR. There are two types of resets allowed, a \fBhard\fR reset -and a \fBsoft\fR reset.The \fBhard\fR reset is done by default. The \fBsoft\fR -reset can be selected by using the \fB-s\fR option. -.sp -The format for the \fBresetrsc\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm resetrsc [\fB-s\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsend_event\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Manually send a text based event. The \fBSC\fR can forward the event to the -\fBSC\fR event log. You can configure the \fB-c\fR option to send a critical -warning to email, alert to logged in SC users, and \fBsyslog\fR. Critical -events are logged to \fBsyslog\fR(3C). There is an \fB80\fR character limit to -the length of the associated text message. -.sp -The format for the \fBsend_event\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm send_event [\fB-c\fR] "\fImessage\fR" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBset\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set SC configuration variables to a value. -.sp -Examples of SC configuration variables include: SC IP address -\fBnetsc_ipaddr\fR and SC Customer Information \fBsc_customerinfo\fR. See the -output from the \fBscadm help\fR command for a complete list of SC -configuration variables. -.sp -The format for the \fBset\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm set \fIvariable value\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshow\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current SC configuration variable settings. If no variable is -specified, \fBscadm\fR shows all variable settings. -.sp -The format for the \fBshow\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm show [\fIvariable\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshownetwork\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the current network configuration parameters for SC. -.sp -The format for the \fBshownetwork\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm shownetwork -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuseradd\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add user accounts to the \fBSC\fR. The \fBSC\fR supports up to sixteen separate -users. -.sp -The format for the \fBuseradd\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm useradd \fIusername\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuserdel\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete a user account from \fBSC\fR. -.sp -The format for the \fBuserdel\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userdel \fIusername\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuserpassword\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set a password for the user account specified. This password overrides any -existing password currently set. There is no verification of the old password -before setting the new password. -.sp -The format for the \fBuserpassword\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userpassword \fIusername\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBuserperm\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the permission level for the user. -.sp -The format for the \fBuserperm\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userperm \fIusername\fR [aucr] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBusershow\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display details on the specified user account. If a username is not specified, -all user accounts are displayed. -.sp -The format for the \fBusershow\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm usershow \fIusername\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBversion\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the version numbers of the \fBSC\fR and its components. -.sp -The format for the \fBversion\fR subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm version [\fB-v\fR] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The \fBresetrsc\fR, \fBsend_event\fR, and \fBversion\fR subcommands have -associated options. Options follow subcommands on the command line and are -separated from the subcommand by a SPACE. -.sp -.LP -The \fBresetrsc\fR subcommand supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform a soft reset instead of a hard reset. A hard reset physically resets -the SC hardware. The SC software jumps to the boot firmware, simulating a -reset, for a soft reset. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBsend_event\fR subcommand supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Send a critical event. Without the \fB-c\fR, \fB-send_event\fR sends a warning. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBversion\fR subcommand supports the following options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a verbose output of version numbers and associated information. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBconsolehistory\fR, \fBfruhistory\fR, and \fBloghistory\fR subcommands -support the following option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the entire log. These subcommands normally display only the most recent -log data. This flag causes them to display the entire log. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The \fBdownload\fR, \fBsend_event\fR, \fBset\fR, \fBshow\fR, \fBuseradd\fR, -\fBuserdel\fR, \fBuserperm\fR, \fBusershow\fR, \fBuserpassword\fR, and -\fBuserperm\fR subcommands have associated arguments (operands). -.sp -.LP -If the subcommand has an option, the arguments follow the option on the command -line and is separated from the option by a SPACE. If the subcommand does not -have an option, the arguments follow the subcommand on the command line and are -separated from the subcommand by a SPACE. If there are more than one arguments, -they are separated from each other by a SPACE. -.sp -.LP -The \fBdownload\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBboot\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Program the boot monitor portion of the flash. The main portion of the flash is -programmed without any arguments -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify \fIfile\fR as the path to where the boot or main firmware image resides -for download. -.sp -Examples of \fIfile\fR are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/\fR\fIplatform_type\fR\fB/lib/image/alommainfw\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -or -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/\fR\fIplatform_type\fR\fB/lib/image/alombootfw\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBsend_event\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB"\fImessage\fR"\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Describe event using the test contained in \fImessage\fR. Enclose \fImessage\fR -in quotation marks. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBset\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvariable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set SC configuration \fIvariable\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set SC configuration variable to \fIvalue\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBshow\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIvariable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the value of that particular variable. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBuseradd\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add new SC account \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBuserdel\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove SC account \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBuserperm\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-aucr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set permissions for SC user accounts. If no permissions are specified, all four -permissions are disabled and read only access is assigned. -.sp -The following are the definitions for permissions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBa\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow user to administer or change the SC configuration variables -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBu\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow user to use the user commands to modify SC accounts -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBc\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow user to connect to console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBr\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allow user to reset SC and to power on and off the host. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change permissions on SC account \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fB-usershow\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display information on SC account \fIusername\fR. If \fIusername\fR is not -specified, all accounts are displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBuserpassword\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set SC password for \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The \fBuserperm\fR subcommand supports the following arguments: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change SC permissions for \fIusername\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying the SC's Date and Time -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the SC's date and time. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm date -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting the SC's Configuration Variables -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the SC's configuration variable \fBnetsc_ipaddr\fR -to \fB192.168.1.2\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm set netsc_ipaddr 192.168.1.2 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying the Current SC's Configuration Settings: -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the current SC configuration settings: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm show -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRDisplaying the Current Settings for a Variable -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the current settings for the \fBsys_hostname\fR -variable: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm show sys_hostname -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRSending a Text-Based Critical Event -.sp -.LP -The following command sends a critical event to the SC logs, alerts the current -SC users, and sends an event to \fBsyslog\fR(3C): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm send_event \fB-c\fR "The UPS signaled a loss in power" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRSending an Informational Text-Based Event -.sp -.LP -The following command sends an non-critical informational text based event to -the SC event log: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm send_event "The disk is close to full capacity" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRAdding a User To the SC -.sp -.LP -The following command adds user \fBrscroot\fR to the SC: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm useradd rscroot -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 8 \fRDeleting a User From the SC -.sp -.LP -The following command deletes user \fBolduser\fR from the SC: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userdel olduser -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 9 \fRDisplaying User Details -.sp -.LP -The following command displays details of all user accounts: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm usershow -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 10 \fRDisplaying Details for a Specific User -.sp -.LP -The following command displays details of user account \fBrscroot\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm usershow rscroot -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 11 \fRSetting the User Permission Level -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the full permission level for user \fBrscroot\fR to -\fBaucr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userperm rscroot aucr -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 12 \fRSetting the User Permission Level -.sp -.LP -The following command sets only console access for user \fBnewuser\fR to -\fBc\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userperm newuser c -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 13 \fRSetting the User Permission Level -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the permission level for user \fBnewuser\fR to read -only access: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm userperm newuser -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 14 \fRDisplaying the Current Network Parameters -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the current network configuation parameters for -the SC: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm shownetwork -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 15 \fRViewing the Consolehistory -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the content console in the \fBSC\fR event log: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm consolehistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 16 \fRViewing the Fruhistory -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the content of the "field replacable unit" in -the \fBSC\fR event log: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm fruhistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 17 \fRViewing the Loghistory -.sp -.LP -The following command displays the most recent entries in the SC event log: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm loghistory [-a] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 18 \fRDisplaying Verbose Information -.sp -.LP -The following command displays verbose version information on the SC and its -components: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -scadm version \fB-v\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuname\fR(1), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sckmd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sckmd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 547a6f982d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sckmd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Peter Tribble. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SCKMD 1M "Apr 3, 2019" -.SH NAME -sckmd \- Sun cryptographic key management daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/platform/sun4u/lib/sckmd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBsckmd\fR is a server process that resides on a high-end system domain to -maintain the Internet Protocol Security (\fBIPsec\fR) Security Associations -(\fBSAs\fR) needed to secure communications between a Service Processor or -System Controller (SC) and platform management software running within a -domain. The \fBdcs\fR(1M) daemon uses these Security -Associations. See \fBipsec\fR(7P) for a description of Security Associations. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsckmd\fR daemon receives \fBSA\fRs from the Service Processor or -\fBSC\fR and installs these \fBSA\fRs in a domain's Security Association -Database (\fBSADB\fR) using \fBpf_key\fR(7P). -.sp -.LP -\fBsckmd\fR starts up at system boot time as an \fBSMF\fR service. The -\fBFMRI\fR for the \fBsckmd\fR service is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/platform/sun4u/sckmd:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A domain supports only one running \fBsckmd\fR process at a time. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBdcs\fR(1M), \fBipsecconf\fR(1M), \fBipsecalgs\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBipsec\fR(7P), \fBipsecah\fR(7P), \fBipsecesp\fR(7P), -\fBpf_key\fR(7P) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBsckmd\fR service is used only on Sun Fire high-end systems. -It provides a mechanism for exchanging -\fBIPsec\fR keys between a domain and its System Controller (\fBSC\fR) or -Service Processor. These platforms use \fBIPsec\fR to secure the communications -between the \fBSC\fR or Service Processor and a platform-specific daemon -in the domain, such as \fBdcs\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -The documentation for each platform that supports \fBsckmd\fR describes how to -configure its use of \fBIPsec\fR for such communications. Also, the -documentation for each specific application describes how to configure its -security policies and \fBIPsec\fR options in a manner appropriate for the -target platform. Refer to the platform- and application-specific documentation -for detailed information. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sdpadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sdpadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 54b808eab4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sdpadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SDPADM 1M "Dec 22, 2008" -.SH NAME -sdpadm \- SDP system configuration administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sdpadm\fR status | enable | disable -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsdpadm\fR command is used to display the system state of the Sockets -Direct Protocol (SDP) protocol. The \fBsdpadm\fR command can optionally be used -to set the state of the SDP protocol. See \fBsdp\fR(7D). -.sp -.LP -By default the SDP protocol is disabled on the system. It can be enabled by -using \fBsdpadm\fR \fBenable\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following subcommands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatus\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Displays the system status of the SDP protocol -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Enables the SDP protocol -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisable\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Disables the SDP protocol -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -The required privileges to change the state of the SDP protocol are controlled -by the network configuration policy. If a user does not have the correct -privileges to set the SDP policy, \fBsdpadm\fR returns the current state of SDP -without having changed the state. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsdp\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -Infiniband Specification Volume 1 (\fBhttp://www.infinibandta.org\fR) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sendmail.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sendmail.1m deleted file mode 100644 index dff3a81c36..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sendmail.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3489 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003 Sendmail, Inc. and its suppliers. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1997 Eric P. Allman. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" Portions Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SENDMAIL 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -sendmail \- send mail over the internet -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sendmail\fR [\fB-Ac\fR] [\fB-Am\fR] [\fB-ba\fR] [\fB-bD\fR] [\fB-bd\fR] [\fB-bi\fR] [\fB-bl\fR] - [\fB-bm\fR] [\fB-bp\fR] [\fB-bP\fR] [\fB-bs\fR] [\fB-bt\fR] [\fB-bv\fR] [\fB-B\fR \fItype\fR] [\fB-C\fR \fIfile\fR] - [\fB-D\fR \fIlogfile\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIX\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIfullname\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB-G\fR] - [\fB-h\fR \fIN\fR] [\fB-L \fItag\fR\fR] [\fB-M\fR x\fIvalue\fR] [\fB-N\fR \fInotifications\fR] [\fB-n\fR] - [\fB-O\fR\fIoption\fR =\fIvalue\fR] [\fB-o\fR x\fIvalue\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprotocol\fR] - [\fB-Q\fR [\fIreason\fR]] [\fB-q\fR [\fItime\fR]] [\fB-q\fR \fIXstring\fR] [\fB-R\fR \fIret\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-V\fR \fIenvid\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-X\fR \fIlogfile\fR] - [\fIaddress\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsendmail\fR utility sends a message to one or more people, routing the -message over whatever networks are necessary. \fBsendmail\fR does internetwork -forwarding as necessary to deliver the message to the correct place. -.sp -.LP -\fBsendmail\fR is not intended as a user interface routine. Other programs -provide user-friendly front ends. \fBsendmail\fR is used only to deliver -pre-formatted messages. -.sp -.LP -With no flags, \fBsendmail\fR reads its standard input up to an EOF, or a line -with a single dot, and sends a copy of the letter found there to all of the -addresses listed. It determines the network to use based on the syntax and -contents of the addresses. -.sp -.LP -Local addresses are looked up in the local \fBaliases\fR(4) file, or in a name -service as defined by the \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) file, and aliased -appropriately. In addition, if there is a \fB\&.forward\fR file in a -recipient's home directory, \fBsendmail\fR forwards a copy of each message to -the list of recipients that file contains. Refer to the \fBNOTES\fR section for -more information about \fB\&.forward\fR files. Aliasing can be prevented by -preceding the address with a backslash. -.sp -.LP -There are several conditions under which the expected behavior is for the alias -database to be either built or rebuilt. This cannot occur under any -circumstances unless root owns \fBand\fR has exclusive write permission to the -\fB/etc/mail/aliases*\fR files. -.sp -.LP -If a message is found to be undeliverable, it is returned to the sender with -diagnostics that indicate the location and nature of the failure; or, the -message is placed in a \fBdead.letter\fR file in the sender's home directory. -.SS "Service Management" -.LP -The \fBsendmail\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifiers: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/smtp:sendmail -svc:/network/sendmail-client:default - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on these services, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The services' -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -These are separate services rather than instances of the same service so that -other services can properly express any dependencies. In particular, here are -some guidelines about which service/instance should be depended on for which -purposes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -For a service that uses \fBsendmail\fR to send mail, an optional dependency on -the service \fBsvc:/network/sendmail-client\fR might be in order. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -For a service that needs to receive mail in general, but does not depend on -\fBsendmail\fR being the particular SMTP receiver, a dependency on the service -\fBsvc:/network/smtp\fR might be in order. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -For a service that needs to interact with sendmail in particular, such as a -\fBMilter\fR, a dependency on the instance \fBsvc:/network/smtp:sendmail\fR -might be in order. -.RE -.sp -.LP -For the last two, note the difference, as the latter has the \fB":sendmail"\fR -instance specification, whereas the former does not, thus representing the more -general service. -.SS "Enabling Access to Remote Clients" -.LP -On an unmodified system, access to \fBsendmail\fR by remote clients is enabled -and disabled through the service management facility (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). In -particular, remote access is determined by the value of the \fBlocal_only\fR -SMF property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/smtp:sendmail/config/local_only = true -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -A setting of \fBtrue\fR, as above, disallows remote access; \fBfalse\fR allows -remote access. The default value is \fBtrue\fR. -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the sequence of SMF commands used to enable -\fBsendmail\fR to allow access to remote systems: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/network/smtp:sendmail setprop config/local_only = false\fR -# \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\fR -# \fBsvcadm restart svc:/network/smtp:sendmail\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) and \fBsvccfg\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Note, however, on a system where any of the \fBsendmail\fR(4) files have been -customized, setting this property might not have the intended effect. See -\fBsendmail\fR(4) for details. -.SS "Automated Rebuilding of Configuration Files" -.LP -See \fBsendmail\fR(4) for details on which service properties can be set to -automate (re)building of configuration files when the service is started. -.SS "Restricting Host Access" -.LP -\fBsendmail\fR uses TCP Wrappers to restrict access to hosts. It uses the -service name of \fBsendmail\fR for \fBhosts_access()\fR. For more information -on TCP Wrappers, see \fBtcpd\fR(1M) and \fBhosts_access\fR(4). -.SS "Startup Options" -.LP -The \fB/etc/default/sendmail\fR file stores startup options for \fBsendmail\fR -so that the options are not removed when a host is upgraded. See also -\fBsendmail\fR(4) for details on which service properties can be set to -automate (re)building of configuration files when the service is started. -.sp -.LP -You can use the following variables in the \fB/etc/default/sendmail\fR startup -file: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLIENTOPTIONS=\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects additional options to be used with the client daemon, which looks in -the client-only queue (\fB/var/spool/clientmqueue\fR) and acts as a client -queue runner. No syntax checking is done, so be careful when making changes to -this variable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBCLIENTQUEUEINTERVAL=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Similar to the \fBQUEUEINTERVAL\fR option, \fBCLIENTQUEUEINTERVAL\fR sets the -time interval for mail queue runs. However, the \fBCLIENTQUEUEINTERVAL\fR -option controls the functions of the client daemon, instead of the functions of -the master daemon. Typically, the master daemon is able to deliver all messages -to the SMTP port. However, if the message load is too high or the master daemon -is not running, then messages go into the client-only queue, -\fB/var/spool/clientmqueue\fR. The client daemon, which checks in the -client-only queue, then acts as a client queue processor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBETRN_HOSTS=\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables an SMTP client and server to interact immediately without waiting for -the queue run intervals, which are periodic. The server can immediately deliver -the portion of its queue that goes to the specified hosts. For more -information, refer to the \fBetrn\fR(1M) man page. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBMODE=-bd\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects the mode to start \fBsendmail\fR with. Use the \fB-bd\fR option or -leave it undefined. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBOPTIONS=\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects additional options to be used with the master daemon. No syntax -checking is done, so be careful when making changes to this variable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBQUEUEINTERVAL=\fI#\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the interval for mail queue runs on the master daemon. \fI#\fR can be a -positive integer that is followed by either \fBs\fR for seconds, \fBm\fR for -minutes, \fBh\fR for hours, \fBd\fR for days, or \fBw\fR for weeks. The syntax -is checked before \fBsendmail\fR is started. If the interval is negative or if -the entry does not end with an appropriate letter, the interval is ignored and -\fBsendmail\fR starts with a queue interval of 15 minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBQUEUEOPTIONS=p\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables one persistent queue runner that sleeps between queue run intervals, -instead of a new queue runner for each queue run interval. You can set this -option to \fBp\fR, which is the only setting available. Otherwise, this option -is not set. -.RE - -.SS "Mail Filter API" -.LP -\fBsendmail\fR supports a mail filter API called "milter". For more -information, see \fB/usr/include/libmilter/README\fR and http://www.milter.org -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Ac\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses \fBsubmit.cf\fR even if the operation mode does not indicate an initial -mail submission. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Am\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses \fBsendmail.cf\fR even if the operation mode indicates an initial mail -submission. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-ba\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Goes into \fBARPANET\fR mode. All input lines must end with a RETURN-LINEFEED, -and all messages are generated with a RETURN-LINEFEED at the end. Also, the -\fBFrom:\fR and \fBSender:\fR fields are examined for the name of the sender. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runs as a daemon in the background, waiting for incoming SMTP connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bD\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runs as a daemon in the foreground, waiting for incoming SMTP connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initializes the \fBaliases\fR(4) database. Root must own \fIand\fR have -exclusive write permission to the \fB/etc/mail/aliases*\fR files for successful -use of this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runs as a daemon (like \fB-bd\fR) but accepts only loopback SMTP connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delivers mail in the usual way (default). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints a summary of the mail queues. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bP\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints the number of entries in the queues. This option is only available with -shared memory support. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bs\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821. This flag implies all the -operations of the \fB-ba\fR flag that are compatible with \fBSMTP\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runs in address test mode. This mode reads addresses and shows the steps in -parsing; it is used for debugging configuration tables. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-bv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verifies names only. Does not try to collect or deliver a message. Verify mode -is normally used for validating users or mailing lists. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-B\fR \fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates body \fItype\fR (\fB7BIT\fR or \fB8BITMIME\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses alternate configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR \fIlogfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Send debugging output to the indicated log file instead of \fBstdout\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets debugging value to \fIX\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the name of the "from" person (that is, the sender of the mail). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIfullname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the full name of the sender. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When accepting messages by way of the command line, indicates that they are for -relay (gateway) submission. When this flag is set, \fBsendmail\fR might -complain about syntactically invalid messages, for example, unqualified host -names, rather than fixing them. \fBsendmail\fR does not do any canonicalization -in this mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the hop count to \fIN\fR. The hop count is incremented every time the mail -is processed. When it reaches a limit, the mail is returned with an error -message, the victim of an aliasing loop. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR \fItag\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the identifier used in \fBsyslog\fR messages to the supplied \fItag\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-M\fR\fIxvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets macro \fIx\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does not do aliasing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR \fInotifications\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Tags all addresses being sent as wanting the indicated \fInotifications\fR, -which consists of the word "NEVER" or a comma-separated list of "SUCCESS", -"FAILURE", and "DELAY" for successful delivery, failure and a message that is -stuck in a queue somewhere. The default is "FAILURE,DELAY". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fIxvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets option \fIx\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR. \fBProcessing\fR -\fBOptions\fR are described below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fIoption=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets \fIoption\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR (for long from names). -\fBProcessing\fR \fBOptions\fR are described below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprotocol\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the sending protocol. The \fIprotocol\fR field can be in form -\fIprotocol\fR\fB:\fR\fIhost\fR to set both the sending protocol and the -sending host. For example: \fB-pUUCP:uunet\fR sets the sending \fIprotocol\fR -to \fBUUCP\fR and the sending host to \fBuunet\fR. Some existing programs use -\fB-oM\fR to set the \fIr\fR and \fIs\fR macros; this is equivalent to using -\fB-p\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR[\fItime\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Processes saved messages in the queue at given intervals. If \fItime\fR is -omitted, processes the queue once. \fItime\fR is given as a tagged number, -where \fIs\fR is seconds, \fIm\fR is minutes, \fIh\fR is hours, \fId\fR is -days, and \fIw\fR is weeks. For example, \fB-q1h30m\fR or \fB-q90m\fR would -both set the timeout to one hour thirty minutes. -.sp -By default, sendmail runs in the background. This option can be used safely -with \fB-bd\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-qp[\fR\fItime\fR\fB-]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Similar to \fB-q\fR[\fItime\fR], except that instead of periodically forking a -child to process the queue, \fBsendmail\fR forks a single persistent child for -each queue that alternates between processing the queue and sleeping. The sleep -time (\fItime\fR) is specified as the argument; it defaults to \fB1\fR second. -The process always sleeps at least \fB5\fR seconds if the queue was empty in -the previous queue run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-qf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Processes saved messages in the queue once and does not \fBfork\fR(2), but runs -in the foreground. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-qG\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Processes jobs in queue group called \fIname\fR only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q[!]I\fR \fIsubstr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limits processed jobs to those containing \fIsubstr\fR as a substring of the -queue \fBID\fR or not when \fB!\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q[!]Q\fR \fIsubstr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limits processed jobs to those quarantined jobs containing \fIsubstr\fR as a -substring of the quarantine \fIreason\fR or not when \fB!\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q[!]R\fR \fIsubstr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limits processed jobs to those containing \fIsubstr\fR as a substring of one of -the recipients or not when \fB!\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q[!]S\fR \fIsubstr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Limits processed jobs to those containing \fIsubstr\fR as a substring of the -sender or not when \fB!\fR is specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR[\fIreason\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quarantines a normal queue item with the given reason or unquarantines a -quarantined queue item if no reason is given. This should only be used with -some sort of item matching as described above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An alternate and obsolete form of the \fB-f\fR flag. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIret\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Identifies the information you want returned if the message bounces. \fIret\fR -can be \fBHDRS\fR for headers only or \fBFULL\fR for headers plus body. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reads message for recipients. \fBTo:\fR,\fBCc:\fR, and \fBBcc:\fR lines are -scanned for people to send to. The \fBBcc:\fR line is deleted before -transmission. Any addresses in the argument list is suppressed. The -\fBNoRecipientAction\fR Processing Option can be used to change the behavior -when no legal recipients are included in the message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Goes into verbose mode. Alias expansions are announced, and so forth. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR \fIenvid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The indicated \fIenvid\fR is passed with the envelope of the message and -returned if the message bounces. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-X\fR \fIlogfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Logs all traffic in and out of \fBsendmail\fR in the indicated \fIlogfile\fR -for debugging mailer problems. This produces a lot of data very quickly and -should be used sparingly. -.RE - -.SS "Processing Options" -.LP -There are a number of "random" options that can be set from a configuration -file. Options are represented by a single character or by multiple character -names. The syntax for the single character names of is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBO\fR\fIxvalue\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This sets option \fIx\fR to be \fIvalue\fR. Depending on the option, -\fIvalue\fR may be a string, an integer, a boolean (with legal values \fBt\fR, -\fBT\fR, \fBf\fR, or \fBF\fR; the default is \fBTRUE\fR), or a time interval. -.sp -.LP -The multiple character or long names use this syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBO\fR \fILongname=argument\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This sets the option \fILongname\fR to be \fIargument\fR. The long names are -beneficial because they are easier to interpret than the single character -names. -.sp -.LP -Not all processing options have single character names associated with them. In -the list below, the multiple character name is presented first followed by the -single character syntax enclosed in parentheses. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAliasFile (A\fR\fIfile\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies possible alias files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAliasWait (a\fR \fIN\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, waits up to \fIN\fR minutes for an "@:@" entry to exist in the -\fBaliases\fR(4) database before starting up. If it does not appear in \fIN\fR -minutes, issues a warning. Defaults to 10 minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAllowBogusHELO\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows a \fBHELO SMTP\fR command that does not include a host name. By default -this option is disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBadRcptThrottle=\fR\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set and more than the specified number of recipients in a single \fBSMTP\fR -envelope are rejected, sleeps for one second after each rejected RCPT command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBlankSub (B\fR\fIc\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the blank substitution character to \fIc\fR. Unquoted spaces in addresses -are replaced by this character. Defaults to SPACE (that is, no change is made). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCACertFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing one CA cert. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCACertPath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Path to directory with certs of CAs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCheckAliases (n)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Validates the RHS of aliases when rebuilding the \fBaliases\fR(4) database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCheckpointInterval (C\fR\fIN\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Checkpoints the queue every \fIN\fR (default \fB10\fR) addresses sent. If your -system crashes during delivery to a large list, this prevents retransmission to -any but the last \fIN\fR recipients. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBClassFactor (z\fR\fIfact\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The indicated factor \fIfact\fR is multiplied by the message class (determined -by the \fBPrecedence:\fR field in the user header and the \fBP\fR lines in the -configuration file) and subtracted from the priority. Thus, messages with a -higher \fBPriority:\fR are favored. Defaults to \fB1800\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBClientCertFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing the cert of the client, that is, this cert is used when -\fBsendmail\fR acts as client. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBClientKeyFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing the private key belonging to the client cert. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBClientPortOptions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets client \fBSMTP\fR options. The options are key=value pairs. Known keys -are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAddr\fR \fIAddress Mask\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIAddress Mask\fR defaults to \fBINADDR_ANY\fR. The address mask can be a -numeric address in dot notation or a network name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFamily\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Address family (defaults to INET). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBListen\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Size of listen queue (defaults to 10). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPort\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name/number of listening port (defaults to \fBsmtp\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRcvBufSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The size of the TCP/IP receive buffer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSndBufSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The size of the TCP/IP send buffer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBModifier\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Options (flags) for the daemon. Can be: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBh\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses name of interface for \fBHELO\fR command. -.RE - -If \fBh\fR is set, the name corresponding to the outgoing interface address -(whether chosen by means of the \fBConnection\fR parameter or the default) is -used for the \fBHELO\fR/\fBEHLO\fR command. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBColonOkInAddr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, colons are treated as a regular character in addresses. If not set, -they are treated as the introducer to the RFC 822 "group" syntax. This option -is on for version 5 and lower configuration files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBConnectionCacheSize (k\fR\fIN\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of open connections that are to be cached at a time. The -default is \fB1\fR. This delays closing the current connection until either -this invocation of \fBsendmail\fR needs to connect to another host or it -terminates. Setting it to \fB0\fR defaults to the old behavior, that is, -connections are closed immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBConnectionCacheTimeout (K\fR\fItimeout\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum amount of time a cached connection is permitted to idle without -activity. If this time is exceeded, the connection is immediately closed. This -value should be small (on the order of ten minutes). Before \fBsendmail\fR uses -a cached connection, it always sends a \fBNOOP\fR (no operation) command to -check the connection. If the \fBNOOP\fR command fails, it reopens the -connection. This keeps your end from failing if the other end times out. The -point of this option is to be a good network neighbor and avoid using up -excessive resources on the other end. The default is five minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBConnectionRateThrottle\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of connections permitted per second. After this many -connections are accepted, further connections are delayed. If not set or <= 0, -there is no limit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBConnectionRateWindowSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Define the length of the interval for which the number of incoming connections -is maintained. The default is 60 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBControlSocketName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the control socket for daemon management. A running \fBsendmail\fR -daemon can be controlled through this Unix domain socket. Available commands -are: \fBhelp\fR, \fBrestart\fR, \fBshutdown\fR, and \fBstatus\fR. The -\fBstatus\fR command returns the current number of daemon children, the free -disk space (in blocks) of the queue directory, and the load average of the -machine expressed as an integer. If not set, no control socket is available. -For the sake of security, this Unix domain socket must be in a directory which -is accessible only by root; \fB/var/spool/mqueue/.smcontrol\fR is recommended -for the socket name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCRLFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing certificate revocation status, useful for X.509v3 -authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDaemonPortOptions (O\fR\fIoptions\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets server SMTP options. The options are \fIkey=value\fR pairs. Known keys -are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User-definable name for the daemon (defaults to "\fBDaemon#\fR"). Used for -error messages and logging. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAddr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Address mask (defaults \fBINADDR_ANY)\fR. -.sp -The address mask may be a numeric address in dot notation or a network name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFamily\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Address family (defaults to \fBINET).\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBInputMailFilters\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of input mail filters for the daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBListen\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Size of listen queue (defaults to \fB10\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBModifier\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Options (flags) for the daemon; can be a sequence (without any delimiters) of: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBa\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires authentication. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Binds to interface through which mail has been received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Performs hostname canonification (\fB\&.cf\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requires fully qualified hostname (\fB\&.cf\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBh\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses name of interface for \fBHELO\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows unqualified addresses (\fB\&.cf\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBC\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does not perform hostname canonification. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disallows \fBETRN\fR (see \fBRFC\fR 2476). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBName\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User-definable name for the daemon (defaults to \fBDaemon#\fR). Used for error -messages and logging. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPort\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name/number of listening port (defaults to \fBsmtp\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBReceiveSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The size of the TCP/IP receive buffer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSendSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The size of the TCP/IP send buffer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBchildren\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Maximum number of children per daemon. See \fBMaxDaemonChildren\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDeliveryMode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delivery mode per daemon. See \fBDeliveryMode\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefuseLA\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBRefuseLA\fR per daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelayLA\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBDelayLA\fR per daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBqueueLA\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBQueueLA\fR per daemon. -.RE - -\fBsendmail\fR listens on a new socket for each occurrence of the -\fBDaemonPortOptions\fR option in a configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDataFileBufferSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the threshold, in bytes, before a memory-bases queue data file becomes -disk-based. The default is 4096 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDeadLetterDrop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the location of the system-wide dead.letter file, formerly hard-coded -to \fB/var/tmp/dead.letter\fR. If this option is not set (the default), -\fBsendmail\fR does not attempt to save to a system-wide \fBdead.letter\fR file -in the event it cannot bounce the mail to the user or postmaster. Instead, it -renames the \fBqf\fR file as it has in the past when the \fBdead.letter\fR file -could not be opened. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDefaultCharSet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the default character set to use when converting unlabeled 8 bit input to -MIME. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDefaultUser (g\fR\fIgid\fR\fB) or (u\fR\fIuid\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the default group ID for mailers to run in to \fIgid\fR or set the default -userid for mailers to \fIuid\fR. Defaults to \fB1\fR. The value can also be -given as a symbolic group or user name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDelayLA=\fR\fILA\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the system load average exceeds \fILA\fR, \fBsendmail\fR sleeps for one -second on most SMTP commands and before accepting connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDeliverByMin=\fR\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets minimum time for \fBDeliver By SMTP Service Extension\fR (RFC 2852). If -\fB0\fR, no time is listed, if less than \fB0\fR, the extension is not offered, -if greater than \fB0\fR, it is listed as minimum time for the \fBEHLO\fR -keyword \fBDELIVERBY\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDeliveryMode (d\fR\fIx\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delivers in mode \fIx\fR. Legal modes are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delivers interactively (synchronously). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delivers in background (asynchronously). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deferred mode. Database lookups are deferred until the actual queue run. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBq\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Just queues the message (delivers during queue run). -.RE - -Defaults to \fBb\fR if no option is specified, \fBi\fR if it is specified but -given no argument (that is, \fBOd\fR is equivalent to \fBOdi\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDHParameters\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing the DH parameters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDialDelay\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If a connection fails, waits this many seconds and tries again. Zero means "do -not retry". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDontBlameSendmail\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, overrides the file safety checks. This compromises system security and -should not be used. See http://www.sendmail.org/tips/DontBlameSendmail.html for -more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDontExpandCnames\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, $[ ... $] lookups that do DNS-based lookups do not expand CNAME -records. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDontInitGroups\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, the \fBinitgroups\fR(3C) routine is never invoked. If you set this, -agents run on behalf of users only have their primary (\fB/etc/passwd\fR) group -permissions. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDontProbeInterfaces\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, \fBsendmail\fR does not insert the names and addresses of any local -interfaces into the \fB$=w class\fR. If set, you must also include support for -these addresses, otherwise mail to addresses in this list bounces with a -configuration error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDontPruneRoutes (R)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, does not prune route-addr syntax addresses to the minimum possible. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDoubleBounceAddress\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If an error occurs when sending an error message, sends that "double bounce" -error message to this address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEightBitMode (8)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses 8-bit data handling. This option requires one of the following keys. The -key can selected by using just the first character, but using the full word is -better for clarity. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmimify\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does any necessary conversion of \fB8BITMIME\fR to 7-bit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpass\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Passes unlabeled 8-bit input through as is. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstrict\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Rejects unlabeled 8-bit input. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBErrorHeader (E\fR\fIfile/message\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Appends error messages with the indicated message. If it begins with a slash, -it is assumed to be the pathname of a file containing a message (this is the -recommended setting). Otherwise, it is a literal message. The error file might -contain the name, email address, and/or phone number of a local postmaster who -could provide assistance to end users. If the option is missing or \fINULL\fR, -or if it names a file which does not exist or which is not readable, no message -is printed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBErrorMode (e\fR\fIx\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disposes of errors using mode \fIx\fR. The values for \fIx\fR are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBe\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mails back errors and gives \fB0\fR exit status always. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mails back errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints error messages (default). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBq\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No messages, just gives exit status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Writes back errors (mail if user not logged in). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFallbackMXhost (V\fR\fIfallbackhost\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If specified, the \fIfallbackhost\fR acts like a very low priority MX on every -host. This is intended to be used by sites with poor network connectivity. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFallBackSmartHost\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If specified, the \fIfallBackSmartHost\fR is used in a last-ditch effort for -each host. This is intended to be used by sites with "fake internal DNS". That -is, a company whose DNS accurately reflects the world inside that company's -domain but not outside. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBFastSplit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set to a value greater than zero (the default is one), it suppresses the MX -lookups on addresses when they are initially sorted, that is, for the first -delivery attempt. This usually results in faster envelope splitting unless the -MX records are readily available in a local DNS cache. To enforce initial -sorting based on MX records set \fBFastSplit\fR to zero. If the mail is -submitted directly from the command line, then the value also limits the number -of processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are created they are -only queued up and must be taken care of by a queue run. Since the default -submission method is by way of SMTP (either from a MUA or by way of the Message -Submission Program [MSP]), the value of \fBFastSplit\fR is seldom used to limit -the number of processes to deliver the envelopes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBForkEachJob (Y)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, delivers each job that is run from the queue in a separate process. Use -this option if you are short of memory, since the default tends to consume -considerable amounts of memory while the queue is being processed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBForwardPath (J\fR\fIpath\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the path for searching for users' \fB\&.forward\fR files. The default is -\fB$z/.forward\fR. Some sites that use the automounter may prefer to change -this to \fB/var/forward/$u\fR to search a file with the same name as the user -in a system directory. It can also be set to a sequence of paths separated by -colons; \fBsendmail\fR stops at the first file it can successfully and safely -open. For example, \fB/var/forward/$u:$z/.forward\fR searches first in -\fB/var/forward/\fR \fIusername\fR and then in -\fB~\fR\fIusername\fR\fB/.forward\fR (but only if the first file does not -exist). Refer to the NOTES section for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHeloName=\fIname\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the name to be used for \fBHELO\fR/\fBEHLO\fR (instead of \fB$j\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHelpFile (H\fR\fIfile\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the help file for SMTP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHoldExpensive (c)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If an outgoing mailer is marked as being expensive, does not connect -immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHostsFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the file to use when doing "file" type access of host names. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBHostStatusDirectory\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, host status is kept on disk between \fBsendmail\fR runs in the named -directory tree. If a full path is not used, then the path is interpreted -relative to the queue directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIgnoreDots (i)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Ignores dots in incoming messages. This is always disabled (that is, dots are -always accepted) when reading \fBSMTP\fR mail. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLogLevel (L\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the default log level to \fIn\fR. Defaults to \fB9\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB(M\fR\fIx\|value\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the macro \fIx\fR to \fIvalue\fR. This is intended only for use from the -command line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMailboxDatabase\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Type of lookup to find information about local mail boxes, defaults to \fBpw\fR -which uses \fBgetpwnam\fR(3C). Other types can be introduced by adding them to -the source code, see \fBlibsm/mbdb.c\fR for details. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMatchGECOS (G)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Tries to match recipient names using the GECOS field. This allows for mail to -be delivered using names defined in the GECOS field in \fB/etc/passwd\fR as -well as the login name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxDaemonChildren\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of children the daemon permits. After this number, -connections are rejected. If not set or <=0, there is no limit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxHopCount (h\fR\fIN\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum hop count. Messages that have been processed more than \fIN\fR -times are assumed to be in a loop and are rejected. Defaults to \fB25\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxMessageSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum size of messages that are accepted (in bytes). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxMimeHeaderLength=\fR\fIM\fR\fB[/\fR\fIN\fR\fB]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the maximum length of certain MIME header field values to \fIM\fR -characters. For some of these headers which take parameters, the maximum length -of each parameter is set to \fIN\fR if specified. If \fB/\fR\fIN\fR is not -specified, one half of \fIM\fR is used. By default, these values are \fB0\fR, -meaning no checks are done. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxNOOPCommands=\fR\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Overrides the default of 20 for the number of useless commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxQueueChildren=\fR\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When set, this limits the number of concurrent queue runner processes to -\fIN\fR. This helps to control the amount of system resources used when -processing the queue. When there are multiple queue groups defined and the -total number of queue runners for these queue groups would exceed -\fBMaxQueueChildren\fR then the queue groups are not all run concurrently. That -is, some portion of the queue groups run concurrently such that -\fBMaxQueueChildren\fR is not be exceeded, while the remaining queue groups are -run later (in round robin order). See \fBMaxRunnersPerQueue\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxQueueRunSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, limits the maximum size of any given queue run to this number of -entries. This stops reading the queue directory after this number of entries is -reached; job priority is not used. If not set, there is no limit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxRunnersPerQueue=\fR\fIN\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This sets the default maximum number of queue runners for queue groups. Up to -\fIN\fR queue runners work in parallel on a queue group's messages. This is -useful where the processing of a message in the queue might delay the -processing of subsequent messages. Such a delay can be the result of -non-erroneous situations such as a low bandwidth connection. The can be -overridden on a per queue group basis by setting the \fBRunners\fR option. The -default is \fB1\fR when not set. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMeToo (M)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sends to me too, even if I am in an alias expansion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMaxRecipientsPerMessage\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, allows no more than the specified number of recipients in an SMTP -envelope. Further recipients receive a 452 error code and are deferred for the -next delivery attempt. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMinFreeBlocks (b\fR\fIN/M\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insists on at least \fIN\fR blocks free on the file system that holds the queue -files before accepting email by way of SMTP. If there is insufficient space, -\fBsendmail\fR gives a \fB452\fR response to the \fBMAIL\fR command. This -invites the sender to try again later. The optional \fIM\fR is a maximum -message size advertised in the \fBESMTP\fR \fBEHLO\fR response. It is currently -otherwise unused. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMinQueueAge\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the amount of time a job must sit in the queue between queue runs. -This allows you to set the queue run interval low for better responsiveness -without trying all jobs in each run. The default value is 0. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMustQuoteChars\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the characters to be quoted in a full name phrase. \fB&,;:\e()[]\fR -are quoted automatically. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNiceQueueRun\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the priority of queue runners. See \fBnice\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNoRecipientAction\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets action if there are no legal recipient files in the message. The legal -values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd-apparently-to\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds an \fBApparently-to:\fR header with all the known recipients (which may -expose blind recipients). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd-bcc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds an empty \fBBcc:\fR header. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd-to\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a \fBTo:\fR header with all the known recipients (which may expose blind -recipients). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd-to-undisclosed\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a \fBTo: undisclosed-recipients:\fR header. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does nothing, that is, leaves the message as it is. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOldStyleHeaders (o)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Assumes that the headers may be in old format, that is, spaces delimit names. -This actually turns on an adaptive algorithm: if any recipient address contains -a comma, parenthesis, or angle bracket, it is assumed that commas already -exist. If this flag is not on, only commas delimit names. Headers are always -output with commas between the names. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOperatorChars or $o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the list of characters that can be used to separate the components of -an address into tokens. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPidFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the filename of the \fBpid\fR file. The default is -\fB/var/run/sendmail.pid\fR. The filename is macro-expanded before it is -opened, and unlinked when \fBsendmail\fR exits. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPostmasterCopy (P\fR\fIpostmaster\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, copies of error messages are sent to the named \fIpostmaster\fR. Only -the header of the failed message is sent. Since most errors are user problems, -this is probably not a good idea on large sites, and arguably contains all -sorts of privacy violations, but it seems to be popular with certain operating -systems vendors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPrivacyOptions (p\fR\fIopt,opt,...\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets privacy options. Privacy is really a misnomer; many of these options are -just a way of insisting on stricter adherence to the SMTP protocol. -.sp -The \fBgoaway\fR pseudo-flag sets all flags except \fBnoreceipts\fR, -\fBrestrictmailq\fR, \fBrestrictqrun\fR, \fBrestrictexpand\fR, \fBnoetrn\fR, -and \fBnobodyreturn\fR. If \fBmailq\fR is restricted, only people in the same -group as the queue directory can print the queue. If queue runs are restricted, -only root and the owner of the queue directory can run the queue. The -\fBrestrict-expand\fR pseudo-flag instructs sendmail to drop privileges when -the -bv option is given by users who are neither root nor the \fBTrustedUser\fR -so users cannot read private aliases, forwards, or \fB:include:\fR files. It -adds the \fBNonRootSafeAddr\fR to the "DontBlame-Sendmail" option to prevent -misleading unsafe address warnings. It also overrides the \fB-v\fR (verbose) -command line option to prevent information leakage. Authentication Warnings add -warnings about various conditions that may indicate attempts to fool the mail -system, such as using an non-standard queue directory. -.sp -The options can be selected from: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauthwarnings\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Puts \fBX-Authentication-Warning:\fR headers in messages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgoaway\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disallows essentially all SMTP status queries. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBneedexpnhelo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insists on \fBHELO\fR or \fBEHLO\fR command before \fBEXPN\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBneedmailhelo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insists on \fBHELO\fR or \fBEHLO\fR command before \fBMAIL\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBneedvrfyhelo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insists on \fBHELO\fR or \fBEHLO\fR command before \fBVRFY\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoactualrecipient\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not put an X-Actual-Recipient line in a DNS that reveals the actual account -to which an address is mapped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoetrn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disallows \fBETRN\fR entirely. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoexpn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disallows \fBEXPN\fR entirely. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnoreceipts\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prevents return receipts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnobodyreturn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Does not return the body of a message with DSNs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnovrfy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disallows \fBVRFY\fR entirely. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpublic\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows open access. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBre\fR\fB\fR\fBstrictexpand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Restricts \fB-bv\fR and \fB-v\fR command line flags. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestrictmailq\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Restricts \fBmailq\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestrictqrun\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Restricts \fB-q\fR command line flag. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBProcessTitlePrefix \fIstring\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prefixes the process title shown on "\fB/usr/ucb/ps auxww\fR" listings with -\fIstring\fR. The string is macro processed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueDirectory (Q\fR\fIdir\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses the named \fIdir\fR as the queue directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueFactor (q\fR\fIfactor\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses \fIfactor\fR as the multiplier in the map function to decide when to just -queue up jobs rather than run them. This value is divided by the difference -between the current load average and the load average limit (\fBx\fR flag) to -determine the maximum message priority to be sent. Defaults to \fB600000\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueFileMode=\fR\fImode\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defaults permissions for queue files (octal). If not set, \fBsendmail\fR uses -\fB0600\fR unless its real and effective \fBuid\fR are different in which case -it uses \fB0644\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueLA (x\fR\fILA\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the system load average exceeds \fILA\fR, just queues messages (that is, -does not try to send them). Defaults to eight times the number of processors -online when \fBsendmail\fR starts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueSortOrder=\fR\fIalgorithm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the algorithm used for sorting the queue. Only the first character of the -value is used. Legal values are \fBhost\fR (to order by the name of the first -host name of the first recipient), \fBfilename\fR (to order by the name of the -queue file name), \fBtime\fR (to order by the submission/creation time), -\fBrandom\fR (to order randomly), \fBmodification\fR (to order by the -modification time of the \fBqf\fR file (older entries first)), \fBnone\fR (to -not order), and \fBpriority\fR (to order by message priority). Host ordering -makes better use of the connection cache, but may tend to process low priority -messages that go to a single host over high priority messages that go to -several hosts; it probably shouldn't be used on slow network links. Filename -and modification time ordering saves the overhead of reading all of the queued -items before starting the queue run. Creation (submission) time ordering is -almost always a bad idea, since it allows large, bulk mail to go out before -smaller, personal mail, but may have applicability on some hosts with very fast -connections. Random is useful if several queue runners are started by hand -which try to drain the same queue since odds are they are working on different -parts of the queue at the same time. Priority ordering is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBQueueTimeout (T\fR\fIrtime\fR\fB/\fR\fIwtime\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the queue timeout to \fIrtime\fR. After this interval, messages that have -not been successfully sent are returned to the sender. Defaults to five days -(\fB5d\fR). The optional \fIwtime\fR is the time after which a warning message -is sent. If it is missing or \fB0\fR, then no warning messages are sent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRandFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing random data (use prefix \fBfile:\fR) or the name of the UNIX -socket if EGD is used (use prefix \fBegd:\fR). Note that Solaris supports -\fBrandom\fR(7D), so this does not need to be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRecipientFactor (y\fR\fIfact\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The indicated factor \fIfact\fR is added to the priority (thus \fIlowering\fR -the priority of the job) for each recipient, that is, this value penalizes jobs -with large numbers of recipients. Defaults to \fB30000\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRefuseLA (X\fR\fILA\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When the system load average exceeds \fILA\fR, refuses incoming \fBSMTP\fR -connections. Defaults to 12 times the number of processors online when -\fBsendmail\fR starts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRejectLogInterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Log interval when refusing connections for this long (default: 3h). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBResolverOptions (I)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Tunes DNS lookups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRetryFactor (Z\fR\fIfact\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The indicated factor \fIfact\fR is added to the priority every time a job is -processed. Thus, each time a job is processed, its priority is decreased by the -indicated value. In most environments this should be positive, since hosts that -are down are all too often down for a long time. Defaults to \fB90000\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRrtImpliesDsn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option is set, a \fBReturn-Receipt-To\fR: header causes the request of -a \fBDSN\fR, which is sent to the envelope sender as required by RFC 1891, not -to the address given in the header. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBRunAsUser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, becomes this user when reading and delivering mail. Intended for use of -firewalls where users do not have accounts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSafeFileEnvironment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, \fBsendmail\fR does a \fBchroot\fR into this directory before writing -files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSaveFromLine (f)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Saves Unix-style \fBFrom\fR lines at the front of headers. Normally they are -assumed redundant and discarded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSendMimeErrors (j)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, sends error messages in MIME format (see RFC 2045 and RFC 1344 for -details). If disabled, \fBsendmail\fR does not return the DSN keyword in -response to an \fBEHLO\fR and does not do Delivery Status Notification -processing as described in RFC 1891. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBServerCertFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing the cert of the server, that is, this cert is used when -\fBsendmail\fR acts as server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBServerKeyFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing the private key belonging to the server cert. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBServiceSwitchFile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the path to the service-switch file. Since the service-switch file is -defined in the Solaris operating environment this option is ignored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSevenBitInput (7)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Strips input to seven bits for compatibility with old systems. This should not -be necessary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSharedMemoryKey\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies key to use for shared memory segment. If not set (or \fB0\fR), shared -memory is not be used. If this option is set, \fBsendmail\fR can share some -data between different instances. For example, the number of entries in a queue -directory or the available space in a file system. This allows for more -efficient program execution, since only one process needs to update the data -instead of each individual process gathering the data each time it is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSharedMemoryKeyFile=\fR\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fBSharedMemoryKeyFile\fR is set to \fB-1\fR, the automatically selected -shared memory key will be stored in the specified file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSingleLineFromHeader\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, \fBFrom:\fR lines that have embedded newlines are unwrapped onto one -line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSingleThreadDelivery\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option and the \fBHostStatusDirectory\fR option are both set, uses -single thread deliveries to other hosts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSmtpGreetingMessage or $e\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the initial SMTP greeting message. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSoftBounce\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, issue temporary errors (\fB4xy\fR) instead of permanent errors -(\fB5xy\fR). This can be useful during testing of a new configuration to avoid -erroneous bouncing of mail. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBStatusFile (S\fR\fIfile\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Logs statistics in the named \fIfile\fR. By default, this is -\fB/etc/mail/sendmail.st\fR. As root, you must \fBtouch\fR(1) this file to -enable \fBmailstats\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSuperSafe (s)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option can be set to \fBTrue\fR, \fBFalse\fR, \fBInteractive\fR, or -\fBPostMilter\fR. If set to \fBTrue\fR, \fBsendmail\fR is set to super-safe -when running things, that is, always instantiate the queue file, even if you -are going to attempt immediate delivery. \fBsendmail\fR always instantiates the -queue file before returning control to the client under any circumstances. This -should really always be set to \fBTrue\fR. The \fBInteractive\fR value has been -introduced in \fB8.12\fR and can be used together with \fBDeliveryMode=i\fR. It -skips some synchronization calls which are effectively doubled in the code -execution path for this mode. If set to \fBPostMilter\fR, \fBsendmail\fR defers -synchronizing the queue file until any milters have signaled acceptance of the -message. \fBPostMilter\fR is useful only when \fBsendmail\fR is running as an -SMTP server; in all other situations it acts the same as True. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTempFileMode (F\fR\fImode\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the file mode for queue files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTimeout (r\fR\fItimeouts\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Timeout reads after time interval. The \fItimeouts\fR argument is a list of -\fIkeyword=value\fR pairs. All but \fIcommand\fR apply to client \fBSMTP\fR. -For backward compatibility, a timeout with no \fIkeyword\fR= part is set all of -the longer values. The recognized timeouts and their default values, and their -minimum values specified in RFC 1123 section 5.3.2 are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -all connections for a single delivery attempt [0, unspecified] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -command read [1h, 5m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -initial connect [0, unspecified] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcontrol\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -complete control socket transaction [2m, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdatablock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -data block read [1h, 3m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdatafinal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to final \fB\&.\fR in data [1h, 10m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdatainit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBDATA\fR command [5m, 2m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfileopen\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -file open [60sec, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhelo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBHELO\fR or \fBEHLO\fR command [5m, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhoststatus\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -host retry [30m, unspecified] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBiconnect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -first attempt to connect to a host [0, unspecified] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBident\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBIDENT\fR protocol timeout [5s, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinitial\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -wait for initial greeting message [5m, 5m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlhlo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -wait for reply to an LMTP LHLO command [2m, unspecified] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmail\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBMAIL\fR command [10m, 5m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmisc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBNOOP\fR and \fBVERB\fR commands [2m, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBqueuereturn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -undeliverable message returned [5d] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBqueuewarn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -deferred warning [4h] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBquit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBQUIT\fR command [2m, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrcpt\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBRCPT\fR command [1h, 5m] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retrans\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Resolver's retransmission time interval (in seconds) [varies]. Sets both -\fBTimeout.resolver.retrans.first\fR and \fBTimeout.resolver.retrans.normal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retrans.first\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Resolver's retransmission time interval (in seconds) for the first attempt to -deliver a message [varies]. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retrans.normal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Resolver's retransmission time interval (in seconds) for all look-ups except -the first delivery attempt [varies]. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retry\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of times to retransmit a resolver query [varies]. Sets both -\fBTimeout.resolver.retry.first\fR and \fBTimeout.resolver.retry.normal\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retry.first\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of times to retransmit a resolver query for the first attempt to deliver -a message [varies]. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresolver.retry.normal\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Number of times to retransmit a resolver query for all look-ups except the -first delivery attempt [varies]. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrset\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -reply to \fBRSET\fR command [5m, none] -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstarttls\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -response to an \fBSMTP STARTTLS\fR command [1h] -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTimeZoneSpec (t\fR\fItzinfo\fR\fB)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the local time zone info to \fItzinfo\fR, for example, "PST8PDT". -Actually, if this is not set, the \fBTZ\fR environment variable is cleared (so -the system default is used); if set but null, the user's \fBTZ\fR variable is -used, and if set and non-null, the \fBTZ\fR variable is set to this value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTLSSrvOptions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this option is '\fBV\fR', then no client verification is performed,that is, -the server does not ask for a certificate. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTrustedUser\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The user parameter can be a user name (looked up in the passwd map) or a -numeric user id. Trusted user for file ownership and starting the daemon. If -set, generated alias databases and the control socket (if configured) are -automatically owned by this user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTryNullMXList (w)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If you are the "best" (that is, lowest preference) \fBMX\fR for a given host, -you should normally detect this situation and treat that condition specially, -by forwarding the mail to a \fBUUCP\fR feed, treating it as local, or whatever. -However, in some cases (such as Internet firewalls) you may want to try to -connect directly to that host as though it had no \fBMX\fR records at all. -Setting this option causes \fBsendmail\fR to try this. The downside is that -errors in your configuration are likely to be diagnosed as "host unknown" or -"message timed out" instead of something more meaningful. This option is -deprecated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUnixFromLine or $l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The "From " line used when sending to files or programs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUnsafeGroupWrites\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If set, group-writable :include: and .forward files are considered "unsafe", -that is, programs and files cannot be directly referenced from such files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUseErrorsTo (l)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If there is an \fBErrors-To\fR: header, sends error messages to the addresses -listed there. They normally go to the envelope sender. Use of this option -causes \fBsendmail\fR to violate \fBRFC\fR 1123. This option is not recommended -and deprecated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUseMSP\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses as mail submission program, that is, allows group writable queue files if -the group is the same as that of a set-group-id \fBsendmail\fR binary. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBUserDatabaseSpec (U)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines the name and location of the file containing User Database information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBVerbose (v)\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Runs in verbose mode. If this is set, \fBsendmail\fR adjusts the -\fBHoldExpensive\fR and \fBDeliveryMode\fR options so that all mail is -delivered completely in a single job so that you can see the entire delivery -process. The \fBVerbose\fR option should \fBnever\fR be set in the -configuration file; it is intended for command line use only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBXscriptFileBufferSize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the threshold, in bytes, before a memory-bases queue transcript file -becomes disk-based. The default is 4096 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the first character of the user name is a vertical bar, the rest of the user -name is used as the name of a program to pipe the mail to. It may be necessary -to quote the name of the user to keep \fBsendmail\fR from suppressing the -blanks from between arguments. -.sp -.LP -If invoked as \fBnewaliases\fR, \fBsendmail\fR rebuilds the alias database, so -long as the \fB/etc/mail/aliases*\fR files are owned by root \fIand\fR root has -exclusive write permission. If invoked as \fBmailq\fR, \fBsendmail\fR prints -the contents of the mail queue. -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIaddress\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -address of an intended recipient of the message being sent. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBsendmail\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -\fBsendmail\fR returns an exit status describing what it did. The codes are -defined in \fB/usr/include/sysexits.h\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_OK\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion on all addresses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_NOUSER\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -User name not recognized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_UNAVAILABLE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Catchall. Necessary resources were not available. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_SYNTAX\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Syntax error in address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_SOFTWARE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Internal software error, including bad arguments. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_OSERR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Temporary operating system error, such as "cannot fork". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_NOHOST\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Host name not recognized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEX_TEMPFAIL\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Message could not be sent immediately, but was queued. -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.LP -No environment variables are used. However, sendmail's start-up script, invoked -by \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), reads \fB/etc/default/sendmail\fR. In this file, if the -variable \fBETRN_HOSTS\fR is set, the start-up script parses this variable and -invokes \fBetrn\fR(1M) appropriately. \fBETRN_HOSTS\fR should be of the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -"s1:c1.1,c1.2 s2:c2.1 s3:c3.1,c3.2,c3.3" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -That is, white-space separated groups of \fIserver:client\fR where \fIclient\fR -can be one or more comma-separated names. The \fI:client\fR part is optional. -\fIserver\fR is the name of the server to prod; a mail queue run is requested -for each \fIclient\fR name. This is comparable to running: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -/usr/lib/sendmail -qR \fIclient\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -on the host \fIserver\fR. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdead.letter\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unmailable text -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/sendmail\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains default settings. You can override some of the settings by command -line options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Mail aliases file (ASCII) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.db\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Database of mail aliases (binary) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Database of mail aliases (binary) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/aliases.pag\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Database of mail aliases (binary) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/sendmail.cf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines environment for \fBsendmail\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/submit.cf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Defines environment for MSP -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/mail/trusted-users\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists users that are "trusted", that is, able to set their envelope from -address using \fB-f\fR without generating a warning message. Note that this -file is consulted by the default \fBsendmail.cf\fR, but not by the default -\fBsubmit.cf\fR, in which the line referring to \fB/etc/mail/trusted-users\fR -is commented out. See \fBsendmail\fR(4) for instructions on making changes to -\fBsubmit.cf\fR and \fBsendmail.cf\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/clientmqueue/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Temporary files and queued mail -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/mqueue/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Temporary files and queued mail -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB~/.forward\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of recipients for forwarding messages -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/include/libmilter/README\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Describes the steps needed to compile and run a filter -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBbiff\fR(1B), \fBmail\fR(1), \fBmailq\fR(1), \fBmailx\fR(1), -\fBnice\fR(1), \fBcheck-hostname\fR(1M), \fBcheck-permissions\fR(1M), -\fBetrn\fR(1M), \fBnewaliases\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBfork\fR(2), \fBgetpwnam\fR(3C), \fBgetusershell\fR(3C), -\fBresolver\fR(3RESOLV), \fBaliases\fR(4), \fBhosts\fR(4), \fBsendmail\fR(4), -\fBshells\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), -\fBrandom\fR(7D), \fBtcpd\fR(1M), \fBhosts_access\fR(4) -.sp -.LP -\fBRFC\fR 2821 \fISimple Mail Transfer Protocol\fR, John Klensin, April 2001. -.sp -.LP -\fBRFC\fR 2822 \fIInternet Message Format\fR, Pete Resnick, April 2001. -.sp -.LP -\fIsendmail, Third Edition\fR, Bryan Costales with Eric Allman\fB\fR, O'Reilly -& Associates, Inc., 2003. -.sp -.LP -http://www.sendmail.org -.sp -.LP -http://www.milter.org -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBsendmail\fR program requires a fully qualified host name when starting. -A script has been included to help verify if the host name is defined properly -(see \fBcheck-hostname\fR(1M)). -.sp -.LP -The permissions and the ownership of several directories have been changed in -order to increase security. In particular, access to \fB/etc/mail\fR and -\fB/var/spool/mqueue\fR has been restricted. -.sp -.LP -Security restrictions have been placed users using \fB\&.forward\fR files to -pipe mail to a program or redirect mail to a file. The default shell (as listed -in \fB/etc/passwd\fR) of these users must be listed in \fB/etc/shells\fR. This -restriction does not affect mail that is being redirected to another alias. -.sp -.LP -Additional restrictions have been put in place on \fB\&.forward\fR and -\fB:include:\fR files. These files and the directory structure that they are -placed in cannot be group- or world-writable. See \fBcheck-permissions\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -If you have interfaces that map to domains that have MX records that point to -non-local destinations, you might need to enable the \fBDontProbeInterfaces\fR -option to enable delivery to those destinations. In its default startup -behavior, \fBsendmail\fR probes each interface and adds an interface's \fBIP\fR -addresses, as well as any domains that those addresses map to, to its list of -domains that are considered local. For domains thus added, being on the list of -local domains is equivalent to having a 0-preference MX record, with -\fBlocalhost\fR as the MX value. If this is not the result you want, enable -\fBDontProbeInterfaces\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/setuname.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/setuname.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 18d8a6a180..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/setuname.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SETUNAME 1M "Jul 9, 2003" -.SH NAME -setuname \- change machine information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsetuname\fR [\fB-t\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fInode\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIname\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsetuname\fR utility changes the parameter value for the system name and -node name. Each parameter can be changed using \fBsetuname\fR and the -appropriate option. -.sp -.LP -Either or both the \fB-s\fR and \fB-n\fR options must be given when invoking -\fBsetuname\fR. -.sp -.LP -The system architecture may place requirements on the size of the system and -network node name. The command will issue a fatal warning message and an error -message if the name entered is incompatible with the system requirements. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fI node\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Changes the node name. \fInode\fR specifies the new network node name and can -consist of alphanumeric characters and the special characters dash, underbar, -and dollar sign. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Changes the system name. \fIname\fR specifies new system name and can consist -of alphanumeric characters and the special characters dash, underbar, and -dollar sign. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Temporary change. No attempt will be made to create a permanent change. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBsetuname\fR attempts to change the parameter values in two places: the -running kernel and, as necessary per implementation, to cross system reboots. A -temporary change changes only the running kernel. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sf880drd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sf880drd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f37256e46f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sf880drd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SF880DRD 1M "Aug 13, 2004" -.SH NAME -sf880drd \- Sun Fire 880 Dynamic Reconfiguration daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsf880drd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The Sun Fire 880 Dynamic Reconfiguration daemon, \fBsf880drd\fR, is part of the -\fBPCI\fR and system bus hotplug framework. \fBsf880drd\fR starts at boot time. -It has no configuration options and does not report any system status. -.sp -.LP -\fBsf880drd\fR implements the Sun Fire \fB880\fR console-less system -administration (per-slot pushbuttons and \fBLED\fR status indicators). It also -manages various aspects of \fBCPU\fR/memory hotplug. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/platform/SUNW,Sun-Fire-880/lib/sf880drd\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBcfgadm\fR(1M), \fBcfgadm_pci\fR(1M), \fBcfgadm_sbd\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBsf880drd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/platform/sun4u/sf880drd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/share.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/share.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0c3810bc92..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/share.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SHARE 1M "Jan 23, 2007" -.SH NAME -share \- make local resource available for mounting by remote systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBshare\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR] - [\fIpathname\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBshare\fR command exports, or makes a resource available for mounting, -through a remote file system of type \fIFSType\fR. If the option \fB-F\fR -\fIFSType\fR is omitted, the first file system type listed in -\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR is used as default. For a description of NFS specific -options, see \fBshare_nfs\fR(1M). \fIpathname\fR is the pathname of the -directory to be shared. When invoked with no arguments, \fBshare\fR displays -all shared file systems. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fB-d\fR flag may be used to provide a description of the resource being -shared. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the filesystem type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIspecific_options\fR are used to control access of the shared resource. -(See \fBshare_nfs\fR(1M) for the NFS specific options.) They may be any of the -following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrw\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIpathname\fR is shared read/write to all clients. This is also the default -behavior. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrw=\fR\fIclient\fR[\fI:client\fR]...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIpathname\fR is shared read/write only to the listed clients. No other -systems can access \fIpathname\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIpathname\fR is shared read-only to all clients. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro=\fR\fIclient\fR[\fI:client\fR]...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fIpathname\fR is shared read-only only to the listed clients. No other systems -can access \fIpathname\fR. -.RE - -Separate multiple options with commas. Separate multiple operands for an option -with colons. See EXAMPLES. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Causes the share operation to persist across reboots. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSharing a Read-Only Filesystem -.sp -.LP -This line will share the \fB/disk\fR file system read-only at boot time. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBshare\fR \fB-F\fR\fB nfs \fR\fB-o\fR \fBro /disk\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRInvoking Multiple Options -.sp -.LP -The following command shares the filesystem \fB/export/manuals\fR, with members -of the netgroup having read-only access and users on the specified host having -read-write access. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -share \fB-F\fR nfs \fB-o\fR ro=\fInetgroup_name\fR,rw=\fIhost1\fR:\fIhost2\fR:\fIhost3\fR /export/manuals -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/dfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of \fBshare\fR commands to be executed at boot time. Note that you can -invoke \fBshare\fR from a command line and use the \fB-p\fR option, described -above, as an alternative to editing this file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List of file system types; NFS is the default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/sharetab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -System record of shared file systems. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmountd\fR(1M), \fBnfsd\fR(1M), \fBshare_nfs\fR(1M), \fBshareall\fR(1M), -\fBunshare\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Export (old terminology): file system sharing used to be called exporting on -SunOS 4.x, so the \fBshare\fR command used to be invoked as \fBexportfs\fR(1B) -or \fB/usr/sbin/exportfs\fR. -.sp -.LP -If \fBshare\fR commands are invoked multiple times on the same filesystem, the -last \fBshare\fR invocation supersedes the previous\(emthe options set by the -last \fBshare\fR command replace the old options. For example, if read-write -permission was given to \fBusera\fR on \fB/somefs\fR, then to give read-write -permission also to \fBuserb\fR on \fB/somefs\fR: -.sp -.LP -\fBexample% share -F nfs -o rw=usera:userb /somefs\fR -.sp -.LP -This behavior is not limited to sharing the root filesystem, but applies to all -filesystems. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/share_nfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/share_nfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ff360207e1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/share_nfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,818 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" CDDL HEADER START -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" CDDL HEADER END -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" Copyright 2016 Jason King. -.\" -.Dd November 22, 2021 -.Dt SHARE_NFS 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm share_nfs -.Nd make local NFS file systems available for mounting by remote systems -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm share -.Op Fl d Ar description -.Op Fl F Sy nfs -.Op Fl o Ar specific_options -.Ar pathname -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm share -utility makes local file systems available for mounting by remote systems. -It starts the -.Xr nfsd 1M -and -.Xr mountd 1M -daemons if they are not already running. -.Pp -If no argument is specified, then -.Nm share -displays all file systems currently shared, including NFS file systems and file -systems shared through other distributed file system packages. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width "indented" -.It Fl d Ar description -Provide a comment that describes the file system to be shared. -.It Fl F Sy nfs -Share NFS file system type. -.It Fl o Ar specific_options -Specify -.Ar specific_options -in a comma-separated list of keywords and attribute-value-assertions for -interpretation by the file-system-type-specific command. -If -.Ar specific_options -is not specified, then by default sharing is read-write to all clients. -.Ar specific_options -can be any combination of the following: -.Bl -tag -width "indented" -.It Sy aclok -Allows the NFS server to do access control for NFS Version 2 clients (running -SunOS 2.4 or earlier). -When -.Sy aclok -is set on the server, maximal access is given to all clients. -For example, with -.Sy aclok -set, if anyone has read permissions, then everyone does. -If -.Sy aclok -is not set, minimal access is given to all clients. -.It Sy anon Ns = Ns Ar uid -Set -.Ar uid -to be the effective user ID of unknown users. -By default, unknown users are given the effective user ID UID_NOBODY. -If uid is set to -1, access is denied. -.It Ar charset Ns = Ns Ar access_list -Where -.Ar charset -is one of: euc-cn, euc-jp, euc-jpms, euc-kr, euc-tw, iso8859-1, iso8859-2, -iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, iso8859-8, iso8859-9, iso8859-13, iso8859-15, -koi8-r. -.Pp -Clients that match the -.Ar access_list -for one of these properties will be assumed to be using that character set and -file and path names will be converted to UTF-8 for the server. -.It Sy gidmap Ns = Ns Ar mapping Ns Oo ~ Ns Ar mapping Oc Ns ... -Where -.Ar mapping -is: -.Oo Ar clnt Oc : Ns Oo Ar srv Oc : Ns Ar access_list -.Pp -Allows remapping the group ID (gid) in the incoming request to some other gid. -This effectively changes the identity of the user in the request to that of -some other local user. -.Pp -For clients where the gid in the incoming request is -.Ar clnt -and the client matches the -.Ar access_list , -change the group ID to -.Ar srv . -If -.Ar clnt -is asterisk (*), all groups are mapped by this rule. -If -.Ar clnt -is omitted, all unknown groups are mapped by this rule. -If -.Ar srv -is set to -1, access is denied. -If -.Ar srv -is omitted, the gid is mapped to UID_NOBODY. -.Pp -The particular -.Ar mapping Ns s -are separated in the -.Sy gidmap Ns = -option by tilde (~) and are evaluated in the specified order until a match is -found. -Both -.Sy root Ns = -and -.Sy root_mapping Ns = -options (if specified) are evaluated before the -.Sy gidmap Ns = -option. -The -.Sy gidmap Ns = -option is skipped in the case where the client matches the -.Sy root Ns = -option. -.Pp -The -.Sy gidmap Ns = -option is evaluated before the -.Sy anon Ns = -option. -.Pp -This option is supported only for AUTH_SYS. -.It Sy index Ns = Ns Ar file -Load -.Ar file -rather than a listing of the directory containing this file when the -directory is referenced by an NFS URL. -.It Sy log Ns Oo = Ns Ar tag Oc -Enables NFS server logging for the specified file system. -The optional -.Ar tag -determines the location of the related log files. -The -.Ar tag -is defined in -.Pa /etc/nfs/nfslog.conf . -If no -.Ar tag -is specified, the default values associated with the global tag in -.Pa /etc/nfs/nfslog.conf -are used. -Support of NFS server logging is only available for NFS Version 2 and -Version 3 requests. -.It Sy nohide -By default, if server exports two filesystems, one of which is mounted as a -child of the other, NFS Version 2 and Version 3 clients must mount both -filesystems explicitly in order to access them. -If a client only mounts the parent, it will see an empty directory at the -location where the other filesystem is mounted. -.Pp -Setting the -.Sy nohide -option on a filesystem causes it to no longer be hidden in this manner, and the -client will be able to move from the parent filesystem to this one without -noticing the change. -However, some NFS clients or applications may not function correctly when -this option is used. -In particular, files on different underlying filesystems may appear to have -the same inode numbers. -The -.Sy nohide -option only applies to NFS Version 2 and Version 3 requests. -.It Sy noaclfab -By default, the NFS server will fabricate POSIX-draft style ACLs in response -to ACL requests from NFS Version 2 or Version 3 clients accessing shared -file systems that do not support POSIX-draft ACLs (such as ZFS). -Specifying -.Sy noaclfab -disables this behavior. -.It Sy none Ns = Ns Ar access_list -Access is not allowed to any client that matches the access list. -The exception is when the access list is an asterisk (*), in which case -.Sy ro -or -.Sy rw -can override -.Sy none . -.It Sy nosub -Prevents clients from mounting subdirectories of shared directories. -For example, if -.Pa /export -is shared with the -.Sy nosub -option on server -.Qq fooey -then a NFS client cannot do: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -mount -F nfs fooey:/export/home/mnt -.Ed -.Pp -NFS Version 4 does not use the MOUNT protocol. -The -.Sy nosub -option only applies to NFS Version 2 and Version 3 requests. -.It Sy nosuid -By default, clients are allowed to create files on the shared file system with -the setuid or setgid mode enabled. -Specifying -.Sy nosuid -causes the server file system to silently ignore any attempt to enable the -setuid or setgid mode bits. -.It Sy public -Moves the location of the public file handle from root -.Pa ( / ) -to the exported directory for WebNFS-enabled browsers and clients. -This option does not enable WebNFS service; WebNFS is always on. -Only one file system per server may use this option. -Any other option, including the -.Sy ro Ns = Ns Ar list -and -.Sy rw Ns = Ns Ar list -options can be included with the -.Sy public -option. -.It Sy ro -Sharing is read-only to all clients. -.It Sy ro Ns = Ns Ar access_list -Sharing is read-only to the clients listed in -.Ar access_list ; -overrides the -.Sy rw -suboption for the clients specified. -See -.Sx access_list -below. -.It Sy root Ns = Ns Ar access_list -Only root users from the hosts specified in -.Ar access_list -have root access. -See -.Sx access_list -below. -By default, no host has root access, so root users are mapped to an anonymous -user ID (see the -.Sy anon Ns = Ns Ar uid -option described above). -Netgroups can be used if the file system shared is using UNIX authentication -(AUTH_SYS). -.It Sy root_mapping Ns = Ns Ar uid -For a client that is allowed root access, map the root UID to the specified -user id. -.It Sy rw -Sharing is read-write to all clients. -.It Sy rw Ns = Ns Ar access_list -Sharing is read-write to the clients listed in -.Ar access_list ; -overrides the -.Sy ro -suboption for the clients specified. -See -.Sx access_list -below. -.It Sy sec Ns = Ns Ar mode Ns Oo : Ns Ar mode Oc Ns ... -Sharing uses one or more of the specified security modes. -The -.Ar mode -in the -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Ar mode -option must be a mode name supported on the client. -If the -.Sy sec Ns = -option is not specified, the default security mode used is AUTH_SYS. -Multiple -.Sy sec Ns = -options can be specified on the command line, although each mode can appear -only once. -The security modes are defined in -.Xr nfssec 5 . -.Pp -Each -.Sy sec Ns = -option specifies modes that apply to any subsequent -.Sy window Ns = , -.Sy rw , -.Sy ro , -.Sy rw Ns = , -.Sy ro Ns = , -and -.Sy root Ns = -options that are provided before another -.Sy sec Ns = -option. -Each additional -.Sy sec Ns = -resets the security mode context, so that more -.Sy window Ns = , -.Sy rw , -.Sy ro , -.Sy rw Ns = , -.Sy ro Ns = , -and -.Sy root Ns = -options can be supplied for additional modes. -.It Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy none -If the option -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy none -is specified when the client uses AUTH_NONE, or if the client uses a security -mode that is not one that the file system is shared with, then the credential -of each NFS request is treated as unauthenticated. -See the -.Sy anon Ns = Ns Ar uid -option for a description of how unauthenticated requests are handled. -.It Sy secure -This option has been deprecated in favor of the -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy dh -option. -.It Sy uidmap Ns = Ns Ar mapping Ns Oo ~ Ns Ar mapping Oc Ns ... -Where -.Ar mapping -is: -.Oo Ar clnt Oc : Ns Oo Ar srv Oc : Ns Ar access_list -.Pp -Allows remapping the user ID (uid) in the incoming request to some other uid. -This effectively changes the identity of the user in the request to that of -some other local user. -.Pp -For clients where the uid in the incoming request is -.Ar clnt -and the client matches the -.Ar access_list , -change the user ID to -.Ar srv . -If -.Ar clnt -is asterisk (*), all users are mapped by this rule. -If -.Ar clnt -is omitted, all unknown users are mapped by this rule. -If -.Ar srv -is set to -1, access is denied. -If -.Ar srv -is omitted, the uid is mapped to UID_NOBODY. -.Pp -The particular -.Ar mapping Ns s -are separated in the -.Sy uidmap Ns = -option by tilde (~) and are evaluated in the specified order until a match is -found. -Both -.Sy root Ns = -and -.Sy root_mapping Ns = -options (if specified) are evaluated before the -.Sy uidmap Ns = -option. -The -.Sy uidmap Ns = -option is skipped in the case where the client matches the -.Sy root Ns = -option. -.Pp -The -.Sy uidmap Ns = -option is evaluated before the -.Sy anon Ns = -option. -.Pp -This option is supported only for AUTH_SYS. -.It Sy window Ns = Ns Ar value -When sharing with -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy dh , -set the maximum life time (in seconds) of the RPC request's credential (in the -authentication header) that the NFS server allows. -If a credential arrives with a life time larger than what is allowed, the NFS -server rejects the request. -The default value is 30000 seconds (8.3 hours). -.El -.El -.Ss access_list -The -.Ar access_list -argument is a colon-separated list whose components may be any number of the -following: -.Bl -tag -width "indented" -.It Sy hostname -The name of a host. -With a server configured for DNS or LDAP naming in the nsswitch -.Sy hosts -entry, any hostname must be represented as a fully qualified DNS or LDAP name. -.It Sy netgroup -A netgroup contains a number of hostnames. -With a server configured for DNS or LDAP naming in the nsswitch -.Sy hosts -entry, any hostname in a netgroup must be represented as a fully qualified DNS -or LDAP name. -.It Sy domain name suffix -To use domain membership the server must use DNS or LDAP to resolve hostnames to -IP addresses; that is, the -.Sy hosts -entry in the -.Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf -must specify -.Sy dns -or -.Sy ldap -ahead of -.Sy nis -since only DNS and LDAP return the full domain name of the host. -Other name services like NIS cannot be used to resolve hostnames on the server -because when mapping an IP address to a hostname they do not return domain -information. -For example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -NIS 172.16.45.9 --> "myhost" -.Ed -.Pp -and -.Bd -literal -offset indent -DNS or LDAP 172.16.45.9 --> "myhost.mydomain.example.com" -.Ed -.Pp -The domain name suffix is distinguished from hostnames and netgroups by a -prefixed dot. -For example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -rw=.mydomain.example.com -.Ed -.Pp -A single dot can be used to match a hostname with no suffix. -For example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -rw=. -.Ed -.Pp -matches -.Qq mydomain -but not -.Qq mydomain.example.com . -This feature can be used to match hosts resolved through NIS rather -than DNS and LDAP. -.It Sy network -The network or subnet component is preceded by an at-sign (@). -It can be either a name or a dotted address. -If a name, it is converted to a dotted address by -.Xr getnetbyname 3SOCKET . -For example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -=@mynet -.Ed -.Pp -would be equivalent to: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -=@172.16 or =@172.16.0.0 -.Ed -.Pp -The network prefix assumes an octet-aligned netmask determined from the zeroth -octet in the low-order part of the address up to and including the high-order -octet, if you want to specify a single IP address (see below). -In the case where network prefixes are not byte-aligned, the syntax allows a -mask length to be specified explicitly following a slash (/) delimiter. -For example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -=@theothernet/17 or =@172.16.132/22 -.Ed -.Pp -where the mask is the number of leftmost contiguous significant bits in the -corresponding IP address. -.Pp -When specifying individual IP addresses, use the same @ notation described -above, without a netmask specification. -For example: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -=@172.16.132.14 -.Ed -.Pp -Multiple, individual IP addresses would be specified, for example, as: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -root=@172.16.132.20:@172.16.134.20 -.Ed -.El -.Pp -A prefixed minus sign (-) denies access to that component of -.Ar access_list . -The list is searched sequentially until a match is found that either grants or -denies access, or until the end of the list is reached. -For example, if host -.Qq terra -is in the -.Qq engineering -netgroup, then -.Bd -literal -offset indent -rw=-terra:engineering -.Ed -.Pp -denies access to -.Qq terra -but -.Bd -literal -offset indent -rw=engineering:-terra -.Ed -.Pp -grants access to -.Qq terra . -.Sh OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.Bl -tag -width "pathname" -.It Sy pathname -The pathname of the file system to be shared. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width "/etc/nfs/nfslog.conf" -.It Pa /etc/dfs/fstypes -list of system types, NFS by default -.It Pa /etc/dfs/sharetab -system record of shared file systems -.It Pa /etc/nfs/nfslogtab -system record of logged file systems -.It Pa /etc/nfs/nfslog.conf -logging configuration file -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Ss Example 1 Sharing A File System With Logging Enabled -The following example shows the -.Pa /export -file system shared with logging enabled: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -o log /export -.Ed -.Pp -The default global logging parameters are used since no tag identifier is -specified. -The location of the log file, as well as the necessary logging work -files, is specified by the global entry in -.Pa /etc/nfs/nfslog.conf . -The -.Xr nfslogd 1M -daemon runs only if at least one file system entry in -.Pa /etc/dfs/dfstab -is shared with logging enabled upon starting or rebooting the system. -Simply sharing a file system with logging enabled from the command line does not -start the -.Xr nfslogd 1M . -.Ss Example 2 Remap A User Coming From The Particular NFS Client -The following example remaps the user with uid -.Sy 100 -at client -.Sy 10.0.0.1 -to user -.Sy joe : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -o uidmap=100:joe:@10.0.0.1 /export -.Ed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr mount 1M , -.Xr mountd 1M , -.Xr nfsd 1M , -.Xr nfslogd 1M , -.Xr share 1M , -.Xr unshare 1M , -.Xr getnetbyname 3SOCKET , -.Xr netgroup 4 , -.Xr nfslog.conf 4 , -.Xr acl 5 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr nfssec 5 -.Sh NOTES -If the -.Sy sec Ns = -option is presented at least once, all uses of the -.Sy window Ns = , -.Sy rw , -.Sy ro , -.Sy rw Ns = , -.Sy ro Ns = , -and -.Sy root Ns = -options must come after the first -.Sy sec Ns = -option. -If the -.Sy sec Ns = -option is not presented, then -.Sy sec Ns = Ns Sy sys -is implied. -.Pp -If one or more explicit -.Sy sec Ns = -options are presented, -.Sy sys -must appear in one of the options mode lists for accessing using the AUTH_SYS -security mode to be allowed. -For example: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs /var -share -F nfs -o sec=sys /var -.Ed -.Pp -grants read-write access to any host using AUTH_SYS, but -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o sec=dh /var -.Ed -.Pp -grants no access to clients that use AUTH_SYS. -.Pp -Unlike previous implementations of -.Nm , -access checking for the -.Sy window Ns = , -.Sy rw , -.Sy ro , -.Sy rw Ns = , -and -.Sy ro Ns = -options is done per NFS request, instead of per mount request. -.Pp -Combining multiple security modes can be a security hole in situations where -the -.Sy ro Ns = -and -.Sy rw Ns = -options are used to control access to weaker security modes. -In this example, -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o sec=dh,rw,sec=sys,rw=hosta /var -.Ed -.Pp -an intruder can forge the IP address for -.Qq hosta -(albeit on each NFS request) to side-step the stronger controls of AUTH_DES. -Something like: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o sec=dh,rw,sec=sys,ro /var -.Ed -.Pp -is safer, because any client (intruder or legitimate) that avoids AUTH_DES only -gets read-only access. -In general, multiple security modes per share command should only be used in -situations where the clients using more secure modes get stronger access than -clients using less secure modes. -.Pp -If -.Sy rw Ns = -and -.Sy ro Ns = -options are specified in the same -.Sy sec Ns = -clause, and a client is in both lists, the order of the two options determines -the access the client gets. -If client -.Qq hosta -is in two netgroups, -.Qq group1 -and -.Qq group2 , -in this example, the client would get read-only access: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o ro=group1,rw=group2 /var -.Ed -.Pp -In this example -.Qq hosta -would get read-write access: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o rw=group2,ro=group1 /var -.Ed -.Pp -If within a -.Sy sec Ns = -clause, both the -.Sy ro -and -.Sy rw Ns = -options are specified, for compatibility, the order of the options rule is not -enforced. -All hosts would get read-only access, with the exception to those in the -read-write list. -Likewise, if the -.Sy ro Ns = -and -.Sy rw -options are specified, all hosts get read-write access with the exceptions of -those in the read-only list. -.Pp -The -.Sy ro Ns = -and -.Sy rw Ns = -options are guaranteed to work over UDP and TCP but may not work over other -transport providers. -.Pp -The -.Sy root Ns = -option with AUTH_SYS is guaranteed to work over UDP and TCP but may not work -over other transport providers. -.Pp -The -.Sy root Ns = -option with AUTH_DES is guaranteed to work over any transport provider. -.Pp -There are no interactions between the -.Sy root Ns = -option and the -.Sy rw , -.Sy ro , -.Sy rw Ns = , -and -.Sy ro Ns = -options. -Putting a host in the root list does not override the semantics of the other -options. -The access the host gets is the same as when the -.Sy root Ns = -option is absent. -For example, the following share command denies access to -.Qq hostb : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o ro=hosta,root=hostb /var -.Ed -.Pp -The following gives read-only permissions to -.Qq hostb : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o ro=hostb,root=hostb /var -.Ed -.Pp -The following gives read-write permissions to -.Qq hostb : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o ro=hosta,rw=hostb,root=hostb /var -.Ed -.Pp -If the file system being shared is a symbolic link to a valid pathname, the -canonical path (the path which the symbolic link follows) is shared. -For example, if -.Pa /export/foo -is a symbolic link to -.Pa /export/bar , -the following share command results in -.Pa /export/bar -as the shared pathname (and not -.Pa /export/foo ) : -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs /export/foo -.Ed -.Pp -An NFS mount of -.Lk server:/export/foo -results in -.Lk server:/export/bar -really being mounted. -.Pp -This line in the -.Pa /etc/dfs/dfstab -file shares the -.Pa /disk -file system read-only at boot time: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -share -F nfs -o ro /disk -.Ed -.Pp -The -.Xr mountd 1M -process allows the processing of a path name that contains a symbolic link. -This allows the processing of paths that are not themselves explicitly shared -with -.Nm . -For example, -.Pa /export/foo -might be a symbolic link that refers to -.Pa /export/bar -which has been specifically shared. -When the client mounts -.Pa /export/foo -the mountd processing follows the symbolic link and responds with the -.Pa /export/bar . -The NFS Version 4 protocol does not use the mountd processing and the client's -use of -.Pa /export/foo -does not work as it does with NFS Version 2 and Version 3 and the client -receives an error when attempting to mount -.Pa /export/foo . -.Pp -The -.Sy nohide -option violates RFC 1094, -.%T "Network File System Protocol Specification" -and RFC 1813, -.%T "NFS: Network File System Version 3 Protocol Specification" -.Pp -The -.Sy nohide -option is provided for compatibility with Linux NFS. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/shareall.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/shareall.1m deleted file mode 100644 index afffca8647..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/shareall.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1995, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SHAREALL 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -shareall, unshareall \- share, unshare multiple resources -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBshareall\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR [,\fIFSType\fR]...] [\fB-|\fR \fIfile\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBunshareall\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR [,\fIFSType\fR]...] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -When used with no arguments, \fBshareall\fR shares all resources from -\fBfile\fR, which contains a list of \fBshare\fR command lines. If the operand -is a hyphen (\(mi), then the \fBshare\fR command lines are obtained from the -standard input. Otherwise, if neither a \fBfile\fR nor a hyphen is specified, -then the file \fB/etc/dfs/dfstab\fR is used as the default. -.sp -.LP -Resources may be shared by specific file system types by specifying the file -systems in a comma-separated list as an argument to \fB-F\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBunshareall\fR unshares all currently shared resources. Without a \fB-F\fR -flag, it unshares resources for all distributed file system types. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fI FSType\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify file system type. Defaults to the first entry in -\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/dfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBshare\fR(1M), \fBunshare\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sharectl.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sharectl.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bd27bb4911..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sharectl.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd November 22, 2021 -.Dt SHARECTL 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm sharectl -.Nd configure and manage file sharing services -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Ar subcommand -.Op Fl h -.Nm -.Cm delsect -.Ar section protocol -.Nm -.Cm get -.Oo Fl p Ar property Oc Ns ... -.Ar protocol -.Nm -.Cm set -.Bro Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Brc Ns ... -.Ar protocol -.Nm -.Cm status -.Op Ar protocol -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command operates on file sharing services. -The command sets the client and server operational properties, takes and -restores configuration snapshots, and gets status of the protocol service. -Currently supported services are -.Xr autofs 4 , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr smb 4 -and smbfs. -.Pp -The -.Cm set -subcommand requires root privileges or that you assume the Primary Administrator -role. -.Pp -A non-privileged user can change the persistent settings when granted required -authorizations, see appropriate sharing protocol man page. -.Ss Options -The following options are supported where applicable: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl h -Displays usage message. -Supported for all subcommands. -.It Fl p Ar property Ns Op = Ns Ar value -Specifies a property. -See -.Sx Subcommands , -below. -.El -.Ss Subcommands -.Nm -supports the subcommands described below: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm delsect -.Ar section protocol -.Xc -Delete configuration section for the specified protocol. -Currently only protocol that has configuration sections is -.Nm smbfs -.Po see -.Xr nsmbrc 4 -and -.Sx EXAMPLES -.Pc . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm get -.Oo Fl p Ar property Oc Ns ... -.Ar protocol -.Xc -Get the property values for the specified protocol. -If no -.Fl p -option is provided, get all the properties for the specified protocol. -For NFS, properties correspond to entries in the -.Pa /etc/default/nfs -file. -See -.Xr nfs 4 . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm set -.Bro Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Brc Ns ... -.Ar protocol -.Xc -Set properties for the specified file sharing protocol. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm status -.Op Ar protocol -.Xc -Display status of the specified protocol, or, if no protocol is specified, of -all file sharing protocols. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /usr/include/libshare.h -Error codes used for exit status. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy 0 -Successful completion. -.It Sy non-zero -Command failed. -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy Example 1 No Setting a Property -The following command sets the minimum version of the server NFS protocol to -version 3. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl -p server_versmin=3 nfs -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2 No Getting Properties -The following command gets the properties for the NFS protocol. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl get nfs -lockd_listen_backlog=32 -lockd_servers=256 -lockd_retransmit_timeout=5 -grace_period=90 -nfsmapid_domain=example.com -servers=1024 -server_versmin=2 -server_versmax=4 -max_connections=-1 -.Ed -.Pp -The following command gets the value of the grace_period property for the NFS -protocol. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl get -p grace_period nfs -grace_period=90 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 3 No Obtaining Status -The following command obtains the status of all file-sharing protocols on a -system. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl status -nfs enabled -.Ed -.It Sy Example 4 No Configuring Global Settings -The following command shows how an authorized user can use -.Nm -commands to configure global settings for the -.Pa example.com -environment in the service management facility -.Pq SMF . -See -.Xr nsmbrc 4 -for a description of the example environment, -.Pa example.com . -See -.Xr smf 5 -for a description of the SMF. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl set -p section=default -p workgroup=SALES \e - -p timeout=5 smbfs -# sharectl set -p section=FSERVER -p addr=fserv.example.com smbfs -# sharectl set -p section=RSERVER -p workgroup=REMGROUP \e - -p addr=rserv.example.com smbfs -# sharectl set -p section=RSERVER:george -p timeout=30 smbfs -# sharectl set -p section="SSERV:*:POKY" -p addr=sserv.example.com \e - -p timeout=25 smbfs -.Ed -.It Sy Example 5 No Displaying Current Settings -The following command shows how an authorized user can use the -.Nm sharectl Cm get -command to view the global settings for -.Nm smbfs -in the SMF. -The values shown are those set by the previous example. -.Bd -literal -# sharectl get smbfs -[default] -workgroup=SALES -timeout=5 -[FSERVER] -addr=fserv.example.com -[RSERVER] -workgroup=REMGROUP -addr=rserv.example.com -[RSERVER:george] -timeout=30 -[SSERV:*:POKY] -addr=sserv.example.com -timeout=25 -.Ed -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Committed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr sharemgr 1M , -.Xr autofs 4 , -.Xr nfs 4 , -.Xr nsmbrc 4 , -.Xr smb 4 , -.Xr user_attr 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr rbac 5 , -.Xr smf 5 , -.Xr standards 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sharemgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sharemgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6bf52efd94..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sharemgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1334 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SHAREMGR 1M "November 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -sharemgr \- configure and manage file sharing -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBsharemgr\fR \fIsubcommand\fR [\fIoptions\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBadd-share\fR [\fB-nth\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIresource-name\fR] [\fB-d\fR "\fIdescription text\fR"] - \fB-s\fR \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBcreate\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]] \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdelete\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR] [\fB-f\fR] \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBdisable\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] [\fB-a\fR | \fIgroup\fR...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBenable\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] [\fB-a\fR | \fIgroup\fR...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBlist\fR [\fB-vh\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBmove-share\fR [\fB-nv\fR] \fB-s\fR \fIsharepath\fR \fIdestination-group\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBremove-share\fR [\fB-fnvh\fR] \fB-s\fR \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBset\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] \fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]... [\fB-S\fR \fIoptionset\fR] - [\fB-s\fR \fIsharepath\fR] \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBset-share\fR [\fB-nh\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIresource\fR] [\fB-d\fR "\fIdescription text\fR"] - \fB-s\fR \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBshow\fR [\fB-pvxh\fR] [\fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR] [\fIgroup\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBunset\fR [\fB-nvh\fR] \fB-P\fR \fIproto\fR [\fB-S\fR \fIoptionset\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIproperty\fR]... - \fIgroup\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBshare\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIfstype\fR] [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIoptionlist\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdescription\fR] - [\fIpathname\fR [\fIresourcename\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBunshare\fR [\fB-F\fR \fIfstype\fR] [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIoptionlist\fR] \fIsharepath\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBsharemgr\fR command configures share groups and the shares contained -within them. -.sp -.LP -A group name must conform to service management facility (SMF) (see -\fBsmf\fR(5)) service-naming conventions, thus is limited to starting with an -alphabetic character, with the rest of the name consisting only of alphanumeric -characters plus \fB-\fR (hyphen) and \fB_\fR (underbar). -.sp -.LP -Subcommands that result in a configuration change support a dry-run option. -When dry-run (\fB-n\fR) is specified, the syntax and validity of the command is -tested but the configuration is not actually updated. -.sp -.LP -For all subcommands, the \fB-h\fR option lists usage and help information. -.sp -.LP -For subcommands with the verbose (\fB-v\fR) option, additional information will -be provided. For example, in conjunction with the \fB-n\fR option, verbose mode -will also indicate whether the current user has sufficient permissions to -accomplish the operation. -.sp -.LP -There are two groups that are created automatically. The \fBdefault\fR group -always exists and covers legacy NFS shares only. The \fBzfs\fR group will be -created when ZFS shares are enabled. -.sp -.LP -The options shown in the SYNOPSIS section are described in the context of each -subcommand. All subcommands except \fBlist\fR and \fBshow\fR require root -privileges or that you assume the Primary Administrator role. -.SS "Subcommands" -With no subcommand entered, a \fBsharemgr\fR command with the \fB-h\fR option -displays a usage message for all subcommands. -.sp -.LP -The following subcommands follow \fBsharemgr\fR on a command line. Commands -take the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBsharemgr \fI\fR [\fIoptions\fR]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcreate\fR \fB[-nvh] [-P \fIproto\fR [-p \fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]] -\fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create a new group with specified name. -.sp -If \fB-n\fR is specified, the command checks only the validity of the command -and that the group does not already exist. -.sp -If no protocol is specified, all known protocols are enabled for the specified -group. If a protocol is specified, only that protocol is enabled. You can -specify properties for a specified protocol. -.sp -If \fIgroup\fR exists, use of \fB-P\fR adds the specified protocol to that -group. -.sp -As an example of the \fBcreate\fR subcommand, the following command creates a -new group with the name \fBmygroup\fR. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr create mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Because no protocol was specified in the preceding command, all defined -protocols will be enabled on the group. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR \fB[-nvh] [-P \fIproto\fR] [-f] \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the specified group. If the group is not empty, you can use the \fB-f\fR -option to force the deletion, which unshares and removes all shares from the -group before removing the group itself. -.sp -If you specify a protocol, rather than deleting the whole group, this -subcommand deletes the protocol from the group. -.sp -The \fB-n\fR option can be used to test the syntax of the command. -.sp -As an example, the following command removes the group \fBmygroup\fR from the -configuration if it is empty. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr delete mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The following command removes any existing shares prior to removing the group. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr delete -f mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Note the use of the force (\fB-f\fR) option, above. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR \fB[-vh] [-P \fIproto\fR]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the defined groups. -.sp -If a protocol is specified, list only those groups that have the specified -protocol defined. -.sp -If the verbose option is specified, the current state of the group and all -protocols enabled on the group are listed as well. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr list -v\fR -mygroup enabled nfs -rdonlygrp disabled nfs -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshow\fR \fB[-pvxh] [-P \fIproto\fR] [\fIgroup\fR...]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shows the contents of the specified group(s). -.sp -If the verbose option is specified, the resource name and description of each -share is displayed if they are defined. Otherwise, only the share paths are -displayed. Also, when temporary shares are listed, they are prefixed with an -asterisk (\fB*\fR). -.sp -If the \fB-p\fR option is specified, all options defined for the protocols of -the group are displayed, in addition to the display without options. If the -\fB-P\fR option is used, the output is limited to those groups that have the -specified protocol enabled. If the \fB-x\fR option is specified, output is in -XML format and the \fB-p\fR and \fB-v\fR options are ignored, because all -information is included in the XML. -.sp -The following example illustrates the use of the \fB-p\fR option. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr show -p mygroup\fR -default nfs=() - * /data/backup -mygroup nfs=(nosuid=true) - /export/home/home0 - /export/home/home1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The following example illustrates the use of the \fB-v\fR option. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr show -v mygroup\fR -mygroup - HOME0=/export/home/home0 "Home directory set 0" - HOME1=/export/home/home1 "Home directory set 1" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -ZFS managed shares are handled in a way similar to the way NFS shares are -handled. These shares appear as subgroups within the parent group \fBzfs\fR. -The subgroups are always prefixed with \fBzfs/\fR and use the ZFS dataset name -for the rest of the name. The mount point and any sub-mounts that inherit -sharing are shown as the shares of the subgroup. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr show -vp zfs\fR -zfs nfs=() - zfs/ztest - /ztest - /ztest/backups -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset\fR \fB[-nvh] -P \fIproto\fR [-S \fIoptionset\fR] [-p -\fIproperty\fR=\fIvalue\fR]* [-s \fIshare path\fR] \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set protocol-specific properties on the specified group. -.sp -The \fB-P\fR option is required and must specify a valid protocol. -.sp -Optionsets are protocol-specific sets of properties that can be negotiated by -the protocol client. For NFS, optionsets are equivalent to security modes as -defined in \fBnfssec\fR(5). If \fB-S\fR \fIoptionset\fR is specified, the -properties are applied to the selected optionset. Otherwise they are applied to -the general optionset. -.sp -Together, \fB-P\fR and \fB-S\fR select a specific view of the group's options -on which to work. -.sp -Property values are strings. A specified property is set to a new value if the -property already exists or is added to the protocol if it does not already -exist. -.sp -In the general case, at least one property must be set. If \fB-S\fR is -specified, properties can be omitted and the specified optionset is enabled for -the protocol. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR option allows setting properties on a per-share basis. While this -is supported, it should be limited to managing legacy shares and to the -occasional need for an override of a group-level property or placing an -additional property on one share within a group. -.sp -An example of this subcommand: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr set -P nfs -p anon=1234 mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The preceding command adds the property \fBanon=1234\fR to the \fBnfs\fR view -of group \fBmygroup\fR. If \fBmygroup\fR has existing shares, they will all be -reshared with the new property value(s). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunset\fR \fB[-nvh] -P proto [-S \fIoptionset\fR] [-p \fIproperty\fR]* [-s -\fIsharepath\fR ] \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unset the specified properties for the protocol or for the specified -\fIoptionset\fR of the protocol. -.sp -In the general case, at least one property must be set. If \fB-S\fR is -specified, properties can be omitted and the specified optionset is removed -from the protocol. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR option allows removing a share-specific property. -.sp -An example of this subcommand: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr unset -P nfs -p anon mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The preceding command removes the \fBanon=\fR property from the \fBnfs\fR view -of group \fBmygroup\fR. If \fBmygroup\fR has existing shares, they will all be -reshared with the new property value(s). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd-share\fR \fB[-nth] [-r \fIresource-name\fR] [-d "\fIdescription -text\fR"] -s \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add a new share to the specified group. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR option is mandatory and takes a full directory path. -.sp -If either or both of \fB-d\fR and \fB-r\fR are specified, they specify values -associated with the share. \fB-d\fR provides a description string to document -the share and \fB-r\fR provides a protocol-independent resource name. Resource -names are not used by NFS at this time but can be specified. These names -currently follow the same naming rules as group names. -.sp -The temporary option (\fB-t\fR) results in the share being shared but not -stored in the configuration repository. This option is intended for shares that -should not survive a reboot or server restart, or for testing purposes. -Temporary shares are indicated in the \fBshow\fR subcommand output with an -asterisk (\fB*\fR) preceding the share. -.sp -If \fIsharepath\fR is a ZFS path and that path is added to the \fBzfs\fR group, -\fBsharemgr\fR creates a new ZFS subgroup; the new share is added to that -subgroup. Any ZFS sub-filesystems under the ZFS filesystem designated by -\fIsharepath\fR will inherit the shared status of \fIsharepath\fR. -.sp -The effect of the \fBadd-share\fR subcommand on a ZFS dataset is determined by -the values of the \fBsharesmb\fR and \fBsharenfs\fR properties of that dataset. -.sp -See \fBzfs\fR(1M) for a description of the \fBsharesmb\fR and \fBsharenfs\fR -properties. -.sp -The following are examples of the \fBadd-share\fR subcommand. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr add-share -s /export/home/home0 -d "home \e -directory set 0" -r HOME0 mygroup\fR - -# \fBsharemgr add-share -s /export/home/home1 -d "home \e -directory set 1" -r HOME1 mygroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The preceding commands add \fB/export/home/home0\fR and -\fB/export/home/home1\fR to the group \fBmygroup\fR. A descriptive comment and -a resource name are included. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmove-share\fR \fB[-nvh] -s \fIsharepath\fR \fIdestination-group\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Move the specified share from the group it is currently in to the specified -destination group. The \fBmove-share\fR subcommand does not create a group. A -specified group must exist for the command to succeed. -.sp -The following is an example of this subcommand. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr move-share -s /export/home/home1 newgroup\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Assuming \fB/export/home/home1\fR is in the group \fBmygroup\fR, the preceding -command moves \fB/export/home/home1\fR to the group \fBnewgroup\fR and unshares -and then reshares the directory with the properties associated with -\fBnewgroup\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBremove-share\fR \fB[-fnvh] -s \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove the specified share from the specified group. The force (\fB-f\fR) -option forces the share to be removed even if it is busy. -.sp -You must specify the full path for \fIsharepath\fR. For group, use the subgroup -as displayed in the output of the \fBsharemgr show\fR command. Note that if -there are subshares that were created by inheritance, these will be removed, -along with the parent shares. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset-share\fR \fB[-nvh] [-r \fIresource\fR] [-d "\fIdescription text\fR"] --s \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set or change the specified share's description and resource values. One use of -\fBset-share\fR is to rename a resource. The syntax for this use of the -subcommand is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr set-share -r \fIcurrent_name\fR=\fInew_name\fR -s \fIsharepath\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable\fR \fB[-nvh] [\fIgroup\fR... | -a]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the specified group(s), or (with \fB-a\fR) all groups, and start sharing -the contained shares. This state persists across reboots. -.sp -An enabled group will be shared whenever the corresponding SMF service instance -is enabled. \fBsharemgr\fR will start the SMF service instance if it is not -currently online. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisable\fR \fB[-nvh] [\fIgroup\fR... | -a]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the specified group(s), or (with \fB-a\fR) all groups, and unshare the -shares that they contain. This state persists across reboots. -.sp -A disabled group will not be shared even if the corresponding SMF service -instance is online. This feature is useful when you do not want a group of -shares to be started at boot time. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstart\fR \fB[-vh] [-P \fIproto\fR] [\fIgroup\fR... | -a]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Start the specified group, or (with \fB-a\fR) all groups. The \fBstart\fR -subcommand is similar to \fBenable\fR in that all shares are started, but -\fBstart\fR works only on groups that are enabled. \fBstart\fR is used by the -SMF to start sharing at system boot. -.sp -A group will not start sharing if it is in the \fBsharemgr\fR \fBdisabled\fR -state. However, the corresponding SMF service instance will be started. -.sp -Note that the \fBstart\fR subcommand is similar to the \fBshareall\fR(1M) -command in that it starts up only the configured shares. That is, the enabled -shares will start being shared, but the configuration state is left the same. -The command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr start -a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...is equivalent to: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBshareall\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstop\fR \fB[-vh] [-P \fIproto\fR] [\fIgroup\fR... | -a]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Stop the specified group, or (with \fB-a\fR) all groups. The \fBstop\fR -subcommand is similar to \fBdisable\fR in that all shares are no longer shared, -but it works only on groups that are enabled. \fBstop\fR is used by the SMF to -stop sharing at system shutdown. -.sp -Note that the \fBstop\fR subcommand is similar to the \fBunshareall\fR(1M) -command in that all active shares are unshared, but the configuration is left -the same. That is, the shares are stopped but the service instances are left -enabled. The command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsharemgr stop -a\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...is equivalent to: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBunshareall\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBshare\fR \fB[-F \fIfstype\fR] [-p] [-o \fIoptionlist\fR] [-d -\fIdescription\fR] [\fIpathname\fR [\fIresourcename\fR]]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Shares the specified path in the \fBdefault\fR share group. This subcommand -implements the \fBshare\fR(1M) functionality. Shares that are shared in this -manner will be transient shares. Use of the \fB-p\fR option causes the shares -to be persistent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunshare\fR \fB[-F \fIfstype\fR] [-p] [-o \fIoptionlist\fR] -\fIsharepath\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unshares the specified share. This subcommand implements the \fBunshare\fR(1M) -functionality. By default, the \fBunshare\fR is temporary. The \fB-p\fR option -is provided to remove the share from the configuration in a way that persists -across reboots. -.RE - -.SS "Supported Properties" -Properties are protocol-specific. Currently, only the NFS and SMB protocols are -supported. Properties have the following characteristics: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Values of type \fIboolean\fR take either \fBtrue\fR or \fBfalse\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Values of type \fIvalue\fR take a numeric value. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Values of type \fIfile\fR take a file name and not a file path. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Values of type \fIaccess-list\fR are described in detail following the -descriptions of the NFS properties. -.RE -.sp -.LP -The general properties supported for NFS are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBabe=\fR\fIboolean\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the access-based enumeration (ABE) policy for a share. When set to -\fBtrue\fR, ABE filtering is enabled on this share and directory entries to -which the requesting user has no access will be omitted from directory listings -returned to the client. When set to \fBfalse\fR or not defined, ABE filtering -will not be performed on this share. This property is not defined by default. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisabled\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable ABE for this share. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenabled\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable ABE for this share. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaclok=\fIboolean\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Allows the NFS server to do access control for NFS Version 2 clients (running -SunOS 2.4 or earlier). When \fBaclok\fR is set on the server, maximum access is -given to all clients. For example, with \fBaclok\fR set, if anyone has read -permissions, then everyone does. If \fBaclok\fR is not set, minimum access is -given to all clients. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBad-container\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the AD container in which to publish shares. -.sp -The AD container is specified as a comma-separated list of attribute name-value -pairs using the LDAP distinguished name (DN) or relative distinguished name -(RDN) format. The DN or RDN must be specified in LDAP format using the -\fBcn=\fR, \fBou=\fR, and \fBdc=\fR prefixes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBcn\fR represents the common name -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBou\fR represents the organizational unit -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBdc\fR represents the domain component -.RE -\fBcn=\fR, \fBou=\fR and \fBdc=\fR are attribute types. The attribute type used -to describe an object's RDN is called the naming attribute, which, for ADS, -includes the following object classes: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBcn\fR for the \fBuser\fR object class -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBou\fR for the organizational unit (\fBOU\fR) object class -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBdc\fR for the \fBdomainDns\fR object class -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBanon=\fIuid\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set \fIuid\fR to be the effective user ID of unknown users. By default, unknown -users are given the effective user ID \fBUID_NOBODY\fR. If uid is set to -\fB-1\fR, access is denied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcatia=\fIboolean\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -CATIA V4 uses characters in file names that are considered to be invalid by -Windows. CATIA V5 is available on Windows. A CATIA V4 file could be -inaccessible to Windows clients if the file name contains any of the characters -that are considered illegal in Windows. By default, CATIA character -substitution is not performed. -.sp -If the \fBcatia\fR property is set to true, the following character -substitution is applied to file names. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -CATIA CATIA -V4 UNIX V5 Windows - " \e250 0x00a8 Dieresis - * \e244 0x00a4 Currency Sign - / \e370 0x00f8 Latin Small Letter O with Stroke - : \e367 0x00f7 Division Sign - < \e253 0x00ab Left-Pointing Double Angle Quotation Mark - > \e273 0x00bb Right-Pointing Double Angle Quotation Mark - ? \e277 0x00bf Inverted Question Mark - \e \e377 0x00ff Latin Small Letter Y with Dieresis - | \e246 0x00a6 Broken Bar -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcksum=\fIcksumlist\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the share to attempt to use end-to-end checksums. The value \fIcksumlist\fR -specifies the checksum algorithms that should be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcsc=\fR\fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the client-side caching policy for a share. Client-side caching is a client -feature and offline files are managed entirely by the clients. -.sp -.LP -The following are valid values for the \fBcsc\fR property: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBmanual\fR \fB-\fR Clients are permitted to cache files from the specified -share for offline use as requested by users. However, automatic file-by-file -reintegration is not permitted. \fBmanual\fR is the default value. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBauto\fR \fB-\fR Clients are permitted to automatically cache files from the -specified share for offline use and file-by-file reintegration is permitted. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBvdo\fR \fB-\fR Clients are permitted to automatically cache files from the -specified share for offline use, file-by-file reintegration is permitted, and -clients are permitted to work from their local cache even while offline. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBdisabled\fR \fB-\fR Client-side caching is not permitted for this share. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBguestok=\fR\fIboolean\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the guest access policy for the share. When set to \fBtrue\fR guest access -is allowed on this share. When set to \fBfalse\fR or not defined guest access -is not allowed on this share. This property is not defined by default. -.sp -An \fBidmap\fR(1M) name-based rule can be used to map \fBguest\fR to any local -username, such as \fBguest\fR or \fBnobody\fR. If the local account has a -password in \fB/var/smb/smbpasswd\fR the guest connection will be authenticated -against that password. Any connection made using an account that maps to the -local guest account will be treated as a guest connection. -.sp -Example name-based rule: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBidmap add winname:Guest unixuser:guest\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBindex=\fIfile\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Load \fIfile\fR rather than a listing of the directory containing this file -when the directory is referenced by an NFS URL. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlog=\fItag\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables NFS server logging for the specified system. The optional tag -determines the location of the related log files. The tag is defined in -\fBetc/nfs/nfslog.conf\fR. If no tag is specified, the default values -associated with the global tag in \fBetc/nfs/nfslog.conf\fR is used. Support of -NFS server logging is available only for NFS Version 2 and Version 3 requests. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnosub=\fIboolean\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prevents clients from mounting subdirectories of shared directories. For -example, if \fB/export\fR is shared with the \fBnosub\fR option on server -\fBwool\fR then an NFS client cannot do: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBmount -F nfs wool:/export/home/mnt\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -NFS Version 4 does not use the MOUNT protocol. The \fBnosub\fR option applies -only to NFS Version 2 and Version 3 requests. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnosuid=\fIboolean\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -By default, clients are allowed to create files on a shared file system with -the \fBsetuid\fR or \fBsetgid\fR mode enabled. Specifying \fBnosuid\fR causes -the server file system to silently ignore any attempt to enable the -\fBsetuid\fR or \fBsetgid\fR mode bits. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpublic=\fIboolean\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Moves the location of the public file handle from root (\fB/\fR) to the -exported directory for WebNFS-enabled browsers and clients. This option does -not enable WebNFS service; WebNFS is always on. Only one file system per server -can have the \fBpublic\fR property. You can apply the \fBpublic\fR property -only to a share and not to a group. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -NFS also supports negotiated optionsets for supported security modes. The -security modes are documented in \fBnfssec\fR(5). The properties supported for -these optionsets are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcharset\fR=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Where \fIcharset\fR is one of: \fBeuc-cn\fR, \fBeuc-jp\fR, \fBeuc-jpms\fR, -\fBeuc-kr\fR, \fBeuc-tw\fR, \fBiso8859-1\fR, \fBiso8859-2\fR, \fBiso8859-5\fR, -\fBiso8859-6\fR, \fBiso8859-7\fR, \fBiso8859-8\fR, \fBiso8859-9\fR, -\fBiso8859-13\fR, \fBiso8859-15\fR, \fBkoi8-r\fR. -.sp -Clients that match the \fIaccess-list\fR for one of these properties will be -assumed to be using that character set and file and path names will be -converted to UTF-8 for the server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sharing is read-only to the clients listed in \fIaccess-list\fR; overrides the -\fBrw\fR suboption for the clients specified. See the description of -\fIaccess-list\fR below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrw=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sharing is read-write to the clients listed in \fIaccess-list\fR; overrides the -\fBro\fR suboption for the clients specified. See the description of -\fIaccess-list\fR below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Access is not allowed to any client that matches the access list. The exception -is when the access list is an asterisk (\fB*\fR), in which case \fBro\fR or -\fBrw\fR can override \fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBroot=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only root users from the hosts specified in \fIaccess-list\fR have root access. -See details on \fIaccess-list\fR below. By default, no host has root access, so -root users are mapped to an anonymous user ID (see the \fBanon=uid\fR option -described above). Netgroups can be used if the file system shared is using UNIX -authentication (\fBAUTH_SYS\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBroot_mapping=\fIuid\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For a client that is allowed root access, map the root UID to the specified -user id. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBwindow=\fIvalue\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When sharing with \fBsec=dh\fR (see \fBnfssec\fR(5)), set the maximum lifetime -(in seconds) of the RPC request's credential (in the authentication header) -that the NFS server allows. If a credential arrives with a lifetime larger than -what is allowed, the NFS server rejects the request. The default value is 30000 -seconds (8.3 hours). This property is ignored for security modes other than -\fBdh\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The general properties supported for SMB are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBencrypt=\fR\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Controls SMB3 per-share encryption. This is similar to the global smbd/encrypt -option. For requests on a particular share, the server's behavior is controlled -by the stricter of this option and smbd/encrypt. -.sp -When set to \fBdisabled\fR, the server will not ask clients to encrypt requests. -When set to \fBenabled\fR, the server will ask clients to encrypt requests, -but will not require that they do so. Any message than can be encrypted -will be encrypted. -When set to \fBrequired\fR, the server will deny access to or disconnect -any client that does not support encryption or fails to encrypt requests -that they should. -.sp -In other words, the \fBenabled\fR behavior is that any message that CAN -be encrypted SHOULD be encrypted, while the \fBrequired\fR behavior is that any -message that CAN be encrypted MUST be encrypted. -.sp -This property is not defined by default. -.sp -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBro=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sharing is read-only to the clients listed in \fIaccess-list\fR; overrides the -\fBrw\fR suboption for the clients specified. See the description of -\fIaccess-list\fR below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrw=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sharing is read-write to the clients listed in \fIaccess-list\fR; overrides the -\fBro\fR suboption for the clients specified. See the description of -\fIaccess-list\fR below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone=\fIaccess-list\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Access is not allowed to any client that matches the access list. The exception -is when the access list is an asterisk (\fB*\fR), in which case \fBro\fR or -\fBrw\fR can override \fBnone\fR. -.RE - -.SS "Access List Argument" -The \fIaccess-list\fR argument is either the string \fB"*"\fR to represent all -hosts or a colon-separated list whose components can be any number of the -following: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of a host. With a server configured for DNS or LDAP naming in the -\fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) \fBhosts\fR entry, a hostname must be represented as a -fully qualified DNS or LDAP name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInetgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A \fInetgroup\fR contains a number of hostnames. With a server configured for -DNS or LDAP naming in the \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) \fBhosts\fR entry, any -hostname in a netgroup must be represented as a fully qualified DNS or LDAP -name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdomainname\fR.\fIsuffix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -To use domain membership the server must use DNS or LDAP, rather than, for -example, NIS, to resolve hostnames to IP addresses. That is, the -\fBhosts\fR entry in the \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4) must specify \fBdns\fR or -\fBldap\fR ahead of \fBnis\fR, because only DNS and LDAP -return the full domain name of the host. Other name services, such as NIS, -cannot be used to resolve hostnames on the server because, when mapping -an IP address to a hostname, they do not return domain information. For -example, for the IP address 172.16.45.9: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBNIS\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Returns: \fBmyhost\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDNS or LDAP\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Returns: \fBmyhost.mydomain.example.com\fR -.RE - -The domain name suffix is distinguished from hostnames and netgroups by a -prefixed dot. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -rw=.mydomain.example.com -.fi -.in -2 - -A single dot can be used to match a hostname with no suffix. For example, the -specification: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -rw=. -.fi -.in -2 - -\&...matches \fBmydomain\fR but not \fBmydomain.example.com\fR. This feature -can be used to match hosts resolved through NIS rather than DNS and -LDAP. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInetwork\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The network or subnet component is preceded by an at-sign (\fB@\fR). It can be -either a name or a dotted address. If a name, it is converted to a dotted -address by \fBgetnetbyname\fR(3SOCKET). For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -=@mynet -.fi -.in -2 - -\&...is equivalent to: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -=@172.16 or =@172.16.0.0 -.fi -.in -2 - -The network prefix assumes an octet-aligned netmask determined from the zeroth -octet in the low-order part of the address up to and including the high-order -octet, if you want to specify a single IP address. In the case where network -prefixes are not byte-aligned, the syntax allows a mask length to be specified -explicitly following a slash (\fB/\fR) delimiter. For example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -=@theothernet/17 or =@172.16.132/22 -.fi -.in -2 - -\&...where the mask is the number of leftmost contiguous significant bits in -the corresponding IP address. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A prefixed minus sign (\fB-\fR) denies access to a component of -\fIaccess-list\fR. The list is searched sequentially until a match is found -that either grants or denies access, or until the end of the list is reached. -For example, if host \fBterra\fR is in the netgroup \fBengineering\fR, then: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -rw=-terra:engineering -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...denies access to \fBterra\fR, but: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -rw=engineering:-terra -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\&...grants access to \fBterra\fR. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB98\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Service is offline and cannot be enabled (start only). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIother non-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Command failed. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/include/libshare.h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n -Error codes used for exit status. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBidmap\fR(1M), \fBsharectl\fR(1M), \fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBnfssec\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBstandards\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/showmount.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/showmount.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4b7ba125f4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/showmount.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1997, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SHOWMOUNT 1M "Oct 26, 2004" -.SH NAME -showmount \- show remote mounts -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/showmount\fR [\fB-ade\fR] [\fIhostname\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBshowmount\fR lists the clients that have remotely mounted a filesystem from -\fIhost\fR. This information is maintained by the \fBmountd\fR(1M) server on -\fIhost\fR, and is saved across crashes in the file \fB/etc/rmtab\fR. The -default value for \fIhost\fR is the value returned by \fBhostname\fR(1). -.sp -.LP -The \fBshowmount\fR command does not display the names of NFS Version 4 -clients. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print all remote mounts in the format: -.sp -\fBhostname\fR\fB : directory\fR -.sp -where \fBhostname\fR is the name of the client, and \fBdirectory\fR is the root -of the file system that has been mounted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -List directories that have been remotely mounted by clients. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Print the list of shared file systems. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/rmtab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBhostname\fR(1), \fBmountd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH BUGS -.sp -.LP -If a client crashes, its entry will not be removed from the list of remote -mounts on the server. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/shutdown.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/shutdown.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d44ab4aa84..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/shutdown.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SHUTDOWN 1M "May 9, 2001" -.SH NAME -shutdown \- shut down system, change system state -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/shutdown\fR [\fB-y\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgrace-period\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIinit-state\fR] - [\fImessage\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBshutdown\fR is executed by the super user to change the state of the -machine. In most cases, it is used to change from the multi-user state (state -2) to another state. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBshutdown\fR brings the system to a state where only the console -has access to the operating system. This state is called single-user. -.sp -.LP -Before starting to shut down daemons and killing processes, \fBshutdown\fR -sends a warning message and, by default, a final message asking for -confirmation. \fImessage\fR is a string that is sent out following the standard -warning message "The system will be shut down in .\|.\|." If the string -contains more than one word, it should be contained within single (\fB\&'\fR) -or double (\fB"\fR) quotation marks. -.sp -.LP -The warning message and the user provided \fImessage\fR are output when there -are 7200, 3600, 1800, 1200, 600, 300, 120, 60, and 30 seconds remaining before -\fBshutdown\fR begins. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.sp -.LP -System state definitions are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstate 0\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Stop the operating system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstate 1\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -State 1 is referred to as the administrative state. In state 1 file systems -required for multi-user operations are mounted, and logins requiring access to -multi-user file systems can be used. When the system comes up from firmware -mode into state 1, only the console is active and other multi-user (state 2) -services are unavailable. Note that not all user processes are stopped when -transitioning from multi-user state to state 1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstate s, S\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -State s (or S) is referred to as the single-user state. All user processes are -stopped on transitions to this state. In the single-user state, file systems -required for multi-user logins are unmounted and the system can only be -accessed through the console. Logins requiring access to multi-user file -systems cannot be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstate 5\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Shut the machine down so that it is safe to remove the power. Have the machine -remove power, if possible. The \fBrc0\fR procedure is called to perform this -task. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBstate 6\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Stop the operating system and reboot to the state defined by the -\fBinitdefault\fR entry in \fB/etc/inittab\fR. The \fBrc6\fR procedure is -called to perform this task. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-y\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Pre-answer the confirmation question so the command can be run without user -intervention. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fI grace-period\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Allow the super user to change the number of seconds from the 60-second -default. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI init-state\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -If there are warnings, \fIinit-state\fR specifies the state \fBinit\fR is to be -in. By default, system state `\fBs\fR' is used. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBshutdown\fR -.sp -.LP -In the following example, \fBshutdown\fR is being executed on host \fBfoo\fR -and is scheduled in 120 seconds. The warning message is output 2 minutes, 1 -minute, and 30 seconds before the final confirmation message. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# shutdown -i S -g 120 "===== disk replacement =====" -Shutdown started. Tue Jun 7 14:51:40 PDT 1994 - -Broadcast Message from root (pts/1) on foo Tue Jun 7 14:51:41.\|.\|. -The system will be shut down in 2 minutes -===== disk replacement ===== -Broadcast Message from root (pts/1) on foo Tue Jun 7 14:52:41.\|.\|. -The system will be shut down in 1 minutes -===== disk replacement ===== -Broadcast Message from root (pts/1) on foo Tue Jun 7 14:53:41.\|.\|. -The system will be shut down in 30 seconds -===== disk replacement ===== -Do you want to continue? (y or n): -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inittab\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -controls process dispatching by \fBinit\fR -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBboot\fR(1M), \fBhalt\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBkillall\fR(1M), -\fBreboot\fR(1M), \fBufsdump\fR(1M), \fBinit.d\fR(4), \fBinittab\fR(4), -\fBnologin\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -When a system transitions down to the \fBS\fR or \fBs\fR state, the -\fB/etc/nologin\fR file (see \fBnologin\fR(4)) is created. Upon subsequent -transition to state 2 (multi-user state), this file is removed by a script in -the \fB/etc/rc2.d\fR directory. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/slpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/slpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a17acdd96d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/slpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,199 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SLPD 1M "Aug 23, 2004" -.SH NAME -slpd \- Service Location Protocol Daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/inet/slpd\fR [\fB-f\fR \fIconfiguration-file\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBslpd\fR daemon provides common server functionality for the Service -Location Protocol ("\fBSLP\fR") versions 1 and 2, as defined by \fBIETF\fR in -\fIRFC 2165\fR and \fIRFC 2608\fR. \fBSLP\fR provides a scalable framework for -the discovery and selection of network services. -.sp -.LP -\fBslpd\fR provides the following framework services: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBDirectory Agent\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This service automatically caches service advertisements from service agents to -provide them to user agents, and makes directory agent advertisements of its -services. This service is optional. \fBslpd\fR does not provide directory agent -service by default. Directory agents are not databases, and they do not need to -be maintained. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBService Agent Server\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -All service agents on the local host register and deregister with this server. -This service responds to all requests for services, and forwards registrations -to directory agents. By default, \fBslpd\fR is a service agent server. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPassive Directory Agent Discovery \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This service listens for directory agent advertisements and maintains a table -of active directory agents. When a user agent wishes to discover a directory -agent, it can simply query \fBslpd\fR, obviating the need to perform discovery -by means of multicast. By default, \fBslpd\fR performs this service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBProxy Registration\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This service can act as a proxy service agent for services that cannot register -themselves. \fBslpd\fR reads the proxy registration file for information on -services it is to proxy. By default, no services are registered by proxy. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -All configuration options are available from the configuration file. \fBslpd\fR -reads its configuration file upon startup. -.sp -.LP -Stop and start the slpd daemon using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). Use the command -\fBsvcadm enable network/slp\fR to start the slpd daemon. Use the command -\fBsvcadm disable network/slp\fR to stop it. -.sp -.LP -The file \fB/etc/inet/slp.conf\fR must exist before the \fBslp\fR service can -start the daemon. Only the example file \fB/etc/inet/slp.conf.example\fR is -present by default. To enable \fBSLP\fR, copy \fB/etc/inet/slp.conf.example\fR -to \fB/etc/inet/slp.conf\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIconfiguration-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -Specify an alternate configuration file -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRStopping the \fBslpd\fR daemon -.sp -.LP -The following command stops the \fBslpd\fR daemon: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# svcadm disable network/slp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRestarting the \fBslpd\fR daemon -.sp -.LP -The following command restarts the \fBslpd\fR daemon: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# svcadm restart network/slp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/inet/slp.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -The default configuration file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBslpd.reg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -The proxy registration file -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -CSI Enabled -_ -Interface Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBslp_api\fR(3SLP), \fBslp.conf\fR(4), -\fBslpd.reg\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBslp\fR(7P) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.sp -.LP -Guttman, E., Perkins, C., Veizades, J., and Day, M., \fIRFC 2608, Service -Location Protocol, Version 2\fR, The Internet Society, June 1999. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBslpd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/slp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smbadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 10da14181f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Nexenta by DDN, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.Dd June 6, 2019 -.Dt SMBADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm smbadm -.Nd configure and manage SMB local groups and users, and manage domain -membership -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Cm create -.Op Fl d Ar description -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm delete -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm rename -.Ar group new-group -.Nm -.Cm show -.Op Fl mp -.Op Ar group -.Nm -.Cm get -.Oo Fl p Ar property Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm set -.Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm add-member -.Fl m Ar member Oo Fl m Ar member Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm remove-member -.Fl m Ar member Oo Fl m Ar member Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Nm -.Cm delete-user -.Ar username -.Nm -.Cm disable-user -.Ar username -.Nm -.Cm enable-user -.Ar username -.Nm -.Cm join -.Op Fl y -.Fl u Ar username -.Ar domain -.Nm -.Cm join -.Op Fl y -.Fl w Ar workgroup -.Nm -.Cm list -.Nm -.Cm lookup -.Ar account-name Oo Ar account-name Oc Ns ... -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command is used to configure SMB local groups and users, and to manage domain -membership. -You can also use the -.Nm -command to enable or disable SMB password generation for individual local users. -.Pp -SMB local groups can be used when Windows accounts must be members of some local -groups and when Windows style privileges must be granted. -System local groups cannot provide these functions. -.Pp -There are two types of local groups: user defined and built-in. -Built-in local groups are predefined local groups to support common -administration tasks. -.Pp -In order to provide proper identity mapping between SMB local groups and -system groups, a SMB local group must have a corresponding system group. -This requirement has two consequences: first, the group name must conform to the -intersection of the Windows and system group name rules. -Thus, a SMB local group name can be up to eight (8) characters long and contain -only lowercase characters and numbers. -Second, a system local group has to be created before a SMB local group can -be created. -.Pp -Built-in groups are standard Windows groups and are predefined by the SMB -service. -The built-in groups cannot be added, removed, or renamed, and these groups do -not follow the SMB local group naming conventions. -.Pp -When the SMB server is started, the following built-in groups are available: -.Bl -tag -width "Backup Operators" -.It Sy Administrators -Group members can administer the system. -.It Sy Backup Operators -Group members can bypass file access controls to back up and restore files. -.It Sy Power Users -Group members can share directories. -.El -.Pp -System local users must have an SMB password for authentication and to gain -access to SMB resources. -This password is created by using the -.Xr passwd 1 -command when the -.Sy pam_smb_password -module is added to the system's PAM configuration. -See the -.Xr pam_smb_passwd 5 -man page. -.Pp -The -.Cm disable-user -and -.Cm enable-user -subcommands control SMB password-generation for a specified local user. -When disabled, the user is prevented from connecting to the SMB service. -By default, SMB password-generation is enabled for all local users. -.Pp -To reenable a disabled user, you must use the -.Cm enable-user -subcommand and then reset the user's password by using the -.Nm passwd -command. -The -.Pa pam_smb_passwd.so.1 -module must be added to the system's PAM configuration to generate an SMB -password. -.Ss Escaping Backslash Character -For the -.Cm add-member , -.Cm remove-member , -and -.Cm join -.Po with -.Fl u -.Pc -subcommands, the backslash character -.Pq Qq \e -is a valid separator between member or user names and domain names. -The backslash character is a shell special character and must be quoted. -For example, you might escape the backslash character with another backslash -character: -.Ar domain Ns \e\e Ns Ar username . -For more information about handling shell special characters, see the man page -for your shell. -.Sh OPERANDS -The -.Nm -command uses the following operands: -.Bl -tag -width "username" -.It Ar domain -Specifies the name of an existing Windows domain to join. -.It Ar group -Specifies the name of the SMB local group. -.It Ar username -Specifies the name of a system local user. -.El -.Sh SUBCOMMANDS -The -.Nm -command includes these subcommands: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Xo -.Cm create -.Op Fl d Ar description -.Ar group -.Xc -Creates a SMB local group with the specified name. -You can optionally specify a description of the group by using the -.Fl d -option. -.It Xo -.Cm delete -.Ar group -.Xc -Deletes the specified SMB local group. -The built-in groups cannot be deleted. -.It Xo -.Cm rename -.Ar group new-group -.Xc -Renames the specified SMB local group. -The group must already exist. -The built-in groups cannot be renamed. -.It Xo -.Cm show -.Op Fl mp -.Op Ar group -.Xc -Shows information about the specified SMB local group or groups. -If no group is specified, information is shown for all groups. -If the -.Fl m -option is specified, the group members are also shown. -If the -.Fl p -option is specified, the group privileges are also shown. -.It Xo -.Cm get -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Xc -Retrieves property values for the specified group. -If no property is specified, all property values are shown. -.It Xo -.Cm set -.Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Xc -Sets configuration properties for a SMB local group. -The description and the privileges for the built-in groups cannot be changed. -.Pp -The -.Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value -option specifies the list of properties to be set on the specified group. -.Pp -The group-related properties are as follows: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Cm backup Ns = Ns Cm on Ns | Ns Cm off -Specifies whether members of the SMB local group can bypass file access controls -to back up file system objects. -.It Cm description Ns = Ns Ar description-text -Specifies a text description for the SMB local group. -.It Cm restore Ns = Ns Cm on Ns | Ns Cm off -Specifies whether members of the SMB local group can bypass file access controls -to restore file system objects. -.It Cm take-ownership Ns = Ns Cm on Ns | Ns Cm off -Specifies whether members of the SMB local group can take ownership of file -system objects. -.It Cm bypass-read Ns = Ns Cm on Ns | Ns Cm off -Specifies whether members of the SMB local group can always bypass Read access controls. -.It Cm bypass-write Ns = Ns Cm on Ns | Ns Cm off -Specifies whether members of the SMB local group can always bypass Write and Delete access controls. -.El -.It Xo -.Cm add-member -.Fl m Ar member Oo Fl m Ar member Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Xc -Adds the specified member to the specified SMB local group. -The -.Fl m Ar member -option specifies the name of a SMB local group member. -The member name must include an existing user name and an optional domain name. -.Pp -Specify the member name in either of the following formats: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -[domain\e]username -[domain/]username -.Ed -.Pp -For example, a valid member name might be -.Sy sales\eterry -or -.Sy sales/terry , -where -.Sy sales -is the Windows domain name and -.Sy terry -is the name of a user in the -.Sy sales -domain. -.It Xo -.Cm remove-member -.Fl m Ar member Oo Fl m Ar member Oc Ns ... -.Ar group -.Xc -Removes the specified member from the specified SMB local group. -The -.Fl m Ar member -option specifies the name of a SMB local group member. -The member name must include an existing user name and an optional domain name. -.Pp -Specify the member name in either of the following formats: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -[domain\e]username -[domain/]username -.Ed -.Pp -For example, a valid member name might be -.Sy sales\eterry -or -.Sy sales/terry , -where -.Sy sales -is the Windows domain name and -.Sy terry -is the name of a user in the -.Sy sales -domain. -.It Xo -.Cm delete-user -.Ar username -.Xc -Deletes SMB password for the specified local user effectively preventing the -access by means of the SMB service. -Use -.Nm passwd -command to create the SMB password and re-enable access. -.It Xo -.Cm disable-user -.Ar username -.Xc -Disables SMB password-generation capabilities for the specified local user -effectively preventing access by means of the SMB service. -When a local user account is disabled, you cannot use the -.Nm passwd -command to modify the user's SMB password until the user account is re-enabled. -.It Xo -.Cm enable-user -.Ar username -.Xc -Enables SMB password-generation capabilities for the specified local user and -re-enables access. -After the password-generation capabilities are re-enabled, use the -.Nm passwd -command to generate the SMB password for the local user. -.Pp -The -.Nm passwd -command manages both the system password and SMB password for this user if the -.Pa pam_smb_passwd -module has been added to the system's PAM configuration. -.It Xo -.Cm join -.Op Fl y -.Fl u Ar username -.Ar domain -.Xc -Joins a Windows domain. -.Pp -An authenticated user account is required to join a domain, so you must specify -the Windows administrative user name with the -.Fl u -option. -If the password is not specified on the command line, the user is prompted for -it. -This user should be the domain administrator or any user who has administrative -privileges for the target domain. -.Pp -.Ar username -and -.Ar domain -can be entered in any of the following formats: -.Bd -literal -offset indent -username[+password] domain -domain\eusername[+password] -domain/username[+password] -username@domain -.Ed -.Pp -\&...where -.Ar domain -can be the NetBIOS or DNS domain name. -.Pp -If a machine trust account for the system already exists on a domain controller, -any authenticated user account can be used when joining the domain. -However, if the machine trust account does -.Em not -already exist, an account that has administrative privileges on the domain is -required to join the domain. -Specifying -.Fl y -will bypass the SMB service restart prompt. -.It Xo -.Cm join -.Op Fl y -.Fl w Ar workgroup -.Xc -Joins a Windows workgroup. -.Pp -The default mode for the SMB service is workgroup mode, which uses the default -workgroup name, -.Qq WORKGROUP . -.Pp -The -.Fl w Ar workgroup -option specifies the name of the workgroup to join when using the -.Cm join -subcommand. -Specifying -.Fl y -will bypass the SMB service restart prompt. -.It Cm list -Shows information about the current workgroup or domain. -The information typically includes the workgroup name or the primary domain -name. -When in domain mode, the information includes domain controller names and -trusted domain names. -.Pp -Each entry in the output is identified by one of the following tags: -.Bl -tag -width "[*]" -.It Sy [*] -Primary domain -.It Sy [.] -Local domain -.It Sy [-] -Other domains -.It Sy [+] -Selected domain controller -.El -.It Xo -.Cm lookup -.Ar account-name Oo Ar account-name Oc Ns ... -.Xc -Lookup the SID for the given -.Ar account-name , -or lookup the -.Ar account-name -for the given SID. -This subcommand is primarily for diagnostic use, to confirm whether the server -can lookup domain accounts and/or SIDs. -.El -.Sh EXIT STATUS -.Ex -std -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -Utility name and options are -.Sy Uncommitted . -Utility output format is -.Sy Not-An-Interface . -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr passwd 1 , -.Xr groupadd 1M , -.Xr idmap 1M , -.Xr idmapd 1M , -.Xr kclient 1M , -.Xr share 1M , -.Xr sharectl 1M , -.Xr sharemgr 1M , -.Xr smbd 1M , -.Xr smbstat 1M , -.Xr smb 4 , -.Xr smbautohome 4 , -.Xr attributes 5 , -.Xr pam_smb_passwd 5 , -.Xr smf 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smbd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b0d37c4436..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SMBD 1M "Feb 5, 2008" -.SH NAME -smbd \- CIFS server daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/smbsrv/smbd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmbd\fR daemon handles \fBCIFS\fR/\fBSMB\fR requests from \fBCIFS\fR -clients, such as Windows clients. Only processes with \fB{PRIV_SYS_SMB}\fR and -sufficient privileges to write the \fB/var/run\fR directory can run this -daemon. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmbd\fR daemon is automatically invoked by using the \fBsharemgr\fR -command over all available transports. By default, \fBsmbd\fR starts over the -NetBIOS-Over-TCP (\fBNBT\fR) and \fBTCP\fR transports. -.sp -.LP -When \fBsmbd\fR is started over \fBNBT\fR, the following services are started: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The NetBIOS name service is started on \fBUDP\fR port 137. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The NetBIOS datagram service is started on \fBUDP\fR port 138. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The NetBIOS session service is started on \fBTCP\fR port 139. -.RE -.sp -.LP -When the \fBsmbd\fR daemon is started over TCP, the CIFS service is started on -TCP port 445. -.sp -.LP -Only one instance of \fBsmbd\fR may be running at a time. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Daemon exited cleanly. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB95\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Daemon exited with a fatal error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB96\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Daemon exited with a configuration error. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See the \fBattributes\fR(5) man page for descriptions of the following -attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBps\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsharectl\fR(1M), \fBsharemgr\fR(1M), -\fBsmbadm\fR(1M), \fBsmbstat\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsmb\fR(4), -\fBsmbautohome\fR(4), \fBsystem\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Use the \fBsvcadm\fR command to perform administrative actions on the -\fBsmbd\fR service, such as enabling, disabling, or restarting the service. Use -the \fBsvcs\fR command to query the service status. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmbd\fR service is managed by the service management facility under the -service identifier \fBsvc:/network/smb/server\fR. -.sp -.LP -If the \fBsmbd\fR service is disabled, it will be enabled by the -\fBsharemgr\fR(1M) command, unless its \fBauto_enable\fR property is set to -false. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbiod.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smbiod.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 783dd0adf6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbiod.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SMBIOD 1M "Jul 7, 2009" -.SH NAME -smbiod \- SMB client I/O daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/smbfs/smbiod\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsmbiod\fR is a helper program that initiates an SMB reconnection, when -needed. -.sp -.LP -When a user runs an \fBsmbutil\fR or \fBmount_smbfs\fR command, an \fBsmbiod\fR -process is started and continues to run until that user no longer has any SMB -client connections. Only one \fBsmbiod\fR process runs for each user that has -SMB client connections. -.sp -.LP -Each \fBsmbiod\fR process instantiates a door service on one of the following -files: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/tmp/.smbiod-\fIUID\fR\fR file for normal users -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/var/run/smbiod-0\fR file for superuser -.RE -.sp -.LP -The \fBsmbiod\fR daemon has no external, customer-accessible interfaces. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>0\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/smbfs/smbiod\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -SMB I/O daemon. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/tmp/.smbiod-\fIUID\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -File on which to instantiate a door service for user \fIUID\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/smbiod-0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n -File on which to instantiate a door service for superuser. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See the \fBattributes\fR(5) man page for descriptions of the following -attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBps\fR(1), \fBsmbutil\fR(1), \fBmount_smbfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmbfs\fR(7FS) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbios.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smbios.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 813c317a43..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbios.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2005, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SMBIOS 1M "March 29, 2018" -.SH NAME -smbios \- display the contents of a System Management BIOS image -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsmbios\fR [\fB-BeOsx\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIid\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItype\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fIfile\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsmbios\fR utility displays the contents of the System Management BIOS -(SMBIOS) image exported by the current system or stored in a file. SMBIOS is an -industry-standard mechanism for low-level system software to export hardware -configuration information to higher-level system management software. The -SMBIOS data format itself is defined by the Distributed Management Task Force -(DMTF). Refer to http://www.dmtf.org for more information about SMBIOS and to -obtain a copy of the SMBIOS specification and implementation guidelines. -.sp -.LP -The SMBIOS image consists of a table of structures, each describing some aspect -of the system software or hardware configuration. By default, \fBsmbios\fR -displays the entire contents of the current SMBIOS image. If the \fB-s\fR -option is specified, \fBsmbios\fR displays a summary of the structures that are -present in the image. If the \fB-w\fR option is specified, \fBsmbios\fR writes -a copy of the SMBIOS image to the specified file. \fBsmbios\fR can then be -applied to the resulting file to display its content. -.sp -.LP -\fBsmbios\fR attempts to display each structure and its content in a human- -readable fashion. If \fBsmbios\fR does not recognize a structure's type or -content, the raw hexadecimal data for the structure is displayed. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-B\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Disable header validation for broken BIOSes. -.sp -By default, \fBsmbios\fR attempts to validate the SMBIOS header by verifying -the anchor strings, header checksums, and version number. This option might be -necessary when a BIOS has a non-compliant header. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n - Display the contents of the SMBIOS entry point rather than the contents of the -SMBIOS structure table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display only the specified structure, named by its integer id. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-O\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n - Display obsolete structure types. -.sp -By default, \fBsmbios\fR elides output for structures whose type is marked as -obsolete in the DMTF SMBIOS specification. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display only a summary listing of the structure identifiers and types, instead -of the content of each selected structure. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display only those structures whose type matches the specified integer type, as -defined the DMTF SMBIOS specification. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Write a copy of the SMBIOS image to the specified file and exit. -.sp -The SMBIOS entry point is written to the start of the file with its structure -table address set to the file offset of the structure table, and a new entry -point checksum is computed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Display raw hexadecimal data for the selected structures in addition to -human-readable output. -.sp -By default, hexadecimal data is only displayed if \fBsmbios\fR cannot display -human-readable output for the selected structures. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Specifies an alternate SMBIOS image to display instead of the current system's -SMBIOS image. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. All structures in the SMBIOS image were examined -successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -A fatal error occurred, such as failure to open the specified file or device, -or corruption in the image. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Invalid command-line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/smbios\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Kernel SMBIOS image device. This device special file is used to export a -snapshot of the current system SMBIOS image. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command-line options are Evolving. The human-readable output is Unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBprtdiag\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmbios\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fISystem Management BIOS Reference Specification\fR (see http://www.dmtf.org) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The implementation of a System Management BIOS image is entirely at the -discretion of the system and BIOS vendors. Not all systems export an SMBIOS. -The SMBIOS structure content varies widely between systems and BIOS vendors and -frequently does not comply with the guidelines included in the specification. -Some structure fields might not be filled in by the BIOS at all, and others -might be filled inwith non-conforming values. -.sp -.LP -This utility incorrectly interprets the first three fields of the system -information UUID field as network-endian; the SMBIOS specification defines them -as little-endian. The "UUID (Endian-corrected)" field has the correct value. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smbstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 04723e3d7e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smbstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright 2014 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd Nov 22, 2013 -.Dt SMBSTAT 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm smbstat -.Nd report SMB server statistics -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm smbstat -.Op Fl ctu -.Op Fl r Op Fl anz -.Op Ar interval -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command shows statistical information for the SMB server, including any or all -of the following four categories: -.Sy counters , -.Sy throughput , -.Sy utilization , -.Sy requests . -By default, -.Nm -shows -.Sy throughput -and -.Sy utilization . -.Sh OPTIONS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl c -Display -.Sy counters . -The columns shown are: -.Bl -tag -width "users" -compact -.It Sy nbt -NetBIOS connections -.It Sy tcp -TCP connections -.It Sy users -logged on users -.It Sy trees -share connections -.It Sy files -open files and directories -.It Sy pipes -open named pipes -.El -.It Fl r -Display -.Sy request -data, one row for each SMB command. -The columns shown are, for each request type: -.Bl -tag -width "rt-stddev" -compact -.It Pq name -command name -.It Sy code -command code -.It Sy % -% of requests that fall in this row -.It Sy rbytes/s -received bytes per second -.It Sy tbytes/s -transmitted bytes per second -.It Sy reqs/s -requests per second -.It Sy rt-mean -response time average -.It Sy rt-stddev -response time standard deviation -.El -.It Fl t -Display -.Sy throughput . -The columns shown are: -.Bl -tag -width "rbytes/s" -compact -.It Sy rbytes/s -received bytes per second -.It Sy tbytes/s -transmitted bytes per second -.It Sy reqs/s -requests per second -.It Sy reads/s -number of read requests per second -.It Sy writes/s -number of write requests per second -.El -.It Fl u -Display -.Sy utilization . -The columns shown are: -.Bl -tag -width "wtime" -compact -.It Sy wcnt -average number of waiting requests -.It Sy rcnt -average number of running requests -.It Sy wtime -average wait time per request -.It Sy rtime -average run time per request -.It Sy w% -% of time there were waiting requests -.It Sy r% -% of time there were running requests -.It Sy u% -utilization, computed as -.Sy rcnt Ns / Ns Sy max_workers -.It Sy sat -has the server been -.Qq saturated -.Pq u% at 100 -.It Sy usr% -% of CPU time in user space -.It Sy sys% -% of CPU time in kernel -.It Sy idle% -% of CPU time spent idle -.El -.El -.Pp -The -.Fl r -option supports additional modifiers including: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a -show -.Qq all -request types -.Pq including unsupported ones -.It Fl n -.Qq name -order -.Pq sort by request name -.It Fl z -suppress -.Qq zero -count rows -.Pq types for which none were received -.El -.Sh OPERANDS -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Ar interval -When -.Ar interval -is specified, -.Nm -runs in a loop, printing the requested output every -.Ar interval -seconds. -When no -.Ar interval -is specified, the statistics presented are based on running averages accumulated -since the system started. -The first output shows the same cumulative statistics one would see without the -.Ar interval -specified, and subsequent outputs represent the activity in the interval that -just finished. -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Uncommitted . -Output format is -.Sy Not-an-Interface. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr sharectl 1M , -.Xr sharemgr 1M , -.Xr smbadm 1M , -.Xr smbd 1M diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/smrsh.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/smrsh.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 190965a880..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/smrsh.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1983 Eric P. Allman -.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display -.\" the following acknowledgement: This product includes software developed by the University of California, Berkeley and its contributors. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific -.\" prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR -.\" CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006, 2008 Sendmail, Inc. and its suppliers. All rights reserved. -.\" The following license terms and conditions apply, unless a different license is obtained from Sendmail, Inc., 6425 Christie Ave, Fourth Floor, Emeryville, CA 94608, USA, or by electronic mail at license@sendmail.com. License Terms: Use, Modification and Redistribution -.\" (including distribution of any modified or derived work) in source and binary forms is permitted only if each of the following conditions is met: 1. Redistributions qualify as "freeware" or "Open Source Software" under one of the following terms: (a) Redistributions are made at no charge -.\" beyond the reasonable cost of materials and delivery. (b) Redistributions are accompanied by a copy of the Source Code or by an irrevocable offer to provide a copy of the Source Code for up to three years at the cost of materials and delivery. Such redistributions -.\" must allow further use, modification, and redistribution of the Source Code under substantially the same terms as this license. For the purposes of redistribution "Source Code" means the complete compilable and linkable source code of sendmail including all modifications. -.\" 2. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notices as they appear in each source code file, these license terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below. 3. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the Copyright Notice, these license -.\" terms, and the disclaimer/limitation of liability set forth as paragraph 6 below, in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. For the purposes of binary distribution the "Copyright Notice" refers to the following language: "Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Sendmail, -.\" Inc. All rights reserved." 4. Neither the name of Sendmail, Inc. nor the University of California nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. The name "sendmail" is a trademark -.\" of Sendmail, Inc. 5. All redistributions must comply with the conditions imposed by the University of California on certain embedded code, whose copyright notice and conditions for redistribution are as follows: (a) Copyright (c) 1988, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. -.\" All rights reserved. (b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: (i) Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of -.\" conditions and the following disclaimer. (ii) Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" (iii) Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 6. Disclaimer/Limitation of Liability: THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY SENDMAIL, -.\" INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL SENDMAIL, INC., THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA OR CONTRIBUTORS -.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER -.\" IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.TH SMRSH 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -smrsh \- restricted shell for sendmail -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBsmrsh\fR \fB-c\fR \fIcommand\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBsmrsh\fR program is intended as a replacement for the \fBsh\fR command -in the \fBprog\fR mailer in \fBsendmail\fR(1M) configuration files. The -\fBsmrsh\fR program sharply limits commands that can be run using the -\fB|program\fR syntax of \fBsendmail\fR. This improves overall system security. -\fBsmrsh\fR limits the set of programs that a programmer can execute, even if -\fBsendmail\fR runs a program without going through an \fBalias\fR or -\fBforward\fR file. -.sp -.LP -Briefly, \fBsmrsh\fR limits programs to be in the directory -\fB/var/adm/sm.bin\fR, allowing system administrators to choose the set of -acceptable commands. It also rejects any commands with the characters: \fB,\fR, -\fB<\fR, \fB>\fR, \fB|\fR, \fB;\fR, \fB&\fR, \fB$\fR, \fB\er\fR (RETURN), or -\fB\en\fR (NEWLINE) on the command line to prevent end run attacks. -.sp -.LP -Initial pathnames on programs are stripped, so forwarding to -\fB/usr/ucb/vacation\fR, \fB/usr/bin/vacation\fR, -\fB/home/server/mydir/bin/vacation\fR, and \fBvacation\fR all actually forward -to \fB/var/adm/sm.bin/vacation\fR. -.sp -.LP -System administrators should be conservative about populating -\fB/var/adm/sm.bin\fR. Reasonable additions are utilities such as -\fBvacation\fR(1) and \fBprocmail\fR. Never include any shell or shell-like -program (for example, \fBperl\fR) in the \fBsm.bin\fR directory. This does not -restrict the use of \fBshell\fR or \fBperl\fR scrips in the \fBsm.bin\fR -directory (using the \fB#!\fR syntax); it simply disallows the execution of -arbitrary programs. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Where \fIcommand\fR is a valid command, executes \fIcommand\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/sm.bin\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -directory for restricted programs -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBsendmail\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/snoop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/snoop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d2ea8088c6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/snoop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1200 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2021 Joyent, Inc. -.\" Copyright (C) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright (c) 2014, Joyent, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SNOOP 1M "Mar 22, 2021" -.SH NAME -snoop \- capture and inspect network packets -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBsnoop\fR [\fB-afqrCDINPSvV\fR] [\fB-t\fR [r | a | d]] [\fB-c\fR \fImaxcount\fR] - [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIfilename\fR] - [\fB-p\fR \fIfirst\fR [, \fIlast\fR]] [\fB-s\fR \fIsnaplen\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIoffset\fR [, \fIlength\fR]] - [\fB-z\fR \fIzonename\fR] [\fIexpression\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -From a datalink or IP interface, \fBsnoop\fR captures packets and displays -their contents. If the datalink or IP interface is not specified, \fBsnoop\fR -will pick a datalink to use, giving priority to datalinks that have been -plumbed for IP traffic. \fBsnoop\fR uses the \fBpfmod\fR(7M) and -\fBbufmod\fR(7M) STREAMS modules to provide efficient capture of packets from -the network. Captured packets can be displayed as they are received or saved to -a file (which is \fIRFC 1761\fR-compliant) for later inspection. -.sp -.LP -\fBsnoop\fR can display packets in a single-line summary form or in verbose -multi-line forms. In summary form, with the exception of certain VLAN packets, -only the data pertaining to the highest level protocol is displayed. If a -packet has a VLAN header and its VLAN ID is non-zero, then \fBsnoop\fR will -show that the packet is VLAN tagged. For example, an \fBNFS\fR packet will have -only \fBNFS\fR information displayed. Except for VLAN information under the -condition just described, the underlying \fBRPC\fR, \fBUDP\fR, \fBIP\fR, and -Ethernet frame information is suppressed, but can be displayed if either of the -verbose options are chosen. -.sp -.LP -In the absence of a name service, such as LDAP or NIS, \fBsnoop\fR displays -host names as numeric IP addresses. -.sp -.LP -\fBsnoop\fR requires an interactive interface. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the code generated from the filter expression for either the kernel packet -filter, or \fBsnoop\fR's own filter. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display number of packets dropped during capture on the summary line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create an \fBIP\fR address-to-name file from a capture file. This must be set -together with the \fB-i\fR option that names a capture file. The -address-to-name file has the same name as the capture file with \fB\&.names\fR -appended. This file records the \fBIP\fR address to hostname mapping at the -capture site and increases the portability of the capture file. Generate a -\fB\&.names\fR file if the capture file is to be analyzed elsewhere. Packets -are not displayed when this flag is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR \fIinterface\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Capture IP packets from the network using the IP interface specified by -\fIinterface\fR, for example, \fBlo0\fR. The \fBifconfig\fR(1M) command can be -used to list available IP interfaces. The \fB-I\fR and \fB-d\fR options are -mutually exclusive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Capture packets in non-promiscuous mode. Only broadcast, multicast, or packets -addressed to the host machine will be seen. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display size of the entire link layer frame in bytes on the summary line. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose summary mode. This is halfway between summary mode and verbose mode in -degree of verbosity. Instead of displaying just the summary line for the -highest level protocol in a packet, it displays a summary line for each -protocol layer in the packet. For instance, for an \fBNFS\fR packet it will -display a line each for the \fBETHER\fR, \fBIP\fR, \fBUDP\fR, \fBRPC\fR and -\fBNFS\fR layers. Verbose summary mode output may be easily piped through -\fBgrep\fR to extract packets of interest. For example, to view only \fBRPC\fR -summary lines, enter the following: \fBexample#\fR \fBsnoop -i rpc.cap -V | -grep RPC\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Listen to packets on \fB/dev/audio\fR (warning: can be noisy). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fImaxcount\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Quit after capturing \fImaxcount\fR packets. Otherwise keep capturing until -there is no disk space left or until interrupted with Control-C. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdatalink\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Capture link-layer packets from the network using the DLPI datalink specified -by \fIdatalink\fR, for example, \fBbge0\fR or \fBnet0\fR. The \fBdladm\fR(1M) -\fBshow-link\fR subcommand can be used to list available datalinks. The -\fB-d\fR and \fB-I\fR options are mutually exclusive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Ignore any errors when enabling promiscuous mode. Normally any error when -enabling promiscuous mode on a datalink or IP interface is fatal and causes -\fBsnoop\fR to exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display packets previously captured in \fIfilename\fR. Without this option, -\fBsnoop\fR reads packets from the network interface. If a -\fIfilename\fR\fB\&.names\fR file is present, it is automatically loaded into -the \fBsnoop\fR \fBIP\fR address-to-name mapping table (See \fB-N\fR flag). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIfilename\fR as an \fBIP\fR address-to-name mapping table. This file must -have the same format as the \fB/etc/hosts\fR file (IP address followed by the -hostname). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Save captured packets in \fIfilename\fR as they are captured. (This -\fIfilename\fR is referred to as the "capture file".) The format of the capture -file is RFC 1761-compliant. During packet capture, a count of the number of -packets saved in the file is displayed. If you wish just to count packets -without saving to a file, name the file \fB/dev/null\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIfirst\fR [ , \fBlast\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select one or more packets to be displayed from a capture file. The \fIfirst\fR -packet in the file is packet number 1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When capturing network packets into a file, do not display the packet count. -This can improve packet capturing performance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not resolve the \fBIP\fR address to the symbolic name. This prevents -\fBsnoop\fR from generating network traffic while capturing and displaying -packets. However, if the \fB-n\fR option is used, and an address is found in -the mapping file, its corresponding name will be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsnaplen\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Truncate each packet after \fIsnaplen\fR bytes. Usually the whole packet is -captured. This option is useful if only certain packet header information is -required. The packet truncation is done within the kernel giving better -utilization of the streams packet buffer. This means less chance of dropped -packets due to buffer overflow during periods of high traffic. It also saves -disk space when capturing large traces to a capture file. To capture only -\fBIP\fR headers (no options) use a \fIsnaplen\fR of 34. For \fBUDP\fR use 42, -and for \fBTCP\fR use 54. You can capture \fBRPC\fR headers with a -\fIsnaplen\fR of 80 bytes. \fBNFS\fR headers can be captured in 120 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR [ \fBr\fR | \fBa\fR | \fBd\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Time-stamp presentation. Time-stamps are accurate to within 4 microseconds. The -default is for times to be presented in \fBd\fR (delta) format (the time since -receiving the previous packet). Option \fBa\fR (absolute) gives wall-clock -time. Option \fBr\fR (relative) gives time relative to the first packet -displayed. This can be used with the \fB-p\fR option to display time relative -to any selected packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose mode. Print packet headers in lots of detail. This display consumes -many lines per packet and should be used only on selected packets. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fB-x\fR\fIoffset\fR [ , \fIlength\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display packet data in hexadecimal and \fBASCII\fR format. The \fIoffset\fR and -\fIlength\fR values select a portion of the packet to be displayed. To display -the whole packet, use an \fIoffset\fR of 0. If a \fIlength\fR value is not -provided, the rest of the packet is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.BI -z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Open an earlier datalink specified via -.B -d -or -.B -I -in the specified zone \fIzonename\fR. -This option is only meaningful in the global zone and -allows the global zone to inspect datalinks of non-global zones. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIexpression\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Select packets either from the network or from a capture file. Only packets for -which the expression is true will be selected. If no expression is provided it -is assumed to be true. -.sp -Given a filter expression, \fBsnoop\fR generates code for either the kernel -packet filter or for its own internal filter. If capturing packets with the -network interface, code for the kernel packet filter is generated. This filter -is implemented as a streams module, upstream of the buffer module. The buffer -module accumulates packets until it becomes full and passes the packets on to -\fBsnoop\fR. The kernel packet filter is very efficient, since it rejects -unwanted packets in the kernel before they reach the packet buffer or -\fBsnoop\fR. The kernel packet filter has some limitations in its -implementation; it is possible to construct filter expressions that it cannot -handle. In this event, \fBsnoop\fR tries to split the filter and do as much -filtering in the kernel as possible. The remaining filtering is done by the -packet filter for \fBsnoop\fR. The \fB-C\fR flag can be used to view generated -code for either the packet filter for the kernel or the packet filter for -\fBsnoop\fR. If packets are read from a capture file using the \fB-i\fR option, -only the packet filter for \fBsnoop\fR is used. -.sp -A filter \fIexpression\fR consists of a series of one or more boolean -primitives that may be combined with boolean operators (\fBAND\fR, \fBOR\fR, -and \fBNOT\fR). Normal precedence rules for boolean operators apply. Order of -evaluation of these operators may be controlled with parentheses. Since -parentheses and other filter expression characters are known to the shell, it -is often necessary to enclose the filter expression in quotes. Refer to for -information about setting up more efficient filters. -.sp -The primitives are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBhost\fR \fIhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the source or destination address is that of \fBhostname\fR. The -\fIhostname\fR argument may be a literal address. The keyword \fBhost\fR may be -omitted if the name does not conflict with the name of another expression -primitive. For example, \fBpinky\fR selects packets transmitted to or received -from the host \fBpinky\fR, whereas \fBpinky and dinky\fR selects packets -exchanged between hosts \fBpinky AND dinky\fR. -.sp -The type of address used depends on the primitive which precedes the \fBhost\fR -primitive. The possible qualifiers are \fBinet\fR, \fBinet6\fR, \fBether\fR, or -none. These three primitives are discussed below. Having none of the primitives -present is equivalent to "inet host hostname or inet6 host hostname". In other -words, snoop tries to filter on all IP addresses associated with hostname. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinet\fR or \fIinet6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A qualifier that modifies the \fBhost\fR primitive that follows. If it is -\fIinet\fR, then \fBsnoop\fR tries to filter on all IPv4 addresses returned -from a name lookup. If it is \fIinet6\fR, \fBsnoop\fR tries to filter on all -IPv6 addresses returned from a name lookup. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIipaddr\fR, \fIatalkaddr\fR, or \fIetheraddr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Literal addresses, \fBIP\fR dotted, AppleTalk dotted, and Ethernet colon are -recognized. For example, -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -"\fB172.16.40.13\fR" matches all packets with that \fBIP\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -"\fB2::9255:a00:20ff:fe73:6e35\fR" matches all packets with that IPv6 address -as source or destination; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -"\fB65281.13\fR" matches all packets with that AppleTalk address; -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -"\fB8:0:20:f:b1:51\fR" matches all packets with the Ethernet address as source -or destination. -.RE -An Ethernet address beginning with a letter is interpreted as a hostname. To -avoid this, prepend a zero when specifying the address. For example, if the -Ethernet address is \fBaa:0:45:23:52:44\fR, then specify it by add a leading -zero to make it \fB0aa:0:45:23:52:44\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfrom\fR or \fBsrc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A qualifier that modifies the following \fBhost\fR, \fBnet\fR, \fIipaddr\fR, -\fIatalkaddr\fR, \fIetheraddr\fR, \fBport\fR or \fBrpc\fR primitive to match -just the source address, port, or \fBRPC\fR reply. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBto\fR or \fBdst\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A qualifier that modifies the following \fBhost\fR, \fBnet\fR, \fIipaddr\fR, -\fIatalkaddr\fR, \fIetheraddr\fR, \fBport\fR or \fBrpc\fR primitive to match -just the destination address, port, or \fBRPC\fR call. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBether\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A qualifier that modifies the following \fBhost\fR primitive to resolve a name -to an Ethernet address. Normally, \fBIP\fR address matching is performed. This -option is not supported on media such as IPoIB (IP over InfiniBand). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBethertype\fR \fInumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the Ethernet type field has value \fInumber\fR. If \fInumber\fR is not -0x8100 (VLAN) and the packet is VLAN tagged, then the expression will match the -encapsulated Ethernet type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBip\fR, \fBip6\fR, \fBarp\fR, \fBrarp\fR, \fBpppoed\fR, \fBpppoes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is of the appropriate ethertype. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvlan\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet has \fBethertype\fR VLAN and the VLAN ID is not zero. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvlan-id\fR \fIid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True for packets of ethertype VLAN with the id \fIid\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpppoe\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the ethertype of the packet is either \fBpppoed\fR or \fBpppoes\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbroadcast\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is a broadcast packet. Equivalent to \fBether[2:4] = -0xffffffff\fR for Ethernet. This option is not supported on media such as IPoIB -(IP over InfiniBand). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmulticast\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is a multicast packet. Equivalent to "\fBether[0] & 1 = -1\fR" on Ethernet. This option is not supported on media such as IPoIB (IP over -InfiniBand). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbootp\fR, \fBdhcp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an unfragmented IPv4 UDP packet with either a source port -of \fBBOOTPS (67)\fR and a destination port of \fBBOOTPC (68)\fR, or a source -port of \fBBOOTPC (68)\fR and a destination of \fBBOOTPS (67)\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdhcp6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an unfragmented IPv6 UDP packet with either a source port -of \fBDHCPV6-SERVER\fR (547) and a destination port of \fBDHCPV6-CLIENT\fR -(546), or a source port of \fBDHCPV6-CLIENT\fR (546) and a destination of -\fBDHCPV6-SERVER\fR (547). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapple\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an Apple Ethertalk packet. Equivalent to "\fBethertype -0x809b or ethertype 0x80f3\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdecnet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is a \fBDECNET\fR packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgreater\fR \fIlength\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is longer than \fIlength\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBless\fR \fIlength\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is shorter than \fIlength\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBudp\fR, \fBtcp\fR, \fBicmp\fR, \fBicmp6\fR, \fBah\fR, \fBesp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the \fBIP\fR or IPv6 protocol is of the appropriate type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnet\fR \fInet\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if either the \fBIP\fR source or destination address has a network number -of \fInet\fR. The \fBfrom\fR or \fBto\fR qualifier may be used to select -packets for which the network number occurs only in the source or destination -address. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBport\fR \fIport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if either the source or destination port is \fIport\fR. The \fIport\fR may -be either a port number or name from \fB/etc/services\fR. The \fBtcp\fR or -\fBudp\fR primitives may be used to select \fBTCP\fR or \fBUDP\fR ports only. -The \fBfrom\fR or \fBto\fR qualifier may be used to select packets for which -the \fIport\fR occurs only as the source or destination. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrpc\fR \fIprog\fR [ , \fIvers\fR [ , \fBproc\fR ] ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an \fBRPC\fR call or reply packet for the protocol -identified by \fIprog\fR. The \fIprog\fR may be either the name of an \fBRPC\fR -protocol from \fB/etc/rpc\fR or a program number. The \fIvers\fR and \fBproc\fR -may be used to further qualify the program \fIversion\fR and \fIprocedure\fR -number, for example, \fBrpc nfs,2,0\fR selects all calls and replies for the -\fBNFS\fR null procedure. The \fBto\fR or \fBfrom\fR qualifier may be used to -select either call or reply packets only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBzone\fR \fIzoneid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if \fIzoneid\fR matches either the source or destination \fIzoneid\fR of a -packet received on an \fBipnet\fR device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBldap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an \fBLDAP\fR packet on port 389. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgateway\fR \fIhost\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet used \fIhost\fR as a gateway, that is, the Ethernet source -or destination address was for \fIhost\fR but not the \fBIP\fR address. -Equivalent to "\fBether host\fR \fIhost\fR and not host \fIhost\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnofrag\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is unfragmented or is the first in a series of \fBIP\fR -fragments. Equivalent to \fBip[6:2] & 0x1fff = 0\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIexpr\fR \fIrelop\fR \fIexpr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the relation holds, where \fIrelop\fR is one of \fB>\fR, \fB<\fR, -\fB>=\fR, \fB<=\fR, \fB=\fR, \fB!=\fR, and \fBexpr\fR is an arithmetic -expression composed of numbers, packet field selectors, the \fBlength\fR -primitive, and arithmetic operators \fB+\fR, \fB\(mi\fR, \fB*\fR, \fB&\fR, -\fB|\fR, \fB^\fR, and \fB%\fR. The arithmetic operators within \fBexpr\fR are -evaluated before the relational operator and normal precedence rules apply -between the arithmetic operators, such as multiplication before addition. -Parentheses may be used to control the order of evaluation. To use the value of -a field in the packet use the following syntax: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIbase\fR[\fBexpr\fR [\fB:\fR \fBsize\fR ] ] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fBexpr\fR evaluates the value of an offset into the packet from a -\fIbase\fR offset which may be \fBether\fR, \fBip\fR, \fBip6\fR, \fBudp\fR, -\fBtcp\fR, or \fBicmp\fR. The \fBsize\fR value specifies the size of the field. -If not given, 1 is assumed. Other legal values are 2 and 4. For example, -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ether[0] & 1 = 1 -.fi -.in -2 - -is equivalent to \fBmulticast\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ether[2:4] = 0xffffffff -.fi -.in -2 - -is equivalent to \fBbroadcast\fR. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ip[ip[0] & 0xf * 4 : 2] = 2049 -.fi -.in -2 - -is equivalent to \fBudp[0:2] = 2049\fR -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ip[0] & 0xf > 5 -.fi -.in -2 - -selects \fBIP\fR packets with options. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ip[6:2] & 0x1fff = 0 -.fi -.in -2 - -eliminates \fBIP\fR fragments. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -udp and ip[6:2]&0x1fff = 0 and udp[6:2] != 0 -.fi -.in -2 - -finds all packets with \fBUDP\fR checksums. -.sp -The \fBlength\fR primitive may be used to obtain the length of the packet. For -instance "\fBlength > 60\fR" is equivalent to "\fBgreater 60\fR", and -"\fBether[length \(mi 1]\fR" obtains the value of the last byte in a packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBand\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform a logical \fBAND\fR operation between two boolean values. The \fBAND\fR -operation is implied by the juxtaposition of two boolean expressions, for -example "\fBdinky pinky\fR" is the same as "\fBdinky AND pinky\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBor\fR or \fB,\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform a logical \fBOR\fR operation between two boolean values. A comma may be -used instead, for example, "\fBdinky,pinky\fR" is the same as "\fBdinky OR -pinky\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnot\fR or \fB!\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Perform a logical \fBNOT\fR operation on the following boolean value. This -operator is evaluated before \fBAND\fR or OR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBslp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an \fBSLP\fR packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsctp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an \fBSCTP\fR packet. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBospf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -True if the packet is an \fBOSPF\fR packet. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing the \fBsnoop\fR Command -.sp -.LP -Capture all packets and display them as they are received: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Capture packets with host \fBfunky\fR as either the source or destination and -display them as they are received: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop funky\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Capture packets between \fBfunky\fR and \fBpinky\fR and save them to a file. -Then inspect the packets using times (in seconds) relative to the first -captured packet: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -o cap funky pinky\fR -example# \fBsnoop -i cap -t r | more\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To look at selected packets in another capture file: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -i pkts -p 99,108\fR - 99 0.0027 boutique -> sunroof NFS C GETATTR FH=8E6 -100 0.0046 sunroof -> boutique NFS R GETATTR OK -101 0.0080 boutique -> sunroof NFS C RENAME FH=8E6C MTra00192 to .nfs08 -102 0.0102 marmot -> viper NFS C LOOKUP FH=561E screen.r.13.i386 -103 0.0072 viper -> marmot NFS R LOOKUP No such file or directory -104 0.0085 bugbomb -> sunroof RLOGIN C PORT=1023 h -105 0.0005 kandinsky -> sparky RSTAT C Get Statistics -106 0.0004 beeblebrox -> sunroof NFS C GETATTR FH=0307 -107 0.0021 sparky -> kandinsky RSTAT R -108 0.0073 office -> jeremiah NFS C READ FH=2584 at 40960 for 8192 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To look at packet 101 in more detail: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -i pkts -v -p101\fR -ETHER: ----- Ether Header ----- -ETHER: -ETHER: Packet 101 arrived at 16:09:53.59 -ETHER: Packet size = 210 bytes -ETHER: Destination = 8:0:20:1:3d:94, Sun -ETHER: Source = 8:0:69:1:5f:e, Silicon Graphics -ETHER: Ethertype = 0800 (IP) -ETHER: -IP: ----- IP Header ----- -IP: -IP: Version = 4, header length = 20 bytes -IP: Type of service = 00 -IP: ..0. .... = routine -IP: ...0 .... = normal delay -IP: .... 0... = normal throughput -IP: .... .0.. = normal reliability -IP: Total length = 196 bytes -IP: Identification 19846 -IP: Flags = 0X -IP: .0.. .... = may fragment -IP: ..0. .... = more fragments -IP: Fragment offset = 0 bytes -IP: Time to live = 255 seconds/hops -IP: Protocol = 17 (UDP) -IP: Header checksum = 18DC -IP: Source address = 172.16.40.222, boutique -IP: Destination address = 172.16.40.200, sunroof -IP: -UDP: ----- UDP Header ----- -UDP: -UDP: Source port = 1023 -UDP: Destination port = 2049 (Sun RPC) -UDP: Length = 176 -UDP: Checksum = 0 -UDP: -RPC: ----- SUN RPC Header ----- -RPC: -RPC: Transaction id = 665905 -RPC: Type = 0 (Call) -RPC: RPC version = 2 -RPC: Program = 100003 (NFS), version = 2, procedure = 1 -RPC: Credentials: Flavor = 1 (Unix), len = 32 bytes -RPC: Time = 06-Mar-90 07:26:58 -RPC: Hostname = boutique -RPC: Uid = 0, Gid = 1 -RPC: Groups = 1 -RPC: Verifier : Flavor = 0 (None), len = 0 bytes -RPC: -NFS: ----- SUN NFS ----- -NFS: -NFS: Proc = 11 (Rename) -NFS: File handle = 000016430000000100080000305A1C47 -NFS: 597A0000000800002046314AFC450000 -NFS: File name = MTra00192 -NFS: File handle = 000016430000000100080000305A1C47 -NFS: 597A0000000800002046314AFC450000 -NFS: File name = .nfs08 -NFS: -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To view just the \fBNFS\fR packets between \fBsunroof\fR and \fBboutique\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -i pkts rpc nfs and sunroof and boutique\fR -1 0.0000 boutique -> sunroof NFS C GETATTR FH=8E6C -2 0.0046 sunroof -> boutique NFS R GETATTR OK -3 0.0080 boutique -> sunroof NFS C RENAME FH=8E6C MTra00192 to .nfs08 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To save these packets to a new capture file: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -i pkts -o pkts.nfs rpc nfs sunroof boutique\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To view encapsulated packets, there will be an indicator of encapsulation: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop ip-in-ip\fR -sunroof -> boutique ICMP Echo request (1 encap) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If -V is used on an encapsulated packet: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop -V ip-in-ip\fR -sunroof -> boutique ETHER Type=0800 (IP), size = 118 bytes -sunroof -> boutique IP D=172.16.40.222 S=172.16.40.200 LEN=104, ID=27497 -sunroof -> boutique IP D=10.1.1.2 S=10.1.1.1 LEN=84, ID=27497 -sunroof -> boutique ICMP Echo request -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRSetting Up A More Efficient Filter -.sp -.LP -To set up a more efficient filter, the following filters should be used toward -the end of the expression, so that the first part of the expression can be set -up in the kernel: \fBgreater\fR, \fBless\fR, \fBport\fR, \fBrpc\fR, -\fBnofrag\fR, and \fBrelop\fR. The presence of \fBOR\fR makes it difficult to -split the filtering when using these primitives that cannot be set in the -kernel. Instead, use parentheses to enforce the primitives that should be -\fBOR\fR'd. - -.sp -.LP -To capture packets between \fBfunky\fR and \fBpinky\fR of type \fBtcp\fR or -\fBudp\fR on \fBport\fR 80: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop funky and pinky and port 80 and tcp or udp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Since the primitive \fBport\fR cannot be handled by the kernel filter, and -there is also an \fBOR\fR in the expression, a more efficient way to filter is -to move the \fBOR\fR to the end of the expression and to use parentheses to -enforce the \fBOR\fR between \fBtcp\fR and \fBudp\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsnoop funky and pinky and (tcp or udp) and port 80\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/audio\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Symbolic link to the system's primary audio device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/null\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The null file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/hosts\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Host name database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/rpc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -RPC program number data base. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/services\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Internet services and aliases. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdladm\fR(1M), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBnetstat\fR(1M), \fBhosts\fR(4), -\fBrpc\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBaudio\fR(7I), -\fBipnet\fR(7D), \fBbufmod\fR(7M), \fBdlpi\fR(7P), \fBpfmod\fR(7M) -.sp -.LP -Callaghan, B. and Gilligan, R. \fIRFC 1761, Snoop Version 2 Packet Capture File -Format\fR. Network Working Group. February 1995. -.SH WARNINGS -The processing overhead is much higher for real-time packet interpretation. -Consequently, the packet drop count may be higher. For more reliable capture, -output raw packets to a file using the \fB-o\fR option and analyze the packets -offline. -.sp -.LP -Unfiltered packet capture imposes a heavy processing load on the host computer, -particularly if the captured packets are interpreted real-time. This processing -load further increases if verbose options are used. Since heavy use of -\fBsnoop\fR may deny computing resources to other processes, it should not be -used on production servers. Heavy use of \fBsnoop\fR should be restricted to a -dedicated computer. -.sp -.LP -\fBsnoop\fR does not reassemble \fBIP\fR fragments. Interpretation of higher -level protocol halts at the end of the first \fBIP\fR fragment. -.sp -.LP -\fBsnoop\fR may generate extra packets as a side-effect of its use. For example -it may use a network name service to convert \fBIP\fR addresses -to host names for display. Capturing into a file for later display can be used -to postpone the address-to-name mapping until after the capture session is -complete. Capturing into an NFS-mounted file may also generate extra packets. -.sp -.LP -Setting the \fBsnaplen\fR (\fB-s\fR option) to small values may remove header -information that is needed to interpret higher level protocols. The exact -cutoff value depends on the network and protocols being used. For \fBNFS\fR -Version 2 traffic using \fBUDP\fR on 10 Mb/s Ethernet, do not set \fBsnaplen\fR -less than 150 bytes. For \fBNFS\fR Version 3 traffic using \fBTCP\fR on 100 -Mb/s Ethernet, \fBsnaplen\fR should be 250 bytes or more. -.sp -.LP -\fBsnoop\fR requires information from an \fBRPC\fR request to fully interpret -an \fBRPC\fR reply. If an \fBRPC\fR reply in a capture file or packet range -does not have a request preceding it, then only the \fBRPC\fR reply header will -be displayed. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/soconfig.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/soconfig.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6166bba627..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/soconfig.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2015 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SOCONFIG 1M "May 21, 2015" -.SH NAME -soconfig \- configure transport providers for use by sockets -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/soconfig\fR \fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/soconfig\fR \fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/soconfig\fR \fIfamily\fR \fItype\fR \fIprotocol\fR [\fImodule\fR | \fIpath\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/soconfig\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsoconfig\fR utility configures the transport provider driver for use -with sockets. It specifies how the family, type, and protocol parameters in the -\fBsocket\fR(3SOCKET) call are mapped to the name of a transport provider such -as \fB/dev/tcp\fR. This utility can be used to add an additional mapping or -remove a previous mapping. -.sp -.LP -The \fBinit\fR(1M) utility uses \fBsoconfig\fR with the \fBsock2path.d\fR(4) -directory during the booting sequence. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Set up the \fBsoconfig\fR configuration for each driver -according to the information stored in the -files in \fIdir\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Set up the \fBsoconfig\fR configuration for each driver according to the -information stored in \fIfile\fR. A \fBsoconfig\fR file consists of lines of at -least the first three fields listed below, separated by spaces: -.sp -\fIfamily type protocol [module | path]\fR -.sp -These fields are described in the \fBOPERANDS\fR section below. -.sp -An example of \fIfile\fR can be found in the \fBEXAMPLES\fR section below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Print the in-kernel socket configuration table. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfamily\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The protocol family as listed in the \fB/usr/include/sys/socket.h\fR file, -expressed as an integer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fItype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The socket type as listed in the \fB/usr/include/sys/socket.h\fR file, -expressed as an integer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIprotocol\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The protocol number as specified in the family-specific \fBinclude\fR file, -expressed as an integer. For example, for \fBAF_INET\fR this number is -specified in \fB/usr/include/netinet/in.h\fR. An unspecified protocol number is -denoted with the value zero. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImodule\fR | \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -The module name or path name of a device that corresponds to the transport -provider, such as \fBtcp\fR or \fB/dev/tcp\fR. Modules must reside in -\fBkernel/socketmod\fR. A device name must begin with \fB/dev\fR. If this -parameter is specified, the configuration will be added for the specified -family, type, and protocol. If this parameter is not specified, the -configuration will be removed. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBsoconfig\fR -.sp -.LP -The following example sets up a module for family \fBAF_INET\fR and type -\fBSOCK_STREAM\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsoconfig 2 2 0 tcp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following example sets up \fB/dev/tcp\fR for family \fBAF_INET\fR and type -\fBSOCK_STREAM\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsoconfig 2 2 0 /dev/tcp\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following is a sample file used with the \fB-f\fR option. Comment lines -begin with a hash mark (\fB#\fR): - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# Family Type Protocol Module | Path - 2 2 0 tcp - 2 2 6 tcp - - 2 1 0 udp - 2 1 17 udp - - 1 2 0 /dev/ticotsord - 1 1 0 /dev/ticlts - - 2 4 0 icmp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/sock2path.d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Directory containing files with mappings from -sockets to transport providers. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBinit\fR(1M), \fBsock2path.d\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fINetwork Interface Guide\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sppptun.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sppptun.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5f9bef0088..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sppptun.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SPPPTUN 1M "May 27, 2009" -.SH NAME -sppptun \- PPP tunneling driver utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsppptun plumb\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsppptun plumb\fR [\fB-s\fR \fIsap\fR] \fIprotocol device\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsppptun unplumb\fR \fIinterface\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsppptun query\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsppptun\fR utility is used to configure and query the Solaris PPP -tunneling device driver, \fB/dev/sppptun\fR. Currently, only PPP over Ethernet -(PPPoE) is supported, so the \fBplumb\fR and \fBunplumb\fR arguments are used -to specify Ethernet interfaces that are to be used for PPPoE, and the -\fBquery\fR option lists the plumbed interfaces. -.sp -.LP -The use of \fBsppptun\fR to add interfaces is similar to the use of -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) to add interfaces to IP. The plumbing is done once for each -interface, preferably at system start-up time, and is not normally manipulated -on a running system. If multiple instances of PPP are run over a single -interface, they share the plumbing to that interface. Plumbing for each session -is not required (and not possible for PPPoE). -.sp -.LP -The proper way to plumb interfaces for PPPoE is to list the interfaces, one per -line, in the \fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.if\fR file. If alternate Ethertype (SAP) values -are necessary, then include the PPPoE Session and Discovery Stage values as -hexadecimal on the same line. The line format is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIinterface\fR [\fIsession\fR [\fIdiscovery\fR]] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The defaults are the Ethertypes specified in RFC 2516, and most users should -not need to set these values. See the examples for one possible use. -.SH USAGE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsppptun plumb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When specified with no additional arguments, the plumb argument lists the -protocols that are supported by the utility. These are the strings that are -used as the \fIprotocol\fR argument below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsppptun plumb [\fB-s\fR \fIsap\fR] \fIprotocol\fR \fIdevice\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This plumbs a new interface into the driver. The \fIprotocol\fR parameter is -\fBpppoe\fR for the PPP-carrying "Session Stage" connection or \fBpppoed\fR for -the PPPoE "Discovery Stage" connection. Both connections must be present for -each Ethernet interface that is to be used for PPPoE. The \fIdevice\fR -parameter is the path name of the Ethernet interface to use (use -\fBifconfig\fR(1M) to list available devices). If the path begins with -\fB/dev/\fR, then this portion may be omitted. -.sp -The \fB-s\fR \fIsap\fR option can be specified to use an alternate Ethertype -(SAP) for the selected protocol. The \fIsap\fR value must be given in -hexadecimal. Some access servers use Ethertypes for PPPoE different from those -in RFC 2516. The defaults are 8864 for \fBpppoe\fR and 8863 for \fBpppoed\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsppptun unplumb \fIinterface\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This removes an existing interface from the driver and terminates any PPP -sessions that were using the interface. The \fIinterface\fR parameter is the -name of the interface as reported when the interface was plumbed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsppptun query\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the canonical names of all interfaces plumbed into the -\fB/dev/sppptun\fR device driver. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting up to Use PPPoE on \fBhme0\fR -.sp -.LP -Plumb the \fBhme0\fR interface. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsppptun plumb pppoed hme0\fR -hme0:pppoed -# \fBsppptun plumb pppoe hme0\fR -hme0:pppoe -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Remove the \fBhme0\fR interface. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsppptun unplumb hme0:pppoed\fR -# \fBsppptun unplumb hme0:pppoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRScript to Remove All Plumbed Interfaces -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#!/bin/sh -for intf in `sppptun query` -do - sppptun unplumb $intf -done -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRInteroperating with 3COM HomeConnect Dual Link ADSL -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBdladm show-link\fR -LINK CLASS MTU STATE OVER -nge0 phys 1500 up -- -# \fBecho nge0 3c13 3c12 > /etc/ppp/pppoe.if\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -One or more errors occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ppp/pppoe.if\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -list of Ethernet interfaces to be plumbed at boot time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/sbin/sppptun\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -executable command -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/sppptun\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Solaris PPP tunneling device driver -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpppd\fR(1M), \fBpppoec\fR(1M), \fBpppoed\fR(1M), \fBsppptun\fR(7M) -.sp -.LP -\fIRFC 2516, Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet (PPPoE)\fR, Mamakos et -al, February 1999 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/spray.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/spray.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2b0c228a9f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/spray.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, -.\" Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SPRAY 1M "Nov 6, 2000" -.SH NAME -spray \- spray packets -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/spray\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdelay\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIlength\fR] - [\fB-t\fR \fInettype\fR] \fIhost\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBspray\fR sends a one-way stream of packets to \fIhost\fR using RPC, and -reports how many were received, as well as the transfer rate. The \fIhost\fR -argument can be either a name or an Internet address. -.sp -.LP -\fBspray\fR is not useful as a networking benchmark, as it uses unreliable -connectionless transports, UDP for example. \fBspray\fR can report a large -number of packets dropped when the drops were caused by \fBspray\fR sending -packets faster than they can be buffered locally, that is, before the packets -get to the network medium. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specify how many packets to send. The default value of \fIcount\fR is the -number of packets required to make the total stream size 100000 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdelay\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specify how many microseconds to pause between sending each packet. The default -is \fB0\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIlength\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The \fIlength\fR parameter is the numbers of bytes in the Ethernet packet that -holds the RPC call message. Since the data is encoded using XDR, and XDR only -deals with 32 bit quantities, not all values of \fIlength\fR are possible, and -\fBspray\fR rounds up to the nearest possible value. When \fIlength\fR is -greater than 1514, then the RPC call can no longer be encapsulated in one -Ethernet packet, so the \fIlength\fR field no longer has a simple -correspondence to Ethernet packet size. The default value of \fIlength\fR is -\fB86 bytes\fR, the size of the RPC and UDP headers. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fInettype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specify class of transports. Defaults to \fBnetpath\fR. See \fBrpc\fR(3NSL) -for a description of supported classes. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBrpc\fR(3NSL), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/statd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/statd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 910001b00f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/statd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STATD 1M "Nov 18, 2004" -.SH NAME -statd \- network status monitor -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/nfs/statd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBstatd\fR is an intermediate version of the status monitor. It interacts with -\fBlockd\fR(1M) to provide the crash and recovery functions for the locking -services on NFS. \fBstatd\fR keeps track of the clients with processes which -hold locks on a server. When the server reboots after a crash, \fBstatd\fR -sends a message to the \fBstatd\fR on each client indicating that the server -has rebooted. The client \fBstatd\fR processes then inform the \fBlockd\fR on -the client that the server has rebooted. The client \fBlockd\fR then attempts -to reclaim the lock(s) from the server. -.sp -.LP -\fBstatd\fR on the client host also informs the \fBstatd\fR on the server(s) -holding locks for the client when the client has rebooted. In this case, the -\fBstatd\fR on the server informs its \fBlockd\fR that all locks held by the -rebooting client should be released, allowing other processes to lock those -files. -.sp -.LP -\fBlockd\fR is started by \fBautomountd\fR(1M), \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), and -\fBshare\fR(1M) if NFS automounts are needed. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/statmon/sm\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -lists hosts and network addresses to be contacted after a reboot -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/statmon/sm.bak\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -lists hosts and network addresses that could not be contacted after last reboot -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/statmon/state\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -includes a number which changes during a reboot -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/include/rpcsvc/sm_inter.x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -contains the rpcgen source code for the interface services provided by the -statd daemon. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBautomountd\fR(1M), \fBlockd\fR(1M), \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), -\fBshare\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The crash of a server is only detected upon its recovery. -.sp -.LP -The \fBstatd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/nfs/status -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -If it is disabled, it will be enabled by \fBmount_nfs\fR(1M), -\fBshare_nfs\fR(1M), and \fBautomountd\fR(1M) unless its -\fBapplication/auto_enable\fR property is set to \fBfalse\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/stmfadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/stmfadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1444e35832..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/stmfadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2017 Nexenta Systems, Inc. -.\" -.Dd March 1, 2016 -.Dt STMFADM 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm stmfadm -.Nd SCSI target mode framework command line interface -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm -.Cm add-hg-member -.Fl g Ar host-group -.Ar initiator Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm add-tg-member -.Fl g Ar target-group -.Ar target Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm add-view -.Op Fl h Ar host-group -.Op Fl n Ar lu-number -.Op Fl t Ar target-group -.Ar lu-name -.Nm -.Cm create-hg -.Ar group-name -.Nm -.Cm create-lu -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Op Fl s Ar size -.Ar lu-file -.Nm -.Cm create-tg -.Ar group-name -.Nm -.Cm delete-hg -.Ar group-name -.Nm -.Cm delete-lu -.Op Fl k -.Ar lu-name -.Nm -.Cm delete-tg -.Ar group-name -.Nm -.Cm import-lu -.Ar lu-file -.Nm -.Cm list-hg -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar host-group Oc Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm list-lu -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar lu-name Oc Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm list-state -.Nm -.Cm list-target -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar target Oc Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm list-tg -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar target-group Oc Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm list-view -.Fl l Ar lu-name -.Oo Ar view Oc Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm modify-lu -.Op Fl f -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Op Fl s Ar size -.Ar lu-arg -.Nm -.Cm offline-lu -.Ar lu-name -.Nm -.Cm offline-target -.Ar target -.Nm -.Cm online-lu -.Ar lu-name -.Nm -.Cm online-target -.Ar target -.Nm -.Cm remove-hg-member -.Fl g Ar host-group -.Ar initiator Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm remove-tg-member -.Fl g Ar target-group -.Ar target Ns ... -.Nm -.Cm remove-view -.Op Fl a -.Fl l Ar lu-name -.Ar view Ns ... -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command configures logical units within the SCSI Target Mode Framework -.Pq STMF -framework. -The framework and this man page use the following terminology: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy initiator -A device responsible for issuing SCSI I/O commands to a SCSI target and logical -unit. -.It Sy target -A device responsible for receiving SCSI I/O commands for a logical unit. -.It Sy logical unit -A device within a target responsible for executing SCSI I/O commands. -.It Sy logical unit number -The identifier of a logical unit within a target. -.It Sy host group -An host group is a set of one or more initiators that are combined for the -purposes of being applied to a -.Sy view -.Pq see below . -An initiator cannot be a member of more than one host group. -.It Sy target group -A target group is a set of one or more SCSI target ports that are treated the -same when creating a -.Sy view -.Pq see below . -The set of logical units that a particular SCSI initiator can see is determined -by the combined set of views. -.Pp -Each logical unit has a set of view entries, and each view entry specifies a -target group, host group, and a LUN. -An initiator from that host group, when connecting through that target group, is -able to identify and connect to that logical unit using the specified LUN. -You can use views to restrict the set of logical units that a specific initiator -can see, and assign the set of LUNs that will be used. -.It Sy view -A view defines the association of a host group, a target group, and a logical -unit number with a specified logical unit. -Any view entry added to a logical unit must not be in conflict with existing -view entries for that logical unit. -A view entry is considered to be in conflict when an attempt is made to -duplicate the association of any given host, target and logical unit number. -.El -.Ss Logical Unit Properties -The following logical unit properties can be set only when creating LU using -.Cm create-lu -subcommand: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy blk Ns = Ns Ar num -Specifies the block size for the device. -The default is 512. -.It Sy guid Ns = Ns Ar string -32 hexadecimal ASCII characters representing a valid NAA Registered Extended -Identifier. -The default is set by the STMF to a generated value. -.It Sy meta Ns = Ns Ar path -Metadata file name. -When specified, will be used to hold the SCSI metadata for the logical unit. -There is no default. -.It Sy oui Ns = Ns Ar string -Organizational Unique Identifier. -Six hexadecimal ASCII characters representing the IEEE OUI company ID -assignment. -This will be used to generate the device identifier -.Pq GUID . -The default is -.Sy 00144F . -.It Sy pid Ns = Ns Ar string -16 bytes ASCII string defining Product ID per SCSI SPC-3. -This value will be reflected in the Standard INQUIRY data returned for the -device. -The default is -.Sy COMSTAR . -.It Sy serial Ns = Ns Ar string -Serial Number. -Specifies the SCSI Vital Product Data Serial Number -.Pq page 80h . -It is a character value up to 252 bytes in length. -There is no default value. -.It Sy vid Ns = Ns Ar string -8 bytes ASCII string defining Vendor ID per SCSI SPC-3. -This value will be reflected in the Standard INQUIRY data returned for the -device. -The default is -.Sy SUN . -.El -.Pp -The following logical unit properties can be set when creating LU using -.Cm create-lu -subcommand or modified using -.Cm modify-lu -subcommand: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy alias Ns = Ns Ar string -Up to 255 characters, representing a user-defined name for the device. -The default is the name of the backing store. -.It Sy mgmt-url Ns = Ns Ar string -Up to 1024 characters representing a Management Network Address URL. -More than one URL can be passed as a single parameter by using space-delimited -URLs enclosed inside a single pair of quotation marks -.Pq Sy \(dq . -.It Sy wcd Ns = Ns Sy true Ns | Ns Sy false -Write-back cache disable. -Determines write-back cache disable behavior. -The default is the write-back cache setting of the backing store device -specified by the -.Ar lu-file -argument. -.It Sy wp Ns = Ns Sy true Ns | Ns Sy false -Write-protect bit. -Determines whether the device reports as write-protected. -The default is -.Sy false . -.El -.Ss Subcommands -The -.Nm -command supports the subcommands listed below. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm add-hg-member -.Fl g Ar host-group -.Ar initiator Ns ... -.Xc -Add a host group member to a host group. -.Pp -An initiator cannot be a member of more than one host group. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl g Ns \&, Ns Fl -group-name Ar host-group -Specifies group name. -.Ar host-group -must be an existing group created using the -.Cm create-hg -subcommand. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm add-tg-member -.Fl g Ar target-group -.Ar target Ns ... -.Xc -Add a target group member to a target group. -.Pp -A target cannot be a member of more than one target group. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl g Ns \&, Ns Fl -group-name Ar target-group -Specifies group name. -.Ar target-group -must be an existing group created using the -.Cm create-tg -subcommand. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm add-view -.Op Fl h Ar host-group -.Op Fl n Ar lu-number -.Op Fl t Ar target-group -.Ar lu-name -.Xc -Add a logical unit view entry to a logical unit -.Ar lu-name , -where -.Ar lu-name -is the STMF name for the logical unit as displayed by the -.Cm list-lu -subcommand. -The -.Cm add-view -subcommand provides the user with a mechanism to implement access control for a -logical unit and also provides a means of assigning a logical unit number to a -logical unit for a given set of initiators and targets. -A logical unit will not be available to any initiators until at least one view -is applied. -Each view entry gets assigned an entry name, which can be used to reference the -entry in the -.Cm list-view -and -.Cm remove-view -subcommands. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl h Ns \&, Ns Fl -host-group Ar host-group -.Ar host-group -is the name of an host group previously created using -.Cm create-hg -subcommand. -If this option is not specified, the logical unit will be available to all -initiators that log in to the STMF framework. -.It Fl n Ns \&, Ns Fl -lun Ar lu-number -.Ar lu-number -is an integer in the range 0-16383 to be assigned to the logical unit for this -view entry. -If this option is not specified, a logical unit number will be assigned by the -STMF framework. -.It Fl t Ns \&, Ns Fl -target-group Ar target-group -.Ar target-group -is the name of a target group previously created using -.Cm create-tg -subcommand. -If this option is not specified, the logical unit will be available through all -targets. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm create-hg -.Ar group-name -.Xc -Create a host group with the name -.Ar group-name . -.Ar group-name -is a string of Unicode characters with a maximum length of 255. -The group name must be unique within the STMF system. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm create-lu -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Op Fl s Ar size -.Ar lu-file -.Xc -Create a logical unit that can be registered with STMF. -.Ar lu-file -is the file to be used as the backing store for the logical unit. -If the -.Fl s -option is not specified, the size of the specified -.Ar lu-file -will be used as the size of the logical unit. -.Pp -Logical units registered with the STMF require space for the metadata to be -stored. -When a -.Sy zvol -is specified as the backing store device, the default will be to use a special -property of the -.Sy zvol -to contain the metadata. -For all other devices, the default behavior will be to use the first 64k of the -device. -An alternative approach would be to use the -.Sy meta -property in a -.Cm create-lu -subcommand to specify an alternate file to contain the metadata. -It is advisable to use a file that can provide sufficient storage of the logical -unit metadata, preferably 64k. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl p Ns \&, Ns Fl -lu-prop Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value -Set specified logical unit property. -Check -.Sx Logical Unit Properties -for the list of available properties. -.It Fl s Ns \&, Ns Fl -size Ar size -.Ar size -is an integer followed by one of the following letters, to indicate a unit of -size: -.Sy k , m , g , t , p , e , -specifying kilobyte, megabyte, gigabyte, terabyte, petabyte and exabyte -respectively. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm create-tg -.Ar group-name -.Xc -Create a target group with the name -.Ar group-name . -.Ar group-name -is a string of Unicode characters with a maximum length of 255. -The group name must be unique within the STMF system. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm delete-hg -.Ar group-name -.Xc -Delete the host group identified by -.Ar group-name . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm delete-lu -.Op Fl k -.Ar lu-name -.Xc -Delete an existing logical unit that was created using -.Cm create-lu -subcommand. -This effectively unloads the logical unit from the STMF framework. -Any existing data on the logical unit remains intact. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl k Ns \&, Ns Fl -keep-views -Keep view entries for this logical unit. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm delete-tg -.Ar group-name -.Xc -Delete the target group identified by -.Ar group-name . -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm import-lu -.Ar lu-file -.Xc -Import and load a logical unit into the STMF that was previously created using -.Cm create-lu -subcommand and was then deleted from the STMF using -.Cm delete-lu -subcommand. -On success, the logical unit is again made available to the STMF. -.Ar lu-file -is the filename used in the -.Cm create-lu -subcommand. -If this logical unit is using a separate metadata file, the filename in the -.Sy meta -property value that was used in the -.Cm create-lu -subcommand must be used here. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-hg -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar host-group Oc Ns ... -.Xc -List information for the host group in the system referenced by -.Ar host-group . -If -.Ar host-group -is not specified, all host groups in the system will be listed. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v Ns \&, Ns Fl -verbose -Display all host group members. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-lu -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar lu-name Oc Ns ... -.Xc -List information for the logical unit in the system referenced by -.Ar lu-name . -If -.Ar lu-name -is not specified, all logical units in the system will be listed. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v Ns \&, Ns Fl -verbose -Display verbose information about the logical unit. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-state -.Xc -List the operational and configuration state of the STMF. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-target -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar target Oc Ns ... -.Xc -List information for the target port in the system referenced by -.Ar target . -If target name is not specified, all target ports in the system will be listed. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v Ns \&, Ns Fl -verbose -Display verbose information about the target along with SCSI session information -for logged-in initiators. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-tg -.Op Fl v -.Oo Ar target-group Oc Ns ... -.Xc -List information for the target group in the system referenced by -.Ar target-group . -If -.Ar target-group -is not specified, all target groups in the system will be listed. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl v Ns \&, Ns Fl -verbose -Display all group members. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm list-view -.Fl l Ar lu-name -.Oo Ar view Oc Ns ... -.Xc -List the view entry for the logical unit referenced by -.Ar lu-name . -If -.Ar view -is not specified, all view entries for the specified logical unit will be -listed. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl l Ns \&, Ns Fl -lu-name Ar lu-name -Specify logical unit. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm modify-lu -.Op Fl f -.Oo Fl p Ar property Ns = Ns Ar value Oc Ns ... -.Op Fl s Ar size -.Ar lu-arg -.Xc -Modify attributes of a logical unit created using the -.Cm create-lu -subcommand. -If -.Fl f -is not specified, -.Ar lu-arg -is interpreted as -.Ar lu-name. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl f Ns \&, Ns Fl -file -If specified, -.Ar lu-arg -is interpreted as file name. -This provides the ability to modify a logical unit that is not currently -imported into the STMF. -.It Fl p Ns \&, Ns Fl -lu-prop Ar property -Modify specified logical unit property. -See -.Sx Logical Unit Properties -for the list of available properties. -.It Fl s Ns \&, Ns Fl -size Ar size -.Ar size -is an integer followed by one of the following letters, to indicate a unit of -size: -.Sy k , m , g , t , p , e , -specifying kilobyte, megabyte, gigabyte, terabyte, petabyte and exabyte -respectively. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm offline-lu -.Ar lu-name -.Xc -Offline a logical unit currently registered with the STMF. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm offline-target -.Ar target-name -.Xc -Offline the specified target. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm online-lu -.Ar lu-name -.Xc -Online a logical unit currently registered with the STMF. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm online-target -.Ar target -.Xc -Online the specified target. -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm remove-hg-member -.Fl g Ar host-group -.Ar initiator -.Xc -Remove specified -.Ar initiator -from host group -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl g Ns \&, Ns Fl -group-name Ar host-group -Specifies group name. -.Ar host-group -must be an existing group created using the -.Cm create-hg -subcommand. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm remove-tg-member -.Fl g Ar target-group -.Ar target -.Xc -Remove specified -.Ar target -from target group. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl g Ns \&, Ns Fl -group-name Ar taget-group -Specifies group name. -.Ar target-group -must be an existing group created using the -.Cm create-tg -subcommand. -.El -.It Xo -.Nm -.Cm remove-view -.Op Fl a -.Fl l Ar lu-name -.Ar view Ns ... -.Xc -Remove one or more view entries from a logical unit. -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a Ns \&, Ns Fl -all -Remove all view entries for this logical unit. -.It Fl l Ns \&, Ns Fl -lu-name -Specify logical unit. -.El -.El -.Sh EXAMPLES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Sy Example 1 No Creating a Host group with Two Initiator Ports -The following commands use the -.Cm create-hg -and -.Cm add-hg-member -subcommands to create a host group and add two initiator ports to that host -group. -.Bd -literal -# stmfadm create-hg HostA -# stmfadm add-hg-member -g HostA wwn.210105b0000d92d0 -.Ed -.It Sy Example 2 No Adding a View Entry to a Logical Unit -The following command uses the -.Cm add-view -subcommand to allow access from -.Sy HostA -to a logical unit. -.Bd -literal -# stmfadm add-view -h HostA 6000AE40C5000000000046FC4FEA001C -.Ed -.It Sy Example 3 No Listing a View Entry -The following command uses the -.Cm list-view -subcommand to list all view entries for the specified logical unit. -.Bd -literal -# stmfadm list-view -l 6000AE40C5000000000046FC4FEA001C -View Entry: 0 - Host group : HostA - Target group : All - LUN : 0 -.Ed -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Committed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr sbdadm 1M , -.Xr attributes 5 diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/stmsboot.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/stmsboot.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 4c22057db2..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/stmsboot.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights reserved. Use is subject to license terms. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STMSBOOT 1M "Dec 15, 2008" -.SH NAME -stmsboot \- administration program for the Solaris I/O multipathing feature -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/stmsboot\fR [[\fB-d\fR | \fB-e\fR [\fB-D\fR (fp | mpt) ]] - | \fB-u\fR | \fB-L\fR | \fB-l\fR \fIcontroller_number\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The Solaris I/O multipathing feature is a multipathing solution for storage -devices that is part of the Solaris operating environment. This feature was -formerly known as Sun StorEdge Traffic Manager (STMS) or MPxIO. -.sp -.LP -The \fBstmsboot\fR program is an administrative command to manage enumeration -of multipath-capable devices with Solaris I/O multipathing. Solaris I/O -multipathing-enabled devices are enumerated under \fBscsi_vhci\fR(7D), -providing multipathing capabilities. Solaris I/O multipathing-disabled devices -are enumerated under the physical controller. -.sp -.LP -In the \fB/dev\fR and \fB/devices\fR trees, Solaris I/O multipathing-enabled -devices receive new names that indicate that they are under Solaris I/O -multipathing control. This means a device will have a different name from its -original name (after enabling) when it is under Solaris I/O multipathing -control. The \fBstmsboot\fR command automatically updates \fB/etc/vfstab\fR and -dump configuration to reflect the device names changes when enabling or -disabling Solaris I/O multipathing. One reboot is required for changes to take -effect. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR [ \fB-D\fR \fBfp | mpt\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables Solaris I/O multipathing on all supported multipath-capable controller -ports. Multipath-capable ports include fibre channel (\fBfp\fR(7D)) controller -ports and SAS (\fBmpt\fR(7D)) controller ports. Following this enabling, you -are prompted to reboot. During the reboot, \fBvfstab\fR and the dump -configuration will be updated to reflect the device name changes. Specifying -either \fB-D\fR \fBmpt\fR or \fB-D\fR \fBfp\fR limits the enabling operation to -ports attached using the specified driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR [ \fB-D\fR \fBfp | mpt\fR ]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disables Solaris I/O multipathing on all supported multipath-capable controller -ports. Multipath-capable ports include fibre channel (\fBfp\fR(7D)) controller -ports and SAS (\fBmpt\fR(7D)) controller ports. Following this disabling, you -are prompted to reboot. During the reboot, \fBvfstab\fR and the dump -configuration will be updated to reflect the device name changes. Specifying -either \fB-D\fR \fBmpt\fR or \fB-D\fR \fBfp\fR limits the disabling operation -to ports attached using the specified driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Updates \fBvfstab\fR and the dump configuration after you have manually -modified the configuration to have Solaris I/O multipathing enabled or disabled -on specific multipath-capable controller ports. This option prompts you to -reboot. During the reboot, \fBvfstab\fR and the dump configuration will be -updated to reflect the device name changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the device name changes from non-Solaris I/O multipathing device names -to Solaris I/O multipathing device names for multipath-enabled controller -ports. If Solaris I/O multipathing is not enabled, then no mappings are -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIcontroller_number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the device name changes from non-Solaris I/O multipathing device names -to Solaris I/O multipathing device names for the specified controller. If -Solaris I/O multipathing is not enabled, then no mappings are displayed. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -The primary function of \fBstmsboot\fR is to control the enabling and disabling -of Solaris I/O multipathing on the host. The utility automatically updates -\fBvfstab\fR(4) and \fBdumpadm\fR(1M) configuration to reflect device name -changes. The system administrator is responsible for modifying application -configuration (for example, backup software, DBMS, and so forth) to reflect -updated device names. -.sp -.LP -The \fB-L\fR and \fB-l\fR options display the mapping between multipathed and -non-multipathed device names. These options function only after changes to the -Solaris I/O multipathing configuration have taken effect, that is, following -the reboot after invoking \fBstmsboot\fR \fB-e\fR. -.sp -.LP -ZFS datasets, including ZFS root datasets, are correctly handled by -\fBstmsboot\fR. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fREnabling Solaris I/O Multipathing -.sp -.LP -To enable Solaris I/O multipathing for all multipath-capable controllers, run: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To enable Solaris I/O multipathing on multipath-capable \fBmpt\fR(7D) -controller ports, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -D mpt -e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To enable Solaris I/O Multipathing on multipath-capable fibre channel -controller ports, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -D fp -e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisabling Solaris I/O Multipathing -.sp -.LP -To disable Solaris I/O multipathing on all multipath-capable controllers, -enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -d\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To disable Solaris I/O multipathing on multipath-capable \fBmpt\fR(7D) -controller ports, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -D mpt -d\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -To disable Solaris I/O multipathing on multipath-capable fibre channel -controller ports, enter: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -D fp -d\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fREnabling Solaris I/O Multipathing on Selected Ports -.sp -.LP -To enable Solaris I/O multipathing on specific fibre channel controller ports -and disable the feature on others, manually edit the \fB/kernel/drv/fp.conf\fR -file. (See \fBfp\fR(7D).) The following command will update \fBvfstab\fR(4) and -\fBdumpadm\fR(1M) configurations to reflect the changed device names: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -u\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -A similar procedure involving the \fB/kernel/drv/mpt.conf\fR file should be -followed for devices attached by means of the \fBmpt\fR(7D) driver. - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Obsolete -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBdumpadm\fR(1M), \fBfsck\fR(1M), \fBmpathadm\fR(1M), \fBufsdump\fR(1M), -\fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBzpool\fR(1M), \fBdumpdates\fR(4), \fBvfstab\fR(4), -\fBemlxs\fR(7D), \fBfcp\fR(7D), \fBfp\fR(7D), \fBmpt\fR(7D), \fBqlc\fR(7D), -\fBscsi_vhci\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fISolaris SAN Configuration and Multipathing Guide\fR (see -\fBhttp://docs.sun.com\fR) -.sp -.LP -Consult a particular storage product's system administrator's guide and release -notes for further information specific to that product. -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -Solaris I/O multipathing is not supported on all devices. After enabling -Solaris I/O multipathing, only supported devices are placed under Solaris I/O -multipathing control. Non-supported devices remain unchanged. -.sp -.LP -For Solaris releases prior to the current release, the \fB-e\fR and \fB-d\fR -options replace \fBmpxio-disable\fR property entries with a global -\fBmpxio-disable\fR entry in \fBfp.conf\fR. -.SS "Enabling Solaris I/O Multipathing on a Sun StorEdge Disk Array" -.sp -.LP -The following applies to Sun StoreEdge T3, 3910, 3960, 6120, and 6320 storage -subsystems. -.sp -.LP -To place your Sun StorEdge disk subsystem under Solaris I/O multipathing -control, in addition to enabling Solaris I/O multipathing, the \fBmp_support\fR -of the subsystem must be set to \fBmpxio\fR mode. The preferred sequence is to -change the subsystem's \fBmp_support\fR to \fBmpxio\fR mode, then run -\fBstmsboot\fR \fB-e\fR. If Solaris I/O multipathing is already enabled but the -subsystem's \fBmp_support\fR is not in \fBmpxio\fR mode, then change the -\fBmp_support\fR to \fBmpxio\fR mode and run \fBstmsboot\fR \fB-u\fR. -.sp -.LP -Refer to the \fISun StorEdge Administrator's Guide\fR for your subsystem for -more details. -.SS "Using \fBufsdump\fR" -.sp -.LP -The \fBufsdump\fR(1M) command records details of filesystem dumps in -\fB/etc/dumpdates\fR (see \fBdumpdates\fR(4)). Among other items, the entries -contain device names. An effect of the "active" \fBstmsboot\fR options -(\fB-e\fR, \fB-d\fR, and \fB-u\fR) is to change the device name of a storage -device. -.sp -.LP -Because \fBstmsboot\fR does not modify \fBdumpdates\fR, entries will refer to -obsolete device names, that is, device names that were in effect before Solaris -I/O multipathing configuration changes were performed. In this situation -\fBufsdump\fR will behave as if no previous dump of the filesystem had been -performed. A level 0 dump will be performed. -.SS "Procedure to Use \fBstmsboot\fR in Conjunction with Sun Cluster" -.sp -.LP -If possible, invoke \fBstmsboot\fR \fB-e\fR before installing Sun Cluster -software. After executing \fBstmsboot\fR, install Sun Cluster software -normally. -.sp -.LP -If Sun Cluster software is installed before executing \fBstmsboot\fR, follow -this procedure: -.sp -.LP -On each machine in the cluster where Solaris I/O multipathing is required, -execute: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBstmsboot -e\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -\&...and allow the system to reboot. -.sp -.LP -When the system comes up, enter the following two commands: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -# \fB/usr/cluster/bin/scdidadm -C\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -# \fB/usr/cluster/bin/scdidadm -r\fR -.sp -The preceding commands update \fBdid\fR mappings with new device names while -preserving \fBdid\fR instance numbers for disks that are connected to multiple -cluster nodes. \fBdid\fR instance numbers of the local disks might not be -preserved. For this reason, the \fBdid\fR disk names for local disks might -change. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Update \fB/etc/vfstab\fR to reflect any new \fBdid\fR disk names for your -local disks. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -Reboot the system. -.RE -.sp -.LP -To disable the Solaris multipathing feature, use \fBstmsboot\fR \fB-d\fR -(instead of \fBstmsboot\fR \fB-e\fR), then follow the procedure above. -.sp -.LP -To view mappings between the old and new device names, run \fBstmsboot\fR -\fB-L\fR. To view \fBdid\fR device name mappings, run -\fB/usr/cluster/bin/scdidadm\fR \fB-L\fR. -.sp -.LP -With active-passive storage arrays, it is possible that while your host is -rebooting the array controller could failover the path that a particular target -is using. In this scenario, \fBfsck\fR(1M) will fail to open the physical path -listed in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR. The \fBsvc:/system/filesystem/local:default\fR SMF -service will transition to a maintenance state as a result. To rectify this, -consult the documentation for your storage array to failback the path. The -\fBmpathadm\fR(1M) can assist with determining the active and passive path(s). -.SH LIMITATIONS -.sp -.LP -On x86 platforms, the current Solaris release does not support disabling -Solaris I/O multipathing of boot devices attached by means of fibre channel. -Solaris I/O multipathing is always enabled for supported fibre channel-attached -boot devices. Disabling Solaris I/O multipathing in this situation must be -performed on a per-port basis. See \fBfp\fR(7D). -.sp -.LP -Executing \fBdevfsadm\fR \fB-C\fR removes obsolete device entries that -\fBstmsboot\fR relies on. This will prevent correct operation of the \fB-d\fR -option for boot devices (regardless of platform type) and the \fB-L\fR option. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/strace.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/strace.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 1ce9c65f83..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/strace.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STRACE 1M "Oct 4, 1994" -.SH NAME -strace \- print STREAMS trace messages -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBstrace\fR [\fImid\fR \fIsid\fR \fIlevel\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBstrace\fR without arguments writes all STREAMS event trace messages from all -drivers and modules to its standard output. These messages are obtained from -the STREAMS log driver (see \fBlog\fR(7D)). If arguments are provided, they -must be in triplets of the form \fImid, sid, level\fR, where \fImid\fR is a -STREAMS module \fBID\fR number, \fIsid\fR is a sub-ID number, and \fIlevel\fR -is a tracing priority level. Each triplet indicates that tracing messages are -to be received from the given module/driver, sub-ID (usually indicating minor -device), and priority level equal to, or less than the given level. The token -\fBall\fR may be used for any member to indicate no restriction for that -attribute. -.sp -.LP -The format of each trace message output is: -.sp -.LP -<\fIseq\fR> <\fBtime\fR> <\fIticks\fR> <\fIlevel\fR> <\fIflags\fR> <\fImid\fR> -<\fIsid\fR> <\fItext\fR> -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIseq\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -trace sequence number -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fBtime\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -time of message in \fIhh:mm:ss\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIticks\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -time of message in machine ticks since boot -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIlevel\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -tracing priority level -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIflags\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -E : message is also in the error log F : indicates a fatal error N : mail was -sent to the system administrator (hardcoded as root) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fImid\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -module \fBID\fR number of source -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIsid\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -sub-ID number of source -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fItext\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -formatted text of the trace message -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Once initiated, \fBstrace\fR will continue to execute until terminated by the -user. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA sample output of the \fBstrace\fR command: -.sp -.LP -The following example outputs all trace messages from the module or driver -whose module \fBID\fR is \fB41\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBstrace 41 all all\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following example outputs those trace messages from driver or module -\fBID\fR \fB41\fR with sub-IDs \fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBstrace 41 0 1 41 1 1 41 2 0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Messages from sub-IDs \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR must have a tracing level less -than or equal to \fB1\fR. Those from sub-ID \fB2\fR must have a tracing level -of \fB0\fR. - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlog\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -There is no restriction to the number of \fBstrace\fR processes opening the -\fBSTREAMS\fR log driver at a time. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -The log-driver records the list of the triplets specified in the command -invocation, and compares each potential trace message against this list to -decide if it should be formatted and sent up to the \fBstrace\fR process. -Hence, long lists of triplets will have a greater impact on overall STREAMS -performance. Running \fBstrace\fR will have the most impact on the timing of -the modules and drivers generating the trace messages that are sent to the -\fBstrace\fR process. If trace messages are generated faster than the -\fBstrace\fR process can handle them, some of the messages will be lost. This -last case can be determined by examining the sequence numbers on the trace -messages output. -.RE diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/strclean.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/strclean.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 56fba8ed46..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/strclean.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STRCLEAN 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -strclean \- STREAMS error logger cleanup program -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBstrclean\fR [\fB-a\fR \fIage\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIlogdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBstrclean\fR is used to clean up the STREAMS error logger directory on a -regular basis (for example, by using \fBcron\fR. By default, all files with -names matching \fBerror.*\fR in \fB/var/adm/streams\fR that have not been -modified in the last three days are removed. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIage\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The maximum age in days for a log file can be changed using the \fB-a\fR -option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIlogdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -A directory other than \fB/var/adm/streams\fR can be specified using the -\fB-d\fR option. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA sample of using the \fBstrclean\fR command. -.sp -.LP -This example has the same result as running \fBstrclean\fR with no arguments: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBstrclean \fR\fB-d\fR\fB /var/adm/streams \fR\fB-a\fR\fB 3\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -\fB/var/adm/streams/error.\fR* -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcron\fR(1M), \fBstrerr\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBstrclean\fR is typically run from \fBcron\fR on a daily or weekly basis. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/strerr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/strerr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index da8e7fc323..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/strerr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STRERR 1M "Oct 4, 1994" -.SH NAME -strerr \- STREAMS error logger daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBstrerr\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBstrerr\fR receives error log messages from the STREAMS-based log driver (see -\fBlog\fR(7D)) and appends them to a log file. The resultant error log files -reside in the directory \fB/var/adm/streams\fR, and are named -\fBerror.\fR\fImm\fR\fB-\fR\fBdd\fR, where \fImm\fR is the month and \fBdd\fR -is the day of the messages contained in each log file. -.sp -.LP -The format of an error log message is: -.sp -.LP -<\fIseq\fR> <\fBtime\fR> <\fIticks\fR> <\fIflags\fR> <\fImid\fR> <\fIsid\fR> -<\fItext\fR> -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIseq\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -error sequence number -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fBtime\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -time of message in hh:mm:ss -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIticks\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -time of message in machine ticks since boot priority level -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIflags\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -\fBT\fR : the message was also sent to a tracing process \fBF\fR : indicates a -fatal error \fBN\fR : send mail to the system administrator (hardcoded as root) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fImid\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -module \fBID\fR number of source -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fIsid\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -sub-ID number of source -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB<\fItext\fR>\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -formatted text of the error message -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Messages that appear in the error log are intended to report exceptional -conditions that require the attention of the system administrator. Those -messages which indicate the total failure of a STREAMS-based driver or module -should have the \fBF\fR flag set. Those messages requiring the immediate -attention of the administrator will have the \fBN\fR flag set, which causes the -error logger to send the message to the system administrator using \fBmail\fR. -The priority level usually has no meaning in the error log but will have -meaning if the message is also sent to a tracer process. -.sp -.LP -Once initiated, \fBstrerr\fR continues to execute until terminated by the user. -It is commonly executed asynchronously. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/streams/error.\fR\fImm\fR\fB-\fR\fBdd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -error log file. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlog\fR(7D) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -There is no restriction to the number of \fBstrerr\fR processes opening the -\fBSTREAMS\fR-based log driver at a time. -.sp -.LP -If a module or driver is generating a large number of error messages, running -the error logger will cause a degradation in STREAMS performance. If a large -burst of messages are generated in a short time, the log driver may not be able -to deliver some of the messages. This situation is indicated by gaps in the -sequence numbering of the messages in the log files. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sttydefs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sttydefs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2c01031971..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sttydefs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH STTYDEFS 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -sttydefs \- maintain line settings and hunt sequences for TTY ports -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sttydefs\fR \fB-a\fR \fIttylabel\fR [\fB-b\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIfinal-flags\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIinitial-flags\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fInextlabel\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sttydefs\fR \fB-l\fR [\fIttylabel\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sttydefs\fR \fB-r\fR \fIttylabel\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsttydefs\fR is an administrative command that maintains the line settings -and hunt sequences for the system's TTY ports by making entries in, and -deleting entries from the \fB/etc/ttydefs\fR file. -.sp -.LP -\fBsttydefs\fR with a \fB-a\fR or \fB-r\fR option may be invoked only by the -super-user. \fBsttydefs\fR with \fB-l\fR may be invoked by any user on the -system. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIttylabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Add a record to the \fBttydefs\fR file, using \fIttylabel\fR as its label. The -following describes the effect of the \fB-b\fR, \fB-n\fR, \fB-i\fR, or \fB-f\fR -options when used in conjunction with the \fB-a\fR option: -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Enable autobaud. Autobaud allows the system to set the line speed of a given -TTY port to the line speed of the device connected to the port without the -user's intervention. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfinal-flags\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify the value to be used in the \fIfinal-flags\fR field in -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR. \fIfinal-flags\fR must be in a format recognized by the -\fBstty\fR command. \fIfinal-flags\fR are the \fBtermio\fR(7I) settings used by -\fBttymon\fR after receiving a successful connection request and immediately -before invoking the service on the port. If this option is not specified, -\fBsttydefs\fR will set \fIfinal-flags\fR equal to the \fBtermio\fR(7I) flags -\fB9600\fR and \fBsane\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIinitial-flags\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify the value to be used in the \fIinitial-flags\fR field in -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR. \fIinitial-flags\fR must be in a format recognized by the -\fBstty\fR command. These flags are used by \fBttymon\fR when searching for the -correct baud rate. They are set prior to writing the prompt. If this option is -not specified, \fBsttydefs\fR will set \fIinitial-flags\fR equal to the -\fBtermio\fR(7I) flag \fB9600\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fInextlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Specify the value to be used in the \fInextlabel\fR field in -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR. If this option is not specified, \fBsttydefs\fR will set -\fInextlabel\fR equal to \fIttylabel\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR[\fIttylabel\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -If a \fIttylabel\fR is specified, \fBsttydefs\fR displays the record from -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR whose TTY label matches the specified \fIttylabel\fR. If no -\fIttylabel\fR is specified, \fBsttydefs\fR displays the entire contents of -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR. \fBsttydefs\fR verifies that each entry it displays is -correct and that the entry's \fInextlabel\fR field references an existing -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIttylabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Remove any record in the \fBttydefs\fR file that has \fIttylabel\fR as its -label. -.RE - -.SH OUTPUT -.sp -.LP -If successful, \fBsttydefs\fR will exit with a status of \fB0\fR. -\fBsttydefs\fR \fB-l\fR will generate the requested information and send it to -standard output. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA sample of \fBsttydefs\fR command. -.sp -.LP -The following command lists all the entries in the \fBttydefs\fR file and -prints an error message for each invalid entry that is detected. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsttydefs\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following shows a command that requests information for a single label and -its output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsttydefs\fR \fB-l\fR 9600 ------------------------------------------------------------------- -9600:9600 hupcl erase ^h:9600 sane ixany tab3 hupcl erase ^h::4800 ------------------------------------------------------------------- -ttylabel: 9600 -initial flags: 9600 hupcl erase ^h -final flags: 9600 sane ixany tab3 hupcl erase ^h -autobaud: no -nextlabel: 4800 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following sequence of commands will add the labels \fB1200\fR, \fB2400\fR, -\fB4800\fR, and \fB9600\fR and put them in a circular list: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sttydefs \fB-a\fR 1200 \fB-n\fR 2400 \fB-i\fR 1200 \fB-f\fR "1200 sane" -sttydefs \fB-a\fR 2400 \fB-n\fR 4800 \fB-i\fR 2400 \fB-f\fR "2400 sane" -sttydefs \fB-a\fR 4800 \fB-n\fR 9600 \fB-i\fR 4800 \fB-f\fR "4800 sane" -sttydefs \fB-a\fR 9600 \fB-n\fR 1200 \fB-i\fR 9600 \fB-f\fR "9600 sane" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBtermio\fR(7I) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/su.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/su.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 460feede17..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/su.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,299 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SU 1M "Feb 26, 2004" -.SH NAME -su \- become superuser or another user -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsu\fR [\fB-\fR] [\fIusername\fR [arg...]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsu\fR command allows one to become another user without logging off or -to assume a role. The default user \fIname\fR is \fBroot\fR (superuser). -.sp -.LP -To use \fBsu\fR, the appropriate password must be supplied (unless the invoker -is already \fBroot\fR). If the password is correct, \fBsu\fR creates a new -shell process that has the real and effective user \fBID,\fR group \fBIDs,\fR -and supplementary group list set to those of the specified \fIusername\fR. -Additionally, the new shell's project ID is set to the default project ID of -the specified user. See \fBgetdefaultproj\fR(3PROJECT), -\fBsetproject\fR(3PROJECT). The new shell will be the shell specified in the -shell field of \fIusername\fR's password file entry (see \fBpasswd\fR(4)). If -no shell is specified, \fB/usr/bin/sh\fR is used (see \fBsh\fR(1)). If -superuser privilege is requested and the shell for the superuser cannot be -invoked using \fBexec\fR(2), \fB/sbin/sh\fR is used as a fallback. To return to -normal user \fBID\fR privileges, type an \fBEOF\fR character (CTRL-D) to exit -the new shell. -.sp -.LP -Any additional arguments given on the command line are passed to the new shell. -When using programs such as \fBsh\fR, an \fIarg\fR of the form \fB-c\fR\fI -string\fR executes \fIstring\fR using the shell and an \fIarg\fR of \fB-r\fR -gives the user a restricted shell. -.sp -.LP -To create a login environment, the command \fB"su -"\fR does the following: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -In addition to what is already propagated, the \fBLC*\fR and \fBLANG\fR -environment variables from the specified user's environment are also -propagated. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Propagate \fBTZ\fR from the user's environment. If \fBTZ\fR is not found in the -user's environment, \fBsu\fR uses the \fBTZ\fR value from the \fBTIMEZONE\fR -parameter found in \fB/etc/default/login\fR. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Set \fBMAIL\fR to \fB/var/mail/\fInew_user\fR\fR. -.RE -.sp -.LP -If the first argument to \fBsu\fR is a dash (-), the environment will be -changed to what would be expected if the user actually logged in as the -specified user. Otherwise, the environment is passed along, with the exception -of \fB$\fR\fBPATH\fR\fB, \fR which is controlled by \fBPATH\fR and -\fBSU\fR\fBPATH\fR in \fB/etc/default/su\fR. -.sp -.LP -All attempts to become another user using \fBsu\fR are logged in the log file -\fB/var/adm/sulog\fR (see \fBsulog\fR(4)). -.SH SECURITY -.sp -.LP -\fBsu\fR uses \fBpam\fR(3PAM) with the service name \fBsu\fR for -authentication, account management, and credential establishment. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRBecoming User \fBbin\fR While Retaining Your Previously -Exported Environment -.sp -.LP -To become user \fBbin\fR while retaining your previously exported environment, -execute: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBsu bin\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRBecoming User \fBbin\fR and Changing to \fBbin\fR's Login -Environment -.sp -.LP -To become user \fBbin\fR but change the environment to what would be expected -if \fBbin\fR had originally logged in, execute: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBsu - bin\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRExecuting command with user \fBbin\fR's Environment and -Permissions -.sp -.LP -To execute command with the temporary environment and permissions of user -\fBbin\fR, type: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBsu - bin -c "\fIcommand args\fR"\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.LP -Variables with \fBLD_\fR prefix are removed for security reasons. Thus, \fBsu -bin\fR will not retain previously exported variables with \fBLD_\fR prefix -while becoming user \fBbin\fR. -.sp -.LP -If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables ( \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, -\fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR) (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of -\fBsu\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value of -the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents are -used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. If -none of the above variables are set in the environment, the "C" (U.S. style) -locale determines how \fBsu\fR behaves. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_CTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Determines how \fBsu\fR handles characters. When \fBLC_CTYPE\fR is set to a -valid value, \fBsu\fR can display and handle text and filenames containing -valid characters for that locale. \fBsu\fR can display and handle Extended Unix -Code (\fBEUC\fR) characters where any individual character can be \fB1\fR, -\fB2\fR, or \fB3\fR bytes wide. \fBsu\fR can also handle \fBEUC\fR characters -of \fB1\fR, \fB2\fR, or more column widths. In the "C" locale, only characters -from ISO 8859-1 are valid. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_MESSAGES\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Determines how diagnostic and informative messages are presented. This includes -the language and style of the messages, and the correct form of affirmative and -negative responses. In the "C" locale, the messages are presented in the -default form found in the program itself (in most cases, U.S. English). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$\fR\fBHOME\fR\fB/.profile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -user's login commands for \fBsh\fR and \fBksh\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -system's password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/profile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -system-wide \fBsh\fR and \fBksh\fR login commands -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/sulog\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -log file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/su\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -the default parameters in this file are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSULOG\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -If defined, all attempts to \fBsu\fR to another user are logged in the -indicated file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBCONSOLE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -If defined, all attempts to \fBsu\fR to \fBroot\fR are logged on the console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBPATH\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Default path. (\fB/usr/bin:\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSU\fR\fBPATH\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Default path for a user invoking \fBsu\fR to \fBroot\fR. -(\fB/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSYSLOG\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Determines whether the \fBsyslog\fR(3C) \fBLOG_AUTH\fR facility should be used -to log all \fBsu\fR attempts. \fBLOG_NOTICE\fR messages are generated for -\fBsu\fR's to root, \fBLOG_INFO\fR messages are generated for \fBsu\fR's to -other users, and \fBLOG_CRIT\fR messages are generated for failed \fBsu\fR -attempts. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/login\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -the default parameters in this file are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTIMEZONE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Sets the TZ environment variable of the shell. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcsh\fR(1), \fBenv\fR(1), \fBksh\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), -\fBsh\fR(1), \fBsyslogd\fR(1M), \fBexec\fR(2), \fBgetdefaultproj\fR(3PROJECT), -\fBsetproject\fR(3PROJECT), \fBpam\fR(3PAM), \fBpam_authenticate\fR(3PAM), -\fBpam_acct_mgmt\fR(3PAM), \fBpam_setcred\fR(3PAM), \fBpam.conf\fR(4), -\fBpasswd\fR(4), \fBprofile\fR(4), \fBsulog\fR(4), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sulogin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sulogin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d42f09a264..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sulogin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SULOGIN 1M "Aug 21, 2008" -.SH NAME -sulogin \- access single-user mode -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsulogin\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsulogin\fR utility is automatically invoked by \fBinit\fR when the -system is first started. It prompts the user to type a user name and password -to enter system maintenance mode (single-user mode) or to type \fBEOF\fR -(typically CTRL-D) for normal startup (multi-user mode). The user should never -directly invoke \fBsulogin\fR. The user must have the -\fBsolaris.system.maintenance\fR authorization. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsulogin\fR utility can prompt the user to enter the root password on a -variable number of serial console devices, in addition to the traditional -console device. See \fBconsadm\fR(1M) and \fBmsglog\fR(7D) for a description of -how to configure a serial device to display the single-user login prompt. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/sulogin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default value can be set for the following flag: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPASSREQ\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Determines if login requires a password. Default is \fBPASSREQ=YES\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/login\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Default value can be set for the following flag: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSLEEPTIME\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If present, sets the number of seconds to wait before login failure is printed -to the screen and another login attempt is allowed. Default is \fB4\fR seconds. -Minimum is \fB0\fR seconds. Maximum is \fB5\fR seconds. -.sp -Both \fBsu\fR(1M) and \fBlogin\fR(1) are affected by the value of -\fBSLEEPTIME\fR. -.RE - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBlogin\fR(1), \fBconsadm\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), -\fBsu\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBmsglog\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -By default, the root user has all authorizations. -.sp -.LP -Granting the \fBsolaris.system.maintenance\fR authorization to the Console User -Rights Profile may have an undesirable side effect of granting the currently -logged in user maintenance mode access. The \fBsolaris.system.maintenance\fR -authorization should be directly granted to appropriate users rather than -through the Console User Rights Profile. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.configd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.configd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e31f918306..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.configd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SVC.CONFIGD 1M "Oct 27, 2004" -.SH NAME -svc.configd \- Service Management Facility repository daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/lib/svc/bin/svc.configd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.configd\fR is the repository daemon for the Service Management Facility. -\fBsvc.configd\fR is invoked automatically during system startup, and restarted -if any failures occur. \fBsvc.configd\fR should never be invoked directly. -.sp -.LP -Interaction with \fBsvc.configd\fR is by way of \fBlibscf\fR(3LIB) and the -command line tools: \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), and -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), -\fBlibscf\fR(3LIB), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.ipfd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.ipfd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 3790a40c3d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.ipfd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,619 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" To view license terms, attribution, and copyright for IP Filter, the default path is /usr/lib/ipf/IPFILTER.LICENCE. If the Solaris operating environment has been installed anywhere other than the default, modify the given path to access the file at the installed -.\" location. -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2016 Hans Rosenfeld -.TH SVC.IPFD 1M "Dec 30, 2015" -.SH NAME -svc.ipfd \- IP Filter firewall monitoring daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/lib/svc/bin/svc.ipfd\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsvc:/network/ipfilter:default\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsvc.ipfd\fR daemon monitors actions on services that use firewall -configuration and initiates update services' IP Filter configuration. The -daemon allows the system to react to changes in system's firewall configuration -in an incremental fashion, at a per-service level. -.sp -.LP -A service's firewall policy is activated when it is enabled, deactivated when -it is disabled, and updated when its configuration property group is modified. -\fBsvc.ipfd\fR monitors the services management facility (SMF) repository for -these actions and invokes the IP Filter rule-generation process to carry out -the service's firewall policy. -.sp -.LP -This daemon is started by the \fBnetwork/ipfilter\fR service either through the -\fBstart\fR or \fBrefresh\fR method. Thus, the daemon inherits the environment -variables and credentials from the method and runs as root with all zone -privileges. -.SS "Firewall Static Configuration" -.LP -A static definition describes a service's network resource configuration that -is used to generate service-specific IPF rules. The per-service -\fBfirewall_context\fR property group contains a service's static definition, -similar to the \fBinetd\fR property group in \fBinetd\fR managed services. This -property group supports: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For non-\fBinetd\fR services. The IANA name or RPC name, equivalent to the -\fBinetd/name\fR property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/isrpc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For non-\fBinetd\fR services. A boolean property where a \fBtrue\fR value -indicates an RPC service, equivalent to the \fBinetd/isrpc\fR property. For RPC -services, the value of \fBfirewall_context/name\fR is not an IANA name but is -either an RPC program number or name. See \fBrpc\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Additionally, some services may require a mechanism to generate and supply -their own IPF rules. An optional property \fBipf_method\fR, provides a -mechanism to allow such custom rule generation: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/ipf_method\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A command. Normally a script that generates IPF rules for a service. The -framework does not generate rules for services with this property definition. -Rather, the framework expects these services to provide their own rules. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -A service's \fBipf_method\fR specifies a command that takes an additional -argument, its own fault management resource identifier (FMRI), and generates -the service's firewall rules and outputs those rules to stdout. To generate -rules for a service with the \fBipf_method\fR property, the framework execs the -command specified in \fBipf_method\fR, passing the service FMRI as the -additional argument, and stores the rules for that service by redirecting the -command output, the rules, to the service's rule file. Because an -\fBipf_method\fR is \fBexec\fR'ed from the context of either the -\fBnetwork/ipfilter\fR \fBstart\fR or \fBrefresh\fR method process, it inherits -the execution context and runs as root. -.sp -.LP -The service static configuration is delivered by the service developer and not -intended to be modified by users. These properties are only modified upon -installation of an updated service definition. -.SS "Firewall Policy Configuration" -.LP -A per-service property group, \fBfirewall_config\fR, stores the services' -firewall policy configuration. Because \fBnetwork/ipfilter:default\fR is -responsible for two firewall policies, the Global Default and Global Override -system-wide policies (as explained in \fBipfilter\fR(5)), it has two property -groups, \fBfirewall_config_default\fR and \fBfirewall_config_override\fR, to -store the respective system-wide policies. -.sp -.LP -Below are the properties, their possible values, and corresponding semantics: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBpolicy\fR has the following modes: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR policy mode\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -No access restriction. For a global policy, this mode allows all incoming -traffic. For a service policy, this mode allows all incoming traffic to its -service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdeny\fR policy mode\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -More restrictive than \fBnone\fR. This mode allows incoming traffic from all -sources except those specified in the \fBapply_to\fR property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallow\fR policy mode\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Most restrictive mode. This mode blocks incoming traffic from all sources -except those specified in the \fBapply_to\fR property. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBblock-policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBblock-policy\fR property defines the handling of packets that -are blocked by the filter. It has the following modes: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnone\fR block-policy mode\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Block by dropping packets. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreturn\fR block-policy mode\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Block by returning RST (for TCP) or ICMP messages (for other -protocols) to the sender of the blocked packets. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapply_to\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv4 network source entities to enforce the -chosen policy mode. Packets coming from the entities listed in \fBapply_to\fR -property will be denied if policy is \fBdeny\fR and allowed if policy is -\fBallow\fR. The syntax for possible values are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -host: host:\fIIP\fR "host:192.168.84.14" -subnet: network:\fIIP/netmask\fR "network:129.168.1.5/24" -ippool: pool:\fIpool number\fR "pool:77" -interface: if:\fIinterface_name\fR "if:e1000g0" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapply_to_6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv6 network source entities to enforce the -chosen policy mode. Packets coming from the entities listed in \fBapply_to_6\fR -property will be denied if policy is \fBdeny\fR and allowed if policy is -\fBallow\fR. The syntax for possible values are: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -host: host:\fIIP\fR "host:2001:DB8::12ff:fe34:5678" -subnet: network:\fIIP/netmask\fR "network:2001:DB8::/32" -ippool: pool:\fIpool number\fR "pool:77" -interface: if:\fIinterface_name\fR "if:e1000g0" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexceptions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv4 network source entities to be excluded from -the \fBapply_to\fR list. For example, when \fBdeny\fR policy is applied to a -subnet, exceptions can be made to some hosts in that subnet by specifying them -in the \fBexceptions\fR property. This property has the same value syntax as -\fBapply_to\fR property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexceptions_6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv6 network source entities to be excluded from -the \fBapply_to_6\fR list. For example, when \fBdeny\fR policy is applied to a -subnet, exceptions can be made to some hosts in that subnet by specifying them -in the \fBexceptions_6\fR property. This property has the same value syntax as -\fBapply_to_6\fR property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv4 network destination entities to enforce the -chosen policy mode. Packets directed to the destination entities listed in -\fBtarget\fR property will be denied if policy is \fBdeny\fR and allowed if -policy is \fBallow\fR. This property has the same value syntax as \fBapply_to\fR -property, with the notable exception that specifying network interfaces is not -supported. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtarget_6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A multi-value property listing IPv6 network destination entities to enforce the -chosen policy mode. Packets directed to the destination entities listed in -\fBtarget_6\fR property will be denied if policy is \fBdeny\fR and allowed if -policy is \fBallow\fR. This property has the same value syntax as -\fBapply_to_6\fR property, with the notable exception that specifying network -interfaces is not supported. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For individual network services only: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config/policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A service's policy can also be set to \fBuse_global\fR. Services with -\fBuse_global\fR policy mode inherit the Global Default firewall policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config/block_policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A service's block policy can also be set to \fBuse_global\fR. Services with -\fBuse_global\fR block policy mode inherit the Global Default firewall block -policy. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -For the Global Default only: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config_default/policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Global Default policy, \fBfirewall_config\fR property group in -\fBsvc:/network/ipfilter:default\fR, can also be set to \fBcustom\fR. Users can -set \fBpolicy\fR to \fBcustom\fR to use prepopulated IP Filter configuration, -for example, an existing IP Filter configuration or custom configurations that -cannot be provided by the framework. This Global Default-only policy mode -allows users to supply a text file containing the complete set of IPF rules. -When \fBcustom\fR mode is selected, the specified set of IPF rules is -\fBcomplete\fR and the framework will not generate IPF rules from configured -firewall policies. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config_default/custom_policy_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A file path to be used when Global Default policy is set to \fBcustom\fR. The -file contains a set of IPF rules that provide the desired IP Filter -configuration. For example, users with existing IPF rules in -\fB/etc/ipf/ipf.conf\fR can execute the following commands to use the existing -rules: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Set custom policy: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s ipfilter:default setprop \e -firewall_config_default/policy = astring: "custom"\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Specify custom file: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s ipfilter:default setprop \e -firewall_config_default/custom_policy_file = astring: \e\fR -\fB"/etc/ipf/ipf.conf"\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Refresh configuration: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvcadm refresh ipfilter:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config_default/open_ports\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Non-service program requiring allowance of its incoming traffic can request -that the firewall allow traffic to its communication ports. This multi-value -property contains protocol and port(s) tuple in the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -"{tcp | udp}:{\fIPORT\fR | \fIPORT\fR-\fIPORT\fR}" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Initially, the system-wide policies are set to \fBnone\fR and network services' -policies are set to \fBuse_global\fR. Enabling \fBnetwork/ipfilter\fR activates -the firewall with an empty set of IP Filter rules, since system-wide policy is -\fBnone\fR and all services inherit that policy. To configure a more -restrictive policy, use \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) to modify network services and -system-wide policies. -.sp -.LP -A user configures firewall policy by modifying the service's -\fBfirewall_config\fR property group. A new authorization, -\fBsolaris.smf.value.firewall.config\fR, is created to allow delegation of the -firewall administration privilege to users. Users with Service Operator -privileges will need this new authorization to be able to configure firewall -policy. -.SS "Firewall Availability" -.LP -During boot, a firewall is configured for enabled services prior to the -starting of those services. Thus, services are protected on boot. While the -system is running, administrative actions such as service restarting, enabling, -and refreshing may cause a brief service vulnerability during which the service -runs while its firewall is being configured. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.ipfd\fR monitors a service's start and stop events and configures or -unconfigures a service's firewall at the same time that SMF is starting or -stopping the service. Because the two operations are simultaneous, there is a -possible window of exposure (less than a second) if the service is started -before its firewall configuration completed. RPC services typically listen on -ephemeral addresses, which are not known until the services are actually -running. Thus RPC services are subjected to similar exposure since their -firewalls are not configured until the services are running. -.SS "Developer Documentation" -.LP -Services providing remote capabilities are encouraged to participate in the -firewall framework to control network access to the service. While framework -integration is not mandatory, remote access to services that are not integrated -in the framework may not function correctly when a system-wide policy is -configured. -.sp -.LP -Integrating a service into the framework is as straightforward as defining two -additional property groups and their corresponding properties in the service -manifest. IP Filter rules are generated when a user enables the service. In the -non-trivial case of custom rule generation, where a shell script is required, -there are existing scripts that can be used as examples. -.sp -.LP -The additional property groups, \fBfirewall_config\fR and -\fBfirewall_context\fR, stores firewall policy configuration and provides -static firewall definition, respectively. Below is a summary of new property -groups and properties and their appropriate default values. -.sp -.LP -Firewall policy configuration: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Access to the system is protected by a new authorization definition and a -user-defined property type. The new authorization should be assigned to the -property group \fBvalue_authorization\fR property in a way such as: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -A third party should follow the service symbol namespace convention to generate -a user-defined type. Sun-delivered services can use -\fBcom.sun,fw_configuration\fR as the property type. -.sp -See "Firewall Policy Configuration," above, for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config/policy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This property's initial value should be \fBuse_global\fR since services, by -default, inherit the Global Default firewall policy. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config/apply_to\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An empty property, this property has no initial value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_config/exceptions\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An empty property, this property has no initial value. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Firewall static definition: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A third party should follow service symbol namespace convention to generate a -user-defined type, Sun delivered services can use \fBcom.sun,fw_definition\fR -as the property type. -.sp -See "Firewall Static Configuration," above, for more information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Service with well-known, IANA defined port, which can be obtained by -\fBgetservbyname\fR(3SOCKET). The service's IANA name is stored in this -property. For RPC services, the RPC program number is stored in this property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/isrpc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For RPC services, this property should be created with its value set to -\fBtrue\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfirewall_context/ipf_method\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -In general, the specified firewall policy is used to generate IP Filter rules -to the service's communication port, derived from the -\fBfirewall_context/name\fR property. Services that do not have IANA-defined -ports and are not RPC services will need to generate their own IP Filter rules. -Services that generate their own rules may choose not to have -\fBfirewall_context/name\fR and \fBfirewall_context/isrpc\fR properties. See -the following services: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/ftp:default -svc:/network/nfs/server:default -svc:/network/ntp:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -\&...and others with the \fBipf_method\fR for guidance. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBipf\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBgetservbyname\fR(3SOCKET), \fBrpc\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBipfilter\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.startd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.startd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 69b223d225..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/svc.startd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,578 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SVC.STARTD 1M "Dec 11, 2019" -.SH NAME -svc.startd \- Service Management Facility master restarter -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/lib/svc/bin/svc.startd\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBsvc.startd\fR is the master restarter daemon for Service Management Facility -(SMF) and the default restarter for all services. \fBsvc.startd\fR starts, -stops, and restarts services based on administrative requests, system failures, -or application failures. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.startd\fR maintains service state, as well as being responsible for -managing faults in accordance with the dependencies of each service. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.startd\fR is invoked automatically during system startup. It is -restarted if any failures occur. \fBsvc.startd\fR should never be invoked -directly. -.sp -.LP -See \fBsmf_restarter\fR(5) for information on configuration and behavior common -to all restarters. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1) reports status for all services managed by the Service -Configuration Facility. \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) allows manipulation of service -instances with respect to the service's restarter. -.SS "Environment Variables" -Environment variables with the "SMF_" prefix are reserved and may be -overwritten. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.startd\fR supplies the "SMF_" environment variables specified in -\fBsmf_method\fR(5) to the method. PATH is set to "\fB/usr/sbin:/usr/bin\fR" by -default. By default, all other environment variables supplied to -\fBsvc.startd\fR are those inherited from \fBinit\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Duplicate entries are reduced to a single entry. The value used is undefined. -Environment entries that are not prefixed with "<\fIname\fR>=" are ignored. -.SS "Restarter Options" -\fBsvc.startd\fR is not configured by command line options. Instead, -configuration is read from the service configuration repository. You can use -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M) to set all options and properties. -.sp -.LP -The following configuration variables in the \fBoptions\fR property group are -available to developers and administrators: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBboot_messages\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An \fIastring\fR (as defined in \fBscf_value_is_type\fR; see -\fBscf_value_is_type\fR(3SCF)) that describes the default level of messages to -print to the console during boot. The supported message options include -\fBquiet\fR and \fBverbose\fR. The \fBquiet\fR option prints minimal messages -to console during boot. The \fBverbose\fR option prints a single message per -service started to indicate success or failure. You can use the \fBboot\fR -\fB-m\fR option to override the \fBboot_messages\fR setting at boot time. See -\fBkernel\fR(1M). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogging\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Control the level of global service logging for \fBsvc.startd\fR. An -\fIastring\fR (as defined in \fBscf_value_is_type\fR; see -\fBscf_value_is_type\fR(3SCF)) that describes the default level of messages to -log to \fBsyslog\fR (see \fBsyslog\fR(3C) and \fBsvc.startd\fR's global -logfile, \fB/var/svc/log/svc.startd.log\fR. The supported message options -include \fBquiet\fR, \fBverbose\fR, and \fBdebug\fR. The \fBquiet\fR option -sends error messages requiring administrative intervention to the console, -\fBsyslog\fR and \fBsvc.startd\fR's global logfile. The \fBverbose\fR option -sends error messages requiring administrative intervention to the console, -\fBsyslog\fR and \fBsvc.startd\fR's global logfile, and information about -errors which do not require administrative intervention to \fBsvc.startd\fR's -global logfile. A single message per service started is also sent to the -console. The \fBdebug\fR option sends \fBsvc.startd\fR debug messages to -\fBsvc.startd\fR's global logfile, error messages requiring -administrative intervention to the console, \fBsyslog\fR and \fBsvc.startd\fR's -global logfile, and a single message per service started to the console. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmilestone\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An FMRI which determines the milestone used as the default boot level. -Acceptable options include only the major milestones: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/milestone/single-user:default -svc:/milestone/multi-user:default -svc:/milestone/multi-user-server:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -or the special values \fBall\fR or \fBnone\fR. \fBall\fR represents an -idealized milestone that depends on every service. \fBnone\fR is a special -milestone where no services are running apart from the master -\fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR. By default, \fBsvc.startd\fR uses -\fBall\fR, a synthetic milestone that depends on every service. If this -property is specified, it overrides any \fBinitdefault\fR setting in -\fBinittab\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsystem/reconfigure\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Indicates that a reconfiguration reboot has been requested. Services with -actions that must key off of a reconfiguration reboot may check that this -property exists and is set to 1 to confirm a reconfiguration boot has been -requested. -.sp -This property is managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR and should not be modified by the -administrator. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Configuration errors, such as disabling \fBsvc.startd\fR are logged by -\fBsyslog\fR, but ignored. -.SS "SERVICE STATES" -Services managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR can appear in any of the states described -in \fBsmf\fR(5). The state definitions are unmodified by this restarter. -.SS "SERVICE REPORTING" -In addition to any logging done by the managed service, \fBsvc.startd\fR -provides a common set of service reporting and logging mechanisms. -.sp -.LP -Reporting properties \fBsvc.startd\fR updates a common set of properties on all -services it manages. These properties are a common interface that can be used -to take action based on service instance health. The \fBsvcs\fR(1) command can -be used to easily display these properties. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestarter/state\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBrestarter/next_state\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The current and next (if currently in transition) state for an instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestarter/auxiliary_state\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A caption detailing additional information about the current instance state. -The auxiliary state available for services managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR is: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmaintenance\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -fault_threshold_reached -stop_method_failed -administrative_request -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestarter/state_timestamp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The time when the current state was reached. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestarter/contract\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The primary process contract ID, if any, that under which the service instance -is executing. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -\fBLogs\fR -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBsvc.startd\fR provides logging of significant restarter actions -for the service as well as method standard output and standard error file -descriptors to \fB/var/svc/log/\fIservice\fR:\fIinstance\fR.log\fR. The level -of logging to system global locations like \fB/var/svc/log/svc.startd.log\fR -and \fBsyslog\fR is controlled by the \fBoptions/logging\fR property. -.SS "SERVICE DEFINITION" -When developing or configuring a service managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR, a common -set of properties are used to affect the interaction between the service -instance and the restarter. -.sp -.LP -\fBMethods\fR -.sp -.LP -The general form of methods for the fork/exec model provided by -\fBsvc.startd\fR are presented in \fBsmf_method\fR(5). The following methods -are supported as required or optional by services managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefresh\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Reload any appropriate configuration parameters from the repository or -\fBconfig\fR file, without interrupting service. This is often implemented -using \fBSIGHUP\fR for system daemons. If the service is unable to recognize -configuration changes without a restart, no refresh method is provided. -.sp -This method is optional. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstart\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Start the service. Return success only after the application is available to -consumers. Fail if a conflicting instance is already running, or if the service -is unable to start. -.sp -This method is required. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstop\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Stop the service. In some cases, the stop method can be invoked when some or -all of the service has already been stopped. Only return an error if the -service is not entirely stopped on method return. -.sp -This method is required. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the service does not need to take any action in a required method, it must -specify the \fB:true\fR token for that method. -.sp -.LP -\fBsvc.startd\fR honors any method context specified for the service or any -specific method. The method expansion tokens described in \fBsmf_method\fR(5) -are available for use in all methods invoked by \fBsvc.startd\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBProperties\fR -.sp -.LP -An overview of the general properties is available in \fBsmf\fR(5). The -specific way in which these general properties interacts with \fBsvc.startd\fR -follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgeneral/enabled\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If enabled is set to true, the restarter attempts to start the service once all -its dependencies are satisfied. If set to false, the service remains in the -disabled state, not running. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgeneral/restarter\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If this FMRI property is empty or set to -\fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR, the service is managed by -\fBsvc.startd\fR. Otherwise, the restarter specified is responsible (once it is -available) for managing the service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBgeneral/single_instance\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This was originally supposed to ensure that only one service instance could be -in online or degraded state at once; however, it was never implemented, and is -often incorrectly specified in multi-instance manifests. As such, it should be -considered obsolete and not specified in new manifests. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Additionally, \fBsvc.startd\fR managed services can define the optional -properties listed below in the \fBstartd\fR property group. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstartd/critical_failure_count\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBstartd/critical_failure_period\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBcritical_failure_count\fR and \fBcritical_failure_period\fR properties -together specify the maximum number of service failures allowed in a given -number of seconds before \fBsvc.startd\fR transitions the service to -maintenance. -If the number of failures exceeds \fBcritical_failure_count\fR in any period of -\fBcritical_failure_period\fR seconds, \fBsvc.startd\fR will transition the -service to maintenance. The \fBcritical_failure_count\fR value is limited -to the range 1-10 and defaults to 10. The \fBcritical_failure_period\fR -defaults to 600 seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstartd/duration\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBduration\fR property defines the service's model. It can be set to -\fBtransient\fR, \fBchild\fR also known as "\fBwait\fR" model services, or -\fBcontract\fR (the default). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstartd/ignore_error\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBignore_error\fR property, if set, specifies a comma-separated list of -ignored events. Legitimate string values in that list are \fBcore\fR and -\fBsignal\fR. The default is to restart on all errors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstartd/need_session\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBneed_session\fR property, if set to true, indicates that the instance -should be launched in its own session. The default is not to do so. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstartd/utmpx_prefix\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fButmpx_prefix\fR string property defines that the instance requires a -valid \fButmpx\fR entry prior to start method execution. The default is not to -create a \fButmpx\fR entry. -.RE - -.SS "SERVICE FAILURE" -\fBsvc.startd\fR assumes that a method has failed if it returns a non-zero exit -code or if fails to complete before the timeout specified expires. If -\fB$SMF_EXIT_ERR_CONFIG\fR or \fB$SMF_EXIT_ERR_FATAL\fR is returned, -\fBsvc.startd\fR immediately places the service in the maintenance state. For -all other failures, \fBsvc.startd\fR places the service in the offline state. -If a service is offline and its dependencies are satisfied, \fBsvc.startd\fR -tries again to start the service (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). -.sp -.LP -If a contract or transient service does not return from its start method before -its defined timeout elapses, \fBsvc.startd\fR sends a \fBSIGKILL\fR to the -method, and returns the service to the offline state. -.sp -.LP -If three failures happen in a row, or if the service is restarting more than -once a second, \fBsvc.startd\fR places the service in the maintenance state. -.sp -.LP -The conditions of service failure are defined by a combination of the service -model (defined by the \fBstartd/duration\fR property) and the value of the -\fBstartd/ignore_error\fR property. -.sp -.LP -A contract model service fails if any of the following conditions occur: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -all processes in the service exit -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -any processes in the service produce a core dump -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -a process outside the service sends a service process a fatal signal (for -example, an administrator terminates a service process with the \fBpkill\fR -command) -.RE -.sp -.LP -The last two conditions may be ignored by the service by specifying core and/or -signal in \fBstartd/ignore_error\fR. -.sp -.LP -Defining a service as transient means that \fBsvc.startd\fR does not track -processes for that service. Thus, the potential faults described for contract -model services are not considered failures for transient services. A transient -service only enters the maintenance state if one of the method failure -conditions occurs. -.sp -.LP -"\fBWait\fR" model services are restarted whenever the child process associated -with the service exits. A child process that exits is not considered an error -for "\fBwait\fR" model services, and repeated failures do not lead to a -transition to maintenance state. However, a wait service which is repeatedly -exiting with an error that exceeds the default rate (5 failures/second) will be -throttled back so that the service only restarts once per second. -.SS "LEGACY SERVICES" -\fBsvc.startd\fR continues to provide support for services invoked during the -startup run level transitions. Each \fB/etc/rc?.d\fR directory is processed -after all managed services which constitute the equivalent run level milestone -have transitioned to the online state. Standard \fBinit\fR scripts placed in -the \fB/etc/rc?.d\fR directories are run in the order of their sequence -numbers. -.sp -.LP -The milestone to run-level mapping is: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmilestone/single-user\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Single-user (\fBS\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmilestone/multi-user\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Multi-user (\fB2\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmilestone/multi-user-server\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Multi-user with network services (\fB3\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Additionally, \fBsvc.startd\fR gives these legacy services visibility in SMF by -inserting an instance per script into the repository. These legacy instances -are visible using standard SMF interfaces such as \fBsvcs\fR(1), always appear -in the \fBLEGACY-RUN\fR state, cannot be modified, and can not be specified as -dependencies of other services. The initial start time of the legacy service is -captured as a convenience for the administrator. -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/svc/log\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Directory where \fBsvc.startd\fR stores log files. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/svc/volatile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Directory where \fBsvc.startd\fR stores log files in early stages of boot, -before \fB/var\fR is mounted read-write. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLE -\fBExample 1 \fRTurning on Verbose Logging -.sp -.LP -To turn on verbose logging, type the following: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# /usr/sbin/svccfg -s system/svc/restarter:default -svc:/system/svc/restarter:default> addpg options application -svc:/system/svc/restarter:default> setprop options/logging = \e -astring: verbose -svc:/system/svc/restarter:default> exit -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This request will take effect on the next restart of \fBsvc.startd\fR. - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBkernel\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), -\fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBsvc.configd\fR(1M), \fBsetsid\fR(2), -\fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBlibscf\fR(3LIB), \fBscf_value_is_type\fR(3SCF), -\fBcontract\fR(4), \fBinit.d\fR(4), \fBprocess\fR(4), \fBinittab\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBsmf_method\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/svcadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/svcadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 550e093239..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/svcadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,545 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SVCADM 1M "May 11, 2020" -.SH NAME -svcadm \- manipulate service instances -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] enable [\fB-rst\fR] - [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] disable - [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-st\fR] [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] restart [\fB-d\fR] - [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] refresh - [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] clear - [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-S state\fR] [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-Z\fR | \fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR] mark [\fB-It] \fIinstance_state\fR - [{\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svcadm\fR [\fB-v\fR] milestone [\fB-d\fR] \fImilestone_FMRI\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBsvcadm\fR issues requests for actions on services executing within the -service management facility (see \fBsmf\fR(5)). Actions for a service are -carried out by its assigned service restarter agent. The default service -restarter is \fBsvc.startd\fR (see \fBsvc.startd\fR(1M)). -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-S\fR \fIstate\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -For the subcommands which normally operate on explicit \fIFMRI\fRs or an -\fIFMRI\fR pattern, the \fB-S\fR option can be used to select all \fIFMRI\fRs -in the given state. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Print actions verbosely to standard output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-Z\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Administer services in all zones. This option is only applicable -from the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB-z\fR \fIzone\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Administer services in the specified zone. This option is only applicable -from the global zone, see \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.SS "Common Operations" -The subcommands listed below are used during the typical administration of a -service instance. -.sp -.LP -For subcommands taking one or more operands, if the operand specifies a service -(instead of a service instance), and that service has only a single instance, -\fBsvcadm\fR operates on that instance. If an abbreviated \fIFMRI\fR (a fault -management resource identifier) matches more than one service or instance, a -warning message is displayed and that operand is ignored. -If a pattern matches more than one service or instance, the subcommand is -applied to all matches. See \fBsmf\fR(5). -.sp -.LP -In the case that the service has more than one instance, \fBsvcadm\fR return a -non-zero exit status. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBenable\fR \fB[\fR\fB-rst\fR\fB]\fR {\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enables the service instances specified by the operands. For each service -instance, the assigned restarter will try to bring it to the online state. This -action requires permission to modify the "general" property group of the -service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.sp -If the \fB-r\fR option is specified, \fBsvcadm\fR enables each service instance -and recursively enables its dependencies. -.sp -If the \fB-s\fR option is specified, \fBsvcadm\fR enables each service instance -and then waits for each service instance to enter the \fBonline\fR or -\fBdegraded\fR state. \fBsvcadm\fR will return early if it determines that the -service cannot reach these states without administrator intervention. -.sp -If the \fB-t\fR option is specified, \fBsvcadm\fR temporarily enables each -service instance. Temporary enable only lasts until reboot. This action -requires permission to modify the "restarter_actions" property group of the -service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). By default, \fBenable\fR is -persistent across reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisable\fR [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-st\fR] {\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disables the service instance specified by the operands. For each service -instance, the assigned restarter will try to bring it to the disabled state. -This action requires permission to modify the "general" property group of the -service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.sp -If the \fB-s\fR option is specified, \fBsvcadm\fR disables each service -instance and then waits for each service instance to enter the disabled state. -\fBsvcadm\fR will return early if it determines that the service cannot reach -this state without administrator intervention. -.sp -If the \fB-t\fR option is specified, \fBsvcadm\fR temporarily disables each -service instance. Temporary disable only lasts until reboot. This action -requires permission to modify the "restarter_actions" property group of the -service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). By default, \fBdisable\fR is -persistent across reboot. -.sp -If the \fB-c\fR option is specified, the given free-form comment is recorded -in the (temporary) service configuration under the \fBgeneral/comment\fR -property. This can serve as an administrator reason for disabling the service, -and is reported by \fBsvcs\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestart\fR [\fB-d\fR] {\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Requests that the service instances specified by the operands be restarted. -This action requires permission to modify the "restarter_actions" property -group of the service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.sp -This subcommand can restart only those services that are in the online or -degraded states, as those states are defined in \fBsmf\fR(5). -.sp -If the \fB-d\fR option is specified, the restarter sends a \fBSIGABRT\fR to all -members of the contract, which should cause a core dump, before restarting -the service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefresh\fR {\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For each service instance specified by the operands, requests that the assigned -restarter update the service's running configuration snapshot with the values -from the current configuration. Some of these values take effect immediately -(for example, dependency changes). Other values do not take effect until the -next service \fBrestart\fR. See the restarter and service documentation for -more information. -.sp -If the service is managed by \fBsvc.startd\fR(1M), the \fBrefresh\fR method -will be invoked if it exists to request the service reread its own -configuration. For other restarters, see the restarter documentation. -.sp -This action requires permission to modify the "restarter_actions" property -group of the service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear\fR {\fIFMRI\fR | \fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For each service instance specified by the operands, if the instance is in the -\fBmaintenance\fR state, signal to the assigned restarter that the service has -been repaired. If the instance is in the \fBdegraded\fR state, request that the -assigned restarter take the service to the \fBonline\fR state. This action -requires permission to modify the "restarter_actions" property group of the -service instance (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.RE - -.SS "Exceptional Operations" -The following subcommands are used for service development and temporary -administrative manipulation. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmark [\fR\fB-It\fR\fB]\fR \fIinstance_state\fR {\fIFMRI\fR | -\fIpattern\fR}...\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fIinstance_state\fR is "maintenance", then for each service specified by -the operands, \fBsvcadm\fR requests that the assigned restarter place the -service in the \fBmaintenance\fR state. See \fBsvc.startd\fR(1M) and -\fBinetd\fR(1M) for a detailed description of the actions taken for each -restarter. -.sp -If \fIinstance_state\fR is "degraded", then for services specified by the -operands in the online state, \fBsvcadm\fR requests that the restarters -assigned to the services move them into the \fBdegraded\fR state. -.sp -If the \fB-I\fR option is specified, the request is flagged as immediate. -.sp -The \fB-t\fR option is only valid for maintenance requests. When this option is -specified, the request is flagged as temporary, and its effect will only last -until the next reboot. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmilestone\fR [\fB-d\fR] \fImilestone_FMRI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fImilestone_FMRI\fR is the keyword "none", all services other than the -master restarter, \fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR, will be temporarily -disabled. -.sp -If \fImilestone_FMRI\fR is the keyword "all", temporary enable and disable -requests for all services will be nullified. -.sp -If \fImilestone_FMRI\fR is one of the following: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/milestone/single-user:default -svc:/milestone/multi-user:default -svc:/milestone/multi-user-server:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -then temporary enable and disable requests for the indicated service and all -services it depends on (directly or indirectly) will be nullified. All other -services will be temporarily disabled. -.sp -Changing the system's current milestone with the "milestone" subcommand will -not change the current run level of the system. To change the system's run -level, invoke \fB/sbin/init\fR directly. -.sp -This action requires permission to modify the "options_ovr" property group of -the \fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR service instance (see -\fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.sp -The \fB-d\fR option immediately changes the milestone to the requested -milestone, as above. Additionally, it makes the specified milestone the default -boot milestone, which persists across reboot. The default milestone is defined -by the \fBoptions/milestone\fR property on the master restarter, -\fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR. If this property is absent, "all" is -the default. This action requires permission to modify the "options" property -group of the \fBsvc:/system/svc/restarter:default\fR service instance (see -\fBsmf_security\fR(5)). -.RE - -.SS "Operands" -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIFMRI\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -An \fIFMRI\fR that specifies one or more instances. \fIFMRI\fRs can be -abbreviated by specifying the instance name, or the trailing portion of the -service name. For example, given the \fIFMRI\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/smtp:sendmail -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -All the following are valid abbreviations: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sendmail -:sendmail -smtp -smtp:sendmail -network/smtp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -While the following are invalid: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mail -network -network/smt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the \fIFMRI\fR specifies a service, then the command applies to all -instances of that service. Abbreviated forms of \fIFMRI\fRs are unstable, and -should not be used in scripts or other permanent tools. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -A pattern that is matched against the \fIFMRIs\fR of service instances -according to the "globbing" rules described by \fBfnmatch\fR(5). If the pattern -does not begin with "svc:", then "svc:/" is prepended. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If an abbreviated \fIFMRI\fR matches more than one service, a warning message -is displayed and that operand is ignored. -If a pattern matches more than one service or instance, the subcommand is -applied to all matches. -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRRestarting a Service Instance -.sp -.LP -The following command restarts the \fBNFS\fR server. The full \fIFMRI\fR for -the default service instance is: \fBsvc:/network/nfs/server:default\fR - -.sp -.LP -However, you can abbreviate the full \fIFMRI\fR as follows: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# svcadm restart nfs/server -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisabling a service -.sp -.LP -The following command synchronously disables a service, using an abbreviated -\fIFMRI\fR, and recording a ticket ID as the administrative reason: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ svcadm disable -c "OPS-1000" -s http -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fREnabling an Instance and Its Dependent Instances -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the \fBfoo:bar\fR instance, and all instances on -which it depends: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ svcadm enable -r foo:bar -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRSynchronously enabling an instance -.sp -.LP -The following command enables the \fBfoo:bar\fR instance. The command will not -return until the instance comes online or \fBsvcadm\fR determines it is not -possible for the service to come online. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ svcadm enable -s foo:bar -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRRestricting and Restoring the Running Services -.sp -.LP -The following command restricts the running services to single user mode: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# svcadm milestone milestone/single-user -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command restores the running services: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# svcadm milestone all -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -A fatal error occurred. One or more error messages are displayed on standard -error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBsvcadm\fR determined that a service instance that it was waiting for could -not reach the desired state without administrator intervention due to a problem -with the service instance itself. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -\fBsvcadm\fR determined that a service instance that it was waiting for could -not reach the desired state without administrator intervention due to a problem -with the service's dependencies. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The interactive output is Uncommitted. The invocation and non-interactive -output are Committed. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinetd\fR(1M), \fBinit\fR(1M), -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBsvc.startd\fR(1M), \fBlibscf\fR(3LIB), \fBcontract\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBsmf_security\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -The amount of time \fBsvcadm\fR will spend waiting for services and their -dependencies to change state is implicitly limited by their method timeouts. -For example, a service using the default restarter whose start method hangs -will be transitioned to the maintenance state when its timeout expires. -\fBsvcadm\fR will then consider it impossible for this service to come online -without administrator intervention. -.sp -.LP -Attempts to synchronously enable a service which depends (directly or -indirectly) on a file may fail with an exit status indicating that dependencies -are unsatisfied if the caller does not have the privileges necessary to search -the directory containing the file. This limitation may be removed in a future -release. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/svccfg.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/svccfg.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 989e4a68db..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/svccfg.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,859 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2012, Joyent, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SVCCFG 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -svccfg \- import, export, and modify service configurations -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svccfg\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIFMRI\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svccfg\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIFMRI\fR] \fIsubcommand\fR [\fBargs\fR]... -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/svccfg\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIFMRI\fR] \fB-f\fR \fIcommand-file\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsvccfg\fR command manipulates data in the service configuration -repository. \fBsvccfg\fR can be invoked interactively, with an individual -subcommand, or by specifying a command file that contains a series of -subcommands. -.sp -.LP -Changes made to an existing service in the repository typically do not take -effect for that service until the next time the service instance is refreshed. -See the \fBrefresh\fR subcommand on the \fBsvcadm\fR(1M) man page for more -details. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIcommand-file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reads and executes \fBsvccfg\fR subcommands from \fIcommand-file\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIFMRI\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Selects the entity indicated by \fIFMRI\fR (a fault management resource -identifier) before executing any subcommands. See \fBsmf\fR(5). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -Subcommands are divided into the categories specified in the subsections that -follow. -.sp -.LP -All subcommands that accept \fIFMRI\fRs also accept abbreviated or globbed -patterns. Instances and services can be abbreviated by specifying the instance -name, or the trailing portion of the service name. For example, given the -\fIFMRI\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/smtp:sendmail -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -All the following are valid abbreviations: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -sendmail -:sendmail -smtp -smtp:sendmail -network/smtp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -While the following are invalid: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -mail -network -network/smt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Abbreviated forms of \fIFMRI\fRs are unstable, and should not be used in -scripts or other permanent tools. If a pattern matches more than one instance -or service, an error message is printed and no action is taken. -.SS "General Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBend\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBexit\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBquit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Exits immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrepository\fR \fIrepfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Uses \fIrepfile\fR as a repository. By default, \fBsvccfg\fR(1M) uses the -system repository. -.sp -Use repository only with files from the identical version of Solaris, including -updates, that you are currently running. Do not use this subcommand with the -system repository, \fB/etc/svc/repository.db\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBset\fR [\fB-v\fR|\fB-V\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets optional behavior. If no options are specified, set displays the options -currently in effect. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Turns on verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Turns off verbose mode. -.RE - -.RE - -.SS "Service Profile Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBapply\fR [\fB-n\fR] \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If a \fIfile\fR is a service profile, properties, including general/enabled, -that are specified in the file are modified in the SMF repository. -Not-yet-existent properties and property groups will be created. The type of -the pre-existing property \fBgroups\fR will not be changed by the profile. -Existing properties (as distinguished from property groups) \fBcan\fR have -their type changed by the profile. Nonexistent services and instances are -ignored. Services and instances modified by the profile will be refreshed. If -\fB-n\fR is specified, the profile is processed and no changes are applied to -the SMF repository. Any syntax error found will be reported on stderr and an -exit code of \fB1\fR will be returned. See \fBsmf\fR(5) for a description of -service profiles. This command requires privileges to modify properties in the -service and instance. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to -modify properties. If \fIfile\fR is not a service profile, the subcommand -fails. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBextract\fR [\fI> file\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prints a service profile which represents the enabled status of the service -instances in the repository to standard output. The output may be redirected to -a file. -.RE - -.SS "Service Manifest Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBarchive\fR [\fB-a\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dumps a full \fBXML\fR service description for all services, instances, and -their persistent properties in the repository. This does not include transient -properties such as service state, and is suitable for a relocatable repository -backup. -.sp -Without the \fB-a\fR option, property groups containing protected information -(identified by the presence of the \fBread_authorization\fR property\(emsee -\fBsmf_security\fR(5)) will be archived without their property values. When the -\fB-a\fR option is specified, all values will be archived. An error results if -there are insufficient privileges to read these values. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexport\fR [\fB-a\fR] \fIservice_FMRI\fR [\fI>file\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The service description for the specified service and its instances is written -to standard output or redirected to the given file. Dependencies with a boolean -"external" property set to true are omitted in the belief that they were -created on behalf of another service. -.sp -Without the \fB-a\fR option, property groups containing protected information -(identified by the presence of the \fBread_authorization\fR property\(emsee -\fBsmf_security\fR(5)) will be exported without their property values. When the -\fB-a\fR option is specified, all values will be archived. An error results if -there are insufficient privileges to read these values. -.sp -Note that \fBexport\fR requires a service FMRI. To ease the use of arguments -cut and pasted from other command output, if you specify a complete -instance FMRI, the entire corresponding service including all instances -is exported and a warning is issued. If you specify an abbreviation, such as -\fBapache2\fR or \fBsendmail\fR, that specifies an instance, the command fails. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBimport\fR [\fB-V\fR] \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fIfile\fR is a service manifest, then the services and instances it -specifies are imported into the repository. According to the file, dependencies -may be created in other services. See \fBsmf\fR(5) for a description of service -manifests. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to create and -modify service configurations. -.sp -Services and instances in the manifest will be validated against template data -in the manifest and the repository, and warnings will be issued for all -template violations. See \fBsmf_template\fR(5) for a description of templates. -If the \fB-V\fR option is specified, manifests that violate the defined -templates will fail to import. In interactive invocations of \fBsvccfg\fR, -\fB-V\fR is the default behavior. -.sp -For existing services and instances, properties which have not changed since -the last \fBimport\fR snapshot was taken are upgraded to those specified by the -manifest. Conflicts (properties which have been changed both in the repository -and the manifest) are reported on the standard error stream. \fBsvccfg\fR will -never upgrade the "general/enabled" and "general/restarter" properties, since -they represent administrator preference. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinventory\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fIfile\fR is determined to be a service manifest, then the \fBFMRI\fRs of -the services and instances the \fIfile\fR describes are printed. For each -service, the \fBFMRI\fRs of its instances are displayed before the \fBFMRI\fR -of the service. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrestore\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Restores the contents of the repository from a full XML service description -previously created by the \fBarchive\fR subcommand. If the archive was -generated without the use of the \fB-a\fR option, the contents of the -repository following completion of the restore will not include the values of -any read-protected properties (see \fBsmf_security\fR(5)). If these are -required, they must be restored manually. -.sp -Restoring an archive which is inconsistent with currently installed software -(including patch revisions) might yield unpredictable results. Therefore, prior -to restoring an archive, all system and application software, including any -service manifests, should be restored to the same state it was in at the time -the archive was made. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBvalidate\fR [\fIfile\fR | \fIfmri\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBvalidate\fR subcommand can operate on a manifest file, an instance FMRI, -or the current instance or snapshot entity selection. When an argument is -specified, \fBsvccfg\fR will check to see whether the specified file exists. If -the file exists, it will be validated. If a file of the specified name does not -exist, the argument is treated as an FMRI pattern. If a conflict arises between -a filename and an FMRI, use the \fBsvc:\fR and \fBfile:\fR prefixes to tell -\fBsvccfg\fR how to interpret the argument. -.sp -When you specify a file, the file is processed in a manner similar to -\fBimport\fR \fB-V\fR, but no changes are made to the repository. If any errors -are detected, \fBsvccfg\fR displays the errors and exits with a nonzero exit -status. -.sp -For an instance \fIfmri\fR, instance entity selection, or snapshot entity -selection, the specified instance in its composed form (see "Properties and -Property Groups" in \fBsmf\fR(5)) will be validated against template data in -the repository. Instance FMRIs and instance entity selections use the "running" -snapshot for validation. Warnings will be issued for all template violations. -See \fBsmf_template\fR(5) for a description of templates. -.RE - -.SS "Entity Selection, Modification, and Navigation Subcommands" -.LP -An "entity" refers to a scope, service, or service instance. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBadd\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A new entity with the given name is created as a child of the current -selection. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to create -entities. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelete\fR [\fB-f\fR] \fB{\fIname\fR | \fIfmri\fR}\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The named child of the current selection or the entity specified by \fIfmri\fR -is deleted. Attempts to delete service instances in the "online" or "degraded" -state will fail unless the \fB-f\fR flag is specified. If a service or service -instance has a "dependents" property group of type "framework", then for each -of its properties with type "astring" or "fmri", if the property has a single -value which names a service or service instance then the dependency property -group in the indicated service or service instance with the same name as the -property will be deleted. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required -to delete service configurations. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlist\fR [\fIpattern\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The child entities of the current selection whose names match the glob pattern -\fIpattern\fR are displayed (see \fBfnmatch\fR(5)). \&':properties' is also -listed for property-bearing entities, namely services and service instances. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBselect\fR {\fIname\fR | \fIfmri\fR}\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the argument names a child of the current selection, it becomes the current -selection. Otherwise, the argument is interpreted as an \fBFMRI\fR and the -entity that the argument specifies becomes the current selection. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunselect\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The parent of the current selection becomes the current selection. -.RE - -.SS "Property Inspection and Modification Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaddpg\fR \fIname\fR \fItype\fR [\fIflags\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds a property group with the given \fIname\fR and type to the current -selection. \fIflags\fR is a string of characters which designates the flags -with which to create the property group. 'P' represents -\fBSCF_PG_FLAG_NONPERSISTENT\fR (see \fBscf_service_add_pg\fR(3SCF)). See -\fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to create property groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBaddpropvalue\fR \fIpg\fR\fI/name\fR [\fItype:\fR] \fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Adds the given value to a property. If \fItype\fR is given and the property -exists, then if \fItype\fR does not agree with the property's \fItype\fR, the -subcommand fails. The values may be enclosed in double-quotes. String values -containing double-quotes or backslashes must be enclosed by double-quotes and -the contained double-quotes and backslashes must be quoted by backslashes. -Nonexistent properties are created, in which case the \fItype\fR specifier must -be present. See \fBscf_value_create\fR(3SCF) for a list of available property -types. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to modify -properties. The new value will be appended to the end of the list of property -values associated with the property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelpg\fR \fIname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the property group \fIname\fR of the current selection. See -\fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to delete property groups. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelprop\fR \fIpg\fR[\fI/name\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes the named property group or property of the current selection. See -\fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to delete properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdelpropvalue\fR \fIpg/name\fR \fIglobpattern\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deletes all values matching the given \fIglob\fR pattern in the named property. -Succeeds even if no values match. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges -required to modify properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdescribe\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-t\fR] [\fIpropertygroup\fR/\fIproperty\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Describes either the current or the possible settings. -.sp -When invoked without arguments, \fBdescribe\fR gives basic descriptions (if -available) of the currently selected entity and all of its currently set -property groups and properties. A property group or specific property can be -queried by specifying either the property group name, or the property group -name and property name, separated by a slash (\fB/\fR), as an argument. -.sp -The \fB-v\fR option gives all information available, including descriptions for -current settings, constraints, and other possible setting choices. -.sp -The \fB-t\fR option shows only the template data for the selection (see -\fBsmf_template\fR(5)), and does not display the current settings for property -groups and properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBeditprop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Comments of commands to reproduce the property groups and properties of the -current selection are placed in a temporary file and the program named by the -\fBEDITOR\fR environment variable is invoked to edit it. Upon completion, the -commands in the temporary file are executed. The default editor is \fBvi\fR(1). -See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to create, modify, or -delete properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlistpg\fR [\fIpattern\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays the names, types, and flags of property groups of the current -selection. If an argument is given, it is taken as a glob pattern and only -property groups with names which match the argument are listed. -.sp -In interactive mode, a basic description of the property groups is also given. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlistprop\fR [\fIpattern\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists property groups and properties of the current selection. For property -groups, names, types, and flags are listed. For properties, names (prepended by -the property group name and a slash (/)), types, and values are listed. See -\fBscf_value_create\fR(3SCF) for a list of available property types. If an -argument is supplied it is taken as a glob pattern and only property groups and -properties with names which match the argument are listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsetenv\fR [\fB-i\fR | \fB-s\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImethod_name\fR] \fIenvvar -value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets a method environment variable for a service or instance by changing the -"environment" property in the \fImethod_name\fR property group, if that -property group has type "method". If \fImethod_name\fR is not specified and the -\fB-i\fR option is used, the "method_context" property group is used, if an -instance is currently selected. If the \fB-s\fR option is used and a service is -currently selected, its "method_context" property group is used. If the -\fB-s\fR option is used and an instance is currently selected, the -"method_context" property group of its parent is used. If neither the \fB-i\fR -option nor the \fB-s\fR option is used, the "start" property group is searched -for in the currently selected entity and, if an instance is currently selected, -its parent is also searched. If the "inetd_start" property group is not -located, it is searched for in a similar manner. -.sp -Once the property is located, all values which begin with \fIenvvar\fR followed -by a "=" are removed, and the value "\fIenvvar\fR=\fIvalue\fR" is added. See -\fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to modify properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsetprop\fR \fIpg/name\fR = [\fItype:\fR] \fIvalue\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fBsetprop \fIpg/name\fR = [\fItype:\fR] ([\fIvalues ...\fR])\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the \fIname\fR property of the \fIpg\fR property group of the current -selection to the given values of type \fItype\fR. See -\fBscf_value_create\fR(3SCF) for a list of available property types. If the -property already exists and the \fItype\fR disagrees with the existing -\fItype\fR on the property, the subcommand fails. Values may be enclosed in -double-quotes. String values which contain double-quotes or backslashes must be -enclosed by double-quotes and the contained double-quotes and backslashes must -be quoted by backslashes. If the named property does not exist, it is created, -as long as the type is specified. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges -required to create or modify properties. Multiple values will be stored in the -order in which they are specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunsetenv\fR [\fB-i\fR | \fB-s\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImethod_name\fR] \fIenvvar -value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Removes a method environment variable for a service or instance by changing the -"environment" property in the \fImethod_name\fR property group, if that -property group has type "method". If \fImethod_name\fR is not specified and the -\fB-i\fR option is used, the "method_context" property group is used, if an -instance is currently selected. If the \fB-s\fR option is used and a service is -currently selected, its "method_context" property group is used. If the -\fB-s\fR option is used and an instance is currently selected, the -"method_context" property group of its parent is used. If neither the \fB-i\fR -option nor the \fB-s\fR option is used, the "start" property group is searched -for in the currently selected entity and, if an instance is currently selected, -its parent is also searched. If the "inetd_start" property group is not -located, it is searched for in a similar manner. -.sp -Once the property is located, all values which begin with \fIenvvar\fR followed -by "=" are removed. See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to -modify properties. -.RE - -.SS "Snapshot Navigation and Selection Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlistsnap\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Displays snapshots available for the currently selected instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrevert\fR [\fIsnapshot\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Reverts the properties of the currently selected instance and its service to -those recorded in the named snapshot. If no argument is given, use the -currently selected snapshot and deselect it on success. The changed property -values can be made active via the \fBrefresh\fR subcommand of \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). -See \fBsmf_security\fR(5) for the privileges required to change properties. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBselectsnap\fR [\fIname\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Changes the current snapshot to the one named by \fIname\fR. If no \fIname\fR -is specified, deselect the currently selected snapshot. Snapshots are -read-only. -.RE - -.SS "Instance Subcommands" -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrefresh\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Commit the values from the current configuration to the running snapshot, -making them available for use by the currently selected instance. If the -repository subcommand has not been used to select a repository, direct the -instance's restarter to reread the updated configuration. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRImporting a Service Description -.sp -.LP -The following example imports a service description for the \fBseismic\fR -service in the XML manifest specified on the command line. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg import /var/svc/manifest/site/seismic.xml\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note that the manifest must follow the format specified in -\fBservice_bundle\fR(4). - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRExporting a Service Description -.sp -.LP -To export a service description on the local system: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg export dumpadm >/tmp/dump.xml\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDeleting a Service Instance -.sp -.LP -To delete a service instance: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg delete network/inetd-upgrade:default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRChecking Properties in an Alternate Repository -.sp -.LP -To examine the state of a service's properties after loading an alternate -repository, use the sequence of commands shown below. One might use such -commands, for example, to determine whether a service was enabled in a -particular repository backup. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg\fR -svc:> \fBrepository /etc/svc/repository-boot\fR -svc:> \fBselect telnet:default\fR -svc:/network/telnet:default> \fBlistprop general/enabled\fR -general/enabled boolean false -svc:/network/telnet:default> \fBexit\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fREnabling Debugging -.sp -.LP -To modify \fBLD_PRELOAD\fR for a start method and enable the use of -\fBlibumem\fR(3LIB) with debugging features active: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -$ \fBsvccfg -s system/service setenv LD_PRELOAD libumem.so\fR -$ \fBsvccfg -s system/service setenv UMEM_DEBUG default\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRUsing \fBdescribe\fR Subcommand -.sp -.LP -The following command illustrates the use of the \fBdescribe\fR subcommand. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s console-login describe ttymon\fR -ttymon application -ttymon/device astring /dev/console - \fBterminal device to be used for the console login prompt\fR -ttymon/label astring console - \fBappropriate entry from /etc/ttydefs\fR - ... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENTAL VARIABLES -.ne 2 -.na -\fBEDITOR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command to run when the \fBeditprop\fR subcommand is used. The default -editor is \fBvi\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful execution. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more subcommands resulted in failure. Error messages are written to the -standard error stream. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Invalid command line options were specified. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The interactive output is Uncommitted. The invocation and non-interactive -output are Committed. -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcprop\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsvc.configd\fR(1M), -\fBlibscf\fR(3LIB), \fBlibumem\fR(3LIB), \fBscf_service_add_pg\fR(3SCF), -\fBscf_value_create\fR(3SCF), \fBcontract\fR(4), \fBservice_bundle\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBfnmatch\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBsmf_method\fR(5), -\fBsmf_security\fR(5), \fBsmf_template\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/swap.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/swap.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e89d02c4d8..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/swap.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,309 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SWAP 1M "June 13, 2021" -.SH NAME -swap \- swap administrative interface -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/swap\fR \fB-a\fR \fIswapname\fR [\fIswaplow\fR] [\fIswaplen\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/swap\fR \fB-d\fR \fIswapname\fR [\fIswaplow\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/swap\fR \fB-l\fR [\fB-h\fR | \fB-k\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/swap\fR \fB-s\fR [\fB-h\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBswap\fR utility provides a method of adding, deleting, and monitoring -the system swap areas used by the memory manager. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fIswapname\fR [\fIswaplow\fR] [\fIswaplen\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add the specified swap area. This option can only be used by the superuser or -by one who has assumed the Primary Administrator role. \fIswapname\fR is the -name of the swap area or regular file. For example, on system running a UFS -root file system, specify a slice, such as \fB/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1\fR, or a -regular file for a swap area. On a system running a ZFS file system, specify a -ZFS volume, such as \fB/dev/zvol/dsk/rpool/swap\fR, for a swap area. Using a -regular file for swap is not supported on a ZFS file system. In addition, you -cannot use the same ZFS volume for both the swap area and a dump device when -the system is running a ZFS root file system. -.sp -\fIswaplow\fR is the offset in 512-byte blocks into the file where the swap -area should begin. \fIswaplen\fR is the desired length of the swap area in -512-byte blocks. The value of \fIswaplen\fR can not be less than \fB16\fR. For -example, if \fIn\fR blocks are specified, then (\fIn\fR-1) blocks would be the -actual swap length. \fIswaplen\fR must be at least one page in length. The size -of a page of memory can be determined by using the \fBpagesize\fR command. See -\fBpagesize\fR(1). Since the first page of a swap file is automatically -skipped, and a swap file needs to be at least one page in length, the minimum -size should be a multiple of 2 pagesize bytes. The size of a page of memory is -machine-dependent. -.sp -\fIswaplow\fR + \fIswaplen\fR must be less than or equal to the size of the -swap file. If \fIswaplen\fR is not specified, an area will be added starting at -\fIswaplow\fR and extending to the end of the designated file. If neither -\fIswaplow\fR nor \fIswaplen\fR are specified, the whole file will be used -except for the first page. Swap areas are normally added automatically during -system startup by the \fB/sbin/swapadd\fR script. This script adds all swap -areas which have been specified in the \fB/etc/vfstab\fR file; for the syntax -of these specifications, see \fBvfstab\fR(4). -.sp -To use an \fBNFS\fR or local file system \fIswapname\fR, you should first -create a file using \fBmkfile\fR(1M). A local file system swap file can now be -added to the running system by just running the \fBswap\fR \fB-a\fR command. -For \fBNFS\fR mounted swap files, the server needs to export the file. Do this -by performing the following steps: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -Add the following line to \fB/etc/dfs/dfstab\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -share -F nfs -o \e -rw=\fIclientname\fR,root=\fIclientname path-to-swap-file\fR -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -Run \fBshareall\fR(1M). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -Have the client add the following line to \fB/etc/vfstab\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIserver\fR:\fIpath-to-swap-file\fR - \fIlocal-path-to-swap-file\fR nfs \e - -\|-\|- \fIlocal-path-to-swap-file\fR -\|- swap -\|-\|- -.fi -.in -2 - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -4. -Have the client run \fBmount\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# mount \fIlocal-path-to-swap-file\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -5. -The client can then run \fBswap\fR \fB-a\fR to add the swap space: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# swap -a \fIlocal-path-to-swap-file\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIswapname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the specified swap area. This option can only be used by the super-user. -\fIswapname\fR is the name of the swap file: for example, -\fB/dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1\fR or a regular file. \fIswaplow\fR is the offset in -512-byte blocks into the swap area to be deleted. If \fIswaplow\fR is not -specified, the area will be deleted starting at the second page. When the -command completes, swap blocks can no longer be allocated from this area and -all swap blocks previously in use in this swap area have been moved to other -swap areas. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -All sizes are scaled to a human readable format. Scaling is done by -repetitively dividing by 1024. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Write the files sizes in units of 1024 bytes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -List the status of all the swap areas. The output has five columns: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The path name for the swap area. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdev\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The major/minor device number in decimal if it is a block special device; -zeroes otherwise. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBswaplo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIswaplow\fR value for the area in 512-byte blocks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBblocks\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIswaplen\fR value for the area in 512-byte blocks. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfree\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of 512-byte blocks in this area that are not currently allocated. -.RE - -The list does not include swap space in the form of physical memory because -this space is not associated with a particular swap area. -.sp -If \fBswap\fR \fB-l\fR is run while \fIswapname\fR is in the process of being -deleted (by \fBswap\fR \fB-d\fR), the string \fBINDEL\fR will appear in a sixth -column of the swap stats. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print summary information about total swap space usage and availability: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBallocated\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total amount of swap space in bytes currently allocated for use as backing -store. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBreserved\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total amount of swap space in bytes not currently allocated, but claimed by -memory mappings for possible future use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBused\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total amount of swap space in bytes that is either allocated or reserved. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBavailable\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The total swap space in bytes that is currently available for future -reservation and allocation. -.RE - -These numbers include swap space from all configured swap areas as listed by -the \fB-l\fR option, as well as swap space in the form of physical memory. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -A block device up to 2^63 \(mi1 bytes can be fully utilized for swap. -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -See \fBenviron\fR(5) for descriptions of the following environment variables -that affect the execution of \fBswap\fR: \fBLC_CTYPE\fR and \fBLC_MESSAGE\fR. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBpagesize\fR(1), \fBmkfile\fR(1M), \fBshareall\fR(1M), \fBgetpagesize\fR(3C), -\fBvfstab\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -For information about setting up a swap area with \fBZFS\fR, see the \fIZFS -Administration Guide\fR. -.SH WARNINGS -No check is done to determine if a swap area being added overlaps with an -existing file system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sync.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sync.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 30ad49ac6b..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sync.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (c) 1998, Sun Microsystems, Inc. , All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYNC 1M "Dec 1, 1998" -.SH NAME -sync \- update the super block -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsync\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsync\fR executes the \fBsync\fR system primitive. If the system is to be -stopped, \fBsync\fR must be called to ensure file system integrity. It will -flush all previously unwritten system buffers out to disk, thus assuring that -all file modifications up to that point will be saved. See \fBsync\fR(2) for -details. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsync\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncinit.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syncinit.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6ae0428b1c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncinit.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYNCINIT 1M "Nov 26, 2017" -.SH NAME -syncinit \- set serial line interface operating parameters -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/syncinit\fR \fIdevice\fR - [ [\fIbaud_rate\fR] | [\fIkeyword\fR=\fIvalue\fR,]... | [\fIsingle-word\fR \fIoption\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBsyncinit\fR utility allows the user to modify some of the hardware -operating modes common to synchronous serial lines. This can be useful in -troubleshooting a link, or necessary to the operation of a communications -package. -.sp -.LP -If run without options, \fBsyncinit\fR reports the options as presently set on -the port. If options are specified, the new settings are reported after they -have been made. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -Options to \fBsyncinit\fR normally take the form of a keyword, followed by an -equal sign and a value. The exception is that a baud rate may be specified as a -decimal integer by itself. Keywords must begin with the value shown in the -options table, but may contain additional letters up to the equal sign. For -example, \fBloop=\fR and \fBloopback=\fR are equivalent. -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l l -l l l . -\fBKeyword\fR \fBValue\fR \fBEffect\fR -\fBloop\fR yes T{ -Set the port to operate in \fBinternal loopback\fR mode. The receiver is electrically disconnected from the DCE receive data input and tied to the outgoing transmit data line. Transmit data is available to the DCE. The Digital Phase-Locked Loop (DPLL) may not be used as a clock source in this mode. If no other clocking options have been specified, perform the equivalent of \fBtxc=baud\fR and \fBrxc=baud\fR. -T} - no T{ -Disable internal loopback mode. If no other clocking options have been specified, perform the equivalent of \fBtxc=txc\fR and \fBrxc=rxc\fR. -T} -\fBecho\fR yes T{ -Set the port to operate in \fBauto-echo\fR mode. The transmit data output is electrically disconnected from the transmitter and tied to the receive data input. Incoming receive data is still visible. Use of this mode in combination with local loopback mode has no value, and should be rejected by the device driver. The \fBauto-echo\fR mode is useful to make a system become the endpoint of a remote loopback test. -T} - no Disable \fBauto-echo\fR mode. -\fBnrzi\fR yes T{ -Set the port to operate with \fBNRZI\fR data encoding. -T} - no T{ -Set the port to operate with \fBNRZ\fR data encoding. -T} -\fBtxc\fR \fBtxc\fR T{ -Transmit clock source will be the \fBTxC\fR signal (pin 15). -T} - \fBrxc\fR T{ -Transmit clock source will be the \fBRxC\fR signal (pin 17). -T} - \fBbaud \fR T{ -Transmit clock source will be the internal \fBbaud rate generator\fR. -T} - \fBpll\fR T{ -Transmit clock source will be the output of the \fBDPLL\fR circuit. -T} -\fBrxc\fR \fBrxc\fR T{ -Receive clock source will be the \fBRxC\fR signal (pin 17). -T} - \fBtxc\fR T{ -Receive clock source will be the \fBTxC\fR signal (pin 15). -T} - \fBbaud\fR T{ -Receive clock source will be the internal \fBbaud rate generator\fR. -T} - \fBpll\fR T{ -Receive clock source will be the output of the \fBDPLL\fR circuit. -T} -\fBspeed\fR \fIinteger\fR T{ -Set the baud rate to \fIinteger\fR bits per second. -T} -.TE - -.sp -.LP -There are also several single-word options that set one or more parameters at a -time: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l -l l . -\fBKeyword\fR \fBEquivalent to Options:\fR -\fBexternal\fR \fBtxc=txc rxc=rxc loop=no\fR -\fBsender\fR \fBtxc=baud rxc=rxc loop=no\fR -\fBinternal\fR \fBtxc=pll rxc=pll loop=no\fR -\fBstop\fR \fBspeed=0\fR -.TE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBsyncinit\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the first CPU port to loop internally, using -internal clocking and operating at 38400 baud: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# syncinit zsh0 38400 loop=yes -device: /dev/zsh ppa: 0 -speed=38400, loopback=yes, echo=no, nrzi=no, txc=baud, rxc=baud -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command sets the same port's clocking, local loopback and baud -rate settings to their default values: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# syncinit zsh0 stop loop=no -device: /dev/zsh ppa: 0 -speed=0, loopback=no, echo=no, nrzi=no, txc=txc, rxc=rxc -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsyncloop\fR(1M), \fBsyncstat\fR(1M), \fBIntro\fR(2), \fBioctl\fR(2), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzsh\fR(7D) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fB missing minor device number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name \fIdevice\fR does not end in a decimal number that can be used as a -minor device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbad speed: \fR\fIarg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The string \fIarg\fR that accompanied the \fBspeed=\fR option could not be -interpreted as a decimal integer. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBBad arg: \fR\fIarg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The string \fIarg\fR did not make sense as an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBioctl failure code = \fR\fIerrno\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An \fBioctl\fR(2) system called failed. The meaning of the value of -\fIerrno\fR may be found in \fBIntro\fR(2). -.RE - -.SH WARNINGS -.LP -Do not use \fBsyncinit\fR on an active serial link, unless needed to resolve -an error condition. Do not use this command casually or without being aware of -the consequences. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncloop.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syncloop.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0c9a462db3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncloop.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYNCLOOP 1M "Mar 9, 1993" -.SH NAME -syncloop \- synchronous serial loopback test program -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/syncloop\fR [\fB-cdlstv\fR] \fIdevice\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyncloop\fR command performs several loopback tests that are useful in -exercising the various components of a serial communications link. -.sp -.LP -Before running a test, \fBsyncloop\fR opens the designated port and configures -it according to command line options and the specified test type. It announces -the names of the devices being used to control the hardware channel, the -channel number (ppa) corresponding to the \fIdevice\fR argument, and the -parameters it has set for that channel. It then runs the loopback test in -three phases. -.sp -.LP -The first phase is to listen on the port for any activity. If no activity is -seen for at least four seconds, \fBsyncloop\fR proceeds to the next phase. -Otherwise, the user is informed that the line is active and that the test -cannot proceed, and the program exits. -.sp -.LP -In the second phase, called the "first-packet" phase, \fBsyncloop\fR attempts -to send and receive one packet. The program will wait for up to four seconds -for the returned packet. If no packets are seen after five attempts, the test -fails with an excoriating message. If a packet is returned, the result is -compared with the original. If the length and content do not match exactly, the -test fails. -.sp -.LP -The final phase, known as the "multiple-packet" phase, attempts to send many -packets through the loop. Because the program has verified the integrity of the -link in the first-packet phase, the test will not fail after a particular -number of timeouts. If a packet is not seen after four seconds, a message is -displayed. Otherwise, a count of the number of packets received is updated on -the display once per second. If it becomes obvious that the test is not -receiving packets during this phase, the user may wish to stop the program -manually. The number and size of the packets sent during this phase is -determined by default values, or by command line options. Each returned packet -is compared with its original for length and content. If a mismatch is -detected, the test fails. The test completes when the required number of -packets have been sent, regardless of errors. -.sp -.LP -After the multiple-packet phase has completed, the program displays a summary -of the hardware event statistics for the channel that was tested. The display -takes the following form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -CRC errors Aborts Overruns Underruns In<-Drops-> Out - 0 0 0 0 0 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This is followed by an estimated line speed, which is an approximation of the -bit rate of the line, based on the number of bytes sent and the actual time -that it took to send them. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The options for \fBsyncloop\fR are described in the following table: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c c c -l l l l . -\fBOption\fR \fBParameter\fR \fBDefault\fR \fBDescription\fR -\fB-c\fR \fIpacket_count\fR 100 T{ -Specifies the number of packets to be sent in the multiple-packet phase. -T} -\fB-d\fR \fIhex_data_byte\fR \fIrandom\fR T{ -Specifies that each packet will be filled with bytes with the value of \fIhex_data_byte\fR. -T} -\fB-l\fR \fIpacket_length\fR 100 T{ -Specifies the length of each packet in bytes. -T} -\fB-s\fR \fIline_speed\fR 9600 Bit rate in bits per second. -\fB-v\fR T{ -Sets verbose mode. If data errors occur, the expected and received data is displayed. -T} -\fB-t\fR \fItest_type\fR \fInone\fR T{ -A number, from 1 to 4, that specifies which test to perform. The values for \fItest_type\fR are as follows: \fB1\fR: Internal loopback test. Port loopback is on. Transmit and receive clock sources are internal (baud rate generator). \fB2\fR: External loopback test. Port loopback is off. Transmit and receive clock sources are internal. Requires a loopback plug suitable to the port under test. \fB3\fR: External loopback test. Port loopback is off. Transmit and receive clock sources are external (modem). Requires that one of the local modem, the remote modem, or the remote system be set in a loopback configuration. \fB4\fR: Test using predefined parameters. User defines hardware configuration and may select port parameters using the \fBsyncinit\fR(1M) command. -T} -.TE - -.sp -.LP -All numeric options except \fB-d\fR are entered as decimal numbers (for -example, \fB\fR\fB-s\fR\fB 19200\fR). If you do not provide the \fB-t\fR\fI -test_type\fR option, \fBsyncloop\fR prompts for it. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA sample display of using the \fBsyncloop\fR command. -.sp -.LP -In the following command \fBsyncloop\fR uses a packet length of 512 bytes over -the first CPU port: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample# syncloop \fR\fB-l\fR\fB 512 zsh0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In response to the above command, \fBsyncloop\fR prompts you for the test -option you want. - -.sp -.LP -The following command performs an internal loopback test on the first CPU port, -using 5000 packets and a bit rate of 56Kbps: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBexample# syncloop \fR\fB-t\fR\fB 1 \fR\fB-s\fR\fB 56000 \fR\fB-c\fR\fB 5000 zsh0\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsyncinit\fR(1M), \fBsyncstat\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzsh\fR(7D) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fB missing minor device number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name \fIdevice\fR does not end in a decimal number that can be used as a -minor device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinvalid packet length: \fR\fInnn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The packet length was specified to be less than zero or greater than 4096. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpoll: nothing to read\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpoll: nothing to read or write.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBpoll\fR(2) system call indicates that there is no input pending and/or -that output would be blocked if attempted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlen \fR\fIxxx\fR\fB should be \fR\fIyyy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The packet that was sent had a length of \fIyyy\fR, but was received with a -length of \fIxxx\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInnn\fR\fB packets lost in outbound queueing\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fInnn\fR\fB packets lost in inbound queueing\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A discrepancy has been found between the number of packets sent by -\fBsyncloop\fR and the number of packets the driver counted as transmitted, or -between the number counted as received and the number read by the program. -.RE - -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -To allow its tests to run properly, as well as prevent disturbance of normal -operations, \fBsyncloop\fR should only be run on a port that is not being used -for any other purpose at that time. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syncstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bc9ce30ea0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syncstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1993, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYNCSTAT 1M "Mar 9, 1993" -.SH NAME -syncstat \- report driver statistics from a synchronous serial link -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/syncstat\fR [\fB-c\fR] \fIdevice\fR [\fIinterval\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyncstat\fR command reports the event statistics maintained by a -synchronous serial device driver. The report may be a single snapshot of the -accumulated totals, or a series of samples showing incremental changes. Prior -to these it prints the device name being used to query a particular device -driver, along with a number indicating the channel number (ppa) under control -of that driver. -.sp -.LP -Event statistics are maintained by a driver for each physical channel that it -supports. They are initialized to zero at the time the driver module is loaded -into the system, which may be either at boot time or when one of the driver's -entry points is first called. -.sp -.LP -The \fIdevice\fR argument is the name of the serial device as it appears in -the \fB/dev\fR directory. For example, \fBzsh0\fR specifies the first -on-board serial device. -.sp -.LP -The following is a breakdown of \fBsyncstat\fR output: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -l l -l l . -\fBspeed\fR T{ -The line speed the device has been set to operate at. It is the user's responsibility to make this value correspond to the modem clocking speed when clocking is provided by the modem. -T} -\fBipkts\fR The total number of input packets. -\fBopkts\fR The total number of output packets. -\fBundrun\fR T{ -The number of transmitter underrun errors. -T} -\fBovrrun\fR The number of receiver overrun errors. -\fBabort\fR The number of aborted received frames. -\fBcrc\fR T{ -The number of received frames with CRC errors. -T} -\fBisize\fR T{ -The average size (in bytes) of input packets. -T} -\fBosize\fR T{ -The average size (in bytes) of output packets. -T} -.TE - -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Clear the accumulated statistics for the device specified. This may be useful -when it is not desirable to unload a particular driver, or when the driver is -not capable of being unloaded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -\fBsyncstat\fR samples the statistics every \fIinterval\fR seconds and reports -incremental changes. The output reports line utilization for input and output -in place of average packet sizes. These are the relationships between bytes -transferred and the baud rate, expressed as percentages. The loop repeats -indefinitely, with a column heading printed every twenty lines for convenience. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSample output from the \fBsyncstat\fR command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsyncstat zsh0\fR - - -speed ipkts opkts undrun ovrrun abort crc isize osize -9600 15716 17121 0 0 1 3 98 89 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsyncstat \fR\fB-c\fR\fB zsh0\fR - -speed ipkts opkts undrun ovrrun abort crc isize osize -9600 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -In the following sample output a new line of output is generated every five -seconds: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBsyncstat zsh0 5\fR - -ipkts opkts undrun ovrrun abort crc iutil outil -12 10 0 0 0 0 5% 4% -22 60 0 0 0 0 3% 90% -36 14 0 0 0 1 51% 2% -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsyncinit\fR(1M), \fBsyncloop\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBzsh\fR(7D) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbad interval: \fR\fIarg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The argument \fIarg\fR is expected to be an interval and could not be -understood. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdevice\fR\fB missing minor device number\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name \fIdevice\fR does not end in a decimal number that can be used as a -minor device number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbaud rate not set\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIinterval\fR option is being used and the baud rate on the device is -zero. This would cause a divide-by-zero error when computing the line -utilization statistics. -.RE - -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -Underrun, overrun, frame-abort, and CRC errors have a variety of causes. -Communication protocols are typically able to handle such errors and initiate -recovery of the transmission in which the error occurred. Small numbers of such -errors are not a significant problem for most protocols. However, because the -overhead involved in recovering from a link error can be much greater than that -of normal operation, high error rates can greatly degrade overall link -throughput. High error rates are often caused by problems in the link hardware, -such as cables, connectors, interface electronics or telephone lines. They may -also be related to excessive load on the link or the supporting system. -.sp -.LP -The percentages for input and output line utilization reported when using the -\fIinterval\fR option may occasionally be reported as slightly greater than -100% because of inexact sampling times and differences in the accuracy between -the system clock and the modem clock. If the percentage of use greatly exceeds -100%, or never exceeds 50%, then the baud rate set for the device probably does -not reflect the speed of the modem. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/sysdef.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/sysdef.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 146a07636c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/sysdef.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYSDEF 1M "Feb 25, 2009" -.SH NAME -sysdef \- output system definition -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sysdef\fR [\fB-i\fR] [\fB-n\fR \fInamelist\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/sysdef\fR [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-i\fR] [\fB-D\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBsysdef\fR utility outputs the current system definition in tabular form. -It lists all hardware devices, as well as pseudo devices, system devices, -loadable modules, and the values of selected kernel tunable parameters. -.sp -.LP -It generates the output by analyzing the named bootable operating system file -(\fInamelist\fR) and extracting the configuration information from it. -.sp -.LP -The default system \fInamelist\fR is \fB/dev/kmem\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Prints the configuration information from \fB/dev/kmem\fR. This is the default -and only needs to be specified if the configuration information from both -\fB/dev/kmem\fR and the system file specified with the "\fB-n\fR -\fInamelist\fR" option is needed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fInamelist\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specifies a \fInamelist\fR other than the default (\fB/dev/kmem\fR). The -\fInamelist\fR specified must be a valid bootable operating system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Prints the identifier of the current host in hexadecimal. If \fBsysdef\fR -\fB-h\fR is executed within a non-global zone and the zone emulates a host -identifier, then the zone's host identifier is printed. This numeric value is -not guaranteed to be unique. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -The output includes the configuration of system peripherals formatted as a -device tree. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -For each system peripheral in the device tree, display the name of the device -driver used to manage the peripheral. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSample output format -.sp -.LP -The following example displays the format of the \fBsysdef\fR \fB-d\fR output: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBsysdef\fR \fB-d\fR -Node 'SUNW,Ultra-5_10', unit #-1 - Node 'packages', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'terminal-emulator', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'deblocker', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'obp-tftp', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'disk-label', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'SUNW,builtin-drivers', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'sun-keyboard', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'ufs-file-system', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'chosen', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'openprom', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'client-services', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'options', unit #0 - Node 'aliases', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'memory', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'virtual-memory', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'pci', unit #0 - Node 'pci', unit #0 - Node 'ebus', unit #0 - Node 'auxio', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'power', unit #0 - Node 'SUNW,pll', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'se', unit #0 (no driver) - Node 'su', unit #0 - Node 'su', unit #1 - Node 'ecpp', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'fdthree', unit #0 - Node 'eeprom', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'flashprom', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'SUNW,CS4231', unit #0 (no driver) - Node 'network', unit #0 - Node 'SUNW,m64B', unit #0 - Node 'ide', unit #0 - Node 'disk', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'cdrom', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'sd', unit #1 - Node 'dad', unit #1 - Node 'pci', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'SUNW,UltraSPARC-IIi', unit #-1 (no driver) - Node 'pseudo', unit #0 - -\fI[output truncated]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/kmem\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -default operating system image -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBhostid\fR(1), \fBprtconf\fR(1M), \fBnlist\fR(3ELF), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBzones\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7cc654f64d..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,468 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYSEVENTADM 1M "Sep 28, 2005" -.SH NAME -syseventadm \- sysevent event specification administration -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBsyseventadm\fR add [\fB-R\fR \fIrootdir\fR] [\fB-v\fR \fIvendor\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpublisher\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsubclass\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR] \fIpath\fR [\fIargs\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsyseventadm\fR remove [\fB-R\fR \fIrootdir\fR] [\fB-v\fR \fIvendor\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpublisher\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsubclass\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR] [\fIpath\fR [\fIargs\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsyseventadm\fR list [\fB-R\fR \fIrootdir\fR] [\fB-v\fR \fIvendor\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpublisher\fR] - [\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsubclass\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR] [\fIpath\fR [\fIargs\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBsyseventadm\fR restart -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION - -.LP -The \fBsyseventadm\fR command is an administrative front-end to add, remove and -list \fBsysevent\fR event handlers. You can also restart the sysevent daemon by -use of the restart command. \fBsyseventadm\fR can only be run by root. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventadm\fR \fBadd\fR command adds a handler for a \fBsysevent\fR -event specified by at least one of vendor, publisher or class. If \fIclass\fR -is specified, it may be qualified with a \fIsub-class\fR. Only the values -specified for \fIvendor\fR, \fIpublisher\fR, \fIclass\fR and \fIsub-class\fR -when adding the handler are matched against \fBsysevent\fR events to determine -if the specification matches the event and the handler should be run. -\fIpath\fR is the full pathname of the command to be run in response to -matching events, with optional arguments (\fIargs\fR). If username is -specified, the command is invoked as user \fIusername\fR, otherwise as root. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventadm\fR \fBremove\fR command removes handlers for matching -sysevent event specifications. Event specifications may be matched by -specifying at least one of \fIvendor\fR, \fIpublisher\fR, \fIclass\fR, -\fIusername\fR or \fIpath\fR. If \fIclass\fR is specified, it may be qualified -with a \fIsub-class\fR. Any of \fIvendor\fR, \fIpublisher\fR, \fIclass\fR, -\fIsub-class\fR, \fIusername\fR, \fIpath\fR or \fIargs\fR not specified match -the corresponding fields of all events. Handlers for all matching -specifications are removed. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventadm\fR \fBlist\fR command lists the handlers for matching -\fBsysevent\fR event specifications using the same match criteria as the -\fBremove\fR command but without the requirement that at least one of -\fIvendor\fR, \fIpublisher\fR, \fIclass\fR, \fIusername\fR or \fIpath\fR be -specified. With no match criteria, all specifications are listed. The list -command output format is: [vendor=\fIvendor\fR] [publisher=\fIpublisher\fR] -[class=\fIclass\fR] [subclass=\fIsubclass\fR] [username=\fIusername\fR] -\fIpath\fR [\fIargs\fR] where each of \fIclass\fR, \fIsub-class\fR, -\fIvendor\fR, \fIpublisher\fR and \fIusername\fR is listed only if part of the -match criteria for the listed specification. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventadm\fR \fBrestart\fR command informs the \fBsyseventd\fR daemon -to reread the \fBsysevent\fR registry after a change has been made by adding or -removing one or more \fBsysevent\fR handler specifications. -.SS "Argument Macro Substitution" - -.LP -The \fBsysevent\fR handling facility provides extensive macro capability for -constructing the command line arguments to be executed in response to an event. -Macro expansion applies only to the command line \fIargs\fR specified for an -event handler, with macros expanded with data from the event itself. -Pre-defined macros are provided for the event \fIclass\fR, \fIsubclass\fR, -\fIpublisher\fR and \fIvendor\fR information. Macros not matching one of the -pre-defined macro names cause the attribute list attached to the event to be -searched for an attribute of that name, with the value of the matching -attribute substituted on the command line. -.sp -.LP -Macros are introduced by the \fB$\fR character, with the macro name being the -following token separated by a SPACE or TAB character. If the macro name is -embedded in text, it may be delineated by \fB${\fR and \fB}\fR. A \fB\e\fR -before the \fB$\fR causes macro expansion not to occur. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The class string defining the event -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIpublisher\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The publisher string defining the event -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIsequence\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The sequence number of the event. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIsubclass\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The subclass string defining the event -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fItimestamp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The timestamp of the event. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB$\fIvendor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -The vendor string defining the event -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Macro names other than those pre-defined are compared against the attribute -list provided with the event. An attribute with name matching the macro name -causes the value of the attribute to be substituted as \fBASCII\fR text on the -generated command line. -.sp -.LP -Use of a macro for which no attribute with that name is defined, or for which -multiple attributes with that name are provided, cause an error and the command -is not invoked. -.sp -.LP -Attributes with signed data types (\fBDATA_TYPE_INT16\fR, \fBDATA_TYPE_INT32\fR -and \fBDATA_TYPE_INT64\fR) are expanded as decimal digits. -.sp -.LP -Attributes with unsigned data types (\fBDATA_TYPE_BYTE\fR, -\fBDATA_TYPE_UINT16\fR, \fBDATA_TYPE_UINT32\fR, \fBDATA_TYPE_UINT64\fR and -\fBDATA_TYPE_HTTIME\fR) are expanded as hexadecimal digits with a \fB0x\fR -prefix. -.sp -.LP -Attributes with string data type (\fBDATA_TYPE_STRING\fR) are expanded with the -string data. The data is not quoted. If if it desired that the quoted strings -be generated on the command line, put quotes around the macro call in the -arguments. -.sp -.LP -Array types are expanded with each element expanded as defined for that scalar -type, with a space separating each element substitution. -.SH OPTIONS - -.LP -The \fBadd\fR, \fBlist\fR and \fBremove\fR subcommands support the following -options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIclass\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the event class, \fIclass\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpublisher\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the event publisher, \fIpublisher\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIrootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify an alternate root path, \fIrootdir\fR. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-R\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsubclass\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the event subclass, \fIsubclass\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIusername\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the username (\fIusername\fR) to invoke the command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR \fIvendor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Specify the vendor (\fIvendor\fR) that defines the event. Events defined by -third-party software should specify the company's stock symbol as \fIvendor\fR. -Sun-defined events use \fBSUNW\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS - -.LP -The \fBadd\fR, \fBlist\fR and \fBremove\fR subcommands support the following -options: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIargs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Command arguments -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Full path of command to be run in response to event -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding an Event Handler -.sp -.LP -The following example adds an event handler for an event defined by vendor -\fBMYCO\fR ("My Company"), class \fBEC_ENV\fR and sub-class \fBESC_ENV_TEMP\fR. -The command to be run is \fB/opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp\fR, with arguments -being the class name, sub-class name and pathname derived from the event -attributes. The \fB$\fR characters are preceded by a backslash to circumvent -shell interpretation. There is no need to restart the service after the change -since the registry is maintained on \fB$ALTROOT\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm add -R $ALTROOT -v MYCO -c EC_ENV -s ESC_ENV_TEMP \e - /opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp ${class} ${subclass} ${pathname} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note the caveat on the use of the \fB-R\fR option in the description of that -option, above. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRemoving an Event Handler -.sp -.LP -The following example removes the event handler added in Example 1. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm remove -R $ALTROOT -v MYCO -c EC_ENV -s ESC_ENV_TEMP \e - /opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp ${class} ${subclass} ${pathname} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Note the caveat on the use of the \fB-R\fR option in the description of that -option, above. - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRListing Event Handlers -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all event handlers for events of class -\fBEC_ENV\fR, subclass \fBESC_ENV_TEMP\fR, as defined by vendor \fBMYCO\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm list -v MYCO -c EC_ENV -s ESC_ENV_TEMP \e - vendor=MYCO class=EC_ENV subclass=ESC_ENV_TEMP \e - /opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp ${class} ${subclass} ${pathname} -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRListing Event Handlers -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all event handlers defined by vendor \fBVRTS\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm list -v VRTS -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRRemoving Event Handlers -.sp -.LP -The following example removes all event handlers defined by vendor \fBVRTS\fR, -and restarts service. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm remove -v VRTS -# syseventadm restart -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRListing All Event Handlers Specified to Run a Command -.sp -.LP -The following example lists all event handlers specified to run the command -\fB/opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm list /opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 7 \fRRemoving Event Handlers and Restarting Service -.sp -.LP -The following example removes all event handlers specified to run the command -\fB/opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp\fR, and restarts service: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# syseventadm remove /opt/MYCOenv/bin/ec_env_temp -# syseventadm restart -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS - -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -No matching event specification found (remove or list commands only). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Incorrect command usage. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Permission denied. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Command failed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Out of memory. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO - -.LP -\fBsyseventd\fR(1M), \fBsysevent_post_event\fR(3SYSEVENT), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBddi_log_sysevent\fR(9F) -.SH NOTES - -.LP -To avoid upgrade problems, packages delivering a sysevent event handler should -install the event handler by running \fBsyseventadm\fR from the package's -postinstall script. The event handler can then be removed by running -\fBsyseventadm\fR from the package's preremove script using the same arguments -as when added. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventconfd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventconfd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 49041a48a7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventconfd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYSEVENTCONFD 1M "Jan 31, 2013" -.SH NAME -syseventconfd \- kernel system event command invocation daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sysevent/syseventconfd\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsyseventconfd\fR is the user-level daemon that invokes user-level commands -in response to kernel system events received from \fBsyseventd\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Cause \fBsyseventconfd\fR to use an alternate root path when creating its door. -The root path must match the root path used to invoke \fBsyseventd\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/syseventconfd_door/reg_door\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsyseventconfd\fR event service door file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/sysevent/modules/sysevent_conf_mod.so\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBsyseventd\fR loadable module (\fBSLM\fR) managing \fBsysevent.conf\fR files -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyseventd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventconfd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/sysevent:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b3f163e893..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syseventd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 2013 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYSEVENTD 1M "Jan 31, 2013" -.SH NAME -syseventd \- kernel system event notification daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/sysevent/syseventd\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdebug_level\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBsyseventd\fR is a user-level daemon that accepts delivery of system event -buffers from the kernel. Once an event buffer has been delivered to -\fBsyseventd\fR, it, in turn, attempts to propagate the event to all interested -end event subscribers. -.sp -.LP -Event subscribers take the form of a \fBsyseventd\fR loadable module -(\fBSLM\fR). \fBsyseventd\fR passes the event buffer to each of its subscribers -and in return expects a notification as to the successful or unsuccessful -delivery attempt. -.sp -.LP -Upon successful delivery of the event buffer to all interested event -subscribers, \fBsyseventd\fR frees the event buffer from the kernel event -queue. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdebug_level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Enable debug mode. Messages are printed to the invoking user's terminal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrootdir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Cause \fBsyseventd\fR to use an alternate root path when creating its door and -lock files. Modules continue to be loaded from the standard module directories. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBnon-zero\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/syseventd.lock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -daemon lock file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/sysevent_door\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -kernel to \fBsyseventd\fR door file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/sysevent/modules\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBSLM\fR directory repository -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/platform/\fR\fB`\fR\fBuname -\(emi\fR\fB`\fR\fB/lib/sysevent/modules\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBSLM\fR directory repository -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/platform/\fR\fB`\fR\fBuname -\(emm\fR\fB`\fR\fB/lib/sysevent/modules\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBSLM\fR directory repository -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBsyseventconfd\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyseventd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/sysevent:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/syslogd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/syslogd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 42e34de642..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/syslogd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,366 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Gary Mills -.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH SYSLOGD 1M "June 20, 2021" -.SH NAME -syslogd \- log system messages -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/syslogd\fR [\fB-d\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIconfigfile\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImarkinterval\fR] - [\fB-p\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB-t\fR | \fB-T\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBsyslogd\fR reads and forwards system messages to the appropriate log files -or users, depending upon the priority of a message and the system facility from -which it originates. The configuration file \fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR (see -\fBsyslog.conf\fR(4)) controls where messages are forwarded. \fBsyslogd\fR logs -a mark (timestamp) message every \fImarkinterval\fR minutes (default \fB20\fR) -at priority \fBLOG_INFO\fR to the facility whose name is given as \fBmark\fR in -the \fBsyslog.conf\fR file. -.sp -.LP -A system message consists of a single line of text, which may be prefixed with -a priority code number enclosed in angle-brackets (\fB<\|>\fR); priorities are -defined in \fB\fR\&. -.sp -.LP -\fBsyslogd\fR reads from the \fBSTREAMS\fR log driver, \fB/dev/log\fR, and from -any transport provider specified in \fB/etc/netconfig\fR, -\fB/etc/net/transport/hosts\fR, and \fB/etc/net/transport/services\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBsyslogd\fR reads the configuration file when it starts up, and again -whenever it receives a \fBHUP\fR signal (see \fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), at which -time it also closes all files it has open, re-reads its configuration file, and -then opens only the log files that are listed in that file. \fBsyslogd\fR exits -when it receives a \fBTERM\fR signal. -.sp -.LP -As it starts up, \fBsyslogd\fR creates the file \fB/var/run/syslog.pid\fR, if -possible, containing its process identifier (\fBPID\fR). -.sp -.LP -If message \fBID\fR generation is enabled (see \fBlog\fR(7D)), each message -will be preceded by an identifier in the following format: \fB[ID\fR \fImsgid -facility\fR\fB\&.\fR\fIpriority\fR\fB]\fR. \fImsgid\fR is the message's numeric -identifier described in \fBmsgid\fR(1M). \fIfacility\fR and \fIpriority\fR are -described in \fBsyslog.conf\fR(4). \fB[ID 123456 kern.notice]\fR is an example -of an identifier when message \fBID\fR generation is enabled. -.sp -.LP -If the message originated in a loadable kernel module or driver, the kernel -module's name (for example, \fBufs\fR) will be displayed instead of \fBunix\fR. -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR for sample output from \fBsyslogd\fR with and without -message \fBID\fR generation enabled. -.sp -.LP -In an effort to reduce visual clutter, message \fBID\fRs are not displayed when -writing to the console; message \fBID\fRs are only written to the log file. -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.sp -.LP -The \fB/etc/default/syslogd\fR file contains the following default parameter -settings, which are in effect if neither the \fB-t\fR nor \fB-T\fR option is -selected. See \fBFILES\fR. -.sp -.LP -The recommended way to allow or disallow message logging is through the use of -the service management facility (\fBsmf\fR(5)) property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/system-log/config/log_from_remote -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -This property specifies whether remote messages are logged. -\fBlog_from_remote=true\fR is equivalent to the \fB-t\fR command-line option -and \fBfalse\fR is equivalent to the \fB-T\fR command-line option. The default -value for \fB-log_from_remote\fR is \fBfalse\fR. See NOTES, below. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies whether remote messages are logged. \fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE=NO\fR is -equivalent to the \fB-t\fR command-line option. The default value for -\fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR is \fBYES\fR. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Turn on debugging. This option should only be used interactively in a root -shell once the system is in multi-user mode. It should \fBnot\fR be used in the -system start-up scripts, as this will cause the system to hang at the point -where \fBsyslogd\fR is started. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIconfigfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternate configuration file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImarkinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an interval, in minutes, between mark messages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpath\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an alternative log device name. The default is \fB/dev/log\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Enable the \fBsyslogd\fR \fBUDP\fR port to turn on logging of remote messages. -This is the default behavior. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Disable the \fBsyslogd\fR \fBUDP\fR port to turn off logging of remote -messages. See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fR\fBsyslogd\fR Output Without Message ID Generation Enabled -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the output from \fBsyslogd\fR when message \fBID\fR -generation \fBis not\fR enabled: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Sep 29 21:41:18 cathy unix: alloc /: file system full -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fR\fBsyslogd\fR Output with ID generation Enabled -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the output from \fBsyslogd\fR when message \fBID\fR -generation \fBis\fR enabled. The message \fBID\fR is displayed when writing to -log file \fB/var/adm/messages\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Sep 29 21:41:18 cathy ufs: [ID 845546 kern.notice] - alloc /: file system full -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fR\fBsyslogd\fR Output with ID Generation Enabled -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the output from \fBsyslogd\fR when message \fBID\fR -generation \fBis\fR enabled when writing to the console. Even though message ID -is enabled, the message \fBID\fR is not displayed at the console. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -Sep 29 21:41:18 cathy ufs: alloc /: file system full -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fREnabling Acceptance of UDP Messages from Remote Systems -.sp -.LP -The following commands enable \fBsyslogd\fR to accept entries from remote -systems. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s svc:/system/system-log setprop config/log_from_remote = true\fR -# \fBsvcadm restart svc:/system/system-log\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/syslog.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/run/syslog.pid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Process \fBID\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/syslogd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains default settings. You can override some of the settings by -command-line options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/log\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBSTREAMS\fR log driver -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/netconfig\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Transport providers available on the system -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/net/transport/hosts\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Network hosts for each transport -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/net/transport/services\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Network services for each transport -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBlogger\fR(1), \fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBmsgid\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), -\fBsvccfg\fR(1M), \fBsyslog\fR(3C), \fBsyslog.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBsignal.h\fR(3HEAD), \fBsmf\fR(5), \fBlog\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -The \fBmark\fR message is a system time stamp, and so it is only defined for -the system on which \fBsyslogd\fR is running. It can not be forwarded to other -systems. -.sp -.LP -When \fBsyslogd\fR receives a \fBHUP\fR signal, it attempts to complete -outputting pending messages, and close all log files to which it is currently -logging messages. If, for some reason, one (or more) of these files does not -close within a generous grace period, \fBsyslogd\fR discards the pending -messages, forcibly closes these files, and starts reconfiguration. If this -shutdown procedure is disturbed by an unexpected error and \fBsyslogd\fR cannot -complete reconfiguration, \fBsyslogd\fR sends a mail message to the superuser -on the current system stating that it has shut down, and exits. -.sp -.LP -Care should be taken to ensure that each window displaying messages forwarded -by \fBsyslogd\fR (especially console windows) is run in the system default -locale (which is \fBsyslogd\fR's locale). If this advice is not followed, it is -possible for a \fBsyslog\fR message to alter the terminal settings for that -window, possibly even allowing remote execution of arbitrary commands from that -window. -.sp -.LP -The \fBsyslogd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - svc:/system/system-log:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. -.sp -.LP -When \fBsyslogd\fR is started by means of \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), if a value is -specified for \fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR in the \fB/etc/defaults/syslogd\fR file, -the SMF property \fBsvc:/system/system-log/config/log_from_remote\fR is set to -correspond to the \fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR value and the -\fB/etc/default/syslogd\fR file is modified to replace the -\fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR specification with the following comment: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# LOG_FROM_REMOTE is now set using svccfg(1m), see syslogd(1m). -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If neither \fBLOG_FROM_REMOTE\fR nor -\fBsvc:/system/system-log/config/log_from_remote\fR are defined, the default is -to log remote messages. -.sp -.LP -On installation, the initial value of -\fBsvc:/system/system-log/config/log_from_remote\fR is \fBfalse\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tapes.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tapes.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 89796281df..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tapes.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TAPES 1M "Nov 8, 2002" -.SH NAME -tapes \- creates /dev entries for tape drives attached to the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/tapes\fR [\fB-r\fR \fIroot_dir\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBdevfsadm\fR(1M) is now the preferred command for \fB/dev\fR and -\fB/devices\fR and should be used instead of \fBtapes\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBtapes\fR creates symbolic links in the \fB/dev/rmt\fR directory to the -actual tape device special files under the \fB/devices\fR directory tree. -\fBtapes\fR searches the kernel device tree to see what tape devices are -attached to the system. For each equipped tape drive, the following steps are -performed: -.RS +4 -.TP -1. -The \fB/dev/rmt\fR directory is searched for a \fB/dev/rmt/\fR\fIn\fR entry -that is a symbolic link to the \fB/devices\fR special node of the current tape -drive. If one is found, this determines the logical controller number of the -tape drive. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -2. -The rest of the special devices associated with the drive are checked, and -incorrect symbolic links are removed and necessary ones added. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -3. -If none are found, a new logical controller number is assigned (the -lowest-unused number), and new symbolic links are created for all the special -devices associated with the drive. -.RE -.sp -.LP -\fBtapes\fR does not remove links to non-existent devices; these must be -removed by hand. -.sp -.LP -\fBtapes\fR is run each time a reconfiguration-boot is performed, or when -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M) is executed. -.SS "Notice to Driver Writers" -.sp -.LP -\fBtapes\fR(1M) considers all devices with the node type \fBDDI_NT_TAPE\fR to -be tape devices; these devices must have their minor name created with a -specific format. The minor name encodes operational modes for the tape device -and consists of an \fBASCII\fR string of the form [ -\fBl\fR,\fBm\fR,\fBh\fR,\fBc\fR,\fBu\fR ][ \fBb\fR ][ \fBn\fR ]. -.sp -.LP -The first character set is used to specify the tape density of the device, and -are named low (\fBl\fR), medium (\fBm\fR), high (\fBh\fR), compressed -(\fBc\fR), and ultra (\fBu\fR). These specifiers only express a relative -density; it is up to the driver to assign specific meanings as needed. For -example, 9 track tape devices interpret these as actual bits-per-inch -densities, where \fBl\fR means 800 \fBBPI,\fR \fBm\fR means 1600 \fBBPI ,\fR -and \fBh\fR means 6250 \fBBPI,\fR whereas 4mm \fBDAT\fR tapes defines \fBl\fR -as standard format, and \fBm\fR, \fB h\fR, \fBc\fR and \fBu\fR as compressed -format. Drivers may choose to implement any or all of these format types. -.sp -.LP -During normal tape operation (non-\fBBSD\fR behavior), once an \fBEOF\fR mark -has been reached, subsequent reads from the tape device return an error. An -explicit IOCTL must be issued to space over the \fBEOF\fR mark before the next -file can be read. \fBb\fR instructs the device to observe \fBBSD\fR behavior, -where reading at \fBEOF\fR will cause the tape device to automatically space -over the \fBEOF\fR mark and begin reading from the next file. -.sp -.LP -\fBn\fR or no-rewind-on-close instructs the driver to not rewind to the -beginning of tape when the device is closed. Normal behavior for tape devices -is to reposition to BOT when closing. See \fBmtio\fR(7I). -.sp -.LP -The minor number for tape devices should be created by encoding the device's -instance number using the tape macro \fBMTMINOR\fR and ORing in the proper -combination of density, \fBBSD\fR behavior, and no-rewind flags. See -\fBmtio\fR(7I). -.sp -.LP -To prevent \fBtapes\fR from attempting to automatically generate links for a -device, drivers must specify a private node type and refrain from using the -node type string \fBDDI_NT_TAPE\fR when calling -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIroot_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Causes \fBtapes\fR to presume that the \fB/dev/rmt\fR directory tree is found -under \fIroot_dir\fR, not directly under \fB/\fR. -.RE - -.SH ERRORS -.sp -.LP -If \fBtapes\fR finds entries of a particular logical controller linked to -different physical controllers, it prints an error message and exits without -making any changes to the \fB/dev\fR directory, since it cannot determine which -of the two alternative logical to physical mappings is correct. The links -should be manually corrected or removed before another reconfiguration boot is -performed. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRCreating Tape Device Nodes From Within the Driver's -\fBattach()\fR Function -.sp -.LP -This example demonstrates creating tape device nodes from within the -\fBxktape\fR driver's \fBattach\fR(9E) function. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#include -struct tape_minor_info { - char *minor_name; - int minor_mode; -}; -/* - * create all combinations of logical tapes -*/ -static struct tape_minor_info example_tape[] = { - {"", 0}, /* default tape */ - {"l", MT_DENSITY1}, - {"lb", MT_DENSITY1 | MT_BSD}, - {"lbn", MT_DENSITY1 | MT_BSD | MT_NOREWIND}, - {"m", MT_DENSITY2}, - {"mb", MT_DENSITY2 | MT_BSD}, - {"mbn", MT_DENSITY2 | MT_BSD | MT_NOREWIND}, - {"h", MT_DENSITY3}, - {"hb", MT_DENSITY3 | MT_BSD}, - {"hbn", MT_DENSITY3 | MT_BSD | MT_NOREWIND}, - {"c", MT_DENSITY4}, - {"cb", MT_DENSITY4 | MT_BSD}, - {"cbn", MT_DENSITY4| MT_BSD | MT_NOREWIND}, - {NULL, 0}, -}; - -int -xktapeattach(dev_info_t *dip, ddi_attach_cmd_t cmd) -{ - int instance; - struct tape_minor_info *mdp; - /* other stuff in attach... */ - instance = ddi_get_instance(dip); - - for (mdp = example_tape; mdp->minor_name != NULL; mdp++) { - ddi_create_minor_node(dip, mdp->minor_name, S_IFCHR, - (MTMINOR(instance) | mdp->minor_mode), DDI_NT_TAPE, 0); - } -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -Installing the \fBxktape\fR driver on a Sun Fire 4800, with the driver -controlling a \fBSCSI\fR tape (target 4 attached to an \fBisp\fR(7D) \fBSCSI -HBA)\fR and performing a reconfiguration-boot creates the following special -files in \fB/devices\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /devices/ssm@0,0/pci@18,700000/pci@1/SUNW,isptwo@4 -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,136 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0: -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,200 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:b -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,204 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:bn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,152 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:c -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,216 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:cb -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,220 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:cbn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,156 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:cn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,144 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:h -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,208 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:hb -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,212 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:hbn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,148 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:hn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,128 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:l -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,192 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:lb -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,196 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:lbn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,132 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:ln -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,136 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:m -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,200 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:mb -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,204 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:mbn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,140 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:mn -crw-rw-rw- 1 root sys 33,140 Aug 29 00:02 xktape@4,0:n -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -\fB/dev/rmt\fR will contain the logical tape devices (symbolic links to tape -devices in \fB/devices\fR). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ls -l /dev/rmt -/dev/rmt/0 -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0: -/dev/rmt/0b -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:b -/dev/rmt/0bn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:bn -/dev/rmt/0c -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:c -/dev/rmt/0cb -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:cb -/dev/rmt/0cbn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:cbn -/dev/rmt/0cn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:cn -/dev/rmt/0h -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:h -/dev/rmt/0hb -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:hb -/dev/rmt/0hbn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:hbn -/dev/rmt/0hn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:hn -/dev/rmt/0l -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:l -/dev/rmt/0lb -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:lb -/dev/rmt/0lbn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:lbn -/dev/rmt/0ln -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:ln -/dev/rmt/0m -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:m -/dev/rmt/0mb -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:mb -/dev/rmt/0mbn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:mbn -/dev/rmt/0mn -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:mn -/dev/rmt/0n -> ../../devices/[....]/xktape@4,0:n -.fi -.in -2 - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/rmt/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -logical tape devices -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/devices/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -tape device nodes -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBdevfsadm\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBisp\fR(7D), -\fBdevfs\fR(7FS), \fBmtio\fR(7I), \fBattach\fR(9E), -\fBddi_create_minor_node\fR(9F) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH BUGS -.sp -.LP -\fBtapes\fR silently ignores malformed minor device names. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7ebd63d845..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" -.\" Modified for Solaris to to add the Solaris stability classification, -.\" and to add a note about source availability. -.\" -.TH TCPD 1M "Sep 15, 2011" -.SH NAME -tcpd \- access control facility for internet services -.SH DESCRIPTION -.PP -The \fItcpd\fR program can be set up to monitor incoming requests for -\fItelnet\fR, \fIfinger\fR, \fIftp\fR, \fIexec\fR, \fIrsh\fR, -\fIrlogin\fR, \fItftp\fR, \fItalk\fR, \fIcomsat\fR and other services -that have a one-to-one mapping onto executable files. -.PP -The program supports both 4.3BSD-style sockets and System V.4-style -TLI. Functionality may be limited when the protocol underneath TLI is -not an internet protocol. -.PP -Operation is as follows: whenever a request for service arrives, the -\fIinetd\fP daemon is tricked into running the \fItcpd\fP program -instead of the desired server. \fItcpd\fP logs the request and does -some additional checks. When all is well, \fItcpd\fP runs the -appropriate server program and goes away. -.PP -Optional features are: pattern-based access control, client username -lookups with the RFC 931 etc. protocol, protection against hosts that -pretend to have someone elses host name, and protection against hosts -that pretend to have someone elses network address. -.SH LIBWRAP INTERFACE -The same monitoring and access control functionality provided by the -tcpd standalone program is also available through the libwrap shared -library interface. Some programs, including the Solaris inetd daemon, -have been modified to use the libwrap interface and thus do not -require replacing the real server programs with tcpd. The libwrap -interface is also more efficient and can be used for inetd internal -services. See -.BR inetd (1M) -for more information. -.SH LOGGING -Connections that are monitored by -.I tcpd -are reported through the \fIsyslog\fR(3) facility. Each record contains -a time stamp, the client host name and the name of the requested -service. The information can be useful to detect unwanted activities, -especially when logfile information from several hosts is merged. -.PP -In order to find out where your logs are going, examine the syslog -configuration file, usually /etc/syslog.conf. -.SH ACCESS CONTROL -Optionally, -.I tcpd -supports a simple form of access control that is based on pattern -matching. The access-control software provides hooks for the execution -of shell commands when a pattern fires. For details, see the -\fIhosts_access\fR(4) manual page. -.SH HOST NAME VERIFICATION -The authentication scheme of some protocols (\fIrlogin, rsh\fR) relies -on host names. Some implementations believe the host name that they get -from any random name server; other implementations are more careful but -use a flawed algorithm. -.PP -.I tcpd -verifies the client host name that is returned by the address->name DNS -server by looking at the host name and address that are returned by the -name->address DNS server. If any discrepancy is detected, -.I tcpd -concludes that it is dealing with a host that pretends to have someone -elses host name. -.PP -If the sources are compiled with -DPARANOID, -.I tcpd -will drop the connection in case of a host name/address mismatch. -Otherwise, the hostname can be matched with the \fIPARANOID\fR wildcard, -after which suitable action can be taken. -.SH HOST ADDRESS SPOOFING -Optionally, -.I tcpd -disables source-routing socket options on every connection that it -deals with. This will take care of most attacks from hosts that pretend -to have an address that belongs to someone elses network. UDP services -do not benefit from this protection. This feature must be turned on -at compile time. -.SH RFC 931 -When RFC 931 etc. lookups are enabled (compile-time option) \fItcpd\fR -will attempt to establish the name of the client user. This will -succeed only if the client host runs an RFC 931-compliant daemon. -Client user name lookups will not work for datagram-oriented -connections, and may cause noticeable delays in the case of connections -from PCs. -.PP -Warning: If the local system runs an RFC 931 server it is important -that it be configured NOT to use TCP Wrappers, or that TCP Wrappers -be configured to avoid RFC 931-based access control for this service. -If you use usernames in the access control files, make sure that you -have a hosts.allow entry that allows the RFC 931 service (often called -"identd" or "auth") without any username restrictions. Failure to heed -this warning can result in two hosts getting in an endless loop of -consulting each other's identd services. -.SH EXAMPLES -.\" Begin Sun update -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See -.BR attributes (5) -for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -= -Interface Stability Committed -.TE -.\" End Sun update diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdchk.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdchk.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2699c95220..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdchk.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" -.\" Modified for Solaris to to add the Solaris stability classification, -.\" and to add a note about source availability. -.\" -.TH TCPDCHK 1M "Sep 15, 2011" -.SH NAME -tcpdchk \- tcp wrapper configuration checker -.SH SYNOPSYS -tcpdchk [-a] [-d] [-i inet_conf] [-v] -.SH DESCRIPTION -.PP -\fItcpdchk\fR examines your tcp wrapper configuration and reports all -potential and real problems it can find. The program examines the -\fItcpd\fR access control files (by default, these are -\fI/etc/hosts.allow\fR and \fI/etc/hosts.deny\fR), and compares the -entries in these files against entries in the \fIinetd\fR -network configuration files. -.PP -\fItcpdchk\fR reports problems such as non-existent pathnames; services -that appear in \fItcpd\fR access control rules, but are not controlled -by \fItcpd\fR; services that should not be wrapped; non-existent host -names or non-internet address forms; occurrences of host aliases -instead of official host names; hosts with a name/address conflict; -inappropriate use of wildcard patterns; inappropriate use of NIS -netgroups or references to non-existent NIS netgroups; references to -non-existent options; invalid arguments to options; and so on. -.PP -Where possible, \fItcpdchk\fR provides a helpful suggestion to fix the -problem. -.SH OPTIONS -.IP -a -Report access control rules that permit access without an explicit -ALLOW keyword. This applies only when the extended access control -language is enabled (build with -DPROCESS_OPTIONS). -.IP -d -Examine \fIhosts.allow\fR and \fIhosts.deny\fR files in the current -directory instead of the default ones. -.IP "-i inet_conf" -Specify this option when \fItcpdchk\fR is unable to find your -\fIinetd.conf\fR network configuration file, or when -you suspect that the program uses the wrong one. -.IP -v -Display the contents of each access control rule. Daemon lists, client -lists, shell commands and options are shown in a pretty-printed format; -this makes it easier for you to spot any discrepancies between what you -want and what the program understands. -.SH FILES -.PP -The default locations of the \fItcpd\fR access control tables are: -.PP -/etc/hosts.allow -.br -/etc/hosts.deny -.SH SEE ALSO -.na -.nf -tcpdmatch(1M), explain what tcpd would do in specific cases. -hosts_access(4), format of the tcpd access control tables. -hosts_options(4), format of the language extensions. -inetd.conf(4), format of the inetd control file. -inetd(1M), how to invoke tcpd from inetd using the libwrap library. -inetadm(1M), managing inetd services in the Service Management Framework. - -.SH AUTHORS -.nf -Wietse Venema (wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl) -Department of Mathematics and Computing Science -Eindhoven University of Technology -Den Dolech 2, P.O. Box 513 -5600 MB Eindhoven, The Netherlands -.fi -.\" @(#) tcpdchk.8 1.3 95/01/08 17:00:30 -.\" Begin Sun update -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See -.BR attributes (5) -for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -= -Interface Stability Committed -.TE -.\" End Sun update diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdmatch.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdmatch.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a2081b3ef5..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tcpdmatch.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.\" -.\" Modified for Solaris to to add the Solaris stability classification, -.\" and to add a note about source availability. -.\" -.TH TCPDMATCH 1M "Sep 15, 2011" -.SH NAME -tcpdmatch \- tcp wrapper oracle -.SH SYNOPSYS -tcpdmatch [-d] [-i inet_conf] daemon client -.sp -tcpdmatch [-d] [-i inet_conf] daemon[@server] [user@]client -.SH DESCRIPTION -.PP -\fItcpdmatch\fR predicts how the tcp wrapper would handle a specific -request for service. Examples are given below. -.PP -The program examines the \fItcpd\fR access control tables (default -\fI/etc/hosts.allow\fR and \fI/etc/hosts.deny\fR) and prints its -conclusion. For maximal accuracy, it extracts additional information -from your \fIinetd\fR network configuration file. -.PP -When \fItcpdmatch\fR finds a match in the access control tables, it -identifies the matched rule. In addition, it displays the optional -shell commands or options in a pretty-printed format; this makes it -easier for you to spot any discrepancies between what you want and what -the program understands. -.SH ARGUMENTS -The following two arguments are always required: -.IP daemon -A daemon process name. Typically, the last component of a daemon -executable pathname. -.IP client -A host name or network address, or one of the `unknown' or `paranoid' -wildcard patterns. -.sp -When a client host name is specified, \fItcpdmatch\fR gives a -prediction for each address listed for that client. -.sp -When a client address is specified, \fItcpdmatch\fR predicts what -\fItcpd\fR would do when client name lookup fails. -.PP -Optional information specified with the \fIdaemon@server\fR form: -.IP server -A host name or network address, or one of the `unknown' or `paranoid' -wildcard patterns. The default server name is `unknown'. -.PP -Optional information specified with the \fIuser@client\fR form: -.IP user -A client user identifier. Typically, a login name or a numeric userid. -The default user name is `unknown'. -.SH OPTIONS -.IP -d -Examine \fIhosts.allow\fR and \fIhosts.deny\fR files in the current -directory instead of the default ones. -.IP "-i inet_conf" -Specify this option when \fItcpdmatch\fR is unable to find your -\fIinetd.conf\fR network configuration file, or when -you suspect that the program uses the wrong one. -.SH EXAMPLES -To predict how \fItcpd\fR would handle a telnet request from the local -system: -.sp -tcpdmatch in.telnetd localhost -.PP -The same request, pretending that hostname lookup failed: -.sp -tcpdmatch in.telnetd 127.0.0.1 -.PP -To predict what tcpd would do when the client name does not match the -client address: -.sp -tcpdmatch in.telnetd paranoid -.PP -On some systems, daemon names have no `in.' prefix, or \fItcpdmatch\fR -may need some help to locate the inetd configuration file. -.SH FILES -.PP -The default locations of the \fItcpd\fR access control tables are: -.PP -/etc/hosts.allow -.br -/etc/hosts.deny -.SH SEE ALSO -.nf -tcpdchk(1M), tcpd configuration checker -hosts_access(4), format of the tcpd access control tables. -hosts_options(4), format of the language extensions. -inetd.conf(4), format of the inetd control file. -inetd(1M), how to invoke tcpd from inetd using the libwrap library. -inetadm(1M), managing inetd services in the Service Management Framework. - -.SH AUTHORS -.nf -Wietse Venema (wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl) -Department of Mathematics and Computing Science -Eindhoven University of Technology -Den Dolech 2, P.O. Box 513 -5600 MB Eindhoven, The Netherlands -.\" @(#) tcpdmatch.8 1.5 96/02/11 17:01:35 -.\" Begin Sun update -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See -.BR attributes (5) -for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -= -Interface Stability Committed -.TE -.\" End Sun update diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/th_define.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/th_define.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 9d47e1a662..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/th_define.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,950 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TH_DEFINE 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -th_define \- create fault injection test harness error specifications -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBth_define\fR [\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR \fB-i\fR \fIinstance\fR| \fB-P\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB-a\fR \fIacc_types\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIreg_number\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIoffset\fR [\fIlength\fR]] - [\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR [\fIfailcount\fR]] [\fB-o\fR \fIoperator\fR [\fIoperand\fR]] - [\fB-f\fR \fIacc_chk\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fImax_wait_period\fR [\fIreport_interval\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBor\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBth_define\fR [\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR \fB-i\fR \fIinstance\fR| \fB-P\fR \fIpath\fR] - [\fB-a\fR log [\fIacc_types\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIreg_number\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fIoffset\fR [\fIlength\fR]]] - [\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR [\fIfailcount\fR]] [\fB-s\fR \fIcollect_time\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIpolicy\fR] - [\fB-x\fR \fIflags\fR] [\fB-C\fR \fIcomment_string\fR] - [\fB-e\fR \fIfixup_script\fR [\fIargs\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBor\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBth_define\fR [\fB-h\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBth_define\fR utility provides an interface to the \fBbus_ops\fR fault -injection \fBbofi\fR device driver for defining error injection specifications -(referred to as errdefs). An errdef corresponds to a specification of how to -corrupt a device driver's accesses to its hardware. The command line arguments -determine the precise nature of the fault to be injected. If the supplied -arguments define a consistent errdef, the \fBth_define\fR process will store -the errdef with the \fBbofi\fR driver and suspend itself until the criteria -given by the errdef become satisfied (in practice, this will occur when the -access counts go to zero). -.sp -.LP -You use the \fBth_manage\fR(1M) command with the \fBstart\fR option to activate -the resulting errdef. The effect of \fBth_manage\fR with the \fBstart\fR option -is that the \fBbofi\fR driver acts upon the errdef by matching the number of -hardware accesses\(emspecified in \fIcount\fR, that are of the type specified -in \fIacc_types\fR, made by instance number \fIinstance\fR\(emof the driver -whose name is \fIname\fR, (or by the driver instance specified by \fIpath\fR) -to the register set (or DMA handle) specified by \fIreg_number\fR, that lie -within the range \fIoffset\fR to \fIoffset\fR +\fI length\fR from the beginning -of the register set or DMA handle. It then applies \fIoperator\fR and -\fIoperand\fR to the next \fIfailcount\fR matching accesses. -.sp -.LP -If \fIacc_types\fR includes \fBlog\fR, \fBth_define\fR runs in automatic test -script generation mode, and a set of test scripts (written in the Korn shell) -is created and placed in a sub-directory of the current directory with the name -\fB\fI\fR\&.test.\fI\fR\fR (for example, \fBglm.test.978177106\fR). -A separate, executable script is generated for each access handle that matches -the logging criteria. The log of accesses is placed at the top of each script -as a record of the session. If the current directory is not writable, file -output is written to standard output. The base name of each test file is the -driver name, and the extension is a number that discriminates between different -access handles. A control script (with the same name as the created test -directory) is generated that will run all the test scripts sequentially. -.sp -.LP -Executing the scripts will install, and then activate, the resulting error -definitions. Error definitions are activated sequentially and the driver -instance under test is taken offline and brought back online before each test -(refer to the \fB-e\fR option for more information). By default, logging -applies to all \fBPIO\fR accesses, all interrupts, and all DMA accesses to and -from areas mapped for both reading and writing. You can constrain logging by -specifying additional \fIacc_types\fR, \fIreg_number\fR, \fIoffset\fR and -\fIlength\fR. Logging will continue for \fIcount\fR matching accesses, with an -optional time limit of \fIcollect_time\fR seconds. -.sp -.LP -Either the \fB-n\fR or \fB-P\fR option must be provided. The other options are -optional. If an option (other than \fB-a\fR) is specified multiple times, only -the final value for the option is used. If an option is not specified, its -associated value is set to an appropriate default, which will provide maximal -error coverage as described below. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are available: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR \fIname\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the name of the driver to test. (String) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI instance\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Test only the specified driver instance (-1 matches all instances of driver). -(Numeric) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR\fI path\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the full device path of the driver to test. (String) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIreg_number\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Test only the given register set or DMA handle (-1 matches all register sets -and DMA handles). (Numeric) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fI acc_types\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Only the specified access types will be matched. Valid values for the -\fIacc_types\fR argument are \fBlog\fR, \fBpio\fR, \fBpio_r\fR, \fBpio_w\fR, -\fBdma\fR, \fBdma_r\fR, \fBdma_w\fR and \fBintr\fR. Multiple access types, -separated by spaces, can be specified. The default is to match all hardware -accesses. -.sp -If \fIacc_types\fR is set to \fBlog\fR, logging will match all \fBPIO\fR -accesses, interrupts and DMA accesses to and from areas mapped for both reading -and writing. \fBlog\fR can be combined with other \fIacc_types\fR, in which -case the matching condition for logging will be restricted to the specified -additional \fIacc_types\fR. Note that \fBdma_r\fR will match only DMA handles -mapped for reading only; \fBdma_w\fR will match only DMA handles mapped for -writing only; \fBdma\fR will match only DMA handles mapped for both reading and -writing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fIoffset \fR\fB[\fR\fIlength\fR\fB]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Constrain the range of qualifying accesses. The \fIoffset\fR and \fIlength\fR -arguments indicate that any access of the type specified with the \fB-a\fR -option, to the register set or DMA handle specified with the \fB-r\fR option, -lie at least \fIoffset\fR bytes into the register set or DMA handle and at most -\fIoffset\fR + \fIlength\fR bytes into it. The default for \fIoffset\fR is 0. -The default for \fIlength\fR is the maximum value that can be placed in an -\fBoffset_t\fR C data type (see \fBtypes.h\fR). Negative values are converted -into unsigned quantities. Thus, \fB\fR\fBth_define\fR\fB \fR\fB-l\fR 0 \fB-1\fR -is maximal. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcount\fR\fB[\fR\fIfailcount\fR\fB]\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Wait for \fIcount\fR number of matching accesses, then apply an operator and -operand (see the \fB-o\fR option) to the next \fIfailcount\fR number of -matching accesses. If the access type (see the \fB-a\fR option) includes -logging, the number of logged accesses is given by \fIcount\fR + -\fIfailcount\fR - 1. The -1 is required because the last access coincides with -the first faulting access. -.sp -Note that access logging may be combined with error injection if -\fIfailcount\fR and \fIoperator\fR are nonzero and if the access type includes -logging and any of the other access types (\fBpio\fR, \fBdma\fR and \fBintr\fR) -See the description of access types in the definition of the \fB-a\fR option, -above. -.sp -When the \fIcount\fR and \fIfailcount\fR fields reach zero, the status of the -errdef is reported to standard output. When all active errdefs created by the -\fBth_define\fR process complete, the process exits. If \fIacc_types\fR -includes \fBlog\fR, \fIcount\fR determines how many accesses to log. If -\fIcount\fR is not specified, a default value is used. If \fIfailcount\fR is -set in this mode, it will simply increase the number of accesses logged by a -further \fIfailcount\fR - 1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fI operator \fR\fB[\fR\fIoperand\fR\fB]\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For qualifying PIO read and write accesses, the value read from or written to -the hardware is corrupted according to the value of \fIoperator\fR: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEQ\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fIoperand\fR is returned to the driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBOR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fIoperand\fR is bitwise ORed with the real value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBAND\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fIoperand\fR is bitwise ANDed with the real value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBXOR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -\fIoperand\fR is bitwise XORed with the real value. -.RE - -For PIO write accesses, the following operator is allowed: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBNO\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Simply ignore the driver's attempt to write to the hardware. -.RE - -Note that a driver performs PIO via the \fBddi_get\fIX\fR()\fR, -\fBddi_put\fIX\fR()\fR, \fBddi_rep_get\fIX\fR()\fR and -\fBddi_rep_put\fIX\fR()\fR routines (where \fIX\fR is 8, 16, 32 or 64). -Accesses made using \fBddi_get\fIX\fR()\fR and \fBddi_put\fIX\fR()\fR are -treated as a single access, whereas an access made using the -\fBddi_rep_*\fR(9F) routines are broken down into their respective number of -accesses, as given by the \fIrepcount\fR parameter to these DDI calls. If the -access is performed via a DMA handle, \fIoperator\fR and \fIvalue\fR are -applied to every access that comprises the DMA request. If interference with -interrupts has been requested then the operator may take any of the following -values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDELAY\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -After \fIcount\fR accesses (see the \fB-c\fR option), delay delivery of the -next \fIfailcount\fR number of interrupts for \fIoperand\fR number of -microseconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLOSE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -After \fIcount\fR number of interrupts, fail to deliver the next -\fIfailcount\fR number of real interrupts to the driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBEXTRA\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -After \fIcount\fR number of interrupts, start delivering \fIoperand\fR number -of extra interrupts for the next \fIfailcount\fR number of real interrupts. -.RE - -The default value for \fIoperand\fR and \fIoperator\fR is to corrupt the data -access by flipping each bit (XOR with -1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIacc_chk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If the \fIacc_chk\fR parameter is set to 1 or \fBpio\fR, then the driver's -calls to \fBddi_check_acc_handle\fR(9F) return \fBDDI_FAILURE\fR when the -access count goes to 1. If the \fIacc_chk\fR parameter is set to 2 or -\fBdma\fR, then the driver's calls to \fBddi_check_dma_handle\fR(9F) return -\fBDDI_FAILURE\fR when the access count goes to 1. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fImax_wait_period\fR\fB [\fR\fIreport_interval\fR\fB]\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Constrain the period for which an error definition will remain active. The -option applies only to non-logging errdefs. If an error definition remains -active for \fImax_wait_period\fR seconds, the test will be aborted. If -\fIreport_interval\fR is set to a nonzero value, the current status of the -error definition is reported to standard output every \fIreport_interval\fR -seconds. The default value is zero. The status of the errdef is reported in -parsable format (eight fields, each separated by a colon (\fB:\fR) character, -the last of which is a string enclosed by double quotes and the remaining seven -fields are integers): -.sp -\fIft\fR:\fImt\fR:\fIac\fR:\fIfc\fR:\fIchk\fR:\fIec\fR:\fIs\fR:\fI"message"\fR -which are defined as follows: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIft\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The UTC time when the fault was injected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fImt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The UTC time when the driver reported the fault. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIac\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The number of remaining non-faulting accesses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfc\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The number of remaining faulting accesses. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIchk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The value of the \fIacc_chk\fR field of the errdef. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIec\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The number of fault reports issued by the driver against this errdef (\fImt\fR -holds the time of the initial report). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -The severity level reported by the driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fI"message"\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Textual reason why the driver has reported a fault. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the command usage string. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIcollect_time\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If \fIacc_types\fR is given with the \fB-a\fR option and includes \fBlog\fR, -the errdef will log accesses for \fIcollect_time\fR seconds (the default is to -log until the log becomes full). Note that, if the errdef specification matches -multiple driver handles, multiple logging errdefs are registered with the -\fBbofi\fR driver and logging terminates when all logs become full or when -\fIcollect_time\fR expires or when the associated errdefs are cleared. The -current state of the log can be checked with the \fBth_manage\fR(1M) command, -using the \fBbroadcast\fR parameter. A log can be terminated by running -\fBth_manage\fR(1M) with the \fBclear_errdefs\fR option or by sending a -\fBSIGALRM\fR signal to the \fBth_define\fR process. See \fBalarm\fR(2) for the -semantics of \fBSIGALRM\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpolicy\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Applicable when the \fIacc_types\fR option includes \fBlog\fR. The parameter -modifies the policy used for converting from logged accesses to errdefs. All -policies are inclusive: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBrare\fR to bias error definitions toward rare accesses (default). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBoperator\fR to produce a separate error definition for each operator -type (default). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBcommon\fR to bias error definitions toward common accesses. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBmedian\fR to bias error definitions toward median accesses. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBmaximal\fR to produce multiple error definitions for duplicate accesses. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBunbiased\fR to create unbiased error definitions. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBonebyte\fR, \fBtwobyte\fR, \fBfourbyte\fR, or \fBeightbyte\fR to select -errdefs corresponding to 1, 2, 4 or 8 byte accesses (if chosen, the -\fB-x\fR\fBr\fR option is enforced in order to ensure that \fBddi_rep_*()\fR -calls are decomposed into \fBmultiple single accesses\fR). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Use \fBmultibyte\fR to create error definitions for multibyte accesses -performed using \fBddi_rep_get*()\fR and \fBddi_rep_put*()\fR. -.RE -Policies can be combined by adding together these options. See the NOTES -section for further information. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR \fIflags\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Applicable when the \fIacc_types\fR option includes \fBlog\fR. The \fIflags\fR -parameter modifies the way in which the \fBbofi\fR driver logs accesses. It is -specified as a string containing any combination of the following letters: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Continuous logging (that is, the log will wrap when full). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Timestamp each log entry (access times are in seconds). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Log repeated I/O as individual accesses (for example, a \fBddi_rep_get16\fR(9F) -call which has a repcount of \fIN\fR is logged \fIN\fR times with each -transaction logged as size 2 bytes. Without this option, the default logging -behavior is to log this access once only, with a transaction size of twice the -\fIrepcount\fR). -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIcomment_string\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Applicable when the \fIacc_types\fR option includes \fBlog\fR. It provides a -comment string to be placed in any generated test scripts. The string must be -enclosed in double quotes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIfixup_script\fR \fB[\fR\fIargs\fR\fB]\fR \fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Applicable when the \fIacc_types\fR option includes \fBlog\fR. The output of a -logging errdefs is to generate a test script for each driver access handle. Use -this option to embed a command in the resulting script before the errors are -injected. The generated test scripts will take an instance offline and bring it -back online before injecting errors in order to bring the instance into a known -fault-free state. The executable \fIfixup_script\fR will be called twice with -the set of optional \fIargs\fR\(em once just before the instance is taken -offline and again after the instance has been brought online. The following -variables are passed into the environment of the called executable: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDRIVER_PATH\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Identifies the device path of the instance. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDRIVER_INSTANCE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Identifies the instance number of the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDRIVER_UNCONFIGURE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Has the value 1 when the instance is about to be taken offline. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBDRIVER_CONFIGURE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Has the value 1 when the instance has just been brought online. -.RE - -Typically, the executable ensures that the device under test is in a suitable -state to be taken offline (unconfigured) or in a suitable state for error -injection (for example configured, error free and servicing a workload). A -minimal script for a network driver could be: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -#!/bin/ksh - -driver=xyznetdriver -ifnum=$driver$DRIVER_INSTANCE - -if [[ $DRIVER_CONFIGURE = 1 ]]; then - ifconfig $ifnum plumb - ifconfig $ifnum ... - ifworkload start $ifnum -elif [[ $DRIVER_UNCONFIGURE = 1 ]]; then - ifworkload stop $ifnum - ifconfig $ifnum down - ifconfig $ifnum unplumb -fi -exit $? -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -The \fB-e\fR option must be the last option on the command line. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If the \fB-a\fR \fBlog\fR option is selected but the \fB-e\fR option is not -given, a default script is used. This script repeatedly attempts to detach and -then re-attach the device instance under test. -.SH EXAMPLES -.SS "Examples of Error Definitions" -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 1 -a log\fR -.sp -.LP -Logs all accesses to all handles used by instance 1 of the \fBfoo\fR driver -while running the default workload (attaching and detaching the instance). Then -generates a set of test scripts to inject appropriate errdefs while running -that default workload. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 1 -a log pio\fR -.sp -.LP -Logs PIO accesses to each PIO handle used by instance 1 of the \fBfoo\fR driver -while running the default workload (attaching and detaching the instance). Then -generates a set of test scripts to inject appropriate errdefs while running -that default workload. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 1 -p onebyte median -e fixup arg -now\fR -.sp -.LP -Logs all accesses to all handles used by instance 1 of the \fBfoo\fR driver -while running the workload defined in the fixup script \fBfixup\fR with -arguments \fBarg\fR and \fB-now\fR. Then generates a set of test scripts to -inject appropriate errdefs while running that workload. The resulting error -definitions are requested to focus upon single byte accesses to locations that -are accessed a \fBmedian\fR number of times with respect to frequency of access -to I/O addresses. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n se -l 0x20 1 -a pio_r -o OR 0x4 -c 10 1000\fR -.sp -.LP -Simulates a stuck serial chip command by forcing 1000 consecutive read accesses -made by any instance of the \fBse\fR driver to its command status register, -thereby returning status busy. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 1 -a pio_r -c 0 1 -f 1 -o OR 0x100\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes 0x100 to be ORed into the next physical I/O read access from any -register in register set 1 of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver. Subsequent -calls in the driver to \fBddi_check_acc_handle()\fR return \fBDDI_FAILURE\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 1 -a pio_r -c 0 1 -o OR 0x0\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes 0x0 to be ORed into the next physical I/O read access from any register -in register set 1 of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver. This is of course a -no-op. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 1 -l 0x8100 1 -a pio_r -c 0 10 -o EQ 0x70003\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes the next ten next physical I/O reads from the register at offset 0x8100 -in register set 1 of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver to return 0x70003. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 1 -l 0x8100 1 -a pio_w -c 100 3 -o AND -0xffffffffffffefff\fR -.sp -.LP -The next 100 physical I/O writes to the register at offset 0x8100 in register -set 1 of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver take place as normal. However, on -each of the three subsequent accesses, the 0x1000 bit will be cleared. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 1 -l 0x8100 0x10 -a pio_r -c 0 1 -f 1 -o XOR 7\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes the bottom three bits to have their values toggled for the next physical -I/O read access to registers with offsets in the range 0x8100 to 0x8110 in -register set 1 of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver. Subsequent calls in the -driver to \fBddi_check_acc_handle()\fR return \fBDDI_FAILURE\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -a pio_w -c 0 1 -o NO 0\fR -.sp -.LP -Prevents the next physical I/O write access to any register in any register set -of instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver from going out on the bus. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -l 0 8192 -a dma_r -c 0 1 -o OR 7\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes 0x7 to be ORed into each \fBlong long\fR in the first 8192 bytes of the -next DMA read, using any DMA handle for instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 2 -l 0 8 -a dma_r -c 0 1 -o OR -0x7070707070707070\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes 0x70 to be ORed into each byte of the first \fBlong long\fR of the next -DMA read, using the DMA handle with sequential allocation number 2 for instance -3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -l 256 256 -a dma_w -c 0 1 -f 2 -o OR 7\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes 0x7 to be ORed into each \fBlong long\fR in the range from offset 256 to -offset 512 of the next DMA write, using any DMA handle for instance 3 of the -\fBfoo\fR driver. Subsequent calls in the driver to -\fBddi_check_dma_handle()\fR return \fBDDI_FAILURE\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -r 0 -l 0 8 -a dma_w -c 100 3 -o AND -0xffffffffffffefff\fR -.sp -.LP -The next 100 DMA writes using the DMA handle with sequential allocation number -0 for instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver take place as normal. However, on each -of the three subsequent accesses, the 0x1000 bit will be cleared in the first -\fBlong long\fR of the transfer. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -a intr -c 0 6 -o LOSE 0\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes the next six interrupts for instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver to be -lost. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -a intr -c 30 1 -o EXTRA 10\fR -.sp -.LP -When the thirty-first subsequent interrupt for instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR -driver occurs, a further ten interrupts are also generated. -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define -n foo -i 3 -a intr -c 0 1 -o DELAY 1024\fR -.sp -.LP -Causes the next interrupt for instance 3 of the \fBfoo\fR driver to be delayed -by 1024 microseconds. -.SH NOTES -.LP -The policy option in the \fBth_define\fR \fB-p\fR syntax determines how a set -of logged accesses will be converted into the set of error definitions. Each -logged access will be matched against the chosen policies to determine whether -an error definition should be created based on the access. -.sp -.LP -Any number of policy options can be combined to modify the generated error -definitions. -.SS "Bytewise Policies" -.LP -These select particular I/O transfer sizes. Specifying a byte policy will -exclude other byte policies that have not been chosen. If none of the byte type -policies is selected, all transfer sizes are treated equally. Otherwise, only -those specified transfer sizes will be selected. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBonebyte\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create errdefs for one byte accesses (\fBddi_get8()\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBtwobyte\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create errdefs for two byte accesses (\fBddi_get16()\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfourbyte\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create errdefs for four byte accesses (\fBddi_get32()\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBeightbyte\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create errdefs for eight byte accesses (\fBddi_get64()\fR) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmultibyte\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create errdefs for repeated byte accesses (\fBddi_rep_get*()\fR) -.RE - -.SS "Frequency of Access Policies" -.LP -The frequency of access to a location is determined according to the access -type, location and transfer size (for example, a two-byte read access to -address A is considered distinct from a four-byte read access to address A). -The algorithm is to count the number of accesses (of a given type and size) to -a given location, and find the locations that were most and least accessed (let -\fImaxa\fR and \fImina\fR be the number of times these locations were accessed, -and \fImean\fR the total number of accesses divided by total number of -locations that were accessed). Then a rare access is a location that was -accessed less than -.sp -.LP -\fI(mean - mina) / 3 + mina\fR -.sp -.LP -times. Similarly for the definition of common accesses: -.sp -.LP -\fImaxa - (maxa - mean) / 3\fR -.sp -.LP -A location whose access patterns lies within these cutoffs is regarded as a -location that is accessed with median frequency. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBrare\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Create errdefs for locations that are rarely accessed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcommon\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Create errdefs for locations that are commonly accessed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmedian\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Create errdefs for locations that are accessed a median frequency. -.RE - -.SS "Policies for Minimizing errdefs" -.LP -If a transaction is duplicated, either a single or multiple errdefs will be -written to the test scripts, depending upon the following two policies: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmaximal\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create multiple errdefs for locations that are repeatedly accessed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBunbiased\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Create a single errdef for locations that are repeatedly accessed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBoperators\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -For each location, a default operator and operand is typically applied. For -maximal test coverage, this default may be modified using the \fBoperators\fR -policy so that a separate errdef is created for each of the possible corruption -operators. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBkill\fR(1), \fBth_manage\fR(1M), \fBalarm\fR(2), -\fBddi_check_acc_handle\fR(9F), \fBddi_check_dma_handle\fR(9F) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/th_manage.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/th_manage.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 06b7dfa024..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/th_manage.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TH_MANAGE 1M "Jan 4, 2001" -.SH NAME -th_manage \- manage the fault injection test harness -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBth_manage\fR \fIname\fR \fIinstance\fR \fIcommand\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBth_manage\fR \fIpath\fR \fIcommand\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBth_manage\fR applies the action specified by \fIcommand\fR to the instance -specified by \fIinstance\fR of the driver specified by \fIname\fR (or the -driver instance specified by \fIpath\fR). The driver instance must be running -fault injection specifications (errdefs) defined by \fBth_define\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -\fBth_manage\fR supports several commands that operate on the driver instance -specified by \fIname\fR and \fIinstance\fR (or \fIpath\fR). The commands are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBbroadcast\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Awaken all \fBth_define\fR processes, causing them to display their current -status and exit if the errdef is now defunct (that is, if \fIcount\fR, -\fIfailcount\fR, and \fIacc_chk \fR are all zero). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear_acc_chk\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Awaken all \fBth_define\fR processes. If \fIcount\fR and \fIfailcount\fR are -already zero, then set \fIacc_chk\fR to zero, so that \fBth_define\fR exits -once it has displayed its status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear_errdefs\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Awaken all \fBth_define\fR \fBprocesses\fR. \fIcount\fR, \fIfailcount\fR and -\fIacc_chk\fR are all set to zero so that all \fBth_define\fR commands exit -once they have displayed their status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear_errors\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Awaken all \fBth_define\fR processes. If \fIcount\fR is already zero, set -\fIfailcount\fR and \fIacc_chk\fR to zero, so that \fBth_define\fR exits once -it has displayed its status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBget_handles\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -List all the access handles. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstart\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Begin or resume execution of all errdefs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstop\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Suspend all errdefs for this \fIname\fR and \fIinstance\fR (or \fIpath).\fR -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUseful Commands -.sp -.LP -To begin the tests, enter: - -.sp -.LP -\fB#\fR \fBth_manage\fR \fBfoo\fR \fB0\fR \fBstart\fR - -.sp -.LP -To check the status of the errdefs, enter: - -.sp -.LP -\fB#\fR \fBth_manage\fR \fBfoo\fR \fB0\fR \fBbroadcast\fR - -.sp -.LP -This causes each \fBth_define\fR process to print out its current status. - -.sp -.LP -If the driver has reported a fatal error, you can take the driver offline using -\fBlibdevice\fR, clear the error condition by entering: - -.sp -.LP -\fB#\fR \fBth_manage\fR \fBfoo\fR \fB0\fR \fBclear_acc_chk\fR - -.sp -.LP -or - -.sp -.LP -\fB#\fR \fBth_manage\fR \fBfoo\fR \fB0\fR \fBclear_errors\fR - -.sp -.LP -and bring the driver online again using \fBlibdevice\fR. - -.sp -.LP -To terminate testing, enter: - -.sp -.LP -\fB#\fR \fBth_manage\fR \fBfoo\fR \fB0\fR \fBclear_errdefs\fR - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBth_define\fR(1M) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tic.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tic.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 7a5960e2ab..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tic.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright 2011 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TIC 1M "Jun 25, 2011" -.SH NAME -tic \- terminfo compiler -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBtic\fR [\fB-v\fR [\fIn\fR]] [\fB-c\fR] \fIfile\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The command \fBtic\fR translates a \fBterminfo\fR file from the source format -into the compiled format. The results are placed in the directory -\fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo\fR. The compiled format is necessary for use with -the library routines in \fBcurses\fR(3CURSES). -.sp -.LP -If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is set, the compiled results are -placed there instead of \fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo\fR. -.sp -.LP -Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. The name field cannot exceed -128 bytes. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Specifies to check only \fBfile\fR for errors. Errors in \fBuse=\fR links are -not detected. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -Specify that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace information -showing \fBtic\fR's progress. The optional integer \fIn\fR is a number from 1 -to 10, indicating the desired level of detail of information. If \fIn\fR is -omitted, the default level is 1. If \fIn\fR is specified and greater than 1, -the level of detail is increased. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfile\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -Contains one or more \fBterminfo\fR terminal descriptions in source format [see -\fBterminfo\fR(4)]. Each description in the file describes the capabilities of -a particular terminal. When a \fBuse\fR\fI=entry-name\fR field is discovered in -a terminal entry currently being compiled, \fBtic\fR reads in the binary from -\fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo\fR to complete the entry. (Entries created from -\fBfile\fR will be used first. If the environment variable -\fB\fR\fBTERM\fR\fBINFO \fR is set, that directory is searched instead of -\fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo\fR.) \fBtic\fR duplicates the capabilities in -\fIentry-name\fR for the current entry, with the exception of those -capabilities that are explicitly defined in the current entry. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/terminfo/?/*\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Compiled terminal description database -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBcaptoinfo\fR(1M), \fBinfocmp\fR(1M), \fBcurses\fR(3CURSES), -\fBterminfo\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -When an entry, for example, \fBentry_name_1\fR, contains a -\fBuse=\fR\fIentry_name_2\fR field, any canceled capabilities in -\fIentry_name_2\fR must also appear in \fBentry_name_1\fR before \fBuse=\fR for -these capabilities to be canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fR. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnchkdb.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tnchkdb.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 65402216ab..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnchkdb.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TNCHKDB 1M "Jul 20, 2007" -.SH NAME -tnchkdb \- check file syntax of trusted network databases -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/tnchkdb\fR [\fB-h\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB-z\fR \fIpath\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBtnchkdb\fR checks the syntax of the \fBtnrhtp\fR, \fBtnrhdb\fR, and -\fBtnzonecfg\fR databases. By default, the \fIpath\fR for each file is: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR -.RE -.sp -.LP -You can specify an alternate path for any or all of the files by specifying -that path on the command line by using the \fB-h\fR (\fBtnrhdb\fR), \fB-t\fR -(\fBtnrhtp\fR) and \fB-z\fR (\fBtnzonecfg\fR) options. The options are useful -when testing a set of modified files before installing the files as new system -databases. -.sp -.LP -All three database files are checked for integrity. \fBtnchkdb\fR returns an -exit status of \fB0\fR if all of the files are syntactically and, to the extent -possible, semantically correct. If one or more files have errors, then an exit -status of \fB1\fR is returned. If there are command line problems, such as an -unreadable file, an exit status of \fB2\fR is returned. Errors are written to -standard error. -.sp -.LP -To avoid cascading errors, when there are errors in \fBtnrhtp\fR, the template -names in \fBtnrhdb\fR are not validated. -.sp -.LP -\fBtnchkdb\fR can be run at any label, but the standard -\fB/etc/security/tsol\fR files are visible only in the global zone. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR [ \fIpath\fR ]\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Check \fIpath\fR for proper \fBtnrhdb\fR syntax. If \fIpath\fR is not -specified, then check \fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR [ \fIpath\fR ]\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Check \fIpath\fR for proper \fBtnrhtp\fR syntax. If \fIpath\fR is not -specified, then check \fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR [ \fIpath\fR ]\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Check \fIpath\fR for proper \fBtnzonecfg\fR syntax. If \fIpath\fR is not -specified, then check \fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSample Error Message -.sp -.LP -The \fBtnchkdb\fR command checks for CIPSO errors. In this example, the -\fBadmin_low\fR template has an incorrect value of \fBADMIN_HIGH\fR for its -default label. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBtnchkdb\fR -checking /etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp ... -tnchkdb: def_label classification 7fff is invalid for cipso labels: -line 14 entry admin_low -tnchkdb: def_label compartments 241-256 must be zero for cipso labels: -line 14 entry admin_low -checking /etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb ... -checking /etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg ... -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host templates -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted zone configuration database -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command line is Committed. The output is Uncommitted. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBtnd\fR(1M), \fBtnctl\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIHow to Check the Syntax of Trusted Network Databases\fR in \fISolaris -Trusted Extensions Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. -.sp -.LP -It is possible to have inconsistent but valid configurations of \fBtnrhtp\fR -and \fBtnrhdb\fR when \fBLDAP\fR is used to supply missing templates. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnctl.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tnctl.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 77817db9ec..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnctl.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TNCTL 1M "May 13, 2017" -.SH NAME -tnctl \- configure Trusted Extensions network parameters -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/tnctl\fR [\fB-dfv\fR] [\fB-h\fR \fIhost\fR [/\fIprefix\fR] [:\fItemplate\fR]] - [\fB-m\fR \fIzone\fR:\fImlp\fR:\fIshared-mlp\fR][\fB-t\fR \fItemplate\fR [:\fIkey=val\fR [;\fIkey=val\fR]]] - [\fB-HTz\fR] \fIfile\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBtnctl\fR provides an interface to manipulate trusted network parameters in -the Solaris kernel. -.sp -.LP -As part of Solaris Trusted Extensions initialization, \fBtnctl\fR is run in the -global zone by an \fBsmf\fR(5) script during system boot. The \fBtnctl\fR -command is not intended to be used during normal system administration. -Instead, if a local trusted networking database file is modified, -the administrator first issues -\fBtnchkdb\fR(1M) to check the syntax, and then refreshes the kernel copy with -this command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvcadm restart svc:/network/tnctl\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBWARNINGS\fR about the risks of changing remote host and template -information on a running system. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete matching entries from the kernel. The default is to add new entries. -.sp -When deleting MLPs, the MLP range must match exactly. MLPs are specified in the -form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fIport\fR[-\fIport\fR]/\fIprotocol\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -Where \fIport\fR can be a number in the range 1 to 65535. or any known service -(see \fBservices\fR(4)), and protocol can be a number in the range 1 to 255, or -any known protocol (see \fBprotocols\fR(4)). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Flush all kernel entries before loading the entries that are specified on the -command line. The flush does not take place unless at least one entry parsed -successfully. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Turn on verbose mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIhost\fR[/\fIprefix\fR][:\fItemplate\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Update the kernel remote-host cache on the local host for the specified -\fIhost\fR or, if a template name is given, change the kernel's cache to use -the specified \fItemplate\fR. If \fIprefix\fR is not specified, then an implied -prefix length is determined according to the rules used for interpreting the -\fBtnrhdb\fR. If \fB-d\fR is specified, then a template name cannot be -specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIzone\fR:\fImlp\fR:\fIshared-mlp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Modify the kernel's multilevel port (MLP) configuration cache for the specified -\fIzone\fR. \fIzone\fR specifies the zone to be updated. \fImlp\fR and -\fIshared-mlp\fR specify the MLPs for the zone-specific and shared IP -addresses. The \fIshared-mlp\fR field is effective in the global zone only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItemplate\fR[\fIkey=val\fR[;\fIkey=val\fR]]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Update the kernel template cache for \fItemplate\fR or, if a list of -\fIkey=val\fR pairs is given, change the kernel's cache to use the specified -entry. If \fB-d\fR is specified, then \fIkey=val\fR pairs cannot be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Load all template entries in \fIfile\fR into the kernel cache. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-H\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Load all remote host entries in \fIfile\fR into the kernel cache. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-z\fR \fIfile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Load just the global zone's MLPs from \fIfile\fR into the kernel cache. To -reload MLPs for a non-global zone, reboot the zone: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBzoneadm -z\fR \fInon-global zone\fR \fBreboot\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Uncommitted -.TE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host templates -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted zone configuration database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration file for the name service switch -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBtninfo\fR(1M), \fBtnd\fR(1M), -\fBtnchkdb\fR(1M), \fBzoneadm\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), -\fBprotocols\fR(4), \fBservices\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIHow to Synchronize Kernel Cache With Network Databases\fR in \fISolaris -Trusted Extensions Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH WARNINGS -.LP -Changing a template while the network is up can change the security view of an -undetermined number of hosts. -.SH NOTES -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. -.sp -.LP -The \fBtnctl\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/tnctl -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The service's status can be queried by using \fBsvcs\fR(1). Administrative -actions on this service, such as refreshing the kernel cache, can be performed -using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), as in: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svcadm restart svc:/network/tnctl -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tnd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2d33b27eb1..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tnd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TND 1M "May 15, 2008" -.SH NAME -tnd \- trusted network daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/tnd\fR [\fB-p\fR \fIpoll-interval\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBtnd\fR (trusted network daemon) initializes the kernel with trusted -network databases and also reloads the databases on demand from an LDAP server -and local files. \fBtnd\fR follows the order specified in the nsswitch.conf -file when loading configuration databases. \fBtnd\fR is started at the -beginning of the boot process. -.sp -.LP -\fBtnd\fR loads two databases into the kernel: the remote host database, -\fBtnrhdb\fR and the remote-host template database, \fBtnrhtp\fR. These -databases and their effect on the trusted network are described in their -respective man pages. When the associated \fBLDAP\fR database or local -databases are changed, \fBtnd\fR also updates the local kernel cache at the -predetermined interval. -.sp -.LP -If a local trusted networking database file is modified, the administrator -should run \fBtnchkdb\fR(1M) to check the syntax, and should also run \fBsvcadm -refresh svc:/network/tnd\fR to initiate an immediate database scan by -\fBtnd\fR. -.sp -.LP -\fBtnd\fR is intended to be started from an \fBsmf\fR(5) script and to run in -the global zone. The following signals cause specific \fBsvcadm\fR actions: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGHUP\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Causes \fBsvcadm refresh svc:/network/tnd\fR to be run. -.sp -Initiates a rescan of the local and LDAP \fBtnrhdb\fR and \fBtnrhtp\fR -databases. \fBtnd\fR updates the kernel database with any changes found. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSIGTERM\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 11n -Causes \fBsvcadm disable svc:/network/tnd\fR to be run. -.sp -Terminates the \fBtnd\fR daemon. No changes are made to the kernel database. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -Running \fBtnd\fR in debug mode is determined by the value of the following -service management facility (SMF) property: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -tnd/debug_level = 0 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -A value of \fB0\fR, as above, prevents debug information from being collected; -\fB1\fR turns on debugging. The default value is \fB0\fR. Debug output is sent -to the \fB/var/tsol/tndlog\fR log file. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIpoll-interval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 20n -Set poll interval to \fIpoll-interval\fR seconds. The default -\fIpoll-interval\fR is 1800 seconds (30 minutes). -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRChanging the Poll Interval -.sp -.LP -The following command changes the polling interval to one hour, and puts this -interval in the SMF repository. At the next boot, the \fBtnd\fR poll interval -will be one hour. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBsvccfg -s network/tnd setprop tnd/poll_interval=3600\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command changes the polling interval, but does not update the -repository. At the next boot, the \fBtnd\fR poll interval remains the default, -30 minutes. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# tnd -p 3600 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host templates -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted zone configuration database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/nsswitch.conf\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Configuration file for the name service switch -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command invocation is Committed. The service is Private. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBtninfo\fR(1M), \fBtnctl\fR(1M), -\fBtnchkdb\fR(1M), \fBnsswitch.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIHow to Synchronize Kernel Cache With Network Databases\fR in \fISolaris -Trusted Extensions Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. -.sp -.LP -The \fBtnd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/network/tnd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The service's status can be queried by using \fBsvcs\fR(1). Administrative -actions on this service, such as requests to restart the daemon, can be -performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), as in: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svcadm restart svc:/network/tnd -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tninfo.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tninfo.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 23e0a10a4a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tninfo.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TNINFO 1M "Jul 20, 2007" -.SH NAME -tninfo \- print kernel-level network information and statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/tninfo\fR [\fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fIzone-name\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItemplate\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBtninfo\fR provides an interface to retrieve and display kernel-level network -information and statistics. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR \fIhostname\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display the security structure for the specified host in the remote-host cache. -The output should reflect what is specified in the \fBtnrhdb\fR database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIzone-name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display the MLP configuration associated with the specified zone. The output -should reflect what is specified in the \fBtnzonecfg\fR database. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItemplate\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n -Display the structure associated with the specified \fItemplate\fR. The output -should reflect what is specified in the \fBtnrhtp\fR database. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRDisplaying Remote Host Structures Cached in the Kernel -.sp -.LP -This example shows the remote host structures cached in the kernel. The output -reflects the definition in the \fBtnrhdb\fR database. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBtninfo -h machine1\fR - IP address= 192.168.8.61 - Template = cipso -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRDisplaying Multilevel Ports for the Global Zone -.sp -.LP -This example shows the kernel-cached MLPs for the global zone. The output -reflects the definition in the \fBtnzonecfg\fR database, plus any dynamically -allocated MLPs. \fBprivate\fR indicates zone-specific MLPs. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBtninfo -m global\fR -private:23/tcp;111/tcp;111/udp;515/tcp;2049/tcp;6000-6003/tcp; - 32812/tcp;36698/ip;38634/tcp;64365/ip -shared: 6000-6003/tcp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRDisplaying the \fBcipso\fR Template Definition -.sp -.LP -This example shows the kernel-cached \fBcipso\fR template definition. The -output reflects the definition in the \fBtnrhtp\fR database. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBtninfo -t cipso\fR -===================================== - Remote Host Template Table Entries: - __________________________ - template: cipso - host_type: CIPSO - doi: 1 - min_sl: ADMIN_LOW - hex: ADMIN_LOW - max_sl: ADMIN_HIGH - hex: ADMIN_HIGH -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhdb\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host database -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnrhtp\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted network remote-host templates -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/security/tsol/tnzonecfg\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Trusted zone configuration database -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -The command line is Committed. The output is Uncommitted. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBtnd\fR(1M), \fBtnctl\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fIHow to Synchronize Kernel Cache With Network Databases\fR in \fISolaris -Trusted Extensions Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tpmadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tpmadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index f1c99db6ff..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tpmadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TPMADM 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -tpmadm \- administer Trusted Platform Module -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm status\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm init\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm clear\fR [\fBowner\fR | \fBlock\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm auth\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm keyinfo\fR [\fIuuid\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBtpmadm deletekey\fR \fIuuid\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -A Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a hardware component that provides for -protected key storage and reliable measurements of software used to boot the -operating system. The \fBtpmadm\fR utility is used to initialize and administer -the TPM so that it can be used by the operating system and other programs. -.sp -.LP -The TPM subsystem can store and manage an unlimited number of keys for use by -the operating system and by users. Each key is identified by a Universally -Unique Identifier, or UUID. -.sp -.LP -Although the TPM can hold only a limited number of keys at any given time, the -supporting software automatically loads and unloads keys as needed. When a key -is stored outside the TPM, it is always encrypted or "wrapped" by its parent -key so that the key is never exposed in readable form outside the TPM. -.sp -.LP -Before the TPM can be used, it must be initialized by the platform owner. This -process involves setting an owner password which is used to authorize -privileged operations. -.sp -.LP -Although the TPM owner is similar to a traditional superuser, there are two -important differences. First, process privilege is irrelevant for access to TPM -functions. All privileged operations require knowledge of the owner password, -regardless of the privilege level of the calling process. Second, the TPM owner -is not able to override access controls for data protected by TPM keys. The -owner can effectively destroy data by re-initializing the TPM, but he cannot -access data that has been encrypted using TPM keys owned by other users. -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.LP -The following subcommands are used in the form: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# tpmadm \fI\fR \fI[operand]\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBstatus\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report status information about the TPM. Output includes basic information -about whether ownership of the TPM has been established, current PCR contents, -and the usage of TPM resources such as communication sessions and loaded keys. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBinit\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Initialize the TPM for use. This involves taking ownership of the TPM by -setting the owner authorization password. Taking ownership of the TPM creates a -new storage root key, which is the ancestor of all keys created by this TPM. -Once this command is issued, the TPM must be reset using BIOS operations before -it can be re-initialized. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBauth\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the owner authorization password for the TPM. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear\fR \fBlock\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Clear the count of failed authentication attempts. After a number of failed -authentication attempts, the TPM responds more slowly to subsequent attempts, -in an effort to thwart attempts to find the owner password by exhaustive -search. This command, which requires the correct owner password, resets the -count of failed attempts. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBclear\fR \fBowner\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Deactivate the TPM and return it to an unowned state. This operation, which -requires the current TPM owner password, invalidates all keys and data tied to -the TPM. Before the TPM can be used again, the system must be restarted, the -TPM must be reactivated from the BIOS or ILOM pre-boot environment, and the -TPM must be re-initialized using the \fBtpmadm init\fR command. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkeyinfo\fR [\fIuuid\fR]\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Report information about keys stored in the TPM subsystem. Without additional -arguments, this subcommand produces a brief listing of all keys. If the UUID of -an individual key is specified, detailed information about that key is -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdeletekey\fR \fIuuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete the key with the specified UUID from the TPM subsystem's persistent -storage. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -After completing the requested operation, \fBtpmadm\fR exits with one of the -following status values. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful termination. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Failure. The requested operation could not be completed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Usage error. The \fBtpmadm\fR command was invoked with invalid arguments. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -TCG Software Stack (TSS) Specifications: -\fBhttps://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/specs/TSS\fR (as of the date of -publication) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/traceroute.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/traceroute.1m deleted file mode 100644 index abc2dfbf65..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/traceroute.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,669 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (C) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TRACEROUTE 1M "June 13, 2021" -.SH NAME -traceroute \- print the route packets take to network host -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBtraceroute\fR [\fB-adFIlnSvx\fR] [\fB-A\fR \fIaddr_family\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fItraffic_class\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIfirst_hop\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgateway\fR [\fB-g\fR \fIgateway\fR...] | \fB-r\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIiface\fR] [\fB-L\fR \fIflow_label\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImax_hop\fR] - [\fB-P\fR \fIpause_sec\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIport\fR] [\fB-Q\fR \fImax_timeout\fR] - [\fB-q\fR \fInqueries\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsrc_addr\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItos\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwait_time\fR] host - [\fIpacketlen\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The Internet is a large and complex aggregation of network hardware, connected -by gateways. Tracking the route a packet follows can be difficult. The utility -\fBtraceroute\fR traces the route that an \fBIP\fR packet follows to another -internet host. -.sp -.LP -The \fBtraceroute\fR utility utilizes the both the IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Use -the \fB-A\fR option to override the default behavior. \fBtraceroute\fR uses the -IPv4 protocol \fIttl\fR (time to live) field or the IPv6 field \fIhop limit\fR. -It attempts to elicit an \fBICMP\fR or \fBICMP6\fR \fBTIME_EXCEEDED\fR response -from each \fIgateway\fR along the path, and a \fBPORT_UNREACHABLE\fR(or -\fBECHO_REPLY\fR if \fB-I\fR is used) response from the destination host. It -starts by sending probes with a \fIttl\fR or \fIhop limit\fR of \fB1\fR and -increases by \fB1\fR until it either gets to the host, or it hits the maximum -\fImax_hop\fR. The default maximum \fImax_hop\fR is 30 hops, but this can be -set by the \fB-m\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Three probes are sent at each \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR) setting, and a line -is printed showing the \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR), the hostname and the -address of the gateway, and the \fIrtt\fR (round trip time) of each probe. The -number of probes may be specifically set using the \fB-q\fR option. If the -probe answers come from different gateways, the hostname and the address of -each responding system will be printed. If there is no response within a 5 -second timeout interval, an asterisk (\fB*\fR) is displayed for that probe. The -\fB-w\fR option may be used to set the timeout interval. Other possible -annotations that may appear after the time are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -the \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR) value in the received packet is \fB<= 1\fR\&. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!H\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -host unreachable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!X\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -communication administratively prohibited. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) unreachable code N. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following annotations appear only for IPv4: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!F\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -fragmentation needed. This should never occur. If this is seen, the associated -gateway is broken. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!N\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -network unreachable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!P\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -protocol unreachable. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!S\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -source route failed. It is likely that the gateway does not support source -routing. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!T\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -unreachable for the specified tos (type-of-service). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!U\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -source host isolated or precedence problem. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The following annotations appear only for IPv6: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!A\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -host unreachable for a reason other than lack of an entry in the routing table. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!B\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -packet too big. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!E\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -destination is not a neighbor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB!R\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -unrecognized next header. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If almost all the probes result in some kind of unreachable code, then -\fBtraceroute\fR gives up and exits. -.sp -.LP -The destination \fIhost\fR is not supposed to process the \fBUDP\fR probe -packets, so the destination \fIport\fR default is set to an unlikely value. -However, if some application on the destination is using that value, the value -of \fIport\fR can be changed with the \fB-p\fR option. -.sp -.LP -The only mandatory parameter is the destination \fIhost\fR name or \fBIP\fR -number. The default probe datagram length is 40 bytes (60 bytes for IPv6), but -this may be increased by specifying a packet length (in bytes) after the -destination \fIhost\fR name. -.sp -.LP -All integer arguments to \fBtraceroute\fR can be specified in either decimal or -hexadecimal notation. For example, \fIpacketlen\fR can be specified either as -\fB256\fR or \fB0x100\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR\ \fIaddr_family\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the address family of the target host. \fIaddr_family\fR can be either -\fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR. Address family determines which protocol to use. For -an argument of \fBinet\fR, IPv4 is used. For \fBinet6\fR, IPv6 is used. -.sp -By default, if the name of a host is provided, not the literal \fBIP\fR -address, and a valid IPv6 address exists in the name service database, -\fBtraceroute\fR will use this address. Otherwise, if the name service database -contains an IPv4 address, it will try the IPv4 address. -.sp -Specify the address family \fBinet\fR or \fBinet6\fR to override the default -behavior. If the argument specified is \fBinet\fR, \fBtraceroute\fR will use -the IPv4 address associated with the hostname. If none exists, \fBtraceroute\fR -will state that the host is unknown and exit. It will not try to determine if -an IPv6 address exists in the name service database. -.sp -If the specified argument is \fBinet6\fR, \fBtraceroute\fR will use the IPv6 -address that is associated with the hostname. If none exists, \fBtraceroute\fR -will state that the host is unknown and exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Probe all of the addresses of a multi-homed destination. The output looks like -\fBtraceroute\fR has been run once for each \fBIP\fR address of the -destination. If this option is used together with \fB-A\fR, \fBtraceroute\fR -probes only the addresses that are of the specified address family. While -probing one of the addresses of the destination, user can skip to the next -address by sending a \fBSIGINT\fR, or exit \fBtraceroute\fR by sending a -\fBSIGQUIT\fR signal. See \fBsignal\fR(3C) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\ \fItraffic_class\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the traffic class of probe packets. The value must be an integer in the -range from 0 to 255. Gateways along the path may route the probe packet -differently depending upon the value of \fItraffic_class\fR set in the probe -packet. This option is valid only on IPv6. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the \fBSO_DEBUG\fR socket option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the "don't fragment" bit. This option is valid only on IPv4. When specified -from within a shared-IP zone, this option has no effect as the "don't fragment" -bit is always set in this case. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIfirst_hop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the starting \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR) value to \fIfirst_hop\fR, to -override the default value \fB1\fR. \fBtraceroute\fR skips processing for those -intermediate gateways which are less than \fIfirst_hop\fR hops away. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgateway\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a loose source route \fIgateway\fR. The user can specify more than one -\fIgateway\fR by using \fB-g\fR for each gateway. The maximum number of -gateways is 8 for IPv4 and 127 for IPv6. Note that some factors such as the -link \fBMTU\fR can further limit the number of gateways for IPv6. This option -cannot be used with the \fB-r\fR option. -.sp -Only users with the \fB{PRIV_NET_RAWACCESS}\fR privilege can specify a loose -source route with this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) \fBECHO\fR instead of \fBUDP\fR datagrams. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fIiface\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -For IPv4, this option specifies a network interface to obtain the source -\fBIP\fR address. This is normally only useful on a multi-homed host. The -\fB-s\fR option is also another way to do this. For IPv6, it specifies the -network interface on which probe packets are transmitted. The argument can be -either an interface index, for example, \fB1\fR, \fB2\fR, or an interface name, -for example, \fBeri0\fR, \fBhme0\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-L\fR\ \fIflow_label\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the flow label of probe packets. The value must be an integer in the -range from 0 to 1048575. This option is valid only on IPv6. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print the value of the \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR) field in each packet -received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fImax_hop\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the maximum \fIttl\fR (\fIhop limit\fR) used in outgoing probe packets. The -default is 30 hops, which is the same default used for \fBTCP \fR connections. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Print hop addresses numerically rather than symbolically and numerically. This -saves a nameserver address-to-name lookup for each gateway found on the path. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIpause_sec\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a delay, in seconds, to pause between probe packets. This may be -necessary if the final destination does not accept undeliverable packets in -bursts. By default, \fBtraceroute\fR sends the next probe as soon as it has -received a reply. Note that \fIpause_sec\fR is a real number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIport\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the base \fBUDP\fR \fIport\fR number used in probes.The default is 33434. -\fBtraceroute\fR hopes that nothing is listening on \fBUDP\fR \fIports\fR -\fB(base+(nhops-1)*nqueries)\fR to \fB(base+(nhops*nqueries)-1)\fR at the -destination host, so that an \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) \fBPORT_UNREACHABLE\fR -message will be returned to terminate the route tracing. If something is -listening on a \fIport\fR in the default range, this option can be used to -select an unused \fIport\fR range. \fBnhops\fR is defined as the number of hops -between the source and the destination. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-Q\fR \fImax_timeout\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Stop probing this hop after \fImax_timeout\fR consecutive timeouts are -detected. The default value is 5. Useful in combination with the \fB-q\fR -option if you have specified a large \fInqueries\fR probe count. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR \fInqueries\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the desired number of probe queries. The default is 3. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Bypass the normal routing tables and send directly to a host on an attached -network. If the host is not on a directly-attached network, an error is -returned. This option can be used to send probes to a local host through an -interface that has been dropped by the router daemon. See \fBin.routed\fR(1M). -You cannot use this option if the \fB-g\fR option is used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display a summary of how many probes were not answered for each hop. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIsrc_addr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use the following address, which usually is given as a literal \fBIP\fR -address, not a hostname, as the source address in outgoing probe packets. On -multi-homed hosts, those with more than one \fBIP\fR address, this option can -be used to force the source address to be something other than the \fBIP\fR -address \fBtraceroute\fR picks by default. If the \fBIP\fR address is not one -of this machine's interface addresses, an error is returned and nothing is -sent. For IPv4, when used together with the \fB-i\fR option, the given \fBIP\fR -address should be configured on the specified interface. Otherwise, an error -will be returned. In the case of IPv6, the interface name and the source -address do not have to match. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR \fItos\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the \fItos\fR(type-of-service) in probe packets to the specified value. The -default is zero. The value must be an integer in the range from 0 to 255. -Gateways along the path may route the probe packet differently depending upon -the \fItos\fR value set in the probe packet. This option is valid only on IPv4. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose output. For each hop, the size and the destination of the response -packets is displayed. Also \fBICMP\fR (\fBICMP6\fR) packets received other than -\fBTIME_EXCEEDED\fR and \fBUNREACHABLE\fR are listed as well. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-w\fR \fIwaittime\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Set the time, in seconds, to wait for a response to a probe. The default is 5 -seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Prevent \fBtraceroute\fR from calculating checksums. Checksums are usually -required for the last hop when using \fBICMP\fR \fBECHO\fR probes. This option -is valid only on IPv4. See the \fB-I\fR option. -.sp -When specified from within a shared-IP zone, this option has no effect as the -checksum is always calculated by the operating system in this case. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIhost\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The network host. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRSample Output From the \fBtraceroute\fR Utility -.sp -.LP -Some sample output from the \fBtraceroute\fR utility might be: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -istanbul% \fBtraceroute london\fR -traceroute: Warning: london has multiple addresses; \e - using 4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed -traceroute: Warning: Multiple interfaces found; \e - using 4::56:a00:20ff:fe93:8dde @ eri0:2 -traceroute to london (4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed), 30 hops max, \e - 60 byte packets -1 frbldg7c-86 (4::56:a00:20ff:fe1f:65a1) 1.786 ms 1.544 ms 1.719 ms -2 frbldg7b-77 (4::255:0:0:c0a8:517) 2.587 ms 3.001 ms 2.988 ms -3 london (4::114:a00:20ff:ab3d:83ed) 3.122 ms 2.744 ms 3.356 ms -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The target host, london, has both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the name service -database. According to the default behavior, \fBtraceroute\fR uses IPv6 address -of the destination host. - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing the \fBtraceroute\fR Utility For a Host Which has Only -IPv4 Addresses -.sp -.LP -In the following examples, \fBtraceroute\fR is tracking the route to host -sanfrancisco, which has only IPv4 addresses in the name service database. -Therefore traceroute uses only IPv4 addresses. The following shows the 7-hop -path that a packet would follow from the host istanbul to the host -sanfrancisco. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -istanbul% \fBtraceroute sanfrancisco\fR -traceroute: Warning: Multiple interfaces found; using 172.31.86.247 @eri0 -traceroute to sanfrancisco (172.29.64.39), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets -1 frbldg7c-86 (172.31.86.1) 1.516 ms 1.283 ms 1.362 ms -2 bldg1a-001 (172.31.1.211) 2.277 ms 1.773 ms 2.186 ms -3 bldg4-bldg1 (172.30.4.42) 1.978 ms 1.986 ms 13.996 ms -4 bldg6-bldg4 (172.30.4.49) 2.655 ms 3.042 ms 2.344 ms -5 ferbldg11a-001 (172.29.1.236) 2.636 ms 3.432 ms 3.830 ms -6 frbldg12b-153 (172.29.153.72) 3.452 ms 3.146 ms 2.962 ms -7 sanfrancisco (172.29.64.39) 3.430 ms 3.312 ms 3.451 ms -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing the \fBtraceroute\fR Utility With Source Routing -.sp -.LP -The following example shows the path of a packet that goes from istanbul to -sanfrancisco through the hosts cairo and paris, as specified by the \fB-g\fR -option. The \fB-I\fR option makes \fBtraceroute\fR send \fBICMP\fR \fBECHO\fR -probes to the host sanfrancisco. The \fB-i\fR options sets the source address -to the \fBIP\fR address configured on the interface \fBqe0\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -istanbul% \fBtraceroute -g cairo -g paris -i qe0 -q 1 -I sanfrancisco\fR -traceroute to sanfrancisco (172.29.64.39), 30 hops max, 56 byte packets -1 frbldg7c-86 (172.31.86.1) 2.012 ms -2 flrbldg7u (172.31.17.131) 4.960 ms -3 cairo (192.168.163.175) 4.894 ms -4 flrbldg7u (172.31.17.131) 3.475 ms -5 frbldg7c-017 (172.31.17.83) 4.126 ms -6 paris (172.31.86.31) 4.086 ms -7 frbldg7b-82 (172.31.82.1) 6.454 ms -8 bldg1a-001 (172.31.1.211) 6.541 ms -9 bldg6-bldg4 (172.30.4.49) 6.518 ms -10 ferbldg11a-001 (172.29.1.236) 9.108 ms -11 frbldg12b-153 (172.29.153.72) 9.634 ms -12 sanfrancisco (172.29.64.39) 14.631 ms - - -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful operation. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBnetstat\fR(1M), \fBsignal\fR(3C), \fBping\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), -\fBprivileges\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.SH WARNINGS -This utility is intended for use in network testing, measurement and -management. It should be used primarily for manual fault isolation. Because of -the load it could impose on the network, it is unwise to use -\fBtraceroute\fR(1M) during normal operations or from automated scripts. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/trapstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/trapstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5ad30a6ba9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/trapstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,651 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TRAPSTAT 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -trapstat \- report trap statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/trapstat\fR [\fB-t\fR | \fB-T\fR | \fB-e\fR \fIentry\fR] - [\fB-C\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR | \fB-c\fR \fIcpulist\fR] [\fB-P\fR] [\fB-a\fR] - [\fB-r\fR \fIrate\fR] [ [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] | \fIcommand\fR | [\fIargs\fR]] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/trapstat\fR \fB-l\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBtrapstat\fR utility gathers and displays run-time trap statistics on -UltraSPARC-based systems. The default output is a table of trap types and -\fBCPU\fR \fBID\fRs, with each row of the table denoting a trap type and each -column of the table denoting a \fBCPU\fR. If standard output is a terminal, the -table contains as many columns of data as can fit within the terminal width; if -standard output is not a terminal, the table contains at most six columns of -data. By default, data is gathered and displayed for all \fBCPU\fRs; if the -data cannot fit in a single table, it is printed across multiple tables. The -set of \fBCPU\fRs for which data is gathered and displayed can be optionally -specified with the \fB-c\fR or \fB-C\fR option. -.sp -.LP -Unless the \fB-r\fR option or the \fB-a\fR option is specified, the value -displayed in each entry of the table corresponds to the number of traps per -second. If the \fB-r\fR option is specified, the value corresponds to the -number of traps over the interval implied by the specified sampling rate; if -the \fB-a\fR option is specified, the value corresponds to the accumulated -number of traps since the invocation of \fBtrapstat\fR. -.sp -.LP -By default, \fBtrapstat\fR displays data once per second, and runs -indefinitely; both of these behaviors can be optionally controlled with the -\fIinterval\fR and \fIcount\fR parameters, respectively. The \fIinterval\fR is -specified in seconds; the \fIcount\fR indicates the number of intervals to be -executed before exiting. Alternatively, \fBcommand\fR can be specified, in -which case \fBtrapstat\fR executes the provided command and continues to run -until the command exits. A positive integer is assumed to be an \fIinterval\fR; -if the desired \fB\fIcommand\fR\fR cannot be distinguished from an integer, the -full path of \fIcommand\fR must be specified. -.sp -.LP -UltraSPARC I (obsolete), II, and III handle translation lookaside buffer (TLB) -misses by trapping to the operating system. TLB miss traps can be a significant -component of overall system performance for some workloads; the \fB-t\fR option -provides in-depth information on these traps. When run with this option, -\fBtrapstat\fR displays both the rate of TLB miss traps \fI\fR and the -percentage of time spent processing those traps. Additionally, TLB misses that -hit in the translation storage buffer (TSB) are differentiated from TLB misses -that further miss in the TSB. (The TSB is a software structure used as a -translation entry cache to allow the TLB to be quickly filled; it is discussed -in detail in the \fIUltraSPARC II User's Manual\fR.) The TLB and TSB miss -information is further broken down into user- and kernel-mode misses. -.sp -.LP -Workloads with working sets that exceed the TLB reach may spend a significant -amount of time missing in the TLB. To accommodate such workloads, the operating -system supports multiple page sizes: larger page sizes increase the effective -TLB reach and thereby reduce the number of TLB misses. To provide insight into -the relationship between page size and TLB miss rate, \fBtrapstat\fR optionally -provides in-depth TLB miss information broken down by page size using the -\fB-T\fR option. The information provided by the \fB-T\fR option is a superset -of that provided by the \fB-t\fR option; only one of \fB-t\fR and \fB-T\fR can -be specified. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Displays the number of traps as accumulating, monotonically increasing values -instead of per-second or per-interval rates. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcpulist\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Enables \fBtrapstat\fR only on the \fBCPU\fRs specified by \fIcpulist\fR. -.sp -\fIcpulist\fR can be a single processor \fBID\fR (for example, \fB4\fR), a -range of processor\fB ID\fRs (for example, \fB4-6\fR), or a comma separated -list of processor\fB ID\fRs or processor \fBID\fR ranges (for example, -\fB4,5,6\fR or \fB4,6-8\fR). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR \fIprocessor_set_id\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Enables \fBtrapstat\fR only on the \fBCPU\fRs in the processor set specified by -\fIprocessor_set_id\fR. -.sp -\fBtrapstat\fR modifies its output to always reflect the \fBCPU\fRs in the -specified processor set. If a \fBCPU\fR is added to the set, \fBtrapstat\fR -modifies its output to include the added \fBCPU\fR; if a \fBCPU\fR is removed -from the set, \fBtrapstat\fR modifies its output to exclude the removed CPU. At -most one processor set can be specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIentrylist\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Enables \fBtrapstat\fR only for the trap table entry or entries specified by -\fIentrylist\fR. A trap table entry can be specified by trap number or by trap -name (for example, the level-10 trap can be specified as \fB74\fR, \fB0x4A\fR, -\fB0x4a\fR, or \fBlevel-10\fR). -.sp -\fIentrylist\fR can be a single trap table entry or a comma separated list of -trap table entries. If the specified trap table entry is not valid, -\fBtrapstat\fR prints a table of all valid trap table entries and values. A -list of valid trap table entries is also found in \fIThe SPARC Architecture -Manual, Version 9\fR and the \fISun Microelectronics UltraSPARC II User's -Manual.\fR If the parsable option (\fB-P\fR) is specified in addition to the -\fB-e\fR option, the format of the data is as follows: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Field Contents -1 Timestamp (nanoseconds since start) -2 CPU ID -3 Trap number (in hexadecimal) -4 Trap name -5 Trap rate per interval -.TE - -Each field is separated with whitespace. If the format is modified, it will be -modified by adding potentially new fields beginning with field 6; exant fields -will remain unchanged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Lists trap table entries. By default, a table is displayed containing all valid -trap numbers, their names and a brief description. The trap name is used in -both the default output and in the \fIentrylist\fR parameter for the \fB-e\fR -argument. If the parsable option (\fB-P\fR) is specified in addition to the -\fB-l\fR option, the format of the data is as follows: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Field Contents -1 Trap number in hexadecimal -2 Trap number in decimal -3 Trap name -Remaining Trap description -.TE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Generates parsable output. When run without other data gathering modifying -options (that is, \fB-e\fR, \fB-t\fR or \fB-T\fR), \fBtrapstat\fR's the -parsable output has the following format: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Field Contents -1 Timestamp (nanoseconds since start) -2 CPU ID -3 Trap number (in hexadecimal) -4 Trap name -5 Trap rate per interval -.TE - -Each field is separated with whitespace. If the format is modified, it will be -modified by adding potentially new fields beginning with field 6; extant fields -will remain unchanged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR \fIrate\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Explicitly sets the sampling rate to be \fIrate\fR samples per second. If this -option is specified, \fBtrapstat\fR's output changes from a traps-per-second to -traps-per-sampling-interval. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Enables TLB statistics. -.sp -A table is displayed with four principal columns of data: \fIitlb-miss\fR, -\fIitsb-miss\fR, \fIdtlb-miss\fR, and \fIdtsb-miss\fR. The columns contain both -the rate of the corresponding event and the percentage of \fBCPU\fR time spent -processing the event. The percentage of \fBCPU\fR time is given only in terms -of a single \fBCPU\fR. The rows of the table correspond to \fBCPU\fRs, with -each \fBCPU\fR consuming two rows: one row for user-mode events (denoted with -\fBu\fR) and one row for kernel-mode events (denoted with \fBk\fR). For each -row, the percentage of \fBCPU\fR time is totalled and displayed in the -rightmost column. The \fBCPU\fRs are delineated with a solid line. If the -parsable option (\fB-P\fR) is specified in addition to the \fB-t\fR option, the -format of the data is as follows: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Field Contents -1 Timestamp (nanoseconds since start) -2 CPU ID -3 Mode (\fBk\fR denotes kernel, \fBu\fR denotes user) -4 I-TLB misses -5 Percentage of time in I-TLB miss handler -6 I-TSB misses -7 Percentage of time in I-TSB miss handler -8 D-TLB misses -9 Percentage of time in D-TLB miss handler -10 D-TSB misses -11 Percentage of time in D-TSB miss handler -.TE - -Each field is separated with whitespace. If the format is modified, it will be -modified by adding potentially new fields beginning with field 12; extant -fields will remain unchanged. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 24n -Enables \fBTLB\fR statistics, with page size information. As with the \fB-t\fR -option, a table is displayed with four principal columns of data: -\fIitlb-miss\fR, \fIitsb-miss\fR, \fIdtlb-miss\fR, and \fIdtsb-miss\fR. The -columns contain both the absolute number of the corresponding event, and the -percentage of \fBCPU\fR time spent processing the event. The percentage of -\fBCPU\fR time is given only in terms of a single \fBCPU\fR. The rows of the -table correspond to \fBCPU\fRs, with each \fBCPU\fR consuming two sets of rows: -one set for user-level events (denoted with \fBu\fR) and one set for -kernel-level events (denoted with \fBk\fR). Each set, in turn, contains as many -rows as there are page sizes supported (see \fBgetpagesizes\fR(3C)). For each -row, the percentage of \fBCPU\fR time is totalled and displayed in the -right-most column. The two sets are delineated with a dashed line; CPUs are -delineated with a solid line. If the parsable option (\fB-P\fR) is specified in -addition to the \fB-T\fR option, the format of the data is as follows: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Field Contents -1 Timestamp (nanoseconds since start) -2 CPU ID -3 Mode \fBk\fR denotes kernel, \fBu\fR denotes user) -4 Page size, in decimal -5 I-TLB misses -6 Percentage of time in I-TLB miss handler -7 I-TSB misses -8 Percentage of time in I-TSB miss handler -9 D-TLB misses -10 Percentage of time in D-TLB miss handler -11 D-TSB misses -12 Percentage of time in D-TSB miss handler -.TE - -Each field is separated with whitespace. If the format is modified, it will be -modified by adding potentially new fields beginning with field 13; extant -fields will remain unchanged. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBtrapstat\fR Without Options -.sp -.LP -When run without options, \fBtrapstat\fR displays a table of trap types and -CPUs. At most six columns can fit in the default terminal width; if (as in this -example) there are more than six CPUs, multiple tables are displayed: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat\fR -vct name | cpu0 cpu1 cpu4 cpu5 cpu8 cpu9 -------------------------+------------------------------------------------------ - 24 cleanwin | 6446 4837 6368 2153 2623 1321 - 41 level-1 | 100 0 0 0 1 0 - 44 level-4 | 0 1 1 1 0 0 - 45 level-5 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 47 level-7 | 0 0 0 0 9 0 - 49 level-9 | 100 100 100 100 100 100 - 4a level-10 | 100 0 0 0 0 0 - 4d level-13 | 6 10 7 16 13 11 - 4e level-14 | 100 0 0 0 1 0 - 60 int-vec | 2607 2740 2642 2922 2920 3033 - 64 itlb-miss | 3129 2475 3167 1037 1200 569 - 68 dtlb-miss | 121061 86162 109838 37386 45639 20269 - 6c dtlb-prot | 997 847 1061 379 406 184 - 84 spill-user-32 | 2809 2133 2739 200806 332776 454504 - 88 spill-user-64 | 45819 207856 93487 228529 68373 77590 - 8c spill-user-32-cln | 784 561 767 274 353 215 - 90 spill-user-64-cln | 9 37 17 39 12 13 - 98 spill-kern-64 | 62913 50145 63869 21916 28431 11738 - a4 spill-asuser-32 | 1327 947 1288 460 572 335 - a8 spill-asuser-64 | 26 48 18 54 10 14 - ac spill-asuser-32-cln | 4580 3599 4555 1538 1978 857 - b0 spill-asuser-64-cln | 26 0 0 2 0 0 - c4 fill-user-32 | 2862 2161 2798 191746 318115 435850 - c8 fill-user-64 | 45813 197781 89179 217668 63905 74281 - cc fill-user-32-cln | 3802 2833 3733 10153 16419 19475 - d0 fill-user-64-cln | 329 10105 4873 10603 4235 3649 - d8 fill-kern-64 | 62519 49943 63611 21824 28328 11693 -108 syscall-32 | 2285 1634 2278 737 957 383 -126 self-xcall | 100 0 0 0 0 0 - -vct name | cpu12 cpu13 cpu14 cpu15 -------------------------+------------------------------------ - 24 cleanwin | 5435 4232 6302 6104 - 41 level-1 | 0 0 0 0 - 44 level-4 | 2 0 0 1 - 45 level-5 | 0 0 0 0 - 47 level-7 | 0 0 0 0 - 49 level-9 | 100 100 100 100 - 4a level-10 | 0 0 0 0 - 4d level-13 | 15 11 22 11 - 4e level-14 | 0 0 0 0 - 60 int-vec | 2813 2833 2738 2714 - 64 itlb-miss | 2636 1925 3133 3029 - 68 dtlb-miss | 90528 70639 107786 103425 - 6c dtlb-prot | 819 675 988 954 - 84 spill-user-32 | 175768 39933 2811 2742 - 88 spill-user-64 | 0 241348 96907 118298 - 8c spill-user-32-cln | 681 513 753 730 - 90 spill-user-64-cln | 0 42 16 20 - 98 spill-kern-64 | 52158 40914 62305 60141 - a4 spill-asuser-32 | 1113 856 1251 1208 - a8 spill-asuser-64 | 0 64 16 24 - ac spill-asuser-32-cln | 3816 2942 4515 4381 - b0 spill-asuser-64-cln | 0 0 0 0 - c4 fill-user-32 | 170744 38444 2876 2784 - c8 fill-user-64 | 0 230381 92941 111694 - cc fill-user-32-cln | 8550 3790 3612 3553 - d0 fill-user-64-cln | 0 10726 4495 5845 - d8 fill-kern-64 | 51968 40760 62053 59922 -108 syscall-32 | 1839 1495 2144 2083 -126 self-xcall | 0 0 0 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUsing \fBtrapset\fR with CPU Filtering -.sp -.LP - The \fB-c\fR option can be used to limit the \fBCPU\fRs on which -\fBtrapstat\fR is enabled. This example limits \fBCPU 1\fR and \fBCPU\fRs -\fB12\fR through \fB15\fR. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat -c 1,12-15\fR - - -vct name | cpu1 cpu12 cpu13 cpu14 cpu15 -------------------------+--------------------------------------------- - 24 cleanwin | 6923 3072 2500 3518 2261 - 44 level-4 | 3 0 0 1 1 - 49 level-9 | 100 100 100 100 100 - 4d level-13 | 23 8 14 19 14 - 60 int-vec | 2559 2699 2752 2688 2792 - 64 itlb-miss | 3296 1548 1174 1698 1087 - 68 dtlb-miss | 114788 54313 43040 58336 38057 - 6c dtlb-prot | 1046 549 417 545 370 - 84 spill-user-32 | 66551 29480 301588 26522 213032 - 88 spill-user-64 | 0 318652 111239 299829 221716 - 8c spill-user-32-cln | 856 347 331 416 293 - 90 spill-user-64-cln | 0 55 21 59 39 - 98 spill-kern-64 | 66464 31803 24758 34004 22277 - a4 spill-asuser-32 | 1423 569 560 698 483 - a8 spill-asuser-64 | 0 74 32 98 46 - ac spill-asuser-32-cln | 4875 2250 1728 2384 1584 - b0 spill-asuser-64-cln | 0 2 0 1 0 - c4 fill-user-32 | 64193 28418 287516 27055 202093 - c8 fill-user-64 | 0 305016 106692 288542 210654 - cc fill-user-32-cln | 6733 3520 15185 2396 12035 - d0 fill-user-64-cln | 0 13226 3506 12933 11032 - d8 fill-kern-64 | 66220 31680 24674 33892 22196 -108 syscall-32 | 2446 967 817 1196 755 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUsing \fBtrapstat\fR with TLB Statistics -.sp -.LP -The \fB-t\fR option displays in-depth \fBTLB\fR statistics, including the -amount of time spent performing \fBTLB\fR miss processing. The following -example shows that the machine is spending 14.1 percent of its time just -handling D-TLB misses: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat -t\fR -cpu m| itlb-miss %tim itsb-miss %tim | dtlb-miss %tim dtsb-miss %tim |%tim ------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 0 u| 2571 0.3 0 0.0 | 10802 1.3 0 0.0 | 1.6 - 0 k| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 106420 13.4 184 0.1 |13.6 ------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 1 u| 3069 0.3 0 0.0 | 10983 1.2 100 0.0 | 1.6 - 1 k| 27 0.0 0 0.0 | 106974 12.6 19 0.0 |12.7 ------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 2 u| 3033 0.3 0 0.0 | 11045 1.2 105 0.0 | 1.6 - 2 k| 43 0.0 0 0.0 | 107842 12.7 108 0.0 |12.8 ------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 3 u| 2924 0.3 0 0.0 | 10380 1.2 121 0.0 | 1.6 - 3 k| 54 0.0 0 0.0 | 102682 12.2 16 0.0 |12.2 ------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 4 u| 3064 0.3 0 0.0 | 10832 1.2 120 0.0 | 1.6 - 4 k| 31 0.0 0 0.0 | 107977 13.0 236 0.1 |13.1 -=====+===============================+===============================+==== - ttl | 14816 0.3 0 0.0 | 585937 14.1 1009 0.0 |14.5 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRUsing \fBtrapstat\fR with TLB Statistics and Page Size -Information -.sp -.LP -By specifying the \fB-T\fR option, \fBtrapstat\fR shows \fBTLB\fR misses broken -down by page size. In this example, CPU 0 is spending 7.9 percent of its time -handling user-mode TLB misses on 8K pages, and another 2.3 percent of its time -handling user-mode TLB misses on 64K pages. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat -T -c 0\fR -cpu m size| itlb-miss %tim itsb-miss %tim | dtlb-miss %tim dtsb-miss %tim |%tim -----------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+---- - 0 u 8k| 1300 0.1 15 0.0 | 104897 7.9 90 0.0 | 8.0 - 0 u 64k| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 29935 2.3 7 0.0 | 2.3 - 0 u 512k| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 3569 0.2 2 0.0 | 0.2 - 0 u 4m| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 233 0.0 2 0.0 | 0.0 -- - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - 0 k 8k| 13 0.0 0 0.0 | 71733 6.5 110 0.0 | 6.5 - 0 k 64k| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 0.0 - 0 k 512k| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 0 0.0 206 0.1 | 0.1 - 0 k 4m| 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 0 0.0 0 0.0 | 0.0 -==========+===============================+===============================+==== - ttl | 1313 0.1 15 0.0 | 210367 17.1 417 0.2 |17.5 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRUsing \fBtrapstat\fR with Entry Filtering -.sp -.LP -By specifying the \fB-e\fR option, \fBtrapstat\fR displays statistics for only -specific trap types. Using this option minimizes the probe effect when seeking -specific data. This example yields statistics for only the \fIdtlb-prot\fR and -\fIsyscall-32\fR traps on CPUs 12 through 15: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat -e dtlb-prot,syscall-32 -c 12-15\fR -vct name | cpu12 cpu13 cpu14 cpu15 -------------------------+------------------------------------ - 6c dtlb-prot | 817 754 1018 560 -108 syscall-32 | 1426 1647 2186 1142 - -vct name | cpu12 cpu13 cpu14 cpu15 -------------------------+------------------------------------ - 6c dtlb-prot | 1085 996 800 707 -108 syscall-32 | 2578 2167 1638 1452 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fRUsing \fBtrapstat\fR with a Higher Sampling Rate -.sp -.LP -The following example uses the \fB-r\fR option to specify a sampling rate of -1000 samples per second, and filter only for the level-10 trap. Additionally, -specifying the \fB-P\fR option yields parsable output. - -.sp -.LP -Notice the timestamp difference between the level-10 events: 9,998,000 -nanoseconds and 10,007,000 nanoseconds. These level-10 events correspond to the -system clock, which by default ticks at 100 hertz (that is, every 10,000,000 -nanoseconds). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# \fBtrapstat -e level-10 -P -r 1000\fR -1070400 0 4a level-10 0 -2048600 0 4a level-10 0 -3030400 0 4a level-10 1 -4035800 0 4a level-10 0 -5027200 0 4a level-10 0 -6027200 0 4a level-10 0 -7027400 0 4a level-10 0 -8028200 0 4a level-10 0 -9026400 0 4a level-10 0 -10029600 0 4a level-10 0 -11028600 0 4a level-10 0 -12024000 0 4a level-10 0 -13028400 0 4a level-10 1 -14031200 0 4a level-10 0 -15027200 0 4a level-10 0 -16027600 0 4a level-10 0 -17025000 0 4a level-10 0 -18026000 0 4a level-10 0 -19027800 0 4a level-10 0 -20025600 0 4a level-10 0 -21025200 0 4a level-10 0 -22025000 0 4a level-10 0 -23035400 0 4a level-10 1 -24027400 0 4a level-10 0 -25026000 0 4a level-10 0 -26027000 0 4a level-10 0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c c -l l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -Interface Stability - Human Readable Output Unstable - Parsable Output Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBlockstat\fR(1M), \fBpmap\fR(1), \fBpsrset\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), -\fBpbind\fR(1M), \fBppgsz\fR(1), \fBgetpagesizes\fR(3C) -.sp -.LP -\fISun Microelectronics UltraSPARC II User's Manual,\fR January 1997, STP1031, -.sp -.LP -\fIThe SPARC Architecture Manual, Version 9,\fR 1994, Prentice-Hall. -.SH NOTES -.LP -When enabled, \fBtrapstat\fR induces a varying probe effect, depending on the -type of information collected. While the precise probe effect depends upon the -specifics of the hardware, the following table can be used as a rough guide: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -c c -l l . -Option Approximate probe effect -default 3-5% per trap -\fB-e\fR 3-5% per specified trap -\fB-t\fR, \fB-T\fR T{ -40-45% per TLB miss trap hitting in the TSB, 25-30% per TLB miss trap missing in the TSB -T} -.TE - -.sp -.LP -These probe effects are \fIper trap\fR not for the system as a whole. For -example, running \fBtrapstat\fR with the default options on a system that -spends 7% of total time handling traps induces a performance degradation of -less than one half of one percent; running \fBtrapstat\fR with the \fB-t\fR or -\fB-T\fR option on a system spending 5% of total time processing TLB misses -induce a performance degradation of no more than 2.5%. -.sp -.LP -When run with the \fB-t\fR or \fB-T\fR option, \fBtrapstat\fR accounts for its -probe effect when calculating the \fI%tim\fR fields. This assures that the -\fI%tim\fR fields are a reasonably accurate indicator of the time a given -workload is spending handling TLB misses \(em regardless of the perturbing -presence of \fBtrapstat\fR. -.sp -.LP -While the \fI%tim\fR fields include the explicit cost of executing the TLB miss -handler, they do \fInot\fR include the implicit costs of TLB miss traps (for -example, pipeline effects, cache pollution, etc). These implicit costs become -more significant as the trap rate grows; if high \fI%tim\fR values are reported -(greater than 50%), you can accurately infer that much of the balance of time -is being spent on the implicit costs of the TLB miss traps. -.sp -.LP -Due to the potential system wide degradation induced, only the super-user can -run \fBtrapstat\fR. -.sp -.LP -Due to the limitation of the underlying statistics gathering methodology, only -one instance of \fBtrapstat\fR can run at a time. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ttyadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ttyadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 15772190f7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ttyadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TTYADM 1M "Sep 14, 1992" -.SH NAME -ttyadm \- format and output port monitor-specific information -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ttyadm\fR [\fB-b\fR] [\fB-c\fR] [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-I\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fImsg\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fImodules\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprompt\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItimeout\fR] [\fB-S\fR y | n] - [\fB-T\fR \fItermtype\fR] \fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR \fB-l\fR \fIttylabel\fR \fB-s\fR \fIservice\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ttyadm\fR \fB-V\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBttyadm\fR command is an administrative command that formats -\fBttymon\fR(1M)-specific information and writes it to standard output. The -Service Access Facility (SAF) requires each port monitor to provide such a -command. Note that the port monitor administrative file is updated by the -Service Access Controller's administrative commands, \fBsacadm\fR(1M) and -\fBpmadm\fR(1M). \fBttyadm\fR provides a means of presenting formatted port -monitor-specific (\fBttymon\fR-specific) data to these commands. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the ``bi-directional port'' flag. When this flag is set, the line can be -used in both directions. \fBttymon\fR will allow users to connect to the -service associated with the port, but if the port is free, \fBuucico\fR(1M), -\fBcu\fR(1C), or \fBct\fR(1C) can use it for dialing out. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the connect-on-carrier flag for the port. If the \fB-c\fR flag is set, -\fBttymon\fR will invoke the port's associated service immediately when a -connect indication is received (that is, no prompt is printed and no baud-rate -searching is done). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI device\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -\fIdevice\fR is the full pathname of the device file for the TTY port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the hangup flag for the port. If the \fB-h\fR flag is not set, \fBttymon\fR -will force a hangup on the line by setting the speed to \fB0\fR before setting -the speed to the default or specified value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI message\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify the inactive (disabled) response message. This message will be sent to -the TTY port if the port is disabled or the \fBttymon\fR monitoring the port is -disabled. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-I\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Initialize only. If the \fB-I\fR option is used, \fBttymon\fR will invoke the -service only once. This can be used to configure a particular device without -actually monitoring it, as with software carrier. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fI ttylabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify which \fIttylabel\fR in the \fB/etc/ttydefs\fR file to use as the -starting point when searching for the proper baud rate. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fI modules\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify a list of pushable STREAMS modules. The modules will be pushed in the -order in which they are specified before the service is invoked. \fImodules\fR -must be a comma-separated list of modules, with no white space included. Any -modules currently on the stream will be popped before these modules are -pushed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fI prompt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify the prompt message, for example, ``\fBlogin:\fR''. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fI count\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -When the \fB-r\fR option is invoked, \fBttymon\fR will wait until it receives -data from the port before it displays a prompt. If \fIcount\fR is \fB0\fR, -\fBttymon\fR will wait until it receives any character. If \fIcount\fR is -greater than \fB0\fR, \fBttymon\fR will wait until \fIcount\fR newlines have -been received. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI service\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -\fIservice\fR is the full pathname of the service to be invoked when a -connection request is received. If arguments are required, the command and its -arguments must be enclosed in double quotes (" "). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR \fBy|n\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the software carrier value. \fBy\fR will turn software carrier on. \fBn\fR -will turn software carrier off. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fI timeout\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Specify that \fBttymon\fR should close a port if the open on the port succeeds, -and no input data is received in \fItimeout\fR seconds. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fI termtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Set the terminal type. The \fBTERM\fR environment variable will be set to -\fItermtype\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-V\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 15n -Display the version number of the current \fB/usr/lib/saf/ttymon\fR command. -.RE - -.SH OUTPUT -.sp -.LP -If successful, \fBttyadm\fR will generate the requested information, write it -to standard output, and exit with a status of \fB0\fR. If \fBttyadm\fR is -invoked with an invalid number of arguments or invalid arguments, or if an -incomplete option is specified, an error message will be written to standard -error and \fBttymon\fR will exit with a non-zero status. -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/ttydefs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 16n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBct\fR(1C), \fBcu\fR(1C), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsacadm\fR(1M), -\fBttymon\fR(1M), \fBuucico\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ttymon.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ttymon.1m deleted file mode 100644 index bf36448ff9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ttymon.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,327 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" Copyright (C) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. -.\" All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TTYMON 1M "Feb 22, 2005" -.SH NAME -ttymon \- port monitor for terminal ports -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/saf/ttymon\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/saf/ttymon\fR \fB-g\fR [\fB-d\fR \fIdevice\fR] [\fB-h\fR] [\fB-t\fR \fItimeout\fR] - [\fB-l\fR \fIttylabel\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprompt\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImodules\fR] [\fB-T\fR \fItermtype\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBttymon\fR is a STREAMS-based TTY port monitor. Its function is to monitor -ports, to set terminal modes, baud rates, and line disciplines for the ports, -and to connect users or applications to services associated with the ports. -Normally, \fBttymon\fR is configured to run under the Service Access -Controller, \fBsac\fR(1M), as part of the Service Access Facility (SAF). It is -configured using the \fBsacadm\fR(1M) command. Each instance of \fBttymon\fR -can monitor multiple ports. The ports monitored by an instance of \fBttymon\fR -are specified in the port monitor's administrative file. The administrative -file is configured using the \fBpmadm\fR(1M) and \fBttyadm\fR(1M) commands. -When an instance of \fBttymon\fR is invoked by the \fBsac\fR command, it starts -to monitor its ports. For each port, \fBttymon\fR first initializes the line -disciplines, if they are specified, and the speed and terminal settings. For -ports with entries in \fB/etc/logindevperm\fR, device owner, group and -permissions are set. (See \fBlogindevperm\fR(4).) The values used for -initialization are taken from the appropriate entry in the TTY settings file. -This file is maintained by the \fBsttydefs\fR(1M) command. Default line -disciplines on ports are usually set up by the \fBautopush\fR(1M) command of -the Autopush Facility. -.sp -.LP -\fBttymon\fR then writes the prompt and waits for user input. If the user -indicates that the speed is inappropriate by pressing the BREAK key, -\fBttymon\fR tries the next speed and writes the prompt again. When valid input -is received, \fBttymon\fR interprets the per-service configuration file for the -port, if one exists, creates a \fButmpx\fR entry if required (see -\fButmpx\fR(4)), establishes the service environment, and then invokes the -service associated with the port. Valid input consists of a string of at least -one non-newline character, terminated by a carriage return. After the service -terminates, \fBttymon\fR cleans up the \fButmpx\fR entry, if one exists, and -returns the port to its initial state. -.sp -.LP -If \fIautobaud\fR is enabled for a port, \fBttymon\fR will try to determine the -baud rate on the port automatically. Users must enter a carriage return before -\fBttymon\fR can recognize the baud rate and print the prompt. Currently, the -baud rates that can be determined by \fIautobaud\fR are \fB110\fR, \fB1200\fR, -\fB2400\fR, \fB4800\fR, and \fB9600\fR. -.sp -.LP -If a port is configured as a bidirectional port, \fBttymon\fR will allow users -to connect to a service, and, if the port is free, will allow \fBuucico\fR(1M), -\fBcu\fR(1C), or \fBct\fR(1C) to use it for dialing out. If a port is -bidirectional, \fBttymon\fR will wait to read a character before it prints a -prompt. -.sp -.LP -If the \fIconnect-on-carrier\fR flag is set for a port, \fBttymon\fR will -immediately invoke the port's associated service when a connection request is -received. The prompt message will not be sent. -.sp -.LP -If a port is disabled, \fBttymon\fR will not start any service on that port. If -a disabled message is specified, \fBttymon\fR will send out the disabled -message when a connection request is received. If \fBttymon\fR is disabled, all -ports under that instance of \fBttymon\fR will also be disabled. -.SS "Service Invocation" -.sp -.LP -The service \fBttymon\fR invokes for a port is specified in the \fBttymon\fR -administrative file. \fBttymon\fR will scan the character string giving the -service to be invoked for this port, looking for a \fB%d\fR or a \fB%%\fR -two-character sequence. If \fB%d\fR is found, \fBttymon\fR will modify the -service command to be executed by replacing those two characters by the full -path name of this port (the device name). If \fB%%\fR is found, they will be -replaced by a single \fB%\fR. When the service is invoked, file descriptor -\fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, and \fB2\fR are opened to the port device for reading and -writing. The service is invoked with the user ID, group ID and current home -directory set to that of the user name under which the service was registered -with \fBttymon\fR. Two environment variables, \fBHOME\fR and \fBTTYPROMPT\fR, -are added to the service's environment by \fBttymon\fR. \fBHOME\fR is set to -the home directory of the user name under which the service is invoked. -\fBTTYPROMPT\fR is set to the prompt string configured for the service on the -port. This is provided so that a service invoked by \fBttymon\fR has a means of -determining if a prompt was actually issued by \fBttymon\fR and, if so, what -that prompt actually was. -.sp -.LP -See \fBttyadm\fR(1M) for options that can be set for ports monitored by -\fBttymon\fR under the Service Access Controller. -.SS "System Console Invocation" -.sp -.LP -The invocation of ttymon on the system console is managed under \fBsmf\fR(5) by -the service \fBsvc:/system/console-login\fR. It provides a number of properties -within the property group \fBttymon\fR to control the invocation, as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -NAME TYPE TTYMON OPTION ----------------------------------------------------------- -device astring [-d device] -nohangup boolean [-h] -label astring [-l label] -modules astring [-m module1,module2] -prompt astring [-p prompt] -timeout count [-t timeout] -terminal_type astring [-T termtype] -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If any value is the empty string or an integer set to zero, then the option is -not passed to the ttymon invocation. The \fB-g\fR option is always specified -for this invocation. The \fB-d\fR option always defaults to \fB/dev/console\fR -if it is not set. -.sp -.LP -See \fBEXAMPLES\fR. -.SH SECURITY -.sp -.LP -\fBttymon\fR uses \fBpam\fR(3PAM) for session management. The \fBPAM\fR -configuration policy, listed through \fB/etc/pam.conf\fR, specifies the modules -to be used for \fBttymon\fR. Here is a partial \fBpam.conf\fR file with entries -for \fBttymon\fR using the UNIX session management module. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -ttymon session required /usr/lib/security/pam_unix_session.so.1 -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -If there are no entries for the \fBttymon\fR service, then the entries for the -"other" service will be used. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -A special invocation of \fBttymon\fR is provided with the \fB-g\fR option. This -form of the command should only be called by applications that need to set the -correct baud rate and terminal settings on a port and then connect to -\fBlogin\fR service, but that cannot be pre-configured under the SAC. The -following combinations of options can be used with \fB-g\fR: -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fIdevice\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -\fIdevice\fR is the full path name of the port to which \fBttymon\fR is to -attach. If this option is not specified, file descriptor \fB0\fR must be set up -by the invoking process to a TTY port. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-h\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -If the -h flag is not set, \fBttymon\fR will force a hangup on the line by -setting the speed to zero before setting the speed to the default or specified -speed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR\fIttylabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -\fIttylabel\fR is a link to a speed and TTY definition in the \fBttydefs\fR -file. This definition tells \fBttymon\fR at what speed to run initially, what -the initial TTY settings are, and what speed to try next if the user indicates -that the speed is inappropriate by pressing the BREAK key. The default speed is -9600 baud. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fImodules\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -When initializing the port, \fBttymon\fR will pop all modules on the port, and -then push \fImodules\fR in the order specified. \fImodules\fR is a -comma-separated list of pushable modules. Default modules on the ports are -usually set up by the Autopush Facility. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fIprompt\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Allows the user to specify a prompt string. The default prompt is \fBLogin:\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-t\fR\fItimeout\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Specifies that \fBttymon\fR should exit if no one types anything in -\fItimeout\fR seconds after the prompt is sent. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR\fItermtype\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 14n -Sets the \fBTERM\fR environment variable to \fItermtype\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRSetting the Terminal Type -.sp -.LP -The following example sets the value of the terminal type (\fB-T\fR) option for -the system console \fBttymon\fR invocation: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - svccfg -s svc:/system/console-login setprop \e - ttymon/terminal_type = "xterm" - svcadm refresh svc:/system/console-login:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.LP -If any of the \fBLC_*\fR variables ( \fBLC_CTYPE\fR, \fBLC_MESSAGES\fR, -\fBLC_TIME\fR, \fBLC_COLLATE\fR, \fBLC_NUMERIC\fR, and \fBLC_MONETARY\fR ) (see -\fBenviron\fR(5)) are not set in the environment, the operational behavior of -\fBttymon\fR for each corresponding locale category is determined by the value -of the \fBLANG\fR environment variable. If \fBLC_ALL\fR is set, its contents -are used to override both the \fBLANG\fR and the other \fBLC_*\fR variables. If -none of the above variables is set in the environment, the "C" (U.S. style) -locale determines how \fBttymon\fR behaves. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBLC_CTYPE\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Determines how \fBttymon\fR handles characters. When \fBLC_CTYPE\fR is set to a -valid value, \fBttymon\fR can display and handle text and filenames containing -valid characters for that locale. \fBttymon\fR can display and handle Extended -Unix Code (EUC) characters where any individual character can be 1, 2, or 3 -bytes wide. \fBttymon\fR can also handle EUC characters of 1, 2, or more column -widths. In the "C" locale, only characters from ISO 8859-1 are valid. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/logindevperm\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n - -.RE - -.sp -.LP -The command-line syntax is Stable. The SMF properties are Evolving. -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBct\fR(1C), \fBcu\fR(1C), \fBautopush\fR(1M), \fBpmadm\fR(1M), \fBsac\fR(1M), -\fBsacadm\fR(1M), \fBsttydefs\fR(1M), \fBttyadm\fR(1M), \fBuucico\fR(1M), -\fBpam\fR(3PAM), \fBlogindevperm\fR(4), \fBpam.conf\fR(4), \fButmpx\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBenviron\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), -\fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If a port is monitored by more than one \fBttymon\fR, it is possible for the -\fBttymon\fRs to send out prompt messages in such a way that they compete for -input. -.sp -.LP -The \fBpam_unix\fR(5) module is no longer supported. Similar functionality is -provided by \fBpam_authtok_check\fR(5), \fBpam_authtok_get\fR(5), -\fBpam_authtok_store\fR(5), \fBpam_dhkeys\fR(5), \fBpam_passwd_auth\fR(5), -\fBpam_unix_account\fR(5), \fBpam_unix_auth\fR(5), and -\fBpam_unix_session\fR(5). diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tunefs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tunefs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0b849f2dd7..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tunefs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2003, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TUNEFS 1M "Sep 19, 2013" -.SH NAME -tunefs \- tune an existing UFS file system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBtunefs\fR [\fB-a\fR \fImaxcontig\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIrotdelay\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fImaxbpg\fR] - [\fB-m\fR \fIminfree\fR] [\fB-o\fR space | time] \fIspecial\fR | \fIfilesystem\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBtunefs\fR is designed to change the dynamic parameters of a file system that -affect the layout policies. When using \fBtunefs\fR with \fIfilesystem\fR, -\fIfilesystem\fR must be in \fB/etc/vfstab\fR. The parameters that can be -changed are indicated by the options given below. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR \fImaxcontig\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -The maximum number of logical blocks, belonging to one file, that is allocated -contiguously. The default is calculated as follows: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fBmaxcontig =\fR \fIdisk drive maximum transfer size / disk block size\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the disk drive's maximum transfer size cannot be determined, the default -value for \fBmaxcontig\fR is calculated from kernel parameters as follows: -.sp -If \fBmaxphys\fR is less than \fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR, which is 1 Mbyte, then -\fBmaxcontig\fR is set to \fBmaxphys\fR. Otherwise, \fBmaxcontig\fR is set to -\fBufs_maxmaxphys\fR. -.sp -You can set \fBmaxcontig\fR to any positive integer value. -.sp -The actual value will be the lesser of what has been specified and what the -hardware supports. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIrotdelay\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -This parameter is obsolete as of the Solaris 10 release. The value is always -set to \fB0\fR, regardless of the input value. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fImaxbpg\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Indicates the maximum number of contiguous logical blocks any single file can -allocate from a cylinder group before it is forced to begin allocating blocks -from another cylinder group. Typically this value is set to approximately one -quarter of the total contiguous logical blocks in a cylinder group. The intent -is to prevent any single file from using up all the blocks in a single cylinder -group, thus degrading access times for all files subsequently allocated in that -cylinder group. -.sp -The effect of this limit is to cause big files to do long seeks more frequently -than if they were allowed to allocate all the blocks in a cylinder group before -seeking elsewhere. For file systems with exclusively large files, this -parameter should be set higher. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR \fIminfree\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -Specifies the minimum free space threshold, or the percentage of space held -back from normal users. This value can be set to \fB0\fR. However, up to a -factor of three in throughput will be lost over the performance obtained at a -10% threshold. \fINote:\fR If the value is raised above the current usage -level, users will be unable to allocate files until enough files have been -deleted to get under the higher threshold. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fI space\fR\||\|\fItime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -The file system can either be instructed to try to minimize the \fBtime\fR -spent allocating blocks, or to try to minimize the \fBspace\fR fragmentation on -the disk. The default is \fItime\fR. -.sp -Generally, you should optimize for time unless the file system is over 90% -full. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBtunefs\fR when -encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmkfs_ufs\fR(1M), \fBnewfs\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) - -.\" Take this out and a Unix Demon will dog your steps from now until -.\" the time_t's wrap around. -.SH BUGS -.sp -You can tune a file system, but you can't tune a fish. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/txzonemgr.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/txzonemgr.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e3d6a0c9ab..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/txzonemgr.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TXZONEMGR 1M "Dec 17, 2007" -.SH NAME -txzonemgr \- Trusted Extensions Zone Manager Configuration Utility -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/txzonemgr\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBtxzonemgr\fR shell script provides a simple, menu-based \fBGUI\fR wizard -for creating, installing, initializing, and booting labeled zones on a system -on which Trusted Extensions is enabled. The script also provides menu items for -networking options, name services options, and making the global zone a client -of an existing LDAP server. By default, all zones are configured to use the -same name service and IP address as the global zone. -.sp -.LP -\fBtxzonemgr\fR is run by roles granted in the Zone Management Rights Profile, -or by root in the global zone. It takes no options and returns no values. -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Command Interface Stability Committed -_ -Interactive Dialogue Not an Interface -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBzenity\fR(1), \fBifconfig\fR(1M), \fBzoneadm\fR(1M), \fBzonecfg\fR(1M), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBrbac\fR(5), \fBzones\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fISolaris Trusted Extensions Administrator's Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If administering zones from \fBJDS\fR, use \fBtxzonemgr\fR rather than -\fBCDE\fR actions. -.sp -.LP -\fBtxzonemgr\fR uses the \fBzenity\fR command. For details, see the -\fBzenity\fR(1) man page. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tzreload.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tzreload.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 335812f177..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tzreload.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). -.\" You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE -.\" or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions -.\" and limitations under the License. -.\" -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each -.\" file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. -.\" If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the -.\" fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying -.\" information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. -.\" -.Dd February 27, 2020 -.Dt TZRELOAD 1M -.Os -.Sh NAME -.Nm tzreload -.Nd notify timezone update -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm Op Fl a -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -command triggers processes to reread timezone information. -The timezone information is cached in each process. -In response to a -.Nm -command, this cache is updated on the next call to -.Xr ctime 3C -and -.Xr mktime 3C -by each process. -By default, -.Nm -only triggers this update for the current zone. -.Pp -In addition to updating processes, the -.Nm -command also notifies -.Xr cron 1M -to reinitialize the job scheduler with the new timezone information. -.Sh OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Fl a -Update processes in all zones. -.El -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width Ds -.It Pa /usr/share/lib/zoneinfo -Standard zone information directory. -.El -.Sh INTERFACE STABILITY -.Sy Committed -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr cron 1M , -.Xr zdump 1M , -.Xr zic 1M , -.Xr zoneadm 1M , -.Xr ctime 3C , -.Xr mktime 3C , -.Xr attributes 5 -.Sh NOTES -Although -.Nm -reinitializes -.Xr cron 1M , -applications that are affected by timezone changes still need to be restarted or -reinitialized if they do not reread the new timezone information before timezone -changes take place. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/tzselect.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/tzselect.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 13e91a6e12..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/tzselect.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH TZSELECT 1M "Sep 6, 2001" -.SH NAME -tzselect \- select a time zone -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/tzselect\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBtzselect\fR program asks you a series of questions about the current -location and outputs the resulting time zone description to standard output. -The output is suitable as a value for the \fBTZ\fR environment variable. -.sp -.LP -All user interaction is through standard input and standard error. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The \fBtzselect\fR command has no options. -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Timezone information was successfully obtained. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/share/lib/zoneinfo\fR \fR -.ad -.RS 28n -directory containing timezone data files -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Stability Evolving -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBzdump\fR(1M), \fBzic\fR(1M), \fBctime\fR(3C), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uadmin.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uadmin.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a8fd33e910..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uadmin.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UADMIN 1M "Mar 25, 2009" -.SH NAME -uadmin \- administrative control -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/uadmin\fR \fIcmd\fR \fIfcn\fR [\fImdep\fR] -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/sbin/uadmin\fR \fIcmd\fR \fIfcn\fR [\fImdep\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBuadmin\fR command provides control for basic administrative functions. -This command is tightly coupled to the system administration procedures and is -not intended for general use. It may be invoked only by the super-user. -.sp -.LP -Both the \fIcmd\fR (command) and \fIfcn\fR (function) arguments are converted -to integers and passed to the \fBuadmin\fR system call. The optional \fImdep\fR -(machine dependent) argument is only available for the \fIcmd\fR values of -\fB1\fR (\fBA_REBOOT\fR), \fB2\fR (\fBA_SHUTDOWN\fR), or \fB5\fR -(\fBA_DUMP\fR). For any other \fIcmd\fR value, no \fImdep\fR command-line -argument is allowed. -.sp -.LP -When passing an \fImdep\fR value that contains whitespaces, the string must be -grouped together as a single argument enclosed within quotes, for example: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -uadmin 1 1 "\fB-s\fR kernel/unix" -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBhalt\fR(1M), \fBreboot\fR(1M), \fBuadmin\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH WARNINGS -.sp -.LP -Shutting down or halting the system by means of \fBuadmin\fR does not update -the boot archive. Avoid using this command after -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -editing of files such as \fB/etc/system\fR -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -installing new driver binaries or kernel binaries -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -updating existing driver binaries or kernel binaries. -.RE -.sp -.LP -Use \fBreboot\fR(1M) or \fBhalt\fR(1M) instead. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ucodeadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ucodeadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 997a7dd9e3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ucodeadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UCODEADM 1M "Jul 10, 2007" -.SH NAME -ucodeadm \- update processor microcode -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ucodeadm\fR \fB-v\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ucodeadm\fR \fB-u\fR\fImicrocode-text-file\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ucodeadm\fR \fB-i\fR [\fB-R\fR \fIpath\fR] \fImicrocode-text-file\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBucodeadm\fR utility can be used to report running microcode revision on -the processors, update microcode, or install microcode on the target system to -be used during the boot process. -.sp -.LP -The \fImicrocode-text-file\fR can be obtained from processor vendors. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Report microcode revision. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fImicrocode-text-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Update microcode on all cross-call interrupt ready processors. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR \fImicrocode-text-file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Install microcode files on target system to be used during the next boot -cycle. The text file name must have the vendor name prefix, such as -"\fBintel\fR" or "\fBamd\fR". -.sp -By default the microcode files will be installed at: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - /platform/i86pc/ucode/$VENDORSTR/ -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -where \fBVENDORSTR\fR is either "\fBGenuineIntel\fR" or "\fBAuthenticAMD\fR". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIalternate path\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 26n -Install \fImicrocode\fR path in the \fIalternate path\fR. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRReporting the Microcode Revision -.sp -.LP -The following example displays the microcode revision that is currently -running: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ucodeadm -v -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRUpdating the Processor Microcode -.sp -.LP -The following example updates the processor microcode to \fBintel-ucode.txt\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ucodeadm -u intel-ucode.txt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRInstalling the Microcode on the Target System -.sp -.LP -The following example installs the microcode on the target system, -\fB/export/ucode-path\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# ucodeadm -i -R /export/ucode-path intel-ucode.txt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -If an alternate path is used when installing the microcode on the target -system, the installed microcode file is not used on the next boot cycle. - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB0\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>0\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Stable -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBpsradm\fR(1M), \fBpsrinfo\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsdump.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsdump.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 10303c00f3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsdump.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,661 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UFSDUMP 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -ufsdump \- incremental file system dump -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ufsdump\fR [\fIoptions\fR] [\fIarguments\fR] \fIfiles_to_dump\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBufsdump\fR backs up all files specified by \fIfiles_to_dump\fR (usually -either a whole file system or files within a file system changed after a certain -date) to magnetic tape, diskette, or disk file. -.sp -.LP -The \fBufsdump\fR command can only be used on unmounted file systems, or those -mounted read-only. Attempting to dump a mounted, read-write file system might -result in a system disruption or the inability to restore files from the dump. -Consider using the \fBfssnap\fR(1M) command to create a file system snapshot if -you need a point-in-time image of a file system that is mounted. -.sp -.LP -If a filesystem was mounted with the logging option, it is strongly -recommended that you run \fBufsdump\fR as the root user. Running the command as -a non-root user might result in the creation of an inconsistent dump. -.sp -.LP -\fIoptions\fR is a single string of one-letter \fBufsdump\fR options. -.sp -.LP -\fIarguments\fR may be multiple strings whose association with the options is -determined by order. That is, the first argument goes with the first option -that takes an argument; the second argument goes with the second option that -takes an argument, and so on. -.sp -.LP -\fIfiles_to_dump\fR is required and must be the last argument on the command -line. See \fBOPERANDS\fR for more information. -.sp -.LP -With most devices \fBufsdump\fR can automatically detect the end-of-media. -Consequently, the \fBd\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBt\fR options are not necessary for -multi-volume dumps, unless \fBufsdump\fR does not understand the way the device -detects the end-of-media, or the files are to be restored on a system with an -older version of the \fBrestore\fR command. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\(mi9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The "dump level." All files specified by \fIfiles_to_dump\fR that have been -modified since the last \fBufsdump\fR at a lower dump level are copied to the -\fIdump_file\fR destination (normally a magnetic tape device). For instance, if -a "level \fB2\fR" dump was done on Monday, followed by a "level \fB4\fR" dump -on Tuesday, a subsequent "level \fB3\fR" dump on Wednesday would contain all -files modified or added since the "level \fB2\fR" (Monday) backup. A "level -\fB0\fR" dump copies the entire file system to the \fIdump_file\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBa\fR \fIarchive_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Archive file. Archive a dump table-of-contents in the specified -\fIarchive_file\fR to be used by \fBufsrestore\fR(1M) to determine whether a -file is in the dump file that is being restored. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR \fIfactor\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Blocking factor. Specify the blocking factor for tape writes. The default is 20 -blocks per write for tapes of density less than 6250BPI (bytes-per-inch). The -default blocking factor for tapes of density 6250BPI and greater is 64. The -default blocking factor for cartridge tapes (\fBc\fR option) is 126. The -highest blocking factor available with most tape drives is 126. Note: the -blocking factor is specified in terms of 512-byte blocks, for compatibility -with \fBtar\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cartridge. Set the defaults for cartridge instead of the standard half-inch -reel. This sets the density to 1000BPI and the blocking factor to 126. Since -\fBufsdump\fR can automatically detect the end-of-media, only the blocking -parameter normally has an effect. When cartridge tapes are used, and this -option is \fInot\fR specified, \fBufsdump\fR will slightly miscompute the size -of the tape. If the \fBb\fR, \fBd\fR, \fBs\fR or \fBt\fR options are specified -with this option, their values will override the defaults set by this option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBd\fR \fIbpi\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Tape density. Not normally required, as \fBufsdump\fR can detect end-of-media. -This parameter can be used to keep a running tab on the amount of tape used per -reel. The default density is 6250BPI except when the \fBc\fR option is used for -cartridge tape, in which case it is assumed to be 1000BPI per track. Typical -values for tape devices are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1/2 inch tape\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -6250 BPI -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1/4 inch cartridge\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -1000 BPI The tape densities and other options are documented in the -\fBst\fR(7D) man page. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBD\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Diskette. Dump to diskette. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBf\fR \fIdump_file\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Dump file. Use \fIdump_file\fR as the file to dump to, instead of -\fB/dev/rmt/0\fR. If \fIdump_file\fR is specified as \fB\(mi\fR, dump to -standard output. -.sp -If the name of the file is of the form \fImachine\fR\fB:\fR\fIdevice,\fR the -dump is done from the specified machine over the network using \fBrmt\fR(1M). -Since \fBufsdump\fR is normally run by root, the name of the local machine must -appear in the \fB/.rhosts\fR file of the remote machine. If the file is -specified as \fIuser\fR\fB@\fR\fImachine\fR\fB:\fR\fIdevice,\fR \fBufsdump\fR -will attempt to execute as the specified user on the remote machine. The -specified user must have a \fB\&.rhosts\fR file on the remote machine that -allows the user invoking the command from the local machine to access the -remote machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBl\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Autoload. When the end-of-tape is reached before the dump is complete, take the -drive offline and wait up to two minutes for the tape drive to be ready again. -This gives autoloading (stackloader) tape drives a chance to load a new tape. -If the drive is ready within two minutes, continue. If it is not, prompt for -another tape and wait. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBL\fR \fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the tape label to \fIstring\fR, instead of the default \fBnone\fR. -\fIstring\fR may be no more than sixteen characters long. If it is longer, it -is truncated and a warning printed; the dump will still be done. The tape label -is specific to the \fBufsdump\fR tape format, and bears no resemblance to -\fBIBM\fR or \fBANSI\fR-standard tape labels. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBn\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Notify all operators in the \fBsys\fR group that \fBufsdump\fR requires -attention by sending messages to their terminals, in a manner similar to that -used by the \fBwall\fR(1M) command. Otherwise, such messages are sent only to -the terminals (such as the console) on which the user running \fBufsdump\fR is -logged in. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBN\fR \fIdevice_name\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Use \fIdevice_name\fR when recording information in \fB/etc/dumpdates\fR (see -the \fBu\fR option) and when comparing against information in -\fB/etc/dumpdates\fR for incremental dumps. The \fIdevice_name\fR provided can -contain no white space as defined in \fBscanf\fR(3C) and is case-sensitive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBo\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Offline. Take the drive offline when the dump is complete or the end-of-media -is reached and rewind the tape, or eject the diskette. In the case of some -autoloading 8mm drives, the tape is removed from the drive automatically. This -prevents another process which rushes in to use the drive, from inadvertently -overwriting the media. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBs\fR \fIsize\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the \fIsize\fR of the volume being dumped to. Not normally required, as -\fBufsdump\fR can detect end-of-media. When the specified size is reached, -\fBufsdump\fR waits for you to change the volume. \fBufsdump\fR interprets the -specified size as the length in feet for tapes and cartridges, and as the -number of 1024-byte blocks for diskettes. The values should be a little smaller -than the actual physical size of the media (for example, 425 for a 450-foot -cartridge). Typical values for tape devices depend on the \fBc\fR option, for -cartridge devices, and the \fBD\fR option for diskettes: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB1/2 inch tape\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -2300 feet -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB60-Mbyte 1/4 inch cartridge\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -425 feet -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB150-Mbyte 1/4 inch cartridge\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -700 feet -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdiskette\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -1422 blocks (Corresponds to a 1.44-Mbyte diskette, with one cylinder reserved -for bad block information.) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Size estimate. Determine the amount of space that is needed to perform the dump -without actually doing it, and display the estimated number of bytes it will -take. This is useful with incremental dumps to determine how many volumes of -media will be needed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBt\fR \fItracks\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the number of tracks for a cartridge tape. Not normally required, as -\fBufsdump\fR can detect end-of-media. The default is 9 tracks. The \fBt\fR -option is not compatible with the \fBD\fR option. Values for Sun-supported tape -devices are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB60-Mbyte 1/4 inch cartridge\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -9 tracks -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB150-Mbyte 1/4 inch cartridge\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -18 tracks -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBT\fR \fItime_wait\fR\fB[hms]\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Sets the amount of time to wait for an \fBautoload\fR command to complete. This -option is ignored unless the \fBl\fR option has also been specified. The -default time period to wait is two minutes. Specify time units with a trailing -\fBh\fR ( for hours), \fBm\fR (for minutes), or \fBs\fR (for seconds). The -default unit is minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBu\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Update the dump record. Add an entry to the file \fB/etc/dumpdates,\fR for each -file system successfully dumped that includes the file system name (or -\fIdevice_name\fR as specified with the \fBN\fR option), date, and dump level. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBv\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verify. After each tape or diskette is written, verify the contents of the -media against the source file system. If any discrepancies occur, prompt for -new media, then repeat the dump/verification process. The file system -\fImust\fR be unmounted. This option cannot be used to verify a dump to -standard output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Warning. List the file systems that have not been backed up within a day. This -information is gleaned from the files \fB/etc/dumpdates\fR and -\fB/etc/vfstab\fR. When the \fBw\fR option is used, all other options are -ignored. After reporting, \fBufsdump\fR exits immediately. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBW\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Warning with highlight. Similar to the \fBw\fR option, except that the \fBW\fR -option includes all file systems that appear in \fB/etc/dumpdates\fR, along -with information about their most recent dump dates and levels. File systems -that have not been backed up within a day are highlighted. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operand is supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfiles_to_dump\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the files to dump. Usually it identifies a whole file system by its -raw device name (for example, \fB/dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s6\fR). Incremental dumps -(levels \fB1\fR to \fB9\fR) of files changed after a certain date only apply to -a whole file system. Alternatively, \fIfiles_to_dump\fR can identify individual -files or directories. All named directories that may be examined by the user -running \fBufsdump\fR, as well as any explicitly-named files, are dumped. This -dump is equivalent to a level \fB0\fR dump of the indicated portions of the -filesystem, except that \fB/etc/dumpdates\fR is not updated even if the -\fB-u\fR option has been specified. In all cases, the files must be contained -in the same file system, and the file system must be local to the system where -\fBufsdump\fR is being run. -.sp -\fIfiles_to_dump\fR is required and must be the last argument on the command -line. -.RE - -.sp -.LP -If no \fIoptions\fR are given, the default is \fB9uf\fR \fB/dev/rmt/0\fR -\fIfiles_to_dump\fR. -.SH USAGE -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBufsdump\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBufsdump\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command makes a full dump of a root file system on \fBc0t3d0\fR, -on a 150-MByte cartridge tape unit \fB0\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# ufsdump 0cfu /dev/rmt/0 /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following command makes and verifies an incremental dump at level \fB5\fR -of the \fBusr\fR partition of \fBc0t3d0\fR, on a 1/2 inch reel tape unit -\fB1,\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# ufsdump 5fuv /dev/rmt/1 /dev/rdsk/c0t3d0s6 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -While running, \fBufsdump\fR emits many verbose messages. \fBufsdump\fR returns -the following exit values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Normal exit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Startup errors encountered. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Abort \(mi no checkpoint attempted. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/rmt/0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -default unit to dump to -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dumpdates\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -dump date record -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -to find group \fBsys\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/hosts\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -to gain access to remote system with drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/vfstab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -list of file systems -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBcpio\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBdd\fR(1M), \fBdevnm\fR(1M), \fBfssnap\fR(1M), -\fBprtvtoc\fR(1M), \fBrmt\fR(1M), \fBshutdown\fR(1M), \fBufsrestore\fR(1M), -\fBvolcopy\fR(1M), \fBwall\fR(1M), \fBscanf\fR(3C), \fBufsdump\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5), \fBst\fR(7D) -.SH NOTES -.SS "Read Errors" -.LP -Fewer than 32 read errors on the file system are ignored. -.SS "Process Per Reel" -.LP -Because each reel requires a new process, parent processes for reels that are -already written hang around until the entire tape is written. -.SS "Operator Intervention" -.LP -\fBufsdump\fR requires operator intervention on these conditions: end of -volume, end of dump, volume write error, volume open error or disk read error -(if there are more than a threshold of 32). In addition to alerting all -operators implied by the \fBn\fR option, \fBufsdump\fR interacts with the -operator on \fBufsdump\fR's control terminal at times when \fBufsdump\fR can no -longer proceed, or if something is grossly wrong. All questions \fBufsdump\fR -poses \fImust\fR be answered by typing \fByes\fR or \fBno\fR, as appropriate. -.sp -.LP -Since backing up a disk can involve a lot of time and effort, \fBufsdump\fR -checkpoints at the start of each volume. If writing that volume fails for some -reason, \fBufsdump\fR will, with operator permission, restart itself from the -checkpoint after a defective volume has been replaced. -.SS "Suggested Dump Schedule" -.LP -It is vital to perform full, "level \fB0\fR", dumps at regular intervals. When -performing a full dump, bring the machine down to single-user mode using -\fBshutdown\fR(1M). While preparing for a full dump, it is a good idea to clean -the tape drive and heads. Incremental dumps should be performed with the system -running in single-user mode. -.sp -.LP -Incremental dumps allow for convenient backup and recovery of active files on a -more frequent basis, with a minimum of media and time. However, there are some -tradeoffs. First, the interval between backups should be kept to a minimum -(once a day at least). To guard against data loss as a result of a media -failure (a rare, but possible occurrence), capture active files on (at least) -two sets of dump volumes. Another consideration is the desire to keep -unnecessary duplication of files to a minimum to save both operator time and -media storage. A third consideration is the ease with which a particular -backed-up version of a file can be located and restored. The following -four-week schedule offers a reasonable tradeoff between these goals. -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri - Week 1: Full 5 5 5 5 3 - Week 2: 5 5 5 5 3 - Week 3: 5 5 5 5 3 - Week 4: 5 5 5 5 3 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Although the Tuesday through Friday incrementals contain "extra copies" of -files from Monday, this scheme assures that any file modified during the week -can be recovered from the previous day's incremental dump. -.SS "Process Priority of ufsdump" -.LP -\fBufsdump\fR uses multiple processes to allow it to read from the disk and -write to the media concurrently. Due to the way it synchronizes between these -processes, any attempt to run dump with a \fBnice\fR (process priority) of -`\(mi5' or better will likely make \fBufsdump\fR run \fIslower\fR instead of -faster. -.SS "Overlapping Partitions" -.LP -Most disks contain one or more overlapping slices because slice 2 covers the -entire disk. The other slices are of various sizes and usually do not overlap. -For example, a common configuration places \fBroot\fR on slice 0, \fBswap\fR on -slice 1, \fB/opt\fR on slice 5 and \fB/usr\fR on slice 6. -.sp -.LP -It should be emphasized that \fBufsdump\fR dumps one \fBufs\fR file system at a -time. Given the above scenario where slice 0 and slice 2 have the same starting -offset, executing \fBufsdump\fR on slice 2 with the intent of dumping the -entire disk would instead dump only the \fBroot\fR file system on slice 0. To -dump the entire disk, the user must dump the file systems on each slice -separately. -.SH BUGS -.LP -The \fB/etc/vfstab\fR file does not allow the desired frequency of backup for -file systems to be specified (as \fB/etc/fstab\fR did). Consequently, the -\fBw\fR and \fBW\fR options assume file systems should be backed up daily, -which limits the usefulness of these options. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsrestore.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsrestore.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 22a74d6ecd..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/ufsrestore.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,750 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UFSRESTORE 1M "Sep 24, 2002" -.SH NAME -ufsrestore \- incremental file system restore -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/sbin/ufsrestore\fR i | r | R | t | x [abcdfhlmostvyLT] - [\fIarchive_file\fR] [\fIfactor\fR] [\fIdumpfile\fR] [\fIn\fR] [\fIlabel\fR] - [\fItimeout\fR] [\fIfilename\fR]... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBufsrestore\fR utility restores files from backup media created with the -\fBufsdump\fR command. \fBufsrestores\fR's actions are controlled by the -\fIkey\fR argument. The \fIkey\fR is exactly one \fBfunction\fR \fIletter\fR -(\fBi\fR, \fBr\fR, \fBR\fR , \fBt\fR, or \fBx\fR) and zero or more \fIfunction -modifier\fRs (letters). The \fIkey\fR string contains no \fBSPACE\fR -characters. Function modifier arguments are listed on the command line in the -same order as their corresponding function modifiers appear in the \fIkey\fR -string. -.sp -.LP -\fIfilename\fR arguments which appear on the command line, or as arguments to -an interactive command, are treated as shell \fBglob\fR patterns by the \fBx\fR -and \fBt\fR functions; any files or directories matching the patterns are -selected. The metacharacters \fB*\fR, \fB?\fR, and \fB[ ]\fR must be protected -from the shell if they appear on the command line. There is no way to quote -these metacharacters to explicitly match them in a filename. -.sp -.LP -The temporary files \fBrstdir*\fR and \fBrstmode*\fR are placed in \fB/tmp\fR -by default. If the environment variable \fBTMPDIR\fR is defined with a -non-empty value, that location is used instead of \fB/tmp\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.SS "Function Letters" -.sp -.LP -You must specify one (and only one) of the function letters listed below. Note -that \fBi\fR, \fBx\fR, and \fBr\fR are intended to restore files into an empty -directory. The \fBR\fR function is intended for restoring into a populated -directory. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Interactive. After reading in the directory information from the media, -\fBufsrestore\fR invokes a shell-like interface that allows you to browse -through the dump file's directory hierarchy and select individual files to be -extracted. Restoration has the same semantics as \fBx\fR (see below). See -\fBInteractive Commands\fR, below, for a description of available commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBr\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Recursive. Starting with an empty directory and a level 0 dump, the \fBr\fR -function recreates the filesystem relative to the current working directory, -exactly as it appeared when the dump was made. Information used to restore -incremental dumps on top of the full dump (for example, \fBrestoresymtable\fR) -is also included. Several \fBufsrestore\fR runs are typical, one for each -higher level of dump (0, 1, ..., 9). Files that were deleted between the level -0 and a subsequent incremental dump will not exist after the final restore. To -completely restore a file system, use the \fBr\fR function restore the level 0 -dump, and again for each incremental dump. Although this function letter is -intended for a complete restore onto a new file system (one just created with -\fBnewfs\fR(1M)), if the file system contains files not on the backup media, -they are preserved. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Resume restoring. If an \fBr\fR-mode \fBufsrestore\fR was interrupted, this -function prompts for the volume from which to resume restoring and continues -the restoration from where it was left off. Otherwise identical to \fBr\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBt\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Table of contents. List each \fIfilename\fR that appears on the media. If no -\fIfilename\fR argument is given, the root directory is listed. This results in -a list of all files on the media, unless the \fBh\fR function modifier is in -effect. The table of contents is taken from the media or from the specified -archive file, when the \fBa\fR function modifier is used. The \fBa\fR function -modifier is mutually exclusive with the \fBx\fR and \fBr\fR function letters. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBx\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Extract the named files from the media. Files are restored to the same relative -locations that they had in the original file system. -.sp -If the \fIfilename\fR argument matches a directory whose contents were written -onto the media, and the \fBh\fR modifier is not in effect, the directory is -recursively extracted, relative to the current directory, which is expected to -be empty. For each file, the owner, modification time, and mode are restored -(if possible). -.sp -If you omit the \fIfilename\fR argument or specify \fB\&.\fR, the root -directory is extracted. This results in the entire tape being extracted, unless -the \fBh\fR modifier is in effect. . With the \fBx\fR function, existing files -are overwritten and \fBufsrestore\fR displays the names of the overwritten -files. Overwriting a currently-running executable can have unfortunate -consequences. -.sp -Use the \fBx\fR option to restore partial file system dumps, as they are (by -definition) not entire file systems. -.RE - -.SS "Function Modifiers" -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBa \fIarchive_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Read the table of contents from \fIarchive_file\fR instead of the media. This -function modifier can be used in combination with the \fBt\fR, \fBi\fR, or -\fBx\fR function letters, making it possible to check whether files are on the -media without having to mount the media. When used with the \fBx\fR and -interactive (\fBi\fR) function letters, it prompts for the volume containing -the file(s) before extracting them. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBb \fIfactor\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Blocking factor. Specify the blocking factor for tape reads. For variable -length \fBSCSI\fR tape devices, unless the data was written with the default -blocking factor, a blocking factor at least as great as that used to write the -tape must be used; otherwise, an error will be generated. Note that a tape -block is 512 bytes. Refer to the man page for your specific tape driver for the -maximum blocking factor. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBc\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Convert the contents of the media in 4.1BSD format to the new \fBufs\fR file -system format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBd\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Debug. Turn on debugging output. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBf \fIdump_file\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Use \fIdump_file\fR instead of \fB/dev/rmt/0\fR as the file to restore from. -Typically \fIdump_file\fR specifies a tape or diskette drive. If -\fIdump_file\fR is specified as `\fB\(mi\fR\&', \fBufsrestore\fR reads from the -standard input. This allows \fBufsdump\fR(1M) and \fBufsrestore\fR to be used -in a pipeline to copy a file system: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# ufsdump 0f \(mi /dev/rdsk/c0t0d0s7 \e - | (cd /home;ufsrestore xf \(mi) -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -If the name of the file is of the form \fImachine\fR\fB:\fR\fIdevice\fR, the -restore is done from the specified machine over the network using -\fBrmt\fR(1M). Since \fBufsrestore\fR is normally run by root, the name of the -local machine must appear in the \fB/.rhosts\fR file of the remote machine. If -the file is specified as \fIuser\fR\fB@\fR\fImachine\fR\fB:\fR\fIdevice\fR, -\fBufsrestore\fR will attempt to execute as the specified user on the remote -machine. The specified user must have a \fB\&.rhosts\fR file on the remote -machine that allows the user invoking the command from the local machine to -access the remote machine. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBh\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Extract or list the actual directory, rather than the files that it references. -This prevents hierarchical restoration of complete subtrees from the tape. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBl\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Autoload. When the end-of-tape is reached before the restore is complete, take -the drive off-line and wait up to two minutes (the default, see the \fBT\fR -function modifier) for the tape drive to be ready again. This gives autoloading -(stackloader) tape drives a chance to load a new tape. If the drive is ready -within two minutes, continue. If it is not, prompt for another tape and wait. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBL \fIlabel\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -The label that should appear in the header of the dump file. If the labels do -not match, \fBufsrestore\fR issues a diagnostic and exits. The tape label is -specific to the \fBufsdump\fR tape format, and bears no resemblance to -\fBIBM\fR or \fBANSI\fR-standard tape labels. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBm\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Extract by inode numbers rather than by filename to avoid regenerating complete -pathnames. Regardless of where the files are located in the dump hierarchy, -they are restored into the current directory and renamed with their inode -number. This is useful if only a few files are being extracted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBo\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Offline. Take the drive off-line when the restore is complete or the -end-of-media is reached and rewind the tape, or eject the diskette. In the case -of some autoloading 8mm drives, the tape is removed from the drive -automatically. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBs \fIn\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Skip to the \fIn\fRth file when there are multiple dump files on the same tape. -For example, the command: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# ufsrestore xfs /dev/rmt/0hn 5 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -would position you to the fifth file on the tape when reading volume 1 of the -dump. If a dump extends over more than one volume, all volumes except the first -are assumed to start at position 0, no matter what "\fBs\fR \fIn\fR" value is -specified. -.sp -If "\fBs\fR \fIn\fR" is specified, the backup media must be at \fBBOT\fR -(beginning of tape). Otherwise, the initial positioning to read the table of -contents will fail, as it is performed by skipping the tape forward -\fIn\fR\fB-1\fR files rather than by using absolute positioning. This is -because on some devices absolute positioning is very time consuming. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBT timeout [hms]\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Sets the amount of time to wait for an autoload command to complete. This -function modifier is ignored unless the \fBl\fR function modifier has also been -specified. The default timeout period is two minutes. The time units may be -specified as a trailing \fBh\fR (hours), \fBm\fR (minutes), or \fBs\fR -(seconds). The default unit is minutes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBv\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Verbose. \fBufsrestore\fR displays the name and inode number of each file it -restores, preceded by its file type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBy\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -Do not ask whether to abort the restore in the event of tape errors. -\fBufsrestore\fR tries to skip over the bad tape block(s) and continue as best -it can. -.RE - -.SS "Interactive Commands" -.sp -.LP -\fBufsrestore\fR enters interactive mode when invoked with the \fBi\fR function -letters. Interactive commands are reminiscent of the shell. For those commands -that accept an argument, the default is the current directory. The interactive -options are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBadd [\fIfilename\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Add the named file or directory to the list of files to extract. If a directory -is specified, add that directory and its files (recursively) to the extraction -list (unless the \fBh\fR modifier is in effect). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBcd \fIdirectory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Change to \fIdirectory\fR (within the dump file). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBdelete [\fIfilename\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Delete the current directory, or the named file or directory from the list of -files to extract. If a directory is specified, delete that directory and all -its descendents from the extraction list (unless the \fBh\fR modifier is in -effect). The most expedient way to extract a majority of files from a directory -is to add that directory to the extraction list, and then delete specific files -to omit. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBextract\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Extract all files on the extraction list from the dump media. \fBufsrestore\fR -asks which volume the user wishes to mount. The fastest way to extract a small -number of files is to start with the last volume and work toward the first. If -"\fBs\fR \fIn\fR" is given on the command line, volume 1 will automatically be -positioned to file \fIn\fR when it is read. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBhelp\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Display a summary of the available commands. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBls [\fIdirectory\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -List files in \fIdirectory\fR or the current directory, represented by a -`\fB\&.\fR' (period). Directories are appended with a `\fB/\fR' (slash). -Entries marked for extraction are prefixed with a `\fB*\fR' (asterisk). If the -verbose option is in effect, inode numbers are also listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBmarked [\fIdirectory\fR]\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Like \fBls\fR, except only files marked for extraction are listed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpager\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Toggle the pagination of the output from the \fBls\fR and \fBmarked\fR -commands. The pager used is that defined by the \fBPAGER\fR environment -variable, or more(1) if that envar is not defined. The \fBPAGER\fR envar may -include white-space-separated arguments for the pagination program. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBpwd\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Print the full pathname of the current working directory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBquit\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -\fBufsrestore\fR exits immediately, even if the extraction list is not empty. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsetmodes\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Prompts: \fBset owner/mode for\fR `\fB\&.\fR' (period). Type \fBy\fR for yes to -set the mode (permissions, owner, times) of the current directory `\fB\&.\fR' -(period) into which files are being restored equal to the mode of the root -directory of the file system from which they were dumped. Normally, this is -what you want when restoring a whole file system, or restoring individual files -into the same locations from which they were dumped. Type \fBn\fR for no, to -leave the mode of the current directory unchanged. Normally, this is what you -want when restoring part of a dump to a directory other than the one from which -the files were dumped. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBsetpager \fIcommand\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Sets the command to use for paginating output instead of the default or that -inherited from the environment. The \fIcommand\fR string may include arguments -in addition to the command itself. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBverbose\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Toggle the status of the \fBv\fR modifier. While \fBv\fR is in effect, the -\fBls\fR command lists the inode numbers of all entries, and \fBufsrestore\fR -displays information about each file as it is extracted. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBwhat\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Display the dump header on the media. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.sp -.LP -The following operands are supported. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the pathname of files (or directories) to be restored to disk. Unless -the \fBh\fR function modifier is also used, a directory name refers to the -files it contains, and (recursively) its subdirectories and the files they -contain. \fIfilename\fR is associated with either the \fBx\fR or \fBt\fR -function letters, and must come last. -.RE - -.SH USAGE -.sp -.LP -See \fBlargefile\fR(5) for the description of the behavior of \fBufsrestore\fR -when encountering files greater than or equal to 2 Gbyte ( 2^31 bytes). -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB1\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -An error occurred. Verbose messages are displayed. -.RE - -.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBPAGER\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -The command to use as a filter for paginating output. This can also be used to -specify the options to be used. Default is \fBmore\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBTMPDIR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Selects the directory for temporary files. Defaults to \fB/tmp\fR if not -defined in the environment. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/dev/rmt/0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -the default tape drive -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$TMPDIR/rstdir*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -file containing directories on the tape -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$TMPDIR/rstmode*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -owner, mode, and timestamps for directories -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\&./restoresymtable\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 23n -information passed between incremental restores -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmore\fR(1), \fBmkfs\fR(1M), \fBmount\fR(1M), \fBrmt\fR(1M), -\fBufsdump\fR(1M), \fBufsdump\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBlargefile\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.sp -.LP -\fBufsrestore\fR complains about bad option characters. -.sp -.LP -Read errors result in complaints. If \fBy\fR has been specified, or the user -responds \fBy\fR, \fBufsrestore\fR will attempt to continue. -.sp -.LP -If the dump extends over more than one tape, \fBufsrestore\fR asks the user to -change tapes. If the \fBx\fR or \fBi\fR function letter has been specified, -\fBufsrestore\fR also asks which volume the user wishes to mount. If the -\fBs\fR modifier has been specified, and volume 1 is mounted, it is -automatically positioned to the indicated file. -.sp -.LP -There are numerous consistency checks that can be listed by \fBufsrestore\fR. -Most checks are self-explanatory or can "never happen". Common errors are given -below. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBConverting to new file system format\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A dump tape created from the old file system has been loaded. It is -automatically converted to the new file system format. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIfilename\fR\fB: not found on tape\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The specified file name was listed in the tape directory, but was not found on -the tape. This is caused by tape read errors while looking for the file, using -a dump tape created on an active file system, or restoring a partial dump with -the \fBr\fR function. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBexpected next file\fR \fIinumber\fR\fB, got\fR \fIinumber\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A file that was not listed in the directory showed up. This can occur when -using a dump tape created on an active file system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIncremental tape too low\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When doing an incremental restore, a tape that was written before the previous -incremental tape, or that has too low an incremental level has been loaded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIncremental tape too high\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -When doing incremental restore, a tape that does not begin its coverage where -the previous incremental tape left off, or one that has too high an incremental -level has been loaded. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmedia\fR \fBread\fR \fBerror:\fR \fBinvalid\fR \fBargument\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Blocking factor specified for read is smaller than the blocking factor used to -write data. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBTape read error while restoring\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBTape read error while skipping over inode inumber\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBTape read error while trying to resynchronize\fR\fR -.ad -.br -.na -\fB\fBA tape read error has\ occurred\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -If a file name is specified, then its contents are probably partially wrong. If -an inode is being skipped or the tape is trying to resynchronize, then no -extracted files have been corrupted, though files may not be found on the tape. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBresync ufsrestore, skipped\fR \fInum\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -After a tape read error, \fBufsrestore\fR may have to resynchronize itself. -This message lists the number of blocks that were skipped over. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBIncorrect tape label. Expected `foo', got `bar'.\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBL\fR option was specified, and its value did not match what was recorded -in the header of the dump file. -.RE - -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -\fBufsrestore\fR can get confused when doing incremental restores from dump -tapes that were made on active file systems. -.sp -.LP -A \fBlevel 0\fR dump must be done after a full restore. Because -\fBufsrestore\fR runs in user mode, it has no control over inode allocation. -This means that \fBufsrestore\fR repositions the files, although it does not -change their contents. Thus, a full dump must be done to get a new set of -directories reflecting the new file positions, so that later incremental dumps -will be correct. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 8a1d8f9806..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2000, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UNSHARE 1M "Jan 23, 2007" -.SH NAME -unshare \- make local resource unavailable for mounting by remote systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBunshare\fR [\fB-p\fR] [\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR] [\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR] - [\fIpathname\fR | \fIresourcename\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBunshare\fR command makes a shared local resource unavailable as file -system type \fIFSType\fR. If the option \fB-F\fR\fIFSType\fR is omitted, then -the first file system type listed in file \fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR will be used -as the default. \fISpecific_options\fR, as well as the semantics of -\fIresourcename\fR, are specific to particular distributed file systems. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR \fIFSType\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the file system type. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR \fIspecific_options\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify options specific to the file system provided by the \fB-F\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Remove resource from shared status in a way that persists across reboots. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Lists distributed file system utilities packages installed on the system. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/sharetab\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Contains a table of local resources shared by the \fBshare\fR command. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBshare\fR(1M), \fBshareall\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If \fIpathname\fR or \fIresourcename\fR is not found in the shared information, -an error message will be sent to standard error. -.sp -.LP -When an \fBunshare\fR command completes successfully, a client mounting a file -system specified in that \fBunshare\fR command no longer has access to that -file system. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare_nfs.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare_nfs.1m deleted file mode 100644 index beb8c529c4..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/unshare_nfs.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UNSHARE_NFS 1M "May 6, 2003" -.SH NAME -unshare_nfs \- make local NFS file systems unavailable for mounting by remote -systems -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBunshare\fR [\fB-F\fR nfs] \fIpathname\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBunshare\fR command makes local file systems unavailable for mounting by -remote systems. The shared file system must correspond to a line with NFS as -the \fIFSType\fR in the file \fB/etc/dfs/sharetab\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-F\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -This option may be omitted if NFS is the first file system type listed in the -file \fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/fstypes\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/dfs/sharetab \fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBnfsd\fR(1M), \fBshare\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -If the file system being unshared is a symbolic link to a valid pathname, the -canonical path (the path which the symbolic link follows) will be unshared. -.sp -.LP -For example, if \fB/export/foo\fR is a symbolic link to \fB/export/bar\fR -(\fB/export/foo -> /export/bar\fR), the following \fBunshare\fR command will -result in \fB/export/bar\fR as the unshared pathname (and not -\fB/export/foo\fR): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# unshare -F nfs /export/foo -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -For file systems that are accessed by NFS Version 4 clients, once the unshare -is complete, all NFS Version 4 state (open files and file locks) are released -and unrecoverable by the clients. If the intent is to share the file system -after some administrative action, the NFS daemon (\fBnfsd\fR) should first be -stopped and then the file system unshared. After the administrative action is -complete, the file system would then be shared and the NFS daemon restarted. -See \fBnfsd\fR(1M) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/update_drv.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/update_drv.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 987a48de6e..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/update_drv.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,325 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UPDATE_DRV 1M "August 29, 2021" -.SH NAME -update_drv \- modify device driver attributes -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBupdate_drv\fR [\fB-f\fR | \fB-v\fR] [\fB-n\fR] \fIdriver_module\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBupdate_drv\fR [\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR] [\fB-f\fR | \fB-v\fR] [\fB-n\fR] \fB-a\fR [\fB-m\fR '\fIpermission\fR'] - [\fB-i\fR '\fIidentify-name\fR'] [\fB-P\fR '\fIprivilege\fR'] [\fB-p\fR '\fIpolicy\fR'] \fIdriver_module\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBupdate_drv\fR [\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR] [\fB-f\fR | \fB-v\fR] [\fB-n\fR] \fB-d\fR [\fB-m\fR '\fIpermission\fR'] - [\fB-i\fR '\fIidentify-name\fR'] [\fB-P\fR '\fIprivilege\fR'] [\fB-p\fR '\fIpolicy\fR'] \fIdriver_module\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -The \fBupdate_drv\fR command informs the system about attribute changes to an -installed device driver. It can be used to re-read the \fBdriver.conf\fR(4) -file, or to add, modify, or delete a driver's minor node permissions or -aliases. -.sp -.LP -Without options, \fBupdate_drv\fR reloads the \fBdriver.conf\fR file. -.sp -.LP -Upon successfully updating the aliases, the driver binding takes effect upon -reconfig boot or hotplug of the device. -.sp -.LP -Upon successfully updating the permissions, only the new driver minor nodes get -created with the modified set of file permissions. Existing driver minor nodes -do not get modified. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-a\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Add a \fIpermission\fR, \fIaliases\fR, \fIprivilege\fR or \fIpolicy\fR entry. -.sp -With the \fB-a\fR option specified, a permission entry (using the \fB-m\fR -option), or a driver's aliases entry (using the \fB-i\fR option), a device -privilege (using the \fB-P\fR option) or a a device policy (using the \fB-p\fR -option), can be added or updated. If a matching minor node permissions entry is -encountered (having the same driver name and the minor node), it is replaced. -If a matching aliases entry is encountered (having a different driver name and -the same alias), an error is reported. -.sp -The \fB-a\fR and \fB-d\fR options are mutually exclusive. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbasedir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Installs or modifies the driver on the system with a root directory of basedir -rather than installing on the system executing \fBupdate_drv\fR. -.LP -Note - -.sp -.RS 2 -The root file system of any non-global zones must not be referenced with the -\fB-b\fR option. Doing so might damage the global zone's file system, might -compromise the security of the global zone, and might damage the non-global -zone's file system. See \fBzones\fR(5). -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Delete a \fIpermission\fR, \fIaliases\fR, \fIprivilege\fR or \fIpolicy\fR -entry. -.sp -The \fB-m\fR \fIpermission\fR, \fB-i\fR \fIidentify-name\fR, \fB-P\fR -\fIprivilege\fR or the \fB-p\fR \fIpolicy\fR option needs to be specified with -the \fB-d\fR option. -.sp -The \fB-d\fR and \fB-a\fR options are mutually exclusive. -.sp -If the entry doesn't exist \fBupdate_drv\fR returns an error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Force the system to reread the \fBdriver.conf\fR file even if the driver module -cannot be unloaded. See \fBNOTES\fR section for details. -.sp -\fBWithout\fR this option, when removing an alias for a driver, -\fBupdate_drv\fR updates the binding files for the next boot, but returns an -error if one or more devices that reference the driver-alias binding remains. -\fBWith\fR the \fB-f\fR option, \fBupdate_drv\fR does not return an error if -such devices remain. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR '\fIidentify-name\fR'\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A white-space separated list of aliases for the driver. If \fB-a\fR or \fB-d\fR -option is not specified then this option is ignored. The \fIidentify-name\fR -string is mandatory. If all aliases need to be removed, \fBrem_drv\fR(1M) is -recommended. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR '\fIpermission\fR'\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a white-space separated list of file system permissions for the device -node of the device driver. If \fB-a\fR or \fB-d\fR option is not specified -then, this option is ignored. The permission string is mandatory. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-n\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Do not try to load and attach \fIdevice_driver\fR, just modify the system -configuration files for that driver. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR '\fIpolicy\fR'\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With the \fB-a\fR option, policy is a white-space separated list of complete -device policies. For the \fB-d\fR option, policy is a white space separated -list of minor device specifications. The minor device specifications are -matched exactly against the entries in \fB/etc/security/device_policy\fR, that -is, no wildcard matching is performed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR '\fIprivilege\fR'\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -With the \fB-a\fR option, privilege is a comma separated list of additional -driver privileges. For the \fB-d\fR option, privilege is a single privilege. -The privileges are added to or removed from the \fB/etc/security/extra_privs\fR -file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Verbose. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRAdding or Modifying an Existing Minor Permissions Entry -.sp -.LP -The following command adds or modifies the existing minor permissions entry of -the \fBclone\fR driver: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# update_drv -a -m 'llc1 777 joe staff' clone -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRRemoving All Minor Permissions Entries -.sp -.LP -The following command removes all minor permission entries of the \fBusbprn\fR -driver, the USB printer driver: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# update_drv -d -m '* 0666 root sys' usbprn -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRAdding a Driver Aliases Entry -.sp -.LP -The following command adds a driver aliases entry of the \fBugen\fR driver with -the identity string of \fBusb459,20\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# update_drv -a -i '"usb459,20"' ugen -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 4 \fRRe-reading the \fBdriver.conf\fR File For the \fBohci\fR Driver -.sp -.LP -The following command re-reads the \fBdriver.conf\fR(4) file. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf - example# update_drv ohci -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 5 \fRRequiring a Self-defined Privilege to Open a tcp Socket -.sp -.LP -The following command requires a self-defined privilege to open a tcp socket: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# update_drv -a -P net_tcp -p \e - 'write_priv_set=net_tcp read_priv_set=net_tcp' tcp -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 6 \fREstablishing a Path-oriented Alias -.sp -.LP -The following command establishes a path-oriented alias to force a specific -driver, \fBqlt\fR, to be used for a particular device path: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example# update_drv -a -i '"/pci@8,600000/SUNW,qlc@4"' qlt -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB>\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBadd_drv\fR(1M), \fBmodunload\fR(1M), \fBrem_drv\fR(1M), -\fBdriver.conf\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5), \fBprivileges\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -If \fB-a\fR or \fB-d\fR options are specified, \fBupdate_drv\fR does not reread -the \fBdriver.conf\fR file. -.sp -.LP -A forced update of the \fBdriver.conf\fR file reloads the \fBdriver.conf\fR -file without reloading the driver binary module. In this case, devices which -cannot be detached reference driver global properties from the old -\fBdriver.conf\fR file, while the remaining driver instances reference global -properties in the new \fBdriver.conf\fR file. -.sp -.LP -It is possible to add an alias , which changes the driver binding of a device -already being managed by a different driver. A force update with the \fB-a\fR -option tries to bind to the new driver and report error if it cannot. If you -specify more than one of the \fB-m\fR, \fB-i\fR, \fB-P\fR or \fB-p\fR options, -a force flag tries to modify aliases or permissions. This is done even if the -other operation fails and vice-versa. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/updatehome.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/updatehome.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 2d97934d39..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/updatehome.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UPDATEHOME 1M "Jul 20, 2007" -.SH NAME -updatehome \- update the home directory copy and link files for the current -label -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/bin/updatehome\fR [\fB-cirs\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBupdatehome\fR reads the user's minimum-label copy and link-control files -(\fB\&.copy_files\fR and \fB\&.link_files\fR). These files contain a list of -files to be copied and symbolically linked from the user's minimum-label home -directory to the user's home directory at the current label. -.sp -.LP -The Solaris Trusted Extensions \fBdtsession\fR program performs an -\fBupdatehome\fR whenever a newly labeled workspace is created so that the -user's favorite files are available for use. For example, the user probably -wants a symbolic link to such files as \fB\&.profile\fR, \fB\&.login\fR, -\fB\&.cshrc\fR, \fB\&.exrc\fR, \fB\&.mailrc\fR, and \fB~/bin\fR. The -\fBupdatehome\fR command provides a convenient mechanism for accomplishing this -symlink. The user can add files to those to be copied (\fB\&.copy_files\fR) and -to those to be symbolically linked (\fB\&.link_files\fR). -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Replace existing home-directory copies at the current label. The default is to -skip over existing copies. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Ignore errors encountered. The default aborts on error. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Replace existing home-directory copies or symbolic links at the current label. -This option implies options \fB-c\fR and \fB-s\fR. The default is to skip over -existing copies or symbolic links. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Replace existing home-directory symbolic links at the current label. The -default is to skip over existing symbolic links. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.sp -.LP -Upon success, \fBupdatehome\fR returns \fB0\fR. Upon failure, \fBupdatehome\fR -returns \fB1\fR and writes diagnostic messages to standard error. -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1 \fRA Sample \fB\&.copy_files\fR File -.sp -.LP -The files that are listed in \fB\&.copy_files\fR can be modified at every -user's label. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\&.cshrc -\&.mailrc -\&.mozilla/bookmarks.html -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 2 \fRA Sample \fB\&.link_files\fR File -.sp -.LP -The files that are listed in \fB\&.link_files\fR can be modified at the lowest -label. The changes propagate to the other labels that are available to the -user. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -~/bin -\&.mozilla/preferences -\&.xrc -\&.rhosts -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -\fBExample 3 \fRUpdating the Linked and Copied Files -.sp -.LP -The \fB\&.copy_files\fR and \fB\&.link_files\fR were updated by the user at the -minimum label. At a higher label, the user refreshes the copies and the links. -No privileges are required to run the command. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -% \fBupdatehome -r\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.copy_files\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -List of files to be copied -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB$HOME/.link_files\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 21n -List of files to be symbolically linked -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.sp -.LP -\fI\&.copy_files and .link_files Files\fR in \fISolaris Trusted Extensions -Administrator\&'s Procedures\fR -.SH NOTES -.sp -.LP -The functionality described on this manual page is available only if the system -is configured with Trusted Extensions. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/useradd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/useradd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 819e7b55b6..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/useradd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,562 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright (c) 2013 Gary Mills -.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH USERADD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -useradd \- administer a new user login on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBuseradd\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] [\fB-m\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR]] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-R\fR \fIrole\fR[,\fIrole\fR]...] - [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] [\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] \fIlogin\fR -.fi - -.LP -.nf -\fBuseradd\fR \fB-D\fR [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] - [\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR] [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] [\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-R\fR \fIrole\fR[,\fIrole\fR]...] - [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBuseradd\fR adds a new user to the \fB/etc/passwd\fR and \fB/etc/shadow\fR -and \fB/etc/user_attr\fR files. The \fB-A\fR and \fB-P\fR options respectively -assign authorizations and profiles to the user. The \fB-R\fR option assigns -roles to the user. The \fB-p\fR option associates a project with the user. The -\fB-K\fR option adds a \fIkey=value\fR pair to \fB/etc/user_attr\fR for the -user. Multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs may be added with multiple \fB-K\fR -options. -.sp -.LP -\fBuseradd\fR also creates supplementary group memberships for the user -(\fB-G\fR option) and creates the home directory (\fB-m\fR option) for the user -if requested. The new login remains locked until the \fBpasswd\fR(1) command is -executed. -.sp -.LP -Specifying \fBuseradd\fR \fB-D\fR with the \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, -\fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-k\fR, \fB-K\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-R\fR, or -\fB-s\fR option (or any combination of these options) sets the default values -for the respective fields. See the \fB-D\fR option, below. Subsequent -\fBuseradd\fR commands without the \fB-D\fR option use these arguments. -.sp -.LP -The system file entries created with this command have a limit of 2048 -characters per line. Specifying long arguments to several options can exceed -this limit. -.sp -.LP -\fBuseradd\fR requires that usernames be in the format described in -\fBpasswd\fR(4). A warning message is displayed if these restrictions are not -met. See \fBpasswd\fR(4) for the requirements for usernames. -.LP -To change the action of \fBuseradd\fR when the traditional login name -length limit of eight characters is exceeded, edit the file -\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR by removing the \fB#\fR (pound sign) before the -appropriate \fBEXCEED_TRAD=\fR entry, and adding it before the others. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma separated authorizations defined in \fBauth_attr\fR(4). Only -a user or role who has \fBgrant\fR rights to the authorization can assign it to -an account. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-b\fR \fIbase_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The base directory for new login home directories (see the \fB-d\fR option -below). The directory named by \fIbase_dir\fR must already exist and be an -absolute path. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A text string. It is generally a short description of the login, and is -currently used as the field for the user's full name. This information is -stored in the user's \fB/etc/passwd\fR entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The home directory of the new user. If not supplied, it defaults to -\fIbase_dir\fR/\fIaccount_name\fR, where \fIbase_dir\fR is the base directory -for new login home directories and \fIaccount_name\fR is the new login name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the default values for \fBgroup\fR, \fBbase_dir\fR, \fBskel_dir\fR, -\fBshell\fR, \fBinactive\fR, \fBexpire\fR, \fBproj\fR, \fBprojname\fR and -\fBkey=value\fR pairs. When used with the \fB-A\fR, \fB-b\fR, \fB-e\fR, -\fB-f\fR, \fB-g\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-R\fR, or \fB-K\fR options, the -\fB-D\fR option sets the default values for the specified fields. The default -values are: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBgroup\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBother\fR (\fBGID\fR of 1) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBbase_dir\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/home\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBskel_dir\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/etc/skel\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBshell\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB/bin/sh\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBinactive\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB0\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBexpire\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBauths\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprofiles\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -null -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBproj\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fB3\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBprojname\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -\fBdefault\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBkey=value\fR (pairs defined in \fBuser_attr\fR(4)) -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -not present -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBroles\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -null -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the expiration date for a login. After this date, no user will be able -to access this login. The expire option argument is a date entered using one of -the date formats included in the template file \fB/etc/datemsk\fR. See -\fBgetdate\fR(3C). -.sp -If the date format that you choose includes spaces, it must be quoted. For -example, you can enter \fB10/6/90\fR or \fBOctober 6, 1990\fR. A null value -(\fB" "\fR) defeats the status of the expired date. This option is useful for -creating temporary logins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of days allowed between uses of a login ID before that -\fBID\fR is declared invalid. Normal values are positive integers. A value of -\fB0\fR defeats the status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An existing group's integer \fBID\fR or character-string name. Without the -\fB-D\fR option, it defines the new user's primary group membership and -defaults to the default group. You can reset this default value by invoking -\fBuseradd\fR \fB-D\fR \fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR. GIDs 0-99 are reserved for -allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated existing groups, specified by integer \fBID\fR or -character-string name. It defines the new user's supplementary group -membership. Any duplicate groups between the \fB-g\fR and \fB-G\fR options are -ignored. No more than \fBNGROUPS_MAX\fR groups can be specified. GIDs 0-99 are -reserved for allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-k\fR \fIskel_dir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A directory that contains skeleton information (such as \fB\&.profile\fR) that -can be copied into a new user's home directory. This directory must already -exist. The system provides the \fB/etc/skel\fR directory that can be used for -this purpose. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A \fIkey=value\fR pair to add to the user's attributes. Multiple \fB-K\fR -options may be used to add multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs. The generic \fB-K\fR -option with the appropriate key may be used instead of the specific implied key -options (\fB-A\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-R\fR). See \fBuser_attr\fR(4) for a -list of valid \fIkey=value\fR pairs. The "type" key is not a valid key for this -option. Keys cannot be repeated. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Create the new user's home directory if it does not already exist. If the -directory already exists, it must have read, write, and execute permissions by -\fIgroup\fR, where \fIgroup\fR is the user's primary group. -.sp -If the parent directory of the user's home directory is located on a separate -\fBZFS\fR file system and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the -parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set to the value \fBYES\fR, a new \fBZFS\fR -file system will be created for the user. -.sp -If the \fB-z\fR option is specified, \fBuseradd\fR will always try to create -a new file system for the home directory. -.sp -If the \fB-Z\fR option is specified, a new file system will never be created. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option allows a \fBUID\fR to be duplicated (non-unique). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR \fIprojname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Name of the project with which the added user is associated. See the -\fIprojname\fR field as defined in \fBproject\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated execution profiles defined in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIrole\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated roles defined in \fBuser_attr\fR(4). -Roles cannot be assigned to other roles. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Full pathname of the program used as the user's shell on login. It defaults to -an empty field causing the system to use \fB/bin/sh\fR as the default. The -value of \fIshell\fR must be a valid executable file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fBUID\fR of the new user. This \fBUID\fR must be a non-negative decimal -integer below \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR\&. The \fBUID\fR -defaults to the next available (unique) number above the highest number -currently assigned. For example, if \fBUID\fRs 100, 105, and 200 are assigned, -the next default \fBUID\fR number will be 201. \fBUID\fRs \fB0\fR-\fB99\fR are -reserved for allocation by the Operating System. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.LP -\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/datemsk\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/passwd\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/shadow\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/group\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/skel\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/usr/include/limits.h\fR -.sp -.LP -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), -\fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), \fBgrpck\fR(1M), -\fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBpwck\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), -\fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBgetdate\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBproject\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBuseradd\fR prints an error message and exits with a -non-zero status. -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that \fBlogin\fR specified is already in use: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: ERROR: login is already in use. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -is not unique: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: ERROR: uid \fIuid\fR is already in use. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIgroup\fR specified with the \fB-g\fR option -is already in use: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: ERROR: group \fIgroup\fR does not exist. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -is in the range of reserved \fBUID\fRs (from \fB0\fR-\fB99\fR): -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: WARNING: uid \fIuid\fR is reserved. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fIuid\fR specified with the \fB-u\fR option -exceeds \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: ERROR: uid \fIuid\fR is too big. Choose another. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The following indicates that the \fB/etc/passwd\fR or \fB/etc/shadow\fR files -do not exist: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -UX: useradd: ERROR: Cannot update system files - login cannot be created. -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBuseradd\fR utility adds definitions to only the local \fB/etc/group\fR, -\fB/etc/passwd\fR, \fB/etc/shadow\fR, \fB/etc/project\fR, and -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR files. If a network name service -is being used to supplement the local \fB/etc/passwd\fR file with -additional entries, \fBuseradd\fR cannot change information supplied by the -network name service. However \fBuseradd\fR will verify the uniqueness of the -user name (or role) and user id and the existence of any group names specified -against the external name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/userdel.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/userdel.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 5db1d8780f..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/userdel.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1999, -.\" Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH USERDEL 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -userdel \- delete a user's login from the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBuserdel\fR [\fB-r\fR] \fIlogin\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBuserdel\fR utility deletes a user account from the system and makes the -appropriate account-related changes to the system file and file system. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Remove the user's home directory from the system. This directory must exist. -The files and directories under the home directory will no longer be accessible -following successful execution of the command. -.sp -If the user's home directory is located on a separate \fBZFS\fR file system and -the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set -to the value \fBYES\fR, the file system will be destroyed. -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB\fIlogin\fR\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 9n -An existing login name to be deleted. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Invalid command syntax. A usage message for the \fBuserdel\fR command is -displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The account to be removed does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -The account to be removed is in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/group\fR or \fB/etc/user_attr\fR file but the login -is removed from the \fB/etc/passwd\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB12\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -Cannot remove or otherwise modify the home directory. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -configuration file for user and role administrative commands -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing users' encrypted passwords and related information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing group definitions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/user_attr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -system file containing additional user attributes -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBauths\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBprofiles\fR(1), \fBroles\fR(1), -\fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), \fBgroupmod\fR(1M), -\fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBroleadd\fR(1M), \fBroledel\fR(1M), \fBrolemod\fR(1M), -\fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBusermod\fR(1M), \fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBuserdel\fR utility only deletes an account definition that is in the -local \fB/etc/group\fR, \fB/etc/passwd\fR, \fB/etc/shadow\fR, and -\fB/etc/user_attr\fR file. file. If a network name service -is being used to supplement the local \fB/etc/passwd\fR file with -additional entries, \fBuserdel\fR cannot change information supplied by the -network name service. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/usermod.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/usermod.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 0a2a4bfdd3..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/usermod.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,587 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2018 Peter Tribble. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 2004, 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH USERMOD 1M "Jan 7, 2018" -.SH NAME -usermod \- modify a user's login information on the system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fBusermod\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR [\fB-o\fR]] [\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR] [\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR[,\fIgroup\fR]...] - [\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR [\fB-m\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR]]] [\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR] [\fB-l\fR \fInew_name\fR] - [\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR] - [\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR[,\fIauthorization\fR]...] - [\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR[,\fIprofile\fR]...] [\fB-R\fR \fIrole\fR[,\fIrole\fR]...] - [\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR] \fIlogin\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fBusermod\fR utility modifies a user's login definition on the system. It -changes the definition of the specified login and makes the appropriate -login-related system file and file system changes. -.sp -.LP -The system file entries created with this command have a limit of 512 -characters per line. Specifying long arguments to several options can exceed -this limit. -.SH OPTIONS -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-A\fR \fIauthorization\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma separated authorizations as defined in \fBauth_attr\fR(4). -Only a user or role who has \fBgrant\fR rights to the \fBauthorization\fR can -assign it to an account. This replaces any existing authorization setting. If -an empty authorization list is specified, the existing setting is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR \fIcomment\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a comment string. \fIcomment\fR can be any text string. It is generally -a short description of the login, and is currently used as the field for the -user's full name. This information is stored in the user's \fB/etc/passwd\fR -entry. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR \fIdir\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the new home directory of the user. It defaults to -\fIbase_dir/login\fR, where \fIbase_dir\fR is the base directory for new login -home directories, and \fBlogin\fR is the new login. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-e\fR \fIexpire\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the expiration date for a login. After this date, no user will be able -to access this login. The expire option argument is a date entered using one of -the date formats included in the template file \fB/etc/datemsk\fR. See -\fBgetdate\fR(3C). -.sp -For example, you may enter \fB10/6/90\fR or \fBOctober 6, 1990\fR. A value of -\fB`` ''\fR defeats the status of the expired date. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR \fIinactive\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the maximum number of days allowed between uses of a login \fBID\fR -before that login \fBID\fR is declared invalid. Normal values are positive -integers. A value of \fB0\fR defeats the status. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-g\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify an existing group's integer \fBID\fR or character-string name. It -redefines the user's primary group membership. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-G\fR \fIgroup\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated existing groups, specified by integer \fBID\fR or -character-string name. It redefines the user's supplementary group membership. -Any duplicate groups between the \fB-g\fR and \fB-G\fR options are ignored. -No more than \fBNGROUPS_UMAX\fR groups may be specified as defined in -\fB\fR\&. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-K\fR \fIkey=value\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Replace existing or add to a user's \fIkey=value\fR pair attributes. Multiple -\fB-K\fR options can be used to replace or add multiple \fIkey=value\fR pairs. -However, keys must not be repeated. The generic \fB-K\fR option with the -appropriate key can be used instead of the specific implied key options -(\fB-A\fR, \fB-P\fR, \fB-R\fR, \fB-p\fR). See \fBuser_attr\fR(4) for a list of -valid \fIkey\fRs. Values for these keys are usually found in man pages or other -sources related to those keys. For example, see \fBproject\fR(4) for guidance -on values for the \fBproject\fR key. Use the command \fBppriv\fR(1) with the -\fB-v\fR and \fB-l\fR options for a list of values for the keys -\fBdefaultpriv\fR and \fBlimitpriv\fR. -.sp -The keyword \fBtype\fR can be specified with the value \fBrole\fR or the value -\fBnormal\fR. When using the value \fBrole\fR, the account changes from a -normal user to a role; using the value \fBnormal\fR keeps the account a normal -user. -.sp -As a \fBrole\fR account, no roles (\fB-R\fR or \fIroles=value\fR) can be -present. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-l\fR \fInew_logname\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the new login name for the user. See \fBpasswd\fR(4) for the -requirements for usernames. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fR [\fB-z|-Z\fR] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Move the user's home directory to the new directory specified with the \fB-d\fR -option. If the directory already exists, it must have permissions -read/write/execute by \fIgroup\fR, where \fIgroup\fR is the user's primary -group. -.sp -If the user's old home directory was located on a separate \fBZFS\fR file system -and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR -set to the value \fBYES\fR, the file system will be destroyed after the home -directory is moved. If the parent directory of the user's new home directory is -located on a separate \fBZFS\fR filesystem and the \fB/etc/default/useradd\fR -file contains the parameter \fBMANAGE_ZFS\fR set to the value \fBYES\fR, a new -\fBZFS\fR file system will be created. -.sp -If the \fB-z\fR option is specified, \fBusermod\fR will always try to create a -new file system for the home directory and destroy the old one. -.sp -If the \fB-Z\fR option is specified, a new file system will never be created, -and the old one will never be destroyed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -This option allows the specified \fBUID\fR to be duplicated (non-unique). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-P\fR \fIprofile\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated execution profiles defined in \fBprof_attr\fR(4). -This replaces any existing profile setting in \fBuser_attr\fR(4). If an empty -profile list is specified, the existing setting is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-R\fR \fIrole\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -One or more comma-separated roles (see \fBroleadd\fR(1M)). This replaces any -existing role setting. If an empty role list is specified, the existing setting -is removed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR \fIshell\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify the full pathname of the program that is used as the user's shell on -login. The value of \fIshell\fR must be a valid executable file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR \fIuid\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specify a new \fBUID\fR for the user. It must be a non-negative decimal integer -less than \fBMAXUID\fR as defined in \fB\fR\&. The \fBUID\fR -associated with the user's home directory is not modified with this option; a -user will not have access to their home directory until the \fBUID\fR is -manually reassigned using \fBchown\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -.LP -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBlogin\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An existing login name to be modified. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -\fBExample 1\fR Assigning Privileges to a User -.sp -.LP -The following command adds the privilege that affects high resolution times to -a user's initial, inheritable set of privileges. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBusermod -K defaultpriv=basic,proc_clock_highres jdoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This command results in the following entry in \fBuser_attr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -jdoe::::type=normal;defaultpriv=basic,proc_clock_highres -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 2\fR Removing a Privilege from a User's Limit Set -.sp -.LP -The following command removes the privilege that allows the specified user to -create hard links to directories and to unlink directories. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBusermod -K limitpriv=all,!sys_linkdir jdoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This command results in the following entry in \fBuser_attr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -jdoe::::type=normal;defaultpriv=basic,limitpriv=all,!sys_linkdir -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 3\fR Removing a Privilege from a User's Basic Set -.sp -.LP -The following command removes the privilege that allows the specified user to -examine processes outside the user's session. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBusermod -K defaultpriv=basic,!proc_session jdoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This command results in the following entry in \fBuser_attr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -jdoe::::type=normal;defaultpriv=basic,!proc_session;limitpriv=all -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 4\fR Assigning a Role to a User -.sp -.LP -The following command assigns a role to a user. The role must have been created -prior to this command, see \fBroleadd\fR(1M). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBusermod -R mailadm jdoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -This command results in the following entry in \fBuser_attr\fR: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -jdoe::::type=normal;roles=mailadm;defaultpriv=basic;limitpriv=all -.fi -.in -2 - -.LP -\fBExample 5\fR Removing All Profiles from a User -.sp -.LP -The following command removes all profiles that were granted to a user -directly. The user will still have any execution profiles that are granted by -means of the \fBPROFS_GRANTED\fR key in \fBpolicy.conf\fR(4). - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# \fBusermod -P "" jdoe\fR -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -In case of an error, \fBusermod\fR prints an error message and exits with one -of the following values: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB2\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The command syntax was invalid. A usage message for the \fBusermod\fR command -is displayed. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB3\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An invalid argument was provided to an option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB4\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fIuid\fR given with the \fB-u\fR option is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB5\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The password files contain an error. \fBpwconv\fR(1M) can be used to correct -possible errors. See \fBpasswd\fR(4). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB6\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The login to be modified does not exist, the \fIgroup\fR does not exist, or the -login shell does not exist. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB8\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The login to be modified is in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB9\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The \fInew_logname\fR is already in use. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB10\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Cannot update the \fB/etc/group\fR or \fB/etc/user_attr\fR file. Other update -requests will be implemented. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB11\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Insufficient space to move the home directory (\fB-m\fR option). Other update -requests will be implemented. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB12\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Unable to complete the move of the home directory to the new home directory. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/useradd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -configuration file for user and role administrative commands -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/group\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing group definitions -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/datemsk\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file of date formats -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/passwd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system password file -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/shadow\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing users' and roles' encrypted passwords and related -information -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/user_attr\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -system file containing additional user and role attributes -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.LP -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability Committed -.TE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBchown\fR(1), \fBpasswd\fR(1), \fBgroupadd\fR(1M), \fBgroupdel\fR(1M), -\fBgroupmod\fR(1M), \fBlogins\fR(1M), \fBpwconv\fR(1M), \fBroleadd\fR(1M), -\fBroledel\fR(1M), \fBrolemod\fR(1M), \fBuseradd\fR(1M), \fBuserdel\fR(1M), -\fBzfs\fR(1M), \fBgetdate\fR(3C), \fBauth_attr\fR(4), \fBpasswd\fR(4), -\fBpolicy.conf\fR(4), \fBprof_attr\fR(4), \fBuser_attr\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -The \fBusermod\fR utility modifies \fBpasswd\fR definitions only in the local -\fB/etc/passwd\fR and \fB/etc/shadow\fR files. If a network nameservice -is being used to supplement the local files with -additional entries, \fBusermod\fR cannot change information supplied by the -network nameservice. However \fBusermod\fR will verify the uniqueness of user -name and user \fBID\fR against the external nameservice. -.sp -.LP -The \fBusermod\fR utility uses the \fB/etc/datemsk\fR file -for date formatting. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/utmpd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/utmpd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b47dd23bd9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/utmpd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 2015 Shruti V Sampat -.\" Copyright (c) 2004, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UTMPD 1M "April 9, 2016" -.SH NAME -utmpd \- utmpx monitoring daemon -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fButmpd\fR [\fB-debug\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The \fButmpd\fR daemon monitors the \fB/var/adm/utmpx\fR file. See -\fButmpx\fR(4) (and \fButmp\fR(4) for historical information). -.sp -.LP -\fButmpd\fR receives requests from \fBpututxline\fR(3C) by way of a named pipe. -It maintains a table of processes and uses \fBpoll\fR(2) on \fB/proc\fR files -to detect process termination. When \fButmpd\fR detects that a process has -terminated, it checks that the process has removed its \fButmpx\fR entry from -\fB/var/adm/utmpx\fR. If the process' \fButmpx\fR entry has not been removed, -\fButmpd\fR removes the entry. By periodically scanning the -\fB/var/adm/utmpx\fR file, \fButmpd\fR also monitors processes that are not in -its table. -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-debug\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Run in debug mode, leaving the process connected to the controlling terminal. -Write debugging information to standard output. -.RE - -.SH EXIT STATUS -.LP -The following exit values are returned: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Successful completion. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB>0\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -An error occurred. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/default/utmpd\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -You can set default values for the flags listed below. For example: -\fBSCAN_PERIOD=600\fR -.sp -The values for these flags should be greater than 0. If values read -from the file are found to be less than or equal to 0, or containing -invalid characters, the default values mentioned below are retained. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBSCAN_PERIOD\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of seconds that \fButmpd\fR sleeps between checks of \fB/proc\fR to -see if monitored processes are still alive. The default is 300. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBMAX_FDS\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The maximum number of processes that \fButmpd\fR attempts to monitor. The -default value is 4096. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBWTMPX_UPDATE_FREQ\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The number of seconds that \fButmpd\fR sleeps between read accesses of the -\fBwtmpx\fR file. The \fBwtmpx\fR file's last access time is used by -\fBinit\fR(1M) on reboot to determine when the operating system became -unavailable. The default is 60. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/adm/utmpx\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -File containing user and accounting information for commands such as -\fBwho\fR(1), \fBwrite\fR(1), and \fBlogin\fR(1). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/proc\fR\fR -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Directory containing files for processes whose \fButmpx\fR entries are being -monitored. -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBsvcs\fR(1), \fBinit\fR(1M), \fBsvcadm\fR(1M), \fBpoll\fR(2), -\fBpututxline\fR(3C), \fBproc\fR(4), \fButmp\fR(4), \fButmpx\fR(4), -\fBattributes\fR(5), \fBsmf\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -.LP -If the filesystem holding \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR is mounted with options which -inhibit or defer access time updates, an unknown amount of error will be -introduced into the \fButmp\fR \fBDOWN_TIME\fR record's timestamp in the event -of an uncontrolled shutdown (for example, a crash or loss of power ). -Controlled shutdowns will update the modify time of \fB/var/adm/wtmpx\fR, which -will be used on the next boot to determine when the previous shutdown occurred, -regardless of access time deferral or inhibition. -.sp -.LP -The \fButmpd\fR service is managed by the service management facility, -\fBsmf\fR(5), under the service identifier: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -svc:/system/utmp:default -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -Administrative actions on this service, such as enabling, disabling, or -requesting restart, can be performed using \fBsvcadm\fR(1M). The service's -status can be queried using the \fBsvcs\fR(1) command. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucheck.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uucheck.1m deleted file mode 100644 index e5272edfdf..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucheck.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUCHECK 1M "May 18, 1993" -.SH NAME -uucheck \- check the uucp directories and permissions file -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/uucheck\fR [\fB-v\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBuucheck\fR checks for the presence of the \fBuucp\fR system required files -and directories. \fBuucheck\fR also does error checking of the -\fBPermissions\fR file (\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR). -.sp -.LP -\fBuucheck\fR is executed during package installation. \fBuucheck\fR can only -be used by the super-user or \fBuucp\fR. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-v\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Give a detailed (verbose) explanation of how the \fBuucp\fR programs will -interpret the \fBPermissions\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI debug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Produce debugging output on the standard output. \fIdebug-level\fR is a number -from \fB0\fR to \fB9\fR. Higher numbers give more detailed debugging -information. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Devices\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Limits\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Systems\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/locks/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucppublic/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuustat\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), \fBuucico\fR(1M), -\fBuusched\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH BUGS -.sp -.LP -The program does not check file/directory modes or some errors in the -\fBPermissions\fR file such as duplicate login or machine name. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucico.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uucico.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 6eaf2120a0..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucico.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUCICO 1M "May 19, 1993" -.SH NAME -uucico \- file transport program for the uucp system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/uucico\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-c\fR \fItype\fR] [\fB-d\fR \fIspool-directory\fR] - [\fB-i\fR \fIinterface\fR] [\fB-r\fR \fIrole-number\fR] [\fB-s\fR \fIsystem-name\fR] - [\fB-x\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBuucico\fR is the file transport program for \fBuucp\fR work file transfers. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-f\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -This option is used to "force execution" of \fBuucico\fR by ignoring the limit -on the maximum number of uucicos defined in the \fB/etc/uucp/Limits\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-c\fR\fI type\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -The first field in the \fBDevices\fR file is the "Type" field. The \fB-c\fR -option forces \fBuucico\fR to only use entries in the "Type" field that match -the user specified \fBtype\fR. The specified \fBtype\fR is usually the name of -a local area network. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-d\fR\fI spool-directory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -This option specifies the directory \fIspool-directory\fR that contains the -\fBuucp\fR work files to be transferred. The default spool directory is -\fB/var/spool/uucp\fR. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fI interface\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -This option defines the \fIinterface\fR used with \fBuucico\fR. The interface -only affects slave mode. Known interfaces are UNIX (default), TLI (basic -Transport Layer Interface), and TLIS (Transport Layer Interface with Streams -modules, read/write). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-r\fR\fI role-number\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -The \fIrole-number\fR \fB1\fR is used for master mode. \fIrole-number\fR -\fB0\fR is used for slave mode (default). When \fBuucico\fR is started by a -program or \fBcron\fR, \fIrole-number\fR \fB1\fR should be used for master -mode. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI system-name\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -The \fB-s\fR option defines the remote system (\fIsystem-name\fR) that -\fBuucico\fR will try to contact. It is required when the role is master; -\fIsystem-name\fR must be defined in the \fBSystems\fR file. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI debug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 22n -Both \fBuux\fR and \fBuucp\fR queue jobs that will be transferred by -\fBuucico\fR. These jobs are normally started by the \fBuusched\fR scheduler, -for debugging purposes, and can be started manually. For example, the shell -\fBUutry\fR starts \fBuucico\fR with debugging turned on. The \fIdebug-level\fR -is a number between \fB0\fR and \fB9\fR. Higher numbers give more detailed -debugging information. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Devconfig\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Devices\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Limits\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Sysfiles\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Systems\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/locks/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucppublic/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuustat\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), \fBUutry\fR(1M), -\fBcron\fR(1M), \fBuusched\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucleanup.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uucleanup.1m deleted file mode 100644 index b542a6a2e8..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uucleanup.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUCLEANUP 1M "May 19, 1993" -.SH NAME -uucleanup \- uucp spool directory clean-up -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/uucleanup\fR [\fB-C\fR\fItime\fR] [\fB-D\fR\fItime\fR] [\fB-m\fR\fIstring\fR] - [\fB-o\fR\fItime\fR] [\fB-s\fR\fIsystem\fR] [\fB-W\fR\fItime\fR] [\fB-x\fR\fIdebug-level\fR] [\fB-X\fR\fItime\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -\fBuucleanup\fR will scan the spool directories for old files and take -appropriate action to remove them in a useful way: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Inform the requester of send/receive requests for systems that can not be -reached. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Return undeliverable mail to the sender. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Deliver \fBrnews\fR files addressed to the local system. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -Remove all other files. -.RE -.sp -.LP -In addition, there is a provision to warn users of requests that have been -waiting for a given number of days (default 1 day). Note: \fBuucleanup\fR will -process as if all option \fBtimes\fR were specified to the default values -unless \fBtime\fR is specifically set. -.sp -.LP -This program is typically started by the shell \fBuudemon.cleanup\fR, which -should be started by \fBcron\fR(1M). -.SH OPTIONS -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-C\fR\fBtime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Remove any \fBC.\fR files greater or equal to \fBtime\fR days old and send -appropriate information to the requester (default 7 days). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-D\fR\fBtime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Remove any \fBD.\fR files greater or equal to \fBtime\fR days old, make an -attempt to deliver mail messages, and execute \fBrnews\fR when appropriate -(default 7 days). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-m\fR\fIstring\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Include \fIstring\fR in the warning message generated by the \fB-W\fR option. -The default line is "See your local administrator to locate the problem". -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-o\fR\fBtime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Delete other files whose age is more than \fBtime\fR days (default 2 days). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fIsystem\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Execute for \fIsystem\fR spool directory only. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-W\fR\fBtime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Any \fBC.\fR files equal to \fBtime\fR days old will cause a mail message to be -sent to the requester warning about the delay in contacting the remote. The -message includes the \fIJOBID\fR, and in the case of mail, the mail message. -The administrator may include a message line telling whom to call to check the -problem (\fB-m\fR option) (default 1 day). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fIdebug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Produce debugging output on standard output. \fIdebug-level\fR is a single digit -between 0 and 9; higher numbers give more detailed debugging information. (This -option may not be available on all systems.) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-X\fR\fBtime\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 17n -Any \fBX.\fR files greater or equal to \fBtime\fR days old will be removed. The -\fBD.\fR files are probably not present (if they were, the \fBX.\fR could get -executed). But if there are \fBD.\fR files, they will be taken care of by D. -processing (default 2 days). -.RE - -.SH FILES -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/usr/lib/uucp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -directory with commands used by \fBuucleanup\fR internally -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 19n -spool directory -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.LP -\fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), \fBcron\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uusched.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uusched.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 46e1919674..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uusched.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUSCHED 1M "May 19, 1993" -.SH NAME -uusched \- uucp file transport program scheduler -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/uusched\fR [\fB-u\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBuusched\fR is the \fBuucp\fR(1C) file transport scheduler. It is usually -started by the daemon \fIuudemon.hour\fR that is started by \fBcron\fR(1M) -from an entry in user \fBuucp\fR's crontab file: -.sp -.LP -\fB11,41 * * * * /etc/uucp/uucp/uudemon.hour\fR -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The options are for debugging purposes only. \fIdebug-level\fR is a number -between \fB0\fR and \fB9\fR. Higher numbers give more detailed debugging -information: -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-u\fR\fI debug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Passes the \fB-u\fR\fI debug-level\fR option \fBuucico\fR(1M) as \fB-x\fR\fI -debug-level.\fR -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI debug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Outputs debugging messages from \fBuusched\fR. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Devices\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Systems\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/locks/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucppublic/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 27n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuustat\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), \fBcron\fR(1M), -\fBuucico\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/uuxqt.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/uuxqt.1m deleted file mode 100644 index ed6e08460c..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/uuxqt.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright 1989 AT&T Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. -.\" You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. -.\" When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH UUXQT 1M "May 19, 1993" -.SH NAME -uuxqt \- execute remote command requests -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/uucp/uuxqt\fR [\fB-s\fR \fIsystem\fR] [\fB-x\fR \fIdebug-level\fR] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -\fBuuxqt\fR is the program that executes remote job requests from remote -systems generated by the use of the \fBuux\fR command. (\fBmail\fR uses -\fBuux\fR for remote mail requests). \fBuuxqt\fR searches the spool directories -looking for execution requests. For each request, \fBuuxqt\fR checks to see if -all the required data files are available, accessible, and the requested -commands are permitted for the requesting system. The \fBPermissions\fR file is -used to validate file accessibility and command execution permission. -.sp -.LP -There are two environment variables that are set before the \fBuuxqt\fR command -is executed: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBUU_MACHINE\fR is the machine that sent the job (the previous one). -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -\fBUU_USER\fR is the user that sent the job. -.RE -.sp -.LP -These can be used in writing commands that remote systems can execute to -provide information, auditing, or restrictions. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fI system\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -Specifies the remote \fIsystem\fR name. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-x\fR\fI debug-level\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 18n -\fIdebug-level\fR is a number from \fB0\fR to \fB9\fR. Higher numbers give more -detailed debugging information. -.RE - -.SH FILES -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Limits\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/etc/uucp/Permissions\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/locks/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB/var/spool/uucp/*\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 25n - -.RE - -.SH SEE ALSO -.sp -.LP -\fBmail\fR(1), \fBuucp\fR(1C), \fBuustat\fR(1C), \fBuux\fR(1C), -\fBuucico\fR(1M), \fBattributes\fR(5) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/vfsstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/vfsstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index aef8431a09..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/vfsstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" Copyright 2014 Joyent, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.TH "VFSSTAT" "1m" "May 1, 2014" "" "" -. -.SH "NAME" -\fBvfsstat\fR \-\- Report VFS read and write activity -. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -. -.nf -vfsstat [\-hIMrzZ] [interval [count]] -. -.fi -. -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -The vfsstat utility reports a summary of VFS read and write -activity per zone\. It first prints all activity since boot, then -reports activity over a specified interval\. -. -.P -When run from a non\-global zone (NGZ), only activity from that NGZ -can be observed\. When run from a the global zone (GZ), activity -from the GZ and all other NGZs can be observed\. -. -.P -This tool is convenient for examining I/O performance as -experienced by a particular zone or application\. Other tools -which examine solely disk I/O do not report reads and writes which -may use the filesystem\'s cache\. Since all read and write system -calls pass through the VFS layer, even those which are satisfied -by the filesystem cache, this tool is a useful starting point when -looking at a potential I/O performance problem\. The vfsstat -command reports the most accurate reading of I/O performance as -experienced by an application or zone\. -. -.P -One additional feature is that ZFS zvol performance is also reported -by this tool, even though zvol I/O does not go through the VFS -layer\. This is done so that this single tool can be used to monitor -I/O performance and because its not unreasonable to think of zvols -as being included along with other ZFS filesystems\. -. -.P -The calculations and output fields emulate those from iostat(1m) -as closely as possible\. When only one zone is actively performing -disk I/O, the results from iostat(1m) in the global zone and -vfsstat in the local zone should be almost identical\. Note that -many VFS read operations may be handled by the filesystem cache, -so vfsstat and iostat(1m) will be similar only when most -operations require a disk access\. -. -.P -As with iostat(1m), a result of 100% for VFS read and write -utilization does not mean that the VFS layer is fully saturated\. -Instead, that measurement just shows that at least one operation -was pending over the last interval of time examined\. Since the -VFS layer can process more than one operation concurrently, this -measurement will frequently be 100% but the VFS layer can still -accept additional requests\. -. -.SH "OUTPUT" -The vfsstat utility reports the following information: -. -.IP "" 4 -. -.nf -r/s -.RS -reads per second -.RE - -w/s -.RS -writes per second -.RE - -kr/s -.RS -kilobytes read per second -.RE - -kw/s -.RS -kilobytes written per second -.RE - -ractv -.RS -average number of read operations actively being serviced by the VFS layer -.RE - -wactv -.RS -average number of write operations actively being serviced by the VFS layer -.RE - -read_t -.RS -average VFS read latency, in microseconds -.RE - -writ_t -.RS -average VFS write latency, in microseconds -.RE - -%r -.RS -percent of time there is a VFS read operation pending -.RE - -%w -.RS -percent of time there is a VFS write operation pending -.RE - -d/s -.RS -VFS operations per second delayed by the ZFS I/O throttle -.RE - -del_t -.RS -average ZFS I/O throttle delay, in microseconds -.RE -. -.fi -. -.IP "" 0 -. -.SH "OPTIONS" -The following options are supported: -. -.P -\-h -.RS -Show help message and exit -.RE -. -.P -\-I -.RS -Print results per interval, rather than per second (where applicable) -.RE -. -.P -\-M -.RS -Print results in MB/s instead of KB/s -.RE -. -.P -\-r -.RS -Show results in a comma\-separated format -.RE -. -.P -\-z -.RS -Hide zones with no VFS activity -.RE -. -.P -\-Z -.RS -Print results for all zones, not just the current zone -.RE -. -.SH "OPERANDS" -interval -. -.P -Specifies the length in seconds to pause between each interval -report\. If not specified, vfsstat will print a summary since boot -and exit\. -. -.P -count -. -.P -Specifies the number of intervals to report\. Defaults to -unlimited if not specified\. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -. -.nf -iostat(1m), ziostat(1m), mpstat(1m) -. -.fi -. -.SH "NOTES" -This command does not examine readdir or any other VFS operations, -only read and write operations\. -. -.P -This command does not look at network I/O, only I/O operations to -or from a file\. -. -.P -The output format from vfsstat may change over time; use the -comma\-separated output for a stable output format\. diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/vmstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/vmstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 166ef42ae9..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/vmstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,519 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH VMSTAT 1M "May 6, 2020" -.SH NAME -vmstat \- report virtual memory statistics -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nf -\fBvmstat\fR [\fB-ipqsS\fR] [\fB-T\fR u | d] [\fIdisks\fR] [\fIinterval\fR [\fIcount\fR]] -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -\fBvmstat\fR reports virtual memory statistics regarding kernel thread, virtual -memory, disk, trap, and \fBCPU\fR activity. -.sp -.LP -On \fBMP\fR (multi-processor) systems, \fBvmstat\fR averages the number of -\fBCPUs\fR into the output. For per-processor statistics, see \fBmpstat\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -\fBvmstat\fR only supports statistics for certain devices. For more general -system statistics, use \fBsar\fR(1), \fBiostat\fR(1M), or \fBsar\fR(1M). -.sp -.LP -Without options, \fBvmstat\fR displays a one-line summary of the virtual memory -activity since the system was booted. -.sp -.LP -During execution of the kernel status command, the \fBstate\fR of the system -can change. If relevant, a state change message is included in the \fBvmstat\fR -output, in one of the following forms: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -<> -<> -<> -<> -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -See \fBdisks\fR(1M) for device naming conventions for disks. -.SH OPTIONS -The following options are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-i\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report the number of interrupts per device. \fIcount\fR and \fIinterval\fR does -not apply to the \fB-i\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-p\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report paging activity in details. This option will display the following, -respectively: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBepi\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Executable page-ins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBepo\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Executable page-outs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBepf\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Executable page-frees. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBapi\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Anonymous page-ins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBapo\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Anonymous page-outs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBapf\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -Anonymous page-frees. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfpi\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -File system page-ins. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfpo\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -File system page-outs. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fBfpf\fR -.ad -.RS 7n -File system page-frees. -.RE - -When executed in a \fBzone\fR and if the pools facility is active, all of the -above only report activity on the processors in the processor set of the -\fBzone\fR's pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-q\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Suppress messages related to state changes. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-s\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Display the total number of various system events since boot. \fIcount\fR and -\fIinterval\fR does not apply to the \fB-s\fR option. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-S\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Report on swapping rather than paging activity. This option will change two -fields in \fBvmstat\fR's ``paging'' display: rather than the ``re'' and ``mf'' -fields, \fBvmstat\fR will report ``si'' (swap-ins) and ``so'' (swap-outs). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fB-T\fR \fBu\fR | \fBd\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 13n -Specify \fBu\fR for a printed representation of the internal representation of -time. See \fBtime\fR(2). Specify \fBd\fR for standard date format. See -\fBdate\fR(1). -.RE - -.SH OPERANDS -The following operands are supported: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIcount\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the number of times that the statistics are repeated. \fIcount\fR -does not apply to the \fB-i\fR and \fB-s\fR options. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIdisks\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies which disks are to be given priority in the output (only four disks -fit on a line). Common disk names are \fBid\fR, \fBsd\fR, \fBxd\fR, or -\fBxy,\fR followed by a number (for example, \fBsd2\fR, \fBxd0\fR, and so -forth). -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fIinterval\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 12n -Specifies the last number of seconds over which \fBvmstat\fR summarizes -activity. This number of seconds repeats forever. \fIinterval\fR does not apply -to the \fB-i\fR and \fB-s\fR options. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -\fBExample 1 \fRUsing \fBvmstat\fR -.sp -.LP -The following command displays a summary of what the system is doing every five -seconds. - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% \fBvmstat 5\fR - - -kthr memory page disk faults cpu -r b w swap free re mf pi p fr de sr s0 s1 s2 s3 in sy cs us sy id -0 0 0 11456 4120 1 41 19 1 3 0 2 0 4 0 0 48 112 130 4 14 82 -0 0 1 10132 4280 0 4 44 0 0 0 0 0 23 0 0 211 230 144 3 35 62 -0 0 1 10132 4616 0 0 20 0 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 150 172 146 3 33 64 -0 0 1 10132 5292 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 165 105 130 1 21 78 -1 1 1 10132 5496 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 23 0 0 183 92 134 1 20 79 -1 0 1 10132 5564 0 0 25 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 0 131 231 116 4 34 62 -1 0 1 10124 5412 0 0 37 0 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 166 179 118 1 33 67 -1 0 1 10124 5236 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 14 0 0 109 243 113 4 56 39 -^C - -example% -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.sp -.LP -The fields of \fBvmstat\fR's display are - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBkthr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Report the number of kernel threads in each of the three following states: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -the number of kernel threads in run queue -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBb\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -the number of blocked kernel threads that are waiting for resources \fBI/O,\fR -paging, and so forth -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBw\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 5n -the number of swapped out lightweight processes (LWPs) that are waiting for -processing resources to finish. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmemory\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Report on usage of virtual and real memory. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBswap\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -available swap space (Kbytes) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfree\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 8n -size of the free list (Kbytes) -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpage\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Report information about page faults and paging activity. The information on -each of the following activities is given in units per second. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBre\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -page reclaims \(em but see the \fB-S\fR option for how this field is modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBmf\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -minor faults \(em but see the \fB-S\fR option for how this field is modified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpi\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -kilobytes paged in -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBpo\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -kilobytes paged out -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -kilobytes freed -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBde\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -anticipated short-term memory shortfall (Kbytes) -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsr\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -pages scanned by clock algorithm -.RE - -When executed in a \fBzone\fR and if the pools facility is active, all of the -above (except for "de") only report activity on the processors in the processor -set of the \fBzone\fR's pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBdisk\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Report the number of disk operations per second. There are slots for up to four -disks, labeled with a single letter and number. The letter indicates the type -of disk (s = \fBSCSI\fR, i = \fBIPI\fR, and so forth); the number is the -logical unit number. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBfaults\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Report the trap/interrupt rates (per second). -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBin\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -interrupts -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -system calls -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcs\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -\fBCPU\fR context switches -.RE - -When executed in a \fBzone\fR and if the pools facility is active, all of the -above only report activity on the processors in the processor set of the -\fBzone\fR's pool. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBcpu\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 10n -Give a breakdown of percentage usage of \fBCPU\fR time. On \fBMP\fR systems, -this is an average across all processors. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBus\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -user time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBsy\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -system time -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -\fB\fBid\fR\fR -.ad -.RS 6n -idle time -.RE - -When executed in a \fBzone\fR and if the pools facility is active, all of the -above only report activity on the processors in the processor set of the -\fBzone\fR's pool. -.RE - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -See \fBattributes\fR(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBdate\fR(1), \fBsar\fR(1), \fBdisks\fR(1M), \fBiostat\fR(1M), \fBmpstat\fR(1M), \fBsar\fR(1M), -\fBtime\fR(2), \fBattributes\fR(5) -.SH NOTES -The sum of CPU utilization might vary slightly from 100 because of rounding -errors in the production of a percentage figure. -.sp diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/vndadm.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/vndadm.1m deleted file mode 100644 index 253518a88a..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/vndadm.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,651 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2014, Joyent, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.TH VNDADM 1M "Mar 06, 2014" -.SH NAME -vndadm \- administer vnd devices - -.SH SYNOPSIS - -.nf -vndadm create [-z zonename] [-l datalink] device -vndadm destroy [-z zonename] device... -vndadm list [-p] [-d delim] [-o field,...] [-z zonename] [device]... -vndadm get [-p] [-d delim] [-z zonename] device [prop]... -vndadm set [-z zonename] device prop=val... -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The vndadm command is used to administer vnd devices. A vnd device is -similar to an IP network interface, except that the vnd device operates -at layer two. A vnd device is created over a data link (see dladm(1M)) -and its address is that of the underlying data link. For ethernet based -devices, that address would be the MAC address of the data link. vnd -devices are character devices which may be used to send and receive -layer two packets. When reading or writing to a vnd device, the full -frame must be present. This is useful for working with virtual machines, -or other environments where you need to manipulate the entire layer two -frame. - -.sp -.LP -Every command takes a device as an argument. To specify a vnd device, -you just use the name of the device. Devices are scoped to zones. If no -zone is specified, the current zone is assumed. A device name can be any -series of alphanumeric ascii characters which typically match the name -of the underlying data link. A given vnd device name must be unique in a -given zone, but the same name can be used across zones. -.sp -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -All vndadm subcommands have the following common option: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Operate in the context of the specified zone. When creating a vnd -device, the named device is created in the specified zone. All other -operations scope the device lookup to the specified zone. If the user is -not in the global zone, the use of -z will not work. - -.sp -.LP -When -z is used and multiple devices are specified, then -the use of -z applies to all of the devices. -.RE - -.SH SUBCOMMANDS -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -vndadm create [-z zonename] [-l datalink] device -.ad -.sp -.RS 4n -Creates a vnd device with the specified name device. If -l datalink is -not specified, it is assumed that the data link and the device share the -same name. The created device will exist for as long as the zone exists -or until a call to vndadm destroy. vnd devices do not persist across -system reboots. Note, if an IP interface or another libdlpi(3LIB) -consumer is already using the data link, then vnd will fail. - -.sp -The maximum length of the name of device is 31 characters. The allowed -set of characters is alphanumberic characters, ':', \'-', and \'_'. The -names 'zone' and 'ctl' are reserved and may not be used. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --l datalink -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Specifies the name of the data link to create the device over. This -allows the vnd device name to be different from the data link's name. -.RE -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See OPTIONS above. -.RE - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -vndadm destroy [-z zonename] device... -.ad -.sp -.RS 4n -Destroys the specified device. The destruction is analogous to -unlink(2). If the device is still open and used by applications, the -device will continue to exist, but it will no longer be accessible by -the name device. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See OPTIONS above. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -vndadm list [-p] [-d delim] [-o field,...] [-z zonename] [device]... -.ad -.sp -.RS 4n -Lists active vnd devices. By default, vnadm list lists all devices in -every zone that the caller is allowed to see; the current zone if in the -non-global zone, and all zones in the global zone. If device is -specified one or more times, then output will be limited to the -specified devices. -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --o field[,...] -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A case-insensitive, comma-separated list of output fields. When -o is -not used, all of the fields listed below are shown. The field name must -be one of the following fields: - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -NAME -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the vnd device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -DATALINK -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the data link the vnd device was created over. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -ZONENAME -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the zone that the vnd device exists in. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --p -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the output in a stable machine parseable format. The -o option -is required with the -p option. See "Parseable Output Format" below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --d delim -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the delimiter used in conjunction with generating parseable -output. This option may only be specified when -p is also specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See OPTIONS above. -.RE - -.RE - - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -vndadm get [-p] [-d delim] [-z zonename] device [prop]... -.ad -.sp -.RS 4n -Displays the properties for the specified device. By default, all -properties of a given device are displayed. If prop is specified one or -more times, then only the specified properties will be displayed for -device. For a list of properties, see the section "Properties" below. -The property output consists of the following four columns: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -LINK -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the device -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -PROPERTY -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The name of the property. Note that some properties that are private to -the implementation may be displayed. Those properties begin with a -leading underscore. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -PERM -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Describes whether the property is read-only or -if it is read-write. This field does not -indicate if the current user has permission, but -lists permissions for a privileged user. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -VALUE -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -The value of the property. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --p -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Display the output in a stable machine parseable format. See "Parseable -Output Format" below. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --d delim -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -Change the delimiter used in conjunction with generating parseable -output. This option may only be specified when -p is also specified. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See OPTIONS above. -.RE -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -vndadm set [-z zonename] device prop=val... -.ad -.sp -.RS 4n -Sets properties on the named device. Setting a property takes effect for -all operations on the device, after the program returns. Multiple -properties can be set at once; however, properties are applied one at a -time to the device. Property names and values must be separated with an -equals sign. Additional property and value pairs should be separated by -white space. For a list of properties, see the section "Properties" -below. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na --z zonename -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -See OPTIONS above. -.RE -.RE - -.SS Parseable Output Format -.sp -.LP -The default output for parseable data is to be separated with a single -ascii space character. The delimiter may be changed with the -d -option. When parseable output is requested, no numbers that represent -sizes will be displayed in human readable form, they will be fully -expanded. eg. the number 42K will instead be 43008. - -.SS Properties -.sp -.LP -The following are supported and stable properties. Note that any -properties that starts with a leading underscore are not a stable -property and may be removed at any time. - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -rxbuf -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A read/write property that controls the size of the receive buffer for -the device. All received data enters the receive buffer until a consumer -consumes it. If adding a received frame would exceed the size of the -receive buffer, then that frame will be dropped. The maximum size of the -buffer is limited by the 'maxsize' property. The minimum size of the -buffer is the value of the 'maxtu' property. The property's value may be -anything between that maximum and minimum. When setting this property, -standard size suffixes such as 'K' and 'M' may be used. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -txbuf -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A read/write property that controls the size of the transmit buffer. All -in-flight transmitted data must be able to fit into the transmit buffer -to account for potential flow control events. If there is not enough -space in the transmit buffer, transmit related I/O operations will -either block or fail based on whether the file has been put into -non-blocking mode by setting O_NONBLOCK or O_NDELAY with fcntl(2). The -maximum size of the buffer is limited by the 'maxsize' property. The -minimum size of the buffer is the value of the 'maxtu' property. The -property's value may be anything between that maximum and minimum. When -setting this property, standard size suffixes such as 'K' and 'M' may be -used. - -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -maxsize -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A read-only property that describes the maximum size of buffers in the -system. Properties such as rxbuf and txbuf cannot be set beyond this. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -mintu -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A read-only property that describes the minimum size of a frame -transmitted to the underlying data link. Note that the minimum listed -here may be less than the size of a valid layer two frame and therefore -may be dropped. A frame smaller than this value will be rejected by vnd. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -maxtu -.ad -.sp .6 -.RS 4n -A read-only property that describes the maximum size of a frame -transmitted to the underlying data link. A frame larger than this value -will be rejected by vnd. -.RE - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -Example 1 Creating a vnd device -.sp -.LP -To create a vnd device over the VNIC named net0, enter the following -command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm create net0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 2 Creating a vnd device in another zone -.sp -.LP - -To create a vnd device over the VNIC named net1 in the zone -1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525, enter the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm create -z 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 net1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 3 Destroying a vnd device -.sp -.LP - -To destroy the vnd device named net0, enter the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm destroy net0 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 4 Destroying a vnd device in another zone -.sp -.LP - -To destroy the vnd device named net1 in the zone -1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525, enter the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm destroy -z 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 net1 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 5 List all vnd devices -.sp -.LP - -To list all devices, run the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm list -NAME DATALINK ZONENAME -net0 net0 global -net0 net0 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 6 Listing devices in a specific zone -.sp -.LP - -To list devices in a specific zone, run the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm list -z 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 - -NAME DATALINK ZONENAME -net0 net0 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 7 List all devices in a parseable format -.sp -.LP - -To list all devices in a parseable format with the delimiter of ':', run -the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm list -p -d: -o name,datalink,zone -net0:net0:global -net0:net0:1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 8 Retrieving all properties for a device -.sp -.LP - -To retrieve all of the properties for the vnd device foo0, run the -following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm get foo0 -LINK PROPERTY PERM VALUE -foo0 rxbuf rw 65536 -foo0 txbuf rw 65536 -foo0 maxsize r- 4194304 -foo0 mintu r- 0 -foo0 maxtu r- 1518 -foo0 _nflush rw 10 -foo0 _burstsz rw 10 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 9 Retrieving specific properties for a device -.sp -.LP - -To retrieve just the rxbuf and txbuf properties for the vnd device foo0, -run the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm get foo0 rxbuf txbuf -LINK PROPERTY PERM VALUE -foo0 rxbuf rw 65536 -foo0 txbuf rw 65536 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 10 Retrieving properties for a device in a parseable format -.sp -.LP - -To retrieve all properties for the vnd device foo0 in a parseable -format, run the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm get -p foo0 -foo0 rxbuf rw 65536 -foo0 txbuf rw 65536 -foo0 maxsize r- 4194304 -foo0 mintu r- 0 -foo0 maxtu r- 1518 -foo0 _nflush rw 10 -foo0 _burstsz rw 10 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 11 Setting a property on a device -.sp -.LP - -To set the receive buffer size to one megabyte on the device foo0, run -the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm set foo0 rxbuf=1M -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.LP -Example 12 Setting multiple properties on a device -.sp -.LP - -To set the transmit buffer to 300 Kb and the receive buffer to 1 Mb, run -the following command: - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -# vndadm set foo0 rxbuf=300K txbuf=1M -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH SEE ALSO - -dladm(1M), ipadm(1M), fcntl(2), fcntl.h(3HEAD), libvnd(3LIB), -vndstat(1M), vnd(7D) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/vndstat.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/vndstat.1m deleted file mode 100644 index a7f843e228..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/vndstat.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" -.\" This file and its contents are supplied under the terms of the -.\" Common Development and Distribution License ("CDDL"), version 1.0. -.\" You may only use this file in accordance with the terms of version -.\" 1.0 of the CDDL. -.\" -.\" A full copy of the text of the CDDL should have accompanied this -.\" source. A copy of the CDDL is also available via the Internet at -.\" http://www.illumos.org/license/CDDL. -.\" -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2014, Joyent, Inc. All rights reserved. -.\" -.TH VNDSTAT 1M "Mar 06, 2014" -.SH NAME -vndstat \- report vnd activity - -.SH SYNOPSIS - -vndstat [interval [count]] - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The vndstat command reports a summary of per-device vnd -activity. Once per interval it prints a table of statistics per -device. In the global zone, vndstat reports on all devices in the -system. From the non-global zone, it only reports on devices that are -present in that zone. vndstat reports on all vnd devices -that exist, including anonymous devices which are not linked into the -file system. -.sp -.LP -The vndstat command's output includes the following information: -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B name -.ad -.RS 14n -The name of the device, if bound. If a given vnd device is not -bound into the file system, hence considered anonymous, then there will -be no name for the device. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B rx B/s -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of bytes received by the device during interval. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B tx B/s -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of bytes transmitted by the device during interval. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B drops -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of packets and messages which have been dropped. This -includes all drops due to insufficient buffer space, IP hooks, and -unknown or malformed DLPI messages. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B txfc -.ad -.RS 14n -The number of flow control events that have occurred. A flow control -event occurs when the layers below vnd request that all transmits -be paused until a future call resumes the flow. This statistic is -incremented when the flow is resumed. It is not incremented when it is -first paused. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -.B zone -.ad -.RS 14n -The name of the zone the device is located in. -.RE - -.SH OPTIONS - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -interval -.ad -.RS 13n -Report once each interval seconds. interval may not be -fractional. -.RE - -.sp -.ne 2 -.na -count -.ad -.RS 13n -Only print count reports, then exit. -.RE -.sp -.LP -When no arguments are given to vndstat, it will always print at an -interval of one second. Reports will continue until vndstat -is terminated. - -.SH EXAMPLES -.LP -Example 1 Print five seconds of data - -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -example% vndstat 1 5 - name | rx B/s | tx B/s | drops txfc | zone - net0 | 1.45MB/s | 14.1KB/s | 0 0 | 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 - net0 | 3.50MB/s | 19.5KB/s | 0 0 | 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 - net0 | 2.83MB/s | 30.8KB/s | 0 0 | 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 - net0 | 3.08MB/s | 30.6KB/s | 0 0 | 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 - net0 | 3.21MB/s | 30.6KB/s | 0 0 | 1b7155a4-aef9-e7f0-d33c-9705e4b8b525 -.fi -.in -2 -.sp - -.SH ATTRIBUTES -.sp -.LP -See attributes(5) for descriptions of the following attributes: -.sp - -.sp -.TS -box; -c | c -l | l . -ATTRIBUTE TYPE ATTRIBUTE VALUE -_ -Interface Stability See below. -.TE - -.sp -.LP -Invocation is evolving. Human readable output is unstable. -.SH SEE ALSO - -dlstat(1M), nicstat(1M), vndadm(1M), vnd(7M) diff --git a/usr/src/man/man1m/vntsd.1m b/usr/src/man/man1m/vntsd.1m deleted file mode 100644 index d08d283376..0000000000 --- a/usr/src/man/man1m/vntsd.1m +++ /dev/null @@ -1,454 +0,0 @@ -'\" te -.\" Copyright (c) 2009, Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved -.\" The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. -.\" See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with -.\" the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] -.TH VNTSD 1M "Mar 31, 2009" -.SH NAME -vntsd \- virtual network terminal server daemon for Logical Domains -.SH SYNOPSIS -.LP -.nf -\fB/usr/lib/ldoms/vntsd\fR -.fi - -.SH DESCRIPTION -.sp -.LP -The \fBvntsd\fR daemon is a server that supports connections to the Logical -Domains (LDoms) console by using \fBtelnet\fR(1). When a \fBtelnet\fR session -starts, \fBvntsd\fR sends \fBtelnet\fR options to the client indicating a -willingness to remotely echo characters and to suppress go ahead. -.sp -.LP -Consoles are organized into groups by the LDoms Manager. Each console group is -assigned a unique group name and TCP port number. \fBvntsd\fR uses the group's -port number to export access to the consoles within that group. To establish a -connection with a console or console group, a user starts a \fBtelnet\fR(1) -session with the corresponding group's port number. Depending on the number of -consoles within that group, \fBvntsd\fR does one of two things: -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If there is only one console in the group, \fBvntsd\fR connects a session to -that LDoms console. -.RE -.RS +4 -.TP -.ie t \(bu -.el o -If there are multiple consoles in the group, \fBvntsd\fR prompts the user to -select the console to which they would like to connect, as shown in -"Multiple-Console Options," below. -.RE -.sp -.LP -For each console, \fBvntsd\fR provides write access only to the first user -connecting to the console. Subsequent users connecting to the console are -allowed only to read from the console and wait for write access. When the first -user disconnects, write privileges are transferred to the next user waiting in -the queue. If a user who does not have write privileges attempts to write to a -console, the \fBvntsd\fR displays the following message: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -You do not have write access -.fi -.in -2 - -.sp -.LP -A user who has no write access can acquire write access forcibly by using the -\fB~w\fR special console command, described in "Special Console Commands," -below. -.sp -.LP -\fBvntsd\fR can be invoked only with superuser privileges or by someone in the -Primary Administrator role. -.SH OPTIONS -.sp -.LP -The options for \fBvntsd\fR are divided into multiple-console options and -console commands. -.SS "Multiple-Console Options" -.sp -.LP -The options listed below are supported when there are multiple LDoms consoles -in a group. The syntax for the use of these options is: -.sp -.in +2 -.nf -\fI\fR-vnts-\fI\fR: \fI